path: root/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/handbook/zh_TW.po

# $FreeBSD$
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-25 18:38+0800\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-25 18:37+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Chien Wei Lin <cwlin0416@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
"Language: zh_TW\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.8\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:599
msgid "FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr "FreeBSD 使用手冊"

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:601
msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
msgstr "<orgname>FreeBSD 文件計劃</orgname>"

#. (itstool) path: info/pubdate
#. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo
#: book.translate.xml:605 book.translate.xml:607
msgid ""
"$FreeBSD: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/book.xml 48108 2016-01-28 "
"02:09:41Z wblock $"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
#: book.translate.xml:609
msgid ""
"<year>1995</year> <year>1996</year> <year>1997</year> <year>1998</year> "
"<year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> "
"<year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> "
"<year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> "
"<year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> "
"<year>2015</year> <holder>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</holder>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
#: book.translate.xml:636
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr "版權"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:638
msgid ""
"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:645
msgid ""
"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
"lines of this file unmodified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:651
msgid ""
"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:660
msgid ""
"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS"
"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE "
"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE "
"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE "
"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:677
msgid "FreeBSD is a registered trademark of the FreeBSD Foundation."
msgstr "FreeBSD 是 FreeBSD 基金會的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:679
msgid "3Com and HomeConnect are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation."
msgstr "3Com 和 HomeConnect 是 3Com Corporation 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:681
msgid "3ware is a registered trademark of 3ware Inc."
msgstr "3ware 是 3ware Inc 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:683
msgid "ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Limited."
msgstr "ARM 是 ARM Limited. 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:685
msgid "Adaptec is a registered trademark of Adaptec, Inc."
msgstr "Adaptec 是 Adaptec, Inc. 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:687
msgid ""
"Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash and PostScript are either registered "
"trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States "
"and/or other countries."
msgstr ""
"Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash 以及 PostScript 是 Adobe Systems "
"Incorporated 在美國和/或其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:691
msgid ""
"Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, "
"Quicktime, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. "
"and other countries."
msgstr ""
"Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, "
"Quicktime 以及 TrueType 是 Apple Inc. 在美國以及其他國家的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:696
msgid "Android is a trademark of Google Inc."
msgstr "Android 是 Google Inc 的商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:698
msgid ""
"Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino, and Times Roman are either registered "
"trademarks or trademarks of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in the U.S. and "
"other countries."
msgstr ""
"Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino 以及 Times Roman 是 Heidelberger "
"Druckmaschinen AG 在美國以及其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:702
msgid ""
"IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390, and ThinkPad are trademarks of "
"International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other "
"countries, or both."
msgstr ""
"IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390 以及 ThinkPad 是 International Business "
"Machines Corporation 在美國和其他國家的商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:706
msgid ""
"IEEE, POSIX, and 802 are registered trademarks of Institute of Electrical "
"and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in the United States."
msgstr ""
"IEEE, POSIX 以及 802 是 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, "
"Inc. 在美國的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:709
msgid ""
"Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium, "
"and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its "
"subsidiaries in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""
"Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium 以"
"及 Xeon 是 Intel Corporation 及其分支機構在美國和其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:713
msgid ""
"Intuit and Quicken are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks "
"of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other "
"countries."
msgstr ""
"Intuit 和 Quicken 是 Intuit Inc., 或其子公司在美國和其他國家的商標或註冊商"
"標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:716
msgid "Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds."
msgstr "Linux 是 Linus Torvalds 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:718
msgid ""
"LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID and Mylex are trademarks or "
"registered trademarks of LSI Logic Corp."
msgstr ""
"LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID 以及 Mylex 是 LSI Logic Corp 的"
"商標或註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:721
msgid ""
"Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media and Windows "
"NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation "
"in the United States and/or other countries."
msgstr ""
"Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media 以及 "
"Windows NT 是 Microsoft Corporation 在美國和/或其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:725
msgid ""
"Motif, OSF/1, and UNIX are registered trademarks and IT DialTone and The "
"Open Group are trademarks of The Open Group in the United States and other "
"countries."
msgstr ""
"Motif, OSF/1 以及 UNIX 是 The Open Group 在美國和其他國家的註冊商標； IT "
"DialTone 和 The Open Group 是其商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:729
msgid "Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation."
msgstr "Oracle 是 Oracle Corporation 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:731
msgid ""
"RealNetworks, RealPlayer, and RealAudio are the registered trademarks of "
"RealNetworks, Inc."
msgstr ""
"RealNetworks, RealPlayer, 和 RealAudio 是 RealNetworks, Inc. 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:734
msgid ""
"Red Hat, RPM, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in "
"the United States and other countries."
msgstr "Red Hat, RPM, 是 Red Hat, Inc. 在美國和其他國家的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:737
msgid ""
"Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, "
"Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS and VirtualBox are trademarks or "
"registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and "
"other countries."
msgstr ""
"Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, "
"Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS 以及 VirtualBox 是 Sun "
"Microsystems, Inc. 在美國和其他國家的商標或註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:742
msgid "MATLAB is a registered trademark of The MathWorks, Inc."
msgstr "MATLAB 是 The MathWorks, Inc. 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:744
msgid "SpeedTouch is a trademark of Thomson."
msgstr "SpeedTouch 是 Thomson 的商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:746
msgid "VMware is a trademark of VMware, Inc."
msgstr "VMware 是 VMware, Inc. 的商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:748
msgid "Mathematica is a registered trademark of Wolfram Research, Inc."
msgstr "Mathematica 是 Wolfram Research, Inc 的註冊商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:750
msgid "XFree86 is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc."
msgstr "XFree86 是 The XFree86 Project, Inc 的商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:752
msgid "Ogg Vorbis and Xiph.Org are trademarks of Xiph.Org."
msgstr "Ogg Vorbis 以及 Xiph.Org 是 Xiph.Org 的商標。"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:754
msgid ""
"Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish "
"their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in "
"this document, and the FreeBSD Project was aware of the trademark claim, the "
"designations have been followed by the <quote>™</quote> or the <quote>®</"
"quote> symbol."
msgstr ""
"許多製造商和經銷商使用一些稱為商標的圖案或文字設計來區別自己的產品。 本文件中"
"出現的眾多商標，以及 FreeBSD Project 本身廣所人知的商標，後面將以 <quote>™</"
"quote> 或 <quote>®</quote> 符號來標示。"

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:763
msgid ""
"Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use "
"of <emphasis>FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE</emphasis> and <emphasis>FreeBSD 10.3-"
"RELEASE</emphasis>. This book is the result of ongoing work by many "
"individuals. Some sections might be outdated. Those interested in helping to "
"update and expand this document should send email to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD "
"documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""
"歡迎使用 FreeBSD！ 本使用手冊涵蓋範圍包括了 <emphasis>FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE</"
"emphasis> 與 <emphasis>FreeBSD 10.3-RELEASE</emphasis>。 這份使用手冊是很多人"
"的集體創作，而且仍然『持續不斷』的進行中。 許多章節仍未完成，已完成的部份也有"
"些需要更新。 如果您有興趣協助本計畫的話，請寄電子郵件至 <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD 文件專案郵"
"遞論壇</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:771
msgid ""
"The latest version of this book is available from the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD web site</link>. Previous versions can "
"be obtained from <uri xlink:href=\"http://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">http://"
"docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri>. The book can be downloaded in a variety of "
"formats and compression options from the <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP server</link> or one of the "
"numerous <link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">mirror sites</link>. Printed copies "
"can be purchased at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/"
"\">FreeBSD Mall</link>. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other "
"documents on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html"
"\">search page</link>."
msgstr ""
"在 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD 網站</link> 可以找到"
"這份文件的最新版本，舊版文件可從 <uri xlink:href=\"http://docs.FreeBSD.org/"
"doc/\">http://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri> 取得，也可以從 <link xlink:href="
"\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP 伺服器</link> 或是眾"
"多 <link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">鏡像網站</link> 下載不同格式的資料。 如果比"
"較偏好實體書面資料，那可以在 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/"
"\">FreeBSD 商城</link> 購買。 此外，您可在 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">搜尋頁面</link> 中搜尋本文件或其他文"
"件的資料。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/title
#: book.translate.xml:792
msgid "Preface"
msgstr "序"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-audience
#: book.translate.xml:794
msgid "Intended Audience"
msgstr "給讀者的話"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:797
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides "
"the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the "
"concepts and conventions that underpin <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark>. Working through this section requires little more than the "
"desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are "
"introduced."
msgstr ""
"若您是第一次接觸 FreeBSD 的新手，可以在本書第一部分找到 FreeBSD 的安裝程序，"
"同時會逐步介紹 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的基礎概念與"
"一些常用、共通的東西。而閱讀這部分並不難，只需要您有探索的精神和接受新概念。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:804
msgid ""
"Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the "
"Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to "
"FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that you "
"do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of "
"each chapter."
msgstr ""
"讀完這些之後，手冊中的第二部分花很長篇幅介紹的各種廣泛主題，相當值得系統管理"
"者去注意。 在閱讀這些章節的內容時所需要的背景知識，都註釋在該章的大綱裡面，若"
"不熟的話，可在閱讀前先預習一番。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:811
msgid ""
"For a list of additional sources of information, please see <xref linkend="
"\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr "延伸閱讀方面，可參閱 <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from3
#: book.translate.xml:814
msgid "Changes from the Third Edition"
msgstr "自第三版後的主要修訂"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:817
msgid ""
"The current online version of the Handbook represents the cumulative effort "
"of many hundreds of contributors over the past 10 years. The following are "
"some of the significant changes since the two volume third edition was "
"published in 2004:"
msgstr ""
"您目前看到的這本手冊代表著上百位貢獻者歷時 10 年所累積的心血之作。以下為自 "
"2014 年發佈的兩冊第三版後所做的主要修訂："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:824
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> has been added with information about the "
"powerful DTrace performance analysis tool."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> 增加說明有關強大的 DTrace 效能分析工具的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:829
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> has been added with information about non-"
"native file systems in FreeBSD, such as ZFS from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> 增加有關 FreeBSD 非原生檔案系統的資訊，如：來"
"自 <trademark>Sun</trademark> 的 ZSF。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:835
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> has been added to cover the new auditing "
"capabilities in FreeBSD and explain its use."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> 增加的內容涵蓋 FreeBSD 的新稽查功能及其使用說明。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:840
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> has been added with information about "
"installing FreeBSD on virtualization software."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> 增加有關在虛擬化軟體安裝 FreeBSD  的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:846
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> has been added to cover installation of "
"FreeBSD using the new installation utility, <application>bsdinstall</"
"application>."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> 增加的內容涵蓋使用新安裝工具 "
"<application>bsdinstall</application> 來安裝 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from2
#: book.translate.xml:852
msgid "Changes from the Second Edition (2004)"
msgstr "自第二版後的主要修訂 (2004)"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:855
msgid ""
"The third edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the "
"dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The printed edition "
"grew to such a size that it was necessary to publish as two separate "
"volumes. The following are the major changes in this new edition:"
msgstr ""
"您目前看到的這本手冊第三版是 FreeBSD 文件計劃的成員歷時兩年完成的心血之作。因"
"文件內容成長到一定大小，印刷版需要分成兩冊發佈。新版的主要修訂部分如下："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:863
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> has been expanded with new information "
"about the ACPI power and resource management, the <command>cron</command> "
"system utility, and more kernel tuning options."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> 已針對新內容作更新，如：ACPI 電源管理、"
"<command>cron</command> 以及其他更多的核心調校選項說明內容。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:870
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"security\"/> has been expanded with new information about "
"virtual private networks (VPNs), file system access control lists (ACLs), "
"and security advisories."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"security\"/> 增加了虛擬私人網路 (VPN)、檔案系統的存取控制 "
"(ACL)，以及安全報告。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:876
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> is a new chapter with this edition. It explains what "
"MAC is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> 是此版本新增的章節。該章介紹：什麼是 MAC 機制？以及如"
"何運用它來使您的 FreeBSD 系統更安全。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:882
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been expanded with new information about USB "
"storage devices, file system snapshots, file system quotas, file and network "
"backed filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> 新增了像是：USB 隨身碟、檔案系統快照 (Snapshot)、檔"
"案系統配額 (Quota) 、檔案及網路的備援檔案系統、以及如何對硬碟分割區作加密等詳"
"解。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:889
msgid ""
"A troubleshooting section has been added to <xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> 增加了疑難排解的章節。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:893
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded with new information about using "
"alternative transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, "
"<application>fetchmail</application>, <application>procmail</application>, "
"and other advanced topics."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> 新增有關如何使用其它的傳輸代理程式、SMTP 認證、"
"UUCP、<application>fetchmail</application>、<application>procmail</"
"application> 的運用以及其它進階主題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:901
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> is all new with this edition. This "
"chapter includes information about setting up the <application>Apache HTTP "
"Server</application>, <application>ftpd</application>, and setting up a "
"server for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients with <application>Samba</"
"application>. Some sections from <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> "
"were moved here to improve the presentation."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> 是該版中全新的一章。這一章介紹了如何架設 "
"<application>Apache HTTP 伺服器</application>、<application>ftpd</"
"application> 以及用於支援 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 客戶端的 "
"<application>Samba</application>。其中有些段落來自原先的 <xref linkend="
"\"advanced-networking\"/> 。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:911
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> has been expanded with new "
"information about using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</"
"trademark> devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless networks, and "
"Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) networking."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> 新增有關在 FreeBSD 中使用<trademark "
"class=\"registered\">藍牙</trademark>裝置、設定無線網路以及使用非同步傳輸模"
"式 (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)  網路的介紹。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:918
msgid ""
"A glossary has been added to provide a central location for the definitions "
"of technical terms used throughout the book."
msgstr "增加詞彙表，用以說明全書中出現的術語。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:924
msgid ""
"A number of aesthetic improvements have been made to the tables and figures "
"throughout the book."
msgstr "重新美編書中所列的圖表。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes
#: book.translate.xml:929
msgid "Changes from the First Edition (2001)"
msgstr "自第一版後的主要修訂 (2001)"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:932
msgid ""
"The second edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the "
"dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The following were "
"the major changes in this edition:"
msgstr ""
"本手冊的第二版是 FreeBSD 文件計劃的成員歷時兩年完成的心血之作。第二版包的主要"
"變動如下︰"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:940
msgid "A complete Index has been added."
msgstr "增加完整的目錄索引。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:944
msgid "All ASCII figures have been replaced by graphical diagrams."
msgstr "所有的 ASCII 圖表均改成圖檔格式的圖表。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:949
msgid ""
"A standard synopsis has been added to each chapter to give a quick summary "
"of what information the chapter contains, and what the reader is expected to "
"know."
msgstr "每個章節均加入概述，以便快速的瀏覽該章節內容摘要、讀者所欲了解的部分。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:955
msgid ""
"The content has been logically reorganized into three parts: <quote>Getting "
"Started</quote>, <quote>System Administration</quote>, and "
"<quote>Appendices</quote>."
msgstr ""
"內容架構重新組織成三大部分: <quote>入門</quote>、<quote>系統管理</quote> 以"
"及 <quote>附錄</quote>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:962
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> has been expanded to contain additional "
"information about processes, daemons, and signals."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> 新增了程序、Daemon 以及信號 (Signal) 的介紹。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:968
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> has been expanded to contain additional "
"information about binary package management."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 新增了介紹如何管理 Binary 套件的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:974
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> has been completely rewritten with an emphasis on "
"using modern desktop technologies such as <application>KDE</application> and "
"<application>GNOME</application> on <trademark>XFree86</trademark> 4.X."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> 經過全面改寫，著重於在 <trademark>XFree86</"
"trademark> 4.X 上的現代桌面技術，如： <application>KDE</application> 和 "
"<application>GNOME</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:981
msgid "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> has been expanded."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> 更新相關內容。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:985
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been written from what used to be two separate "
"chapters on <quote>Disks</quote> and <quote>Backups</quote>. We feel that "
"the topics are easier to comprehend when presented as a single chapter. A "
"section on RAID (both hardware and software) has also been added."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> 分別以兩個章節 <quote>磁碟</quote> 與 <quote>備份</"
"quote> 來撰寫。我們認為這樣子會比單一章節來得容易瞭解。還有關於 RAID (包含硬"
"體、軟體 RAID) 的段落也新增上去了。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:994
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> has been completely reorganized and updated "
"for FreeBSD 4.X/5.X."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> 架構重新改寫，並更新至 FreeBSD 4.X/5.X 的內"
"容。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:999
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> has been substantially updated."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> 有相當程度的更新。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1004
msgid ""
"Many new sections have been added to <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> 加入許多新內容。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1008
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded to include more information about "
"configuring <application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> 大量新增了設定 <application>sendmail</application> "
"的介紹。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1014
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> has been expanded to include information about "
"installing <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></"
"application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">SAP</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> 增加許多有關安裝 <application><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> 以及 <application><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">SAP</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</"
"trademark></application> 的介紹。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1021
msgid "The following new topics are covered in this second edition:"
msgstr "此外，第二版還新加章節，以介紹下列新主題："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1026
msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1030
msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-overview
#: book.translate.xml:1036
msgid "Organization of This Book"
msgstr "本書架構"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1038
msgid ""
"This book is split into five logically distinct sections. The first section, "
"<emphasis>Getting Started</emphasis>, covers the installation and basic "
"usage of FreeBSD. It is expected that the reader will follow these chapters "
"in sequence, possibly skipping chapters covering familiar topics. The second "
"section, <emphasis>Common Tasks</emphasis>, covers some frequently used "
"features of FreeBSD. This section, and all subsequent sections, can be read "
"out of order. Each chapter begins with a succinct synopsis that describes "
"what the chapter covers and what the reader is expected to already know. "
"This is meant to allow the casual reader to skip around to find chapters of "
"interest. The third section, <emphasis>System Administration</emphasis>, "
"covers administration topics. The fourth section, <emphasis>Network "
"Communication</emphasis>, covers networking and server topics. The fifth "
"section contains appendices of reference information."
msgstr ""
"本書主要分為五大部分，第一部份<emphasis>入門</emphasis>：介紹 FreeBSD 的安"
"裝、基本操作。 讀者可根據自己的程度，循序或者跳過一些熟悉的主題來閱讀； 第二"
"部分<emphasis>一般作業</emphasis>：介紹 FreeBSD 常用功能，這部分可以不按順序"
"來讀。 每章前面都會有概述，概述會描述本章節涵蓋的內容和讀者應該已知的， 這主"
"要是讓讀者可以挑喜歡的章節閱讀； 第三部分<emphasis>系統管理</emphasis>：介紹 "
"FreeBSD 老手所感興趣的各種主題部分； 第四部分<emphasis>網路通訊</emphasis>："
"則包括網路和各式伺服器主題；而第五部分則為附錄包含各種有關 FreeBSD 的資源。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1063
msgid ""
"Introduces FreeBSD to a new user. It describes the history of the FreeBSD "
"Project, its goals and development model."
msgstr "向新手介紹 FreeBSD。該篇說明了 FreeBSD 計劃的歷史、目標和開發模式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1073
msgid ""
"Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9."
"<replaceable>x</replaceable> and later using <application>bsdinstall</"
"application>."
msgstr ""
"帶領使用者走一次使用 <application>bsdinstall</application> 在 FreeBSD 9."
"<replaceable>x</replaceable> 及之後版本的完整安裝流程。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1083
msgid ""
"Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. "
"If you are familiar with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"or another flavor of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> then "
"you can probably skip this chapter."
msgstr ""
"涵蓋 FreeBSD 作業系統的基礎指令及功能。若您熟悉 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> 或其他類 UNIX® 系統，您則可跳過此章。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1094
msgid ""
"Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's "
"innovative <quote>Ports Collection</quote> and standard binary packages."
msgstr ""
"涵蓋如何使用 FreeBSD 獨創的 <quote>Port 套件集</quote> 與標準 Binary 套件安裝"
"第三方軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Describes the X Window System in general and using X11 on FreeBSD in "
"particular. Also describes common desktop environments such as "
"<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application>."
msgstr ""
"介紹 X Windows 系統概要及在 FreeBSD 上使用 X11，同時也會介紹常用的桌面環境如 "
"<application>KDE</application> 與 <application>GNOME</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1117
msgid ""
"Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and "
"productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"列出一些常用的桌面應用程式，例如：網頁瀏覽器、辦工工具並介紹如何安裝這些應用"
"程式到 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1126
msgid ""
"Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also "
"describes some sample audio and video applications."
msgstr ""
"示範如何在您的系統設定音效及影像播放支援，同時會介紹幾個代表性的音訊及視訊應"
"用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1136
msgid ""
"Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed "
"instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel."
msgstr "說明為何需要設定新的核心並會提供設定、編譯與安裝的詳細操作說明。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner "
"pages, printer accounting, and initial setup."
msgstr ""
"介紹如何在 FreeBSD 管理印表機，包含橫幅頁面、列印帳務以及初始設定等資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Describes the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"compatibility features of FreeBSD. Also provides detailed installation "
"instructions for many popular <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> applications such as <application><trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""
"介紹 FreeBSD 的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 相容性功"
"能，同時提供許多熱門的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 應用"
"程式詳細的安裝操作說明，例如 <application><trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Oracle</trademark></application> 及 <application><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1170
msgid ""
"Describes the parameters available for system administrators to tune a "
"FreeBSD system for optimum performance. Also describes the various "
"configuration files used in FreeBSD and where to find them."
msgstr ""
"介紹可供系統管理者用來調校 FreeBSD 系統的可用參數來最佳化效率，同時也介紹 "
"FreeBSD 用到的各種設定檔以及到何處尋找這些設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1181
msgid ""
"Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process "
"with configuration options."
msgstr "介紹 FreeBSD 開機流程並說明如何使用設定選項控制開機流程。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1190
msgid ""
"Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system "
"secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH."
msgstr ""
"介紹許多可讓您的  FreeBSD 系統更安全的各種工具，包含 Kerberos, IPsec 及 "
"OpenSSH。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1200
msgid ""
"Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the "
"traditional chroot support of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"介紹 Jail Framework，以及 Jail 改進那些 FreeBSD 傳統 chroot 不足的地方。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1209
msgid ""
"Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this mechanism can "
"be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"說明什麼是強制存取控制 (Mandatory Access Control, MAC) 及這個機制如何用來確"
"保 FreeBSD 系統的安全。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1219
msgid ""
"Describes what FreeBSD Event Auditing is, how it can be installed, "
"configured, and how audit trails can be inspected or monitored."
msgstr ""
"介紹什麼事 FreeBSD 事件稽查，如何安裝與設定，以及如何檢查與監控稽查線索。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1229
msgid ""
"Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems with FreeBSD. This "
"includes physical disks, RAID arrays, optical and tape media, memory-backed "
"disks, and network filesystems."
msgstr ""
"介紹如何在 FreeBSD 管理儲存媒體及檔案系統，這包含了實體磁碟、RAID 陣列、光碟"
"與磁帶媒體、記憶體為基礎的磁碟以及網路檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1240
msgid ""
"Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how to configure various "
"supported RAID levels."
msgstr ""
"介紹在 FreeBSD 中的 GEOM Framework 是什麼，以及如何設定各種支援的 RAID 階層。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1249
msgid ""
"Examines support of non-native file systems in FreeBSD, like the Z File "
"System from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"查看 FreeBSD 還支援那些非原生檔案系統，如 <trademark>Sun</trademark> 的 Z 檔"
"案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1258
msgid ""
"Describes what virtualization systems offer, and how they can be used with "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr "介紹虛擬化系統提供了那些功能，以及如何在 FreeBSD 上使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1267
msgid ""
"Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than English. Covers both "
"system and application level localization."
msgstr "介紹如何在 FreeBSD 使用非英文的語言，這涵蓋了系統及應用層的在地化。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1277
msgid ""
"Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT, and "
"FreeBSD releases. Describes which users would benefit from tracking a "
"development system and outlines that process. Covers the methods users may "
"take to update their system to the latest security release."
msgstr ""
"說明 FreeBSD-STABLE、FreeBSD-CURRENT 以及 FreeBSD 發佈版之間的差異，並介紹那"
"些使用者適何追蹤開發系統以及程序的概述，這涵蓋了使用者更新系統到最新安全性發"
"佈版本的方法。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1290
msgid ""
"Describes how to configure and use the DTrace tool from <trademark>Sun</"
"trademark> in FreeBSD. Dynamic tracing can help locate performance issues, "
"by performing real time system analysis."
msgstr ""
"介紹如何在 FreeBSD 設定及使用 <trademark>Sun</trademark> 的 DTrace 工具，動態"
"追蹤可以透過執行真實時間系統分析來協助定位效能問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1303
msgid ""
"Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your FreeBSD system for both "
"dial in and dial out connections."
msgstr "介紹如何使用撥入及撥出連線到您的 FreeBSD 系統的終端機與數據機。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1313
msgid "Describes how to use PPP to connect to remote systems with FreeBSD."
msgstr "介紹如何在 FreeBSD 使用 PPP 來連線遠端的系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1322
msgid ""
"Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple "
"configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: "
"<application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""
"說明組成電子郵件伺服器的各種元件，並深入說明如何設定最熱門的郵件伺服器軟體："
"<application>sendmail</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1333
msgid ""
"Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up "
"your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, "
"network information system server, or time synchronization server."
msgstr ""
"提供詳細的操作說明與範例設定檔，讓您可安裝您的 FreeBSD 機器為網路檔案伺服器、"
"網域名稱伺服器、網路資訊系統伺服器或時間同步伺服器。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1344
msgid ""
"Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides "
"detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls "
"available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"說明軟體為基礎的防火牆背後的理念，並提供可用於 FreeBSD 中不同的防火牆設定的詳"
"細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1354
msgid ""
"Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection "
"with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless "
"networking, <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark>, ATM, "
"IPv6, and much more."
msgstr ""
"介紹許多網路主題，包含在您的區域網路 (LAN) 分享網際網路連線給其他電腦、進階路"
"由主題、無線網路、<trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark>、"
"ATM、IPv6 以及更多相關主題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1367
msgid ""
"Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well "
"as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"列出取得 FreeBSD CDROM 或 DVD 媒體的各種來源，以及在網際網路上的各種網站，讓"
"您可以下載並安裝 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1377
msgid ""
"This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a "
"more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that "
"are referenced in the text."
msgstr ""
"本書觸及許多不同主題，可能會讓您想更深入的了解，參考書目列出了在文中引用的許"
"多優秀書籍。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1388
msgid ""
"Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and "
"engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"介紹了可讓 FreeBSD 使用者提出問題以及參與有關 FreeBSD 技術會談的許多論壇。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1398
msgid "Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers."
msgstr "列出了數個 FreeBSD 開發人員的 PGP 指紋。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv
#: book.translate.xml:1404
msgid "Conventions used in this book"
msgstr "本書的編排體裁"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1407
msgid ""
"To provide a consistent and easy to read text, several conventions are "
"followed throughout the book."
msgstr "為方便閱讀本書，以下是一些本書所遵循的編排體裁："

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-typographic
#: book.translate.xml:1410
msgid "Typographic Conventions"
msgstr "文字編排體裁"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1414
msgid "<emphasis>Italic</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>斜體字</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1417
msgid ""
"An <emphasis>italic</emphasis> font is used for filenames, URLs, emphasized "
"text, and the first usage of technical terms."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>斜體字</emphasis>用於：檔名、目錄、網址 (URL)、 強調語氣、以及第一"
"次提及的技術詞彙。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1424
msgid "<literal>Monospace</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>等寬字</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1427
msgid ""
"A <literal>monospaced</literal> font is used for error messages, commands, "
"environment variables, names of ports, hostnames, user names, group names, "
"device names, variables, and code fragments."
msgstr ""
"<literal>等寬字</literal>用於： 錯誤訊息、指令、環境變數、Port 名稱、主機名"
"稱、帳號、群組、裝置名稱、變數、程式碼等。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1435
msgid "<application>Bold</application>"
msgstr "<application>粗體字</application>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1438
msgid ""
"A <keycap>bold</keycap> font is used for applications, commands, and keys."
msgstr "以<keycap>粗體字</keycap>表示：應用程式、指令、按鍵。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-commands
#: book.translate.xml:1445
msgid "User Input"
msgstr "使用者輸入"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1448
msgid ""
"Keys are shown in <keycap>bold</keycap> to stand out from other text. Key "
"combinations that are meant to be typed simultaneously are shown with "
"`<literal>+</literal>' between the keys, such as:"
msgstr ""
"鍵盤輸入以<keycap>粗體字</keycap>表示，以便與一般文字做區隔。 組合鍵是指同時"
"按下一些按鍵，我們以 `<literal>+</literal>' 來表示連接，像是："

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1453
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> "
"<keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1459
msgid ""
"Meaning the user should type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</"
"keycap>, and <keycap>Del</keycap> keys at the same time."
msgstr ""
"是說，一起按 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>、 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 以及 <keycap>Del</"
"keycap> 鍵。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1463
msgid ""
"Keys that are meant to be typed in sequence will be separated with commas, "
"for example:"
msgstr "若要逐一按鍵，那麼會以逗號 (,) 來表示，像是："

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1466
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>X</keycap> </"
"keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>S</"
"keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1475
msgid ""
"Would mean that the user is expected to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and "
"<keycap>X</keycap> keys simultaneously and then to type the <keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap> and <keycap>S</keycap> keys simultaneously."
msgstr ""
"是說：先同時按下 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 與 <keycap>X</keycap> 鍵， 然後放開後"
"再同時按 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 與 <keycap>S</keycap> 鍵。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-examples
#: book.translate.xml:1481
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "範例"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1483
msgid ""
"Examples starting with <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> indicate a <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> command. Unless otherwise noted, "
"these commands may be executed from a <quote>Command Prompt</quote> window "
"in a modern <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> environment."
msgstr ""
"範例以  <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> 為開頭代表 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> 的指令。 若沒有特殊情況的話，這些指令應該是"
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 環境的 <quote>指令提示字元 (Command "
"Prompt)</quote> 視窗內執行。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1489
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>E:\\&gt;</prompt> <userinput>tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1491
msgid ""
"Examples starting with <prompt>#</prompt> indicate a command that must be "
"invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> to type the command, or login as your normal "
"account and use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to gain superuser privileges."
msgstr ""
"範例以 <prompt>#</prompt> 為開頭代表在 FreeBSD 中以超級使用者權限來執行的指"
"令。 你可以先以 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 登入系統並下"
"指令，或是以你自己的帳號登入再使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來取得超級使用者權限。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1497
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Examples starting with <prompt>%</prompt> indicate a command that should be "
"invoked from a normal user account. Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax "
"is used for setting environment variables and other shell commands."
msgstr ""
"範例以 <prompt>%</prompt> 為開頭代表在 FreeBSD 中以一般使用者帳號執行的指"
"令。 除非有提到其他用法，否則都是預設為 C-shell 語法，用來設定環境變數以及下"
"其他指令的意思。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1504
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-acknowledgements
#: book.translate.xml:1506
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr "銘謝"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1508
msgid ""
"The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people "
"around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted "
"complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful."
msgstr ""
"您所看到的這本書是經過數百個分散在世界各地的人所努力而來的結果。 無論他們只是"
"糾正一些錯誤或提交完整的章節，所有的點滴貢獻都是非常寶貴有用的。"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1513
msgid ""
"Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying "
"authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. In particular, "
"BSDi (subsequently acquired by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver.com"
"\">Wind River Systems</link>) paid members of the FreeBSD Documentation "
"Project to work on improving this book full time leading up to the "
"publication of the first printed edition in March 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). "
"Wind River Systems then paid several additional authors to make a number of "
"improvements to the print-output infrastructure and to add additional "
"chapters to the text. This work culminated in the publication of the second "
"printed edition in November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link>, paid "
"several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third "
"printed edition."
msgstr ""
"也有一些公司透過提供資金讓作者專注於撰稿、提供出版資金等模式來支持文件的寫"
"作。 其中，BSDi (之後併入 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver.com\">Wind "
"River Systems</link>) 資助 FreeBSD 文件計劃成員來專職改善這本書直到 2000 年 "
"3 月第一版的出版。(ISBN 1-57176-241-8) Wind River Systems 同時資助其他作者來"
"對輸出架構做很多改進，以及給文章增加一些附加章節。這項工作結束於 2001 年 11 "
"月第二版。(ISBN 1-57176-303-1) 在 2003-2004 兩年中，<link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link> 把報酬支付給改進這本"
"手冊以使第三版印刷版本能夠出版的志工。"

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:1532
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "入門"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1535
msgid ""
"This part of the handbook is for users and administrators who are new to "
"FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr "這部份是提供給初次使用 FreeBSD 的使用者和系統管理者。 這些章節包括："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1540
msgid "Introduce FreeBSD."
msgstr "介紹 FreeBSD 給您。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1544
msgid "Guide readers through the installation process."
msgstr "在安裝過程給您指引。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1548
msgid ""
"Teach <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> basics and "
"fundamentals."
msgstr "教您 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的基礎及原理。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1552
msgid ""
"Show how to install the wealth of third party applications available for "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr "展示給您看如何安裝豐富的 FreeBSD 的應用軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1557
msgid ""
"Introduce X, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> windowing "
"system, and detail how to configure a desktop environment that makes users "
"more productive."
msgstr ""
"向您介紹 X，<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的視窗系統以及詳"
"細的桌面環境設定，讓您更有生產力。"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1563
msgid ""
"The number of forward references in the text have been kept to a minimum so "
"that this section can be read from front to back with minimal page flipping."
msgstr ""
"我們試著儘可能的讓這段文字的參考連結數目降到最低，讓您在讀使用手冊的這部份時"
"可以不太需要常常前後翻頁。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1577 book.translate.xml:23667 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "簡介"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:1580 book.translate.xml:2833
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts rewritten by </"
"contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1592 book.translate.xml:2888 book.translate.xml:5491
#: book.translate.xml:8880 book.translate.xml:10544 book.translate.xml:12714
#: book.translate.xml:13836 book.translate.xml:15442 book.translate.xml:17924
#: book.translate.xml:19181 book.translate.xml:22666 book.translate.xml:23579
#: book.translate.xml:27649 book.translate.xml:29259 book.translate.xml:31027
#: book.translate.xml:31761 book.translate.xml:35414 book.translate.xml:41346
#: book.translate.xml:41553 book.translate.xml:42855 book.translate.xml:43895
#: book.translate.xml:46044 book.translate.xml:46429 book.translate.xml:48632
#: book.translate.xml:50300 book.translate.xml:52213 book.translate.xml:57939
#: book.translate.xml:61626
msgid "Synopsis"
msgstr "概述"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various "
"aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development "
"model, and so on."
msgstr ""
"非常感謝您對 FreeBSD 感興趣！以下章節涵蓋 FreeBSD 計劃的各方面：比如它的歷"
"史、目標、開發模式等等。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1598 book.translate.xml:2915 book.translate.xml:5498
#: book.translate.xml:8892 book.translate.xml:10565 book.translate.xml:15455
#: book.translate.xml:17946 book.translate.xml:19195 book.translate.xml:23592
#: book.translate.xml:27721 book.translate.xml:29286 book.translate.xml:31051
#: book.translate.xml:31769 book.translate.xml:35440 book.translate.xml:41378
#: book.translate.xml:41561 book.translate.xml:43907 book.translate.xml:46082
#: book.translate.xml:46440 book.translate.xml:48643 book.translate.xml:50311
#: book.translate.xml:57994 book.translate.xml:61631
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr "讀完這章，您將了解︰"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1602
msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems."
msgstr "FreeBSD 與其他作業系統之間的關係。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1607
msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr "FreeBSD 計劃的歷史。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1611
msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr "FreeBSD 計劃的目標。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1615
msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model."
msgstr "FreeBSD 開源開發模式的基礎概念。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1620
msgid "And of course: where the name <quote>FreeBSD</quote> comes from."
msgstr "當然囉，還有 <quote>FreeBSD</quote> 這名字的由來。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1627
msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!"
msgstr "歡迎使用 FreeBSD!"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1629 book.translate.xml:1798
msgid "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1631
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is a 4.4BSD-Lite based operating system for Intel (x86 and "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark>), AMD64, Sun <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UltraSPARC</trademark> computers. Ports to other "
"architectures are also under way. You can also read about <link linkend="
"\"history\">the history of FreeBSD</link>, or the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases\">current release</link>. If you are interested "
"in contributing something to the Project (code, hardware, funding), see the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"contributing/index.html\">Contributing to FreeBSD</link> article."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 是一個從 4.4BSD-Lite 衍生出而能在以 Intel (x86 與 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Itanium</trademark>), AMD64, Sun <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UltraSPARC</trademark> 為基礎的電腦上執行的作業系統。同時，移植到其他平台"
"的工作也在進行中。 對於本計劃歷史的介紹，請看 <link linkend=\"history"
"\">FreeBSD 歷史</link>， 對於 FreeBSD 的最新版本介紹，請看 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases\">最新的發行版</link>。 若打算對於 FreeBSD 計劃"
"有所貢獻的話 (程式碼、硬體、經費)， 請看 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/articles/contributing/index.html\">如何"
"對 FreeBSD 貢獻</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1641
msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?"
msgstr "FreeBSD 能做什麼？"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1643
msgid "FreeBSD has many noteworthy features. Some of these are:"
msgstr "FreeBSD 提供給你許多先進功能。這些功能包括："

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1649
msgid "<primary>preemptive multitasking</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>先佔式多工</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1648
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Preemptive multitasking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> with dynamic "
"priority adjustment to ensure smooth and fair sharing of the computer "
"between applications and users, even under the heaviest of loads."
msgstr ""
"動態優先權調整的 <emphasis>先佔式多工</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> 能夠確保，"
"即使在系統負擔很重的情況下，程式執行平順並且應用程式與使用者公平地共享資源。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1658
msgid "<primary>multi-user facilities</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>多人共用</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1658
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Multi-user facilities</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> which allow many "
"people to use a FreeBSD system simultaneously for a variety of things. This "
"means, for example, that system peripherals such as printers and tape drives "
"are properly shared between all users on the system or the network and that "
"individual resource limits can be placed on users or groups of users, "
"protecting critical system resources from over-use."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>多人共用</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> 代表著許多人可以同時使用一個 "
"FreeBSD 系統來處理各自的事務。 系統的硬體周邊 (如印表機及磁帶機) 也可以讓所有"
"的使用者適當地分享。 也可以針對各別使用者或一群使用者的系統資源，予以設限，以"
"保護系統不致被過度使用。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1671
msgid "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"
msgstr "TCP/IP 網路"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1670
msgid ""
"Strong <emphasis>TCP/IP networking</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> with support "
"for industry standards such as SCTP, DHCP, NFS, NIS, PPP, SLIP, IPsec, and "
"IPv6. This means that your FreeBSD machine can interoperate easily with "
"other systems as well as act as an enterprise server, providing vital "
"functions such as NFS (remote file access) and email services or putting "
"your organization on the Internet with WWW, FTP, routing and firewall "
"(security) services."
msgstr ""
"強大的 <emphasis>TCP/IP 網路</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> 功能可支援許多業界標"
"準，如：SCTP、DHCP、NFS、NIS、PPP、SLIP、IPSec、IPv6 的支援，也就是說 "
"FreeBSD 可以容易地跟其他作業系統透過網路共同運作，或是當作企業的伺服器用途 ，"
"例如提供遠端檔案共享 (NFS) 及電子郵件等服務， 或是讓您的企業連上網際網路並提"
"供 WWW、FTP、路由及防火牆 (安全性) 等必備服務。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1684
msgid "<primary>memory protection</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>記憶體保護</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1684
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Memory protection</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> ensures that "
"applications (or users) cannot interfere with each other. One application "
"crashing will not affect others in any way."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>記憶體保護</emphasis> 能確保程式 (或使用者) 不會互相干擾，即使任何"
"程式有不正常的運作，都不會影響其他程式的執行。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1693 book.translate.xml:1936
msgid "<primary>X Window System</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>X Window 系統</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1692
msgid ""
"The industry standard <emphasis>X Window System</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> "
"(X11R7) can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) on any machine and "
"comes with full sources."
msgstr ""
"業界標準的 <emphasis>X Window 系統</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> (X11R7) 可以在"
"常見的便宜 VGA 顯示卡/螢幕， 提供了圖形化的使用者介面 (GUI)，並且包括了完整的"
"原始程式碼。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1702 book.translate.xml:17929
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1706
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1710
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1714
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1718
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Binary 相容性</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1701
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
"indexterm-5/> <emphasis>Binary compatibility</emphasis> with many programs "
"built for Linux, SCO, SVR4, BSDI and NetBSD."
msgstr ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
"indexterm-5/> <emphasis>Binary 相容性</emphasis> 可執行許多其他作業系統 "
"(如： Linux、SCO、SVR4、BSDI 和 NetBSD) 的可執行檔。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1728
msgid ""
"Thousands of <emphasis>ready-to-run</emphasis> applications are available "
"from the FreeBSD <emphasis>ports</emphasis> and <emphasis>packages</"
"emphasis> collection. Why search the net when you can find it all right here?"
msgstr ""
"數以萬計的 <emphasis>立即可以執行</emphasis> 的應用程式，這些都可透過 "
"FreeBSD 的 <emphasis>Port</emphasis> 及 <emphasis>套件</emphasis> 管理機制來"
"取得。 不再需要費心到網路上到處搜尋所需要的軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1736
msgid ""
"Thousands of additional and <emphasis>easy-to-port</emphasis> applications "
"are available on the Internet. FreeBSD is source code compatible with most "
"popular commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems "
"and thus most applications require few, if any, changes to compile."
msgstr ""
"在網路上有數以千計 <emphasis>易於移植</emphasis> 的應用程式。FreeBSD 的原始程"
"式碼與許多常見的商業版 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統"
"都相容， 所以大部分的程式都只需要很少的修改 (或根本不用修改) ，就可以編譯執"
"行。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1745
msgid "<primary>virtual memory</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>虛擬記憶體</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1744
msgid ""
"Demand paged <emphasis>virtual memory</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> and "
"<quote>merged VM/buffer cache</quote> design efficiently satisfies "
"applications with large appetites for memory while still maintaining "
"interactive response to other users."
msgstr ""
"依需要換頁的 <emphasis>虛擬記憶體</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> 及 <quote>合併"
"式 VM/buffer 快取</quote> 設計，有效的滿足了需使用大量記憶體的程式，同時也能"
"維持與其他使用者的互動。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1754
msgid "<primary>Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>對稱多工處理 (SMP)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1754
msgid ""
"<emphasis>SMP</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> support for machines with multiple "
"CPUs."
msgstr ""
"支援 CPU 的<emphasis>對稱多工處理 (SMP)</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/>：可以支援"
"多 CPU 的電腦系統。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1763
msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>編譯器</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1767
msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>編譯器</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1762
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> A full complement of <emphasis>C</"
"emphasis> and <emphasis>C++</emphasis> development tools. Many additional "
"languages for advanced research and development are also available in the "
"ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""
"<_:indexterm-1/><_:indexterm-2/>完全相容的 <emphasis>C</emphasis>、"
"<emphasis>C++</emphasis> 以及 Fortran 的環境和其他開發工具。 以及其他許多可供"
"進階研發的程式語言也收集在 Port 和套件集。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1780
msgid "<primary>source code</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>原始碼</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1780
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Source code</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> for the entire system means "
"you have the greatest degree of control over your environment. Why be locked "
"into a proprietary solution at the mercy of your vendor when you can have a "
"truly open system?"
msgstr ""
"整個系統都有 <emphasis>原始程式碼</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/>， 這讓你對作業環"
"境擁有最完全的掌握度。 既然能擁有完全開放的系統，何苦被特定封閉軟體所約束，任"
"廠商擺佈呢？"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1789
msgid "Extensive <emphasis>online documentation</emphasis>."
msgstr "廣泛且豐富的 <emphasis>線上文件</emphasis>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1794
msgid "<emphasis>And many more!</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>當然囉，還不止如此！</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1801
msgid "<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>電腦系統研究組 (CSRG)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1798
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> release from Computer "
"Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> at the University of "
"California at Berkeley, and carries on the distinguished tradition of BSD "
"systems development. In addition to the fine work provided by CSRG, the "
"FreeBSD Project has put in many thousands of hours in fine tuning the system "
"for maximum performance and reliability in real-life load situations. "
"FreeBSD offers performance and reliability on par with commercial offerings, "
"combined with many cutting-edge features not available anywhere else."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 系統乃是基於美國加州大學柏克萊分校的電腦系統研究組 (Computer Systems "
"Research Group 也就是 CSRG) 所發行的 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/>，以及基於 "
"BSD 系統開發的優良傳統。 除了由 CSRG 所提供的高品質的成果， 為了提供可處理真"
"正具負荷的工作， FreeBSD 計劃也投入了數千小時以上的細部調整， 以能獲得最好的"
"執行效率以及系統的穩定度。 正當許多商業上的巨人正努力地希望能提供效能及穩定"
"時，FreeBSD 已經具備這樣的特質，並具有其他地方沒有的尖端功能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1812
msgid ""
"The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your "
"own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory "
"control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antennae; if it can be "
"done with a commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> "
"product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! "
"FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality "
"applications developed by research centers and universities around the "
"world, often available at little to no cost. Commercial applications are "
"also available and appearing in greater numbers every day."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 的運用範圍無限，其實完全限制在你的想像力上。 從軟體的開發到工廠自動"
"化，或是人造衛星上面的天線的方位角度的遠端控制； 這些功能若可以用商用的 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 產品來達成， 那麼極有可能使"
"用 FreeBSD 也能辦到！ FreeBSD 也受益於來自於全球各研究中心及大學所開發的數千"
"個高品質的軟體 ，這些通常只需要花費很少的費用或根本就是免費的。 當然也有商業"
"軟體，而且出現的數目是與日俱增。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1824
msgid ""
"Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is generally available, the "
"system can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special "
"applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating "
"systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some "
"of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""
"由於每個人都可以取得 FreeBSD 的原始程式碼， 這個系統可以被量身訂做成能執行任"
"何原本完全無法想像的功能或計劃， 而對於從各廠商取得的作業系統通常沒有辦法這樣"
"地被修改。 以下提供一些人們使用 FreeBSD 的例子："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1834
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Internet Services:</emphasis> The robust TCP/IP networking built "
"into FreeBSD makes it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services "
"such as:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>網際網路服務：</emphasis> FreeBSD 內建強勁的網路功能使它成為網路服"
"務 (如下例) 的理想平台："

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1841
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>網頁伺服器</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1841
msgid "World Wide Web servers<_:indexterm-1/> (standard or secure [SSL])"
msgstr "全球資訊網伺服器<_:indexterm-1/> (標準的或更安全的 [SSL])"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1848
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing"
msgstr "IPv4 及 IPv6 路由"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1852 book.translate.xml:57930
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>防火牆</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1855 book.translate.xml:61096
msgid "<primary>NAT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1852
msgid ""
"Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> and NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP masquerading</"
"quote>) gateways"
msgstr ""
"防火牆<_:indexterm-1/>以及 NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP 偽裝</quote>) 通訊"
"閘。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1862
msgid "<primary>FTP servers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>FTP 伺服器</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1862
msgid "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr "檔案傳輸協定伺服器<_:indexterm-1/>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1869
msgid "<primary>electronic mail</primary> <see>email</see>"
msgstr "<primary>電子郵件</primary> <see>email</see>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1873 book.translate.xml:50302
msgid "<primary>email</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1868
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Electronic Mail servers"
msgstr "<_:indexterm-1/><_:indexterm-2/> 電子郵件伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1880
msgid "And more..."
msgstr "還有更多..."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1886
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Education:</emphasis> Are you a student of computer science or a "
"related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about "
"operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands on, "
"under the hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely "
"available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly "
"useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get "
"<emphasis>other</emphasis> work done!"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>教育：</emphasis>若您是資工相關領域的學生，再也沒有比使用 FreeBSD "
"能學到更多作業系統、計算機結構、及網路的方法了。 另外如果你想利用電腦來處理一"
"些<emphasis>其他</emphasis>的工作，還有一些如 CAD、 數學運算以及圖形處理軟體"
"等可以免費地取得使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1898
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Research:</emphasis> With source code for the entire system "
"available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating "
"systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely "
"available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on "
"ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing "
"agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>研究：</emphasis>有了完整的原始程式碼，FreeBSD 是研究作業系統及電腦"
"科學的極佳環境。 具有免費且自由取得特性的 FreeBSD 也使得一個分置兩地的合作計"
"劃，不必擔心版權及系統開放性的問題， 而能自在的交流。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1910 book.translate.xml:61979
msgid "<primary>router</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>路由器</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1912
msgid "<primary>DNS Server</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>DNS 伺服器</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1909
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Networking:</emphasis> Need a new router?<_:indexterm-1/> A name "
"server (DNS)?<_:indexterm-2/> A firewall to keep people out of your internal "
"network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into "
"an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>網路：</emphasis> 你如果需要 路由器<_:indexterm-1/>、名稱伺服器 "
"(DNS)<_:indexterm-2/> 或安全的防火牆， FreeBSD 可以輕易的將你沒有用到的 386 "
"或 486 PC 變身成為絕佳的伺服器，甚至具有過濾封包的功能。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1923
msgid "<primary>embedded</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>嵌入式</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1921
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Embedded:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build "
"embedded systems upon. <_:indexterm-1/> With support for the <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</"
"trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> "
"platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and "
"the permissive <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"books/faq/introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD license</link> "
"FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, "
"firewalls, and other devices."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>嵌入式：</emphasis> FreeBSD 是一套可用來建立嵌入式系統的傑出平台。 "
"<_:indexterm-1/> 支援 <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark> 以及 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> 平台，再加上健全的網路環境、尖端的功能以及"
"自由的 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/"
"introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD 授權條款</link>，FreeBSD 成"
"為用來建置嵌入式路由器、防火牆及其他裝置的絕佳基礎。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1939 book.translate.xml:11914
msgid "<primary>GNOME</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1942 book.translate.xml:12001
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1935
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>Desktop:</"
"emphasis> FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution "
"using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many "
"open-source desktop environments, including the standard <application>GNOME</"
"application> and <application>KDE</application> graphical user interfaces. "
"FreeBSD can even boot <quote>diskless</quote> from a central server, making "
"individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer."
msgstr ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>桌面:</"
"emphasis> FreeBSD 同時也是低成本桌面解決方案中不錯的選擇，使用了免費的 X11 伺"
"服器。FreeBSD 提供許多開源桌面環境可選擇，包含了標準 <application>GNOME</"
"application> 及 <application>KDE</application> 圖型化使用者介面。FreeBSD 甚至"
"可以透過中央伺服器做 <quote>無磁碟</quote> 開機，讓個人工作站變的更便宜、更易"
"於管理。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1961
msgid "<primary>Compiler</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>編譯器</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1958
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Software Development:</emphasis> The basic FreeBSD system comes "
"with a full complement of development tools including a full C/C++<_:"
"indexterm-1/> compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages "
"are also available through the ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>軟體開發：</emphasis> 基本安裝的 FreeBSD 就包含了完整的程式開發工"
"具，如 C/C++<_:indexterm-1/> 編譯器及除錯器。 透過 Port 與套件管理系統也可支"
"援需多其他語言。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1970
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on "
"either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see <xref linkend=\"mirrors\"/> for more "
"information about obtaining FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"你可以經由燒錄 CD-ROM、DVD 或是從 FTP 站上抓回 FreeBSD。 詳情請參閱 <xref "
"linkend=\"mirrors\"/> 取得 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1977
msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?"
msgstr "誰在用 FreeBSD？"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1979
msgid ""
"<primary>users</primary> <secondary>large sites running FreeBSD</secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>使用者</primary> <secondary>執行 FreeBSD 的大型站台</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1984
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and "
"permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many "
"commercial and open source appliances, devices, and products. Many of the "
"world's largest IT companies use FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 先進的功能、成熟的安全性、可預測的發佈週期以及自由的授權條款，讓 "
"FreeBSD 已經被用來做為建立許多商業、開源應用、裝置以及產品的平台，有許多世界"
"上最大的資訊公司使用 FreeBSD："

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1994 book.translate.xml:56603
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1993
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The Apache Software Foundation runs most of its public facing "
"infrastructure, including possibly one of the largest SVN repositories in "
"the world with over 1.4 million commits, on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Apache 軟體基金會中大部分面對大眾的基礎設施，包括可能是世界上最大的 SVN 檔案"
"庫 (擁有超過 140 萬次提交) 都是在 FreeBSD 上運作。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2004
msgid "<primary>Apple</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2003
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apple.com/\">Apple</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for the network stack, virtual file "
"system, and many userland components. Apple iOS also contains elements "
"borrowed from FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apple.com/\">Apple</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"OS X 大量借鑒 FreeBSD 的網路 Stack、虛擬檔案系統以及許多使用者空間的元件。"
"Apple iOS 中含有從 FreeBSD 借鑒來的元素。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2014
msgid "<primary>Cisco</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2013
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"IronPort network security and anti-spam appliances run a modified FreeBSD "
"kernel."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco</link> <_:indexterm-1/> -  "
"IronPort 網路安全及反垃圾郵件設備是採用改良後 FreeBSD 核心來運作。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2022
msgid "<primary>Citrix</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2021
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.citrix.com/\">Citrix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The NetScaler line of security appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, "
"content caching, application firewall, secure VPN, and mobile cloud network "
"access, along with the power of a FreeBSD shell."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.citrix.com/\">Citrix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"安全設備的 NetScaler 產品線提供的第 4-7 層的負載均衡、內容快取、應用層防火"
"牆、安全的 VPN 以及行動雲端網路存取，皆運用了 FreeBSD Shell 強大的功能。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2033
msgid "<primary>Dell KACE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dell.com/KACE\">Dell KACE</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The KACE system management appliances run FreeBSD because of "
"its reliability, scalability, and the community that supports its continued "
"development."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dell.com/KACE\">Dell KACE</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - KACE 系統管理設備中運作了 FreeBSD，因為 FreeBSD 的可靠性、可"
"擴展性以及支持其持續發展的社群。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2043
msgid "<primary>Experts Exchange</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2041
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.experts-exchange.com/\">Experts Exchange</"
"link> <_:indexterm-1/> - All public facing web servers are powered by "
"FreeBSD and they make extensive use of jails to isolate development and "
"testing environments without the overhead of virtualization."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.experts-exchange.com/\">Experts Exchange</"
"link> <_:indexterm-1/> - 所有面對大眾的 Web 伺服器皆由 FreeBSD 驅動，且他們大"
"量使用 Jail 來隔離開發與測試環境，減少了虛擬化的額外開銷。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2053
msgid "<primary>Isilon</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2052
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.isilon.com/\">Isilon</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Isilon's enterprise storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. The extremely "
"liberal FreeBSD license allowed Isilon to integrate their intellectual "
"property throughout the kernel and focus on building their product instead "
"of an operating system."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.isilon.com/\">Isilon</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Isilon 的企業存儲設備以 FreeBSD 為基礎。非常自由的 FreeBSD 授權條款讓 Isilon "
"整合了它們的智慧財產到整個核心，並專注打造自己的產品，而不是一個作業系統。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2065
msgid "<primary>iXsystems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2064
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ixsystems.com/\">iXsystems</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The TrueNAS line of unified storage appliances is based on "
"FreeBSD. In addition to their commercial products, iXsystems also manages "
"development of the open source projects PC-BSD and FreeNAS."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ixsystems.com/\">iXsystems</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - 統合存儲 (Unified Storage) 設備的 TrueNAS 產品線是以 FreeBSD "
"為基礎。除了該公司自己的商業產品外，iXsystems 也管理著 PC-BSD 和 FreeNAS 兩個"
"開源計劃的開發。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2075
msgid "<primary>Juniper</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2074
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.juniper.net/\">Juniper</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- The JunOS operating system that powers all Juniper networking gear "
"(including routers, switches, security, and networking appliances) is based "
"on FreeBSD. Juniper is one of many vendors that showcases the symbiotic "
"relationship between the project and vendors of commercial products. "
"Improvements generated at Juniper are upstreamed into FreeBSD to reduce the "
"complexity of integrating new features from FreeBSD back into JunOS in the "
"future."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.juniper.net/\">Juniper</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"-  JunOS 作業系統驅動了所有的 Juniper 網絡設備 (包括路由器，交換器，安全與網"
"絡設備) 便是以 FreeBSD 為基礎。Juniper 在眾多廠商之中，展現了計劃與商業產品供"
"應商之間的共生關係。由 Juniper 所開發的改進內容會回饋給 FreeBSD 來降低未來新"
"功能從  FreeBSD 整合回 JunOS 的複雜性。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2090
msgid "<primary>McAfee</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2089
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mcafee.com/\">McAfee</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"SecurOS, the basis of McAfee enterprise firewall products including "
"Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mcafee.com/\">McAfee</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"SecurOS 是 McAfee 企業防火牆產品的基礎，其中包含了 Sidewinder ，也是以 "
"FreeBSD 為基礎。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2099
msgid "<primary>NetApp</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2098
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netapp.com/\">NetApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The Data ONTAP GX line of storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. In "
"addition, NetApp has contributed back many features, including the new BSD "
"licensed hypervisor, bhyve."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netapp.com/\">NetApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"存儲設備中的 Data ONTAP GX 產品線是以 FreeBSD 為基礎。除此之外，NetApp 還貢獻"
"了回 FreeBSD 許多功能，包括新 BSD 條款授權的 hypervisor, bhyve。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2109 book.translate.xml:2371
msgid "<primary>Netflix</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2108
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netflix.com/\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- The OpenConnect appliance that Netflix uses to stream movies to its "
"customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix has made extensive contributions to "
"the codebase and works to maintain a zero delta from mainline FreeBSD. "
"Netflix OpenConnect appliances are responsible for delivering more than 32% "
"of all Internet traffic in North America."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netflix.com/\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- Netflix 用來以串流傳送電影到客戶的 OpenConnect 設備是以 FreeBSD 為基礎。 "
"Netflix 也做了大量貢獻到程式碼庫，並致力於維持與主線 FreeBSD 的零修正關係。"
"Netflix 的 OpenConnect 設備負責了北美所有的網路流量 32％ 以上。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2122
msgid "<primary>Sandvine</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2121
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sandvine.com/\">Sandvine</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis of their high performance realtime "
"network processing platforms that make up their intelligent network policy "
"control products."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sandvine.com/\">Sandvine</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - Sandvine 使用 FreeBSD 作為它們的高性能即時網路處理平台，來建立它門的智慧"
"網路策​​略控制產品。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2132
msgid "<primary>Sony</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2131
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.com/\">Sony</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The "
"PlayStation 4 gaming console runs a modified version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.com/\">Sony</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"PlayStation 4 遊戲主機使用了修改過的 FreeBSD 版本來運作。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2140
msgid "<primary>Sophos</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2139
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sophos.com/\">Sophos</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"The Sophos Email Appliance product is based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans "
"inbound mail for spam and viruses, while also monitoring outbound mail for "
"malware as well as the accidental loss of sensitive information."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sophos.com/\">Sophos</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Sophos 電子郵件設備產品是以加強防護 (Hardened) 的 FreeBSD 為基礎，可掃描入站"
"郵件中的垃圾郵件和病毒，同時也可監控出站郵件中的惡意軟體及敏感資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2152
msgid "<primary>Spectra Logic</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2150
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.spectralogic.com/\">Spectra Logic</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The nTier line of archive grade storage appliances run "
"FreeBSD and OpenZFS."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.spectralogic.com/\">Spectra Logic</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - 儲藏級儲存設備的 nTier 產品線以 FreeBSD 和 OpenZFS 來運作。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2161
msgid "<primary>The Weather Channel</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2159
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weather.com/\">The Weather Channel</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The IntelliStar appliance that is installed at each local "
"cable providers headend and is responsible for injecting local weather "
"forecasts into the cable TV network's programming runs FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weather.com/\">The Weather Channel</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - 被安裝在各地有線電視營運商前端，負責加入當地天氣預報到有線電"
"視網路節目的 IntelliStar 設備便是使用 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2172
msgid "<primary>Verisign</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2171
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com/\">Verisign</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - Verisign is responsible for operating the .com and .net root domain "
"registries as well as the accompanying DNS infrastructure. They rely on a "
"number of different network operating systems including FreeBSD to ensure "
"there is no common point of failure in their infrastructure."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com/\">Verisign</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - VeriSign 主要經營 .com 與 .net 根網域名稱註冊業務以及隨附的 DNS 基礎設施"
"運作。這些基礎設施的運作仰賴各種不同的網路作業系統包括 FreeBSD 來確保不會有單"
"點故障的問題。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2185
msgid "<primary>Voxer</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2184
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.voxer.com/\">Voxer</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Voxer powers their mobile voice messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. "
"Voxer switched from a Solaris derivative to FreeBSD because of its superior "
"documentation, larger and more active community, and more developer friendly "
"environment. In addition to critical features like <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"and DTrace, FreeBSD also offers TRIM support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.voxer.com/\">Voxer</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"Voxer 使用了 FreeBSD 的 ZFS 來驅動行動語音通訊平台，讓 Voxer 從 Solaris 改使"
"用 FreeBSD 的原因是 FreeBSD 擁有詳盡的文件、更大型且活躍的社群、較便利的開發"
"人員環境。除了提供關鍵的 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 和 DTrace 功能之外 FreeBSD "
"的 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 也支援了 TRIM。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2199
msgid "<primary>WhatsApp</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.whatsapp.com/\">WhatsApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - When WhatsApp needed a platform that would be able to handle more than 1 "
"million concurrent TCP connections per server, they chose FreeBSD. They then "
"proceeded to scale past 2.5 million connections per server."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.whatsapp.com/\">WhatsApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - 當 WhatsApp 面臨需要一個每台伺服器能夠同時處理超過 100 萬個 TCP 連線的平"
"台時，它們選擇了 FreeBSD。它們接著擴大規模到每台伺服器處理超過 250 萬的連線。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2211
msgid "<primary>Wheel Systems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2209
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wheelsystems.com/\">Wheel Systems</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - The FUDO security appliance allows enterprises to monitor, "
"control, record, and audit contractors and administrators who work on their "
"systems. Based on all of the best security features of FreeBSD including "
"ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST, and auditdistd."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wheelsystems.com/\">Wheel Systems</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> - FUDO 安全性設備讓企業可以監控、控制、記錄以及稽查在其系統中作"
"業的承包商與管理員。這些功能皆是以 FreeBSD 最佳的安全性功能為基礎，包括 ZFS, "
"GELI, Capsicum, HAST 及 auditdistd。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2223
msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:"
msgstr "FreeBSD 也催生了數個相關的開源計劃："

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2230
msgid "<primary>BSD Router</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2228
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdrp.net/\">BSD Router</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"A FreeBSD based replacement for large enterprise routers designed to run on "
"standard PC hardware."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdrp.net/\">BSD Router</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"以 FreeBSD 為基礎的大型企業路由器替代方案，專門設計為可在標準 PC 硬體上運作。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2239
msgid "<primary>FreeNAS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2238
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freenas.org/\">FreeNAS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- A customized FreeBSD designed to be used as a network file server "
"appliance. Provides a python based web interface to simplify the management "
"of both the UFS and ZFS file systems. Includes support for NFS, SMB/CIFS, "
"AFP, FTP, and iSCSI. Includes an extensible plugin system based on FreeBSD "
"jails."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freenas.org/\">FreeNAS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- 專為網路檔案伺服器設備使用所設計的 FreeBSD。提供了以 Python 為基礎的網頁介"
"面來簡化 UFS 與 ZFS 檔案系統的管理，支援了 NFS、SMB/ CIFS、AFP、FTP 與 "
"iSCSI，還有以 FreeBSD Jail 為基礎的套件系統。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2251
msgid "<primary>GhostBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2250
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ghostbsd.org/\">GhostBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - A desktop oriented distribution of FreeBSD bundled with the Gnome "
"desktop environment."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ghostbsd.org/\">GhostBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - 採用 Gnome 桌面環境的 FreeBSD 發行版。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2259
msgid "<primary>mfsBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2258
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/\">mfsBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A "
"toolkit for building a FreeBSD system image that runs entirely from memory."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/\">mfsBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - 用"
"來建置可完全從記憶體執行 FreeBSD 系統映像檔工具。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2267
msgid "<primary>NAS4Free</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2266
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nas4free.org/\">NAS4Free</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - A file server distribution based on FreeBSD with a PHP powered web "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nas4free.org/\">NAS4Free</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - 以 FreeBSD 及 PHP 驅動網頁介面為基礎的檔案伺服器。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2275
msgid "<primary>OPNsense</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2274
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.opnsense.org/\">OPNSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - OPNsense is an open source, easy-to-use and easy-to-build FreeBSD based "
"firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes most of the features "
"available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more in many cases. It "
"brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with the benefits of "
"open and verifiable sources."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.opnsense.org/\">OPNSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
"> - OPNsense 是一個以 FreeBSD 為基礎的開源、易於使用及易於建置的防火牆和路由"
"平台。OPNsense 有大多數在昂貴的商業防火牆上才有的功能。它帶來了商業產品的豐富"
"功能集，同時擁有開放和安全的來源。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2287
msgid "<primary>PC-BSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2286
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">PC-BSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"A customized version of FreeBSD geared towards desktop users with graphical "
"utilities to exposing the power of FreeBSD to all users. Designed to ease "
"the transition of Windows and OS X users."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">PC-BSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"訂製版本的 FreeBSD，裝備了給桌面使用者使用的圖型化工具來展示 FreeBSD 強大的功"
"能給所有使用者，專門設計來緩解使用者在 Windows 與 OS X 間的過渡。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2297
msgid "<primary>pfSense</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2296
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pfsense.org/\">pfSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- A firewall distribution based on FreeBSD with a huge array of features and "
"extensive IPv6 support."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pfsense.org/\">pfSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> "
"- 以 FreeBSD 為基礎的防火牆發行版，支援巨型陣列及大規模 IPv6。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2306
msgid "<primary>ZRouter</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2305
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://zrouter.org/\">ZRouter</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - "
"An open source alternative firmware for embedded devices based on FreeBSD. "
"Designed to replace the proprietary firmware on off-the-shelf routers."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://zrouter.org/\">ZRouter</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - 嵌"
"入式裝置韌體的開源替代方案，以 FreeBSD 為基礎，專門設計來取代現成路由器上的專"
"用韌體。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2314
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is also used to power some of the biggest sites on the Internet, "
"including:"
msgstr "FreeBSD 也同時被用來驅動一些網際網路上的大型網站，包括："

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2320
msgid "<primary>Yahoo!</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2319
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yahoo.com/\">Yahoo!</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2327
msgid "<primary>Yandex</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2326
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yandex.ru/\">Yandex</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2334
msgid "<primary>Rambler</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.rambler.ru/\">Rambler</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2341
msgid "<primary>Sina</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2340
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sina.com/\">Sina</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2349
msgid "<primary>Pair Networks</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2347
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pair.com/\">Pair Networks</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2357
msgid "<primary>Sony Japan</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2355
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.co.jp/\">Sony Japan</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
">"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2364
msgid "<primary>Netcraft</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netcraft.com/\">Netcraft</link> <_:indexterm-1/"
">"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2370
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://signup.netflix.com/openconnect\">Netflix</link> "
"<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2378
msgid "<primary>NetEase</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.163.com/\">NetEase</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2385
msgid "<primary>Weathernews</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weathernews.com/\">Weathernews</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2393
msgid "<primary>TELEHOUSE America</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.telehouse.com/\">TELEHOUSE America</link> <_:"
"indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2400
msgid ""
"and many more. Wikipedia also maintains a <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
"wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">list of products "
"based on FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""
"還有許多的應用。維基百科也維護了一份 <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia."
"org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">以 FreeBSD 為基礎的產品</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2406
msgid "About the FreeBSD Project"
msgstr "關於 FreeBSD 計劃"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2408
msgid ""
"The following section provides some background information on the project, "
"including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the "
"project."
msgstr "接下來講的是 FreeBSD 計劃的背景，包含歷史、計劃目標以及開發模式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2413
msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD"
msgstr "FreeBSD 歷史簡介"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2415
msgid "<primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2416
msgid "<primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2417
msgid "<primary>Williams, Nate</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2418
msgid "<primary>Grimes, Rod</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2419
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>history</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2424
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as "
"an outgrowth of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit by the patchkit's last 3 "
"coordinators: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes and Jordan Hubbard."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 計畫起源於 1993 年初， 那是源自於維護一組『非官方 386BSD 修正工具』計"
"劃的最後三個協調人 Nate Williams，Rod Grimes 和 Jordan Hubbard。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2429 book.translate.xml:2469
msgid "<primary>386BSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2430
msgid ""
"The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order "
"to fix a number of problems with it that the patchkit mechanism just was not "
"capable of solving. The early working title for the project was 386BSD 0.5 "
"or 386BSD Interim in reference of that fact."
msgstr ""
"最初的目標是做出一份 386BSD 的中間版本的快照 (Snapshot) 來修正使用修正工具 "
"(Patchkit) 機制無法解決的數個問題，也因此早期的計劃名稱叫做 386BSD 0.5 或 "
"386BSD Interim 便是這個原因。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2436
msgid "<primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2437
msgid ""
"386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point "
"suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the "
"patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day, they decided "
"to assist Bill by providing this interim <quote>cleanup</quote> snapshot. "
"Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly decided to "
"withdraw his sanction from the project without any clear indication of what "
"would be done instead."
msgstr ""
"386BSD 是 Bill Jolitz 的作業系統，在當時就已經忍受了將近一年的忽視，隨著修正"
"工具日漸龐大的令人不舒服，他們決定提供一份過渡性的 <quote>簡潔</quote> 快照來"
"幫助 Bill。 然而，由於 Bill Jolitz 忽然決定取消其對該計劃的認可，且沒有明確指"
"出未來的打算，所以該計劃便突然面臨中止。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2447
msgid "<primary>Greenman, David</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2448
msgid "<primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2450
msgid ""
"The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's "
"support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. "
"The initial objectives were set after consulting with the system's current "
"users and, once it became clear that the project was on the road to perhaps "
"even becoming a reality, Jordan contacted Walnut Creek CDROM with an eye "
"toward improving FreeBSD's distribution channels for those many unfortunates "
"without easy access to the Internet. Walnut Creek CDROM not only supported "
"the idea of distributing FreeBSD on CD but also went so far as to provide "
"the project with a machine to work on and a fast Internet connection. "
"Without Walnut Creek CDROM's almost unprecedented degree of faith in what "
"was, at the time, a completely unknown project, it is quite unlikely that "
"FreeBSD would have gotten as far, as fast, as it has today."
msgstr ""
"這三人認為這個目標即始沒有 Bill 的支持仍有保留的價值，最後他們採用 David "
"Greenman 丟銅板決定的名字，也就是 \"FreeBSD\"。在詢問了當時的一些使用者意見之"
"後決定了最初的目標，隨著目標越來越明確便開始著手進行。Jordan 找了 Walnut "
"Creek CD-ROM 商討，著眼於如何改進 FreeBSD 的發行通路，讓那些不便上網的人可簡"
"單的取得。 Walnut Creek CD-ROM 不只贊成以 CD 來發行 FreeBSD 的想法，同時提供"
"了一台機器以及快速的網路。 若不是 Walnut Creek CD-ROM 在那個時間上史無前例的"
"信任，這個默默無名的計劃很可能不會成為現在的 FreeBSD 快速的成長到今日這樣的規"
"模。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2466
msgid "<primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2467 book.translate.xml:2482
msgid "<primary>Net/2</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2468 book.translate.xml:2481
msgid "<primary>U.C. Berkeley</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2470 book.translate.xml:8847
msgid "<primary>Free Software Foundation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2472
msgid ""
"The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, "
"released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite "
"(<quote>Net/2</quote>) tape from U.C. Berkeley, with many components also "
"provided by 386BSD and the Free Software Foundation. It was a fairly "
"reasonable success for a first offering, and they followed it with the "
"highly successful FreeBSD 1.1 release in May of 1994."
msgstr ""
"第一張以 CD-ROM (及網路) 發行的版本為 FreeBSD 1.0，是在 1993 年十二月發佈。 "
"該版本採用了 U.C. Berkeley 以磁帶方式發行的 4.3BSD-Lite (<quote>Net/2</"
"quote>) 及許多來自於 386BSD 和自由軟體基金會的元件為基礎。對於第一次發行而言"
"還算成功，我們又接著於 1994 年 5 月發行了相當成功的 FreeBSD 1.1。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2480
msgid "<primary>Novell</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2483
msgid "<primary>AT&amp;T</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2484
msgid ""
"Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon "
"as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the "
"legal status of the Berkeley Net/2 tape. A condition of that settlement was "
"U.C. Berkeley's concession that large parts of Net/2 were <quote>encumbered</"
"quote> code and the property of Novell, who had in turn acquired it from "
"AT&amp;T some time previously. What Berkeley got in return was Novell's "
"<quote>blessing</quote> that the 4.4BSD-Lite release, when it was finally "
"released, would be declared unencumbered and all existing Net/2 users would "
"be strongly encouraged to switch. This included FreeBSD, and the project was "
"given until the end of July 1994 to stop shipping its own Net/2 based "
"product. Under the terms of that agreement, the project was allowed one last "
"release before the deadline, that release being FreeBSD 1.1.5.1."
msgstr ""
"然而此後不久，另一個意外的風暴在 Novell 與 U.C. Berkeley 關於 Berkeley Net/2 "
"磁帶之法律地位的訴訟確定之後形成。 U.C. Berkeley 承認大部份的 Net/2 的程式碼"
"都是<quote>侵佔來的</quote>且是屬於 Novell 的財產 -- 事實上是當時不久前從 "
"AT&amp;T 取得的。 Berkeley 得到的是 Novell 對於 4.4BSD-Lite 的<quote>祝福</"
"quote>，最後當 4.4BSD-Lite 終於發行之後，便不再是侵佔行為。 而所有現有 Net/2 "
"使用者都被強烈建議更換新版本，這包括了 FreeBSD。 於是，我們被要求於 1994 年 "
"6 月底前停止散佈以 Net/2 為基礎的產品。在此前提之下，本計劃被允許在期限以前作"
"最後一次發行，也就是 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2501
msgid ""
"FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself "
"from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The "
"<quote>Lite</quote> releases were light in part because Berkeley's CSRG had "
"removed large chunks of code required for actually constructing a bootable "
"running system (due to various legal requirements) and the fact that the "
"Intel port of 4.4 was highly incomplete. It took the project until November "
"of 1994 to make this transition, and in December it released FreeBSD 2.0 to "
"the world. Despite being still more than a little rough around the edges, "
"the release was a significant success and was followed by the more robust "
"and easier to install FreeBSD 2.0.5 release in June of 1995."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 便開始了這宛如『重新發明輪子』的艱鉅工作 -- 從全新的且不完整的 "
"4.4BSD-Lite 重新整合。 這個 <quote>Lite</quote> 版本是不完整的，因為 "
"Berkeley 的 CSRG 已經刪除了大量在建立一個可以開機執行的系統所需要的程式碼 (基"
"於若干法律上的要求)，且該版本在 Intel 平台的移植是非常不完整的。 直到 1994 "
"年 11 月本計劃才完成了這個轉移， 同時在該年 12 月底以 CD-ROM 以及網路的形式發"
"行了 FreeBSD 2.0。 雖然該份版本在當時有點匆促粗糙，但仍是富有意義的成功。 隨"
"之於 1995 年 6 月又發行了更容易安裝，更好的 FreeBSD 2.0.5。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2515
msgid ""
"Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving "
"the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version."
msgstr ""
"自那時以來，FreeBSD 在每一次對先前版本改進穩定性、速度及功能時便會發佈一個新"
"的發佈版本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2519
msgid ""
"For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the 10.X-"
"CURRENT (trunk) branch, and snapshot releases of 10.X are continually made "
"available from <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/"
"snapshots/\">the snapshot server</link> as work progresses."
msgstr ""
"目前，長期的開發計畫繼續在 10.X-CURRENT (trunk) 分支中進行，而 10.X 的快照 "
"(Snapshot) 版本可以在 <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/"
"snapshots/\">快照伺服器</link> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2527
msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals"
msgstr "FreeBSD 計劃目標"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2530
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2540
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>goals</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD 計劃</primary> <secondary>目標</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2544
msgid ""
"The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used "
"for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant "
"investment in the code (and project) and would certainly not mind a little "
"financial compensation now and then, but we are definitely not prepared to "
"insist on it. We believe that our first and foremost <quote>mission</quote> "
"is to provide code to any and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that "
"the code gets the widest possible use and provides the widest possible "
"benefit. This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free "
"Software and one that we enthusiastically support."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 計劃的目標在於提供可作任意用途的軟體而不附帶任何限制條文。 我們之中許"
"多人對程式碼 (以及計畫本身) 都有非常大的投入， 因此，當然不介意偶爾有一些資金"
"上的補償，但我們並沒打算堅決地要求得到這類資助。 我們認為我們的首要<quote>使"
"命</quote>是為任何人提供程式碼， 不管他們打算用這些程式碼做什麼， 因為這樣程"
"式碼將能夠被更廣泛地使用，從而發揮其價值。 我認為這是自由軟體最基本的，同時也"
"是我們所倡導的一個目標。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2556
msgid "<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GNU 通用公共授權條款 (GPL)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2559
msgid "<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GNU 較寬鬆通用公共授權條款 (LGPL)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2562
msgid "<primary>BSD Copyright</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>BSD 版權</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2563
msgid ""
"That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public "
"License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly "
"more strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced access rather "
"than the usual opposite. Due to the additional complexities that can evolve "
"in the commercial use of GPL software we do, however, prefer software "
"submitted under the more relaxed BSD copyright when it is a reasonable "
"option to do so."
msgstr ""
"我們程式碼樹中，有若干是以 GNU 通用公共授權條款 (GPL) 或者 GNU 較寬鬆通用公共"
"授權條款 (LGPL) 發佈的那些程式碼帶有少許的附加限制，還好只是強制性的要求開放"
"程式碼而不是別的。 由於使用 GPL 的軟體在商業用途上會增加若干複雜性，因此，如"
"果可以選擇的話， 我們會比較喜歡使用限制相對更寬鬆的 BSD 版權來發佈軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2575
msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model"
msgstr "FreeBSD 開發模式"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2578
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Satoshi</firstname> <surname>Asami</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2588
msgid ""
"<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>development model</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD 專案</primary> <secondary>開發模式</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2593
msgid ""
"The development of FreeBSD is a very open and flexible process, being "
"literally built from the contributions of thousands of people around the "
"world, as can be seen from our <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">list of contributors</"
"link>. FreeBSD's development infrastructure allow these thousands of "
"contributors to collaborate over the Internet. We are constantly on the "
"lookout for new developers and ideas, and those interested in becoming more "
"closely involved with the project need simply contact us at the <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD "
"technical discussions mailing list</link>. The <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD announcements "
"mailing list</link> is also available to those wishing to make other FreeBSD "
"users aware of major areas of work."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 的開發是一個非常開放且具彈性的過程，就像從 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/articles/contributors/article.html\">貢獻"
"者名單</link> 所看到的，是由全世界成千上萬的貢獻者發展起來的。 FreeBSD 的開發"
"基礎架構允許數以百計的開發者透過網際網路協同工作。 我們也經常關注著那些對我們"
"的計畫感興趣的新開發者和新的創意， 那些有興趣更進一步參與計劃的人只需要在 "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers"
"\">FreeBSD 技術討論郵遞論壇</link> 連繫我們。 <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD 公告郵遞論壇</"
"link> 對那些希望了解我們進度的人也是相當有用的。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2606
msgid ""
"Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, "
"whether working independently or in close cooperation:"
msgstr ""
"無論是單獨開發者或者封閉式的團隊合作，多瞭解 FreeBSD 計劃和它的開發過程會是不"
"錯的︰"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2612
msgid "The SVN repositories<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"
msgstr "SVN 檔案庫<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2616
msgid "<primary>CVS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2620
msgid "<primary>CVS Repository</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>CVS 檔案庫</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2624
msgid "<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary> <see>CVS</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2629 book.translate.xml:44963 book.translate.xml:45003
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Subversion</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2633
msgid "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2637
msgid "<primary>SVN</primary> <see>Subversion</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2615
msgid ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
"indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> For several years, the central source tree "
"for FreeBSD was maintained by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/"
"\">CVS</link> (Concurrent Versions System), a freely available source code "
"control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to using <link xlink:href="
"\"http://subversion.tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion). The switch was "
"deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by <application>CVS</"
"application> were becoming obvious due to the rapid expansion of the source "
"tree and the amount of history already stored. The Documentation Project and "
"Ports Collection repositories also moved from <application>CVS</application> "
"to <application>SVN</application> in May 2012 and July 2012, respectively. "
"Please refer to the <link linkend=\"synching\">Synchronizing your source "
"tree</link> section for more information on obtaining the FreeBSD "
"<literal>src/</literal> repository and <link linkend=\"ports-using\">Using "
"the Ports Collection</link> for details on obtaining the FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""
"<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:"
"indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/>過去數年來 FreeBSD 的中央原始碼樹 (Source "
"tree) 一直是以 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/\">CVS</link> "
"(Concurrent Versions System) 來維護的， 它是一套免費的原始碼控管工具。 從 "
"2008 年 6 月起， FreeBSD 計劃開始改用 <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion."
"tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion)。 這是一個必要的更換動作，因為隨著原始碼"
"樹及歷史版本儲存的數量不斷快速擴張，<application>CVS</application> 先天的技術"
"限制越來越明顯。 文件計劃與 Port 套件集檔案庫也同樣於 2012 年 5 月及 2012 年 "
"7 月由 <application>CVS</application> 改為 <application>SVN</application>。請"
"參考 <link linkend=\"synching\">同步您的原始碼樹</link> 一節來取得有關如何取"
"得 FreeBSD <literal>src/</literal> 檔案庫的更多資訊，以及 <link linkend="
"\"ports-using\">使用 Port 套件集</link> 了解如何取得 FreeBSD Port 套件集。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2664
msgid "The committers list<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"
msgstr "提交者名單<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2668
msgid "<primary>committers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>提交者</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2667
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>committers</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> are the people who "
"have <emphasis>write</emphasis> access to the Subversion tree, and are "
"authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source (the term "
"<quote>committer</quote> comes from <command>commit</command>, the source "
"control command which is used to bring new changes into the repository). "
"Anyone can submit a bug to the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/"
"submit/\">Bug Database</link>. Before submitting a bug report, the FreeBSD "
"mailing lists, IRC channels, or forums can be used to help verify that an "
"issue is actually a bug."
msgstr ""
"所謂的 <firstterm>提交者 (Committer)</firstterm> 指的是對 Subversion 原始碼樹"
"有 <emphasis>寫入</emphasis> 權限的人， 並且被授予修改 FreeBSD 原始碼的權"
"限。 (<quote>committer</quote> 一詞源自版本管理系統中的 <command>commit</"
"command> 指令，該指令是用來把新的修改提交給檔案庫)。 任何人都可以回報問題到 "
"<link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/submit/\">Bug Database</link>，在"
"回報問題之前，可以使用 FreeBSD 郵遞清單、IRC 頻道或論壇來確認問題真的是一個錯"
"誤 (Bug)。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2684
msgid "The FreeBSD core team<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"
msgstr "FreeBSD 核心團隊<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2688
msgid "<primary>core team</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心團隊</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2687
msgid ""
"The <firstterm>FreeBSD core team</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> would be "
"equivalent to the board of directors if the FreeBSD Project were a company. "
"The primary task of the core team is to make sure the project, as a whole, "
"is in good shape and is heading in the right directions. Inviting dedicated "
"and responsible developers to join our group of committers is one of the "
"functions of the core team, as is the recruitment of new core team members "
"as others move on. The current core team was elected from a pool of "
"committer candidates in July 2014. Elections are held every 2 years."
msgstr ""
"如果把 FreeBSD 看成是一家公司的話， <firstterm>FreeBSD 核心團隊 (FreeBSD "
"core team)</firstterm><_:indexterm-1/> 就相當於董事會。 核心團隊的主要職責在"
"於確保此計劃有良好的架構，以朝著正確的方向發展。 此外，邀請熱血且負責的軟體開"
"發者加入提交者的行列， 以在若干成員離去時得以補充新血。 目前的核心團隊是在 "
"2014 年 7 月從提交者候選人之中選出來的，這個選舉每兩年會舉辦一次。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when "
"it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project "
"financially, so <quote>commitment</quote> should also not be misconstrued as "
"meaning <quote>guaranteed support.</quote> The <quote>board of directors</"
"quote> analogy above is not very accurate, and it may be more suitable to "
"say that these are the people who gave up their lives in favor of FreeBSD "
"against their better judgement!"
msgstr ""
"如同多數的開發者，核心團隊大部分成員加入 FreeBSD 開發都是志工性質而已， 並未"
"從本計劃中獲得任何薪酬，所以這只是一個 <quote>承諾</quote> 不應該被誤解為 "
"<quote>保證支援</quote> 才對。 前面用 <quote>董事會</quote> 來舉例可能不是很"
"恰當，或許我們應該說： 他們是一群自願放棄原本的優渥生活、個人其他領域成就， "
"而選擇投入 FreeBSD 開發的熱血有為者才對！"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2718
msgid "Outside contributors"
msgstr "非官方貢獻者"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2721
msgid ""
"Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the "
"users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost "
"constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with FreeBSD's more non-"
"centralized development is to subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical "
"discussions mailing list</link> where such things are discussed. See <xref "
"linkend=\"eresources\"/> for more information about the various FreeBSD "
"mailing lists."
msgstr ""
"最後一點，但這點絕非最不重要的， 最大的開發者團隊就是持續為我們提供回饋以及錯"
"誤修正的使用者自己。 與 FreeBSD 非核心開發者互動的主要方式，便是透過訂閱 "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers"
"\">FreeBSD 技術討論郵遞論壇</link> 來進行溝通，這方面可參考，請參閱 <xref "
"linkend=\"eresources\"/> 以瞭解各式不同的 FreeBSD 郵遞論壇。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2732
msgid "<primary>contributors</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>貢獻者</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2730
msgid ""
"<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"contributors/article.html\">The FreeBSD Contributors List</link></citetitle> "
"<_:indexterm-1/> is a long and growing one, so why not join it by "
"contributing something back to FreeBSD today?"
msgstr ""
"<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/articles/"
"contributors/article.html\">FreeBSD 貢獻者名單</link></citetitle> <_:"
"indexterm-1/> 相當長且不斷成長中， 只要有貢獻就會被列入其中， 要不要立即考慮"
"貢獻 FreeBSD 一些回饋呢？"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2737
msgid ""
"Providing code is not the only way of contributing to the project; for a "
"more complete list of things that need doing, please refer to the <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD Project web site</link>."
msgstr ""
"提供原始碼並非為這個計劃做貢獻的唯一方式； 需要大家投入的完整工作清單請參閱 "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD 計畫網站</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2745
msgid ""
"In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric "
"circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the "
"<emphasis>users</emphasis> of FreeBSD, who are provided with an easy way of "
"tracking one central code base, not to keep potential contributors out! Our "
"desire is to present a stable operating system with a large set of coherent "
"<link linkend=\"ports\">application programs</link> that the users can "
"easily install and use — this model works very well in accomplishing that."
msgstr ""
"總而言之，我們的開發模式像是由鬆散的同心圓所組織。這個集中模式的設計為的是讓 "
"FreeBSD 的<emphasis>使用者</emphasis>更便利，可以很容易的追蹤同一個中央的程式"
"庫，避免把潛在的貢獻者排除在外！而我們的目標是提供一個穩定的作業系統，並有大"
"量相關的 <link linkend=\"ports\">應用程式</link>，讓使用者能夠輕鬆的安裝與使"
"用 — 而這個開發模式對我們要完成這個目標來說運作的非常好。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2755
msgid ""
"All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the "
"same dedication its current people have to its continued success!"
msgstr ""
"我們對於那些想要加入 FreeBSD 開發者的期待是： 請保持如同前人一樣的投入，以確"
"保繼續成功！"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2761
msgid "Third Party Programs"
msgstr "第三方程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2763
msgid ""
"In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software "
"collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. At the time of "
"this writing, there were over 24,000 ports! The list of ports ranges from "
"http servers, to games, languages, editors, and almost everything in "
"between. The entire Ports Collection requires approximately 500 MB. To "
"compile a port, you simply change to the directory of the program you wish "
"to install, type <command>make install</command>, and let the system do the "
"rest. The full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved "
"dynamically so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. "
"Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled <quote>package</quote>, "
"which can be installed with a simple command (<command>pkg install</"
"command>) by those who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. "
"More information on packages and ports can be found in <xref linkend=\"ports"
"\"/>."
msgstr ""
"除了基礎發行版之外，FreeBSD 提供了擁有上千個常用的程式的移植軟體的套件集，在"
"撰寫本文的同時，已有超過 24,000 個 Port! Port 的範圍從 HTTP 伺服器到遊戲、語"
"系、編輯器，幾乎所有東西都在裡面。完整的 Port 套件集需要將近 500 MB。要編譯一"
"個 Port 您只需要切換目錄到您想安裝的程式目錄，然後輸入 <command>make "
"install</command>，接著系統便會處理剩下的動作。您編譯的每個 Port 完整原始發行"
"版內容是動態下載的，所以您只需要有足夠的磁碟空間來編譯您想要的 Port。幾乎所"
"有 Port 都提供以預先編譯好的<quote>套件</quote>，您可以透過簡單的指令來安裝 "
"(<command>pkg install</command>)，提供那些不想要自行從原始碼編譯的人使用。更"
"多有關套件與 Port 的資訊可於 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2784
msgid "Additional Documentation"
msgstr "其他文件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2786
msgid ""
"All recent FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer (either "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) to install additional "
"documentation under <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</filename> during "
"the initial system setup. Documentation may also be installed at any later "
"time using packages as described in <xref linkend=\"doc-ports-install-package"
"\"/>. You may view the locally installed manuals with any HTML capable "
"browser using the following URLs:"
msgstr ""
"所有最近的 FreeBSD 版本在安裝程式 (不是 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 就是 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) 都有提供一個選項在初始"
"系統安裝時可安裝額外的說明文件到 <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</"
"filename>。說明文件也可在往後使用套件安裝，詳細說明於 <xref linkend=\"doc-"
"ports-install-package\"/>。您可以使用任何支援 HTML 的瀏覽器進入下列 URL 檢視"
"已安裝在本機的操作手冊："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2798
msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr "FreeBSD 使用手冊"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2801
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/"
"index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html</"
"filename></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2806
msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ"
msgstr "FreeBSD 常見問答集"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2809
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index."
"html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html</filename></"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2814
msgid ""
"You can also view the master (and most frequently updated) copies at <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""
"此外，可在下列網址找到最新版 (也是更新最頻繁的版本)：<uri xlink:href="
"\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2830
msgid "Installing FreeBSD"
msgstr "安裝 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2858
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Gavin</firstname> <surname>Atkinson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Updated for bsdinstall by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2867
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2876
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Updated for root-on-ZFS by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2890
msgid "<primary>installation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>安裝</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2892
msgid ""
"Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides an easy to use, text-"
"based installation program named <application>bsdinstall</application>. This "
"chapter describes how to install FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</"
"application>."
msgstr ""
"自從 FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE 開始, FreeBSD 提供一個易用，文字介面的安裝程式 "
"<application>bsdinstall</application>。 本章描述如何用 "
"<application>bsdinstall</application> 來安裝 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2898
msgid ""
"In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for "
"the <trademark>i386</trademark> and <acronym>AMD64</acronym> architectures. "
"Where applicable, instructions specific to other platforms will be listed. "
"There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, "
"so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal "
"instructions."
msgstr ""
"一般來說，本章所寫的安裝說明是針對 <trademark>i386</trademark> 和 "
"<acronym>AMD64</acronym> 架構。如果可以用於其他平台，將會列表說明。 安裝程式"
"和本章所敘述的內容可能會有些微差異，所以請將本章視為通用的指引，而不是完全照"
"著來做。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2907
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be "
"interested in <application>pc-sysinstall</application>, the installer used "
"by the PC-BSD Project. It can be used to install either a graphical desktop "
"(PC-BSD) or a command line version of FreeBSD. Refer to the PC-BSD Users "
"Handbook for details (<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/"
"Colophon\">http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon</link>)."
msgstr ""
"喜歡用圖形化安裝程式安裝 FreeBSD 的使用者， 可能會對 <application>pc-"
"sysinstall</application> 有興趣，這是 PC-BSD 計畫所使用的。 他可以用來安裝圖"
"形化桌面 (PC-BSD) 或是指令列版本的 FreeBSD。 細節請參考 PC-BSD 使用者 "
"Handbook (<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon"
"\">http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon</link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2919
msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures."
msgstr "最低的硬體需求和 FreeBSD 支援的架構。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2924
msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media."
msgstr "如何建立 FreeBSD 的安裝媒體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2928
msgid "How to start <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr "如何開始執行 <application>bsdinstall</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2933
msgid ""
"The questions <application>bsdinstall</application> will ask, what they "
"mean, and how to answer them."
msgstr ""
"<application>bsdinstall</application> 會詢問的問題，問題代表的意思，以及如何"
"回答。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2938
msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation."
msgstr "安裝失敗時如何做故障排除。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2942
msgid ""
"How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation."
msgstr "如何在正式安裝前使用 live 版本的 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2947 book.translate.xml:10594 book.translate.xml:13899
#: book.translate.xml:17970 book.translate.xml:19228 book.translate.xml:23652
#: book.translate.xml:29322 book.translate.xml:31069 book.translate.xml:31821
#: book.translate.xml:35465 book.translate.xml:41396 book.translate.xml:41591
#: book.translate.xml:42915 book.translate.xml:43938 book.translate.xml:46099
#: book.translate.xml:46458 book.translate.xml:48669 book.translate.xml:50375
#: book.translate.xml:58022 book.translate.xml:61673
msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:"
msgstr "在開始閱讀這章之前，您需要︰"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2951
msgid ""
"Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to "
"be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported."
msgstr ""
"閱讀即將安裝的 FreeBSD 版本所附帶的硬體支援清單，並核對系統的硬體是否有支援。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2959
msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements"
msgstr "最低硬體需求"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2961
msgid ""
"The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture. Hardware "
"architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release are listed on the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">FreeBSD Release "
"Information</link> page. The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html"
"\">FreeBSD download page</link> also has recommendations for choosing the "
"correct image for different architectures."
msgstr ""
"安裝 FreeBSD 的硬體需求隨 FreeBSD 的版本和硬體架構而不同。 FreeBSD 發行版支援"
"的硬體架構和裝置會列在 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index."
"html\">FreeBSD 發佈資訊</link> 頁面。<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"where.html\">FreeBSD 下載頁面</link>\n"
"也有建議如何正確的選擇在不同架構使用的映像檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2968
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD installation requires a minimum of 64 MB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space. However, such small amounts of memory "
"and disk space are really only suitable for custom applications like "
"embedded appliances. General-purpose desktop systems need more resources. "
"2-4 GB RAM and at least 8 GB hard drive space is a good starting point."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 安裝程序需要至少 64 MB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym> 以及 1.5 GB 的硬碟空"
"間。然而，這樣少的記憶體及磁碟空間只適合在客製的應用上，如嵌入式設備，一般用"
"途的桌面系統會需要更多的資源，2-4 GB RAM 與至少 8 GB 的硬碟空間是不錯的起點。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2976
msgid "These are the processor requirements for each architecture:"
msgstr "每一種架構的處理器需求概述如下："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2981
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2983
msgid ""
"This is the most common desktop and laptop processor type, used in most "
"modern systems. <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> calls it "
"<acronym>Intel64</acronym>. Other manufacturers sometimes call it "
"<acronym>x86-64</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"桌面電腦與筆記型電腦最常見的處理器類型，運用在近代的系統。<trademark class="
"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 稱該類型為 <acronym>Intel64</acronym>，其他"
"製造商則稱該類型為 <acronym>x86-64</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2988
msgid ""
"Examples of amd64 compatible processsors include: <trademark>AMD Athlon</"
"trademark>64, <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, multi-core <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark>, and "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</"
"trademark> 2 and later processors."
msgstr ""
"與 amd64 相容的處理器包含：<trademark>AMD Athlon</trademark>64, "
"<trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, 多核心 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark> 以及 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</trademark> 2 與之後的處理"
"器。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2996
msgid "i386"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2998
msgid "Older desktops and laptops often use this 32-bit, x86 architecture."
msgstr "舊型的桌面電腦與筆記型電腦常使用此 32-bit, x86 架構。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3001
msgid ""
"Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are "
"supported. All <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors "
"486 or higher are supported."
msgstr ""
"幾乎所有含浮點運算單元的 i386 相容處理器都有支援。所有 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 486 或是更高階的處理器也有支援。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3005
msgid ""
"FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (<acronym>PAE</"
"acronym>) support on <acronym>CPU</acronym>s with this feature. A kernel "
"with the <acronym>PAE</acronym> feature enabled will detect memory above "
"4 GB and allow it to be used by the system. However, using <acronym>PAE</"
"acronym> places constraints on device drivers and other features of FreeBSD. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 可在有支援實體位址延伸 (Physical Address Extensions, <acronym>PAE</"
"acronym>) 功能的 <acronym>CPU</acronym> 上運用該功能所帶來的優點。有開啟 "
"<acronym>PAE</acronym> 支援的核心會偵測超過 4 GB 的記憶體，並讓這些超過的記憶"
"體能夠被系統使用。 但使用 <acronym>PAE</acronym> 會限制裝置驅動程式及 "
"FreeBSD 的其他功能，詳情請見 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3017
msgid "ia64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3019
msgid ""
"Currently supported processors are the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Itanium</trademark> and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</"
"trademark> 2. Supported chipsets include the HP zx1, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX, and <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Intel</trademark> E8870. Both Uniprocessor (<acronym>UP</acronym>) and "
"Symmetric Multi-processor (<acronym>SMP</acronym>) configurations are "
"supported."
msgstr ""
"目前支援的處理器是 <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 和 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 2。支援的晶片組包括 HP "
"zx1， <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX 和 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> E8870。 單處理器 (Uniprocessor, "
"<acronym>UP</acronym>) 和對稱多處理器 (Symmetric Multi-processor, "
"<acronym>SMP</acronym>) 的設定都有支援。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3029
msgid "pc98"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3031
msgid ""
"NEC PC-9801/9821 series with almost all i386-compatible processors, "
"including 80486, <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark>, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> Pro, and <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> II, are all supported. All i386-"
"compatible processors by AMD, Cyrix, IBM, and IDT are also supported. EPSON "
"PC-386/486/586 series, which are compatible with NEC PC-9801 series, are "
"supported. The NEC FC-9801/9821 and NEC SV-98 series should be supported."
msgstr ""
"NEC PC-9801/9821 系列幾乎所有 i386 相容處理器包括 80486、<trademark class="
"\"registered\">Pentium</trademark>、 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Pentium</trademark> Pro 和 <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</"
"trademark> II 都有支援。 所有 AMD, Cyrix, IBM, 及 IDT 的i386 相容處理器都有支"
"援。 相容 NEC PC-9801 的 EPSON PC-386/486/586 系列都有支援。 NEC "
"FC-9801/9821 及 NEC SV-98 系列也有支援。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3040
msgid ""
"High-resolution mode is not supported. NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2, and NEC PC-"
"H98 series are supported in normal (PC-9801 compatible) mode only. The "
"<acronym>SMP</acronym>-related features of FreeBSD are not supported. The "
"New Extend Standard Architecture (<acronym>NESA</acronym>) bus used in the "
"PC-H98, SV-H98, and FC-H98 series, is not supported."
msgstr ""
"不支援高解析度模式。NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2 和 NEC PC-H98 系列只支援正常 "
"(PC-9801 相容) 模式。 FreeBSD 對稱多處理器 <acronym>SMP</acronym> 相關功能並"
"不支援。 PC-H98， SV-H98 和FC-H98 新延伸標準架構 (<acronym>NESA</acronym>) 匯"
"流排不支援。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3051
msgid "powerpc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3053
msgid ""
"All New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> systems with "
"built-in <acronym>USB</acronym> are supported. <acronym>SMP</acronym> is "
"supported on machines with multiple <acronym>CPU</acronym>s."
msgstr ""
"所有內建 <acronym>USB</acronym> 的 New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 系統都有支援。 <acronym>SMP</acronym> 在多 "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym> 的機器都有支援。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3058
msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr "32 位元的核心只能使用前 2 GB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3064
msgid "sparc64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3066
msgid ""
"Systems supported by FreeBSD/sparc64 are listed at the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/platforms/sparc.html\">FreeBSD/sparc64 Project</link>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD/sparc64 支援的系統列在 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"platforms/sparc.html\">FreeBSD/sparc64 計劃</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3070
msgid ""
"<acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on all systems with more than 1 "
"processor. A dedicated disk is required as it is not possible to share a "
"disk with another operating system at this time."
msgstr ""
"所有超過一個處理器的系統都有支援 <acronym>SMP</acronym>。需要專用的磁碟系統，"
"因為此時無法和其他作業系統共用磁碟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3080
msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks"
msgstr "安裝前準備工作"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3082
msgid ""
"Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware "
"requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be "
"downloaded and the installation media prepared. Before doing this, check "
"that the system is ready for an installation by verifying the items in this "
"checklist:"
msgstr ""
"一旦確定系統符合安裝 FreeBSD 的最低硬體需求，就可以下載安裝檔案並準備安裝的媒"
"體。 做這些之前，先檢查以下核對清單的項目是否準備好了："

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3091
msgid "Back Up Important Data"
msgstr "備份重要資料"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3093
msgid ""
"Before installing any operating system, <emphasis>always</emphasis> backup "
"all important data first. Do not store the backup on the system being "
"installed. Instead, save the data to a removable disk such as a "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> drive, another system on the network, or an online "
"backup service. Test the backup before starting the installation to make "
"sure it contains all of the needed files. Once the installer formats the "
"system's disk, all data stored on that disk will be lost."
msgstr ""
"安裝任何作業系統前， <emphasis>總是</emphasis> 要先備份所有重要資料。 不要儲"
"存備份在即將安裝的系統上，而是將資料儲存在可移除磁碟，像是 <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> 隨身碟、網路上的另一個系統或是線上備份服務上。 開始安裝程序前要檢查"
"備份，確定備份含有所有需要的檔案，一旦安裝程式格式化系統的磁碟，所有儲存在上"
"面的資料都會遺失。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3105
msgid "Decide Where to Install FreeBSD"
msgstr "決定 FreeBSD 安裝在哪裡"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3107
msgid ""
"If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be "
"skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, "
"decide which disk or partition will be used for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"如果 FreeBSD 是唯一一套要安裝到電腦的作業系統，這個步驟可以略過。 但是假如 "
"FreeBSD 要和其他作業系統共用磁碟空間的話，就要決定 FreeBSD 要安裝在哪個磁碟或"
"是哪個分割區 (Partition)。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3112
msgid ""
"In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple "
"partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional "
"<firstterm>Master Boot Record</firstterm> (<acronym>MBR</acronym>) holds a "
"partition table defining up to four <firstterm>primary partitions</"
"firstterm>. For historical reasons, FreeBSD calls these primary partition "
"<firstterm>slices</firstterm>. One of these primary partitions can be made "
"into an <firstterm>extended partition</firstterm> containing multiple "
"<firstterm>logical partitions</firstterm>. The <firstterm>GUID Partition "
"Table</firstterm> (<acronym>GPT</acronym>) is a newer and simpler method of "
"partitioning a disk. Common <acronym>GPT</acronym> implementations allow up "
"to 128 partitions per disk, eliminating the need for logical partitions."
msgstr ""
"在 i386 和 amd64 架構，可將磁碟分割成多個分割區，可以選擇下列兩種分割表格式 "
"(Partitioning scheme) 的其中一種達成。 傳統的<firstterm>主開機紀錄 (Master "
"Boot Record, <acronym>MBR</acronym>)</firstterm> 的一個分割區表定義最多可有四"
"個<firstterm>主分割區</firstterm> (Primary partition)，因一些歷史淵源，"
"FreeBSD 稱這些主分割區為 <firstterm>slice</firstterm>，其中一個主分割區可作為"
"<firstterm>延伸分割區</firstterm> (Extended partition)，延伸分割區又可分割成"
"多個<firstterm>邏輯分割區</firstterm> (Logical partition)。 <firstterm>GUID "
"分割區表</firstterm> (GUID Partition Table, <acronym>GPT</acronym>) 是較新和"
"較簡單的分割磁碟的方法，一般 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 實作允許每個磁碟多達 128 "
"個分割區，不再需要使用邏輯分割區。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3130
msgid ""
"Some older operating systems, like <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> XP, are not compatible with the <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition "
"scheme. If FreeBSD will be sharing a disk with such an operating system, "
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning is required."
msgstr ""
"一些比較舊的作業系統，像是 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> XP 並不相容 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割表格式。 如果 FreeBSD 將和"
"這類作業系統共用一個磁碟，則需要用 <acronym>MBR</acronym> 分割表格式。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3137
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
"partition. If all of the primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions are "
"already in use, one must be freed for FreeBSD. To create a partition without "
"deleting existing data, use a partition resizing tool to shrink an existing "
"partition and create a new partition using the freed space."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 開機啟動程式需要主分割區或是 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割區。如果所有"
"的主分割區或 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割區都已使用，必須釋放其中一個分割區讓 "
"FreeBSD 使用。如果要建立一個分割區而不刪除原有的資料，可以使用磁碟重設大小的"
"工具來縮小現有的分割區，並使用釋放出來的空間建立新分割區。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3145
msgid ""
"A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>. <application>GParted Live</"
"application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php"
"\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) is a free live "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> which includes the <application>GParted</application> "
"partition editor. <application>GParted</application> is also included with "
"many other Linux live <acronym>CD</acronym> distributions."
msgstr ""
"各種免費和付費的磁碟重設大小工具列於 <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia."
"org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>。<application>GParted Live</"
"application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php"
"\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) 是內含分割區編輯程式 "
"<application>GParted</application> 的免費 Live <acronym>CD</acronym>。 "
"GParted 同時也被許多 Linux Live <acronym>CD</acronym> 發行版所收錄。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3155
msgid ""
"When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for "
"creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong "
"partition exists, always backup any important data and verify the integrity "
"of the backup before modifying disk partitions."
msgstr ""
"在正確使用的情況下，磁碟重設大小的工具可以安全的建立讓新的分割區使用的空間。 "
"但因仍有可能會誤選已經存在的分割區，所以在修改磁碟分割區前， 一定要備份重要資"
"料，並確認備份的完整性。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3162
msgid ""
"Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to "
"install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to use "
"virtualization (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) which allows multiple "
"operating systems to run at the same time without modifying any disk "
"partitions."
msgstr ""
"在磁碟分割區中儲存不同的作業系統讓一台電腦可以安裝多個作業系統，另一種作法是"
"使用虛擬化技術 (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) ，可讓多個作業系統同時間"
"執行而不需要改變任何磁碟分割區。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3171
msgid "Collect Network Information"
msgstr "收集網路資訊"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3173
msgid ""
"Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to "
"download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will "
"offer to setup the system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""
"部份 FreeBSD 安裝方式需要網路連線來下載安裝檔，因此之後的安裝程序，安裝程式進"
"入設定系統網路的介面。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3178
msgid ""
"If the network has a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, it can be used to "
"provide automatic network configuration. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not "
"available, the following network information for the system must be obtained "
"from the local network administrator or Internet service provider:"
msgstr ""
"如果網路中有 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器，則可透過該伺服器自動設定網路，若"
"無法使用 <acronym>DHCP</acronym>，則需要從區域網路管理者或是網際網路服務供應"
"商 (Internet Service Provider, ISP) 取得以的網路資訊供系統使用："

#. (itstool) path: orderedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:3186
msgid "Required Network Information"
msgstr "需要的網路資訊"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:3189 book.translate.xml:53429
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address"
msgstr "<acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3193
msgid "Subnet mask"
msgstr "子網路遮罩"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3197
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address of default gateway"
msgstr "預設閘道器 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3202
msgid "Domain name of the network"
msgstr "網路的網域名稱"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3206
msgid ""
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the network's <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"servers"
msgstr "網路 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 伺服器 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3213
msgid "Check for FreeBSD Errata"
msgstr "檢查 FreeBSD 勘誤表"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3215
msgid ""
"Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD "
"is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very "
"rare occasions those bugs affect the installation process. As these problems "
"are discovered and fixed, they are noted in the FreeBSD Errata (<link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/10.3R/errata.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/"
"releases/10.3R/errata.html</link>) on the FreeBSD web site. Check the errata "
"before installing to make sure that there are no problems that might affect "
"the installation."
msgstr ""
"儘管 FreeBSD Project 努力確保每個 FreeBSD 發行版能夠儘可能地穩定，錯誤偶爾還"
"是會悄悄出現。 有極小的機會錯誤會影響安裝過程。 當這些問題被發現並修正後，會"
"被紀錄在 FreeBSD 網站的 FreeBSD 勘誤表 (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"releases/10.3R/errata.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/10.3R/errata."
"html</link>)。 安裝前要檢查勘誤表，確保沒有會影響到安裝的問題。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3225
msgid ""
"Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release "
"information section of the FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/"
"index.html</link>)."
msgstr ""
"所有發行版的資訊和勘誤表可以在 FreeBSD 網站的發行資訊找到 (<link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/"
"index.html</link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3232
msgid "Prepare the Installation Media"
msgstr "準備安裝的媒體"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3234
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within "
"another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, "
"burn it to the media associated with its file type and size (<acronym>CD</"
"acronym>, <acronym>DVD</acronym>, or <acronym>USB</acronym>), and boot the "
"system to install from the inserted media."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 安裝程式並不是一個可以在其他作業系統上執行的應用程式，反而您需要下載 "
"FreeBSD 安裝檔，燒錄安裝檔到符合其檔案類型與大小的媒體 (<acronym>CD</"
"acronym>, <acronym>DVD</acronym> 或 <acronym>USB</acronym>)，然後開機從插入的"
"媒體來安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3241
msgid ""
"FreeBSD installation files are available at <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html#download\">www.freebsd.org/where."
"html#download</link>. Each installation file's name includes the release "
"version of FreeBSD, the architecture, and the type of file. For example, to "
"install FreeBSD 10.2 on an amd64 system from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, "
"download <filename>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso</filename>, burn this "
"file to a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, and boot the system with the <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym> inserted."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 的安裝檔可於 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html#download"
"\">www.freebsd.org/where.html#download</link> 取得。安裝檔的名稱由 FreeBSD 發"
"佈版本、架構、以及檔案類型所組成，舉例，要從 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 安裝 "
"FreeBSD 10.2 到 amd64 的系統，需下載 <filename>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-"
"dvd1.iso</filename>，並燒錄這個檔案到 <acronym>DVD</acronym>，然後使用插入 "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> 來開機。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3250
msgid ""
"Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary "
"depending on computer architecture and media type."
msgstr "安裝檔有許多種可用的格式，格式會依據電腦架構及媒體類型的不同而異。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#bsdinstall-installation-media-uefi
#: book.translate.xml:3254
msgid ""
"Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with "
"<acronym>UEFI</acronym> (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names "
"of these files include the string <filename>uefi</filename>."
msgstr ""
"還有另一種安裝檔是給使用 <acronym>UEFI</acronym> (Unified Extensible "
"Firmware Interface) 開機的電腦使用，這些安裝檔的名稱會含有 <filename>uefi</"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3260
msgid "File types:"
msgstr "檔案類型:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3264
msgid ""
"<literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>: This is the smallest installation file as "
"it only contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required "
"during installation as the installer will download the files it needs to "
"complete the FreeBSD installation. This file should be burned to a "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""
"<literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>: 這是最精簡的安裝檔，檔案中只含安裝程式。 安"
"裝時需要網際網路連線來下載所需的檔案以完成 FreeBSD 安裝。這個檔案應使用 "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> 燒錄應用程式燒錄到 <acronym>CD</acronym> 使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3274
msgid ""
"<literal>-disc1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to "
"install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned "
"to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""
"<literal>-disc1.iso</literal>: 這個檔案含有所有安裝 FreeBSD 所需的檔案，包含"
"原始碼及 Port 套件集。這個檔案應使用 <acronym>CD</acronym> 燒錄應用程式燒錄"
"到 <acronym>CD</acronym> 使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3282
msgid ""
"<literal>-dvd1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to "
"install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a "
"set of popular binary packages for installing a window manager and some "
"applications so that a complete system can be installed from media without "
"requiring a connection to the Internet. This file should be burned to a "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> using a <acronym>DVD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""
"<literal>-dvd1.iso</literal>: 這個檔案含有所有安裝 FreeBSD 所需的檔案，包含原"
"始碼及 Port 套件集，也內含熱門的 Binary 套件可安裝視窗管理程式以及一些應用程"
"式，如此便可從媒體安裝完整的系統，無須連線到網際網路。這個檔案應使用 "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> 燒錄應用程式燒錄到 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3293
msgid ""
"<literal>-memstick.img</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed "
"to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be "
"burned to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick using the instructions below."
msgstr ""
"<literal>-memstick.img</literal>: 這個檔案含有所有安裝 FreeBSD 所需的檔案，包"
"含原始碼及 Port 套件集。這個檔案應依據以下操作指示寫入到 <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> 隨身碟使用。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3301
msgid ""
"After downloading the image file, download <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</"
"filename> from the same directory. Calculate a <firstterm>checksum</"
"firstterm> for the image file. FreeBSD provides "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sha256</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for this, used as <command>sha256 <replaceable>imagefilename</"
"replaceable></command>. Other operating systems have similar programs."
msgstr ""
"映像檔下載完成之後，下載同一個目錄之中的 <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</"
"filename>。FreeBSD 提供 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sha256</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 可用來計算映像檔的 "
"<firstterm>校驗和 (Checksum)</firstterm>，使用方式為 <command>sha256 "
"<replaceable>imagefilename</replaceable></command>，其他作業系統也會有類似的"
"程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3309
msgid ""
"Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in <filename>CHECKSUM."
"SHA256</filename>. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not "
"match, the image file is corrupt and must be downloaded again."
msgstr ""
"比對計算後的 checksum 與 <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</filename> 檔案中的值，"
"checksum 應該要完全相符，若 checksum 不相符，則代表該映像檔是損壞的，必須再下"
"載一次。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3315
msgid "Writing an Image File to <acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr "寫入映象檔到 <acronym>USB</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3317
msgid ""
"The <filename>*.img</filename> file is an <emphasis>image</emphasis> of the "
"complete contents of a memory stick. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> be "
"copied to the target device as a file. Several applications are available "
"for writing the <filename>*.img</filename> to a <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"stick. This section describes two of these utilities."
msgstr ""
"<filename>*.img</filename> 檔案是隨身碟的完整內容的<emphasis>映像檔 (image)</"
"emphasis>，該檔案<emphasis>不能</emphasis>直接用檔案的方式複製到目標裝置。有"
"許多應用程式可用來寫入 <filename>*.img</filename> 到 <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"隨身碟，本節會介紹其中兩種。"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3326
msgid ""
"Before proceeding, back up any important data on the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"stick. This procedure will erase the existing data on the stick."
msgstr ""
"在繼續之前，請先備份 <acronym>USB</acronym> 上的重要資料，這個程序會清除在隨"
"身碟上既有的資料。"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3332
msgid "Using <command>dd</command> to Write the Image"
msgstr "使用 <command>dd</command> 來寫入映像檔"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3336
msgid ""
"This example uses <filename>/dev/da0</filename> as the target device where "
"the image will be written. Be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis> that the "
"correct device is used as this command will destroy the existing data on the "
"specified target device."
msgstr ""
"本範例使用 <filename>/dev/da0</filename> 做為目標裝置，是映像檔將會寫入的位"
"置。 務必<emphasis>十分小心</emphasis>確認要使用的裝置正確，因為這個指示會摧"
"毀所有在指定目標裝置上已存在的資料。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3344
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command-line utility is available on BSD, <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Mac OS</trademark> systems. To burn the image using <command>dd</"
"command>, insert the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick and determine its device "
"name. Then, specify the name of the downloaded installation file and the "
"device name for the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This example burns the "
"amd64 installation image to the first <acronym>USB</acronym> device on an "
"existing FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令列工具在 BSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> 以及<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 系統皆可使"
"用。要使用 <command>dd</command> 燒錄映像檔需先插入 <acronym>USB</acronym> 隨"
"身碟，然後確認隨身碟的裝置名稱。然後指定已下載的安裝檔名稱以及 <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> 隨身碟的裝置名稱。本例示範在已有的 FreeBSD 系統燒錄 amd64 安裝映像檔"
"到第一個 <acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3355
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=<replaceable>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img</replaceable> of=/dev/<replaceable>da0</replaceable> bs=1M conv=sync</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3357
msgid ""
"If this command fails, verify that the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick is not "
"mounted and that the device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some "
"operating systems might require this command to be run with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Systems like <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> might buffer writes. To force all writes to complete, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"若這個指示執行失敗，請確認 <acronym>USB</acronym> 隨身碟是否未掛載，以及該裝"
"置名稱是否為這個隨身碟，而非一個分割區。部份作業系統可能需要使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來執行這個指令。像 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> 這類的系統可能會暫存寫入動作，要強制完成所有寫入動作，可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3368
msgid ""
"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> to Write the Image"
msgstr "使用 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 來寫入映象檔"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3371
msgid ""
"Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the "
"specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed."
msgstr ""
"務必確認指定的磁碟機代號正確，因在指定磁碟機上的既有資料將會被覆蓋與摧毀。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3377
msgid ""
"Obtaining <application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark></application>"
msgstr ""
"取得 <application>Image Writer <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 版</application>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3380
msgid ""
"<application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark></application> is a free application that can correctly write an "
"image file to a memory stick. Download it from <uri xlink:href=\"https://"
"launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/\">https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/"
"</uri> and extract it into a folder."
msgstr ""
"<application>Image Writer <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 版</application> 是一個免費的應用程式，可以正確地將映像檔寫入隨身"
"碟。 從 <uri xlink:href=\"https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/"
"\">https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/</uri> 下載，並解壓縮到一個資料"
"夾。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3388
msgid "Writing the Image with Image Writer"
msgstr "用 Image Writer 寫入映象檔"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3390
msgid ""
"Double-click the <application>Win32DiskImager</application> icon to start "
"the program. Verify that the drive letter shown under "
"<computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> is the drive with the memory stick. "
"Click the folder icon and select the image to be written to the memory "
"stick. Click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to accept the image file name. "
"Verify that everything is correct, and that no folders on the memory stick "
"are open in other windows. When everything is ready, click "
"<guibutton>[ Write ]</guibutton> to write the image file to the memory stick."
msgstr ""
"雙擊 <application>Win32DiskImager</application> 圖示啟動程式。 確認 "
"<computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> 顯示的磁碟機代號是隨身碟的磁碟機代"
"號。 按下資料夾圖示選擇要寫入隨身碟的映像檔。 按下 <guibutton>[ Save ]</"
"guibutton> 按鈕確定映像檔名。 確認所有東西都正確，隨身碟的資料夾並沒有在其他"
"視窗開啟。 所有東西準備好後，按下 <guibutton>[ Write ]</guibutton> 將映像檔寫"
"入隨身碟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3405
msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD."
msgstr "您現在可以開始安裝 FreeBSD 。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3411
msgid "Starting the Installation"
msgstr "開始安裝"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3414
msgid ""
"By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before "
"the following message:"
msgstr "預設安裝程序在下列訊息顯示之前不會對磁碟做任何更動："

#. (itstool) path: important/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Your changes will now be written to disk.  If you\n"
"have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n"
"be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n"
"commit your changes?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3422
msgid ""
"The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a "
"concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off "
"before this point and no changes will be made to the system's disks."
msgstr ""
"在這個警告訊息之前可以隨時中止安裝，若有任何設定錯誤的疑慮，只需在此時關閉電"
"腦，將不會對系統磁碟做任何更改。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3429
msgid ""
"This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media "
"which was prepared using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"installation-media\"/>. When using a bootable USB stick, plug in the "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> stick before turning on the computer. When booting "
"from <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, turn on the computer "
"and insert the media at the first opportunity. How to configure the system "
"to boot from the inserted media depends upon the architecture."
msgstr ""
"本節將介紹如何使用根據 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-installation-media\"/> 指示"
"所準備的安裝媒體來開機。要使用可開機的 USB，請在開啟電腦前插入 <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> 隨身碟。要使用 <acronym>CD</acronym> 或<acronym>DVD</acronym>，則可"
"開啟電腦後在第一時間插入媒體。如何設定系統使用插入的媒體開機依不同的系統架構"
"會有所不同。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3440
msgid "Booting on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64"
msgstr "在 <trademark>i386</trademark> 及 amd64 開機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3442
msgid ""
"These architectures provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu for selecting the "
"boot device. Depending upon the installation media being used, select the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"device as the first boot device. Most systems also provide a key for "
"selecting the boot device during startup without having to enter the "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Typically, the key is either <keycap>F10</keycap>, "
"<keycap>F11</keycap>, <keycap>F12</keycap>, or <keycap>Escape</keycap>."
msgstr ""
"這兩種架構提供了 <acronym>BIOS</acronym> 選單可選擇開機的裝置，依據要使用的安"
"裝媒體類型，選擇 <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> 或 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置做為第一個開機裝置。大多數的系統也會提供快速鍵可在"
"啟動時選擇開機裝置，而不需要進入<acronym>BIOS</acronym>，通常這個按鍵可能是 "
"<keycap>F10</keycap>, <keycap>F11</keycap>, <keycap>F12</keycap> 或 "
"<keycap>Escape</keycap> 其中之一。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3453
msgid ""
"If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD "
"installer, then either:"
msgstr "若電腦仍載入了現有的作業系統，而不是 FreeBSD 安裝程式，原因可能為:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3458
msgid ""
"The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. "
"Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer."
msgstr ""
"執行開機程序時安裝媒體插入主機的時間不夠早，請讓安裝媒體留在電腦中並重新啟動"
"電腦。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3464
msgid ""
"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-"
"check that the right boot device is selected as the first boot device."
msgstr ""
"未正確修改 <acronym>BIOS</acronym> 或未儲檔，請再三檢查第一個開機裝置選擇了正"
"確的裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3470
msgid ""
"This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this "
"case, the <application>Plop Boot Manager</application> (<link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html\"/>) can be used to boot the "
"system from the selected media."
msgstr ""
"系統太舊，無法支援使用選擇的開機媒體開機，發生這個情況可以使用 "
"<application>Plop Boot Manager</application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html\"/>) 來從選擇的開機媒體開機。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3480
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr "在 <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> 開機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3482
msgid ""
"On most machines, holding <keycap>C</keycap> on the keyboard during boot "
"will boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym>. Otherwise, hold <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"> <keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>O</"
"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>Windows</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</"
"keycap> </keycombo> on non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> "
"keyboards. At the <prompt>0 &gt;</prompt> prompt, enter"
msgstr ""
"在大部份機型，可於開機時按住鍵盤上的 <keycap>C</keycap>，便可從 <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> 開機。若在非 <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> 的鍵"
"盤則可按住 <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Command</keycap> "
"<keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo> 或 "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Windows</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> "
"<keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>，出現 <prompt>0 &gt;</"
"prompt> 提示時，輸入"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3498
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3502
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark>"
msgstr "在 <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> 開機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3504
msgid ""
"Most <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> systems are set up "
"to boot automatically from disk. To install FreeBSD from a <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> requires a break into the <acronym>PROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"大多數 <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> 系統會自動從磁碟開"
"機，要從 <acronym>CD</acronym> 安裝 FreeBSD 需要進入 <acronym>PROM</"
"acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3508
msgid ""
"To do this, reboot the system and wait until the boot message appears. The "
"message depends on the model, but should look something like this:"
msgstr ""
"要進入 <acronym>PROM</acronym>，需重新開機系統然後等候開機訊息出現。訊息會依"
"機型而有所不同，但大致結果會如:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3512
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n"
"Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.\n"
"OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n"
"Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3517
msgid ""
"If the system proceeds to boot from disk at this point, press <keycombo "
"action=\"simul\"><keycap>L1</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> or "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Stop</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></"
"keycombo> on the keyboard, or send a <command>BREAK</command> over the "
"serial console. When using <application>tip</application> or "
"<application>cu</application>, <command>~#</command> will issue a BREAK. The "
"<acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt will be <prompt>ok</prompt> on systems with "
"one <acronym>CPU</acronym> and <prompt>ok {0} </prompt> on <acronym>SMP</"
"acronym> systems, where the digit indicates the number of the active "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"若系統繼續從磁碟開機，此時按下鍵盤上的 <keycombo action=\"simul"
"\"><keycap>L1</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> 或 <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"><keycap>Stop</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> 或透過序列 "
"Console 送出 <command>BREAK</command>。當使用 <application>tip</application> "
"或 <application>cu</application>, <command>~#</command> 發出一個 BREAK 後，"
"<acronym>PROM</acronym> 的提示會在單 <acronym>CPU</acronym> 的系統出現 "
"<prompt>ok</prompt>，<acronym>SMP</acronym> 的系統出現 <prompt>ok {0} </"
"prompt>，其中的數字代表啟動的 <acronym>CPU</acronym> 數。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3529
msgid ""
"At this point, place the <acronym>CD</acronym> into the drive and type "
"<command>boot cdrom</command> from the <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt."
msgstr ""
"此時，放入 <acronym>CD</acronym> 到磁碟機然後在 <acronym>PROM</acronym> 提示"
"畫面輸入 <command>boot cdrom</command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3535
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu"
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機選單"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3537
msgid ""
"Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the "
"following will be displayed:"
msgstr "從安裝媒體開機之後，會顯示如下的選單："

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3541
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu"
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機載入程式選單"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3545
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3550
msgid ""
"By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting "
"into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before "
"booting into FreeBSD. To pause the boot timer in order to review the "
"selections, press <keycap>Space</keycap>. To select an option, press its "
"highlighted number, character, or key. The following options are available."
msgstr ""
"預設在開機進入 FreeBSD 安裝程式前選單會等候使用者輸入 10 秒鐘，若已經安裝 "
"FreeBSD，則會在開機進入 FreeBSD 前等候。要暫停開機計時器來仔細查看選項，請按 "
"<keycap>Space</keycap> 鍵。要選擇選項，按下明顯標示的數字、字元或按鍵。選單有"
"以下選項可選。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3560
msgid ""
"<literal>Boot Multi User</literal>: This will continue the FreeBSD boot "
"process. If the boot timer has been paused, press <keycap>1</keycap>, upper- "
"or lower-case <keycap>B</keycap>, or <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""
"啟動多使用者模式 (<literal>Boot Multi User</literal>): 這個選項會繼續 "
"FreeBSD 開機程序，若開機計時器已經暫停，可按 <keycap>1</keycap>、大寫或小寫 "
"<keycap>B</keycap> 或 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 鍵。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3568
msgid ""
"<literal>Boot Single User</literal>: This mode can be used to fix an "
"existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser"
"\"/>. Press <keycap>2</keycap> or the upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</"
"keycap> to enter this mode."
msgstr ""
"啟動單使用者模式 (<literal>Boot Single User</literal>): 這個模式用來修正已安"
"裝的 FreeBSD，如 <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser\"/> 所述。可按 <keycap>2</"
"keycap>、大寫或小寫 <keycap>S</keycap> 進入這個模式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3576
msgid ""
"<literal>Escape to loader prompt</literal>: This will boot the system into a "
"repair prompt that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This "
"prompt is described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Press <keycap>3</"
"keycap> or <keycap>Esc</keycap> to boot into this prompt."
msgstr ""
"離開到載入程式提示 (<literal>Escape to loader prompt</literal>): 這個選項會開"
"機進入修復提示，這個模式含有有限數量的低階指令，這個模式詳細說明於 <xref "
"linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>。可按 <keycap>3</keycap> 或 <keycap>Esc</keycap> 進"
"入這個提示。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3585
msgid "<literal>Reboot</literal>: Reboots the system."
msgstr "重新開機 (<literal>Reboot</literal>): 重新開啟系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3589
msgid ""
"<literal>Configure Boot Options</literal>: Opens the menu shown in, and "
"described under, <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-boot-options-menu\"/>."
msgstr ""
"設定開機選項 (<literal>Configure Boot Options</literal>): 開啟內部選單，詳細"
"說明於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-boot-options-menu\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3595
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu"
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機選項選單"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3599
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3604
msgid ""
"The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can be "
"used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled options "
"back to their defaults."
msgstr ""
"開機選項選單分成兩個部份。第一個部份用來返回主開機選單或重設任何已切換的選項"
"回預設值。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3609
msgid ""
"The next section is used to toggle the available options to <literal>On</"
"literal> or <literal>Off</literal> by pressing the option's highlighted "
"number or character. The system will always boot using the settings for "
"these options until they are modified. Several options can be toggled using "
"this menu:"
msgstr ""
"第二個部份用來切換可用的選項為開 (<literal>On</literal>) 或關 (<literal>Off</"
"literal>)，透過按下選項明顯標示的編號或字元。系統將會一直使用這些選項開機，直"
"到選項被修改。有數個選項可以在這個選單做切換："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3618
msgid ""
"<literal>ACPI Support</literal>: If the system hangs during boot, try "
"toggling this option to <literal>Off</literal>."
msgstr ""
"ACPI 支援 (<literal>ACPI Support</literal>): 若系統在開機時卡住，可嘗試切換這"
"個選項為關 (<literal>Off</literal>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3624
msgid ""
"<literal>Safe Mode</literal>: If the system still hangs during boot even "
"with <literal>ACPI Support</literal> set to <literal>Off</literal>, try "
"setting this option to <literal>On</literal>."
msgstr ""
"安全模式 (<literal>Safe Mode</literal>): 若系統在 ACPI 支援 (<literal>ACPI "
"Support</literal>) 設為關 (<literal>Off</literal>) 時開機時仍然會卡住，可嘗試"
"將此選項設為開 (<literal>On</literal>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3631
msgid ""
"<literal>Single User</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> "
"to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-"
"singleuser\"/>. Once the problem is fixed, set it back to <literal>Off</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"單使用者 (<literal>Single User</literal>): 切換這個選項為開 (<literal>On</"
"literal>) 來修正已存在的 FreeBSD 如 <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser\"/> 所"
"述，問題修正後，將其設回關 (<literal>Off</literal>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3639
msgid ""
"<literal>Verbose</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to "
"see more detailed messages during the boot process. This can be useful when "
"troubleshooting a piece of hardware."
msgstr ""
"詳細資訊 (<literal>Verbose</literal>): 切換這個選項為開 (<literal>On</"
"literal>) 來查看開機程序中更詳細的訊息，這在診斷硬體問題時非常有用。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3646
msgid ""
"After making the needed selections, press <keycap>1</keycap> or "
"<keycap>Backspace</keycap> to return to the main boot menu, then press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue booting into FreeBSD. A series of boot "
"messages will appear as FreeBSD carries out its hardware device probes and "
"loads the installation program. Once the boot is complete, the welcome menu "
"shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/> will be displayed."
msgstr ""
"在做完所需的選擇後，按下 <keycap>1</keycap> 或 <keycap>Backspace</keycap> 返"
"回主開機選單，然後按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 繼續開機進入 FreeBSD。FreeBSD "
"執行裝置偵測及載入安裝程式時會顯示一系列的開機訊息，開機完成之後，會顯示歡迎"
"選單如 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3655
msgid "Welcome Menu"
msgstr "歡迎選單"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3659
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3664
msgid ""
"Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to select the default of "
"<guibutton>[ Install ]</guibutton> to enter the installer. The rest of this "
"chapter describes how to use this installer. Otherwise, use the right or "
"left arrows or the colorized letter to select the desired menu item. The "
"<guibutton>[ Shell ]</guibutton> can be used to access a FreeBSD shell in "
"order to use command line utilities to prepare the disks before "
"installation. The <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option can be used to "
"try out FreeBSD before installing it. The live version is described in <xref "
"linkend=\"using-live-cd\"/>."
msgstr ""
"按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 選擇預設的 <guibutton>[ Install ]</guibutton> 進"
"入安裝程式，接下來本章將介紹如何使用這個安裝程式。 若要選擇其他項目，可使用右"
"或左方向鍵或顏色標示的字母選擇想要的選單項目。<guibutton>[ Shell ]</"
"guibutton> 可用來進入 FreeBSD 的 Shell 使用指令列工具在安裝之前準備磁碟。"
"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> 選項可用來在安裝之前試用 FreeBSD，Live 版"
"本的詳細說明於 <xref linkend=\"using-live-cd\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:3677
msgid ""
"To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the "
"upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> and then <keycap>Enter</keycap> to "
"access a shell. At the shell prompt, type <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</"
"command> and use the space bar to scroll through the messages. When "
"finished, type <command>exit</command> to return to the welcome menu."
msgstr ""
"要重新檢視開機訊息，包含硬體裝置偵測，請按大寫或小寫 <keycap>S</keycap> 然後"
"再按 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 進入 Shell。在 Shell 提示之後輸入 <command>more /"
"var/run/dmesg.boot</command> 然後使用空白鍵來捲動訊息。當查看完畢後輸入 "
"<command>exit</command> 返回歡迎選單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3690
msgid "Using <application>bsdinstall</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>bsdinstall</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3692
msgid ""
"This section shows the order of the <application>bsdinstall</application> "
"menus and the type of information that will be asked before the system is "
"installed. Use the arrow keys to highlight a menu option, then "
"<keycap>Space</keycap> to select or deselect that menu item. When finished, "
"press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection and move onto the next "
"screen."
msgstr ""
"本節將告訴您在系統安裝之前 <application>bsdinstall</application> 選單的順序以"
"及會詢問的資訊類型，可使用方向鍵來選擇選單的選項，然後按下 <keycap>Space</"
"keycap> 選擇或取消選擇選單項目。當完成之後，按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 儲存"
"選項然後進入下一個畫面。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3701
msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu"
msgstr "選擇鍵盤對應表選單"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3703
msgid ""
"Depending on the system console being used, <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> may initially display the menu shown in <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-keymap-select-default\"/>."
msgstr ""
"依據使用的系統 Console，<application>bsdinstall</application> 可能一開始顯示"
"的選單會如 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-keymap-select-default\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3708
msgid "Keymap Selection"
msgstr "鍵盤對應表選擇"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3712
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3717
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> with "
"<guibutton>[ YES ]</guibutton> selected, which will display the menu shown "
"in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-keymap\"/>. To instead use the default "
"layout, use the arrow key to select <guibutton>[ NO ]</guibutton> and press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to skip this menu screen."
msgstr ""
"要設定鍵盤配置，請選擇 <guibutton>[ YES ]</guibutton> 按下 <keycap>Enter</"
"keycap>，接著會顯示選單如 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-keymap\"/>。若要"
"使用預設的配置，則可使用方向鍵選擇 <guibutton>[ NO ]</guibutton> 然後按下 "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> 跳過這個選單畫面。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3726
msgid "Selecting Keyboard Menu"
msgstr "選擇鍵盤選單"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3730
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3735
msgid ""
"When configuring the keyboard layout, use the up and down arrows to select "
"the keymap that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached "
"to the system. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection."
msgstr ""
"設定鍵盤配置時，可使用上與下方向鍵來選擇最接近已連接到系統的鍵盤的鍵盤對應表 "
"(Keymap)，然後按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 儲存選項。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3741
msgid ""
"Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will exit this menu and use the default "
"keymap. If the choice of keymap is not clear, <guimenuitem>United States of "
"America ISO-8859-1</guimenuitem> is also a safe option."
msgstr ""
"按 <keycap>Esc</keycap> 會離開這個選單然後使用預設的鍵盤對應表，若不清選要使"
"用那種鍵盤對應表，<guimenuitem>United States of America ISO-8859-1</"
"guimenuitem> 是也是保險的選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3747
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later, this menu has been enhanced. The full "
"selection of keymaps is shown, with the default preselected. In addition, "
"when selecting a different keymap, a dialog is displayed that allows the "
"user to try the keymap and ensure it is correct before proceeding."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE 以及之後的版本，已經加強了這個選單，會顯示完整的鍵盤"
"對應表選項，並預先選擇預設值。另外，當選擇其他鍵盤對應用時，在繼續之前會顯示"
"對話框讓使用者測試鍵盤對應表來確認。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3754
msgid "Enhanced Keymap Menu"
msgstr "改進後的鍵盤對應表選單"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3758
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3766 book.translate.xml:3773
msgid "Setting the Hostname"
msgstr "設定主機名稱"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3768
msgid ""
"The next <application>bsdinstall</application> menu is used to set the "
"hostname for the newly installed system."
msgstr ""
"下一個 <application>bsdinstall</application> 選單用來為新安裝的系統設定主機名"
"稱。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3777
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3782
msgid ""
"Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-"
"qualified hostname, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">machine3."
"example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"輸入在網路上獨一無二的主機名稱，主機名稱要是完整的主機名稱，如 <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">machine3.example.com</systemitem>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3787 book.translate.xml:3793
msgid "Selecting Components to Install"
msgstr "選擇要安裝的元件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3789
msgid ""
"Next, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to select optional "
"components to install."
msgstr ""
"接下來 <application>bsdinstall</application> 會提示選擇要安裝的選用元件。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3797
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3802
msgid ""
"Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use "
"of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel and "
"userland, collectively known as the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>, are "
"always installed. Depending on the architecture, some of these components "
"may not appear:"
msgstr ""
"決定要安裝的元件主要會根據系統的用途以及可用的磁碟空間容量。FreeBSD 核心 "
"(Kernel) 及 Userland 統稱為 <firstterm>基礎系統 (Base system)</firstterm>，是"
"必須安裝的部份。依據系統的架構，部份元件可能不會顯示:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3811
msgid ""
"<literal>doc</literal> - Additional documentation, mostly of historical "
"interest, to install into <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. The "
"documentation provided by the FreeBSD Documentation Project may be installed "
"later using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-"
"documentation\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<literal>doc</literal> - 額外的說明文件，大部份是經年累月的產物，會安裝到 "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>。由 FreeBSD 文件計劃所提供的說明文件可在"
"之後安裝，依照 <xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-documentation\"/> 中的指示"
"操作。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3819
msgid ""
"<literal>games</literal> - Several traditional <acronym>BSD</acronym> games, "
"including <application>fortune</application>, <application>rot13</"
"application>, and others."
msgstr ""
"<literal>games</literal> - 數個傳統 <acronym>BSD</acronym> 遊戲，包含 "
"<application>fortune</application>, <application>rot13</application> 以及其"
"他。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3826
msgid ""
"<literal>lib32</literal> - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit "
"applications on a 64-bit version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<literal>lib32</literal> - 在 64-bit 版本的 FreeBSD 供執行 32-bit 應用程式使"
"用的相容性程式庫。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3832
msgid ""
"<literal>ports</literal> - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of "
"files which automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-"
"party software packages. <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> discusses how to use the "
"Ports Collection."
msgstr ""
"<literal>ports</literal> - FreeBSD Port 套件集是一套可自動下載、編譯安裝第三"
"方軟體套件的集合，<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 中會討論到如何使用 Port 套件集。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3839
msgid ""
"The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select this "
"option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection takes up about 500 MB of disk space."
msgstr ""
"安裝程式並不會檢查是否有充足的磁碟空間，FreeBSD Port 套件集會使用約 500 MB 的"
"磁碟空間，只有在有足夠的磁碟空間時才選擇這個選項。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3848
msgid ""
"<literal>src</literal> - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the "
"kernel and the userland. Although not required for the majority of "
"applications, it may be required to build device drivers, kernel modules, or "
"some applications from the Ports Collection. It is also used for developing "
"FreeBSD itself. The full source tree requires 1 GB of disk space and "
"recompiling the entire FreeBSD system requires an additional 5 GB of space."
msgstr ""
"<literal>src</literal> - 完整的 FreeBSD 原始碼，包含核心 (Kernel) 與 "
"Userland。雖然大多數的應用程式並不需要，但它可以編譯裝置驅動程式、核心模組或"
"部份來自 Port 套件集的應用程式，它同時也用來做為開發 FreeBSD 本身所使用。完整"
"的原始碼樹需要 1 GB 的磁碟空間，重新編譯整個 FreeBSD 系統需要額外再 5 GB 的空"
"間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3861 book.translate.xml:3872
msgid "Installing from the Network"
msgstr "從網路安裝"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3863
msgid ""
"The menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-netinstall-notify\"/> only "
"appears when installing from a <filename>-bootonly.iso</filename> "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> as this installation media does not hold copies of the "
"installation files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a "
"network connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be "
"first configured."
msgstr ""
"於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-netinstall-notify\"/> 所示的選單只會在使用 "
"<filename>-bootonly.iso</filename> <acronym>CD</acronym> 安裝時顯示，因這個安"
"裝媒體中並未含安裝檔的複本。由於安裝檔必須透過網路下載，此選單會告知要先設定"
"網路介面。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3876
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3881
msgid ""
"To configure the network connection, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> and follow "
"the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>. Once "
"the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in the "
"same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being "
"installed. Files can be retrieved more quickly when the mirror is close to "
"the target computer, reducing installation time."
msgstr ""
"要設定網路連線，按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 然後依照 <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/> 中的指示操作，完成網路介面的設定之後，選"
"擇與要安裝 FreeBSD 的電腦相同所在地區的鏡像站，當鏡像站越接近目標電腦，檔案下"
"載的速度會比較快，這會減少安裝的時間。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3890
msgid "Choosing a Mirror"
msgstr "選擇鏡像站"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3894
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3899
msgid ""
"Installation will then continue as if the installation files were located on "
"the local installation media."
msgstr "若在本機的安裝媒體中找到安裝檔案，安裝程序便會繼續。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3905
msgid "Allocating Disk Space"
msgstr "配置磁碟空間"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3907
msgid ""
"The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space. The "
"options available in the menu depend upon the version of FreeBSD being "
"installed."
msgstr ""
"接下來的選單用來決定配置磁碟空間的方式，選單中可用的選項會依安裝的 FreeBSD 版"
"本而有所不同。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3912
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 9.x"
msgstr "FreeBSD 9.x 的磁碟分割選項"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3916
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3922
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 10.x and Higher"
msgstr "FreeBSD 10.x 或更新版本的磁碟分割選項"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3926
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3931
msgid ""
"<literal>Guided</literal> partitioning automatically sets up the disk "
"partitions, <literal>Manual</literal> partitioning allows advanced users to "
"create customized partitions from menu options, and <literal>Shell</literal> "
"opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized partitions "
"using command-line utilities like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdisk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <literal>ZFS</"
"literal> partitioning, only available in FreeBSD 10 and later, creates an "
"optionally encrypted root-on-ZFS system with support for <firstterm>boot "
"environments</firstterm>."
msgstr ""
"引導式 (<literal>Guided</literal>) 磁碟分割會自動設定磁碟的分割區 "
"(Partition)，手動 (<literal>Manual</literal>) 磁碟分割可讓進階的使用者使用選"
"單項目建立自訂的分割區，而 <literal>Shell</literal> 會開啟 Shell 提示讓進階的"
"使用者可以使用指示列工具如 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdisk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來建立自訂的分割區。"
"<literal>ZFS</literal> 磁碟分割只在 FreeBSD 10 及之後的版本可以使用，可建立選"
"擇性加密的 root-on-ZFS 系統並支援 <firstterm>開機環境 (Boot environment)</"
"firstterm>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3942
msgid ""
"This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk partitions. "
"It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods."
msgstr ""
"本節會介紹在配置磁碟分割時需要考量那些事情，並且會示範各種磁碟分割的方式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3947
msgid "Designing the Partition Layout"
msgstr "規劃分割區配置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3949
msgid "<primary>partition layout</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>分割區配置</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3950
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3953
msgid "<primary><filename>/var</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3956
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3960
msgid ""
"When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster "
"from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file "
"systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger "
"partitions like <filename>/usr</filename> should be placed toward the inner "
"parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order "
"similar to: <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, and "
"<filename>/usr</filename>."
msgstr ""
"配置檔案系統時要記得硬碟的傳輸資料外軌較內軌的速度快，因此較小且大量存取的檔"
"案系統應要較接近磁碟的外軌，而較大的分割區如 <filename>/usr</filename> 應放置"
"在磁碟較內部，建議建立分割區的順序如下: <filename>/</filename>, swap, "
"<filename>/var</filename> 然後 <filename>/usr</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3970
msgid ""
"The size of the <filename>/var</filename> partition reflects the intended "
"machine's usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and "
"printer spools. Mailboxes and log files can grow to unexpected sizes "
"depending on the number of users and how long log files are kept. On "
"average, most users rarely need more than about a gigabyte of free disk "
"space in <filename>/var</filename>."
msgstr ""
"機器預期的用途會反映在 <filename>/var</filename> 分割區的大小，這個分割區用來"
"保存郵件 (Mailbox)、記錄檔 (Log file) 及印表機緩衝 (Spool)。依使用者數及保存"
"的期間，郵件及記錄檔可能成長到無法預期的大小，一般來說大部份的使用很少會在 "
"<filename>/var</filename> 需要超過 1 GB 的可用磁碟空間。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3980
msgid ""
"Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. "
"When new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy "
"of the packages under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. Large software "
"packages, like <application>Firefox</application>, <application>Apache "
"OpenOffice</application> or <application>LibreOffice</application> may be "
"tricky to install if there is not enough disk space under <filename>/var/"
"tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""
"有時在 <filename>/var/tmp</filename> 會需要較多的空間，當新軟體安裝，套件工具"
"會從套件中取出暫存的複本置於 <filename>/var/tmp</filename>。若在 <filename>/"
"var/tmp</filename> 沒有足夠的空間，要安裝大型軟體套件，例如 "
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> 或 <application>LibreOffice</application> 會很困難。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3991
msgid ""
"The <filename>/usr</filename> partition holds many of the files which "
"support the system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source "
"code. At least 2 gigabytes is recommended for this partition."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr</filename> 分割區會保存許多支持系統運作的檔案，包含 FreeBSD "
"Port 套件集以及系統原始碼。這個分割區建議至少要有 2 GB 的空間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3996
msgid ""
"When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. Running "
"out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a hassle."
msgstr ""
"在規劃分割區大小時，請牢記空間需求，當因某個分割區空間不足時要改使用其他分割"
"區時會很麻煩。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:4000
msgid "<primary>swap sizing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:4003
msgid "<primary>swap partition</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4007
msgid ""
"As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of "
"physical memory (<acronym>RAM</acronym>). Systems with minimal <acronym>RAM</"
"acronym> may perform better with more swap. Configuring too little swap can "
"lead to inefficiencies in the <acronym>VM</acronym> page scanning code and "
"might create issues later if more memory is added."
msgstr ""
"根據經驗，交換分割區應為是實體記憶體 (<acronym>RAM</acronym>) 的兩倍。使用最"
"低需求的 <acronym>RAM</acronym> 來運作的系統會需要更多的交換空間來取得更好的"
"表現。配置太小的交換交間可能導致 <acronym>VM</acronym> 分頁掃描碼效率不佳，且"
"往後增加更多記憶體時可能會產生問題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4015
msgid ""
"On larger systems with multiple <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks or multiple "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> disks operating on different controllers, it is "
"recommended that swap be configured on each drive, up to four drives. The "
"swap partitions should be approximately the same size. The kernel can handle "
"arbitrary sizes but internal data structures scale to 4 times the largest "
"swap partition. Keeping the swap partitions near the same size will allow "
"the kernel to optimally stripe swap space across disks. Large swap sizes are "
"fine, even if swap is not used much. It might be easier to recover from a "
"runaway program before being forced to reboot."
msgstr ""
"在有數個 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> 磁碟或數個 <acronym>IDE</acronym> 磁碟在不同"
"控制器的大型系統建議在每個磁碟機上都設定交換空間，最多可至四個磁碟機。每個交"
"換分割區的大小應接近相同。核心雖可以處以任意大小的交換空間，但內部資料結構擴"
"充到 4 倍的最大交換分割區大小時，讓交換分割區擁有相同的大小可以讓核心可以最佳"
"的方式串連各個磁碟的交換空間。規劃較大交換空間是可以的，即使沒有使用到多少交"
"換空間，這也會讓要從失控的程式恢復運作更容易，而不需強制重新啟動系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4028
msgid ""
"By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller "
"write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. "
"Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the partitions where it occurs the "
"most. While <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the larger partitions may "
"be needed, shifting them more toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a "
"significant performance improvement over moving <filename>/var</filename> to "
"the edge."
msgstr ""
"正確的做磁碟分割，可以區隔頻繁寫入所產生的資料碎片與經常讀取的分割區，將寫入"
"頻繁的分割區放在磁碟的邊緣可以增加 <acronym>I/O</acronym> 效率。雖然較大的分"
"割區可能也需要增加 <acronym>I/O</acronym> 效率，但將這些分割區往磁碟邊緣移動"
"所增加的效率並不會比將 <filename>/var</filename> 移到磁碟邊緣所增加的效率來的"
"顯著。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4041
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr "引導式磁碟分割"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4043
msgid ""
"When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If "
"multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""
"當選擇這個方法，選單上會顯示可用的磁碟，若電腦有安裝多個磁碟，則需選擇其中一"
"個來安裝 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4048
msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks"
msgstr "自多個磁碟選擇"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4052
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4057
msgid ""
"Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the "
"entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If "
"<guibutton>[ Entire Disk ]</guibutton> is chosen, a general partition layout "
"filling the whole disk is automatically created. Selecting "
"<guibutton>[ Partition ]</guibutton> creates a partition layout from the "
"unused space on the disk."
msgstr ""
"選擇磁碟之後，接下來選單會提示是否要安裝到整個磁碟或是使用剩餘的空間建立新的"
"分割區。若選擇 <guibutton>[ Entire Disk ]</guibutton>，會自動建立通用的分割區"
"配置來填滿整個磁碟。選擇 <guibutton>[ Partition ]</guibutton> 則會使用磁碟上"
"未使用的空間來建立分割區配置。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4067
msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition"
msgstr "選擇完整磁碟或分割區"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4071
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4076
msgid ""
"After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets "
"the needs of the installation. Selecting <guibutton>[ Revert ]</guibutton> "
"will reset the partitions to their original values and pressing "
"<guibutton>[ Auto ]</guibutton> will recreate the automatic FreeBSD "
"partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, modified, or deleted. "
"When the partitioning is correct, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> "
"to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""
"分割區配置建立完成之後，再檢查一次確定是否符合安裝的需求。選擇 "
"<guibutton>[ Revert ]</guibutton> 會重設分割區回復為原來的設定值，選擇 "
"<guibutton>[ Auto ]</guibutton> 會重新建立自動配置的 FreeBSD 分割區。分割區也"
"可以手動建立、修改或刪除。當確認磁碟分割正確之後，選擇 "
"<guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> 繼續安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4087
msgid "Review Created Partitions"
msgstr "確認已建立的分割區"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4091
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4098
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr "手動磁碟分割"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4100
msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:"
msgstr "選擇這個方法會開啟分割區編輯程式："

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4103 book.translate.xml:4118 book.translate.xml:4189
msgid "Manually Create Partitions"
msgstr "手動建立分割區"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4107
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4112
msgid ""
"Highlight the installation drive (<filename>ada0</filename> in this example) "
"and select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> to display a menu of available "
"partition schemes:"
msgstr ""
"選擇要安裝的磁碟機 (在這個例子為 <filename>ada0</filename>) 然後選擇 "
"<guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> 會以選單顯示可用的分割表格式 (Partition "
"scheme):"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4122
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4127
msgid ""
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 "
"computers. Older computers that are not compatible with <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> should use <acronym>MBR</acronym>. The other partition schemes are "
"generally used for uncommon or older computers."
msgstr ""
"amd64 電腦最適合的選擇通常是 <acronym>GPT</acronym>，無法相容 <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> 的舊電腦則應使用 <acronym>MBR</acronym>。而其他分割表格式一般會用在"
"那些較罕見或較舊的電腦上。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:4134
msgid "Partitioning Schemes"
msgstr "磁碟分割表格式"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4139
msgid "Abbreviation"
msgstr "縮寫"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4140 book.translate.xml:7098 book.translate.xml:8441
#: book.translate.xml:11780 book.translate.xml:22975 book.translate.xml:23154
#: book.translate.xml:27235 book.translate.xml:31223 book.translate.xml:42950
#: book.translate.xml:52771 book.translate.xml:53278 book.translate.xml:54037
#: book.translate.xml:54078 book.translate.xml:55404 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Description"
msgstr "說明"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4146 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4147
msgid ""
"Apple Partition Map, used by <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</"
"trademark>."
msgstr ""
"Apple Partition Map，用於 <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</"
"trademark>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4151 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4152
msgid ""
"<acronym>BSD</acronym> label without an <acronym>MBR</acronym>, sometimes "
"called <firstterm>dangerously dedicated mode</firstterm> as non-"
"<acronym>BSD</acronym> disk utilities may not recognize it."
msgstr ""
"無 <acronym>MBR</acronym> 的 <acronym>BSD</acronym> 標籤，因非 <acronym>BSD</"
"acronym> 的磁碟工具可能無法辨識該標籤，有時被稱做 <firstterm>危險專用模式 "
"(Dangerously dedicated mode)</firstterm>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4160
msgid "GPT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4161
msgid ""
"GUID Partition Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</"
"link>)."
msgstr ""
"GUID 分割區表 (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</"
"link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4165
msgid "MBR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4166
msgid ""
"Master Boot Record (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</link>)."
msgstr ""
"主開機記錄 (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</"
"link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4170
msgid "PC98"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4171
msgid ""
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> variant used by NEC PC-98 computers (<link xlink:href="
"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801</"
"link>)."
msgstr ""
"使用 <acronym>MBR</acronym> 改編，用於 NEC PC-98 電腦 (<link xlink:href="
"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801</"
"link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4176
msgid "VTOC8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4177
msgid "Volume Table Of Contents used by Sun SPARC64 and UltraSPARC computers."
msgstr "Volume Table Of Contents，用於 Sun SPARC64 及 UltraSPARC  電腦。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4184
msgid ""
"After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select "
"<guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> again to create the partitions."
msgstr ""
"選擇完分割區表格式並建立之後，再選擇 <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> 一次來"
"建立分割區。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4193
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4198
msgid ""
"A standard FreeBSD <acronym>GPT</acronym> installation uses at least three "
"partitions:"
msgstr "標準的 FreeBSD <acronym>GPT</acronym> 安裝會使用至少三種分割區:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4203
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal> - Holds the FreeBSD boot code."
msgstr "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal> - 儲存 FreeBSD 開機程式 (Boot code)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4208
msgid ""
"<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal> - A FreeBSD <acronym>UFS</acronym> file "
"system."
msgstr ""
"<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal> - FreeBSD 的 <acronym>UFS</acronym> 檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4213
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal> - FreeBSD swap space."
msgstr "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal> - FreeBSD 交換空間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4218
msgid ""
"Another partition type worth noting is <literal>freebsd-zfs</literal>, used "
"for partitions that will contain a FreeBSD <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file "
"system (<xref linkend=\"zfs\"/>). Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for descriptions of the available <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
"partition types."
msgstr ""
"另一個值得注意的分割區類型是 <literal>freebsd-zfs</literal>，這個分割區用來放"
"置 FreeBSD <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 檔案系統 (<xref linkend=\"zfs\"/>)。請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 取得可用的 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割區類型說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4224
msgid ""
"Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a "
"traditional layout with separate partitions for <filename>/</filename>, "
"<filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</"
"filename>. See <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs\"/> for an "
"example."
msgstr ""
"檔案系統分割區可建立多個，且有部份人會偏好使用傳統的配置方式將 <filename>/</"
"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename> 以及 "
"<filename>/usr</filename> 分開存放在不同的分割區。請參考 <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs\"/> 的範例。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4231
msgid ""
"The <literal>Size</literal> may be entered with common abbreviations: "
"<emphasis>K</emphasis> for kilobytes, <emphasis>M</emphasis> for megabytes, "
"or <emphasis>G</emphasis> for gigabytes."
msgstr ""
"大小 (<literal>Size</literal>) 欄位可以使用常用的縮寫來輸入: <emphasis>K</"
"emphasis> 代表 KB, <emphasis>M</emphasis> 代表 MB, <emphasis>G</emphasis> 代"
"表 GB。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4237
msgid ""
"Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition "
"sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with "
"either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that "
"are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every "
"partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the "
"<emphasis>freebsd-boot</emphasis> partition should be no larger than 512K "
"due to current boot code limitations."
msgstr ""
"適當的對齊磁碟扇區 (Sector) 會提供最佳的效能，而且讓分割區大小為 4 KB 的偶數"
"倍數可協助確保對齊在磁碟機上的 512-byte 或 4K-byte 扇區。一般來說，使用分割區"
"大小為 1M 或 1G 的偶數倍數是最簡單的方式確保每個分割區以 4K 的偶數倍數做為開"
"始。唯一一個例外是: <emphasis>freebsd-boot</emphasis> 分割區因目前開機程式 "
"(Boot code) 的限制，不可大於 512K。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4248
msgid ""
"A <literal>Mountpoint</literal> is needed if the partition will contain a "
"file system. If only a single <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition will be "
"created, the mountpoint should be <filename>/</filename>."
msgstr ""
"若分割區內含檔案系統便會需要一個掛載點 (<literal>Mountpoint</literal>)，若只"
"要建立一個 <acronym>UFS</acronym> 分割區，那麼掛載點應設為 <filename>/</"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4253
msgid ""
"The <literal>Label</literal> is a name by which the partition will be known. "
"Drive names or numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different "
"controller or port, but the partition label does not change. Referring to "
"labels instead of drive names and partition numbers in files like <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename> makes the system more tolerant to hardware changes. "
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> labels appear in <filename>/dev/gpt/</filename> when "
"a disk is attached. Other partitioning schemes have different label "
"capabilities and their labels appear in different directories in <filename>/"
"dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""
"標籤 (<literal>Label</literal>) 是分割區的名稱，磁碟機名稱或編號可能因為磁碟"
"機連接到不同的控制器或連結埠而有所不同，但分割區標籤並不會改變。因此在檔案如 "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 中參照時，使用標籤來替代磁碟機名稱與分割區編"
"號會讓系統對硬體變更有更多的容錯空間。<acronym>GPT</acronym> 標籤會於磁碟連結"
"之後出現在 <filename>/dev/gpt/</filename>。其他分割表格式的標籤格有不同功能，"
"且標籤會在 <filename>/dev/</filename> 中有各自的目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4266
msgid ""
"Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical "
"labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be "
"added to the label. For instance, use <literal>labroot</literal> or "
"<literal>rootfslab</literal> for the <acronym>UFS</acronym> root partition "
"on the computer named <literal>lab</literal>."
msgstr ""
"每個分割區請使用獨一無二的標籤來避免相同名稱的衝突，標籤可以加入與電腦名稱、"
"用途、地點有關的文字。例如，使用 <literal>labroot</literal> 或 "
"<literal>rootfslab</literal> 來做為電腦名稱為 <literal>lab</literal> 的 "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> 根目錄分割區。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4276
msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions"
msgstr "建立傳統分割的檔案系統分割區"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4279
msgid ""
"For a traditional partition layout where the <filename>/</filename>, "
"<filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</"
"filename> directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, "
"create a <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning scheme, then create the "
"partitions as shown. Partition sizes shown are typical for a 20G target "
"disk. If more space is available on the target disk, larger swap or "
"<filename>/var</filename> partitions may be useful. Labels shown here are "
"prefixed with <literal>ex</literal> for <quote>example</quote>, but readers "
"should use other unique label values as described above."
msgstr ""
"傳統的分割區配置會將 <filename>/</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, "
"<filename>/tmp</filename> 以及 <filename>/usr</filename> 分別使用不同的檔案系"
"統與分割區。先建立 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 分割表格式，然後依照下表所示建立分"
"割區。下表是針對 20G 目標磁碟的分割區大小，若在目標磁碟有更多可用的空間，則可"
"增加交換空間 (Swap) 或 <filename>/var</filename> 會比較有用。以下所示的標籤皆"
"以 <literal>ex</literal> 為字首，代表 <quote>example</quote>，讀者應照前面的"
"說明使用其他獨一無二的標籤。"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4292
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD's <filename>gptboot</filename> expects the first "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> partition to be the <filename>/</filename> partition."
msgstr ""
"預設 FreeBSD 的 <filename>gptboot</filename> 會預期第一個 <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> 分割區為 <filename>/</filename> 分割區。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4300
msgid "Partition Type"
msgstr "分割區類型"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4301
msgid "Size"
msgstr "大小"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4302
msgid "Mountpoint"
msgstr "掛載點"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4303
msgid "Label"
msgstr "標籤"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4309
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4310
msgid "<literal>512K</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4314 book.translate.xml:4328 book.translate.xml:4335
#: book.translate.xml:4342
msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4315 book.translate.xml:4329
msgid "<literal>2G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4316 book.translate.xml:7103
msgid "<filename>/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4317
msgid "<literal>exrootfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4321
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4322
msgid "<literal>4G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4324
msgid "<literal>exswap</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4330
msgid "<filename>/var</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4331
msgid "<literal>exvarfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4336
msgid "<literal>1G</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4337
msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4338
msgid "<literal>extmpfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4343
msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)"
msgstr "接受預設值 (依磁碟提示)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4345
msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4346
msgid "<literal>exusrfs</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4353
msgid ""
"After the custom partitions have been created, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</"
"guibutton> to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""
"自訂的分割區建立完後，選擇 <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> 繼續安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4359
msgid "Root-on-ZFS Automatic Partitioning"
msgstr "Root-on-ZFS 自動磁碟分割"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4361
msgid ""
"Support for automatic creation of root-on-ZFS installations was added in "
"FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and "
"will erase the contents of the entire disk. The installer will automatically "
"create partitions aligned to 4k boundaries and force <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"to use 4k sectors. This is safe even with 512 byte sector disks, and has the "
"added benefit of ensuring that pools created on 512 byte disks will be able "
"to have 4k sector disks added in the future, either as additional storage "
"space or as replacements for failed disks. The installer can also optionally "
"employ <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption as described in <xref linkend="
"\"disks-encrypting-geli\"/>. If encryption is enabled, a 2 GB unencrypted "
"boot pool containing the <filename>/boot</filename> directory is created. It "
"holds the kernel and other files necessary to boot the system. A swap "
"partition of a user selectable size is also created, and all remaining space "
"is used for the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE 之後支援了自動建立 root-on-ZFS 的安裝程序。這種磁碟分"
"割模式只能使用整個磁碟，並會清除整個磁碟內的內容。安裝程式會自動建立對齊 4k "
"邊界的分割區然後強制 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 使用 4k 扇區 (Sector)。即使在 "
"512 位元扇區的磁碟使用也很安全，並增加了確保在 512 位元的磁碟上建立儲存池 "
"(Pool) 也可在未來加入 4k 扇區磁碟的好處，無論是作為額外的存儲空間或作為故障磁"
"碟的替代品。安裝程式也可選擇性採用 <acronym>GELI</acronym> 磁碟加密，如 "
"<xref linkend=\"disks-encrypting-geli\"/> 所介紹，若開啟磁碟加密，會建立一個"
"內含 <filename>/boot</filename> 目錄的 2 GB 未加密的開機儲存池，這個儲存池中"
"會儲存核心及其他開機必要的檔案。然後剩餘的空用會給 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 儲"
"存池使用。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4380
msgid ""
"The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu offers a number of "
"options to control the creation of the pool."
msgstr ""
"主要 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 設定選單提供了數個設定選項來控制儲存池的建立。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4385
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Partitioning Menu"
msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 磁碟分割選單"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4389
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4394
msgid ""
"Select <keycap>T</keycap> to configure the <literal>Pool Type</literal> and "
"the disk(s) that will constitute the pool. The automatic <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> installer currently only supports the creation of a single top "
"level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more complex pools, use the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-shell\"/> to create the "
"pool. The installer supports the creation of various pool types, including "
"stripe (not recommended, no redundancy), mirror (best performance, least "
"usable space), and RAID-Z 1, 2, and 3 (with the capability to withstand the "
"concurrent failure of 1, 2, and 3 disks, respectively). while selecting the "
"pool type, a tooltip is displayed across the bottom of the screen with "
"advice about the number of required disks, and in the case of RAID-Z, the "
"optimal number of disks for each configuration."
msgstr ""
"選擇 <keycap>T</keycap> 來設定儲存池類型 (<literal>Pool Type</literal>) 以及"
"要組成儲存池的磁碟。自動 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 安裝程式目前僅支援建立單一頂"
"層 vdev，除了在串連 (Stripe) 模式。要建立更複雜的儲存池，需使用 <xref "
"linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-shell\"/> 的操作來建立儲存池。安裝程式支援建立各種"
"儲存池類型，包含串連 Stripe (不建議，沒有備援功能)、鏡像 Mirror (效能較佳，但"
"可用空間較少) 以及 RAID-Z 1, 2, 與 3 (分別有能力承受同時 1, 2 與 3 個磁碟的損"
"壞)。在選擇儲存池類型時會有提示顯示在螢幕的下方，提示所需要的磁碟數以及在使"
"用 RAID-Z 時，每個配置最佳的磁碟數。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4411
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Pool Type"
msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 儲存池類型"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4415
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4420
msgid ""
"Once a <literal>Pool Type</literal> has been selected, a list of available "
"disks is displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to "
"make up the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough "
"disks are selected. If not, select <guibutton>&lt;Change Selection&gt;</"
"guibutton> to return to the list of disks, or <guibutton>&lt;Cancel&gt;</"
"guibutton> to change the pool type."
msgstr ""
"選擇儲存池 (<literal>Pool Type</literal>) 之後，會顯示可用的磁碟清單，然後會"
"提示使用者選擇一個或多個磁碟來建立儲存池。接著會檢驗設定來確定選擇的磁碟足"
"夠，若不足，選擇更改選項 (<guibutton>&lt;Change Selection&gt;</guibutton>) 來"
"返回磁碟清單或取消 (<guibutton>&lt;Cancel&gt;</guibutton>) 來更改儲存池類型。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4430
msgid "Disk Selection"
msgstr "磁碟選擇"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4434
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4440
msgid "Invalid Selection"
msgstr "無效的選擇"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4444
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4449
msgid ""
"If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached "
"after the installer was started, select <guibutton>- Rescan Devices</"
"guibutton> to repopulate the list of available disks. To avoid accidentally "
"erasing the wrong disk, the <guibutton>- Disk Info</guibutton> menu can be "
"used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various other "
"information such as the device model number and serial number, if available."
msgstr ""
"若有一個或多磁碟未出現在清單上，或在安裝程式啟動後才連接的磁碟，可選擇重新掃"
"描裝置 (<guibutton>- Rescan Devices</guibutton>) 來更新可用磁碟的清單。要避免"
"清除掉錯的磁碟，可用磁碟資訊 (<guibutton>- Disk Info</guibutton>) 來檢查每個"
"磁碟，包含磁碟中的分割表以及各種其他資訊如裝置型號與序號 (若有的話)。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4460
msgid "Analyzing a Disk"
msgstr "分析磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4464
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4469
msgid ""
"The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu also allows the user to "
"enter a pool name, disable forcing 4k sectors, enable or disable encryption, "
"switch between <acronym>GPT</acronym> (recommended) and <acronym>MBR</"
"acronym> partition table types, and select the amount of swap space. Once "
"all options have been set to the desired values, select the <guibutton>&gt;"
"&gt;&gt; Install</guibutton> option at the top of the menu."
msgstr ""
"主 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 設定選單也允許使用者輸入儲存池名稱、關閉強制 4k 扇"
"區對齊、開啟或關閉加密、切換 <acronym>GPT</acronym> (建議) 與 <acronym>MBR</"
"acronym> 分割表類型以及選擇交換空間容量。設定所有選項為想要的值之後，請選擇選"
"單上方的安裝 (<guibutton>&gt;&gt;&gt; Install</guibutton>) 選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4479
msgid ""
"If <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption was enabled, the installer will "
"prompt twice for the passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks."
msgstr ""
"若開啟了 <acronym>GELI</acronym> 磁碟加密，安裝程式會提示輸入兩次用來加密磁碟"
"的密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4484
msgid "Disk Encryption Password"
msgstr "磁碟加密密碼"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4488
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4493
msgid ""
"The installer then offers a last chance to cancel before the contents of the "
"selected drives are destroyed to create the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""
"安裝程式接著會提供最後一次修改的機會可取消先前所選擇摧毀用來建立 "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 儲存池的磁碟機。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4498
msgid "Last Chance"
msgstr "最後修改"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4502
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4507
msgid "The installation then proceeds normally."
msgstr "然後安裝程序會正常繼續。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4512
msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning"
msgstr "Shell 模式磁碟分割"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4514
msgid ""
"When creating advanced installations, the <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> partitioning menus may not provide the level of flexibility "
"required. Advanced users can select the <guibutton>Shell</guibutton> option "
"from the partitioning menu in order to manually partition the drives, create "
"the file system(s), populate <filename>/tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab</filename>, "
"and mount the file systems under <filename>/mnt</filename>. Once this is "
"done, type <command>exit</command> to return to <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> and continue the installation."
msgstr ""
"當要做進階的安裝時，<application>bsdinstall</application> 的磁碟分割選單可能"
"無法提供需要的彈性。進階的使用者可以在磁碟分割選單選擇 <guibutton>Shell</"
"guibutton> 選項來手動分割磁碟機、建立檔案系統、填寫 <filename>/tmp/"
"bsdinstall_etc/fstab</filename> 以及掛載檔案系統到 <filename>/mnt</filename> "
"下。這些動作完成之後，輸入 <command>exit</command> 可返回 "
"<application>bsdinstall</application> 繼續安裝程序。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4529
msgid "Committing to the Installation"
msgstr "確認安裝"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4531
msgid ""
"Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to "
"make changes before the selected hard drive(s) are formatted. If changes "
"need to be made, select <guibutton>[ Back ]</guibutton> to return to the "
"main partitioning menu. <guibutton>[ Revert &amp; Exit ]</guibutton> will "
"exit the installer without making any changes to the hard drive."
msgstr ""
"磁碟設定完之後，接下來的選單會讓您在格式化所選的硬碟之前有最後一次機會做變"
"更，若需要做變更，可選 <guibutton>[ Back ]</guibutton> 返回到主磁碟分割選單。"
"<guibutton>[ Revert &amp; Exit ]</guibutton> 則會離開安裝程式，不會對硬碟做任"
"何變更。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4541
msgid "Final Confirmation"
msgstr "最後確認"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4545
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4550
msgid ""
"To instead start the actual installation, select <guibutton>[ Commit ]</"
"guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""
"要開始實際的安裝，請選擇 <guibutton>[ Commit ]</guibutton> 然後按下 "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4554
msgid ""
"Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, "
"installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will "
"indicate the progress."
msgstr ""
"安裝時間會依據選擇的發行版、安裝媒體、電腦的速度而有所不同，接下來會有一系列"
"訊息會告知目前的進度。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4558
msgid ""
"First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the "
"partitions. Next, in the case of a bootonly media, it downloads the selected "
"components:"
msgstr ""
"首先，安裝程式會格式化選擇的磁碟，然後初始化分割區。然後，若使用僅可開機 "
"(Boot only) 的媒體則會開始下載選擇的元件:"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4563
msgid "Fetching Distribution Files"
msgstr "取得發行版檔案"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4567
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4572
msgid ""
"Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they "
"have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation "
"media:"
msgstr ""
"接著，會檢驗發行版的檔案完整性來確保沒有因下載過程中或安裝媒體的讀取過程中讀"
"取錯誤造成的損壞:"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4577
msgid "Verifying Distribution Files"
msgstr "檢驗發行版檔案"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4581
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4586
msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:"
msgstr "最後，檢驗過的發行版檔案會被取出儲存至磁碟:"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4590
msgid "Extracting Distribution Files"
msgstr "解開發行版檔案"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4594
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4599
msgid ""
"Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, "
"<application>bsdinstall</application> displays the first post-installation "
"configuration screen. The available post-configuration options are described "
"in the next section."
msgstr ""
"所有選擇的發行版檔案取出後，<application>bsdinstall</application> 會顯示第一"
"次安裝後設定畫面，可用的安裝後設定選項會在下一節說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4607
msgid "Post-Installation"
msgstr "安裝後注意事項"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4609
msgid ""
"Once FreeBSD is installed, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt "
"to configure several options before booting into the newly installed system. "
"This section describes these configuration options."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 安裝完之後，<application>bsdinstall</application> 會在開機進入新安裝"
"的系統之前提示設定數個選項，本節將介紹這些設定選項。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4615
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted, <command>bsdconfig</command> provides a menu-"
"driven method for configuring the system using these and additional options."
msgstr ""
"系統開機之後，<command>bsdconfig</command> 提供了一個選單導向的方式可用來設定"
"系統使用這些以及其他的選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4622 book.translate.xml:4633
msgid "Setting the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr "設定 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4626
msgid ""
"First, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password must be "
"set. While entering the password, the characters being typed are not "
"displayed on the screen. After the password has been entered, it must be "
"entered again. This helps prevent typing errors."
msgstr ""
"首先，必需設定 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 的密碼，輸入"
"密碼時，並不會直接在畫面上顯示輸入的字元。輸入完密碼之後，必須再輸入一次來確"
"認沒有輸入錯誤。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4637
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4644
msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces"
msgstr "設定網路介面卡"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4646
msgid ""
"Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. "
"Select the interface to configure."
msgstr "接著，會顯示在電腦上找到的網路介面卡清單。請選擇要設定的介面卡。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4650
msgid ""
"The network configuration menus will be skipped if the network was "
"previously configured as part of a <emphasis>bootonly</emphasis> "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"若使用 <emphasis>bootonly</emphasis> 的方式安裝在先前已有設定過網路，將會跳過"
"網路設定選單。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4656
msgid "Choose a Network Interface"
msgstr "選擇網路介面卡"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4660
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4665
msgid ""
"If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the "
"menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4\"/>. If a "
"wireless network interface is chosen, the system will instead scan for "
"wireless access points:"
msgstr ""
"若選擇的是乙太網路介面卡，安裝程式會跳過這部份直接到 <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4\"/>，若選擇的是無線網路介面卡，系統則會開始掃"
"描無線存取點 (Wireless Access Point):"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4671
msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points"
msgstr "掃描無線網路存取點"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4675
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4680
msgid ""
"Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (<acronym>SSID</"
"acronym>), a short, unique name given to each network. <acronym>SSIDs</"
"acronym> found during the scan are listed, followed by a description of the "
"encryption types available for that network. If the desired <acronym>SSID</"
"acronym> does not appear in the list, select <guibutton>[ Rescan ]</"
"guibutton> to scan again. If the desired network still does not appear, "
"check for problems with antenna connections or try moving the computer "
"closer to the access point. Rescan after each change is made."
msgstr ""
"網線網路會使用 Service Set Identifier (<acronym>SSID</acronym>) 來辦識，SSID "
"是一段簡短、獨一無二的名稱，用來命名每個網路。 掃描時找到的 <acronym>SSID</"
"acronym> 會列到清單，並會說明該網路可用的加密類型。 若想要連線的 "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym> 並未出現在清單上，可選擇 <guibutton>[ Rescan ]</"
"guibutton> 再掃描一次，若想要連線的網路仍然沒有出現，請檢查天線的連線是否有問"
"題，或者嘗試將電腦移至更靠近存取點的位置，然後再掃描一次。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4692
msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network"
msgstr "選擇無線網路"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4696
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4701
msgid ""
"Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected "
"wireless network. <acronym>WPA2</acronym> encryption is strongly recommended "
"as older encryption types, like <acronym>WEP</acronym>, offer little "
"security. If the network uses <acronym>WPA2</acronym>, input the password, "
"also known as the Pre-Shared Key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>). For security "
"reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as asterisks."
msgstr ""
"然後，輸入加密資訊來連線到選擇的無線網路。強列建議使用 <acronym>WPA2</"
"acronym> 加密，因較舊的加密類型，如 <acronym>WEP</acronym> 僅提供微弱的安全"
"性。若網路使用 <acronym>WPA2</acronym> 則需輸入密碼，也稱作 Pre-Shared Key "
"(<acronym>PSK</acronym>)。考量安全性，輸入到輸入框的字元會以星號顯示。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4711
msgid "WPA2 Setup"
msgstr "WPA2 設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4715
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4720
msgid ""
"Next, choose whether or not an <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address should be "
"configured on the Ethernet or wireless interface:"
msgstr ""
"接下來，選擇是否要設定乙太網路或無線網路介面卡的 <acronym>IPv4</acronym> 位"
"址: "

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4725
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> Networking"
msgstr "選擇 <acronym>IPv4</acronym> 網路"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4729
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4734
msgid ""
"There are two methods of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> configuration. "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> will automatically configure the network interface "
"correctly and should be used if the network provides a <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server. Otherwise, the addressing information needs to be input "
"manually as a static configuration."
msgstr ""
"有兩種方式可以設定 <acronym>IPv4</acronym>。 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 會自動設"
"定網路介面卡且該網路上需有 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器才可使用。否則，必須"
"手動輸入位址的資訊來做靜態設定。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4742
msgid ""
"Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, obtain the information "
"listed in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-collect-network-information\"/> from "
"the network administrator or Internet service provider."
msgstr ""
"請不要隨便輸入網路資訊，因為這不管用。如果沒有可用的 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"伺服器，可向網路管理者或網路服務供應商 (Internet Service Provider, ISP) 索取"
"列於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-collect-network-information\"/> 的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4749
msgid ""
"If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</"
"guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network "
"interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds "
"the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and obtains the addressing information "
"for the system."
msgstr ""
"若有可用的 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器，請在接下來的選單中選擇 "
"<guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> 則會自動設定網路介面卡。當找到 <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> 伺服器並且取得系統的位址資訊時，安裝程式會出現一分鐘左右的停頓。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4757
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr "選擇 <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4762
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4767
msgid ""
"If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, select "
"<guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information "
"in this menu:"
msgstr ""
"若沒有可用的 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器，則選擇 <guibutton>[ No ]</"
"guibutton> 然後在這個選單中輸入以下位址資訊:"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4772
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> Static Configuration"
msgstr "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> 靜態位置設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4776
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4783
msgid ""
"<literal>IP Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address assigned "
"to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by "
"another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""
"IP 位址 (<literal>IP Address</literal>) - 要分配給這台電腦的 <acronym>IPv4</"
"acronym> 位址。位址必須獨一無二且不可已被其他在區域網路上的設備使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4790
msgid "<literal>Subnet Mask</literal> - The subnet mask for the network."
msgstr "子網路遮罩 (<literal>Subnet Mask</literal>) - 網路的子網路遮罩。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4795
msgid ""
"<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the "
"network's default gateway."
msgstr ""
"預設路由器 (<literal>Default Router</literal>) - <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址所"
"在網段的預設閘道器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4801
msgid ""
"The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym>. If <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is available and "
"desired, choose <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to select it."
msgstr ""
"接下來的畫面會詢問是否要設定介面卡的 <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址，若可以且想"
"要使用 <acronym>IPv6</acronym>，請選擇 <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4807
msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking"
msgstr "選擇 IPv6 網路"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4811
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4816
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> also has two methods of configuration. StateLess "
"Address AutoConfiguration (<acronym>SLAAC</acronym>) will automatically "
"request the correct configuration information from a local router. Refer to "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862\">http://tools.ietf."
"org/html/rfc4862</link> for more information. Static configuration requires "
"manual entry of network information."
msgstr ""
"同樣有兩種方式可以設定 <acronym>IPv6</acronym>。StateLess Address "
"AutoConfiguration (<acronym>SLAAC</acronym>) 會自動向區域路由器請求取得正確的"
"設定資訊，請參考 <link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/"
"rfc4862\">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862</link> 取得進一步資訊。靜態設定"
"則需要手動輸入網路資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4824
msgid ""
"If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is available, select "
"<guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure "
"the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so "
"as it finds the router and obtains the addressing information for the system."
msgstr ""
"若有可用的 <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 路由器，請在接下來的選單選擇 "
"<guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> 來自動設定網路介面卡。當找到路由器並且取得系統"
"的位址資訊時，安裝程式會出現一分鐘左右的停頓。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4831
msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration"
msgstr "選擇 IPv6 SLAAC 設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4835
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4840
msgid ""
"If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is not available, select "
"<guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information "
"in this menu:"
msgstr ""
"若沒有可用的 <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 路由器，請選擇 <guibutton>[ No ]</"
"guibutton> 然後在這個選單中輸入以下位址資訊:"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4845
msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration"
msgstr "IPv6 靜態位置設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4849
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4856
msgid ""
"<literal>IPv6 Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address "
"assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use "
"by another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""
"IPv6 位址 (<literal>IPv6 Address</literal>) - 要分配給這台電腦的 "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址。位址必須獨一無二且不可已被其他在區域網路上的設"
"備使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4863
msgid ""
"<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address of "
"the network's default gateway."
msgstr ""
"預設路由器 (<literal>Default Router</literal>) - <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址"
"所在網段的預設閘道器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4869
msgid ""
"The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name "
"System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) resolver, which converts hostnames to and "
"from network addresses. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> or <acronym>SLAAC</"
"acronym> was used to autoconfigure the network interface, the "
"<literal>Resolver Configuration</literal> values may already be filled in. "
"Otherwise, enter the local network's domain name in the <literal>Search</"
"literal> field. <literal>DNS #1</literal> and <literal>DNS #2</literal> are "
"the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and/or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses of the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. At least one <acronym>DNS</acronym> server "
"is required."
msgstr ""
"最後的網路設定選單是用來設定網域名稱系統 (Domain Name System, <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>) 的解析器，解析器會轉換主機名稱為網路位址。若已使用 <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> 或 <acronym>SLAAC</acronym> 來自動設定網路介面卡，解析器設定 "
"(<literal>Resolver Configuration</literal>) 的值可能會事先已填入，否則需輸入"
"區域網路的網域名稱到搜尋 (<literal>Search</literal>) 欄位。 <literal>DNS #1</"
"literal> 與 <literal>DNS #2</literal> 要填寫 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 伺服器的 "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> 及/或 <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址，至少需填寫一個 "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> 伺服器。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4883
msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgstr "DNS 設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4887
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4894
msgid "Setting the Time Zone"
msgstr "設定時區"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4896
msgid ""
"The next menu asks if the system clock uses <acronym>UTC</acronym> or local "
"time. When in doubt, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to choose the more "
"commonly-used local time."
msgstr ""
"接下來的選單會詢問系統時鐘要使用 <acronym>UTC</acronym> 或者當地時間。 若有疑"
"問時可選擇 <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton>使用更常用的當地時間。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4902
msgid "Select Local or UTC Clock"
msgstr "選擇本地或 UTC 時鐘"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4906
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4911
msgid ""
"The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by "
"selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time "
"zone allows the system to automatically correct for regional time changes, "
"such as daylight savings time, and perform other time zone related functions "
"properly."
msgstr ""
"接下來一系列的選單會透過選擇地理區域、城市及時區來判斷正確的當地時間。設定時"
"區可讓系統自動更正區域時間的更改，如日光節約時間以及正確執行其他時區相關的功"
"能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4918
msgid ""
"The example shown here is for a machine located in the Eastern time zone of "
"the United States. The selections will vary according to the geographical "
"location."
msgstr "此處以位於美國東部時區的機器為例，選擇會依據地理位置不同改變。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4923
msgid "Select a Region"
msgstr "選擇區域"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4927
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4932
msgid ""
"The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr "使用方向鍵選擇適當的區域然後按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4936
msgid "Select a Country"
msgstr "選擇城市"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4940
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4945
msgid ""
"Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press <keycap>Enter</"
"keycap>."
msgstr "使用方向鍵選擇適當的城市然後按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4949
msgid "Select a Time Zone"
msgstr "選擇時區"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4953
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4958
msgid ""
"The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr "使用方向鍵選擇適當的時區然後按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4962
msgid "Confirm Time Zone"
msgstr "確認時區"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4966
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4971
msgid ""
"Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct. If it is, press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue with the post-installation configuration."
msgstr ""
"確認時區的縮寫是否正確，若正確，按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 繼續安裝後設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4977
msgid "Enabling Services"
msgstr "開啟服務"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4979
msgid ""
"The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started "
"whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start "
"the services that are needed for the system to function."
msgstr ""
"接下來的選單用來設定有那些系統服務要在系統啟動時執行。所有的服務為選用，只需"
"開啟系統運作真正需要的服務。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4985
msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable"
msgstr "選擇要開啟的其他服務"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4989
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4994
msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:"
msgstr "這是可以在這個選單開啟的服務摘要:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4999
msgid ""
"<literal>sshd</literal> - The Secure Shell (<acronym>SSH</acronym>) daemon "
"is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only "
"enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins."
msgstr ""
"<literal>sshd</literal> - Secure Shell (<acronym>SSH</acronym>) Daemon 可從遠"
"端透過加密的連線存取系統，只有在系統允許遠端登入時開啟這個服務。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5007
msgid ""
"<literal>moused</literal> - Enable this service if the mouse will be used "
"from the command-line system console."
msgstr ""
"<literal>moused</literal> - 若在指令列系統 Console 會使用到滑鼠時，可開啟此服"
"務。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5013
msgid ""
"<literal>ntpd</literal> - The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) "
"daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if there is "
"a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, Kerberos, or "
"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> server on the network."
msgstr ""
"<literal>ntpd</literal> - 網路時間通訊協定 (Network Time Protoco, "
"<acronym>NTP</acronym>) Daemon 用來自動同步時間。若在網路上有使用 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, Kerberos 或 <acronym>LDAP</"
"acronym> 伺服器時，可開啟此服務。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5021
msgid ""
"<literal>powerd</literal> - System power control utility for power control "
"and energy saving."
msgstr "<literal>powerd</literal> - 系統電源控制工具用來做電源控制與節能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5028 book.translate.xml:5036
msgid "Enabling Crash Dumps"
msgstr "開啟當機資訊 (Crash Dump)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5030
msgid ""
"The next menu is used to configure whether or not crash dumps should be "
"enabled. Enabling crash dumps can be useful in debugging issues with the "
"system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps."
msgstr ""
"接下來的選單用來設定是否開啟當機資訊 (Crash dump)，開啟當機資訊對系統除錯非常"
"有用，因此建議使用者開啟當機資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5040
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5047
msgid "Add Users"
msgstr "新增使用者"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5049
msgid ""
"The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is recommended "
"to login to the system using a user account rather than as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. When logged in as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>, there are essentially no limits or "
"protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and "
"more secure."
msgstr ""
"下個選單會提示建立至少一個使用者帳號。建議使用 <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> 以外的使用者帳號登入系統，當使用 <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> 登入時，基本上沒有任何的限制或保護。\n"
"使用一般使用者登入較保險且安全。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5056
msgid "Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to add new users."
msgstr "選擇 <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> 來新增新使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5060
msgid "Add User Accounts"
msgstr "新增使用者帳號"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5064
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5069
msgid ""
"Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user account. "
"The example shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-add-user2\"/> creates the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">asample</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""
"請依照提示輸入請求的使用者帳號資訊，<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-add-user2\"/> "
"的範例示範建立 <systemitem class=\"username\">asample</systemitem> 使用者帳"
"號。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5073
msgid "Enter User Information"
msgstr "輸入使用者資訊"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5077
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5082
msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:"
msgstr "這裡是要輸入的資訊摘要:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5086
msgid ""
"<literal>Username</literal> - The name the user will enter to log in. A "
"common convention is to use the first letter of the first name combined with "
"the last name, as long as each username is unique for the system. The "
"username is case sensitive and should not contain any spaces."
msgstr ""
"使用者名稱 (<literal>Username</literal>) - 登入時使用者要輸入的名稱，常見的慣"
"例是用姓的前一個字母與名結合，只要每個使用者名稱在系統唯一的皆可。使用者名稱"
"區分大小寫且不應含有任何空白字元。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5095
msgid ""
"<literal>Full name</literal> - The user's full name. This can contain spaces "
"and is used as a description for the user account."
msgstr ""
"全名 (<literal>Full name</literal>) - 使用者的全名，這個欄位可使用空白並且會"
"用來描述該使用者帳號。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5101
msgid ""
"<literal>Uid</literal> - User <acronym>ID</acronym>. Typically, this is left "
"blank so the system will assign a value."
msgstr ""
"<literal>Uid</literal> - 使用者 <acronym>ID</acronym>，通常這個欄位會留空，系"
"統會自動分配一個值。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5107
msgid ""
"<literal>Login group</literal> - The user's group. Typically this is left "
"blank to accept the default."
msgstr ""
"登入群組 (<literal>Login group</literal>) - 使用者的群組，通常這個欄位會留空"
"來使用預設值。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5112
msgid ""
"<literal>Invite <replaceable>user</replaceable> into other groups?</literal> "
"- Additional groups to which the user will be added as a member. If the user "
"needs administrative access, type <literal>wheel</literal> here."
msgstr ""
"邀請使用者進入其他群組? (<literal>Invite <replaceable>user</replaceable> "
"into other groups?</literal>) - 使用者要加入成為其成員的其他群組，若該使用者"
"需要管理權限，則在此輸入 <literal>wheel</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5120
msgid "<literal>Login class</literal> - Typically left blank for the default."
msgstr "登入類別 (<literal>Login class</literal>) - 通常會留空來使用預設值。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5125
msgid ""
"<literal>Shell</literal> - Type in one of the listed values to set the "
"interactive shell for the user. Refer to <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> for more "
"information about shells."
msgstr ""
"<literal>Shell</literal> - 輸入清單中的其中一項來設定使用者所互動的 Shell，請"
"參考 <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> 取得更多有關  Shell 的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5132
msgid ""
"<literal>Home directory</literal> - The user's home directory. The default "
"is usually correct."
msgstr ""
"家目錄 (<literal>Home directory</literal>) - 使用者的家目錄，預設值通常是沒有"
"問題的。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5137
msgid ""
"<literal>Home directory permissions</literal> - Permissions on the user's "
"home directory. The default is usually correct."
msgstr ""
"家目錄權限 (<literal>Home directory permissions</literal>) - 使用者家目錄的權"
"限，預設值通常是沒有問題的。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5143
msgid ""
"<literal>Use password-based authentication?</literal> - Typically "
"<literal>yes</literal> so that the user is prompted to input their password "
"at login."
msgstr ""
"使用密碼為基礎的認証方式? (<literal>Use password-based authentication?</"
"literal>) - 通常為是 (<literal>yes</literal>)，使用者才可於登入時輸入密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5149
msgid ""
"<literal>Use an empty password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> "
"as it is insecure to have a blank password."
msgstr ""
"使用空白密碼? (<literal>Use an empty password?</literal>) - 通常為否 "
"(<literal>no</literal>)，因為使用空白密碼並不安全。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5155
msgid ""
"<literal>Use a random password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> "
"so that the user can set their own password in the next prompt."
msgstr ""
"使用隨機密碼? (<literal>Use a random password?</literal>) - 通常為否 "
"(<literal>no</literal>)，這樣使用者接下來才可設定自己的密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5161
msgid ""
"<literal>Enter password</literal> - The password for this user. Characters "
"typed will not show on the screen."
msgstr ""
"輸入密碼 (<literal>Enter password</literal>) - 這個使用者的密碼，輸入的字元不"
"會顯示在畫面上。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5167
msgid ""
"<literal>Enter password again</literal> - The password must be typed again "
"for verification."
msgstr ""
"再輸入密碼一次 (<literal>Enter password again</literal>) - 再輸入一次密碼來確"
"認無誤。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5172
msgid ""
"<literal>Lock out the account after creation?</literal> - Typically "
"<literal>no</literal> so that the user can login."
msgstr ""
"建立後鎖定使用者帳號? (<literal>Lock out the account after creation?</"
"literal>) - 通常為否 (<literal>no</literal>)，這樣使用者才可以登入。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5178
msgid ""
"After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was "
"made, enter <literal>no</literal> and try again. If everything is correct, "
"enter <literal>yes</literal> to create the new user."
msgstr ""
"在輸入完全部的資料後，會顯示摘要供檢查，若發現錯誤，可輸入否 (<literal>no</"
"literal>) 然後再輸入一次，若輸入的所有資訊皆正確，輸入是 (<literal>yes</"
"literal>) 以後便會建立新使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5184
msgid "Exit User and Group Management"
msgstr "離開使用者與群組管理"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5188
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5193
msgid ""
"If there are more users to add, answer the <literal>Add another user?</"
"literal> question with <literal>yes</literal>. Enter <literal>no</literal> "
"to finish adding users and continue the installation."
msgstr ""
"若還有其他要新增的使用者，則在詢問新增其他使用者? (<literal>Add another user?"
"</literal>) 時回答是 (<literal>yes</literal>)。輸入否 (<literal>no</"
"literal>) 來完成加入使用者然後繼續安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5198
msgid ""
"For more information on adding users and user management, see <xref linkend="
"\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""
"要取得新增使用者與使用者管理的更多資訊，請參考 <xref linkend=\"users-synopsis"
"\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5203 book.translate.xml:5209
msgid "Final Configuration"
msgstr "最後設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5205
msgid ""
"After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is "
"provided to modify settings."
msgstr "在所有東西安裝並設定完之後，會提供最後一次修改設定的機會。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5213
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5218
msgid ""
"Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before "
"completing the installation."
msgstr "使用這個選單在完成安裝前做任何更改或做任何額外的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5223
msgid ""
"<literal>Add User</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"addusers\"/>."
msgstr ""
"新增使用者 (<literal>Add User</literal>) - 詳述於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"addusers\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5227
msgid ""
"<literal>Root Password</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"post-root\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Root 密碼 (<literal>Root Password</literal>) - 詳述於 <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-post-root\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5231
msgid ""
"<literal>Hostname</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"hostname\"/>."
msgstr ""
"主機名稱 (<literal>Hostname</literal>) - 詳述於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"hostname\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5235
msgid ""
"<literal>Network</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-"
"network-dev\"/>."
msgstr ""
"網路 (<literal>Network</literal>) - 詳述於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-"
"network-dev\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5239
msgid ""
"<literal>Services</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-sysconf"
"\"/>."
msgstr ""
"服務 (<literal>Services</literal>) - 詳述於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"sysconf\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5243
msgid ""
"<literal>Time Zone</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"timezone\"/>."
msgstr ""
"時區 (<literal>Time Zone</literal>) - 詳述於 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"timezone\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5247
msgid ""
"<literal>Handbook</literal> - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook."
msgstr "使用手冊 (<literal>Handbook</literal>) - 下載並安裝 FreeBSD 使用手冊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5252
msgid ""
"After any final configuration is complete, select <guibutton>Exit</"
"guibutton>."
msgstr "完成最後的設定之後，選擇 <guibutton>Exit</guibutton>。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5256 book.translate.xml:11376
msgid "Manual Configuration"
msgstr "手動設定"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5260
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' "
"md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5265
msgid ""
"<application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt if there are any "
"additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new "
"system. Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to exit to a shell within the "
"new system or <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to proceed to the last step of "
"the installation."
msgstr ""
"<application>bsdinstall</application> 會提示是否有任何額外的設定需要在重新開"
"機進入新系統之前完成。選擇 <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> 會離開進入到新系統"
"的 Shell 或 <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> 繼續最後的安裝步驟。"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5274
msgid "Complete the Installation"
msgstr "完成安裝"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5278
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5283
msgid ""
"If further configuration or special setup is needed, select "
"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> to boot the install media into Live "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""
"若有需要做進一步或特殊的設定，選擇 <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> 會開機"
"進入安裝媒體的 Live <acronym>CD</acronym> 模式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5288
msgid ""
"If the installation is complete, select <guibutton>[ Reboot ]</guibutton> to "
"reboot the computer and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to "
"remove the FreeBSD install media or the computer may boot from it again."
msgstr ""
"若安裝已完成，選擇 <guibutton>[ Reboot ]</guibutton> 重新開啟電腦然後啟動新"
"的 FreeBSD 電腦。不要忘了移除 FreeBSD 安裝媒體，否則電腦會再次開機進入安裝程"
"式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5294
msgid ""
"As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system "
"finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the <prompt>login:</"
"prompt> prompt, enter the username added during the installation. Avoid "
"logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/> for instructions on how to become the "
"superuser when administrative access is needed."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 開機的過程會顯示許多可以參考的訊息，系統開機完成後，會顯示登入提示，"
"在 <prompt>login:</prompt> 提示，輸入安裝時新增的使用者名稱。登入時避免直接使"
"用 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>，請參考 <xref linkend="
"\"users-superuser\"/> 來取得當需要管理權限時如何成為超級使用者的說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5303
msgid ""
"The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing "
"<keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The "
"<keycap>PgUp</keycap>, <keycap>PgDn</keycap>, and arrow keys can be used to "
"scroll back through the messages. When finished, press <keycap>Scroll-Lock</"
"keycap> again to unlock the display and return to the console. To review "
"these messages once the system has been up for some time, type "
"<command>less /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> from a command prompt. Press "
"<keycap>q</keycap> to return to the command line after viewing."
msgstr ""
"要查看開機過程顯示的訊息可按 <keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> 鍵來開啟卷軸暫存，"
"然後可使用 <keycap>PgUp</keycap>, <keycap>PgDn</keycap> 以及方向鍵來捲動訊"
"息。查看完成之後再按 <keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> 鍵一次來解除畫面鎖定並返回 "
"Console。系統開機一段時間之後要查看這些訊息可在指令提示後輸入 <command>less /"
"var/run/dmesg.boot</command>，查看後按下 <keycap>q</keycap> 鍵便可返回指令"
"列。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5315
msgid ""
"If <application>sshd</application> was enabled in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-"
"config-serv\"/>, the first boot may be a bit slower as the system will "
"generate the <acronym>RSA</acronym> and <acronym>DSA</acronym> keys. "
"Subsequent boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be "
"displayed, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""
"若在 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-serv\"/> 有開啟 <application>sshd</"
"application>，因系統會產生 <acronym>RSA</acronym> 及 <acronym>DSA</acronym> "
"金鑰第一次開機可能會有點慢，之後的開機便會恢復正常速度。接著會顯示金鑰的指紋 "
"(Fingerprint)，如這個範例:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n"
"|    o..          |\n"
"|   o . .         |\n"
"|  .   o          |\n"
"|       o         |\n"
"|    o   S        |\n"
"|   + + o         |\n"
"|o . + *          |\n"
"|o+ ..+ .         |\n"
"|==o..o+E         |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n"
"|       ..     . .|\n"
"|      o  .   . + |\n"
"|     . ..   . E .|\n"
"|    . .  o o . . |\n"
"|     +  S = .    |\n"
"|    +  . = o     |\n"
"|     +  . * .    |\n"
"|    . .  o .     |\n"
"|      .o. .      |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Starting sshd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5357
msgid ""
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/> for more information about fingerprints "
"and <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"請參考 <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/> 來取得更多有關指紋與 <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> 的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5360
msgid ""
"FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"x11\"/> for more information about installing and configuring a "
"graphical window manager."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 預設並不會安裝圖型化介面，請參考 <xref linkend=\"x11\"/> 取得有關安裝"
"與設定圖型化視窗管理程式的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5364
msgid ""
"Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from "
"damage. <emphasis>Do not turn off the power before the system has been "
"properly shut down!</emphasis> If the user is a member of the <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, become the superuser by typing "
"<command>su</command> at the command line and entering the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> password. Then, type <command>shutdown -p "
"now</command> and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the hardware "
"supports it, turn itself off."
msgstr ""
"正確的將 FreeBSD 電腦關機對保護資料及避免硬體損壞有幫助。<emphasis>在系統尚未"
"正常關機之前請不要關閉電源! </emphasis> 若使用者為 <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> 群組的成員之一，可在指令列輸入 <command>su</"
"command> 然後輸入 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼來成為"
"超級使用者。接著輸入 <command>shutdown -p now</command> 系統便會關機，若硬體"
"支援的話，電腦會自行關閉電源。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5377 book.translate.xml:12318 book.translate.xml:15074
#: book.translate.xml:20222 book.translate.xml:35349 book.translate.xml:36119
#: book.translate.xml:47780 book.translate.xml:51026 book.translate.xml:62119
#: book.translate.xml:63774 book.translate.xml:64497
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5379
msgid "<primary>installation</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5383
msgid ""
"This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common "
"problems people have reported."
msgstr "本節涵蓋基礎的安裝疑難排解，例如一些已有人回報的常見問題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5387
msgid ""
"Check the Hardware Notes (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/"
"index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>) document for "
"the version of FreeBSD to make sure the hardware is supported. If the "
"hardware is supported and lock-ups or other problems occur, build a custom "
"kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> to add "
"support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> kernel. The default kernel assumes that most hardware devices are "
"in their factory default configuration in terms of <acronym>IRQ</acronym>s, "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> addresses, and <acronym>DMA</acronym> channels. If "
"the hardware has been reconfigured, a custom kernel configuration file can "
"tell FreeBSD where to find things."
msgstr ""
"查看該 FreeBSD 版本的 Hardware Notes (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>) 文件"
"來確認是否支援該硬體。若確定有支援該硬體但仍然卡住或發生其他問題，請依照 "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> 的指示編譯自訂核心來加入未在 "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心的裝置。預設的核心會假設大部份的硬體裝置會使"
"用原廠預設的 <acronym>IRQ</acronym>s, <acronym>I/O</acronym> 位址，及 "
"<acronym>DMA</acronym> 通道，若硬體已經被重新設定過，自訂的核心設定檔可以告"
"訴 FreeBSD 到那找到這些裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5401
msgid ""
"Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the "
"firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. "
"Motherboard firmware is usually referred to as the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. "
"Most motherboard and computer manufacturers have a website for upgrades and "
"upgrade information."
msgstr ""
"部份安裝問題可以透過更各種硬體元件的韌體來避免或緩解，特別是主機板。主機板的"
"韌體通常稱為 <acronym>BIOS</acronym>，大部份主機板與電腦製造商會有網站可以取"
"得升級程式與升級資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5408
msgid ""
"Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> unless there is a good reason for doing so, like a "
"critical update. The upgrade process <emphasis>can</emphasis> go wrong, "
"leaving the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> incomplete and the computer inoperative."
msgstr ""
"製造商通常會建議若沒有特殊原因盡量避免升級主機板 <acronym>BIOS</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5416
msgid ""
"If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves "
"strangely during install, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be the culprit. "
"FreeBSD makes extensive use of the system <acronym>ACPI</acronym> service on "
"the i386, amd64, and ia64 platforms to aid in system configuration if it is "
"detected during boot. Unfortunately, some bugs still exist in both the "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver and within system motherboards and "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> firmware. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled by "
"setting the <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled</literal> hint in the third stage "
"boot loader:"
msgstr ""
"若系統在開機偵測硬體時卡住或安裝時運作異常，可能主因為 <acronym>ACPI</"
"acronym>，FreeBSD 在 i386, amd64 及 ia64 平台廣泛的使用了系統 <acronym>ACPI</"
"acronym> 服務來協助設定系統組態，若在開機時有偵測到該功能。不幸的是，"
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> 驅動程式與系統主機板及 <acronym>BIOS</acronym> 韌體之"
"間仍存在部份問題。可於開機載入程式的第三階段設定 <literal>hint.acpi.0."
"disabled</literal> Hint 來關閉 <acronym>ACPI</acronym>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5428
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5430
msgid ""
"This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add "
"<literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> to the file <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>. More information about the boot loader can be found "
"in <xref linkend=\"boot-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""
"每一次系統重開之後便會重設，因此需要在 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename> 檔案加入 <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal>。更多有關開"
"機載入程式的資訊可於 <xref linkend=\"boot-synopsis\"/> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5437
msgid "Using the Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr "使用 Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5439
msgid ""
"The welcome menu of <application>bsdinstall</application>, shown in <xref "
"linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/>, provides a <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</"
"guibutton> option. This is useful for those who are still wondering whether "
"FreeBSD is the right operating system for them and want to test some of the "
"features before installing."
msgstr ""
"如 <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/> 所示 <application>bsdinstall</"
"application> 的歡迎選單提供了 <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> 選項，這對那"
"些對 FreeBSD 是否為正確的作業系統尚存疑慮的人非常有幫助，這可讓這些人在安裝前"
"測試一部份功能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5446
msgid ""
"The following points should be noted before using the "
"<guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton>:"
msgstr "在使用 <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> 之前必須注意以下幾點事項:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5451
msgid ""
"To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and the password is blank."
msgstr ""
"若要增加存取權限，必須透過認証。使用者名稱為 <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> 而密碼則是空白。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5457
msgid ""
"As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be "
"significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk."
msgstr "系統是直接從安裝媒體上執行，比起安裝到硬碟的系統，效能可能較差。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5463
msgid ""
"This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface."
msgstr "這個選項只提供指令提示，不會有圖型化介面。"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:5488
msgid "FreeBSD Basics"
msgstr "FreeBSD 基礎"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5493
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD "
"operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are "
"encouraged to read through this chapter carefully."
msgstr ""
"接下來的這一章將涵蓋 FreeBSD 作業系統的基本指令及功能。 大部份的內容在 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like 作業系統中都是相通的。 "
"如果您對這些內容熟悉的話，可以放心的跳過。 如果您剛接觸 FreeBSD，那您一定要仔"
"細的讀完這章。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5502
msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles."
msgstr "如何使用 FreeBSD 的虛擬 Console。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5506
msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何在 FreeBSD 建立與管理使用者與群組。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5511
msgid ""
"How <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file permissions and "
"FreeBSD file flags work."
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 檔案權限以及 FreeBSD 檔案標"
"記的運作方式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5516
msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout."
msgstr "預設的 FreeBSD 檔案系統配置。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5520
msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization."
msgstr "FreeBSD 的磁碟組織。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5524
msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems."
msgstr "如何掛載 (Mount)、卸載 (Umount) 檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5528
msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are."
msgstr "什麼是程序、Daemon 以及信號 (Signal)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5532
msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment."
msgstr "什麼是 Shell，以及如何變更您預設的登入環境。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5537
msgid "How to use basic text editors."
msgstr "如何使用基本的文字編輯器。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5541
msgid "What devices and device nodes are."
msgstr "什麼是裝置 (Device) 和裝置節點 (Device node)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5545
msgid "How to read manual pages for more information."
msgstr "如何閱讀操作手冊以獲得更多的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5551
msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals"
msgstr "虛擬 Console 與終端機"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5553
msgid "<primary>virtual consoles</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5556 book.translate.xml:47062
msgid "<primary>terminals</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5559 book.translate.xml:23204
msgid "<primary>console</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5563
msgid ""
"Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical "
"environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login "
"prompt, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""
"如果您沒有將 FreeBSD 設定成開機時自動進入圖形化模式，系統會進入指令登入提示像"
"是這樣的東西："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5568
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n"
"\n"
"login:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5572
msgid ""
"The first line contains some information about the system. The "
"<literal>amd64</literal> indicates that the system in this example is "
"running a 64-bit version of FreeBSD. The hostname is <systemitem>pc3.example."
"org</systemitem>, and <filename>ttyv0</filename> indicates that this is the "
"<quote>system console</quote>. The second line is the login prompt."
msgstr ""
"第一行包含了剛開機完系統的資訊，<literal>amd64</literal> 代表此範例所使用的系"
"統是執行 64-位元版本的 FreeBSD，這台主機的名稱是 <systemitem>pc3.example."
"org</systemitem>，<filename>ttyv0</filename> 代表這是個 <quote>系統 Console</"
"quote>。第二行則是登人的提示訊息。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5580
msgid ""
"Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish "
"between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to log "
"into the system before gaining access to the programs on the system. Every "
"user has a unique name <quote>username</quote> and a personal "
"<quote>password</quote>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 是一個多使用者的系統，需要一套可以分辨不同使用者的方法。因此所有的使"
"用者在執行程式之前必須先“登入”系統以取得系統內程式的存取權限。每個使用者都有"
"一組獨一無二的使用者名稱 (<quote>username</quote>) 及個人密碼 "
"(<quote>password</quote>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5587
msgid ""
"To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during "
"system installation, as described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/"
">, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Then enter the password associated with "
"the username and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The password is <emphasis>not "
"echoed</emphasis> for security reasons."
msgstr ""
"要登入系統 Console 需輸入在系統安裝時設定的使用者名稱，請參考 <xref linkend="
"\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/>，並按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。 接著輸入該使用者名"
"稱的密碼按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap>。 輸入的密碼為了安全起見<emphasis>不會顯"
"示</emphasis>在畫面上。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5595
msgid ""
"Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (<acronym>MOTD</"
"acronym>) will be displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the "
"shell that was selected when the user was created, this prompt will be a "
"<literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal>, or <literal>%</literal> "
"character. The prompt indicates that the user is now logged into the FreeBSD "
"system console and ready to try the available commands."
msgstr ""
"如果您輸入了正確的密碼，您應該會看到今日訊息 (Message of the day, "
"<acronym>MOTD</acronym>)，後面接著顯示指令提示字元，依使用者建立時所選擇的 "
"Shell 會有不同的提示字元可能為 <literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal> 或"
"者 <literal>%</literal>。 看到指令提示代表使用者現在已經登入 FreeBSD 系統 "
"Console 且已經準備好可以下指令。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5605
msgid "Virtual Consoles"
msgstr "虛擬 Console"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5607
msgid ""
"While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user "
"working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will "
"typically instead log into a virtual console. This is because system "
"messages are configured by default to display on the system console. These "
"messages will appear over the command or file that the user is working on, "
"making it difficult to concentrate on the work at hand."
msgstr ""
"雖然系統 Console 已經可以用來與系統互動，但使用鍵盤來下指令使用 FreeBSD 系統"
"的使用者通常會使用虛擬 Console 登入。 因為系統訊息預設會顯示在系統 Console，"
"這些訊些會在使用者作業的過程中不斷出現，讓使用者難以專心作業。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5616
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for "
"inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell "
"and it is easy to switch between virtual consoles. This essentially provides "
"the command line equivalent of having several windows open at the same time "
"in a graphical environment."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 預設提供多個虛擬 Console 可輸入指令，每個虛擬 Console 都有自己的登入"
"提示及 Shell 並且可以輕易的在虛擬 Console 間切換。 這實際上讓指令輸入有了類似"
"於圖型化環境中可以同時開啟多個視窗的功能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5623
msgid ""
"The key combinations <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></"
"keycombo> through <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></"
"keycombo> have been reserved by FreeBSD for switching between virtual "
"consoles. Use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> "
"to switch to the system console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>), "
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to access the "
"first virtual console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> to access the second virtual console "
"(<filename>ttyv2</filename>), and so on."
msgstr ""
"組合鍵 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> 至  "
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo> 被 FreeBSD 保留"
"用來切換虛擬 Console，使用 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</"
"keycap></keycombo> 可切換至系統 Console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>)，"
"<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> 可存取第一個虛"
"擬 Console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>)，<keycombo><keycap>Alt</"
"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> 可存取第二個虛擬 Console "
"(<filename>ttyv2</filename>)，以此類推。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5639
msgid ""
"When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen "
"output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and "
"keyboards that can be used to type commands for FreeBSD to run. The programs "
"that are launched in one virtual console do not stop running when the user "
"switches to a different virtual console."
msgstr ""
"當您從一個 Console 切換到下一個的時候，FreeBSD 會切換畫面顯示的內容， 這就好"
"像有很多虛擬的螢幕和鍵盤可以讓您輸入指令到 FreeBSD 執行。 在某一個虛擬 "
"Console 上執行的程式並不會因為使用者切到別的 Console 而停止執行。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5646
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more technical "
"description of the FreeBSD console and its keyboard drivers."
msgstr ""
"請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 以及 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來取得更多有關 FreeBSD Console 及鍵盤驅動程式的技術說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5651
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this "
"section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 中虛擬 Console 的數量設定在 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 檔案中的下"
"列章節:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name    getty                         type  status comments\n"
"#\n"
"ttyv0   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"# Virtual terminals\n"
"ttyv1   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv2   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv3   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv4   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv5   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv6   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv7   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv8   \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5669
msgid ""
"To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>) at "
"the beginning of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to "
"reduce the number of available virtual consoles from eight to four, put a "
"<literal>#</literal> in front of the last four lines representing virtual "
"consoles <filename>ttyv5</filename> through <filename>ttyv8</filename>. "
"<emphasis>Do not</emphasis> comment out the line for the system console "
"<filename>ttyv0</filename>. Note that the last virtual console "
"(<filename>ttyv8</filename>) is used to access the graphical environment if "
"<application>Xorg</application> has been installed and configured as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""
"要關閉虛擬 Console 只要在指定的虛擬 Console 該行設定的一開始加上註解符號 "
"(<literal>#</literal>)。 例如要將虛擬 Console 的數量由 8 個改為 4 個，則可將 "
"<literal>#</literal> 加在代表虛擬 Console 的 <filename>ttyv5</filename> 到 "
"<filename>ttyv8</filename> 的最後四行一開始。 <emphasis>請勿</emphasis>將系"
"統 Console <filename>ttyv0</filename> 加上註解符號。 注意，若有依照 <xref "
"linkend=\"x11\"/> 安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</application> 時，會用到最後一"
"個虛擬 Console (<filename>ttyv8</filename>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5683
msgid ""
"For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available "
"options for the virtual consoles, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"有關各欄位的設定以及其他選項，請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5689
msgid "Single User Mode"
msgstr "單使用者模式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5691
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as <quote>Boot Single "
"User</quote>. If this option is selected, the system will boot into a "
"special mode known as <quote>single user mode</quote>. This mode is "
"typically used to repair a system that will not boot or to reset the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is not "
"known. While in single user mode, networking and other virtual consoles are "
"not available. However, full <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> access to the system is available, and by default, the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is not needed. For "
"these reasons, physical access to the keyboard is needed to boot into this "
"mode and determining who has physical access to the keyboard is something to "
"consider when securing a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 開機選單會提供一個選項為 <quote>Boot Single User</quote>，若選擇該項"
"目，系統將會進入所謂 <quote>單使用者模式</quote> 的特殊模式。 此模式通常用在"
"修復系統無法開機或重設已忘掉的 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> 密碼。 在當使用者模式中無法使用網路及其他虛擬 Console，但有完整 "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 對系統的存取權限，而且預設是"
"不須要輸入 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼。 也因此，要"
"能透過實體鍵盤操作才能進入此模式，在考量 FreeBSD 系統安全時須要限制可操作實體"
"鍵盤的人員。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5707
msgid ""
"The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of "
"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"有關單使用者模式的設定可在 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 中的以下章節中找到:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type  status  comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown  off  secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5716
msgid ""
"By default, the status is set to <literal>secure</literal>. This assumes "
"that who has physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it "
"is controlled by a physical security policy. If this setting is changed to "
"<literal>insecure</literal>, the assumption is that the environment itself "
"is insecure because anyone can access the keyboard. When this line is "
"changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, FreeBSD will prompt for the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when a user "
"selects to boot into single user mode."
msgstr ""
"預設狀態為安全 (<literal>secure</literal>)，這代表誰能夠操作實體鍵盤不是不重"
"要就是已受到實體安全規範管制。 若設定更該為不安全 (<literal>insecure</"
"literal>) 則代表主機所在的環境不安全，因為任何人皆可接觸鍵盤。 當此行設定更改"
"為不安全 (<literal>insecure</literal>) 時，當使用擇選擇單使用者模式時，"
"FreeBSD 將會要求輸入 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 的密"
"碼。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5728
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Be careful when changing this setting to <literal>insecure</"
"literal></emphasis>! If the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but "
"may be difficult for someone who is not familiar with the FreeBSD booting "
"process."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>請審慎考慮是否要改為 <literal>insecure</literal></emphasis>！ 因為"
"萬一忘記 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 密碼的話，雖然還是"
"有其他辦法可以登入單使用者模式，只是對不熟 FreeBSD 開機程序的人可就麻煩了。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5738
msgid "Changing Console Video Modes"
msgstr "更改 Console 影像模式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5740
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, "
"1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To "
"use a different video mode load the <literal>VESA</literal> module:"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD Console 預設顯示大小可以調整為 1024x768、1280x1024 或其他顯示卡與螢幕"
"有支援的解析度大小。 要使用不同的影像模式需載入 <literal>VESA</literal> 模"
"組："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5745
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vesa</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5747
msgid ""
"To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To get a list of supported video modes issue the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"要偵測硬體支援的影像模式，可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 要取得支援的影像模式"
"清單可輸入以下指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5751
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol -i mode</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5753
msgid ""
"The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the "
"hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> user:"
msgstr ""
"該指令會顯示硬體所支援的影像模式清單，要採用新的影像模式需以 <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 使用者執行 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5758
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol MODE_279</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5760
msgid ""
"If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by "
"adding it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"若可接受新的影像模式，可以在 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 加入設定，讓每"
"次重開機後會自動生效："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5764
#, no-wrap
msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5781
msgid "Users and Basic Account Management"
msgstr "使用者與基礎帳號管理"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5783
msgid ""
"FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While "
"only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one "
"time, any number of users can log in to the system through the network. To "
"use the system, each user should have their own user account."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 允許多使用者同時使用電腦，在一次只能有一位使用者坐在電腦螢幕前使用鍵"
"盤操作的同時，可讓任何數量的使用者透過網路登入到系統。每一位要使用該系統的使"
"用者應有自己的帳號。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5789
msgid "This chapter describes:"
msgstr "本章介紹︰"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5793
msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr "FreeBSD 系統中各種類型的使用者帳號。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5798
msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts."
msgstr "如何加入、移除與修改使用者帳號。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5802
msgid ""
"How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed "
"to access."
msgstr "如何設定用來控制使用者與群組允許存取的資源的限制。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5808
msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group."
msgstr "如何建立群組與加入使用者作為群組成員。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5814
msgid "Account Types"
msgstr "帳號類型"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5816
msgid ""
"Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all "
"processes are run by users, user and account management is important."
msgstr ""
"由於所有對 FreeBSD 系統的存取是透過使用者帳號來達成，且所有的程序需要經由使用"
"者來執行，因此使用者帳號管理非常重要。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5820
msgid ""
"There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and "
"the superuser account."
msgstr "有三種主要類型的帳號：系統帳號、使用者帳號以及超級使用者帳號。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5824
msgid "System Accounts"
msgstr "系統帳號"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5826
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>system</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5831
msgid ""
"System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web servers. "
"The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the superuser, they "
"could act without restriction."
msgstr ""
"系統帳號用來執行服務，例如 DNS、郵件及網頁伺服器，要這麼作是因為安全性考量，"
"若所有的服務均以超級使用者來執行，那麼這些服務的運作將不會受到限制。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5836
msgid ""
"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username"
"\">daemon</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5840
msgid ""
"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username"
"\">operator</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5845
msgid ""
"Examples of system accounts are <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</"
"systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">bind</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">news</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"系統帳號的例子有 <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">bind</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">news</"
"systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5852
msgid ""
"<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username"
"\">nobody</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5857
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> is the generic "
"unprivileged system account. However, the more services that use <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>, the more files and processes that "
"user will become associated with, and hence the more privileged that user "
"becomes."
msgstr ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> 是通用的無權限系統帳號。雖"
"然如此，只有要越多的服務使用 <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</"
"systemitem>，就會有更多的檔案與程式與該使用者相關聯，會讓該使用者擁有更多的權"
"限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5866
msgid "User Accounts"
msgstr "使用者帳號"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5868
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>user</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5873
msgid ""
"User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the "
"system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user account. "
"This allows the administrator to find out who is doing what and prevents "
"users from clobbering the settings of other users."
msgstr ""
"使用者帳號會分配給實際人員，用來登入及使用系統。每位要存取系統的人員需要擁有"
"一組唯一的使用者帳號，這可讓管理者辨識誰在做什麼以及避免使用者覆蓋其他使用者"
"的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5879
msgid ""
"Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the "
"system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and "
"language settings."
msgstr ""
"每位使用者可以設定自己的環境來配合自己使用系統的習慣，透過設定預設的 Shell、"
"編輯器、組合鍵 (Key Binding) 及語言設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5884
msgid ""
"Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated "
"with it:"
msgstr "每個在 FreeBSD 系統的使用者帳號都會有一些相關的資訊："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5889
msgid "User name"
msgstr "使用者名稱 (User name)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5892
msgid ""
"The user name is typed at the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt. Each user must "
"have a unique user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user "
"names which are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is recommended to "
"use user names that consist of eight or fewer, all lower case characters in "
"order to maintain backwards compatibility with applications."
msgstr ""
"在 <prompt>login:</prompt> 提示出現時便要輸入使用者名稱，每位使用者必須要有一"
"個唯一的使用者名稱。要建立有效的使用者名稱要遵守數條規則，在 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 中有說明。建議使用者名稱由 8 個或更少的字母組成，全部採用小寫字"
"元以向下相容應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5904
msgid "Password"
msgstr "密碼 (Password)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5907
msgid "Each account has an associated password."
msgstr "每個帳號都會有密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5912
msgid "User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"
msgstr "使用者 ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5915
msgid ""
"The User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify "
"the user to the FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be "
"specified will first convert it to the <acronym>UID</acronym>. It is "
"recommended to use a UID less than 65535, since higher values may cause "
"compatibility issues with some software."
msgstr ""
"使用者 ID (User ID, <acronym>UID</acronym>) 是一組數字用來獨一無二的辨識 "
"FreeBSD 系統的使用者，用到使用者名稱的指令會先將使用者名稱轉換為 "
"<acronym>UID</acronym>。建議使用小於 65535 的 UID，超過這個值可能會造成部份軟"
"體的相容性問題。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5926
msgid "Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"
msgstr "群組 ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5929
msgid ""
"The Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify "
"the primary group that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for "
"controlling access to resources based on a user's <acronym>GID</acronym> "
"rather than their <acronym>UID</acronym>. This can significantly reduce the "
"size of some configuration files and allows users to be members of more than "
"one group. It is recommended to use a GID of 65535 or lower as higher GIDs "
"may break some software."
msgstr ""
"群組 ID (Group ID, <acronym>GID</acronym>) 是一組數字用來獨一無二的辨識使用者"
"所屬的主要群組。群組是一個除了使用 <acronym>UID</acronym> 之外根據使用者的 "
"<acronym>GID</acronym> 來控制資源存取權的機制。這可以顯著的降低某些設定檔的大"
"小且可讓使用者成為一個以上群組的成員。建議使用 65535 或以下的 GID，因超過此值"
"的 GID 可能會讓部份軟體無法運作。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5943
msgid "Login class"
msgstr "登入類別 (Login class)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5946
msgid ""
"Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide "
"additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login "
"classes are discussed further in <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>."
msgstr ""
"登入類別 (Login class) 擴充了群組機制，當在對不同使用者客製化系統時可提供額外"
"的彈性。在 <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/> 有對登入類別更進一步的討論。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5955
msgid "Password change time"
msgstr "密碼更改時間 (Password change time)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5958
msgid ""
"By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be "
"enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their "
"passwords after a certain amount of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""
"預設情況下密碼並不會過期，雖然如此，密碼期限可在各別使用者上開啟，可強制部份"
"或所有使用者在某段期間過後更改他們的密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5967
msgid "Account expiration time"
msgstr "帳號到期時間 (Account expiration time)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5970
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that "
"need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the "
"account expiry date using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. After the expiry time "
"has elapsed, the account cannot be used to log in to the system, although "
"the account's directories and files will remain."
msgstr ""
"預設情況下 FreeBSD 的帳號不會有期限。當建立需要有限壽命的帳號時，例如，學校的"
"學生帳號，可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 指定帳號的到期日期。到"
"期日期過後，便無法使用該帳號登入到系統，儘管該帳號的目錄及檔案仍存在。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5981
msgid "User's full name"
msgstr "使用者的全名 (User's full name)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5984
msgid ""
"The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not "
"necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this "
"information can contain spaces, uppercase characters, and be more than 8 "
"characters long."
msgstr ""
"使用者名稱用來獨一無二的辦識 FreeBSD 的帳號，但並不一定反映了使用者的真實姓"
"名。類似註解，這個資訊可以含有空白、大寫字元並可超過 8 個字母的長度。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5993
msgid "Home directory"
msgstr "家目錄 (Home directory)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5996
msgid ""
"The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is "
"the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is "
"to put all user home directories under <filename><replaceable>/home/"
"username</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/usr/home/"
"username</replaceable></filename>. Each user stores their personal files and "
"subdirectories in their own home directory."
msgstr ""
"家目錄是系統中某個目錄的完整路徑，這個目錄是使用者登入後的起點目錄。習慣上會"
"將所有使用者目錄放置在 <filename><replaceable>/home/username</replaceable></"
"filename> 或 <filename><replaceable>/usr/home/username</replaceable></"
"filename>。每位使用者可以儲存他們的個人檔案及子目錄於他們自己的家目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6007
msgid "User shell"
msgstr "使用者 Shell (User shell)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6010
msgid ""
"The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the "
"system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will "
"have their own preferences, which can be reflected in their account settings."
msgstr ""
"Shell 提供了使用者預設的環境來與系統互動。有數種不同類型的 Shell，有經驗的使"
"用者會有自己偏好的選擇，可儲存在自己的帳號設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6021
msgid "The Superuser Account"
msgstr "超級使用者帳號"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6023
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>superuser (root)</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6028
msgid ""
"The superuser account, usually called <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>, is used to manage the system with no limitations on privileges. "
"For this reason, it should not be used for day-to-day tasks like sending and "
"receiving mail, general exploration of the system, or programming."
msgstr ""
"超級使用者帳號，通常稱作 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>，用"
"來管理系統，沒有權限的限制，也因這個原因，該帳號不應該用來做每日的例行作業，"
"如：寄信與收信、系統的一般探索或程式設計。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6035
msgid ""
"The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and "
"misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User "
"accounts are unable to destroy the operating system by mistake, so it is "
"recommended to login as a user account and to only become the superuser when "
"a command requires extra privilege."
msgstr ""
"超級使用者並不像其他使用者帳號，可以沒有限制的操作，不正確的使用超級使用者帳"
"號可能會造成可觀的災害。一般使用者帳號不會因為失誤而法摧毀作業系統，所以建議"
"登入一般使用者帳號，只有在指令需要額外權限時切換為超級使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6043
msgid ""
"Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since "
"an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss."
msgstr ""
"使用超級使用者下指令時永遠要再三檢查，由於一個多餘的空白或缺少的字元可能意味"
"著無法挽回的資料遺失。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6047
msgid ""
"There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, this is highly discouraged."
msgstr ""
"有數種方法可以提升為超級使用者權限，雖然可以直接登入為 <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>，但強烈不建議這樣做。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6052
msgid ""
"Instead, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to become the superuser. If <literal>-</literal> "
"is specified when running this command, the user will also inherit the root "
"user's environment. The user running this command must be in the <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group or else the command will fail. "
"The user must also know the password for the <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""
"改使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 切換為超級使用者。執行此指令時若指定 <literal>-</"
"literal> 參數，該使用者會繼承 root 的使用者環境。執行此指令的使用者必須在 "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> 群組中，否則指令會失敗。使"
"用者也必須要知道 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 使用者帳號"
"的密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6062
msgid ""
"In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run "
"<command>make install</command> as this step requires superuser privilege. "
"Once the command completes, the user types <command>exit</command> to leave "
"the superuser account and return to the privilege of their user account."
msgstr ""
"在此例當中，該使用者只在要執行 <command>make install</command> 時切換為超級使"
"用者，因為這個步驟需要超級使用者權限。指令完成之後，該使用者輸入 "
"<command>exit</command> 離開超級使用者帳號並返回他的使用者帳號權限。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6070
msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser"
msgstr "以超級使用者的身份安裝程式"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6072
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>configure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6081
msgid ""
"The built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> framework works well for single systems or small "
"networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install "
"the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software provides "
"activity logging and allows the administrator to configure which users can "
"run which commands as the superuser."
msgstr ""
"內建的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 框架在單人系統或只有一位系統管理者的小型網路可以運"
"作的很好。另一種方式是安裝 <package>security/sudo</package> 套件或 Port。此軟"
"體提供了活動記錄且允許管理者設定那個使用者可以用超級使用者執行那個指令。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6092
msgid "Managing Accounts"
msgstr "管理帳號"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6094
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>modifying</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6099
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. "
"The most common commands are summarized in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
"utilities\"/>, followed by some examples of their usage. See the manual page "
"for each utility for more details and usage examples."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 提供了各種不同指令來管理使用者帳號，最常用的指令已摘要於 <xref "
"linkend=\"users-modifying-utilities\"/>，接著有一些用法的範例。請參考每個工具"
"的操作手冊來取得更多詳細的資訊與用法範例。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6106
msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts"
msgstr "管理使用者帳號的工具"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6114 book.translate.xml:58353 book.translate.xml:61885
msgid "Command"
msgstr "指令"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6115 book.translate.xml:16975 book.translate.xml:17129
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "摘要"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6120
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6121
msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users."
msgstr "建議用來新增新使用者的指令列應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6126
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6127
msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users."
msgstr "建議用來移除使用者的指令列應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6132
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6133
msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information."
msgstr "用來更改使用者資料庫資訊的工具。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6138
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6139
msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords."
msgstr "用來更改使用者密碼的指令列工具。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6144
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6145
msgid ""
"A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts."
msgstr "用來修改使用者帳號各方面資訊強大且靈活的工具。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6153
msgid "<command>adduser</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6155
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6159 book.translate.xml:43135
msgid "<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6162
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr/share/skel</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6165
msgid "<primary>skeleton directory</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6169
msgid ""
"The recommended program for adding new users is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When a new user is added, this program "
"automatically updates <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
"group</filename>. It also creates a home directory for the new user, copies "
"in the default configuration files from <filename>/usr/share/skel</"
"filename>, and can optionally mail the new user a welcome message. This "
"utility must be run as the superuser."
msgstr ""
"建議用來新增新使用者的程式為 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。當新使用者新增之後，此"
"程式會自動更新 <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> 以及 <filename>/etc/group</"
"filename>，這同時也會建立新使用者的家目錄 (複製 <filename>/usr/share/skel</"
"filename> 中的預設設定檔)，並且可以選擇是否要寄送歡迎訊息通知新使用者。這個工"
"具必須使用超級使用者執行。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6179
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is interactive and walks through the steps "
"for creating a new user account. As seen in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
"adduser\"/>, either input the required information or press <keycap>Return</"
"keycap> to accept the default value shown in square brackets. In this "
"example, the user has been invited into the <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">wheel</systemitem> group, allowing them to become the superuser with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. When finished, the utility will prompt to either create "
"another user or to exit."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 工具採用互動的方式，只需幾個步驟便可建立新使用者帳"
"號。如 <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-adduser\"/> 所示，可輸入必填的資訊或"
"按 <keycap>Return</keycap> 鍵採用方括中的預設值。在此例當中，使用者被邀請加"
"入 <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> 群組，這讓使用者可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 變成超級使用者。完成之後，此工具會詢問是否要建立其他的使用者或"
"離開。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6191
msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD 新增使用者"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser</userinput>\n"
"Username: <userinput>jru</userinput>\n"
"Full name: <userinput>J. Random User</userinput>\n"
"Uid (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Login group [jru]:\n"
"Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: <userinput>wheel</userinput>\n"
"Login class [default]:\n"
"Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: <userinput>zsh</userinput>\n"
"Home directory [/home/jru]:\n"
"Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n"
"Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Enter password:\n"
"Enter password again:\n"
"Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n"
"Username   : jru\n"
"Password   : ****\n"
"Full Name  : J. Random User\n"
"Uid        : 1001\n"
"Class      :\n"
"Groups     : jru wheel\n"
"Home       : /home/jru\n"
"Shell      : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Locked     : no\n"
"OK? (yes/no): <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
"adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n"
"Add another user? (yes/no): <userinput>no</userinput>\n"
"Goodbye!\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6226
msgid ""
"Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the "
"password when creating the user account."
msgstr "由於密碼在輸入時並不會顯示，在建立使用者帳號時要小心密碼不要輸入錯誤。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6233
msgid "<command>rmuser</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6235
msgid "<primary><command>rmuser</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6238
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6243
msgid ""
"To completely remove a user from the system, run "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> as the superuser. This command performs the following steps:"
msgstr ""
"要自系統完全移除一個使用者可使用超級使用者執行 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。這個指令會執行以下步驟："

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6249
msgid ""
"Removes the user's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry, if one exists."
msgstr ""
"移除使用者的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 項目，若項目存在。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6254
msgid ""
"Removes any <citerefentry><refentrytitle>at</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> jobs belonging to the user."
msgstr ""
"移除任何屬於該使用者的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>at</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 工作。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6259
msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user."
msgstr "中止所有該使用者擁有的程序。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6263
msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file."
msgstr "自系統本地密碼檔移除該使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6268
msgid ""
"Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user."
msgstr "選擇性移除該使用者的家目錄，若使用者擁有該目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6273
msgid ""
"Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from <filename>/var/"
"mail</filename>."
msgstr "自 <filename>/var/mail</filename> 移除屬於該使用者的收件郵件檔。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6278
msgid ""
"Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such "
"as <filename>/tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""
"自暫存檔儲存區域 (如 <filename>/tmp</filename>) 移除所有使用者擁有的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6284
msgid ""
"Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename>. If a group becomes empty and the group name "
"is the same as the username, the group is removed. This complements the per-"
"user unique groups created by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"最後，自 <filename>/etc/group</filename> 中該使用者所屬的所有群組移除該使用"
"者。若群組無任何成員且群組名稱與該使用者名稱相同，則該群組也會一併移除。這是"
"為了輔助 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 替每位使用者建立獨一無二的群組。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6293
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is "
"almost always an indication of massive destruction."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 無法用來移除超級使用者帳號，因為這幾乎代表著大規模破壞。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6297
msgid ""
"By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example."
msgstr "預設會使用互動式模式，如下範例所示。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6301
msgid "<command>rmuser</command> Interactive Account Removal"
msgstr "<command>rmuser</command> 互動式帳號移除"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rmuser jru</userinput>\n"
"Matching password entry:\n"
"jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Is this the entry you wish to remove? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6315
msgid "<command>chpass</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6317
msgid "<primary><command>chpass</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6321
msgid ""
"Any user can use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to change their "
"default shell and personal information associated with their user account. "
"The superuser can use this utility to change additional account information "
"for any user."
msgstr ""
"任何使用者都可以使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來變更自己的預設 Shell "
"以及與自己的使用者帳號關聯的個人資訊。超級使用者可以使用這個工具更改任何使用"
"者的其他帳號資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6326
msgid ""
"When passed no options, aside from an optional username, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> displays an editor containing user information. When the user "
"exits from the editor, the user database is updated with the new information."
msgstr ""
"除了選填的使用者名稱外，未傳入任何選項時，"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 會開啟含有使用者資訊的編輯器。當使用者自編輯器離開，便會更新新"
"的資訊到使用者資料庫。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6332
msgid ""
"This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, "
"unless the utility is run as the superuser."
msgstr ""
"離開編輯器時，此工具會提示使用者輸入密碼，除非使用超級使用者執行此工具。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6337
msgid ""
"In <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-su\"/>, the superuser has typed "
"<command>chpass jru</command> and is now viewing the fields that can be "
"changed for this user. If <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> "
"runs this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and "
"available for editing. This is shown in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-"
"chpass-ru\"/>."
msgstr ""
"在 <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-su\"/> 中，超級使用者輸入了 "
"<command>chpass jru</command> 並正在檢視這個使用者可以更改的欄位。若改以 "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> 執行這個指令，只會顯示最後六"
"個欄位供編輯，如 <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-ru\"/> 所示。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6346
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Superuser"
msgstr "以超級使用者的身份使用 <command>chpass</command>"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6349
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Login: jru\n"
"Password: *\n"
"Uid [#]: 1001\n"
"Gid [# or name]: 1001\n"
"Change [month day year]:\n"
"Expire [month day year]:\n"
"Class:\n"
"Home directory: /home/jru\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6367
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Regular User"
msgstr "以一般使用者的身份使用 <command>chpass</command>"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6370
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6380
msgid ""
"The commands <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> are links to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, as are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchpass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> support is automatic, specifying the <literal>yp</literal> before "
"the command is not necessary. How to configure NIS is covered in <xref "
"linkend=\"network-servers\"/>."
msgstr ""
"指令 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 皆連結至 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>，就如同 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchpass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的關係。自從 NIS 支援自"
"動化以後，便不再需要特別加上 <literal>yp</literal>，如何設定 NIS 在<xref "
"linkend=\"network-servers\"/> 中有說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6390
msgid "<command>passwd</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6392
msgid "<primary><command>passwd</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6395
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>changing password</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6400
msgid ""
"Any user can easily change their password using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command "
"will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be "
"set:"
msgstr ""
"任何使用者皆可簡單的使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 更改自己的密碼。要避免"
"意外或未授權的變更，這個指令在設定新密碼之前會提示使用者輸入原來的密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6406
msgid "Changing Your Password"
msgstr "更改您的密碼"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6408
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"Old password:\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6417
msgid ""
"The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when "
"running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When this utility is run as the superuser, it "
"will not prompt for the user's current password. This allows the password to "
"be changed when a user cannot remember the original password."
msgstr ""
"超級使用者可以更改任何使用者的密碼透過在執行 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 時指定使用者名稱。當此工具以超級使用者執行時，將不會提示輸入使"
"用者目前的密碼，這可在使用者忘記原來的密碼時更改密碼。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6425
msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser"
msgstr "以超級使用者的身份更改其他使用者的密碼"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd jru</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6437
msgid ""
"As with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yppasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a link to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, so <acronym>NIS</acronym> works with either command."
msgstr ""
"如同 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>，<citerefentry><refentrytitle>yppasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 連結到 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>，因此 <acronym>NIS</acronym> 在兩個指令上皆可運作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6444
msgid "<command>pw</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6446 book.translate.xml:43158
msgid "<primary><command>pw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6450
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and "
"groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> has a very powerful set of command line options that make it "
"suitable for use in shell scripts, but new users may find it more "
"complicated than the other commands presented in this section."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 工具可以建立、移除、修改以及顯示使用者與群組，它的功能是做為系"
"統使用者與群組檔的前端。<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 有非常強大的的指令列選"
"項集，這讓該指令非常適合用於 Shell scripts，但新的使用者可能會發現它比其他在"
"本節的指令要複雜許多。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6461
msgid "Managing Groups"
msgstr "管理群組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6463
msgid "<primary>groups</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6466
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/groups</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6469
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>groups</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6474
msgid ""
"A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and "
"<acronym>GID</acronym>. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the <acronym>UID</"
"acronym> of a process, and the list of groups it belongs to, to determine "
"what the process is allowed to do. Most of the time, the <acronym>GID</"
"acronym> of a user or process usually means the first group in the list."
msgstr ""
"群組代表一群使用者，群組可以由其群組名稱及 <acronym>GID</acronym> 來辨識。在 "
"FreeBSD，核心會使用程序的 <acronym>UID</acronym> 以及其所屬的群組清單來決定程"
"序可以做那些事。大多數情況使用者或程序的 <acronym>GID</acronym> 通常指的是清"
"單中的第一個群組。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6481
msgid ""
"The group name to <acronym>GID</acronym> mapping is listed in <filename>/etc/"
"group</filename>. This is a plain text file with four colon-delimited "
"fields. The first field is the group name, the second is the encrypted "
"password, the third the <acronym>GID</acronym>, and the fourth the comma-"
"delimited list of members. For a more complete description of the syntax, "
"refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"群組名稱與 <acronym>GID</acronym> 的對應表列在 <filename>/etc/group</"
"filename>。這個純文字檔案使用了四個以冒號分隔的欄位，第一個欄位為群組名稱，第"
"二個欄位為加密後的密碼，第二個欄位為 <acronym>GID</acronym> 以及第四個欄位為"
"以逗號分隔的成員清單。要取得更完整的語法說明，請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6489
msgid ""
"The superuser can modify <filename>/etc/group</filename> using a text "
"editor. Alternatively, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to add and "
"edit groups. For example, to add a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">teamtwo</systemitem> and then confirm that it exists:"
msgstr ""
"超級使用者可以使用文字編輯器修改 <filename>/etc/group</filename>，或者可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 加入與編輯群組。例如，要加入一個叫做 <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> 的群組然後確認該群組已新增："

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6496
msgid ""
"Adding a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 新增群組"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6498
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6503
msgid ""
"In this example, <literal>1100</literal> is the <acronym>GID</acronym> of "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>. Right now, <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> has no members. This command will "
"add <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> as a member of "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"在本例中，<literal>1100</literal> 是 <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">teamtwo</systemitem> 的 <acronym>GID</acronym>。目前 <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> 沒有任何成員，這個指令會加入 <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> 作為 <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">teamtwo</systemitem> 的成員。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6512
msgid ""
"Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 加入使用者帳號到新的群組"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6515
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6520
msgid ""
"The argument to <option>-M</option> is a comma-delimited list of users to be "
"added to a new (empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. "
"To the user, this group membership is different from (and in addition to) "
"the user's primary group listed in the password file. This means that the "
"user will not show up as a member when using <option>groupshow</option> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, but will show up when the information is queried via "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or a similar tool. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add a user "
"to a group, it only manipulates <filename>/etc/group</filename> and does not "
"attempt to read additional data from <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
msgstr ""
"給 <option>-M</option> 的參數是以逗號分隔的使用者清單，用來加入成員到新的 (空"
"的) 群組或取代既有群組中的成員。對使用者來說這裡的群組成員與使用者列於密碼檔"
"的主要群組不同 (額外的)，這代表在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 使用 "
"<option>groupshow</option> 時不會顯示做為使用者主要群組的成員，但會顯示在使"
"用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 或同類工具所查詢的資訊當中。當使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來加入使用者到某個群組，該指令只會處理 <filename>/etc/group</"
"filename> 且不會嘗試自 <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> 讀取其他的資料。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6534
msgid ""
"Adding a New Member to a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 加入新成員到群組"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6536
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -m db</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6541
msgid ""
"In this example, the argument to <option>-m</option> is a comma-delimited "
"list of users who are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, "
"these users are appended to the group and do not replace existing users in "
"the group."
msgstr ""
"在本例當中，給 <option>-m</option> 的參數是以逗號分隔的使用者清單，用來加入使"
"用者到群組。不像前面的例子，這些使用者會加入到群組，而非取代既有群組中的使用"
"者。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6548
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to Determine Group Membership"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來查看所屬群組"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6550
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>id jru</userinput>\n"
"uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6554
msgid ""
"In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> is a member "
"of the groups <systemitem class=\"groupname\">jru</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"在本例中，<systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> 是群組 <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">jru</systemitem> 以及 <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">teamtwo</systemitem> 的成員。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6559
msgid ""
"For more information about this command and the format of <filename>/etc/"
"group</filename>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要取得更多有關此指令的資訊及 <filename>/etc/group</filename> 的格式，請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6566
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "權限"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6568
msgid "<primary>UNIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6572
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions "
"and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these "
"permissions. Understanding how permissions work is necessary to make sure "
"that users are able to access the files that they need and are unable to "
"improperly access the files used by the operating system or owned by other "
"users."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 中，每個檔案與目都有相關聯的數個權限，且有許多工具可以檢視與修改這"
"些權限。了解權限如何運作是必須的，這可確保使用者能夠存存取它們所需的檔案以及"
"無法不正確的存取供作業系統或其他使用者擁有的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6580
msgid ""
"This section discusses the traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> permissions used in FreeBSD. For finer grained file system access "
"control, refer to <xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>."
msgstr ""
"本節會探討在 FreeBSD 中所用到的傳統 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> 權限。要做檔案系統存取控制的微調，請參考 <xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/"
">。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6584
msgid ""
"In <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>, basic permissions are "
"assigned using three types of access: read, write, and execute. These access "
"types are used to determine file access to the file's owner, group, and "
"others (everyone else). The read, write, and execute permissions can be "
"represented as the letters <literal>r</literal>, <literal>w</literal>, and "
"<literal>x</literal>. They can also be represented as binary numbers as each "
"permission is either on or off (<literal>0</literal>). When represented as a "
"number, the order is always read as <literal>rwx</literal>, where "
"<literal>r</literal> has an on value of <literal>4</literal>, <literal>w</"
"literal> has an on value of <literal>2</literal> and <literal>x</literal> "
"has an on value of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>，基礎權限透過三種類型的存"
"取來分配：讀取、寫入與執行。這些存取類型用來決定檔案擁有者、群組以及其他人 "
"(其他任何人) 的檔案存取權。讀取、寫入及執行權限可使用 <literal>r</literal>, "
"<literal>w</literal>, and <literal>x</literal> 字母來表示。這些權限也可以使用"
"二進位數字來表示每種權限的開或關 (<literal>0</literal>)。當以二進位數字來表示"
"時，閱讀的順序為 <literal>rwx</literal>，其中 <literal>r</literal> 開啟的值"
"為 <literal>4</literal>，<literal>w</literal> 開啟的值為 <literal>2</"
"literal> 以及 <literal>x</literal> 開啟的值為 <literal>1</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6599
msgid ""
"Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. When "
"reading the <quote>Directory Listing</quote> column, a <literal>-</literal> "
"is used to represent a permission that is set to off."
msgstr ""
"表格 4.1 摘要了可用的數字及可用的字母。當閱讀 <quote>目錄清單標示</quote> 欄"
"位時，<literal>-</literal> 用來代表該權限設為關閉。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6604
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6607
msgid "<primary>file permissions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6612
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Permissions"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 權限"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6617
msgid "Value"
msgstr "數值"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6618
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "權限"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6619
msgid "Directory Listing"
msgstr "目錄清單標示"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6625
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6626
msgid "No read, no write, no execute"
msgstr "不可讀取, 不可寫入, 不可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6627
msgid "<literal>---</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6631 book.translate.xml:46760 book.translate.xml:46782
#: book.translate.xml:46872
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6632
msgid "No read, no write, execute"
msgstr "不可讀取, 不可寫入, 可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6633
msgid "<literal>--x</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6637 book.translate.xml:46652 book.translate.xml:46662
#: book.translate.xml:46734 book.translate.xml:46744 book.translate.xml:46824
#: book.translate.xml:46826
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6638
msgid "No read, write, no execute"
msgstr "不可讀取, 可寫入, 不可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6639
msgid "<literal>-w-</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6643 book.translate.xml:46654 book.translate.xml:46660
#: book.translate.xml:46736 book.translate.xml:46742 book.translate.xml:46832
#: book.translate.xml:46834
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6644
msgid "No read, write, execute"
msgstr "不可讀取, 可寫入, 可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6645
msgid "<literal>-wx</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6649 book.translate.xml:46668 book.translate.xml:46678
#: book.translate.xml:46750 book.translate.xml:46758 book.translate.xml:46776
#: book.translate.xml:46784 book.translate.xml:46840 book.translate.xml:46848
#: book.translate.xml:46890
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6650
msgid "Read, no write, no execute"
msgstr "可讀取, 不可寫入, 不可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6651
msgid "<literal>r--</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6655 book.translate.xml:46670 book.translate.xml:46676
#: book.translate.xml:46766 book.translate.xml:46768 book.translate.xml:46856
#: book.translate.xml:46882
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6656
msgid "Read, no write, execute"
msgstr "可讀取, 不可寫入, 可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6657
msgid "<literal>r-x</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6661 book.translate.xml:46686 book.translate.xml:46700
#: book.translate.xml:46752 book.translate.xml:46774 book.translate.xml:46842
#: book.translate.xml:46864
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6662
msgid "Read, write, no execute"
msgstr "可讀取, 可寫入, 不可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6663
msgid "<literal>rw-</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6667 book.translate.xml:46644 book.translate.xml:46646
#: book.translate.xml:46790 book.translate.xml:46800 book.translate.xml:46858
#: book.translate.xml:46880
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6668
msgid "Read, write, execute"
msgstr "可讀取, 可寫入, 可執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6669
msgid "<literal>rwx</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6675
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6678
msgid "<primary>directories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6682
msgid ""
"Use the <option>-l</option> argument to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view a long "
"directory listing that includes a column of information about a file's "
"permissions for the owner, group, and everyone else. For example, a "
"<command>ls -l</command> in an arbitrary directory may show:"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令時，可以加上 <option>-l</option> 參數， 來檢視"
"詳細的目錄清單。 清單中欄位的資訊包含檔案對所有者、群組及其他人的權限。 在任"
"一個目錄底下執行 <command>ls -l</command>，會顯示如下的結果:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6688
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -l</userinput>\n"
"total 530\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 myfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 otherfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel    7680 Sep  5 12:31 email.txt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6694
msgid ""
"The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this "
"file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, "
"or any other special pseudo-file device. In this example, the <literal>-</"
"literal> indicates a regular file. The next three characters, <literal>rw-</"
"literal> in this example, give the permissions for the owner of the file. "
"The next three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for "
"the group that the file belongs to. The final three characters, <literal>r--"
"</literal>, give the permissions for the rest of the world. A dash means "
"that the permission is turned off. In this example, the permissions are set "
"so the owner can read and write to the file, the group can read the file, "
"and the rest of the world can only read the file. According to the table "
"above, the permissions for this file would be <literal>644</literal>, where "
"each digit represents the three parts of the file's permission."
msgstr ""
"第一個 (最左邊) 的字元用來表示這個檔案的類型為何，除標準檔案以外，尚有目錄、"
"特殊字元裝置、Socket 及其他特殊虛擬檔案裝置， 在此例當中，<literal>-</"
"literal> 表示該檔案為一個標準的檔案。 範例中接下來的三個字元中，<literal>rw-"
"</literal> 代表所有者對檔案擁有的權限。 再接下來的三個字元， <literal>r--</"
"literal> 則代表群組對檔案擁有的權限， 最後三個字元，<literal>r--</literal> 則"
"代表其他人對檔案擁有的權限。 破折號 (-) 表示沒有權限，範例中的這個檔案的權"
"限， 只允許所有者讀取、寫入檔案，群組以及其他人僅能讀取檔案。 根據以上的表"
"格，此種權限的檔案可以使用 <literal>644</literal> 來表示， 每組數字分別代表檔"
"案的三種權限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6711
msgid ""
"How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most "
"hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. "
"These special device files are stored in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""
"那系統如何控制裝置的權限？ 實際上 FreeBSD 對大多的硬碟裝置就如同檔案，程式可"
"以開啟、讀取以及寫入資料如一般檔案。 這些特殊裝置檔案都儲存於 <filename>/dev/"
"</filename> 目錄中。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6716
msgid ""
"Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute "
"permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different "
"meaning than that of files. When a directory is marked executable, it means "
"it is possible to change into that directory using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This also means that it is possible to access the files "
"within that directory, subject to the permissions on the files themselves."
msgstr ""
"目錄也同如檔案，擁有讀取、寫入及執行的權限， 但在執行權限上與檔案有明顯的差"
"異。 當目錄被標示為可執行時，代表可以使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令切換進入該目錄。 也"
"代表能夠存取在此目錄之中的已知檔名的檔案，但仍會受限於檔案本身所設定的權限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6725
msgid ""
"In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on "
"the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is "
"necessary to have write <emphasis>and</emphasis> execute permissions to the "
"directory containing the file."
msgstr ""
"要能夠列出目錄內容，必須擁有目錄的讀取權限。 要刪除已知檔名的檔案，必須擁有檔"
"案所在目錄的寫入 <emphasis>以及</emphasis> 執行的權限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6731
msgid ""
"There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special "
"circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more "
"information on file permissions and how to set them, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"還有一些權限位元，但這些權限主要在特殊情況使用，如 setuid 執行檔及 sticky 目"
"錄。 如果您還想知道更多檔案權限的資訊及使用方法，請務必參閱 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6738
msgid "Symbolic Permissions"
msgstr "權限符號"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:6741 book.translate.xml:6876 book.translate.xml:6927
#: book.translate.xml:19248 book.translate.xml:19355 book.translate.xml:19533
#: book.translate.xml:20652 book.translate.xml:21178 book.translate.xml:23427
#: book.translate.xml:33833 book.translate.xml:45461 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6751
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary> <secondary>symbolic</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6756
msgid ""
"Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign "
"permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of "
"(who) (action) (permissions), where the following values are available:"
msgstr ""
"權限符號可稱做符號表示，使用字元的方式來取代使用數值來設定檔案或目錄的權限。 "
"符號表示的格式依序為 (某人)(動作)(權限)，可使用的符號如下:"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6766 book.translate.xml:23153
msgid "Option"
msgstr "項目"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6767
msgid "Letter"
msgstr "字母"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6768
msgid "Represents"
msgstr "代表意義"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6774 book.translate.xml:6780 book.translate.xml:6786
#: book.translate.xml:6792
msgid "(who)"
msgstr "(某人)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6775
msgid "u"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6776
msgid "User"
msgstr "使用者"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6781
msgid "g"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6782
msgid "Group owner"
msgstr "群組所有者"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6787
msgid "o"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6788
msgid "Other"
msgstr "其他"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6793
msgid "a"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6794
msgid "All (<quote>world</quote>)"
msgstr "全部 (<quote>world</quote>)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6798 book.translate.xml:6804 book.translate.xml:6810
msgid "(action)"
msgstr "(動作)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6799 book.translate.xml:31394 book.translate.xml:39126
msgid "+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6800
msgid "Adding permissions"
msgstr "\t增加權限"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6805 book.translate.xml:31399 book.translate.xml:39131
msgid "-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6806
msgid "Removing permissions"
msgstr "移除權限"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6811
msgid "="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6812
msgid "Explicitly set permissions"
msgstr "指定權限"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6816 book.translate.xml:6822 book.translate.xml:6828
#: book.translate.xml:6834 book.translate.xml:6840
msgid "(permissions)"
msgstr "(權限)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6817
msgid "r"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6818
msgid "Read"
msgstr "讀取"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6823
msgid "w"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6824
msgid "Write"
msgstr "寫入"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6829
msgid "x"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6830
msgid "Execute"
msgstr "執行"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6835
msgid "t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6836
msgid "Sticky bit"
msgstr "Sticky 位元"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6841
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6842
msgid "Set UID or GID"
msgstr "設定 UID 或 GID"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6848
msgid ""
"These values are used with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with letters "
"instead of numbers. For example, the following command would block other "
"users from accessing <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""
"如先前同樣使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令來設定，但使用的參"
"數為這些字元。 例如，您可以使用下列指令禁止其他使用者存取檔案 "
"<replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6853
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go= FILE</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6855
msgid ""
"A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to "
"a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group "
"and <quote>world</quote> write permission on <replaceable>FILE</"
"replaceable>, and adds the execute permissions for everyone:"
msgstr ""
"若有兩個以上的符號表示可以使用逗號 (,) 區隔。 例如，下列指令將會移除群組及其"
"他人對檔案 <replaceable>FILE</replaceable> 的寫入權限， 並使全部人 "
"(<quote>world</quote>) 對該檔有執行權限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6862
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go-w,a+x <replaceable>FILE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6873
msgid "FreeBSD File Flags"
msgstr "FreeBSD 檔案旗標"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6886
msgid ""
"In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of <quote>file "
"flags</quote>. These flags add an additional level of security and control "
"over files, but not directories. With file flags, even <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> can be prevented from removing or altering "
"files."
msgstr ""
"除了前面提到的檔案權限外，FreeBSD 支援使用 <quote>檔案旗標</quote>。 這些旗標"
"增加了檔案的安全性及管理性，但不包含目錄。有了檔案旗標可確保在某些時候 "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 不會意外將檔案修改或移除。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6893
msgid ""
"File flags are modified using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to "
"enable the system undeletable flag on the file <filename>file1</filename>, "
"issue the following command:"
msgstr ""
"修改的檔案 flag 僅需要使用擁有簡易的介面的 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 工具。 例如，標示系統禁止刪除的旗標於檔案 "
"<filename>file1</filename>，使用下列指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6898
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags sunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6900
msgid ""
"To disable the system undeletable flag, put a <quote>no</quote> in front of "
"the <option>sunlink</option>:"
msgstr ""
"若要移除系統禁止刪除的旗標，只需要簡單在 <option>sunlink</option> 前加上 "
"<quote>no</quote>，例如："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6904
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags nosunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6906
msgid ""
"To view the flags of a file, use <option>-lo</option> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及參數 <option>-lo</option> 可檢視檔案目前的旗標："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6909
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -lo file1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6911
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rw-r--r--  1 trhodes  trhodes  sunlnk 0 Mar  1 05:54 file1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6913
msgid ""
"Several file flags may only be added or removed by the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user. In other cases, the file owner may set "
"its file flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""
"多數的旗標僅能由 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 使用者來標"
"示或移除，而部份旗標可由檔案所有者設定。 我們建議系統管理者可閱讀 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明以瞭解相關細節。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6922
msgid ""
"The <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and "
"<literal>sticky</literal> Permissions"
msgstr ""
"<literal>setuid</literal> 、<literal>setgid</literal> 與 <literal>sticky</"
"literal> 權限"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6937
msgid ""
"Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific "
"settings that all administrators should know about. They are the "
"<literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</"
"literal> permissions."
msgstr ""
"除了已經探討過的權限外，這裡尚有另外三種特別的設定所有管理者都應該知道，這些"
"設定為 <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal> 以及 "
"<literal>sticky</literal> 權限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6943
msgid ""
"These settings are important for some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> operations as they provide functionality not normally granted to "
"normal users. To understand them, the difference between the real user ID "
"and effective user ID must be noted."
msgstr ""
"這些設定對某些一般不會授權給一般使用者的 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark> 操作非常重要，它讓這些功能可運作。要了解這些權限，就必須"
"說明真實使用者 ID (Real user ID) 與有效使用者 ID (Effective user ID) 的差異。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6948
msgid ""
"The real user ID is the <acronym>UID</acronym> who owns or starts the "
"process. The effective <acronym>UID</acronym> is the user ID the process "
"runs as. As an example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs with the real "
"user ID when a user changes their password. However, in order to update the "
"password database, the command runs as the effective ID of the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. This allows users to change their "
"passwords without seeing a <errorname>Permission Denied</errorname> error."
msgstr ""
"真實使用者 ID 即是擁有者或啟動程序者的 <acronym>UID</acronym>，而有效 "
"<acronym>UID</acronym> 是執行程序所使用的使用者 ID。例如，"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 在使用者更改自己的密碼時會以真實使用者 ID 執行，然而，為了要更"
"新密碼資料庫，該指令必須以 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"使用者做為有效 ID 來執行，這讓使用者可以更改自己的密碼而不會遇到權限不足 "
"(<errorname>Permission Denied</errorname>) 的錯誤。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6958
msgid ""
"The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the "
"number four (4) as shown in the following example:"
msgstr "setuid 權限可以透過在權限集前加上數字 (4) 來設定，如下範例所示："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 4755 suidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6964
msgid ""
"The permissions on <filename><replaceable>suidexample.sh</replaceable></"
"filename> now look like the following:"
msgstr ""
"現在 <filename><replaceable>suidexample.sh</replaceable></filename> 的權限會"
"如下所示："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6968
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwsr-xr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6970
msgid ""
"Note that a <literal>s</literal> is now part of the permission set "
"designated for the file owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows "
"utilities which need elevated permissions, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"注意，<literal>s</literal> 現在取代了原來的執行位元成為指定檔案擁有者權限集的"
"一部份，這會允許須要提升權限的工具，如 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 可正常使用。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6976
msgid ""
"The <literal>nosuid</literal> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option will cause such "
"binaries to silently fail without alerting the user. That option is not "
"completely reliable as a <literal>nosuid</literal> wrapper may be able to "
"circumvent it."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的 <literal>nosuid</literal> 選項會造成這類 Binary 執行失敗，但"
"不會警告使用者。由於 <literal>nosuid</literal> Wrapper 可能可繞過該選項，因此"
"該選項並非完全可靠。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6983
msgid ""
"To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type <command>passwd</"
"command> as a normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the "
"process table and look at the user information for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""
"實際來看這個範例，先開啟兩個終端機，其中一個用一般使用者輸入 "
"<command>passwd</command>。在等待輸入新密碼的同時，檢查程序表並查看 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 程序的使用者資訊："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6989
msgid "In terminal A:"
msgstr "於終端機 A："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6994
msgid "In terminal B:"
msgstr "於終端機 Ｂ："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6996
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps aux | grep passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"trhodes  5232  0.0  0.2  3420  1608   0  R+    2:10AM   0:00.00 grep passwd\n"
"root     5211  0.0  0.2  3620  1724   2  I+    2:09AM   0:00.01 passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7001
msgid ""
"Although <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is run as a normal user, it is using the effective "
"<acronym>UID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"雖然使用一般使用者來執行 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，但該程序使用了 "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 的有效 <acronym>UID</"
"acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7005
msgid ""
"The <literal>setgid</literal> permission performs the same function as the "
"<literal>setuid</literal> permission; except that it alters the group "
"settings. When an application or utility executes with this setting, it will "
"be granted the permissions based on the group that owns the file, not the "
"user who started the process."
msgstr ""
"<literal>setgid</literal> 權限的功能與 <literal>setuid</literal> 相似，當應用"
"程式或工具使用此設定執行時，將會以擁有該檔案的群組來執行，而非執行行該程序的"
"使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7012
msgid ""
"To set the <literal>setgid</literal> permission on a file, provide "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> with a leading two (2):"
msgstr ""
"要在檔案設定 <literal>setgid</literal> 權限，需在 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的參數前加上 (2)："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7015
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7017
msgid ""
"In the following listing, notice that the <literal>s</literal> is now in the "
"field designated for the group permission settings:"
msgstr "注意以下清單中，<literal>s</literal> 現在位於指定群組權限設定的欄位："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7021
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwxr-sr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:7024
msgid ""
"In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable "
"file, it will not run with a different <acronym>EUID</acronym> or effective "
"user ID. This is because shell scripts may not access the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system calls."
msgstr ""
"在以上這些範例中，雖然在例子中的 Shell script 是可執行的檔案，但並不會以其他"
"的 <acronym>EUID</acronym> 或有效使用者 ID 執行，這是因為 Shell script 並不會"
"存取 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 系統呼叫 (System call)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7031
msgid ""
"The <literal>setuid</literal> and <literal>setgid</literal> permission bits "
"may lower system security, by allowing for elevated permissions. The third "
"special permission, the <literal>sticky bit</literal>, can strengthen the "
"security of a system."
msgstr ""
"<literal>setuid</literal> 及 <literal>setgid</literal> 權限位元可能會因允許提"
"升權限而降低系統的安全性，因此有了第三個特殊的權限：<literal>sticky bit</"
"literal>，可以加強系統的安全性。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7037
msgid ""
"When the <literal>sticky bit</literal> is set on a directory, it allows file "
"deletion only by the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in "
"public directories, such as <filename>/tmp</filename>, by users who do not "
"own the file. To utilize this permission, prefix the permission set with a "
"one (1):"
msgstr ""
"當在目錄上設定 <literal>sticky bit</literal>，將只允許由檔案擁有者刪除檔案。"
"這對避免公開目錄，如 <filename>/tmp</filename> 中的檔案被不擁有該檔案的人刪除"
"非常有用。要使用這個權限，可在權限集前加上 (1)："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7044
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 1777 /tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7046
msgid ""
"The <literal>sticky bit</literal> permission will display as a <literal>t</"
"literal> at the very end of the permission set:"
msgstr ""
"<literal>sticky bit</literal> 權限會以 <literal>t</literal> 顯示於權限集的最"
"後："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7050
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al / | grep tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7052
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxrwxrwt  10 root  wheel         512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7058
msgid "Directory Structure"
msgstr "目錄結構"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7060
msgid "<primary>directory hierarchy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7064
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall "
"understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, "
"<quote>/</quote>. This directory is the first one mounted at boot time and "
"it contains the base system necessary to prepare the operating system for "
"multi-user operation. The root directory also contains mount points for "
"other file systems that are mounted during the transition to multi-user "
"operation."
msgstr ""
"認識 FreeBSD 的目錄架構，就可對系統有概略的基礎理解。 最重要的莫過於整個目錄"
"的根目錄，就是 <quote>/</quote> 目錄， 該目錄會在開機時最先掛載 (mount)，裡面"
"會有開機所會用到必備檔案。 此外，根目錄還有紀錄其他檔案系統的掛載點相關設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7073
msgid ""
"A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted "
"onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further "
"described in <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/>. Standard mount points "
"include <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</filename>, <filename>/"
"tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename>, and <filename>/cdrom/</"
"filename>. These directories are usually referenced to entries in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>. This file is a table of various file systems and mount "
"points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename> are mounted automatically at boot time from the script "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> unless their entry includes <option>noauto</option>. Details "
"can be found in <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>."
msgstr ""
"「掛載點」就是讓新增的檔案系統，能接到上層的檔案系統 (通常就是「根目錄」檔案"
"系統) 的目錄。 在 <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/> 這邊對此有更詳細介"
"紹。 標準的掛載點包括了 <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</"
"filename>, <filename>/tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename> 以及 "
"<filename>/cdrom/</filename>。 這些目錄通常會記錄在 <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> 設定檔內。 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 是記錄各檔案系統及相關掛"
"載點的表格。 大部分在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 有記錄的檔案系統，會在"
"開機時由 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> Script 來自動掛載，除非它們有設定 <option>noauto</"
"option> 選項。 其中細節說明可參閱 <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7088
msgid ""
"A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The following table provides a brief overview of the most "
"common directories."
msgstr ""
"有關檔案系統架構的完整說明可參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 現在呢，讓我們大致先"
"一窺常見的目錄有哪些吧。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:7097 book.translate.xml:10880
msgid "Directory"
msgstr "目錄"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7104
msgid "Root directory of the file system."
msgstr "檔案系統的根目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7108
msgid "<filename>/bin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7109
msgid ""
"User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""
"單使用者 (Single-user)、多使用者 (Multi-user) 兩種模式皆可使用的基本工具 。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7114
msgid "<filename>/boot/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7115
msgid ""
"Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap."
msgstr "作業系統開機過程會用到的程式、設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7120
msgid "<filename>/boot/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7121
msgid ""
"Default boot configuration files. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"預設的開機啟動設定檔，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7126
msgid "<filename>/dev/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7127
msgid ""
"Device nodes. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"裝置節點 (Device node)，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7132
msgid "<filename>/etc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7133
msgid "System configuration files and scripts."
msgstr "系統設定檔及一些 Script 檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7137
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7138
msgid ""
"Default system configuration files. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"預設的系統設定檔，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7143
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7144
msgid ""
"Configuration files for mail transport agents such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"MTA (Mail Transport Agent) 的相關設定檔，像是 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7149
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7150
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7154
msgid "<filename>/etc/periodic/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7155
msgid ""
"Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"每日、每週、每月透過 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>，執行的定期排程 "
"Script，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7161
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7162
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7166
msgid "<filename>/mnt/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7167
msgid ""
"Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount "
"point."
msgstr "系統管理者慣用充當臨時掛載點的空目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7172
msgid "<filename>/proc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7173
msgid ""
"Process file system. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"程序 (Process) 檔案系統，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7178
msgid "<filename>/rescue/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7179
msgid ""
"Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"緊急救援用途的一些靜態連結 (Statically linked) 的程式，詳情請參閱 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7184
msgid "<filename>/root/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7185
msgid ""
"Home directory for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"account."
msgstr "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 帳號的家目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7191
msgid "<filename>/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7192
msgid ""
"System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user "
"and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""
"供單使用者 (Single-user) 及多使用者 (Multi-user) 環境使用的系統程式及管理工"
"具 。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7198
msgid "<filename>/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7199
msgid ""
"Temporary files which are usually <emphasis>not</emphasis> preserved across "
"a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at <filename>/"
"tmp</filename>. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"臨時檔案。 一般而言，重開機之後 /tmp 內的東西會被<emphasis>清除</emphasis>"
"掉。 而通常會將以記憶體為基礎 (Memory-based) 的檔案系統掛載在 <filename>/"
"tmp</filename> 上。 這些瑣事可透過 tmpmfs 相關的 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 環境變數來自動完成 。(或是在 <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> 內做設定， 詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7209
msgid "<filename>/usr/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7210
msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications."
msgstr "主要是使用者所安裝的工具程式、應用程式存放處。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7215
msgid "<filename>/usr/bin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7216
msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications."
msgstr "常用工具、開發工具、應用軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7221
msgid "<filename>/usr/include/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7222
msgid "Standard C include files."
msgstr "標準 C include 檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7226
msgid "<filename>/usr/lib/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7227
msgid "Archive libraries."
msgstr "程式庫存放處。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7232
msgid "<filename>/usr/libdata/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7233
msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files."
msgstr "其他各式工具的資料檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7237
msgid "<filename>/usr/libexec/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7238
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs."
msgstr "系統 Daemon 及系統工具程式 (透過其他程式來執行)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7243
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7244
msgid ""
"Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for "
"the FreeBSD ports framework. Within <filename>/usr/local</filename>, the "
"general layout sketched out by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <filename>/usr</"
"filename> should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is "
"directly under <filename>/usr/local</filename> rather than under <filename>/"
"usr/local/share</filename>, and the ports documentation is in "
"<filename>share/doc/<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""
"存放一些自行安裝的執行檔、程式庫等等。 同時，也是 FreeBSD Port 架構的預設安裝"
"目錄。 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 內的目錄架構大致與 <filename>/usr</"
"filename> 相同，詳情請參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明。 但 man 目錄例"
"外，它們是直接放在 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 底下，而非 <filename>/usr/"
"local/share</filename>，而 Port 所安裝的說明文件則在 <filename>share/doc/"
"<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7257
msgid "<filename>/usr/obj/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7258
msgid ""
"Architecture-specific target tree produced by building the <filename>/usr/"
"src</filename> tree."
msgstr "在編譯 <filename>/usr/src</filename> 目錄時所產生的相關架構目地檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7264
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7265
msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)."
msgstr "FreeBSD Port 套件集 (選用)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7269
msgid "<filename>/usr/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7270
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users."
msgstr "由使用者執行的系統 Daemon 及系統工具。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7275
msgid "<filename>/usr/share/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7276
msgid "Architecture-independent files."
msgstr "各架構皆共通的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7280
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7281
msgid "BSD and/or local source files."
msgstr "BSD 原始碼 (或自行新增的)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7285
msgid "<filename>/var/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7286
msgid ""
"Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files. A memory-based "
"file system is sometimes mounted at <filename>/var</filename>. This can be "
"automated using the varmfs-related variables in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"存放各種用途的日誌 (Log) 檔、臨時或暫時存放、列印或郵件的緩衝 (Spool) 檔案。"
"有時候，以記憶體為基礎 (Memory-based) 的檔案系統也會掛載在 <filename>/var</"
"filename>。 這些瑣事可透過 varmfs 相關的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 環境變數來自動完"
"成。(或是在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 內做設定，相關細節請參閱 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>)。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7297
msgid "<filename>/var/log/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7298
msgid "Miscellaneous system log files."
msgstr "各項系統記錄的日誌 (Log) 檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7302
msgid "<filename>/var/mail/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7303
msgid "User mailbox files."
msgstr "各使用者的郵件 (Mailbox) 檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7307
msgid "<filename>/var/spool/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7308
msgid "Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories."
msgstr "各種印表機、郵件系統的緩衝 (Spool) 目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7313
msgid "<filename>/var/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7314
msgid ""
"Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless "
"<filename>/var</filename> is a memory-based file system."
msgstr ""
"臨時檔案。 這些檔案在重開機後通常仍會保留，除非 <filename>/var</filename> 是"
"屬於以記憶體為基礎 (Memory-based) 的檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7321
msgid "<filename>/var/yp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7322
msgid "NIS maps."
msgstr "NIS 對應表。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7330
msgid "Disk Organization"
msgstr "磁碟組織"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7332
msgid ""
"The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the "
"filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that <filename>readme."
"txt</filename> and <filename>README.TXT</filename> are two separate files. "
"FreeBSD does not use the extension of a file to determine whether the file "
"is a program, document, or some other form of data."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 用來尋找檔案的最小單位就是檔案的名稱了。 檔案的名稱有大小寫之分，所以"
"說 <filename>readme.txt</filename> 和 <filename>README.TXT</filename> 是兩個"
"不同的檔案。 FreeBSD 並不使用副檔名 (.txt) 來判別這是一個程式檔、文件檔或是其"
"他類型的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7339
msgid ""
"Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it may "
"contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other "
"directories, allowing a hierarchy of directories within one another in order "
"to organize data."
msgstr ""
"檔案存在目錄裡面。 一個目錄中可能沒有任何檔案，也可能有好幾百個檔案。 目錄之"
"中也可以包含其他的目錄； 您可以建立階層式的目錄以便資料的管理。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7345
msgid ""
"Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, "
"followed by a forward slash, <literal>/</literal>, followed by any other "
"directory names that are necessary. For example, if the directory "
"<filename>foo</filename> contains a directory <filename>bar</filename> which "
"contains the file <filename>readme.txt</filename>, the full name, or "
"<firstterm>path</firstterm>, to the file is <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</"
"filename>. Note that this is different from <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> which uses <literal>\\</literal> to separate file and "
"directory names. FreeBSD does not use drive letters, or other drive names in "
"the path. For example, one would not type <filename>c:\\foo\\bar\\readme."
"txt</filename> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"檔案或目錄的對應是藉由給定的檔案或目錄名稱，然後加上正斜線符號 (<literal>/</"
"literal>)；之後再視需要加上其他的目錄名稱。 如果您有一個目錄 <filename>foo</"
"filename> ，裡面有一個目錄叫作 <filename>bar</filename>，這個目錄中又包含了一"
"個叫 <filename>readme.txt</filename> 的檔案，那麼這個檔案的全名，或者說檔案的"
"<firstterm>路徑 (Path)</firstterm>就是 <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</"
"filename>。注意這與 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 用來"
"分隔檔案與目錄名稱所使用的 <literal>\\</literal> 不同，且 FreeBSD 在路徑上並"
"不使用磁碟機代號或其他磁碟機名稱，意思是，在 FreeBSD 上不會有人輸入 "
"<filename>c:\\foo\\bar\\readme.txt</filename> 這種路徑。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7360
msgid ""
"Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system contains "
"exactly one directory at the very top level, called the <firstterm>root "
"directory</firstterm> for that file system. This root directory can contain "
"other directories. One file system is designated the <firstterm>root file "
"system</firstterm> or <literal>/</literal>. Every other file system is "
"<firstterm>mounted</firstterm> under the root file system. No matter how "
"many disks are on the FreeBSD system, every directory appears to be part of "
"the same disk."
msgstr ""
"目錄及檔案儲存在檔案系統 (File system) 之中。 每個檔案系統都有唯一一個最上層"
"的目錄，叫做<firstterm>根目錄 (Root directory)</firstterm>。 然後在這個根目錄"
"下面才能有其他的目錄。其中一個檔案系統會被指定成為<firstterm>根檔案系統 "
"(Root file system)</firstterm> 或 <literal>/</literal>，其他的檔案系統均會"
"<firstterm>掛載 (mounted)</firstterm> 在該根檔案系統之下，不論在 FreeBSD 有多"
"少個磁碟，所有目錄都會成為該磁碟的一部份。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7371
msgid ""
"Consider three file systems, called <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</"
"literal>, and <literal>C</literal>. Each file system has one root directory, "
"which contains two other directories, called <literal>A1</literal>, "
"<literal>A2</literal> (and likewise <literal>B1</literal>, <literal>B2</"
"literal> and <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)."
msgstr ""
"假設您有三個檔案系統，分別叫作 <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</literal> 及 "
"<literal>C</literal>。 每個檔案系統都包含兩個目錄，叫做 <literal>A1</"
"literal>, <literal>A2</literal> (以此類推得 <literal>B1</literal>, "
"<literal>B2</literal> 及 <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7378
msgid ""
"Call <literal>A</literal> the root file system. If "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to view the contents of this directory, it will show "
"two subdirectories, <literal>A1</literal> and <literal>A2</literal>. The "
"directory tree looks like this:"
msgstr ""
"稱 <literal>A</literal> 為主要的檔案系統；如果您用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令查看此目錄的內容，您會看到兩個子目錄： <literal>A1</"
"literal> 及 <literal>A2</literal>，如下所示："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7386
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7398
msgid ""
"A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. When "
"mounting file system <literal>B</literal> on to the directory <literal>A1</"
"literal>, the root directory of <literal>B</literal> replaces <literal>A1</"
"literal>, and the directories in <literal>B</literal> appear accordingly:"
msgstr ""
"一個檔案系統必須以目錄形式掛載於另一個檔案系統上。 因此，假設您將 "
"<literal>B</literal> 掛載於 <literal>A1</literal> 之上，則 <literal>B</"
"literal> 的根目錄就變成了 <literal>A1</literal>，而在 <literal>B</literal> 之"
"下的任何目錄的路徑也隨之改變:"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7407
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7411
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- B1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- B2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7423
msgid ""
"Any files that are in the <literal>B1</literal> or <literal>B2</literal> "
"directories can be reached with the path <filename>/A1/B1</filename> or "
"<filename>/A1/B2</filename> as necessary. Any files that were in <filename>/"
"A1</filename> have been temporarily hidden. They will reappear if "
"<literal>B</literal> is <firstterm>unmounted</firstterm> from <literal>A</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"在 <literal>B1</literal> 或 <literal>B2</literal> 目錄中的任何檔案必須經由路"
"徑 <filename>/A1/B1</filename> 或 <filename>/A1/B2</filename> 才能達到。 所有"
"原來在 <filename>/A1</filename> 中的檔案會暫時被隱藏起來，直到 <literal>B</"
"literal> 被<firstterm>解除掛載 (Unmounted)</firstterm> 後才會再顯現出來。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7432
msgid ""
"If <literal>B</literal> had been mounted on <literal>A2</literal> then the "
"diagram would look like this:"
msgstr ""
"如果 <literal>B</literal> 掛載在 <literal>A2</literal> 之上，則會變成："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7438
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7454
msgid ""
"and the paths would be <filename>/A2/B1</filename> and <filename>/A2/B2</"
"filename> respectively."
msgstr ""
"上面的路徑分別為 <filename>/A2/B1</filename> 及 <filename>/A2/B2</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7459
msgid ""
"File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last "
"example, the <literal>C</literal> file system could be mounted on top of the "
"<literal>B1</literal> directory in the <literal>B</literal> file system, "
"leading to this arrangement:"
msgstr ""
"檔案系統可以掛在其他檔案系統的目錄之上。 延續之前的例子，<literal>C</"
"literal> 檔案系統可以掛在檔案系統 <literal>B</literal> 的 <literal>B1</"
"literal> 目錄之上，如圖所示："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7467
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7471
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     +--- C1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     `--- C2\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7487
msgid ""
"Or <literal>C</literal> could be mounted directly on to the <literal>A</"
"literal> file system, under the <literal>A1</literal> directory:"
msgstr ""
"或者 <literal>C</literal> 直接掛載於 <literal>A</literal> 的 <literal>A1</"
"literal> 目錄之上："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7493
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7497
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- C1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- C2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7513
msgid ""
"It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to "
"create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one "
"advantage."
msgstr ""
"您可以使用單一的一個大的根檔案系統而不建立其他的檔案系統。 這樣有好處也有有壞"
"處。"

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7518
msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems"
msgstr "使用多個檔案系統的好處"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7521
msgid ""
"Different file systems can have different <firstterm>mount options</"
"firstterm>. For example, the root file system can be mounted read-only, "
"making it impossible for users to inadvertently delete or edit a critical "
"file. Separating user-writable file systems, such as <filename>/home</"
"filename>, from other file systems allows them to be mounted "
"<firstterm>nosuid</firstterm>. This option prevents the <firstterm>suid</"
"firstterm>/<firstterm>guid</firstterm> bits on executables stored on the "
"file system from taking effect, possibly improving security."
msgstr ""
"不同的檔案系統在掛上的時候可以有不同的 <firstterm>掛載參數 (Mount option)</"
"firstterm>。 舉例來說，為求謹慎您可以將根檔案系統設成唯讀， 以避免不小心刪除"
"或修改掉重要的檔案。 將使用者可寫入的檔案系統 (例如 <filename>/home</"
"filename>) 獨立出來也可以讓他們用 <firstterm>nosuid</firstterm> 的參數掛載，"
"此選項可以讓在這個檔案系統中執行檔的 <firstterm>suid</firstterm>/"
"<firstterm>guid</firstterm> 位元失效，可讓系統更安全。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, "
"depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that "
"contains many small files that are written frequently will have a different "
"optimization to one that contains fewer, larger files. By having one big "
"file system this optimization breaks down."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 會自動根據您檔案系統的使用方式來做最佳的檔案配置方式。 因此，一個有很"
"多小檔案、 常常寫入的檔案系統跟只有幾個較大的檔案的檔案系統配置是不一樣的。 "
"如果您只有單一個大的檔案系統，這部分就沒用了。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7544
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at "
"a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By "
"splitting data over multiple file systems it is more likely that the system "
"will still come up, making it easier to restore from backup as necessary."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 的檔案系統在停電的時候很穩固。 然而，在某些重要的時候停電仍然會對檔案"
"系統結構造成損害。 分割成許多個檔案系統的話在系統在停電後比較能夠正常啟動， "
"以便您在需要的時候將備份資料回存回來。"

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7554
msgid "Benefit of a Single File System"
msgstr "使用單一檔案系統的好處"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7557
msgid ""
"File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install "
"FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to "
"make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing "
"up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the "
"backed up data."
msgstr ""
"檔案系統的大小是固定的。 若您在當初安裝 FreeBSD 的時指定了一個大小，可是後來"
"您想把空間加大，在沒有備份的情況下很難達成，您必須將檔案系統重新建立為您需要"
"的大小，然後將備份回存回來。"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:7565
msgid ""
"FreeBSD features the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, which makes "
"it possible to increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this "
"limitation."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令可以突破此限制直接變更檔案系統的大小。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7572
msgid ""
"File systems are contained in partitions. This does not have the same "
"meaning as the common usage of the term partition (for example, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partition), because of FreeBSD's "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> heritage. Each partition is "
"identified by a letter from <literal>a</literal> through to <literal>h</"
"literal>. Each partition can contain only one file system, which means that "
"file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the "
"file system hierarchy, or the letter of the partition they are contained in."
msgstr ""
"檔案系統放在分區 (Partition) 中。 因為 FreeBSD 承襲 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 架構，這邊講的分區和一般提到的分割區 (例如 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> 分割區) 不同。每一個分區由"
"一個代號 (字母) 表示，從 <literal>a</literal> 到 <literal>h</literal>。 每個"
"分區只能含有一個檔案系統，因此在表示檔案系統時，除了用該檔案系統的常用的掛載"
"點表示外，也可以使用該檔案系統所在的分區來表示。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7582
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also uses disk space for <firstterm>swap space</firstterm> to "
"provide <firstterm>virtual memory</firstterm>. This allows your computer to "
"behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. When FreeBSD "
"runs out of memory, it moves some of the data that is not currently being "
"used to the swap space, and moves it back in (moving something else out) "
"when it needs it."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 也會使用磁碟空間作為<firstterm>交換空間 (Swap space)</firstterm> 來提"
"供<firstterm>虛擬記憶體 (Virtual memory)</firstterm>。 這讓您的電腦好像擁有比"
"實際更多的記憶體。 當 FreeBSD 的記憶體用完的時候，它會把一些目前沒用到的資料"
"移到交換空間，然後在用到的時候移回去 (同時移出部份沒用到的)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7591
msgid "Some partitions have certain conventions associated with them."
msgstr "部份分區有使用的慣例如下："

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7601
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "分區"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7602
msgid "Convention"
msgstr "慣例"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7608
msgid "<literal>a</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7609
msgid "Normally contains the root file system."
msgstr "通常內含根檔案系統"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7613
msgid "<literal>b</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7614
msgid "Normally contains swap space."
msgstr "通常內含交換空間"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7618
msgid "<literal>c</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7619
msgid ""
"Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that "
"need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on "
"the <literal>c</literal> partition. A file system would not normally be "
"created on this partition."
msgstr ""
"通常用來代表整個切割區 (Slice)，因此大小會與其所在的切割區一樣。這可讓需要對"
"整個切割區處理的工具 (例如硬碟壞軌檢查工具) 可在 <literal>c</literal> 分區上"
"執行。一般來說不會把檔案系統建立在這個分區。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7627
msgid "<literal>d</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7628
msgid ""
"Partition <literal>d</literal> used to have a special meaning associated "
"with it, although that is now gone and <literal>d</literal> may work as any "
"normal partition."
msgstr ""
"分區 <literal>d</literal> 曾經有代表特殊意義，但是已經不再使用。所以現在 "
"<literal>d</literal> 和一般的分區相同。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7637
msgid ""
"Disks in FreeBSD are divided into slices, referred to in <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> as partitions, which are numbered from 1 "
"to 4. These are then divided into partitions, which contain file systems, "
"and are labeled using letters."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 的磁碟會分割成數個切割區 (Slice)，如同 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 中由編號 1 到 4 表示的分割區。這些切割區會"
"再分成數個分區，每個分區內含檔案系統，且會使用字母來標示。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7642
msgid "<primary>slices</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7645 book.translate.xml:31864 book.translate.xml:31960
msgid "<primary>partitions</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7648
msgid "<primary>dangerously dedicated</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7652
msgid ""
"Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an <literal>s</literal>, "
"starting at 1. So <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> is the first "
"slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only be four physical slices on a "
"disk, but there can be logical slices inside physical slices of the "
"appropriate type. These extended slices are numbered starting at 5, so "
"<quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</emphasis></quote> is the first extended slice on "
"the first SATA disk. These devices are used by file systems that expect to "
"occupy a slice."
msgstr ""
"切割區的編號在裝置名稱後面，會先以 <literal>s</literal> 為字首，然後從 1 開始"
"編號。 因此 <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> 是指第一個 SCSI 硬碟的"
"第一個切割區。 一個磁碟上只能有四個實體切割區，但是在實體切割區中放進適當類型"
"的邏輯切割區。這些延伸的切割區編號會從 5 開始，所以 <quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</"
"emphasis></quote> 是第一個 SATA 硬碟上的第一個延伸切割區。因此可以預期這些由"
"檔案系統使用的裝置 (Device) 上均會各別佔據一個切割區。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7662
msgid ""
"Slices, <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> physical drives, and other "
"drives contain <firstterm>partitions</firstterm>, which are represented as "
"letters from <literal>a</literal> to <literal>h</literal>. This letter is "
"appended to the device name, so <quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> is "
"the <literal>a</literal> partition on the first <literal>da</literal> drive, "
"which is <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote>. <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</"
"emphasis></quote> is the fifth partition in the third slice of the second "
"SATA disk drive."
msgstr ""
"切割區、<quote>危險專用 (Dangerously dedicated)</quote> 的實體磁碟機以及其他"
"內含<firstterm>分割區 (Partition)</firstterm> 的磁碟都是以字母 <literal>a</"
"literal> 到 <literal>h</literal> 來表示。 字母會接在裝置名稱的後面，因此 "
"<quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> 是第一顆 <quote>dangerously "
"dedicated</quote> 磁碟機 <literal>da</literal> 上的 <literal>a</literal> 分割"
"區。 而 <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</emphasis></quote> 則是第二顆 SATA 硬碟上第"
"三個切割區的第五個分區。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7675
msgid ""
"Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a "
"code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which "
"disk it is. Unlike slices, disk numbering starts at 0. Common codes are "
"listed in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""
"終於，我們可以辨識系統上的每個磁碟了，一個磁碟的名稱會有一個代碼來表示這個磁"
"碟的類型，接著是一個表示這是那一個磁碟的編號。不像切割區，磁碟的編號從 0 開"
"始。常見的代碼可以參考 <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7681
msgid ""
"When referring to a partition, include the disk name, <literal>s</literal>, "
"the slice number, and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in <xref "
"linkend=\"basics-disk-slice-part\"/>."
msgstr ""
"當要參照一個分區的時候，需包含磁碟機名稱、<literal>s</literal>、切割區編號以"
"及分區字母。範例可以參考 <xref linkend=\"basics-disk-slice-part\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7686
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> shows a conceptual model of a "
"disk layout."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> 示範了一個基本的磁碟配置，相信"
"對您有些幫助。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7689
msgid ""
"When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices, create partitions within "
"the slice to be used for FreeBSD, create a file system or swap space in each "
"partition, and decide where each file system will be mounted."
msgstr ""
"要安裝 FreeBSD，您必須先建置磁碟的切割區，接著於切割區中建立要給 FreeBSD 用的"
"分區。 最後在這些分區中建立檔案系統 (或交換空間) 並決定要將這些檔案系統掛載於"
"哪裡。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:7695
msgid "Disk Device Names"
msgstr "磁碟裝置名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7703
msgid "Drive Type"
msgstr "磁碟機類型"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7704
msgid "Drive Device Name"
msgstr "磁碟機裝置稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7710
msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives"
msgstr "<acronym>SATA</acronym> 及 <acronym>IDE</acronym> 硬碟"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7712
msgid "<literal>ada</literal> or <literal>ad</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>ada</literal> 或 <literal>ad</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7717
msgid ""
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage "
"devices"
msgstr "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> 硬碟與 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7719
msgid "<literal>da</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7723
msgid ""
"<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> "
"drives"
msgstr ""
"<acronym>SATA</acronym> 與 <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> "
"光碟機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7725
msgid "<literal>cd</literal> or <literal>acd</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>cd</literal> 或 <literal>acd</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7730
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 光碟機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7732
msgid "<literal>cd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7736
msgid "Floppy drives"
msgstr "軟碟機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7737
msgid "<literal>fd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7741
msgid "Assorted non-standard <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr "各種非標準 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 光碟機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7743
msgid ""
"<literal>mcd</literal> for Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> and "
"<literal>scd</literal> for Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> devices"
msgstr ""
"<literal>mcd</literal> 代表 Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 以及 "
"<literal>scd</literal> 代表 Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 光碟機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7749
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> 磁帶機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7750
msgid "<literal>sa</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7754
msgid "<acronym>IDE</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr "<acronym>IDE</acronym> 磁帶機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7755
msgid "<literal>ast</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7759
msgid "RAID drives"
msgstr "RAID 磁碟機"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7760
msgid ""
"Examples include <literal>aacd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID, <literal>mlxd</literal> and "
"<literal>mlyd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</"
"trademark>, <literal>amrd</literal> for AMI <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">MegaRAID</trademark>, <literal>idad</literal> for Compaq Smart RAID, "
"<literal>twed</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">3ware</"
"trademark> RAID."
msgstr ""
"範例包含 <literal>aacd</literal> 代表 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID，<literal>mlxd</literal> 及 "
"<literal>mlyd</literal> 代表 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</"
"trademark>，<literal>amrd</literal> 代表 AMI <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">MegaRAID</trademark>，<literal>idad</literal> 代表 Compaq Smart RAID，"
"<literal>twed</literal> 代表 <trademark class=\"registered\">3ware</"
"trademark> RAID."

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7772
msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names"
msgstr "磁碟、切割區及分區命名範例"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7781
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7782 book.translate.xml:62542
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "意義"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7788
msgid "<literal>ada0s1a</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7789
msgid ""
"The first partition (<literal>a</literal>) on the first slice (<literal>s1</"
"literal>) on the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk (<literal>ada0</"
"literal>)."
msgstr ""
"第一個 SATA 硬碟 (<literal>ada0</literal>) 上第一個切割區 (<literal>s1</"
"literal>)的第一個分區(<literal>a</literal>) 。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7796
msgid "<literal>da1s2e</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7797
msgid ""
"The fifth partition (<literal>e</literal>) on the second slice (<literal>s2</"
"literal>) on the second SCSI disk (<literal>da1</literal>)."
msgstr ""
"第二個 SCSI 硬碟 (<literal>da1</literal>) 上第二個切割區 (<literal>s2</"
"literal>) 的第五個分區 (<literal>e</literal>) 。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7807
msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk"
msgstr "磁碟的概念模型"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7809
msgid ""
"This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk "
"attached to the system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains "
"an 80 GB slice and a 170 GB slice (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</"
"trademark> partitions). The first slice contains a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NTFS</acronym> file system, "
"<filename>C:</filename>, and the second slice contains a FreeBSD "
"installation. This example FreeBSD installation has four data partitions and "
"a swap partition."
msgstr ""
"此圖顯示 FreeBSD 中連接到系統的第一個 <acronym>SATA</acronym> 磁碟機內部配置"
"圖。 假設這個磁碟的容量是 250 GB，並且包含了一個 80 GB 的切割區及一個 170 GB "
"的切割區 (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> 的分割區)。 第一"
"個切割區是 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"<acronym>NTFS</acronym> 檔案系統的 <filename>C:</filename> 磁碟機，第二個則安"
"裝了 FreeBSD。 本範例中安裝的 FreeBSD 有四個資料分區及一個交換分區。"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7819
msgid ""
"The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition <literal>a</literal> "
"is used for the root file system, <literal>d</literal> for <filename>/var/</"
"filename>, <literal>e</literal> for <filename>/tmp/</filename>, and "
"<literal>f</literal> for <filename>/usr/</filename>. Partition letter "
"<literal>c</literal> refers to the entire slice, and so is not used for "
"ordinary partitions."
msgstr ""
"這四個分區中各有一個檔案系統。 分區 <literal>a</literal> 是根檔案系統、分區 "
"<literal>d</literal> 是 <filename>/var/</filename>、分區 <literal>e</"
"literal> 是 <filename>/tmp/</filename>，而分區 <literal>f</literal> 是 "
"<filename>/usr/</filename>。分區字母 <literal>c</literal> 用來代表整個切割"
"區，因此並不作為一般分區使用。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7829
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/disk-layout' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7836
msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems"
msgstr "掛載與缷載檔案系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7838
msgid ""
"The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at "
"<filename>/</filename>. <filename>/dev</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
"filename>, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, "
"which may have their own branches, such as <filename>/usr/local</filename>, "
"and so on."
msgstr ""
"檔案系統就像一顆樹。<filename>/</filename> 就像是樹根，而 <filename>/dev</"
"filename>，<filename>/usr</filename> 以及其他在根目錄下的目錄就像是樹枝，而這"
"些樹枝上面又還有分支，像是 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 等。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7847
msgid "<primary>root file system</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7851
msgid ""
"There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate "
"file systems. <filename>/var</filename> contains the directories "
"<filename>log/</filename>, <filename>spool/</filename>, and various types of "
"temporary files, and as such, may get filled up. Filling up the root file "
"system is not a good idea, so splitting <filename>/var</filename> from "
"<filename>/</filename> is often favorable."
msgstr ""
"因為某些原因，我們會將一些目錄分別放在不同的檔案系統上。 如 <filename>/var</"
"filename> 包含了可能會滿出來的 <filename>log/</filename>，<filename>spool/</"
"filename> 等目錄以及各式各樣的暫存檔。 把根檔案系統塞到滿出來顯然不是個好主"
"意，所以我們往往會比較傾向把 <filename>/var</filename> 從 <filename>/</"
"filename> 中拉出來。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7862
msgid ""
"Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file "
"systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are "
"separate virtual disks, such as Network File System mounts, described in "
"<xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>, or CDROM drives."
msgstr ""
"另一個常見到把某些目錄放在不同檔案系統上的理由是： 這些檔案在不同的實體或虛擬"
"磁碟機上。 像是網路檔案系統 (Network File System) 詳情可參考 <xref linkend="
"\"network-nfs\"/> 或是光碟機。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7869
msgid "The <filename>fstab</filename> File"
msgstr "<filename>fstab</filename> 檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7871
msgid ""
"<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounted with fstab</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7876
msgid ""
"During the boot process (<xref linkend=\"boot\"/>), file systems listed in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are automatically mounted except for the "
"entries containing <option>noauto</option>. This file contains entries in "
"the following format:"
msgstr ""
"在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 裡面有設定的檔案系統會在開機 (<xref "
"linkend=\"boot\"/>) 的過程中自動地被掛載 (除非該檔案系統有被加上 "
"<option>noauto</option> 參數)。檔案內容的格式如下："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7882
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>device</replaceable>       <replaceable>/mount-point</replaceable> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>     <replaceable>options</replaceable>      <replaceable>dumpfreq</replaceable>     <replaceable>passno</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7886
msgid "<literal>device</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7888
msgid ""
"An existing device name as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr "已存在的裝置名稱，詳情請參閱 <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7894
msgid "<literal>mount-point</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7897
msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system."
msgstr "檔案系統要掛載到的目錄 (該目錄必須存在)。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7903
msgid "<literal>fstype</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7906
msgid ""
"The file system type to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD "
"file system is <literal>ufs</literal>."
msgstr ""
"檔案系統類型，這是要傳給 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的參數。 FreeBSD 預設的"
"檔案系統是 <literal>ufs</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7913
msgid "<literal>options</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7916
msgid ""
"Either <option>rw</option> for read-write file systems, or <option>ro</"
"option> for read-only file systems, followed by any other options that may "
"be needed. A common option is <option>noauto</option> for file systems not "
"normally mounted during the boot sequence. Other options are listed in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"可讀可寫 (Read-Write) 的檔案系統用 <option>rw</option>，而唯讀 (Read-Only) 的"
"檔案系統則是用 <option>ro</option>，後面視需要還可以加其他選項。 常見的選項"
"如 <option>noauto</option> 是用在不要於開機過程中自動的掛載的檔案系統。 其他"
"選項可參閱 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7927
msgid "<literal>dumpfreq</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7930
msgid ""
"Used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine which file systems require dumping. "
"If the field is missing, a value of zero is assumed."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 由此項目決定那些檔案系統需要傾印。 如果這格空白則以零為預設值。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7937
msgid "<literal>passno</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7940
msgid ""
"Determines the order in which file systems should be checked. File systems "
"that should be skipped should have their <literal>passno</literal> set to "
"zero. The root file system needs to be checked before everything else and "
"should have its <literal>passno</literal> set to one. The other file systems "
"should be set to values greater than one. If more than one file system has "
"the same <literal>passno</literal>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will attempt to check "
"file systems in parallel if possible."
msgstr ""
"這個項目決定檔案系統檢查的順序。 對於要跳過檢查的檔案系統，它們的 "
"<literal>passno</literal> 值要設為零。 根檔案系統的 <literal>passno</"
"literal> 值應設為一 (因為需要比所有其他的還要先檢查)，而其他的檔案系統的 "
"<literal>passno</literal> 值應該要設得比一大。 若有多個檔案系統具有相同的 "
"<literal>passno</literal> 值，則 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 會試著平行地 (如果可能"
"的話) 檢查這些檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7954
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the format of <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename> and its options."
msgstr ""
"更多關於 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 檔案格式及選項的資訊請參閱 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 說明文件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7959
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7961
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7966
msgid ""
"File systems are mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The most basic syntax "
"is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令是拿來掛載檔案系統用的。基本的操作指令格式如下:"

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7970
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>mountpoint</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7973
msgid ""
"This command provides many options which are described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, The most commonly used options include:"
msgstr ""
"在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 裡面有提到一大堆的選項，不過最常用的就是這些："

#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7977
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "掛載選項"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7980 book.translate.xml:23160
msgid "<option>-a</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7983
msgid ""
"Mount all the file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, except "
"those marked as <quote>noauto</quote>, excluded by the <option>-t</option> "
"flag, or those that are already mounted."
msgstr ""
"把 /etc/fstab 裡面所有還沒有被掛載、沒有被標記成 <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> 而且沒有用 <option>-t</option> 排除的檔案系統掛載起來。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7992
msgid "<option>-d</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7996
msgid ""
"Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is useful "
"in conjunction with the <option>-v</option> flag to determine what "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is actually trying to do."
msgstr ""
"執行所有的動作，但是不真的去呼叫掛載的系統呼叫 (System call)。 這個選項和 "
"<option>-v</option> 搭配拿來推測 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 將要做什麼動作時很好"
"用。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8004 book.translate.xml:26252
msgid "<option>-f</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8007
msgid ""
"Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of "
"write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write "
"to read-only."
msgstr ""
"強迫掛載不乾淨的檔案系統 (危險)，或是用來強制取消寫入權限 (把檔案系統的掛載狀"
"態從可存取變成唯讀)。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8015
msgid "<option>-r</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8018
msgid ""
"Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using <option>-o ro</"
"option>."
msgstr ""
"用唯讀的方式掛載檔案系統。 這個選項和在 -o 選項中指定 ro 參數是一樣的。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8024
msgid "<option>-t</option> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8028
msgid ""
"Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given "
"type, if <option>-a</option> is included. <quote>ufs</quote> is the default "
"file system type."
msgstr ""
"用指定的檔案系統型態來掛載指定的檔案系統，或是在有 <option>-a</option> 選項時"
"只掛載指定型態的檔案系統。預設的檔案系統類型為 <quote>ufs</quote>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8036
msgid "<option>-u</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8039
msgid "Update mount options on the file system."
msgstr "更新檔案系統的掛載選項。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8044 book.translate.xml:23177
msgid "<option>-v</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8047
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr "顯示詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8052
msgid "<option>-w</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8055
msgid "Mount the file system read-write."
msgstr "以可讀寫的模式掛載檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8060
msgid ""
"The following options can be passed to <option>-o</option> as a comma-"
"separated list:"
msgstr "<option>-o</option> 選項後面會接著以逗號分隔的參數："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8065
msgid "nosuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8068
msgid ""
"Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a "
"useful security option."
msgstr ""
"不解析檔案系統上的 setuid 或 setgid 旗標， 這也是一個蠻有用的安全選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8077
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8079
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>unmounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8084
msgid ""
"To unmount a file system use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This command takes "
"one parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, <option>-a</option> or "
"<option>-A</option>."
msgstr ""
"要缺載檔案系統可使用 umount(8) 指令。該指令需要一個參數可以是掛載點 "
"(mountpoint)，裝置名稱，以及 -a 或是 -A 等選項。 "

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8088
msgid ""
"All forms take <option>-f</option> to force unmounting, and <option>-v</"
"option> for verbosity. Be warned that <option>-f</option> is not generally a "
"good idea as it might crash the computer or damage data on the file system."
msgstr ""
"加上 <option>-f</option> 可以強制卸載，加上 <option>-v</option> 則是會顯示詳"
"細資訊。 要注意的是一般來說用 <option>-f</option> 並不是個好主意，強制卸載檔"
"案系統有可能會造成電腦當機， 或者損壞檔案系統內的資料。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8093
msgid ""
"To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed "
"after <option>-t</option>, use <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>. "
"Note that <option>-A</option> does not attempt to unmount the root file "
"system."
msgstr ""
"<option>-a</option> 和 <option>-A</option> 是用來卸載所有已掛載的檔案系統，另"
"外還可以用 <option>-t</option> 來指定要卸載的是哪些種類的檔案系統。 要注意的"
"是 <option>-A</option> 並不會試圖卸載根檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8102
msgid "Processes and Daemons"
msgstr "程序與 Daemon"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8104
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any one "
"time is called a <firstterm>process</firstterm>. Every running command "
"starts at least one new process and there are a number of system processes "
"that are run by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 是一個多工的作業系統，也就是說在同一時間內可以跑超過一個程式。 每一個"
"正在花時間跑的程式就叫做<firstterm>程序 (Process)</firstterm>。 您下的每個指"
"令都至少會開啟一個新的程序， 而有些系統程序是一直在跑以維持系統正常運作的。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8110
msgid ""
"Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a <firstterm>process "
"ID</firstterm> (<acronym>PID</acronym>). Similar to files, each process has "
"one owner and group, and the owner and group permissions are used to "
"determine which files and devices the process can open. Most processes also "
"have a parent process that started them. For example, the shell is a "
"process, and any command started in the shell is a process which has the "
"shell as its parent process. The exception is a special process called "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> which is always the first process to start at boot time and "
"which always has a <acronym>PID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""
"每一個程序都有一個獨一無二的數字叫做 <firstterm>程序代號 (Process ID, "
"<acronym>PID</acronym>)</firstterm>，而且就像檔案一樣，每一個程序也有擁有者及"
"群組。 擁有者及群組的資訊是用來決定什麼檔案或裝置是這個程序可以開啟的 (前面有"
"提到過檔案權限)。 大部份的程序都有父程序。 父程序是開啟這個程序的程序，例如："
"您對 Shell 輸入指令，Shell 本身就是一個程序，而您執行的指令也是程序。 每一個"
"您用這種方式跑的程序的父程序都是 Shell。 有一個特別的程序叫做 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 是個例外，在 FreeBSD 開機的時候 init 會自動地被開啟，init 永遠"
"是第一個程序，所以他的 <acronym>PID</acronym> 一直都會是 <literal>1</"
"literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8122
msgid ""
"Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and "
"disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web "
"server responds to web requests, rather than user input. Mail servers are "
"another example of this type of application. These types of programs are "
"known as <firstterm>daemons</firstterm>. The term daemon comes from Greek "
"mythology and represents an entity that is neither good nor evil, and which "
"invisibly performs useful tasks. This is why the BSD mascot is the cheerful-"
"looking daemon with sneakers and a pitchfork."
msgstr ""
"有些程式並不是設計成一直在接收使用者的輸入的， 而是在開始執行的時候就從中斷與"
"終端機的連線。 例如說， 網頁伺服器整天都在回應網頁方面的要求，它通常不需要您"
"輸入任何東西。 另外，像是把信從一個站傳送到另一個站的程式，也是這種類型的應用"
"程式。我們把這種程式稱作 <firstterm>Daemon</firstterm>。 Daemon 一詞是來自是"
"希臘神話中的角色：祂們既不屬於善良陣營或邪惡陣營，祂們在背地裡做一些有用的事"
"情。這也就是為何 BSD 的吉祥物，是一隻穿著帆布鞋拿著三叉耙的快樂小惡魔的原因。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8133
msgid ""
"There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a "
"trailing <quote>d</quote>. For example, <application>BIND</application> is "
"the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but the actual program that executes is "
"<command>named</command>. The <application>Apache</application> web server "
"program is <command>httpd</command> and the line printer spooling daemon is "
"<command>lpd</command>. This is only a naming convention. For example, the "
"main mail daemon for the <application>Sendmail</application> application is "
"<command>sendmail</command>, and not <literal>maild</literal>."
msgstr ""
"通常來說做為 Deamon 執行的程式名字後面都會加一個字母 <quote>d</quote>。 "
"<application>BIND</application> 是 Berkeley Internet Name Domain 的縮寫，但實"
"際上執行的程式名稱是 <command>named</command>、<application>Apache</"
"application> 網頁伺服器的程式名稱是 <command>httpd</command>、行列式印表機緩"
"衝服務(Line Printer Spooling) Daemon 是 <command>lpd</command>，依此類推。 但"
"這是習慣用法，並沒有硬性規定，例如 <application>Sendmail</application> 主要的"
"寄信 Daemon 是叫做 <command>sendmail</command> 而不是 <literal>maild</"
"literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8147
msgid "Viewing Processes"
msgstr "檢視程序"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8149
msgid ""
"To see the processes running on the system, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display a static "
"list of the currently running processes, their <acronym>PID</acronym>s, how "
"much memory they are using, and the command they were started with, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To display all the running processes and update the display "
"every few seconds in order to interactively see what the computer is doing, "
"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要看系統執行中的程序，有兩個相當有用的指令可用： "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令是用來列出正在執行之程序，而且可以顯示它們的 <acronym>PID</"
"acronym>、用了多少記憶體、執行的指令名稱及其後之參數是什麼等等。 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令則是顯示所有正在執行的程序， 並且數秒鐘更新一次。因此您可以"
"互動式的觀看您的電腦正在做什麼。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8157
msgid ""
"By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> only shows the commands that are running and owned "
"by the user. For example:"
msgstr ""
"在預設的情況下，<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令只會顯示使用者所擁有的的程序。 例如："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8160
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ps</userinput>\n"
" PID TT  STAT    TIME COMMAND\n"
"8203  0  Ss   0:00.59 /bin/csh\n"
"8895  0  R+   0:00.00 ps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8165
msgid ""
"The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is organized into a number of columns. The "
"<literal>PID</literal> column displays the process ID. <acronym>PID</"
"acronym>s are assigned starting at 1, go up to 99999, then wrap around back "
"to the beginning. However, a <acronym>PID</acronym> is not reassigned if it "
"is already in use. The <literal>TT</literal> column shows the tty the "
"program is running on and <literal>STAT</literal> shows the program's state. "
"<literal>TIME</literal> is the amount of time the program has been running "
"on the CPU. This is usually not the elapsed time since the program was "
"started, as most programs spend a lot of time waiting for things to happen "
"before they need to spend time on the CPU. Finally, <literal>COMMAND</"
"literal> is the command that was used to start the program."
msgstr ""
"在這個範例裡可以看到 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的輸出分成好幾個欄位。 "
"<literal>PID</literal> 就是前面有提到的程序代號。 <literal>PID</literal> 的分"
"配是從 1 開始一直到 99999，如果用完的話又會繞回來重頭開始分配 (若該 "
"<acronym>PID</acronym> 已經在用了，則 PID 不會重新分配)。 <literal>TT</"
"literal> 欄位是指這個程式在哪個 Console (tty) 上執行，在這裡可以先忽略不管。"
"<literal>STAT</literal> 是程式的狀態，也可以先不要管。<literal>TIME</"
"literal> 是這個程式在 CPU 上執行的時間—這通常不是程式總共花的時間， 因為當您"
"開始執行程式後，大部份的程式在 CPU 上執行前會先花上不少時間等待 。 最後，"
"<literal>COMMAND</literal> 是執行這個程式的指令。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8180
msgid ""
"A number of different options are available to change the information that "
"is displayed. One of the most useful sets is <literal>auxww</literal>, where "
"<option>a</option> displays information about all the running processes of "
"all users, <option>u</option> displays the username and memory usage of the "
"process' owner, <option>x</option> displays information about daemon "
"processes, and <option>ww</option> causes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to display the full "
"command line for each process, rather than truncating it once it gets too "
"long to fit on the screen."
msgstr ""
"有幾個不同的選項組合可以用來變更顯示出來的資訊，其中一個最有用的組合是 "
"<literal>auxww</literal>。 <option>a</option> 可以顯示所有正在跑的程序的指"
"令，不只是您自已的。 <option>u</option> 則是顯示程序的擁有者名稱以及記憶體使"
"用情況。 <option>x</option> 可以把 daemon 程序顯示出來， 而 <option>ww</"
"option> 可讓 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 顯示出每個程序完整的內容， 而不致因過長而被螢幕截掉"
"了。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8191
msgid ""
"The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is similar:"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 也有類似的輸出。 一般的情況看像是這樣："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>\n"
"last pid:  9609;  load averages:  0.56,  0.45,  0.36              up 0+00:20:03  10:21:46\n"
"107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n"
"CPU:  6.2% user,  0.1% nice,  8.2% system,  0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n"
"Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n"
"ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n"
"Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n"
"\n"
"  PID USERNAME    THR PRI NICE   SIZE    RES STATE   C   TIME   WCPU COMMAND\n"
"  557 root          1 -21  r31   136M 42296K select  0   2:20  9.96% Xorg\n"
" 8198 dru           2  52    0   449M 82736K select  3   0:08  5.96% kdeinit4\n"
" 8311 dru          27  30    0  1150M   187M uwait   1   1:37  0.98% firefox\n"
"  431 root          1  20    0 14268K  1728K select  0   0:06  0.98% moused\n"
" 9551 dru           1  21    0 16600K  2660K CPU3    3   0:01  0.98% top\n"
" 2357 dru           4  37    0   718M   141M select  0   0:21  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8705 dru           4  35    0   480M    98M select  2   0:20  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8076 dru           6  20    0   552M   113M uwait   0   0:12  0.00% soffice.bin\n"
" 2623 root          1  30   10 12088K  1636K select  3   0:09  0.00% powerd\n"
" 2338 dru           1  20    0   440M 84532K select  1   0:06  0.00% kwin\n"
" 1427 dru           5  22    0   605M 86412K select  1   0:05  0.00% kdeinit4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8214
msgid ""
"The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six "
"lines) shows the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the last process to run, the "
"system load averages (which are a measure of how busy the system is), the "
"system uptime (time since the last reboot) and the current time. The other "
"figures in the header relate to how many processes are running, how much "
"memory and swap space has been used, and how much time the system is "
"spending in different CPU states. If the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system "
"module has been loaded, an <literal>ARC</literal> line indicates how much "
"data was read from the memory cache instead of from disk."
msgstr ""
"輸出的資訊分成兩個部份。開頭 (前五行或六行) 顯示出最近一個程序的 "
"<acronym>PID</acronym>、系統平均負載 (系統忙磁程度評估方式)、系統的開機時間 "
"(自上次重新開機) 以及現在的時間等。 在開頭裡面的其他數字分別是在講有多少程序"
"正在執行、有多少記憶體及交換空間被占用了，還有就是系統分別花了多少時間在不同"
"的 CPU 狀態上。若有載入 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 檔案系統模組，會有一行 "
"<literal>ARC</literal> 標示有多少資料從磁碟改由記憶體快取中取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8226
msgid ""
"Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to "
"the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, such as the <acronym>PID</acronym>, username, "
"amount of CPU time, and the command that started the process. By default, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> also displays the amount of memory space taken by the process. "
"This is split into two columns: one for total size and one for resident "
"size. Total size is how much memory the application has needed and the "
"resident size is how much it is actually using now."
msgstr ""
"接下來的部份是由好幾個欄位所構成，和 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 輸出的資訊類似。 就如同"
"前例，您可以看到 <acronym>PID</acronym>、使用者名稱、CPU 花費的時間以及正在執"
"行的指令。 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 在預設的情況下還會告訴您程序用掉了多少的記憶體空"
"間。 在這邊會分成兩欄，一個是總用量 (Total size)，另一個是實際用量 (Resident "
"size)——總用量是指這個應用程式需要的記憶體空間，而實際用量則是指目前實際上該程"
"式的記憶體使用量。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8236
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> automatically updates the display every two seconds. A "
"different interval can be specified with <option>-s</option>."
msgstr ""
"top(1) 每隔 2 秒鐘會自動更新顯示內容，可用 <option>-s</option> 選項來改變間隔"
"的時間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8242
msgid "Killing Processes"
msgstr "終止程序"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8244
msgid ""
"One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a "
"<firstterm>signal</firstterm> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are a number of "
"different signals; some have a specific meaning while others are described "
"in the application's documentation. A user can only send a signal to a "
"process they own and sending a signal to someone else's process will result "
"in a permission denied error. The exception is the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user, who can send signals to anyone's "
"processes."
msgstr ""
"要與執行中的程序或 Daemon 溝通唯一的方法是透過 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令傳送<firstterm>信號 (Signal)</firstterm>。 信號有很多種，有"
"些有特定的意義，有些則是會由應用程式來解讀，應用程式的說明文件會告訴您該程式"
"是如何解讀信號。 使用者只能送信號給自己所擁有的程序，送信號給其他人的程序會出"
"現權限不足的錯誤。 唯一的例外是 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>使用者，他可以送信號給任何人的程序。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8254
msgid ""
"The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application "
"is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, "
"FreeBSD will send the process the <quote>Segmentation Violation</quote> "
"signal (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>). If an application has been written to "
"use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> system call to be alerted after a period of time "
"has elapsed, it will be sent the <quote>Alarm</quote> signal "
"(<literal>SIGALRM</literal>)."
msgstr ""
"作業系統在某些情況也會送信號給應用程式。 假設有個應用程式寫得不好，企圖要存取"
"它不該碰的記憶體的時候，FreeBSD 會送一個 <quote>Segmentation Violation</"
"quote> 信號 (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>) 給這個程序。 如果有一個應用程式用了 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的系統呼叫 (System call) 要求系統在過一段時間之後發出通知，時間"
"到了的時候系統就會發出通知信號 (SIGALRM) 給該程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8264
msgid ""
"Two signals can be used to stop a process: <literal>SIGTERM</literal> and "
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal>. <literal>SIGTERM</literal> is the polite way to "
"kill a process as the process can read the signal, close any log files it "
"may have open, and attempt to finish what it is doing before shutting down. "
"In some cases, a process may ignore <literal>SIGTERM</literal> if it is in "
"the middle of some task that cannot be interrupted."
msgstr ""
"<literal>SIGTERM</literal> 與 <literal>SIGKILL</literal> 這兩個信號可以拿來終"
"止程序。 用 <literal>SIGTERM</literal> 結束程序是比較有禮貌的方式，該程序收到"
"信號後可以把自已所使用的日誌檔關閉及其他要在結束前要做的事完成， 然後在關掉程"
"序之前結束掉手邊的工作。 在某些情況下程序有可能會忽略 <literal>SIGTERM</"
"literal>，如它正在做一些不能中斷的工作的話。"

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:8276
msgid ""
"There are a few tasks that cannot be interrupted. For example, if the "
"process is trying to read from a file that is on another computer on the "
"network, and the other computer is unavailable, the process is said to be "
"<quote>uninterruptible</quote>. Eventually the process will time out, "
"typically after two minutes. As soon as this time out occurs the process "
"will be killed."
msgstr ""
"還是有少數東西不能被中斷。 例如有個程序正在從網路上的別的電腦讀一個檔案， 而"
"那部電腦因為某些理由連不到，那這個程序就是一個 <quote>不能中斷的</quote> 程"
"序。 通常在經過 2 分鐘左右之後這個程序會逾時。 當發生逾時的時候這個程序就會被"
"結束掉了。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8273
msgid ""
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a "
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> to a process will usually stop that process there "
"and then. <_:footnote-1/>."
msgstr ""
"<literal>SIGKILL</literal> 就沒有辦法被程序忽略。 傳送 <literal>SIGKILL</"
"literal> 信號給程序通常會將程序直接中止<_:footnote-1/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8285
msgid ""
"Other commonly used signals are <literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</"
"literal>, and <literal>SIGUSR2</literal>. Since these are general purpose "
"signals, different applications will respond differently."
msgstr ""
"其他常用的信號有：<literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</literal> 及 "
"<literal>SIGUSR2</literal>。 這些是通用的信號，對不同的應用程式會有不同的反"
"應。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8290
msgid ""
"For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web "
"server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting "
"<command>httpd</command> would result in a brief outage period on the web "
"server. Instead, send the daemon the <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Be "
"aware that different daemons will have different behavior, so refer to the "
"documentation for the daemon to determine if <literal>SIGHUP</literal> will "
"achieve the desired results."
msgstr ""
"舉例來說，當您更動了網頁伺服器的設定檔，您想要叫網頁伺服器去重新讀取設定。 重"
"新啟動 <command>httpd</command> 會造成網頁伺服器暫停服務一段時間，我們可以傳"
"送 <literal>SIGHUP</literal> 信號來取代關掉重開。 不同的 Daemon 會有不同的行"
"為，所以使用前請先參考 Deamon 的說明文件查看是否可以達到想要的結果。"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:8301
msgid "Sending a Signal to a Process"
msgstr "送信號給程序"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:8303
msgid ""
"This example shows how to send a signal to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> will re-read this configuration file when it is sent a "
"<literal>SIGHUP</literal>."
msgstr ""
"這個範例將會示範如何送一個信號給 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的設定檔是 <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>，而 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 會在收到 <literal>SIGHUP</literal> 的時候重新讀取這個設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8310
msgid ""
"Find the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the process to send the signal to using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. In this example, the <acronym>PID</acronym> for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is 198:"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來查詢要傳送信號的目標程序。 在這個例子中 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的 <acronym>PID</acronym> 為 198："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pgrep -l inetd</userinput>\n"
"198  inetd -wW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8320
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to send the signal. Because "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is owned by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, "
"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"first."
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來發送信號。因為 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 是 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 所有，因此"
"必須先用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 切換成 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> 先。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/bin/kill -s HUP 198</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8331
msgid ""
"Like most <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> commands, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> will not print any output if it is successful. If a signal is "
"sent to a process not owned by that user, the message <errorname>kill: "
"<replaceable>PID</replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname> will be "
"displayed. Mistyping the <acronym>PID</acronym> will either send the signal "
"to the wrong process, which could have negative results, or will send the "
"signal to a <acronym>PID</acronym> that is not currently in use, resulting "
"in the error <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such "
"process</errorname>."
msgstr ""
"對大多數 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 指令來講，"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 執行成功時並不會輸出任何訊息。 假設您送一個信號給某個不是使用者"
"所擁有的程序， 那麼就會顯示這個錯誤訊息： <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</"
"replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname>。 若打錯 <acronym>PID</"
"acronym> 的話，那就會把信號送給錯誤的程序，並把該程序關閉，或者是把信號送給一"
"個非使用中的 <acronym>PID</acronym>，那您就會看到錯誤：<errorname>kill: "
"<replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such process</errorname>。"

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:8344
msgid "Why Use <command>/bin/kill</command>?"
msgstr "為何要使用 <command>/bin/kill</command>？ "

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8346
msgid ""
"Many shells provide <command>kill</command> as a built in command, meaning "
"that the shell will send the signal directly, rather than running <filename>/"
"bin/kill</filename>. Be aware that different shells have a different syntax "
"for specifying the name of the signal to send. Rather than try to learn all "
"of them, it can be simpler to specify <command>/bin/kill</command>."
msgstr ""
"多數 shell 都有提供內建的 <command>kill</command> 指令。 也就是說這種 shell "
"會直接發送信號，而不是執行 <filename>/bin/kill</filename>。 但要小心不同的 "
"shell 會有不同的語法來指定信號的名稱等。 與其嘗試去把它們通通學會，不如就單純"
"的直接用 <command>/bin/kill</command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8358
msgid ""
"When sending other signals, substitute <literal>TERM</literal> or "
"<literal>KILL</literal> with the name of the signal."
msgstr ""
"要送其他的信號的話也是非常類似，就視需要把指令中的 <literal>TERM</literal> "
"或 <literal>KILL</literal> 替換成其他信號的名稱即可。"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:8363
msgid ""
"Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <acronym>PID</acronym> 1, is special. Running <command>/bin/"
"kill -s KILL 1</command> is a quick, and unrecommended, way to shutdown the "
"system. <emphasis>Always</emphasis> double check the arguments to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> <emphasis>before</emphasis> pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""
"隨便抓一個系統中的程序然後把他砍掉並不是個好主意。 特別是 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>， <acronym>PID</acronym> 1 是一個非常特別的程序。 執行 "
"<command>/bin/kill -s KILL 1</command> 的結果就是系統立刻關機。 因此在您按下 "
"<keycap>Return</keycap> 要執行 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 之前， 請<emphasis>一定"
"要</emphasis>記得再次確認您下的參數。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8375
msgid "Shells"
msgstr "Shell"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8377
msgid "<primary>shells</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8380
msgid "<primary>command line</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8384
msgid ""
"A <firstterm>shell</firstterm> provides a command line interface for "
"interacting with the operating system. A shell receives commands from the "
"input channel and executes them. Many shells provide built in functions to "
"help with everyday tasks such as file management, file globbing, command "
"line editing, command macros, and environment variables. FreeBSD comes with "
"several shells, including the Bourne shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>) and the extended C "
"shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>). Other shells are available from the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection, such as <command>zsh</command> and <command>bash</command>."
msgstr ""
"<firstterm>Shell</firstterm> 提供了指令列介面可用來與作業系統互動，Shell 負責"
"從輸入的頻道接收指令並執行它們。 多數 Shell 也內建一些有助於日常工作的功能，"
"像是檔案管理、檔案搜尋、指令列編輯、指令巨集以及環境變數等。 FreeBSD 有內附了"
"幾個 Shell，包含 Bourne Shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>)，與改良版的 C-shell "
"(<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>)。 還有許多其他的 Shell 可以從 FreeBSD Port 套件集中取得，像是 "
"<command>zsh</command> 以及 <command>bash</command> 等。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8395
msgid ""
"The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might "
"feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. A <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> user "
"might prefer <command>bash</command>. Each shell has unique properties that "
"may or may not work with a user's preferred working environment, which is "
"why there is a choice of which shell to use."
msgstr ""
"要用哪個 Shell 牽涉到每個人的喜好。 如果您是一個 C 程式設計師，那對於使用像"
"是 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 這種 C-like 的 shell 可能會感到較容易上手。 如果是 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 的使用者，那您也許會想要用 "
"<command>bash</command>。 每一個 Shell 都有自已獨特之處，至於這些特點能不能符"
"合使用者的喜好，就是您選擇 shell 的重點了。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8402
msgid ""
"One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the "
"first few letters of a command or filename and presses <keycap>Tab</keycap>, "
"the shell completes the rest of the command or filename. Consider two files "
"called <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename>. To "
"delete <filename>foobar</filename>, the user might type <command>rm foo</"
"command> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the filename."
msgstr ""
"常見的 Shell 功能之一就是檔名自動補齊。 首先輸入指令或檔案的前幾個字母，然後"
"按下 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 鍵，Shell 就會自動把指令或是檔案名稱剩餘的部份補"
"齊。 假設您有兩個檔案分別叫作 <filename>foobar</filename> 及 "
"<filename>football</filename>。 要刪掉 <filename>foobar</filename>，那麼可以"
"輸入 <command>rm foo</command> 然後按下 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 來補齊檔名。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8411
msgid ""
"But the shell only shows <command>rm foo</command>. It was unable to "
"complete the filename because both <filename>foobar</filename> and "
"<filename>football</filename> start with <literal>foo</literal>. Some shells "
"sound a beep or show all the choices if more than one name matches. The user "
"must then type more characters to identify the desired filename. Typing a "
"<literal>t</literal> and pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> again is enough to "
"let the shell determine which filename is desired and fill in the rest."
msgstr ""
"但 Shell 只顯示了 <command>rm foo</command>，這代表它沒有辦法完全自動補齊檔"
"名，因為有不只一個檔名符合條件。 <filename>foobar</filename> 和 "
"<filename>football</filename> 都是 <literal>foo</literal> 開頭的檔名。 有一"
"些 Shell 會有嗶的音效或者顯示所有符符條件的檔名。 使用者只需要多打幾個字元來"
"分辦想要的檔名。 輸入 <literal>t</literal> 然後再按 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 一"
"次，那 Shell 就能夠替您把剩下的檔名填滿了。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8421
msgid "<primary>environment variables</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8425
msgid ""
"Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. "
"Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's "
"environment. This environment can be read by any program invoked by the "
"shell, and thus contains a lot of program configuration. <xref linkend="
"\"shell-env-vars\"/> provides a list of common environment variables and "
"their meanings. Note that the names of environment variables are always in "
"uppercase."
msgstr ""
"Shell 的另一項特點是使用了環境變數。 環境變數是以變數與鍵值 (variable/key) 的"
"對應關係儲存於 Shell 的環境，任何由該 Shell 所產生的程序都可以讀取此環境變"
"數， 因此環境變數儲存了許多程序的設定。 <xref linkend=\"shell-env-vars\"/> 提"
"供了常見的環境變數與其涵義的清單。 請注意環境變數的名稱永遠以大寫表示。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:8435
msgid "Common Environment Variables"
msgstr "常用環境變數"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8440 book.translate.xml:22974
msgid "Variable"
msgstr "變數"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8447
msgid "<envar>USER</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8448
msgid "Current logged in user's name."
msgstr "目前登入的使用者名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8452
msgid "<envar>PATH</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8453
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries."
msgstr "以冒號 (:) 隔開的目錄列表，用以搜尋執行檔的路徑。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8458
msgid "<envar>DISPLAY</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8459
msgid ""
"Network name of the <application>Xorg</application> display to connect to, "
"if available."
msgstr ""
"若存在這個環境變數，則代表 <application>Xorg</application> 顯示器的網路名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8465
msgid "<envar>SHELL</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8466
msgid "The current shell."
msgstr "目前使用的 Shell。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8470
msgid "<envar>TERM</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8472
msgid ""
"The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities "
"of the terminal."
msgstr "使用者終端機類型的名稱，用來判斷終端機有那些功能。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8477
msgid "<envar>TERMCAP</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8479
msgid ""
"Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal "
"functions."
msgstr ""
"用來執行各種終端機功能的終端機跳脫碼 (Terminal escape code) 的資料庫項目。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8484
msgid "<envar>OSTYPE</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8485
msgid "Type of operating system."
msgstr "作業系統的類型。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8489
msgid "<envar>MACHTYPE</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8490
msgid "The system's CPU architecture."
msgstr "系統的 CPU 架構。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8494
msgid "<envar>EDITOR</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8495
msgid "The user's preferred text editor."
msgstr "使用者偏好的文字編輯器。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8499
msgid "<envar>PAGER</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8500
msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time."
msgstr "使用者偏好的文字分頁檢視工具。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8505
msgid "<envar>MANPATH</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8506
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages."
msgstr "以冒號 (:) 隔開的目錄列表，用以搜尋使用手冊的路徑。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8513
msgid "<primary>Bourne shells</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8517
msgid ""
"How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <command>setenv</"
"command> to set environment variables. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <command>bash</"
"command>, use <command>export</command> to set the current environment "
"variables. This example sets the default <envar>EDITOR</envar> to <filename>/"
"usr/local/bin/emacs</filename> for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell:"
msgstr ""
"在不同的 Shell 底下設定環境變數的方式也有所不同。 在 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 和 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，使用 <command>setenv</"
"command> 來設定環境變數。 在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 和 <command>bash</"
"command> 則使用 <command>export</command> 來設定目前環境的變數。 以下範例將 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> Shell 下的 <envar>EDITOR</envar> 環境變數從預設值更改為 "
"<filename>/usr/local/bin/emacs</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8526
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8528
msgid "The equivalent command for <command>bash</command> would be:"
msgstr "相同功能的指令在 <command>bash</command> 下則是："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8531
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8533
msgid ""
"To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type "
"a <literal>$</literal> character in front of its name on the command line. "
"For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> displays the current <envar>"
"$TERM</envar> setting."
msgstr ""
"要展開以顯示目前環境變數中的值，只要在指令列輸入環境變數之前加上 <literal>$</"
"literal> 字元。 舉例來說，<command>echo $TERM</command> 會顯示出目前 <envar>"
"$TERM</envar> 的設定值。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8539
msgid ""
"Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special "
"representations of data. The most common meta-character is <literal>*</"
"literal>, which represents any number of characters in a filename. Meta-"
"characters can be used to perform filename globbing. For example, "
"<command>echo *</command> is equivalent to <command>ls</command> because the "
"shell takes all the files that match <literal>*</literal> and <command>echo</"
"command> lists them on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Shell 中有特殊字元用來表示特殊資料，我們將其稱作 Ｍeta-characters。 其中最常"
"見的 Ｍeta-characters 是 <literal>*</literal> 字元，它代表了檔名中的任意字"
"元。 Meta-characters 可以用在搜尋檔名，舉例來說，輸入 <command>echo *</"
"command> 會和輸入 <command>ls</command> 得到幾乎相同的結果，這是因為 shell 會"
"將所有符合 <literal>*</literal> 字元的檔案由 <command>echo</command> 顯示出"
"來。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8549
msgid ""
"To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from "
"the shell by starting it with a backslash (<literal>\\</literal>). For "
"example, <command>echo $TERM</command> prints the terminal setting whereas "
"<command>echo \\$TERM</command> literally prints the string <literal>$TERM</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"為了避免 Shell 轉譯這些特殊字元，我們可以在這些特殊字元前放一個反斜線 "
"(<literal>\\</literal>) 字元使他們跳脫 (Escape) Shell 的轉譯。舉例來說，"
"<command>echo $TERM</command> 會印出你目前終端機的設定， <command>echo \\"
"$TERM</command> 則會直接印出 <literal>$TERM</literal> 這幾個字。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8557
msgid "Changing the Shell"
msgstr "變更 Shell"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8559
msgid ""
"The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use "
"<command>chsh</command>. Running this command will open the editor that is "
"configured in the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable, which by "
"default is set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Change the "
"<literal>Shell:</literal> line to the full path of the new shell."
msgstr ""
"永久變更 Shell 最簡單的方法就是透過 <command>chsh</command> 指令。 執行 "
"<command>chsh</command> 將會使用環境變數中 <envar>EDITOR</envar> 指定的文字編"
"輯器，如果沒有設定，則預設是 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 請修改 "
"<literal>Shell:</literal> 為新的 Shell 的完整路徑。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8566
msgid ""
"Alternately, use <command>chsh -s</command> which will set the specified "
"shell without opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to "
"<command>bash</command>:"
msgstr ""
"或者，使用 <command>chsh -s</command>， 來直接設定 Shell 而不開啟文字編輯"
"器。 例如， 假設想把 Shell 更改為 <command>bash</command>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8570
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8573
msgid ""
"The new shell <emphasis>must</emphasis> be present in <filename>/etc/shells</"
"filename>. If the shell was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>, it should be automatically added to "
"this file. If it is missing, add it using this command, replacing the path "
"with the path of the shell:"
msgstr ""
"新的 Shell <emphasis>必須</emphasis>已列於 <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
"裡頭。 若是依 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 說明由 Port 套件集來裝的 Shell， 那就"
"會自動列入至該檔案裡。 若仍缺少，請使用以下指令加入檔案 (請將路徑替換為新的 "
"Shell 的路徑)："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8580
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo <replaceable>/usr/local/bin/bash</replaceable> &gt;&gt; /etc/shells</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8582
msgid ""
"Then, rerun <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"然後重新執行 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:8588
msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques"
msgstr "進階 Shell 技巧"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:8591 book.translate.xml:31009 book.translate.xml:35403
#: book.translate.xml:35483 book.translate.xml:37092 book.translate.xml:43965
#: book.translate.xml:54417 book.translate.xml:56852
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8601
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> shell is not just a "
"command interpreter, it acts as a powerful tool which allows users to "
"execute commands, redirect their output, redirect their input and chain "
"commands together to improve the final command output. When this "
"functionality is mixed with built in commands, the user is provided with an "
"environment that can maximize efficiency."
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Shell 不只是指令的直譯器，它"
"是一個強大的工具可讓使用者執行指令、重新導向指令的輸出、重新導向指令的輸入並"
"將指令串連在一起來改進最終指令的輸出結果。當這個功能與內建的指令混合使用時，"
"可提供一個可以最佳化效率的環境給使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8609
msgid ""
"Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a "
"command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command, for example, into a file, redirect the output:"
msgstr ""
"Shell 重新導向是將一個指令的輸出或輸入傳送給另一個指令或檔案。例如，要擷取 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令的輸出到一個檔案，可以重新導向輸出:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8614
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls &gt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8616
msgid ""
"The directory contents will now be listed in <filename>directory_listing."
"txt</filename>. Some commands can be used to read input, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To sort this listing, redirect the input:"
msgstr ""
"目錄的內容現在會列到 <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> 中，部份指令"
"可以讀取輸入，例如 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。要排序這個清單，可重新"
"導向輸入:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8621
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8623
msgid ""
"The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input "
"into another file, one could redirect the output of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> by mixing the direction:"
msgstr ""
"輸入的內容會被排序後呈現在畫面上，要重新導向該輸入到另一個檔案，可以重新導向 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的出輸:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8627
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt &gt; sorted.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8629
msgid ""
"In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection "
"using file descriptors. Every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> system has file descriptors, which include standard input "
"(stdin), standard output (stdout), and standard error (stderr). Each one has "
"a purpose, where input could be a keyboard or a mouse, something that "
"provides input. Output could be a screen or paper in a printer. And error "
"would be anything that is used for diagnostic or error messages. All three "
"are considered <acronym>I/O</acronym> based file descriptors and sometimes "
"considered streams."
msgstr ""
"於上述所有的範例中，指令會透過檔案描述符 (File descriptor) 來執行重新導向。每"
"個 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統都有檔案描述符，其中"
"包含了標準輸入 (stdin)、標準輸出 (stdout) 以及標準錯誤 (stderr)。每一種檔案描"
"述符都有特定的用途，輸入可能來自鍵盤或滑鼠、任何可能提供輸入的來源，輸出則可"
"能是螢幕或印表機中的紙張，而錯誤則為任何可能用來診斷的資訊或錯誤訊息。這三種"
"皆被認為是以 I/O 為基礎的檔案描述符，有些也會被當做串流。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8640
msgid ""
"Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to "
"be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. "
"Another method of redirection is the pipe operator."
msgstr ""
"透過使用這些檔案描述符，Shell 能夠讓輸出與輸入在各種指令間傳遞與重新導向到或"
"自檔案。另一種重新導向的方式是使用管線運算子 (Pipe operator)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8645
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe operator, <quote>|"
"</quote> allows the output of one command to be directly passed or directed "
"to another program. Basically, a pipe allows the standard output of a "
"command to be passed as standard input to another command, for example:"
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 的管線運算子，即 <quote>|</"
"quote>，可允許指令的輸出可直接傳遞或導向到另一個程式。基本上，管線運算子允許"
"指令的標準輸出以標準輸入傳遞給另一個指令，例如:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8651
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8653
msgid ""
"In that example, the contents of <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> "
"will be sorted and the output passed to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>less</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows the user "
"to scroll through the output at their own pace and prevent it from scrolling "
"off the screen."
msgstr ""
"在這個例子中，<filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> 的內容會被排序然後輸"
"出傳遞給 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>less</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>，這可讓使用者依自己的閱讀步調捲動輸出的結果，避免結"
"果直接捲動出畫面。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8662
msgid "Text Editors"
msgstr "文字編輯器"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8664
msgid "<primary>text editors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8667 book.translate.xml:8703
msgid "<primary>editors</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8671
msgid ""
"Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files. Because of this, "
"it is a good idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with "
"a few as part of the base system, and many more are available in the Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 中有許多設定必須透過編輯文字檔完成。 因此，若能熟悉文字編輯器是再"
"好不過的。 FreeBSD 本身就內建幾種文字編輯器， 您也可以透過 Port 套件集來安裝"
"其他的文字編輯器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8676
msgid "<primary><command>ee</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8679
msgid ""
"<primary>editors</primary> <secondary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8684
msgid ""
"A simple editor to learn is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which stands for easy "
"editor. To start this editor, type <command>ee <replaceable>filename</"
"replaceable></command> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is the name "
"of the file to be edited. Once inside the editor, all of the commands for "
"manipulating the editor's functions are listed at the top of the display. "
"The caret (<literal>^</literal>) represents <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, so "
"<literal>^e</literal> expands to <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>. To leave "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>, then choose the <quote>leave "
"editor</quote> option from the main menu. The editor will prompt to save any "
"changes if the file has been modified."
msgstr ""
"最簡單易學的文字編輯器叫做 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，意為簡易的編輯器 "
"(Easy Editor)。 要開始使用這個編輯器， 只需輸入 <command>ee "
"<replaceable>filename</replaceable></command>，其中 <replaceable>filename</"
"replaceable> 代表你想要編輯的檔案名稱。 在編輯器中， 所有編輯器的功能與操作都"
"顯示在螢幕的上方。 其中的插入符號 (<literal>^</literal>) 代表鍵盤上的 "
"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 鍵，所以 <literal>^e</literal> 代表的是  <keycombo "
"action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>。 若要"
"結束 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>，請按下 <keycap>Esc</keycap> 鍵，接著選擇 "
"<quote>leave editor</quote> 即可。 此時如果該檔案有修改過，編輯器會提醒你是否"
"要存檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8700
msgid "<primary><command>vi</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8706
msgid "<primary><command>emacs</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8710
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, as part of the base system. Other editors, like "
"<package>editors/emacs</package> and <package>editors/vim</package>, are "
"part of the FreeBSD Ports Collection. These editors offer more functionality "
"at the expense of being more complicated to learn. Learning a more powerful "
"editor such as <application>vim</application> or <application>Emacs</"
"application> can save more time in the long run."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 同時也內建功能強大的文字編輯器，像是<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 其他編輯器如 "
"<package>editors/emacs</package> 及 <package>editors/vim</package> 則由 "
"FreeBSD Port 套件集提供。 這些編輯器提供更強的功能，但是也比較難學習。 長期來"
"看學習 <application>vim</application> 或 <application>Emacs</application> 會"
"在日後為您省下更多的時間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8720
msgid ""
"Many applications which modify files or require typed input will "
"automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the "
"<envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable as described in <xref linkend="
"\"shells\"/>."
msgstr ""
"有許多應用程式在修改檔案或需要輸入時會自動開啟文字編輯器，要更改預設的編輯器"
"可設定 <envar>EDITOR</envar> 環境變數如 <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> 所說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8727
msgid "Devices and Device Nodes"
msgstr "裝置及裝置節點"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8729
msgid ""
"A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, "
"including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD "
"boots, the majority of the boot messages refer to devices being detected. A "
"copy of the boot messages are saved to <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""
"裝置 (Device) 一詞大多是跟硬體比較有關的術語，包括磁碟、印表機、顯示卡和鍵"
"盤。 FreeBSD 開機過程當中，開機訊息 (Boot Message) 中主要是會列出偵測到的硬體"
"裝置，開機訊息的複本也會存放在 <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8736
msgid ""
"Each device has a device name and number. For example, <filename>ada0</"
"filename> is the first SATA hard drive, while <filename>kbd0</filename> "
"represents the keyboard."
msgstr ""
"每一個裝置都有一個裝置名稱及編號，舉例來說 <filename>ada0</filename> 是第一"
"台 SATA 硬碟，而 <filename>kbd0</filename> 則代表鍵盤。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8741
msgid ""
"Most devices in a FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called "
"device nodes, which are located in <filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 中大多數的裝置必須透過裝置節點 (Device Node) 的特殊檔案來存取，這"
"些檔案會放置在 <filename>/dev</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8747
msgid "Manual Pages"
msgstr "操作手冊"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8749
msgid "<primary>manual pages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8753
msgid ""
"The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual "
"pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference "
"manual explaining the basic operation and available arguments. These manuals "
"can be viewed using <command>man</command>:"
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 中，最詳細的文件莫過於操作手冊。 幾乎在系統上所有程式都會有簡短的"
"操作手冊來介紹該程式的基本操作以及可用的參數。 這些操作手冊可以使用 "
"<command>man</command> 指令來檢視："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8759
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8761
msgid ""
"where <replaceable>command</replaceable> is the name of the command to learn "
"about. For example, to learn more about <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""
"其中 <replaceable>command</replaceable> 想要瞭解指令的名稱。 舉例，要知道 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的詳細用法，就可以打："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8765
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ls</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8767
msgid ""
"Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. In "
"FreeBSD, the following sections are available:"
msgstr ""
"操作手冊被分成很多個章節，每個章節有不同的主題。 在 FreeBSD 中操作手冊有以下"
"章節："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8773
msgid "User commands."
msgstr "使用者指令。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8777
msgid "System calls and error numbers."
msgstr "系統呼叫 (System call) 與錯誤編號。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8781
msgid "Functions in the C libraries."
msgstr "C 程式庫函數。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8785
msgid "Device drivers."
msgstr "裝置驅動程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8789
msgid "File formats."
msgstr "檔案格式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8793
msgid "Games and other diversions."
msgstr "遊戲及其他程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8797
msgid "Miscellaneous information."
msgstr "其他資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8801
msgid "System maintenance and operation commands."
msgstr "系統維護與操作指令。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8805
msgid "System kernel interfaces."
msgstr "系統核心介面。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8809
msgid ""
"In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the "
"online manual. For example, there is a <command>chmod</command> user command "
"and a <function>chmod()</function> system call. To tell "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> which section to display, specify the section number:"
msgstr ""
"有些情況會有同樣主題會同時出現在不同章節。 舉個例子，系統內會有 "
"<command>chmod</command> 使用者指令，但同時也有 <function>chmod()</function> "
"系統呼叫。 在這種情況，要告訴 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 要查詢的章節編號："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8815
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man 1 chmod</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8817
msgid ""
"This will display the manual page for the user command "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. References to a particular section of the online manual are "
"traditionally placed in parenthesis in written documentation, so "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> refers to the user command and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> refers to the system call."
msgstr ""
"如此一來就會查詢使用者指令 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。 通常在寫文件時會把有"
"參考到特定章節的號碼寫在括號內。 所以 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 就是指使用者指令，而 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 則是指系統呼叫。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8823
msgid ""
"If the name of the manual page is unknown, use <command>man -k</command> to "
"search for keywords in the manual page descriptions:"
msgstr ""
"若不曉得操作手冊的名稱，可以使用 <command>man -k</command> 來以關鍵字查詢所有"
"操作手冊的描述："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8827
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>mail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8829
msgid ""
"This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword <quote>mail</"
"quote> in their descriptions. This is equivalent to using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"這個指令會顯示所有描述中有使用到關鍵字 <quote>mail</quote> 的指令。 這等同使"
"用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8833
msgid ""
"To read the descriptions for all of the commands in <filename>/usr/bin</"
"filename>, type:"
msgstr "想要閱讀所有在 <filename>/usr/bin</filename> 底下的指令說明則可輸入："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -f * | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8839 book.translate.xml:49386
msgid "or"
msgstr "或"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8841
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>whatis * |more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8845
msgid "GNU Info Files"
msgstr "GNU Info 檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8851
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free "
"Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may "
"include hypertext documents called <literal>info</literal> files. These can "
"be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or, if "
"<package>editors/emacs</package> is installed, the info mode of "
"<application>emacs</application>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 有許多應用程式與工具來自自由軟體基金會 (Free Software Foundation, "
"FSF)。 除了操作手冊之外，這些程式提供了另外一種更具有彈性的超文字文件叫做 "
"<literal>info</literal> 檔。 這些檔案可以使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令來閱讀，或者若有裝 <package>editors/emacs</package> 亦可透"
"過 <application>emacs</application> 的 info 模式閱讀。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8859
msgid ""
"To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""
"要使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 指令，只需輸入："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8861
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>info</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8863
msgid ""
"For a brief introduction, type <literal>h</literal>. For a quick command "
"reference, type <literal>?</literal>."
msgstr ""
"要查詢簡單說明請按 <literal>h</literal> 鍵，若要查訊快速指令參考請按 "
"<literal>?</literal> 鍵。"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8877
msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports"
msgstr "安裝應用程式: 套件與 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8882
msgid "<primary>ports</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8883
msgid "<primary>packages</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>套件</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8884
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the "
"base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies "
"for installing third-party software: the FreeBSD Ports Collection, for "
"installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built "
"binaries. Either method may be used to install software from local media or "
"from the network."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 已內建豐富的系統工具，此外 FreeBSD 提供了 2 種安裝第三方軟體的套件管"
"理技術︰由原始碼安的 FreeBSD Port 套件集，以及由預先編譯好的 Binary 安裝的 "
"Binary  套件集。 無論要用哪一種方式，都可由本地的媒體或網路來安裝軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8896
msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports."
msgstr "Binary 套件集與 Port 的差別。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8900
msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何找到已移植到 FreeBSD 的第三方軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8905
msgid "How to manage binary packages using <application>pkg</application>."
msgstr "如何使用 <application>pkg</application> 管理 Binary 套件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8910
msgid ""
"How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection."
msgstr "如何編譯來自 Port 套件集的第三方軟體原始碼。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8915
msgid ""
"How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation "
"configuration."
msgstr "如何找到應用程式已安裝的檔案來完成安裝後的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8920
msgid "What to do if a software installation fails."
msgstr "若軟體安裝失敗要如何處理。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8926
msgid "Overview of Software Installation"
msgstr "安裝軟體的概要"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8928
msgid ""
"The typical steps for installing third-party software on a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system include:"
msgstr ""
"通常要在 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統上安裝第三方軟"
"體時，有幾個步驟要作："

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8933
msgid ""
"Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code "
"format or as a binary."
msgstr "找到並且下載軟體，該軟體有可能以原始碼或 Binary 格式發佈。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8938
msgid ""
"Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a "
"tarball compressed with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"解壓縮軟體。 發佈的格式通常會使用 tarball 並以 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 或 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 壓縮。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8944
msgid ""
"Locate the documentation in <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</"
"filename> or some file in a <filename>doc/</filename> subdirectory and read "
"up on how to install the software."
msgstr ""
"找到位於 <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</filename> 或者 "
"<filename>doc/</filename> 子目錄底下的檔案閱讀如何安裝該軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8951
msgid ""
"If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may "
"involve editing a <filename>Makefile</filename> or running a "
"<command>configure</command> script."
msgstr ""
"若軟體是以原始碼的格式發佈則需要編譯該軟體。 這可能會需要修改 "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> 或執行 <command>configure</command> Script。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8958
msgid "Test and install the software."
msgstr "測試並安裝該軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8962
msgid ""
"If the software package was not deliberately ported, or tested to work, on "
"FreeBSD, the source code may need editing in order for it to install and run "
"properly. At the time of this writing, over 24,000 third-party applications "
"have been ported to FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"如果軟體套件未被特意移植到 FreeBSD 或測試是否可運作。 那可能需要修改一下該軟"
"體的原始碼才能正常使用。 在搛寫此篇文章時候， 已經有超過 24,000 個第三方應用"
"程式已經被移植到 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8968
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an "
"application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A package "
"can be manipulated with the <application>pkg</application> commands, such as "
"<command>pkg install</command>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD Binary 套件中包含了應用程式預先編譯好的指令、設定檔及文件。 套件可以"
"使用 <application>pkg</application> 指令來管理，如 <command>pkg install</"
"command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8974
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD port is a collection of files designed to automate the process of "
"compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a port "
"contain all the necessary information to automatically download, extract, "
"patch, compile, and install the application."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD Port 套件則包含了已設計好從原始碼編譯成應用程式的自動化程序。 Port 套"
"件中的檔案包含自動下載、解壓縮、修補、編譯及安裝應用程式流程中所有需要的資"
"訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8980
msgid ""
"The ports system can also be used to generate packages which can be "
"manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands."
msgstr "Port 系統可以透過 FreeBSD 套件管理指令來產生套件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8984
msgid ""
"Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is "
"used to install an application and a dependent library is not already "
"installed, the library will automatically be installed first."
msgstr ""
"不論是 Binary 套件或者 Port 套件都有相依的功能，若以 Binary 或 Port 套件安裝"
"應用程式，且該應用程式有相依的程式庫尚未被安裝，則會自動先安裝該程式庫。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8989
msgid ""
"While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their "
"own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for "
"installing a particular application."
msgstr ""
"雖然兩種技術非常相似，但 Binary 套件及 Port 套件有各自的優點。 要視您要安裝的"
"應用程式需求來選擇。"

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:8995
msgid "Package Benefits"
msgstr "Binary 套件優點"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8998
msgid ""
"A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed "
"tarball containing the source code for the application."
msgstr "應用程式壓縮 Binary 套件的 tarball 會比壓縮原始碼的 tarball 還要小。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9004
msgid ""
"Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as "
"<application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application>, or "
"<application>GNOME</application>, this can be important on a slow system."
msgstr ""
"安裝 Binary 套件不需要編譯的時間，對於較慢的電腦要安裝大型的應用程式如 "
"<application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application> 或 "
"<application>GNOME</application> 這點顯的相當重要。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9012
msgid ""
"Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in "
"compiling software on FreeBSD."
msgstr "Binary 套件不需要了解在 FreeBSD 上編譯軟體的流程。"

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:9018
msgid "Port Benefits"
msgstr "Port 套件優點"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9021
msgid ""
"Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have "
"to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can "
"change the compilation options."
msgstr ""
"由於 Binary 套件必須盡可能在大多數系統上執行，通常會採用較通用的編譯選項來編"
"譯，由 Port 來編輯可更改編譯選項。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9028
msgid ""
"Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are "
"installed. For example, <application>Apache</application> can be configured "
"with a wide variety of different built-in options."
msgstr ""
"部份應用程式編譯期選項會與要安裝的功能有關，舉例來說 <application>Apache</"
"application> 便有大量不同的內建選項可以設定。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9033
msgid ""
"In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to "
"specify certain settings. For example, <application>Ghostscript</"
"application> is available as a <filename>ghostscript</filename> package and "
"a <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> package, depending on whether or "
"not <application>Xorg</application> is installed. Creating multiple packages "
"rapidly becomes impossible if an application has more than one or two "
"different compile-time options."
msgstr ""
"在某些情況，同樣的應用程式會存在多個不同的 Binary 套件，如 "
"<application>Ghostscript</application> 有 <filename>ghostscript</filename> "
"及 <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> 兩種 Binary 套件，用來區別是否有安"
"裝 <application>Xorg</application>。 若應用程式有一個以上的編譯期選項便無法用"
"這個方式來區別 Binary 套件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9045
msgid ""
"The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such "
"software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the "
"end-user."
msgstr ""
"部份軟體的授權條款中禁止以 Binary 格式發佈。 這種軟體必須以原始碼發佈並由終端"
"使用者編譯。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9051
msgid ""
"Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through "
"source code in order to look for potential problems."
msgstr "部份人並不相信 Binary 發佈版本，寧願閱讀原始碼來查看是否潛藏的問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9057
msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches."
msgstr "原始碼可套用自訂的修補。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9062
msgid ""
"To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD ports mailing "
"list</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">FreeBSD ports bugs mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""
"要持續追蹤 Port 的更新可以訂閱 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD Port 郵遞論壇</link> 與 <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs"
"\">FreeBSD Port 問題郵遞論壇</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9066
msgid ""
"Before installing any application, check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml."
"freebsd.org/\"/> for security issues related to the application or type "
"<command>pkg audit -F</command> to check all installed applications for "
"known vulnerabilities."
msgstr ""
"在安裝任何應用程式之前，請先查看 <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/"
"\"/> 是否有與該應用程式相關的安全性問題或輸入 <command>pkg audit -F</"
"command> 來檢查所有已安裝的應用程式是否有已知的漏洞。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9072
msgid ""
"The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to "
"install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"本章接下來的部份將說明如何在 FreeBSD 使用 Binary 套件及 Port 套件安裝與管理第"
"三方軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9078
msgid "Finding Software"
msgstr "搜尋軟體"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9080
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are "
"a number of ways to find software to install:"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 上可安裝的軟體清單不斷在增加， 有幾種方式可以來找你想安裝的軟體："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9086
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the "
"available applications, at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index."
"html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</link>. The ports can be searched by "
"application name or by software category."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 網站有維護一份可搜尋的最新應用程式清單，在 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</"
"link>。 可以依應用程式名稱或軟體分類來搜尋 Port。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9093
msgid "<primary>FreshPorts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9095
msgid ""
"Dan Langille maintains <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/"
"\">FreshPorts.org</link> which provides a comprehensive search utility and "
"also tracks changes to the applications in the Ports Collection. Registered "
"users can create a customized watch list in order to receive an automated "
"email when their watched ports are updated."
msgstr ""
"由 Dan Langille 維護的 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/"
"\">FreshPorts.org</link>，提供完整的搜尋工具並且可追蹤在 Port 套件集中的應用"
"程式變更。註冊的使用者可以建立自訂的監視清單會自動寄發電子郵件通知 Port 的更"
"新資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9104
msgid "<primary>SourceForge</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9106
msgid ""
"If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a "
"site like <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</"
"link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://www.github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> then "
"check back at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html"
"\">FreeBSD site</link> to see if the application has been ported."
msgstr ""
"若找不到指定的應用程式，可以先到網站 <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</link> 或 <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> 搜尋，後然再回到 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD 網站</link> 檢查該應用程式是否"
"已被移植。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9114
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary> <secondary>search</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#pkg-search
#: book.translate.xml:9119
msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:"
msgstr "要搜尋 Binary 套件檔案庫中的應用程式可："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"git-subversion-<replaceable>1.9.2</replaceable>\n"
"java-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"p5-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"py27-hgsubversion-<replaceable>1.6</replaceable>\n"
"py27-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"ruby-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-book-<replaceable>4515</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-static-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion16-<replaceable>1.6.23_4</replaceable>\n"
"subversion17-<replaceable>1.7.16_2</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9135
msgid ""
"Package names include the version number and in case of ports based on "
"python, the version number of the version of python the package was built "
"with. Some ports also have multiple versions available. In case of "
"<application>subversion</application> there are different versions "
"available, as well as different compile options. In this case, the "
"statically linked version of <application>subversion</application>. When "
"indicating which package to install, it is best to specify the application "
"by the port origin, which is the path in the ports tree. Repeat the "
"<command>pkg search</command> with <option>-o</option> to list the origin of "
"each package:"
msgstr ""
"套件名稱包含版本編號，且若 Port 使用 Python 為基礎，也會包含用來編譯該套件的 "
"Python 版本。有些 Port 會有多個版本可使用，如 <application>subversion</"
"application> ，因編譯選項不同，有多個版本可用，這個例子中即指靜態連結版本的 "
"<application>subversion</application>。在指定要安裝的套件時，最好使用 Port 來"
"源來指定該應用程式，Port 來源是指應用程式在 Port 樹中的路徑。再輸入一次 "
"<command>pkg search</command> 並加上 <option>-o</option> 來列出每個套件來源："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search -o <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"devel/git-subversion\n"
"java/java-subversion\n"
"devel/p5-subversion\n"
"devel/py-hgsubversion\n"
"devel/py-subversion\n"
"devel/ruby-subversion\n"
"devel/subversion16\n"
"devel/subversion17\n"
"devel/subversion\n"
"devel/subversion-book\n"
"devel/subversion-static"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9162
msgid ""
"Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, "
"or any other field in the repository database is also supported by "
"<command>pkg search</command>. After installing <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</"
"package> or <package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package>, see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""
"<command>pkg search</command> 支援使用 Shell 萬手字元 (globs)、正規表示法、描"
"述或檔案庫中的其他其他內容。在安裝 <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</package> 或 "
"<package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package> 之後，可參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 以取得更多詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9171
msgid ""
"If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to "
"query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port "
"is in, type <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></command>, "
"where <replaceable>file</replaceable> is the program to be installed:"
msgstr ""
"若 Port 套件集已安裝，有數個方法可以查詢 Port 樹中的本地版本。要找到 Port 所"
"在的分類，可輸入 <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></command>，"
"其中 <replaceable>file</replaceable> 是要安裝的程式："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9178
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>whereis lsof</userinput>\n"
"lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9181
msgid ""
"Alternately, an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> statement can be used:"
msgstr ""
"或者，也可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9184
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9187
msgid ""
"Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the "
"<filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"請注意，這也會顯示已下載至 <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> 目錄中任"
"何已符合條件的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9193
msgid ""
"Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in "
"search mechanism. To use the search feature, <application>cd</application> "
"to <filename>/usr/ports</filename> then run <command>make search "
"name=program-name</command> where <replaceable>program-name</replaceable> is "
"the name of the software. For example, to search for <command>lsof</command>:"
msgstr ""
"另一個方法是使用 Port 套件集內建的搜尋機制來找軟體。要使用搜尋的功能需先 "
"<application>cd</application> 到 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> 然後執行 "
"<command>make search name=program-name</command>，其中 <replaceable>program-"
"name</replaceable> 代表軟體的名稱。舉例搜尋 <command>lsof</command>："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9202
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make search name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n"
"Maint:  ler@lerctr.org\n"
"Index:  sysutils\n"
"B-deps:\n"
"R-deps: "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9213
msgid ""
"The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a message "
"indicates that the <filename>INDEX</filename> is required, run <command>make "
"fetchindex</command> to download the current index file. With the "
"<filename>INDEX</filename> present, <command>make search</command> will be "
"able to perform the requested search."
msgstr ""
"內建的搜尋機制會使用索引檔內的資訊。若出現訊息指出需要 <filename>INDEX</"
"filename> 檔，可執行 <command>make fetchindex</command> 來下載最新的索引檔。"
"當 <filename>INDEX</filename> 檔存在時，<command>make search</command> 方可執"
"行請求的搜尋動作。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9222
msgid "The <quote>Path:</quote> line indicates where to find the port."
msgstr "<quote>Path:</quote> 此行代表 Port 的所在位置。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9225
msgid ""
"To receive less information, use the <command>quicksearch</command> feature:"
msgstr "若不要接受這麼多資訊，可使用 <command>quicksearch</command> 功能："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make quicksearch name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9234
msgid ""
"For more in-depth searching, use <command>make search "
"key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command> or <command>make quicksearch "
"key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>string</"
"replaceable> is some text to search for. The text can be in comments, "
"descriptions, or dependencies in order to find ports which relate to a "
"particular subject when the name of the program is unknown."
msgstr ""
"若要進行更有深度的搜尋，使用 <command>make search key=<replaceable>string</"
"replaceable></command> 或 <command>make quicksearch key=<replaceable>string</"
"replaceable></command> 其中 <replaceable>string</replaceable> 是要搜尋的文"
"字。該文字可以是一部份的註解、描述或相依套件，當不清楚程式的名稱時可以找到與"
"特定主題相關的 Port。"

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9245
msgid "search"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9246
msgid "quicksearch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9245
msgid ""
"When using <_:buildtarget-1/> or <_:buildtarget-2/>, the search string is "
"case-insensitive. Searching for <quote>LSOF</quote> will yield the same "
"results as searching for <quote>lsof</quote>."
msgstr ""
"當使用 <_:buildtarget-1/> 或 <_:buildtarget-2/> 時，搜尋的字串不分大小寫。 搜"
"尋 <quote>LSOF</quote> 會與搜尋 <quote>lsof</quote> 產生相同的結果。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9255
msgid "Using <application>pkg</application> for Binary Package Management"
msgstr "使用 <application>pkg</application> 管理 Binary 套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9258
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> is the next generation replacement for the "
"traditional FreeBSD package management tools, offering many features that "
"make dealing with binary packages faster and easier."
msgstr ""
"<application>pkg</application> 是新一代套件管理工具用來取代舊版工具，提供許多"
"功能讓處理 Binary 套件更快更簡單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9263
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> is not a replacement for port management "
"tools like <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> or <package>ports-mgmt/"
"portupgrade</package>. These tools can be used to install third-party "
"software from both binary packages and the Ports Collection, while "
"<application>pkg</application> installs only binary packages."
msgstr ""
"<application>pkg</application> 並不是用來取代 Port 管理工具如 <package>ports-"
"mgmt/portmaster</package> 或 <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package>，這些"
"工具可用來安裝來自 Binary 與 Port 套件集的第三方軟體，而 <application>pkg</"
"application> 僅能安裝 Binary 套件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9273
msgid "Getting Started with <application>pkg</application>"
msgstr "開始使用 <application>pkg</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9276
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and "
"install <application>pkg</application>, along with its manual pages."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 內建啟動 (Bootstrap) 工具可用來下載並安裝 <application>pkg</"
"application> 及其操作手冊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9280
msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:"
msgstr "要啟動(Bootstrap)系統請執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9282
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/pkg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9284
msgid ""
"For earlier FreeBSD versions, <application>pkg</application> must instead be "
"installed from the Ports Collection or as a binary package."
msgstr ""
"對較舊的 FreeBSD 版本，<application>pkg</application> 必須改透過 Port 套件集"
"或者 Binary 套件來安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9288
msgid "To install the port, run:"
msgstr "要安裝 Port 套件，請執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9290
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9294
msgid ""
"When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older package "
"system, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new "
"tools are aware of the already installed packages. Once <application>pkg</"
"application> has been installed, the package database must be converted from "
"the traditional format to the new format by running this command:"
msgstr ""
"當升級原使用舊版套件系統的既有系統時，必須將資料庫轉換成新的格式，因此新的工"
"具才會知道有那些已安裝過的套件。一旦 <application>pkg</application> 已安裝，"
"必須執行以下指令將套件資料庫從舊版格式轉換到新版格式："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9302
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg2ng</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9304
msgid ""
"This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any "
"third-party software installed."
msgstr "新安裝的版本因尚未安裝任何第三方軟體因此不須做這個步驟。"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:9309
msgid ""
"This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted to "
"the <application>pkg</application> format, the traditional <literal>pkg_*</"
"literal> tools should no longer be used."
msgstr ""
"這個步驟無法還原。一旦套件資料庫轉為成 <application>pkg</application> 的格"
"式，舊版 <literal>pkg_*</literal> 工具就不該再繼續使用。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9316
msgid ""
"The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are "
"converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely ignored. "
"However, a list of third-party software that was not successfully converted "
"will be listed after <command>pkg2ng</command> has finished and these "
"applications must be manually reinstalled."
msgstr ""
"套件資料庫轉換的過程可能會因內容轉換為新版本產生錯誤。通常，這些錯誤皆可安全"
"忽略，雖然如此，仍然有在執行 <command>pkg2ng</command> 後無法成功轉換的第三方"
"軟體清單，這些應用程式則必須手動重新安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9324
msgid ""
"To ensure that the FreeBSD Ports Collection registers new software with "
"<application>pkg</application>, and not the traditional packages format, "
"FreeBSD versions earlier than 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> require this "
"line in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"為了確保 FreeBSD Port 套件集會將新軟體的資訊註冊到 <application>pkg</"
"application> 而非舊版套件格式，FreeBSD 版本 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> "
"之前需要在 <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> 加入此行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9330
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9332
msgid ""
"By default <application>pkg</application> uses the FreeBSD package mirrors. "
"For information about building a custom package repository, see <xref "
"linkend=\"ports-poudriere\"/>"
msgstr ""
"預設 <application>pkg</application> 會使用 FreeBSD 套件鏡像站。若要取得有關編"
"譯自訂套件檔案庫的資訊，請參考 \n"
"<xref linkend=\"ports-poudriere\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9336
msgid ""
"Additional <application>pkg</application> configuration options are "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"其他 <application>pkg</application> 設定選項說明請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9339
msgid ""
"Usage information for <application>pkg</application> is available in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page or by running <command>pkg</command> without "
"additional arguments."
msgstr ""
"<application>pkg</application> 的用法資訊可在 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 操作手冊或不加任何參數執行 <command>pkg</command> 來取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9343
msgid ""
"Each <application>pkg</application> command argument is documented in a "
"command-specific manual page. To read the manual page for <command>pkg "
"install</command>, for example, run either of these commands:"
msgstr ""
"每個 <application>pkg</application> 指令參數皆記庫在指令操件手冊。要閱讀 "
"<command>pkg install</command> 的操作手冊，可執行以下指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9348
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg help install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9350
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man pkg-install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9352
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks "
"which can be performed using <application>pkg</application>. Each "
"demonstrated command provides many switches to customize its use. Refer to a "
"command's help or man page for details and more examples."
msgstr ""
"本章節剩餘的部份將會示範使用 <application>pkg</application> 執行常用的 "
"Binary 套件管理工作。每個示範的指令皆會提供多個參數可使用，請參考指令的說明或"
"操作手冊以取得詳細資訊或更多範例。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9361
msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages"
msgstr "取得有關已安裝套件的資訊"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9363
msgid ""
"Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by "
"running <command>pkg info</command> which, when run without any switches, "
"will list the package version for either all installed packages or the "
"specified package."
msgstr ""
"有關已安裝在系統的套件資訊可透過執行 <command>pkg info</command> 來檢視，若執"
"行時未指定任何參數，將會列出所有已安裝或指定的套件版本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9369
msgid ""
"For example, to see which version of <application>pkg</application> is "
"installed, run:"
msgstr "例如，要查看已安裝的 <application>pkg</application> 版本可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9372
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info pkg</userinput>\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9377
msgid "Installing and Removing Packages"
msgstr "安裝與移除套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9379
msgid ""
"To install a binary package use the following command, where "
"<replaceable>packagename</replaceable> is the name of the package to install:"
msgstr ""
"要安裝 Binary 套件可使用以下指令，其中 <replaceable>packagename</"
"replaceable> 為要安裝的套件名稱："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9383
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install <replaceable>packagename</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9385
msgid ""
"This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software "
"to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to "
"install <application>curl</application>:"
msgstr ""
"這個指令會使用檔案庫的資料來決定要安裝的軟體版本以及是否有任何未安裝的相依。"
"例如，要安裝 <application>curl</application>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install curl</userinput>\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz          100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n"
"\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz   100% of  288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n"
"\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"The following 2 packages will be installed:\n"
"\n"
"        Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n"
"        Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The installation will require 3 MB more space\n"
"\n"
"0 B to be downloaded\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Checking integrity... done\n"
"[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n"
"[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n"
"Cleaning up cache files...Done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9412
msgid ""
"The new package and any additional packages that were installed as "
"dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:"
msgstr "新的套件以及任何做為相依安裝的額外套件可在已安裝的套件清單中看到："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9416
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info</userinput>\n"
"ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n"
"curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9421
msgid ""
"Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with <command>pkg delete</"
"command>. For example:"
msgstr "不再需要的套件可以使用 <command>pkg delete</command> 來移除，例如："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg delete curl</userinput>\n"
"The following packages will be deleted:\n"
"\n"
"\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The deletion will free 3 MB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9436
msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages"
msgstr "升級已安裝套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9438
msgid "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:"
msgstr "執行以下指令，可將已安裝的套件升級到最新版本："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9441
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg upgrade</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9443
msgid ""
"This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the "
"repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository."
msgstr ""
"這個指令將會比對已安裝的版本與在檔案庫分類中的版本，並從檔案庫升級這些套件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9449
msgid "Auditing Installed Packages"
msgstr "稽查已安裝套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9451
msgid ""
"Occasionally, software vulnerabilities may be discovered in third-party "
"applications. To address this, <application>pkg</application> includes a "
"built-in auditing mechanism. To determine if there are any known "
"vulnerabilities for the software installed on the system, run:"
msgstr ""
"偶爾可能會在第三方的應用程式中發現軟體漏洞，要找出這些程式，可使用 "
"<application>pkg</application> 內建的稽查機制。要查詢已安裝在系統上的軟體是否"
"有任何已知的漏洞可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9458 book.translate.xml:26682
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg audit -F</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9462
msgid "Automatically Removing Leaf Dependencies"
msgstr "自動移除不使用的相依"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9464
msgid ""
"Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer "
"required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies can be "
"automatically detected and removed using:"
msgstr ""
"移除一個套件可能會留下不再需要使用的相依套件。不再需要的相依套件可以使用以下"
"指令自動偵測並移除："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9469
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg autoremove</userinput>\n"
"Packages to be autoremoved:\n"
"\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n"
"\n"
"The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9480
msgid "Restoring the Package Database"
msgstr "還原套件資料庫"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9482
msgid ""
"Unlike the traditional package management system, <application>pkg</"
"application> includes its own package database backup mechanism. This "
"functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"不如傳統的套件管理系統，<application>pkg</application> 有自己的套件資料庫備份"
"機制，此功能預設是開啟的。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9488
msgid ""
"To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set "
"<literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal> in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要停止週期的 Script 備份套件資料庫可在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 設定 "
"<literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9494
msgid ""
"To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the "
"following command replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with "
"the location of the backup:"
msgstr ""
"要還原先前套件資料庫的備份，可執行以下指令並將 <replaceable>/path/to/pkg."
"sql</replaceable> 替換為備份的位置："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9499
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -r <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9502
msgid ""
"If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed "
"prior to being restored."
msgstr "若要還原有週期 Script 所產生的備份必須在還原前先解壓縮。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9506
msgid ""
"To run a manual backup of the <application>pkg</application> database, run "
"the following command, replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> "
"with a suitable file name and location:"
msgstr ""
"要手動備份 <application>pkg</application> 資料庫，可執行以下指令，並替換 "
"<replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> 為適當的檔案名稱與位置："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9511
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -d <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9515
msgid "Removing Stale Packages"
msgstr "移除過時的套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9517
msgid ""
"By default, <application>pkg</application> stores binary packages in a cache "
"directory defined by <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar> in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only copies of the latest installed packages are "
"kept. Older versions of <application>pkg</application> kept all previous "
"packages. To remove these outdated binary packages, run:"
msgstr ""
"預設 <application>pkg</application> 會儲存 Binary 套件在快取目錄定義在  "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 中的 <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar>，只會保留最後安裝"
"的套件複本。較舊版的 <application>pkg</application>  會保留所有先前的套件，若"
"要移除這些過時的  Binary 套件，可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9524
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9526
msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:"
msgstr "使用以下指令可清空全部的快取："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9528
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9532
msgid "Modifying Package Metadata"
msgstr "修改套件 Metadata"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9534
msgid ""
"Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version "
"number changes. To address this, <application>pkg</application> has a built-"
"in command to update package origins. This can be useful, for example, if "
"<package>lang/php5</package> is renamed to <package>lang/php53</package> so "
"that <package>lang/php5</package> can now represent version <literal>5.4</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD Port 套件集中的軟體可能會經歷主要版號的修改，要解決這個問題可使用 "
"<application>pkg</application> 內建的指令來更新套件來源。這非常有用，例如 "
"<package>lang/php5</package> 重新命名為 <package>lang/php53</package> 因此 "
"<package>lang/php5</package> 從此之後代表版本 <literal>5.4</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9543
msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:"
msgstr "要更改上述例子中的套件來源，可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9546
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9548
msgid ""
"As another example, to update <package>lang/ruby18</package> to "
"<package>lang/ruby19</package>, run:"
msgstr ""
"再一個例子，要更新 <package>lang/ruby18</package> 為 <package>lang/ruby19</"
"package>，可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9552
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9554
msgid ""
"As a final example, to change the origin of the <filename>libglut</filename> "
"shared libraries from <package>graphics/libglut</package> to "
"<package>graphics/freeglut</package>, run:"
msgstr ""
"最後一個例子，要更改 <filename>libglut</filename> 共用程式庫的來源從 "
"<package>graphics/libglut</package> 改成 <package>graphics/freeglut</"
"package> 可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9559
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9562
msgid ""
"When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that "
"are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a "
"reinstallation of dependent packages, run:"
msgstr ""
"在更改套件來源之後，很重要的一件事是要重新安裝套件，來讓相依的套件也同時使用"
"修改後的來源。要強制重新安裝相依套件，可執行："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9567
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install -Rf <replaceable>graphics/freeglut</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9573
msgid "Using the Ports Collection"
msgstr "使用 Port 套件集"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9575
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection is a set of <filename>Makefiles</filename>, patches, "
"and description files stored in <filename>/usr/ports</filename>. This set of "
"files is used to compile and install applications on FreeBSD. Before an "
"application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection must first be "
"installed. If it was not installed during the installation of FreeBSD, use "
"one of the following methods to install it:"
msgstr ""
"Port 套件集是指一系列儲存在 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> 的 "
"<filename>Makefiles</filename>、修補及描述檔，這一系列檔案用來編譯與安裝在 "
"FreeBSD 上的應用程式。在使用 Port 安裝應用程式前，必須先安裝 Port 套件集，若"
"未在安裝 FreeBSD 的過程式中安裝，可使用下列其中一種方法來安裝："

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9585
msgid "Portsnap Method"
msgstr "Portsnap 方法"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9587
msgid ""
"The base system of FreeBSD includes <application>Portsnap</application>. "
"This is a fast and user-friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection "
"and is the recommended choice for most users. This utility connects to a "
"FreeBSD site, verifies the secure key, and downloads a new copy of the Ports "
"Collection. The key is used to verify the integrity of all downloaded files."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 的基礎系統內含 <application>Portsnap</application>，這是一個可用來取"
"得 Port 套件集簡單又快速的工具，較建議多數使用者使用這個方式。此工具會連線到 "
"FreeBSD 的網站，驗証密鑰，然後下載 Port 套件集的新複本。該金鑰是要用來檢驗所"
"有已下載檔案的完整性。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9596
msgid ""
"To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into <filename>/"
"var/db/portsnap</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要下載壓縮後的 Port 套件集快照 (Snapshot) 到 <filename>/var/db/portsnap</"
"filename>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9600
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9604
msgid ""
"When running <application>Portsnap</application> for the first time, extract "
"the snapshot into <filename>/usr/ports</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"當第一次執行 <application>Portsnap</application> 時，要先解壓縮快照到 "
"<filename>/usr/ports</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9608
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap extract</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9612
msgid ""
"After the first use of <application>Portsnap</application> has been "
"completed as shown above, <filename>/usr/ports</filename> can be updated as "
"needed by running:"
msgstr ""
"在完成上述第一次使用 <application>Portsnap</application> 的動作之後，往後可隨"
"需要執行以下指令來更新 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> ："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9617
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9620
msgid ""
"When using <literal>fetch</literal>, the <literal>extract</literal> or the "
"<literal>update</literal> operation may be run consecutively, like so:"
msgstr ""
"當使用 <literal>fetch</literal> 時也可同時執行 <literal>extract</literal> 或 "
"<literal>update</literal> 如："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9624
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9629
msgid "Subversion Method"
msgstr "Subversion 方法"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9631
msgid ""
"If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be "
"maintained, <application>Subversion</application> can be used to obtain the "
"Ports Collection. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/subversion-primer.html\">the Subversion "
"Primer</link> for a detailed description of <application>Subversion</"
"application>."
msgstr ""
"若要取得更多對 Port 樹的控制，或若有本地的變更需要維護，可以使用 "
"<application>Subversion</application> 來取得 Port 套件集。請參考 <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/"
"subversion-primer.html\">Subversion Primer</link> 來取得 "
"<application>Subversion</application> 的詳細說明。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9639
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> must be installed before it can be "
"used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already "
"present, install <application>Subversion</application> like this:"
msgstr ""
"必須安裝 <application>Subversion</application> 才可用來取出 (Check out) Port "
"樹。若已存在 Port 樹的複本，可使用此方式安裝 <application>Subversion</"
"application>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9644 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9647
msgid ""
"If the ports tree is not available, or <application>pkg</application> is "
"being used to manage packages, <application>Subversion</application> can be "
"installed as a package:"
msgstr ""
"若尚無法使用 Port 樹，或已經使用 <application>pkg</application> 來管理套件，"
"可使用套件來安裝 <application>Subversion</application>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9652 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9657
msgid "Check out a copy of the ports tree:"
msgstr "取出 Port 樹的複本："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9659 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9663
msgid ""
"As needed, update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> after the initial "
"<application>Subversion</application> checkout:"
msgstr ""
"若需要，在第一次 <application>Subversion</application> 取出後可使用以下指令更"
"新 <filename>/usr/ports</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9667 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9671
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection installs a series of directories representing software "
"categories with each category having a subdirectory for each application. "
"Each subdirectory, also referred to as a ports skeleton, contains a set of "
"files that tell FreeBSD how to compile and install that program. Each port "
"skeleton includes these files and directories:"
msgstr ""
"Port 套件集會安裝一系列代表軟體分類的目錄，每個分類底下的子目錄代表每隻應用程"
"式。 這些子目錄又稱做 Port Skeleton，裡面檔案是用來告訴 FreeBSD 如何編譯與安"
"裝該程式，每個 Port Skeleton 會含有以下檔案及目錄："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9680
msgid ""
"<filename>Makefile</filename>: contains statements that specify how the "
"application should be compiled and where its components should be installed."
msgstr ""
"<filename>Makefile</filename>: 內含用來說明應用程式要如何編譯、要安裝該程式到"
"那的敘述句。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9686
msgid ""
"<filename>distinfo</filename>: contains the names and checksums of the files "
"that must be downloaded to build the port."
msgstr ""
"<filename>distinfo</filename>: 內含編譯 Port 必須下載的檔案名稱以及校驗碼 "
"(Checksums)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9692
msgid ""
"<filename>files/</filename>: this directory contains any patches needed for "
"the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also "
"contain other files used to build the port."
msgstr ""
"<filename>files/</filename>: 此目錄含有編譯與安裝程式到 FreeBSD 時所需的修補"
"檔。此目錄也可能含有其他用來編譯 Port 的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9699
msgid ""
"<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: provides a more detailed description of the "
"program."
msgstr "<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: 提供程式更詳細的說明。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9704
msgid ""
"<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: a list of all the files that will be "
"installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove "
"upon deinstallation."
msgstr ""
"<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: Port 安裝的所有檔案清單，也同時會告訴 Port 系"
"統解除安裝時要移除那一些檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9711
msgid ""
"Some ports include <filename>pkg-message</filename> or other files to handle "
"special situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in "
"general, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</"
"link>."
msgstr ""
"部份 Port 含有 <filename>pkg-message</filename> 或其他檔案用來處理特殊情況。"
"要取得有關這些檔案的詳細資訊，以及 Port 的概要可參考 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html"
"\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9716
msgid ""
"The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a "
"<filename>distfile</filename>. The extract portion of building a port will "
"automatically save the downloaded source to <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""
"Port 中並不含實際的原始碼，即為 <filename>distfile</filename>，在編譯 Port 解"
"壓縮時會自動下載的原始碼到 <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9722
msgid "Installing Ports"
msgstr "安裝 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9724
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>installing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9729
msgid ""
"This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to "
"install or remove software. The detailed description of available "
"<command>make</command> targets and environment variables is available in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"下面我們會介紹如何使用 Port 套件集來安裝、移除軟體的基本用法。 "
"<command>make</command> 可用的目標及環境變數詳細說明可參閱 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9735
msgid ""
"Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as "
"described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-party "
"software can introduce security vulnerabilities, it is recommended to first "
"check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for known security "
"issues related to the port. Alternately, run <command>pkg audit -F</command> "
"before installing a new port. This command can be configured to "
"automatically perform a security audit and an update of the vulnerability "
"database during the daily security system check. For more information, refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"在編譯任何 Port 套件前，請先確認已經如前章節所敘述之方法更新 Port 套件集。安"
"裝任何第三方軟體皆可能會導致安全性漏洞，建議在安裝前先閱讀 <link xlink:href="
"\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> 了解  Port 已知的安全性問題。或者在每次安裝"
"新 Port 前執行 <command>pkg audit -F</command>。此指令可以設定在每日系統安全"
"性檢查時自動完成安全性稽查以及更新漏洞資料庫。要取得更多資訊，請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9749
msgid ""
"Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also "
"requires superuser privilege."
msgstr ""
"使用 Port 套件集會假設您擁有可正常連線的網路，同時也會需要超級使用者的權限。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9752
msgid ""
"To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be "
"installed, then type <command>make install</command> at the prompt. Messages "
"will indicate the progress:"
msgstr ""
"要編譯並安裝 Port，需切換目錄到要安裝的 Port 底下，然後輸入 <command>make "
"install</command>，訊息中會顯示安裝的進度："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"&gt;&gt; lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n"
"&gt;&gt; Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n"
"===&gt;  Extracting for lsof-4.88\n"
"...\n"
"[extraction output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"&gt;&gt; Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n"
"===&gt;  Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[configure output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;  Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[compilation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;  Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[installation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;   Generating temporary packing list\n"
"===&gt;   Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;   Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  SECURITY NOTE:\n"
"      This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n"
"      increased privileges.\n"
"/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9790
msgid ""
"Since <command>lsof</command> is a program that runs with increased "
"privileges, a security warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the "
"installation is complete, the prompt will be returned."
msgstr ""
"<command>lsof</command> 是需要進階權限才有辦法執行的程式，因此當該程式安裝完"
"成時會顯示安全性警告。一旦安裝完成便會顯示指令提示。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9795
msgid ""
"Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the "
"directories listed in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable, to speed "
"up lookup operations for the executable file of these commands. Users of the "
"<command>tcsh</command> shell should type <command>rehash</command> so that "
"a newly installed command can be used without specifying its full path. Use "
"<command>hash -r</command> instead for the <command>sh</command> shell. "
"Refer to the documentation for the shell for more information."
msgstr ""
"有些 Shell 會將 <envar>PATH</envar> 環境變數中所列目錄中可用的指令做快取，來"
"增加在執行指這些指令時的查詢速度。<command>tcsh</command> Shell 的使用者應輸"
"入 <command>rehash</command> 來讓新安裝的指令不須指定完整路徑便可使用。若在 "
"<command>sh</command> Shell 則使用 <command>hash -r</command>。請參考 Shell "
"的說明文件以取得更多資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9806
msgid ""
"During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all "
"the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves "
"disk space and minimizes the chance of problems later when upgrading to the "
"newer version of the port:"
msgstr ""
"安裝過程中會建立工作用的子目錄用來儲存編譯時暫存的檔案。可移除此目錄來節省磁"
"碟空間並漸少往後升級新版 Port 時造成問題："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9812
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9817
msgid ""
"To save this extra step, instead use <command>make install clean</command> "
"when compiling the port."
msgstr ""
"若想要少做這個額外的步驟，可以編譯 Port 時使用 <command>make install clean</"
"command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9822
msgid "Customizing Ports Installation"
msgstr "自訂 Port 安裝"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9824
msgid ""
"Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable "
"application components, provide security options, or allow for other "
"customizations. Examples include <package>www/firefox</package>, "
"<package>security/gpgme</package>, and <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</"
"package>. If the port depends upon other ports which have configurable "
"options, it may pause several times for user interaction as the default "
"behavior is to prompt the user to select options from a menu. To avoid this, "
"run <command>make config-recursive</command> within the port skeleton to do "
"this configuration in one batch. Then, run <command>make install [clean]</"
"command> to compile and install the port."
msgstr ""
"部份 Port 提供編譯選項，可用來開啟或關閉應用程式中的元件、安全選項、或其他允"
"許自訂的項目。這類的應用程式例子包括 <package>www/firefox</package>, "
"<package>security/gpgme</package> 以及 <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</"
"package>。若 Port 相依的其他 Port 有可設定的選項時，預設的模式會提示使用者選"
"擇選單中的選項，這可能會讓安裝的過程暫停讓使用者操作數次。要避免這個情況，可"
"在 Port skeleton 中執行 <command>make config-recursive</command> 來一次設定所"
"有選項。然後再執行 <command>make install [clean]</command> 編譯與安裝該 "
"Port。"

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9841
msgid "config-recursive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9843
msgid "all-depends-list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9840
msgid ""
"When using <_:buildtarget-1/>, the list of ports to configure are gathered "
"by the <_:buildtarget-2/> target. It is recommended to run <command>make "
"config-recursive</command> until all dependent ports options have been "
"defined, and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all "
"dependency options have been configured."
msgstr ""
"使用 <_:buildtarget-1/> 時，會使用 <_:buildtarget-2/> Target 來收集所有要設"
"定 Port 清單。建議執行 <command>make config-recursive</command> 直到所有相依"
"的 Port 選項都已定義，直到 Port 的選項畫面不會再出現，來確定所有相依的選項都"
"已經設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9851
msgid ""
"There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to "
"add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method "
"is to <command>cd</command> into the directory containing the port and type "
"<command>make config</command>. Another option is to use <command>make "
"showconfig</command>. Another option is to execute <command>make rmconfig</"
"command> which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. "
"All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"有許多方式可以重新進入 Port 的編譯選項清單，以便在編譯 Port 之後加入、移除或"
"更改這些選項。方法之一是 <command>cd</command> 進入含有 Port 的目錄並輸入 "
"<command>make config</command>。還有另一個方法是使用 <command>make "
"showconfig</command>。最後一個方法是執行 <command>make rmconfig</command> 來"
"移除所有曾選擇過的選項，讓您能夠重新設定。這些方法在 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 中都有詳細的說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9863
msgid ""
"The ports system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to download the source "
"files, which supports various environment variables. The "
"<envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar>, and "
"<envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> variables may need to be set if the FreeBSD "
"system is behind a firewall or FTP/HTTP proxy. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the complete list of supported variables."
msgstr ""
"Port 系統使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來下載檔案，它支援許多"
"的環境變數可設定。若 FreeBSD 系統在防火牆或 FTP/HTTP 代理伺服器後面，可以設"
"定 <envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar> 以及 "
"<envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> 變數。請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> 取得完整支援的變數清"
"單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9871
msgid ""
"For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, "
"<command>make fetch</command> can be run within <filename>/usr/ports</"
"filename>, to fetch all distfiles, or within a category, such as <filename>/"
"usr/ports/net</filename>, or within the specific port skeleton. Note that if "
"a port has any dependencies, running this command in a category or ports "
"skeleton will <emphasis>not</emphasis> fetch the distfiles of ports from "
"another category. Instead, use <command>make fetch-recursive</command> to "
"also fetch the distfiles for all the dependencies of a port."
msgstr ""
"對於那些無法一直連線到網際網路的使用者，可在 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> "
"下執行 <command>make fetch</command> 來下載所有的 distfiles，或是可在某個分類"
"的目錄中，例如 <filename>/usr/ports/net</filename>，或指定的 Port Skeleton 中"
"執行。要注意的是，若 Port 有任何的相依，在分類或 Port Skeleton 中執行此指令"
"並 <emphasis>不會</emphasis> 下載相依在其他分類的 Port distfiles。可使用 "
"<command>make fetch-recursive</command> 來下載所有相依 Port 的 distfiles。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9883
msgid ""
"In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles "
"repository, the <varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> variable can be used to "
"override the download locations specified in the <filename>Makefile</"
"filename>. When using, specify the alternate location:"
msgstr ""
"在部份少數情況，例如當公司或組織有自己的本地 distfiles 檔案庫，可使用 "
"<varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> 變數來覆蓋在 <filename>Makefile</filename> 中"
"指定的下載位址。當要指定替代的位址時可："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9889
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/<replaceable>directory</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n"
"<replaceable>ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/</replaceable> fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9893
msgid ""
"The <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> and <varname>PREFIX</varname> variables "
"can override the default working and target directories. For example:"
msgstr ""
"也可使用 <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> 及 <varname>PREFIX</varname> 變數來"
"覆蓋預設的工作及目標目錄。例如："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9897
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9899
msgid ""
"will compile the port in <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> and "
"install everything under <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
msgstr ""
"會編譯在 <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> 的 Port 並安裝所有東西"
"到 <filename>/usr/local</filename> 下。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9903
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9905
msgid ""
"will compile the port in <filename>/usr/ports</filename> and install it in "
"<filename>/usr/home/example/local</filename>. And:"
msgstr ""
"會編譯在 <filename>/usr/ports</filename> Port 並安裝到 <filename>/usr/home/"
"example/local</filename>。然後："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9909
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9911
msgid "will combine the two."
msgstr "來同時設定工作及目標目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9913
msgid ""
"These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page "
"for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable."
msgstr ""
"這些變數也可做為環境變數設定，請參考您使用的 Shell 操作手冊來取得如何設定環境"
"變數的說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9920
msgid "Removing Installed Ports"
msgstr "移除已安裝的 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9922
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9927
msgid ""
"Installed ports can be uninstalled using <command>pkg delete</command>. "
"Examples for using this command can be found in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"安裝的 Port 可以使用 <command>pkg delete</command> 解除安裝。 使用這個指令的"
"範例可以在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊找到。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9931
msgid ""
"Alternately, <command>make deinstall</command> can be run in the port's "
"directory:"
msgstr "或者，可在 Port 的目錄下執行 <command>make deinstall</command>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9934
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>make deinstall</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n"
"===&gt;   Deinstalling\n"
"Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n"
"\n"
"\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"\n"
"The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n"
"[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9945
msgid ""
"It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the "
"port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be "
"displayed but the uninstallation will proceed. In such cases, it may be "
"better to reinstall the application in order to prevent broken dependencies."
msgstr ""
"建議閱讀 Port 解除安裝後的訊息，若有任何相依該 Port 的應用程式，這些資訊會被"
"顯示出來，但解除安裝的程序仍會繼續。在這種情況下最好重新安裝應用程式來避免破"
"壞相依性。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9954
msgid "Upgrading Ports"
msgstr "升級 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9956
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9961
msgid ""
"Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports "
"Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be "
"upgraded and how to perform the upgrade."
msgstr ""
"隨著時間推移，Port 套件集中會有新版的軟體可用。本節將說明如何檢查是否有可以升"
"級的軟體及如何升級。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9966
msgid ""
"To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that "
"the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating "
"command described in either <xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> "
"or <xref linkend=\"ports-using-subversion-method\"/>. On FreeBSD 10 and "
"later, or if the system has been converted to <application>pkg</"
"application>, the following command will list the installed ports which are "
"out of date:"
msgstr ""
"要檢查已安裝 Port 是否有新版可用，請先確定已安裝最新版本的 Port 樹，使用 "
"<xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> 或 <xref linkend=\"ports-"
"using-subversion-method\"/> 中說明的指令來更新。在 FreeBSD 10 與更新的版本，"
"或若套件系統已轉換為 <application>pkg</application>，可以使用下列指令列出已經"
"安裝的 Port 中有那些已過時："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9975
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9977
msgid ""
"For FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and lower, the following command "
"will list the installed ports that are out of date:"
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> 與較舊的版本，可以使用下列指令列出"
"已經安裝的 Port 中有那些已過時："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9981
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg_version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:9984
msgid ""
"Before attempting an upgrade, read <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> "
"from the top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were "
"upgraded or the system was installed. This file describes various issues and "
"additional steps users may encounter and need to perform when updating a "
"port, including such things as file format changes, changes in locations of "
"configuration files, or any incompatibilities with previous versions. Make "
"note of any instructions which match any of the ports that need upgrading "
"and follow these instructions when performing the upgrade."
msgstr ""
"在嘗試升級之前，請先從檔首閱讀 <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> 來取"
"得最近有那些 Port 已升級或系統已安裝。這個檔案中會說明各種問題及在升級 Port "
"時可能會需要使用者執行的額外步驟，例如檔案格式更改、設定檔位置更改、或任何與"
"先前版本不相容的問題。留意那些與您要升級 Port 相關的指示，並依照這些指示執行"
"升級。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9998
msgid ""
"To perform the actual upgrade, use either <application>Portmaster</"
"application> or <application>Portupgrade</application>."
msgstr ""
"要執行實際的升級，可使用 <application>Portmaster</application> 或 "
"<application>Portupgrade</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10003
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using <application>Portmaster</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>Portmaster</application> 升級 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10006
msgid "<primary>portmaster</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10010
msgid ""
"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> is a very small utility for "
"upgrading installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with "
"FreeBSD without depending on other ports or databases. To install this "
"utility as a port:"
msgstr ""
"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> 是可用來升級已安裝 Port 的小巧工具，"
"它可不需要相依其他 Port 或資料庫便可在 FreeBSD 使用，要使用 Port 安裝此工具"
"可："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10020
msgid "<application>Portmaster</application> defines four categories of ports:"
msgstr "<application>Portmaster</application> 將 Port 定義成四種類型："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10025
msgid ""
"Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports."
msgstr "根 Port：沒有相依且也不被任何其他 Port 相依。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10030
msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it."
msgstr "主幹 Port：沒有相依，但被其他 Port 相依。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10035
msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it."
msgstr "分支 Port：有相依，且其被其他 Port 相依。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10040
msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it."
msgstr "枝 Port：有相依，但沒有被其他 Port 相依。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10045
msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:"
msgstr "要列出這幾個分類並搜尋是否有新版："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10047
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -L</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; ispell-3.2.06_18\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; screen-4.0.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; tcpflow-0.21_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 7 root ports\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; apache22-2.2.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; automake-1.9.6_2\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; bash-3.1.17\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: bash-3.2.33\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 32 leaf ports\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 137 total installed ports\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; 83 have new versions available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10069
msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:"
msgstr "此指令用來升級所有過時的 Port："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10072
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10075
msgid ""
"By default, <application>Portmaster</application> makes a backup package "
"before deleting the existing port. If the installation of the new version is "
"successful, <application>Portmaster</application> deletes the backup. Using "
"<option>-b</option> instructs <application>Portmaster</application> not to "
"automatically delete the backup. Adding <option>-i</option> starts "
"<application>Portmaster</application> in interactive mode, prompting for "
"confirmation before upgrading each port. Many other options are available. "
"Read through the manual page for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details regarding their usage."
msgstr ""
"預設 <application>Portmaster</application> 會在刪除已存在的 Port 前備份套件，"
"若成功安裝新版 <application>Portmaster</application> 會刪除該備份。使用 "
"<option>-b</option> 來讓 <application>Portmaster</application> 不會自動刪除備"
"份。加入 <option>-i</option> 可啟動 <application>Portmaster</application> 的"
"互動模式，會在升級每個 Port 前提示訊息。尚有許多可用的其他選項，請閱讀 "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的操作手冊來取得詳細的"
"用法。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10089
msgid ""
"If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add <option>-f</"
"option> to upgrade and rebuild all ports:"
msgstr ""
"若升級的過程發生錯誤，可加入 <option>-f</option> 來升級並重新編譯所有 Port："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10093 book.translate.xml:44406
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -af</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10095
msgid ""
"<application>Portmaster</application> can also be used to install new ports "
"on the system, upgrading all dependencies before building and installing the "
"new port. To use this function, specify the location of the port in the "
"Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Portmaster</application> 也可用來安裝新的 Port 到系統，在編譯及"
"安裝新 Port 前升級所有相依模組。要使用這個功能，要指定 Port 位於 Port 套件集"
"中的位置："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10101
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster <replaceable>shells/bash</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10105
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade"
msgstr "使用 Portupgrade 升級 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10107
msgid "<primary>portupgrade</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10111
msgid ""
"Another utility that can be used to upgrade ports is "
"<application>Portupgrade</application>, which is available as the "
"<package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> package or port. This utility "
"installs a suite of applications which can be used to manage ports. However, "
"it is dependent upon Ruby. To install the port:"
msgstr ""
"另一個可以用來升級 Port 的工具是 <application>Portupgrade</application>，可"
"在 <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> 取得套件或 Port，此工具會安裝一"
"套可以用來管理 Port 的應用程式，但是它需要相依 Ruby。要安裝該 Port："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10121
msgid ""
"Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan "
"the list of installed ports using <command>pkgdb -F</command> and to fix all "
"the inconsistencies it reports."
msgstr ""
"在執行升級之前使用此工具，建議使用 <command>pkgdb -F</command> 掃描已安裝的 "
"Port 並修正該指令回報的所有資訊不一致的套件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10126
msgid ""
"To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use "
"<command>portupgrade -a</command>. Alternately, include <option>-i</option> "
"to be asked for confirmation of every individual upgrade:"
msgstr ""
"要升級所有安裝在系統上過時的 Port，可使用 <command>portupgrade -a</command>，"
"或者加上 <option>-i</option> 會在每個套件升級時詢問確認："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10131
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -ai</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10133
msgid ""
"To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use "
"<command>portupgrade <replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>. It is "
"very important to include <option>-R</option> to first upgrade all the ports "
"required by the given application:"
msgstr ""
"要升級指定的應用程式而非所有可用 Port 可使用 <command>portupgrade "
"<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>，非常重要的是，要加上 <option>-"
"R</option> 來先升級指定應用程式所有相依的 Port："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10139
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -R firefox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10141
msgid ""
"If <option>-P</option> is included, <application>Portupgrade</application> "
"searches for available packages in the local directories listed in "
"<envar>PKG_PATH</envar>. If none are available locally, it then fetches "
"packages from a remote site. If packages can not be found locally or fetched "
"remotely, <application>Portupgrade</application> will use ports. To avoid "
"using ports entirely, specify <option>-PP</option>. This last set of options "
"tells <application>Portupgrade</application> to abort if no packages are "
"available:"
msgstr ""
"若使用 <option>-P</option>，<application>Portupgrade</application> 會先在 "
"<envar>PKG_PATH</envar> 清單中的本地目錄中搜尋可用的套件。若本地沒有可用的套"
"件，則會從遠端下載。若套件無法在本地或遠端找到，<application>Portupgrade</"
"application> 則會使用 Port 來安裝。要避免完全使用 Port 安裝，可使用 <option>-"
"PP</option>，這個選項會告訴 <application>Portupgrade</application> 若沒有套件"
"可用時放棄安裝："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10154
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -PP gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10156
msgid ""
"To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if <option>-P</option> is "
"specified, without building or installing anything, use <option>-F</option>. "
"For further information on all of the available switches, refer to the "
"manual page for <command>portupgrade</command>."
msgstr ""
"若只想要下載 Port distfiles 或套件，使用 <option>-P</option> 參數。若不要編譯"
"或安裝任何東西，使用 <option>-F</option>。請參考 <command>portupgrade</"
"command> 的操作手冊來取得所有可用選項的更多資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10165
msgid "Ports and Disk Space"
msgstr "Port 與磁碟空間"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10167
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>disk-space</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10172
msgid ""
"Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building "
"and installing a port, running <command>make clean</command> within the "
"ports skeleton will clean up the temporary <filename>work</filename> "
"directory. If <application>Portmaster</application> is used to install a "
"port, it will automatically remove this directory unless <option>-K</option> "
"is specified. If <application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this "
"command will remove all <filename>work</filename> directories found within "
"the local copy of the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""
"使用 Port 套件集會隨著時間消耗磁碟空間。在編譯與安裝 Port 完之後，在 Port "
"Skeleton 中執行 <command>make clean</command> 可清除暫存的 <filename>work</"
"filename> 目錄。若使用 <application>Portmaster</application> 來安裝 Port，則"
"會自動移除該目錄，除非使用 <option>-K</option>。若有安裝 "
"<application>Portupgrade</application>，此指令將會移除所有在 Port 套件集的本"
"地複本中找到的 <filename>work</filename> 目錄："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10183
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -C</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10185
msgid ""
"In addition, a lot of out-dated source distribution files will collect in "
"<filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> over time. If "
"<application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this command will "
"delete all the distfiles that are no longer referenced by any ports:"
msgstr ""
"除此之外，許多過時的原始碼發行檔案會儲存在 <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
"filename>。若有安裝 <application>Portupgrade</application>，此指令將會刪除所"
"有不再被任何 Port 所引用的 distfiles："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10191
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -D</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10193
msgid ""
"To use <application>Portupgrade</application> to remove all distfiles not "
"referenced by any port currently installed on the system:"
msgstr ""
"要使用 <application>Portupgrade</application> 來移除所有未被任何安裝在系統上"
"的 Port 所引用的 distfiles："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10197
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -DD</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10199
msgid "If <application>Portmaster</application> is installed, use:"
msgstr "若有安裝 <application>Portmaster</application>，則可使用："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10202
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster --clean-distfiles</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10204
msgid ""
"By default, this command is interactive and will prompt the user to confirm "
"if a distfile should be deleted."
msgstr "預設這個指令會互動的方式詢問使用者確認是否要刪除 distfile。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10207
msgid ""
"In addition to these commands, the <package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</"
"package> package or port automates the task of removing installed ports that "
"are no longer needed."
msgstr ""
"除了以上指令外，<package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</package> 套件或 Port 可自"
"動移除不再需要使用的 Port。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10215
msgid "Building Packages with <application>Poudriere</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>Poudriere</application> 編譯套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10218
msgid ""
"<application>Poudriere</application> is a <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed "
"utility for creating and testing FreeBSD packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to "
"set up isolated compilation environments. These jails can be used to build "
"packages for versions of FreeBSD that are different from the system on which "
"it is installed, and also to build packages for i386 if the host is an amd64 "
"system. Once the packages are built, they are in a layout identical to the "
"official mirrors. These packages are usable by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and other package management tools."
msgstr ""
"<application>Poudriere</application> 是一個使用 <acronym>BSD</acronym> 授權條"
"款用來建立與測試 FreeBSD 套件的工具。它使用 FreeBSD Jail 來建置獨立的編譯環"
"境，這些 Jail 可以用來編譯與目前所在系統不同 FreeBSD 版本的套件，也同樣可以在"
"主機為 amd64 的系統上編譯供 i386 使用的套件。套件編譯完成後的目錄配置會與官方"
"鏡像站完全相同。這些套件可由 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 及其他套件管理工具使"
"用。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10229
msgid ""
"<application>Poudriere</application> is installed using the <package role="
"\"port\">ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> package or port. The installation "
"includes a sample configuration file <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf."
"sample</filename>. Copy this file to <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere."
"conf</filename>. Edit the copied file to suit the local configuration."
msgstr ""
"<application>Poudriere</application> 可使用 <package role=\"port\">ports-"
"mgmt/poudriere</package> 套件或 Port 安裝。安裝完成後會有一個範例的設定檔 "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf.sample</filename>。複製此檔案到 "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename>，編輯複製的檔案來配合本地"
"的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10237
msgid ""
"While <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is not required on the system running "
"<application>poudriere</application>, it is beneficial. When <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is used, <varname>ZPOOL</varname> must be specified in <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename> and <varname>FREEBSD_HOST</varname> "
"should be set to a nearby mirror. Defining <varname>CCACHE_DIR</varname> "
"enables the use of <package role=\"port\">devel/ccache</package> to cache "
"compilation and reduce build times for frequently-compiled code. It may be "
"convenient to put <application>poudriere</application> datasets in an "
"isolated tree mounted at <filename>/poudriere</filename>. Defaults for the "
"other configuration values are adequate."
msgstr ""
"雖然在系統上執行 <application>poudriere</application> 並不一定要使用 "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>，但使用了是有幫助的。當使用了 <acronym>ZFS</acronym>，"
"則必須在 <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename> 指定 "
"<varname>ZPOOL</varname> 以及 <varname>FREEBSD_HOST</varname> 應設定到一個最"
"近的鏡像站。定義 <varname>CCACHE_DIR</varname> 可開啟使用 <package role="
"\"port\">devel/ccache</package> 快取的功能來快取編譯結果並減少那些需時常編譯"
"的程式碼的編譯次數。將 <application>poudriere</application> 資料集放到一個獨"
"立的目錄並掛載到 <filename>/poudriere</filename> 可能會比較方便，其他設定項目"
"採用預設值便足夠。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10251
msgid ""
"The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds "
"should run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with "
"<acronym>RAM</acronym> or swap space. If virtual memory runs out, compiling "
"jails will stop and be torn down, resulting in weird error messages."
msgstr ""
"偵測到的處理器數量可用來定義要同時執行多少個編譯。並請給予足夠的虛擬記憶體，"
"不論是 <acronym>RAM</acronym> 或交換空間，若虛擬記憶體不足，編譯 Jail 將會停"
"止並被清除，可能會造成奇怪的錯誤訊息。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10258
msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees"
msgstr "初始化 Jail 與 Port 樹"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10260
msgid ""
"After configuration, initialize <application>poudriere</application> so that "
"it installs a jail with the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify "
"a name for the jail using <option>-j</option> and the FreeBSD version with "
"<option>-v</option>. On systems running FreeBSD/amd64, the architecture can "
"be set with <option>-a</option> to either <literal>i386</literal> or "
"<literal>amd64</literal>. The default is the architecture shown by "
"<command>uname</command>."
msgstr ""
"在設定之後，初始化 <application>poudriere</application> 來安裝 Jail 及其所需"
"的 FreeBSD 樹與 Port 樹。使用 <option>-j</option> 來指定 Jail 的名稱以及 "
"<option>-v</option> 來指定 FreeBSD 的版本。在執行 FreeBSD/amd64 的系統上可使"
"用 <option>-a</option> 來設定要使用的架構為 <literal>i386</literal> 或 "
"<literal>amd64</literal>，預設會採用使用 <command>uname</command> 所顯示的架"
"構。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere jail -c -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -v <replaceable>10.0-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz      100% of   59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting base.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz       100% of  107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting src.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz     100% of  865 kB  734 kBps 00m01s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting games.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz     100% of   14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting lib32.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Cleaning up... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere ports -c -p <replaceable>local</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating local fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n"
"Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n"
"94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of   69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n"
"Extracting snapshot... done.\n"
"Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n"
"Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n"
"Applying metadata patches... done.\n"
"Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n"
"Fetching 48 patches.\n"
"(48/48) 100.00%  done.\n"
"done.\n"
"Applying patches...\n"
"done.\n"
"Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n"
"\n"
"[...]\n"
"\n"
"Building new INDEX files... done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10317
msgid ""
"On a single computer, <application>poudriere</application> can build ports "
"with multiple configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port "
"trees. Custom configurations for these combinations are called "
"<emphasis>sets</emphasis>. See the CUSTOMIZATION section of <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details after <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere</"
"package> or <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel</package> is installed."
msgstr ""
"在一台電腦，<application>poudriere</application> 可使用多組設定在多個 Jail 編"
"譯來自不同 Port 樹的 Port。用來定義這些組合的自訂設定稱作 <emphasis>sets</"
"emphasis>，可在安裝 <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> 或 "
"<package>ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel</package> 後參考 <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 中的 CUSTOMIZATION 章節來取得詳細的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10326
msgid ""
"The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-"
"specific <filename>make.conf</filename> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"poudriere.d</filename>. The filename in this example is created by combining "
"the jail name, port name, and set name: <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-"
"workstation</replaceable>-make.conf</filename>. The system <filename>make."
"conf</filename> and this new file are combined at build time to create the "
"<filename>make.conf</filename> used by the build jail."
msgstr ""
"在此處示範的基本設定放了單一個 jail-, port- 以及 set- 特定的 <filename>make."
"conf</filename> 在 <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d</filename>。在此範例"
"使用的檔案名稱由 Jail 名稱、Port 名稱以及 set 名稱所組成: "
"<filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation</replaceable>-make.conf</"
"filename>。系統 <filename>make.conf</filename> 與這個新的檔案在編譯時期會被合"
"併為編譯 Jail 要使用的 <filename>make.conf</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10336
msgid ""
"Packages to be built are entered in <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-"
"workstation</replaceable>-pkglist</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要編譯的套件會輸入到 <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation</"
"replaceable>-pkglist</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"editors/emacs\n"
"devel/git\n"
"ports-mgmt/pkg\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10344
msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:"
msgstr "可使用以下方式設定選項及相依:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10347
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere options -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10349
msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:"
msgstr "最後，編譯套件並建立套件檔案庫:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10352
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere bulk -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10354
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></"
"keycombo> displays the current state of the build. <application>Poudriere</"
"application> also builds files in <filename>/poudriere/logs/bulk/"
"<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename> that can be used with a web "
"server to display build information."
msgstr ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></"
"keycombo> 可以顯示目前編譯的狀態，<application>Poudriere</application> 也會編"
"譯在 <filename>/poudriere/logs/bulk/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></"
"filename> 中的檔案，可用在網頁伺服器來顯示編譯資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10361
msgid ""
"Packages are now available for installation from the <application>poudriere</"
"application> repository."
msgstr "套件現在可以從 <application>poudriere</application> 檔案庫來安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10365
msgid ""
"For more information on using <application>poudriere</application>, see "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the main web site, "
"<link xlink:href=\"https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki\"/>."
msgstr ""
"要取得更多使用 <application>poudriere</application> 的資訊，請參考 "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 及主網站 <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10370
msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository"
msgstr "設定 pkg 客戶端使用 Poudriere 檔案庫"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10373
msgid ""
"While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the "
"official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official "
"repository. This is done by creating a configuration file that overrides and "
"disables the official configuration file. Create <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf</filename> that contains the following:"
msgstr ""
"雖然可以同時使用自訂的檔案庫與官方檔案庫，但有時關閉官方檔案庫會有幫助。這可"
"以透過建立一個設定檔覆蓋並關閉官方的設定檔來完成。建立 <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf</filename> 包含以下內容:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: {\n"
"\tenabled: no\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10385
msgid ""
"Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines "
"via HTTP. Setup a webserver to serve up the package directory, usually "
"something like: <filename>/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/"
"<replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename>. Where <filename>10amd64</"
"filename> is the name of the build."
msgstr ""
"通常最簡單要提供 poudriere 給客戶端的方式是透過 HTTP。安裝一個網頁伺服器來提"
"供套件目錄，通常會像: <filename>/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/"
"<replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename>，其中 <filename>10amd64</"
"filename> 是編譯的名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10392
msgid ""
"If the URL to the package repository is: <literal>http://pkg.example."
"com/10amd64</literal>, then the repository configuration file in <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf</filename> would look like:"
msgstr ""
"若要連往套件檔案庫的 URL 是: <literal>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</"
"literal>，則在 <filename>/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf</filename> 的檔"
"案庫設定檔為:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10398
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"custom: {\n"
"\turl: \"<replaceable>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</replaceable>\",\n"
"\tenabled: yes,\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10406
msgid "Post-Installation Considerations"
msgstr "安裝後的注意事項"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10408
msgid ""
"Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or "
"port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration "
"after installation. The following commands and locations can be used to help "
"determine what was installed with the application."
msgstr ""
"不論軟體是從套件或 Port 安裝，大部份的第三方應用程式安裝完後需要做某種程度的"
"設定，下列指令與位置可以用來協助找到應用程式安裝了什麼。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10416
msgid ""
"Most applications install at least one default configuration file in "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>. In the case where an application has a "
"large number of configuration files, a subdirectory will be created to hold "
"them. Often, sample configuration files are installed which end with a "
"suffix such as <filename>.sample</filename>. The configuration files should "
"be reviewed and possibly edited to meet the system's needs. To edit a sample "
"file, first copy it without the <filename>.sample</filename> extension."
msgstr ""
"大部份應用程式安裝會在 <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename> 安裝至少一個預設的"
"設定檔，在應用程式有大量設定檔的情況會建立一個子目錄來存放這些設定檔。範例的"
"設定檔名通常會使用 <filename>.sample</filename> 結尾，應要檢查這些檔案的內"
"容，並可能要做一些編輯讓設定檔符合系統的需求，要編輯設定檔範本前需先複製該檔"
"案並去除 <filename>.sample</filename> 副檔名。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10429
msgid ""
"Applications which provide documentation will install it into <filename>/usr/"
"local/share/doc</filename> and many applications also install manual pages. "
"This documentation should be consulted before continuing."
msgstr ""
"應用程式提供的文件會安裝到 <filename>/usr/local/share/doc</filename>，且許多"
"應用程式也同時會安裝操作手冊，在繼續使用應用程式前應先查看這些文件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10436
msgid ""
"Some applications run services which must be added to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> before starting the application. These applications usually "
"install a startup script in <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>. See "
"<link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-services\">Starting Services</link> "
"for more information."
msgstr ""
"部份應用程式會以服務的方式執行，在啟動應用程式前前需要加入設定到 <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>。這些應用程式通常會安裝啟動 Script 到 <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/rc.d</filename>，請參考 <link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-"
"services\">啟動服務</link> 來取得更多資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10445
msgid ""
"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> should run <command>rehash</command> to rebuild "
"the known binary list in the shells <envar>PATH</envar>."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 的使用者應要執行 <command>rehash</command> 來更新已知 Binary 清"
"單到 Shell 的 <envar>PATH</envar>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10451
msgid ""
"Use <command>pkg info</command> to determine which files, man pages, and "
"binaries were installed with the application."
msgstr ""
"使用 <command>pkg info</command> 來了解應用程式安裝了那些檔案、操作手冊以及 "
"Binary。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10459
msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports"
msgstr "處理損壞的 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10461
msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:"
msgstr "當發現某個 Port 無法順利編譯或安裝，可以嘗試以下幾種方法解決："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10466
msgid ""
"Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">Problem Report database</link>. If so, "
"implementing the proposed fix may fix the issue."
msgstr ""
"搜尋 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">問題回報資料庫</"
"link> 看該 Port 有沒有待審核的修正，若有的話可以使用該修正來修正問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10473
msgid ""
"Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type <command>make maintainer</"
"command> in the ports skeleton or read the port's <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> to find the maintainer's email address. Remember to include the "
"<literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> line from the port's <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> and the output leading up to the error in the email to the "
"maintainer."
msgstr ""
"尋求維護人員的協助，在 Port Skeleton 目錄中輸入 <command>make maintainer</"
"command> 或閱讀 Port 的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 來取得維護人員的電子郵"
"件位址。寄給維護人員的郵件內容請記得要包含 Port 的 <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> 中的 <literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> 一整行及輸出的錯誤訊息。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10483
msgid ""
"Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/"
"article.html\">mailing list</link>. Many, but not all, of these addresses "
"look like <email role=\"nolink\">freebsd-listname@FreeBSD.org</email>. Take "
"this into account when sending an email."
msgstr ""
"有一些 Port 並非由個人維護，而是由 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/article.html\">郵遞論壇</link> 維"
"護，只要郵件地址長的像 <email role=\"nolink\">freebsd-listname@FreeBSD.org</"
"email> 都是，寄信時記得代入實際的論壇名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10489
msgid ""
"In particular, ports shown as maintained by <email role=\"nolink"
"\">ports@FreeBSD.org</email> are not maintained by a specific individual. "
"Instead, any fixes and support come from the general community who subscribe "
"to that mailing list. More volunteers are always needed!"
msgstr ""
"尤其是顯示 <email role=\"nolink\">ports@FreeBSD.org</email> 的  Port  都不是"
"由特定個人維護，該 Port 的修正與支援來自訂閱該郵遞論壇的一般社群所提供，我們"
"非常歡迎志工參與。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10497
msgid ""
"If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report "
"using the instructions in <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">Writing FreeBSD Problem "
"Reports</link>."
msgstr ""
"若寄信後沒有取得任何回應，可以依照 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">撰寫 FreeBSD 問題回報"
"</link> 的說明使用 Bugzilla 提出問題回報。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10504
msgid ""
"Fix it! The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> includes detailed "
"information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional "
"broken port or even submit your own!"
msgstr ""
"自行修正看看! <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> 中含有 Port 基礎架構的"
"詳細資訊，可提供資訊讓您可修正偶然損壞的 Port 或甚至您可以提交之自己的 Port。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10511
msgid ""
"Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <xref "
"linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/>."
msgstr ""
"依照 <xref linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/> 中的說明安裝 Binary 套件，替代使用 Port "
"安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:10541
msgid "The X Window System"
msgstr "X Window 系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10546
msgid ""
"An installation of FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application> does "
"not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes "
"how to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>, which provides "
"the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment. It "
"then describes how to find and install a desktop environment or window "
"manager."
msgstr ""
"使用 <application>bsdinstall</application> 安裝 FreeBSD 並不會自動安裝圖型化"
"使用者介面。本章將說明如何安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</application>，該應用"
"程式提供開放源碼的 X Window 系統來提供圖型化環境。接著會說明如何找到並安裝桌"
"面環境或視窗管理程式。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10555
msgid ""
"Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the "
"<application>Xorg</application> and offers a choice of window managers "
"during installation should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd."
"org/\">pcbsd.org</link> website."
msgstr ""
"偏好安裝時會自動設定 <application>Xorg</application> 並且在安裝過程提供視窗管"
"理程式選項的使用者請參考 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">pcbsd."
"org</link> 網站。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10562
msgid ""
"For more information on the video hardware that <application>Xorg</"
"application> supports, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x."
"org</link> website."
msgstr ""
"更多有關 <application>Xorg</application> 支援影像硬體資訊，請參考 <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x.org</link> 網站。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10569
msgid ""
"The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate."
msgstr "組成 X Window 系統的各種元件以及它們是如何相互運作。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10574
msgid "How to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr "如何安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10579
msgid ""
"How to install and configure several window managers and desktop "
"environments."
msgstr "如何安裝並設定各種視窗管理程式與桌面環境。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10584
msgid ""
"How to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts in "
"<application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""
"如何在 <application>Xorg</application> 上使用 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">TrueType</trademark> 字型。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10589
msgid ""
"How to set up your system for graphical logins (<application>XDM</"
"application>)."
msgstr "如何設定系統以使用圖形化登入 (<application>XDM</application>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10598
msgid ""
"Know how to install additional third-party software as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr "了解如何依照 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 說明安裝其他第三方軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10605
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "術語"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10607
msgid ""
"While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various "
"components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic "
"knowledge of these components can be useful."
msgstr ""
"雖然 X 各元件的所有細節及運作方式，並不是必須要知道的。 但對它們有些基本概念"
"會更容易上手。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10614
msgid "X server"
msgstr "X 伺服器 (X Server)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10617
msgid ""
"X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a "
"<quote>client-server</quote> model. In this model, the <quote>X server</"
"quote> runs on the computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse "
"attached. The server's responsibility includes tasks such as managing the "
"display, handling input from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or "
"output from other devices such as a tablet or a video projector. This "
"confuses some people, because the X terminology is exactly backward to what "
"they expect. They expect the <quote>X server</quote> to be the big powerful "
"machine down the hall, and the <quote>X client</quote> to be the machine on "
"their desk."
msgstr ""
"X 最初設計是以網路為中心，採用 <quote>client-server</quote> 架構。在此架構下 "
"<quote>X 伺服器</quote> 在有鍵盤、螢幕、滑鼠的電腦上運作。該伺服器負責的工作"
"包含管理顯示、處理來自鍵盤、滑鼠的輸入及來自其他設備(如平板或或影像投影機)的"
"輸入或輸出。這點可能會讓人感到困惑，因為 X 使用的術語與一般的認知剛好相反。 "
"一般認知會以為 <quote>X 伺服器</quote> 是要在最強悍的主機上執行，而 <quote>X "
"客戶端</quote> 才是在桌機上面執行，實際上卻是相反。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10634
msgid "X client"
msgstr "X 客戶端 (X Client)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10637
msgid ""
"Each X application, such as <application>XTerm</application> or "
"<application>Firefox</application>, is a <quote>client</quote>. A client "
"sends messages to the server such as <quote>Please draw a window at these "
"coordinates</quote>, and the server sends back messages such as <quote>The "
"user just clicked on the OK button</quote>."
msgstr ""
"每個 X 應用程式，如 <application>XTerm</application>、<application>Firefox</"
"application> 都是 <quote>客戶端</quote>。 客戶端會傳訊息到伺服器，例如："
"<quote>請在這些座標畫一個視窗</quote>，接著伺服器會傳回訊息，如：<quote>使用"
"者剛點選了確定按鈕</quote>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10646
msgid ""
"In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients "
"commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server "
"on a less powerful computer and to run the X applications on a more powerful "
"system. In this scenario, the communication between the X client and server "
"takes place over the network."
msgstr ""
"在家庭或小型辦公室環境，通常 X 伺服器跟 X 客戶端都是在同一台電腦上執行。也可"
"以在比較慢的電腦上執行 X 伺服器， 並在比較強、比較貴的系統上執行 X 應用程"
"式。 在這種情景，X 客戶端與伺服器之間的溝通就需透過網路來進行。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10656
msgid "window manager"
msgstr "視窗管理程式 (Window Manager)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10659
msgid ""
"X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them "
"around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between "
"windows, what the title bars on each window should look like, whether or not "
"they have close buttons on them, and so on. Instead, X delegates this "
"responsibility to a separate window manager application. There are <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://xwinman.org/\">dozens of window managers</link> "
"available. Each window manager provides a different look and feel: some "
"support virtual desktops, some allow customized keystrokes to manage the "
"desktop, some have a <quote>Start</quote> button, and some are themeable, "
"allowing a complete change of the desktop's look-and-feel. Window managers "
"are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of the Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""
"X 並不規定螢幕上的視窗該長什麼樣、要如何移動滑鼠指標、 要用什麼鍵來在視窗切"
"換、每個視窗的標題列長相，及是否該有關閉按鈕，等等。事實上，X 把這部分交給所"
"謂的視窗管理程式來管理。可用的<link xlink:href=\"http://xwinman.org/\">視窗管"
"理程式有很多種</link>，每一種視窗管理程式都提供不同的使用介面風格：有些支援虛"
"擬桌面，有些允許自訂組合鍵來管理桌面，有些有 <quote>開始</quote> 鈕，有些則是"
"可更換佈景主題，可自行安裝新的佈景主題以更換外觀。 視窗管理程式可在 Port 套件"
"集的 <filename>x11-wm</filename> 分類找到。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10675
msgid ""
"Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect "
"configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for "
"most configuration tasks."
msgstr ""
"每個視窗管理程式也各有其不同的設定機制，有些需要手動修改設定檔， 而有的則可透"
"過圖型化工具來完成大部分的設定工作。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10683
msgid "desktop environment"
msgstr "桌面環境 (Desktop Environment)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10686
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> are "
"considered to be desktop environments as they include an entire suite of "
"applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may include office "
"suites, web browsers, and games."
msgstr ""
"<application>KDE</application> 與 <application>GNOME</application> 會被稱作桌"
"面環境是因為包含了完整常用桌面作業的應用程式，這些應用程式可能包含文書軟體、"
"網頁瀏覽器及遊戲。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10695
msgid "focus policy"
msgstr "聚焦政策 (Focus Policy)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10698
msgid ""
"The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy "
"provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving "
"keystrokes and it should also visibly indicate which window is currently "
"active."
msgstr ""
"視窗管理程式負責滑鼠指標的聚焦政策。 聚焦政策指的是如何決定使用中及接收鍵盤輸"
"入的視窗。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10704
msgid ""
"One focus policy is called <quote>click-to-focus</quote>. In this model, a "
"window becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the <quote>focus-"
"follows-mouse</quote> policy, the window that is under the mouse pointer has "
"focus and the focus is changed by pointing at another window. If the mouse "
"is over the root window, then this window is focused. In the <quote>sloppy-"
"focus</quote> model, if the mouse is moved over the root window, the most "
"recently used window still has the focus. With sloppy-focus, focus is only "
"changed when the cursor enters a new window, and not when exiting the "
"current window. In the <quote>click-to-focus</quote> policy, the active "
"window is selected by mouse click. The window may then be raised and appear "
"in front of all other windows. All keystrokes will now be directed to this "
"window, even if the cursor is moved to another window."
msgstr ""
"通常較為人熟悉的聚焦政策叫做 <quote>click-to-focus</quote>，這個模式中，滑鼠"
"點選到的視窗便會處於作用中 (Active) 的狀態。在 <quote>focus-follows-mouse</"
"quote> 模式滑鼠指標所在的視窗便是作用中的視窗，只要把滑鼠移到其他視窗就可以改"
"變作用中的視窗，若滑鼠移到根視窗 (Root Window)，則會聚焦在根視窗。在 "
"<quote>sloppy-focus</quote> 模式，既使滑鼠移到根視窗，仍然會聚焦在最後聚焦的"
"視窗上，此模式只有當滑鼠進入新的視窗時才會聚焦於該視窗，而非離開目前視窗時。"
"<quote>click-to-focus</quote> 模式用滑鼠點擊來決定作用中的視窗，且該視窗會被"
"置頂到所有其他視窗之前，即使滑鼠移到其他視窗，所有的鍵盤輸入仍會由該視窗所接"
"收。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10722
msgid ""
"Different window managers support different focus models. All of them "
"support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other "
"policies. Consult the documentation for the window manager to determine "
"which focus models are available."
msgstr ""
"不同的視窗管理程式支援不同的聚焦模式，全部都支援 click-to-focus 且其中大部份"
"支援其他模式，請查看視窗管理程式的說明文件來了解可用的聚焦模式。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10731
msgid "widgets"
msgstr "視窗元件 (Widget)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10734
msgid ""
"Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be "
"clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, "
"radio buttons, icons, and lists. A widget toolkit is a set of widgets used "
"to create graphical applications. There are several popular widget toolkits, "
"including Qt, used by <application>KDE</application>, and GTK+, used by "
"<application>GNOME</application>. As a result, applications will have a "
"different look and feel, depending upon which widget toolkit was used to "
"create the application."
msgstr ""
"視窗元件指的是在所有在使用者介面上可被點選或操作的項目，這包括按鈕、核選方"
"塊、單選按鈕、圖示及清單。 視窗元件工具包(Widget toolkit)是指用來建立圖型化應"
"用程式的一系列的視窗元件。目前有數個有名的視窗元件工具包，包含 "
"<application>KDE</application> 所使用的 Qt、<application>GNOME</application> "
"所使用的 GTK+。 因此應用程式會依其開發時所選用的視窗元件工具包而有不同的外"
"觀。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10751
msgid "Installing <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr "安裝 <application>Xorg</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10753
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, <application>Xorg</application> can be installed as a package or "
"port."
msgstr "在 FreeBSD，<application>Xorg</application> 可透過套件或 Port 來安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10756
msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr "要從 Port 套件集編譯與安裝:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10758
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10761
msgid ""
"The binary package can be installed more quickly but with fewer options for "
"customization:"
msgstr "使用 Binary 套件安裝快速，但可用的自訂選項較少:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10764
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xorg</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10766
msgid ""
"Either of these installations results in the complete <application>Xorg</"
"application> system being installed. This is the best option for most users."
msgstr ""
"兩種安裝方式皆可完整安裝 <application>Xorg</application> 系統。此方式較建議大"
"多數使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10770
msgid ""
"A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is "
"available in <package>x11/xorg-minimal</package>. Most of the documents, "
"libraries, and applications will not be installed. Some applications require "
"these additional components to function."
msgstr ""
"較精簡版本的 X 系統適合給有經驗的使用者使用，可至 <package>x11/xorg-minimal</"
"package> 取得。這個版本就不會安裝大多數的文件、函數庫以及應用程式，而部份應用"
"程式會需要這些額外的元件才能運作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10778
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> Configuration"
msgstr "<application>Xorg</application> 設定"

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:10781
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10790
msgid "<primary>Xorg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10791
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10794 book.translate.xml:16778 book.translate.xml:62327
msgid "Quick Start"
msgstr "快速開始"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10796
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> supports most common video cards, keyboards, "
"and pointing devices. These devices are automatically detected and do not "
"require any manual configuration."
msgstr ""
"<application>Xorg</application> 支援大多數常見的顯示卡、鍵盤以及指標裝置，"
"<application>Xorg</application> 會自動偵測這些裝置，並不需要手動設定。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10803
msgid ""
"If <application>Xorg</application> has been used on this computer before, "
"move or remove any existing configuration files:"
msgstr ""
"若 <application>Xorg</application> 曾經在電腦使用過，可先將現有的設定檔重新命"
"名或移除:"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10812
msgid ""
"Add the user who will run <application>Xorg</application> to the "
"<literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group to enable 3D "
"acceleration when available. To add user <replaceable>jru</replaceable> to "
"whichever group is available:"
msgstr ""
"加入要執行 <application>Xorg</application> 的使用者到 <literal>video</"
"literal> 或 <literal>wheel</literal> 群組，以便在可用時能開啟 3D 加速。要加入"
"使用者 <replaceable>jru</replaceable> 到任一個可用的群組:"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10820
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10824
msgid ""
"The <acronym>TWM</acronym> window manager is included by default. It is "
"started when <application>Xorg</application> starts:"
msgstr ""
"預設內含 <acronym>TWM</acronym> 視窗管理程式，啟動 <application>Xorg</"
"application> 時便會啟動該視窗管理程式:"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10828
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>startx</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10832
msgid ""
"On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> before switching back to the text console will work properly. "
"See <xref linkend=\"x-config-kms\"/>."
msgstr ""
"在部份較舊版的 FreeBSD，在切換回文字 Console 前系統 Console 必須設為 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 才可正常運作，請參考 <xref linkend=\"x-config-kms\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10841
msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video"
msgstr "可加速影像處理的使用者群組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10843
msgid ""
"Access to <filename>/dev/dri</filename> is needed to allow 3D acceleration "
"on video cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X "
"to either the <literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group. "
"Here, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add user <replaceable>slurms</"
"replaceable> to the <literal>video</literal> group, or to the "
"<literal>wheel</literal> group if there is no <literal>video</literal> group:"
msgstr ""
"要存取 <filename>/dev/dri</filename> 需要允許顯示卡的 3D 加速功能，這通常只需"
"要將要執行 X 的使用者加入 <literal>video</literal> 或 <literal>wheel</"
"literal> 群組。此處使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來將使用者 "
"<replaceable>slurms</replaceable> 加入 <literal>video</literal> 群組，若沒有 "
"<literal>video</literal> 則會加入 <literal>wheel</literal> 群組:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10853
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10857
msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (<acronym>KMS</acronym>)"
msgstr "核心模式設定 (Kernel Mode Setting, <acronym>KMS</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10859
msgid ""
"When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen "
"resolution for X, it must set the video output <emphasis>mode</emphasis>. "
"Recent versions of <acronym>Xorg</acronym> use a system inside the kernel to "
"do these mode changes more efficiently. Older versions of FreeBSD use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which is not aware of the <acronym>KMS</acronym> system. The "
"end result is that after closing X, the system console is blank, even though "
"it is still working. The newer <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> console avoids this "
"problem."
msgstr ""
"當電腦顯示從 Console 切換到高螢幕解析度供 X 使用時，必須設定影像輸出"
"<emphasis>模式</emphasis>。最近版本的 <acronym>Xorg</acronym> 使用了核心內部"
"的系統來讓切換模式更有效率。較舊版的 FreeBSD 使用的 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 並不知到 <acronym>KMS</acronym> 系統的存在，這會導致關閉 X 之後"
"即始仍在運作但系統 Console 卻呈現空白。較新版的 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> Console 可避免這個問題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10870
msgid ""
"Add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to enable "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""
"加入此行到 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 來開啟 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10873
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.vty=vt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10877 book.translate.xml:20902 book.translate.xml:31434
#: book.translate.xml:45319 book.translate.xml:55480
msgid "Configuration Files"
msgstr "設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10882
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> looks in several directories for "
"configuration files. <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/</filename> is the "
"recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. Using this directory helps "
"keep application files separate from operating system files."
msgstr ""
"<application>Xorg</application> 會查看數個目錄來尋找設定檔，在 FreeBSD 較建議"
"使用 <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/</filename> 來存放這些設定檔，使用這個目錄"
"可以幫助將應用程式檔案與作業系統檔案分離。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10889
msgid ""
"Storing configuration files in the legacy <filename>/etc/X11/</filename> "
"still works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD "
"files and is not recommended."
msgstr ""
"儲存設定檔在傳統的 <filename>/etc/X11/</filename> 仍可運作，但並不建議將應用"
"程式檔案與基礎 FreeBSD 檔案混合在一起存放。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10896
msgid "Single or Multiple Files"
msgstr "單檔或多檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10898
msgid ""
"It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting "
"than the traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. These files are "
"stored in the <filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> subdirectory of the main "
"configuration file directory. The full path is typically <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""
"使用多檔，每一個檔案只設定一個指定項目會較傳統使用單一 <filename>xorg.conf</"
"filename> 設定來的簡單。這些檔案會存放在主設定檔目錄下的 <filename>xorg.conf."
"d/</filename> 子目錄，完整路徑通常為 <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf."
"d/</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10906
msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section."
msgstr "於本節稍後會有這些檔案的範例。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10909
msgid ""
"The traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename> still works, but is "
"neither as clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the <filename>xorg."
"conf.d/</filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""
"傳統單一 <filename>xorg.conf</filename> 的方式仍可運作，但比起在 "
"<filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> 子目錄中的多檔設定方式較不明瞭且沒有彈性。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10917
msgid "Video Cards"
msgstr "顯示卡"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10921
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10924
msgid ""
"3D acceleration is supported on most <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), "
"including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)."
msgstr ""
"3D 加速在大多數 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 顯示晶片都"
"有支援，最新到 Ivy Bridge (HD Graphics 2500, 4000, 及 P4000) 包含 Iron Lake "
"(HD Graphics) 與 Sandy Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10929
msgid "Driver name: <literal>intel</literal>"
msgstr "驅動程式名稱: <literal>intel</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10931
msgid ""
"For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""
"參考文獻請至 <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10936
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10939
msgid ""
"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the "
"HD6000 series."
msgstr "Radeon 顯示卡支援 2D 及 3D 加速，最新到 HD6000 系列。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10942
msgid "Driver name: <literal>radeon</literal>"
msgstr "驅動程式名稱: <literal>radeon</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10944
msgid ""
"For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""
"參考文獻請至 <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10949
msgid "NVIDIA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10952
msgid ""
"Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the <filename>x11</filename> "
"category of the Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video "
"card."
msgstr ""
"有數個 NVIDIA 驅動程式可於 Port 套件集中的 <filename>x11</filename> 分類取"
"得，請安裝其中與顯示卡相符的驅動程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10957
msgid ""
"For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""
"參考文獻請至 <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10962
msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics"
msgstr "混合組合繪圖晶片"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10965
msgid ""
"Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those "
"built into the chipset or processor. <emphasis>Optimus</emphasis> combines "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> and NVIDIA hardware. "
"<emphasis>Switchable Graphics</emphasis> or <emphasis>Hybrid Graphics</"
"emphasis> are a combination of an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> processor and "
"an <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon <acronym>GPU</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""
"部份筆記型電腦加入了額外繪圖處理單元到那些內建晶片組或處理。"
"<emphasis>Optimus</emphasis> 結合了 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> 及 NVIDIA 的硬體，<emphasis>Switchable Graphics</emphasis> 或 "
"<emphasis>Hybrid Graphics</emphasis> 則是結合了 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Intel</trademark> 或 <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> 處理"
"器與 <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon <acronym>GPU</"
"acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10974
msgid ""
"Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and "
"<application>Xorg</application> on FreeBSD is not able to drive all versions "
"of them."
msgstr ""
"這些混合繪圖系統的實作方式均不同，FreeBSD 的 <application>Xorg</application> "
"尚無法驅動所有的混合繪圖系統版本。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10978
msgid ""
"Some computers provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> option to disable one of "
"the graphics adapters or select a <emphasis>discrete</emphasis> mode which "
"can be used with one of the standard video card drivers. For example, it is "
"sometimes possible to disable the NVIDIA <acronym>GPU</acronym> in an "
"Optimus system. The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> video "
"can then be used with an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"driver."
msgstr ""
"部份電腦提供了 <acronym>BIOS</acronym> 的選項可以關閉其中一個繪圖介面卡或選"
"擇 <emphasis>discrete</emphasis> 模式，可用使用其中一種標準顯示卡驅動程式來驅"
"動。例如，有時關閉 Optimus 系統中的 NVIDIA <acronym>GPU</acronym> 是可能讓 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 顯示晶片可用 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 驅動程式驅動。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10987
msgid ""
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings depend on the model of computer. In some "
"situations, both <acronym>GPU</acronym>s can be left enabled, but creating a "
"configuration file that only uses the main <acronym>GPU</acronym> in the "
"<literal>Device</literal> section is enough to make such a system functional."
msgstr ""
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> 設定會依電腦的型號有所不同，在某些情況下，可以同時開"
"啟兩個 <acronym>GPU</acronym>，而在建立的設定檔中的 <literal>Device</"
"literal> 節只使用主要的 <acronym>GPU</acronym> 便能讓系統運作。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10998
msgid "Other Video Cards"
msgstr "其他顯示卡"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11001
msgid ""
"Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the <filename>x11-"
"drivers</filename> directory of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""
"較不常見的顯示卡驅動程式可在 Port 套件集的 <filename>x11-drivers</filename> "
"目錄找到。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11005
msgid ""
"Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with "
"the <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package> driver. This driver is "
"installed by <package>x11/xorg</package>. It can also be installed manually "
"as <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package>. <application>Xorg</"
"application> attempts to use this driver when a specific driver is not found "
"for the video card."
msgstr ""
"若沒有特定的驅動程式可以支援顯示卡，仍可能可用 <package>x11-drivers/xf86-"
"video-vesa</package> 驅動程式來驅動。該驅動程式可使用 <package>x11/xorg</"
"package> 安裝，也可使用 <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package> 手動安"
"裝。當沒有指定驅動程式時 <application>Xorg</application> 會嘗試使用這個驅動程"
"式來驅動顯示卡。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11015
msgid ""
"<package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb</package> is a similar nonspecialized "
"video driver that works on many <acronym>UEFI</acronym> and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computers."
msgstr ""
"<package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb</package> 也是不特定顯示卡的驅動程式，可"
"在許多 <acronym>UEFI</acronym> 及 <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</"
"trademark> 的電腦上運作。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11022
msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File"
msgstr "在檔案中設定影像驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11025
msgid ""
"To set the <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> driver in a "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"要在設定檔設定使用 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 驅動程"
"式:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11029
msgid ""
"Select <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Video Driver in a "
"File"
msgstr ""
"在單檔中選擇 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 影像驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11031
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11033
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"intel\"\n"
"\t# BusID    \"PCI:1:0:0\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11039
msgid ""
"If more than one video card is present, the <literal>BusID</literal> "
"identifier can be uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of "
"video card bus <acronym>ID</acronym>s can be displayed with <command>pciconf "
"-lv | grep -B3 display</command>."
msgstr ""
"若有多張顯示卡，可取消註解 <literal>BusID</literal> identifier 然後設定為想要"
"的顯示卡，顯示卡的 Bus <acronym>ID</acronym> 清單可以使用 <command>pciconf -"
"lv | grep -B3 display</command> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11047
msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr "要在設定檔設定使用 Radeon 驅動程式:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11051
msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File"
msgstr "在單檔中選擇 Radeon 影像驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11053
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11055
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"radeon\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11061
msgid "To set the <acronym>VESA</acronym> driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr "要在設定檔設定使用 <acronym>VESA</acronym> 驅動程式:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11065
msgid "Select <acronym>VESA</acronym> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr "在單檔中選擇 <acronym>VESA</acronym> 影像驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11068
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11070
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"vesa\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11076
msgid ""
"To set the <literal>scfb</literal> driver for use with a <acronym>UEFI</"
"acronym> or <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computer:"
msgstr ""
"要設定 <acronym>UEFI</acronym> 或 <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</"
"trademark> 電腦使用 <literal>scfb</literal> 驅動程式:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11080
msgid "Select <literal>scfb</literal> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr "在單檔中選擇 <literal>scfb</literal> 影像驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11083
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11085
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"scfb\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11096
msgid "Monitors"
msgstr "顯示器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11098
msgid ""
"Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data "
"standard (<acronym>EDID</acronym>). <application>Xorg</application> uses "
"<acronym>EDID</acronym> to communicate with the monitor and detect the "
"supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the most "
"appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor."
msgstr ""
"幾乎所有顯示器都支援延伸顯示辨識資料標準 (Extended Display Identification "
"Data, <acronym>EDID</acronym>)，<application>Xorg</application> 會使用 "
"<acronym>EDID</acronym> 與顯示器通訊並偵測支援的解析度與更新頻率，然後選擇最"
"適合的設定組合使用該顯示器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11106
msgid ""
"Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the "
"desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been "
"started with <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"其他顯示器支援的解析度可透過在設定檔中設定想要的解析度來選擇，或者在 X 伺服器"
"啟動之後使用 <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11113
msgid ""
"Using <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11116
msgid ""
"Run <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> without any parameters "
"to see a list of video outputs and detected monitor modes:"
msgstr ""
"執行 <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 不加任何參數可檢查影像"
"輸出及已偵測到的顯示器模式清單:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n"
"   1920x1200     59.95*+\n"
"   1600x1200     60.00\n"
"   1280x1024     85.02    75.02    60.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      85.00    75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       75.00    60.32\n"
"   640x480       75.00    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11135
msgid ""
"This shows that the <literal>DVI-0</literal> output is being used to display "
"a screen resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. "
"Monitors are not attached to the <literal>DisplayPort-0</literal> and "
"<literal>HDMI-0</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""
"這個結果顯示 <literal>DVI-0</literal> 輸出被用來顯示解析度為 1920x1200 像素於"
"更新頻率約 60 Hz 的畫面，未有顯示器連接到 <literal>DisplayPort-0</literal> "
"與 <literal>HDMI-0</literal> 接頭。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11142
msgid ""
"Any of the other display modes can be selected with <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. For example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:"
msgstr ""
"可使用 <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來選擇任何其他的顯示模"
"式。例如要切換為 1280x1024 於 60 Hz:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11146
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11148
msgid ""
"A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for "
"a video projector."
msgstr "在筆記型電腦使用外部顯示輸出到投影機是常見的作業。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11151
msgid ""
"The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the "
"name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver "
"calls <literal>HDMI-1</literal>, another might call <literal>HDMI1</"
"literal>. So the first step is to run <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to list all the available outputs:"
msgstr ""
"不同裝置間輸出接頭的類型與數量也不同，給每個輸出的名稱在不同驅動程式間也不"
"同。在某些驅動程式稱為 <literal>HDMI-1</literal> 的輸出在其他驅動程式則可能稱"
"為 <literal>HDMI1</literal>。因此第一個步驟是執行 <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 列出所有可用的輸出:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11159
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n"
"   1366x768      60.04*+\n"
"   1024x768      60.00\n"
"   800x600       60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       59.94\n"
"VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"   1280x1024     60.02 +  75.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       72.19    75.00    60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       75.00    72.81    66.67    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11178
msgid ""
"Four outputs were found: the built-in panel <literal>LVDS1</literal>, and "
"external <literal>VGA1</literal>, <literal>HDMI1</literal>, and "
"<literal>DP1</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""
"已找到四個輸出: 內建面板的 <literal>LVDS1</literal>，外接的 <literal>VGA1</"
"literal>, <literal>HDMI1</literal> 以及 <literal>DP1</literal> 接頭。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11183
msgid ""
"The projector has been connected to the <literal>VGA1</literal> output. "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is now used to set "
"that output to the native resolution of the projector and add the additional "
"space to the right side of the desktop:"
msgstr ""
"投影機已連接至 <literal>VGA1</literal> 輸出，現在使用 <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來設定該輸出到投影機 (原始解析度) 並加入額外的空間到桌面的右側:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11189
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11191
msgid ""
"<literal>--auto</literal> chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected "
"by <acronym>EDID</acronym>. If the resolution is not correctly detected, a "
"fixed value can be given with <literal>--mode</literal> instead of the "
"<literal>--auto</literal> statement. For example, most projectors can be "
"used with a 1024x768 resolution, which is set with <literal>--mode 1024x768</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"<literal>--auto</literal> 會選擇使用 <acronym>EDID</acronym> 偵測到的解析度與"
"更新頻率。若未正確偵測解析度，可替換 <literal>--auto</literal> 為 <literal>--"
"mode</literal> 然後給予固定值。例如大部份的投影機可使用 1024x768 解析度為，則"
"可設定 <literal>--mode 1024x768</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11200
msgid ""
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is often run from "
"<filename>.xinitrc</filename> to set the appropriate mode when X starts."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 通常會在 <filename>."
"xinitrc</filename> 執行以在 X 啟動時設定適合的模式。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11207
msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File"
msgstr "在檔案中設定螢幕解析度"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11210
msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:"
msgstr "在設定檔設定螢幕解析度為 1024x768:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11214
msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File"
msgstr "在單檔中設定螢幕解析度"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11216
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11218
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tModes      \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11227
msgid ""
"The few monitors that do not have <acronym>EDID</acronym> can be configured "
"by setting <literal>HorizSync</literal> and <literal>VertRefresh</literal> "
"to the range of frequencies supported by the monitor."
msgstr ""
"少數顯示器沒有 <acronym>EDID</acronym>，可設定 <literal>HorizSync</literal> "
"及 <literal>VertRefresh</literal> 為顯示器支援的頻率範圍。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11234
msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies"
msgstr "手動設定顯示器頻率"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11236
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-83   # kHz\n"
"\tVertRefresh  50-76   # Hz\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11250
msgid "Input Devices"
msgstr "輸入裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11253
msgid "Keyboards"
msgstr "鍵盤"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11257
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "鍵盤配置"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11260
msgid ""
"The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a "
"<emphasis>layout</emphasis>. Layouts and other adjustable parameters are "
"listed in <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xkeyboard-config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"鍵盤上標準按鍵的位置稱做 <emphasis>配置 (Layout)</emphasis>。配置與其他可調整"
"的參數列於 <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xkeyboard-config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11265
msgid ""
"A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set "
"the <literal>XkbLayout</literal> and <literal>XkbVariant</literal> options "
"in an <literal>InputClass</literal>. This will be applied to all input "
"devices that match the class."
msgstr ""
"預設為 United States 配置，要選擇其他的配置可在 <literal>InputClass</"
"literal> 設定 <literal>XkbLayout</literal> 與 <literal>XkbVariant</literal> "
"選項。這會套用所有符合該類別的輸入裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11272
msgid ""
"This example selects a French keyboard layout with the <literal>oss</"
"literal> variant."
msgstr "這個例子選擇 French 鍵盤配置使用 <literal>oss</literal> 變體。"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11276
msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "設定鍵盤配置"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11278
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11290
msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts"
msgstr "設定多個鍵盤配置"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11292
msgid ""
"Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through "
"these layouts by pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Alt</keycap> "
"<keycap>Shift</keycap> </keycombo>. <package>x11/xxkb</package> or "
"<package>x11/sbxkb</package> can be used for improved layout switching "
"control and current layout indicators."
msgstr ""
"設定 United States, Spanish 與 Ukrainian 鍵盤配置，並可按 <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Shift</keycap> </keycombo> 來切換這些"
"配置。可使用 <package>x11/xxkb</package> 或 <package>x11/sbxkb</package> 來加"
"強配置切換控制與目前配置的指示。"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11303
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11305
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11315
msgid "Closing <application>Xorg</application> From the Keyboard"
msgstr "從鍵盤關閉 <application>Xorg</application>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11319
msgid ""
"X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key combination "
"is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some "
"applications. Enabling this option requires changes to the keyboard "
"<literal>InputDevice</literal> section:"
msgstr ""
"X 可以使用組合鍵來關閉，預設並未設定組合鍵，因為該組合鍵與部份應用程式的鍵盤"
"指令衝突。要開啟這個選項需要更改鍵盤 <literal>InputDevice</literal> 節:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11327
msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X"
msgstr "開啟鍵盤離開 X 功能"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11329
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11331
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11344
msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices"
msgstr "滑鼠與指標裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11346
msgid ""
"Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>mousedrv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list."
msgstr ""
"有許多滑鼠參數可使用設定選項來調整，請參考 <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg"
"\"><refentrytitle>mousedrv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來取得完整清單。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11351
msgid "Mouse Buttons"
msgstr "滑鼠按鍵"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11354
msgid ""
"The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse "
"<literal>InputDevice</literal> section of <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. To "
"set the number of buttons to 7:"
msgstr ""
"滑鼠的按鍵數可在 <filename>xorg.conf</filename> 的滑鼠 <literal>InputDevice</"
"literal> 節設定，例如要設定按鍵數為 7:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11360
msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons"
msgstr "設定滑鼠按鍵數"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11362
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"\tIdentifier  \"Mouse0\"\n"
"\tOption      \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11378
msgid ""
"In some cases, <application>Xorg</application> autoconfiguration does not "
"work with particular hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For "
"these cases, a custom configuration file can be created."
msgstr ""
"在某些情況 <application>Xorg</application> 的自動設定無法在特定硬體上運作，或"
"需要使用不同的設定。針對這些情況會建立自訂的設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11383
msgid ""
"A configuration file can be generated by <application>Xorg</application> "
"based on the detected hardware. This file is often a useful starting point "
"for custom configurations."
msgstr ""
"設定檔可由 <application>Xorg</application> 根據偵測到的硬體產生，這個檔案對一"
"開始自訂設定很有幫助。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11388
msgid "Generating an <filename>xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "產生 <filename>xorg.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11390
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -configure</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11392
msgid ""
"The configuration file is saved to <filename>/root/xorg.conf.new</filename>. "
"Make any changes desired, then test that file with:"
msgstr ""
"設定檔會儲存至 <filename>/root/xorg.conf.new</filename>，做任何需要的更改，然"
"後使用以下指令測試該檔案:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11396
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11398
msgid ""
"After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split "
"into smaller files in the normal location, <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg."
"conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""
"在新設定檔調整與測試過後，便可分開成較小的檔案放置到正常的位置 <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:11416
msgid "Using Fonts in <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>Xorg</application> 使用字型"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11419
msgid "Type1 Fonts"
msgstr "Type1 字型"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11421
msgid ""
"The default fonts that ship with <application>Xorg</application> are less "
"than ideal for typical desktop publishing applications. Large presentation "
"fonts show up jagged and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost "
"completely unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality "
"Type1 (<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>) fonts "
"available which can be readily used with <application>Xorg</application>. "
"For instance, the URW font collection (<package>x11-fonts/urwfonts</"
"package>) includes high quality versions of standard type1 fonts (<trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Times Roman</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Helvetica</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Palatino</"
"trademark> and others). The Freefonts collection (<package>x11-fonts/"
"freefonts</package>) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended "
"for use in graphics software such as the <application>Gimp</application>, "
"and are not complete enough to serve as screen fonts. In addition, "
"<application>Xorg</application> can be configured to use <trademark class="
"\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts with a minimum of effort. For more "
"details on this, see the <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>X</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page or <xref "
"linkend=\"truetype\"/>."
msgstr ""
"由於 <application>Xorg</application> 內建的預設字型用在典型的桌面出版應用程式"
"並不是很理想，大字型會呈現鋸齒狀邊緣，看起來很不專業，小字型幾乎完全看不清"
"楚。不過，這裡有幾個免費高品質的 Type1 (<trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark>) 字型可用，且能容易的在 <application>Xorg</"
"application> 使用。例如，URW 字型集 (<trademark class=\"registered\">Times "
"Roman</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Helvetica</trademark>, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Palatino</trademark> 及其他)。 Freefont 字型"
"集 (<package>x11-fonts/freefonts</package>) 包含了更多的字型，但其中大部分是"
"給圖形軟體如 GIMP 所使用的字型，並不能完全作為螢幕字型使用。此外，"
"<application>Xorg</application> 可以簡單的設定使用 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 字型。更多有關本主題的詳細資訊，請參考 "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>X</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊或 <xref "
"linkend=\"truetype\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11440
msgid ""
"To install the above Type1 font collections from the Ports Collection, run "
"the following commands:"
msgstr "要從 Port 套件集安裝上述的 Type1 字型集可執行以下指令:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11446
msgid ""
"And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server "
"detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration "
"file (<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>), which reads:"
msgstr ""
"同樣的安裝方式也適用 Freefont 或其他字型集。要讓 X 伺服器偵測到這些新安裝的字"
"型，可加入適當的設定到 X 伺服器設定檔 (<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"filename>)，內容為:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11451
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11453
msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:"
msgstr "或者在 X session 的指令列執行:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11456
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11459
msgid ""
"This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is "
"added to the startup file (<filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> for a normal "
"<command>startx</command> session, or <filename>~/.xsession</filename> when "
"logging in through a graphical login manager like <application>XDM</"
"application>). A third way is to use the new <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/"
"local.conf</filename> as demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"antialias\"/>."
msgstr ""
"這樣便可，但在 X session 關閉時將會失效，除非將該設定加入啟動檔 (一般的 "
"<command>startx</command> session 可在 <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> 設定，"
"若透過圖型化登入管理程式如 <application>XDM</application> 登入時則在 "
"<filename>~/.xsession</filename> 設定)。第三種方式是使用新 <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>，如 <xref linkend=\"antialias\"/> 的示"
"範。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11471
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> Fonts"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 字型"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11473
msgid "<primary>TrueType Fonts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11476
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>TrueType</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11481
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> has built in support for rendering "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. There are two "
"different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module is "
"used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font "
"rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following "
"line to the <literal>\"Module\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/X11/xorg."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Xorg</application> 內建支援繪製 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">TrueType</trademark> 字型，目前有兩個模組可以支援這項功能。在本例中使用 "
"freetype 模組，由於此模組與其他字型繪製後端較為一致。要開啟 freetype 模組只需"
"要將下行加入到 <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> 中的 <literal>\"Module"
"\"</literal> section。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11489
#, no-wrap
msgid "Load  \"freetype\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11491
msgid ""
"Now make a directory for the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</"
"trademark> fonts (for example, <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</"
"filename>) and copy all of the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</"
"trademark> fonts into this directory. Keep in mind that <trademark class="
"\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts cannot be directly taken from an "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark>; they must be in <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/"
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> format for use by "
"<application>Xorg</application>. Once the files have been copied into this "
"directory, use <application>mkfontdir</application> to create a "
"<filename>fonts.dir</filename>, so that the X font renderer knows that these "
"new files have been installed. <command>mkfontdir</command> can be installed "
"as a package:"
msgstr ""
"現在要建立一個儲存 <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 字型"
"的目錄 (例如，<filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</filename>) 然後複製"
"所有 <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 字型到這個目錄。要"
"注意 <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 字型並無法直接取自 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark>，<application>Xorg</application> 使用的字型必"
"須為 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>/<trademark class="
"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 的格式。檔案複製到讓目錄之後，使用 <application>mkfontdir</"
"application> 來建立 <filename>fonts.dir</filename> 來讓 X 字型繪製程式知道安"
"裝了新的檔案。<command>mkfontdir</command> 可用套件的方式安裝:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11507
msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:"
msgstr "然後在目錄中建立 X 字型檔的索引:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11510
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11513
msgid ""
"Now add the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> directory "
"to the font path. This is just the same as described in <xref linkend="
"\"type1\"/>:"
msgstr ""
"接著加入 <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 目錄到字型路"
"徑。這個動作與 <xref linkend=\"type1\"/> 中所介紹的方式相同:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11516
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11519
msgid ""
"or add a <literal>FontPath</literal> line to <filename>xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"或直接加入 <literal>FontPath</literal> 一行到 <filename>xorg.conf</"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11522
msgid ""
"Now <application>Gimp</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application>, and all of the other X applications should now recognize the "
"installed <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. "
"Extremely small fonts (as with text in a high resolution display on a web "
"page) and extremely large fonts (within <application><trademark>StarOffice</"
"trademark></application>) will look much better now."
msgstr ""
"現在 <application>Gimp</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> 以及其他 X 應用程式應可以辨識到已安裝的 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> 字型。極小的字型 (以高解析度在網頁中顯示"
"的文字) 與極大的字型 (在 <application><trademark>StarOffice</trademark></"
"application> 中) 現在會看起來比較像樣了。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11543
msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts"
msgstr "反鋸齒字型"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11545
msgid "<primary>anti-aliased fonts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11548
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>anti-aliased</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11553
msgid ""
"All fonts in <application>Xorg</application> that are found in <filename>/"
"usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> and <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are "
"automatically made available for anti-aliasing to Xft-aware applications. "
"Most recent applications are Xft-aware, including <application>KDE</"
"application>, <application>GNOME</application>, and <application>Firefox</"
"application>."
msgstr ""
"所有可在 <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> 及 <filename>~/.fonts/"
"</filename> 找到的 <application>Xorg</application> 字型均可在  Xft-aware 的應"
"用程式使用反鋸齒的效果。大多最近的應用程式均為 Xft-aware 的，包括 "
"<application>KDE</application>, <application>GNOME</application> 以及 "
"<application>Firefox</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11562
msgid ""
"In order to control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-"
"aliasing properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>. Several advanced "
"features of the Xft font system can be tuned using this file; this section "
"describes only some simple possibilities. For more details, please see "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>fonts-conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要控制那一些字型要做反鋸齒或設定反鋸齒的屬性，需建立 <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/fonts/local.conf</filename> 檔案 (若檔案存在則編輯)。在這個檔案中可以調"
"整 Xft 字型系統的數項進階功能，本章節僅介紹部份簡單的項目，要取得進一步資訊，"
"可參考 <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>fonts-conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11571
msgid "<primary>XML</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11573
msgid ""
"This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make "
"sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML header "
"followed by a DOCTYPE definition, and then the <literal>&lt;fontconfig&gt;</"
"literal> tag:"
msgstr ""
"這個檔案必須使用 XML 格式，小心文字大小寫，且要確定所有標籤均有正常結尾。檔案"
"的開頭使用常見的 XML 檔首，接著為 DOCTYPE 定義，然後是 <literal>&lt;"
"fontconfig&gt;</literal> 標籤:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\"?&gt;\n"
"      &lt;!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;fontconfig&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11583
msgid ""
"As previously stated, all fonts in <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</"
"filename> as well as <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are already made "
"available to Xft-aware applications. If you wish to add another directory "
"outside of these two directory trees, add a line similar to the following to "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"如同前面所提到的，所有在 <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> 與 "
"<filename>~/.fonts/</filename> 的字型均已在 Xft-aware 的應用程式做反鋸齒效"
"果，若您想要加入除了上兩者以外的目錄，可加入下行設定到 <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11591
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;dir&gt;/path/to/my/fonts&lt;/dir&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11593
msgid ""
"After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, you should run "
"the following command to rebuild the font caches:"
msgstr "加入新字型及額外的新字型目錄之後，您應執行以下指令來重新建立字型快取:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11597
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fc-cache -f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11599
msgid ""
"Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more "
"readable and removes <quote>staircases</quote> from large text, but can "
"cause eyestrain if applied to normal text. To exclude font sizes smaller "
"than 14 point from anti-aliasing, include these lines:"
msgstr ""
"反鋸齒效果會讓文字的邊緣變模糊，這會讓非常小的文字更能閱讀且去除大型文字的 "
"<quote>鋸齒</quote>，但套用在一般的文字可能會造成眼睛的疲勞。要排除小於 14 點"
"的字型大小使用反鋸齒效果，可加入這些行:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11606
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"        &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11623
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>spacing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11628
msgid ""
"Spacing for some monospaced fonts may also be inappropriate with anti-"
"aliasing. This seems to be an issue with <application>KDE</application>, in "
"particular. One possible fix for this is to force the spacing for such fonts "
"to be 100. Add the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"反鋸齒所產生的間距對於部份等寬字型並不適合，尤其是在使用 <application>KDE</"
"application> 時會發生問題。可能的修正方式是強制字型的間距為 100，可加入以下"
"行:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11634
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"       &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;fixed&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;console&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11651
msgid ""
"(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as <literal>\"mono\"</"
"literal>), and then add:"
msgstr ""
"(這會設定等寬字型的其他常用名稱為 <literal>\"mono\"</literal>)，然後加入:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11654
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;int&gt;100&lt;/int&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11663
msgid ""
"Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. "
"Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. "
"At worst, it may cause applications to crash. To avoid this, consider adding "
"the following to <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"部份字型，如 Helvetica，在使用反鋸齒時可能會發生問題，通常會呈現像垂直切成兩"
"半的字型，最差還可能會導致應用程式當掉。要避免這個問題，可考慮加入以下設定到 "
"<filename>local.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;Helvetica&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;sans-serif&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11678
msgid ""
"Once you have finished editing <filename>local.conf</filename> make sure you "
"end the file with the <literal>&lt;/fontconfig&gt;</literal> tag. Not doing "
"this will cause your changes to be ignored."
msgstr ""
"編輯 <filename>local.conf</filename> 完之後，請確認有使用 <literal>&lt;/"
"fontconfig&gt;</literal> 標籤結尾，若沒使用會讓您的更改直接被忽略。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11683
msgid ""
"Finally, users can add their own settings via their personal <filename>."
"fonts.conf</filename> files. To do this, each user should simply create a "
"<filename>~/.fonts.conf</filename>. This file must also be in XML format."
msgstr ""
"最後，使用者可以透過個人的 <filename>.fonts.conf</filename> 檔案來加入自己的"
"設定。要加入個人設定，每位使用者只需簡單的建立 <filename>~/.fonts.conf</"
"filename>，這個檔案也同樣需要為 XML 格式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11689
msgid "<primary>LCD screen</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11690
msgid "<primary>Fonts</primary> <secondary>LCD screen</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11693
msgid ""
"One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This "
"basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components "
"separately to improve the horizontal resolution; the results can be "
"dramatic. To enable this, add the line somewhere in <filename>local.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""
"最後一點: 若有使用 LCD 螢幕，可能會想要使用子像素取樣 (Sub-pixel sampling)，"
"這基本上會分開處理 (水平分隔)  紅、綠、藍色彩組成來提高垂直解析度，結果可能是"
"無法預料的。要開啟這個功能，加入下行到 <filename>local.conf</filename> 的任一"
"處:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11700
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;unknown&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;rgb&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:11710
msgid ""
"Depending on the sort of display, <literal>rgb</literal> may need to be "
"changed to <literal>bgr</literal>, <literal>vrgb</literal> or <literal>vbgr</"
"literal>: experiment and see which works best."
msgstr ""
"依據不同的顯示器類型，<literal>rgb</literal> 可能會需要更改為 <literal>bgr</"
"literal>, <literal>vrgb</literal> 或 <literal>vbgr</literal>: 可實驗看看然後"
"看那一個效果最好。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:11721
msgid "The X Display Manager"
msgstr "X 顯示管理程式"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:11724
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Seth</firstname> <surname>Kingsley</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11734
msgid "<primary>X Display Manager</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11735
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> provides an X Display Manager, "
"<application>XDM</application>, which can be used for login session "
"management. <application>XDM</application> provides a graphical interface "
"for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering "
"authorization information such as a login and password combination."
msgstr ""
"<application>Xorg</application> 提供了 X 顯示管理程式 (X Display Manager, "
"<application>XDM</application>)，可用來做登入階段的管理。<application>XDM</"
"application> 提供了一個圖型化的介面來選擇要連結的顯示伺服器以及輸入認証資訊 "
"(登入與密碼)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11742
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on FreeBSD. "
"Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login manager. Refer "
"to <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-gnome\"/> for instructions on how to configure the "
"GNOME Display Manager and <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-kde\"/> for instructions on "
"how to configure the KDE Display Manager."
msgstr ""
"本節將示範如何設定 FreeBSD 的 X 顯示管理程式。部份桌面環境會提供自己的圖型化"
"登入管理程式，請參考 <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-gnome\"/> 取得如何設定 GNOME 顯示"
"管理程式 (GNOME Display Manager) 的操作方式以及 <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-kde\"/"
"> 取得如何設定 KDE 顯示管理程式 (KDE Display Manager) 的操作方式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11749
msgid "Configuring <application>XDM</application>"
msgstr "設定 <application>XDM</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11751
msgid ""
"To install <application>XDM</application>, use the <package>x11/xdm</"
"package> package or port. Once installed, <application>XDM</application> can "
"be configured to run when the machine boots up by editing this entry in "
"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要安裝 <application>XDM</application> 可使用 <package>x11/xdm</package> 套件"
"或 Port。安裝完成之後，可設定 <application>XDM</application> 在開機時執行，只"
"需編輯 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 中的此項目:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11757
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyv8   \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11759
msgid ""
"Change the <literal>off</literal> to <literal>on</literal> and save the "
"edit. The <literal>ttyv8</literal> in this entry indicates that "
"<application>XDM</application> will run on the ninth virtual terminal."
msgstr ""
"更改關 (<literal>off</literal>) 為開 (<literal>on</literal>) 然後儲存編輯。在"
"此項目中的 <literal>ttyv8</literal> 代表 <application>XDM</application> 會在"
"第 9 個虛擬終端機執行。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11764
msgid ""
"The <application>XDM</application> configuration directory is located in "
"<filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm</filename>. This directory contains several "
"files used to change the behavior and appearance of <application>XDM</"
"application>, as well as a few scripts and programs used to set up the "
"desktop when <application>XDM</application> is running. <xref linkend=\"xdm-"
"config-files\"/> summarizes the function of each of these files. The exact "
"syntax and usage of these files is described in <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"<application>XDM</application> 的設定目錄位於 <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/"
"xdm</filename>。此目錄中包含數個可用來更改 <application>XDM</application> 行"
"為與外觀的檔案以及在 <application>XDM</application> 執行時用來設定桌面的一"
"些  Script 及程式，<xref linkend=\"xdm-config-files\"/> 摘要了每個檔案的功"
"能。這些檔案正確的語法與用法在 <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 有說明。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:11774
msgid "XDM Configuration Files"
msgstr "XDM 設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11779 book.translate.xml:55403
msgid "File"
msgstr "檔案"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11786
msgid "<filename>Xaccess</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11787
msgid ""
"The protocol for connecting to <application>XDM</application> is called the "
"X Display Manager Connection Protocol (<acronym>XDMCP</acronym>) This file "
"is a client authorization ruleset for controlling <acronym>XDMCP</acronym> "
"connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any "
"remote clients to connect."
msgstr ""
"連線到 <application>XDM</application> 所需的通訊協定稱做 X 顯示管理程式連線通"
"訊協定  (X Display Manager Connection Protocol, <acronym>XDMCP</acronym>)，此"
"檔案為客戶端認証規則，用來控制來自遠端機器的 <acronym>XDMCP</acronym> 連線。"
"預設此檔案並不允許任何遠端的客戶端連線。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11797
msgid "<filename>Xresources</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11798
msgid ""
"This file controls the look and feel of the <application>XDM</application> "
"display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple "
"rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the "
"top in a large font and <quote>Login:</quote> and <quote>Password:</quote> "
"prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file "
"described in the <application>Xorg</application> documentation."
msgstr ""
"此檔案控制 <application>XDM</application> 顯示選擇器及登入畫面的外觀。預設的"
"設定簡單的矩形登入視窗，上方用較大的字型顯示機器的主機名稱，並在下方顯示 "
"<quote>Login:</quote> 與 <quote>Password:</quote> 提示。此檔案的格式與 "
"<application>Xorg</application> 說明文件中說明的 app-defaults 檔相同。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11811
msgid "<filename>Xservers</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11812
msgid ""
"The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login "
"choices."
msgstr "登入選擇時在選擇器上要提供的本地及遠端顯示清單。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11817
msgid "<filename>Xsession</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11818
msgid ""
"Default session script for logins which is run by <application>XDM</"
"application> after a user has logged in. Normally each user will have a "
"customized session script in <filename>~/.xsession</filename> that overrides "
"this script"
msgstr ""
"預設的登入階段 Script，使用者登入之後由 <application>XDM</application> 執行。"
"一般每一位使用者都會有自訂的階段 Script 在 <filename>~/.xsession</filename> "
"來覆蓋此 Script 的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11826
msgid "<filename>Xsetup_</filename>*"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11827
msgid ""
"Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or "
"login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named "
"<filename>Xsetup_*</filename>, where <literal>*</literal> is the local "
"display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the "
"background such as <command>xconsole</command>."
msgstr ""
"用來在顯示選擇器與登入介面之前自動執行應用程式的 Script。每一個顯示各有一個 "
"Script，名稱為 <filename>Xsetup_*</filename>，其中 <literal>*</literal> 為本"
"地顯示編號。正常情況這些 Script 會在背景執行一兩個程式，例如 "
"<command>xconsole</command>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11838
msgid "<filename>xdm-config</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11839
msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine."
msgstr "用來設定所有在此機器上執行的顯示的全域設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11844
msgid "<filename>xdm-errors</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11845
msgid ""
"Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that "
"<application>XDM</application> is trying to start hangs, look at this file "
"for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's "
"<filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> on a per-session basis."
msgstr ""
"內含由伺服器程式產生的錯誤訊息，若 <application>XDM</application> 嘗試啟動的"
"顯示沒有回應，可查看此檔案來取得錯誤訊息。以登入階段為基礎，這些訊息也同樣會"
"寫入至使用者的 <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11854
msgid "<filename>xdm-pid</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11855
msgid ""
"The running process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <application>XDM</application>."
msgstr "<application>XDM</application> 的執行程序 <acronym>ID</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11864
msgid "Configuring Remote Access"
msgstr "設定遠端存取"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11866
msgid ""
"By default, only users on the same system can login using <application>XDM</"
"application>. To enable users on other systems to connect to the display "
"server, edit the access control rules and enable the connection listener."
msgstr ""
"預設只有同系統的使用者可以使用 <application>XDM</application> 登入。要開啟讓"
"其他系統的使用者可連線到顯示伺服器，需編輯存取控制規則及開啟連線傾聽程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11871
msgid ""
"To configure <application>XDM</application> to listen for any remote "
"connection, comment out the <literal>DisplayManager.requestPort</literal> "
"line in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/xdm-config</filename> by putting a "
"<literal>!</literal> in front of it:"
msgstr ""
"要設定 <application>XDM</application> 傾聽作何遠端的連線，在 <filename>/usr/"
"local/lib/X11/xdm/xdm-config</filename> 中的 <literal>DisplayManager."
"requestPort</literal> 行前加上 <literal>!</literal> 來註解該行:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n"
"! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n"
"DisplayManager.requestPort:     0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11881
msgid ""
"Save the edits and restart <application>XDM</application>. To restrict "
"remote access, look at the example entries in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/"
"xdm/Xaccess</filename> and refer to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""
"儲存編輯並重新啟動 <application>XDM</application>，要限制遠端存取，請看 "
"<filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/Xaccess</filename> 中的範例項目，並參考 "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 取得進一步資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:11890
msgid "Desktop Environments"
msgstr "桌面環境"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:11893
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Valentino</firstname> <surname>Vaschetto</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11904
msgid ""
"This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on "
"a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window "
"manager to a complete suite of desktop applications. Over a hundred desktop "
"environments are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of "
"the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""
"本節將介紹如何在 FreeBSD 系統安裝三種熱門的桌面環境。一套桌面環境的範圍可從簡"
"單的視窗管理程式到完整的桌面應用程式集。有上百套的桌面環境可在 Port 套件集的 "
"<filename>x11-wm</filename> 分類取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11912
msgid "GNOME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11915
msgid ""
"<application>GNOME</application> is a user-friendly desktop environment. It "
"includes a panel for starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, "
"a set of tools and applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy "
"for applications to cooperate and be consistent with each other. More "
"information regarding <application>GNOME</application> on FreeBSD can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome\">http://www."
"FreeBSD.org/gnome</link>. That web site contains additional documentation "
"about installing, configuring, and managing <application>GNOME</application> "
"on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<application>GNOME</application> 是一個擁有友善使用者介面的的桌面環境，它包括"
"用於啟動應用程式和顯示狀態的面板、一系列工具與應用程序及一套可讓應用程式更容"
"易進行合作、相互一致的協定。更多有關 FreeBSD <application>GNOME</"
"application> 的訊息可在<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome"
"\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome</link> 取得，該網站包含了有關在 FreeBSD 安"
"裝、設定和管理 <application>GNOME</application> 的額外文件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11926
msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:"
msgstr "這套桌面環境可以從套件安裝:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11929
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11931
msgid ""
"To instead build <application>GNOME</application> from ports, use the "
"following command. <application>GNOME</application> is a large application "
"and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""
"也可使用以下指令從 Port 編譯 <application>GNOME</application>，"
"<application>GNOME</application> 是一套大型的應用程式，即使在速度較快的電腦"
"上，也會需要花費一些時間編譯。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11940
msgid ""
"<application>GNOME</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be "
"mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file "
"system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""
"<application>GNOME</application> 需要掛載 <filename>/proc</filename>。加入下"
"行到 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 讓系統啟動時會自動掛載這個檔案系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11945 book.translate.xml:12036
#, no-wrap
msgid "proc           /proc       procfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11947
msgid ""
"<application>GNOME</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and "
"<application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. "
"These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of "
"<application>GNOME</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""
"<application>GNOME</application> 使用了 <application>D-Bus</application> 以"
"及 <application>HAL</application> 的 Message bus 與 Hardware abstraction。這"
"兩個應用程式會隨著 <application>GNOME</application> 的相依一併自動安裝，但需"
"要在 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 開啟，這樣在系統開機時才會啟動:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11955 book.translate.xml:12046
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11958
msgid ""
"After installation, configure <application>Xorg</application> to start "
"<application>GNOME</application>. The easiest way to do this is to enable "
"the GNOME Display Manager, <application>GDM</application>, which is "
"installed as part of the <application>GNOME</application> package or port. "
"It can be enabled by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"安裝完之後，需設定讓 <application>Xorg</application> 啟動 "
"<application>GNOME</application>。最簡單的方法是開啟 GNOME Display Manager, "
"<application>GDM</application>，該程式已做為 <application>GNOME</"
"application> 套件或 Port 的一部份安裝了，可加入下行到 <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> 來開啟:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11967
#, no-wrap
msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11969
msgid ""
"It is often desirable to also start all <application>GNOME</application> "
"services. To achieve this, add a second line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""
"通常也會需要啟動所有的 <application>GNOME</application> 服務，可加入下行到 "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11973
#, no-wrap
msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11975
msgid ""
"<application>GDM</application> will start automatically when the system "
"boots."
msgstr "<application>GDM</application> 則會在系統開機時自動啟動。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11978
msgid ""
"A second method for starting <application>GNOME</application> is to type "
"<command>startx</command> from the command-line after configuring "
"<filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. If this file already exists, replace the "
"line that starts the current window manager with one that starts <filename>/"
"usr/local/bin/gnome-session</filename>. If this file does not exist, create "
"it with this command:"
msgstr ""
"第二種啟動 <application>GNOME</application> 的方法是在設定完 <filename>~/."
"xinitrc</filename> 後在指令列輸入 <command>startx</command>。若這個檔案已經存"
"在，替換啟動目前視窗管理程式的那一行，改為啟動 <filename>/usr/local/bin/"
"gnome-session</filename>。若檔案不存在，則使用以下指令建立一個:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11987
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11989
msgid ""
"A third method is to use <application>XDM</application> as the display "
"manager. In this case, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"第三種方法是使用 <application>XDM</application> 做為顯示管理程式，在這個方法"
"需要建立一個可執行的 <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11993
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11999
msgid "KDE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12003
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> is another easy-to-use desktop environment. "
"This desktop provides a suite of applications with a consistent look and "
"feel, a standardized menu and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, "
"internationalization, and a centralized, dialog-driven desktop "
"configuration. More information on <application>KDE</application> can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kde.org/\">http://www.kde.org/</"
"link>. For FreeBSD-specific information, consult <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"freebsd.kde.org/\">http://freebsd.kde.org</link>."
msgstr ""
"<application>KDE</application> 是另一套易於使用的桌面環境。這個桌面環境提供了"
"一致外觀的應用程式、標準化的選單和工具列、組合鍵、配色方案、國際化與集中、對"
"話框導向的桌面設定。更多有關 <application>KDE</application> 可在 <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.kde.org/\">http://www.kde.org/</link> 取得。要取得 FreeBSD "
"特定的資訊，則可參考 <link xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/\">http://"
"freebsd.kde.org</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12012
msgid "To install the <application>KDE</application> package, type:"
msgstr "要安裝 <application>KDE</application> 套件，請輸入:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12015
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/kde4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12017
msgid ""
"To instead build the <application>KDE</application> port, use the following "
"command. Installing the port will provide a menu for selecting which "
"components to install. <application>KDE</application> is a large application "
"and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""
"或者要使用 <application>KDE</application> Port 編譯，可使用以下指令，採用 "
"Port 方式安裝會有選單可以選擇要安裝的元件。<application>KDE</application> 是"
"一個大型的應用程式，即使在較快的電腦上仍需要花費一段時間來編譯。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12026
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary> <secondary>display manager</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12031
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be "
"mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file "
"system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""
"<application>KDE</application> 需要掛載 <filename>/proc</filename>。加入下行"
"到 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 讓系統啟動時會自動掛載這個檔案系統:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12038
msgid ""
"<application>KDE</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and "
"<application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. "
"These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of "
"<application>KDE</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""
"<application>KDE</application> 使用了 <application>D-Bus</application> 以及 "
"<application>HAL</application> 的 Message bus 與 Hardware abstraction。這兩個"
"應用程式會隨著 <application>KDE</application> 的相依一併自動安裝，但需要在 "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 開啟，這樣在系統開機時才會啟動:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12049
msgid ""
"The installation of <application>KDE</application> includes the KDE Display "
"Manager, <application>KDM</application>. To enable this display manager, add "
"this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>KDE</application> 的安裝包含了 KDE Display Manager, "
"<application>KDM</application>，要開啟這個顯示管理程式，需加入下行到 "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12055
#, no-wrap
msgid "kdm4_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12057
msgid ""
"A second method for launching <application>KDE</application> is to type "
"<command>startx</command> from the command line. For this to work, the "
"following line is needed in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"第二種執行 <application>KDE</application> 的方法是在在指令列輸入 "
"<command>startx</command>。要採用這個方式，需要加入下行到 <filename>~/."
"xinitrc</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12063
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12065
msgid ""
"A third method for starting <application>KDE</application> is through "
"<application>XDM</application>. To do so, create an executable <filename>~/."
"xsession</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""
"第三種啟動 <application>KDE</application> 的方式是透過 <application>XDM</"
"application>，要使用這個方法需要建立一個可執行的 <filename>~/.xsession</"
"filename> 如下:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12070
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12074
msgid ""
"Once <application>KDE</application> is started, refer to its built-in help "
"system for more information on how to use its various menus and applications."
msgstr ""
"啟動 <application>KDE</application> 之後，請參考內建的說明系統來取得更多有關"
"如何使用各種選單及應用程式的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12080
msgid "Xfce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12082
msgid ""
"<application>Xfce</application> is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ "
"toolkit used by <application>GNOME</application>. However, it is more "
"lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is "
"fully configurable, has a main panel with menus, applets, and application "
"launchers, provides a file manager and sound manager, and is themeable. "
"Since it is fast, light, and efficient, it is ideal for older or slower "
"machines with memory limitations. More information on <application>Xfce</"
"application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xfce.org/"
"\">http://www.xfce.org</link>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Xfce</application> 是以 <application>GNOME</application> 使用的 "
"GTK +工具包做為基礎所開發的桌面環境，但是它更輕巧且提供了一種簡單、高效、易於"
"使用的桌面。它可完全自訂設定、附有選單、Applet 及應用程式啟動器的主面板、提供"
"檔案管理程式和音效管理程式並且可設定主題。由於它是快速、輕巧、高效的桌面環"
"境，因此它非常適合有記憶體限制的較舊或較慢機器。更多有關 <application>Xfce</"
"application> 的資訊可至 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xfce.org/\">http://www."
"xfce.org</link> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12093
msgid "To install the <application>Xfce</application> package:"
msgstr "要安裝 <application>Xfce</application> 套件:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12096
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xfce</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12098
msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:"
msgstr "或者使用 Port 編譯:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12103
msgid ""
"Unlike <application>GNOME</application> or <application>KDE</application>, "
"<application>Xfce</application> does not provide its own login manager. In "
"order to start <application>Xfce</application> from the command line by "
"typing <command>startx</command>, first add its entry to <filename>~/."
"xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"不像 <application>GNOME</application> 或 <application>KDE</application>，"
"<application>Xfce</application> 並沒有自己的登入管理程式，要由指令列啟動 "
"<application>Xfce</application> 需輸入 <command>startx</command>，在這之前需"
"先加入其項目到 <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12110
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12112
msgid ""
"An alternate method is to use <application>XDM</application>. To configure "
"this method, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"另一種方式是使用 <application>XDM</application>，要設定這個方式需建立一個可執"
"行的 <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12123
msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion"
msgstr "安裝 Compiz Fusion"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12125
msgid ""
"One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D "
"effects."
msgstr "要令使用桌面電腦更令人愉快的方法是用炫麗的 3D 效果。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12128
msgid ""
"Installing the <application>Compiz Fusion</application> package is easy, but "
"configuring it requires a few steps that are not described in the port's "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"安裝 <application>Compiz Fusion</application> 套件非常簡單，但設定該套件需要"
"一些未在 Port 說明文件中說明的步驟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12133
msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver"
msgstr "設定 FreeBSD nVidia 驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12135
msgid ""
"Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-"
"based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good "
"performance. Users of other graphics cards can skip this section and "
"continue with the <filename>xorg.conf</filename> configuration."
msgstr ""
"桌面特效需要使用相當程度的顯示卡，對於以 nVidia 為基礎的顯示卡，需要使用專用"
"的驅動程序來取得較佳的性能。其他顯示卡的使用可以跳過這一節，並繼續 "
"<filename>xorg.conf</filename> 設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12141
msgid ""
"To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/x.html#idp59950544\">FAQ "
"question on the subject</link>."
msgstr ""
"要知道需要那一種 nVidia 驅動程式可以查看 <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/x.html#idp59950544\">FAQ 中"
"與此主題相關的問題</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12144
msgid ""
"Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is "
"as simple as installing any other package."
msgstr ""
"知道您的顯示卡要使用那種驅動程式才是正確的之後，接下來的安裝程序跟安裝其他套"
"件一樣簡單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12148
msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:"
msgstr "例如，要安裝最新的驅動程式:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12150
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/nvidia-driver</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12152
msgid ""
"The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system "
"startup. Add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"驅動程式會建立一個需要在系統啟動時載入的核心模組，加入下行到 <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12156
#, no-wrap
msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12159
msgid ""
"To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel by issuing a "
"command like <command>kldload nvidia</command>, however it has been noted "
"that the some versions of <application>Xorg</application> will not function "
"properly if the driver is not loaded at boot time. After editing <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>, a reboot is recommended."
msgstr ""
"要立即載入核心模組到執行中的核心可以下 <command>kldload nvidia</command> 指"
"令，但是需要注意，若不是在開機時載入，某些 <application>Xorg</application> 版"
"本會無法正常運作。因此編輯完 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 之後建議"
"要重新開機。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12168
msgid ""
"With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single "
"line in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> to enable the proprietary driver:"
msgstr ""
"核心模組載入之後，您只需要更改 <filename>xorg.conf</filename> 的其中一行來開"
"啟專用的驅動程式:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12172
msgid "Find the following line in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "找到 <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> 中的下行:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12175
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nv\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12177
msgid "and change it to:"
msgstr "然後更改該行為:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12179
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nvidia\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12181
msgid ""
"Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. "
"Everything should work as usual."
msgstr ""
"如往常般啟動 GUI，您應該會看到 nVidia 的啟動畫面，其他東西應如往常般運作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12186
msgid "Configuring xorg.conf for Desktop Effects"
msgstr "設定 xorg.conf 來啟動桌面特效"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12188
msgid ""
"To enable <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, <filename>/etc/X11/xorg."
"conf</filename> needs to be modified:"
msgstr ""
"要開啟 <application>Compiz Fusion</application> 需要修改 <filename>/etc/X11/"
"xorg.conf</filename>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12192
msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:"
msgstr "加入以下 Section 來開啟合成特效:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Extensions\"\n"
"    Option         \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12199
msgid ""
"Locate the <quote>Screen</quote> section which should look similar to the "
"one below:"
msgstr "找到 <quote>Screen</quote> section，長的應該如下所示:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12202
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"    Identifier     \"Screen0\"\n"
"    Device         \"Card0\"\n"
"    Monitor        \"Monitor0\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12208
msgid "and add the following two lines (after <quote>Monitor</quote> will do):"
msgstr "然後加入以下兩行 (在<quote>Monitor</quote> 之後):"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DefaultDepth    24\n"
"Option         \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12214
msgid ""
"Locate the <quote>Subsection</quote> that refers to the screen resolution "
"that you wish to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the "
"section that follows. If the desired resolution does not appear in any "
"subsection, you may add the relevant entry by hand:"
msgstr ""
"找到您欲使用的螢幕解析度所在的 <quote>Subsection</quote>，例如，您想要使用 "
"1280x1024，則找到如下所示的 Section。若想要使用的解析度不在任何 Subsection 之"
"中，您可以手動加入對應的項目:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12225
msgid ""
"A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above "
"subsection to:"
msgstr "桌面合成需要 24 bit 的色彩深度，更改上述 Subsection 為:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Depth       24\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12234
msgid ""
"Finally, confirm that the <quote>glx</quote> and <quote>extmod</quote> "
"modules are loaded in the <quote>Module</quote> section:"
msgstr ""
"最後確認在 <quote>Module</quote> section 中已經載入 <quote>glx</quote> 與 "
"<quote>extmod</quote> 模組:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Module\"\n"
"    Load           \"extmod\"\n"
"    Load           \"glx\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12243
msgid ""
"The preceding can be done automatically with <package>x11/nvidia-xconfig</"
"package> by running (as root):"
msgstr ""
"前面所述的動作可以執行 <package>x11/nvidia-xconfig</package> 來自動完成 (使"
"用 root) :"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12247
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --composite</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --depth=24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12253
msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion"
msgstr "安裝與設定 Compiz Fusion"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12255
msgid ""
"Installing <application>Compiz Fusion</application> is as simple as any "
"other package:"
msgstr ""
"安裝 <application>Compiz Fusion</application> 如同安裝其他套件一樣簡單:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12258
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12260
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a "
"terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):"
msgstr ""
"安裝完成之後，開啟您的圖型化桌面，然後在終端機的畫面輸入以下指令 (使用一般使"
"用者):"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>emerald --replace &amp;</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12267
msgid ""
"Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g. "
"<application>Metacity</application> if you are using <application>GNOME</"
"application>) is replaced by <application>Compiz Fusion</application>. "
"<application>Emerald</application> takes care of the window decorations (i."
"e. close, minimize, maximize buttons, title bars and so on)."
msgstr ""
"由於您的視窗管理程式 (例如: <application>Metacity</application>，若您使用 "
"<application>GNOME</application>) 會被替換成 <application>Compiz Fusion</"
"application>，您的螢幕會閃爍幾秒。而 <application>Emerald</application> 會處"
"理視窗的裝飾  (例如: 關閉、最小化、最大化按鈕、標題列及其他相關)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12275
msgid ""
"You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup "
"automatically (e.g. by adding to <quote>Sessions</quote> in a "
"<application>GNOME</application> desktop):"
msgstr ""
"您或許可以將這些指令改寫成較小的 Script 然後在啟動時自動執行 (加到 "
"<application>GNOME</application> 桌面的 <quote>Sessions</quote> 中):"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#! /bin/sh\n"
"compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;\n"
"emerald --replace &amp;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12284
msgid ""
"Save this in your home directory as, for example, <filename>start-compiz</"
"filename> and make it executable:"
msgstr ""
"儲存這個 Script 到您的家目錄所在位置，例如 <filename>start-compiz</"
"filename>，然後讓該檔案可以執行:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12288
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/start-compiz</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12290
msgid ""
"Then use the GUI to add it to <guimenuitem>Startup Programs</guimenuitem> "
"(located in <guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</"
"guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Sessions</guimenuitem> on a <application>GNOME</"
"application> desktop)."
msgstr ""
"接著使用 GUI  將該檔案加入啟動程式 <guimenuitem>Startup Programs</"
"guimenuitem> (位於 <application>GNOME</application> 桌面的系統 "
"<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, 偏好設定 <guimenuitem>Preferences</"
"guimenuitem>, 工作階段 <guimenuitem>Sessions</guimenuitem>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12297
msgid ""
"To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute "
"(again as a normal user) the <application>Compiz Config Settings Manager</"
"application>:"
msgstr ""
"要選擇所想使用的特效與相關設定，可執行 (一樣使用一般使用者) Compiz Config 設"
"定管理程式 <application>Compiz Config Settings Manager</application>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12301
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ccsm</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12304
msgid ""
"In <application>GNOME</application>, this can also be found in the "
"<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"在 <application>GNOME</application> 中，也可在系統 <guimenuitem>System</"
"guimenuitem>, 偏好設定 <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> 選單中找到。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12309
msgid ""
"If you have selected <quote>gconf support</quote> during the build, you will "
"also be able to view these settings using <command>gconf-editor</command> "
"under <literal>apps/compiz</literal>."
msgstr ""
"若您在編譯時選擇了 <quote>gconf support</quote>，您便可使用 <command>gconf-"
"editor</command> 在 <literal>apps/compiz</literal> 下查看設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12320
msgid ""
"If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before "
"proceeding. In recent <application>Xorg</application> versions, the "
"<literal>InputDevice</literal> sections in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> "
"are ignored in favor of the autodetected devices. To restore the old "
"behavior, add the following line to the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> or "
"<literal>ServerFlags</literal> section of this file:"
msgstr ""
"若滑鼠無法使用，您將需要做第一次設定方可繼續。在最近的 <application>Xorg</"
"application> 版本，使用自動偵測裝置會忽略在 <filename>xorg.conf</filename> 中"
"的 <literal>InputDevice</literal> section。要採用舊的方式，需在此檔案加入下行"
"到 <literal>ServerLayout</literal> 或 <literal>ServerFlags</literal> section:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12329
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12331
msgid ""
"Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any "
"other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)."
msgstr ""
"輸入裝置便可如先前版本一樣設定，連同其他所需的選項 (如: 切換鍵盤配置)。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12336
msgid ""
"As previously explained the <application>hald</application> daemon will, by "
"default, automatically detect your keyboard. There are chances that your "
"keyboard layout or model will not be correct, desktop environments like "
"<application>GNOME</application>, <application>KDE</application> or "
"<application>Xfce</application> provide tools to configure the keyboard. "
"However, it is possible to set the keyboard properties directly either with "
"the help of the <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>setxkbmap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility or with a "
"<application>hald</application>'s configuration rule."
msgstr ""
"如同前面有說明過，<application>hald</application> Daemon 預設會自動偵測您的鍵"
"盤，因此您的鍵盤配置或型號可能不正確，桌面環境如 <application>GNOME</"
"application>, <application>KDE</application> 或 <application>Xfce</"
"application> 會提供設定鍵盤的工具。即使如此，還是有可能透過 <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>setxkbmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 工具或 <application>hald</application> 的設定規則的"
"協助來直接設定鍵盤屬性。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12348
msgid ""
"For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french "
"layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for "
"<application>hald</application> called <filename>x11-input.fdi</filename> "
"and saved in the <filename>/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy</filename> "
"directory. This file should contain the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"舉例來說，若有人想要使用 PC 102 鍵的鍵盤，採用法語 (French) 配置，我們便需要"
"建立一個給 <application>hald</application> 的鍵盤設定檔，名稱為 "
"<filename>x11-input.fdi</filename>，然後儲存到 <filename>/usr/local/etc/hal/"
"fdi/policy</filename> 目錄。這個檔案中應要有以下幾行:"

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\"&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\"&gt;pc102&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\"&gt;fr&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12366
msgid ""
"If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines "
"regarding the keyboard configuration."
msgstr "若這個檔案已經存在，只需要複製並貼上您的檔案中有關鍵盤設定的那幾行。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12369
msgid ""
"You will have to reboot your machine to force <application>hald</"
"application> to read this file."
msgstr ""
"您會需要重新啟動您的機器來讓 <application>hald</application> 讀取這個檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12372
msgid ""
"It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script "
"with this command line:"
msgstr "也是可以從 X 終端機或 Script 下指令來做同樣的設定:"

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12375
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12377
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst</filename> lists the "
"various keyboard, layouts and options available."
msgstr ""
"<filename>/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst</filename> 中列出了各種可用"
"的鍵盤、配置與設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12382
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application> tuning</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12385
msgid ""
"The <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file may now be tuned "
"to taste. Open the file in a text editor such as <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>emacs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If the monitor is an "
"older or unusual model that does not support autodetection of sync "
"frequencies, those settings can be added to <filename>xorg.conf.new</"
"filename> under the <literal>\"Monitor\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""
"現在可以開始調整 <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> 設定檔，在文字編輯器如 "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>emacs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 或 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 開啟該設定檔。若顯示器是不支援自動偵測同步頻率 (Sync "
"frequency) 的舊或特殊的型號，同步頻率的設定可以手動加到 <filename>xorg.conf."
"new</filename> 的 <literal>\"Monitor\"</literal> section:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12393
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tVendorName   \"Monitor Vendor\"\n"
"\tModelName    \"Monitor Model\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-107\n"
"\tVertRefresh  48-120\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12401
msgid ""
"Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of "
"these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support "
"autodetection, avoid potential damage by only entering values provided by "
"the manufacturer."
msgstr ""
"多數顯示器都支援自動偵測同步頻率，並不需要手動設定這些數值。對於那些不支援自"
"動偵測的顯示器，請輸入由製造商提供的數值來避免損壞顯示器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12407
msgid ""
"X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xset</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> program controls the "
"time-outs and can force standby, suspend, or off modes. If you wish to "
"enable DPMS features for your monitor, you must add the following line to "
"the monitor section:"
msgstr ""
"X 允許在支援的顯示器使用 DPMS (Energy Star) 功能，<citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xset</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 程式可以控制逾時並可強制待機 (Standby)、暫停 (Suspend) 或關閉 "
"(Off) 模式。若您想要為您的顯示器開啟 DPMS 功能，您需要加入下行到顯示器 "
"(Monitor) 的 Section:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12413
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option       \"DPMS\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12415
msgid "<primary><filename>xorg.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12419
msgid ""
"While the <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file is still "
"open in an editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. "
"This is defined in the <literal>\"Screen\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""
"在編輯器還未關閉 <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> 設定檔前，選擇想要使用的"
"預設解析度及色彩深度。這些項目可在 <literal>\"Screen\"</literal> section 定"
"義:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tMonitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tDefaultDepth 24\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\t\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\t\tDepth     24\n"
"\t\tModes     \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12436
msgid ""
"The <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> keyword describes the color depth to run "
"at by default. This can be overridden with the <option>-depth</option> "
"command line switch to <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>Modes</"
"literal> keyword describes the resolution to run at for the given color "
"depth. Note that only VESA standard modes are supported as defined by the "
"target system's graphics hardware. In the example above, the default color "
"depth is twenty-four bits per pixel. At this color depth, the accepted "
"resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels."
msgstr ""
"<literal>DefaultDepth</literal> 關鍵字代表預設執行要使用的色彩深度，這個設定"
"可以被 <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的指令列參數 <option>-"
"depth</option> 覆蓋。<literal>Modes</literal> 關鍵字代表執行要使用的解析度，"
"注意，只有 VESA 標準模式才支援目標系統的繪圖硬體來定義解析度。在上述的例子"
"中，預設使用的色彩深度為每像素 24 bit，這個色彩深度可用的解析度為 1024 x 768 "
"像素。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12447
msgid ""
"Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given "
"above."
msgstr "最後，儲存設定檔並使用測試模式來測試上述的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12451
msgid ""
"One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are "
"the <application>Xorg</application> log files, which contain information on "
"each device that the <application>Xorg</application> server attaches to. "
"<application>Xorg</application> log file names are in the format of "
"<filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>. The exact name of the log can vary "
"from <filename>Xorg.0.log</filename> to <filename>Xorg.8.log</filename> and "
"so forth."
msgstr ""
"有一個工具可以協助您診斷問題，那就是 <application>Xorg</application> 記錄檔。"
"該記錄檔中記錄了 <application>Xorg</application> 連接的每個裝置的資訊。"
"<application>Xorg</application> 記錄檔名稱的格式為 <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0."
"log</filename>，確切的記錄檔名會可能從 <filename>Xorg.0.log</filename> 到 "
"<filename>Xorg.8.log</filename> 以此類推。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12463
msgid ""
"If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common "
"location where <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can find it. This is "
"typically <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> or <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"若一且運作正常，設定檔需要安裝到 <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg"
"\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 會尋找的常用設定檔位置，通常是 <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"filename> 或 <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12468
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12470
msgid ""
"The <application>Xorg</application> configuration process is now complete. "
"<application>Xorg</application> may be now started with the <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>startx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. The <application>Xorg</application> "
"server may also be started with the use of <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"現在已經完成了 <application>Xorg</application> 的設定程序。"
"<application>Xorg</application> 現在可以使用 <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>startx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 工具啟動。<application>Xorg</application> 伺服器也可以使用 "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來啟動。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12477
msgid ""
"Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"<literal>i810</literal> Graphics Chipsets"
msgstr ""
"設定 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <literal>i810</"
"literal> 繪圖晶片組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12480
msgid "<primary>Intel i810 graphic chipset</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12484
msgid ""
"Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> i810 "
"integrated chipsets requires the <filename>agpgart</filename> AGP "
"programming interface for <application>Xorg</application> to drive the card. "
"See the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver manual page for more information."
msgstr ""
"要設定 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> i810 整合晶片組需要"
"使用 <filename>agpgart</filename> AGP 程式介面來控制 <application>Xorg</"
"application> 驅動該顯示卡。請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 驅動程式操作手冊來取得"
"更多詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12490
msgid ""
"This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. "
"Note on systems without the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver compiled in the "
"kernel, trying to load the module with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. This "
"driver has to be in the kernel at boot time through being compiled in or "
"using <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"這也可讓您可以設定任何其他繪圖卡的硬體。注意，在未編譯 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 到核心的系統，並無法使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來載入該模組，因此驅動"
"程式必須在開機時便在核心啟動，所以需要透過編譯或使用 <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename> 來載入。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12499
msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix"
msgstr "加入寬螢幕平板顯示器到設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12501
msgid "<primary>widescreen flatpanel configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12505
msgid ""
"This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts "
"to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working "
"configuration, there is information enough in the log files to be of use in "
"getting the setup working. Use of a text editor will be necessary."
msgstr ""
"此章節會需要有一些進階的設定知識，若嘗試使用上述的標準設定工具仍無法產生可運"
"作的設定，在記錄檔中應有足夠的資訊可運用來讓顯示卡運作。在此會需要使用文字編"
"輯器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12512
msgid ""
"Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats "
"support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. "
"Examples of some common screen resolutions for 16:10 aspect ratios are:"
msgstr ""
"目前使用寬螢幕 (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) 格式支援的 16:10 "
"及 10:9 格式或其他的寬高比可會有問題。例如一些 16:10 寬高比常見的螢幕解析度:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12519
msgid "2560x1600"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12523
msgid "1920x1200"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12527
msgid "1680x1050"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12531
msgid "1440x900"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12535
msgid "1280x800"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12539
msgid ""
"At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a "
"possible <literal>Mode</literal> in the <literal>Section \"Screen\"</"
"literal> as such:"
msgstr ""
"在某些時候，可以簡單的將這些要使用的解析度以 <literal>Mode</literal>  加入"
"到  Section \"Screen\":"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"Monitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"DefaultDepth 24\n"
"SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\tDepth     24\n"
"\tModes     \"1680x1050\"\n"
"EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12555
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> is smart enough to pull the resolution "
"information from the widescreen via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the "
"monitor can handle as far as frequencies and resolutions."
msgstr ""
"<application>Xorg</application> 能夠從寬螢幕設定取得解析度資訊 (透過 I2C/"
"DDC)，因此能夠知道螢幕能處理的頻率及解析度。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12560
msgid ""
"If those <literal>ModeLines</literal> do not exist in the drivers, one might "
"need to give <application>Xorg</application> a little hint. Using <filename>/"
"var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename> one can extract enough information to manually "
"create a <literal>ModeLine</literal> that will work. Simply look for "
"information resembling this:"
msgstr ""
"若驅動程式中不存在那些螢幕能處理的 <literal>ModeLines</literal>，則需要給 "
"<application>Xorg</application> 一點提示。透過 <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0."
"log</filename> 可以取得足夠的資訊來手動建立可運作的 <literal>ModeLine</"
"literal>。只需要在記錄檔中找到類似以下的訊息:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12568
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n"
"(II) MGA(0): clock: 146.2 MHz   Image Size:  433 x 271 mm\n"
"(II) MGA(0): h_active: 1680  h_sync: 1784  h_sync_end 1960 h_blank_end 2240 h_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): v_active: 1050  v_sync: 1053  v_sync_end 1059 v_blanking: 1089 v_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): Ranges: V min: 48  V max: 85 Hz, H min: 30  H max: 94 kHz, PixClock max 170 MHz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12574
msgid ""
"This information is called EDID information. Creating a <literal>ModeLine</"
"literal> from this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct "
"order:"
msgstr ""
"這些資訊稱作 EDID 資訊，使用 EDIT 資訊建立 <literal>ModeLine</literal> 只需要"
"將數據使用正確的順序放入:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12578
#, no-wrap
msgid "ModeLine &lt;name&gt; &lt;clock&gt; &lt;4 horiz. timings&gt; &lt;4 vert. timings&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12580
msgid ""
"So that the <literal>ModeLine</literal> in <literal>Section \"Monitor\"</"
"literal> for this example would look like this:"
msgstr ""
"將資訊放入之後，本例中 <literal>Section \"Monitor\"</literal> 中的 "
"<literal>ModeLine</literal> 會看起來像這樣:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12584
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"Identifier      \"Monitor1\"\n"
"VendorName      \"Bigname\"\n"
"ModelName       \"BestModel\"\n"
"ModeLine        \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n"
"Option          \"DPMS\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12592
msgid ""
"Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new "
"widescreen monitor."
msgstr "便完成編輯的步驟，接著需要在您的寬螢幕顯示器啟動 X。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12597
msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion"
msgstr "Compiz Fusion 疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12602
msgid ""
"I have installed <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, and after running "
"the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and "
"buttons. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""
"我已經安裝了 <application>Compiz Fusion</application>，但在執行了您所提到的指"
"令後，我的視窗的標題列與按鈕便消失了。是那裡有問題?"

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12610
msgid ""
"You are probably missing a setting in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"filename>. Review this file carefully and check especially the "
"<literal>DefaultDepth</literal> and <literal>AddARGBGLXVisuals</literal> "
"directives."
msgstr ""
"您可能忘記在 <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> 中的設定。請重新檢查這個"
"檔案，特別是 <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> 及 <literal>AddARGBGLXVisuals</"
"literal> 指令項。"

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12621
msgid ""
"When I run the command to start <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, "
"the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""
"當我執行指令來啟動 <application>Compiz Fusion</application>，X 伺服器便當掉"
"了，然後我又返回 Console。是那裡有問題?"

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12628
msgid ""
"If you check <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>, you will probably "
"find error messages during the X startup. The most common would be:"
msgstr ""
"若您檢查 <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>，您可能可以找到當 X 啟動時"
"所發生的錯誤訊息。最常發生的錯誤會是:"

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12633
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module.  If\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     reinstalling the NVIDIA driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12639
msgid ""
"This is usually the case when you upgrade <application>Xorg</application>. "
"You will need to reinstall the <package>x11/nvidia-driver</package> package "
"so glx is built again."
msgstr ""
"會發生這個情形通常是因為您升級了 <application>Xorg</application>，您需要重新"
"安裝 <package>x11/nvidia-driver</package> 套件來重新編譯 glx。"

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:12653
msgid "Common Tasks"
msgstr "一般作業"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12656
msgid ""
"Now that the basics have been covered, this part of the book discusses some "
"frequently used features of FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""
"既然基礎的部分已經提過了，接下來的這個部分將會討論一些常會用到的 FreeBSD 的特"
"色，這些章節包括："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12662
msgid ""
"Introduce popular and useful desktop applications: browsers, productivity "
"tools, document viewers, and more."
msgstr "介紹給您常見且實用的桌面應用軟體：瀏覽器、辦工工具、文件閱覽程式等。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12668
msgid "Introduce a number of multimedia tools available for FreeBSD."
msgstr "介紹給您眾多 FreeBSD 上可用的多媒體工具。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12673
msgid ""
"Explain the process of building a customized FreeBSD kernel to enable extra "
"functionality."
msgstr "解釋如何編譯量身訂做的 FreeBSD 核心以增加額外系統功能的流程。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12678
msgid ""
"Describe the print system in detail, both for desktop and network-connected "
"printer setups."
msgstr "詳細描述列印系統，包含桌上型印表機及網路印表機的設定。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12683
msgid "Show how to run Linux applications on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr "展示給您看如何在您的 FreeBSD 系統中執行 Linux 應用軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12688
msgid ""
"Some of these chapters recommend prior reading, and this is noted in the "
"synopsis at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr "這些章節中有些需要您預先閱讀些相關文件，在各章節開頭的概要內會提及。"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:12711
msgid "Desktop Applications"
msgstr "桌面應用程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12716
msgid ""
"While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it "
"is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over 24,000 "
"applications available as FreeBSD packages or ports, it is easy to build a "
"customized desktop that runs a wide variety of desktop applications. This "
"chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including "
"web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial "
"software."
msgstr ""
"隨著 FreeBSD 優越的效能及穩定性越來越熱門，它同時適合作為每日使用的桌面系統。"
"FreeBSD 套件或 Port 有超過 24,000 個可用的應用程式，可以簡單的建立一個自訂的"
"桌面環境來執行各種不同的桌面應用程式。本章將示範如何安裝數個桌面應用程式，包"
"含網頁瀏覽器、辦工軟體、文件閱覽程式以及財務軟體。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12726
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather "
"than configuring one from scratch should refer to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">pcbsd.org website.</link>"
msgstr ""
"比起重頭設定，更偏好安裝預先編譯好桌面環境的 FreeBSD 版本的使用者可參考 "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">pcbsd.org 網站</link>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12733
msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:"
msgstr "在閱讀這章之前，你必須了解如何："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12737
msgid ""
"Install additional software using packages or ports as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr "使用套件或 Port 安裝其他軟體如 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 所敘述。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12742
msgid "Install X and a window manager as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr "安狀 X 與視窗管理程式如 <xref linkend=\"x11\"/> 所敘述。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12747
msgid ""
"For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""
"要取得有關如何設定多媒體環境的資訊，請參考 <xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12752
msgid "Browsers"
msgstr "瀏覽器"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12754
msgid "<primary>browsers</primary> <secondary>web</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12759
msgid ""
"FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/www.html\">www</link> category of "
"the Ports Collection contains many browsers which can be installed as a "
"package or compiled from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 中並未預先安裝好網頁瀏覽器。 但在 Port 套件集中的 <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/www.html\">www</link> 分類中有許多瀏覽器"
"可以採 Binary 套件安裝或自 Port 套件集編譯的方式安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12765
msgid ""
"The <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> "
"desktop environments include their own HTML browser. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"x11-wm\"/> for more information on how to set up these complete desktops."
msgstr ""
"<application>KDE</application> 和 <application>GNOME</application> 桌面環境都"
"有提供自有的 HTML 瀏覽器。請參考 <xref linkend=\"x11-wm\"/> 來了解更多有關如"
"何設定完整桌面環境的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12771
msgid ""
"Some lightweight browsers include <package>www/dillo2</package>, "
"<package>www/links</package>, and <package>www/w3m</package>."
msgstr ""
"有一些輕量化的瀏覽器可使用，包含 <package>www/dillo2</package>, <package>www/"
"links</package> 以及 <package>www/w3m</package>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12775
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers "
"and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile "
"from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""
"本章節將示範如何安裝下列常見的網頁瀏覽器並說明該應用程式是否需要用到大量資"
"源、花費大量時間自 Port 編譯或何主要的相依套件。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12784 book.translate.xml:13143 book.translate.xml:13453
#: book.translate.xml:13677
msgid "Application Name"
msgstr "應用程式名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12785 book.translate.xml:13144 book.translate.xml:13454
#: book.translate.xml:13678
msgid "Resources Needed"
msgstr "所需資源"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12786 book.translate.xml:13145 book.translate.xml:13455
#: book.translate.xml:13679
msgid "Installation from Ports"
msgstr "自 Port 安裝時間"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12787 book.translate.xml:17090 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Notes"
msgstr "說明"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12793
msgid "<application>Firefox</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12794 book.translate.xml:12809 book.translate.xml:12817
msgid "medium"
msgstr "中"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12795 book.translate.xml:12810 book.translate.xml:12818
#: book.translate.xml:13154 book.translate.xml:13169 book.translate.xml:13176
#: book.translate.xml:13493 book.translate.xml:13688 book.translate.xml:13695
#: book.translate.xml:13702
msgid "heavy"
msgstr "多"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12796
msgid ""
"FreeBSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and localized "
"versions are available"
msgstr ""
"有 FreeBSD 、 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 及在地化版本"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12801
msgid "<application>Opera</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12802 book.translate.xml:12803 book.translate.xml:13153
#: book.translate.xml:13160 book.translate.xml:13161 book.translate.xml:13168
#: book.translate.xml:13463 book.translate.xml:13464 book.translate.xml:13470
#: book.translate.xml:13471 book.translate.xml:13477 book.translate.xml:13478
#: book.translate.xml:13485 book.translate.xml:13486 book.translate.xml:13492
#: book.translate.xml:13687 book.translate.xml:13694 book.translate.xml:13701
msgid "light"
msgstr "少"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12804
msgid ""
"FreeBSD and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> versions are "
"available"
msgstr "有 FreeBSD 、 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 版本"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12808
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12811
msgid "Requires <application>KDE</application> libraries"
msgstr "需要 <application>KDE</application> 程式庫"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12816
msgid "<application>Chromium</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12819
msgid "Requires <application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr "需要 <application>Gtk+</application> 程式庫"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12826
msgid "Firefox"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12828
msgid "<primary><application>Firefox</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12832
msgid ""
"<application>Firefox</application> is an open source browser that is fully "
"ported to FreeBSD. It features a standards-compliant HTML display engine, "
"tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved security, and more. "
"<application>Firefox</application> is based on the <application>Mozilla</"
"application> codebase."
msgstr ""
"<application>Firefox</application> 是一套已完整植到 FreeBSD 的開放源始碼瀏覽"
"器，它具備符合 HTML 標準的顯示引擎、頁籤瀏覽、彈出視窗封鎖、擴充套件、強化安"
"全性及其他更多功能。<application>Firefox</application> 的基礎使用了 "
"<application>Mozilla</application> 的程式庫。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12839
msgid ""
"To install the package of the latest release version of "
"<application>Firefox</application>, type:"
msgstr "要安裝最新釋出版本的 <application>Firefox</application> 套件可輸入："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12842
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12844
msgid ""
"To instead install <application>Firefox</application> Extended Support "
"Release (ESR) version, use:"
msgstr ""
"要安裝延長支援發佈 (Extended Support Release, ESR) 版本的 "
"<application>Firefox</application>，可使用："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12847
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox-esr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12849
msgid ""
"Localized versions are available in <package>www/firefox-i18n</package> and "
"<package>www/firefox-esr-i18n</package>."
msgstr ""
"在地化的版本可在 <package>www/firefox-i18n</package> 及 <package>www/firefox-"
"esr-i18n</package> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12853
msgid ""
"The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of "
"<application>Firefox</application> from source code. This example builds "
"<package>www/firefox</package>, where <literal>firefox</literal> can be "
"replaced with the ESR or localized version to install."
msgstr ""
"使用 Port 套件地可以用原始碼編譯成您想要的 <application>Firefox</"
"application> 版本。此範例編譯 <package>www/firefox</package>，其中 "
"<literal>firefox</literal> 可替換為 ESR 或在地化版本來安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/firefox</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:12864
msgid "Firefox and <trademark>Java</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr "Firefox 與 <trademark>Java</trademark> 附加元件"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12866
msgid ""
"The installation of <application>Firefox</application> does not include "
"<trademark>Java</trademark> support. However, <package>java/icedtea-web</"
"package> provides a free software web browser plugin for running Java "
"applets. It can be installed as a package. To alternately compile the port:"
msgstr ""
"安裝 <application>Firefox</application> 並不包含 <trademark>Java</trademark> "
"支援，雖然如此 <package>java/icedtea-web</package> 提供了免費的網頁瀏覽器附加"
"元件來執行 Java applet，此附加元件可以用 Binary  套件安裝或者自 Port 編譯："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/java/icedtea-web</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12876
msgid "Keep the default configuration options when compiling the port."
msgstr "編譯 Port 時使用預設設定選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12879
msgid ""
"Once installed, start <application>firefox</application>, enter "
"<literal>about:plugins</literal> in the location bar and press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>. A page listing the installed plugins will be "
"displayed. The <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin "
"should be listed."
msgstr ""
"安裝完成時，啟動 <application>firefox</application>，在網址列輸入 "
"<literal>about:plugins</literal> 並按 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 鍵。 會出現一個"
"頁面列出已安裝的附加元件。 <application><trademark>Java</trademark></"
"application> 附加元件應該會列在其中。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12886
msgid ""
"If the browser is unable to find the plugin, each user will have to run the "
"following command and relaunch the browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  $HOME/.mozilla/plugins/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:12896
msgid ""
"Firefox and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""
"Firefox 與 <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> 附加元件"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12898
msgid "<primary>Flash</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12902
msgid ""
"A native <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin is not available for FreeBSD. "
"However, a software wrapper for running the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> version of the plugin is available. This wrapper also "
"provides support for other browser plugins such as <trademark class="
"\"registered\">RealPlayer</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 並沒有原生的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> 附加原件。雖然如此，仍可以"
"使用軟體包裝程式來執行 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 版"
"本 的附加元件。該包裝程式也提供其他瀏覽器附加元件的支援，如 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">RealPlayer</trademark>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12907
msgid "To install and enable this plugin, perform these steps:"
msgstr "要安裝並開啟此附加元件，可執行以下步驟："

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:12912
msgid ""
"Install <package role=\"port\">www/nspluginwrapper</package> from the port. "
"Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. This port "
"requires <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package>."
msgstr ""
"自 Port 安裝 <package role=\"port\">www/nspluginwrapper</package> ，受到授權"
"條款的限制，該套件無 Binary 版本。此 Port 需安裝 <package>emulators/"
"linux_base-c6</package>。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:12919
msgid ""
"Install <package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> from the "
"port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available."
msgstr ""
"自 Port 安裝 <package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> ，受"
"到授權條款的限制，該套件無 Binary 版本。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:12925
msgid "Before the plugin is first used, each user must run:"
msgstr "第一次使用附加元件前，每位使用者需要先執行："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12928
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:12930
msgid ""
"When the plugin port has been updated and reinstalled, each user must run:"
msgstr "當附加元件 Port 完成更新並且重新安裝後，每位使用者需要執行："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12933
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -u</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:12935
msgid ""
"Start the browser, enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the location "
"bar and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list of all the currently available "
"plugins will be shown."
msgstr ""
"開啟瀏覽器並在網址列輸入 <literal>about:plugins</literal> 並按 "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> 鍵，目前可用的附加元件清單中應會顯示該附加元件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:12945
msgid ""
"Firefox and Swfdec <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""
"Firefox 與 Swfdec <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> 附加元件"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12947
msgid ""
"<application>Swfdec</application> is a decoder and renderer for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> animations. <application>Swfdec-"
"Mozilla</application> is a plugin for <application>Firefox</application> "
"browsers that uses the Swfdec library for playing SWF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12953 book.translate.xml:13274
msgid "To install the package:"
msgstr "要安裝套件可："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12955
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install swfdec-plugin</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12957
msgid ""
"If the package is not available, compile and install it from the Ports "
"Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12960
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/swfdec-plugin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12963
msgid "Restart the browser to activate this plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12968
msgid "Opera"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12970
msgid "<primary><application>Opera</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12974
msgid ""
"<application>Opera</application> is a full-featured and standards-compliant "
"browser which is still lightweight and fast. It comes with a built-in mail "
"and news reader, an IRC client, an RSS/Atom feeds reader, and more. It is "
"available as a native FreeBSD version and as a version that runs under "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation."
msgstr ""
"<application>Opera</application> 是個具備完整功能、符合標準且輕量、執行速度快"
"的瀏覽器。 它同時也具備了內建的郵件、新聞閱讀器、IRC 客戶端、RSS/Atom 來源閱"
"讀器等。 可用的版本有兩種原生的 FreeBSD 版本及 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> 模擬模式下執行的版本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12981
msgid ""
"This command installs the package of the FreeBSD version of "
"<application>Opera</application>. Replace <literal>opera</literal> with "
"<literal>linux-opera</literal> to instead install the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version."
msgstr ""
"以下指令可安裝 FreeBSD Binary 套件版本的 Opera，替換 <literal>opera</"
"literal> 為 <literal>linux-opera</literal> 則可改安裝 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 版本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12986
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install opera</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12988
msgid ""
"Alternately, install either version through the Ports Collection. This "
"example compiles the native version:"
msgstr "或者，可安裝 Port 套件集中的版本，以下範例會編譯原生的版本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12994
msgid ""
"To install the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version, "
"substitute <literal>linux-opera</literal> in place of <literal>opera</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"要安裝 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 則替換 "
"<literal>opera</literal> 為 <literal>linux-opera</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12998
msgid ""
"To install <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin support, first compile the "
"<package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> port. Licensing "
"restrictions prevent making a package available. Then install <package role="
"\"port\">www/opera-linuxplugins</package>. This example compiles both "
"applications from ports:"
msgstr ""
"要安裝 <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Flash</trademark> 附加元件，需先編譯 <package role=\"port"
"\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> Port，因受到授權條款限制無法事先做為 "
"Binary 套件。然後安裝 <package role=\"port\">www/opera-linuxplugins</"
"package>。以下範例示範編譯 Port 中的這兩個應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13009
msgid ""
"Once installed, check the presence of the plugin by starting the browser, "
"entering <literal>opera:plugins</literal> in the location bar and pressing "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list should appear with all the currently "
"available plugins."
msgstr ""
"安裝完成後，開啟瀏覽器檢查附加元件是否存在，在網址列輸入 <literal>opera:"
"plugins</literal> 並按下 <keycap>Enter</keycap> 鍵，便會有清單顯示目前可用的"
"附加元件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13015
msgid ""
"To add the <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin, "
"follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/>."
msgstr ""
"若要安裝 <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> 附加元件請依"
"照 <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/> 中的指示。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13020
msgid "Konqueror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13022
msgid "<primary><application>Konqueror</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13026
msgid ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> is more than a web browser as it is "
"also a file manager and a multimedia viewer. It is included in the "
"<package>x11/kde4-baseapps</package> package or port."
msgstr ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> 不只是個網頁瀏覽器， 它同時也是檔案管理"
"器和多媒體瀏覽器。它包含在 <package>x11/kde4-baseapps</package> 套件或 Port "
"中。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13031
msgid ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> supports WebKit as well as its own "
"KHTML. WebKit is a rendering engine used by many modern browsers including "
"Chromium. To use WebKit with <application>Konqueror</application> on "
"FreeBSD, install the <package>www/kwebkitpart</package> package or port. "
"This example compiles the port:"
msgstr ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> 使用支援 WebKit 以及它自有的 KTHML。"
"WebKit  是一套被許多現代瀏覽器所使用的繪圖引擎，包含 Chromium。要在 FreeBSD "
"的 <application>Konqueror</application> 使用 WebKit 需安裝 <package>www/"
"kwebkitpart</package> 套件或 Port。此範例示範使用 Port 編譯："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13038
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13041
msgid ""
"To enable WebKit within <application>Konqueror</application>, click "
"<quote>Settings</quote>, <quote>Configure Konqueror</quote>. In the "
"<quote>General</quote> settings page, click the drop-down menu next to "
"<quote>Default web browser engine</quote> and change <quote>KHTML</quote> to "
"<quote>WebKit</quote>."
msgstr ""
"要啟動 <application>Konqueror</application> 中的 WebKit 點選 "
"<quote>Settings</quote>、<quote>Configure Konqueror</quote>。在 "
"<quote>General</quote> 設定頁面內點選 <quote>Default web browser engine</"
"quote> 旁的下拉示選單並變更 <quote>KHTML</quote> 為 <quote>WebKit</quote>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13049
msgid ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> also supports <application><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application>. A <quote>How To</"
"quote> guide for getting <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</"
"trademark></application> support on <application>Konqueror</application> is "
"available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash."
"php\">http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php</uri>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Konqueror</application> 也支援 <application><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application>，<quote>如何</quote>在 "
"<application>Konqueror</application> 上安裝 <application><trademark class="
"\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application> 的說明可參考 <uri xlink:href="
"\"http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php\">http://freebsd.kde.org/"
"howtos/konqueror-flash.php</uri>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13056
msgid "Chromium"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13058
msgid "<primary><application>Chromium</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13062
msgid ""
"<application>Chromium</application> is an open source browser project that "
"aims to build a safer, faster, and more stable web browsing experience. "
"<application>Chromium</application> features tabbed browsing, popup "
"blocking, extensions, and much more. <application>Chromium</application> is "
"the open source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13070
msgid ""
"<application>Chromium</application> can be installed as a package by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13073
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install chromium</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13075
msgid ""
"Alternatively, <application>Chromium</application> can be compiled from "
"source using the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/chromium</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13082
msgid ""
"The executable for <application>Chromium</application> is <filename>/usr/"
"local/bin/chrome</filename>, not <filename>/usr/local/bin/chromium</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13088
msgid "Chromium and <trademark>Java</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr "Chromium 與 <trademark>Java</trademark> 附加元件"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13090
msgid ""
"The installation of <application>Chromium</application> does not include "
"<trademark>Java</trademark> support. To install <trademark>Java</trademark> "
"plugin support, follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13095
msgid ""
"Once <trademark>Java</trademark> support is installed, start "
"<application>Chromium</application> and enter <literal>about:plugins</"
"literal> in the address bar. IcedTea-Web should be listed as one of the "
"installed plugins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13101
msgid ""
"If <application>Chromium</application> does not display the IcedTea-Web "
"plugin, run the following commands and restart the web browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13111
msgid ""
"Chromium and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""
"Chromium 與 <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> 附加元件"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13113
msgid ""
"Configuring <application>Chromium</application> and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</"
"trademark> is similar to the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-flash-plugin"
"\"/>. No additional configuration should be necessary, since "
"<application>Chromium</application> is able to use some plugins from other "
"browsers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13124
msgid "Productivity"
msgstr "辦工工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13126
msgid ""
"When it comes to productivity, new users often look for an office suite or "
"an easy-to-use word processor. While some <link linkend=\"x11-wm\">desktop "
"environments</link> like <application>KDE</application> provide an office "
"suite, there is no default productivity package. Several office suites and "
"graphical word processors are available for FreeBSD, regardless of the "
"installed window manager."
msgstr ""
"當開始進行辦公，新的使用者通常會去找好用的辦公室軟體或是好上手的文件處理程"
"式。 雖然有些 <link linkend=\"x11-wm\">桌面環境</link> 像是 "
"<application>KDE</application> 已經提供了辦公軟體組合的套件，FreeBSD 預設未提"
"供任何辦工工具。 不論是否有安裝視窗管理程式，FreeBSD 可安裝多套辦公軟體以及圖"
"型化文件處理程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13134
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity "
"software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to "
"compile from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""
"本章節元範如何安裝以下熱門的辦工軟體以及說明該應用程式所需的資源、自 Port 編"
"譯的時間或者是否有其他主要相依套件。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13146 book.translate.xml:13456 book.translate.xml:13680
msgid "Major Dependencies"
msgstr "主要相依套件"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13152
msgid "<application>Calligra</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13155 book.translate.xml:13494 book.translate.xml:13703
msgid "<application>KDE</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13159
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13162 book.translate.xml:13479
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application> or <application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr "<application>Gtk+</application> 或 <application>GNOME</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13167
msgid "<application>The Gimp</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13170 book.translate.xml:13487
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13174
msgid "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13177 book.translate.xml:13185
msgid "huge"
msgstr "非常多"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13178
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application> and "
"<application>Mozilla</application>"
msgstr ""
"<application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application> 及 "
"<application>Mozilla</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13183
msgid "<application>LibreOffice</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13184
msgid "somewhat heavy"
msgstr "有點多"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13186
msgid ""
"<application>Gtk+</application>, or <application>KDE</application>/ "
"<application>GNOME</application>, or <application><trademark>JDK</"
"trademark></application>"
msgstr ""
"<application>Gtk+</application> 或 <application>KDE</application>/ "
"<application>GNOME</application> 或 <application><trademark>JDK</trademark></"
"application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13196
msgid "Calligra"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13198
msgid "<primary><application>Calligra</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13201
msgid ""
"<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>Calligra</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13206
msgid ""
"The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed "
"separately from <application>KDE</application>. <application>Calligra</"
"application> includes standard components that can be found in other office "
"suites. <application>Words</application> is the word processor, "
"<application>Sheets</application> is the spreadsheet program, "
"<application>Stage</application> manages slide presentations, and "
"<application>Karbon</application> is used to draw graphical documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13217
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <package>editors/calligra</package> can be installed as a "
"package or a port. To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13221
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install calligra</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13223
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13231
msgid "AbiWord"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13233
msgid "<primary><application>AbiWord</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13237
msgid ""
"<application>AbiWord</application> is a free word processing program similar "
"in look and feel to <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> Word</application>. It is fast, contains many features, and is "
"user-friendly."
msgstr ""
"<application>AbiWord</application> 是一個免費的文件處理軟體，外觀和感覺都近似"
"於 <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word</"
"application>。 它非常快速，包含了許多功能而且非常容易上手。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13242
msgid ""
"<application>AbiWord</application> can import or export many file formats, "
"including some proprietary ones like <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Microsoft</trademark> <filename>.rtf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>AbiWord</application> 可以輸入或輸出許多檔案格式， 包括一些有專"
"用的格式，例如 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> "
"<filename>.rtf</filename> 格式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13246
msgid "To install the <application>AbiWord</application> package:"
msgstr ""
"要安裝 <application>AbiWord</application> Binary 套件，可使用下列指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13249
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install abiword</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13251
msgid ""
"If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports "
"Collection:"
msgstr "若沒有 Binary 套件版本，也可以從 Port 套件集中編譯安裝："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13254
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13259
msgid "The GIMP"
msgstr "The GIMP"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13261
msgid "<primary><application>The GIMP</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13265
msgid ""
"For image authoring or picture retouching, <application>The GIMP</"
"application> provides a sophisticated image manipulation program. It can be "
"used as a simple paint program or as a quality photo retouching suite. It "
"supports a large number of plugins and features a scripting interface. "
"<application>The GIMP</application> can read and write a wide range of file "
"formats and supports interfaces with scanners and tablets."
msgstr ""
"對於影像的編輯及修改來說，<application>The GIMP</application> 是非常精緻的影"
"像處理軟體。 它可以當作簡單的繪圖軟體或是高品質的相片處理軟體。 它支援為數眾"
"多的外掛程式及指令稿 (script-fu) 介面。 <application>The GIMP</application> "
"可以讀寫許多檔案格式。 它也支援掃描器和手寫板。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13276
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gimp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13278
msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr "或使用 Port 套件集安裝："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13283
msgid ""
"The graphics category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/"
"graphics.html\">freebsd.org/ports/graphics.html</link>) of the Ports "
"Collection contains several <application>GIMP</application>-related plugins, "
"help files, and user manuals."
msgstr ""
" 在 Port 套件集的 graphics 分類 (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/"
"ports/graphics.html\">freebsd.org/ports/graphics.html</link>) 下也包含了許多 "
"<application>GIMP</application> 相關的附加元件，說明檔及使用手冊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13291
msgid "Apache OpenOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13293
msgid "<primary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13298
msgid ""
"<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> </secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13305
msgid ""
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is an open source office suite "
"which is developed under the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's "
"Incubator. It includes all of the applications found in a complete office "
"productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, and "
"drawing program. Its user interface is similar to other office suites, and "
"it can import and export in various popular file formats. It is available in "
"a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended "
"to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> 是開放原始碼的辦工室軟體，由 "
"Apache Software Foundation's Incubator 底下的團隊所開發。 它包含了所有完整的"
"辦公軟體組合： 文字處理器、試算表、簡報軟體還有繪圖軟體。 除了它的使用者介面"
"非常類似其他的辦公軟體， 他還能夠輸入和輸出許多熱門的檔案格式。 它也包含了不"
"同語言的使用者介面、拼字檢查和字典。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13316
msgid ""
"The word processor of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> uses a "
"native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The "
"spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with "
"external databases. <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is stable "
"and runs natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> X. More information about <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://openoffice.org/"
"\">openoffice.org</link>. For FreeBSD specific information refer to <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/\">porting.openoffice.org/"
"freebsd/</link>."
msgstr ""
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> 的文字處理器使用原生的 XML 檔案"
"格式來增加移植性及彈性。 試算表程式支援巨集 (Macro) 功能而且能夠使用外來的資"
"料庫介面。 <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> 已經十分穩定， 並且能"
"夠在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark>, FreeBSD 及 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X "
"等作業系統上面執行。 想知道更多關於 <application>Apache OpenOffice</"
"application> 的資訊可以在 <link xlink:href=\"http://openoffice.org/"
"\">openoffice.org</link> 網頁上查詢。在 FreeBSD 特定的資訊可參考 <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/\">porting.openoffice.org/"
"freebsd/</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13327
msgid "To install the <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package:"
msgstr "要安裝 <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> 套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13330
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install apache-openoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13332
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch "
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""
"當套件安裝完成之後，只要輸入下面的指令就能執行 <application>Apache "
"OpenOffice</application>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13335
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>openoffice-<replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13337
msgid ""
"where <replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable> is the version number of the "
"installed version of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>. The first "
"time <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> launches, some questions "
"will be asked and a <filename>.openoffice.org</filename> folder will be "
"created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
"其中 <replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable> 是已安裝的 <application>Apache "
"OpenOffice</application> 的版本編號。第一次執行 <application>Apache "
"OpenOffice</application> 會詢問一些問題且會在使用者的家目錄建立一個 "
"<filename>.openoffice.org</filename> 資料夾。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13345
msgid ""
"If the desired <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package is not "
"available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a "
"lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile:"
msgstr ""
"若無法由套件取得想要的 <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>，仍可選擇"
"從 Port 編譯。 不過必須注意：編譯的過程會需要大量的磁碟空間與時間："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13350
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13354
msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:"
msgstr "如果想要編譯在地化的版本，將前面的指令替換成為："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13357
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make LOCALIZED_LANG=<replaceable>your_language</replaceable> install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13359
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>your_language</replaceable> with the correct language "
"ISO-code. A list of supported language codes is available in <filename>files/"
"Makefile.localized</filename>, located in the port's directory."
msgstr ""
"替換 <replaceable>your_language</replaceable> 為正確的語言 ISO 編碼。支援的語"
"言編碼清單在 <filename>files/Makefile.localized</filename>，位於該 Port 的目"
"錄。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13369
msgid "LibreOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13371
msgid "<primary><application>LibreOffice</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13374
msgid ""
"<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>LibreOffice</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13379
msgid ""
"<application>LibreOffice</application> is a free software office suite "
"developed by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.documentfoundation.org/"
"\">documentfoundation.org</link>. It is compatible with other major office "
"suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a rebranded fork of "
"<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> and includes applications found "
"in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, "
"presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a "
"tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a "
"number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to "
"interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13392
msgid ""
"The word processor of <application>LibreOffice</application> uses a native "
"XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet "
"program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external "
"databases. <application>LibreOffice</application> is stable and runs "
"natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X. More information about "
"<application>LibreOffice</application> can be found at <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.libreoffice.org/\">libreoffice.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13402
msgid ""
"To install the English version of the <application>LibreOffice</application> "
"package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13405
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13407
msgid ""
"The editors category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/"
"editors.html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports "
"Collection contains several localizations for <application>LibreOffice</"
"application>. When installing a localized package, replace "
"<literal>libreoffice</literal> with the name of the localized package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13413
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed, type the following command to run "
"<application>LibreOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13416
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13418
msgid ""
"During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a <filename>."
"libreoffice</filename> folder will be created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13422
msgid ""
"If the desired <application>LibreOffice</application> package is not "
"available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a "
"lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile. This example compiles "
"the English version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13432
msgid ""
"To build a localized version, <command>cd</command> into the port directory "
"of the desired language. Supported languages can be found in the editors "
"category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors.html"
"\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13442
msgid "Document Viewers"
msgstr "文件閱覽程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13444
msgid ""
"Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and the viewers they "
"require may not be available in the base system. This section demonstrates "
"how to install the following document viewers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13462
msgid "<application>Xpdf</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13465
msgid "<application>FreeType</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13469 book.translate.xml:13534
msgid "<application>gv</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13472
msgid "<application>Xaw3d</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13476
msgid "<application>Geeqie</application>"
msgstr "<application>Geeqie</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13484
msgid "<application>ePDFView</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13491
msgid "<application>Okular</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13501
msgid "Xpdf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13503
msgid "<primary><application>Xpdf</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13506 book.translate.xml:13539 book.translate.xml:13605
msgid "<primary>PDF</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13511
msgid ""
"For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, <application>Xpdf</"
"application> provides a light-weight and efficient viewer which requires few "
"resources. It uses the standard X fonts and does not require any additional "
"toolkits."
msgstr ""
"如果你想要一個小型的 FreeBSD PDF 閱覽軟體， <application>Xpdf</application> "
"是個輕量級而且有效率的閱覽器。 它只需要非常少的資源而且十分穩定。 它只使用標"
"準的 X 字型且不需要額外的工具包(Toolkit)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13517
msgid "To install the <application>Xpdf</application> package:"
msgstr "安裝 <application>Xpdf</application> 套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13520
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xpdf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13522 book.translate.xml:13592 book.translate.xml:13737
#: book.translate.xml:13771 book.translate.xml:13804
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr "若沒有可用的套件版本，可使用 Port 套件集安裝："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13525
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13528
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, launch <command>xpdf</command> and use "
"the right mouse button to activate the menu."
msgstr "完成安裝後，執行 <command>xpdf</command> 並使用滑鼠右鍵開啟選單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13536
msgid "<primary><application>gv</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13543
msgid "<primary>PostScript</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13548
msgid ""
"<application>gv</application> is a <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> and PDF viewer. It is based on "
"<application>ghostview</application>, but has a nicer look as it is based on "
"the <application>Xaw3d</application> widget toolkit. <application>gv</"
"application> has many configurable features, such as orientation, paper "
"size, scale, and anti-aliasing. Almost any operation can be performed with "
"either the keyboard or the mouse."
msgstr ""
"<application>gv</application> 是 <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> 和 PDF 的閱覽器。 它建構於 <application>ghostview</application> 的"
"基礎上，不過因為使用 <application>Xaw3d</application> 視窗元件工具包，所以外"
"觀看起來比較漂亮。 <application>gv</application> 有許多可設定的功能，比如說紙"
"張方向、紙張大小、縮放比例、和反鋸齒(Anti-aliasing)等。 而且幾乎所有的使用都"
"可以從鍵盤或滑鼠來完成。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13557
msgid "To install <application>gv</application> as a package:"
msgstr "安裝 <application>gv</application> 套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13560
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13562 book.translate.xml:13624 book.translate.xml:13654
msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr "若沒有可用的套件版本，可使用 Port 套件集安裝："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13565
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/print/gv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13570
msgid "Geeqie"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13572
msgid "<primary><application>Geeqie</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Geeqie</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13576
msgid ""
"<application>Geeqie</application> is a fork from the unmaintained "
"<application>GQView</application> project, in an effort to move development "
"forward and integrate the existing patches. <application>Geeqie</"
"application> is an image manager which supports viewing a file with a single "
"click, launching an external editor, and thumbnail previews. It also "
"features a slideshow mode and some basic file operations, making it easy to "
"manage image collections and to find duplicate files. <application>Geeqie</"
"application> supports full screen viewing and internationalization."
msgstr ""
"<application>Geeqie</application> 是由已經停止維護的 <application>GQView</"
"application> 專案所衍伸出來的分支，並致力開發新功能並整合已有的修補。"
"<application>Geeqie</application> 是一套影像管理軟體，支援單鍵閱覽檔案、啟動"
"外部編輯器、縮圖預覽等功能。 它也有幻燈片模式及一些基本的檔案操作的功能，能輕"
"鬆的管理大量影像並找出重複的檔案。 <application>Geeqie</application> 也支援使"
"用全螢幕閱覽以及國際化。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13587
msgid "To install the <application>Geeqie</application> package:"
msgstr "安裝 <application>Geeqie</application> 套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13590
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install geeqie</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13595
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13600
msgid "ePDFView"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13602
msgid "<primary><application>ePDFView</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13610
msgid ""
"<application>ePDFView</application> is a lightweight <acronym>PDF</acronym> "
"document viewer that only uses the <application>Gtk+</application> and "
"<application>Poppler</application> libraries. It is currently under "
"development, but already opens most <acronym>PDF</acronym> files (even "
"encrypted), save copies of documents, and has support for printing using "
"<application>CUPS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13619
msgid "To install <application>ePDFView</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13622
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install epdfview</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13627
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13632
msgid "Okular"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13634
msgid "<primary><application>Okular</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13637
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PDF</acronym></primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13642
msgid ""
"<application>Okular</application> is a universal document viewer based on "
"<application>KPDF</application> for <application>KDE</application>. It can "
"open many document formats, including <acronym>PDF</acronym>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>, DjVu, <acronym>CHM</acronym>, "
"<acronym>XPS</acronym>, and ePub."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13649
msgid "To install <application>Okular</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13652
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install okular</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13657
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13663
msgid "Finance"
msgstr "財務"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13665
msgid ""
"For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-"
"to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread "
"file formats, such as the formats used by <application>Quicken</application> "
"and <application>Excel</application>."
msgstr ""
"如果有任何理由你想要在你的 FreeBSD 桌面環境上管理你的個人財務， 這裡有一些功"
"能強大、使用簡單的應用程式可供安裝。 這些財務管理軟體之中有些是相容於流行的 "
"<application>Quicken</application> 或 <application>Excel</application> 文件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13671
msgid "This section covers these programs:"
msgstr "這節涵蓋了下面這些軟體："

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13686
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13689 book.translate.xml:13696
msgid "<application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13693
msgid "<application>Gnumeric</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13700
msgid "<application>KMyMoney</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13710
msgid "GnuCash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13712
msgid "<primary><application>GnuCash</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13716
msgid ""
"<application>GnuCash</application> is part of the <application>GNOME</"
"application> effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, applications to "
"end-users. <application>GnuCash</application> can be used to keep track of "
"income and expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive "
"interface while remaining professional."
msgstr ""
"<application>GnuCash</application> 是 <application>GNOME</application> 團隊努"
"力成果中的一部分， <application>GNOME</application> 團隊主要提供親切而強大的"
"桌面應用程式給終端使用者。使用 <application>GnuCash</application> 可以持續追"
"蹤記錄收入與花費、銀行帳戶以及股票證券等。 它的特性是介面直覺但功能仍非常專"
"業。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13724
msgid ""
"<application>GnuCash</application> provides a smart register, a hierarchical "
"system of accounts, and many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion "
"methods. It can split a single transaction into several more detailed "
"pieces. <application>GnuCash</application> can import and merge "
"<application>Quicken</application> QIF files. It also handles most "
"international date and currency formats."
msgstr ""
"<application>GnuCash</application> 提供了智慧的計數器、多階層帳戶系統以及快速"
"鍵及自動完成功能。 它也能分開單一的報表至數個詳細的部份。 "
"<application>GnuCash</application> 也能夠匯入及合併 <application>Quicken</"
"application> QIF 檔案。 它也能處理大部分國際的日期及通用貨幣之格式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13732
msgid "To install the <application>GnuCash</application> package:"
msgstr "安裝 <application>GnuCash</application> 套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13735
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnucash</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13745
msgid "Gnumeric"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13747
msgid "<primary><application>Gnumeric</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13750
msgid ""
"<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>Gnumeric</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>試算表</primary> <secondary><application>Gnumeric</application></"
"secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13755
msgid ""
"<application>Gnumeric</application> is a spreadsheet program developed by "
"the <application>GNOME</application> community. It features convenient "
"automatic guessing of user input according to the cell format with an "
"autofill system for many sequences. It can import files in a number of "
"popular formats, including <application>Excel</application>, "
"<application>Lotus 1-2-3</application>, and <application>Quattro Pro</"
"application>. It has a large number of built-in functions and allows all of "
"the usual cell formats such as number, currency, date, time, and much more."
msgstr ""
"<application>Gnumeric</application> 是 <application>GNOME</application> 社群"
"所開發的試算表程式。 它的特點是擁有能夠根據儲存格格式 「猜出」使用者的輸入來"
"自動補齊的系統。 它也能夠匯入許多熱門的檔案格式，像是 <application>Excel</"
"application>, <application>Lotus 1-2-3</application> 以及 "
"<application>Quattro Pro</application>。 它有大量內建的函數而且能夠使用常用的"
"儲存格格式，像是：數字、貨幣、日期、時間及其他格式等。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13766
msgid "To install <application>Gnumeric</application> as a package:"
msgstr "安裝 <application>Gnumeric</application> 套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13769
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnumeric</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13774
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13779
msgid "KMyMoney"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13781
msgid "<primary><application>KMyMoney</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13783
msgid ""
"<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>KMyMoney</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>試算表</primary> <secondary><application>KMyMoney</application></"
"secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13788
msgid ""
"<application>KMyMoney</application> is a personal finance application "
"created by the <application>KDE</application> community. "
"<application>KMyMoney</application> aims to provide the important features "
"found in commercial personal finance manager applications. It also "
"highlights ease-of-use and proper double-entry accounting among its "
"features. <application>KMyMoney</application> imports from standard "
"<application>Quicken</application> QIF files, tracks investments, handles "
"multiple currencies, and provides a wealth of reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13799
msgid "To install <application>KMyMoney</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13802
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kmymoney-kde4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:13822
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr "多媒體"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13825
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Edited by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13838
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high "
"fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record "
"and playback audio in the MPEG Audio Layer 3 (<acronym>MP3</acronym>), "
"Waveform Audio File (<acronym>WAV</acronym>), Ogg Vorbis, and other formats. "
"The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains many applications for editing recorded "
"audio, adding sound effects, and controlling attached MIDI devices."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 廣泛地支援各種音效卡， 讓您可以享受來自電腦上的高傳真音質(Hi-Fi)， 此"
"外還包括了錄製和播放 MPEG Audio Layer 3 (<acronym>MP3</acronym>)、 Waveform "
"Audio File (<acronym>WAV</acronym>)、Ogg Vorbis 以及其他許多種格式聲音的能"
"力。同時 FreeBSD Port 套件集也包含了許多可讓您可以錄音、編修音效以及控制 "
"MIDI 配備的應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13847
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym>s. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains applications to encode, "
"convert, and playback various video media."
msgstr ""
" FreeBSD 也能播放一般的視訊檔和 <acronym>DVD</acronym>。 FreeBSD Port 套件集"
"中含有可編碼、轉換以及播放格種影像媒體的應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13852
msgid ""
"This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV "
"tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the "
"applications which are available for using these devices."
msgstr ""
"本章會說明如何設定 FreeBSD 上的音效卡、影像播放器、電視卡及掃描器。同時會說明"
"有那些應用程式可以使用這些裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13857
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:"
msgstr "讀完這章，您將了解："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13861
msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD."
msgstr "設定 FreeBSD 上的音效卡。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13865
msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup."
msgstr "音效設定疑難排解。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13869
msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio."
msgstr "播放、錄製 MP3 及其他聲音檔案格式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13873
msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback."
msgstr "FreeBSD 系統播放影像的準備工具。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13877
msgid ""
"Play <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <filename>.mpg</filename>, and <filename>.avi</"
"filename> files."
msgstr ""
"播放 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 的 <filename>.mpg</filename> 及 <filename>.avi</"
"filename> 檔。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13882
msgid ""
"Rip <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> content into files."
msgstr ""
"擷取(Rip) <acronym>CD</acronym> 和 <acronym>DVD</acronym>的內容至檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13887
msgid "Configure a TV card."
msgstr "設定電視卡。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13891
msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD 安裝 MythTV 。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13895
msgid "Configure an image scanner."
msgstr "設定影像掃描機。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13902
msgid ""
"Know how to install applications as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr "知道如何安裝應用程式如 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 所敘述。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:13909
msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card"
msgstr "設定音效卡"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13912
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Moses</firstname> <surname>Moore</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13922
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13932
msgid "<primary>PCI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13933
msgid "<primary>sound cards</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13934
msgid ""
"Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card "
"and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. Check "
"the supported audio devices list of the <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"FreeBSD.org/releases/10.3R/hardware.html\">Hardware Notes</link> to see if "
"the card is supported and which FreeBSD driver it uses."
msgstr ""
"開始設定之前，必須先知道你的音效卡型號、晶片為何。 FreeBSD 支援許多種音效卡，"
"請檢查支援的音效硬體表 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/"
"releases/10.3R/hardware.html\">Hardware Notes</link>，以確認你的音效卡是否支"
"援以及如何在 FreeBSD 上驅動。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13941
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13946
msgid ""
"In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The "
"easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This example loads the driver for a built-in "
"audio chipset based on the Intel specification:"
msgstr ""
"要使用音效裝置，必須要載入正確的驅動程式才行。最簡單方式就是以 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來載入核心模組。以下範例示範載入 Intel 規格內建的音"
"效晶片驅動程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13952
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_hda</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13954
msgid ""
"To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. The line for this driver is:"
msgstr ""
"要開機時自動載入驅動程式，需將驅動程式加到 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename> 檔，以此驅動程式為例："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13958
#, no-wrap
msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13960
msgid ""
"Other available sound modules are listed in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader."
"conf</filename>. When unsure which driver to use, load the "
"<filename>snd_driver</filename> module:"
msgstr ""
"其他可用的音效卡模組清單列於 <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</"
"filename>。當不確認要使用何種驅動程式時，可載入 <filename>snd_driver</"
"filename> 模組："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13965
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_driver</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13967
msgid ""
"This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and "
"can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also "
"possible to load all sound drivers by adding the metadriver to <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"它是 metadriver 會載入所有最通用的音效驅動程式並且用來加速尋找正確的驅動程"
"式。也可以把 metadriver 加入 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 檔來載入"
"所有音效驅動程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13973
msgid ""
"To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the "
"<filename>snd_driver</filename> metadriver, type <command>cat /dev/sndstat</"
"command>."
msgstr ""
"要知道載入 <filename>snd_driver</filename> metadriver 後使用了那個音效卡驅動"
"程式，請輸入 <command>cat /dev/sndstat</command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13978
msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support"
msgstr "設定自訂核心支援音效"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13980
msgid ""
"This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for "
"the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a "
"kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13984
msgid ""
"When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the "
"audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13988
#, no-wrap
msgid "device sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13990
msgid ""
"Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-"
"in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, "
"use the following line in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:13995
#, no-wrap
msgid "device snd_hda"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13997
msgid ""
"Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for "
"the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14000
msgid ""
"Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the "
"card to be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. During the boot "
"process, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> reads this file and passes the settings to the "
"kernel. For example, an old Creative <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">SoundBlaster</trademark> 16 ISA non-PnP card will use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver in conjunction with <literal>snd_sb16</"
"literal>. For this card, the following lines must be added to the kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14010
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device snd_sbc\n"
"device snd_sb16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14013
msgid ""
"If the card uses the <literal>0x220</literal> I/O port and IRQ <literal>5</"
"literal>, these lines must also be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14023
msgid ""
"The syntax used in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sound</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and the manual page for the driver of the sound card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14027
msgid ""
"The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other "
"settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14034
msgid "Testing Sound"
msgstr "測試音效"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14036
msgid ""
"After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the "
"sound card should be detected. To confirm, run <command>dmesg | grep pcm</"
"command>. This example is from a system with a built-in Conexant CX20590 "
"chipset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14041
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 5 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 6 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14045
msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14048
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /dev/sndstat</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n"
"Installed devices:\n"
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; (play/rec) default"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14055
msgid ""
"The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no <filename>pcm</"
"filename> devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver "
"was loaded or compiled into the kernel. The next section lists some common "
"problems and their solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14061
msgid ""
"If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> drive is properly connected "
"to the sound card, one can insert an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the "
"drive and play it with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14067
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:14070
msgid ""
"Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s have specialized encodings which means that "
"they should not be mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14075
msgid ""
"Various applications, such as <package>audio/workman</package>, provide a "
"friendlier interface. The <package>audio/mpg123</package> port can be "
"installed to listen to MP3 audio files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14080
msgid ""
"Another quick way to test the card is to send data to <filename>/dev/dsp</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14083
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat <replaceable>filename</replaceable> &gt; /dev/dsp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14085
msgid ""
"where <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename> can be any "
"type of file. This command should produce some noise, confirming that the "
"sound card is working."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14091
msgid ""
"The <filename>/dev/dsp*</filename> device nodes will be created "
"automatically as needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not "
"appear in the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14099
msgid "Troubleshooting Sound"
msgstr "疑難排解音效"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14101
msgid "<primary>device nodes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14102
msgid "<primary>I/O port</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14103
msgid "<primary>IRQ</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14104
msgid "<primary>DSP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14106
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"multimedia-sound-common-error-messages\"/> lists some common "
"error messages and their solutions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:14110
msgid "Common Error Messages"
msgstr "常見錯誤訊息"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14115
msgid "Error"
msgstr "錯誤"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14116
msgid "Solution"
msgstr "解決方式"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14122
msgid "<errorname>sb_dspwr(XX) timed out</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14124
msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14129
msgid "<errorname>bad irq XX</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14130
msgid ""
"The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are "
"the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14136
msgid "<errorname>xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14138
msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14143
msgid "<errorname>xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14145
msgid ""
"Type <command>fstat | grep dsp</command> to check if another application is "
"holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are <application>esound</"
"application> and <application>KDE</application>'s sound support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14156
msgid ""
"Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with "
"<acronym>HDMI</acronym>. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before "
"the sound card meaning that the sound card will not be used as the default "
"playback device. To check if this is the case, run <application>dmesg</"
"application> and look for <literal>pcm</literal>. The output looks something "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"pcm0: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm3: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n"
"pcm4: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm5: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm6: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm7: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14183
msgid ""
"In this example, the graphics card (<literal>NVidia</literal>) has been "
"enumerated before the sound card (<literal>Realtek ALC889</literal>). To use "
"the sound card as the default playback device, change <varname>hw.snd."
"default_unit</varname> to the unit that should be used for playback:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14190
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>n</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14192
msgid ""
"where <literal>n</literal> is the number of the sound device to use. In this "
"example, it should be <literal>4</literal>. Make this change permanent by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14198
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>4</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14203
msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources"
msgstr "使用多個音效來源"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14206
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Munish</firstname> <surname>Chopra</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14216
msgid ""
"It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to "
"play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses <quote>Virtual Sound Channels</quote> to "
"multiplex the sound card's playback by mixing sound in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14221
msgid ""
"Three <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> knobs are available for configuring virtual "
"channels:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14228
msgid ""
"This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number "
"for everyday use. Both <varname>dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</varname> and "
"<varname>dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</varname> are configurable after a device "
"has been attached and represent the number of virtual channels "
"<filename>pcm0</filename> has for playback and recording. Since the "
"<filename>pcm</filename> module can be loaded independently of the hardware "
"drivers, <varname>hw.snd.maxautovchans</varname> indicates how many virtual "
"channels will be given to an audio device when it is attached. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14241
msgid ""
"The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in "
"use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or "
"sound daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14246
msgid ""
"The correct <filename>pcm</filename> device will automatically be allocated "
"transparently to a program that requests <filename>/dev/dsp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14253
msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels"
msgstr "設定混音器頻道的預設值"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14256
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14266
msgid ""
"The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the "
"source code of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. While sound "
"card mixer levels can be changed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mixer</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or third-party "
"applications and daemons, this is not a permanent solution. To instead set "
"default mixer values at the driver level, define the appropriate values in "
"<filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14275
#, no-wrap
msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14277
msgid ""
"This will set the volume channel to a default value of <literal>50</literal> "
"when the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14285
msgid "MP3 Audio"
msgstr "MP3 音樂"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14288 book.translate.xml:60016
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14298
msgid ""
"This section describes some <acronym>MP3</acronym> players available for "
"FreeBSD, how to rip audio <acronym>CD</acronym> tracks, and how to encode "
"and decode <acronym>MP3</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14304
msgid "MP3 Players"
msgstr "MP3 播放器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14306
msgid ""
"A popular graphical <acronym>MP3</acronym> player is <application>XMMS</"
"application>. It supports <application>Winamp</application> skins and "
"additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic "
"equalizer, and more. Those familiar with <application>Winamp</application> "
"will find <application>XMMS</application> simple to use. On FreeBSD, "
"<application>XMMS</application> can be installed from the "
"<package>multimedia/xmms</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14316
msgid ""
"The <package>audio/mpg123</package> package or port provides an alternative, "
"command-line <acronym>MP3</acronym> player. Once installed, specify the "
"<acronym>MP3</acronym> file to play on the command line. If the system has "
"multiple audio devices, the sound device can also be specifed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 <replaceable>-a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n"
"        version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n"
"        free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n"
"\n"
"Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n"
"MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14330
msgid ""
"Additional <acronym>MP3</acronym> players are available in the FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14335
msgid "Ripping <acronym>CD</acronym> Audio Tracks"
msgstr "擷取 <acronym>CD</acronym> 音軌"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14337
msgid ""
"Before encoding a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>CD</acronym> track to "
"<acronym>MP3</acronym>, the audio data on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be "
"ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> Digital Audio (<acronym>CDDA</acronym>) data to <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14344
msgid ""
"The <command>cdda2wav</command> tool, which is installed with the "
"<package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> suite, can be used to rip audio "
"information from <acronym>CD</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14349
msgid ""
"With the audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the drive, the following command can "
"be issued as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to rip an "
"entire <acronym>CD</acronym> into individual, per track, <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14355
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -B</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14357
msgid ""
"In this example, the <option>-D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable></option> "
"indicates the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> device <filename>0,1,0</filename> "
"containing the <acronym>CD</acronym> to rip. Use <command>cdrecord -scanbus</"
"command> to determine the correct device parameters for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14364
msgid "To rip individual tracks, use <option>-t</option> to specify the track:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14367
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 7</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14369
msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14372
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 1+7</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14374
msgid ""
"To rip from an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> (<acronym>IDE</acronym>) "
"<acronym>CDROM</acronym> drive, specify the device name in place of the "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an "
"IDE drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14380
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>/dev/acd0 -t 7</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14382
msgid ""
"Alternately, <command>dd</command> can be used to extract audio tracks on "
"<acronym>ATAPI</acronym> drives, as described in <xref linkend=\"duplicating-"
"audiocds\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14388
msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s"
msgstr "MP3 編碼與解碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14390
msgid ""
"<application>Lame</application> is a popular <acronym>MP3</acronym> encoder "
"which can be installed from the <package>audio/lame</package> port. Due to "
"patent issues, a package is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14395
msgid ""
"The following command will convert the ripped <acronym>WAV</acronym> file "
"<filename><replaceable>audio01.wav</replaceable></filename> to "
"<filename><replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lame -h -b <replaceable>128</replaceable> --tt \"<replaceable>Foo Song Title</replaceable>\" --ta \"<replaceable>FooBar Artist</replaceable>\" --tl \"<replaceable>FooBar Album</replaceable>\" \\\n"
"--ty \"<replaceable>2014</replaceable>\" --tc \"<replaceable>Ripped and encoded by Foo</replaceable>\" --tg \"<replaceable>Genre</replaceable>\" <replaceable>audio01.wav audio01.mp3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14403
msgid ""
"The specified 128 kbits is a standard <acronym>MP3</acronym> bitrate while "
"the 160 and 192 bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the "
"larger the size of the resulting <acronym>MP3</acronym>. The <option>-h</"
"option> turns on the <quote>higher quality but a little slower</quote> mode. "
"The options beginning with <option>--t</option> indicate <acronym>ID3</"
"acronym> tags, which usually contain song information, to be embedded within "
"the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file. Additional encoding options can be found in "
"the <application>lame</application> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14416
msgid ""
"In order to burn an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> from <acronym>MP3</"
"acronym>s, they must first be converted to a non-compressed file format. "
"<application>XMMS</application> can be used to convert to the <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> format, while <application>mpg123</application> can be used to "
"convert to the raw Pulse-Code Modulation (<acronym>PCM</acronym>) audio data "
"format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14424
msgid ""
"To convert <filename>audio01.mp3</filename> using <application>mpg123</"
"application>, specify the name of the <acronym>PCM</acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14428
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 -s <replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>audio01.pcm</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14430
msgid ""
"To use <application>XMMS</application> to convert a <acronym>MP3</acronym> "
"to <acronym>WAV</acronym> format, use these steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:14435
msgid ""
"Converting to <acronym>WAV</acronym> Format in <application>XMMS</"
"application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14439
msgid "Launch <application>XMMS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14443
msgid ""
"Right-click the window to bring up the <application>XMMS</application> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14448
msgid "Select <literal>Preferences</literal> under <literal>Options</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14453
msgid "Change the Output Plugin to <quote>Disk Writer Plugin</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14458
msgid "Press <literal>Configure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14462
msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14467
msgid ""
"Load the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file into <application>XMMS</application> as "
"usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14473
msgid ""
"Press <literal>Play</literal>. The <application>XMMS</application> will "
"appear as if it is playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym>, but no music will be "
"heard. It is actually playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym> to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14481
msgid ""
"When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was "
"before in order to listen to <acronym>MP3</acronym>s again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14487
msgid ""
"Both the <acronym>WAV</acronym> and <acronym>PCM</acronym> formats can be "
"used with <application>cdrecord</application>. When using <acronym>WAV</"
"acronym> files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each "
"track. This sound is the header of the <acronym>WAV</acronym> file. The "
"<package>audio/sox</package> port or package can be used to remove the "
"header:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14495
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 <replaceable>track.wav track.raw</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14497
msgid ""
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-cds\"/> for more information on using a "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> burner in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14505
msgid "Video Playback"
msgstr "影片播放"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14508
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14518
msgid ""
"Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the "
"video card. While <application>Xorg</application> supports a wide variety of "
"video cards, not all provide good playback performance. To obtain a list of "
"extensions supported by the <application>Xorg</application> server using the "
"card, run <command>xdpyinfo</command> while <application>Xorg</application> "
"is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14527
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various "
"players and options. Since some <acronym>DVD</acronym> applications look for "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> media in <filename>/dev/dvd</filename> by default, or "
"have this device name hardcoded in them, it might be useful to make a "
"symbolic link to the proper device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14534
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14536
msgid ""
"Due to the nature of <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>devfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, manually created "
"links will not persist after a system reboot. In order to recreate the "
"symbolic link automatically when the system boots, add the following line to "
"<filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14541
#, no-wrap
msgid "link cd0 dvd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14543
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> decryption invokes certain functions that require "
"write permission to the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14547
msgid ""
"To enhance the shared memory <application>Xorg</application> interface, it "
"is recommended to increase the values of these "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n"
"kern.ipc.shmall=32768"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14556
msgid "Determining Video Capabilities"
msgstr "偵測影像處理能力"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14558
msgid "<primary>XVideo</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14559
msgid "<primary>SDL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14560
msgid "<primary>DGA</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14562
msgid ""
"There are several possible ways to display video under <application>Xorg</"
"application> and what works is largely hardware dependent. Each method "
"described below will have varying quality across different hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14567
msgid "Common video interfaces include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14571
msgid "<application>Xorg</application>: normal output using shared memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14576
msgid ""
"XVideo: an extension to the <application>Xorg</application> interface which "
"allows video to be directly displayed in drawable objects through a special "
"acceleration. This extension provides good quality playback even on low-end "
"machines. The next section describes how to determine if this extension is "
"running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14586
msgid ""
"<acronym>SDL</acronym>: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for "
"many operating systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed "
"which make efficient use of sound and graphics. <acronym>SDL</acronym> "
"provides a low-level abstraction to the hardware which can sometimes be more "
"efficient than the <application>Xorg</application> interface. On FreeBSD, "
"<acronym>SDL</acronym> can be installed using the <package>devel/sdl20</"
"package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14598
msgid ""
"<acronym>DGA</acronym>: the Direct Graphics Access is an <application>Xorg</"
"application> extension which allows a program to bypass the "
"<application>Xorg</application> server and directly alter the framebuffer. "
"Because it relies on a low level memory mapping, programs using it must be "
"run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. The <acronym>DGA</"
"acronym> extension can be tested and benchmarked using <citerefentry vendor="
"\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>dga</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. When <command>dga</command> is running, it changes the colors "
"of the display whenever a key is pressed. To quit, press <keycap>q</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14613
msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14618
msgid "XVideo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14620
msgid ""
"To check whether this extension is running, use <command>xvinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14623
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xvinfo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14625
msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14628
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"  screen #0\n"
"  Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n"
"    number of ports: 1\n"
"    port base: 43\n"
"    operations supported: PutImage\n"
"    supported visuals:\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x22\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x23\n"
"    number of attributes: 5\n"
"      \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n"
"      \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"      \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"    maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n"
"    Number of image formats: 7\n"
"      id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n"
"        guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n"
"        guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n"
"        guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n"
"        guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n"
"      id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n"
"        guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n"
"      id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n"
"        guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 6\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x0\n"
"        guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 0\n"
"        number of planes: 0\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 1\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14697
msgid ""
"The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every "
"implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14701
msgid "If the result instead looks like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"screen #0\n"
"no adaptors present"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14707
msgid ""
"XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be "
"more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of "
"rendering video, depending on the video card and processor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14715
msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video"
msgstr "可處理影像的 Port 與套件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14717
msgid "<primary>video ports</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14718
msgid "<primary>video packages</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14720
msgid ""
"This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection which can be used for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14725
msgid ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> and <application>MEncoder</application>"
msgstr ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> 與 <application>MEncoder</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14728
msgid ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> is a command-line video player with an "
"optional graphical interface which aims to provide speed and flexibility. "
"Other graphical front-ends to <application>MPlayer</application> are "
"available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14734
msgid "<primary>MPlayer</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14736
msgid ""
"<application>MPlayer</application> can be installed using the "
"<package>multimedia/mplayer</package> package or port. Several compile "
"options are available and a variety of hardware checks occur during the "
"build process. For these reasons, some users prefer to build the port rather "
"than install the package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14743
msgid ""
"When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine "
"the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, "
"<application>MPlayer</application> will not be able to display that type of "
"video format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required "
"formats. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port "
"compile and installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14752
msgid ""
"By default, the package or port will build the <command>mplayer</command> "
"command line utility and the <command>gmplayer</command> graphical utility. "
"To encode videos, compile the <package>multimedia/mencoder</package> port. "
"Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available for "
"<application>MEncoder</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14759
msgid ""
"The first time <application>MPlayer</application> is run, it will create "
"<filename>~/.mplayer</filename> in the user's home directory. This "
"subdirectory contains default versions of the user-specific configuration "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14764
msgid ""
"This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a "
"complete description of its numerous options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14768
msgid ""
"To play the file <filename><replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></"
"filename>, specify the video interfaces with <option>-vo</option>, as seen "
"in the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14773
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14775
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo sdl <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14777
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo x11 <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14779
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo dga <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14781
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14783
msgid ""
"It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance "
"depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14787
msgid ""
"To play a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, replace <filename><replaceable>testfile."
"avi</replaceable></filename> with <option>dvd://<replaceable>N</replaceable> "
"-dvd-device <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable></option>, where "
"<replaceable>N</replaceable> is the title number to play and "
"<replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable> is the device node for the <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym>. For example, to play title 3 from <filename>/dev/dvd</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14796
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14799
msgid ""
"The default <acronym>DVD</acronym> device can be defined during the build of "
"the <application>MPlayer</application> port by including the "
"<varname>WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device</varname> option. By "
"default, the device is <filename>/dev/cd0</filename>. More details can be "
"found in the port's <filename>Makefile.options</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14809
msgid ""
"To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of "
"keybindings, run <command>mplayer -h</command> or read mplayer(1)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14813
msgid ""
"Additional playback options include <option>-fs -zoom</option>, which "
"engages fullscreen mode, and <option>-framedrop</option>, which helps "
"performance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14817
msgid ""
"Each user can add commonly used options to their <filename>~/.mplayer/"
"config</filename> like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14820
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vo=xv\n"
"fs=yes\n"
"zoom=yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14824
msgid ""
"<command>mplayer</command> can be used to rip a <acronym>DVD</acronym> title "
"to a <filename>.vob</filename>. To dump the second title from a "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14829
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14831
msgid ""
"The output file, <filename>out.vob</filename>, will be in <acronym>MPEG</"
"acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14834
msgid ""
"Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> video should consult <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS</link> as it is "
"technically informative. This documentation should be considered as required "
"reading before submitting any bug reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14840
msgid "<primary>mencoder</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14844
msgid ""
"Before using <command>mencoder</command>, it is a good idea to become "
"familiar with the options described at <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder."
"html</link>. There are innumerable ways to improve quality, lower bitrate, "
"and change formats, and some of these options may make the difference "
"between good or bad performance. Improper combinations of command line "
"options can yield output files that are unplayable even by <command>mplayer</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14853
msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14855
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac copy -ovc copy -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14857
msgid ""
"To rip to a file, use <option>-dumpfile</option> with <command>mplayer</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14860
msgid ""
"To convert <filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> to the "
"MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio encoding, first install the <package>audio/"
"lame</package> port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not "
"available. Once installed, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14867
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n"
"\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14870
msgid ""
"This will produce output playable by applications such as <command>mplayer</"
"command> and <command>xine</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14874
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> can be replaced "
"with <option>dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</option> and run as <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to re-encode a <acronym>DVD</acronym> "
"title directly. Since it may take a few tries to get the desired result, it "
"is recommended to instead dump the title to a file and to work on the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14884
msgid "The <application>xine</application> Video Player"
msgstr "<application>xine</application> 影像播放器"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14887
msgid ""
"<application>xine</application> is a video player with a reusable base "
"library and a modular executable which can be extended with plugins. It can "
"be installed using the <package>multimedia/xine</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14892
msgid ""
"In practice, <application>xine</application> requires either a fast CPU with "
"a fast video card, or support for the XVideo extension. The "
"<application>xine</application> video player performs best on XVideo "
"interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14897
msgid ""
"By default, the <application>xine</application> player starts a graphical "
"user interface. The menus can then be used to open a specific file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14901
msgid ""
"Alternatively, <application>xine</application> may be invoked from the "
"command line by specifying the name of the file to play:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14905
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xine -g -p <replaceable>mymovie.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14907
msgid ""
"Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xine-project.org/faq\"> xine-project."
"org/faq</link> for more information and troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14913
msgid "The <application>Transcode</application> Utilities"
msgstr "<application>Transcode</application> 工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14916
msgid ""
"<application>Transcode</application> provides a suite of tools for re-"
"encoding video and audio files. <application>Transcode</application> can be "
"used to merge video files or repair broken files using command line tools "
"with stdin/stdout stream interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14922
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <application>Transcode</application> can be installed using the "
"<package>multimedia/transcode</package> package or port. Many users prefer "
"to compile the port as it provides a menu of compile options for specifying "
"the support and codecs to compile in. If an option is not selected, "
"<application>Transcode</application> will not be able to encode that format. "
"Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When "
"finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile and "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14933
msgid ""
"This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file "
"(PAL VCD):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>transcode -i <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplex -f 1 -o <replaceable>output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14939
msgid ""
"The resulting <acronym>MPEG</acronym> file, "
"<filename><replaceable>output_vcd.mpg</replaceable></filename>, is ready to "
"be played with <application>MPlayer</application>. The file can be burned on "
"a <acronym>CD</acronym> media to create a video <acronym>CD</acronym> using "
"a utility such as <package>multimedia/vcdimager</package> or "
"<package>sysutils/cdrdao</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14948
msgid ""
"In addition to the manual page for <command>transcode</command>, refer to "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode"
"\">transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode</link> for further information and "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14957
msgid "TV Cards"
msgstr "電視卡"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14960
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Original contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14970
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Enhanced and adapted by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14980
msgid "<primary>TV cards</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14984
msgid ""
"TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most "
"cards accept composite video via an <acronym>RCA</acronym> or S-video input "
"and some cards include a <acronym>FM</acronym> radio tuner."
msgstr ""
"電視卡(TV card)可以讓您用電腦來看無線、有線電視節目。許多卡都是透過 "
"<acronym>RCA</acronym> 或 S-video 輸入端子來接收視訊，而且有些卡還可接收 "
"<acronym>FM</acronym> 廣播的功能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14989
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree "
"Bt848/849/878/879 video capture chip with the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver. This driver supports most Pinnacle PCTV video cards. "
"Before purchasing a TV card, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of "
"supported tuners."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 可透過 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 驅動程式，來支援 PCI 介"
"面的電視卡，只要這些卡使用的是 Brooktree Bt848/849/878/879 或 Conexant "
"CN-878/Fusion 878a 視訊擷取晶片。此外，要再確認哪些卡上所附的選台功能是否有支"
"援，可以參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 說明，以查看所支援的硬體清單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14996
msgid "Loading the Driver"
msgstr "載入驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14998
msgid ""
"In order to use the card, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver must be loaded. "
"To automate this at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要用電視卡的話，就要載入 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 驅動程式，這個可以透過"
"在 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 檔加上下面這一行就可以了："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15002
#, no-wrap
msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15004
msgid ""
"Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a "
"custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"或者可以將電視卡支援靜態編譯到自訂的核心當中，若要這麼做則可在自訂核心設定檔"
"加入以下行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device\t bktr\n"
"device\tiicbus\n"
"device\tiicbb\n"
"device\tsmbus"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15014
msgid ""
"These additional devices are necessary as the card components are "
"interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel."
msgstr ""
"之所以要加上這些額外的驅動程式，是因為卡的各組成部分都是透過 I2C 匯流排而相互"
"連接的。接下來，請編譯、安裝新的核心 。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15018
msgid ""
"To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV card "
"should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""
"要測試調諧器 (Tuner) 是否被正確的偵測，請先重新啟動系統。電視卡應該會出現在開"
"機訊息檔中，如同此範例："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15022
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bktr0: &lt;BrookTree 848A&gt; mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n"
"iicbb0: &lt;I2C bit-banging driver&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"iicbus0: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"iicbus1: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"smbus0: &lt;System Management Bus&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15029
msgid ""
"The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is "
"possible to override some of the detected parameters using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or custom kernel configuration options. For example, to force "
"the tuner to a Philips SECAM tuner, add the following line to a custom "
"kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"該訊息會依硬體不同而有所不同。若必要，可以使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 系統偵測的參數或者自訂核心設定選項。例如要強制使用 Philips "
"SECAM 調諧器則可加入下列行至自訂核心設定檔："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15036
#, no-wrap
msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15038
msgid ""
"or, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""
"或使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15040
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15042
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of the available "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> parameters and kernel options."
msgstr ""
"請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 查看 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 可用的參數說明及核心選"
"項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15047
msgid "Useful Applications"
msgstr "好用的應用程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15049
msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15054
msgid ""
"<package>multimedia/fxtv</package> provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/"
"video capture capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15059
msgid ""
"<package>multimedia/xawtv</package> is another TV application with similar "
"features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15063
msgid ""
"<package>audio/xmradio</package> provides an application for using the FM "
"radio tuner of a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15069
msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15076
msgid ""
"If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video "
"capture chip and the tuner are supported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and that the right configuration options were used. For more "
"support or to ask questions about supported TV cards, refer to the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-multimedia"
"\">freebsd-multimedia</link> mailing list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15085
msgid "MythTV"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15087
msgid ""
"MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (<acronym>PVR</"
"acronym>) application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup "
"MythTV on FreeBSD. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mythtv.org/wiki/"
"\">mythtv.org/wiki</link> for more information on how to use MythTV."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15092
msgid ""
"MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be "
"installed on the same system or on different machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15096
msgid ""
"The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the <package>multimedia/"
"mythtv-frontend</package> package or port. <application>Xorg</application> "
"must also be installed and configured as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/"
">. Ideally, this system has a video card that supports X-Video Motion "
"Compensation (<acronym>XvMC</acronym>) and, optionally, a Linux Infrared "
"Remote Control (<acronym>LIRC</acronym>)-compatible remote."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15105
msgid ""
"To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the "
"<package>multimedia/mythtv</package> package or port. A <trademark>MySQL</"
"trademark> database server is also required and should automatically be "
"installed as a dependency. Optionally, this system should have a tuner card "
"and sufficient storage to hold recorded data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15113
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr "硬體"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15115
msgid ""
"MythTV uses Video for Linux (<acronym>V4L</acronym>) to access video input "
"devices such as encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> DVB-S/C/T cards as they are well supported by the "
"<package>multimedia/webcamd</package> package or port which provides a "
"<acronym>V4L</acronym> userland application. Any Digital Video Broadcasting "
"(<acronym>DVB</acronym>) card supported by <application>webcamd</"
"application> should work with MythTV. A list of known working cards can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat\">wiki."
"freebsd.org/WebcamCompat</link>. Drivers are also available for Hauppauge "
"cards in the <package>multimedia/pvr250</package> and <package>multimedia/"
"pvrxxx</package> ports, but they provide a non-standard driver interface "
"that does not work with versions of MythTV greater than 0.23. Due to "
"licensing restrictions, no packages are available and these two ports must "
"be compiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15133
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC\">wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC</"
"link> page contains a list of all available <acronym>DVB</acronym> drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15139
msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend"
msgstr "設定 MythTV 後端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15141
msgid "To install MythTV using the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15143
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15146
msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15148
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mysql -uroot -p &lt; /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15150
msgid "Then, configure the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15152
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mythtv-setup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15154
msgid "Finally, start the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'mythbackend_enable=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mythbackend start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:15163
msgid "Image Scanners"
msgstr "影像掃描器"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15166
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15176
msgid "<primary>image scanners</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15180
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by <application>SANE</"
"application> (Scanner Access Now Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection. <application>SANE</application> will also use some FreeBSD "
"device drivers to provide access to the scanner hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15186
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports both <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"scanners. Depending upon the scanner interface, different device drivers are "
"required. Be sure the scanner is supported by <application>SANE</"
"application> prior to performing any configuration. Refer to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\"> http://www."
"sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> for more information "
"about supported scanners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15194
msgid ""
"This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by "
"FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use "
"<application>SANE</application> on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15200
msgid "Checking the Scanner"
msgstr "檢查掃描器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15202
msgid ""
"The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes the device drivers needed "
"to support <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners. Users with a custom kernel "
"should ensure that the following lines are present in the custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15208
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device usb\n"
"device uhci\n"
"device ohci\n"
"device ehci"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15213
msgid ""
"To determine if the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner is detected, plug it in "
"and use <command>dmesg</command> to determine whether the scanner appears in "
"the system message buffer. If it does, it should display a message similar "
"to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15219
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugen0.2: &lt;EPSON&gt; at usbus0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15221
msgid ""
"In this example, an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON Perfection</"
"trademark> 1650 <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner was detected on <filename>/"
"dev/ugen0.2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15226
msgid ""
"If the scanner uses a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> interface, it is important to "
"know which <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controller board it will use. Depending "
"upon the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> chipset, a custom kernel configuration file "
"may be needed. The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel supports the most "
"common <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controllers. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/"
"conf/NOTES</filename> to determine the correct line to add to a custom "
"kernel configuration file. In addition to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"adapter driver, the following lines are needed in a custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\n"
"device pass"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15241
msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n"
"pass2: &lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt; Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n"
"pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15248
msgid ""
"If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to "
"manually force detection by performing a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus scan "
"with <command>camcontrol</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15253
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol rescan all</userinput>\n"
"Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 3 was successful"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15259
msgid ""
"The scanner should now appear in the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n"
"&lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt;           at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n"
"&lt;PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00&gt;     at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15268
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scsi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>camcontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15273
msgid "<application>SANE</application> Configuration"
msgstr "<application>SANE</application> 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15275
msgid ""
"The <application>SANE</application> system is split in two parts: the "
"backends (<package>graphics/sane-backends</package>) and the frontends "
"(<package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> or <package>graphics/xsane</"
"package>). The backends provide access to the scanner. Refer to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\">http://www."
"sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> to determine which "
"backend supports the scanner. The frontends provide the graphical scanning "
"interface. <package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> installs "
"<application>xscanimage</application> while <package>graphics/xsane</"
"package> installs <application>xsane</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15288
msgid ""
"After installing the <package>graphics/sane-backends</package> port or "
"package, use <command>sane-find-scanner</command> to check the scanner "
"detection by the <application>SANE</application> system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15294
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sane-find-scanner -q</userinput>\n"
"found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15297
msgid ""
"The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node "
"used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model "
"may or may not appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15302
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to "
"sane-find-scanner(1) and sane(7) for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15307
msgid ""
"Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The "
"<application>SANE</application> backends include <command>scanimage</"
"command> which can be used to list the devices and perform an image "
"acquisition. Use <option>-L</option> to list the scanner devices. The first "
"example is for a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> scanner and the second is for a "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15315
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15320
msgid ""
"In this second example, <literal>'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2'</"
"literal> is the backend name (<literal>epson2</literal>) and <literal>/dev/"
"ugen0.2</literal> is the device node used by the scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15326
msgid ""
"If <command>scanimage</command> is unable to identify the scanner, this "
"message will appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n"
"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n"
"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n"
"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15336
msgid ""
"If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/"
"etc/sane.d/</filename> and define the scanner device used. For example, if "
"the undetected scanner model is an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON "
"Perfection</trademark> 1650 and it uses the <literal>epson2</literal> "
"backend, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/sane.d/epson2.conf</filename>. When "
"editing, add a line specifying the interface and the device node used. In "
"this case, add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15346
#, no-wrap
msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15348
msgid ""
"Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right "
"backend name and the device node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15354
msgid ""
"Once <command>scanimage -L</command> sees the scanner, the configuration is "
"complete and the scanner is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15358
msgid ""
"While <command>scanimage</command> can be used to perform an image "
"acquisition from the command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical "
"interface to perform image scanning. The <package>graphics/sane-frontends</"
"package> package or port installs a simple but efficient graphical "
"interface, <application>xscanimage</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15365
msgid ""
"Alternately, <application>xsane</application>, which is installed with the "
"<package>graphics/xsane</package> package or port, is another popular "
"graphical scanning frontend. It offers advanced features such as various "
"scanning modes, color correction, and batch scans. Both of these "
"applications are usable as a <application>GIMP</application> plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15374
msgid "Scanner Permissions"
msgstr "掃描器權限"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15376
msgid ""
"In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write "
"permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous example, "
"the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner uses the device node <filename>/dev/"
"ugen0.2</filename> which is really a symlink to the real device node "
"<filename>/dev/usb/0.2.0</filename>. The symlink and the device node are "
"owned, respectively, by the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</"
"systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> "
"groups. While adding the user to these groups will allow access to the "
"scanner, it is considered insecure to add a user to <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>. A better solution is to create a group and "
"make the scanner device accessible to members of this group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15389
msgid ""
"This example creates a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\"><replaceable>usb</replaceable></systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15391
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd usb</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15393
msgid ""
"Then, make the <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename> symlink and the <filename>/"
"dev/usb/0.2.0</filename> device node accessible to the <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">usb</systemitem> group with write permissions of "
"<literal>0660</literal> or <literal>0664</literal> by adding the following "
"lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[system=5]\n"
"add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n"
"add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15404
msgid ""
"Finally, add the users to <systemitem class=\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</"
"replaceable></systemitem> in order to allow access to the scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15407
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod usb -m <replaceable>joe</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15409
msgid ""
"For more details refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:15439
msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel"
msgstr "設定 FreeBSD 核心"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15444
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building a custom kernel</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15449
msgid ""
"The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible "
"for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, "
"and much more. While much of FreeBSD is dynamically configurable, it is "
"still occasionally necessary to configure and compile a custom kernel."
msgstr ""
"核心 (Kernel) 是 FreeBSD 作業系統最重要的部份之一。它負責記憶體管理、安全控"
"管、網路、硬碟存取等等。 儘管目前 FreeBSD 大多可以用動態設定， 但有時仍需要設"
"定並編譯自訂的核心。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15459
msgid "When to build a custom kernel."
msgstr "何時需要編譯自訂核心。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15463
msgid "How to take a hardware inventory."
msgstr "如何取得硬體資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15467
msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file."
msgstr "如何量身訂做核心設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15471
msgid ""
"How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel."
msgstr "如何使用核心設定檔來建立並編譯新的核心。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15476
msgid "How to install the new kernel."
msgstr "如何安裝新的核心。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15480
msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong."
msgstr "發生錯誤時如何排除問題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15484
msgid ""
"All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be "
"executed as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"所有在本章所列出的指令均應以 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> 來執行。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15489
msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?"
msgstr "為何要編譯自訂的核心?"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15491
msgid ""
"Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large "
"program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the "
"kernel's behavior, one had to compile and then reboot into a new kernel."
msgstr ""
"早期的 FreeBSD 的核心 (Kernel) 被戲稱為 “巨石”。因為當時的核心是一個非常大的"
"程式，且只支援固定的硬體裝置，如果您想改變核心的設定，就必須編譯一個新核心並"
"重新開機，才能使用。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15496
msgid ""
"Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in "
"modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as "
"necessary. This allows the running kernel to adapt immediately to new "
"hardware or for new functionality to be brought into the kernel. This is "
"known as a modular kernel."
msgstr ""
"現在，大多數在 FreeBSD 核心的功能已採用模組 (Module) 的方式包裝，可以依據需求"
"動態在核心載入或卸載。 這使得核心能夠快速採用新硬體環境的新功能，就叫做模組化"
"核心 (Modular Kernel)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15503
msgid ""
"Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. "
"Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not "
"be made dynamically loadable. Some security environments prevent the loading "
"and unloading of kernel modules and require that only needed functionality "
"is statically compiled into the kernel."
msgstr ""
"儘管如此，還是有一些功能因使用到靜態的核心設定須要編譯，因為這些功能與核心緊"
"密結合，無法將做成可動態載入的模組。且部份強調安全性的環境會盡量避免載入與卸"
"載核心模組，且只要將需要的功能靜態的編譯到核心當中。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15510
msgid ""
"Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. "
"This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD "
"system. Unlike the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, which must support a "
"wide range of hardware, a custom kernel can be stripped down to only provide "
"support for that computer's hardware. This has a number of benefits, such as:"
msgstr ""
"編譯自訂的核心幾乎是每位進階的 BSD 使用者所必須經歷的過程。儘管這項工作可能比"
"較耗時，但在 FreeBSD 的使用上會有許多好處。 跟必須支援大多數各式硬體的 "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心相比的話， 自訂的核心可以更『體貼』，只支援"
"『自己硬體』的部分就好。 自訂核心有許多項優點，如︰"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15520
msgid ""
"Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the "
"system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease."
msgstr ""
"加速開機，因為自訂的核心只需要偵測您系統上存在的硬體，所以讓啟動所花的過程更"
"流暢快速。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15526
msgid ""
"Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by omitting unused features and device "
"drivers. This is important because the kernel code remains resident in "
"physical memory at all times, preventing that memory from being used by "
"applications. For this reason, a custom kernel is useful on a system with a "
"small amount of RAM."
msgstr ""
"減少記憶體使用，自訂的核心通常會比 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心使用更少"
"的記憶體，這很重要，因為核心必須一直存放在實體記憶體內，會讓其他應用程式無法"
"使用。因此，自訂核心對於記憶體較小的系統來說，發揮很大的作用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15537
msgid ""
"Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices "
"which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""
"支援額外的硬體，自訂的核心可以增加一些 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心沒有"
"提供的硬體支援。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15543
msgid ""
"Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there "
"is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15547
msgid ""
"Kernel modules exist in <filename>/boot/kernel</filename> and may be "
"dynamically loaded into the running kernel using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Most kernel drivers have a loadable module and "
"manual page. For example, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> wireless Ethernet "
"driver has the following information in its manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15553
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n"
"following line in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>:\n"
"\n"
"    if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15558
msgid ""
"Adding <literal>if_ath_load=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename> will load this module dynamically at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15562
msgid ""
"In some cases, there is no associated module in <filename>/boot/kernel</"
"filename>. This is mostly true for certain subsystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15579
msgid "Finding the System Hardware"
msgstr "偵測系統硬體"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15581
msgid ""
"Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform "
"an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the inventory "
"can be created from the other operating system. For example, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark>'s <application>Device Manager</"
"application> contains information about installed devices."
msgstr ""
"在編輯核心設定檔之前，建議先調查清楚機器各項硬體資訊。在雙作業系統的環境，也"
"可透過其他作業系統來了解目前機器上的硬體資訊。 舉例來說，<trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> 的 <application>裝置管理員</"
"application> (Device Manager) 內會有目前已安裝的硬體資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15589
msgid ""
"Some versions of <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> have a "
"<application>System</application> icon which can be used to access "
"<application>Device Manager</application>."
msgstr ""
"某些版本的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 會有<application>系統</application> "
"(System) 圖示可用來進入 <application>裝置管理員</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15594
msgid ""
"If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to determine the hardware that was found and listed during the "
"boot probe. Most device drivers on FreeBSD have a manual page which lists "
"the hardware supported by that driver. For example, the following lines "
"indicate that the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>psm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver found a mouse:"
msgstr ""
"若 FreeBSD 是唯一安裝的作業系統，則可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來查看開時時系統偵測到的硬體資訊 。FreeBSD 上大多硬體驅動程式都"
"有操作手冊會列出支援的硬體。例如，以下幾行是說 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>psm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 驅動程式偵測到了一隻滑鼠："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"psm0: &lt;PS/2 Mouse&gt; irq 12 on atkbdc0\n"
"psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n"
"psm0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15606
msgid ""
"Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom "
"kernel configuration file."
msgstr "因為該硬體存在，此驅動程式便不應該從自訂核心設定檔中移除。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15609
msgid ""
"If the output of <command>dmesg</command> does not display the results of "
"the boot probe output, instead read the contents of <filename>/var/run/dmesg."
"boot</filename>."
msgstr ""
"若 <command>dmesg</command> 輸出的結果未顯示開機偵測硬體的部份，則可改閱讀 "
"<filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> 檔案的內容。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15613
msgid ""
"Another tool for finding hardware is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pciconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which provides more "
"verbose output. For example:"
msgstr ""
"另外，也可以透過 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pciconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 工具可用來查詢硬體資"
"訊，該工具會列出更詳細的硬體資訊如："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15616
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pciconf -lv</userinput>\n"
"ath0@pci0:3:0:0:        class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev=0x01 hdr=0x00\n"
"    vendor     = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n"
"    device     = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n"
"    class      = network\n"
"    subclass   = ethernet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15623
msgid ""
"This output shows that the <filename>ath</filename> driver located a "
"wireless Ethernet device."
msgstr ""
"以上輸出資訊說明 <filename>ath</filename> 驅動程式已經找到一個無線乙太網路裝"
"置。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15626
msgid ""
"The <option>-k</option> flag of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to provide "
"useful information. For example, to display a list of manual pages which "
"contain the specified word:"
msgstr ""
"在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 指令加上 <option>-k</option> 參數，可提供有用的資訊，例如，列出"
"有包含指定關鍵字的手冊頁面清單："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15630
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>Atheros</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15632
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ath(4)                   - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n"
"ath_hal(4)               - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15635
msgid ""
"Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that "
"drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel "
"configuration is edited."
msgstr ""
"準備好硬體清單之後，參考該清單來確認已安裝的硬體驅動程式在編輯自訂核心設定時"
"沒有被移除。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15652 book.translate.xml:44025
msgid "The Configuration File"
msgstr "設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15654
msgid ""
"In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom "
"kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed."
msgstr ""
"為了要建立自訂核心設定檔並編譯自訂核心，必須先安裝完整的 FreeBSD 原始碼樹。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15658
msgid ""
"If <filename>/usr/src/</filename> does not exist or it is empty, source has "
"not been installed. Source can be installed using <application>Subversion</"
"application> and the instructions in <xref linkend=\"svn\"/>."
msgstr ""
"若 <filename>/usr/src/</filename> 目錄不存在或者是空的，代表尚未安裝。原始碼"
"可以使用 <application>Subversion</application> 並依據 <xref linkend=\"svn\"/"
"> 中的操作說明來安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15663
msgid ""
"Once source is installed, review the contents of <filename>/usr/src/sys</"
"filename>. This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including "
"those which represent the following supported architectures: "
"<filename>amd64</filename>, <filename>i386</filename>, <filename>ia64</"
"filename>, <filename>pc98</filename>, <filename>powerpc</filename>, and "
"<filename>sparc64</filename>. Everything inside a particular architecture's "
"directory deals with that architecture only and the rest of the code is "
"machine independent code common to all platforms. Each supported "
"architecture has a <filename>conf</filename> subdirectory which contains the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel configuration file for that architecture."
msgstr ""
"完成原始碼完成後，需檢查 <filename>/usr/src/sys</filename> 內的檔案。該目錄內"
"包含數個子目錄，這些子目錄中包了支援的硬體架構 (Architecture) 如下："
"<filename>amd64</filename>, <filename>i386</filename>, <filename>ia64</"
"filename>, <filename>pc98</filename>, <filename>powerpc</filename> 以及 "
"<filename>sparc64</filename>。在指定架構目錄中的內容只對該架構有效，其餘部份"
"的程式碼與硬體架構無關，可通用所有平台。每個支援的硬體架構中會有 "
"<filename>conf</filename> 子目錄，裡面含有供該架構使用的 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15677
msgid ""
"Do not make edits to <filename>GENERIC</filename>. Instead, copy the file to "
"a different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name "
"with all capital letters. When maintaining multiple FreeBSD machines with "
"different hardware, it is a good idea to name it after the machine's "
"hostname. This example creates a copy, named <filename>MYKERNEL</filename>, "
"of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> configuration file for the "
"<literal>amd64</literal> architecture:"
msgstr ""
"請不要直接對 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 檔案做編輯。複製該檔案為另一個名"
"稱，並對複製出來的檔案做編輯，習慣上檔名會全部使用大寫字元。當維護多台安裝不"
"同的硬體的 FreeBSD 機器時，將檔名後方加上機器的主機名稱 (Host name) 是個不錯"
"的方法。以下範例使用 <literal>amd64</literal> 架構的 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 設定檔建立了一個複本名稱為 <filename>MYKERNEL</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>amd64</replaceable>/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC <replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15689
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></filename> can now be "
"customized with any <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text editor. The default editor "
"is <application>vi</application>, though an easier editor for beginners, "
"called <application>ee</application>, is also installed with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"現在可以使用任何 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 文字編輯器來自訂 "
"<filename><replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></filename>。預設的編輯器為 "
"<application>vi</application>，在 FreeBSD 也內建一個易於初學者使用的編輯器叫"
"做 <application>ee</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15696
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>NOTES</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15700
msgid "<primary>NOTES</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15701
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15706
msgid ""
"The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a "
"keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief "
"description. Any text after a <literal>#</literal> is considered a comment "
"and ignored. To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a "
"<literal>#</literal> at the beginning of the line representing that device "
"or subsystem. Do not add or remove a <literal>#</literal> for any line that "
"you do not understand."
msgstr ""
"核心設定檔的格式很簡單，每一行會含有代表裝置 (Device) 或子系統 (Subsystem) 的"
"關鍵字、參數以及簡短的說明。任何在 <literal>#</literal> 符號之後的文字會被當"
"做註解並且略過。要移除核心對某個裝置或子系統的支援，僅需要在代表該裝置或子系"
"統的行前加上 <literal>#</literal> 符號。請不要在您還不了解用途的行前加上或移"
"除 <literal>#</literal> 符號。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:15717
msgid ""
"It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken "
"kernel. For example, if the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is removed from "
"the kernel configuration file, a system using <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk "
"drivers may not boot. When in doubt, just leave support in the kernel."
msgstr ""
"移除對裝置或選項的支援很容易會造成核心損壞。例如，若從核心設定檔 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 驅動程式，那麼使用 <acronym>ATA</acronym> 磁碟驅動程式的系統便"
"會無法開機。因此當您不確定時，請在核心保留該項目的支援。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15724
msgid ""
"In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional "
"descriptions are contained in <filename>NOTES</filename>, which can be found "
"in the same directory as <filename>GENERIC</filename> for that architecture. "
"For architecture independent options, refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/"
"NOTES</filename>."
msgstr ""
"除了在設定檔中提供的簡短說明之外，尚有其他的說明在 <filename>NOTES</"
"filename> 檔案中，可在與該架構 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 相同的目錄底下找"
"到。要查看所有架構通用的選項，請參考 <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15732
msgid ""
"When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy "
"to a location outside of <filename>/usr/src</filename>."
msgstr ""
"當完成自訂的核心設定檔，請備份到 <filename>/usr/src</filename> 位置之外。"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15736
msgid ""
"Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a "
"symbolic link to the file:"
msgstr ""
"或者，將核心設定檔放在其他地方，然後建立一個符號連結 (Symbolic link) 至該檔"
"案："

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15739
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /root/kernels</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15745
msgid ""
"An <literal>include</literal> directive is available for use in "
"configuration files. This allows another configuration file to be included "
"in the current one, making it easy to maintain small changes relative to an "
"existing file. If only a small number of additional options or drivers are "
"required, this allows a delta to be maintained with respect to "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""
"設定檔中可以使用 <literal>include</literal> 指令 (Directive)。該指令可以引用"
"其他設定檔到目前的設定檔，這讓只需根據現有檔案設定做些微調整時更簡單。若只有"
"少量的額外選項或驅動程式需要設定，該指令可引用 <filename>GENERIC</filename> "
"並設定額外增加的選項，如範例所示："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"include GENERIC\n"
"ident MYKERNEL\n"
"\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL\n"
"options         DUMMYNET\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n"
"options         IPDIVERT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15761
msgid ""
"Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences "
"from a <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. As upgrades are performed, new "
"features added to <filename>GENERIC</filename> will also be added to the "
"local kernel unless they are specifically prevented using "
"<literal>nooptions</literal> or <literal>nodevice</literal>. A comprehensive "
"list of configuration directives and their descriptions may be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"使用此方法，設定檔只含有與 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心不同的部份。當升"
"級有新功能加入 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 時，也可一併引用，除非特別使用 "
"<literal>nooptions</literal> 或 <literal>nodevice</literal> 選項來排除設定。"
"更詳細的設定檔指令及其說明可在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 找到。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15771
msgid ""
"To build a file which contains all available options, run the following "
"command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""
"要產生含有所有可用選項的設定檔，可以 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> 執行以下指令："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15774
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf &amp;&amp; make LINT</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16590
msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel"
msgstr "編譯與安裝自訂核心"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16592
msgid ""
"Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source "
"code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:"
msgstr "完成自訂設定檔的編輯並儲存之後，便可依據以下步驟編譯核心的原始碼："

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:16597
msgid "Building a Kernel"
msgstr "編譯核心"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16599
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building / installing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16605
msgid "Change to this directory:"
msgstr "切換至此目錄："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16607
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16611
msgid ""
"Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr "指定自訂核心設定檔的名稱來編譯新的核心："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16614
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16618
msgid ""
"Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration "
"file. This command will copy the new kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel/"
"kernel</filename> and save the old kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel.old/"
"kernel</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"安裝使用指定核心設定檔所編譯的新核心。此指令將會複製新核心到 <filename>/boot/"
"kernel/kernel</filename> 並將舊核心備份到 <filename>/boot/kernel.old/kernel</"
"filename>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16624
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16628
msgid ""
"Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, "
"refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig-noboot\"/>."
msgstr ""
"關機並重新開機載入新的核心，若發生錯誤請參考 <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig-"
"noboot\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16633
msgid ""
"By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are "
"rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit "
"<filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> before starting to build the kernel."
msgstr ""
"預設在自訂核心編譯完成後，所有核心模組也同被重新編譯。要快速更新核心或只編譯"
"自訂的模組，需在開始編譯之前先編輯 <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16638
msgid ""
"For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of "
"using the default of building all modules:"
msgstr "例如，使用以下變數可指定要編譯的模組清單來替代預設編譯所有模組的設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16642
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16644
msgid ""
"Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build "
"process:"
msgstr "或者，可使用以下變數來從編譯程序中排除要編譯的模組："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16647
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16649
msgid ""
"Additional variables are available. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"尚有其他可用的變數，請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 取得詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16652
msgid "<primary><filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16658
msgid "If Something Goes Wrong"
msgstr "如果發生錯誤"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16660
msgid ""
"There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom "
"kernel:"
msgstr "當編譯自訂核心時可能發生以下四種類型的問題："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16665
msgid "<command>config</command> fails"
msgstr "<command>config</command> 失敗"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16668
msgid ""
"If <command>config</command> fails, it will print the line number that is "
"incorrect. As an example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 "
"is typed correctly by comparing it to <filename>GENERIC</filename> or "
"<filename>NOTES</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"若 <command>config</command> 失敗，會列出不正確的行號。使用以下訊息為例子，需"
"要與 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 或 <filename>NOTES</filename> 比對來確認第 "
"17 行輸入的內容正確："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16674
#, no-wrap
msgid "config: line 17: syntax error"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16679
msgid "<command>make</command> fails"
msgstr "<command>make</command> 失敗"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16682
msgid ""
"If <command>make</command> fails, it is usually due to an error in the "
"kernel configuration file which is not severe enough for <command>config</"
"command> to catch. Review the configuration, and if the problem is not "
"apparent, send an email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</"
"link> which contains the kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""
"若 <command>make</command> 失敗，通常是因為核心設定檔未提供足夠的資訊讓 "
"<command>config</command> 找到問題。請仔細檢查設定檔，若仍不清楚問題，請寄發"
"電子郵件給 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link> 並附上核心"
"設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16692
msgid "The kernel does not boot"
msgstr "無法使用核心開機"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16695
msgid ""
"If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! "
"Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from "
"incompatible kernels. Simply choose the kernel to boot from at the FreeBSD "
"boot loader. This can be accessed when the system boot menu appears by "
"selecting the <quote>Escape to a loader prompt</quote> option. At the "
"prompt, type <command>boot <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></command>, "
"or the name of any other kernel that is known to boot properly."
msgstr ""
"若新核心無法開機或無法辨識裝置並不要恐慌！幸好，FreeBSD 有良好的機制可以從不"
"相容的核心復原。只需要在 FreeBSD 開機載入程式 (Boot loader) 選擇要用來開機的"
"核心便可，當系統開機選單出現時選擇 <quote>Escape to a loader prompt</quote> "
"選項，並在指令提示後輸入 <command>boot <replaceable>kernel.old</"
"replaceable></command> 或替換為任何其他已經知道可以正常開機的核心名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16707
msgid ""
"After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try "
"to build it again. One helpful resource is <filename>/var/log/messages</"
"filename> which records the kernel messages from every successful boot. "
"Also, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will print the kernel messages from the current "
"boot."
msgstr ""
"使用好的核心開機之後，檢查設定檔並嘗試再編譯一次。<filename>/var/log/"
"messages</filename> 是有用的資源，它在每次成功開機時會記錄核心訊息。同樣的，"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 也會印出自本次開機後的核心訊息。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:16715
msgid ""
"When troubleshooting a kernel, make sure to keep a copy of "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename>, or some other kernel that is known to work, as "
"a different name that will not get erased on the next build. This is "
"important because every time a new kernel is installed, <filename>kernel."
"old</filename> is overwritten with the last installed kernel, which may or "
"may not be bootable. As soon as possible, move the working kernel by "
"renaming the directory containing the good kernel:"
msgstr ""
"在排除核心問題時，請確定留有 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 的複本，或者其他已"
"知可以運作的核心，並使用不同的名稱來確保下次編譯時不會被刪除，這很重要，因此"
"每當新的核心被安裝之後，<filename>kernel.old</filename> 都會被最後安裝的核心"
"覆寫，有可能會無法開機。盡快，透過重新命名將可運作的核心目錄移動到目前運作的"
"核心目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16725
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/kernel <replaceable>/boot/kernel.bad</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/<replaceable>kernel.good</replaceable> /boot/kernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16732
msgid ""
"The kernel works, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not"
msgstr ""
"核心可運作，但 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 無法運作"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16735
msgid ""
"If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have "
"been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is "
"installed on a -RELEASE system, many system status commands like "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vmstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. To fix "
"this, <link linkend=\"makeworld\">recompile and install a world</link> built "
"with the same version of the source tree as the kernel. It is never a good "
"idea to use a different version of the kernel than the rest of the operating "
"system."
msgstr ""
"若核心版本與系統工具所編譯的版本不同，例如，有一個核心使用 -CURRENT 的原始碼"
"編譯並安裝在 -RELEASE 的系統上，許多系統狀態指令如 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vmstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 將會無法運作。要修正此"
"問題，請使用與核心相同版本的原始碼樹 (Source tree) <link linkend=\"makeworld"
"\">重新編譯並安裝 World</link>。使用與作業系統其他部份版本不同的核心永遠不會"
"是個好主意。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:16760
msgid "Printing"
msgstr "列印"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:16763 book.translate.xml:28582
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:16772
msgid ""
"Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to "
"eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be delivered "
"to the printer, and must be in a form that the printer can understand."
msgstr ""
"儘管很多人試圖淘汰列印功能，但列印資訊到紙上仍是一個重要的功能。列印由兩個基"
"本元件組成，包含了資料傳送到印表機的方式以及印表機可以理解的資料形式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16780
msgid ""
"Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of "
"printing plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. For printing to other types of "
"files, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters\"/>."
msgstr ""
"基本的列印功能可以快速設定完成，列印機必須能夠列印純 <acronym>ASCII</"
"acronym> 文字。若要列印其他類型的檔案，請參考 <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-"
"filters\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16787
msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:"
msgstr "建立一個目錄來儲存要被列印的檔案:"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16790 book.translate.xml:17199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16796
msgid ""
"As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, create <filename>/etc/"
"printcap</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""
"以 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 建立 <filename>/etc/"
"printcap</filename> 內容如下:"

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16800
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t<replaceable>:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\</replaceable>  <co xml:id=\"printing-qs-co-printcap\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16809
msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port."
msgstr "此行是針對連接到 <acronym>USB</acronym> 埠的印表機:"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16812
msgid ""
"For a printer connected to a parallel or <quote>printer</quote> port, use:"
msgstr "連接到並列或 <quote>印表器 (Printer)</quote> 埠的印表機要使用:"

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16815 book.translate.xml:17256
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16817
msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:"
msgstr "直接連接到網路的印表機要使用:"

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16820 book.translate.xml:17265
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=:rm=<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:rp=raw:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16822
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""
"替換 <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> 為網路印表機的 "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> 主機名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16831
msgid ""
"Enable <command>lpd</command> by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, "
"adding this line:"
msgstr ""
"編輯 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 加入下行來開啟 <command>lpd</command>:"

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16834 book.translate.xml:17322
#, no-wrap
msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:16836 book.translate.xml:17324
msgid "Start the service:"
msgstr "啟動服務:"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16838
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>\n"
"Starting lpd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16843
msgid "Print a test:"
msgstr "測試列印:"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16845
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:16848
msgid ""
"If both lines do not start at the left border, but <quote>stairstep</quote> "
"instead, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters-stairstep\"/>."
msgstr ""
"若列印的兩行未從左邊界開始，而是呈現 <quote>階梯狀 (Stairstep)</quote>，請參"
"考 <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters-stairstep\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16853
msgid ""
"Text files can now be printed with <command>lpr</command>. Give the filename "
"on the command line, or pipe output directly into <command>lpr</command>."
msgstr ""
"現在可以使用 <command>lpr</command> 來列印文字檔，只要在指令列給序檔案名稱，"
"或者將輸出使用管線符號 (Pipe) 傳送給 <command>lpr</command>。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16858
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr textfile.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -lh | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16865
msgid "Printer Connections"
msgstr "印表機連線"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16867
msgid ""
"Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small "
"desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> port. Older printers are connected to a parallel or "
"<quote>printer</quote> port. Some printers are directly connected to a "
"network, making it easy for multiple computers to share them. A few printers "
"use a rare serial port connection."
msgstr ""
"印表機有許多方式可以連接到電腦，小型的桌面印表機會直接連接到電腦的 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 埠，舊式的印表機會連接到並列 (Parallel) 或 <quote>印表"
"機 (Printer)</quote> 埠，而有一部份印表機則是直接連接網路，讓印表機能夠給多台"
"電腦共享使用，還有少部分印表機則是連接到較罕見的序列 (Serial) 埠。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16875
msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers."
msgstr "FreeBSD 可以與這些類型的印表機溝通。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:16880 book.translate.xml:17242
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16883
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> printers can be connected to any available "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> port on the computer."
msgstr ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 印表機可以連接到電腦上任何可用的 <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> 埠。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16887
msgid ""
"When FreeBSD detects a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer, two device entries "
"are created: <filename>/dev/ulpt0</filename> and <filename>/dev/unlpt0</"
"filename>. Data sent to either device will be relayed to the printer. After "
"each print job, <filename>ulpt0</filename> resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"port. Resetting the port can cause problems with some printers, so the "
"<filename>unlpt0</filename> device is usually used instead. "
"<filename>unlpt0</filename> does not reset the USB port at all."
msgstr ""
"當 FreeBSD 偵測到 <acronym>USB</acronym> 印表機，會建立兩個裝置項目: "
"<filename>/dev/ulpt0</filename> 以及 <filename>/dev/unlpt0</filename>，傳送到"
"兩者任一裝置的資料都會被轉發到印表機。在每個列印工作完成後 <filename>ulpt0</"
"filename> 便會重設 <acronym>USB</acronym> 埠，重設 <acronym>USB</acronym> 埠"
"可能會在部份印表機造成問題，因此通常可以改使用 <filename>unlpt0</filename>  "
"裝置。<filename>unlpt0</filename> 不會重設 USB 埠。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16902
msgid "Parallel (<acronym>IEEE</acronym>-1284)"
msgstr "並列 (<acronym>IEEE</acronym>-1284)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16905
msgid ""
"The parallel port device is <filename>/dev/lpt0</filename>. This device "
"appears whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected."
msgstr ""
"並列埠裝置使用 <filename>/dev/lpt0</filename>，此裝置不論印表機是否連接上都會"
"存在，它並不會自動偵測。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16910
msgid ""
"Vendors have largely moved away from these <quote>legacy</quote> ports, and "
"many computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a "
"parallel printer to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port. With such an adapter, the "
"printer can be treated as if it were actually a <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"printer. Devices called <emphasis>print servers</emphasis> can also be used "
"to connect parallel printers directly to a network."
msgstr ""
"供應商已不再採用這種 <quote>舊式</quote> 連接埠，且有許多電腦甚至已沒有這種連"
"接埠。可以用轉接器來連接並列印表機到 <acronym>USB</acronym> 埠，有了轉接器，"
"並列印表機可以被當作 <acronym>USB</acronym> 印表機使用。有另一種稱作 "
"<emphasis>列印伺服器 (Print server)</emphasis> 的裝置也可用來連接並列印表機到"
"網路。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16922
msgid "Serial (RS-232)"
msgstr "序列 (RS-232)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16925
msgid ""
"Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in "
"certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary "
"widely."
msgstr ""
"序列埠也是另一種舊式連接埠，已很少用在印表機上，除了某些特殊的應用外，纜線、"
"接頭與需要的佈線方式依需求變化性很大。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16929
msgid ""
"For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is "
"<filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>. Serial "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> adapters can also be used, and these will appear as "
"<filename>/dev/cuaU<replaceable>0</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""
"內建在主機板的序列埠的序列裝置名稱為 <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> 或 "
"<filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>。也有序列 <acronym>USB</acronym> 轉接器可使"
"用，而裝置的的名稱則會是 <filename>/dev/cuaU<replaceable>0</replaceable></"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16936
msgid ""
"Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial "
"printer. The most important are <emphasis>baud rate</emphasis> or "
"<acronym>BPS</acronym> (Bits Per Second) and <emphasis>parity</emphasis>. "
"Values vary, but typical serial printers use a baud rate of 9600 and no "
"parity."
msgstr ""
"要與序列印表機通訊必須知道數個通訊參數，其中最重要的是 <emphasis>傳輸速率 "
"(Baud rate)</emphasis> 或 <acronym>BPS</acronym> (Bits Per Second) 以及 "
"<emphasis>同位檢查 (Parity)</emphasis>。數值有數種，但一般序列印表機會使用 的"
"傳輸速率是 9600 且無同位檢查。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:16946 book.translate.xml:17260
msgid "Network"
msgstr "網路"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16949
msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network."
msgstr "網路印表機可直接連接到區域網路。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16952
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of the printer must be known. If the "
"printer is assigned a dynamic address by <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> should be dynamically updated so that the host name "
"always has the correct <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Network printers are "
"often given static <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to avoid this problem."
msgstr ""
"若印表機透過 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 分配動態位址，則必須要知道 "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> 主機名稱，<acronym>DNS</acronym> 應動態更新來讓主機名"
"稱能夠對應到正確的 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址。指定網路印表機一個靜態的 "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> 位址可避免這個問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16960
msgid ""
"Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the <acronym>LPD</"
"acronym> protocol. A print queue name can also be specified. Some printers "
"process data differently depending on which queue is used. For example, a "
"<literal>raw</literal> queue prints the data unchanged, while the "
"<literal>text</literal> queue adds carriage returns to plain text."
msgstr ""
"大多數網路印表機可以認得使用 <acronym>LPD</acronym> 通訊協定所送出的列印工"
"作，列印佇列 (Print queue) 的名稱也會在這時指定。部份印表機會依據使用的佇列來"
"決定處理資料的方式，例如 <literal>raw</literal> 佇列會列印原始資料，而 "
"<literal>text</literal> 佇列則會在純文字上增加換行符號 (Carriage return)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16968
msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100."
msgstr "大部份網路印表機也可列印直接傳送到埠號 9100 的資料。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:16977
msgid ""
"Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the "
"fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> is preferred for speed and simplicity. Parallel connections work "
"but have limitations on cable length and speed. Serial connections are more "
"difficult to configure. Cable wiring differs between models, and "
"communication parameters like baud rate and parity bits must add to the "
"complexity. Fortunately, serial printers are rare."
msgstr ""
"有線網路連線通常是安裝最簡單的方式，且可以提供快速的列印。若要直接連接到電"
"腦，較建議使用 <acronym>USB</acronym>，由於較快速、簡單。並列連線仍然可以使"
"用，但有纜線長度與速度上的限制。而序列連線則比較難設定，不同型號的纜線佈線方"
"式不同，且通訊參數如傳輸速率及同位檢查增加了複雜性，所幸序列印表機並不多。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16990
msgid "Common Page Description Languages"
msgstr "常見的頁面描述語言"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16992
msgid ""
"Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can "
"understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym>s."
msgstr ""
"傳送給印表機的資料必須使用印表機能夠理解的語言，這些語言稱為頁面描述語言 "
"(Page Description Languages) 或 <acronym>PDL</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16998
msgid "<acronym>ASCII</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17001
msgid ""
"Plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text is the simplest way to send data to a "
"printer. Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an "
"<literal>A</literal> in the data prints an <literal>A</literal> on the page. "
"Very little formatting is available. There is no way to select a font or "
"proportional spacing. The forced simplicity of plain <acronym>ASCII</"
"acronym> means that text can be printed straight from the computer with "
"little or no encoding or translation. The printed output corresponds "
"directly with what was sent."
msgstr ""
"純 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 文字是傳送資料到印表機最簡單的方式，一個字元對應"
"一個要列印的文字: 資料中的 <literal>A</literal> 會列印一個 <literal>A</"
"literal> 在頁面。可以使用的格式非常少，沒有辦法選擇字型或者比例間距。強迫使用"
"簡單的純 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 為的是讓文字可以直接從電腦列印只需一點或甚"
"至不需要編碼或轉譯，列印的結果可直接對應傳送的內容。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17012
msgid ""
"Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. "
"This makes them more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible."
msgstr ""
"部份便宜印表機無法列印純 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 文字，這讓這些印表機較難設"
"定。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17020
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17023
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> is almost the "
"opposite of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>. Rather than simple text, a <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program is a set of instructions "
"that draw the final document. Different fonts and graphics can be used. "
"However, this power comes at a price. The program that draws the page must "
"be written. Usually this program is generated by application software, so "
"the process is invisible to the user."
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> 與 <acronym>ASCII</"
"acronym> 幾乎相反，與簡單的文字不同，<trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> 程式語言有一套指令可以繪出最終所要的文件，可以使用"
"不同的字型與圖形，但是，這樣強大的功能是有代價的，繪製頁面需要搛寫程式語言，"
"通常這個程式語言會由應用程式產生，所以使用者是看不到的。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17032
msgid ""
"Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> compatibility as a cost-saving measure."
msgstr ""
"便宜的印表機有時會移除 <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark>  的相容性來節省成本。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17038
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> (Printer Command Language)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17041
msgid ""
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> is an extension of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>, adding "
"escape sequences for formatting, font selection, and printing graphics. Many "
"printers provide <acronym>PCL5</acronym> support. Some support the newer "
"<acronym>PCL6</acronym> or <acronym>PCLXL</acronym>. These later versions "
"are supersets of <acronym>PCL5</acronym> and can provide faster printing."
msgstr ""
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> 由 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 延伸而來，加入了跳脫序列 "
"(Escape sequence) 來標示格式、選擇字型以及列印圖型。大部份印表機都支援 "
"<acronym>PCL5</acronym>，少數支援較新的 <acronym>PCL6</acronym> 或 "
"<acronym>PCLXL</acronym>，這些後來的版本是 <acronym>PCL5</acronym> 的超集合 "
"(Superset)，並可以提供更快的列印速度。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17053
msgid "Host-Based"
msgstr "以主機為基礎 (Host-Based)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17056
msgid ""
"Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple "
"processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of printing "
"plain text. Instead, bitmaps of text and graphics are drawn by a driver on "
"the host computer and then sent to the printer. These are called "
"<emphasis>host-based</emphasis> printers."
msgstr ""
"製造商可能會使用簡單的處理器和較小的記憶體來降低印表機的成本，這些印表機無法"
"列印純文字，相反的，文字與圖形會先在機器上的驅動程式畫完後傳送到印表機。這些"
"稱為<emphasis>以主機為基礎 (Host-based)</emphasis> 的印表機。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17064
msgid ""
"Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through "
"proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the "
"most common operating systems."
msgstr ""
"驅動程式與以主機為基礎的印表機通訊通常會透過專用或無文件的通訊協定，這讓這些"
"印表機只能在最常用的作業系統上運作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17073
msgid ""
"Converting <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to Other "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""
"轉換 <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> 至其他 "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17076
msgid ""
"Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> output. This table "
"shows the utilities available to convert that into other common "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym>s:"
msgstr ""
"Port 套件集與 FreeBSD 工具集有許多可以處理 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> 輸出的應用程式，此表整理出了可轉換 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> 成其他常用 <acronym>PDL</"
"acronym> 的工具："

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:17082
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr "輸出 <acronym>PDL</acronym> 格式"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17087
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>"
msgstr "輸出 <acronym>PDL</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17089
msgid "Generated By"
msgstr "產生由"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17096
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL5</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PCL</acronym> 或 <acronym>PCL5</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17098 book.translate.xml:17106 book.translate.xml:17114
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17099
msgid ""
"<literal>-sDEVICE=ljet4</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE=cljet5</"
"literal> for color"
msgstr ""
"單色使用 <literal>-sDEVICE=ljet4</literal>、彩色使用 <literal>-"
"sDEVICE=cljet5</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17104
msgid "<acronym>PCLXL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL6</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PCLXL</acronym> 或 <acronym>PCL6</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17107
msgid ""
"<literal>-sDEVICE=pxlmono</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-"
"sDEVICE=pxlcolor</literal> for color"
msgstr ""
"單色使用 <literal>-sDEVICE=pxlmono</literal>、彩色使用 <literal>-"
"sDEVICE=pxlcolor</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17113
msgid "<acronym>ESC/P2</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17115
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=uniprint</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17119
msgid "<acronym>XQX</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17120
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/foo2zjs</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17131
msgid ""
"For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports <trademark class="
"\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>. Printers that support <acronym>PCL</"
"acronym> are the next preferred. With <package role=\"port\">print/"
"ghostscript</package>, these printers can be used as if they understood "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> natively. Printers "
"that support <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> directly almost always support direct printing of "
"plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files also."
msgstr ""
"要最簡單可以列印，可選擇支援 <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> 的印表機。其次則為支援 <acronym>PCL</acronym> 的印表機，有了 "
"<package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript</package> 這些印表機也可像原生支援 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> 的印表機一般使用。有直"
"接支援 <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> 或 "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> 的印表機通常也會直接支援純 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 文"
"字檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17141
msgid ""
"Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. They "
"often can print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files. <package role="
"\"port\">print/ghostscript</package> supports the <acronym>PDL</acronym>s "
"used by some of these printers. However, printing an entire graphic-based "
"page on these printers is often very slow due to the large amount of data to "
"be transferred and printed."
msgstr ""
"行列式印表機如同典型的噴墨式印表機通常不支援 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> 或 <acronym>PCL</acronym>，這種印表機通常可以列印"
"純 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 文字檔案。<package role=\"port\">print/"
"ghostscript</package> 支援部份這種印表機使用的 <acronym>PDL</acronym>，不過要"
"在這種印表機上列印完全以圖型為基礎的頁面通常會非常緩慢，由於需要傳送大量的資"
"料並列印。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17150
msgid ""
"Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used "
"at all because of proprietary <acronym>PDL</acronym>s. Avoid these printers "
"when possible."
msgstr ""
"以主機為基礎的印表機通常較難設定，有些會因為用了專用的 <acronym>PDL</"
"acronym> 而無法使用，盡可能避免使用這類的印表機。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17155
msgid ""
"Descriptions of many <acronym>PDL</acronym>s can be found at <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.undocprint.org/formats/page_description_languages\"/>. The "
"particular <acronym>PDL</acronym> used by various models of printers can be "
"found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openprinting.org/printers\"/>."
msgstr ""
"有關各種 <acronym>PDL</acronym> 的介紹可至 <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"undocprint.org/formats/page_description_languages\"/>。各種型號印表機所使用的"
"特定 <acronym>PDL</acronym> 可至 <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openprinting."
"org/printers\"/> 查詢。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17163
msgid "Direct Printing"
msgstr "直接列印"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17165
msgid ""
"For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device "
"without any setup. For example, a file called <filename>sample.txt</"
"filename> can be sent to a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer:"
msgstr ""
"對於偶爾列印，檔案可以直接傳送到印表機裝置，無需做任何設定。例如，要傳送一個"
"名稱為 <filename>sample.txt</filename> 的檔案到 <acronym>USB</acronym> 印表"
"機:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17170
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17172
msgid ""
"Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, "
"but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be used with them. To print the same file to a printer "
"with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of <replaceable>netlaser</"
"replaceable>:"
msgstr ""
"要直接使用網路印表機列印需看該印表機支援的功能，但大多數會接受埠號 9100 的列"
"印作業，可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來完成。要使用 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 主機名稱為 "
"<replaceable>netlaser</replaceable> 的印表機列印與上述相同的檔案可:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17178
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nc <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable> 9100 &lt; sample.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17182
msgid "<acronym>LPD</acronym> (Line Printer Daemon)"
msgstr "<acronym>LPD</acronym> (行列式印表機 Daemon)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17184
msgid ""
"Printing a file in the background is called <emphasis>spooling</emphasis>. A "
"spooler allows the user to continue with other programs on the computer "
"without waiting for the printer to slowly complete the print job."
msgstr ""
"在背景列印一個檔案稱作 <emphasis>Spooling</emphasis>，緩衝程式 (Spooler) 讓使"
"用者能夠繼續執行電腦的其他程式而不需要等候印表機緩慢的完成列印工作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17189
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes a spooler called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Print jobs are "
"submitted with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 內含的緩衝程式 (Spooler) 稱作 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>，而列印工作會使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來提交。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17193 book.translate.xml:28671
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr "初始設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17195
msgid ""
"A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the "
"permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of "
"those files:"
msgstr ""
"建立要用來儲存列印工作的目錄、設定擁有關係以及權限來避免其他使用者可以檢視這"
"些檔案的內容:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17203
msgid ""
"Printers are defined in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. An entry for "
"each printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, "
"and various other settings. Create <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with "
"these contents:"
msgstr ""
"印表機會定義在 <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>，每台印表機項目所包含的詳細"
"資料有名稱、連接的接頭以及各種其他設定。建立 <filename>/etc/printcap</"
"filename> 使用以下內容:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17209
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\t\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-name\"/>\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-device\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-header\"/>\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-mx\"/>\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-sd\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-lf\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17218
msgid ""
"The name of this printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> sends print jobs to "
"the <literal>lp</literal> printer unless another printer is specified with "
"<option>-P</option>, so the default printer should be named <literal>lp</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""
"印表機的名稱。 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 會傳送列印工作到 <literal>lp</literal> 印表機，除非"
"有使用 <option>-P</option> 來指定其他印表機，所以預的印表機名稱應使用 "
"<literal>lp</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17226
msgid ""
"The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the "
"appropriate one for the connection type shown here."
msgstr "印表機所連接到裝置。替換此行為正確的連線類型，如此處所示。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17234
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "連線類型"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17235
msgid "Device Entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>"
msgstr "在 <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> 的裝置項目"

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17243
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17245
msgid ""
"This is the <emphasis>non-resetting</emphasis> <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"printer device. If problems are experienced, use <filename>ulpt0</filename> "
"instead, which resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> port on each use."
msgstr ""
"此為<emphasis>不會重設</emphasis> <acronym>USB</acronym> 印表機的裝置，若使用"
"上發生問題，請改使用 <filename>ulpt0</filename>，這個裝置會在每次使用後重設 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 埠。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17255
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr "並列"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17262
msgid "For a printer supporting the <acronym>LPD</acronym> protocol:"
msgstr "針對支援 <acronym>LPD</acronym> 通訊協定的印表機:"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17267
msgid "For printers supporting port 9100 printing:"
msgstr "針對支援使用埠號 9100 列印的印表機:"

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17270
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=9100@<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17272
msgid ""
"For both types, replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with "
"the <acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""
"針對兩者皆支援的印表機，請替換 <replaceable>network-printer-name</"
"replaceable> 為網路印表機的 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 主機名稱。"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17279
msgid "Serial"
msgstr "序列"

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17280
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17282
msgid ""
"These values are for a typical serial printer connected to a motherboard "
"serial port. The baud rate is 9600, and no parity is used."
msgstr ""
"這些是一般序列印表機連接到主機板序列埠會採用的數值，傳輸速率 (Baud rate) 是 "
"9600 且無同位檢查 (No Parity)。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17293
msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job."
msgstr "在列印工作開始時不列印首頁。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17298
msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job."
msgstr "不限制列印工作的最大尺寸。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17302
msgid ""
"The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its "
"own spooling directory."
msgstr ""
"此印表機的緩衝 (Spooling) 目錄路徑，每台印表機會自己使用一個獨立的緩衝 "
"(Spooling) 目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17307
msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported."
msgstr "記錄此印表機回報錯誤的記錄檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17312
msgid ""
"After creating <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chkprintcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to test it for errors:"
msgstr ""
"在建立 <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> 之後，使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chkprintcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 測試印表機是否有錯誤:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17315
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chkprintcap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17317
msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing."
msgstr "在繼續之前修正任何回報的問題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17319
msgid ""
"Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"開啟 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 中的 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17326
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17330
msgid ""
"Printing with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 列印"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17332
msgid ""
"Documents are sent to the printer with <command>lpr</command>. A file to be "
"printed can be named on the command line or piped into <command>lpr</"
"command>. These two commands are equivalent, sending the contents of "
"<filename>doc.txt</filename> to the default printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17338
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr doc.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat doc.txt | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17341
msgid ""
"Printers can be selected with <option>-P</option>. To print to a printer "
"called <replaceable>laser</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17345
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -Plaser doc.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17349
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "過濾器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17351
msgid ""
"The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to "
"the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, "
"output will be printed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17356
msgid ""
"Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file "
"might not even be plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17359
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Filters</emphasis> allow files to be translated or processed. The "
"typical use is to translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form "
"that the printer can understand, like <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. Filters can also be "
"used to provide additional features, like adding page numbers or "
"highlighting source code to make it easier to read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17367
msgid ""
"The filters discussed here are <emphasis>input filters</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>text filters</emphasis>. These filters convert the incoming file "
"into different forms. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> before creating the files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17374
msgid ""
"Filters are specified in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with the "
"<literal>if=</literal> identifier. To use <filename>/usr/local/libexec/"
"lf2crlf</filename> as a filter, modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\   <co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-filters-co-if\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17390
msgid ""
"<literal>if=</literal> identifies the <emphasis>input filter</emphasis> that "
"will be used on incoming text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:17397
msgid ""
"The backslash <emphasis>line continuation</emphasis> characters at the end "
"of the lines in <filename>printcap</filename> entries reveal that an entry "
"for a printer is really just one long line with entries delimited by colon "
"characters. An earlier example can be rewritten as a single less-readable "
"line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17404
#, no-wrap
msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17408
msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers"
msgstr "避免在純文字印表機階梯狀列印"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17410
msgid ""
"Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the "
"end of each line. These lines will <quote>stairstep</quote> on a standard "
"printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17414
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"A printed file looks\n"
"                    like the steps of a staircase\n"
"                                                 scattered by the wind"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17418
msgid ""
"A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and "
"newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after "
"each line. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</filename> with these "
"contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"CR=$'\\r'\n"
"/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17428 book.translate.xml:17463 book.translate.xml:17495
#: book.translate.xml:17549
msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17430
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17432 book.translate.xml:17467
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use the new filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17435
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17437
msgid ""
"Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns "
"will cause each line to start at the left side of the page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17443
msgid ""
"Fancy Plain Text on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> "
"Printers with <package>print/enscript</package>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <package>print/enscript</package> 在 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> 印表機美化純文字內容"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17446
msgid ""
"<acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>Enscript</application> converts plain "
"text files into nicely-formatted <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> for printing on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long lines, and provides "
"numerous other features to make printed text files easier to read. Depending "
"on the local paper size, install either <package role=\"port\">print/"
"enscript-letter</package> or <package role=\"port\">print/enscript-a4</"
"package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17457
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17460
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17465
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17470
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17472
msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17476
msgid ""
"Printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym> Printers"
msgstr ""
"列印 <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> 到 <acronym>PCL</"
"acronym> 印表機"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17479
msgid ""
"Many programs produce <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> "
"documents. However, inexpensive printers often only understand plain text or "
"<acronym>PCL</acronym>. This filter converts <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> files to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before sending "
"them to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17485
msgid ""
"Install the Ghostscript <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> interpreter, <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>, "
"from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17489
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17497
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17499
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> input sent to this "
"script will be rendered and converted to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before being "
"sent on to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17503 book.translate.xml:17553
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use this new input filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17506
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17508
msgid ""
"Test the filter by sending a small <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> program to it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17511
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n"
"72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17516
msgid "Smart Filters"
msgstr "智慧過濾器"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17518
msgid ""
"A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the "
"correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two "
"characters of a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> file "
"are usually <literal>%!</literal>. A filter can detect those two characters. "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files can be sent on "
"to a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> printer "
"unchanged. Text files can be converted to <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> with <application>Enscript</application> as shown "
"earlier. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/psif</filename> with these "
"contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#  psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n"
"#\n"
"IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n"
"first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n"
"\n"
"case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n"
"%!)\n"
"    # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n"
"    echo \"$first_line\" &amp;&amp; cat &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"*)\n"
"    # otherwise, format with enscript\n"
"    ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17551
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17556
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17558
msgid ""
"Test the filter by printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
"trademark> and plain text files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17563
msgid "Other Smart Filters"
msgstr "其他智慧過濾器"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17565
msgid ""
"Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them "
"correctly is challenging. <package role=\"port\">print/apsfilter</package> "
"from the Ports Collection is a smart <quote>magic</quote> filter that "
"detects dozens of file types and automatically converts them to the "
"<acronym>PDL</acronym> understood by the printer. See <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.apsfilter.org\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17577
msgid "Multiple Queues"
msgstr "多序列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17579
msgid ""
"The entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are really definitions of "
"<emphasis>queues</emphasis>. There can be more than one queue for a single "
"printer. When combined with filters, multiple queues provide users more "
"control over how their jobs are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17585
msgid ""
"As an example, consider a networked <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> laser printer in an office. Most users want to "
"print plain text, but a few advanced users want to be able to print "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files directly. Two "
"entries can be created for the same printer in <filename>/etc/printcap</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n"
"\n"
"psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17606
msgid ""
"Documents sent to <literal>textprinter</literal> will be formatted by the "
"<filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> filter shown in an earlier "
"example. Advanced users can print <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PostScript</trademark> files on <literal>psprinter</literal>, where no "
"filtering is done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17613
msgid ""
"This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all "
"kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, "
"one for ordinary single-sided printing, and one with a filter that sends the "
"command sequence to enable double-sided printing and then sends the incoming "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17622
msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing"
msgstr "監視與控制列印"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17624
msgid ""
"Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control "
"printer operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17628
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17630
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other "
"users are not shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17633
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17636
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     0    (standard input)                      12792 bytes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17640
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -a</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     1    (standard input)                      27320 bytes\n"
"\n"
"laser:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     287  (standard input)                      22443 bytes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17654
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17656
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to "
"remove their own jobs. <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can "
"remove any or all jobs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17661
msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17663
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> -</userinput>\n"
"dfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA004smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA004smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17671
msgid ""
"Remove a single job from a printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to find the "
"job number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17674
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq</userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     5    (standard input)                      12188 bytes\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> <replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"dfA005smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA005smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17683
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17685
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to check and modify printer status. <literal>lpc</"
"literal> is followed by a command and an optional printer name. "
"<literal>all</literal> can be used instead of a specific printer name, and "
"the command will be applied to all printers. Normal users can view status "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only <systemitem> class=\"username\"&gt;root</"
"systemitem> can use commands which modify printer status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17694
msgid "Show the status of all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17696
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpc status all</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\tprinter idle\n"
"laser:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\twaiting for laser to come up"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17708
msgid ""
"Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs "
"again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc disable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc enable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing enabled"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17718
msgid ""
"Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17721
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc stop <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc start <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17729
msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17731
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc restart <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tno daemon to abort\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon restarted"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17737
msgid ""
"Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the "
"problem to users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc down <replaceable>lp</replaceable> Repair parts will arrive on Monday</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinter and queuing disabled\n"
"\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17745
msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc up <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17752
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more commands and options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17757
msgid "Shared Printers"
msgstr "分享印表機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17759
msgid ""
"Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. "
"Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17764
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "別名"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17766
msgid ""
"The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in <filename>/etc/"
"printcap</filename>. Additional names, or <emphasis>aliases</emphasis>, can "
"be added after that name. Aliases are separated from the name and each other "
"by vertical bars:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17772
#, no-wrap
msgid "lp|<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable>|<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17774
msgid ""
"Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the "
"Sales department print to their printer with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17778
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>sales-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17780
msgid ""
"Users in the Repairs department print to <emphasis>their</emphasis> printer "
"with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17783
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>repairs-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17785
msgid ""
"All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales department "
"grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed from the "
"shared printer entry and used as the name of a new printer. Users in both "
"departments continue to use the same commands, but the Sales documents are "
"sent to the new printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17794
msgid "Header Pages"
msgstr "頁首"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17796
msgid ""
"It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of "
"pages produced by a busy shared printer. <emphasis>Header pages</emphasis> "
"were created to solve this problem. A header page with the user name and "
"document name is printed before each print job. These pages are also "
"sometimes called <emphasis>banner</emphasis> or <emphasis>separator</"
"emphasis> pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17804
msgid ""
"Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected "
"directly to the computer with a <acronym>USB</acronym>, parallel, or serial "
"cable, or is connected remotely over a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17809
msgid ""
"Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the "
"<literal>:sh:\\</literal> (Suppress Header) line from the entry in "
"<filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. These header pages only use line feed "
"characters for new lines. Some printers will need the <filename>/usr/share/"
"examples/printing/hpif</filename> filter to prevent stairstepped text. The "
"filter configures <acronym>PCL</acronym> printers to print both carriage "
"returns and line feeds when a line feed is received."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17819
msgid ""
"Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. "
"Header page entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are ignored. "
"Settings are usually available from the printer front panel or a "
"configuration web page accessible with a web browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17830 book.translate.xml:22630
msgid "References"
msgstr "參考文獻"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17832
msgid ""
"Example files: <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/share/examples/printing/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17834
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual</emphasis>, <filename>/usr/"
"share/doc/smm/07.lpd/paper.ascii.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17838
msgid ""
"Manual pages: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17844
msgid "Other Printing Systems"
msgstr "其他列印系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17846
msgid ""
"Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional "
"features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17851
msgid ""
"<acronym>CUPS</acronym> (Common <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> Printing System)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17854
msgid ""
"<acronym>CUPS</acronym> is a popular printing system available on many "
"operating systems. Using <acronym>CUPS</acronym> on FreeBSD is documented in "
"a separate article:<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/cups\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17861
msgid "HPLIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17863
msgid ""
"Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their "
"inkjet and laser printers. The port is <package role=\"port\">print/hplip</"
"package>. The main web page is at <link xlink:href=\"http://hplipopensource."
"com/hplip-web/index.html\"/>. The port handles all the installation details "
"on FreeBSD. Configuration information is shown at <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17872
msgid "LPRng"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17874
msgid ""
"<application>LPRng</application> was developed as an enhanced alternative to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The port is <package role=\"port\">sysutils/LPRng</package>. "
"For details and documentation, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www.lprng.com/"
"\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:17892
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary Compatibility"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary 相容性"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:17895
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured and parts updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:17906
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Brian N.</firstname> <surname>Handy</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:17914
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Rich</firstname> <surname>Murphey</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:17926
msgid "<primary>Linux binary compatibility</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17934
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides 32-bit binary compatibility with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, allowing users to install and run most 32-"
"bit <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries on a FreeBSD "
"system without having to first modify the binary. It has even been reported "
"that, in some situations, 32-bit <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> binaries perform better on FreeBSD than they do on <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 提供和 32 位元 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"Binary 的相容性，允許使用者在 FreeBSD 不需要修改就可以安裝和執行大部份 32 位"
"元 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary。 曾經有報告指"
"出，在某些情況下，32 位元 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"Binary 在 FreeBSD 的表現比在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> 好。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17940
msgid ""
"However, some <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>-specific "
"operating system features are not supported under FreeBSD. For example, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries will not work on "
"FreeBSD if they overly use <trademark>i386</trademark> specific calls, such "
"as enabling virtual 8086 mode. In addition, 64-bit <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries are not supported at this time."
msgstr ""
"然而，部份 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 作業系統的特色"
"在 FreeBSD 並未支援。 例如，如果 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> Binary 過度使用 <trademark>i386</trademark> 特定的呼叫，像是啟動虛"
"擬 8086 模式，將無法在 FreeBSD 執行。此外，64 位元 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary 目前也尚未支援。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17950
msgid ""
"How to enable <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary "
"compatibility on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"如何在 FreeBSD 系統啟用 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"Binary 相容模式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17955
msgid ""
"How to install additional <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"shared libraries."
msgstr ""
"如何安裝其他的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 共用程式庫。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17960
msgid ""
"How to install <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"applications on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"如何在 FreeBSD 系統安裝 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 應"
"用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17965
msgid ""
"The implementation details of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> compatibility in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 中 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 相容性的實作"
"細節。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17974
msgid ""
"Know how to install <link linkend=\"ports\">additional third-party software</"
"link>."
msgstr "知道如何安裝 <link linkend=\"ports\">其他的第三方軟體</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17982
msgid ""
"Configuring <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary "
"Compatibility"
msgstr "設定 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary 相容性"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:17984
msgid "<primary>Ports Collection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17986
msgid ""
"By default, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries are "
"not installed and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary "
"compatibility is not enabled. <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> libraries can either be installed manually or from the FreeBSD "
"Ports Collection."
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 程式庫預設並不會安裝，且並"
"不會開啟 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary 相容性。 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 程式庫可以手動安裝或是從 "
"FreeBSD Port 套件集安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17991
msgid ""
"Before attempting to build the port, load the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> kernel module, otherwise the build will fail:"
msgstr ""
"在嘗試編譯 Port 前，要載入 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"核心模組，否則編譯會失敗："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17994
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17996
msgid "To verify that the module is loaded:"
msgstr "確認模組已載入："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kldstat</userinput>\n"
"      Id Refs Address    Size     Name\n"
"      1    2 0xc0100000 16bdb8   kernel\n"
"      7    1 0xc24db000 d000     linux.ko"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18003
msgid ""
"The <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package> package or port is the "
"easiest way to install a base set of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> libraries and binaries on a FreeBSD system. To install the port:"
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 安裝基本的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>  程式"
"庫和 Binary 最簡單的方式是安裝 <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package> 套"
"件或是 Port 。要安裝 Port："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\\n\" &gt;&gt; /etc/sysctl.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18012
msgid ""
"For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility to be "
"enabled at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要在開機時開啟 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 相容性，可以"
"加入這行到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18015
#, no-wrap
msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18017
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>COMPAT_LINUX</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>COMPAT_LINUX</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18022
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to statically link <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> binary compatibility into a custom kernel should add "
"<literal>options COMPAT_LINUX</literal> to their custom kernel configuration "
"file. Compile and install the new kernel as described in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""
"想要靜態連結 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary 相容性"
"到自訂核心的使用者應加入 <literal>options COMPAT_LINUX</literal> 到自訂核心設"
"定檔。 編譯並安裝新核心的方法，如 <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> 所述。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18029
msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually"
msgstr "手動安裝其他程式庫"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18031
msgid "<primary>shared libraries</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18035
msgid ""
"If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> application complains "
"about missing shared libraries after configuring <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility, determine which "
"shared libraries the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binary needs and install them manually."
msgstr ""
"若有 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 應用程式在設定 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary 相容性後出現缺少共用"
"程式庫的情況，確認這個 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"Binary 需要哪個共用程式庫並手動安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18040
msgid ""
"From a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system, "
"<command>ldd</command> can be used to determine which shared libraries the "
"application needs. For example, to check which shared libraries "
"<command>linuxdoom</command> needs, run this command from a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system that has <application>Doom</"
"application> installed:"
msgstr ""
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 系統，可使用 "
"<command>ldd</command> 來找出應用程式需要哪個共用程式庫。 例如，檢查 "
"<command>linuxdoom</command> 需要哪個共用程式庫，在有安裝 <application>Doom</"
"application> 的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 系統執行這"
"個指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18047
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldd linuxdoom</userinput>\n"
"libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =&gt; /lib/libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18052
msgid "<primary>symbolic links</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18056
msgid ""
"Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system into <filename>/"
"compat/linux</filename> on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, create symbolic "
"links to the names in the first column. This example will result in the "
"following files on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""
"然後，複製所有 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 系統輸出結果"
"中最後一欄的檔案到 FreeBSD 系統的 <filename>/compat/linux</filename>。 複製完"
"後，建立符號連結 (Symbolic link) 至輸出結果第一欄的名稱。以這個例子會在 "
"FreeBSD 系統產生以下檔案："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18063
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -&gt; libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -&gt; libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18070
msgid ""
"If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared library "
"already exists with a matching major revision number to the first column of "
"the <command>ldd</command> output, it does not need to be copied to the file "
"named in the last column, as the existing library should work. It is "
"advisable to copy the shared library if it is a newer version, though. The "
"old one can be removed, as long as the symbolic link points to the new one."
msgstr ""
"若 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 共用程式庫已經存在，並符"
"合 <command>ldd</command> 輸出結果第一欄的主要修訂版號，則不需要複製該行最後"
"一欄的檔案，使用既有的程式庫應可運作。若有較新的版本建議仍要複製共用程式庫，"
"只要符號連結指向新版的程式庫，舊版便可移除。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18078
msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr "例如，以下程式庫已存在 FreeBSD 系統："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18081
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.27"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18084
msgid ""
"and <command>ldd</command> indicates that a binary requires a later version:"
msgstr "且 <command>ldd</command> 顯示 Binary 需要使用較新的版本："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18087
#, no-wrap
msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18089
msgid ""
"Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the "
"last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. "
"However, it is safe to replace the existing <filename>libc.so</filename> "
"with the newer version:"
msgstr ""
"雖然既有的程式庫只有在最後一碼過時一或兩個版本，程式應該仍可使用稍微舊的版本"
"執行，雖然如此，保險起見還替換既有的 <filename>libc.so</filename> 為較新的版"
"本："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18098
msgid ""
"Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries depend on only the first few "
"times that a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> program is "
"installed on FreeBSD. After a while, there will be a sufficient set of "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared libraries on the "
"system to be able to run newly installed <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> binaries without any extra work."
msgstr ""
"一般來說，只有在安裝 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 程式"
"到 FreeBSD 完的前幾次會需要查看 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> Binary 相依的共用程式庫。之後系統便有足夠的 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 共用程式庫能夠執行新安裝的 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary，便不再需要額外的動作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18107
msgid ""
"Installing <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> Binaries"
msgstr ""
"安裝 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> Binary"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18110
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary> <secondary>ELF binaries</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18115
msgid ""
"<acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries sometimes require an extra step. When an "
"unbranded <acronym>ELF</acronym> binary is executed, it will generate an "
"error message:"
msgstr ""
"<acronym>ELF</acronym> Binary 有時候需要額外的步驟。當執行無商標 (Unbranded) "
"的 <acronym>ELF</acronym> Binary，會產生錯誤訊息："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>./my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>\n"
"ELF binary type not known\n"
"Abort"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18123
msgid ""
"To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> binary and a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binary, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""
"要協助 FreeBSD 核心區別是 FreeBSD <acronym>ELF</acronym> Binary 還是 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary，可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18127
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18129
msgid "<primary>GNU toolchain</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18133
msgid ""
"Since the GNU toolchain places the appropriate branding information into "
"<acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries automatically, this step is usually not "
"necessary."
msgstr ""
"由於 GNU 工具鏈會自動放置適當的商標資訊到 <acronym>ELF</acronym> Binary，通常"
"不需要這個步驟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18139
msgid ""
"Installing a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</"
"acronym> Based Application"
msgstr ""
"安裝以 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</"
"acronym> 為基礎的應用程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18142
msgid ""
"To install a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</"
"acronym>-based application, first install the <package>archivers/rpm4</"
"package> package or port. Once installed, <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> can use this command to install a <filename>.rpm</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要安裝 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</"
"acronym> 為基礎的應用程式，需先安裝 <package>archivers/rpm4</package> 套件或 "
"Port。安裝完成之後，<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 可以使用"
"這個指令安裝 <filename>.rpm</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /compat/linux</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rpm2cpio &lt; /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18152
msgid ""
"If necessary, <command>brandelf</command> the installed <acronym>ELF</"
"acronym> binaries. Note that this will prevent a clean uninstall."
msgstr ""
"如果需要， <command>brandelf</command> 已安裝的 <acronym>ELF</acronym> "
"Binary。注意，這將會無法乾淨地解除安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18158
msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver"
msgstr "設定主機名稱解析器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18160
msgid "If <acronym>DNS</acronym> does not work or this error appears:"
msgstr "如果 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 無法運作或出現這個錯誤："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n"
"\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18166
msgid "configure <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr "將 <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> 設定如下："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"order hosts, bind\n"
"multi on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18172
msgid ""
"This specifies that <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is searched first and "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is searched second. When <filename>/compat/linux/etc/"
"host.conf</filename> does not exist, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> applications use <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> and complain "
"about the incompatible FreeBSD syntax. Remove <literal>bind</literal> if a "
"name server is not configured using <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"這指定先搜尋 <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>，其次為 <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>。 當 <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> 不存在， "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 應用程式會使用 <filename>/"
"etc/host.conf</filename> 並會警告不相容的 FreeBSD 語法。如果名稱伺服器未設定"
"使用 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> 的話，則可移除 <literal>bind</"
"literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:19007 book.translate.xml:40110 book.translate.xml:51170
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr "進階主題"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19009
msgid ""
"This section describes how <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binary compatibility works and is based on an email written to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">FreeBSD chat "
"mailing list</link> by Terry Lambert <email>tlambert@primenet.com</email> "
"(Message ID: <literal>&lt;199906020108.SAA07001@usr09.primenet.com&gt;</"
"literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19014
msgid "<primary>execution class loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19016
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has an abstraction called an <quote>execution class loader</quote>. "
"This is a wedge into the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19020
msgid ""
"Historically, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> loader "
"examined the magic number (generally the first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to "
"see if it was a binary known to the system, and if so, invoked the binary "
"loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19025
msgid ""
"If it was not the binary type for the system, the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> call returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start "
"executing it as shell commands. The assumption was a default of "
"<quote>whatever the current shell is</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19031
msgid ""
"Later, a hack was made for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to examine the first "
"two characters, and if they were <literal>:\\n</literal>, it invoked the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> shell instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19035
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback "
"to the <literal>#!</literal> loader for running shell interpreters or shell "
"scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19039
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19043 book.translate.xml:53220
msgid "<primary>Solaris</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19047
msgid ""
"For the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</"
"acronym> support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. The ELF "
"loader looks for a specialized <emphasis>brand</emphasis>, which is a "
"comment section in the ELF image, and which is not present on SVR4/"
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark> ELF binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19053
msgid ""
"For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries to function, "
"they must be <emphasis>branded</emphasis> as type <literal>Linux</literal> "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19057
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux file</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19059
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary> <secondary>branding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19064
msgid ""
"When the ELF loader sees the <literal>Linux</literal> brand, the loader "
"replaces a pointer in the <literal>proc</literal> structure. All system "
"calls are indexed through this pointer. In addition, the process is flagged "
"for special handling of the trap vector for the signal trampoline code, and "
"several other (minor) fix-ups that are handled by the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19072
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call vector "
"contains, among other things, a list of <literal>sysent[]</literal> entries "
"whose addresses reside in the kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19076
msgid ""
"When a system call is called by the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</"
"trademark> binary, the trap code dereferences the system call function "
"pointer off the <literal>proc</literal> structure, and gets the <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, not the FreeBSD, system call entry "
"points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19081
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> mode dynamically "
"<emphasis>reroots</emphasis> lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to the "
"<option>union</option> option to file system mounts. First, an attempt is "
"made to lookup the file in <filename>/compat/linux/<replaceable>original-"
"path</replaceable></filename>. If that fails, the lookup is done in "
"<filename>/<replaceable>original-path</replaceable></filename>. This makes "
"sure that binaries that require other binaries can run. For example, the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> toolchain can all run "
"under <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</"
"acronym> support. It also means that the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> binaries can load and execute FreeBSD binaries, if "
"there are no corresponding <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binaries present, and that a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>uname</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command can be placed "
"in the <filename>/compat/linux</filename> directory tree to ensure that the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries cannot tell they "
"are not running on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19098
msgid ""
"In effect, there is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various underlying functions that "
"implement all of the services provided by the kernel are identical to both "
"the FreeBSD system call table entries, and the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> system call table entries: file system operations, "
"virtual memory operations, signal delivery, and System V IPC. The only "
"difference is that FreeBSD binaries get the FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</"
"emphasis> functions, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"binaries get the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"<emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions. The FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</emphasis> "
"functions are statically linked into the kernel, and the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions can be "
"statically linked, or they can be accessed via a kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19111
msgid ""
"Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an <acronym>ABI</acronym> "
"implementation. It is sometimes called <quote><trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> emulation</quote> because the implementation was done "
"at a time when there was no other word to describe what was going on. Saying "
"that FreeBSD ran <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries "
"was not true, since the code was not compiled in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:19123
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr "系統管理"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19126
msgid ""
"The remaining chapters cover all aspects of FreeBSD system administration. "
"Each chapter starts by describing what will be learned as a result of "
"reading the chapter, and also details what the reader is expected to know "
"before tackling the material."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 使用手冊剩下的這些章節涵蓋了全方位的 FreeBSD 系統管理。 每個章節的開"
"頭會先描述在該您讀完該章節後您會學到什麼，也會詳述在您在看這些資料時應該要有"
"的一些背景知識。"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19132
msgid ""
"These chapters are designed to be read as the information is needed. They do "
"not need to be read in any particular order, nor must all of them be read "
"before beginning to use FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"這些章節是讓您在需要查資料的時候翻閱用的。 您不需要依照特定的順序來讀，也不需"
"要將這些章節全部過讀之後才開始用 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19147
msgid "Configuration and Tuning"
msgstr "設定與調校"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19150
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19160
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Smith</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on a tutorial written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19170
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Matt</firstname> <surname>Dillon</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Also based on tuning(7) written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19183
msgid "<primary>system configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19186
msgid "<primary>system optimization</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19190
msgid ""
"One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. This "
"chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including some "
"of the parameters which can be set to tune a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 使用過程中，相當重要的環節之一就是如何正確設定系統。 本章著重於介"
"紹 FreeBSD 的設定流程，包括一些可以調整 FreeBSD 效能的參數設定。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19199
msgid ""
"The basics of <filename>rc.conf</filename> configuration and <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/rc.d</filename> startup scripts."
msgstr ""
"<filename>rc.conf</filename> 設定的基礎概念及 <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</"
"filename> 啟動 Script。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19205
msgid "How to configure and test a network card."
msgstr "如何設定並測試網路卡。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19209
msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices."
msgstr "如何在網路裝置上設定虛擬主機。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19214
msgid ""
"How to use the various configuration files in <filename>/etc</filename>."
msgstr "如何使用在 <filename>/etc</filename> 中的各種設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19219
msgid ""
"How to tune FreeBSD using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables."
msgstr ""
"如何使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 變數調校 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19223
msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations."
msgstr "如何調校磁碟效能及修改核心限制。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19232 book.translate.xml:29326 book.translate.xml:31073
#: book.translate.xml:34894 book.translate.xml:46103
msgid ""
"Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD "
"basics (<xref linkend=\"basics\"/>)."
msgstr ""
"了解 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 及 FreeBSD 基礎 (<xref "
"linkend=\"basics\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19237
msgid ""
"Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation (<xref "
"linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr "熟悉核心設定與編譯的基礎 (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19245
msgid "Starting Services"
msgstr "啟動服務"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19258
msgid "<primary>services</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19262
msgid ""
"Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection "
"and require the installed services to be started upon system initialization. "
"Services, such as <package>mail/postfix</package> or <package>www/apache22</"
"package> are just two of the many software packages which may be started "
"during system initialization. This section explains the procedures available "
"for starting third party software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19271
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, most included services, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, are started through the system start up scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19275
msgid "Extended Application Configuration"
msgstr "延伸應用程式設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19277
msgid ""
"Now that FreeBSD includes <filename>rc.d</filename>, configuration of "
"application startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key "
"words discussed in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-rcd\"/>, applications can be "
"set to start after certain other services and extra flags can be passed "
"through <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in place of hard coded flags in "
"the start up script. A basic script may look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"# PROVIDE: utility\n"
"# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n"
"# KEYWORD: shutdown\n"
"\n"
". /etc/rc.subr\n"
"\n"
"name=utility\n"
"rcvar=utility_enable\n"
"\n"
"command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n"
"\n"
"load_rc_config $name\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n"
"# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n"
"#\n"
"utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n"
"pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n"
"\n"
"run_rc_command \"$1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19310
msgid ""
"This script will ensure that the provided <literal>utility</literal> will be "
"started after the <literal>DAEMON</literal> pseudo-service. It also provides "
"a method for setting and tracking the process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19316
msgid ""
"This application could then have the following line placed in <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19319
#, no-wrap
msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19321
msgid ""
"This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, "
"inclusion of the default functions provided in <filename>/etc/rc.subr</"
"filename>, compatibility with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and provides for "
"easier configuration via <filename>rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19329
msgid "Using Services to Start Services"
msgstr "使用服務來啟動其他服務"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19331
msgid ""
"Other services can be started using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Working with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and its configuration is described in depth in <xref linkend="
"\"network-inetd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19336
msgid ""
"In some cases, it may make more sense to use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to start system services. This approach has a number of "
"advantages as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> runs these processes as the owner of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows regular users to start and maintain "
"their own applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19343
msgid ""
"The <literal>@reboot</literal> feature of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be used in place "
"of the time specification. This causes the job to run when "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is started, normally during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19352
msgid ""
"Configuring <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"設定 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19365
msgid "<primary>cron</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19370
msgid ""
"One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is <application>cron</"
"application>. This utility runs in the background and regularly checks "
"<filename>/etc/crontab</filename> for tasks to execute and searches "
"<filename>/var/cron/tabs</filename> for custom crontab files. These files "
"are used to schedule tasks which <application>cron</application> runs at the "
"specified times. Each entry in a crontab defines a task to run and is known "
"as a <firstterm>cron job</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19380
msgid ""
"Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, "
"which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and "
"edited as needed. The format used by these files is documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The format of the system crontab, <filename>/etc/"
"crontab</filename> includes a <literal>who</literal> column which does not "
"exist in user crontabs. In the system crontab, <application>cron</"
"application> runs the command as the user specified in this column. In a "
"user crontab, all commands run as the user who created the crontab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19391
msgid ""
"User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can also have a user "
"<filename>crontab</filename> which can be used to schedule tasks that do not "
"exist in the system <filename>crontab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19397
msgid ""
"Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, <filename>/etc/crontab</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n"
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"# <co xml:id=\"co-comments\"/>\n"
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin <co xml:id=\"co-env\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"#minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\twho\tcommand <co xml:id=\"co-field-descr\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"*/5\t*\t*\t*\t*\troot\t/usr/libexec/atrun <co xml:id=\"co-main\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19413
msgid ""
"Lines that begin with the <literal>#</literal> character are comments. A "
"comment can be placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired "
"action is performed. Comments cannot be on the same line as a command or "
"else they will be interpreted as part of the command; they must be on a new "
"line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19422
msgid ""
"The equals (<literal>=</literal>) character is used to define any "
"environment settings. In this example, it is used to define the "
"<envar>SHELL</envar> and <envar>PATH</envar>. If the <envar>SHELL</envar> is "
"omitted, <application>cron</application> will use the default Bourne shell. "
"If the <envar>PATH</envar> is omitted, the full path must be given to the "
"command or script to run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19433
msgid ""
"This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: "
"<literal>minute</literal>, <literal>hour</literal>, <literal>mday</literal>, "
"<literal>month</literal>, <literal>wday</literal>, <literal>who</literal>, "
"and <literal>command</literal>. The <literal>minute</literal> field is the "
"time in minutes when the specified command will be run, the <literal>hour</"
"literal> is the hour when the specified command will be run, the "
"<literal>mday</literal> is the day of the month, <literal>month</literal> is "
"the month, and <literal>wday</literal> is the day of the week. These fields "
"must be numeric values, representing the twenty-four hour clock, or a "
"<literal>*</literal>, representing all values for that field. The "
"<literal>who</literal> field only exists in the system crontab and specifies "
"which user the command should be run as. The last field is the command to be "
"executed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19452
msgid ""
"This entry defines the values for this cron job. The <literal>*/5</literal>, "
"followed by several more <literal>*</literal> characters, specifies that "
"<command>/usr/libexec/atrun</command> is invoked by <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> every five minutes of every hour, of every "
"day and day of the week, of every month."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19460
msgid ""
"Commands can include any number of switches. However, commands which extend "
"to multiple lines need to be broken with the backslash <quote>\\</quote> "
"continuation character."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19468
msgid "Creating a User Crontab"
msgstr "建立使用者的 Crontab"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19470
msgid ""
"To create a user crontab, invoke <command>crontab</command> in editor mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19473
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -e</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19475
msgid ""
"This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first "
"time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user "
"creates a crontab, this command will open that file for editing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19480
msgid ""
"It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to "
"set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in "
"the crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n"
"# Order of crontab fields\n"
"# minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\tcommand"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19489
msgid ""
"Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to "
"run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script "
"every day at two in the afternoon. Since the path to the script is not "
"specified in <literal>PATH</literal>, the full path to the script is given:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19496
#, no-wrap
msgid "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19499
msgid ""
"Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with "
"the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the "
"environment that would be used to run the above cron entry, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19504
#, no-wrap
msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/<replaceable>dru</replaceable> LOGNAME=<replaceable>dru</replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19506
msgid ""
"The environment set by cron is discussed in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Checking that scripts operate correctly in a cron "
"environment is especially important if they include any commands that delete "
"files using wildcards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19512
msgid ""
"When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be "
"installed and <application>cron</application> will read the crontab and run "
"its cron jobs at their specified times. To list the cron jobs in a crontab, "
"use this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -l</userinput>\n"
"0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19521
msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -r</userinput>\n"
"remove crontab for dru? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19530
msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD"
msgstr "管理 FreeBSD 中的服務"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19543
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system of startup "
"scripts during system initialization and for managing services. The scripts "
"listed in <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename> provide basic services which can be "
"controlled with the <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option>, and "
"<option>restart</option> options to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For instance, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be restarted with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19551
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19553
msgid ""
"This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services "
"will be started automatically at boot time as specified in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> at system startup, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19559
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19561
msgid ""
"If a <option>natd_enable=\"NO\"</option> line is already present, change the "
"<literal>NO</literal> to <literal>YES</literal>. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> scripts will automatically load any dependent services during "
"the next boot, as described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19567
msgid ""
"Since the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> system is primarily intended to start and stop "
"services at system startup and shutdown time, the <option>start</option>, "
"<option>stop</option> and <option>restart</option> options will only perform "
"their action if the appropriate <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable "
"is set. For instance, <command>sshd restart</command> will only work if "
"<varname>sshd_enable</varname> is set to <option>YES</option> in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>. To <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option> or "
"<option>restart</option> a service regardless of the settings in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>, these commands should be prefixed with <quote>one</"
"quote>. For instance, to restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> regardless of the "
"current <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> setting, execute the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19583
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd onerestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19585
msgid ""
"To check if a service is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, run "
"the appropriate <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> script with <option>rcvar</option>. This example "
"checks to see if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is enabled in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd rcvar</userinput>\n"
"# sshd\n"
"#\n"
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"#   (default: \"\")"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:19598
msgid ""
"The <literal># sshd</literal> line is output from the above command, not a "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19603
msgid ""
"To determine whether or not a service is running, use <option>status</"
"option>. For instance, to verify that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>\n"
"sshd is running as pid 433."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19610
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is also possible to <option>reload</option> a service. "
"This attempts to send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service "
"to reload its configuration files. In most cases, this means sending the "
"service a <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Support for this feature is not "
"included for every service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19617
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system is used for network services and it also contributes to "
"most of the system initialization. For instance, when the <filename>/etc/rc."
"d/bgfsck</filename> script is executed, it prints out the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19623
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19625
msgid ""
"This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only "
"during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19628
msgid ""
"Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For "
"example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and other <acronym>RPC</acronym>-based services "
"may fail to start until after the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> service has started. "
"To resolve this issue, information about dependencies and other meta-data is "
"included in the comments at the top of each startup script. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> program is used to parse these comments during "
"system initialization to determine the order in which system services should "
"be invoked to satisfy the dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19639
msgid ""
"The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is "
"required by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to <quote>enable</"
"quote> the startup script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19645
msgid "<literal>PROVIDE</literal>: Specifies the services this file provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19650
msgid ""
"The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. "
"They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19656
msgid ""
"<literal>REQUIRE</literal>: Lists services which are required for this "
"service. The script containing this key word will run <emphasis>after</"
"emphasis> the specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19663
msgid ""
"<literal>BEFORE</literal>: Lists services which depend on this service. The "
"script containing this key word will run <emphasis>before</emphasis> the "
"specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19670
msgid ""
"By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an "
"administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of "
"the scripts, without the need for <quote>runlevels</quote> used by some "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19676
msgid ""
"Additional information can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/rc-scripting\">this article</link> for instructions "
"on how to create custom <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19682
msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration"
msgstr "管理特定系統的設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19684
msgid ""
"<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.conf</filename></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19689
msgid ""
"The principal location for system configuration information is <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>. This file contains a wide range of configuration "
"information and it is read at system startup to configure the system. It "
"provides the configuration information for the <filename>rc*</filename> "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19696
msgid ""
"The entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> override the default "
"settings in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename>. The file containing "
"the default settings should not be edited. Instead, all system-specific "
"changes should be made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19703
msgid ""
"A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate "
"site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to "
"reduce administration overhead. The recommended approach is to place system-"
"specific configuration into <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename>. For "
"example, these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> apply to all "
"systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"keyrate=\"fast\"\n"
"defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19716
msgid ""
"Whereas these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> apply to "
"this system only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19723
msgid ""
"Distribute <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to every system using an "
"application such as <application>rsync</application> or <application>puppet</"
"application>, while <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> remains unique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19730
msgid ""
"Upgrading the system will not overwrite <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, "
"so system configuration information will not be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19735
msgid ""
"Both <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</"
"filename> are parsed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows system "
"operators to create complex configuration scenarios. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information on this topic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19747
msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards"
msgstr "設定網路介面卡"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19750 book.translate.xml:32077 book.translate.xml:32379
#: book.translate.xml:32762
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19760 book.translate.xml:19973
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19765
msgid ""
"Adding and configuring a network interface card (<acronym>NIC</acronym>) is "
"a common task for any FreeBSD administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19770
msgid "Locating the Correct Driver"
msgstr "找到正確的驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19772
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>driver</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19777
msgid ""
"First, determine the model of the <acronym>NIC</acronym> and the chip it "
"uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of <acronym>NIC</acronym>s. Check the "
"Hardware Compatibility List for the FreeBSD release to see if the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19783
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported, determine the name of the "
"FreeBSD driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/"
"sys/conf/NOTES</filename> and <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</"
"replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> for the list of <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"drivers with some information about the supported chipsets. When in doubt, "
"read the manual page of the driver as it will provide more information about "
"the supported hardware and any known limitations of the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19793
msgid ""
"The drivers for common <acronym>NIC</acronym>s are already present in the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, meaning the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"should be probed during boot. The system's boot messages can be viewed by "
"typing <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> and using the spacebar to "
"scroll through the text. In this example, two Ethernet <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym>s using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver are present on "
"the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n"
"000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus0: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc0\n"
"bmtphy0: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus0\n"
"bmtphy0:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"dc0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"dc1: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-0xd30\n"
"000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus1: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc1\n"
"bmtphy1: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus1\n"
"bmtphy1:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"dc1: [ITHREAD]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19817
msgid ""
"If the driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is not present in "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename>, but a driver is available, the driver will "
"need to be loaded before the <acronym>NIC</acronym> can be configured and "
"used. This may be accomplished in one of two ways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19825
msgid ""
"The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To also automatically load the driver at boot "
"time, add the appropriate line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. "
"Not all <acronym>NIC</acronym> drivers are available as modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19835
msgid ""
"Alternatively, statically compile support for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"into a custom kernel. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename>, "
"<filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> "
"and the manual page of the driver to determine which line to add to the "
"custom kernel configuration file. For more information about recompiling the "
"kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. If the <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym> was detected at boot, the kernel does not need to be recompiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:19848
msgid ""
"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NDIS</"
"acronym> Drivers"
msgstr ""
"使用 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NDIS</"
"acronym> 驅動程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19850
msgid "<primary><acronym>NDIS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19853
msgid "<primary>NDISulator</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19856
msgid ""
"<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> drivers</"
"primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19859
msgid ""
"<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></primary> <secondary>device "
"drivers</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19863
msgid "<primary><acronym>KLD</acronym> (kernel loadable object)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19871
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics "
"for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such "
"information as trade secrets. Consequently, the developers of FreeBSD and "
"other operating systems are left with two choices: develop the drivers by a "
"long and pain-staking process of reverse engineering or using the existing "
"driver binaries available for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> platforms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19880
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides <quote>native</quote> support for the Network Driver "
"Interface Specification (<acronym>NDIS</acronym>). It includes "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to convert a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver into a format that can be used "
"on FreeBSD. Because the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver uses a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP binary, it only runs "
"on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64 systems. <acronym>PCI</acronym>, "
"CardBus, <acronym>PCMCIA</acronym>, and <acronym>USB</acronym> devices are "
"supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19890
msgid ""
"To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, three things are needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19894
msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19898
msgid ""
"A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver binary with "
"a <filename>.SYS</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19903
msgid ""
"A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver "
"configuration file with a <filename>.INF</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19908
msgid ""
"Download the <filename>.SYS</filename> and <filename>.INF</filename> files "
"for the specific <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Generally, these can be found on "
"the driver CD or at the vendor's website. The following examples use "
"<filename>W32DRIVER.SYS</filename> and <filename>W32DRIVER.INF</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19915
msgid ""
"The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, "
"use a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 32-bit driver. For "
"FreeBSD/amd64, a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 64-bit "
"driver is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19919
msgid ""
"The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel module. "
"As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19924
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ndisgen <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.INF</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19926
msgid ""
"This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it "
"requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. "
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to load the new module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19931
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload <replaceable>./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19933
msgid ""
"In addition to the generated kernel module, the <filename>ndis.ko</filename> "
"and <filename>if_ndis.ko</filename> modules must be loaded. This should "
"happen automatically when any module that depends on "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is loaded. If not, load them manually, using the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ndis</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_ndis</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19943
msgid ""
"The first command loads the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> miniport driver "
"wrapper and the second loads the generated <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19947
msgid ""
"Check <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to see if there were any load errors. If all went "
"well, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19951
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ndis0: &lt;Wireless-G PCI Adapter&gt; mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n"
"ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n"
"ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n"
"ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n"
"ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19957
msgid ""
"From here, <filename>ndis0</filename> can be configured like any other "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:19960
msgid ""
"To configure the system to load the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> modules at boot time, "
"copy the generated module, <filename>W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</filename>, to "
"<filename>/boot/modules</filename>. Then, add the following line to "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19966
#, no-wrap
msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19971
msgid "Configuring the Network Card"
msgstr "設定網路卡"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19978
msgid ""
"Once the right driver is loaded for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>, the card "
"needs to be configured. It may have been configured at installation time by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19983
msgid ""
"To display the <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration, enter the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19986
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>\n"
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"        status: active\n"
"dc1: flags=8802&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n"
"        status: no carrier\n"
"lo0: flags=8049&lt;UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 16384\n"
"        options=3&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM&gt;\n"
"        inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n"
"        inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n"
"        inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n"
"        nd6 options=3&lt;PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20006
msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20011
msgid "<filename>dc0</filename>: The first Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20016
msgid "<filename>dc1</filename>: The second Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20021
msgid "<filename>lo0</filename>: The loopback device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20026
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is "
"detected at boot to name the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. For example, "
"<filename>sis2</filename> is the third <acronym>NIC</acronym> on the system "
"using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20033
msgid ""
"In this example, <filename>dc0</filename> is up and running. The key "
"indicators are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20038
msgid "<literal>UP</literal> means that the card is configured and ready."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20043
msgid ""
"The card has an Internet (<literal>inet</literal>) address, <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.3</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20048
msgid ""
"It has a valid subnet mask (<literal>netmask</literal>), where <systemitem "
"class=\"netmask\">0xffffff00</systemitem> is the same as <systemitem class="
"\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20055
msgid ""
"It has a valid broadcast address, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">192.168.1.255</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20059
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the card (<literal>ether</literal>) is "
"<systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">00:a0:cc:da:da:da</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20064
msgid ""
"The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (<literal>media: "
"Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)</literal>). In this "
"example, <filename>dc1</filename> is configured to run with <literal>10baseT/"
"UTP</literal> media. For more information on available media types for a "
"driver, refer to its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20074
msgid ""
"The status of the link (<literal>status</literal>) is <literal>active</"
"literal>, indicating that the carrier signal is detected. For <filename>dc1</"
"filename>, the <literal>status: no carrier</literal> status is normal when "
"an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20083
msgid ""
"If the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> output had shown something similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20092
msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20094
msgid ""
"The card must be configured as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>. The <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration can be performed from "
"the command line with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> but will not persist "
"after a reboot unless the configuration is also added to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>. If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is present on the LAN, "
"just add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20103
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20105
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>dc0</replaceable> with the correct value for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20108
msgid ""
"The line added, then, follow the instructions given in <xref linkend="
"\"config-network-testing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20112
msgid ""
"If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym>(s) may be already present. Double check <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename> before adding any lines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20118
msgid ""
"In the case, there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, the <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym>(s) have to be configured manually. Add a line for each "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> present on the system, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20126
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>dc0</filename> and <filename>dc1</filename> and the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address information with the correct values for the "
"system. Refer to the man page for the driver, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about "
"the allowed options and the syntax of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20133
msgid ""
"If the network is not using <acronym>DNS</acronym>, edit <filename>/etc/"
"hosts</filename> to add the names and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the "
"hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, if they are not already there. For more "
"information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/"
"share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20141
msgid ""
"If there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and access to the Internet is "
"needed, manually configure the default gateway and the nameserver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable>\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>' &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20151
msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting"
msgstr "測試與疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20153
msgid ""
"Once the necessary changes to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> are saved, a "
"reboot can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the "
"system restarts without any configuration errors. Alternatively, apply the "
"settings to the networking system with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20160 book.translate.xml:62387
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20163
msgid ""
"If a default gateway has been set in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, also "
"issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20167
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service routing restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20170
msgid ""
"Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20174
msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card"
msgstr "測試乙太網路卡"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20176
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>testing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20181
msgid ""
"To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> the interface itself, and then "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> another machine on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.3</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.2</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20209
msgid ""
"To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address. If there is no <acronym>DNS</acronym> server on the "
"network, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> must first be configured. To this "
"purpose, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to add the names and "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, "
"if they are not already there. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20224
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20229
msgid ""
"When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple "
"things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services "
"properly configured? Is the firewall configured correctly? Is the "
"<acronym>NIC</acronym> supported by FreeBSD? Before sending a bug report, "
"always check the Hardware Notes, update the version of FreeBSD to the latest "
"STABLE version, check the mailing list archives, and search the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20238
msgid ""
"If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network "
"settings can cause slow connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20243
msgid ""
"Some users experience one or two <errorname>device timeout</errorname> "
"messages, which is normal for some cards. If they continue, or are "
"bothersome, determine if the device is conflicting with another device. "
"Double check the cable connections. Consider trying another card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20250
msgid ""
"To resolve <errorname>watchdog timeout</errorname> errors, first check the "
"network cable. Many cards require a <acronym>PCI</acronym> slot which "
"supports bus mastering. On some old motherboards, only one <acronym>PCI</"
"acronym> slot allows it, usually slot 0. Check the <acronym>NIC</acronym> "
"and the motherboard documentation to determine if that may be the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20259
msgid ""
"<errorname>No route to host</errorname> messages occur if the system is "
"unable to route a packet to the destination host. This can happen if no "
"default route is specified or if a cable is unplugged. Check the output of "
"<command>netstat -rn</command> and make sure there is a valid route to the "
"host. If there is not, read <xref linkend=\"network-routing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20267
msgid ""
"<errorname>ping: sendto: Permission denied</errorname> error messages are "
"often caused by a misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on "
"FreeBSD but no rules have been defined, the default policy is to deny all "
"traffic, even <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20274
msgid ""
"Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, "
"try setting the media selection mode from <literal>autoselect</literal> to "
"the correct media selection. While this works for most hardware, it may or "
"may not resolve the issue. Again, check all the network settings, and refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:20286
msgid "Virtual Hosts"
msgstr "虛擬主機"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20288
msgid "<primary>virtual hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20289
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> aliases</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20292
msgid ""
"A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to "
"the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network "
"addresses to a single interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20297
msgid ""
"A given network interface has one <quote>real</quote> address, and may have "
"any number of <quote>alias</quote> addresses. These aliases are normally "
"added by placing alias entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, as seen "
"in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20303
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20305
msgid ""
"Alias entries must start with <literal>alias<replaceable>0</replaceable></"
"literal> using a sequential number such as <literal>alias0</literal>, "
"<literal>alias1</literal>, and so on. The configuration process will stop at "
"the first missing number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20312
msgid ""
"The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, there "
"must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. Any "
"other addresses which fall within this network must have a netmask of all "
"<literal>1</literal>s, expressed as either <systemitem class=\"netmask"
"\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> or <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20320
msgid ""
"For example, consider the case where the <filename>fxp0</filename> interface "
"is connected to two networks: <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.0</"
"systemitem> with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</"
"systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.16</systemitem> "
"with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.240</"
"systemitem>. The system is to be configured to appear in the ranges "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.1</systemitem> through <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">202.0.75.17</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>. Only the first address in a given network range "
"should have a real netmask. All the rest (<systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">10.1.1.2</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</"
"systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.18</systemitem> "
"through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>) must be "
"configured with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20342
msgid ""
"The following <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entries configure the "
"adapter correctly for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20355
msgid ""
"A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address ranges. The first address will be given the indicated "
"subnet mask and the additional addresses will have a subnet mask of "
"<literal>255.255.255.255</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20361
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20366
msgid "Configuring System Logging"
msgstr "設定系統日誌"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:20369
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Niclas</firstname> <surname>Zeising</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20379
msgid "<primary>system logging</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20382 book.translate.xml:57107
msgid "<primary>syslog</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20385
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20389
msgid ""
"Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system "
"administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect "
"hardware and software issues as well as application and system configuration "
"errors. This information also plays an important role in security auditing "
"and incident response. Most system daemons and applications will generate "
"log entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20397
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a system logger, <application>syslogd</application>, to "
"manage logging. By default, <application>syslogd</application> is started "
"when the system boots. This is controlled by the variable "
"<literal>syslogd_enable</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. "
"There are numerous application arguments that can be set using "
"<literal>syslogd_flags</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the available arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20408
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both "
"local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20413
msgid "Configuring Local Logging"
msgstr "設定本地日誌"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20415
msgid "<primary>syslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20417
msgid ""
"The configuration file, <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, controls what "
"<application>syslogd</application> does with log entries as they are "
"received. There are several parameters to control the handling of incoming "
"events. The <firstterm>facility</firstterm> describes which subsystem "
"generated the message, such as the kernel or a daemon, and the "
"<firstterm>level</firstterm> describes the severity of the event that "
"occurred. This makes it possible to configure if and where a log message is "
"logged, depending on the facility and level. It is also possible to take "
"action depending on the application that sent the message, and in the case "
"of remote logging, the hostname of the machine generating the logging event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20432
msgid ""
"This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for "
"each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of the "
"selector field is <replaceable>facility.level</replaceable> which will match "
"log messages from <replaceable>facility</replaceable> at level "
"<replaceable>level</replaceable> or higher. It is also possible to add an "
"optional comparison flag before the level to specify more precisely what is "
"logged. Multiple selector fields can be used for the same action, and are "
"separated with a semicolon (<literal>;</literal>). Using <literal>*</"
"literal> will match everything. The action field denotes where to send the "
"log message, such as to a file or remote log host. As an example, here is "
"the default <filename>syslog.conf</filename> from FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#       Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n"
"#       other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n"
"#       separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n"
"#       may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n"
"#       Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n"
"*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit                /dev/console\n"
"*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err   /var/log/messages\n"
"security.*                                      /var/log/security\n"
"auth.info;authpriv.info                         /var/log/auth.log\n"
"mail.info                                       /var/log/maillog\n"
"lpr.info                                        /var/log/lpd-errs\n"
"ftp.info                                        /var/log/xferlog\n"
"cron.*                                          /var/log/cron\n"
"!-devd\n"
"*.=debug                                        /var/log/debug.log\n"
"*.emerg                                         *\n"
"# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n"
"#console.info                                   /var/log/console.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n"
"# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n"
"#*.*                                            /var/log/all.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n"
"#*.*                                            @loghost\n"
"# uncomment these if you're running inn\n"
"# news.crit                                     /var/log/news/news.crit\n"
"# news.err                                      /var/log/news/news.err\n"
"# news.notice                                   /var/log/news/news.notice\n"
"# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n"
"# !devd\n"
"# *.&gt;=info\n"
"!ppp\n"
"*.*                                             /var/log/ppp.log\n"
"!*"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20483
msgid "In this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20487
msgid ""
"Line 8 matches all messages with a level of <literal>err</literal> or "
"higher, as well as <literal>kern.warning</literal>, <literal>auth.notice</"
"literal> and <literal>mail.crit</literal>, and sends these log messages to "
"the console (<filename>/dev/console</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20497
msgid ""
"Line 12 matches all messages from the <literal>mail</literal> facility at "
"level <literal>info</literal> or above and logs the messages to <filename>/"
"var/log/maillog</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20504
msgid ""
"Line 17 uses a comparison flag (<literal>=</literal>) to only match messages "
"at level <literal>debug</literal> and logs them to <filename>/var/log/debug."
"log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20511
msgid ""
"Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules "
"following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the "
"messages generated by <application>ppp</application> are logged to "
"<filename>/var/log/ppp.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20519
msgid ""
"The available levels, in order from most to least critical are "
"<literal>emerg</literal>, <literal>alert</literal>, <literal>crit</literal>, "
"<literal>err</literal>, <literal>warning</literal>, <literal>notice</"
"literal>, <literal>info</literal>, and <literal>debug</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20526
msgid ""
"The facilities, in no particular order, are <literal>auth</literal>, "
"<literal>authpriv</literal>, <literal>console</literal>, <literal>cron</"
"literal>, <literal>daemon</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, <literal>kern</"
"literal>, <literal>lpr</literal>, <literal>mail</literal>, <literal>mark</"
"literal>, <literal>news</literal>, <literal>security</literal>, "
"<literal>syslog</literal>, <literal>user</literal>, <literal>uucp</literal>, "
"and <literal>local0</literal> through <literal>local7</literal>. Be aware "
"that other operating systems might have different facilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20538
msgid ""
"To log everything of level <literal>notice</literal> and higher to "
"<filename>/var/log/daemon.log</filename>, add the following entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20542
#, no-wrap
msgid "daemon.notice                                        /var/log/daemon.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20544
msgid ""
"For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For more information "
"about <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, its syntax, and more advanced "
"usage examples, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20552
msgid "Log Management and Rotation"
msgstr "日誌管理與循環"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20554
msgid "<primary>newsyslog</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20555
msgid "<primary>newsyslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20556
msgid "<primary>log rotation</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20557
msgid "<primary>log management</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20559
msgid ""
"Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more "
"difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate "
"this. In FreeBSD, <application>newsyslog</application> is used to manage log "
"files. This built-in program periodically rotates and compresses log files, "
"and optionally creates missing log files and signals programs when log files "
"are moved. The log files may be generated by <application>syslogd</"
"application> or by any other program which generates log files. While "
"<application>newsyslog</application> is normally run from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, it is not a system daemon. In the default configuration, it "
"runs every hour."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20572
msgid ""
"To know which actions to take, <application>newsyslog</application> reads "
"its configuration file, <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename>. This file "
"contains one line for each log file that <application>newsyslog</"
"application> manages. Each line states the file owner, permissions, when to "
"rotate that file, optional flags that affect log rotation, such as "
"compression, and programs to signal when the log is rotated. Here is the "
"default configuration in FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# configuration file for newsyslog\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the\n"
"# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated.  This\n"
"# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the\n"
"# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf).  If there\n"
"# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is\n"
"# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag.\n"
"#\n"
"# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'.\n"
"#\n"
"# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the\n"
"# defaults.  In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644\n"
"# entries to 640 or 600.  For example, some sites will consider the\n"
"# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential.  In the\n"
"# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones.\n"
"#\n"
"# logfilename          [owner:group]    mode count size when  flags [/pid_file] [sig_num]\n"
"/var/log/all.log                        600  7     *    @T00  J\n"
"/var/log/amd.log                        644  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/auth.log                       600  7     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/console.log                    600  5     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/cron                           600  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/daily.log                      640  7     *    @T00  JN\n"
"/var/log/debug.log                      600  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/kerberos.log                   600  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/lpd-errs                       644  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/maillog                        640  7     *    @T00  JC\n"
"/var/log/messages                       644  5     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/monthly.log                    640  12    *    $M1D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/pflog                          600  3     100  *     JB    /var/run/pflogd.pid\n"
"/var/log/ppp.log        root:network    640  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/devd.log                       644  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/security                       600  10    100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/sendmail.st                    640  10    *    168   B\n"
"/var/log/utx.log                        644  3     *    @01T05 B\n"
"/var/log/weekly.log                     640  5     1    $W6D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/xferlog                        600  7     100  *     JC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20622
msgid ""
"Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed "
"by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The "
"<literal>mode</literal> field sets the permissions on the log file and "
"<literal>count</literal> denotes how many rotated log files should be kept. "
"The <literal>size</literal> and <literal>when</literal> fields tell "
"<application>newsyslog</application> when to rotate the file. A log file is "
"rotated when either its size is larger than the <literal>size</literal> "
"field or when the time in the <literal>when</literal> field has passed. An "
"asterisk (<literal>*</literal>) means that this field is ignored. The "
"<replaceable>flags</replaceable> field gives further instructions, such as "
"how to compress the rotated file or to create the log file if it is missing. "
"The last two fields are optional and specify the name of the Process ID "
"(<acronym>PID</acronym>) file of a process and a signal number to send to "
"that process when the file is rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20640
msgid ""
"For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the "
"rotation time, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since "
"<application>newsyslog</application> is run from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, it cannot rotate files more often than it is scheduled to run "
"from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20649
msgid "Configuring Remote Logging"
msgstr "設定遠端日誌"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20662
msgid ""
"Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number "
"of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of the "
"administrative burden of log file administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20667
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be "
"configured using <application>syslogd</application> and "
"<application>newsyslog</application>. This section demonstrates an example "
"configuration, where host <systemitem>A</systemitem>, named <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">logserv.example.com</systemitem>, will collect "
"logging information for the local network. Host <systemitem>B</systemitem>, "
"named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">logclient.example.com</systemitem>, "
"will be configured to pass logging information to the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20679
msgid "Log Server Configuration"
msgstr "日誌伺服器設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20681
msgid ""
"A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging "
"information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20687
msgid ""
"If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, "
"ensure that the firewall ruleset allows <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 514 for "
"both the clients and the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20694
msgid ""
"The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse "
"entries in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>. If the network does not have a "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> server, create entries in each system's <filename>/"
"etc/hosts</filename>. Proper name resolution is required so that log entries "
"are not rejected by the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20704
msgid ""
"On the log server, edit <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> to specify the "
"name of the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be "
"used, and the name of the log to store the host's log entries. This example "
"adds the hostname of <systemitem>B</systemitem>, logs all facilities, and "
"stores the log entries in <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:20714
msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration"
msgstr "日誌伺服器設定範例"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+logclient.example.com\n"
"*.*     /var/log/logclient.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20720
msgid ""
"When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each "
"client. More information about the available facilities may be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20724
msgid "Next, configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20730
msgid ""
"The first entry starts <application>syslogd</application> at system boot. "
"The second entry allows log entries from the specified client. The <option>-"
"v -v</option> increases the verbosity of logged messages. This is useful for "
"tweaking facilities as administrators are able to see what type of messages "
"are being logged under each facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20738
msgid ""
"Multiple <option>-a</option> options may be specified to allow logging from "
"multiple clients. <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and whole netblocks may "
"also be specified. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list of "
"possible options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20744
msgid "Finally, create the log file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20746
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/logclient.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20748
msgid ""
"At this point, <application>syslogd</application> should be restarted and "
"verified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pgrep syslog</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20754
msgid ""
"If a <acronym>PID</acronym> is returned, the server restarted successfully, "
"and client configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult "
"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename> for the error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20761
msgid "Log Client Configuration"
msgstr "日誌客戶端設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20763
msgid ""
"A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The "
"client also keeps a local copy of its own logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20767
msgid ""
"Once a logging server has been configured, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> on the logging client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20771
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20774
msgid ""
"The first entry enables <application>syslogd</application> on boot up. The "
"second entry prevents logs from being accepted by this client from other "
"hosts (<option>-s</option>) and increases the verbosity of logged messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20780
msgid ""
"Next, define the logging server in the client's <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</"
"filename>. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote "
"system, denoted by the <literal>@</literal> symbol, with the specified "
"hostname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20786
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20788
msgid ""
"After saving the edit, restart <application>syslogd</application> for the "
"changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20792 book.translate.xml:20836
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20794
msgid ""
"To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>logger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> on the client to send a message to <application>syslogd</"
"application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20798
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>logger \"<replaceable>Test message from logclient</replaceable>\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20800
msgid ""
"This message should now exist both in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> "
"on the client and <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename> on the log "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20807
msgid "Debugging Log Servers"
msgstr "日誌伺服器除錯"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20809
msgid ""
"If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most "
"likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo "
"in a configuration file. To isolate the cause, ensure that both the logging "
"server and the logging client are able to <command>ping</command> each other "
"using the hostname specified in their <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If "
"this fails, check the network cabling, the firewall ruleset, and the "
"hostname entries in the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server or <filename>/etc/"
"hosts</filename> on both the logging server and clients. Repeat until the "
"<command>ping</command> is successful from both hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20823
msgid ""
"If the <command>ping</command> succeeds on both hosts but log messages are "
"still not being received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow "
"down the configuration issue. In the following example, <filename>/var/log/"
"logclient.log</filename> on the logging server is empty and <filename>/var/"
"log/messages</filename> on the logging client does not indicate a reason for "
"the failure. To increase debugging output, edit the <literal>syslogd_flags</"
"literal> entry on the logging server and issue a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20834
#, no-wrap
msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20838
msgid ""
"Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console "
"immediately after the restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20841
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20850
msgid ""
"In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which "
"results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be "
"<literal>logclient</literal>, not <literal>logclien</literal>. Fix the typo, "
"issue a restart, and verify the results:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20856
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"logmsg: pri 166, flags 17, from logserv.example.com,\n"
"msg Dec 10 20:55:02 &lt;syslog.err&gt; logserv.example.com syslogd: exiting on signal 2\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"accepted in rule 0.\n"
"logmsg: pri 15, flags 0, from logclient.example.com, msg Dec 11 02:01:28 trhodes: Test message 2\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/logclient.log\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20870
msgid ""
"At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the "
"correct file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20875 book.translate.xml:52644
msgid "Security Considerations"
msgstr "安全注意事項"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20877
msgid ""
"As with any network service, security requirements should be considered "
"before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data "
"about services enabled on the local host, user accounts, and configuration "
"data. Network data sent from the client to the server will not be encrypted "
"or password protected. If a need for encryption exists, consider using "
"<package>security/stunnel</package>, which will transmit the logging data "
"over an encrypted tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20887
msgid ""
"Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or "
"after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional "
"insight into system configuration. Setting proper permissions on log files "
"is critical. The built-in log rotator, <application>newsyslog</application>, "
"supports setting permissions on newly created and rotated log files. Setting "
"log files to mode <literal>600</literal> should prevent unwanted access by "
"local users. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for additional "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20905
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename> Layout"
msgstr "<filename>/etc</filename> 配置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20908
msgid ""
"There are a number of directories in which configuration information is "
"kept. These include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20918
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20919
msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20924
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20925
msgid "Default versions of system configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20930
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20931
msgid ""
"Extra <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration and other <acronym>MTA</acronym> "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20936
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20937
msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20942 book.translate.xml:55420
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20943
msgid ""
"Default location for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> data. Normally "
"<filename>named.conf</filename> and zone files are stored here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20949
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20950
msgid ""
"Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application "
"subdirectories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20955
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20956
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> scripts for installed applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20961
msgid "<filename>/var/db</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20962
msgid ""
"Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package "
"database and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>locate</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20972
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "主機名稱"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20974
msgid "<primary>hostname</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20975 book.translate.xml:49297 book.translate.xml:50399
#: book.translate.xml:51285 book.translate.xml:55130
msgid "<primary>DNS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20978
msgid "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20980
msgid "<primary><filename>resolv.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20984
msgid ""
"How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>) is controlled by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20988
msgid "The most common entries to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20998
msgid "<literal>nameserver</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:20999
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of a name server the resolver should "
"query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21006
msgid "<literal>search</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21007
msgid ""
"Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain "
"of the local hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21013
msgid "<literal>domain</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21014
msgid "The local domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21020
msgid "A typical <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21023
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"search example.com\n"
"nameserver 147.11.1.11\n"
"nameserver 147.11.100.30"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21028
msgid ""
"Only one of the <literal>search</literal> and <literal>domain</literal> "
"options should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21032
msgid ""
"When using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> usually rewrites "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> with information received from the "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21039
msgid "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21041
msgid "<primary>hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21043
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is a simple text database which works in "
"conjunction with <acronym>DNS</acronym> and <acronym>NIS</acronym> to "
"provide host name to <acronym>IP</acronym> address mappings. Entries for "
"local computers connected via a <acronym>LAN</acronym> can be added to this "
"file for simplistic naming purposes instead of setting up a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> server. Additionally, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> can be "
"used to provide a local record of Internet names, reducing the need to query "
"external <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers for commonly accessed names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21056
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Host Database\n"
"#\n"
"# This file should contain the addresses and aliases for local hosts that\n"
"# share this file.  Replace 'my.domain' below with the domainname of your\n"
"# machine.\n"
"#\n"
"# In the presence of the domain name service or NIS, this file may\n"
"# not be consulted at all; see /etc/nsswitch.conf for the resolution order.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"::1\t\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"127.0.0.1\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"#\n"
"# Imaginary network.\n"
"#10.0.0.2\t\tmyname.my.domain myname\n"
"#10.0.0.3\t\tmyfriend.my.domain myfriend\n"
"#\n"
"# According to RFC 1918, you can use the following IP networks for\n"
"# private nets which will never be connected to the Internet:\n"
"#\n"
"#\t10.0.0.0\t-   10.255.255.255\n"
"#\t172.16.0.0\t-   172.31.255.255\n"
"#\t192.168.0.0\t-   192.168.255.255\n"
"#\n"
"# In case you want to be able to connect to the Internet, you need\n"
"# real official assigned numbers.  Do not try to invent your own network\n"
"# numbers but instead get one from your network provider (if any) or\n"
"# from your regional registry (ARIN, APNIC, LACNIC, RIPE NCC, or AfriNIC.)\n"
"#"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21089
msgid "The format of <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21092
#, no-wrap
msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21094
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21096
#, no-wrap
msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21098
msgid ""
"Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21104
msgid ""
"Tuning with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 調校"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21106 book.translate.xml:21151
msgid "<primary>sysctl</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21107
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>with sysctl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21112
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This "
"includes many advanced options of the <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> stack and "
"virtual memory system that can dramatically improve performance for an "
"experienced system administrator. Over five hundred system variables can be "
"read and set using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21119
msgid ""
"At its core, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> serves two functions: "
"to read and to modify system settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21122
msgid "To view all readable variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21124
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21126
msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21128
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxproc</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxproc: 1044"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21131
msgid ""
"To set a particular variable, use the <replaceable>variable</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable> syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21135
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxfiles: 2088 -&gt; 5000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21138
msgid ""
"Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or "
"booleans, where a boolean is <literal>1</literal> for yes or <literal>0</"
"literal> for no."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21142
msgid ""
"To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctlconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21148
msgid "<filename>sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21150
msgid "<primary>sysctl.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21153
msgid ""
"The configuration file for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <filename>/etc/sysctl."
"conf</filename>, looks much like <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Values "
"are set in a <literal>variable=value</literal> form. The specified values "
"are set after the system goes into multi-user mode. Not all variables are "
"settable in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21160
msgid ""
"For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users "
"from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be "
"set in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n"
"kern.logsigexit=0\n"
"\n"
"# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n"
"# are being run under another UID.\n"
"security.bsd.see_other_uids=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:21175
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> Read-only"
msgstr ""
"唯讀 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21188
msgid ""
"In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> values, which will require a reboot of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21192
msgid ""
"For instance, on some laptop models the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> device will not probe memory ranges and will fail "
"with errors similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cbb0: Could not map register memory\n"
"device_probe_and_attach: cbb0 attach returned 12"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21199
msgid ""
"The fix requires the modification of a read-only "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> setting. Add <option>hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range=1</"
"option> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> and reboot. Now "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> should work properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21208
msgid "Tuning Disks"
msgstr "調校磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21210
msgid ""
"The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options "
"which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical "
"parts, such as <acronym>SCSI</acronym> drives, will be the bottleneck "
"driving down the overall system performance. While a solution is to install "
"a drive without mechanical parts, such as a solid state drive, mechanical "
"drives are not going away anytime in the near future. When tuning disks, it "
"is advisable to utilize the features of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iostat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command to test various changes to the system. This command "
"will allow the user to obtain valuable information on system <acronym>IO</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21224
msgid "Sysctl Variables"
msgstr "Sysctl 變數"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21227
msgid "<varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21229
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21233
msgid ""
"The <varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable may be set to either <literal>0</literal> (off) or "
"<literal>1</literal> (on). It is set to <literal>1</literal> by default. "
"This variable controls how directories are cached by the system. Most "
"directories are small, using just a single fragment (typically 1 K) in the "
"file system and typically 512 bytes in the buffer cache. With this variable "
"turned off, the buffer cache will only cache a fixed number of directories, "
"even if the system has a huge amount of memory. When turned on, this "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> allows the buffer cache to use the <acronym>VM</acronym> page "
"cache to cache the directories, making all the memory available for caching "
"directories. However, the minimum in-core memory used to cache a directory "
"is the physical page size (typically 4 K) rather than 512  bytes. Keeping "
"this option enabled is recommended if the system is running any services "
"which manipulate large numbers of files. Such services can include web "
"caches, large mail systems, and news systems. Keeping this option on will "
"generally not reduce performance, even with the wasted memory, but one "
"should experiment to find out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21259
msgid "<varname>vfs.write_behind</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21261
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.write_behind</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21265
msgid ""
"The <varname>vfs.write_behind</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable defaults to "
"<literal>1</literal> (on). This tells the file system to issue media writes "
"as full clusters are collected, which typically occurs when writing large "
"sequential files. This avoids saturating the buffer cache with dirty buffers "
"when it would not benefit I/O performance. However, this may stall processes "
"and under certain circumstances should be turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21277
msgid "<varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21279
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21283
msgid ""
"The <varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable determines how much outstanding write I/O may be "
"queued to disk controllers system-wide at any given instance. The default is "
"usually sufficient, but on machines with many disks, try bumping it up to "
"four or five <emphasis>megabytes</emphasis>. Setting too high a value which "
"exceeds the buffer cache's write threshold can lead to bad clustering "
"performance. Do not set this value arbitrarily high as higher write values "
"may add latency to reads occurring at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21294
msgid ""
"There are various other buffer cache and <acronym>VM</acronym> page cache "
"related <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> values. Modifying these values is not recommended "
"as the <acronym>VM</acronym> system does a good job of automatically tuning "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21302
msgid "<varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21304
msgid "<primary><varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21308
msgid ""
"The <varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable is useful in large multi-user systems with many "
"active login users and lots of idle processes. Such systems tend to generate "
"continuous pressure on free memory reserves. Turning this feature on and "
"tweaking the swapout hysteresis (in idle seconds) via <varname>vm."
"swap_idle_threshold1</varname> and <varname>vm.swap_idle_threshold2</"
"varname> depresses the priority of memory pages associated with idle "
"processes more quickly then the normal pageout algorithm. This gives a "
"helping hand to the pageout daemon. Only turn this option on if needed, "
"because the tradeoff is essentially pre-page memory sooner rather than later "
"which eats more swap and disk bandwidth. In a small system this option will "
"have a determinable effect, but in a large system that is already doing "
"moderate paging, this option allows the <acronym>VM</acronym> system to "
"stage whole processes into and out of memory easily."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21329
msgid "<varname>hw.ata.wc</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21331
msgid "<primary><varname>hw.ata.wc</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21335
msgid ""
"Turning off <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching reduces write bandwidth to "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, but may sometimes be necessary due to data "
"consistency issues introduced by hard drive vendors. The problem is that "
"some <acronym>IDE</acronym> drives lie about when a write completes. With "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching turned on, <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard "
"drives write data to disk out of order and will sometimes delay writing some "
"blocks indefinitely when under heavy disk load. A crash or power failure may "
"cause serious file system corruption. Check the default on the system by "
"observing the <varname>hw.ata.wc</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable. If <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching is turned "
"off, one can set this read-only variable to <literal>1</literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> in order to enable it at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21353
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21357
msgid "<literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> (<varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21360
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21364
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><literal>SCSI DELAY</literal></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary><literal>SCSI DELAY</literal></"
"secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21369
msgid ""
"The <literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> kernel configuration option may be used to "
"reduce system boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be "
"responsible for <literal>15</literal> seconds of delay in the boot process. "
"Reducing it to <literal>5</literal> seconds usually works with modern "
"drives. The <varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname> boot time tunable should "
"be used. The tunable and kernel configuration option accept values in terms "
"of <emphasis>milliseconds</emphasis> and <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"<emphasis>seconds</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21385
msgid "Soft Updates"
msgstr "軟更新"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21387
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21388
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21390
msgid ""
"To fine-tune a file system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program has many "
"different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n enable /filesystem</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n disable /filesystem</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21397
msgid ""
"A file system cannot be modified with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> while it is mounted. A "
"good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, "
"in single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21401
msgid ""
"Soft Updates is recommended for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems as it "
"drastically improves meta-data performance, mainly file creation and "
"deletion, through the use of a memory cache. There are two downsides to Soft "
"Updates to be aware of. First, Soft Updates guarantee file system "
"consistency in the case of a crash, but could easily be several seconds or "
"even a minute behind updating the physical disk. If the system crashes, "
"unwritten data may be lost. Secondly, Soft Updates delay the freeing of file "
"system blocks. If the root file system is almost full, performing a major "
"update, such as <command>make installworld</command>, can cause the file "
"system to run out of space and the update to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21415
msgid "More Details About Soft Updates"
msgstr "有關軟更新的更多詳細資訊"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21417
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary> <secondary>details</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21422
msgid ""
"Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or "
"directories. There are two traditional approaches to writing a file system's "
"meta-data back to disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21426
msgid ""
"Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates "
"synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change "
"was actually written to disk. The file data buffers (file contents) were "
"passed through the buffer cache and backed up to disk later on "
"asynchronously. The advantage of this implementation is that it operates "
"safely. If there is a failure during an update, meta-data is always in a "
"consistent state. A file is either created completely or not at all. If the "
"data blocks of a file did not find their way out of the buffer cache onto "
"the disk by the time of the crash, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> recognizes this and "
"repairs the file system by setting the file length to <literal>0</literal>. "
"Additionally, the implementation is clear and simple. The disadvantage is "
"that meta-data changes are slow. For example, <command>rm -r</command> "
"touches all the files in a directory sequentially, but each directory change "
"will be written synchronously to the disk. This includes updates to the "
"directory itself, to the inode table, and possibly to indirect blocks "
"allocated by the file. Similar considerations apply for unrolling large "
"hierarchies using <command>tar -x</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21449
msgid ""
"The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the "
"default for a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system mounted with <command>mount "
"-o async</command>. Since all meta-data updates are also passed through the "
"buffer cache, they will be intermixed with the updates of the file content "
"data. The advantage of this implementation is there is no need to wait until "
"each meta-data update has been written to disk, so all operations which "
"cause huge amounts of meta-data updates work much faster than in the "
"synchronous case. This implementation is still clear and simple, so there is "
"a low risk for bugs creeping into the code. The disadvantage is that there "
"is no guarantee for a consistent state of the file system. If there is a "
"failure during an operation that updated large amounts of meta-data, like a "
"power failure or someone pressing the reset button, the file system will be "
"left in an unpredictable state. There is no opportunity to examine the state "
"of the file system when the system comes up again as the data blocks of a "
"file could already have been written to the disk while the updates of the "
"inode table or the associated directory were not. It is impossible to "
"implement a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which is able to clean up the resulting chaos "
"because the necessary information is not available on the disk. If the file "
"system has been damaged beyond repair, the only choice is to reformat it and "
"restore from backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21476
msgid ""
"The usual solution for this problem is to implement <emphasis>dirty region "
"logging</emphasis>, which is also referred to as <emphasis>journaling</"
"emphasis>. Meta-data updates are still written synchronously, but only into "
"a small region of the disk. Later on, they are moved to their proper "
"location. Because the logging area is a small, contiguous region on the "
"disk, there are no long distances for the disk heads to move, even during "
"heavy operations, so these operations are quicker than synchronous updates. "
"Additionally, the complexity of the implementation is limited, so the risk "
"of bugs being present is low. A disadvantage is that all meta-data is "
"written twice, once into the logging region and once to the proper location, "
"so performance <quote>pessimization</quote> might result. On the other hand, "
"in case of a crash, all pending meta-data operations can be either quickly "
"rolled back or completed from the logging area after the system comes up "
"again, resulting in a fast file system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21495
msgid ""
"Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley <acronym>FFS</acronym>, solved this "
"problem with Soft Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory "
"and written out to disk in a sorted sequence (<quote>ordered meta-data "
"updates</quote>). This has the effect that, in case of heavy meta-data "
"operations, later updates to an item <quote>catch</quote> the earlier ones "
"which are still in memory and have not already been written to disk. All "
"operations are generally performed in memory before the update is written to "
"disk and the data blocks are sorted according to their position so that they "
"will not be on the disk ahead of their meta-data. If the system crashes, an "
"implicit <quote>log rewind</quote> causes all operations which were not "
"written to the disk appear as if they never happened. A consistent file "
"system state is maintained that appears to be the one of 30 to 60 seconds "
"earlier. The algorithm used guarantees that all resources in use are marked "
"as such in their blocks and inodes. After a crash, the only resource "
"allocation error that occurs is that resources are marked as <quote>used</"
"quote> which are actually <quote>free</quote>. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> recognizes this situation, and frees the resources that are no "
"longer used. It is safe to ignore the dirty state of the file system after a "
"crash by forcibly mounting it with <command>mount -f</command>. In order to "
"free resources that may be unused, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> needs to be run at a "
"later time. This is the idea behind the <emphasis>background "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry></emphasis>: at system startup time, only a <emphasis>snapshot</"
"emphasis> of the file system is recorded and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is run afterwards. All file systems can then be mounted "
"<quote>dirty</quote>, so the system startup proceeds in multi-user mode. "
"Then, background <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is scheduled for all "
"file systems where this is required, to free resources that may be unused. "
"File systems that do not use Soft Updates still need the usual foreground "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21533
msgid ""
"The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as "
"asynchronous updates and are faster than <emphasis>logging</emphasis>, which "
"has to write the meta-data twice. The disadvantages are the complexity of "
"the code, a higher memory consumption, and some idiosyncrasies. After a "
"crash, the state of the file system appears to be somewhat <quote>older</"
"quote>. In situations where the standard synchronous approach would have "
"caused some zero-length files to remain after the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, these files do not exist at all with Soft Updates because "
"neither the meta-data nor the file contents have been written to disk. Disk "
"space is not released until the updates have been written to disk, which may "
"take place some time after running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This may cause "
"problems when installing large amounts of data on a file system that does "
"not have enough free space to hold all the files twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21555
msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits"
msgstr "調校核心限制"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21557
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>kernel limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21563
msgid "File/Process Limits"
msgstr "檔案/程序限制"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21566
msgid "<varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21568
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.maxfiles</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21572
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable can be raised "
"or lowered based upon system requirements. This variable indicates the "
"maximum number of file descriptors on the system. When the file descriptor "
"table is full, <errorname>file: table is full</errorname> will show up "
"repeatedly in the system message buffer, which can be viewed using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21580
msgid ""
"Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale "
"production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, "
"depending on the kind and number of services running concurrently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21585
msgid ""
"In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of <varname>kern.maxfiles</"
"varname> is derived from <option>maxusers</option> in the kernel "
"configuration file. <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> grows proportionally to "
"the value of <option>maxusers</option>. When compiling a custom kernel, "
"consider setting this kernel configuration option according to the use of "
"the system. From this number, the kernel is given most of its pre-defined "
"limits. Even though a production machine may not have 256 concurrent users, "
"the resources needed may be similar to a high-scale web server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21597
msgid ""
"The read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>kern."
"maxusers</varname> is automatically sized at boot based on the amount of "
"memory available in the system, and may be determined at run-time by "
"inspecting the value of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>. Some systems "
"require larger or smaller values of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> and "
"values of <literal>64</literal>, <literal>128</literal>, and <literal>256</"
"literal> are not uncommon. Going above <literal>256</literal> is not "
"recommended unless a huge number of file descriptors is needed. Many of the "
"tunable values set to their defaults by <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> may "
"be individually overridden at boot-time or run-time in <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <filename>/boot/"
"defaults/loader.conf</filename> for more details and some hints."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:21619
msgid ""
"The auto-tuning algorithm sets <literal>maxusers</literal> equal to the "
"amount of memory in the system, with a minimum of <literal>32</literal>, and "
"a maximum of <literal>384</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21616
msgid ""
"In older releases, the system will auto-tune <literal>maxusers</literal> if "
"it is set to <literal>0</literal>. <_:footnote-1/>. When setting this "
"option, set <literal>maxusers</literal> to at least <literal>4</literal>, "
"especially if the system runs <application>Xorg</application> or is used to "
"compile software. The most important table set by <literal>maxusers</"
"literal> is the maximum number of processes, which is set to <literal>20 + "
"16 * maxusers</literal>. If <literal>maxusers</literal> is set to "
"<literal>1</literal>, there can only be <literal>36</literal> simultaneous "
"processes, including the <literal>18</literal> or so that the system starts "
"up at boot time and the <literal>15</literal> or so used by "
"<application>Xorg</application>. Even a simple task like reading a manual "
"page will start up nine processes to filter, decompress, and view it. "
"Setting <literal>maxusers</literal> to <literal>64</literal> allows up to "
"<literal>1044</literal> simultaneous processes, which should be enough for "
"nearly all uses. If, however, the <errortype>proc table full</errortype> "
"error is displayed when trying to start another program, or a server is "
"running with a large number of simultaneous users, increase the number and "
"rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21648
msgid ""
"<literal>maxusers</literal> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> limit the number "
"of users which can log into the machine. It instead sets various table sizes "
"to reasonable values considering the maximum number of users on the system "
"and how many processes each user will be running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21658
msgid "<varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21660
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21664
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable limits the size of the listen queue for accepting new "
"<literal>TCP</literal> connections. The default value of <literal>128</"
"literal> is typically too low for robust handling of new connections on a "
"heavily loaded web server. For such environments, it is recommended to "
"increase this value to <literal>1024</literal> or higher. A service such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, or <application>Apache</application> may itself "
"limit the listen queue size, but will often have a directive in its "
"configuration file to adjust the queue size. Large listen queues do a better "
"job of avoiding Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21681
msgid "Network Limits"
msgstr "網路限制"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21683
msgid ""
"The <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel configuration option dictates the "
"amount of network Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server "
"with a low number of Mbufs will hinder performance. Each cluster represents "
"approximately 2 K of memory, so a value of <literal>1024</literal> "
"represents <literal>2</literal> megabytes of kernel memory reserved for "
"network buffers. A simple calculation can be done to figure out how many are "
"needed. A web server which maxes out at <literal>1000</literal> simultaneous "
"connections where each connection uses a 6 K receive and 16 K send buffer, "
"requires approximately 32 MB worth of network buffers to cover the web "
"server. A good rule of thumb is to multiply by <literal>2</literal>, so "
"2x32 MB / 2 KB = 64 MB / 2 kB = <literal>32768</literal>. Values between "
"<literal>4096</literal> and <literal>32768</literal> are recommended for "
"machines with greater amounts of memory. Never specify an arbitrarily high "
"value for this parameter as it could lead to a boot time crash. To observe "
"network cluster usage, use <option>-m</option> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21707
msgid ""
"The <varname>kern.ipc.nmbclusters</varname> loader tunable should be used to "
"tune this at boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use "
"of the <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21713
msgid ""
"For busy servers that make extensive use of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> system call, it may be necessary to increase the "
"number of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> buffers via the <literal>NSFBUFS</literal> kernel "
"configuration option or by setting its value in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details). A common "
"indicator that this parameter needs to be adjusted is when processes are "
"seen in the <literal>sfbufa</literal> state. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable <varname>kern.ipc.nsfbufs</varname> is read-only. "
"This parameter nominally scales with <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>, "
"however it may be necessary to tune accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:21727
msgid ""
"Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the non-blocking socket may result in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> call blocking until enough <literal>struct sf_buf</"
"literal>'s are made available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21735
msgid "<varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21737
msgid "<primary>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21741
msgid ""
"The <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables control the port number ranges automatically bound "
"to <literal>TCP</literal> and <literal>UDP</literal> sockets. There are "
"three ranges: a low range, a default range, and a high range. Most network "
"programs use the default range which is controlled by <varname>net.inet.ip."
"portrange.first</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</varname>, "
"which default to <literal>1024</literal> and <literal>5000</literal>, "
"respectively. Bound port ranges are used for outgoing connections and it is "
"possible to run the system out of ports under certain circumstances. This "
"most commonly occurs when running a heavily loaded web proxy. The port range "
"is not an issue when running a server which handles mainly incoming "
"connections, such as a web server, or has a limited number of outgoing "
"connections, such as a mail relay. For situations where there is a shortage "
"of ports, it is recommended to increase <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</"
"varname> modestly. A value of <literal>10000</literal>, <literal>20000</"
"literal> or <literal>30000</literal> may be reasonable. Consider firewall "
"effects when changing the port range. Some firewalls may block large ranges "
"of ports, usually low-numbered ports, and expect systems to use higher "
"ranges of ports for outgoing connections. For this reason, it is not "
"recommended that the value of <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.first</varname> "
"be lowered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21772
msgid "<literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product"
msgstr "<literal>TCP</literal> 頻寬延遲乘積"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21774
msgid ""
"<primary><literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product Limiting</primary> "
"<secondary><varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21780
msgid ""
"<literal>TCP</literal> bandwidth delay product limiting can be enabled by "
"setting the <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variable to <literal>1</literal>. This instructs the system to "
"attempt to calculate the bandwidth delay product for each connection and "
"limit the amount of data queued to the network to just the amount required "
"to maintain optimum throughput."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21789
msgid ""
"This feature is useful when serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, high "
"speed <literal>WAN</literal> links, or any other link with a high bandwidth "
"delay product, especially when also using window scaling or when a large "
"send window has been configured. When enabling this option, also set "
"<varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.debug</varname> to <literal>0</literal> to "
"disable debugging. For production use, setting <varname>net.inet.tcp."
"inflight.min</varname> to at least <literal>6144</literal> may be "
"beneficial. Setting high minimums may effectively disable bandwidth "
"limiting, depending on the link. The limiting feature reduces the amount of "
"data built up in intermediate route and switch packet queues and reduces the "
"amount of data built up in the local host's interface queue. With fewer "
"queued packets, interactive connections, especially over slow modems, will "
"operate with lower <emphasis>Round Trip Times</emphasis>. This feature only "
"effects server side data transmission such as uploading. It has no effect on "
"data reception or downloading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21809
msgid ""
"Adjusting <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.stab</varname> is <emphasis>not</"
"emphasis> recommended. This parameter defaults to <literal>20</literal>, "
"representing 2 maximal packets added to the bandwidth delay product window "
"calculation. The additional window is required to stabilize the algorithm "
"and improve responsiveness to changing conditions, but it can also result in "
"higher <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> times over slow links, though still much lower "
"than without the inflight algorithm. In such cases, try reducing this "
"parameter to <literal>15</literal>, <literal>10</literal>, or <literal>5</"
"literal> and reducing <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.min</varname> to a "
"value such as <literal>3500</literal> to get the desired effect. Reducing "
"these parameters should be done as a last resort only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21828
msgid "Virtual Memory"
msgstr "虛擬記憶體"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21831
msgid "<varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21833
msgid ""
"A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing "
"the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. "
"Normally, this is handled by the operating system and does not need to be "
"changed. In some cases where disk I/O is a bottleneck and the system is "
"running out of vnodes, this setting needs to be increased. The amount of "
"inactive and free <acronym>RAM</acronym> will need to be taken into account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21843
msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.numvnodes</userinput>\n"
"vfs.numvnodes: 91349"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21848
msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21850
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxvnodes</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxvnodes: 100000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21853
msgid ""
"If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing <varname>kern."
"maxvnodes</varname> by a value of <literal>1000</literal>. Keep an eye on "
"the number of <varname>vfs.numvnodes</varname>. If it climbs up to the "
"maximum again, <varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname> will need to be increased "
"further. Otherwise, a shift in memory usage as reported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> should be visible and more memory should be active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21866
msgid "Adding Swap Space"
msgstr "增加交換空間"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21868
msgid ""
"Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two "
"methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new "
"hard drive, and creating a swap file on an existing partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21873
msgid ""
"For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why "
"it should be done, refer to <xref linkend=\"swap-encrypting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21877
msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition"
msgstr "使用新硬碟或既有分割區增加交換空間"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21879
msgid ""
"Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a "
"partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is "
"explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/> while <xref linkend="
"\"configtuning-initial\"/> discusses partition layouts and swap partition "
"size considerations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21884
msgid ""
"Use <command>swapon</command> to add a swap partition to the system. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21887
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:21890
msgid ""
"It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it "
"already contains data. Using <command>swapon</command> on a partition that "
"contains data will overwrite and destroy that data. Make sure that the "
"partition to be added as swap is really the intended partition before "
"running <command>swapon</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21898
msgid ""
"To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21901
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable>\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21903
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for an explanation of the entries in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>. More information about <command>swapon</command> can "
"be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21910
msgid "Creating a Swap File"
msgstr "建立交換檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21912
msgid ""
"These examples create a 64M swap file called <filename>/usr/swap0</filename> "
"instead of using a partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21916
msgid ""
"Using swap files requires that the module needed by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> has either been built into the kernel or has been loaded "
"before swap is enabled. See <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> for information "
"about building a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:21923
msgid ""
"Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Later"
msgstr "建立交換檔於 FreeBSD 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> 及以後版本"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21928
msgid "Create the swap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21930 book.translate.xml:21968
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable> bs=1m count=<replaceable>64</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21934
msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21936 book.translate.xml:21975
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0600 <replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21940
msgid ""
"Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21943
#, no-wrap
msgid "md99\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21945
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> device <filename>md99</filename> is used, leaving lower device "
"numbers available for interactive use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21951
msgid ""
"Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, "
"use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21954
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon -aL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:21960
msgid ""
"Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Earlier"
msgstr "建立交換檔於 FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> 及先前版本"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21965
msgid "Create the swap file, <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21972
msgid "Set the proper permissions on <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21979
msgid "Enable the swap file in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21982
#, no-wrap
msgid "swapfile=\"<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable>\"   # Set to name of swap file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:21986
msgid ""
"Swap space will be added on system startup. To enable the swap file "
"immediately, specify a free memory device. Refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-"
"virtual\"/> for more information about memory devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21991
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f <replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable> &amp;&amp; swapon /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:22000
msgid "Power and Resource Management"
msgstr "電源與資源管理"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22003
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Hiten</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22011 book.translate.xml:22491
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22020
msgid ""
"It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power "
"and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits "
"and to possibly provide an alert if the system temperature increases "
"unexpectedly. An early specification for providing power management was the "
"Advanced Power Management (<acronym>APM</acronym>) facility. <acronym>APM</"
"acronym> controls the power usage of a system based on its activity. "
"However, it was difficult and inflexible for operating systems to manage the "
"power usage and thermal properties of a system. The hardware was managed by "
"the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> and the user had limited configurability and "
"visibility into the power management settings. The <acronym>APM</acronym> "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> is supplied by the vendor and is specific to the "
"hardware platform. An <acronym>APM</acronym> driver in the operating system "
"mediates access to the <acronym>APM</acronym> Software Interface, which "
"allows management of power levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22039
msgid ""
"There are four major problems in <acronym>APM</acronym>. First, power "
"management is done by the vendor-specific <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, separate "
"from the operating system. For example, the user can set idle-time values "
"for a hard drive in the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> so "
"that, when exceeded, the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> spins down the hard drive "
"without the consent of the operating system. Second, the <acronym>APM</"
"acronym> logic is embedded in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>, and it operates "
"outside the scope of the operating system. This means that users can only "
"fix problems in the <acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> by "
"flashing a new one into the <acronym>ROM</acronym>, which is a dangerous "
"procedure with the potential to leave the system in an unrecoverable state "
"if it fails. Third, <acronym>APM</acronym> is a vendor-specific technology, "
"meaning that there is a lot of duplication of efforts and bugs found in one "
"vendor's <acronym>BIOS</acronym> may not be solved in others. Lastly, the "
"<acronym>APM</acronym> <acronym>BIOS</acronym> did not have enough room to "
"implement a sophisticated power policy or one that can adapt well to the "
"purpose of the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22061
msgid ""
"The Plug and Play <acronym>BIOS</acronym> (<acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym>) was "
"unreliable in many situations. <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> is 16-bit "
"technology, so the operating system has to use 16-bit emulation in order to "
"interface with <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> methods. FreeBSD provides an "
"<acronym>APM</acronym> driver as <acronym>APM</acronym> should still be used "
"for systems manufactured at or before the year 2000. The driver is "
"documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22071
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22075
msgid "<primary>APM</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22079
msgid ""
"The successor to <acronym>APM</acronym> is the Advanced Configuration and "
"Power Interface (<acronym>ACPI</acronym>). <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is a "
"standard written by an alliance of vendors to provide an interface for "
"hardware resources and power management. It is a key element in "
"<emphasis>Operating System-directed configuration and Power Management</"
"emphasis> as it provides more control and flexibility to the operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22088
msgid ""
"This chapter demonstrates how to configure <acronym>ACPI</acronym> on "
"FreeBSD. It then offers some tips on how to debug <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"and how to submit a problem report containing debugging information so that "
"developers can diagnosis and fix <acronym>ACPI</acronym> issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22095
msgid "Configuring <acronym>ACPI</acronym>"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>ACPI</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22097
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is loaded by "
"default at system boot and should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be compiled into "
"the kernel. This driver cannot be unloaded after boot because the system bus "
"uses it for various hardware interactions. However, if the system is "
"experiencing problems, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled altogether by "
"rebooting after setting <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or by setting this variable at the "
"loader prompt, as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22109
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> and <acronym>APM</acronym> cannot coexist and should "
"be used separately. The last one to load will terminate if the driver "
"notices the other is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22115
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be used to put the system into a sleep mode with "
"<command>acpiconf</command>, the <option>-s</option> flag, and a number from "
"<literal>1</literal> to <literal>5</literal>. Most users only need "
"<literal>1</literal> (quick suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym>) or "
"<literal>3</literal> (suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym>). Option <literal>5</"
"literal> performs a soft-off which is the same as running <command>halt -p</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22125
msgid ""
"Other options are available using <command>sysctl</command>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>acpiconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22131
msgid "Common Problems"
msgstr "常見問題"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22133
msgid "<primary><acronym>ACPI</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22137
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> is present in all modern computers that conform to "
"the ia32 (x86), ia64 (Itanium), and amd64 (<acronym>AMD</acronym>) "
"architectures. The full standard has many features including <acronym>CPU</"
"acronym> performance management, power planes control, thermal zones, "
"various battery systems, embedded controllers, and bus enumeration. Most "
"systems implement less than the full standard. For instance, a desktop "
"system usually only implements bus enumeration while a laptop might have "
"cooling and battery management support as well. Laptops also have suspend "
"and resume, with their own associated complexity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22149
msgid ""
"An <acronym>ACPI</acronym>-compliant system has various components. The "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> and chipset vendors provide various fixed tables, "
"such as <acronym>FADT</acronym>, in memory that specify things like the "
"<acronym>APIC</acronym> map (used for <acronym>SMP</acronym>), config "
"registers, and simple configuration values. Additionally, a bytecode table, "
"the Differentiated System Description Table <acronym>DSDT</acronym>, "
"specifies a tree-like name space of devices and methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22159
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver must parse the fixed tables, implement an "
"interpreter for the bytecode, and modify device drivers and the kernel to "
"accept information from the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> subsystem. For FreeBSD, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> has provided an "
"interpreter (<acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym>) that is shared with <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> and NetBSD. The path to the "
"<acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym> source code is <filename>src/sys/contrib/dev/"
"acpica</filename>. The glue code that allows <acronym>ACPI-CA</acronym> to "
"work on FreeBSD is in <filename>src/sys/dev/acpica/Osd</filename>. Finally, "
"drivers that implement various <acronym>ACPI</acronym> devices are found in "
"<filename>src/sys/dev/acpica</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22172 book.translate.xml:22500 book.translate.xml:22555
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary> <secondary>problems</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22177
msgid ""
"For <acronym>ACPI</acronym> to work correctly, all the parts have to work "
"correctly. Here are some common problems, in order of frequency of "
"appearance, and some possible workarounds or fixes. If a fix does not "
"resolve the issue, refer to <xref linkend=\"ACPI-submitdebug\"/> for "
"instructions on how to submit a bug report."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22185
msgid "Mouse Issues"
msgstr "滑鼠問題"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22187
msgid ""
"In some cases, resuming from a suspend operation will cause the mouse to "
"fail. A known work around is to add <literal>hint.psm.0.flags=\"0x3000\"</"
"literal> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22194
msgid "Suspend/Resume"
msgstr "待機/喚醒"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22196
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> has three suspend to <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"(<acronym>STR</acronym>) states, <literal>S1</literal>-<literal>S3</"
"literal>, and one suspend to disk state (<acronym>STD</acronym>), called "
"<literal>S4</literal>. <acronym>STD</acronym> can be implemented in two "
"separate ways. The <literal>S4</literal><acronym>BIOS</acronym> is a "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>-assisted suspend to disk and <literal>S4</"
"literal><acronym>OS</acronym> is implemented entirely by the operating "
"system. The normal state the system is in when plugged in but not powered up "
"is <quote>soft off</quote> (<literal>S5</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22209
msgid ""
"Use <command>sysctl hw.acpi</command> to check for the suspend-related "
"items. These example results are from a Thinkpad:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n"
"hw.acpi.s4bios: 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22216
msgid ""
"Use <command>acpiconf -s</command> to test <literal>S3</literal>, "
"<literal>S4</literal>, and <literal>S5</literal>. An <option>s4bios</option> "
"of one (<literal>1</literal>) indicates <literal>S4</literal><acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> support instead of <literal>S4</literal> operating system support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22223
msgid ""
"When testing suspend/resume, start with <literal>S1</literal>, if supported. "
"This state is most likely to work since it does not require much driver "
"support. No one has implemented <literal>S2</literal>, which is similar to "
"<literal>S1</literal>. Next, try <literal>S3</literal>. This is the deepest "
"<acronym>STR</acronym> state and requires a lot of driver support to "
"properly reinitialize the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22232
msgid ""
"A common problem with suspend/resume is that many device drivers do not "
"save, restore, or reinitialize their firmware, registers, or device memory "
"properly. As a first attempt at debugging the problem, try:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22237
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl debug.bootverbose=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl debug.acpi.suspend_bounce=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpiconf -s 3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22241
msgid ""
"This test emulates the suspend/resume cycle of all device drivers without "
"actually going into <literal>S3</literal> state. In some cases, problems "
"such as losing firmware state, device watchdog time out, and retrying "
"forever, can be captured with this method. Note that the system will not "
"really enter <literal>S3</literal> state, which means devices may not lose "
"power, and many will work fine even if suspend/resume methods are totally "
"missing, unlike real <literal>S3</literal> state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22251
msgid ""
"Harder cases require additional hardware, such as a serial port and cable "
"for debugging through a serial console, a Firewire port and cable for using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dcons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and kernel debugging skills."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22256
msgid ""
"To help isolate the problem, unload as many drivers as possible. If it "
"works, narrow down which driver is the problem by loading drivers until it "
"fails again. Typically, binary drivers like <filename>nvidia.ko</filename>, "
"display drivers, and <acronym>USB</acronym> will have the most problems "
"while Ethernet interfaces usually work fine. If drivers can be properly "
"loaded and unloaded, automate this by putting the appropriate commands in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.suspend</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.resume</"
"filename>. Try setting <option>hw.acpi.reset_video</option> to <literal>1</"
"literal> if the display is messed up after resume. Try setting longer or "
"shorter values for <option>hw.acpi.sleep_delay</option> to see if that helps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22272
msgid ""
"Try loading a recent <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"distribution to see if suspend/resume works on the same hardware. If it "
"works on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, it is likely a "
"FreeBSD driver problem. Narrowing down which driver causes the problem will "
"assist developers in fixing the problem. Since the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"maintainers rarely maintain other drivers, such as sound or <acronym>ATA</"
"acronym>, any driver problems should also be posted to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-"
"current</link> list and mailed to the driver maintainer. Advanced users can "
"include debugging <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>s in a problematic "
"driver to track down where in its resume function it hangs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22284
msgid ""
"Finally, try disabling <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and enabling <acronym>APM</"
"acronym> instead. If suspend/resume works with <acronym>APM</acronym>, stick "
"with <acronym>APM</acronym>, especially on older hardware (pre-2000). It "
"took vendors a while to get <acronym>ACPI</acronym> support correct and "
"older hardware is more likely to have <acronym>BIOS</acronym> problems with "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22295
msgid "System Hangs"
msgstr "系統無回應"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22297
msgid ""
"Most system hangs are a result of lost interrupts or an interrupt storm. "
"Chipsets may have problems based on boot, how the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> "
"configures interrupts before correctness of the <acronym>APIC</acronym> "
"(<acronym>MADT</acronym>) table, and routing of the System Control Interrupt "
"(<acronym>SCI</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22304
msgid "<primary>interrupt storms</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22308
msgid ""
"Interrupt storms can be distinguished from lost interrupts by checking the "
"output of <command>vmstat -i</command> and looking at the line that has "
"<literal>acpi0</literal>. If the counter is increasing at more than a couple "
"per second, there is an interrupt storm. If the system appears hung, try "
"breaking to <acronym>DDB</acronym> (<keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>CTRL</keycap> <keycap>ALT</keycap> <keycap>ESC</keycap> </keycombo> "
"on console) and type <literal>show interrupts</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22321
msgid "<primary>APIC</primary> <secondary>disabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22326
msgid ""
"When dealing with interrupt problems, try disabling <acronym>APIC</acronym> "
"support with <literal>hint.apic.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> in <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22333
msgid "Panics"
msgstr "當機"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22335
msgid ""
"Panics are relatively rare for <acronym>ACPI</acronym> and are the top "
"priority to be fixed. The first step is to isolate the steps to reproduce "
"the panic, if possible, and get a backtrace. Follow the advice for enabling "
"<literal>options DDB</literal> and setting up a serial console in <xref "
"linkend=\"serialconsole-ddb\"/> or setting up a dump partition. To get a "
"backtrace in <acronym>DDB</acronym>, use <literal>tr</literal>. When "
"handwriting the backtrace, get at least the last five and the top five lines "
"in the trace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22346
msgid ""
"Then, try to isolate the problem by booting with <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"disabled. If that works, isolate the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> subsystem by "
"using various values of <option>debug.acpi.disable</option>. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for some examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22354
msgid "System Powers Up After Suspend or Shutdown"
msgstr "系統在待機或關機後仍開機"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22356
msgid ""
"First, try setting <literal>hw.acpi.disable_on_poweroff=\"0\"</literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. This keeps <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"from disabling various events during the shutdown process. Some systems need "
"this value set to <literal>1</literal> (the default) for the same reason. "
"This usually fixes the problem of a system powering up spontaneously after a "
"suspend or poweroff."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:22367
msgid "BIOS Contains Buggy Bytecode"
msgstr "BIOS 含有有問題的 Bytecode"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22369 book.translate.xml:22400
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>ACPI</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>ASL</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22374
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors provide incorrect or buggy bytecode. "
"This is usually manifested by kernel console messages like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22378
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] \\\\\n"
"(Node 0xc3f6d160), AE_NOT_FOUND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22381
msgid ""
"Often, these problems may be resolved by updating the <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> to the latest revision. Most console messages are harmless, but if "
"there are other problems, like the battery status is not working, these "
"messages are a good place to start looking for problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22391
msgid "Overriding the Default <acronym>AML</acronym>"
msgstr "覆蓋預設的 <acronym>AML</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22393
msgid ""
"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> bytecode, known as <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"Machine Language (<acronym>AML</acronym>), is compiled from a source "
"language called <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language (<acronym>ASL</"
"acronym>). The <acronym>AML</acronym> is found in the table known as the "
"Differentiated System Description Table (<acronym>DSDT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22405
msgid ""
"The goal of FreeBSD is for everyone to have working <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"without any user intervention. Workarounds are still being developed for "
"common mistakes made by <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors. The <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> interpreter (<filename>acpi.sys</"
"filename> and <filename>acpiec.sys</filename>) does not strictly check for "
"adherence to the standard, and thus many <acronym>BIOS</acronym> vendors who "
"only test <acronym>ACPI</acronym> under <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> never fix their <acronym>ASL</acronym>. FreeBSD "
"developers continue to identify and document which non-standard behavior is "
"allowed by <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark>'s "
"interpreter and replicate it so that FreeBSD can work without forcing users "
"to fix the <acronym>ASL</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22420
msgid ""
"To help identify buggy behavior and possibly fix it manually, a copy can be "
"made of the system's <acronym>ASL</acronym>. To copy the system's "
"<acronym>ASL</acronym> to a specified file name, use <command>acpidump</"
"command> with <option>-t</option>, to show the contents of the fixed tables, "
"and <option>-d</option>, to disassemble the <acronym>AML</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22428
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpidump -td &gt; <replaceable>my.asl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22430
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>AML</acronym> versions assume the user is running <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>. To override this, set <literal>hw."
"acpi.osname=<replaceable>\"Windows 2009\"</replaceable></literal> in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, using the most recent <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> version listed in the <acronym>ASL</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22437
msgid ""
"Other workarounds may require <filename>my.asl</filename> to be customized. "
"If this file is edited, compile the new <acronym>ASL</acronym> using the "
"following command. Warnings can usually be ignored, but errors are bugs that "
"will usually prevent <acronym>ACPI</acronym> from working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22443
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iasl -f <replaceable>my.asl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22445
msgid ""
"Including <option>-f</option> forces creation of the <acronym>AML</acronym>, "
"even if there are errors during compilation. Some errors, such as missing "
"return statements, are automatically worked around by the FreeBSD "
"interpreter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22451
msgid ""
"The default output filename for <command>iasl</command> is <filename>DSDT."
"aml</filename>. Load this file instead of the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>'s "
"buggy copy, which is still present in flash memory, by editing <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n"
"acpi_dsdt_name=\"/boot/DSDT.aml\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22460
msgid ""
"Be sure to copy <filename>DSDT.aml</filename> to <filename>/boot</filename>, "
"then reboot the system. If this fixes the problem, send a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> of the old and new <acronym>ASL</acronym> to <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</"
"link> so that developers can work around the buggy behavior in "
"<filename>acpica</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:22470
msgid "Getting and Submitting Debugging Info"
msgstr "取得與回報除錯資訊"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22473
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Nate</firstname> <surname>Lawson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22483
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Peter</firstname> <surname>Schultz</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>With contributions from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22505
msgid "<primary>ACPI</primary> <secondary>debugging</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22510
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver has a flexible debugging facility. A set "
"of subsystems and the level of verbosity can be specified. The subsystems to "
"debug are specified as layers and are broken down into components "
"(<literal>ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS</literal>) and <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"hardware support (<literal>ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS</literal>). The verbosity of "
"debugging output is specified as the level and ranges from just report "
"errors (<literal>ACPI_LV_ERROR</literal>) to everything "
"(<literal>ACPI_LV_VERBOSE</literal>). The level is a bitmask so multiple "
"options can be set at once, separated by spaces. In practice, a serial "
"console should be used to log the output so it is not lost as the console "
"message buffer flushes. A full list of the individual layers and levels is "
"found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22526
msgid ""
"Debugging output is not enabled by default. To enable it, add "
"<literal>options ACPI_DEBUG</literal> to the custom kernel configuration "
"file if <acronym>ACPI</acronym> is compiled into the kernel. Add "
"<literal>ACPI_DEBUG=1</literal> to <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> to "
"enable it globally. If a module is used instead of a custom kernel, "
"recompile just the <filename>acpi.ko</filename> module as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22534
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi &amp;&amp; make clean &amp;&amp; make ACPI_DEBUG=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22536
msgid ""
"Copy the compiled <filename>acpi.ko</filename> to <filename>/boot/kernel</"
"filename> and add the desired level and layer to <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename>. The entries in this example enable debug messages for all "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> components and hardware drivers and output error "
"messages at the least verbose level:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n"
"debug.acpi.level=\"ACPI_LV_ERROR\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22546
msgid ""
"If the required information is triggered by a specific event, such as a "
"suspend and then resume, do not modify <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>. Instead, use <command>sysctl</command> to specify the layer and "
"level after booting and preparing the system for the specific event. The "
"variables which can be set using <command>sysctl</command> are named the "
"same as the tunables in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22560
msgid ""
"Once the debugging information is gathered, it can be sent to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-"
"acpi</link> so that it can be used by the FreeBSD <acronym>ACPI</acronym> "
"maintainers to identify the root cause of the problem and to develop a "
"solution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22566
msgid ""
"Before submitting debugging information to this mailing list, ensure the "
"latest <acronym>BIOS</acronym> version is installed and, if available, the "
"embedded controller firmware version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22572
msgid "When submitting a problem report, include the following information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22577
msgid ""
"Description of the buggy behavior, including system type, model, and "
"anything that causes the bug to appear. Note as accurately as possible when "
"the bug began occurring if it is new."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22584
msgid ""
"The output of <command>dmesg</command> after running <command>boot -v</"
"command>, including any error messages generated by the bug."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22590
msgid ""
"The <command>dmesg</command> output from <command>boot -v</command> with "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> disabled, if disabling <acronym>ACPI</acronym> helps "
"to fix the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22597
msgid ""
"Output from <command>sysctl hw.acpi</command>. This lists which features the "
"system offers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22602
msgid ""
"The <acronym>URL</acronym> to a pasted version of the system's <acronym>ASL</"
"acronym>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> send the <acronym>ASL</acronym> "
"directly to the list as it can be very large. Generate a copy of the "
"<acronym>ASL</acronym> by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22609
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>acpidump -dt &gt; <replaceable>name</replaceable>-<replaceable>system</replaceable>.asl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22611
msgid ""
"Substitute the login name for <replaceable>name</replaceable> and "
"manufacturer/model for <replaceable>system</replaceable>. For example, use "
"<filename>njl-FooCo6000.asl</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22618
msgid ""
"Most FreeBSD developers watch the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list</link>, "
"but one should submit problems to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi\">freebsd-acpi</link> to be sure it is "
"seen. Be patient when waiting for a response. If the bug is not immediately "
"apparent, submit a <acronym>PR</acronym> using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>send-pr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When entering a <acronym>PR</acronym>, include "
"the same information as requested above. This helps developers to track the "
"problem and resolve it. Do not send a <acronym>PR</acronym> without emailing "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi"
"\">freebsd-acpi</link> first as it is likely that the problem has been "
"reported before."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22632
msgid ""
"More information about <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be found in the following "
"locations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22637
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Mailing List Archives (<uri xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/\">http://lists.freebsd."
"org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/</uri>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22642
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ACPI</acronym> 2.0 Specification (<uri xlink:href=\"http://acpi."
"info/spec.htm\">http://acpi.info/spec.htm</uri>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22646
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi_thermal</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpidump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iasl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpidb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:22663
msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process"
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機程序"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22668
msgid "<primary>booting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22669
msgid "<primary>bootstrap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22671
msgid ""
"The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is "
"referred to as <quote>the bootstrap process</quote>, or <quote>booting</"
"quote>. FreeBSD's boot process provides a great deal of flexibility in "
"customizing what happens when the system starts, including the ability to "
"select from different operating systems installed on the same computer, "
"different versions of the same operating system, or a different installed "
"kernel."
msgstr ""
"從開啟電腦到載入作業系統的這段流程稱為<quote>開機程序</quote> (Bootstrap "
"process) 或<quote>開機</quote> (booting)。FreeBSD 的開機程序提供大量的客製化"
"彈性，包含可選擇安裝在同電腦的其他的作業系統、不同版本的作業系統或不同核心的"
"作業系統的功能。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22680
msgid ""
"This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It "
"demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything "
"that happens until the FreeBSD kernel has started, probed for devices, and "
"started <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This occurs when the text color of the boot "
"messages changes from bright white to grey."
msgstr ""
"本章會詳細說明可以設定的選項。示範如何自訂 FreeBSD 開機流程，包含其中所有會發"
"生的事，直到啟動 FreeBSD 核心、偵測裝置及啟動 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。這些事會發生在開機訊息的文字顏色會從亮白變成灰色之間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22687
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:"
msgstr "在閱讀本章之後，您會了解："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22691
msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact."
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機系統的元件以及它們如何互動。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22696
msgid ""
"The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in "
"order to control the boot process."
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機程式中各元件可使用的選項，用來控制開機程序。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22701
msgid "How to configure a customized boot splash screen."
msgstr "如何設定自訂的開機啟動畫面 (Splash screen)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22705
msgid "The basics of setting device hints."
msgstr "設定 Device Hints 的基礎。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:22709
msgid ""
"How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a "
"FreeBSD system."
msgstr "如何開機進入單人及多人模式以及如何正確關閉 FreeBSD 系統。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22715
msgid ""
"This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and "
"amd64 systems."
msgstr "本章僅說明 FreeBSD 在 x86 及 amd64 系統上執行的開機流程。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:22721
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process"
msgstr "FreeBSD 開機程序"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22723
msgid ""
"Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting "
"dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until "
"the operating system is started. This includes running programs from the "
"disk. If the computer can not run a program from the disk without the "
"operating system, and the operating system programs are on the disk, how is "
"the operating system started?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22731
msgid ""
"This problem parallels one in the book <citetitle>The Adventures of Baron "
"Munchausen</citetitle>. A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and "
"pulled himself out by grabbing his bootstraps and lifting. In the early days "
"of computing, the term <firstterm>bootstrap</firstterm> was applied to the "
"mechanism used to load the operating system. It has since become shortened "
"to <quote>booting</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22739
msgid "<primary><acronym>BIOS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22741
msgid ""
"<primary>Basic Input/Output System</primary><see><acronym>BIOS</acronym></"
"see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22744
msgid ""
"On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (<acronym>BIOS</acronym>) is "
"responsible for loading the operating system. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> "
"looks on the hard disk for the Master Boot Record (<acronym>MBR</acronym>), "
"which must be located in a specific place on the disk. The <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> has enough knowledge to load and run the <acronym>MBR</acronym>, "
"and assumes that the <acronym>MBR</acronym> can then carry out the rest of "
"the tasks involved in loading the operating system, possibly with the help "
"of the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:22756
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older <acronym>MBR</acronym> "
"standard, and the newer GUID Partition Table (<acronym>GPT</acronym>). "
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning is often found on computers with the "
"Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (<acronym>UEFI</acronym>). However, "
"FreeBSD can boot from <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions even on machines "
"with only a legacy <acronym>BIOS</acronym> with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gptboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Work is under way to provide direct "
"<acronym>UEFI</acronym> booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22767 book.translate.xml:22823
msgid "<primary>Master Boot Record (<acronym>MBR</acronym>)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22770 book.translate.xml:22821
msgid "<primary>Boot Manager</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22772
msgid "<primary>Boot Loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22774
msgid ""
"The code within the <acronym>MBR</acronym> is typically referred to as a "
"<emphasis>boot manager</emphasis>, especially when it interacts with the "
"user. The boot manager usually has more code in the first track of the disk "
"or within the file system. Examples of boot managers include the standard "
"FreeBSD boot manager <application>boot0</application>, also called "
"<application>Boot Easy</application>, and <application>Grub</application>, "
"which is used by many <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> "
"distributions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22784
msgid ""
"If only one operating system is installed, the <acronym>MBR</acronym> "
"searches for the first bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs "
"the code on that slice to load the remainder of the operating system. When "
"multiple operating systems are present, a different boot manager can be "
"installed to display a list of operating systems so the user can select one "
"to boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22792
msgid ""
"The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. "
"The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state "
"and run the second stage. The second stage can do a little bit more, before "
"running the third stage. The third stage finishes the task of loading the "
"operating system. The work is split into three stages because the "
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> puts limits on the size of the programs that can be "
"run at stages one and two. Chaining the tasks together allows FreeBSD to "
"provide a more flexible loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22803
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22804 book.translate.xml:23130
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22806
msgid ""
"The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize "
"them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes "
"control to the user process <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which makes sure the "
"disks are in a usable state, starts the user-level resource configuration "
"which mounts file systems, sets up network cards to communicate on the "
"network, and starts the processes which have been configured to run at "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22815
msgid ""
"This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to "
"interact with the FreeBSD boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22819
msgid "The Boot Manager"
msgstr "開機管理程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22826
msgid ""
"The boot manager code in the <acronym>MBR</acronym> is sometimes referred to "
"as <emphasis>stage zero</emphasis> of the boot process. By default, FreeBSD "
"uses the <application>boot0</application> boot manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22831
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MBR</acronym> installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on "
"<filename>/boot/boot0</filename>. The size and capability of "
"<application>boot0</application> is restricted to 446 bytes due to the slice "
"table and <literal>0x55AA</literal> identifier at the end of the "
"<acronym>MBR</acronym>. If <application>boot0</application> and multiple "
"operating systems are installed, a message similar to this example will be "
"displayed at boot time:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22841
msgid "<filename>boot0</filename> Screenshot"
msgstr "<filename>boot0</filename> 螢幕截圖"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"F1 Win\n"
"F2 FreeBSD\n"
"\n"
"Default: F2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22849
msgid ""
"Other operating systems will overwrite an existing <acronym>MBR</acronym> if "
"they are installed after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the "
"existing <acronym>MBR</acronym> with the FreeBSD <acronym>MBR</acronym>, use "
"the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22855
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22857
msgid ""
"where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is the boot disk, such as "
"<filename>ad0</filename> for the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk, "
"<filename>ad2</filename> for the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk on a "
"second <acronym>IDE</acronym> controller, or <filename>da0</filename> for "
"the first <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk. To create a custom configuration of "
"the <acronym>MBR</acronym>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot0cfg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22868
msgid "Stage One and Stage Two"
msgstr "階段一與階段二"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22870
msgid ""
"Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on "
"the same area of the disk. Because of space constraints, they have been "
"split into two, but are always installed together. They are copied from the "
"combined <filename>/boot/boot</filename> by the FreeBSD installer or "
"<command>bsdlabel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22877
msgid ""
"These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the "
"boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where "
"<application>boot0</application>, or any other boot manager, expects to find "
"a program to run which will continue the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22883
msgid ""
"The first stage, <filename>boot1</filename>, is very simple, since it can "
"only be 512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD "
"<firstterm>bsdlabel</firstterm>, which stores information about the slice, "
"to find and execute <filename>boot2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22889
msgid ""
"Stage two, <filename>boot2</filename>, is slightly more sophisticated, and "
"understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a "
"simple interface to choose the kernel or loader to run. It runs "
"<application>loader</application>, which is much more sophisticated and "
"provides a boot configuration file. If the boot process is interrupted at "
"stage two, the following interactive screen is displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22899
msgid "<filename>boot2</filename> Screenshot"
msgstr "<filename>boot2</filename> 螢幕截圖"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22901 book.translate.xml:48476
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&gt;&gt; FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n"
"Default: 0:ad(0,a)/boot/loader\n"
"boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22906
msgid ""
"To replace the installed <filename>boot1</filename> and <filename>boot2</"
"filename>, use <command>bsdlabel</command>, where <replaceable>diskslice</"
"replaceable> is the disk and slice to boot from, such as <filename>ad0s1</"
"filename> for the first slice on the first <acronym>IDE</acronym> disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22912
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -B <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:22915
msgid ""
"If just the disk name is used, such as <filename>ad0</filename>, "
"<command>bsdlabel</command> will create the disk in <quote>dangerously "
"dedicated mode</quote>, without slices. This is probably not the desired "
"action, so double check the <replaceable>diskslice</replaceable> before "
"pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22926
msgid "Stage Three"
msgstr "階段三"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22928
msgid "<primary>boot-loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22930
msgid ""
"The <application>loader</application> is the final stage of the three-stage "
"bootstrap process. It is located on the file system, usually as <filename>/"
"boot/loader</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22935
msgid ""
"The <application>loader</application> is intended as an interactive method "
"for configuration, using a built-in command set, backed up by a more "
"powerful interpreter which has a more complex command set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22940
msgid ""
"During initialization, <application>loader</application> will probe for a "
"console and for disks, and figure out which disk it is booting from. It will "
"set variables accordingly, and an interpreter is started where user commands "
"can be passed from a script or interactively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22946
msgid "<primary>loader</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:22947
msgid "<primary>loader configuration</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22949
msgid ""
"The <application>loader</application> will then read <filename>/boot/loader."
"rc</filename>, which by default reads in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader."
"conf</filename> which sets reasonable defaults for variables and reads "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> for local changes to those variables. "
"<filename>loader.rc</filename> then acts on these variables, loading "
"whichever modules and kernel are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22958
msgid ""
"Finally, by default, <application>loader</application> issues a 10 second "
"wait for key presses, and boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If "
"interrupted, the user is presented with a prompt which understands the "
"command set, where the user may adjust variables, unload all modules, load "
"modules, and then finally boot or reboot. <xref linkend=\"boot-loader-"
"commands\"/> lists the most commonly used <application>loader</application> "
"commands. For a complete discussion of all available commands, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:22969
msgid "Loader Built-In Commands"
msgstr "載入程式內建指令"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22981
msgid "autoboot <replaceable>seconds</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22983
msgid ""
"Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, "
"in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22990
msgid ""
"boot <optional><replaceable>-options</replaceable></optional> "
"<optional><replaceable>kernelname</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:22993
msgid ""
"Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or "
"kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable "
"after an <command>unload</command> has been issued. Otherwise, the "
"previously-loaded kernel will be used. If <emphasis>kernelname</emphasis> is "
"not qualified it will be searched under <emphasis>/boot/kernel</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>/boot/modules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23005
msgid "boot-conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23006
msgid ""
"Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified "
"variables, most commonly <envar>kernel</envar>. This only makes sense if "
"<command>unload</command> is used first, before changing some variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23014
msgid "help <optional><replaceable>topic</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23016
msgid ""
"Shows help messages read from <filename>/boot/loader.help</filename>. If the "
"topic given is <literal>index</literal>, the list of available topics is "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23023
msgid "include <replaceable>filename</replaceable> …"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23025
msgid ""
"Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error "
"immediately stops the <command>include</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23031
msgid ""
"load <optional>-t <replaceable>type</replaceable></optional> "
"<replaceable>filename</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23034
msgid ""
"Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the "
"specified filename. Any arguments after <replaceable>filename</replaceable> "
"are passed to the file. If <emphasis>filename</emphasis> is not qualified it "
"will be searched under <emphasis>/boot/kernel</emphasis> and <emphasis>/boot/"
"modules</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23045
msgid ""
"ls <optional>-l</optional> <optional><replaceable>path</replaceable></"
"optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23047
msgid ""
"Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the "
"path is not specified. If <option>-l</option> is specified, file sizes will "
"also be shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23054
msgid "lsdev <optional>-v</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23055
msgid ""
"Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If "
"<option>-v</option> is specified, more details are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23061
msgid "lsmod <optional>-v</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23062
msgid ""
"Displays loaded modules. If <option>-v</option> is specified, more details "
"are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23067
msgid "more <replaceable>filename</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23068
msgid ""
"Displays the files specified, with a pause at each <varname>LINES</varname> "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23073
msgid "reboot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23074
msgid "Immediately reboots the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23078
msgid ""
"set <replaceable>variable</replaceable>, set <replaceable>variable</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23080
msgid "Sets the specified environment variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23084
msgid "unload"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23085
msgid "Removes all loaded modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23093 book.translate.xml:23203 book.translate.xml:45306
msgid "<primary>single-user mode</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23091
msgid ""
"Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel "
"in single-user mode <_:indexterm-1/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23096
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot -s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23098
msgid ""
"To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or "
"another, specified kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23101
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>unload</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>load <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23104
msgid ""
"Use <filename>kernel.GENERIC</filename> to refer to the default kernel that "
"comes with an installation, or <filename>kernel.old</filename>, to refer to "
"the previously installed kernel before a system upgrade or before "
"configuring a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23110
msgid "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>unload</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>set kernel=\"<replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable>\"</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>boot-conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23117
msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23119
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>load -t userconfig_script <replaceable>/boot/kernel.conf</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23121
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>boot interaction</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23128
msgid "Last Stage"
msgstr "最終階段"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23134
msgid ""
"Once the kernel is loaded by either <application>loader</application> or by "
"<application>boot2</application>, which bypasses <application>loader</"
"application>, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as "
"necessary. <xref linkend=\"boot-kernel\"/> lists the commonly used boot "
"flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on the other boot flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23142
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>bootflags</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:23148
msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot"
msgstr "開機時核心互動參數"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23161
msgid ""
"During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23166
msgid "<option>-C</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23167
msgid "Boot the root file system from a <acronym>CDROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23172
msgid "<option>-s</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23173
msgid "Boot into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:23178
msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23184
msgid ""
"Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which is located at <filename>/sbin/init</filename>, or the "
"program path specified in the <envar>init_path</envar> variable in "
"<command>loader</command>. This is the last stage of the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23191
msgid ""
"The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system "
"are consistent. If a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system is not, and "
"<command>fsck</command> cannot fix the inconsistencies, <application>init</"
"application> drops the system into single-user mode so that the system "
"administrator can resolve the problem directly. Otherwise, the system boots "
"into multi-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23201
msgid "Single-User Mode"
msgstr "單使用者模式"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23206
msgid ""
"A user can specify this mode by booting with <option>-s</option> or by "
"setting the <envar>boot_single</envar> variable in <application>loader</"
"application>. It can also be reached by running <command>shutdown now</"
"command> from multi-user mode. Single-user mode begins with this message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23213
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23215
msgid ""
"If the user presses <keycap>Enter</keycap>, the system will enter the "
"default Bourne shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to "
"the shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23219
msgid ""
"Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due "
"to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It "
"can also be used to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> password when it is unknown. These actions are possible as the "
"single-user mode prompt gives full, local access to the system and its "
"configuration files. There is no networking in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23228
msgid ""
"While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security "
"risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any "
"user who can gain physical access to a system will have full control of that "
"system after booting into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23234
msgid ""
"If the system <literal>console</literal> is changed to <literal>insecure</"
"literal> in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, the system will first prompt for "
"the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password before "
"initiating single-user mode. This adds a measure of security while removing "
"the ability to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"password when it is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:23244
msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>"
msgstr "在 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 設定不安全的 Console"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23247
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type    status          comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown off <replaceable>insecure</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23254
msgid ""
"An <literal>insecure</literal> console means that physical security to the "
"console is considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password may use single-"
"user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23261
msgid "Multi-User Mode"
msgstr "多使用者模式"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23263
msgid "<primary>multi-user mode</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23265
msgid ""
"If <application>init</application> finds the file systems to be in order, or "
"once the user has finished their commands in single-user mode and has typed "
"<command>exit</command> to leave single-user mode, the system enters multi-"
"user mode, in which it starts the resource configuration of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23272
msgid "<primary>rc files</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23274
msgid ""
"The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from "
"<filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> and system-specific details from "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. It then proceeds to mount the system file "
"systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It starts up networking "
"services, miscellaneous system daemons, then the startup scripts of locally "
"installed packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:23283
msgid ""
"To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and examine the scripts located in <filename>/etc/rc.d</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23298
msgid "Configuring Boot Time Splash Screens"
msgstr "設定開機啟動畫面"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:23301 book.translate.xml:57910
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Joseph J.</firstname> <surname>Barbish</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23311
msgid ""
"Typically when a FreeBSD system boots, it displays its progress as a series "
"of messages at the console. A boot splash screen creates an alternate boot "
"screen that hides all of the boot probe and service startup messages. A few "
"boot loader messages, including the boot options menu and a timed wait "
"countdown prompt, are displayed at boot time, even when the splash screen is "
"enabled. The display of the splash screen can be turned off by hitting any "
"key on the keyboard during the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23321
msgid ""
"There are two basic environments available in FreeBSD. The first is the "
"default legacy virtual console command line environment. After the system "
"finishes booting, a console login prompt is presented. The second "
"environment is a configured graphical environment. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"x11\"/> for more information on how to install and configure a graphical "
"display manager and a graphical login manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23329
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted, the splash screen defaults to being a screen "
"saver. After a time period of non-use, the splash screen will display and "
"will cycle through steps of changing intensity of the image, from bright to "
"very dark and over again. The configuration of the splash screen saver can "
"be overridden by adding a <literal>saver=</literal> line to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>. Several built-in screen savers are available and "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>splash</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>saver=</"
"literal> option only applies to virtual consoles and has no effect on "
"graphical display managers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23340
msgid ""
"Sample splash screen files can be downloaded from the gallery at <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://artwork.freebsdgr.org/node/3/\">http://artwork.freebsdgr.org</"
"link>. By installing the <package>sysutils/bsd-splash-changer</package> "
"package or port, a random splash image from a collection will display at "
"boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23346
msgid ""
"The splash screen function supports 256-colors in the bitmap (<filename>."
"bmp</filename>), ZSoft <acronym>PCX</acronym> (<filename>.pcx</filename>), "
"or TheDraw (<filename>.bin</filename>) formats. The <filename>.bmp</"
"filename>, <filename>.pcx</filename>, or <filename>.bin</filename> image has "
"to be placed on the root partition, for example in <filename>/boot</"
"filename>. The splash image files must have a resolution of 320 by 200 "
"pixels or less in order to work on standard <acronym>VGA</acronym> adapters. "
"For the default boot display resolution of 256-colors and 320 by 200 pixels "
"or less, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. "
"Replace <replaceable>splash.bmp</replaceable> with the name of the bitmap "
"file to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_bmp_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.bmp</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23365
msgid "To use a <acronym>PCX</acronym> file instead of a bitmap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23368
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_pcx_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.pcx</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23372
msgid ""
"To instead use ASCII art in the <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/"
"wiki/TheDraw\">https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TheDraw</link> format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"splash_txt=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_load=\"YES\"\n"
"bitmap_name=\"/boot/<replaceable>splash.bin</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23379
msgid ""
"To use larger images that fill the whole display screen, up to the maximum "
"resolution of 1024 by 768 pixels, the <acronym>VESA</acronym> module must "
"also be loaded during system boot. If using a custom kernel, ensure that the "
"custom kernel configuration file includes the <literal>VESA</literal> kernel "
"configuration option. To load the <acronym>VESA</acronym> module for the "
"splash screen, add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> "
"before the three lines mentioned in the above examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23389
#, no-wrap
msgid "vesa_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23391
msgid "Other interesting <filename>loader.conf</filename> options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:23395
msgid "<literal>beastie_disable=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23398
msgid ""
"This will stop the boot options menu from being displayed, but the timed "
"wait count down prompt will still be present. Even with the display of the "
"boot options menu disabled, entering an option selection at the timed wait "
"count down prompt will enact the corresponding boot option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:23407
msgid "<literal>loader_logo=\"beastie\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23410
msgid ""
"This will replace the default words <quote>FreeBSD</quote>, which are "
"displayed to the right of the boot options menu, with the colored beastie "
"logo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23418
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>splash</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vga</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:23424
msgid "Device Hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23437
msgid "<primary>device.hints</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23441
msgid ""
"During initial system startup, the boot <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> reads <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>device.hints</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This file stores kernel boot information known as "
"variables, sometimes referred to as <quote>device hints</quote>. These "
"<quote>device hints</quote> are used by device drivers for device "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23447
msgid ""
"Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as "
"demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Variables can be added "
"using <command>set</command>, removed with <command>unset</command>, and "
"viewed <command>show</command>. Variables set in <filename>/boot/device."
"hints</filename> can also be overridden. Device hints entered at the boot "
"loader are not permanent and will not be applied on the next reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23456
msgid ""
"Once the system is booted, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kenv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to dump "
"all of the variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23459
msgid ""
"The syntax for <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is one variable per "
"line, using the hash <quote>#</quote> as comment markers. Lines are "
"constructed as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23464
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"<replaceable>value</replaceable>\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23466
msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23468
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>set hint.driver.unit.keyword=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23470
msgid ""
"where <literal>driver</literal> is the device driver name, <literal>unit</"
"literal> is the device driver unit number, and <literal>keyword</literal> is "
"the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23477
msgid ""
"<literal>at</literal>: specifies the bus which the device is attached to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23482
msgid ""
"<literal>port</literal>: specifies the start address of the <acronym>I/O</"
"acronym> to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23487
msgid ""
"<literal>irq</literal>: specifies the interrupt request number to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23492
msgid "<literal>drq</literal>: specifies the DMA channel number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23497
msgid ""
"<literal>maddr</literal>: specifies the physical memory address occupied by "
"the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23502
msgid "<literal>flags</literal>: sets various flag bits for the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23507
msgid ""
"<literal>disabled</literal>: if set to <literal>1</literal> the device is "
"disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23512
msgid ""
"Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, "
"viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer "
"to <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>device.hints</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kenv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:23519
msgid "Shutdown Sequence"
msgstr "關機程序"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23521
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23525
msgid ""
"Upon controlled shutdown using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> will attempt to run the script <filename>/etc/rc.shutdown</"
"filename>, and then proceed to send all processes the <literal>TERM</"
"literal> signal, and subsequently the <literal>KILL</literal> signal to any "
"that do not terminate in a timely manner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23532
msgid ""
"To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support "
"power management, use <command>shutdown -p now</command> to turn the power "
"off immediately. To reboot a FreeBSD system, use <command>shutdown -r now</"
"command>. One must be <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> or a "
"member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> in order to "
"run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. One can also use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>halt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reboot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to their manual "
"pages and to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shutdown</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23544
msgid ""
"Modify group membership by referring to <xref linkend=\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:23548
msgid ""
"Power management requires <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acpi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be loaded as a "
"module or statically compiled into a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:23563 book.translate.xml:56478
msgid "Security"
msgstr "安全性"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:23566
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:23576
msgid "<primary>security</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23581
msgid ""
"Security, whether physical or virtual, is a topic so broad that an entire "
"industry has evolved around it. Hundreds of standard practices have been "
"authored about how to secure systems and networks, and as a user of FreeBSD, "
"understanding how to protect against attacks and intruders is a must."
msgstr ""
"不論實體或虛擬，安全性這個主題大到有整個產業圍繞著它，上百個標準案例已經被用"
"來搛寫如何確保系統與網路的安全性。身為 FreeBSD 必須了解如何避免攻擊與入侵。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23587
msgid ""
"In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The "
"FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third "
"party utilities may be added to enhance security."
msgstr ""
"在此章會討論幾個基本原理及技術。FreeBSD 系統的安全性有許多層面，且有許多第三"
"方工具可以用來增加安全性。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23596
msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts."
msgstr "基礎 FreeBSD 系統安全概念。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23600
msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD."
msgstr "FreeBSD 中的幾種加密 (Crypt) 機制。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23604
msgid "How to set up one-time password authentication."
msgstr "如何設定一次性密碼認證。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23608
msgid ""
"How to configure <application>TCP Wrapper</application> for use with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"如何設定 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 中的 <application>TCP Wrapper</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23613
msgid "How to set up <application>Kerberos</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何在 FreeBSD 設定 <application>Kerberos</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23618
msgid ""
"How to configure <acronym>IPsec</acronym> and create a <acronym>VPN</"
"acronym>."
msgstr "如何設定 <acronym>IPsec</acronym> 並且建立 <acronym>VPN</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23623
msgid "How to configure and use <application>OpenSSH</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何在 FreeBSD 設定並使用 <application>OpenSSH</application>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23628
msgid "How to use file system <acronym>ACL</acronym>s."
msgstr "如何使用檔案系統 <acronym>ACL</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23632
msgid ""
"How to use <application>pkg</application> to audit third party software "
"packages installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""
"如何使用 <application>pkg</application> 來稽查從 Port 套件集安裝的第三方軟體"
"套件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23638
msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories."
msgstr "如何利用 FreeBSD 安全報告。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23642
msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD."
msgstr "什麼是程序追蹤 (Process Accounting) 以及如何在 FreeBSD 開啟。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23647
msgid ""
"How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits "
"database."
msgstr "如何使用登入類別或資源限制資料庫控制使用者資源。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:23656 book.translate.xml:58026
msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts."
msgstr "了解 FreeBSD 基礎及網路概念。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23660
msgid ""
"Additional security topics are covered elsewhere in this Handbook. For "
"example, Mandatory Access Control is discussed in <xref linkend=\"mac\"/> "
"and Internet firewalls are discussed in <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/>."
msgstr ""
"其他的安全性議題會在本操作手冊的其他處說明。例如 強制存取控制 (Mandatory "
"Access Control, MAC) 會在 <xref linkend=\"mac\"/> 討論及網路防火牆會在 <xref "
"linkend=\"firewalls\"/> 討論。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23669
msgid ""
"Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system "
"could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc "
"on an entire network. One of the core principles of information security is "
"the <acronym>CIA</acronym> triad, which stands for the Confidentiality, "
"Integrity, and Availability of information systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23677
msgid ""
"The <acronym>CIA</acronym> triad is a bedrock concept of computer security "
"as customers and users expect their data to be protected. For example, a "
"customer expects that their credit card information is securely stored "
"(confidentiality), that their orders are not changed behind the scenes "
"(integrity), and that they have access to their order information at all "
"times (availablility)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23685
msgid ""
"To provide <acronym>CIA</acronym>, security professionals apply a defense in "
"depth strategy. The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of "
"security to prevent one single layer failing and the entire security system "
"collapsing. For example, a system administrator cannot simply turn on a "
"firewall and consider the network or system secure. One must also audit "
"accounts, check the integrity of binaries, and ensure malicious tools are "
"not installed. To implement an effective security strategy, one must "
"understand threats and how to defend against them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23696
msgid ""
"What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not "
"limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without "
"permission from a remote location. Threats also include employees, malicious "
"software, unauthorized network devices, natural disasters, security "
"vulnerabilities, and even competing corporations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23703
msgid ""
"Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by "
"accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage "
"or former employees. As a user, it is important to prepare for and admit "
"when a mistake has led to a security breach and report possible issues to "
"the security team. As an administrator, it is important to know of the "
"threats and be prepared to mitigate them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23711
msgid ""
"When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing "
"the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network "
"layer so that it adheres to the system policy and the organization's "
"security procedures. Many organizations already have a security policy that "
"covers the configuration of technology devices. The policy should include "
"the security configuration of workstations, desktops, mobile devices, "
"phones, production servers, and development servers. In many cases, standard "
"operating procedures (<acronym>SOP</acronym>s) already exist. When in doubt, "
"ask the security team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:23723
msgid ""
"The rest of this introduction describes how some of these basic security "
"configurations are performed on a FreeBSD system. The rest of this chapter "
"describes some specific tools which can be used when implementing a security "
"policy on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23730
msgid "Preventing Logins"
msgstr "防止登入"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23732
msgid ""
"In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. Ensure "
"that <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has a strong password "
"and that this password is not shared. Disable any accounts that do not need "
"login access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23737
msgid ""
"To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist. The first is to lock "
"the account. This example locks the <systemitem class=\"username\">toor</"
"systemitem> account:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23741
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw lock <replaceable>toor</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23743
msgid ""
"The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to "
"<filename>/sbin/nologin</filename>. Only the superuser can change the shell "
"for other users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23747
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin <replaceable>toor</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23749
msgid ""
"The <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> shell prevents the system from "
"assigning a shell to the user when they attempt to login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23755
msgid "Permitted Account Escalation"
msgstr "帳號升級授權"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23757
msgid ""
"In some cases, system administration needs to be shared with other users. "
"FreeBSD has two methods to handle this. The first one, which is not "
"recommended, is a shared root password used by members of the <systemitem "
"class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group. With this method, a user types "
"<command>su</command> and enters the password for <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> whenever superuser access is needed. The "
"user should then type <command>exit</command> to leave privileged access "
"after finishing the commands that required administrative access. To add a "
"user to this group, edit <filename>/etc/group</filename> and add the user to "
"the end of the <literal>wheel</literal> entry. The user must be separated by "
"a comma character with no space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23771
msgid ""
"The second, and recommended, method to permit privilege escalation is to "
"install the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software "
"provides additional auditing, more fine-grained user control, and can be "
"configured to lock users into running only the specified privileged commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23778
msgid ""
"After installation, use <command>visudo</command> to edit <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/sudoers</filename>. This example creates a new <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">webadmin</systemitem> group, adds the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> account to that group, and configures that "
"group access to restart <package>apache24</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>visudo</userinput>\n"
"%webadmin ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service apache24 *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23791
msgid "Password Hashes"
msgstr "密碼編碼方式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23793
msgid ""
"Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they "
"should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt "
"the version that is stored in the password database. FreeBSD supports the "
"<acronym>DES</acronym>, <acronym>MD5</acronym>, <acronym>SHA256</acronym>, "
"<acronym>SHA512</acronym>, and Blowfish hash algorithms in its "
"<function>crypt()</function> library. The default of <acronym>SHA512</"
"acronym> should not be changed to a less secure hashing algorithm, but can "
"be changed to the more secure Blowfish algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:23805
msgid ""
"Blowfish is not part of <acronym>AES</acronym> and is not considered "
"compliant with any Federal Information Processing Standards (<acronym>FIPS</"
"acronym>). Its use may not be permitted in some environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23811
msgid ""
"To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the "
"superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. "
"Each hash starts with a symbol which indicates the type of hash mechanism "
"used to encrypt the password. If <acronym>DES</acronym> is used, there is no "
"beginning symbol. For <acronym>MD5</acronym>, the symbol is <literal>$</"
"literal>. For <acronym>SHA256</acronym> and <acronym>SHA512</acronym>, the "
"symbol is <literal>$6$</literal>. For Blowfish, the symbol is <literal>$2a$</"
"literal>. In this example, the password for <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">dru</systemitem> is hashed using the default <acronym>SHA512</acronym> "
"algorithm as the hash starts with <literal>$6$</literal>. Note that the "
"encrypted hash, not the password itself, is stored in the password database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23827
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grep dru /etc/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"dru:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta.8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:dru:/usr/home/dru:/bin/csh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23830
msgid ""
"The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class. For this example, the "
"user is in the <literal>default</literal> login class and the hash algorithm "
"is set with this line in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23835
#, no-wrap
msgid "        :passwd_format=sha512:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23837
msgid ""
"To change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23840
#, no-wrap
msgid "        :passwd_format=blf:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23842
msgid ""
"Then run <command>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</command> as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>. Note that this change will not affect any "
"existing password hashes. This means that all passwords should be re-hashed "
"by asking users to run <command>passwd</command> in order to change their "
"password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23849
msgid ""
"For remote logins, two-factor authentication should be used. An example of "
"two-factor authentication is <quote>something you have</quote>, such as a "
"key, and <quote>something you know</quote>, such as the passphrase for that "
"key. Since <application>OpenSSH</application> is part of the FreeBSD base "
"system, all network logins should be over an encrypted connection and use "
"key-based authentication instead of passwords. For more information, refer "
"to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/>. Kerberos users may need to make additional "
"changes to implement <application>OpenSSH</application> in their network. "
"These changes are described in <xref linkend=\"kerberos5\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23863
msgid "Password Policy Enforcement"
msgstr "強制密碼政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23865
msgid ""
"Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental "
"aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, "
"and password complexity can be implemented using built-in Pluggable "
"Authentication Modules (<acronym>PAM</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23871
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password "
"length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the "
"<filename>pam_passwdqc.so</filename> module. This module is enforced when a "
"user changes their password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23877
msgid ""
"To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line "
"containing <literal>pam_passwdqc.so</literal> in <filename>/etc/pam.d/"
"passwd</filename>. Then, edit that line to match the password policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23883
#, no-wrap
msgid "password        requisite       pam_passwdqc.so         <replaceable>min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3</replaceable> enforce=users"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23885
msgid ""
"This example sets several requirements for new passwords. The <literal>min</"
"literal> setting controls the minimum password length. It has five values "
"because this module defines five different types of passwords based on their "
"complexity. Complexity is defined by the type of characters that must exist "
"in a password, such as letters, numbers, symbols, and case. The types of "
"passwords are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam_passwdqc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. In this example, the "
"first three types of passwords are disabled, meaning that passwords that "
"meet those complexity requirements will not be accepted, regardless of their "
"length. The <literal>12</literal> sets a minimum password policy of at least "
"twelve characters, if the password also contains characters with three types "
"of complexity. The <literal>10</literal> sets the password policy to also "
"allow passwords of at least ten characters, if the password contains "
"characters with four types of complexity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23902
msgid ""
"The <literal>similar</literal> setting denies passwords that are similar to "
"the user's previous password. The <literal>retry</literal> setting provides "
"a user with three opportunities to enter a new password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23907
msgid ""
"Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message "
"similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23910
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:\n"
"\n"
"You can now choose the new password.\n"
"A valid password should be a mix of upper and lower case letters,\n"
"digits and other characters.  You can use a 12 character long\n"
"password with characters from at least 3 of these 4 classes, or\n"
"a 10 character long password containing characters from all the\n"
"classes.  Characters that form a common pattern are discarded by\n"
"the check.\n"
"Alternatively, if noone else can see your terminal now, you can\n"
"pick this as your password: \"trait-useful&amp;knob\".\n"
"Enter new password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23925
msgid ""
"If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected "
"with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the "
"configured number of retries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23930
msgid ""
"Most password policies require passwords to expire after so many days. To "
"set a password age time in FreeBSD, set <option>passwordtime</option> for "
"the user's login class in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. The "
"<literal>default</literal> login class contains an example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:23937
#, no-wrap
msgid "#       :passwordtime=90d:\\"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23939
msgid ""
"So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment "
"symbol (<literal>#</literal>), save the edit, and run <command>cap_mkdb /etc/"
"login.conf</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23944
msgid ""
"To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the "
"number of days to expiry and a username to <command>pw</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23948
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod -p <replaceable>30-apr-2015</replaceable> -n <replaceable>trhodes</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23950
msgid ""
"As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and year. "
"For more information, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:23956
msgid "Detecting Rootkits"
msgstr "偵測 Rootkits"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23958
msgid ""
"A <firstterm>rootkit</firstterm> is any unauthorized software that attempts "
"to gain <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> access to a system. "
"Once installed, this malicious software will normally open up another avenue "
"of entry for an attacker. Realistically, once a system has been compromised "
"by a rootkit and an investigation has been performed, the system should be "
"reinstalled from scratch. There is tremendous risk that even the most "
"prudent security or systems engineer will miss something an attacker left "
"behind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23968
msgid ""
"A rootkit does do one thing usefulfor administrators: once detected, it is a "
"sign that a compromise happened at some point. But, these types of "
"applications tend to be very well hidden. This section demonstrates a tool "
"that can be used to detect rootkits, <package>security/rkhunter</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23974
msgid ""
"After installation of this package or port, the system may be checked using "
"the following command. It will produce a lot of information and will require "
"some manual pressing of <keycap>ENTER</keycap>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:23979
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rkhunter -c</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23981
msgid ""
"After the process completes, a status message will be printed to the screen. "
"This message will include the amount of files checked, suspect files, "
"possible rootkits, and more. During the check, some generic security "
"warnings may be produced about hidden files, the <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> protocol selection, and known vulnerable versions of installed "
"software. These can be handled now or after a more detailed analysis has "
"been performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:23991
msgid ""
"Every administrator should know what is running on the systems they are "
"responsible for. Third-party tools like <application>rkhunter</application> "
"and <package>sysutils/lsof</package>, and native commands such as "
"<command>netstat</command> and <command>ps</command>, can show a great deal "
"of information on the system. Take notes on what is normal, ask questions "
"when something seems out of place, and be paranoid. While preventing a "
"compromise is ideal, detecting a compromise is a must."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24003
msgid "Binary Verification"
msgstr "Binary 檢驗"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24005
msgid ""
"Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides "
"the system administration and security teams information about system "
"changes. A software application that monitors the system for changes is "
"called an Intrusion Detection System (<acronym>IDS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24011
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides native support for a basic <acronym>IDS</acronym> system. "
"While the nightly security emails will notify an administrator of changes, "
"the information is stored locally and there is a chance that a malicious "
"user could modify this information in order to hide their changes to the "
"system. As such, it is recommended to create a separate set of binary "
"signatures and store them on a read-only, root-owned directory or, "
"preferably, on a removable <acronym>USB</acronym> disk or remote "
"<application>rsync</application> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24022
msgid ""
"The built-in <command>mtree</command> utility can be used to generate a "
"specification of the contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, "
"is used to generate the specification and is required to check that the "
"specification has not changed. This makes it possible to determine if a file "
"or binary has been modified. Since the seed value is unknown by an attacker, "
"faking or checking the checksum values of files will be difficult to "
"impossible. The following example generates a set of <acronym>SHA256</"
"acronym> hashes, one for each system binary in <filename>/bin</filename>, "
"and saves those values to a hidden file in <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem>'s home directory, <filename>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24038
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> represents the seed. This "
"value should be remembered, but not shared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24042
msgid ""
"Viewing <filename>/root/.bin_cksum_mtree</filename> should yield output "
"similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24045
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#          user: root\n"
"#       machine: dreadnaught\n"
"#          tree: /bin\n"
"#          date: Mon Feb  3 10:19:53 2014\n"
"\n"
"# .\n"
"/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0555 nlink=1 flags=none\n"
".               type=dir mode=0755 nlink=2 size=1024 \\\n"
"                time=1380277977.000000000\n"
"    \\133        nlink=2 size=11704 time=1380277977.000000000 \\\n"
"                cksum=484492447 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=6207490fbdb5ed1904441fbfa941279055c3e24d3a4049aeb45094596400662a\n"
"    cat         size=12096 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3909216944 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=65ea347b9418760b247ab10244f47a7ca2a569c9836d77f074e7a306900c1e69\n"
"    chflags     size=8168 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=3949425175 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=c99eb6fc1c92cac335c08be004a0a5b4c24a0c0ef3712017b12c89a978b2dac3\n"
"    chio        size=18520 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2208263309 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=ddf7c8cb92a58750a675328345560d8cc7fe14fb3ccd3690c34954cbe69fc964\n"
"    chmod       size=8640 time=1380277975.000000000 cksum=2214429708 \\\n"
"                sha256digest=a435972263bf814ad8df082c0752aa2a7bdd8b74ff01431ccbd52ed1e490bbe7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24066
msgid ""
"The machine's hostname, the date and time the specification was created, and "
"the name of the user who created the specification are included in this "
"report. There is a checksum, size, time, and <acronym>SHA</acronym>256 "
"digest for each binary in the directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24072
msgid ""
"To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current "
"contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and "
"save the results to a file. This command requires the seed that was used to "
"generate the original specification:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &lt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable> &gt;&gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_output</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24081
msgid ""
"This should produce the same checksum for <filename>/bin</filename> that was "
"produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to "
"the binaries in this directory, the <filename>/root/.bin_chksum_output</"
"filename> output file will be empty. To simulate a change, change the date "
"on <filename>/bin/cat</filename> using <command>touch</command> and run the "
"verification command again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24090
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /bin/cat</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mtree -s <replaceable>3483151339707503</replaceable> -p <replaceable>/bin</replaceable> &lt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_mtree</replaceable> &gt;&gt; <replaceable>/root/.bin_chksum_output</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>more /root/.bin_chksum_output</userinput>\n"
"cat changed\n"
"\tmodification time expected Fri Sep 27 06:32:55 2013 found Mon Feb  3 10:28:43 2014"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24096
msgid ""
"It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain "
"binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing "
"sensitive data. Typically, specifications are created for <filename>/bin</"
"filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/usr/bin</filename>, "
"<filename>/usr/sbin</filename>, <filename>/usr/local/bin</filename>, "
"<filename>/etc</filename>, and <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24106
msgid ""
"More advanced <acronym>IDS</acronym> systems exist, such as "
"<package>security/aide</package>. In most cases, <command>mtree</command> "
"provides the functionality administrators need. It is important to keep the "
"seed value and the checksum output hidden from malicious users. More "
"information about <command>mtree</command> can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24116
msgid "System Tuning for Security"
msgstr "系統安全性調校"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24118
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, many system features can be tuned using <command>sysctl</"
"command>. A few of the security features which can be tuned to prevent "
"Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks will be covered in this "
"section. More information about using <command>sysctl</command>, including "
"how to temporarily change values and how to make the changes permanent after "
"testing, can be found in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctl\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24128
msgid ""
"Any time a setting is changed with <command>sysctl</command>, the chance to "
"cause undesired harm is increased, affecting the availability of the system. "
"All changes should be monitored and, if possible, tried on a testing system "
"before being used on a production system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24136
msgid ""
"By default, the FreeBSD kernel boots with a security level of <literal>-1</"
"literal>. This is called <quote>insecure mode</quote> because immutable file "
"flags may be turned off and all devices may be read from or written to. The "
"security level will remain at <literal>-1</literal> unless it is altered "
"through <command>sysctl</command> or by a setting in the startup scripts. "
"The security level may be increased during system startup by setting "
"<varname>kern_securelevel_enable</varname> to <literal>YES</literal> in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, and the value of "
"<varname>kern_securelevel</varname> to the desired security level. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>security</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on these settings and the available security levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:24152
msgid ""
"Increasing the <varname>securelevel</varname> can break <application>Xorg</"
"application> and cause other issues. Be prepared to do some debugging."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24157
msgid ""
"The <varname>net.inet.tcp.blackhole</varname> and <varname>net.inet.udp."
"blackhole</varname> settings can be used to drop incoming <acronym>SYN</"
"acronym> packets on closed ports without sending a return <acronym>RST</"
"acronym> response. The default behavior is to return an <acronym>RST</"
"acronym> to show a port is closed. Changing the default provides some level "
"of protection against ports scans, which are used to determine which "
"applications are running on a system. Set <varname>net.inet.tcp.blackhole</"
"varname> to <literal>2</literal> and <varname>net.inet.udp.blackhole</"
"varname> to <literal>1</literal>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>blackhole</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about these settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24171
msgid ""
"The <varname>net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip."
"redirect</varname> settings help prevent against <firstterm>redirect "
"attacks</firstterm>. A redirect attack is a type of <acronym>DoS</acronym> "
"which sends mass numbers of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type 5 packets. Since "
"these packets are not required, set <varname>net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect</"
"varname> to <literal>1</literal> and set <varname>net.inet.ip.redirect</"
"varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24182
msgid ""
"Source routing is a method for detecting and accessing non-routable "
"addresses on the internal network. This should be disabled as non-routable "
"addresses are normally not routable on purpose. To disable this feature, set "
"<varname>net.inet.ip.sourceroute</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip."
"accept_sourceroute</varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24190
msgid ""
"When a machine on the network needs to send messages to all hosts on a "
"subnet, an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request message is sent to the "
"broadcast address. However, there is no reason for an external host to "
"perform such an action. To reject all external broadcast requests, set "
"<varname>net.inet.icmp.bmcastecho </varname> to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24198
msgid ""
"Some additional settings are documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>security</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:24204
msgid "One-time Passwords"
msgstr "一次性密碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24206
msgid "<primary>one-time passwords</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24207
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>one-time passwords</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24212
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD includes support for One-time Passwords In Everything "
"(<acronym>OPIE</acronym>). <acronym>OPIE</acronym> is designed to prevent "
"replay attacks, in which an attacker discovers a user's password and uses it "
"to access a system. Since a password is only used once in <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym>, a discovered password is of little use to an attacker. "
"<acronym>OPIE</acronym> uses a secure hash and a challenge/response system "
"to manage passwords. The FreeBSD implementation uses the <acronym>MD5</"
"acronym> hash by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24223
msgid ""
"<acronym>OPIE</acronym> uses three different types of passwords. The first "
"is the usual <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> or Kerberos "
"password. The second is the one-time password which is generated by "
"<command>opiekey</command>. The third type of password is the <quote>secret "
"password</quote> which is used to generate one-time passwords. The secret "
"password has nothing to do with, and should be different from, the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24231
msgid ""
"There are two other pieces of data that are important to <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym>. One is the <quote>seed</quote> or <quote>key</quote>, consisting "
"of two letters and five digits. The other is the <quote>iteration count</"
"quote>, a number between 1 and 100. <acronym>OPIE</acronym> creates the one-"
"time password by concatenating the seed and the secret password, applying "
"the <acronym>MD5</acronym> hash as many times as specified by the iteration "
"count, and turning the result into six short English words which represent "
"the one-time password. The authentication system keeps track of the last one-"
"time password used, and the user is authenticated if the hash of the user-"
"provided password is equal to the previous password. Because a one-way hash "
"is used, it is impossible to generate future one-time passwords if a "
"successfully used password is captured. The iteration count is decremented "
"after each successful login to keep the user and the login program in sync. "
"When the iteration count gets down to <literal>1</literal>, <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym> must be reinitialized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24250
msgid ""
"There are a few programs involved in this process. A one-time password, or a "
"consecutive list of one-time passwords, is generated by passing an iteration "
"count, a seed, and a secret password to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. In addition to initializing <acronym>OPIE</"
"acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiepasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to change "
"passwords, iteration counts, or seeds. The relevant credential files in "
"<filename>/etc/opiekeys</filename> are examined by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>opieinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which prints out the invoking user's current "
"iteration count and seed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24260
msgid ""
"This section describes four different sorts of operations. The first is how "
"to set up one-time-passwords for the first time over a secure connection. "
"The second is how to use <command>opiepasswd</command> over an insecure "
"connection. The third is how to log in over an insecure connection. The "
"fourth is how to generate a number of keys which can be written down or "
"printed out to use at insecure locations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24269
msgid "Initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym>"
msgstr "初始化 <acronym>OPIE</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24271
msgid ""
"To initialize <acronym>OPIE</acronym> for the first time, run this command "
"from a secure location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiepasswd -c</userinput>\n"
"Adding unfurl:\n"
"Only use this method from the console; NEVER from remote. If you are using\n"
"telnet, xterm, or a dial-in, type ^C now or exit with no password.\n"
"Then run opiepasswd without the -c parameter.\n"
"Using MD5 to compute responses.\n"
"Enter new secret pass phrase:\n"
"Again new secret pass phrase:\n"
"\n"
"ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n"
"MOS MALL GOAT ARM AVID COED"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24286
msgid ""
"The <option>-c</option> sets console mode which assumes that the command is "
"being run from a secure location, such as a computer under the user's "
"control or a <acronym>SSH</acronym> session to a computer under the user's "
"control."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24292
msgid ""
"When prompted, enter the secret password which will be used to generate the "
"one-time login keys. This password should be difficult to guess and should "
"be different than the password which is associated with the user's login "
"account. It must be between 10 and 127 characters long. Remember this "
"password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24299
msgid ""
"The <literal>ID</literal> line lists the login name (<literal>unfurl</"
"literal>), default iteration count (<literal>499</literal>), and default "
"seed (<literal>to4268</literal>). When logging in, the system will remember "
"these parameters and display them, meaning that they do not have to be "
"memorized. The last line lists the generated one-time password which "
"corresponds to those parameters and the secret password. At the next login, "
"use this one-time password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24311
msgid "Insecure Connection Initialization"
msgstr "不安全連線初始化"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24313
msgid ""
"To initialize or change the secret password on an insecure system, a secure "
"connection is needed to some place where <command>opiekey</command> can be "
"run. This might be a shell prompt on a trusted machine. An iteration count "
"is needed, where 100 is probably a good value, and the seed can either be "
"specified or the randomly-generated one used. On the insecure connection, "
"the machine being initialized, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiepasswd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiepasswd</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Updating unfurl:\n"
"You need the response from an OTP generator.\n"
"Old secret pass phrase:\n"
"\totp-md5 498 to4268 ext\n"
"\tResponse: GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT\n"
"New secret pass phrase:\n"
"\totp-md5 499 to4269\n"
"\tResponse: LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY\n"
"\n"
"ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n"
"LINE PAP MILK NELL BUOY TROY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24336
msgid ""
"To accept the default seed, press <keycap>Return</keycap>. Before entering "
"an access password, move over to the secure connection and give it the same "
"parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24340 book.translate.xml:24388
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiekey 498 to4268</userinput>\n"
"Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n"
"Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n"
"Enter secret pass phrase:\n"
"GAME GAG WELT OUT DOWN CHAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24346
msgid ""
"Switch back over to the insecure connection, and copy the generated one-time "
"password over to the relevant program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24352
msgid "Generating a Single One-time Password"
msgstr "產生單組一次性密碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24354
msgid ""
"After initializing <acronym>OPIE</acronym> and logging in, a prompt like "
"this will be displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>telnet example.com</userinput>\n"
"Trying 10.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to example.com\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"\n"
"FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n"
"\n"
"login: <userinput>&lt;username&gt;</userinput>\n"
"otp-md5 498 gr4269 ext\n"
"Password: "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24368
msgid ""
"The <acronym>OPIE</acronym> prompts provides a useful feature. If "
"<keycap>Return</keycap> is pressed at the password prompt, the prompt will "
"turn echo on and display what is typed. This can be useful when attempting "
"to type in a password by hand from a printout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24374
msgid "<primary>MS-DOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24375
msgid "<primary>Windows</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24376
msgid "<primary>MacOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24378
msgid ""
"At this point, generate the one-time password to answer this login prompt. "
"This must be done on a trusted system where it is safe to run "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are versions of this command for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Mac OS</trademark> and FreeBSD. This command needs the iteration count "
"and the seed as command line options. Use cut-and-paste from the login "
"prompt on the machine being logged in to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24386
msgid "On the trusted system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24394
msgid "Once the one-time password is generated, continue to log in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24399
msgid "Generating Multiple One-time Passwords"
msgstr "產生多組一次性密碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24401
msgid ""
"Sometimes there is no access to a trusted machine or secure connection. In "
"this case, it is possible to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opiekey</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to generate a number "
"of one-time passwords beforehand. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999</userinput>\n"
"Using the MD5 algorithm to compute response.\n"
"Reminder: Do not use opiekey from telnet or dial-in sessions.\n"
"Enter secret pass phrase: <userinput>&lt;secret password&gt;</userinput>\n"
"26: JOAN BORE FOSS DES NAY QUIT\n"
"27: LATE BIAS SLAY FOLK MUCH TRIG\n"
"28: SALT TIN ANTI LOON NEAL USE\n"
"29: RIO ODIN GO BYE FURY TIC\n"
"30: GREW JIVE SAN GIRD BOIL PHI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24416
msgid ""
"The <option>-n 5</option> requests five keys in sequence, and <option>30</"
"option> specifies what the last iteration number should be. Note that these "
"are printed out in <emphasis>reverse</emphasis> order of use. The really "
"paranoid might want to write the results down by hand; otherwise, print the "
"list. Each line shows both the iteration count and the one-time password. "
"Scratch off the passwords as they are used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24427
msgid ""
"Restricting Use of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Passwords"
msgstr "限制使用 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 密碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24429
msgid ""
"<acronym>OPIE</acronym> can restrict the use of <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark> passwords based on the IP address of a login session. "
"The relevant file is <filename>/etc/opieaccess</filename>, which is present "
"by default. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>opieaccess</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on this file and which security considerations to be aware of when using it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24436
msgid "Here is a sample <filename>opieaccess</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24438
#, no-wrap
msgid "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24440
msgid ""
"This line allows users whose IP source address (which is vulnerable to "
"spoofing) matches the specified value and mask, to use <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24444
msgid ""
"If no rules in <filename>opieaccess</filename> are matched, the default is "
"to deny non-<acronym>OPIE</acronym> logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:24452
msgid "TCP Wrapper"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24455 book.translate.xml:25300 book.translate.xml:29253
#: book.translate.xml:41340 book.translate.xml:46038
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Tom</firstname><surname>Rhodes</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24460 book.translate.xml:53940
msgid "<primary>TCP Wrapper</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24462
msgid ""
"<application>TCP Wrapper</application> is a host-based access control system "
"which extends the abilities of <xref linkend=\"network-inetd\"/>. It can be "
"configured to provide logging support, return messages, and connection "
"restrictions for the server daemons under the control of <application>inetd</"
"application>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about <application>TCP Wrapper</application> and its features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24470
msgid ""
"<application>TCP Wrapper</application> should not be considered a "
"replacement for a properly configured firewall. Instead, <application>TCP "
"Wrapper</application> should be used in conjunction with a firewall and "
"other security enhancements in order to provide another layer of protection "
"in the implementation of a security policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24478
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "初始設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24480
msgid ""
"To enable <application>TCP Wrapper</application> in FreeBSD, add the "
"following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"inetd_flags=\"-Ww\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24487
msgid "Then, properly configure <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24491
msgid ""
"Unlike other implementations of <application>TCP Wrapper</application>, the "
"use of <filename>hosts.deny</filename> is deprecated in FreeBSD. All "
"configuration options should be placed in <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24498
msgid ""
"In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either "
"permit or block, depending on the options in <filename>/etc/hosts.allow</"
"filename>. The default configuration in FreeBSD is to allow all connections "
"to the daemons started with <application>inetd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24504
msgid ""
"Basic configuration usually takes the form of <literal>daemon : address : "
"action</literal>, where <literal>daemon</literal> is the daemon which "
"<application>inetd</application> started, <literal>address</literal> is a "
"valid hostname, <acronym>IP</acronym> address, or an IPv6 address enclosed "
"in brackets ([ ]), and <literal>action</literal> is either <literal>allow</"
"literal> or <literal>deny</literal>. <application>TCP Wrapper</application> "
"uses a first rule match semantic, meaning that the configuration file is "
"scanned from the beginning for a matching rule. When a match is found, the "
"rule is applied and the search process stops."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24517
msgid ""
"For example, to allow <acronym>POP</acronym>3 connections via the "
"<package>mail/qpopper</package> daemon, the following lines should be "
"appended to <filename>hosts.allow</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24522
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n"
"qpopper : ALL : allow"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24525
msgid "Whenever this file is edited, restart <application>inetd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24528 book.translate.xml:34163
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24532 book.translate.xml:49295
msgid "Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "進階設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24534
msgid ""
"<application>TCP Wrapper</application> provides advanced options to allow "
"more control over the way connections are handled. In some cases, it may be "
"appropriate to return a comment to certain hosts or daemon connections. In "
"other cases, a log entry should be recorded or an email sent to the "
"administrator. Other situations may require the use of a service for local "
"connections only. This is all possible through the use of configuration "
"options known as wildcards, expansion characters, and external command "
"execution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24544
msgid ""
"Suppose that a situation occurs where a connection should be denied yet a "
"reason should be sent to the host who attempted to establish that "
"connection. That action is possible with <option>twist</option>. When a "
"connection attempt is made, <option>twist</option> executes a shell command "
"or script. An example exists in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n"
"ALL : ALL \\\n"
"\t: severity auth.info \\\n"
"\t: twist /bin/echo \"You are not welcome to use %d from %h.\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24557
msgid ""
"In this example, the message <quote>You are not allowed to use "
"<replaceable>daemon name</replaceable> from <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable>.</quote> will be returned for any daemon not configured in "
"<filename>hosts.allow</filename>. This is useful for sending a reply back to "
"the connection initiator right after the established connection is dropped. "
"Any message returned <emphasis>must</emphasis> be wrapped in quote (<literal>"
"\"</literal>) characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:24568
msgid ""
"It may be possible to launch a denial of service attack on the server if an "
"attacker floods these daemons with connection requests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24573
msgid ""
"Another possibility is to use <option>spawn</option>. Like <option>twist</"
"option>, <option>spawn</option> implicitly denies the connection and may be "
"used to run external shell commands or scripts. Unlike <option>twist</"
"option>, <option>spawn</option> will not send a reply back to the host who "
"established the connection. For example, consider the following "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24581
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n"
"ALL : .example.com \\\n"
"\t: spawn (/bin/echo %a from %h attempted to access %d &gt;&gt; \\\n"
"\t  /var/log/connections.log) \\\n"
"\t: deny"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24587
msgid ""
"This will deny all connection attempts from <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">*.example.com</systemitem> and log the hostname, <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, and the daemon to which access was attempted to <filename>/var/log/"
"connections.log</filename>. This example uses the substitution characters "
"<literal>%a</literal> and <literal>%h</literal>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24595
msgid ""
"To match every instance of a daemon, domain, or <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, use <literal>ALL</literal>. Another wildcard is <literal>PARANOID</"
"literal> which may be used to match any host which provides an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address that may be forged because the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address differs from its resolved hostname. In this example, all connection "
"requests to <application>Sendmail</application> which have an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address that varies from its hostname will be denied:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n"
"sendmail : PARANOID : deny"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:24609
msgid ""
"Using the <literal>PARANOID</literal> wildcard will result in denied "
"connections if the client or server has a broken <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24614
msgid ""
"To learn more about wildcards and their associated functionality, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24618
msgid ""
"When adding new configuration lines, make sure that any unneeded entries for "
"that daemon are commented out in <filename>hosts.allow</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:24627
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24630
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tillman</firstname> <surname>Hodgson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:24640
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Murray</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on a contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24650
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication protocol "
"which was originally created by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology "
"(<acronym>MIT</acronym>) as a way to securely provide authentication across "
"a potentially hostile network. The <application>Kerberos</application> "
"protocol uses strong cryptography so that both a client and server can prove "
"their identity without sending any unencrypted secrets over the network. "
"<application>Kerberos</application> can be described as an identity-"
"verifying proxy system and as a trusted third-party authentication system. "
"After a user authenticates with <application>Kerberos</application>, their "
"communications can be encrypted to assure privacy and data integrity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24664
msgid ""
"The only function of <application>Kerberos</application> is to provide the "
"secure authentication of users and servers on the network. It does not "
"provide authorization or auditing functions. It is recommended that "
"<application>Kerberos</application> be used with other security methods "
"which provide authorization and audit services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24671
msgid ""
"The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in <acronym>RFC</"
"acronym> 4120. Several free implementations of this protocol are available, "
"covering a wide range of operating systems. <acronym>MIT</acronym> continues "
"to develop their <application>Kerberos</application> package. It is commonly "
"used in the <acronym>US</acronym> as a cryptography product, and has "
"historically been subject to <acronym>US</acronym> export regulations. In "
"FreeBSD, <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application> is "
"available as the <package>security/krb5</package> package or port. The "
"Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> implementation was explicitly "
"developed outside of the <acronym>US</acronym> to avoid export regulations. "
"The Heimdal <application>Kerberos</application> distribution is included in "
"the base FreeBSD installation, and another distribution with more "
"configurable options is available as <package>security/heimdal</package> in "
"the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24690
msgid ""
"In <application>Kerberos</application> users and services are identified as "
"<quote>principals</quote> which are contained within an administrative "
"grouping, called a <quote>realm</quote>. A typical user principal would be "
"of the form <literal><replaceable>user</replaceable>@<replaceable>REALM</"
"replaceable></literal> (realms are traditionally uppercase)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24698
msgid ""
"This section provides a guide on how to set up <application>Kerberos</"
"application> using the Heimdal distribution included in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:24702
msgid ""
"For purposes of demonstrating a <application>Kerberos</application> "
"installation, the name spaces will be as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:24708
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DNS</acronym> domain (zone) will be <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:24713
msgid ""
"The <application>Kerberos</application> realm will be <literal>EXAMPLE.ORG</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24719
msgid ""
"Use real domain names when setting up <application>Kerberos</application>, "
"even if it will run internally. This avoids <acronym>DNS</acronym> problems "
"and assures inter-operation with other <application>Kerberos</application> "
"realms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24727
msgid "Setting up a Heimdal <acronym>KDC</acronym>"
msgstr "設定 Heimdal <acronym>KDC</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24729
msgid ""
"<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>Key Distribution Center</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24734
msgid ""
"The Key Distribution Center (<acronym>KDC</acronym>) is the centralized "
"authentication service that <application>Kerberos</application> provides, "
"the <quote>trusted third party</quote> of the system. It is the computer "
"that issues <application>Kerberos</application> tickets, which are used for "
"clients to authenticate to servers. Because the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is "
"considered trusted by all other computers in the <application>Kerberos</"
"application> realm, it has heightened security concerns. Direct access to "
"the KDC should be limited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24746
msgid ""
"While running a <acronym>KDC</acronym> requires few computing resources, a "
"dedicated machine acting only as a <acronym>KDC</acronym> is recommended for "
"security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24751
msgid ""
"To begin setting up a <acronym>KDC</acronym>, add these lines to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kdc_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"kadmind_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24757
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"    default_realm = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>\n"
"[realms]\n"
"    <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable> = {\n"
"\tkdc = <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>\n"
"\tadmin_server = <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>\n"
"    }\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"    <replaceable>.example.org</replaceable> = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24770
msgid ""
"In this example, the <acronym>KDC</acronym> will use the fully-qualified "
"hostname <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">kerberos.example.org</"
"systemitem>. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24775
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> can also use the <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"to locate KDCs, instead of a <literal>[realms]</literal> section in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. For large organizations that have their "
"own <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers, the above example could be trimmed to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[libdefaults]\n"
"      default_realm = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"    <replaceable>.example.org</replaceable> = <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24787
msgid ""
"With the following lines being included in the <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> zone file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_kerberos._udp      IN  SRV     01 00 88 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp      IN  SRV     01 00 88 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp       IN  SRV     01 00 464 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp  IN  SRV     01 00 749 <replaceable>kerberos.example.org</replaceable>.\n"
"_kerberos           IN  TXT     <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:24798
msgid ""
"In order for clients to be able to find the <application>Kerberos</"
"application> services, they <emphasis>must</emphasis> have either a fully "
"configured <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> or a minimally configured "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> <emphasis>and</emphasis> a properly "
"configured <acronym>DNS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24807
msgid ""
"Next, create the <application>Kerberos</application> database which contains "
"the keys of all principals (users and hosts) encrypted with a master "
"password. It is not required to remember this password as it will be stored "
"in <filename>/var/heimdal/m-key</filename>; it would be reasonable to use a "
"45-character random password for this purpose. To create the master key, run "
"<command>kstash</command> and enter a password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24816
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kstash</userinput>\n"
"Master key: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Verifying password - Master key: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24820
msgid ""
"Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. "
"The <application>Kerberos</application> administrative tool "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be used on the KDC in a mode that operates directly on the "
"database, without using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmind</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> network service, as "
"<command>kadmin -l</command>. This resolves the chicken-and-egg problem of "
"trying to connect to the database before it is created. At the "
"<command>kadmin</command> prompt, use <command>init</command> to create the "
"realm's initial database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24831
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin -l</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt; <userinput>init <replaceable>EXAMPLE.ORG</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Realm max ticket life [unlimited]:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24835
msgid ""
"Lastly, while still in <command>kadmin</command>, create the first principal "
"using <command>add</command>. Stick to the default options for the principal "
"for now, as these can be changed later with <command>modify</command>. Type "
"<literal>?</literal> at the prompt to see the available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24842
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kadmin&gt; <userinput>add <replaceable>tillman</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n"
"Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n"
"Attributes []:\n"
"Password: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Verifying password - Password: <userinput><replaceable>xxxxxxxx</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24849
msgid ""
"Next, start the <acronym>KDC</acronym> services by running <command>service "
"kdc start</command> and <command>service kadmind start</command>. While "
"there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is "
"possible to confirm that the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is functioning by "
"obtaining a ticket for the principal that was just created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kinit <replaceable>tillman</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24860
msgid ""
"Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using <command>klist</"
"command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24863
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>klist</userinput>\n"
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1001\n"
"\tPrincipal: tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG\n"
"\n"
"  Issued                Expires               Principal\n"
"Aug 27 15:37:58 2013  Aug 28 01:37:58 2013  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG@EXAMPLE.ORG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24870
msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24873
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kdestroy</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24877
msgid "Configuring a Server to Use <application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr "設定伺服器使用 <application>Kerberos</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24880
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>enabling services</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24885
msgid ""
"The first step in configuring a server to use <application>Kerberos</"
"application> authentication is to ensure that it has the correct "
"configuration in <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. The version from the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> can be used as-is, or it can be regenerated on the "
"new system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24892
msgid ""
"Next, create <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> on the server. This is "
"the main part of <quote>Kerberizing</quote> a service — it corresponds to "
"generating a secret shared between the service and the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym>. The secret is a cryptographic key, stored in a <quote>keytab</"
"quote>. The keytab contains the server's host key, which allows it and the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> to verify each others' identity. It must be "
"transmitted to the server in a secure fashion, as the security of the server "
"can be broken if the key is made public. Typically, the <filename>keytab</"
"filename> is generated on an administrator's trusted machine using "
"<command>kadmin</command>, then securely transferred to the server, e.g., "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>; it can also be created directly on the server if "
"that is consistent with the desired security policy. It is very important "
"that the keytab is transmitted to the server in a secure fashion: if the key "
"is known by some other party, that party can impersonate any user to the "
"server! Using <command>kadmin</command> on the server directly is "
"convenient, because the entry for the host principal in the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym> database is also created using <command>kadmin</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24915
msgid ""
"Of course, <command>kadmin</command> is a kerberized service; a "
"<application>Kerberos</application> ticket is needed to authenticate to the "
"network service, but to ensure that the user running <command>kadmin</"
"command> is actually present (and their session has not been hijacked), "
"<command>kadmin</command> will prompt for the password to get a fresh "
"ticket. The principal authenticating to the kadmin service must be permitted "
"to use the <command>kadmin</command> interface, as specified in "
"<filename>kadmind.acl</filename>. See the section titled <quote>Remote "
"administration</quote> in <command>info heimdal</command> for details on "
"designing access control lists. Instead of enabling remote <command>kadmin</"
"command> access, the administrator could securely connect to the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> via the local console or "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and perform administration locally using <command>kadmin -l</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24932
msgid ""
"After installing <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>, use <command>add --"
"random-key</command> in <command>kadmin</command>. This adds the server's "
"host principal to the database, but does not extract a copy of the host "
"principal key to a keytab. To generate the keytab, use <command>ext</"
"command> to extract the server's host principal key to its own keytab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> add --random-key host/myserver.example.org</userinput>\n"
"Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n"
"Max renewable life [unlimited]:\n"
"Principal expiration time [never]:\n"
"Password expiration time [never]:\n"
"Attributes []:\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> ext_keytab <replaceable>host/myserver.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24950
msgid ""
"Note that <command>ext_keytab</command> stores the extracted key in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename> by default. This is good when being "
"run on the server being kerberized, but the <command>--keytab "
"<replaceable>path/to/file</replaceable></command> argument should be used "
"when the keytab is being extracted elsewhere:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:24958
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kadmin</userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> ext_keytab --keytab=/tmp/example.keytab <replaceable>host/myserver.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"kadmin&gt;<userinput> exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24962
msgid ""
"The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or a removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab "
"name to avoid inserting unneeded keys into the system's keytab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24967
msgid ""
"At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym> using its shared key, stored in <filename>krb5.keytab</filename>. "
"It is now ready for the <application>Kerberos</application>-using services "
"to be enabled. One of the most common such services is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which supports <application>Kerberos</application> via the "
"<acronym>GSS-API</acronym>. In <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, "
"add the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:24978
#, no-wrap
msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24980
msgid ""
"After making this change, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be restared for "
"the new configuration to take effect: <command>service sshd restart</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:24986
msgid "Configuring a Client to Use <application>Kerberos</application>"
msgstr "設定客戶端使用 <application>Kerberos</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:24989
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>configure clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24994
msgid ""
"As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in <filename>/"
"etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it "
"as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:24998
msgid ""
"Test the client by using <command>kinit</command>, <command>klist</command>, "
"and <command>kdestroy</command> from the client to obtain, show, and then "
"delete a ticket for an existing principal. <application>Kerberos</"
"application> applications should also be able to connect to "
"<application>Kerberos</application> enabled servers. If that does not work "
"but obtaining a ticket does, the problem is likely with the server and not "
"with the client or the <acronym>KDC</acronym>. In the case of kerberized "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <acronym>GSS-API</acronym> is disabled by default, so test "
"using <command>ssh -o GSSAPIAuthentication=yes <replaceable>hostname</"
"replaceable></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25012
msgid ""
"When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as "
"<command>tcpdump</command> to confirm that no sensitive information is sent "
"in the clear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25016
msgid ""
"Various <application>Kerberos</application> client applications are "
"available. With the advent of a bridge so that applications using "
"<acronym>SASL</acronym> for authentication can use <acronym>GSS-API</"
"acronym> mechanisms as well, large classes of client applications can use "
"<application>Kerberos</application> for authentication, from Jabber clients "
"to <acronym>IMAP</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25024
msgid "<primary><filename>.k5login</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25028
msgid "<primary><filename>.k5users</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25032
msgid ""
"Users within a realm typically have their <application>Kerberos</"
"application> principal mapped to a local user account. Occasionally, one "
"needs to grant access to a local user account to someone who does not have a "
"matching <application>Kerberos</application> principal. For example, "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG</systemitem> may need "
"access to the local user account <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">webdevelopers</systemitem>. Other principals may also need access to that "
"local account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25041
msgid ""
"The <filename>.k5login</filename> and <filename>.k5users</filename> files, "
"placed in a user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For "
"example, if the following <filename>.k5login</filename> is placed in the "
"home directory of <systemitem class=\"username\">webdevelopers</systemitem>, "
"both principals listed will have access to that account without requiring a "
"shared password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25049
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tillman@example.org\n"
"jdoe@example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25052
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ksu</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about <filename>.k5users</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25057
msgid "<acronym>MIT</acronym> Differences"
msgstr "與 <acronym>MIT</acronym> 的差異"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25059
msgid ""
"The major difference between the <acronym>MIT</acronym> and Heimdal "
"implementations is that <command>kadmin</command> has a different, but "
"equivalent, set of commands and uses a different protocol. If the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> is <acronym>MIT</acronym>, the Heimdal version of "
"<command>kadmin</command> cannot be used to administer the <acronym>KDC</"
"acronym> remotely, and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25067
msgid ""
"Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to "
"accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at <link xlink:href="
"\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/\">http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/</link> "
"is recommended. Be careful of path issues: the <acronym>MIT</acronym> port "
"installs into <filename>/usr/local/</filename> by default, and the FreeBSD "
"system applications run instead of the <acronym>MIT</acronym> versions if "
"<envar>PATH</envar> lists the system directories first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25077
msgid ""
"When using MIT Kerberos as a <acronym>KDC</acronym> on FreeBSD, the "
"following edits should also be made to <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25081
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kerberos5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/krb5kdc\"\n"
"kadmind5_server=\"/usr/local/sbin/kadmind\"\n"
"kerberos5_server_flags=\"\"\n"
"kerberos5_server_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"kadmind5_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25089
msgid "<application>Kerberos</application> Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting"
msgstr "<application>Kerberos</application> 提示、技巧與疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25092
msgid ""
"When configuring and troubleshooting <application>Kerberos</application>, "
"keep the following points in mind:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25098
msgid ""
"When using either Heimdal or <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</"
"application> from ports, ensure that the <envar>PATH</envar> lists the "
"port's versions of the client applications before the system versions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25105
msgid ""
"If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, "
"authentication may fail. <xref linkend=\"network-ntp\"/> describes how to "
"synchronize clocks using <acronym>NTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25112
msgid ""
"If the hostname is changed, the <systemitem class=\"username\">host/</"
"systemitem> principal must be changed and the keytab updated. This also "
"applies to special keytab entries like the <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">HTTP/</systemitem> principal used for Apache's <package>www/"
"mod_auth_kerb</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25119
msgid ""
"All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> or, at a minimum, exist in <filename>/etc/hosts</"
"filename>. CNAMEs will work, but the A and PTR records must be correct and "
"in place. The error message for unresolvable hosts is not intuitive: "
"<errorname>Kerberos5 refuses authentication because Read req failed: Key "
"table entry not found</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25130
msgid ""
"Some operating systems that act as clients to the <acronym>KDC</acronym> do "
"not set the permissions for <command>ksu</command> to be setuid <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. This means that <command>ksu</command> "
"does not work. This is a permissions problem, not a <acronym>KDC</acronym> "
"error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25139
msgid ""
"With <acronym>MIT</acronym> <application>Kerberos</application>, to allow a "
"principal to have a ticket life longer than the default lifetime of ten "
"hours, use <command>modify_principal</command> at the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> prompt to change the <literal>maxlife</literal> of both the "
"principal in question and the <systemitem class=\"username\">krbtgt</"
"systemitem> principal. The principal can then use <command>kinit -l</"
"command> to request a ticket with a longer lifetime."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25153
msgid ""
"When running a packet sniffer on the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to aid in "
"troubleshooting while running <command>kinit</command> from a workstation, "
"the Ticket Granting Ticket (<acronym>TGT</acronym>) is sent immediately, "
"even before the password is typed. This is because the "
"<application>Kerberos</application> server freely transmits a <acronym>TGT</"
"acronym> to any unauthorized request. However, every <acronym>TGT</acronym> "
"is encrypted in a key derived from the user's password. When a user types "
"their password, it is not sent to the <acronym>KDC</acronym>, it is instead "
"used to decrypt the <acronym>TGT</acronym> that <command>kinit</command> "
"already obtained. If the decryption process results in a valid ticket with a "
"valid time stamp, the user has valid <application>Kerberos</application> "
"credentials. These credentials include a session key for establishing secure "
"communications with the <application>Kerberos</application> server in the "
"future, as well as the actual <acronym>TGT</acronym>, which is encrypted "
"with the <application>Kerberos</application> server's own key. This second "
"layer of encryption allows the <application>Kerberos</application> server to "
"verify the authenticity of each <acronym>TGT</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25180
msgid ""
"Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has "
"a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine "
"hours, the user cache will have an expired host principal and the ticket "
"cache will not work as expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25188
msgid ""
"When setting up <filename>krb5.dict</filename> to prevent specific bad "
"passwords from being used as described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kadmind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, remember that it only applies to principals that "
"have a password policy assigned to them. The format used in <filename>krb5."
"dict</filename> is one string per line. Creating a symbolic link to "
"<filename>/usr/share/dict/words</filename> might be useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25202
msgid "Mitigating <application>Kerberos</application> Limitations"
msgstr "減輕 <application>Kerberos</application> 的限制"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25205
msgid ""
"<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>limitations and shortcomings</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25210
msgid ""
"Since <application>Kerberos</application> is an all or nothing approach, "
"every service enabled on the network must either be modified to work with "
"<application>Kerberos</application> or be otherwise secured against network "
"attacks. This is to prevent user credentials from being stolen and re-used. "
"An example is when <application>Kerberos</application> is enabled on all "
"remote shells but the non-Kerberized <acronym>POP3</acronym> mail server "
"sends passwords in plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25220
msgid ""
"The <acronym>KDC</acronym> is a single point of failure. By design, the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> must be as secure as its master password database. "
"The <acronym>KDC</acronym> should have absolutely no other services running "
"on it and should be physically secure. The danger is high because "
"<application>Kerberos</application> stores all passwords encrypted with the "
"same master key which is stored as a file on the <acronym>KDC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25229
msgid ""
"A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master "
"key is only used to encrypt the <application>Kerberos</application> database "
"and as a seed for the random number generator. As long as access to the "
"<acronym>KDC</acronym> is secure, an attacker cannot do much with the master "
"key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25236
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>KDC</acronym> is unavailable, network services are unusable "
"as authentication cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single "
"master <acronym>KDC</acronym> and one or more slaves, and with careful "
"implementation of secondary or fall-back authentication using <acronym>PAM</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25243
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> allows users, hosts and services to "
"authenticate between themselves. It does not have a mechanism to "
"authenticate the <acronym>KDC</acronym> to the users, hosts, or services. "
"This means that a trojanned <command>kinit</command> could record all user "
"names and passwords. File system integrity checking tools like "
"<package>security/tripwire</package> can alleviate this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25254
msgid "Resources and Further Information"
msgstr "相關資源與延伸資訊"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25256
msgid "<primary>Kerberos5</primary> <secondary>external resources</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25263
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.faqs.org/faqs/Kerberos-faq/general/preamble."
"html\"> The <application>Kerberos</application> FAQ</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25269
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/dialogue.html\">Designing "
"an Authentication System: a Dialog in Four Scenes</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25275
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4120.txt?number=4120\">RFC "
"4120, The <application>Kerberos</application> Network Authentication Service "
"(V5)</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25281
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/\"><acronym>MIT</acronym> "
"<application>Kerberos</application> home page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25287
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pdc.kth.se/heimdal/\">Heimdal "
"<application>Kerberos</application> home page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25297
msgid "OpenSSL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25305
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>OpenSSL</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25310
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSL</application> is an open source implementation of the "
"<acronym>SSL</acronym> and <acronym>TLS</acronym> protocols. It provides an "
"encryption transport layer on top of the normal communications layer, "
"allowing it to be intertwined with many network applications and services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25317
msgid ""
"The version of <application>OpenSSL</application> included in FreeBSD "
"supports the Secure Sockets Layer v2/v3 (SSLv2/SSLv3) and Transport Layer "
"Security v1 (TLSv1) network security protocols and can be used as a general "
"cryptographic library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25323
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSL</application> is often used to encrypt authentication "
"of mail clients and to secure web based transactions such as credit card "
"payments. Some ports, such as <package>www/apache24</package> and "
"<package>databases/postgresql91-server</package>, include a compile option "
"for building with <application>OpenSSL</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25331
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides two versions of <application>OpenSSL</application>: one in "
"the base system and one in the Ports Collection. Users can choose which "
"version to use by default for other ports using the following knobs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25338
msgid ""
"WITH_OPENSSL_PORT: when set, the port will use <application>OpenSSL</"
"application> from the <package>security/openssl</package> port, even if the "
"version in the base system is up to date or newer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25345
msgid ""
"WITH_OPENSSL_BASE: when set, the port will compile against "
"<application>OpenSSL</application> provided by the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25351
msgid ""
"Another common use of <application>OpenSSL</application> is to provide "
"certificates for use with software applications. Certificates can be used to "
"verify the credentials of a company or individual. If a certificate has not "
"been signed by an external <firstterm>Certificate Authority</firstterm> "
"(<acronym>CA</acronym>), such as <link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com"
"\">http://www.verisign.com</link>, the application that uses the certificate "
"will produce a warning. There is a cost associated with obtaining a signed "
"certificate and using a signed certificate is not mandatory as certificates "
"can be self-signed. However, using an external authority will prevent "
"warnings and can put users at ease."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25364
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create and use certificates on a FreeBSD "
"system. Refer to <xref linkend=\"ldap-config\"/> for an example of how to "
"create a <acronym>CA</acronym> for signing one's own certificates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25369
msgid ""
"For more information about <acronym>SSL</acronym>, read the free <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://www.feistyduck.com/books/openssl-cookbook/\">OpenSSL "
"Cookbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25374
msgid "Generating Certificates"
msgstr "產生憑証"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25376
msgid ""
"<primary>OpenSSL</primary> <secondary>certificate generation</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25381
msgid ""
"To generate a certificate that will be signed by an external <acronym>CA</"
"acronym>, issue the following command and input the information requested at "
"the prompts. This input information will be written to the certificate. At "
"the <literal>Common Name</literal> prompt, input the fully qualified name "
"for the system that will use the certificate. If this name does not match "
"the server, the application verifying the certificate will issue a warning "
"to the user, rendering the verification provided by the certificate as "
"useless."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25391
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048</userinput>\n"
"Generating a 2048 bit RSA private key\n"
"..................+++\n"
".............................................................+++\n"
"writing new private key to 'cert.key'\n"
"-----\n"
"You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n"
"into your certificate request.\n"
"What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n"
"There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n"
"For some fields there will be a default value,\n"
"If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n"
"-----\n"
"Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:<userinput><replaceable>US</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:<userinput><replaceable>PA</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Locality Name (eg, city) []:<userinput><replaceable>Pittsburgh</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:<userinput><replaceable>My Company</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:<userinput><replaceable>Systems Administrator</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Common Name (eg, YOUR name) []:<userinput><replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Email Address []:<userinput><replaceable>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n"
"to be sent with your certificate request\n"
"A challenge password []:\n"
"An optional company name []:<userinput><replaceable>Another Name</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25417
msgid ""
"Other options, such as the expire time and alternate encryption algorithms, "
"are available when creating a certificate. A complete list of options is "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>openssl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25422
msgid ""
"This command will create two files in the current directory. The certificate "
"request, <filename>req.pem</filename>, can be sent to a <acronym>CA</"
"acronym> who will validate the entered credentials, sign the request, and "
"return the signed certificate. The second file, <filename>cert.key</"
"filename>, is the private key for the certificate and should be stored in a "
"secure location. If this falls in the hands of others, it can be used to "
"impersonate the user or the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25433
msgid ""
"Alternately, if a signature from a <acronym>CA</acronym> is not required, a "
"self-signed certificate can be created. First, generate the <acronym>RSA</"
"acronym> key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key 2048</userinput>\n"
"0 semi-random bytes loaded\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 2048 bit long modulus\n"
".............................................+++\n"
".................................................................................................................+++\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25444
msgid ""
"Use this key to create a self-signed certificate. Follow the usual prompts "
"for creating a certificate:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key -out cert.crt -sha256</userinput>\n"
"You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated\n"
"into your certificate request.\n"
"What you are about to enter is what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN.\n"
"There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank\n"
"For some fields there will be a default value,\n"
"If you enter '.', the field will be left blank.\n"
"-----\n"
"Country Name (2 letter code) [AU]:<userinput><replaceable>US</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"State or Province Name (full name) [Some-State]:<userinput><replaceable>PA</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Locality Name (eg, city) []:<userinput><replaceable>Pittsburgh</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:<userinput><replaceable>My Company</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:<userinput><replaceable>Systems Administrator</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Common Name (e.g. server FQDN or YOUR name) []:<userinput><replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Email Address []:<userinput><replaceable>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25463
msgid ""
"This will create two new files in the current directory: a private key file "
"<filename>cert.key</filename>, and the certificate itself, <filename>cert."
"crt</filename>. These should be placed in a directory, preferably under "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/</filename>, which is readable only by <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. Permissions of <literal>0700</literal> are "
"appropriate for these files and can be set using <command>chmod</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:25474
msgid "Using Certificates"
msgstr "使用憑證"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25476
msgid ""
"One use for a certificate is to encrypt connections to the "
"<application>Sendmail</application> mail server in order to prevent the use "
"of clear text authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:25481
msgid ""
"Some mail clients will display an error if the user has not installed a "
"local copy of the certificate. Refer to the documentation included with the "
"software for more information on certificate installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25487
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and above, it is possible to create a self-signed "
"certificate for <application>Sendmail</application> automatically. To enable "
"this, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25493
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"sendmail_cert_create=\"YES\"\n"
"sendmail_cert_cn=\"<replaceable>localhost.example.org</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25497
msgid ""
"This will automatically create a self-signed certificate, <filename>/etc/"
"mail/certs/host.cert</filename>, a signing key, <filename>/etc/mail/certs/"
"host.key</filename>, and a <acronym>CA</acronym> certificate, <filename>/etc/"
"mail/certs/cacert.pem</filename>. The certificate will use the "
"<literal>Common Name</literal> specified in <option>sendmail_cert_cn</"
"option>. After saving the edits, restart <application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25506
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25508
msgid ""
"If all went well, there will be no error messages in <filename>/var/log/"
"maillog</filename>. For a simple test, connect to the mail server's "
"listening port using <command>telnet</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25513
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>telnet <replaceable>example.com</replaceable> 25</userinput>\n"
"Trying 192.0.34.166...\n"
"Connected to example.com.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 example.com ESMTP Sendmail 8.14.7/8.14.7; Fri, 18 Apr 2014 11:50:32 -0400 (EDT)\n"
"<userinput>ehlo <replaceable>example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"250-example.com Hello example.com [192.0.34.166], pleased to meet you\n"
"250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES\n"
"250-PIPELINING\n"
"250-8BITMIME\n"
"250-SIZE\n"
"250-DSN\n"
"250-ETRN\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-DELIVERBY\n"
"250 HELP\n"
"<userinput>quit</userinput>\n"
"221 2.0.0 example.com closing connection\n"
"Connection closed by foreign host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25534
msgid ""
"If the <literal>STARTTLS</literal> line appears in the output, everything is "
"working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25541
msgid "<acronym>VPN</acronym> over <acronym>IPsec</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25551
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t      <email>nik@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"\t    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25545
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Nik</firstname> <surname>Clayton</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25566
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t      <email>hmp@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"\t    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25560
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Hiten M.</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25575
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25579
msgid ""
"Internet Protocol Security (<acronym>IPsec</acronym>) is a set of protocols "
"which sit on top of the Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) layer. It "
"allows two or more hosts to communicate in a secure manner by authenticating "
"and encrypting each <acronym>IP</acronym> packet of a communication session. "
"The FreeBSD <acronym>IPsec</acronym> network stack is based on the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">http://www.kame.net/</link> "
"implementation and supports both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25589
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary> <secondary>ESP</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25594
msgid "<primary><acronym>IPsec</acronym></primary> <secondary>AH</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25599
msgid "<acronym>IPsec</acronym> is comprised of the following sub-protocols:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25604
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Encapsulated Security Payload (<acronym>ESP</acronym>)</emphasis>: "
"this protocol protects the <acronym>IP</acronym> packet data from third "
"party interference by encrypting the contents using symmetric cryptography "
"algorithms such as Blowfish and <acronym>3DES</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25613
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Authentication Header (<acronym>AH</acronym>)</emphasis>: this "
"protocol protects the <acronym>IP</acronym> packet header from third party "
"interference and spoofing by computing a cryptographic checksum and hashing "
"the <acronym>IP </acronym> packet header fields with a secure hashing "
"function. This is then followed by an additional header that contains the "
"hash, to allow the information in the packet to be authenticated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25625
msgid ""
"<emphasis>IP Payload Compression Protocol (<acronym>IPComp</acronym></"
"emphasis>): this protocol tries to increase communication performance by "
"compressing the <acronym>IP </acronym> payload in order to reduce the amount "
"of data sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25633
msgid ""
"These protocols can either be used together or separately, depending on the "
"environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25636
msgid "<primary><acronym>VPN</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25640
msgid "<primary>virtual private network</primary> <see>VPN</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25645
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPsec</acronym> supports two modes of operation. The first mode, "
"<firstterm>Transport Mode</firstterm>, protects communications between two "
"hosts. The second mode, <firstterm>Tunnel Mode</firstterm>, is used to build "
"virtual tunnels, commonly known as Virtual Private Networks (<acronym>VPN</"
"acronym>s). Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipsec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for detailed "
"information on the <acronym>IPsec</acronym> subsystem in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25654
msgid ""
"To add <acronym>IPsec</acronym> support to the kernel, add the following "
"options to the custom kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using "
"the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25658
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPSEC</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPSEC</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25663
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options   IPSEC        #IP security\n"
"device    crypto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25666
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPSEC_DEBUG</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPSEC_DEBUG</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25671
msgid ""
"If <acronym>IPsec</acronym> debugging support is desired, the following "
"kernel option should also be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25674
#, no-wrap
msgid "options   IPSEC_DEBUG  #debug for IP security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:25676
msgid ""
"This rest of this chapter demonstrates the process of setting up an "
"<acronym>IPsec</acronym> <acronym>VPN</acronym> between a home network and a "
"corporate network. In the example scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25683
msgid ""
"Both sites are connected to the Internet through a gateway that is running "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25688
msgid ""
"The gateway on each network has at least one external <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address. In this example, the corporate <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s external "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">172.16.5.4</"
"systemitem> and the home <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s external <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.12</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:25697
msgid ""
"The internal addresses of the two networks can be either public or private "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. However, the address space must not "
"collide. For example, both networks cannot use <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">192.168.1.x</systemitem>. In this example, the corporate <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym>'s internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">10.246.38.1</systemitem> and the home <acronym>LAN</acronym>'s "
"internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">10.0.0.5</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25710
msgid "Configuring a <acronym>VPN</acronym> on FreeBSD"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD 上設定 <acronym>VPN</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:25719
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<email>trhodes@FreeBSD.org</email>\n"
"\t      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25713
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25728
msgid ""
"To begin, <package>security/ipsec-tools</package> must be installed from the "
"Ports Collection. This software provides a number of applications which "
"support the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25732
msgid ""
"The next requirement is to create two <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gif</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> pseudo-devices which "
"will be used to tunnel packets and allow both networks to communicate "
"properly. As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, run the "
"following commands, replacing <replaceable>internal</replaceable> and "
"<replaceable>external</replaceable> with the real IP addresses of the "
"internal and external interfaces of the two gateways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 <replaceable>internal1 internal2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig gif0 tunnel <replaceable>external1 external2</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25744
msgid ""
"Verify the setup on each gateway, using <command>ifconfig</command>. Here is "
"the output from Gateway 1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n"
"tunnel inet 172.16.5.4 --&gt; 192.168.1.12\n"
"inet6 fe80::2e0:81ff:fe02:5881%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x6\n"
"inet 10.246.38.1 --&gt; 10.0.0.5 netmask 0xffffff00"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25753
msgid "Here is the output from Gateway 2:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n"
"tunnel inet 192.168.1.12 --&gt; 172.16.5.4\n"
"inet 10.0.0.5 --&gt; 10.246.38.1 netmask 0xffffff00\n"
"inet6 fe80::250:bfff:fe3a:c1f%gif0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25760
msgid ""
"Once complete, both internal <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses should be "
"reachable using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25763
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"priv-net# ping 10.0.0.5\n"
"PING 10.0.0.5 (10.0.0.5): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=42.786 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=19.255 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=20.440 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.5: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.036 ms\n"
"--- 10.0.0.5 ping statistics ---\n"
"4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 19.255/25.879/42.786/9.782 ms\n"
"\n"
"corp-net# ping 10.246.38.1\n"
"PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.1): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=28.106 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=42.917 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=127.525 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=119.896 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.1: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=154.524 ms\n"
"--- 10.246.38.1 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 28.106/94.594/154.524/49.814 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25784
msgid ""
"As expected, both sides have the ability to send and receive <acronym>ICMP</"
"acronym> packets from the privately configured addresses. Next, both "
"gateways must be told how to route packets in order to correctly send "
"traffic from either network. The following commands will achieve this goal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>corp-net# route add <replaceable>10.0.0.0 10.0.0.5 255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>corp-net# route add net <replaceable>10.0.0.0: gateway 10.0.0.5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>priv-net# route add <replaceable>10.246.38.0 10.246.38.1 255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>priv-net# route add host <replaceable>10.246.38.0: gateway 10.246.38.1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25796
msgid ""
"At this point, internal machines should be reachable from each gateway as "
"well as from machines behind the gateways. Again, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to confirm:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25800
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net# ping 10.0.0.8\n"
"PING 10.0.0.8 (10.0.0.8): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=0 ttl=63 time=92.391 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=1 ttl=63 time=21.870 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=2 ttl=63 time=198.022 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=3 ttl=63 time=22.241 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.0.0.8: icmp_seq=4 ttl=63 time=174.705 ms\n"
"--- 10.0.0.8 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.870/101.846/198.022/74.001 ms\n"
"\n"
"priv-net# ping 10.246.38.107\n"
"PING 10.246.38.1 (10.246.38.107): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=53.491 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=23.395 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=23.865 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=21.145 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 10.246.38.107: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=36.708 ms\n"
"--- 10.246.38.107 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 21.145/31.721/53.491/12.179 ms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25822
msgid ""
"Setting up the tunnels is the easy part. Configuring a secure link is a more "
"in depth process. The following configuration uses pre-shared (<acronym>PSK</"
"acronym>) <acronym>RSA</acronym> keys. Other than the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses, the <filename>/usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf</filename> on "
"both gateways will be identical and look similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25830
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"path    pre_shared_key  \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-shared key file\n"
"log     debug;\t#log verbosity setting: set to 'notify' when testing and debugging is complete\n"
"\n"
"padding\t# options are not to be changed\n"
"{\n"
"        maximum_length  20;\n"
"        randomize       off;\n"
"        strict_check    off;\n"
"        exclusive_tail  off;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"timer\t# timing options. change as needed\n"
"{\n"
"        counter         5;\n"
"        interval        20 sec;\n"
"        persend         1;\n"
"#       natt_keepalive  15 sec;\n"
"        phase1          30 sec;\n"
"        phase2          15 sec;\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"listen\t# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n"
"{\n"
"        isakmp          172.16.5.4 [500];\n"
"        isakmp_natt     172.16.5.4 [4500];\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"remote  192.168.1.12 [500]\n"
"{\n"
"        exchange_mode   main,aggressive;\n"
"        doi             ipsec_doi;\n"
"        situation       identity_only;\n"
"        my_identifier   address 172.16.5.4;\n"
"        peers_identifier        address 192.168.1.12;\n"
"        lifetime        time 8 hour;\n"
"        passive         off;\n"
"        proposal_check  obey;\n"
"#       nat_traversal   off;\n"
"        generate_policy off;\n"
"\n"
"                        proposal {\n"
"                                encryption_algorithm    blowfish;\n"
"                                hash_algorithm          md5;\n"
"                                authentication_method   pre_shared_key;\n"
"                                lifetime time           30 sec;\n"
"                                dh_group                1;\n"
"                        }\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"sainfo  (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)\t# address $network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or esp)\n"
"{\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t# $network must be the two internal networks you are joining.\n"
"        pfs_group       1;\n"
"        lifetime        time    36000 sec;\n"
"        encryption_algorithm    blowfish,3des;\n"
"        authentication_algorithm        hmac_md5,hmac_sha1;\n"
"        compression_algorithm   deflate;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25888
msgid ""
"For descriptions of each available option, refer to the manual page for "
"<filename>racoon.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25891
msgid ""
"The Security Policy Database (<acronym>SPD</acronym>) needs to be configured "
"so that FreeBSD and <application>racoon</application> are able to encrypt "
"and decrypt network traffic between the hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25896
msgid ""
"This can be achieved with a shell script, similar to the following, on the "
"corporate gateway. This file will be used during system initialization and "
"should be saved as <filename>/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25901
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"flush;\n"
"spdflush;\n"
"# To the home network\n"
"spdadd 10.246.38.0/24 10.0.0.0/24 any -P out ipsec esp/tunnel/172.16.5.4-192.168.1.12/use;\n"
"spdadd 10.0.0.0/24 10.246.38.0/24 any -P in ipsec esp/tunnel/192.168.1.12-172.16.5.4/use;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25907
msgid ""
"Once in place, <application>racoon</application> may be started on both "
"gateways using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25910
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25912
msgid "The output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"corp-net# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n"
"Foreground mode.\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:47: INFO: begin Identity Protection mode.\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:48: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n"
"2006-01-30 01:35:55: INFO: received Vendor ID: KAME/racoon\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:04: INFO: ISAKMP-SA established 172.16.5.4[500]-192.168.1.12[500] spi:623b9b3bd2492452:7deab82d54ff704a\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:05: INFO: initiate new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]-&gt;172.16.5.4[0] spi=28496098(0x1b2d0e2)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:09: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]-&gt;192.168.1.12[0] spi=47784998(0x2d92426)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:13: INFO: respond new phase 2 negotiation: 172.16.5.4[0]192.168.1.12[0]\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 192.168.1.12[0]-&gt;172.16.5.4[0] spi=124397467(0x76a279b)\n"
"2006-01-30 01:36:18: INFO: IPsec-SA established: ESP/Tunnel 172.16.5.4[0]-&gt;192.168.1.12[0] spi=175852902(0xa7b4d66)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25927
msgid ""
"To ensure the tunnel is working properly, switch to another console and use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to view network traffic using the following "
"command. Replace <literal>em0</literal> with the network interface card as "
"required:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:25933
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i em0 host <replaceable>172.16.5.4 and dst 192.168.1.12</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25935
msgid ""
"Data similar to the following should appear on the console. If not, there is "
"an issue and debugging the returned data will be required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25939
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n"
"01:47:33.022442 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xb)\n"
"01:47:34.024218 IP corporatenetwork.com &gt; 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xc)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25943
msgid ""
"At this point, both networks should be available and seem to be part of the "
"same network. Most likely both networks are protected by a firewall. To "
"allow traffic to flow between them, rules need to be added to pass packets. "
"For the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> firewall, add the following lines to the firewall "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25950
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00202 allow log ah from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00203 allow log ipencap from any to any\n"
"ipfw add 00204 allow log udp from any 500 to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:25956
msgid ""
"The rule numbers may need to be altered depending on the current host "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25960
msgid ""
"For users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the following rules "
"should do the trick:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25963
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto ah from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto ipencap from any to any\n"
"pass in quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n"
"pass in quick on gif0 from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto esp from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto ah from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto ipencap from any to any\n"
"pass out quick proto udp from any port = 500 to any port = 500\n"
"pass out quick on gif0 from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:25974
msgid ""
"Finally, to allow the machine to start support for the <acronym>VPN</"
"acronym> during system initialization, add the following lines to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:25978
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipsec_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/setkey\"\n"
"ipsec_file=\"/usr/local/etc/racoon/setkey.conf\" # allows setting up spd policies on boot\n"
"racoon_enable=\"yes\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:25987
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:25990
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Chern</firstname><surname>Lee</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25996
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:25997
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>OpenSSH</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26002
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSH</application> is a set of network connectivity tools "
"used to provide secure access to remote machines. Additionally, <acronym>TCP/"
"IP</acronym> connections can be tunneled or forwarded securely through "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> connections. <application>OpenSSH</application> "
"encrypts all traffic to effectively eliminate eavesdropping, connection "
"hijacking, and other network-level attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26011
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSH</application> is maintained by the OpenBSD project and "
"is installed by default in FreeBSD. It is compatible with both <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> version 1 and 2 protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26016
msgid ""
"When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers "
"anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password "
"information or data transferred during the session. <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> offers a variety of authentication and encryption methods to "
"prevent this from happening. More information about <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> is available from <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openssh.com/"
"\">http://www.openssh.com/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26024
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to "
"securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD "
"system. It then describes how to configure a <acronym>SSH</acronym> server "
"on a FreeBSD system. More information is available in the man pages "
"mentioned in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26032
msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities"
msgstr "使用 SSH 客戶端工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26034
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>client</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26039
msgid ""
"To log into a <acronym>SSH</acronym> server, use <command>ssh</command> and "
"specify a username that exists on that server and the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address or hostname of the server. If this is the first time a connection "
"has been made to the specified server, the user will be prompted to first "
"verify the server's fingerprint:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26046
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ssh <replaceable>user@example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"The authenticity of host 'example.com (10.0.0.1)' can't be established.\n"
"ECDSA key fingerprint is 25:cc:73:b5:b3:96:75:3d:56:19:49:d2:5c:1f:91:3b.\n"
"Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
"Permanently added 'example.com' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts.\n"
"Password for user@example.com: <userinput><replaceable>user_password</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26053
msgid ""
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the "
"authenticity of the server when the client connects. When the user accepts "
"the key's fingerprint by typing <literal>yes</literal> when connecting for "
"the first time, a copy of the key is saved to <filename>.ssh/known_hosts</"
"filename> in the user's home directory. Future attempts to login are "
"verified against the saved key and <command>ssh</command> will display an "
"alert if the server's key does not match the saved key. If this occurs, the "
"user should first verify why the key has changed before continuing with the "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26065
msgid ""
"By default, recent versions of <application>OpenSSH</application> only "
"accept <acronym>SSH</acronym>v2 connections. By default, the client will use "
"version 2 if possible and will fall back to version 1 if the server does not "
"support version 2. To force <command>ssh</command> to only use the specified "
"protocol, include <option>-1</option> or <option>-2</option>. Additional "
"options are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26074
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>secure copy</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26078
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26082
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to securely copy a file to or from a remote "
"machine. This example copies <filename>COPYRIGHT</filename> on the remote "
"system to a file of the same name in the current directory of the local "
"system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26088
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scp <replaceable>user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Password for user@example.com: <userinput><replaceable>*******</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"COPYRIGHT            100% |*****************************|  4735\n"
"00:00\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26094
msgid ""
"Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key "
"is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26098
msgid ""
"The arguments passed to <command>scp</command> are similar to <command>cp</"
"command>. The file or files to copy is the first argument and the "
"destination to copy to is the second. Since the file is fetched over the "
"network, one or more of the file arguments takes the form <option>user@host:"
"&lt;path_to_remote_file&gt;</option>. Be aware when copying directories "
"recursively that <command>scp</command> uses <option>-r</option>, whereas "
"<command>cp</command> uses <option>-R</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26108
msgid ""
"To open an interactive session for copying files, use <command>sftp</"
"command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sftp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of "
"available commands while in an <command>sftp</command> session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:26114
msgid "Key-based Authentication"
msgstr "以金鑰為基礎的認證"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26116
msgid ""
"Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the "
"remote machine using keys. To generate <acronym>DSA</acronym> or "
"<acronym>RSA</acronym> authentication keys, use <command>ssh-keygen</"
"command>. To generate a public and private key pair, specify the type of key "
"and follow the prompts. It is recommended to protect the keys with a "
"memorable, but hard to guess passphrase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh-keygen -t <replaceable>dsa</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n"
"Enter file in which to save the key (/home/user/.ssh/id_dsa):\n"
"Created directory '/home/user/.ssh'.\n"
"Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): <replaceable>type some passphrase here which can contain spaces</replaceable>\n"
"Enter same passphrase again: <replaceable>type some passphrase here which can contain spaces</replaceable>\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_dsa.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /home/user/.ssh/id_dsa.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"bb:48:db:f2:93:57:80:b6:aa:bc:f5:d5:ba:8f:79:17 user@host.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26136
msgid ""
"Depending upon the specified protocol, the private key is stored in "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> (or <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa</filename>), "
"and the public key is stored in <filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename> (or "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>). The <emphasis>public</emphasis> key "
"must be first copied to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> on the "
"remote machine in order for key-based authentication to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:26147
msgid ""
"Many users believe that keys are secure by design and will use a key without "
"a passphrase. This is <emphasis>dangerous</emphasis> behavior. An "
"administrator can verify that a key pair is protected by a passphrase by "
"viewing the private key manually. If the private key file contains the word "
"<literal>ENCRYPTED</literal>, the key owner is using a passphrase. In "
"addition, to better secure end users, <literal>from</literal> may be placed "
"in the public key file. For example, adding <literal>from=\"192.168.10.5\"</"
"literal> in the front of <literal>ssh-rsa</literal> or <literal>rsa-dsa</"
"literal> prefix will only allow that specific user to login from that "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26163
msgid ""
"The various options and files can be different according to the "
"<application>OpenSSH</application> version. To avoid problems, consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-keygen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26167
msgid ""
"If a passphrase is used, the user will be prompted for the passphrase each "
"time a connection is made to the server. To load <acronym>SSH</acronym> keys "
"into memory, without needing to type the passphrase each time, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-agent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-add</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26173
msgid ""
"Authentication is handled by <command>ssh-agent</command>, using the private "
"key(s) that are loaded into it. Then, <command>ssh-agent</command> should be "
"used to launch another application such as a shell or a window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26179
msgid ""
"To use <command>ssh-agent</command> in a shell, start it with a shell as an "
"argument. Next, add the identity by running <command>ssh-add</command> and "
"providing it the passphrase for the private key. Once these steps have been "
"completed, the user will be able to <command>ssh</command> to any host that "
"has the corresponding public key installed. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> ssh-agent <replaceable>csh</replaceable>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> ssh-add\n"
"Enter passphrase for key '/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_dsa': <replaceable>type passphrase here</replaceable>\n"
"Identity added: /usr/home/user/.ssh/id_dsa (/usr/home/user/.ssh/id_dsa)\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26193
msgid ""
"To use <command>ssh-agent</command> in <application>Xorg</application>, add "
"an entry for it in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. This provides the "
"<command>ssh-agent</command> services to all programs launched in "
"<application>Xorg</application>. An example <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> "
"might look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26200
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec ssh-agent <replaceable>startxfce4</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26202
msgid ""
"This launches <command>ssh-agent</command>, which in turn launches "
"<application>XFCE</application>, every time <application>Xorg</application> "
"starts. Once <application>Xorg</application> has been restarted so that the "
"changes can take effect, run <command>ssh-add</command> to load all of the "
"<acronym>SSH</acronym> keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:26211
msgid "<acronym>SSH</acronym> Tunneling"
msgstr "<acronym>SSH</acronym> 通道"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26213
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>tunneling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26218
msgid ""
"<application>OpenSSH</application> has the ability to create a tunnel to "
"encapsulate another protocol in an encrypted session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26222
msgid ""
"The following command tells <command>ssh</command> to create a tunnel for "
"<application>telnet</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26229
msgid "This example uses the following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26233
msgid "<option>-2</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26236
msgid ""
"Forces <command>ssh</command> to use version 2 to connect to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26242
msgid "<option>-N</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26245
msgid ""
"Indicates no command, or tunnel only. If omitted, <command>ssh</command> "
"initiates a normal session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26255
msgid "Forces <command>ssh</command> to run in the background."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26261
msgid "<option>-L</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26264
msgid ""
"Indicates a local tunnel in <replaceable>localport:remotehost:remoteport</"
"replaceable> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:26271
msgid "<option>user@foo.example.com</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26274
msgid ""
"The login name to use on the specified remote <acronym>SSH</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26280
msgid ""
"An <acronym>SSH</acronym> tunnel works by creating a listen socket on "
"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem> on the specified <literal>localport</"
"literal>. It then forwards any connections received on <literal>localport</"
"literal> via the <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to the specified "
"<literal>remotehost:remoteport</literal>. In the example, port "
"<literal>5023</literal> on the client is forwarded to port <literal>23</"
"literal> on the remote machine. Since port 23 is used by "
"<application>telnet</application>, this creates an encrypted "
"<application>telnet</application> session through an <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:26292
msgid ""
"This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure <acronym>TCP</"
"acronym> protocols such as <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, <acronym>POP3</acronym>, "
"and <acronym>FTP</acronym>, as seen in the following examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26299
msgid "Create a Secure Tunnel for <acronym>SMTP</acronym>"
msgstr "建立供 <acronym>SMTP</acronym> 使用的安全通道"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@mailserver.example.com's password: <userinput>*****</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>telnet localhost 5025</userinput>\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 mailserver.example.com ESMTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26310
msgid ""
"This can be used in conjunction with <command>ssh-keygen</command> and "
"additional user accounts to create a more seamless <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"tunneling environment. Keys can be used in place of typing a password, and "
"the tunnels can be run as a separate user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26319
msgid "Secure Access of a <acronym>POP3</acronym> Server"
msgstr "安全存取 <acronym>POP3</acronym> 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26322
msgid ""
"In this example, there is an <acronym>SSH</acronym> server that accepts "
"connections from the outside. On the same network resides a mail server "
"running a <acronym>POP3</acronym> server. To check email in a secure manner, "
"create an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to the <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"server and tunnel through to the mail server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@ssh-server.example.com's password: <userinput>******</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26333
msgid ""
"Once the tunnel is up and running, point the email client to send "
"<acronym>POP3</acronym> requests to <systemitem>localhost</systemitem> on "
"port 2110. This connection will be forwarded securely across the tunnel to "
"<systemitem>mail.example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:26341
msgid "Bypassing a Firewall"
msgstr "跳過防火牆"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26343
msgid ""
"Some firewalls filter both incoming and outgoing connections. For example, a "
"firewall might limit access from remote machines to ports 22 and 80 to only "
"allow <acronym>SSH</acronym> and web surfing. This prevents access to any "
"other service which uses a port other than 22 or 80."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26351
msgid ""
"The solution is to create an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection to a machine "
"outside of the network's firewall and use it to tunnel to the desired "
"service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ssh -2 -N -f -L <replaceable>8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"user@unfirewalled-system.example.org's password: <userinput>*******</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:26358
msgid ""
"In this example, a streaming Ogg Vorbis client can now be pointed to "
"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem> port 8888, which will be forwarded over "
"to <systemitem>music.example.com</systemitem> on port 8000, successfully "
"bypassing the firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26368
msgid "Enabling the SSH Server"
msgstr "開啟 SSH 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26370
msgid "<primary>OpenSSH</primary> <secondary>enabling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26375
msgid ""
"In addition to providing built-in <acronym>SSH</acronym> client utilities, a "
"FreeBSD system can be configured as an <acronym>SSH</acronym> server, "
"accepting connections from other <acronym>SSH</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26380
msgid ""
"To see if <application>sshd</application> is operating, use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26383
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26385
msgid ""
"If the service is not running, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26388
#, no-wrap
msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26390
msgid ""
"This will start <application>sshd</application>, the daemon program for "
"<application>OpenSSH</application>, the next time the system boots. To start "
"it now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26394
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26396
msgid ""
"The first time <application>sshd</application> starts on a FreeBSD system, "
"the system's host keys will be automatically created and the fingerprint "
"will be displayed on the console. Provide users with the fingerprint so that "
"they can verify it the first time they connect to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26402
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the list of available options when starting "
"<application>sshd</application> and a more complete discussion about "
"authentication, the login process, and the various configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26407
msgid ""
"At this point, the <application>sshd</application> should be available to "
"all users with a username and password on the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26413
msgid "SSH Server Security"
msgstr "SSH 伺服器安全性"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26415
msgid ""
"While <application>sshd</application> is the most widely used remote "
"administration facility for FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are "
"common to any system exposed to public networks. Several additional "
"parameters are available to prevent the success of these attacks and will be "
"described in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26422
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> server and from where using the <literal>AllowUsers</literal> "
"keyword in the <application>OpenSSH</application> server configuration file. "
"For example, to only allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"to log in from <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.32</systemitem>, "
"add this line to <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26430
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26432
msgid ""
"To allow <systemitem class=\"username\">admin</systemitem> to log in from "
"anywhere, list that user without specifying an <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26436
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers admin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26438
msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26441
#, no-wrap
msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26443
msgid ""
"After making changes to <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, tell "
"<application>sshd</application> to reload its configuration file by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26448
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26451
msgid ""
"When this keyword is used, it is important to list each user that needs to "
"log into this machine. Any user that is not specified in that line will be "
"locked out. Also, the keywords used in the <application>OpenSSH</"
"application> server configuration file are case-sensitive. If the keyword is "
"not spelled correctly, including its case, it will be ignored. Always test "
"changes to this file to make sure that the edits are working as expected. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd_config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> to verify the spelling "
"and use of the available keywords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26463
msgid ""
"In addition, users may be forced to use two factor authentication via the "
"use of a public and private key. When required, the user may generate a key "
"pair through the use of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh-keygen</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and send the "
"administrator the public key. This key file will be placed in the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> as described above in the client "
"section. To force the users to use keys only, the following option may be "
"configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26472
#, no-wrap
msgid "AuthenticationMethods publickey"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:26475
msgid ""
"Do not confuse <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> with <filename>/etc/"
"ssh/ssh_config</filename> (note the extra <literal>d</literal> in the first "
"filename). The first file configures the server and the second file "
"configures the client. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh_config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a listing of the "
"available client settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26487
msgid "Access Control Lists"
msgstr "存取控制清單"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:26490 book.translate.xml:26635 book.translate.xml:26711
#: book.translate.xml:27031 book.translate.xml:27096 book.translate.xml:27453
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Tom</firstname><surname>Rhodes</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26495
msgid "<primary>ACL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26499
msgid ""
"Access Control Lists (<acronym>ACL</acronym>s) extend the standard "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> permission model in a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark>.1e compatible way. This "
"permits an administrator to take advantage of a more fine-grained "
"permissions model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26504
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym> support for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems. Users who prefer "
"to compile a custom kernel must include the following option in their custom "
"kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26510
#, no-wrap
msgid "options UFS_ACL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26512
msgid ""
"If this option is not compiled in, a warning message will be displayed when "
"attempting to mount a file system with <acronym>ACL</acronym> support. "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s rely on extended attributes which are natively "
"supported in <acronym>UFS2</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26518
msgid ""
"This chapter describes how to enable <acronym>ACL</acronym> support and "
"provides some usage examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26523
msgid "Enabling <acronym>ACL</acronym> Support"
msgstr "開啟 <acronym>ACL</acronym> 支援"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26525
msgid ""
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, "
"<option>acls</option>, which may be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>. The mount-time flag can also be automatically set in a persistent "
"manner using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to modify a superblock "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s flag in the file system header. In general, it is "
"preferred to use the superblock flag for several reasons:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26535
msgid ""
"The superblock flag cannot be changed by a remount using <option>mount -u</"
"option> as it requires a complete <command>umount</command> and fresh "
"<command>mount</command>. This means that <acronym>ACL</acronym>s cannot be "
"enabled on the root file system after boot. It also means that <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym> support on a file system cannot be changed while the system is in "
"use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26546
msgid ""
"Setting the superblock flag causes the file system to always be mounted with "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled, even if there is not an <filename>fstab</"
"filename> entry or if the devices re-order. This prevents accidental "
"mounting of the file system without <acronym>ACL</acronym> support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:26556
msgid ""
"It is desirable to discourage accidental mounting without <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym>s enabled because nasty things can happen if <acronym>ACL</acronym>s "
"are enabled, then disabled, then re-enabled without flushing the extended "
"attributes. In general, once <acronym>ACL</acronym>s are enabled on a file "
"system, they should not be disabled, as the resulting file protections may "
"not be compatible with those intended by the users of the system, and re-"
"enabling <acronym>ACL</acronym>s may re-attach the previous <acronym>ACL</"
"acronym>s to files that have since had their permissions changed, resulting "
"in unpredictable behavior."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26570
msgid ""
"File systems with <acronym>ACL</acronym>s enabled will show a plus (<literal>"
"+</literal>) sign in their permission settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"drwx------  2 robert  robert  512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 23 10:57 directory1\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 22 10:20 directory2\n"
"drwxrwx---+ 2 robert  robert  512 Dec 27 11:57 directory3\n"
"drwxr-xr-x  2 robert  robert  512 Nov 10 11:54 public_html"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26580
msgid ""
"In this example, <filename>directory1</filename>, <filename>directory2</"
"filename>, and <filename>directory3</filename> are all taking advantage of "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s, whereas <filename>public_html</filename> is not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26588
msgid "Using <acronym>ACL</acronym>s"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>ACL</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26590
msgid ""
"File system <acronym>ACL</acronym>s can be viewed using <command>getfacl</"
"command>. For instance, to view the <acronym>ACL</acronym> settings on "
"<filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26595
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>getfacl test</userinput>\n"
"\t#file:test\n"
"\t#owner:1001\n"
"\t#group:1001\n"
"\tuser::rw-\n"
"\tgroup::r--\n"
"\tother::r--"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26603
msgid ""
"To change the <acronym>ACL</acronym> settings on this file, use "
"<command>setfacl</command>. To remove all of the currently defined "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym>s from a file or file system, include <option>-k</"
"option>. However, the preferred method is to use <option>-b</option> as it "
"leaves the basic fields required for <acronym>ACL</acronym>s to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26610
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setfacl -k test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26612
msgid ""
"To modify the default <acronym>ACL</acronym> entries, use <option>-m</"
"option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:26615
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26617
msgid ""
"In this example, there were no pre-defined entries, as they were removed by "
"the previous command. This command restores the default options and assigns "
"the options listed. If a user or group is added which does not exist on the "
"system, an <errorname>Invalid argument</errorname> error will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26624
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getfacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setfacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about the options available for these commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26632
msgid "Monitoring Third Party Security Issues"
msgstr "監視第三方安全性問題"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26640
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26644
msgid ""
"In recent years, the security world has made many improvements to how "
"vulnerability assessment is handled. The threat of system intrusion "
"increases as third party utilities are installed and configured for "
"virtually any operating system available today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26650
msgid ""
"Vulnerability assessment is a key factor in security. While FreeBSD releases "
"advisories for the base system, doing so for every third party utility is "
"beyond the FreeBSD Project's capability. There is a way to mitigate third "
"party vulnerabilities and warn administrators of known security issues. A "
"FreeBSD add on utility known as <application>pkg</application> includes "
"options explicitly for this purpose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26659
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> polls a database for security issues. The "
"database is updated and maintained by the FreeBSD Security Team and ports "
"developers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26663
msgid ""
"Please refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"books/handbook/pkgng-intro.html\">instructions</link> for installing "
"<application>pkg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26667
msgid ""
"Installation provides <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files "
"for maintaining the <application>pkg</application> audit database, and "
"provides a programmatic method of keeping it updated. This functionality is "
"enabled if <literal>daily_status_security_pkgaudit_enable</literal> is set "
"to <literal>YES</literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Ensure that daily "
"security run emails, which are sent to <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>'s email account, are being read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26677
msgid ""
"After installation, and to audit third party utilities as part of the Ports "
"Collection at any time, an administrator may choose to update the database "
"and view known vulnerabilities of installed packages by invoking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26684
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> displays messages any published "
"vulnerabilities in installed packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26687
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n"
"Type of problem: cups-base -- HPGL buffer overflow vulnerability.\n"
"Reference: &lt;http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/portaudit/40a3bca2-6809-11d9-a9e7-0001020eed82.html&gt;\n"
"\n"
"1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n"
"\n"
"You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26695
msgid ""
"By pointing a web browser to the displayed <acronym>URL</acronym>, an "
"administrator may obtain more information about the vulnerability. This will "
"include the versions affected, by FreeBSD port version, along with other web "
"sites which may contain security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26701
msgid ""
"<application>pkg</application> is a powerful utility and is extremely useful "
"when coupled with <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:26708
msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories"
msgstr "FreeBSD 安全報告"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:26716
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Security Advisories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26720
msgid ""
"Like many producers of quality operating systems, the FreeBSD Project has a "
"security team which is responsible for determining the End-of-Life "
"(<acronym>EoL</acronym>) date for each FreeBSD release and to provide "
"security updates for supported releases which have not yet reached their "
"<acronym>EoL</acronym>. More information about the FreeBSD security team and "
"the supported releases is available on the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/security\">FreeBSD security page</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26730
msgid ""
"One task of the security team is to respond to reported security "
"vulnerabilities in the FreeBSD operating system. Once a vulnerability is "
"confirmed, the security team verifies the steps necessary to fix the "
"vulnerability and updates the source code with the fix. It then publishes "
"the details as a <quote>Security Advisory</quote>. Security advisories are "
"published on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/security/advisories."
"html\">FreeBSD website</link> and mailed to the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-notifications\">freebsd-"
"security-notifications</link>, <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security\">freebsd-security</link>, and <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">freebsd-"
"announce</link> mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:26741
msgid "This section describes the format of a FreeBSD security advisory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:26745
msgid "Format of a Security Advisory"
msgstr "安全報告的格式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26747
msgid "Here is an example of a FreeBSD security advisory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:26749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"=============================================================================\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----\n"
"Hash: SHA512\n"
"\n"
"=============================================================================\n"
"FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind                                       Security Advisory\n"
"                                                          The FreeBSD Project\n"
"\n"
"Topic:          BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n"
"\n"
"Category:       contrib\n"
"Module:         bind\n"
"Announced:      2014-01-14\n"
"Credits:        ISC\n"
"Affects:        FreeBSD 8.x and FreeBSD 9.x\n"
"Corrected:      2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/9, 9.2-STABLE)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.2, 9.2-RELEASE-p3)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/9.1, 9.1-RELEASE-p10)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:38:37 UTC (stable/8, 8.4-STABLE)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.4, 8.4-RELEASE-p7)\n"
"                2014-01-14 19:42:28 UTC (releng/8.3, 8.3-RELEASE-p14)\n"
"CVE Name:       CVE-2014-0591\n"
"\n"
"For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n"
"including descriptions of the fields above, security branches, and the\n"
"following sections, please visit &lt;URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/&gt;.\n"
"\n"
"I.   Background\n"
"\n"
"BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n"
"The named(8) daemon is an Internet Domain Name Server.\n"
"\n"
"II.  Problem Description\n"
"\n"
"Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n"
"crash with an \"INSIST\" failure in name.c when processing queries possessing\n"
"certain properties.  This issue only affects authoritative nameservers with\n"
"at least one NSEC3-signed zone.  Recursive-only servers are not at risk.\n"
"\n"
"III. Impact\n"
"\n"
"An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n"
"to crash, resulting in a denial of service.\n"
"\n"
"IV.  Workaround\n"
"\n"
"No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS service\n"
"with at least one NSEC3-signed zone using named(8) are not vulnerable.\n"
"\n"
"V.   Solution\n"
"\n"
"Perform one of the following:\n"
"\n"
"1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n"
"release / security branch (releng) dated after the correction date.\n"
"\n"
"2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n"
"\n"
"The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n"
"FreeBSD release branches.\n"
"\n"
"a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n"
"detached PGP signature using your PGP utility.\n"
"\n"
"[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-release.patch.asc\n"
"# gpg --verify bind-release.patch.asc\n"
"\n"
"[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch\n"
"# fetch http://security.FreeBSD.org/patches/SA-14:04/bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n"
"# gpg --verify bind-stable-9.patch.asc\n"
"\n"
"b) Execute the following commands as root:\n"
"\n"
"# cd /usr/src\n"
"# patch &lt; /path/to/patch\n"
"\n"
"Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n"
"described in &lt;URL:http://www.FreeBSD.org/handbook/makeworld.html&gt;.\n"
"\n"
"Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n"
"\n"
"3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n"
"\n"
"Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n"
"platforms can be updated via the freebsd-update(8) utility:\n"
"\n"
"# freebsd-update fetch\n"
"# freebsd-update install\n"
"\n"
"VI.  Correction details\n"
"\n"
"The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n"
"affected branch.\n"
"\n"
"Branch/path                                                      Revision\n"
"- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"stable/8/                                                         r260646\n"
"releng/8.3/                                                       r260647\n"
"releng/8.4/                                                       r260647\n"
"stable/9/                                                         r260646\n"
"releng/9.1/                                                       r260647\n"
"releng/9.2/                                                       r260647\n"
"- -------------------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"\n"
"To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n"
"following command, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number, on a\n"
"machine with Subversion installed:\n"
"\n"
"# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n"
"\n"
"Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&amp;revision=NNNNNN&gt;\n"
"\n"
"VII. References\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:https://kb.isc.org/article/AA-01078&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;URL:http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2014-0591&gt;\n"
"\n"
"The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n"
"&lt;URL:http://security.FreeBSD.org/advisories/FreeBSD-SA-14:04.bind.asc&gt;\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n"
"\n"
"iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n"
"ZSQP5EGWx/lramNf9566iKxOrLRMq/h3XWcC4goVd+gZFrvITJSVOWSa7ntDQ7TO\n"
"XcinfRZ/iyiJbs/Rg2wLHc/t5oVSyeouyccqODYFbOwOlk35JjOTMUG1YcX+Zasg\n"
"ax8RV+7Zt1QSBkMlOz/myBLXUjlTZ3Xg2FXVsfFQW5/g2CjuHpRSFx1bVNX6ysoG\n"
"9DT58EQcYxIS8WfkHRbbXKh9I1nSfZ7/Hky/kTafRdRMrjAgbqFgHkYTYsBZeav5\n"
"fYWKGQRJulYfeZQ90yMTvlpF42DjCC3uJYamJnwDIu8OhS1WRBI8fQfr9DRzmRua\n"
"OK3BK9hUiScDZOJB6OqeVzUTfe7MAA4/UwrDtTYQ+PqAenv1PK8DZqwXyxA9ThHb\n"
"zKO3OwuKOVHJnKvpOcr+eNwo7jbnHlis0oBksj/mrq2P9m2ueF9gzCiq5Ri5Syag\n"
"Wssb1HUoMGwqU0roS8+pRpNC8YgsWpsttvUWSZ8u6Vj/FLeHpiV3mYXPVMaKRhVm\n"
"067BA2uj4Th1JKtGleox+Em0R7OFbCc/9aWC67wiqI6KRyit9pYiF3npph+7D5Eq\n"
"7zPsUdDd+qc+UTiLp3liCRp5w6484wWdhZO6wRtmUgxGjNkxFoNnX8CitzF8AaqO\n"
"UWWemqWuz3lAZuORQ9KX\n"
"=OQzQ\n"
"-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:26891
msgid "Every security advisory uses the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26895
msgid ""
"Each security advisory is signed by the <acronym>PGP</acronym> key of the "
"Security Officer. The public key for the Security Officer can be verified at "
"<xref linkend=\"pgpkeys\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26902
msgid ""
"The name of the security advisory always begins with <literal>FreeBSD-SA-</"
"literal> (for FreeBSD Security Advisory), followed by the year in two digit "
"format (<literal>14:</literal>), followed by the advisory number for that "
"year (<literal>04.</literal>), followed by the name of the affected "
"application or subsystem (<literal>bind</literal>). The advisory shown here "
"is the fourth advisory for 2014 and it affects <application>BIND</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26914
msgid "The <literal>Topic</literal> field summarizes the vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26919
msgid ""
"The <literal>Category</literal> refers to the affected part of the system "
"which may be one of <literal>core</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal>, or "
"<literal>ports</literal>. The <literal>core</literal> category means that "
"the vulnerability affects a core component of the FreeBSD operating system. "
"The <literal>contrib</literal> category means that the vulnerability affects "
"software included with FreeBSD, such as <application>BIND</application>. The "
"<literal>ports</literal> category indicates that the vulnerability affects "
"software available through the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26934
msgid ""
"The <literal>Module</literal> field refers to the component location. In "
"this example, the <literal>bind</literal> module is affected; therefore, "
"this vulnerability affects an application installed with the operating "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26942
msgid ""
"The <literal>Announced</literal> field reflects the date the security "
"advisory was published. This means that the security team has verified that "
"the problem exists and that a patch has been committed to the FreeBSD source "
"code repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26950
msgid ""
"The <literal>Credits</literal> field gives credit to the individual or "
"organization who noticed the vulnerability and reported it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26956
msgid ""
"The <literal>Affects</literal> field explains which releases of FreeBSD are "
"affected by this vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26962
msgid ""
"The <literal>Corrected</literal> field indicates the date, time, time "
"offset, and releases that were corrected. The section in parentheses shows "
"each branch for which the fix has been merged, and the version number of the "
"corresponding release from that branch. The release identifier itself "
"includes the version number and, if appropriate, the patch level. The patch "
"level is the letter <literal>p</literal> followed by a number, indicating "
"the sequence number of the patch, allowing users to track which patches have "
"already been applied to the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26976
msgid ""
"The <literal>CVE Name</literal> field lists the advisory number, if one "
"exists, in the public <link xlink:href=\"http://cve.mitre.org\">cve.mitre."
"org</link> security vulnerabilities database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26982
msgid ""
"The <literal>Background</literal> field provides a description of the "
"affected module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26987
msgid ""
"The <literal>Problem Description</literal> field explains the vulnerability. "
"This can include information about the flawed code and how the utility could "
"be maliciously used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26994
msgid ""
"The <literal>Impact</literal> field describes what type of impact the "
"problem could have on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:26999
msgid ""
"The <literal>Workaround</literal> field indicates if a workaround is "
"available to system administrators who cannot immediately patch the system ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27005
msgid ""
"The <literal>Solution</literal> field provides the instructions for patching "
"the affected system. This is a step by step tested and verified method for "
"getting a system patched and working securely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27012
msgid ""
"The <literal>Correction Details</literal> field displays each affected "
"Subversion branch with the revision number that contains the corrected code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27018
msgid ""
"The <literal>References</literal> field offers sources of additional "
"information regarding the vulnerability."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27028
msgid "Process Accounting"
msgstr "程序追蹤"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27036
msgid "<primary>Process Accounting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27040
msgid ""
"Process accounting is a security method in which an administrator may keep "
"track of system resources used and their allocation among users, provide for "
"system monitoring, and minimally track a user's commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27045
msgid ""
"Process accounting has both positive and negative points. One of the "
"positives is that an intrusion may be narrowed down to the point of entry. A "
"negative is the amount of logs generated by process accounting, and the disk "
"space they may require. This section walks an administrator through the "
"basics of process accounting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27053
msgid ""
"If more fine-grained accounting is needed, refer to <xref linkend=\"audit\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27058
msgid "Enabling and Utilizing Process Accounting"
msgstr "開啟並使用程序追蹤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27060
msgid ""
"Before using process accounting, it must be enabled using the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27063
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>accton /var/account/acct</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'accounting_enable=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27068
msgid ""
"Once enabled, accounting will begin to track information such as "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym> statistics and executed commands. All accounting logs "
"are in a non-human readable format which can be viewed using <command>sa</"
"command>. If issued without any options, <command>sa</command> prints "
"information relating to the number of per-user calls, the total elapsed time "
"in minutes, total <acronym>CPU</acronym> and user time in minutes, and the "
"average number of <acronym>I/O</acronym> operations. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the list of available options which control the output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27079
msgid ""
"To display the commands issued by users, use <command>lastcomm</command>. "
"For example, this command prints out all usage of <command>ls</command> by "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> on the <literal>ttyp1</"
"literal> terminal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27084
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27086
msgid ""
"Many other useful options exist and are explained in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lastcomm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>acct</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27093
msgid "Resource Limits"
msgstr "限制資源"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27101
msgid "<primary>Resource limits</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27105
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides several methods for an administrator to limit the amount of "
"system resources an individual may use. Disk quotas limit the amount of disk "
"space available to users. Quotas are discussed in <xref linkend=\"quotas\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27110
msgid "<primary>quotas</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27113
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>quotas</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27117 book.translate.xml:33943
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27121
msgid ""
"Limits to other resources, such as <acronym>CPU</acronym> and memory, can be "
"set using either a flat file or a command to configure a resource limits "
"database. The traditional method defines login classes by editing <filename>/"
"etc/login.conf</filename>. While this method is still supported, any changes "
"require a multi-step process of editing this file, rebuilding the resource "
"database, making necessary changes to <filename>/etc/master.passwd</"
"filename>, and rebuilding the password database. This can become time "
"consuming, depending upon the number of users to configure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27133
msgid ""
"Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, <command>rctl</command> can be used to "
"provide a more fine-grained method for controlling resource limits. This "
"command supports more than user limits as it can also be used to set "
"resource constraints on processes and jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27139
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates both methods for controlling resources, beginning "
"with the traditional method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27143
msgid "Configuring Login Classes"
msgstr "設定登入類別"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27145
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27148
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>limiting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27152
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/login.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27156
msgid ""
"In the traditional method, login classes and the resource limits to apply to "
"a login class are defined in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>. Each user "
"account can be assigned to a login class, where <literal>default</literal> "
"is the default login class. Each login class has a set of login capabilities "
"associated with it. A login capability is a <literal><replaceable>name</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> pair, where "
"<replaceable>name</replaceable> is a well-known identifier and "
"<replaceable>value</replaceable> is an arbitrary string which is processed "
"accordingly depending on the <replaceable>name</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27170
msgid ""
"Whenever <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is edited, the <filename>/etc/"
"login.conf.db</filename> must be updated by executing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27174 book.translate.xml:30695 book.translate.xml:43115
#: book.translate.xml:54400
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27177
msgid ""
"Resource limits differ from the default login capabilities in two ways. "
"First, for every limit, there is a <firstterm>soft</firstterm> and "
"<firstterm>hard</firstterm> limit. A soft limit may be adjusted by the user "
"or application, but may not be set higher than the hard limit. The hard "
"limit may be lowered by the user, but can only be raised by the superuser. "
"Second, most resource limits apply per process to a specific user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27186
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"resource-limits\"/> lists the most commonly used resource "
"limits. All of the available resource limits and capabilities are described "
"in detail in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27191
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>coredumpsize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27195
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>cputime</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27199
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>filesize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27203
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>maxproc</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27207
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>memorylocked</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27211
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>memoryuse</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27215
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>openfiles</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27219
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>sbsize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27223
msgid "<primary>limiting users</primary> <secondary>stacksize</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:27229
msgid "Login Class Resource Limits"
msgstr "登入類別限制資源類型"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27234
msgid "Resource Limit"
msgstr "限制資源"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27241
msgid "coredumpsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27242
msgid ""
"The limit on the size of a core file generated by a program is subordinate "
"to other limits on disk usage, such as <literal>filesize</literal> or disk "
"quotas. This limit is often used as a less severe method of controlling disk "
"space consumption. Since users do not generate core files and often do not "
"delete them, this setting may save them from running out of disk space "
"should a large program crash."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27254
msgid "cputime"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27255
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of <acronym>CPU</acronym> time a user's process may "
"consume. Offending processes will be killed by the kernel. This is a limit "
"on <acronym>CPU</acronym> <emphasis>time</emphasis> consumed, not the "
"percentage of the <acronym>CPU</acronym> as displayed in some of the fields "
"generated by <command>top</command> and <command>ps</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27266
msgid "filesize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27267
msgid ""
"The maximum size of a file the user may own. Unlike disk quotas (<xref "
"linkend=\"quotas\"/>), this limit is enforced on individual files, not the "
"set of all files a user owns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27274
msgid "maxproc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27275
msgid ""
"The maximum number of foreground and background processes a user can run. "
"This limit may not be larger than the system limit specified by "
"<varname>kern.maxproc</varname>. Setting this limit too small may hinder a "
"user's productivity as some tasks, such as compiling a large program, start "
"lots of processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27285
msgid "memorylocked"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27286
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of memory a process may request to be locked into main "
"memory using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mlock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Some system-critical programs, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, lock into main memory so that if the system begins to swap, "
"they do not contribute to disk thrashing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27295
msgid "memoryuse"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27296
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of memory a process may consume at any given time. It "
"includes both core memory and swap usage. This is not a catch-all limit for "
"restricting memory consumption, but is a good start."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27304
msgid "openfiles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27305
msgid ""
"The maximum number of files a process may have open. In FreeBSD, files are "
"used to represent sockets and <acronym>IPC</acronym> channels, so be careful "
"not to set this too low. The system-wide limit for this is defined by "
"<varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27314
msgid "sbsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27315
msgid ""
"The limit on the amount of network memory a user may consume. This can be "
"generally used to limit network communications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27321
msgid "stacksize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:27322
msgid ""
"The maximum size of a process stack. This alone is not sufficient to limit "
"the amount of memory a program may use, so it should be used in conjunction "
"with other limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27331
msgid "There are a few other things to remember when setting resource limits:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27336
msgid ""
"Processes started at system startup by <filename>/etc/rc</filename> are "
"assigned to the <literal>daemon</literal> login class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27342
msgid ""
"Although the default <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is a good source "
"of reasonable values for most limits, they may not be appropriate for every "
"system. Setting a limit too high may open the system up to abuse, while "
"setting it too low may put a strain on productivity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27351
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> takes a lot of resources and encourages "
"users to run more programs simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27357
msgid ""
"Many limits apply to individual processes, not the user as a whole. For "
"example, setting <varname>openfiles</varname> to <literal>50</literal> means "
"that each process the user runs may open up to <literal>50</literal> files. "
"The total amount of files a user may open is the value of "
"<literal>openfiles</literal> multiplied by the value of <literal>maxproc</"
"literal>. This also applies to memory consumption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27368
msgid ""
"For further information on resource limits and login classes and "
"capabilities in general, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cap_mkdb</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27375
msgid "Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits"
msgstr "開啟並設定資源限制"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27377
msgid ""
"As of FreeBSD 10.2, <command>rctl</command> support is built into the "
"kernel. Previous supported releases will need to be recompiled using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. Add these lines to either "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> or a custom kernel configuration file, then "
"rebuild the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27383
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         RACCT\n"
"options         RCTL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27386
msgid ""
"Once the system has rebooted into the new kernel, <command>rctl</command> "
"may be used to set rules for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27390
msgid ""
"Rule syntax is controlled through the use of a subject, subject-id, "
"resource, and action, as seen in this example rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27394
#, no-wrap
msgid "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27396
msgid ""
"In this rule, the subject is <literal>user</literal>, the subject-id is "
"<literal>trhodes</literal>, the resource, <literal>maxproc</literal>, is the "
"maximum number of processes, and the action is <literal>deny</literal>, "
"which blocks any new processes from being created. This means that the user, "
"<literal>trhodes</literal>, will be constrained to no greater than "
"<literal>10</literal> processes. Other possible actions include logging to "
"the console, passing a notification to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or sending a sigterm "
"to the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27407
msgid ""
"Some care must be taken when adding rules. Since this user is constrained to "
"<literal>10</literal> processes, this example will prevent the user from "
"performing other tasks after logging in and executing a <command>screen</"
"command> session. Once a resource limit has been hit, an error will be "
"printed, as in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27414
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man test</userinput>\n"
"    /usr/bin/man: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable\n"
"eval: Cannot fork: Resource temporarily unavailable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27418
msgid ""
"As another example, a jail can be prevented from exceeding a memory limit. "
"This rule could be written as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27421
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27423
msgid ""
"Rules will persist across reboots if they have been added to <filename>/etc/"
"rctl.conf</filename>. The format is a rule, without the preceding command. "
"For example, the previous rule could be added as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n"
"jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27431
msgid ""
"To remove a rule, use <command>rctl</command> to remove it from the list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27434
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27436
msgid ""
"A method for removing all rules is documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. However, if removing all rules for a single user is required, "
"this command may be issued:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27440
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rctl -r user:trhodes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27442
msgid ""
"Many other resources exist which can be used to exert additional control "
"over various <literal>subjects</literal>. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to learn about them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27450
msgid "Shared Administration with Sudo"
msgstr "使用 Sudo 分享管理權限"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27458
msgid "<primary>Security</primary> <secondary>Sudo</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27463
msgid ""
"System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions "
"to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members "
"are provided access to a FreeBSD system to perform their specific tasks "
"opens up unique challenges to every administrator. These team members only "
"need a subset of access beyond normal end user levels; however, they almost "
"always tell management they are unable to perform their tasks without "
"superuser access. Thankfully, there is no reason to provide such access to "
"end users because tools exist to manage this exact requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27474
msgid ""
"Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to "
"authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another "
"problem arises once authorized users have access to the system resources. In "
"many cases, some users may need access to application startup scripts, or a "
"team of administrators need to maintain the system. Traditionally, the "
"standard users and groups, file permissions, and even the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command would manage this access. And as applications required "
"more access, as more users needed to use system resources, a better solution "
"was required. The most used application is currently <application>Sudo</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27486
msgid ""
"<application>Sudo</application> allows administrators to configure more "
"rigid access to system commands and provide for some advanced logging "
"features. As a tool, it is available from the Ports Collection as <package "
"role=\"port\">security/sudo</package> or by use of the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility. To use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> tool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27493
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install sudo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27495
msgid ""
"After the installation is complete, the installed <command>visudo</command> "
"will open the configuration file with a text editor. Using <command>visudo</"
"command> is highly recommended as it comes with a built in syntax checker to "
"verify there are no errors before the file is saved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27501
msgid ""
"The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for "
"extensive configuration. In the following example, web application "
"maintainer, user1, needs to start, stop, and restart the web application "
"known as <replaceable>webservice</replaceable>. To grant this user "
"permission to perform these tasks, add this line to the end of <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27510
#, no-wrap
msgid "user1   ALL=(ALL)       /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27512
msgid ""
"The user may now start <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> using this "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27515
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sudo /usr/sbin/service <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27517
msgid ""
"While this configuration allows a single user access to the "
"<application>webservice</application> service; however, in most "
"organizations, there is an entire web team in charge of managing the "
"service. A single line can also give access to an entire group. These steps "
"will create a web group, add a user to this group, and allow all members of "
"the group to manage the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27525
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27527
msgid ""
"Using the same <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> command, the user is added to the webteam group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27530
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27532
msgid ""
"Finally, this line in <filename>/usr/local/etc/sudoers</filename> allows any "
"member of the webteam group to manage <replaceable>webservice</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27537
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam   ALL=(ALL)       /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27539
msgid ""
"Unlike <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <application>Sudo</application> only requires the "
"end user password. This adds an advantage where users will not need shared "
"passwords, a finding in most security audits and just bad all the way around."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27544
msgid ""
"Users permitted to run applications with <application>Sudo</application> "
"only enter their own passwords. This is more secure and gives better control "
"than <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, where the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> password is entered and the user acquires all <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> permissions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:27553
msgid ""
"Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor "
"authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to "
"enter. <application>Sudo</application> provides for these cases with the "
"<literal>NOPASSWD</literal> variable. Adding it to the configuration above "
"will allow all members of the <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> group to "
"manage the service without the password requirement:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27562
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam   ALL=(ALL)       NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:27566
msgid "Logging Output"
msgstr "記錄輸出"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27568
msgid ""
"An advantage to implementing <application>Sudo</application> is the ability "
"to enable session logging. Using the built in log mechanisms and the "
"included <application>sudoreplay</application> command, all commands "
"initiated through <application>Sudo</application> are logged for later "
"verification. To enable this feature, add a default log directory entry, "
"this example uses a user variable. Several other log filename conventions "
"exist, consult the manual page for <application>sudoreplay</application> for "
"additional information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27580
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:27583
msgid ""
"This directory will be created automatically after the logging is "
"configured. It is best to let the system create directory with default "
"permissions just to be safe. In addition, this entry will also log "
"administrators who use the <application>sudoreplay</application> command. To "
"change this behavior, read and uncomment the logging options inside "
"<filename>sudoers</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27592
msgid ""
"Once this directive has been added to the <filename>sudoers</filename> file, "
"any user configuration can be updated with the request to log access. In the "
"example shown, the updated <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> entry would "
"have the following additional changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27598
#, no-wrap
msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service webservice *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27600
msgid ""
"From this point on, all <replaceable>webteam</replaceable> members altering "
"the status of the <replaceable>webservice</replaceable> application will be "
"logged. The list of previous and current sessions can be displayed with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27606
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sudoreplay -l</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27608
msgid ""
"In the output, to replay a specific session, search for the <literal>TSID=</"
"literal> entry, and pass that to <application>sudoreplay</application> with "
"no other options to replay the session at normal speed. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27613
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sudoreplay user1/00/00/02</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:27616
msgid ""
"While sessions are logged, any administrator is able to remove sessions and "
"leave only a question of why they had done so. It is worthwhile to add a "
"daily check through an intrusion detection system (<acronym>IDS</acronym>) "
"or similar software so that other administrators are alerted to manual "
"alterations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:27624
msgid ""
"The <command>sudoreplay</command> is extremely extendable. Consult the "
"documentation for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:27638
msgid "Jails"
msgstr "Jail"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:27641
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Matteo</firstname><surname>Riondato</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:27646
msgid "<primary>jails</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27651
msgid ""
"Since system administration is a difficult task, many tools have been "
"developed to make life easier for the administrator. These tools often "
"enhance the way systems are installed, configured, and maintained. One of "
"the tools which can be used to enhance the security of a FreeBSD system is "
"<firstterm>jails</firstterm>. Jails have been available since FreeBSD 4.X "
"and continue to be enhanced in their usefulness, performance, reliability, "
"and security."
msgstr ""
"由於系統管理是一項困難的工作，許多工具開發來讓系統管理者能夠更輕鬆。這些工具"
"通常可以強化系統安裝、設定以及維護的方式。這些工具之可以用來強化 FreeBSD 系統"
"的安全性之一的就是 <firstterm>Jail</firstterm>。Jail 早在 FreeBSD 4.X 便可使"
"用並持續強化它的功能、效率、穩定性以及安全性。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27660
msgid ""
"Jails build upon the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> concept, which is used "
"to change the root directory of a set of processes. This creates a safe "
"environment, separate from the rest of the system. Processes created in the "
"chrooted environment can not access files or resources outside of it. For "
"that reason, compromising a service running in a chrooted environment should "
"not allow the attacker to compromise the entire system. However, a chroot "
"has several limitations. It is suited to easy tasks which do not require "
"much flexibility or complex, advanced features. Over time, many ways have "
"been found to escape from a chrooted environment, making it a less than "
"ideal solution for securing services."
msgstr ""
"Jail 建立在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 概念之上，會更改一系列程序的根目錄。這可以創造一個"
"安全的環境，將程序與系統的其他部份分隔。在 chroot 的環境所建立的程序不能存取"
"該環境以外的檔案或資源。也因此，滲透一個在 chroot 的環境執行的服務並不會讓整"
"個系統被攻擊者滲透。但 chroot 有許多限制，只適合用在簡單的工作，不需要許多彈"
"性或複雜性、進階功能的工作。隨著時間推移，許多可以逃離 chroot 的環境的方法已"
"經被找到，讓這個方法不再是確保服務安全的理想方案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27673
msgid ""
"Jails improve on the concept of the traditional chroot environment in "
"several ways. In a traditional chroot environment, processes are only "
"limited in the part of the file system they can access. The rest of the "
"system resources, system users, running processes, and the networking "
"subsystem are shared by the chrooted processes and the processes of the host "
"system. Jails expand this model by virtualizing access to the file system, "
"the set of users, and the networking subsystem. More fine-grained controls "
"are available for tuning the access of a jailed environment. Jails can be "
"considered as a type of operating system-level virtualization."
msgstr ""
"Jail 用許多方式改進了傳統 chroot 環境的概念。在傳統 chroot 環境，程序僅限制在"
"一部份檔案系統可存取的地方。其餘的系統資源、系統使用者、執行的程序以及網路子"
"系統被 chroot 的程序及主機系統的程序所共享。Jail 透過虛擬化存取檔案系統、使用"
"者及網路子系統來擴展這個模型，可使用更多細微的控制參數來調校 Jail 的環境存取"
"方式，Jail 可算是一種作業系統層級的虛擬化。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27685
msgid "A jail is characterized by four elements:"
msgstr "Jail 的四個要素："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27689
msgid ""
"A directory subtree: the starting point from which a jail is entered. Once "
"inside the jail, a process is not permitted to escape outside of this "
"subtree."
msgstr ""
"一個子樹狀目錄：進入 Jail 的起點目錄，一但在 Jail 中，程序便沒有權限離開此目"
"錄之外。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27695
msgid "A hostname: which will be used by the jail."
msgstr "一個主機名稱：將會由 Jail 所使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27699
msgid ""
"An <acronym>IP</acronym> address: which is assigned to the jail. The "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of a jail is often an alias address for an "
"existing network interface."
msgstr ""
"一個 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址：用來分配給 Jail。Jail 的 <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> 位址通常是現有網路介面的別名位址。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27706
msgid ""
"A command: the path name of an executable to run inside the jail. The path "
"is relative to the root directory of the jail environment."
msgstr ""
"一個指令：要在 Jail 中可執行的執行檔路徑名稱。該路徑是 Jail 環境根目錄的相對"
"路徑。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27712
msgid ""
"Jails have their own set of users and their own <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> account which are limited to the jail environment. The "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account of a jail is not "
"allowed to perform operations to the system outside of the associated jail "
"environment."
msgstr ""
"Jail 有自己使用者及自己的 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 帳"
"號，皆受到 Jail 環境的限制。Jail 中的 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> 帳號不允許對指定 Jail 環境之外的系統執行操作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27717
msgid ""
"This chapter provides an overview of the terminology and commands for "
"managing FreeBSD jails. Jails are a powerful tool for both system "
"administrators, and advanced users."
msgstr ""
"本章將提供 FreeBSD Jail 術語及管理指令的概述，Jail 對系統管理者及進階的使用者"
"來二者來說皆是強大的工具。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27725
msgid "What a jail is and what purpose it may serve in FreeBSD installations."
msgstr "Jail 是什麼及它在 FreeBSD 中提供的目的。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27730
msgid "How to build, start, and stop a jail."
msgstr "如何建立、啟動及停止 Jail。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27734
msgid ""
"The basics of jail administration, both from inside and outside the jail."
msgstr "Jail 管理基礎，不論從內部或外部。"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:27740
msgid ""
"Jails are a powerful tool, but they are not a security panacea. While it is "
"not possible for a jailed process to break out on its own, there are several "
"ways in which an unprivileged user outside the jail can cooperate with a "
"privileged user inside the jail to obtain elevated privileges in the host "
"environment."
msgstr ""
"Jail 是強大的工具，但它不是安全性問題的萬靈丹。雖然 Jail 的程序不可能自己獨自"
"打破規則，但有許多方法可以讓在 Jail 之外無權限的使用者與在 Jail 之內有權限的"
"使用者串通來取得主機環境的更高權限。"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:27747
msgid ""
"Most of these attacks can be mitigated by ensuring that the jail root is not "
"accessible to unprivileged users in the host environment. As a general rule, "
"untrusted users with privileged access to a jail should not be given access "
"to the host environment."
msgstr ""
"大多數這類型的攻擊者可以由確保 Jail 根目錄不會被無權限使用者存取來減少。基本"
"上，不受信任的使用者有 Jail 的存取權限並不會讓其可存取主機環境。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27756
msgid "Terms Related to Jails"
msgstr "Jail 相關術語"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27758
msgid ""
"To facilitate better understanding of parts of the FreeBSD system related to "
"jails, their internals and the way they interact with the rest of FreeBSD, "
"the following terms are used further in this chapter:"
msgstr ""
"為協助更容易理解 FreeBSD 系統有關 Jail 部份， 以及它們與 FreeBSD 其他部分的相"
"互作用關係， 以下列出本章將使用的術語："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27765
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (command)"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (指令)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27767
msgid ""
"Utility, which uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> FreeBSD system call to "
"change the root directory of a process and all its descendants."
msgstr ""
"工具，用來使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> FreeBSD 系統呼叫 "
"(System call) 來更改程予及其衍伸程序的根目錄。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27774
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (environment)"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (環境)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27776
msgid ""
"The environment of processes running in a <quote>chroot</quote>. This "
"includes resources such as the part of the file system which is visible, "
"user and group IDs which are available, network interfaces and other IPC "
"mechanisms, etc."
msgstr ""
"指程序在 <quote>chroot</quote> 中執行的環境。包含的資源如：一部份可見的檔案系"
"統、可用的使用者及群組 ID、網路介面及其他 IPC 機制等。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27785
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (command)"
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (指令)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27787
msgid ""
"The system administration utility which allows launching of processes within "
"a jail environment."
msgstr "允許在 Jail 環境下執行程序的系統管理工具。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27793
msgid "host (system, process, user, etc.)"
msgstr "主機 (系統、程序、使用者等)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27795
msgid ""
"The controlling system of a jail environment. The host system has access to "
"all the hardware resources available, and can control processes both outside "
"of and inside a jail environment. One of the important differences of the "
"host system from a jail is that the limitations which apply to superuser "
"processes inside a jail are not enforced for processes of the host system."
msgstr ""
"Jail 環境的控制系統。 主機系統可以存取所有可用的硬體資源，並能控制 Jail 環境"
"內外的程序。主機系統與 Jail 最大的差別在於：在主機系統中的超級使用者程序並不"
"像在 Jail 環境那樣受到限制。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:27807
msgid "hosted (system, process, user, etc.)"
msgstr "託管 (主機、程序、使用者等)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:27809
msgid ""
"A process, user or other entity, whose access to resources is restricted by "
"a FreeBSD jail."
msgstr "存取資源受到 FreeBSD Jail 限制的託管程序、使用者或其他實體。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27817
msgid "Creating and Controlling Jails"
msgstr "建立和控制 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27819
msgid ""
"Some administrators divide jails into the following two types: "
"<quote>complete</quote> jails, which resemble a real FreeBSD system, and "
"<quote>service</quote> jails, dedicated to one application or service, "
"possibly running with privileges. This is only a conceptual division and the "
"process of building a jail is not affected by it. When creating a "
"<quote>complete</quote> jail there are two options for the source of the "
"userland: use prebuilt binaries (such as those supplied on an install media) "
"or build from source."
msgstr ""
"部份管理者將 Jail 分成兩種類型：<quote>完整的</quote> Jail，它像一個真正的 "
"FreeBSD 系統以及 <quote>服務的</quote> Jail，專門用於某個應用程式或服務，可能"
"使用管理權限執行。但這些只是概念上的區分，建立 Jail 的程序並不受這個概念的影"
"響。當要建立一個 <quote>完整的</quote> Jail，Userland 有兩個來源選項：使用預"
"先編譯的 Binary (如安裝媒體上提供的 Binary) 或從原始碼編譯。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27829
msgid ""
"To install the userland from installation media, first create the root "
"directory for the jail. This can be done by setting the <varname>DESTDIR</"
"varname> variable to the proper location."
msgstr ""
"要從安裝媒體安裝 Userland，需要先建立根目錄供 Jail 使用。這個動作可以透過設"
"定 <varname>DESTDIR</varname> 來到適當的位置來完成。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27834
msgid "Start a shell and define <varname>DESTDIR</varname>:"
msgstr "啟動 Shell 並定義 <varname>DESTDIR</varname>："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export DESTDIR=<replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27839
msgid ""
"Mount the install media as covered in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> when using the install "
"ISO:"
msgstr ""
"當使用安裝 ISO 時，可依 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 中的說明掛載安裝媒體："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27842
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27844
msgid ""
"Extract the binaries from the tarballs on the install media into the "
"declared destination. Minimally, only the base set needs to be extracted, "
"but a complete install can be performed when preferred."
msgstr ""
"從安裝媒體上的 Tarball 中取出 Binary 並放到宣告的位置，至少需要取出 Base set "
"的部份，若需要也可完整安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27849
msgid "To install just the base system:"
msgstr "只安裝基礎系統 (Base system)："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27851
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -xf /mnt/usr/freebsd-dist/base.txz -C $DESTDIR</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27853
msgid "To install everything except the kernel:"
msgstr "安裝全部不含核心："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27855
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for <replaceable>sets</replaceable> in BASE PORTS; do tar -xf /mnt/FREEBSD_INSTALL/USR/FREEBSD_DIST/$<replaceable>sets</replaceable>.TXZ -C $DESTDIR ; done</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27857
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page explains the procedure for building a "
"jail:"
msgstr ""
"依 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊說明的程序建置 Jail："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setenv D <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p $D</userinput>      <co xml:id=\"jailpath\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"jailbuildworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=$D</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"jailinstallworld\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make distribution DESTDIR=$D</userinput>  <co xml:id=\"jaildistrib\"/>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t devfs devfs $D/dev</userinput>   <co xml:id=\"jaildevfs\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27870
msgid ""
"Selecting a location for a jail is the best starting point. This is where "
"the jail will physically reside within the file system of the jail's host. A "
"good choice can be <filename>/usr/jail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></"
"filename>, where <replaceable>jailname</replaceable> is the hostname "
"identifying the jail. Usually, <filename>/usr/</filename> has enough space "
"for the jail file system, which for <quote>complete</quote> jails is, "
"essentially, a replication of every file present in a default installation "
"of the FreeBSD base system."
msgstr ""
"選擇 Jail 的位置是建置 Jail 最好的起點，這是在 Jail 主機上儲存 Jail 的實體位"
"置。較好的選擇是 <filename>/usr/jail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></"
"filename>，其中 <replaceable>jailname</replaceable> 是用來辦識 Jail 的主機名"
"稱。通常在 <filename>/usr/</filename> 會有足夠的空間供 Jail 檔案系統使用，對 "
"<quote>完整的</quote> Jail 來說，便是複製 FreeBSD 基礎系統預設安裝的每一個檔"
"案。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27883
msgid ""
"If you have already rebuilt your userland using <command>make world</"
"command> or <command>make buildworld</command>, you can skip this step and "
"install your existing userland into the new jail."
msgstr ""
"若您已經使用 <command>make world</command> 或 <command>make buildworld</"
"command> 重新編譯您的 Userland，您可以跳過這個步驟並安裝您已存在的 Userland "
"到新的 Jail。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27890
msgid ""
"This command will populate the directory subtree chosen as jail's physical "
"location on the file system with the necessary binaries, libraries, manual "
"pages and so on."
msgstr ""
"這個指令將會在檔案系統中 Jail 所在的實體位置產生樹狀目錄及必要的 Binary、程式"
"庫、操作手冊與相關檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:27897
msgid "distribution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27897
msgid ""
"The <_:buildtarget-1/> target for <application>make</application> installs "
"every needed configuration file. In simple words, it installs every "
"installable file of <filename>/usr/src/etc/</filename> to the <filename>/"
"etc</filename> directory of the jail environment: <filename>$D/etc/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""
"<application>make</application> 的 <_:buildtarget-1/> 目標會安裝所有需要的設"
"定檔。簡單來說，它會安裝所有 <filename>/usr/src/etc/</filename> 中可安裝的檔"
"案到 Jail 環境的 <filename>/etc</filename>目錄：<filename>$D/etc/</"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:27908
msgid ""
"Mounting the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> file system inside a jail is not required. On the "
"other hand, any, or almost any application requires access to at least one "
"device, depending on the purpose of the given application. It is very "
"important to control access to devices from inside a jail, as improper "
"settings could permit an attacker to do nasty things in the jail. Control "
"over <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is managed through rulesets which are described in "
"the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages."
msgstr ""
"在 Jail 中掛載 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 檔案系統並非必要的動"
"作。從另一個角度來說，任何或大部份的應用程式會依該程式的目的會需要存取至少一"
"個裝置，在 Jail 中控制存取的裝置非常重要，不恰當的設定可能會讓攻擊者可以在 "
"Jail 中做不軌的事。對 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的控制是透過  Ruleset，"
"在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊中有詳細說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27920
msgid ""
"Once a jail is installed, it can be started by using the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility takes four "
"mandatory arguments which are described in the <xref linkend=\"jails-synopsis"
"\"/>. Other arguments may be specified too, e.g., to run the jailed process "
"with the credentials of a specific user. The <option><replaceable>command</"
"replaceable></option> argument depends on the type of the jail; for a "
"<emphasis>virtual system</emphasis>, <filename>/etc/rc</filename> is a good "
"choice, since it will replicate the startup sequence of a real FreeBSD "
"system. For a <emphasis>service</emphasis> jail, it depends on the service "
"or application that will run within the jail."
msgstr ""
"Jail 安裝完成之後，便可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 工具來啟動。"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 工具需要四個必要參數，在 <xref linkend=\"jails-synopsis\"/> 有"
"說明。其他參數也可能需要指定，例如要使用特定使用者的身份來執行要 Jail 的程"
"序。<option><replaceable>command</replaceable></option> 參數依 Jail 的類型所"
"需而定，對一個 <emphasis>虛擬系統</emphasis> 來說，<filename>/etc/rc</"
"filename> 是不錯的選擇，因為該檔案可以模仿真實 FreeBSD 的啟動順序。對於 "
"<emphasis>服務的</emphasis> Jail 來說，則看在 Jail 中要執行的服務或應用程式來"
"決定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27933
msgid ""
"Jails are often started at boot time and the FreeBSD <filename>rc</filename> "
"mechanism provides an easy way to do this."
msgstr ""
"Jail 通常會需要隨著開機執行，使用 FreeBSD <filename>rc</filename> 機制可讓以"
"簡單的達成這件事。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:27939
msgid ""
"A list of the jails which are enabled to start at boot time should be added "
"to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> file:"
msgstr ""
"要在開機時啟動的 Jail 應加入到 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 檔案中："

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27942
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_enable=\"YES\"   # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails\n"
"jail_list=\"<replaceable>www</replaceable>\"     # Space separated list of names of jails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27946
msgid ""
"Jail names in <varname>jail_list</varname> should contain alphanumeric "
"characters only."
msgstr "在 <varname>jail_list</varname> 中的 Jail 名稱只允許使用英數字元。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:27952
msgid ""
"For each jail listed in <varname>jail_list</varname>, a group of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> settings, which describe the particular jail, "
"should be added:"
msgstr ""
"針對每個列在 <varname>jail_list</varname> 中的 Jail 圴需加入一組 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 設定來描述指定的 Jail："

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:27956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_rootdir=\"/usr/jail/www\"     # jail's root directory\n"
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_hostname=\"<replaceable>www</replaceable>.example.org\"  # jail's hostname\n"
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_ip=\"192.168.0.10\"           # jail's IP address\n"
"jail_<replaceable>www</replaceable>_devfs_enable=\"YES\"          # mount devfs in the jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:27961
msgid ""
"The default startup of jails configured in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, will run the "
"<filename>/etc/rc</filename> script of the jail, which assumes the jail is a "
"complete virtual system. For service jails, the default startup command of "
"the jail should be changed, by setting the "
"<varname>jail_<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>_exec_start</varname> "
"option appropriately."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>中會假設 Jail 是完整的虛擬系統，預設會啟動 Jail 的 "
"<filename>/etc/rc</filename> Script。針對服務的 Jail 則需設定適當的 "
"<varname>jail_<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>_exec_start</varname> 選項來"
"修改預設啟動的指令。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:27970
msgid ""
"For a full list of available options, please see the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"要取得完整可用選項的清單，請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27976
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to start or stop a jail by hand, if an "
"entry for it exists in <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"若該 Jail 已經在 <filename>rc.conf</filename> 中設定，可以用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來啟動或停止 Jail："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27980
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail start <replaceable>www</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail stop <replaceable>www</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27983
msgid ""
"Jails can be shut down with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to identify the jail's <varname>JID</varname>, then use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to run the shutdown script in that jail."
msgstr ""
"Jail 可以使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來關機。先使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來辦識 Jail 的 <varname>JID</varname>，然後使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 在該 Jail 中執行關機 Script。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:27987
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jls</userinput>\n"
"   JID  IP Address      Hostname                      Path\n"
"     3  192.168.0.10    www                           /usr/jail/www\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec <replaceable>3</replaceable> /etc/rc.shutdown</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27992
msgid ""
"More information about this can be found in the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"更多有關 Jail 的資訊可在 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊取得。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:27997
msgid "Fine Tuning and Administration"
msgstr "調校與管理"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:27999
msgid ""
"There are several options which can be set for any jail, and various ways of "
"combining a host FreeBSD system with jails, to produce higher level "
"applications. This section presents:"
msgstr ""
"還有許多選項可以對所有 Jail 做設定，以及各種可讓 Jail 與主機 FreeBSD 系統結合"
"的方法來提供更高層級的應用程式使用。 本節將介紹："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28006
msgid ""
"Some of the options available for tuning the behavior and security "
"restrictions implemented by a jail installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28012
msgid ""
"Some of the high-level applications for jail management, which are available "
"through the FreeBSD Ports Collection, and can be used to implement overall "
"jail-based solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28020
msgid "System Tools for Jail Tuning in FreeBSD"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD 中調校 Jail 的系統工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28022
msgid ""
"Fine tuning of a jail's configuration is mostly done by setting "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables. A special subtree of sysctl exists as a basis for "
"organizing all the relevant options: the <varname>security.jail.*</varname> "
"hierarchy of FreeBSD kernel options. Here is a list of the main jail-related "
"sysctls, complete with their default value. Names should be self-"
"explanatory, but for more information about them, please refer to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28034
msgid "<varname>security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28039
msgid "<varname>security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28044
msgid "<varname>security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28049
msgid "<varname>security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28054
msgid "<varname>security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28059
msgid "<varname>security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28064
msgid "<varname>security.jail.jailed: 0</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28068
msgid ""
"These variables can be used by the system administrator of the "
"<emphasis>host system</emphasis> to add or remove some of the limitations "
"imposed by default on the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user. Note that there are some limitations which cannot be removed. The "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user is not allowed to "
"mount or unmount file systems from within a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> inside a "
"jail may not load or unload <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> rulesets, set firewall "
"rules, or do many other administrative tasks which require modifications of "
"in-kernel data, such as setting the <varname>securelevel</varname> of the "
"kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28080
msgid ""
"The base system of FreeBSD contains a basic set of tools for viewing "
"information about the active jails, and attaching to a jail to run "
"administrative commands. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> commands are part of the base FreeBSD system, and can be used "
"to perform the following simple tasks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28088
msgid ""
"Print a list of active jails and their corresponding jail identifier "
"(<acronym>JID</acronym>), <acronym>IP</acronym> address, hostname and path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28094
msgid ""
"Attach to a running jail, from its host system, and run a command inside the "
"jail or perform administrative tasks inside the jail itself. This is "
"especially useful when the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user wants to cleanly shut down a jail. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jexec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> utility can also be used to start a shell in a jail to do "
"administration in it; for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28102
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec <replaceable>1</replaceable> tcsh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28108
msgid "High-Level Administrative Tools in the FreeBSD Ports Collection"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD Port 套件集中的高層級管理工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28111
msgid ""
"Among the many third-party utilities for jail administration, one of the "
"most complete and useful is <package>sysutils/ezjail</package>. It is a set "
"of scripts that contribute to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> management. Please "
"refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/jails-ezjail.html\">the handbook section on <application>ezjail</"
"application></link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28121
msgid "Keeping Jails Patched and up to Date"
msgstr "持續 Jail 的修補與更新"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28123
msgid ""
"Jails should be kept up to date from the host operating system as attempting "
"to patch userland from within the jail may likely fail as the default "
"behavior in FreeBSD is to disallow the use of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> in a jail which prevents the replacement of some "
"files. It is possible to change this behavior but it is recommended to use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to maintain jails instead. Use <option>-b</option> "
"to specify the path of the jail to be updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28132
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -b <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable> fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -b <replaceable>/here/is/the/jail</replaceable> install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:28139
msgid "Updating Multiple Jails"
msgstr "更新多個 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28142 book.translate.xml:34437 book.translate.xml:34772
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Gerzo</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28151
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Simon</firstname> <surname>L. B. Nielsen</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based upon an idea presented by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:28160
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Ken</firstname> <surname>Tom</surname> </personname> "
"<contrib>And an article written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28170
msgid ""
"The management of multiple jails can become problematic because every jail "
"has to be rebuilt from scratch whenever it is upgraded. This can be time "
"consuming and tedious if a lot of jails are created and manually updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28175
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates one method to resolve this issue by safely sharing "
"as much as is possible between jails using read-only "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nullfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> mounts, so that updating is simpler. This makes it "
"more attractive to put single services, such as <acronym>HTTP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym>, and <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, into individual jails. "
"Additionally, it provides a simple way to add, remove, and upgrade jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:28185
msgid ""
"Simpler solutions exist, such as <application>ezjail</application>, which "
"provides an easier method of administering FreeBSD jails but is less "
"versatile than this setup. <application>ezjail</application> is covered in "
"more detail in <xref linkend=\"jails-ezjail\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28192
msgid "The goals of the setup described in this section are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28196
msgid ""
"Create a simple and easy to understand jail structure that does not require "
"running a full installworld on each and every jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28202
msgid "Make it easy to add new jails or remove existing ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28207
msgid "Make it easy to update or upgrade existing jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28211
msgid "Make it possible to run a customized FreeBSD branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28215
msgid ""
"Be paranoid about security, reducing as much as possible the possibility of "
"compromise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28220
msgid "Save space and inodes, as much as possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28224
msgid ""
"This design relies on a single, read-only master template which is mounted "
"into each jail and one read-write device per jail. A device can be a "
"separate physical disc, a partition, or a vnode backed memory device. This "
"example uses read-write <application>nullfs</application> mounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28230
msgid "The file system layout is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28234
msgid "The jails are based under the <filename>/home</filename> partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28239
msgid ""
"Each jail will be mounted under the <filename>/home/j</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28244
msgid ""
"The template for each jail and the read-only partition for all of the jails "
"is <filename>/home/j/mroot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28250
msgid ""
"A blank directory will be created for each jail under the <filename>/home/j</"
"filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28255
msgid ""
"Each jail will have a <filename>/s</filename> directory that will be linked "
"to the read-write portion of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28261
msgid ""
"Each jail will have its own read-write system that is based upon <filename>/"
"home/j/skel</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:28266
msgid ""
"The read-write portion of each jail will be created in <filename>/home/js</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28274
msgid "Creating the Template"
msgstr "建立範本"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28276
msgid "This section describes the steps needed to create the master template."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28279
msgid ""
"It is recommended to first update the host FreeBSD system to the latest -"
"RELEASE branch using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. "
"Additionally, this template uses the <package>sysutils/cpdup</package> "
"package or port and <application>portsnap</application> will be used to "
"download the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28287
msgid ""
"First, create a directory structure for the read-only file system which will "
"contain the FreeBSD binaries for the jails. Then, change directory to the "
"FreeBSD source tree and install the read-only file system to the jail "
"template:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28299
msgid ""
"Next, prepare a FreeBSD Ports Collection for the jails as well as a FreeBSD "
"source tree, which is required for <application>mergemaster</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28303
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap -p /home/j/mroot/usr/ports fetch extract</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /usr/src /home/j/mroot/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28310
msgid "Create a skeleton for the read-write portion of the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28313
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv etc /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv usr/local /home/j/skel/usr-local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv tmp /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv var /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv root /home/j/skel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28322
msgid ""
"Use <application>mergemaster</application> to install missing configuration "
"files. Then, remove the extra directories that <application>mergemaster</"
"application> creates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -D /home/j/skel -i</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/skel</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -R bin boot lib libexec mnt proc rescue sbin sys usr dev</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28333
msgid ""
"Now, symlink the read-write file system to the read-only file system. Ensure "
"that the symlinks are created in the correct <filename>s/</filename> "
"locations as the creation of directories in the wrong locations will cause "
"the installation to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/etc etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/home home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/root root</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../../s/distfiles usr/ports/distfiles</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/tmp tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/var var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28352
msgid ""
"As a last step, create a generic <filename>/home/j/skel/etc/make.conf</"
"filename> containing this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28356
#, no-wrap
msgid "WRKDIRPREFIX?=  /s/portbuild"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28358
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to compile FreeBSD ports inside each jail. Remember "
"that the ports directory is part of the read-only system. The custom path "
"for <literal>WRKDIRPREFIX</literal> allows builds to be done in the read-"
"write portion of every jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28368
msgid "Creating Jails"
msgstr "建立 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28370
msgid ""
"The jail template can now be used to setup and configure the jails in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This example demonstrates the creation of "
"3 jails: <literal>NS</literal>, <literal>MAIL</literal> and <literal>WWW</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28377
msgid ""
"Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, so that the read-"
"only template for the jails and the read-write space will be available in "
"the respective jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/ns     nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/mail   nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/j/mroot   /home/j/www    nullfs  ro  0   0\n"
"/home/js/ns     /home/j/ns/s   nullfs  rw  0   0\n"
"/home/js/mail   /home/j/mail/s nullfs  rw  0   0\n"
"/home/js/www    /home/j/www/s  nullfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28389
msgid ""
"To prevent <application>fsck</application> from checking "
"<application>nullfs</application> mounts during boot and <application>dump</"
"application> from backing up the read-only nullfs mounts of the jails, the "
"last two columns are both set to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28398
msgid "Configure the jails in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"jail_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_set_hostname_allow=\"NO\"\n"
"jail_list=\"ns mail www\"\n"
"jail_ns_hostname=\"ns.example.org\"\n"
"jail_ns_ip=\"192.168.3.17\"\n"
"jail_ns_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/ns\"\n"
"jail_ns_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_mail_hostname=\"mail.example.org\"\n"
"jail_mail_ip=\"192.168.3.18\"\n"
"jail_mail_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/mail\"\n"
"jail_mail_devfs_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"jail_www_hostname=\"www.example.org\"\n"
"jail_www_ip=\"62.123.43.14\"\n"
"jail_www_rootdir=\"/usr/home/j/www\"\n"
"jail_www_devfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28417
msgid ""
"The <varname>jail_<replaceable>name</replaceable>_rootdir</varname> variable "
"is set to <filename>/usr/home</filename> instead of <filename>/home</"
"filename> because the physical path of <filename>/home</filename> on a "
"default FreeBSD installation is <filename>/usr/home</filename>. The "
"<varname>jail_<replaceable>name</replaceable>_rootdir</varname> variable "
"must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to a path which includes a symbolic "
"link, otherwise the jails will refuse to start."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28431
msgid ""
"Create the required mount points for the read-only file system of each jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28434
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28438
msgid ""
"Install the read-write template into each jail using <package>sysutils/"
"cpdup</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/js</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/ns</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/mail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /home/j/skel /home/js/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28452
msgid ""
"In this phase, the jails are built and prepared to run. First, mount the "
"required file systems for each jail, and then start them:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28456 book.translate.xml:28565
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28461
msgid ""
"The jails should be running now. To check if they have started correctly, "
"use <command>jls</command>. Its output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28465
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jls</userinput>\n"
"   JID  IP Address      Hostname                      Path\n"
"     3  192.168.3.17    ns.example.org                /home/j/ns\n"
"     2  192.168.3.18    mail.example.org              /home/j/mail\n"
"     1  62.123.43.14    www.example.org               /home/j/www"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28471
msgid ""
"At this point, it should be possible to log onto each jail, add new users, "
"or configure daemons. The <literal>JID</literal> column indicates the jail "
"identification number of each running jail. Use the following command to "
"perform administrative tasks in the jail whose <acronym>JID</acronym> is "
"<literal>3</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28478
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>jexec 3 tcsh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28482
msgid "Upgrading"
msgstr "升級"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28484
msgid ""
"The design of this setup provides an easy way to upgrade existing jails "
"while minimizing their downtime. Also, it provides a way to roll back to the "
"older version should a problem occur."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28491
msgid ""
"The first step is to upgrade the host system. Then, create a new temporary "
"read-only template in <filename>/home/j/mroot2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28495
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=/home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j/mroot2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cpdup /usr/src usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28502 book.translate.xml:28713 book.translate.xml:45254
#: book.translate.xml:45258 book.translate.xml:45404 book.translate.xml:45440
msgid "installworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28502
msgid ""
"The <_:buildtarget-1/> creates a few unnecessary directories, which should "
"be removed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28506
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R 0 var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -R etc var root usr/local tmp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28511
msgid "Recreate the read-write symlinks for the master file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/etc etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/root root</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/home home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-local usr/local</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s ../s/usr-X11R6 usr/X11R6</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/tmp tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s s/var var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28524
msgid "Next, stop the jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28526
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service jail stop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28530
msgid ""
"Unmount the original file systems as the read-write systems are attached to "
"the read-only system (<filename>/s</filename>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28537
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/ns/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/ns</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/mail/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/mail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/www/s</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /home/j/www</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28546
msgid ""
"Move the old read-only file system and replace it with the new one. This "
"will serve as a backup and archive of the old read-only file system should "
"something go wrong. The naming convention used here corresponds to when a "
"new read-only file system has been created. Move the original FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection over to the new file system to save some space and inodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /home/j</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot mroot.20060601</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot2 mroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv mroot.20060601/usr/ports mroot/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28561
msgid ""
"At this point the new read-only template is ready, so the only remaining "
"task is to remount the file systems and start the jails:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28570
msgid ""
"Use <command>jls</command> to check if the jails started correctly. Run "
"<command>mergemaster</command> in each jail to update the configuration "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:28578
msgid "Managing Jails with <application>ezjail</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>ezjail</application> 管理 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28591
msgid ""
"Creating and managing multiple jails can quickly become tedious and error-"
"prone. Dirk Engling's <application>ezjail</application> automates and "
"greatly simplifies many jail tasks. A <emphasis>basejail</emphasis> is "
"created as a template. Additional jails use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nullfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to share many of the basejail directories without "
"using additional disk space. Each additional jail takes only a few megabytes "
"of disk space before applications are installed. Upgrading the copy of the "
"userland in the basejail automatically upgrades all of the other jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:28602
msgid ""
"Additional benefits and features are described in detail on the "
"<application>ezjail</application> web site, <link xlink:href=\"https://"
"erdgeist.org/arts/software/ezjail/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28606
msgid "Installing <application>ezjail</application>"
msgstr "安裝 <application>ezjail</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28608
msgid ""
"Installing <application>ezjail</application> consists of adding a loopback "
"interface for use in jails, installing the port or package, and enabling the "
"service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28614
msgid ""
"To keep jail loopback traffic off the host's loopback network interface "
"<literal>lo0</literal>, a second loopback interface is created by adding an "
"entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28619 book.translate.xml:29108
#, no-wrap
msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28621
msgid ""
"The second loopback interface <literal>lo1</literal> will be created when "
"the system starts. It can also be created manually without a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28625 book.translate.xml:29112
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif cloneup</userinput>\n"
"Created clone interfaces: lo1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28628
msgid ""
"Jails can be allowed to use aliases of this secondary loopback interface "
"without interfering with the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28632
msgid ""
"Inside a jail, access to the loopback address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> is redirected to the first <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address assigned to the jail. To make the jail loopback correspond with the "
"new <literal>lo1</literal> interface, that interface must be specified first "
"in the list of interfaces and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses given when "
"creating a new jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28641
msgid ""
"Give each jail a unique loopback address in the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">127.0.0.0</systemitem><systemitem class=\"netmask\">/8</systemitem> "
"netblock."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28646
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">sysutils/ezjail</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28654
msgid ""
"Enable <application>ezjail</application> by adding this line to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28657
#, no-wrap
msgid "ezjail_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28661
msgid ""
"The service will automatically start on system boot. It can be started "
"immediately for the current session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28665
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ezjail start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28673
msgid ""
"With <application>ezjail</application> installed, the basejail directory "
"structure can be created and populated. This step is only needed once on the "
"jail host computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28678
msgid ""
"In both of these examples, <option>-p</option> causes the ports tree to be "
"retrieved with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>portsnap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> into the basejail. "
"That single copy of the ports directory will be shared by all the jails. "
"Using a separate copy of the ports directory for jails isolates them from "
"the host. The <application>ezjail</application> <acronym>FAQ</acronym> "
"explains in more detail: <link xlink:href=\"http://erdgeist.org/arts/"
"software/ezjail/#FAQ\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28690
msgid "To Populate the Jail with FreeBSD-RELEASE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28692
msgid ""
"For a basejail based on the FreeBSD RELEASE matching that of the host "
"computer, use <command>install</command>. For example, on a host computer "
"running FreeBSD 10-STABLE, the latest RELEASE version of FreeBSD -10 will be "
"installed in the jail):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28699
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin install -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28703
msgid "To Populate the Jail with <command>installworld</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:28707 book.translate.xml:45402
msgid "buildworld"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28706
msgid ""
"The basejail can be installed from binaries created by <_:buildtarget-1/> on "
"the host with <command>ezjail-admin update</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28711
msgid ""
"In this example, FreeBSD 10-STABLE has been built from source. The jail "
"directories are created. Then <_:buildtarget-1/> is executed, installing the "
"host's <filename>/usr/obj</filename> into the basejail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28718
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -i -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28720
msgid ""
"The host's <filename>/usr/src</filename> is used by default. A different "
"source directory on the host can be specified with <option>-s</option> and a "
"path, or set with <varname>ezjail_sourcetree</varname> in <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/ezjail.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28731
msgid ""
"The basejail's ports tree is shared by other jails. However, downloaded "
"distfiles are stored in the jail that downloaded them. By default, these "
"files are stored in <filename>/var/ports/distfiles</filename> within each "
"jail. <filename>/var/ports</filename> inside each jail is also used as a "
"work directory when building ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28740
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FTP</acronym> protocol is used by default to download packages "
"for the installation of the basejail. Firewall or proxy configurations can "
"prevent or interfere with <acronym>FTP</acronym> transfers. The "
"<acronym>HTTP</acronym> protocol works differently and avoids these "
"problems. It can be chosen by specifying a full <acronym>URL</acronym> for a "
"particular download mirror in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ezjail.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28749
#, no-wrap
msgid "ezjail_ftphost=http://<replaceable>ftp.FreeBSD.org</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28751
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\"/> for a list of sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28757
msgid "Creating and Starting a New Jail"
msgstr "建立並啟動新的 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28759
msgid ""
"New jails are created with <command>ezjail-admin create</command>. In these "
"examples, the <literal>lo1</literal> loopback interface is used as described "
"above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:28765
msgid "Create and Start a New Jail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28768
msgid ""
"Create the jail, specifying a name and the loopback and network interfaces "
"to use, along with their <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. In this example, "
"the jail is named <literal>dnsjail</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28773
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable> '<replaceable>lo1|127.0.1.1</replaceable>,<replaceable>em0</replaceable>|<replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28776
msgid ""
"Most network services run in jails without problems. A few network services, "
"most notably <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <emphasis>raw network sockets</emphasis>. In "
"jails, raw network sockets are disabled by default for security. Services "
"that require them will not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28783
msgid ""
"Occasionally, a jail genuinely needs raw sockets. For example, network "
"monitoring applications often use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to check the "
"availability of other computers. When raw network sockets are actually "
"needed in a jail, they can be enabled by editing the <application>ezjail</"
"application> configuration file for the individual jail, <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/ezjail/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename>. Modify the "
"<literal>parameters</literal> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:28794
#, no-wrap
msgid "export jail_<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>_parameters=\"allow.raw_sockets=1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28796
msgid ""
"Do not enable raw network sockets unless services in the jail actually "
"require them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28802
msgid "Start the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28804
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin start <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28808
msgid "Use a console on the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28810
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28814
msgid ""
"The jail is operating and additional configuration can be completed. Typical "
"settings added at this point include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28820
msgid "Set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28824
msgid ""
"Connect to the jail and set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> user's password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28828
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>dnsjail</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for root\n"
"New Password:\n"
"Retype New Password:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28836
msgid "Time Zone Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28838
msgid ""
"The jail's time zone can be set with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tzsetup</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To avoid spurious "
"error messages, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adjkerntz</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry in <filename>/"
"etc/crontab</filename> can be commented or removed. This job attempts to "
"update the computer's hardware clock with time zone changes, but jails are "
"not allowed to access that hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28847
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28849
msgid ""
"Enter domain name server lines in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> works in the jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28855
msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28857
msgid ""
"Change the address and add the jail name to the <literal>localhost</literal> "
"entries in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:28863
msgid "Configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:28865
msgid ""
"Enter configuration settings in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This is "
"much like configuring a full computer. The host name and <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address are not set here. Those values are already provided by the "
"jail configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:28874
msgid ""
"With the jail configured, the applications for which the jail was created "
"can be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:28878
msgid ""
"Some ports must be built with special options to be used in a jail. For "
"example, both of the network monitoring plugin packages <package role=\"port"
"\">net-mgmt/nagios-plugins</package> and <package role=\"port\">net-mgmt/"
"monitoring-plugins</package> have a <literal>JAIL</literal> option which "
"must be enabled for them to work correctly inside a jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:28889
msgid "Updating Jails"
msgstr "更新 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:28892
msgid "Updating the Operating System"
msgstr "更新作業系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28894
msgid ""
"Because the basejail's copy of the userland is shared by the other jails, "
"updating the basejail automatically updates all of the other jails. Either "
"source or binary updates can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28899
msgid ""
"To build the world from source on the host, then install it in the basejail, "
"use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28902
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -b</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28904
msgid ""
"If the world has already been compiled on the host, install it in the "
"basejail with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28907
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28909
msgid ""
"Binary updates use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These updates have "
"the same limitations as if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> were being run "
"directly. The most important one is that only -RELEASE versions of FreeBSD "
"are available with this method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28915
msgid ""
"Update the basejail to the latest patched release of the version of FreeBSD "
"on the host. For example, updating from RELEASE-p1 to RELEASE-p2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28919
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -u</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28921
msgid ""
"To upgrade the basejail to a new version, first upgrade the host system as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"freebsdupdate-upgrade\"/>. Once the host has "
"been upgraded and rebooted, the basejail can then be upgraded. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> has no way of determining which version is "
"currently installed in the basejail, so the original version must be "
"specified. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>file</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine the "
"original version in the basejail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28929
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh</userinput>\n"
"/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 (FreeBSD), dynamically linked (uses shared libs), for FreeBSD 9.3, stripped"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28932
msgid ""
"Now use this information to perform the upgrade from <literal>9.3-RELEASE</"
"literal> to the current version of the host system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28936
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -U -s <replaceable>9.3-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28938
msgid ""
"After updating the basejail, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be run to update "
"each jail's configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28941
msgid ""
"How to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> depends on the purpose "
"and trustworthiness of a jail. If a jail's services or users are not "
"trusted, then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> should only be run "
"from within that jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:28947
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on Untrusted Jail"
msgstr ""
"在不信任的 Jail 做 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28949
msgid ""
"Delete the link from the jail's <filename>/usr/src</filename> into the "
"basejail and create a new <filename>/usr/src</filename> in the jail as a "
"mountpoint. Mount the host computer's <filename>/usr/src</filename> read-"
"only on the jail's new <filename>/usr/src</filename> mountpoint:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nullfs -o ro /usr/src /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28960
msgid "Get a console in the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console <replaceable>jailname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28964
msgid ""
"Inside the jail, run <command>mergemaster</command>. Then exit the jail "
"console:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -U</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28971
msgid "Finally, unmount the jail's <filename>/usr/src</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28974
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable>/usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:28979
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on Trusted Jail"
msgstr ""
"在信任的 Jail 做 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:28981
msgid ""
"If the users and services in a jail are trusted, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be run from the host:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28984
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:28989
msgid "Updating Ports"
msgstr "更新 Port"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28991
msgid ""
"The ports tree in the basejail is shared by the other jails. Updating that "
"copy of the ports tree gives the other jails the updated version also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:28995
msgid ""
"The basejail ports tree is updated with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>portsnap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:28998
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin update -P</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29003
msgid "Controlling Jails"
msgstr "控制 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29006
msgid "Stopping and Starting Jails"
msgstr "停止與啟動 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29008
msgid ""
"<application>ezjail</application> automatically starts jails when the "
"computer is started. Jails can be manually stopped and restarted with "
"<command>stop</command> and <command>start</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29013
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin stop <replaceable>sambajail</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Stopping jails: sambajail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29016
msgid ""
"By default, jails are started automatically when the host computer starts. "
"Autostarting can be disabled with <command>config</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29020
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin config -r norun <replaceable>seldomjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29022
msgid ""
"This takes effect the next time the host computer is started. A jail that is "
"already running will not be stopped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29026
msgid "Enabling autostart is very similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29028
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin config -r run <replaceable>oftenjail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:29032
msgid "Archiving and Restoring Jails"
msgstr "封存與還原 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29034
msgid ""
"Use <command>archive</command> to create a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> "
"archive of a jail. The file name is composed from the name of the jail and "
"the current date. Archive files are written to the archive directory, "
"<filename>/usr/jails/ezjail_archives</filename>. A different archive "
"directory can be chosen by setting <varname>ezjail_archivedir</varname> in "
"the configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29043
msgid ""
"The archive file can be copied elsewhere as a backup, or an existing jail "
"can be restored from it with <command>restore</command>. A new jail can be "
"created from the archive, providing a convenient way to clone existing jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29049
msgid "Stop and archive a jail named <literal>wwwserver</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29052
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin stop <replaceable>wwwserver</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Stopping jails: wwwserver.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin archive <replaceable>wwwserver</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/jails/ezjail-archives/</userinput>\n"
"wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:29058
msgid ""
"Create a new jail named <literal>wwwserver-clone</literal> from the archive "
"created in the previous step. Use the <filename>em1</filename> interface and "
"assign a new <acronym>IP</acronym> address to avoid conflict with the "
"original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29064
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz <replaceable>wwwserver-clone</replaceable> 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29069
msgid "Full Example: <application>BIND</application> in a Jail"
msgstr "完整範例：在 Jail 中安裝 <application>BIND</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29072
msgid ""
"Putting the <application>BIND</application> <acronym>DNS</acronym> server in "
"a jail improves security by isolating it. This example creates a simple "
"caching-only name server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29079
msgid "The jail will be called <literal>dns1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29084
msgid ""
"The jail will use <acronym>IP</acronym> address <literal>192.168.1.240</"
"literal> on the host's <literal>re0</literal> interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29090
msgid ""
"The upstream <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s DNS servers are at <literal>10.0.0.62</"
"literal> and <literal>10.0.0.61</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29096
msgid ""
"The basejail has already been created and a ports tree installed as shown in "
"<xref linkend=\"jails-ezjail-initialsetup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:29103
msgid "Running BIND in a Jail"
msgstr "在 Jail 中執行 BIND"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29105
msgid ""
"Create a cloned loopback interface by adding a line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29110
msgid "Immediately create the new loopback interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29115
msgid "Create the jail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29117
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2.1,re0|192.168.1.240'</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29119
msgid ""
"Start the jail, connect to a console running on it, and perform some basic "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin start dns1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ezjail-admin console dns1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for root\n"
"New Password:\n"
"Retype New Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tzsetup</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i .bak -e '/adjkerntz/ s/^/#/' /etc/crontab</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sed -i .bak -e 's/127.0.0.1/127.0.2.1/g; s/localhost.my.domain/dns1.my.domain dns1/' /etc/hosts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29132
msgid ""
"Temporarily set the upstream <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers in <filename>/"
"etc/resolv.conf</filename> so ports can be downloaded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nameserver 10.0.0.62\n"
"nameserver 10.0.0.61"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29139
msgid ""
"Still using the jail console, install <package role=\"port\">dns/bind99</"
"package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29142
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29144
msgid ""
"Configure the name server by editing <filename>/usr/local/etc/namedb/named."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29147
msgid ""
"Create an Access Control List (<acronym>ACL</acronym>) of addresses and "
"networks that are permitted to send <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries to this "
"name server. This section is added just before the <literal>options</"
"literal> section already in the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29153
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n"
"\n"
"acl \"trusted\" {\n"
"\t192.168.1.0/24;\n"
"\tlocalhost;\n"
"\tlocalnets;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"options {\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29165
msgid ""
"Use the jail <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the <literal>listen-on</"
"literal> setting to accept <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries from other "
"computers on the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29170
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tlisten-on\t{ 192.168.1.240; };"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29172
msgid ""
"A simple caching-only <acronym>DNS</acronym> name server is created by "
"changing the <literal>forwarders</literal> section. The original file "
"contains:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29176
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/*\n"
"\tforwarders {\n"
"\t\t127.0.0.1;\n"
"\t};\n"
"*/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29182
msgid ""
"Uncomment the section by removing the <literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</"
"literal> lines. Enter the <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the upstream "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. Immediately after the <literal>forwarders</"
"literal> section, add references to the <literal>trusted</literal> "
"<acronym>ACL</acronym> defined earlier:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29190
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tforwarders {\n"
"\t\t10.0.0.62;\n"
"\t\t10.0.0.61;\n"
"\t};\n"
"\n"
"\tallow-query       { any; };\n"
"\tallow-recursion   { trusted; };\n"
"\tallow-query-cache { trusted; };"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29199
msgid "Enable the service in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29202 book.translate.xml:55467
#, no-wrap
msgid "named_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29204
msgid "Start and test the name server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service named start</userinput>\n"
"wrote key file \"/usr/local/etc/namedb/rndc.key\"\n"
"Starting named.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/bin/dig @192.168.1.240 freebsd.org</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29211
msgid "A response that includes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29213
#, no-wrap
msgid ";; Got answer;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29215
msgid ""
"shows that the new <acronym>DNS</acronym> server is working. A long delay "
"followed by a response including"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29219
#, no-wrap
msgid ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29221
msgid ""
"shows a problem. Check the configuration settings and make sure any local "
"firewalls allow the new <acronym>DNS</acronym> access to the upstream "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29226
msgid ""
"The new <acronym>DNS</acronym> server can use itself for local name "
"resolution, just like other local computers. Set the address of the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> server in the client computer's <filename>/etc/resolv."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29232
#, no-wrap
msgid "nameserver 192.168.1.240"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:29234
msgid ""
"A local <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server can be configured to provide this "
"address for a local <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, providing automatic "
"configuration on <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:29250 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mandatory Access Control"
msgstr "強制存取控制 (MAC)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29261
msgid "<primary>MAC</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29262
msgid "<primary>Mandatory Access Control</primary> <see>MAC</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29267
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">POSIX</trademark>.1e draft. These security mechanisms include "
"file system Access Control Lists (<xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>) and Mandatory "
"Access Control (<acronym>MAC</acronym>). <acronym>MAC</acronym> allows "
"access control modules to be loaded in order to implement security policies. "
"Some modules provide protections for a narrow subset of the system, "
"hardening a particular service. Others provide comprehensive labeled "
"security across all subjects and objects. The mandatory part of the "
"definition indicates that enforcement of controls is performed by "
"administrators and the operating system. This is in contrast to the default "
"security mechanism of Discretionary Access Control (<acronym>DAC</acronym>) "
"where enforcement is left to the discretion of users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29282
msgid ""
"This chapter focuses on the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework and the set of "
"pluggable security policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various "
"security mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29290
msgid "The terminology associated with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29295
msgid ""
"The capabilities of <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules as well "
"as the difference between a labeled and non-labeled policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29301
msgid ""
"The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use "
"the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29306
msgid ""
"Which <acronym>MAC</acronym> security policy modules are included in FreeBSD "
"and how to configure them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29311
msgid ""
"How to implement a more secure environment using the <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29316
msgid ""
"How to test the <acronym>MAC</acronym> configuration to ensure the framework "
"has been properly implemented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29330 book.translate.xml:31083 book.translate.xml:46108
msgid ""
"Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (<xref "
"linkend=\"security\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:29336
msgid ""
"Improper <acronym>MAC</acronym> configuration may cause loss of system "
"access, aggravation of users, or inability to access the features provided "
"by <application>Xorg</application>. More importantly, <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"should not be relied upon to completely secure a system. The <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> framework only augments an existing security policy. Without sound "
"security practices and regular security checks, the system will never be "
"completely secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:29346
msgid ""
"The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes "
"and the example settings should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be implemented on a "
"production system. Implementing any security policy takes a good deal of "
"understanding, proper design, and thorough testing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29353
msgid ""
"While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> framework, the development of new <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> security policy modules will not be covered. A number of security "
"policy modules included with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework have "
"specific characteristics which are provided for both testing and new module "
"development. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_test</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_stub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_none</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on these security policy modules and the various mechanisms they provide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29366 book.translate.xml:31108
msgid "Key Terms"
msgstr "關鍵詞"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29368
msgid ""
"The following key terms are used when referring to the <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> framework:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29373
msgid ""
"<emphasis>compartment</emphasis>: a set of programs and data to be "
"partitioned or separated, where users are given explicit access to specific "
"component of a system. A compartment represents a grouping, such as a work "
"group, department, project, or topic. Compartments make it possible to "
"implement a need-to-know-basis security policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29383
msgid ""
"<emphasis>integrity</emphasis>: the level of trust which can be placed on "
"data. As the integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust "
"that data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29389
msgid ""
"<emphasis>level</emphasis>: the increased or decreased setting of a security "
"attribute. As the level increases, its security is considered to elevate as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29395
msgid ""
"<emphasis>label</emphasis>: a security attribute which can be applied to "
"files, directories, or other items in the system. It could be considered a "
"confidentiality stamp. When a label is placed on a file, it describes the "
"security properties of that file and will only permit access by files, "
"users, and resources with a similar security setting. The meaning and "
"interpretation of label values depends on the policy configuration. Some "
"policies treat a label as representing the integrity or secrecy of an object "
"while other policies might use labels to hold rules for access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29409
msgid ""
"<emphasis>multilabel</emphasis>: this property is a file system option which "
"can be set in single-user mode using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, during boot using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, or during the creation of a new file system. This option "
"permits an administrator to apply different <acronym>MAC</acronym> labels on "
"different objects. This option only applies to security policy modules which "
"support labeling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29419
msgid ""
"<emphasis>single label</emphasis>: a policy where the entire file system "
"uses one label to enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever "
"<option>multilabel</option> is not set, all files will conform to the same "
"label setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29427
msgid ""
"<emphasis>object</emphasis>: an entity through which information flows under "
"the direction of a <emphasis>subject</emphasis>. This includes directories, "
"files, fields, screens, keyboards, memory, magnetic storage, printers or any "
"other data storage or moving device. An object is a data container or a "
"system resource. Access to an object effectively means access to its data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29437
msgid ""
"<emphasis>subject</emphasis>: any active entity that causes information to "
"flow between <emphasis>objects</emphasis> such as a user, user process, or "
"system process. On FreeBSD, this is almost always a thread acting in a "
"process on behalf of a user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29445
msgid ""
"<emphasis>policy</emphasis>: a collection of rules which defines how "
"objectives are to be achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items "
"are to be handled. This chapter considers a policy to be a collection of "
"rules which controls the flow of data and information and defines who has "
"access to that data and information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29454
msgid ""
"<emphasis>high-watermark</emphasis>: this type of policy permits the raising "
"of security levels for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In "
"most cases, the original level is restored after the process is complete. "
"Currently, the FreeBSD <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework does not include "
"this type of policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29463
msgid ""
"<emphasis>low-watermark</emphasis>: this type of policy permits lowering "
"security levels for the purpose of accessing information which is less "
"secure. In most cases, the original security level of the user is restored "
"after the process is complete. The only security policy module in FreeBSD to "
"use this is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29472
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sensitivity</emphasis>: usually used when discussing Multilevel "
"Security (<acronym>MLS</acronym>). A sensitivity level describes how "
"important or secret the data should be. As the sensitivity level increases, "
"so does the importance of the secrecy, or confidentiality, of the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29483
msgid "Understanding MAC Labels"
msgstr "了解 MAC 標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29485
msgid ""
"A <acronym>MAC</acronym> label is a security attribute which may be applied "
"to subjects and objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the "
"administrator must understand its implications in order to prevent "
"unexpected or undesired behavior of the system. The attributes available on "
"an object depend on the loaded policy module, as policy modules interpret "
"their attributes in different ways."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29493
msgid ""
"The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access "
"control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of "
"the information necessary to make a decision. In other policies, the labels "
"may be processed as part of a larger rule set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29499
msgid ""
"There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By "
"default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be aware "
"of the pros and cons of each in order to implement policies which meet the "
"requirements of the system's security model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29505
msgid ""
"A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every "
"subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access "
"permissions across the entire system, it provides lower administration "
"overhead, but decreases the flexibility of policies which support labeling. "
"However, in many environments, a single label policy may be all that is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29513
msgid ""
"A single label policy is somewhat similar to <acronym>DAC</acronym> as "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> configures the policies so "
"that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access levels. A "
"notable difference is that many policy modules can also restrict <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Basic control over objects will then "
"be released to the group, but <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> may revoke or modify the settings at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29522
msgid ""
"When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> file system by passing <option>multilabel</option> to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. A multi label policy permits each subject or object to have "
"its own independent <acronym>MAC</acronym> label. The decision to use a "
"multi label or single label policy is only required for policies which "
"implement the labeling feature, such as <literal>biba</literal>, "
"<literal>lomac</literal>, and <literal>mls</literal>. Some policies, such as "
"<literal>seeotheruids</literal>, <literal>portacl</literal> and "
"<literal>partition</literal>, do not use labels at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29534
msgid ""
"Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label "
"security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that "
"file system has a label. This includes directories, files, and even device "
"nodes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29539
msgid ""
"The following command will set <option>multilabel</option> on the specified "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system. This may only be done in single-user "
"mode and is not a requirement for the swap file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29544
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -l enable /</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:29547
msgid ""
"Some users have experienced problems with setting the <option>multilabel</"
"option> flag on the root partition. If this is the case, please review <xref "
"linkend=\"mac-troubleshoot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29552
msgid ""
"Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi "
"label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. "
"Consider an example security <acronym>MAC</acronym> model for a FreeBSD web "
"server. This machine uses the single label, <literal>biba/high</literal>, "
"for everything in the default file systems. If the web server needs to run "
"at <literal>biba/low</literal> to prevent write up capabilities, it could be "
"installed to a separate <acronym>UFS</acronym> <filename>/usr/local</"
"filename> file system set at <literal>biba/low</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29564
msgid "Label Configuration"
msgstr "標籤設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29566
msgid ""
"Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed "
"using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface "
"for object or subject configuration or the manipulation and verification of "
"the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29572
msgid ""
"All configuration may be done using <command>setfmac</command>, which is "
"used to set <acronym>MAC</acronym> labels on system objects, and "
"<command>setpmac</command>, which is used to set the labels on system "
"subjects. For example, to set the <literal>biba</literal> <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> label to <literal>high</literal> on <filename>test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29580
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/high test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29582
msgid ""
"If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without "
"error. A common error is <errorname>Permission denied</errorname> which "
"usually occurs when the label is being set or modified on a restricted "
"object. Other conditions may produce different failures. For instance, the "
"file may not be owned by the user attempting to relabel the object, the "
"object may not exist, or the object may be read-only. A mandatory policy "
"will not allow the process to relabel the file, maybe because of a property "
"of the file, a property of the process, or a property of the proposed new "
"label value. For example, if a user running at low integrity tries to change "
"the label of a high integrity file, or a user running at low integrity tries "
"to change the label of a low integrity file to a high integrity label, these "
"operations will fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29598
msgid ""
"The system administrator may use <command>setpmac</command> to override the "
"policy module's settings by assigning a different label to the invoked "
"process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29603
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/high test</userinput>\n"
"<errorname>Permission denied</errorname>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac biba/low setfmac biba/high test</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>\n"
"test: biba/high"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29609
msgid ""
"For currently running processes, such as <application>sendmail</"
"application>, <command>getpmac</command> is usually used instead. This "
"command takes a process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>) in place of a command "
"name. If users attempt to manipulate a file not in their access, subject to "
"the rules of the loaded policy modules, the <errorname>Operation not "
"permitted</errorname> error will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29620
msgid "Predefined Labels"
msgstr "預先定義的標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29622
msgid ""
"A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three "
"predefined labels: <literal>low</literal>, <literal>equal</literal>, and "
"<literal>high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29629
msgid ""
"<literal>low</literal> is considered the lowest label setting an object or "
"subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to "
"objects or subjects marked high."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29636
msgid ""
"<literal>equal</literal> sets the subject or object to be disabled or "
"unaffected and should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from "
"the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29642
msgid ""
"<literal>high</literal> grants an object or subject the highest setting "
"available in the Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29648
msgid ""
"Such policy modules include <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Each of the "
"predefined labels establishes a different information flow directive. Refer "
"to the manual page of the module to determine the traits of the generic "
"label configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29656
msgid "Numeric Labels"
msgstr "數值標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29658
msgid ""
"The Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy modules support a numeric label "
"which may be set to indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This "
"numeric level is used to partition or sort information into different groups "
"of classification, only permitting access to that group or a higher group "
"level. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29665
#, no-wrap
msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29667
msgid ""
"may be interpreted as <quote>Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 "
"and 6: (grade 5 ...</quote>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29670
msgid ""
"In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade "
"with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last "
"one is the high grade. In most configurations, such fine-grained settings "
"are not needed as they are considered to be advanced configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29676
msgid ""
"System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects "
"reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, "
"where they are used for access control."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29681
msgid ""
"The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to "
"construct a relationship known as <firstterm>dominance</firstterm>, in which "
"a subject dominates an object, the object dominates the subject, neither "
"dominates the other, or both dominate each other. The <quote>both dominate</"
"quote> case occurs when the two labels are equal. Due to the information "
"flow nature of Biba, a user has rights to a set of compartments that might "
"correspond to projects, but objects also have a set of compartments. Users "
"may have to subset their rights using <command>su</command> or "
"<command>setpmac</command> in order to access objects in a compartment from "
"which they are not restricted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29696
msgid "User Labels"
msgstr "使用者標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29698
msgid ""
"Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly "
"interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured "
"in <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> using login classes. Every policy "
"module that uses labels will implement the user class setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29705
msgid ""
"To set the user class default label which will be enforced by <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym>, add a <option>label</option> entry. An example <option>label</"
"option> entry containing every policy module is displayed below. Note that "
"in a real configuration, the administrator would never enable every policy "
"module. It is recommended that the rest of this chapter be reviewed before "
"any configuration is implemented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:29714
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\\\n"
"\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
"\t:welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n"
"\t:setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n"
"\t:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\\n"
"\t:manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n"
"\t:nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n"
"\t:cputime=1h30m:\\\n"
"\t:datasize=8M:\\\n"
"\t:vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n"
"\t:stacksize=2M:\\\n"
"\t:memorylocked=4M:\\\n"
"\t:memoryuse=8M:\\\n"
"\t:filesize=8M:\\\n"
"\t:coredumpsize=8M:\\\n"
"\t:openfiles=24:\\\n"
"\t:maxproc=32:\\\n"
"\t:priority=0:\\\n"
"\t:requirehome:\\\n"
"\t:passwordtime=91d:\\\n"
"\t:umask=022:\\\n"
"\t:ignoretime@:\\\n"
"\t:label=partition/13,mls/5,biba/10(5-15),lomac/10[2]:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29738
msgid ""
"While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label "
"after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example "
"above tells the Biba policy that a process's minimum integrity is "
"<literal>5</literal>, its maximum is <literal>15</literal>, and the default "
"effective label is <literal>10</literal>. The process will run at "
"<literal>10</literal> until it chooses to change label, perhaps due to the "
"user using <command>setpmac</command>, which will be constrained by Biba to "
"the configured range."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29749
msgid ""
"After any change to <filename>login.conf</filename>, the login class "
"capability database must be rebuilt using <command>cap_mkdb</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29753
msgid ""
"Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user "
"classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to "
"manage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29759
msgid "Network Interface Labels"
msgstr "網路介面標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29761
msgid ""
"Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data "
"across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the "
"same way that policies function with respect to objects. Users at high "
"settings in Biba, for example, will not be permitted to access network "
"interfaces with a label of <literal>low</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29768
msgid ""
"When setting the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label on network interfaces, "
"<option>maclabel</option> may be passed to <command>ifconfig</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:29772
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29774
msgid ""
"This example will set the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label of <literal>biba/"
"equal</literal> on the <literal>bge0</literal> interface. When using a "
"setting similar to <literal>biba/high(low-high)</literal>, the entire label "
"should be quoted to prevent an error from being returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29781
msgid ""
"Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used "
"to disable the <acronym>MAC</acronym> label on network interfaces. Setting "
"the label to <option>equal</option> will have a similar effect. Review the "
"output of <command>sysctl</command>, the policy manual pages, and the "
"information in the rest of this chapter for more information on those "
"tunables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29792
msgid "Planning the Security Configuration"
msgstr "規劃安全架構"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29794
msgid ""
"Before implementing any <acronym>MAC</acronym> policies, a planning phase is "
"recommended. During the planning stages, an administrator should consider "
"the implementation requirements and goals, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29801
msgid ""
"How to classify information and resources available on the target systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29806
msgid ""
"Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of "
"restrictions that should be applied."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29812
msgid ""
"Which <acronym>MAC</acronym> modules will be required to achieve this goal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29817
msgid ""
"A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur "
"<emphasis>before</emphasis> a <acronym>MAC</acronym> implementation is used "
"on production systems. Since different environments have different needs and "
"requirements, establishing a complete security profile will decrease the "
"need of changes once the system goes live."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29824
msgid ""
"Consider how the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework augments the security of "
"the system as a whole. The various security policy modules provided by the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> framework could be used to protect the network and "
"file systems or to block users from accessing certain ports and sockets. "
"Perhaps the best use of the policy modules is to load several security "
"policy modules at a time in order to provide a <acronym>MLS</acronym> "
"environment. This approach differs from a hardening policy, which typically "
"hardens elements of a system which are used only for specific purposes. The "
"downside to <acronym>MLS</acronym> is increased administrative overhead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29837
msgid ""
"The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework "
"which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required "
"for a specific configuration and which keeps performance overhead down. The "
"reduction of support for unneeded policies can increase the overall "
"performance of the system as well as offer flexibility of choice. A good "
"implementation would consider the overall security requirements and "
"effectively implement the various security policy modules offered by the "
"framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29847
msgid ""
"A system utilizing <acronym>MAC</acronym> guarantees that a user will not be "
"permitted to change security attributes at will. All user utilities, "
"programs, and scripts must work within the constraints of the access rules "
"provided by the selected security policy modules and control of the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> access rules is in the hands of the system "
"administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29855
msgid ""
"It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct "
"security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access "
"control over the network, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules make "
"good starting points. For an environment where strict confidentiality of "
"file system objects is required, consider the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29864
msgid ""
"Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only "
"certain users should be permitted access to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> policy module is a "
"good choice. In the case of file systems, access to objects might be "
"considered confidential to some users, but not to others. As an example, a "
"large development team might be broken off into smaller projects where "
"developers in project A might not be permitted to access objects written by "
"developers in project B. Yet both projects might need to access objects "
"created by developers in project C. Using the different security policy "
"modules provided by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework, users could be "
"divided into these groups and then given access to the appropriate objects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29878
msgid ""
"Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall "
"security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought out "
"security policy which may require revision and reimplementation. "
"Understanding the different security policy modules offered by the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> framework will help administrators choose the best "
"policies for their situations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29886
msgid ""
"The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use "
"and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable "
"situations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:29891
msgid ""
"Implementing <acronym>MAC</acronym> is much like implementing a firewall "
"since care must be taken to prevent being completely locked out of the "
"system. The ability to revert back to a previous configuration should be "
"considered and the implementation of <acronym>MAC</acronym> over a remote "
"connection should be done with extreme caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:29901
msgid "Available MAC Policies"
msgstr "可用的 MAC 管理政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29903
msgid ""
"The default FreeBSD kernel includes <literal>options MAC</literal>. This "
"means that every module included with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework "
"can be loaded with <command>kldload</command> as a run-time kernel module. "
"After testing the module, add the module name to <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename> so that it will load during boot. Each module also provides "
"a kernel option for those administrators who choose to compile their own "
"custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:29913
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security "
"requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies "
"support integer settings in place of the three default labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29919
msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy"
msgstr "MAC See Other UIDs 政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29921
msgid "<primary>MAC See Other UIDs Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29924
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_seeotheruids.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29927
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29930
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29933
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module extends the "
"<varname>security.bsd.see_other_uids</varname> and <varname>security.bsd."
"see_other_gids</varname> <command>sysctl</command> tunables. This option "
"does not require any labels to be set before configuration and can operate "
"transparently with other modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29940
msgid ""
"After loading the module, the following <command>sysctl</command> tunables "
"may be used to control its features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29946
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled</varname> enables the module and "
"implements the default settings which deny users the ability to view "
"processes and sockets owned by other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29953
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled</varname> allows "
"specified groups to be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, "
"use the <varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid=<replaceable>XXX</"
"replaceable></varname> <command>sysctl</command> tunable, replacing "
"<replaceable>XXX</replaceable> with the numeric group ID to be exempted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:29964
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled</varname> is used to "
"exempt specific primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, "
"<varname>security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled</varname> may not be "
"set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:29975
msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy"
msgstr "MAC BSD Extended 政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:29977
msgid ""
"<primary>MAC</primary> <secondary>File System Firewall Policy</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29981
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_bsdextended.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29984
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_BSDEXTENDED</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29987
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:29990
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module enforces a file "
"system firewall. It provides an extension to the standard file system "
"permissions model, permitting an administrator to create a firewall-like "
"ruleset to protect files, utilities, and directories in the file system "
"hierarchy. When access to a file system object is attempted, the list of "
"rules is iterated until either a matching rule is located or the end is "
"reached. This behavior may be changed using <varname>security.mac."
"bsdextended.firstmatch_enabled</varname>. Similar to other firewall modules "
"in FreeBSD, a file containing the access control rules can be created and "
"read by the system at boot time using an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30003
msgid ""
"The rule list may be entered using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ugidfw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which has a syntax "
"similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. More tools can be written by using the functions "
"in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libugidfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30008
msgid ""
"After the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module has been "
"loaded, the following command may be used to list the current rule "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30012
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw list</userinput>\n"
"0 slots, 0 rules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30015
msgid ""
"By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. To "
"create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> unaffected:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30019
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30021
msgid ""
"While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks "
"all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">user1</systemitem> all access, including "
"directory listings, to <systemitem class=\"username\"><replaceable>user2</"
"replaceable></systemitem>'s home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30027
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw set 2 subject uid <replaceable>user1</replaceable> object uid <replaceable>user2</replaceable> mode n</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ugidfw set 3 subject uid <replaceable>user1</replaceable> object gid <replaceable>user2</replaceable> mode n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30030
msgid ""
"Instead of <systemitem class=\"username\">user1</systemitem>, <option>not "
"uid <replaceable>user2</replaceable></option> could be used in order to "
"enforce the same access restrictions for all users. However, the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user is unaffected by these rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30037
msgid ""
"Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect "
"use could block access to certain parts of the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30044
msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy"
msgstr "MAC Interface Silencing 政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30046
msgid "<primary>MAC Interface Silencing Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30049
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_ifoff.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30051
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_IFOFF</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30054
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30057
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module is used to disable network interfaces on "
"the fly and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system "
"boot. It does not use labels and does not depend on any other <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30063
msgid ""
"Most of this module's control is performed through these <command>sysctl</"
"command> tunables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30068
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled</varname> enables or disables all "
"traffic on the loopback, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lo</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30074
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled</varname> enables or disables "
"all traffic on the Berkeley Packet Filter interface, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30080
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled</varname> enables or disables "
"traffic on all other interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30086
msgid ""
"One of the most common uses of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_ifoff</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is network monitoring "
"in an environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the "
"boot sequence. Another use would be to write a script which uses an "
"application such as <package>security/aide</package> to automatically block "
"network traffic if it finds new or altered files in protected directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30096
msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy"
msgstr "MAC Port Access Control 政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30098
msgid "<primary>MAC Port Access Control List Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30101
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_portacl.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30103
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>MAC_PORTACL</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30106
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30109
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module is used to limit binding to local "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> and <acronym>UDP</acronym> ports, making it possible "
"to allow non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users to bind "
"to specified privileged ports below 1024."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30114
msgid ""
"Once loaded, this module enables the <acronym>MAC</acronym> policy on all "
"sockets. The following tunables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30120
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.enabled</varname> enables or disables the "
"policy completely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30125
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.port_high</varname> sets the highest port "
"number that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> protects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30131
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt</varname>, when set to a non-zero "
"value, exempts the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user "
"from this policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30137
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.portacl.rules</varname> specifies the policy as a text "
"string of the form <literal>rule[,rule,...]</literal>, with as many rules as "
"needed, and where each rule is of the form <literal>idtype:id:protocol:port</"
"literal>. The <parameter>idtype</parameter> is either <literal>uid</literal> "
"or <literal>gid</literal>. The <parameter>protocol</parameter> parameter can "
"be <literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>udp</literal>. The <parameter>port</"
"parameter> parameter is the port number to allow the specified user or group "
"to bind to. Only numeric values can be used for the user ID, group ID, and "
"port parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30153
msgid ""
"By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which "
"run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. For "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_portacl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to allow non-privileged processes to bind to ports "
"below 1024, set the following tunables as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30159
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedlow=0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh=0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30163
msgid ""
"To prevent the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user from "
"being affected by this policy, set <varname>security.mac.portacl."
"suser_exempt</varname> to a non-zero value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30168
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30170
msgid ""
"To allow the <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem> user with "
"<acronym>UID</acronym> 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> privilege:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30174
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30176
msgid ""
"This next example permits the user with the <acronym>UID</acronym> of 1001 "
"to bind to <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports 110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30181
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30185
msgid "The MAC Partition Policy"
msgstr "MAC Partition 政策"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30187
msgid "<primary>MAC Process Partition Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30190
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_partition.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30192
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_PARTITION</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30195
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_partition_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30198
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_partition</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy drops processes into specific "
"<quote>partitions</quote> based on their <acronym>MAC</acronym> label. Most "
"configuration for this policy is done using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. One <command>sysctl</command> tunable is "
"available for this policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30207
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.partition.enabled</varname> enables the enforcement of "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> process partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30213
msgid ""
"When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their "
"processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted "
"to work with utilities outside the scope of this partition. For instance, a "
"user in the <literal>insecure</literal> class will not be permitted to "
"access <command>top</command> as well as many other commands that must spawn "
"a process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30221
msgid ""
"This example adds <command>top</command> to the label set on users in the "
"<literal>insecure</literal> class. All processes spawned by users in the "
"<literal>insecure</literal> class will stay in the <literal>partition/13</"
"literal> label."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30227
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac partition/13 top</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30229
msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30232
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps Zax</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30234
msgid ""
"This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's "
"currently running processes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30237
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps -ZU trhodes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30240
msgid ""
"Users can see processes in <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>'s label unless the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30246
msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module"
msgstr "MAC Multi-Level Security 模組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30248
msgid "<primary>MAC Multi-Level Security Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30251
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_mls.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30253
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_MLS</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30256
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_mls_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30258
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_mls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy controls access between subjects and "
"objects in the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30262
msgid ""
"In <acronym>MLS</acronym> environments, a <quote>clearance</quote> level is "
"set in the label of each subject or object, along with compartments. Since "
"these clearance levels can reach numbers greater than several thousand, it "
"would be a daunting task to thoroughly configure every subject or object. To "
"ease this administrative overhead, three labels are included in this policy: "
"<literal>mls/low</literal>, <literal>mls/equal</literal>, and <literal>mls/"
"high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30274
msgid ""
"Anything labeled with <literal>mls/low</literal> will have a low clearance "
"level and not be permitted to access information of a higher level. This "
"label also prevents objects of a higher clearance level from writing or "
"passing information to a lower level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30282
msgid ""
"<literal>mls/equal</literal> should be placed on objects which should be "
"exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30287
msgid ""
"<literal>mls/high</literal> is the highest level of clearance possible. "
"Objects assigned this label will hold dominance over all other objects in "
"the system; however, they will not permit the leaking of information to "
"objects of a lower class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30295
msgid "<acronym>MLS</acronym> provides:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30299
msgid ""
"A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30304
msgid ""
"Fixed rules of <literal>no read up, no write down</literal>. This means that "
"a subject can have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not "
"above. Similarly, a subject can have write access to objects on its own "
"level or above, but not beneath."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30312
msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30317
msgid ""
"A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple "
"sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and "
"confidential."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30323
msgid "The following <command>sysctl</command> tunables are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30328
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.enabled</varname> is used to enable or disable the "
"<acronym>MLS</acronym> policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30334
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.ptys_equal</varname> labels all "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> devices as <literal>mls/equal</literal> during creation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30340
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled</varname> revokes access to "
"objects after their label changes to a label of a lower grade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30346
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.mls.max_compartments</varname> sets the maximum number "
"of compartment levels allowed on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30352
msgid ""
"To manipulate <acronym>MLS</acronym> labels, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setfmac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. To assign a label to an object:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30355
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac mls/5 test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30357
msgid ""
"To get the <acronym>MLS</acronym> label for the file <filename>test</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30360
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30362
msgid ""
"Another approach is to create a master policy file in <filename>/etc/</"
"filename> which specifies the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy information and "
"to feed that file to <command>setfmac</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30367
msgid ""
"When using the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy module, an administrator plans "
"to control the flow of sensitive information. The default <literal>block "
"read up block write down</literal> sets everything to a low state. "
"Everything is accessible and an administrator slowly augments the "
"confidentiality of the information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30374
msgid ""
"Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and "
"groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be "
"easier to look at the information in clearance levels using descriptive "
"words, such as classifications of <literal>Confidential</literal>, "
"<literal>Secret</literal>, and <literal>Top Secret</literal>. Some "
"administrators instead create different groups based on project levels. "
"Regardless of the classification method, a well thought out plan must exist "
"before implementing a restrictive policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30385
msgid ""
"Some example situations for the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy module include "
"an e-commerce web server, a file server holding critical company "
"information, and financial institution environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30392
msgid "The MAC Biba Module"
msgstr "MAC Biba 模組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30394
msgid "<primary>MAC Biba Integrity Policy</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30397
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_biba.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30399
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_BIBA</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30402
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_biba_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30404
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> module loads the <acronym>MAC</acronym> Biba "
"policy. This policy is similar to the <acronym>MLS</acronym> policy with the "
"exception that the rules for information flow are slightly reversed. This is "
"to prevent the downward flow of sensitive information whereas the "
"<acronym>MLS</acronym> policy prevents the upward flow of sensitive "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30412
msgid ""
"In Biba environments, an <quote>integrity</quote> label is set on each "
"subject or object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-"
"hierarchical components. As a grade ascends, so does its integrity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30417
msgid ""
"Supported labels are <literal>biba/low</literal>, <literal>biba/equal</"
"literal>, and <literal>biba/high</literal>, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30423
msgid ""
"<literal>biba/low</literal> is considered the lowest integrity an object or "
"subject may have. Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write "
"access to objects or subjects marked as <literal>biba/high</literal>, but "
"will not prevent read access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30431
msgid ""
"<literal>biba/equal</literal> should only be placed on objects considered to "
"be exempt from the policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30436
msgid ""
"<literal>biba/high</literal> permits writing to objects set at a lower "
"label, but does not permit reading that object. It is recommended that this "
"label be placed on objects that affect the integrity of the entire system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30444
msgid "Biba provides:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30448
msgid ""
"Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity "
"categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30453
msgid ""
"Fixed rules are <literal>no write up, no read down</literal>, the opposite "
"of <acronym>MLS</acronym>. A subject can have write access to objects on its "
"own level or below, but not above. Similarly, a subject can have read access "
"to objects on its own level or above, but not below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30462
msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30467
msgid "Integrity levels instead of <acronym>MLS</acronym> sensitivity levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30472
msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30477
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.biba.enabled</varname> is used to enable or disable "
"enforcement of the Biba policy on the target machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30483
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.biba.ptys_equal</varname> is used to disable the Biba "
"policy on <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30489
msgid ""
"<varname>security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled</varname> forces the "
"revocation of access to objects if the label is changed to dominate the "
"subject."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30495
msgid ""
"To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use <command>setfmac</"
"command> and <command>getfmac</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30499
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac biba/low test</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac test</userinput>\n"
"test: biba/low"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30503
msgid ""
"Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that "
"information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes "
"information passed between subjects and objects. It ensures that users will "
"only be able to modify or access information they have been given explicit "
"access to. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module "
"permits an administrator to configure which files and programs a user may "
"see and invoke while assuring that the programs and files are trusted by the "
"system for that user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30513
msgid ""
"During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to "
"partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to a "
"high label once this policy module is enabled, and it is up to the "
"administrator to configure the different grades and levels for users. "
"Instead of using clearance levels, a good planning method could include "
"topics. For instance, only allow developers modification access to the "
"source code repository, source code compiler, and other development "
"utilities. Other users would be grouped into other categories such as "
"testers, designers, or end users and would only be permitted read access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30526
msgid ""
"A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject "
"and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity object. "
"Setting a label at the lowest possible grade could make it inaccessible to "
"subjects. Some prospective environments for this security policy module "
"would include a constrained web server, a development and test machine, and "
"a source code repository. A less useful implementation would be a personal "
"workstation, a machine used as a router, or a network firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30538
msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module"
msgstr "MAC Low-watermark 模組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30540
msgid "<primary>MAC LOMAC</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30543
msgid "Module name: <filename>mac_lomac.ko</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30545
msgid "Kernel configuration line: <literal>options MAC_LOMAC</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30548
msgid "Boot option: <literal>mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30551
msgid ""
"Unlike the <acronym>MAC</acronym> Biba policy, the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_lomac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy permits access to lower integrity objects "
"only after decreasing the integrity level to not disrupt any integrity rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30556
msgid ""
"The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with "
"the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an "
"auxiliary grade compartment. This secondary compartment takes the form "
"<literal>[auxgrade]</literal>. When assigning a policy with an auxiliary "
"grade, use the syntax <literal>lomac/10[2]</literal>, where <literal>2</"
"literal> is the auxiliary grade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30565
msgid ""
"This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with "
"integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and "
"then downgrading the label on the subject to prevent future writes to high "
"integrity objects using <literal>[auxgrade]</literal>. The policy may "
"provide greater compatibility and require less initial configuration than "
"Biba."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30573
msgid ""
"Like the Biba and <acronym>MLS</acronym> policies, <command>setfmac</"
"command> and <command>setpmac</command> are used to place labels on system "
"objects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30577
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>getfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30580
msgid ""
"The auxiliary grade <literal>low</literal> is a feature provided only by the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> <acronym>LOMAC</acronym> policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30587
msgid "User Lock Down"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30589
msgid ""
"This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than "
"fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store "
"data and access resources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30594
msgid ""
"For this scenario, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_seeotheruids</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> policy modules could co-exist and block access to "
"system objects while hiding user processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30598
msgid ""
"Begin by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30601
#, no-wrap
msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30603
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module "
"may be activated by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30607
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30609
msgid ""
"Default rules stored in <filename>/etc/rc.bsdextended</filename> will be "
"loaded at system initialization. However, the default entries may need "
"modification. Since this machine is expected only to service users, "
"everything may be left commented out except the last two lines in order to "
"force the loading of user owned system objects by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30617
msgid ""
"Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, try "
"logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run <command>ps aux</"
"command> to see if processes of other users are visible. Verify that running "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> on another user's home directory fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30623
msgid ""
"Do not try to test with the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user unless the specific <command>sysctl</command>s have been modified to "
"block super user access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30628
msgid ""
"When a new user is added, their "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_bsdextended</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> rule will not be in the ruleset list. To update "
"the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy module and reload it again "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldunload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30636
msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail"
msgstr "在 MAC Jail 中使用 Nagios"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30638
msgid "<primary>Nagios in a MAC Jail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30642
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the "
"<application>Nagios</application> network monitoring system in a "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> environment. This is meant as an example which still "
"requires the administrator to test that the implemented policy meets the "
"security requirements of the network before using in a production "
"environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30649
msgid ""
"This example requires <option>multilabel</option> to be set on each file "
"system. It also assumes that <package>net-mgmt/nagios-plugins</package>, "
"<package>net-mgmt/nagios</package>, and <package>www/apache22</package> are "
"all installed, configured, and working correctly before attempting the "
"integration into the <acronym>MAC</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30658
msgid "Create an Insecure User Class"
msgstr "建立不安全的使用者類別"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30660
msgid ""
"Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to <filename>/etc/"
"login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30663
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"insecure:\\\n"
":copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
":welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n"
":setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n"
":path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin\n"
":manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n"
":nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n"
":cputime=1h30m:\\\n"
":datasize=8M:\\\n"
":vmemoryuse=100M:\\\n"
":stacksize=2M:\\\n"
":memorylocked=4M:\\\n"
":memoryuse=8M:\\\n"
":filesize=8M:\\\n"
":coredumpsize=8M:\\\n"
":openfiles=24:\\\n"
":maxproc=32:\\\n"
":priority=0:\\\n"
":requirehome:\\\n"
":passwordtime=91d:\\\n"
":umask=022:\\\n"
":ignoretime@:\\\n"
":label=biba/10(10-10):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30687
msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30690
#, no-wrap
msgid ":label=biba/high:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30692
msgid "Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30699
msgid "Configure Users"
msgstr "設定使用者"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30701
msgid ""
"Set the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user to the default "
"class using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30704
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod root -L default</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30706
msgid ""
"All user accounts that are not <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> will now require a login class. The login class is required, "
"otherwise users will be refused access to common commands. The following "
"<command>sh</command> script should do the trick:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30711
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>for x in `awk -F: '($3 &gt;= 1001) &amp;&amp; ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\</userinput>\n"
"\t<userinput>/etc/passwd`; do pw usermod $x -L default; done;</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30714
msgid ""
"Next, drop the <systemitem class=\"username\">nagios</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem> accounts into the insecure "
"class:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30717
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod nagios -L insecure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw usermod www -L insecure</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30722
msgid "Create the Contexts File"
msgstr "建立關聯檔 (Context File)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30724
msgid ""
"A contexts file should now be created as <filename>/etc/policy.contexts</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n"
"\n"
"# System:\n"
"/var/run(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"/var/spool(/.*)?\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"/var/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"/var/spool/clientmqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n"
"\n"
"# For Nagios:\n"
"/usr/local/etc/nagios(/.*)?\tbiba/10\n"
"\n"
"/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n"
"\n"
"# For apache\n"
"/usr/local/etc/apache(/.*)?\tbiba/10"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30753
msgid ""
"This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of "
"information. In this specific configuration, users, including <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, should never be allowed to access "
"<application>Nagios</application>. Configuration files and processes that "
"are a part of <application>Nagios</application> will be completely self "
"contained or jailed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30761
msgid ""
"This file will be read after running <command>setfsmac</command> on every "
"file system. This example sets the policy on the root file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30765
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30767
msgid ""
"Next, add these edits to the main section of <filename>/etc/mac.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30770
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default_labels file ?biba\n"
"default_labels ifnet ?biba\n"
"default_labels process ?biba\n"
"default_labels socket ?biba"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30777
msgid "Loader Configuration"
msgstr "載入程式設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30779
msgid ""
"To finish the configuration, add the following lines to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n"
"mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n"
"security.mac.biba.trust_all_interfaces=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30786
msgid ""
"And the following line to the network card configuration stored in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If the primary network configuration is "
"done via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, this may need to be configured manually "
"after every system boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:30792
#, no-wrap
msgid "maclabel biba/equal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:30796
msgid "Testing the Configuration"
msgstr "測試設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30798
msgid "<primary>MAC Configuration Testing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30802
msgid ""
"First, ensure that the web server and <application>Nagios</application> will "
"not be started on system initialization and reboot. Ensure that <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> cannot access any of the files in the "
"<application>Nagios</application> configuration directory. If <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can list the contents of <filename>/var/"
"spool/nagios</filename>, something is wrong. Instead, a <quote>permission "
"denied</quote> error should be returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30812
msgid ""
"If all seems well, <application>Nagios</application>, <application>Apache</"
"application>, and <application>Sendmail</application> can now be started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30816
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /etc/mail &amp;&amp; make stop &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"setpmac biba/equal make start &amp;&amp; setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) apachectl start &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) /usr/local/etc/rc.d/nagios.sh forcestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:30820
msgid ""
"Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check "
"the log files for error messages. If needed, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to disable the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac_biba</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> security policy module "
"and try starting everything again as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30827
msgid ""
"The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can still change "
"the security enforcement and edit its configuration files. The following "
"command will permit the degradation of the security policy to a lower grade "
"for a newly spawned shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:30833
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>setpmac biba/10 csh</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:30835
msgid ""
"To block this from happening, force the user into a range using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpmac</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> attempts to run a "
"command outside of the compartment's range, an error will be returned and "
"the command will not be executed. In this case, set root to <literal>biba/"
"high(high-high)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:30846
msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework"
msgstr "MAC 架構疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:30848
msgid "<primary>MAC Troubleshooting</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:30852
msgid ""
"This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30857
msgid ""
"The <option>multilabel</option> flag does not stay enabled on the root "
"(<filename>/</filename>) partition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30862
msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30867
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and set the root partition to "
"<option>ro</option> for read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30873
msgid "Reboot into single user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30877
msgid ""
"Run <command>tunefs</command> <option>-l enable</option> on <filename>/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30882
msgid "Reboot the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30886
msgid ""
"Run <command>mount</command> <option>-urw</option> <filename>/</filename> "
"and change the <option>ro</option> back to <option>rw</option> in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename> and reboot the system again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30894
msgid ""
"Double-check the output from <command>mount</command> to ensure that "
"<option>multilabel</option> has been properly set on the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30904
msgid ""
"After establishing a secure environment with <acronym>MAC</acronym>, "
"<application>Xorg</application> no longer starts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30908
msgid ""
"This could be caused by the <acronym>MAC</acronym> <literal>partition</"
"literal> policy or by a mislabeling in one of the <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"labeling policies. To debug, try the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30915
msgid ""
"Check the error message. If the user is in the <literal>insecure</literal> "
"class, the <literal>partition</literal> policy may be the culprit. Try "
"setting the user's class back to the <literal>default</literal> class and "
"rebuild the database with <command>cap_mkdb</command>. If this does not "
"alleviate the problem, go to step two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30925
msgid ""
"Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, "
"<application>Xorg</application>, and the <filename>/dev</filename> entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:30932
msgid ""
"If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a "
"description of the environment to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions "
"mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30941
msgid ""
"The <errorname>_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf</errorname> error "
"appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30944
msgid ""
"This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user to another user in the system. "
"This message usually occurs when the user has a higher label setting than "
"that of the user they are attempting to become. For instance, if <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">joe</systemitem> has a default label of <option>biba/low</"
"option> and <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> has a label of "
"<option>biba/high</option>, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"cannot view <systemitem class=\"username\">joe</systemitem>'s home "
"directory. This will happen whether or not <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> has used <command>su</command> to become <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">joe</systemitem> as the Biba integrity model will not "
"permit <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to view objects set "
"at a lower integrity level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:30961
msgid ""
"The system no longer recognizes <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30963
msgid ""
"When this occurs, <command>whoami</command> returns <literal>0</literal> and "
"<command>su</command> returns <errorname>who are you?</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30967
msgid ""
"This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, "
"the login capabilities database needs to be reconfigured. Double check "
"<filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> to ensure that all <option>label</"
"option> options have been removed and rebuild the database with "
"<command>cap_mkdb</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:30976
msgid ""
"This may also happen if a policy restricts access to <filename>master."
"passwd</filename>. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the "
"file under a label which conflicts with the general policy being used by the "
"system. In these cases, the user information would be read by the system and "
"access would be blocked as the file has inherited the new label. Disable the "
"policy using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and everything should "
"return to normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:31006
msgid "Security Event Auditing"
msgstr "安全事件稽查"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:31017
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Robert</firstname> <surname>Watson</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31029
msgid "<primary>AUDIT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31030
msgid "<primary>Security Event Auditing</primary> <see>MAC</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31035
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. "
"Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of "
"a variety of security-relevant system events, including logins, "
"configuration changes, and file and network access. These log records can be "
"invaluable for live system monitoring, intrusion detection, and postmortem "
"analysis. FreeBSD implements <trademark>Sun</trademark>'s published Basic "
"Security Module (<acronym>BSM</acronym>) Application Programming Interface "
"(<acronym>API</acronym>) and file format, and is interoperable with the "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> X audit implementations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31047
msgid ""
"This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event "
"auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31055
msgid "What event auditing is and how it works."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31059
msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31064
msgid ""
"How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31078
msgid ""
"Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (<xref "
"linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31089
msgid ""
"The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant "
"system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as "
"<application>Xorg</application>-based display managers and third-party "
"daemons, do not properly configure auditing for user login sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31095
msgid ""
"The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs "
"of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large when "
"configured for high detail, exceeding gigabytes a week in some "
"configurations. Administrators should take into account the disk space "
"requirements associated with high volume audit configurations. For example, "
"it may be desirable to dedicate a file system to <filename>/var/audit</"
"filename> so that other file systems are not affected if the audit file "
"system becomes full."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31110
msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31115
msgid ""
"<emphasis>event</emphasis>: an auditable event is any event that can be "
"logged using the audit subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events "
"include the creation of a file, the building of a network connection, or a "
"user logging in. Events are either <quote>attributable</quote>, meaning that "
"they can be traced to an authenticated user, or <quote>non-attributable</"
"quote>. Examples of non-attributable events are any events that occur before "
"authentication in the login process, such as bad password attempts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31128
msgid ""
"<emphasis>class</emphasis>: a named set of related events which are used in "
"selection expressions. Commonly used classes of events include <quote>file "
"creation</quote> (fc), <quote>exec</quote> (ex), and <quote>login_logout</"
"quote> (lo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31136
msgid ""
"<emphasis>record</emphasis>: an audit log entry describing a security event. "
"Records contain a record event type, information on the subject (user) "
"performing the action, date and time information, information on any objects "
"or arguments, and a success or failure condition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31145
msgid ""
"<emphasis>trail</emphasis>: a log file consisting of a series of audit "
"records describing security events. Trails are in roughly chronological "
"order with respect to the time events completed. Only authorized processes "
"are allowed to commit records to the audit trail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31153
msgid ""
"<emphasis>selection expression</emphasis>: a string containing a list of "
"prefixes and audit event class names used to match events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31159
msgid ""
"<emphasis>preselection</emphasis>: the process by which the system "
"identifies which events are of interest to the administrator. The "
"preselection configuration uses a series of selection expressions to "
"identify which classes of events to audit for which users, as well as global "
"settings that apply to both authenticated and unauthenticated processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31169
msgid ""
"<emphasis>reduction</emphasis>: the process by which records from existing "
"audit trails are selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, "
"the process by which undesired audit records are removed from the audit "
"trail. Using reduction, administrators can implement policies for the "
"preservation of audit data. For example, detailed audit trails might be kept "
"for one month, but after that, trails might be reduced in order to preserve "
"only login information for archival purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31183
msgid "Audit Configuration"
msgstr "稽查設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31185
msgid ""
"User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base "
"FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by default, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be enabled by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31192
#, no-wrap
msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31194
msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31196
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service auditd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31198
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line "
"in their custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31201
#, no-wrap
msgid "options\tAUDIT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31204
msgid "Event Selection Expressions"
msgstr "事件選擇表示法"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31206
msgid ""
"Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit "
"configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions "
"contain a list of event classes to match. Selection expressions are "
"evaluated from left to right, and two expressions are combined by appending "
"one onto the other."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31213
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"event-selection\"/> summarizes the default audit event "
"classes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:31217
msgid "Default Audit Event Classes"
msgstr "預設稽查事件類別"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31222
msgid "Class Name"
msgstr "類別名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31224 book.translate.xml:31388
msgid "Action"
msgstr "動作"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31230 book.translate.xml:31231
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31232
msgid "Match all event classes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31236
msgid "aa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31237
msgid "authentication and authorization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31242
msgid "ad"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31243
msgid "administrative"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31244
msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31249
msgid "ap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31250
msgid "application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31251
msgid "Application defined action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31255
msgid "cl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31256
msgid "file close"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31257
msgid "Audit calls to the <function>close</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31262
msgid "ex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31263
msgid "exec"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31264
msgid ""
"Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and "
"environmental variables is controlled via "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>audit_control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> using the <literal>argv</literal> and "
"<literal>envv</literal> parameters to the <literal>policy</literal> setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31273
msgid "fa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31274
msgid "file attribute access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31275
msgid ""
"Audit the access of object attributes such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>stat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pathconf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31280
msgid "fc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31281
msgid "file create"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31282
msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31287
msgid "fd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31288
msgid "file delete"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31289
msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31293
msgid "fm"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31294
msgid "file attribute modify"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31295
msgid ""
"Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chown</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>flock</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31301
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31302
msgid "file read"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31303
msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31308
msgid "fw"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31309
msgid "file write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31310
msgid "Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31315
msgid "io"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31316
msgid "ioctl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31317
msgid "Audit use of the <function>ioctl</function> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31322
msgid "ip"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31323
msgid "ipc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31324
msgid ""
"Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes "
"and System V <acronym>IPC</acronym> operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31330
msgid "lo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31331
msgid "login_logout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31332
msgid ""
"Audit <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logout</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31337
msgid "na"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31338
msgid "non attributable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31339
msgid "Audit non-attributable events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31343
msgid "no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31344
msgid "invalid class"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31345
msgid "Match no audit events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31349
msgid "nt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31350
msgid "network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31351
msgid ""
"Audit events related to network actions such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>accept</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31356
msgid "ot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31357
msgid "other"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31358
msgid "Audit miscellaneous events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31362
msgid "pc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31363
msgid "process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31364
msgid ""
"Audit process operations such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>exec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>exit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31371
msgid ""
"These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the "
"<filename>audit_class</filename> and <filename>audit_event</filename> "
"configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31375
msgid ""
"Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether "
"successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or "
"removing matching for the class and type. <xref linkend=\"event-prefixes\"/> "
"summarizes the available prefixes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:31382
msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes"
msgstr "稽查事件類別字首"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31387
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr "字首"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31395
msgid "Audit successful events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31400
msgid "Audit failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31404
msgid "^"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31405
msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31410
msgid "^+"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31411
msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31416
msgid "^-"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:31417
msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31423
msgid ""
"If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event "
"will be audited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31426
msgid ""
"The following example selection string selects both successful and failed "
"login/logout events, but only successful execution events:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31430
#, no-wrap
msgid "lo,+ex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31436
msgid ""
"The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in "
"<filename>/etc/security</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31442
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_class</filename>: contains the definitions of the audit "
"classes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31447
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_control</filename>: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, "
"such as default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log "
"volume, and maximum audit trail size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31454
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_event</filename>: textual names and descriptions of system "
"audit events and a list of which classes each event is in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31460
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_user</filename>: user-specific audit requirements to be "
"combined with the global defaults at login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31466
msgid ""
"<filename>audit_warn</filename>: a customizable shell script used by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such "
"as when space for audit records is running low or when the audit trail file "
"has been rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31475
msgid ""
"Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as "
"errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31480
msgid ""
"In most cases, administrators will only need to modify "
"<filename>audit_control</filename> and <filename>audit_user</filename>. The "
"first file controls system-wide audit properties and policies and the second "
"file may be used to fine-tune auditing by user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:31487
msgid "The <filename>audit_control</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31489
msgid ""
"A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in "
"<filename>audit_control</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dir:/var/audit\n"
"dist:off\n"
"flags:lo,aa\n"
"minfree:5\n"
"naflags:lo,aa\n"
"policy:cnt,argv\n"
"filesz:2M\n"
"expire-after:10M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31501
msgid ""
"The <option>dir</option> entry is used to set one or more directories where "
"audit logs will be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they "
"will be used in order as they fill. It is common to configure audit so that "
"audit logs are stored on a dedicated file system, in order to prevent "
"interference between the audit subsystem and other subsystems if the file "
"system fills."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31509
msgid ""
"If the <option>dist</option> field is set to <literal>on</literal> or "
"<literal>yes</literal>, hard links will be created to all trail files in "
"<filename>/var/audit/dist</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31514
msgid ""
"The <option>flags</option> field sets the system-wide default preselection "
"mask for attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed "
"login/logout events as well as authentication and authorization are audited "
"for all users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31520
msgid ""
"The <option>minfree</option> entry defines the minimum percentage of free "
"space for the file system where the audit trail is stored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31524
msgid ""
"The <option>naflags</option> entry specifies audit classes to be audited for "
"non-attributed events, such as the login/logout process and authentication "
"and authorization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31529
msgid ""
"The <option>policy</option> entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy "
"flags controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The <literal>cnt</"
"literal> indicates that the system should continue running despite an "
"auditing failure (this flag is highly recommended). The other flag, "
"<literal>argv</literal>, causes command line arguments to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system call to be audited as part of command execution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31538
msgid ""
"The <option>filesz</option> entry specifies the maximum size for an audit "
"trail before automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value "
"of <literal>0</literal> disables automatic log rotation. If the requested "
"file size is below the minimum of 512k, it will be ignored and a log message "
"will be generated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31545
msgid ""
"The <option>expire-after</option> field specifies when audit log files will "
"expire and be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:31550
msgid "The <filename>audit_user</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31552
msgid ""
"The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users "
"in <filename>audit_user</filename>. Each line configures auditing for a user "
"via two fields: the <literal>alwaysaudit</literal> field specifies a set of "
"events that should always be audited for the user, and the "
"<literal>neveraudit</literal> field specifies a set of events that should "
"never be audited for the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:31560
msgid ""
"The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful "
"command execution for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and "
"file creation and successful command execution for <systemitem class="
"\"username\">www</systemitem>. If used with the default "
"<filename>audit_control</filename>, the <literal>lo</literal> entry for "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> is redundant, and login/"
"logout events will also be audited for <systemitem class=\"username\">www</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root:lo,+ex:no\n"
"www:fc,+ex:no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:31574
msgid "Working with Audit Trails"
msgstr "查看稽查線索"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31576
msgid ""
"Since audit trails are stored in the <acronym>BSM</acronym> binary format, "
"several built-in tools are available to modify or convert these trails to "
"text. To convert trail files to a simple text format, use <command>praudit</"
"command>. To reduce the audit trail file for analysis, archiving, or "
"printing purposes, use <command>auditreduce</command>. This utility supports "
"a variety of selection parameters, including event type, event class, user, "
"date or time of the event, and the file path or object acted on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31586
msgid ""
"For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain "
"text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31589
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>praudit /var/audit/<replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31591
msgid "Where <replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> is the audit log to dump."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31594
msgid ""
"Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which "
"<command>praudit</command> prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is "
"of a specific type, such as <literal>header</literal> (an audit record "
"header) or <literal>path</literal> (a file path from a name lookup). The "
"following is an example of an <literal>execve</literal> event:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n"
"exec arg,finger,doug\n"
"path,/usr/bin/finger\n"
"attribute,555,root,wheel,90,24918,104944\n"
"subject,robert,root,wheel,root,wheel,38439,38032,42086,128.232.9.100\n"
"return,success,0\n"
"trailer,133"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31610
msgid ""
"This audit represents a successful <literal>execve</literal> call, in which "
"the command <literal>finger doug</literal> has been run. The <literal>exec "
"arg</literal> token contains the processed command line presented by the "
"shell to the kernel. The <literal>path</literal> token holds the path to the "
"executable as looked up by the kernel. The <literal>attribute</literal> "
"token describes the binary and includes the file mode. The <literal>subject</"
"literal> token stores the audit user ID, effective user ID and group ID, "
"real user ID and group ID, process ID, session ID, port ID, and login "
"address. Notice that the audit user ID and real user ID differ as the user "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">robert</systemitem> switched to the "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account before running this "
"command, but it is audited using the original authenticated user. The "
"<literal>return</literal> token indicates the successful execution and the "
"<literal>trailer</literal> concludes the record."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31629
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> output format is also supported and can be selected "
"by including <option>-x</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31632
msgid ""
"Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected "
"using <command>auditreduce</command>. This example selects all audit records "
"produced for the user <systemitem class=\"username\">trhodes</systemitem> "
"stored in <filename>AUDITFILE</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31638
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>auditreduce -u <replaceable>trhodes</replaceable> /var/audit/<replaceable>AUDITFILE</replaceable> | praudit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31640
msgid ""
"Members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group have "
"permission to read audit trails in <filename>/var/audit</filename>. By "
"default, this group is empty, so only the <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> user can read audit trails. Users may be added to the "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group in order to "
"delegate audit review rights. As the ability to track audit log contents "
"provides significant insight into the behavior of users and processes, it is "
"recommended that the delegation of audit review rights be performed with "
"caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31650
msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes"
msgstr "使用 Audit Pipes 即時監視"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31652
msgid ""
"Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the "
"live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of "
"intrusion detection and system monitoring applications. However, the audit "
"pipe device is a convenient way for the administrator to allow live "
"monitoring without running into problems with audit trail file ownership or "
"log rotation interrupting the event stream. To track the live audit event "
"stream:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31661
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>praudit /dev/auditpipe</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31663
msgid ""
"By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. To make them accessible to the "
"members of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">audit</systemitem> group, add "
"a <literal>devfs</literal> rule to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31669
#, no-wrap
msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31671
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the devfs file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:31675
msgid ""
"It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of "
"each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For "
"example, if all network <acronym>I/O</acronym> is audited, and "
"<command>praudit</command> is run from an <acronym>SSH</acronym> session, a "
"continuous stream of audit events will be generated at a high rate, as each "
"event being printed will generate another event. For this reason, it is "
"advisable to run <command>praudit</command> on an audit pipe device from "
"sessions without fine-grained <acronym>I/O</acronym> auditing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:31690
msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files"
msgstr "循環與壓縮 Audit Trail 檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31692
msgid ""
"Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Administrators should not attempt to use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or other tools to directly rotate audit logs. "
"Instead, <command>audit</command> should be used to shut down auditing, "
"reconfigure the audit system, and perform log rotation. The following "
"command causes the audit daemon to create a new audit log and signal the "
"kernel to switch to using the new log. The old log will be terminated and "
"renamed, at which point it may then be manipulated by the administrator:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31704
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>audit -n</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31706
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>auditd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is not currently running, this command will fail "
"and an error message will be produced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31709
msgid ""
"Adding the following line to <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> will schedule "
"this rotation every twelve hours:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31713
#, no-wrap
msgid "0     */12       *       *       *       root    /usr/sbin/audit -n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31715
msgid ""
"The change will take effect once <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> is saved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31718
msgid ""
"Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible "
"using <option>filesz</option> in <filename>audit_control</filename> as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"audit-auditcontrol\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31722
msgid ""
"As audit trail files can become very large, it is often desirable to "
"compress or otherwise archive trails once they have been closed by the audit "
"daemon. The <filename>audit_warn</filename> script can be used to perform "
"customized operations for a variety of audit-related events, including the "
"clean termination of audit trails when they are rotated. For example, the "
"following may be added to <filename>/etc/security/audit_warn</filename> to "
"compress audit trails on close:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Compress audit trail files on close.\n"
"#\n"
"if [ \"$1\" = closefile ]; then\n"
"        gzip -9 $2\n"
"fi"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:31739
msgid ""
"Other archiving activities might include copying trail files to a "
"centralized server, deleting old trail files, or reducing the audit trail to "
"remove unneeded records. This script will be run only when audit trail files "
"are cleanly terminated, so will not be run on trails left unterminated "
"following an improper shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:31758
msgid "Storage"
msgstr "儲存設備"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31763
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This "
"includes <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> media, memory-backed disks, "
"and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices."
msgstr ""
"本章涵蓋如何在 FreeBSD 下使用磁碟及儲存媒體，這包含 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"及 <acronym>IDE</acronym> 磁碟、<acronym>CD</acronym> 及 <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym> 媒體、記憶體磁碟及 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31773
msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr "如何在 FreeBSD 系統加入額外的硬碟。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31778
msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何在 FreeBSD 擴增磁碟分割區的大小。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31783
msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to use <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices."
msgstr "如何設定 FreeBSD 使用 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31788
msgid ""
"How to use <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> media on a "
"FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""
"如何在 FreeBSD 系統使用 <acronym>CD</acronym> 及 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 媒"
"體。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31793
msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何使用在 FreeBSD 下可用的備份程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31798
msgid "How to set up memory disks."
msgstr "如何設定記憶體磁碟。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31802
msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently."
msgstr "什麼是檔案系統快照 (Snapshot) 以及如何有效使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31807
msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage."
msgstr "如何使用配額 (Quota) 來限制磁碟空間使用量。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31811
msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers."
msgstr "如何加密磁碟及交換空間來防範攻擊者。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31816
msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network."
msgstr "如何設定高可用性 (Highly available) 的儲存網路。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:31825
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">configure and install a new "
"FreeBSD kernel</link>."
msgstr ""
"了解如何 <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">設定並安裝新的 FreeBSD 核心</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:31833
msgid "Adding Disks"
msgstr "加入磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:31836
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>David</firstname> <surname>O'Brien</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31846
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31851
msgid ""
"This section describes how to add a new <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk to a "
"machine that currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer "
"and install the drive in the computer following the instructions of the "
"computer, controller, and drive manufacturers. Reboot the system and become "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"本節將說明如何加入新的 <acronym>SATA</acronym> 磁碟到目前只有一個磁碟的機器"
"上。 首先要關閉電腦並依照電腦、控制器及磁碟製造商的操作指南將磁碟安裝到電腦。"
"重新啟動系統並登入 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31859
msgid ""
"Inspect <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> to ensure the new disk was "
"found. In this example, the newly added <acronym>SATA</acronym> drive will "
"appear as <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""
"查看 <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> 來確認已經找到新的磁碟。在本例"
"中，會以 <filename>ada1</filename> 代表新加入的 <acronym>SATA</acronym> 磁"
"碟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31865 book.translate.xml:31961
msgid "<primary><command>gpart</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31869
msgid ""
"For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. "
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> "
"<acronym>GPT</acronym></link> partitioning scheme will be used in preference "
"to the older and less versatile <acronym>MBR</acronym> scheme."
msgstr ""
"在本例中，會在新的磁碟上建立單一大型分割區，使用 <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> <acronym>GPT</acronym></link> "
"分割表格式而非較舊與通用性較差的 <acronym>MBR</acronym> 結構。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:31876
msgid ""
"If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be "
"removed with <command>gpart delete</command>. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""
"若新加入的磁碟不是空白的，可以使用 <command>gpart delete</command> 來移除舊的"
"分割區資訊。請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 取得詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31882
msgid ""
"The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To "
"improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the "
"partition is aligned to one megabyte boundaries:"
msgstr ""
"建立完分割表格式後接著加入一個分割區，要在新的磁碟增進效能可使用較大的硬體區"
"塊大小 (Block size)，此分割區會對齊 1 MB 的邊界："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s GPT ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 1M ada1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31890
msgid ""
"Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk."
msgstr ""
"依據使用情況，也可以使用較小的分割區。請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來取得建立較小分割區的選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31894
msgid ""
"The disk partition information can be viewed with <command>gpart show</"
"command>:"
msgstr "磁碟分割區資訊可以使用 <command>gpart show</command> 檢視："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31897
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gpart show ada1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        34  1465146988  ada1  GPT  (699G)\n"
"          34        2014        - free -  (1.0M)\n"
"        2048  1465143296     1  freebsd-ufs  (699G)\n"
"  1465145344        1678        - free -  (839K)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31903
msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:"
msgstr "在新磁碟的新分割區上建立檔案系統："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31905
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/ada1p1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31907
msgid ""
"An empty directory is created as a <emphasis>mountpoint</emphasis>, a "
"location for mounting the new disk in the original disk's file system:"
msgstr ""
"建立一個空的目錄做來做為<emphasis>掛載點 (mountpoint)</emphasis>，一個在原有"
"磁碟的檔案系統上可用來掛載新磁碟的位置："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31911
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /newdisk</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31913
msgid ""
"Finally, an entry is added to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> so the new "
"disk will be mounted automatically at startup:"
msgstr ""
"最後，將磁碟項目加入到 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>，讓啟動時會自動掛載新"
"的磁碟："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:31917
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31919
msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:"
msgstr "新的磁碟也可手動掛載，無須重新啟動系統："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31922
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /newdisk</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:31927
msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks"
msgstr "重設大小與擴增磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:31930
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:31940
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>resizing</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31945
msgid ""
"A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already "
"present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk "
"turns out to be too small and is enlarged. Sometimes a disk image is written "
"to a <acronym>USB</acronym> memory stick, but does not use the full "
"capacity. Here we describe how to resize or <emphasis>grow</emphasis> disk "
"contents to take advantage of increased capacity."
msgstr ""
"磁碟的容量可以增加且不需要更動任何已存在的資料。這時常會用在虛擬機器，當虛擬"
"磁碟太小且需要增加時。有時磁碟映像檔會被寫入到 <acronym>USB</acronym> 隨身"
"碟，但卻沒有使用全部的容量。此節我們將說明如合重設大小或 <emphasis>擴增</"
"emphasis> 磁碟內容來使用增加的容量。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31954
msgid ""
"Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting <filename>/"
"var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>. In this example, there is only one "
"<acronym>SATA</acronym> disk in the system, so the drive will appear as "
"<filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""
"要取得要重設大小的磁碟的代號可以查看 <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</"
"filename>。在本例中，在系統上只有一個 <acronym>SATA</acronym> 磁碟，該磁碟會"
"以 <filename>ada0</filename> 表示。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31965
msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:"
msgstr "列出在磁碟上的分割區來查看目前的設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;      34  83886013  ada0  GPT  (48G) [CORRUPT]\n"
"        34       128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"       162  79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"  79691810   4194236     3  freebsd-swap  (2G)\n"
"  83886046         1        - free -  (512B)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:31976
msgid ""
"If the disk was formatted with the <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia."
"org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> <acronym>GPT</acronym></link> partitioning "
"scheme, it may show as <quote>corrupted</quote> because the <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> backup partition table is no longer at the end of the drive. Fix "
"the backup partition table with <command>gpart</command>:"
msgstr ""
"若磁碟已使用 <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"GUID_Partition_Table\"> <acronym>GPT</acronym></link> 分割表格式做格式化，可"
"能會顯示為 <quote>已損壞 (corrupted)</quote> 因為 <acronym>GPT</acronym> 備份"
"分割區已不存在於磁碟結尾。 使用 <command>gpart</command> 來修正備份分割區："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31984
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart recover <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0 recovered"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31988
msgid ""
"Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new "
"partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:"
msgstr ""
"現在在磁碟上的額外空間已經可以被新的分割區使用，或者可以拿來擴充既有的分割"
"區："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:31992
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"   79691810    4194236     3  freebsd-swap  (2G)\n"
"   83886046   18513921        - free -  (8.8G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:31999
msgid ""
"Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last "
"partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the "
"one that needs to be resized. Swap partitions only contain temporary data, "
"so it can safely be unmounted, deleted, and then recreated after resizing "
"other partitions."
msgstr ""
"分割區只能重設大小到連續的未使用空間。在這個例子磁碟上最後的分割區為交換 "
"(Swap) 分割區，而第二個分割區才是需要重設大小的分割區。交換分割區中只會有暫存"
"的資料，所以可以安全的解除掛載、刪除，然後在重設其他分割區大小之後再重建。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32006
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapoff <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart delete -i <replaceable>3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p3 deleted\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   79691648     2  freebsd-ufs  (38G)\n"
"   79691810   22708157        - free -  (10G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:32016
msgid ""
"There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted "
"file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file "
"system while running from a live <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> device. However, if absolutely necessary, a mounted file system can "
"be resized after disabling GEOM safety features:"
msgstr ""
"在掛載的檔案系統上修改分割區表可能會造成資料遺失。最好的方式是在未掛載檔案系"
"統的情況下 (使用 Live <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 或 <acronym>USB</acronym> 裝"
"置) 執行以下步驟。雖然如此，若仍要這樣做的話，在關閉 GEOM 安全性功能之後可以"
"在掛載的檔案系統上修改分割區表："

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32024
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32027
msgid ""
"Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the "
"desired size. This only modifies the size of the partition. The file system "
"in the partition will be expanded in a separate step."
msgstr ""
"重設分割區大小，保留要用來重建交換分割區的大小。這個動作只會修改分割區大小，"
"分割區中的檔案系統會在另一個步驟擴增。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32032
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart resize -i <replaceable>2</replaceable> -a 4k -s <replaceable>47G</replaceable> <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p2 resized\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   98566144     2  freebsd-ufs  (47G)\n"
"   98566306    3833661        - free -  (1.8G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32040
msgid "Recreate the swap partition:"
msgstr "重新建立交換分割區："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32042
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ada0p3 added\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show <replaceable>ada0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       34  102399933  ada0  GPT  (48G)\n"
"         34        128     1  freebsd-boot  (64k)\n"
"        162   98566144     2  freebsd-ufs  (47G)\n"
"   98566306    3833661     3  freebsd-swap  (1.8G)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32051
msgid ""
"Grow the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system to use the new capacity of the "
"resized partition:"
msgstr "擴增 <acronym>UFS</acronym> 檔案系統來使用重設分割區大小之後的新容量："

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32055
msgid ""
"Growing a live <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system is only possible in "
"FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later. For earlier versions, the file system must "
"not be mounted."
msgstr ""
"只能在 FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE 或之後的版本擴增運作中的 <acronym>UFS</acronym> "
"檔案系統，較先前的版本必須將檔案系統解除掛載。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32060
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growfs <replaceable>/dev/ada0p2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Device is mounted read-write; resizing will result in temporary write suspension for /.\n"
"It's strongly recommended to make a backup before growing the file system.\n"
"OK to grow file system on /dev/ada0p2, mounted on /, from 38GB to 47GB? [Yes/No] <userinput>Yes</userinput>\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 80781312, 82063552, 83345792, 84628032, 85910272, 87192512, 88474752,\n"
" 89756992, 91039232, 92321472, 93603712, 94885952, 96168192, 97450432"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32068
msgid ""
"Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use "
"the newly-available disk space."
msgstr "現在分割區與檔案系統已透過重設大小來使用新增加的磁碟空間。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32074
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> Storage Devices"
msgstr "<acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32087
msgid "<primary>USB</primary> <secondary>disks</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32092
msgid ""
"Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"thumbdrives, and <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> burners, "
"use the Universal Serial Bus (<acronym>USB</acronym>). FreeBSD provides "
"support for <acronym>USB</acronym> 1.x, 2.0, and 3.0 devices."
msgstr ""
"許多外部儲存裝置的解決方案，例如硬碟、<acronym>USB</acronym> 隨身碟及\n"
"<acronym>CD</acronym> 與 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 燒錄機皆使用通用序列匯流排 "
"(Universal Serial Bus, <acronym>USB</acronym>)，FreeBSD 提供了對 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 1.x, 2.0 及 3.0 裝置的支援。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32099
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, "
"including Haswell (Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a "
"<errorname>failed with error 19</errorname> message, disable xHCI/USB3 in "
"the system <acronym>BIOS</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"部份硬體尚不相容 <acronym>USB</acronym> 3.0，包含 Haswell (Lynx point) 晶片"
"組，若 FreeBSD 開機出現 <errorname>failed with error 19</errorname> 訊息，請"
"在系統 <acronym>BIOS</acronym> 關閉 xHCI/USB3。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32106
msgid ""
"Support for <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices is built into the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the "
"following lines are present in the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""
"對 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置的支援已內建於 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心，若為自訂的核心，請確定在核心設定檔中有下列幾行設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n"
"device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n"
"device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n"
"device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32122
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umass</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver which uses the "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> subsystem to access <acronym>USB</acronym> storage "
"devices. Since any <acronym>USB</acronym> device will be seen as a "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> device by the system, if the <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"device is a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> burner, do "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> include <option>device atapicam</option> in a "
"custom kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 驅動程式透過 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> 子系統來存取 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置，因此任何在系統的 <acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置"
"都會以 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> 裝置呈現，若 <acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置是 "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> 或 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 燒錄機，請<emphasis>不要</"
"emphasis>在自訂核心設定檔中引用 <option>device atapicam</option>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32132
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> storage device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the "
"device so that it can be used."
msgstr ""
"本節後續的部份將示範如何檢查 FreeBSD 能夠辦識 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲存裝置"
"以及如何設定該裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32137
msgid "Device Configuration"
msgstr "裝置設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32139
msgid ""
"To test the <acronym>USB</acronym> configuration, plug in the <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> device. Use <command>dmesg</command> to confirm that the drive "
"appears in the system message buffer. It should look something like this:"
msgstr ""
"要測試 <acronym>USB</acronym> 設定，請先插入 <acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置，然"
"後使用 <command>dmesg</command> 來確認系統訊息緩衝區中有出現該磁碟機，該訊息"
"如下："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"umass0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3&gt; on usbus0\n"
"umass0:  SCSI over Bulk-Only; quirks = 0x0100\n"
"umass0:4:0:-1: Attached to scbus4\n"
"da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n"
"da0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt; Fixed Direct Access SCSI-4 device\n"
"da0: Serial Number WD-WXE508CAN263\n"
"da0: 40.000MB/s transfers\n"
"da0: 152627MB (312581808 512 byte sectors: 255H 63S/T 19457C)\n"
"da0: quirks=0x2&lt;NO_6_BYTE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32155
msgid ""
"The brand, device node (<filename>da0</filename>), speed, and size will "
"differ according to the device."
msgstr ""
"不同的裝置會有不同的廠牌、裝置節點 (<filename>da0</filename>)、速度與大小。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32158
msgid ""
"Since the <acronym>USB</acronym> device is seen as a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"one, <command>camcontrol</command> can be used to list the <acronym>USB</"
"acronym> storage devices attached to the system:"
msgstr ""
"當 <acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置可以做為 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> 檢視時，便可使"
"用 <command>camcontrol</command> 來列出連接到系統的 <acronym>USB</acronym> 儲"
"存裝置："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt;          at scbus4 target 0 lun 0 (pass3,da0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32166
msgid ""
"Alternately, <command>usbconfig</command> can be used to list the device. "
"Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>usbconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about this command."
msgstr ""
"或者，可以使用 <command>usbconfig</command> 來列出裝置，請參考 <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>usbconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來取得更多有關此指令的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32170
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>usbconfig</userinput>\n"
"ugen0.3: &lt;Simple Drive STECH&gt; at usbus0, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32173
msgid ""
"If the device has not been formatted, refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-adding"
"\"/> for instructions on how to format and create partitions on the "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> drive. If the drive comes with a file system, it can "
"be mounted by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"mount-unmount\"/>."
msgstr ""
"若該裝置尚未被格式化，請參考 <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/> 中有關如何在 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 磁碟格式化與建立分割區的說明。若磁碟中有檔案系統，可"
"由 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 依據 <xref linkend="
"\"mount-unmount\"/> 中的說明掛載磁碟。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:32180
msgid ""
"Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling <varname>vfs."
"usermount</varname> as described below, should not be considered safe from a "
"security point of view. Most file systems were not built to safeguard "
"against malicious devices."
msgstr ""
"要允許未被信任的使用者掛載任意媒體，可開啟 <varname>vfs.usermount</varname>，"
"詳細說明如下。從安全性的角度來看這並不是安全的，大多的檔案系統並不會防範惡意"
"裝置。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32187
msgid ""
"To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all "
"users of the device a member of the <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">operator</systemitem> group using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Next, ensure that "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> is able to read and "
"write the device by adding these lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要讓裝置可讓一般使用者掛載，其中一個解決方案便是使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 讓所有裝置的使用者成為 <systemitem class=\"groupname"
"\">operator</systemitem> 群組的成員。接著，將下列幾行加入 <filename>/etc/"
"devfs.rules</filename> 來確保 <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</"
"systemitem> 能夠讀取與寫入裝置："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32194
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[localrules=5]\n"
"add path 'da*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32198
msgid ""
"If internal <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks are also installed in the system, "
"change the second line as follows:"
msgstr ""
"若系統也同時安裝了內建 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> 磁碟，請更改第二行如下："

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32202
#, no-wrap
msgid "add path 'da[<replaceable>3</replaceable>-9]*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32204
msgid ""
"This will exclude the first three <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks "
"(<filename>da0</filename> to <filename>da2</filename>)from belonging to the "
"<systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> group. Replace "
"<replaceable>3</replaceable> with the number of internal <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> disks. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about this file."
msgstr ""
"這會從 <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> 群組中排除前三"
"個 <acronym>SCSI</acronym> 磁碟 (<filename>da0</filename> 到 <filename>da2</"
"filename>)，接著取代 <replaceable>3</replaceable> 為內部 <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> 磁碟的編號。請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs.rules</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來取得更多有關此檔案的"
"資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32212
msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "接著，在 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 開啟規則："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32215
#, no-wrap
msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32217
msgid ""
"Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"然後，加入以下行到 <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> 指示系統允許正常使用"
"者掛載檔案系統："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32221
#, no-wrap
msgid "vfs.usermount=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32223
msgid ""
"Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use <command>sysctl</"
"command> to set this variable now:"
msgstr ""
"這樣只會在下次重新開機時生效，可使用 <command>sysctl</command> 來立即設定這個"
"變數："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.usermount=1</userinput>\n"
"vfs.usermount: 0 -&gt; 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32229
msgid ""
"The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be "
"mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the "
"file system. One way to do that is for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> to create a subdirectory owned by that user as <filename>/mnt/"
"<replaceable>username</replaceable></filename>. In the following example, "
"replace <replaceable>username</replaceable> with the login name of the user "
"and <replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> with the user's primary group:"
msgstr ""
"最後一個步驟是建立要掛載檔案系統要的目錄，要掛載檔案系統的使用者需要擁有這個"
"目錄。其中一個辦法是讓 <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> 建立"
"由該使用者擁有的子目錄 <filename>/mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></"
"filename>。在下面的例子，將 <replaceable>username</replaceable> 替換為該使用"
"者的登入名稱並將 <replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> 替換為該使用者的主要群"
"組："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown <replaceable>username</replaceable>:<replaceable>usergroup</replaceable> /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32242
msgid ""
"Suppose a <acronym>USB</acronym> thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device "
"<filename>/dev/da0s1</filename> appears. If the device is formatted with a "
"<acronym>FAT</acronym> file system, the user can mount it using:"
msgstr ""
"假如已經插入 <acronym>USB</acronym> 隨身碟，且已出現 <filename>/dev/da0s1</"
"filename> 裝置。若裝置使用 <acronym>FAT</acronym> 格式的檔案系統，則使用者可"
"使用以下指令掛載該檔案系統："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32247
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32249
msgid ""
"Before the device can be unplugged, it <emphasis>must</emphasis> be "
"unmounted first:"
msgstr "在裝置可以被拔除前，<emphasis>必須</emphasis>先解除掛載："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32252
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt/<replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32254
msgid ""
"After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar "
"to the following:"
msgstr "裝置移除之後，系統訊息緩衝區會顯示如下的訊息："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32257
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n"
"da0 at umass-sim0 bus 0 scbus4 target 0 lun 0\n"
"da0: &lt;STECH Simple Drive 1.04&gt; s/n WD-WXE508CAN263          detached\n"
"(da0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Periph destroyed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32264
msgid "Automounting Removable Media"
msgstr "自動掛載可移除的媒體"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32267
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> supports automatic mounting of removable media starting with "
"FreeBSD 10.2-RELEASE."
msgstr ""
"自 FreeBSD 10.2-RELEASE 開始 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 支援自動掛載可移除的媒"
"體。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32271
msgid ""
"<acronym>USB</acronym> devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting "
"this line in <filename>/etc/auto_master</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"可以取消註解在 <filename>/etc/auto_master</filename> 中的下行來自動掛載 "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> 裝置："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32275
#, no-wrap
msgid "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32277
msgid "Then add these lines to <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "然後加入這些行到 <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 100 {\n"
"\tmatch \"system\" \"GEOM\";\n"
"\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"DEV\";\n"
"\taction \"/usr/sbin/automount -c\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32286
msgid ""
"Reload the configuration if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> are already running:"
msgstr ""
"若 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 以及 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 已經正在執行，則需重新"
"載入設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount reload</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32292
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can be set to start at boot by adding this line to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"要設定讓 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 在開機時啟動可以加入此行到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32295 book.translate.xml:53174
#, no-wrap
msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32297
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> requires <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be enabled, as it "
"is by default."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 需要開啟 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>，預設已經開啟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32300
msgid "Start the services immediately with:"
msgstr "立即啟動服務："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service autounmountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32307
msgid ""
"Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in "
"<filename>/media/</filename>. The directory is named after the file system "
"label. If the label is missing, the directory is named after the device node."
msgstr ""
"可以被自動掛載的檔案系統會在 <filename>/media/</filename> 中以目錄呈現，會以"
"檔案系統的標籤來命名目錄，若標籤遺失，則會以裝置節點命名。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32312
msgid ""
"The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted "
"after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted "
"manually:"
msgstr ""
"檔案系統會在第一次存取時自動掛載，並在一段時間未使用後自動解除掛載。自動掛載"
"的磁碟也可手動解除掛載："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32316
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>automount -fu</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32318
msgid ""
"This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"memory sticks. It can be used with any block device, including optical "
"drives or <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> <acronym>LUN</acronym>s."
msgstr ""
"這個機制一般會用在記憶卡與 <acronym>USB</acronym> 隨身碟，也可用在任何 Block "
"裝置，包含光碟機或 <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> <acronym>LUN</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32327
msgid "Creating and Using <acronym>CD</acronym> Media"
msgstr "建立與使用 <acronym>CD</acronym> 媒體"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32330 book.translate.xml:45929
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Meyer</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32340
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>creating</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32345
msgid ""
"Compact Disc (<acronym>CD</acronym>) media provide a number of features that "
"differentiate them from conventional disks. They are designed so that they "
"can be read continuously without delays to move the head between tracks. "
"While <acronym>CD</acronym> media do have tracks, these refer to a section "
"of data to be read continuously, and not a physical property of the disk. "
"The <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system was designed to deal with these "
"differences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32354
msgid "<primary><acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32356 book.translate.xml:32546
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>ISO 9660</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32361
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD</acronym> burner</primary> <secondary><acronym>ATAPI</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32366
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and "
"duplicating audio and data <acronym>CD</acronym>s. This chapter demonstrates "
"the use of several command line utilities. For <acronym>CD</acronym> burning "
"software with a graphical utility, consider installing the <package>sysutils/"
"xcdroast</package> or <package>sysutils/k3b</package> packages or ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32376
msgid "Supported Devices"
msgstr "支援的裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32389
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD</acronym> burner</primary> <secondary>ATAPI/CAM driver</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32394
msgid ""
"The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides support for <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym>, <acronym>USB</acronym>, and <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> <acronym>CD</"
"acronym> readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that "
"need to be present in the kernel configuration file vary by the type of "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32401
msgid ""
"For a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32404
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32409
msgid ""
"For a <acronym>USB</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32412
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device da\t# Direct Access (disks)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n"
"device uhci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ohci\t# provides USB 1.x support\n"
"device ehci\t# provides USB 2.0 support\n"
"device xhci\t# provides USB 3.0 support\n"
"device usb\t# USB Bus (required)\n"
"device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32423
msgid ""
"For an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> burner, make sure these options are present:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32426
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n"
"device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n"
"device pass\t# Passthrough device (direct ATA/SCSI access)\n"
"device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32432
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel "
"configuration file if the burner is an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32436
#, no-wrap
msgid "device atapicam"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32438
msgid ""
"Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following "
"line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32442
#, no-wrap
msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32444
msgid ""
"This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded "
"at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32448
msgid ""
"To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run <command>dmesg</command> "
"and look for an entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device "
"name in the first line of the output will be <filename>acd0</filename> "
"instead of <filename>cd0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dmesg | grep cd</userinput>\n"
"cd0 at ahcich1 bus 0 scbus1 target 0 lun 0\n"
"cd0: &lt;HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GU70N LT20&gt; Removable CD-ROM SCSI-0 device\n"
"cd0: Serial Number M3OD3S34152\n"
"cd0: 150.000MB/s transfers (SATA 1.x, UDMA6, ATAPI 12bytes, PIO 8192bytes)\n"
"cd0: Attempt to query device size failed: NOT READY, Medium not present - tray closed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32463
msgid "Burning a <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr "燒錄 <acronym>CD</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32465
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <command>cdrecord</command> can be used to burn <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>s. This command is installed with the <package>sysutils/cdrtools</"
"package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32469
msgid ""
"While <command>cdrecord</command> has many options, basic usage is simple. "
"Specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file to burn and, if the "
"system has multiple burner devices, specify the name of the device to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32475
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord <replaceable>dev=device</replaceable> <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32477
msgid ""
"To determine the device name of the burner, use <option>-scanbus</option> "
"which might produce results like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32481
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>burning</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32485
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord -scanbus</userinput>\n"
"ProDVD-ProBD-Clone 3.00 (amd64-unknown-freebsd10.0) Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jörg Schilling\n"
"Using libscg version 'schily-0.9'\n"
"scsibus0:\n"
"        0,0,0     0) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39236LW       ' '0004' Disk\n"
"        0,1,0     1) 'SEAGATE ' 'ST39173W        ' '5958' Disk\n"
"        0,2,0     2) *\n"
"        0,3,0     3) 'iomega  ' 'jaz 1GB         ' 'J.86' Removable Disk\n"
"        0,4,0     4) 'NEC     ' 'CD-ROM DRIVE:466' '1.26' Removable CD-ROM\n"
"        0,5,0     5) *\n"
"        0,6,0     6) *\n"
"        0,7,0     7) *\n"
"scsibus1:\n"
"        1,0,0   100) *\n"
"        1,1,0   101) *\n"
"        1,2,0   102) *\n"
"        1,3,0   103) *\n"
"        1,4,0   104) *\n"
"        1,5,0   105) 'YAMAHA  ' 'CRW4260         ' '1.0q' Removable CD-ROM\n"
"        1,6,0   106) 'ARTEC   ' 'AM12S           ' '1.06' Scanner\n"
"        1,7,0   107) *"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32507
msgid ""
"Locate the entry for the <acronym>CD</acronym> burner and use the three "
"numbers separated by commas as the value for <option>dev</option>. In this "
"case, the Yamaha burner device is <literal>1,5,0</literal>, so the "
"appropriate input to specify that device is <option>dev=1,5,0</option>. "
"Refer to the manual page for <command>cdrecord</command> for other ways to "
"specify this value and for information on writing audio tracks and "
"controlling the write speed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32516
msgid ""
"Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the "
"burner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;MATSHITA CDRW/DVD UJDA740 1.00&gt;   at scbus1 target 0 lun 0 (cd0,pass0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32522
msgid ""
"Use the numeric values for <literal>scbus</literal>, <literal>target</"
"literal>, and <literal>lun</literal>. For this example, <literal>1,0,0</"
"literal> is the device name to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32529
msgid "Writing Data to an <acronym>ISO</acronym> File System"
msgstr "寫入資料到一個 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 檔案系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32532
msgid ""
"In order to produce a data <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data files that are "
"going to make up the tracks on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be prepared "
"before they can be burned to the <acronym>CD</acronym>. In FreeBSD, "
"<package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> installs <command>mkisofs</command>, "
"which can be used to produce an <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system that "
"is an image of a directory tree within a <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark> file system. The simplest usage is to specify the name "
"of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file to create and the path to the files to "
"place into the <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32544
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -o <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/tree</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32551
msgid ""
"This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the "
"limitations of the standard <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system, and "
"will exclude files that do not meet the standard for <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
"file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32557
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>Joliet</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32562
msgid ""
"A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by "
"the standard. In particular, <option>-R</option> enables the Rock Ridge "
"extensions common to <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> "
"systems and <option>-J</option> enables Joliet extensions used by <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32568
msgid ""
"For <acronym>CD</acronym>s that are going to be used only on FreeBSD "
"systems, <option>-U</option> can be used to disable all filename "
"restrictions. When used with <option>-R</option>, it produces a file system "
"image that is identical to the specified FreeBSD tree, even if it violates "
"the <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 standard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32575
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s</primary> <secondary>creating bootable</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32580
msgid ""
"The last option of general use is <option>-b</option>. This is used to "
"specify the location of a boot image for use in producing an <quote>El "
"Torito</quote> bootable <acronym>CD</acronym>. This option takes an argument "
"which is the path to a boot image from the top of the tree being written to "
"the <acronym>CD</acronym>. By default, <command>mkisofs</command> creates an "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image in <quote>floppy disk emulation</quote> mode, "
"and thus expects the boot image to be exactly 1200, 1440 or 2880 KB in size. "
"Some boot loaders, like the one used by the FreeBSD distribution media, do "
"not use emulation mode. In this case, <option>-no-emul-boot</option> should "
"be used. So, if <filename>/tmp/myboot</filename> holds a bootable FreeBSD "
"system with the boot image in <filename>/tmp/myboot/boot/cdboot</filename>, "
"this command would produce <filename>/tmp/bootable.iso</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32598
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32600
msgid ""
"The resulting <acronym>ISO</acronym> image can be mounted as a memory disk "
"with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32603
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32606
msgid ""
"One can then verify that <filename>/mnt</filename> and <filename>/tmp/"
"myboot</filename> are identical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32609
msgid ""
"There are many other options available for <command>mkisofs</command> to "
"fine-tune its behavior. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32614
msgid ""
"It is possible to copy a data <acronym>CD</acronym> to an image file that is "
"functionally equivalent to the image file created with <command>mkisofs</"
"command>. To do so, use <filename>dd</filename> with the device name as the "
"input file and the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> to create as the "
"output file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32621
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/<replaceable>cd0</replaceable> of=<replaceable>file.iso</replaceable> bs=2048</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32623
msgid ""
"The resulting image file can be burned to <acronym>CD</acronym> as described "
"in <xref linkend=\"cdrecord\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32629
msgid "Using Data <acronym>CD</acronym>s"
msgstr "使用資料 <acronym>CD</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32631
msgid ""
"Once an <acronym>ISO</acronym> has been burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym>, "
"it can be mounted by specifying the file system type, the name of the device "
"containing the <acronym>CD</acronym>, and an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32636
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t cd9660 <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32638
msgid ""
"Since <command>mount</command> assumes that a file system is of type "
"<literal>ufs</literal>, a <errorname>Incorrect super block</errorname> error "
"will occur if <literal>-t cd9660</literal> is not included when mounting a "
"data <acronym>CD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32644
msgid ""
"While any data <acronym>CD</acronym> can be mounted this way, disks with "
"certain <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 extensions might behave oddly. For "
"example, Joliet disks store all filenames in two-byte Unicode characters. If "
"some non-English characters show up as question marks, specify the local "
"charset with <option>-C</option>. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_cd9660</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32653
msgid ""
"In order to do this character conversion with the help of <option>-C</"
"option>, the kernel requires the <filename>cd9660_iconv.ko</filename> module "
"to be loaded. This can be done either by adding this line to "
"<filename>loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32659
#, no-wrap
msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32661
msgid ""
"and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with "
"<command>kldload</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32665
msgid ""
"Occasionally, <errorname>Device not configured</errorname> will be displayed "
"when trying to mount a data <acronym>CD</acronym>. This usually means that "
"the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive has not detected a disk in the tray, or that "
"the drive is not visible on the bus. It can take a couple of seconds for a "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> drive to detect media, so be patient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32674
msgid ""
"Sometimes, a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym> drive may be "
"missed because it did not have enough time to answer the bus reset. To "
"resolve this, a custom kernel can be created which increases the default "
"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> delay. Add the following option to the custom kernel "
"configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref "
"linkend=\"kernelconfig-building\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32682
#, no-wrap
msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32684
msgid ""
"This tells the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, "
"to give the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive every possible chance to answer the "
"bus reset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32689
msgid ""
"It is possible to burn a file directly to <acronym>CD</acronym>, without "
"creating an <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9660 file system. This is known as "
"burning a raw data <acronym>CD</acronym> and some people do this for backup "
"purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32695
msgid ""
"This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data <acronym>CD</acronym>. "
"In order to retrieve the data burned to such a <acronym>CD</acronym>, the "
"data must be read from the raw device node. For example, this command will "
"extract a compressed tar file located on the second <acronym>CD</acronym> "
"device into the current working directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32703
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xzvf /dev/<replaceable>cd1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32705
msgid ""
"In order to mount a data <acronym>CD</acronym>, the data must be written "
"using <command>mkisofs</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32712
msgid "Duplicating Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s"
msgstr "複製音樂 <acronym>CD</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32714
msgid ""
"To duplicate an audio <acronym>CD</acronym>, extract the audio data from the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> to a series of files, then write these files to a "
"blank <acronym>CD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32719
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"using-cdrecord\"/> describes how to duplicate and burn an "
"audio <acronym>CD</acronym>. If the FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 and "
"the device is <acronym>ATAPI</acronym>, the <option>atapicam</option> module "
"must be first loaded using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"atapicam\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:32726
msgid "Duplicating an Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32729
msgid ""
"The <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> package or port installs "
"<command>cdda2wav</command>. This command can be used to extract all of the "
"audio tracks, with each track written to a separate <acronym>WAV</acronym> "
"file in the current working directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32735
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32737
msgid ""
"A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> device on the system. Refer to the <command>cdda2wav</"
"command> manual page for instructions on how to specify a device and to "
"learn more about the other options available for this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32745
msgid ""
"Use <command>cdrecord</command> to write the <filename>.wav</filename> files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32748
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdrecord -v dev=<replaceable>2,0</replaceable> -dao -useinfo  *.wav</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:32750
msgid ""
"Make sure that <replaceable>2,0</replaceable> is set appropriately, as "
"described in <xref linkend=\"cdrecord\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:32759
msgid "Creating and Using <acronym>DVD</acronym> Media"
msgstr "建立與使用 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 媒體"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:32771
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Andy</firstname> <surname>Polyakov</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>With inputs from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32781
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary>burning</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32786
msgid ""
"Compared to the <acronym>CD</acronym>, the <acronym>DVD</acronym> is the "
"next generation of optical media storage technology. The <acronym>DVD</"
"acronym> can hold more data than any <acronym>CD</acronym> and is the "
"standard for video publishing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32792
msgid ""
"Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32797
msgid ""
"DVD-R: This was the first <acronym>DVD</acronym> recordable format "
"available. The DVD-R standard is defined by the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.dvdforum.com/forum.shtml\"><acronym>DVD</acronym> Forum</link>. This "
"format is write once."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32804
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R "
"standard. A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> can be rewritten about 1000 times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32811
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as "
"a removable hard drive. However, this media is not compatible with most "
"<acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives and DVD-Video players as only a few "
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> writers support the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> "
"format. Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-dvd-ram\"/> for more information "
"on <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32821
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>: This is a rewritable format defined by the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.dvdrw.com/\"><acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> Alliance</"
"link>. A <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> can be rewritten about 1000 times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:32828
msgid ""
"DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the <acronym>DVD+RW</"
"acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:32833
msgid ""
"A single layer recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym> can hold up to "
"4,700,000,000 bytes which is actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is "
"1024 bytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32838
msgid ""
"A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. "
"For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on "
"any recordable <acronym>DVD</acronym> physical media such as DVD-R, DVD+R, "
"or <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>. Before choosing the type of media, ensure that "
"both the burner and the DVD-Video player are compatible with the media under "
"consideration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32848 book.translate.xml:57045
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32850
msgid ""
"To perform <acronym>DVD</acronym> recording, use <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This command is part of the <package>sysutils/dvd+rw-tools</"
"package> utilities which support all <acronym>DVD</acronym> media types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32855
msgid ""
"These tools use the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> subsystem to access the devices, "
"therefore <link linkend=\"atapicam\">ATAPI/CAM support</link> must be loaded "
"or statically compiled into the kernel. This support is not needed if the "
"burner uses the <acronym>USB</acronym> interface. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"usb-disks\"/> for more details on <acronym>USB</acronym> device "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32862
msgid ""
"DMA access must also be enabled for <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> devices, by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:32866 book.translate.xml:33178
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32868
msgid ""
"Before attempting to use <application>dvd+rw-tools</application>, consult "
"the <link xlink:href=\"http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn.html"
"\">Hardware Compatibility Notes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32873
msgid ""
"For a graphical user interface, consider using <package>sysutils/k3b</"
"package> which provides a user friendly interface to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and many other burning tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32881
msgid "Burning Data <acronym>DVD</acronym>s"
msgstr "燒錄資料 <acronym>DVD</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32883
msgid ""
"Since <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a front-end to "
"<link linkend=\"mkisofs\">mkisofs</link>, it will invoke <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the file system layout and perform the "
"write on the <acronym>DVD</acronym>. This means that an image of the data "
"does not need to be created before the burning process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32889
msgid ""
"To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in <filename>/path/to/data</"
"filename>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32893
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32895
msgid ""
"In this example, <option>-J -R</option> is passed to <citerefentry vendor="
"\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to create an ISO 9660 file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge "
"extensions. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32900
msgid ""
"For the initial session recording, <option>-Z</option> is used for both "
"single and multiple sessions. Replace <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>, "
"with the name of the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device. Using <option>-dvd-"
"compat</option> indicates that the disk will be closed and that the "
"recording will be unappendable. This should also provide better media "
"compatibility with <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32909
msgid ""
"To burn a pre-mastered image, such as <replaceable>imagefile.iso</"
"replaceable>, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32912
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32914
msgid ""
"The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the "
"media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use <option>-"
"speed=</option>. Refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for example usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32920
msgid ""
"In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid "
"file system must be created by passing <option>-udf -iso-level 3</option> to "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and all related "
"programs, such as <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This is required only "
"when creating an ISO image file or when writing files directly to a disk. "
"Since a disk created this way must be mounted as an UDF file system with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_udf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, it will be usable only on an UDF aware operating "
"system. Otherwise it will look as if it contains corrupted files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32931
msgid "To create this type of ISO file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32933
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o <replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32935
msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32937
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32939
msgid ""
"When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are "
"required for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to burn that image on "
"a disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:32943
msgid ""
"Be sure to use an up-to-date version of <package>sysutils/cdrtools</"
"package>, which contains <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, as an older version may not contain large files support. If "
"the latest version does not work, install <package>sysutils/cdrtools-devel</"
"package> and read its <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32953
msgid "Burning a <acronym>DVD</acronym>-Video"
msgstr "燒錄 <acronym>DVD</acronym>-Video"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32955
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary>DVD-Video</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32960
msgid ""
"A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-"
"UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure "
"hierarchy, a particular program such as <package>multimedia/dvdauthor</"
"package> is needed to author the <acronym>DVD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32966
msgid ""
"If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in "
"the same way as any other image. If <command>dvdauthor</command> was used to "
"make the <acronym>DVD</acronym> and the result is in <filename>/path/to/"
"video</filename>, the following command should be used to burn the DVD-Video:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -dvd-video <replaceable>/path/to/video</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32975
msgid ""
"<option>-dvd-video</option> is passed to <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to instruct it to create a DVD-Video file system layout. This "
"option implies the <option>-dvd-compat</option> <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:32982
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:32984
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD+RW</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32989
msgid ""
"Unlike CD-RW, a virgin <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> needs to be formatted "
"before first use. It is <emphasis>recommended</emphasis> to let "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> take care of this "
"automatically whenever appropriate. However, it is possible to use "
"<command>dvd+rw-format</command> to format the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:32996 book.translate.xml:33102
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dvd+rw-format <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:32998
msgid ""
"Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> can be burned as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33003
msgid ""
"To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a "
"<acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, the media does not need to be blanked first. "
"Instead, write over the previous recording like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33008
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/newdata</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33010
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> format supports appending data to a previous "
"recording. This operation consists of merging a new session to the existing "
"one as it is not considered to be multi-session writing. <citerefentry "
"vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will <emphasis>grow</emphasis> the ISO 9660 file "
"system present on the media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33017
msgid ""
"For example, to append data to a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, use the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33020 book.translate.xml:33124
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -M <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/nextdata</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33022
msgid ""
"The same <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>mkisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> options used to burn "
"the initial session should be used during next writes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33026
msgid ""
"Use <option>-dvd-compat</option> for better media compatibility with "
"<acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives. When using <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym>, "
"this option will not prevent the addition of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33032
msgid "To blank the media, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33034
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>/dev/zero</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33038
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33040
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33045
msgid ""
"A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential "
"and restricted overwrite. By default, <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> discs are in "
"sequential format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33050
msgid ""
"A virgin <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> can be directly written without being "
"formatted. However, a non-virgin <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential "
"format needs to be blanked before writing a new initial session."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33055
msgid "To blank a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33058 book.translate.xml:33106
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dvd+rw-format -blank=full <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33061
msgid ""
"A full blanking using <option>-blank=full</option> will take about one hour "
"on a 1x media. A fast blanking can be performed using <option>-blank</"
"option>, if the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> will be recorded in Disk-At-Once "
"(DAO) mode. To burn the <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in DAO mode, use the "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33068
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable>=<replaceable>imagefile.iso</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33070
msgid ""
"Since <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically attempts "
"to detect fast blanked media and engage DAO write, <option>-use-the-force-"
"luke=dao</option> should not be required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33075
msgid ""
"One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any <acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym> as this format is more flexible than the default of incremental "
"sequential."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33080
msgid ""
"To write data on a sequential <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym>, use the same "
"instructions as for the other <acronym>DVD</acronym> formats:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33084
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>growisofs -Z <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable> -J -R <replaceable>/path/to/data</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33086
msgid ""
"To append some data to a previous recording, use <option>-M</option> with "
"<citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, if data is "
"appended on a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in incremental sequential mode, a "
"new session will be created on the disc and the result will be a multi-"
"session disc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33092
msgid ""
"A <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite format does not need to "
"be blanked before a new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with "
"<option>-Z</option>. It is also possible to grow an existing ISO 9660 file "
"system written on the disc with <option>-M</option>. The result will be a "
"one-session <acronym>DVD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33099
msgid ""
"To put a <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in restricted overwrite format, the "
"following command must be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33104
msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33110
msgid "Multi-Session"
msgstr "多階段燒錄 (Multi-Session)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33112
msgid ""
"Few <acronym>DVD-ROM</acronym> drives support multi-session DVDs and most of "
"the time only read the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and <acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym> in sequential format can accept multiple sessions. The notion of "
"multiple sessions does not exist for the <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> and the "
"<acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> restricted overwrite formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33120
msgid ""
"Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, "
"DVD-R, or <acronym>DVD-RW</acronym> in sequential format, will add a new "
"session to the disc:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33126
msgid ""
"Using this command with a <acronym>DVD+RW</acronym> or a <acronym>DVD-RW</"
"acronym> in restricted overwrite mode will append data while merging the new "
"session to the existing one. The result will be a single-session disc. Use "
"this method to add data after an initial write on these types of media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33134
msgid ""
"Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end "
"and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data "
"to optimize media space. The number of sessions is limited to 154 for a DVD"
"+R, about 2000 for a DVD-R, and 127 for a DVD+R Double Layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33144 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "For More Information"
msgstr "取得更多資訊"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33146
msgid ""
"To obtain more information about a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, use <command>dvd"
"+rw-mediainfo <replaceable>/dev/cd0</replaceable></command> while the disc "
"in the specified drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33151
msgid ""
"More information about <application>dvd+rw-tools</application> can be found "
"in <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>growisofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, on the <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/\">dvd+rw-tools web site</"
"link>, and in the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.debian.org/cdwrite/"
"\">cdwrite mailing list</link> archives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33158
msgid ""
"When creating a problem report related to the use of <application>dvd+rw-"
"tools</application>, always include the output of <command>dvd+rw-mediainfo</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33165
msgid "Using a <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33167
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DVD</acronym></primary> <secondary><acronym>DVD-RAM</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33172
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> writers can use either a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> "
"or <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> interface. For <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> devices, "
"DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33180
msgid ""
"A <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any "
"other hard drive, the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> must be formatted before it "
"can be used. In this example, the whole disk space will be formatted with a "
"standard UFS2 file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable> bs=2k count=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -Bw <replaceable>acd0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs <replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33190
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DVD</acronym> device, <filename>acd0</filename>, must be "
"changed according to the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33194
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> has been formatted, it can be mounted as "
"a normal hard drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33197
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>/dev/acd0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33199
msgid ""
"Once mounted, the <acronym>DVD-RAM</acronym> will be both readable and "
"writeable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33205
msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks"
msgstr "建立與使用軟碟"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33229
msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:33233
msgid "Steps to Format a Floppy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:33235
msgid ""
"A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This is "
"usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media "
"integrity. To low-level format the floppy disk on FreeBSD, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdformat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. When using this utility, make note of any error "
"messages, as these can help determine if the disk is good or bad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33244
msgid ""
"To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first "
"floppy drive and issue:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33247
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33251
msgid ""
"After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by "
"the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported "
"geometry values are listed in <filename>/etc/disktab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33256
msgid ""
"To write the disk label, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33258
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33262
msgid ""
"The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The "
"floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a "
"better choice for floppies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:33267
msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33269
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33273
msgid ""
"The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_msdosfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. One can also install and use <package>emulators/"
"mtools</package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33280
msgid "Backup Basics"
msgstr "備份基礎概念"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33294
msgid ""
"Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to "
"recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, "
"or complete machine destruction, including destruction of on-site backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33299
msgid ""
"The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the "
"data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable "
"downtime. Some possible backup techniques include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33306
msgid ""
"Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This "
"provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow "
"and inconvenient to restore from, especially for non-privileged users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33313
msgid ""
"File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or "
"previous versions of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33318
msgid ""
"Copies of whole file systems or disks which are sychronized with another "
"system on the network using a scheduled <package>net/rsync</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33324
msgid ""
"Hardware or software <acronym>RAID</acronym>, which minimizes or avoids "
"downtime when a disk fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33329
msgid ""
"Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could create "
"a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored off-site "
"and to supplement this backup with hourly ZFS snapshots. In addition, one "
"could make a manual backup of individual directories or files before making "
"file edits or deletions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33336
msgid ""
"This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and "
"manage backups on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33340
msgid "File System Backups"
msgstr "檔案系統備份"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33342
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary>dump / restore</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33346
msgid "<primary><command>dump</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33349
msgid "<primary><command>restore</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33353
msgid ""
"The traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> programs "
"for backing up a file system are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which creates the "
"backup, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which restores the "
"backup. These utilities work at the disk block level, below the abstractions "
"of the files, links, and directories that are created by file systems. "
"Unlike other backup software, <command>dump</command> backs up an entire "
"file system and is unable to backup only part of a file system or a "
"directory tree that spans multiple file systems. Instead of writing files "
"and directories, <command>dump</command> writes the raw data blocks that "
"comprise files and directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33366
msgid ""
"If <command>dump</command> is used on the root directory, it will not back "
"up <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename> or many other "
"directories since these are typically mount points for other file systems or "
"symbolic links into those file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33373
msgid ""
"When used to restore data, <command>restore</command> stores temporary files "
"in <filename>/tmp/</filename> by default. When using a recovery disk with a "
"small <filename>/tmp</filename>, set <envar>TMPDIR</envar> to a directory "
"with more free space in order for the restore to succeed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33380
msgid ""
"When using <command>dump</command>, be aware that some quirks remain from "
"its early days in Version 6 of AT&amp;T <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark>,circa 1975. The default parameters assume a backup to a "
"9-track tape, rather than to another type of media or to the high-density "
"tapes available today. These defaults must be overridden on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33387
msgid "<primary><filename>.rhosts</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33390
msgid ""
"It is possible to backup a file system across the network to a another "
"system or to a tape drive attached to another computer. While the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rrestore</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utilities can be used "
"for this purpose, they are not considered to be secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33396
msgid ""
"Instead, one can use <command>dump</command> and <command>restore</command> "
"in a more secure fashion over an <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection. This "
"example creates a full, compressed backup of <filename>/usr</filename> and "
"sends the backup file to the specified host over a <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33404
msgid "Using <command>dump</command> over <application>ssh</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>ssh</application> 使用 <command>dump</command>"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n"
"          targetuser@targetmachine.example.com dd of=/mybigfiles/dump-usr-l0.gz</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33411
msgid ""
"This example sets <envar>RSH</envar> in order to write the backup to a tape "
"drive on a remote system over a <acronym>SSH</acronym> connection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33416
msgid ""
"Using <command>dump</command> over <application>ssh</application> with "
"<envar>RSH</envar> Set"
msgstr ""
"在 <application>ssh</application> 使用 <command>dump</command> 透過 "
"<envar>RSH</envar> 設定"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33420
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33425
msgid "Directory Backups"
msgstr "目錄備份"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33427
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>tar</command></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33432
msgid ""
"Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring "
"specified files and directories as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33436
msgid ""
"A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&amp;T <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and by default assumes a recursive "
"backup to a local tape device. Switches can be used to instead specify the "
"name of a backup file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33442
msgid "<primary><command>tar</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33444
msgid ""
"This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves "
"it to <filename>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</filename>. When creating a backup file, "
"make sure that the backup is not saved to the same directory that is being "
"backed up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33451
msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with <command>tar</command>"
msgstr "使用 <command>tar</command> 備份目前目錄"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33454
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar czvf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</replaceable> . </userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33457
msgid ""
"To restore the entire backup, <command>cd</command> into the directory to "
"restore into and specify the name of the backup. Note that this will "
"overwrite any newer versions of files in the restore directory. When in "
"doubt, restore to a temporary directory or specify the name of the file "
"within the backup to restore."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33465
msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with <command>tar</command>"
msgstr "使用 <command>tar</command> 還原目前目錄"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33468
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xzvf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.tgz</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33471
msgid ""
"There are dozens of available switches which are described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to "
"specify which files should not be included when backing up the specified "
"directory or restoring files from a backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33477
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>cpio</command></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33482
msgid ""
"To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cpio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is a good choice. Unlike <command>tar</command>, "
"<command>cpio</command> does not know how to walk the directory tree and it "
"must be provided the list of files to backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33488
msgid ""
"For example, a list of files can be created using <command>ls</command> or "
"<command>find</command>. This example creates a recursive listing of the "
"current directory which is then piped to <command>cpio</command> in order to "
"create an output backup file named <filename>/tmp/mybackup.cpio</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33496
msgid ""
"Using <command>ls</command> and <command>cpio</command> to Make a Recursive "
"Backup of the Current Directory"
msgstr ""
"使用 <command>ls</command> 與 <command>cpio</command> 來製作目前目錄的遞迴備"
"份"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33499
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -R | cpio -ovF <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.cpio</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33502
msgid ""
"<primary>backup software</primary> <secondary><command>pax</command></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33506
msgid "<primary><command>pax</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33507 book.translate.xml:43026
msgid "<primary>POSIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33508
msgid "<primary>IEEE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33510
msgid ""
"A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by "
"<command>tar</command> and <command>cpio</command> is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Over the years, the various versions of <command>tar</"
"command> and <command>cpio</command> became slightly incompatible. "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">POSIX</trademark> created <command>pax</"
"command> which attempts to read and write many of the various <command>cpio</"
"command> and <command>tar</command> formats, plus new formats of its own."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33519
msgid ""
"The <command>pax</command> equivalent to the previous examples would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:33523
msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with <command>pax</command>"
msgstr "使用 <command>pax</command> 備份目前目錄"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33526
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pax -wf <replaceable>/tmp/mybackup.pax</replaceable> .</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33531
msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups"
msgstr "使用資料磁帶備份"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33533
msgid "<primary>tape media</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33535
msgid ""
"While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to "
"combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any "
"tape drive that uses <acronym>SCSI</acronym>, such as <acronym>LTO</acronym> "
"or <acronym>DAT</acronym>. There is limited support for <acronym>SATA</"
"acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> tape drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33543
msgid ""
"For <acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape devices, FreeBSD uses the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver and the <filename>/dev/sa0</filename>, <filename>/dev/"
"nsa0</filename>, and <filename>/dev/esa0</filename> devices. The physical "
"device name is <filename>/dev/sa0</filename>. When <filename>/dev/nsa0</"
"filename> is used, the backup application will not rewind the tape after "
"writing a file, which allows writing more than one file to a tape. Using "
"<filename>/dev/esa0</filename> ejects the tape after the device is closed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33554
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <command>mt</command> is used to control operations of the tape "
"drive, such as seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks "
"to the tape. For example, the first three files on a tape can be preserved "
"by skipping past them before writing a new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33560
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33562
msgid ""
"This utility supports many operations. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33565
msgid ""
"To write a single file to tape using <command>tar</command>, specify the "
"name of the tape device and the file to backup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33569
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar cvf /dev/sa0 <replaceable>file</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33571
msgid ""
"To recover files from a <command>tar</command> archive on tape into the "
"current directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33574
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar xvf /dev/sa0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33576
msgid ""
"To backup a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, use <command>dump</command>. "
"This examples backs up <filename>/usr</filename> without rewinding the tape "
"when finished:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33581
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33583
msgid ""
"To interactively restore files from a <command>dump</command> file on tape "
"into the current directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33587
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>restore -i -f /dev/nsa0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33591
msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities"
msgstr "第三方備份工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33593
msgid "<primary>backup software</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33597
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can "
"be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make "
"backups easier and more convenient. Many of these applications are client/"
"server based and can be used to automate the backups of a single system or "
"all of the computers in a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33604
msgid ""
"Popular utilities include <application>Amanda</application>, "
"<application>Bacula</application>, <application>rsync</application>, and "
"<application>duplicity</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33612
msgid "Emergency Recovery"
msgstr "緊急還原"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33614
msgid ""
"In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following "
"steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33618
msgid "<primary><command>bsdlabel</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33621
msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33626
msgid "<command>gpart show</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33630
msgid "<command>more /etc/fstab</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33634
msgid "<command>dmesg</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33638
msgid "<primary>livefs <acronym>CD</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33641
msgid ""
"Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure "
"location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation "
"media and select <literal>Live CD</literal> to access a rescue shell. This "
"rescue mode can be used to view the current state of the system, and if "
"needed, to reformat disks and restore data from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:33650
msgid ""
"The installation media for FreeBSD/i386 9.3-RELEASE does not include a "
"rescue shell. For this version, instead download and burn a Livefs "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> image from <uri xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/"
"FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/9.3/FreeBSD-9.3-RELEASE-i386-livefs.iso"
"\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/i386/ISO-IMAGES/9.3/"
"FreeBSD-9.3-RELEASE-i386-livefs.iso</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33657
msgid ""
"Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. "
"Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These "
"notes may prevent the inadvertent destruction of the backups while under the "
"stress of performing an emergency recovery."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33663
msgid ""
"For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote "
"location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by "
"a significant distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:33671
msgid "Memory Disks"
msgstr "記憶體磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:33674
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33684
msgid ""
"In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of "
"memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents "
"of an <acronym>ISO</acronym> file system without the overhead of first "
"burning it to a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, then "
"mounting the <acronym>CD/DVD</acronym> media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33691
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is used to provide support for memory "
"disks. The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes this driver. When "
"using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it includes this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33696
#, no-wrap
msgid "device md"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33699
msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images"
msgstr "連接與解除連接既有的映象檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33701
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>memory</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33706
msgid ""
"To mount an existing file system image, use <command>mdconfig</command> to "
"specify the name of the <acronym>ISO</acronym> file and a free unit number. "
"Then, refer to that unit number to mount it on an existing mount point. Once "
"mounted, the files in the <acronym>ISO</acronym> will appear in the mount "
"point. This example attaches <replaceable>diskimage.iso</replaceable> to the "
"memory device <filename>/dev/md0</filename> then mounts that memory device "
"on <filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -f <replaceable>diskimage.iso</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33719
msgid ""
"If a unit number is not specified with <option>-u</option>, "
"<command>mdconfig</command> will automatically allocate an unused memory "
"device and output the name of the allocated unit, such as <filename>md4</"
"filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about "
"this command and its options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33726
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>detaching a memory disk</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33731
msgid ""
"When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released "
"back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use "
"<command>mdconfig</command> to detach the disk from the system and release "
"its resources. To continue this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33737
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -d -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33740
msgid ""
"To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type "
"<command>mdconfig -l</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33745
msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk"
msgstr "建立以檔案或記憶體為基底的磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33747
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>memory file system</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33751
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated "
"from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly "
"referred to as a file-backed file system and the second method as a memory-"
"backed file system. Both types can be created using <command>mdconfig</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33758
msgid ""
"To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of <literal>swap</"
"literal> and the size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory "
"disk with a file system and mount as usual. This example creates a 5M memory "
"disk on unit <literal>1</literal>. That memory disk is then formatted with "
"the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system before it is mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t swap -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m -u <replaceable>1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U md<replaceable>1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"/dev/md1: 5.0MB (10240 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n"
"        using 4 cylinder groups of 1.27MB, 81 blks, 192 inodes.\n"
"        with soft updates\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 160, 2752, 5344, 7936\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/md1        4718    4  4338     0%    /mnt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33778
msgid ""
"To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to "
"use. This example creates an empty 5K file named <filename>newimage</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>newimage</replaceable> bs=1k count=<replaceable>5</replaceable>k</userinput>\n"
"5120+0 records in\n"
"5120+0 records out"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33786
msgid ""
"Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it "
"with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, mount the memory disk, and "
"verify the size of the file-backed disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -f <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -w md<replaceable>0</replaceable> auto</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs md<replaceable>0</replaceable>a</userinput>\n"
"/dev/md0a: 5.0MB (10224 sectors) block size 16384, fragment size 2048\n"
"        using 4 cylinder groups of 1.25MB, 80 blks, 192 inodes.\n"
"super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:\n"
" 160, 2720, 5280, 7840\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable>a <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/md0a       4710    4  4330     0%    /mnt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33803
msgid ""
"It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system "
"using <command>mdconfig</command>. FreeBSD also comes with <command>mdmfs</"
"command> which automatically configures a memory disk, formats it with the "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, and mounts it. For example, after "
"creating <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> with <command>dd</command>, "
"this one command is equivalent to running the <command>bsdlabel</command>, "
"<command>newfs</command>, and <command>mount</command> commands shown above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33814
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdmfs -F <replaceable>newimage</replaceable> -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m md<replaceable>0</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33816
msgid ""
"To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with <command>mdmfs</"
"command>, use this one command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33819
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdmfs -s <replaceable>5</replaceable>m md<replaceable>1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33821
msgid ""
"If the unit number is not specified, <command>mdmfs</command> will "
"automatically select an unused memory device. For more details about "
"<command>mdmfs</command>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:33830
msgid "File System Snapshots"
msgstr "檔案系統快照"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33843
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>snapshots</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33848
msgid ""
"FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with <link linkend=\"soft-updates"
"\">Soft Updates</link>: file system snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33852
msgid ""
"UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and "
"treat them as a file. Snapshot files must be created in the file system that "
"the action is performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots "
"per file system. Active snapshots are recorded in the superblock so they are "
"persistent across unmount and remount operations along with system reboots. "
"When a snapshot is no longer required, it can be removed using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. While snapshots may be removed in any order, all the used "
"space may not be acquired because another snapshot will possibly claim some "
"of the released blocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33864
msgid ""
"The un-alterable <option>snapshot</option> file flag is set by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mksnap_ffs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> after initial creation of a snapshot file. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>unlink</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> makes an exception for snapshot files since it allows them to "
"be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33869
msgid ""
"Snapshots are created using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To place a snapshot "
"of <filename>/var</filename> in the file <filename>/var/snapshot/snap</"
"filename>, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33874
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33876
msgid ""
"Alternatively, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mksnap_ffs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33879
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33881
msgid ""
"One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as <filename>/var</"
"filename>, using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>find</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33885
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find /var -flags snapshot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33887
msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33892
msgid ""
"Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because "
"the snapshot can be transferred to <acronym>CD</acronym>s or tape."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33898
msgid ""
"The file system integrity checker, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be run on the "
"snapshot. Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this "
"should always provide a clean and unchanging result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33905
msgid ""
"Running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is "
"consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can also take a snapshot, create a dump image, and then remove "
"the snapshot in one command by using <option>-L</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:33913
msgid ""
"The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> the snapshot <filename>/var/snapshot/snap</filename> run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33917
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -r /dev/md4 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33922
msgid ""
"The frozen <filename>/var</filename> is now available through <filename>/"
"mnt</filename>. Everything will initially be in the same state it was during "
"the snapshot creation time. The only exception is that any earlier snapshots "
"will appear as zero length files. To unmount the snapshot, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -d -u 4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33931
msgid ""
"For more information about <option>softupdates</option> and file system "
"snapshots, including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's "
"website at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mckusick.com/\">http://www.mckusick."
"com/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:33937
msgid "Disk Quotas"
msgstr "磁碟配額"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33939
msgid "<primary>accounting</primary> <secondary>disk space</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33945
msgid ""
"Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of "
"files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. "
"This prevents one user or group of users from consuming all of the available "
"disk space."
msgstr ""
"磁碟配額可以用來限制使用者或群組成員能夠在各別檔案系統上使用的磁碟空間量或檔"
"案數量。這個可避免一個使用者或群組成員耗盡所有磁碟的可用空間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:33950
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> file system. To configure quotas on the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file "
"system, refer to <xref linkend=\"zfs-zfs-quota\"/>"
msgstr ""
"本節將說明如何設定 <acronym>UFS</acronym> 檔案系統的磁碟配額。要在 "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 檔案系統上設定配額，請參考 <xref linkend=\"zfs-zfs-"
"quota\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:33955
msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas"
msgstr "開啟磁碟配額"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33957
msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:"
msgstr "查看 FreeBSD 核心是否支援磁碟配額："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:33960
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota</userinput>\n"
"kern.features.ufs_quota: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33963
msgid ""
"In this example, the <literal>1</literal> indicates quota support. If the "
"value is instead <literal>0</literal>, add the following line to a custom "
"kernel configuration file and rebuild the kernel using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""
"在本例中，數值 <literal>1</literal> 代表支援磁碟配額，若為 <literal>0</"
"literal>，則需加入下列設定到自訂核心設定檔然後依照 <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/> 的指示重新編譯核心："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33968
#, no-wrap
msgid "options QUOTA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33970
msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "接著，在 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 開啟磁碟配額："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33973
#, no-wrap
msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:33975 book.translate.xml:34109
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary> <secondary>checking</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33979
msgid ""
"Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program insures that the data in the quota "
"database properly reflects the data on the file system. This is a time "
"consuming process that will significantly affect the time the system takes "
"to boot. To skip this step, add this variable to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""
"正常在開機時，會使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 檢查每個檔案系統的配額"
"完整性，這個程式會確保在配額資料庫中的資料正確的反映了檔案系統上的資料。這是"
"一個耗費時間的程序，會明顯的影響系統開機的時間，要跳過這個步驟可以加入此變數"
"到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33987
#, no-wrap
msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33989
msgid ""
"Finally, edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to enable disk quotas on a per-"
"file system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add "
"<option>userquota</option> to the options field in the <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> entry for the file system to enable quotas on. For example:"
msgstr ""
"最後，編輯 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 來開啟在各個檔案系統上的磁碟配額。"
"要開啟在檔案系統上對每個使用者的配額要加入 <option>userquota</option> 選項"
"到  <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 要開啟配額的檔案系統的項目中。例如："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:33995
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/da1s2g   /home    ufs rw,userquota 1 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:33997
msgid ""
"To enable group quotas, use <option>groupquota</option> instead. To enable "
"both user and group quotas, separate the options with a comma:"
msgstr ""
"要開啟群組配額，則使用 <option>groupquota</option>。要同時開啟使用者及群組配"
"額，可使用逗號隔開選項："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34001
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/da1s2g    /home    ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34003
msgid ""
"By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system "
"as <filename>quota.user</filename> and <filename>quota.group</filename>. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. Specifying an alternate "
"location for the quota files is not recommended."
msgstr ""
"預設配額檔案會儲存在檔案系統的根目錄的 <filename>quota.user</filename> 及 "
"<filename>quota.group</filename>，請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來取得更多資訊，較不建"
"議指定其他位置來儲存配額檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34009
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and <filename>/etc/rc</"
"filename> will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the "
"initial quota files for all of the quotas enabled in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""
"設定完成之後，重新啟動系統，<filename>/etc/rc</filename> 會自動執行適當的指令"
"對所有在 <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 中開啟配磁的檔案系統建立初始的配額"
"檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34015
msgid ""
"In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaon</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaoff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. However, one should read these manual pages to be "
"familiar with their operation."
msgstr ""
"在一般的操作中，並不需要手動執行 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotacheck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 或是 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>quotaoff</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>，雖然如此，仍應閱讀這些"
"指令的操作手冊來熟悉這些指令的操作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34022
msgid "Setting Quota Limits"
msgstr "設定配額限制"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34024
msgid "<primary>disk quotas</primary> <secondary>limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34029
msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:"
msgstr "要確認配額已經開啟，可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34032
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>quota -v</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34034
msgid ""
"There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits "
"for each file system that quotas are enabled on."
msgstr "每個有開啟配額的檔案系統應該會有一行磁碟用量及目前配額限制的摘要。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34038
msgid ""
"The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with <command>edquota</"
"command>."
msgstr "現在系統已準備好可以使用 <command>edquota</command> 分配配額限制。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34041
msgid ""
"Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space "
"a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. "
"Allocations can be limited based on disk space (block quotas), number of "
"files (inode quotas), or a combination of both. Each limit is further broken "
"down into two categories: hard and soft limits."
msgstr ""
"有數個選項可以強制限制使用者或群組對磁碟空間的使用量以及可以建立多少檔案。可"
"以用磁碟空間 (block 配額)，檔案數量 (inode 配額) 或同時使用來分配。每種限制又"
"可進一步細分為兩個類型：硬性 (Hard) 及軟性 (Soft) 限制。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34048
msgid "<primary>hard limit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34049
msgid ""
"A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no "
"further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For "
"example, if the user has a hard limit of 500 kbytes on a file system and is "
"currently using 490 kbytes, the user can only allocate an additional 10 "
"kbytes. Attempting to allocate an additional 11 kbytes will fail."
msgstr ""
"硬性限制無法被超額使用。一旦使用者超出了硬性限制，該使用者在該檔案系統將無法"
"再使用任何空間。舉例來說，若一個使用者在一個檔案系統上有 500 KB 的硬性限制，"
"且目前已經使用了  490 KB，該使用者只能再使用 10 KB 的空間，若嘗試使用 11 KB "
"的空間將會失敗。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34057
msgid "<primary>soft limit</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34058
msgid ""
"Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace "
"period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit "
"longer than the grace period, the soft limit turns into a hard limit and no "
"further allocations are allowed. When the user drops back below the soft "
"limit, the grace period is reset."
msgstr ""
"軟性限制在有限的時間內可以被超額使用，即為寬限期 (Grace period)，預設為一週。"
"若一個使用者超出限制並超過寬限期，則軟性限制將轉為硬性限制並且將不允許再使用"
"空間。當使用者使用的空間回到低於軟性限制內，寬限期就會被重置。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34065
msgid ""
"In the following example, the quota for the <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">test</systemitem> account is being edited. When <command>edquota</"
"command> is invoked, the editor specified by <envar>EDITOR</envar> is opened "
"in order to edit the quota limits. The default editor is set to "
"<application>vi</application>."
msgstr ""
"在下面的例子中，會編輯 <systemitem class=\"username\">test</systemitem> 的配"
"額。當執行 <command>edquota</command> 時，將會使用 <envar>EDITOR</envar> 指定"
"的編輯器來編輯配額限制。預設的編輯器為 <application>vi</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34071
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>edquota -u test</userinput>\n"
"Quotas for user test:\n"
"/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n"
"        inodes in use: 7, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)\n"
"/usr/var: kbytes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 75)\n"
"        inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34078
msgid ""
"There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. "
"One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode "
"limits. Change the value to modify the quota limit. For example, to raise "
"the block limit on <filename>/usr</filename> to a soft limit of "
"<literal>500</literal> and a hard limit of <literal>600</literal>, change "
"the values in that line as follows:"
msgstr ""
"正常每個開啟配額的檔案系統會有兩行需要設定，一行代表區塊限制 (Block limit) 而"
"另一行代表節點限制 (inode limit)，更改行內的值來修改配額限制。舉例來說，要在 "
"<filename>/usr</filename> 提高區塊的軟性限制到 <literal>500</literal> 以及硬"
"性限制到 <literal>600</literal>，可更改行內的值如下："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34087
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34089
msgid "The new quota limits take affect upon exiting the editor."
msgstr "新的配額限制將在離開編輯器後生效。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34092
msgid ""
"Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can "
"be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use "
"<option>-p</option> to duplicate that quota to a specified range of user IDs "
"(<acronym>UID</acronym>s). The following command will duplicate those quota "
"limits for <acronym>UID</acronym>s <literal>10,000</literal> through "
"<literal>19,999</literal>:"
msgstr ""
"有時會想要針對一群使用者設定配額限，這時可以透過指定想要的配額給第一個使用"
"者，若然後使用 <option>-p</option> 來複製配額到指定範圍的使用者 ID  "
"(<acronym>UID</acronym>)。以下指定將複製配額限制給 <acronym>UID</acronym> "
"<literal>10,000</literal> 到 <literal>19,999</literal> 的使用者："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34101
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>edquota -p test 10000-19999</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34103
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>edquota</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要取得更多資訊，請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>edquota</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34107
msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage"
msgstr "檢查配額限制與磁碟使用狀況"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34114
msgid ""
"To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quota</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a "
"group they are a member of. Only the superuser may view all user and group "
"quotas. To get a summary of all quotas and disk usage for file systems with "
"quotas enabled, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repquota</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要檢查各別使用者或群組的配額與磁碟用量可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>quota</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。使用者僅可查看自己的配額以及所屬群組的配額，只有使超級使用者可"
"以檢視所有使用者及群組的配額。要取得某個有開啟配額的檔案系統的所有配額及磁碟"
"用量摘要，可使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repquota</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34121
msgid ""
"Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not "
"show in the output of <command>quota</command>, even if the user has a quota "
"limit assigned for that file system. Use <option>-v</option> to display "
"those file systems. The following is sample output from <command>quota -v</"
"command> for a user that has quota limits on two file systems."
msgstr ""
"正常情況，使用者未使用任何磁碟空間的檔案系統並不會顯示在 <command>quota</"
"command> 的輸出結果中，即使該使用者有在該檔案系統設定配額限制，使用 <option>-"
"v</option> 可以顯示這些檔案系統。以下是使用使用 <command>quota -v</command> "
"查詢某個使用者在兩個檔案系統上的配額限制的範例輸出。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34129
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n"
"     Filesystem  usage    quota   limit   grace   files   quota   limit   grace\n"
"           /usr      65*     50      75   5days       7      50      60\n"
"       /usr/var       0      50      75               0      50      60"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34134
msgid "<primary>grace period</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34136
msgid ""
"In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 "
"kbytes on <filename>/usr</filename> and has 5 days of grace period left. The "
"asterisk <literal>*</literal> indicates that the user is currently over the "
"quota limit."
msgstr ""
"在這個例子當中，使用者在 <filename>/usr</filename> 的軟性限制 50 KB 已經超出"
"了 15 KB 並已經過了 5 天寬限期。星號 <literal>*</literal> 代表該使用者目前已"
"超出配額限制。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34144
msgid "Quotas over NFS"
msgstr "NFS 上的配額"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34146 book.translate.xml:52689
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34148
msgid ""
"Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the <acronym>NFS</acronym> "
"server. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.rquotad</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon makes quota "
"information available to <command>quota</command> on <acronym>NFS</acronym> "
"clients, allowing users on those machines to see their quota statistics."
msgstr ""
"在 <acronym>NFS</acronym> 伺服器上，配額會由配額子系統強制執行，"
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.rquotad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> Daemon 會提供配額資訊給 <acronym>NFS</acronym> 客戶"
"端的 <command>quota</command>，讓在那些主機的使用者可以查看它們的配額統計資"
"訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34154
msgid ""
"On the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, enable <command>rpc.rquotad</command> "
"by removing the <literal>#</literal> from this line in <filename>/etc/inetd."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"在 <acronym>NFS</acronym> 伺服器上將 <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> 中 "
"<command>rpc.rquotad</command> 行前的 <literal>#</literal> 移除來開啟："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34159
#, no-wrap
msgid "rquotad/1      dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34161
msgid "Then, restart <command>inetd</command>:"
msgstr "然後重新啟動 <command>inetd</command>："

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34169
msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions"
msgstr "磁碟分割區加密"

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:34179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t      <email>shamrock@cypherpunks.to</email>\n"
"\t    "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34172
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Lucky</firstname> <surname>Green</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> "
"</affiliation>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34187
msgid "<primary>disks</primary> <secondary>encrypting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34192
msgid ""
"FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data "
"access. File permissions and <link linkend=\"mac\">Mandatory Access Control</"
"link> (MAC) help prevent unauthorized users from accessing data while the "
"operating system is active and the computer is powered up. However, the "
"permissions enforced by the operating system are irrelevant if an attacker "
"has physical access to a computer and can move the computer's hard drive to "
"another system to copy and analyze the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34201
msgid ""
"Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive "
"or powered-down computer, the <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-based cryptographic "
"subsystems built into FreeBSD are able to protect the data on the computer's "
"file systems against even highly-motivated attackers with significant "
"resources. Unlike encryption methods that encrypt individual files, the "
"built-in <command>gbde</command> and <command>geli</command> utilities can "
"be used to transparently encrypt entire file systems. No cleartext ever "
"touches the hard drive's platter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34212
msgid ""
"This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on FreeBSD. "
"It first demonstrates the process using <command>gbde</command> and then "
"demonstrates the same example using <command>geli</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34218
msgid "Disk Encryption with <application>gbde</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>gbde</application> 做磁碟加密"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34221
msgid ""
"The objective of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility is to provide "
"a formidable challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a "
"<emphasis>cold</emphasis> storage device. However, if the computer is "
"compromised while up and running and the storage device is actively "
"attached, or the attacker has access to a valid passphrase, it offers no "
"protection to the contents of the storage device. Thus, it is important to "
"provide physical security while the system is running and to protect the "
"passphrase used by the encryption mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34232
msgid ""
"This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each "
"disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit "
"<acronym>AES</acronym> in <acronym>CBC</acronym> mode. Each sector on the "
"disk is encrypted with a different <acronym>AES</acronym> key. For more "
"information on the cryptographic design, including how the sector keys are "
"derived from the user-supplied passphrase, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34241
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a kernel module for <application>gbde</application> which "
"can be loaded with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34245
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_bde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34247
msgid ""
"If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34250
msgid "<literal>options GEOM_BDE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34252
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that "
"will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as <filename>/"
"private</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:34257
msgid "Encrypting a Partition with <application>gbde</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34261
msgid "Add the New Hard Drive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34263
msgid ""
"Install the new drive to the system as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-"
"adding\"/>. For the purposes of this example, a new hard drive partition has "
"been added as <filename>/dev/ad4s1c</filename> and <filename>/dev/"
"ad0s1<replaceable>*</replaceable></filename> represents the existing "
"standard FreeBSD partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/ad*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0        /dev/ad0s1b     /dev/ad0s1e     /dev/ad4s1\n"
"/dev/ad0s1      /dev/ad0s1c     /dev/ad0s1f     /dev/ad4s1c\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a     /dev/ad0s1d     /dev/ad4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34277
msgid "Create a Directory to Hold <command>gbde</command> Lock Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34280
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /etc/gbde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34282
msgid ""
"The <application>gbde</application> lock file contains information that "
"<application>gbde</application> requires to access encrypted partitions. "
"Without access to the lock file, <application>gbde</application> will not be "
"able to decrypt the data contained in the encrypted partition without "
"significant manual intervention which is not supported by the software. Each "
"encrypted partition uses a separate lock file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34293
msgid "Initialize the <command>gbde</command> Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34296
msgid ""
"A <application>gbde</application> partition must be initialized before it "
"can be used. This initialization needs to be performed only once. This "
"command will open the default editor, in order to set various configuration "
"options in a template. For use with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system, "
"set the sector_size to 2048:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock</userinput># $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Sector size is the smallest unit of data which can be read or written.\n"
"# Making it too small decreases performance and decreases available space.\n"
"# Making it too large may prevent filesystems from working.  512 is the\n"
"# minimum and always safe.  For UFS, use the fragment size\n"
"#\n"
"sector_size\t=\t2048\n"
"[...]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34314
msgid ""
"Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase "
"used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The "
"ability of <application>gbde</application> to protect data depends entirely "
"on the quality of the passphrase. For tips on how to select a secure "
"passphrase that is easy to remember, see <link xlink:href=\"http://world.std."
"com/~reinhold/diceware.html\">http://world.std.com/~reinhold/diceware.htm</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34322
msgid ""
"This initialization creates a lock file for the <application>gbde</"
"application> partition. In this example, it is stored as <filename>/etc/gbde/"
"ad4s1c.lock</filename>. Lock files must end in <quote>.lock</quote> in order "
"to be correctly detected by the <filename>/etc/rc.d/gbde</filename> start up "
"script."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:34331
msgid ""
"Lock files <emphasis>must</emphasis> be backed up together with the contents "
"of any encrypted partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner "
"will be unable to access the data on the encrypted partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34340
msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34343
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34345
msgid ""
"This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during "
"the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device will "
"appear in <filename>/dev</filename> as <filename>/dev/device_name.bde</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/ad*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0        /dev/ad0s1b     /dev/ad0s1e     /dev/ad4s1\n"
"/dev/ad0s1      /dev/ad0s1c     /dev/ad0s1f     /dev/ad4s1c\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a     /dev/ad0s1d     /dev/ad4        /dev/ad4s1c.bde"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34358
msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34361
msgid ""
"Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can "
"be created on the device. This example creates a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file "
"system with soft updates enabled. Be sure to specify the partition which has "
"a <filename><replaceable>*</replaceable>.bde</filename> extension:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34369
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34373
msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34375
msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34378
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /private</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/ad4s1c.bde /private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34383
msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34386
msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>df -H</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem        Size   Used  Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a      1037M    72M   883M     8%    /\n"
"/devfs            1.0K   1.0K     0B   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1f       8.1G    55K   7.5G     0%    /home\n"
"/dev/ad0s1e      1037M   1.1M   953M     0%    /tmp\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d       6.1G   1.9G   3.7G    35%    /usr\n"
"/dev/ad4s1c.bde   150G   4.1K   138G     0%    /private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34400
msgid ""
"After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to "
"the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be "
"used. To configure these steps, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n"
"gbde_devices=\"<replaceable>ad4s1c</replaceable>\"\n"
"gbde_lockdir=\"/etc/gbde\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34410
msgid ""
"This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. "
"After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted "
"automatically. Additional <application>gbde</application> boot options are "
"available and listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:34420
msgid ""
"<application>sysinstall</application> is incompatible with "
"<application>gbde</application>-encrypted devices. All <filename>*.bde</"
"filename> devices must be detached from the kernel before starting "
"<application>sysinstall</application> or it will crash during its initial "
"probing for devices. To detach the encrypted device used in the example, use "
"the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34428
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gbde detach /dev/<replaceable>ad4s1c</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34434
msgid "Disk Encryption with <command>geli</command>"
msgstr "使用 <command>geli</command> 做磁碟加密"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34447
msgid ""
"An alternative cryptographic <acronym>GEOM</acronym> class is available "
"using <command>geli</command>. This control utility adds some features and "
"uses a different scheme for doing cryptographic work. It provides the "
"following features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34455
msgid ""
"Utilizes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypto</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>9</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework and "
"automatically uses cryptographic hardware when it is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34461
msgid ""
"Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as <acronym>AES</acronym>, "
"Blowfish, and <acronym>3DES</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34467
msgid ""
"Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the "
"encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34473
msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34477
msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34482
msgid ""
"Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it "
"is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the "
"backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34488
msgid ""
"Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap "
"partitions and temporary file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34494
msgid ""
"More features and usage examples can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34497
msgid ""
"The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be "
"used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under "
"<filename>/private</filename>. The key file will provide some random data "
"used to encrypt the master key. The master key will also be protected by a "
"passphrase. The provider's sector size will be 4kB. The example describes "
"how to attach to the <command>geli</command> provider, create a file system "
"on it, mount it, work with it, and finally, how to detach it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:34508
msgid "Encrypting a Partition with <command>geli</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34512
msgid "Load <command>geli</command> Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34514
msgid ""
"Support for <command>geli</command> is available as a loadable kernel "
"module. To configure the system to automatically load the module at boot "
"time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34520
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34522
msgid "To load the kernel module now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34524
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_eli</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34526
msgid ""
"For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these "
"lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options GEOM_ELI\n"
"device crypto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34534
msgid "Generate the Master Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34536
msgid ""
"The following commands generate a master key (<filename>/root/da2.key</"
"filename>) that is protected with a passphrase. The data source for the key "
"file is <filename>/dev/random</filename> and the sector size of the provider "
"(<filename>/dev/da2.eli</filename>) is 4kB as a bigger sector size provides "
"better performance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli init -s 4096 -K /root/da2.key /dev/da2</userinput>\n"
"Enter new passphrase:\n"
"Reenter new passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34548
msgid ""
"It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method "
"of securing the master key can be used in isolation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34552
msgid ""
"If the key file is given as <quote>-</quote>, standard input will be used. "
"For example, this command generates three key files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34556
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34560
msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34562
msgid ""
"To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the "
"passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34565
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2</userinput>\n"
"Enter passphrase:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34568
msgid "This creates a new device with an <filename>.eli</filename> extension:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34571
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /dev/da2*</userinput>\n"
"/dev/da2  /dev/da2.eli"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:34576
msgid "Create the New File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34578
msgid ""
"Next, format the device with the <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system and "
"mount it on an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs /dev/da2.eli</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/da2.eli <replaceable>/private</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:34586
msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34589
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -H</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem     Size   Used  Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a    248M    89M   139M    38%    /\n"
"/devfs         1.0K   1.0K     0B   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1f    7.7G   2.3G   4.9G    32%    /usr\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d    989M   1.5M   909M     0%    /tmp\n"
"/dev/ad0s1e    3.9G   1.3G   2.3G    35%    /var\n"
"/dev/da2.eli   150G   4.1K   138G     0%    /private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34600
msgid ""
"Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the <filename>/"
"private</filename> partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the "
"device into cold storage by unmounting and detaching the <command>geli</"
"command> encrypted partition from the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34606
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>umount /private</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geli detach da2.eli</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34609
msgid ""
"A <filename>rc.d</filename> script is provided to simplify the mounting of "
"<command>geli</command>-encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, "
"add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"geli_devices=\"<replaceable>da2</replaceable>\"\n"
"geli_da2_flags=\"-k /root/<replaceable>da2.key</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34617
msgid ""
"This configures <filename>/dev/da2</filename> as a <command>geli</command> "
"provider with a master key of <filename>/root/da2.key</filename>. The system "
"will automatically detach the provider from the kernel before the system "
"shuts down. During the startup process, the script will prompt for the "
"passphrase before attaching the provider. Other kernel messages might be "
"shown before and after the password prompt. If the boot process seems to "
"stall, look carefully for the password prompt among the other messages. Once "
"the correct passphrase is entered, the provider is attached. The file system "
"is then mounted, typically by an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. "
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"mount-unmount\"/> for instructions on how to "
"configure a file system to mount at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34635
msgid "Encrypting Swap"
msgstr "交換空間加密"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34638
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Christian</firstname> <surname>Brueffer</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34648
msgid "<primary>swap</primary> <secondary>encrypting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34653
msgid ""
"Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to "
"protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with "
"passwords. As long as these passwords stay in physical memory, they are not "
"written to disk and will be cleared after a reboot. However, if FreeBSD "
"starts swapping out memory pages to free space, the passwords may be written "
"to the disk unencrypted. Encrypting swap space can be a solution for this "
"scenario."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34662
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> encryption. It assumes "
"that <filename>/dev/ada0s1b</filename> is the swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34668
msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap"
msgstr "設定已加密的交換空間"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34670
msgid ""
"Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any "
"sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition "
"with random garbage, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34675
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/<replaceable>ada0s1b</replaceable> bs=1m</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34677
msgid ""
"To encrypt the swap partition using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, add the <literal>."
"bde</literal> suffix to the swap line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.bde\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34684
msgid ""
"To instead encrypt the swap partition using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, use the <literal>.eli</literal> suffix:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34688
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34691
msgid ""
"By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> uses the <acronym>AES</acronym> algorithm with a "
"key length of 128 bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If "
"desired, these defaults can be altered in the options field in <filename>/"
"etc/fstab</filename>. The possible flags are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34700
msgid "aalgo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34702
msgid ""
"Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data "
"has not been tampered with. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of "
"supported algorithms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34709
msgid "ealgo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34711
msgid ""
"Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for a list of supported algorithms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34717
msgid "keylen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34719
msgid ""
"The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption "
"algorithm."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:34726
msgid "sectorsize"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34728
msgid ""
"The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger "
"sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. "
"The recommended size is 4096 bytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34736
msgid ""
"This example configures an encryped swap partition using the Blowfish "
"algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:34740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw,ealgo=blowfish,keylen=128,sectorsize=4096\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34746
msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification"
msgstr "加密的交換空間檢驗"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34748
msgid ""
"Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be "
"verified using <command>swapinfo</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34752
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gbde</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is being used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>swapinfo</userinput>\n"
"Device          1K-blocks     Used    Avail Capacity\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.bde   542720        0   542720     0%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34758
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>geli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is being used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:34760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>swapinfo</userinput>\n"
"Device          1K-blocks     Used    Avail Capacity\n"
"/dev/ada0s1b.eli   542720        0   542720     0%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:34768
msgid "Highly Available Storage (<acronym>HAST</acronym>)"
msgstr "高可用存儲空間 (<acronym>HAST</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34782
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Freddie</firstname> <surname>Cash</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>With inputs from </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34790
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Pawel Jakub</firstname> <surname>Dawidek</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34797
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Michael W.</firstname> <surname>Lucas</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:34804
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Viktor</firstname> <surname>Petersson</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:34813
msgid "<primary>HAST</primary> <secondary>high availability</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34818
msgid ""
"High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business "
"applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such "
"environments. In FreeBSD, the Highly Available STorage (<acronym>HAST</"
"acronym>) framework allows transparent storage of the same data across "
"several physically separated machines connected by a <acronym>TCP/IP</"
"acronym> network. <acronym>HAST</acronym> can be understood as a network-"
"based RAID1 (mirror), and is similar to the DRBD® storage system used in the "
"GNU/<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> platform. In "
"combination with other high-availability features of FreeBSD like "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym>, <acronym>HAST</acronym> makes it possible to build "
"a highly-available storage cluster that is resistant to hardware failures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34832
msgid "The following are the main features of <acronym>HAST</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34837
msgid "Can be used to mask <acronym>I/O</acronym> errors on local hard drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34842
msgid ""
"File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34847
msgid ""
"Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified "
"during the downtime of a node are synchronized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34860
msgid ""
"Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34865
msgid ""
"Together with <acronym>CARP</acronym>, <application>Heartbeat</application>, "
"or other tools, it can be used to build a robust and durable storage system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34871
msgid "After reading this section, you will know:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34875
msgid ""
"What <acronym>HAST</acronym> is, how it works, and which features it "
"provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34880
msgid "How to set up and use <acronym>HAST</acronym> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34885
msgid ""
"How to integrate <acronym>CARP</acronym> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to build a robust storage system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34890
msgid "Before reading this section, you should:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34898
msgid ""
"Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems "
"(<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34903
msgid ""
"Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (<xref linkend=\"network-"
"communication\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:34908
msgid ""
"The <acronym>HAST</acronym> project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation "
"with support from <link xlink:href=\"http://www.omc.net/\">http://www.omc."
"net/</link> and <link xlink:href=\"http://www.transip.nl/\">http://www."
"transip.nl/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34913
msgid "HAST Operation"
msgstr "HAST 運作模式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34915
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> provides synchronous block-level replication between "
"two physical machines: the <emphasis>primary</emphasis>, also known as the "
"<emphasis>master</emphasis> node, and the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis>, or "
"<emphasis>slave</emphasis> node. These two machines together are referred to "
"as a cluster."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34923
msgid ""
"Since <acronym>HAST</acronym> works in a primary-secondary configuration, it "
"allows only one of the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The "
"primary node, also called <emphasis>active</emphasis>, is the one which will "
"handle all the <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests to <acronym>HAST</acronym>-"
"managed devices. The secondary node is automatically synchronized from the "
"primary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34931
msgid ""
"The physical components of the <acronym>HAST</acronym> system are the local "
"disk on primary node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34935
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> operates synchronously on a block level, making it "
"transparent to file systems and applications. <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"provides regular GEOM providers in <filename>/dev/hast/</filename> for use "
"by other tools or applications. There is no difference between using "
"<acronym>HAST</acronym>-provided devices and raw disks or partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34943
msgid ""
"Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to "
"the remote disk over <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>. Each read operation is "
"served from the local disk, unless the local disk is not up-to-date or an "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> error occurs. In such cases, the read operation is "
"sent to the secondary node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34950
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this "
"reason, it is important to reduce synchronization time after a node's "
"outage. To provide fast synchronization, <acronym>HAST</acronym> manages an "
"on-disk bitmap of dirty extents and only synchronizes those during a regular "
"synchronization, with an exception of the initial sync."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34958
msgid ""
"There are many ways to handle synchronization. <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"implements several replication modes to handle different synchronization "
"methods:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34964
msgid ""
"<emphasis>memsync</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as "
"completed when the local write operation is finished and when the remote "
"node acknowledges data arrival, but before actually storing the data. The "
"data on the remote node will be stored directly after sending the "
"acknowledgement. This mode is intended to reduce latency, but still provides "
"good reliability. This mode is the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34975
msgid ""
"<emphasis>fullsync</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as "
"completed when both the local write and the remote write complete. This is "
"the safest and the slowest replication mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:34982
msgid ""
"<emphasis>async</emphasis>: This mode reports a write operation as completed "
"when the local write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous "
"replication mode. It should only be used when replicating to a distant node "
"where latency is too high for other modes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:34993
msgid "HAST Configuration"
msgstr "HAST 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:34995
msgid "The <acronym>HAST</acronym> framework consists of several components:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35000
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon which provides data synchronization. When "
"this daemon is started, it will automatically load <varname>geom_gate.ko</"
"varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35006
msgid ""
"The userland management utility, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35011
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hast.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file. This file must exist before "
"starting <application>hastd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35017
msgid ""
"Users who prefer to statically build <literal>GEOM_GATE</literal> support "
"into the kernel should add this line to the custom kernel configuration "
"file, then rebuild the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35022
#, no-wrap
msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35024
msgid ""
"The following example describes how to configure two nodes in master-slave/"
"primary-secondary operation using <acronym>HAST</acronym> to replicate the "
"data between the two. The nodes will be called <literal>hasta</literal>, "
"with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of <literal>172.16.0.1</literal>, and "
"<literal>hastb</literal>, with an <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"<literal>172.16.0.2</literal>. Both nodes will have a dedicated hard drive "
"<filename>/dev/ad6</filename> of the same size for <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"operation. The <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool, sometimes referred to as a "
"resource or the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> provider in <filename>/dev/hast/</"
"filename>, will be called <literal>test</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35038
msgid ""
"Configuration of <acronym>HAST</acronym> is done using <filename>/etc/hast."
"conf</filename>. This file should be identical on both nodes. The simplest "
"configuration is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35043
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resource <replaceable>test</replaceable> {\n"
"\ton <replaceable>hasta</replaceable> {\n"
"\t\tlocal <replaceable>/dev/ad6</replaceable>\n"
"\t\tremote <replaceable>172.16.0.2</replaceable>\n"
"\t}\n"
"\ton <replaceable>hastb</replaceable> {\n"
"\t\tlocal <replaceable>/dev/ad6</replaceable>\n"
"\t\tremote <replaceable>172.16.0.1</replaceable>\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35054
msgid ""
"For more advanced configuration, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hast."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:35058
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use host names in the <literal>remote</literal> "
"statements if the hosts are resolvable and defined either in <filename>/etc/"
"hosts</filename> or in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35065
msgid ""
"Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the <acronym>HAST</acronym> "
"pool can be created. Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial "
"metadata onto the local disk and to start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35070
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl create <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hastd onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35074
msgid ""
"It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to use <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"providers with an existing file system or to convert an existing storage to "
"a <acronym>HAST</acronym>-managed pool. This procedure needs to store some "
"metadata on the provider and there will not be enough required space "
"available on an existing provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35083
msgid ""
"A HAST node's <literal>primary</literal> or <literal>secondary</literal> "
"role is selected by an administrator, or software like "
"<application>Heartbeat</application>, using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. On the primary node, <literal>hasta</literal>, "
"issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35090
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role primary <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35092
msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, <literal>hastb</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35095
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role secondary <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35097
msgid "Verify the result by running <command>hastctl</command> on each node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35100
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl status <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35102
msgid ""
"Check the <literal>status</literal> line in the output. If it says "
"<literal>degraded</literal>, something is wrong with the configuration file. "
"It should say <literal>complete</literal> on each node, meaning that the "
"synchronization between the nodes has started. The synchronization completes "
"when <command>hastctl status</command> reports 0 bytes of <literal>dirty</"
"literal> extents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35111
msgid ""
"The next step is to create a file system on the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"provider and mount it. This must be done on the <literal>primary</literal> "
"node. Creating the file system can take a few minutes, depending on the size "
"of the hard drive. This example creates a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system "
"on <filename>/dev/hast/test</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/hast/<replaceable>test</replaceable> <replaceable>/hast/test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35122
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>HAST</acronym> framework is configured properly, the final "
"step is to make sure that <acronym>HAST</acronym> is started automatically "
"during system boot. Add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35128
#, no-wrap
msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:35131
msgid "Failover Configuration"
msgstr "容錯移轉設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35133
msgid ""
"The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is "
"resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the "
"secondary node is there to take over seamlessly, check and mount the file "
"system, and continue to work without missing a single bit of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35140
msgid ""
"To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol "
"(<acronym>CARP</acronym>) is used to provide for automatic failover at the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> layer. <acronym>CARP</acronym> allows multiple hosts "
"on the same network segment to share an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Set "
"up <acronym>CARP</acronym> on both nodes of the cluster according to the "
"documentation available in <xref linkend=\"carp\"/>. In this example, each "
"node will have its own management <acronym>IP</acronym> address and a shared "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of <replaceable>172.16.0.254</replaceable>. "
"The primary <acronym>HAST</acronym> node of the cluster must be the master "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35153
msgid ""
"The <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool created in the previous section is now "
"ready to be exported to the other hosts on the network. This can be "
"accomplished by exporting it through <acronym>NFS</acronym> or "
"<application>Samba</application>, using the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address <replaceable>172.16.0.254</replaceable>. The only problem which "
"remains unresolved is an automatic failover should the primary node fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35163
msgid ""
"In the event of <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces going up or down, the "
"FreeBSD operating system generates a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> event, making it "
"possible to watch for state changes on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> "
"interfaces. A state change on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interface is an "
"indication that one of the nodes failed or came back online. These state "
"change events make it possible to run a script which will automatically "
"handle the HAST failover."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35172
msgid ""
"To catch state changes on the <acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces, add this "
"configuration to <filename>/etc/devd.conf</filename> on each node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35176
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"notify 30 {\n"
"\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n"
"\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n"
"\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_UP\";\n"
"\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch master\";\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"notify 30 {\n"
"\tmatch \"system\" \"IFNET\";\n"
"\tmatch \"subsystem\" \"carp0\";\n"
"\tmatch \"type\" \"LINK_DOWN\";\n"
"\taction \"/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-switch slave\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35191
msgid ""
"If the systems are running FreeBSD 10 or higher, replace <filename>carp0</"
"filename> with the name of the <acronym>CARP</acronym>-configured interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35196
msgid ""
"Restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on both nodes to put the new configuration into "
"effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35199
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35201
msgid ""
"When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system "
"generates a notification, allowing the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> subsystem to run the "
"specified automatic failover script, <filename>/usr/local/sbin/carp-hast-"
"switch</filename>. For further clarification about this configuration, refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35209
msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"# Original script by Freddie Cash &lt;fjwcash@gmail.com&gt;\n"
"# Modified by Michael W. Lucas &lt;mwlucas@BlackHelicopters.org&gt;\n"
"# and Viktor Petersson &lt;vpetersson@wireload.net&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n"
"resources=\"<replaceable>test</replaceable>\"\n"
"\n"
"# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming master\n"
"# make your best guess\n"
"delay=3\n"
"\n"
"# logging\n"
"log=\"local0.debug\"\n"
"name=\"carp-hast\"\n"
"\n"
"# end of user configurable stuff\n"
"\n"
"case \"$1\" in\n"
"\tmaster)\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to primary provider for ${resources}.\"\n"
"\t\tsleep ${delay}\n"
"\n"
"\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\twhile $( pgrep -lf \"hastd: ${disk} \\(secondary\\)\" &gt; /dev/null 2&gt;&amp;1 ); do\n"
"\t\t\t\tsleep 1\n"
"\t\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n"
"\t\t\thastctl role primary ${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n"
"\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to change role to primary for resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"\t\t\t\texit 1\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\tfor I in $( jot 60 ); do\n"
"\t\t\t\t[ -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ] &amp;&amp; break\n"
"\t\t\t\tsleep 0.5\n"
"\t\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n"
"\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"GEOM provider /dev/hast/${disk} did not appear.\"\n"
"\t\t\t\texit 1\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\tmkdir -p /hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tfsck -p -y -t ufs /dev/hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tmount /dev/hast/${disk} /hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\n"
"\t;;\n"
"\n"
"\tslave)\n"
"\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to secondary provider for ${resources}.\"\n"
"\n"
"\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n"
"\t\tfor disk in ${resources}; do\n"
"\t\t\tif ! mount | grep -q \"^/dev/hast/${disk} on \"\n"
"\t\t\tthen\n"
"\t\t\telse\n"
"\t\t\t\tumount -f /hast/${disk}\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\t\tsleep $delay\n"
"\t\t\thastctl role secondary ${disk} 2&gt;&amp;1\n"
"\t\t\tif [ $? -ne 0 ]; then\n"
"\t\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Unable to switch role to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"\t\t\t\texit 1\n"
"\t\t\tfi\n"
"\t\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role switched to secondary for resource ${disk}.\"\n"
"\t\tdone\n"
"\t;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35296
msgid ""
"In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes master:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35301
msgid "Promotes the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool to primary on the other node."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35306
msgid "Checks the file system under the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35311
msgid "Mounts the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35315
msgid "When a node becomes secondary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35319
msgid "Unmounts the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35323
msgid "Degrades the <acronym>HAST</acronym> pool to secondary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:35329
msgid ""
"This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does "
"not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any "
"way, for example, to start or stop required services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:35336
msgid ""
"For this example, a standard <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system was used. To "
"reduce the time needed for recovery, a journal-enabled <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> or <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system can be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35343
msgid ""
"More detailed information with additional examples can be found at <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST\">http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35351
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAST</acronym> should generally work without issues. However, as "
"with any other software product, there may be times when it does not work as "
"supposed. The sources of the problems may be different, but the rule of "
"thumb is to ensure that the time is synchronized between the nodes of the "
"cluster."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35358
msgid ""
"When troubleshooting <acronym>HAST</acronym>, the debugging level of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hastd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> should be increased by starting <command>hastd</command> with "
"<literal>-d</literal>. This argument may be specified multiple times to "
"further increase the debugging level. Consider also using <literal>-F</"
"literal>, which starts <command>hastd</command> in the foreground."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:35367
msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition"
msgstr "自 Split-brain 情況復原"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35369
msgid ""
"<firstterm>Split-brain</firstterm> occurs when the nodes of the cluster are "
"unable to communicate with each other, and both are configured as primary. "
"This is a dangerous condition because it allows both nodes to make "
"incompatible changes to the data. This problem must be corrected manually by "
"the system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:35376
msgid ""
"The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, "
"or perform the merge manually. Then, let <acronym>HAST</acronym> perform "
"full synchronization of the node which has the broken data. To do this, "
"issue these commands on the node which needs to be resynchronized:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35383
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role init <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl create <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hastctl role secondary <replaceable>test</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35400
msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35416 book.translate.xml:35500 book.translate.xml:35641
#: book.translate.xml:36274 book.translate.xml:36422 book.translate.xml:36787
#: book.translate.xml:36991
msgid "<primary><acronym>GEOM</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35419
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>GEOM</acronym> Disk Framework</primary> "
"<see><acronym>GEOM</acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35424
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework permits access and control "
"to classes, such as Master Boot Records and <acronym>BSD</acronym> labels, "
"through the use of providers, or the disk devices in <filename>/dev</"
"filename>. By supporting various software <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"configurations, <acronym>GEOM</acronym> transparently provides access to the "
"operating system and operating system utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35432
msgid ""
"This chapter covers the use of disks under the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"framework in FreeBSD. This includes the major <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"control utilities which use the framework for configuration. This chapter is "
"not a definitive guide to <acronym>RAID</acronym> configurations and only "
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym>-supported <acronym>RAID</acronym> classifications "
"are discussed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35444
msgid ""
"What type of <acronym>RAID</acronym> support is available through "
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35449
msgid ""
"How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the "
"various <acronym>RAID</acronym> levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35455
msgid ""
"How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through "
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35460
msgid ""
"How to troubleshoot disks attached to the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35469
msgid "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (<xref linkend=\"disks\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:35473
msgid ""
"Know how to configure and install a new kernel (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig"
"\"/>)."
msgstr "了解如何設定並安裝新的核心 (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:35480
msgid "RAID0 - Striping"
msgstr "RAID0 - 串連 (Striping)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:35491 book.translate.xml:36265 book.translate.xml:62215
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Murray</firstname> <surname>Stokely</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35503
msgid "<primary>Striping</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35507
msgid ""
"Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be "
"performed through the use of hardware <acronym>RAID</acronym> controllers. "
"The <acronym>GEOM</acronym> disk subsystem provides software support for "
"disk striping, also known as <acronym>RAID0</acronym>, without the need for "
"a <acronym>RAID</acronym> disk controller."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35515
msgid ""
"In <acronym>RAID0</acronym>, data is split into blocks that are written "
"across all the drives in the array. As seen in the following illustration, "
"instead of having to wait on the system to write 256k to one disk, "
"<acronym>RAID0</acronym> can simultaneously write 64k to each of the four "
"disks in the array, offering superior <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance. "
"This performance can be enhanced further by using multiple disk controllers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:35526
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='geom/striping' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/mediaobject
#: book.translate.xml:35524
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"geom/striping\" align=\"center\"/> </"
"imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Disk Striping Illustration</phrase> </"
"textobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35534
msgid ""
"Each disk in a <acronym>RAID0</acronym> stripe must be of the same size, "
"since <acronym>I/O</acronym> requests are interleaved to read or write to "
"multiple disks in parallel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:35540
msgid ""
"<acronym>RAID0</acronym> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> provide any "
"redundancy. This means that if one disk in the array fails, all of the data "
"on the disks is lost. If the data is important, implement a backup strategy "
"that regularly saves backups to a remote system or device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35547
msgid ""
"The process for creating a software, <acronym>GEOM</acronym>-based "
"<acronym>RAID0</acronym> on a FreeBSD system using commodity disks is as "
"follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gstripe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on how to control an existing "
"stripe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:35554
msgid "Creating a Stripe of Unformatted <acronym>ATA</acronym> Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35558
msgid "Load the <filename>geom_stripe.ko</filename> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35561
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_stripe</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35565
msgid ""
"Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root "
"partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as <filename>/mnt</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35572
msgid ""
"Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create "
"the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned "
"<acronym>ATA</acronym> disks with device names of <filename>/dev/ad2</"
"filename> and <filename>/dev/ad3</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35579
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3</userinput>\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ad2.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ad3.\n"
"Done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35586
msgid ""
"Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume "
"and install the default bootstrap code:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35590
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35594
msgid ""
"This process should create two other devices in <filename>/dev/stripe</"
"filename> in addition to <filename>st0</filename>. Those include "
"<filename>st0a</filename> and <filename>st0c</filename>. At this point, a "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system can be created on <filename>st0a</"
"filename> using <command>newfs</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35602
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35604
msgid ""
"Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the "
"process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be "
"mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35610
msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35612
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35616
msgid ""
"To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, "
"place the volume information in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. In this "
"example, a permanent mount point, named <filename>stripe</filename>, is "
"created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /stripe</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"/dev/stripe/st0a /stripe ufs rw 2 2\" \\</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>&gt;&gt; /etc/fstab</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:35628
msgid ""
"The <filename>geom_stripe.ko</filename> module must also be automatically "
"loaded during system initialization, by adding a line to <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35633
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /boot/loader.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:35639
msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring"
msgstr "RAID1 - 鏡像 (Mirroring)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35644
msgid "<primary>Disk Mirroring</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:35647
msgid "<primary>RAID1</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35651
msgid ""
"<acronym>RAID1</acronym>, or <emphasis>mirroring</emphasis>, is the "
"technique of writing the same data to more than one disk drive. Mirrors are "
"usually used to guard against data loss due to drive failure. Each drive in "
"a mirror contains an identical copy of the data. When an individual drive "
"fails, the mirror continues to work, providing data from the drives that are "
"still functioning. The computer keeps running, and the administrator has "
"time to replace the failed drive without user interruption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35661
msgid ""
"Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates a "
"mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing "
"single drive. The second example creates a mirror on a single new drive, "
"copies the old drive's data to it, then inserts the old drive into the "
"mirror. While this procedure is slightly more complicated, it only requires "
"one new drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:35669
msgid ""
"Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and "
"capacity, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not require that. "
"Mirrors created with dissimilar drives will have a capacity equal to that of "
"the smallest drive in the mirror. Extra space on larger drives will be "
"unused. Drives inserted into the mirror later must have at least as much "
"capacity as the smallest drive already in the mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:35678
msgid ""
"The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any "
"major disk operation, make a full backup first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:35684
msgid ""
"While <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used in these procedures to copy file systems, "
"it does not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for information on detecting and disabling soft updates "
"journaling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35691
msgid "Metadata Issues"
msgstr "Metadata 問題"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35693
msgid ""
"Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata "
"should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are "
"caused by two particular types of leftover metadata: <acronym>GPT</acronym> "
"partition tables and old metadata from a previous mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35699
msgid ""
"<acronym>GPT</acronym> metadata can be erased with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This example erases both primary and backup <acronym>GPT</"
"acronym> partition tables from disk <filename>ada8</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35704
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart destroy -F ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35706
msgid ""
"A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one "
"step using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Here, the example disk <filename>ada8</filename> "
"is removed from the active mirror <filename>gm4</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35711
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror remove gm4 ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35713
msgid ""
"If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, "
"use <command>gmirror clear</command> to remove it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35717
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror clear ada8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35719
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> stores one block of metadata at the end of the "
"disk. Because <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition schemes also store metadata "
"at the end of the disk, mirroring entire <acronym>GPT</acronym> disks with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is not recommended. <acronym>MBR</acronym> "
"partitioning is used here because it only stores a partition table at the "
"start of the disk and does not conflict with the mirror metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35729
msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks"
msgstr "使用兩個新磁碟建立鏡像"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35731
msgid ""
"In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, "
"<filename>ada0</filename>. Two new disks, <filename>ada1</filename> and "
"<filename>ada2</filename>, have been connected to the system. A new mirror "
"will be created on these two disks and used to replace the old single disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35738
msgid ""
"The <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module must either be built "
"into the kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel "
"module now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35742 book.translate.xml:35869
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror load</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35744
msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35746
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35748
msgid ""
"<filename>gm0</filename> is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new "
"mirror. After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in "
"<filename>/dev/mirror/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35753
msgid ""
"<acronym>MBR</acronym> and <application>bsdlabel</application> partition "
"tables can now be created on the mirror with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with "
"partitions for <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, "
"<filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>. A single "
"<filename>/</filename> and a swap partition will also work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35762
msgid ""
"Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the "
"existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already "
"present on <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd -a 4k mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;       63  156301423  mirror/gm0  MBR  (74G)\n"
"         63         63                    - free -  (31k)\n"
"        126  156301299                 1  freebsd  (74G)\n"
"  156301425         61                    - free -  (30k)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35775
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k -s 4g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 2g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k -s 1g mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs  -a 4k       mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        0  156301299  mirror/gm0s1  BSD  (74G)\n"
"          0          2                      - free -  (1.0k)\n"
"          2    4194304                   1  freebsd-ufs  (2.0G)\n"
"    4194306    8388608                   2  freebsd-swap  (4.0G)\n"
"   12582914    4194304                   4  freebsd-ufs  (2.0G)\n"
"   16777218    2097152                   5  freebsd-ufs  (1.0G)\n"
"   18874370  137426928                   6  freebsd-ufs  (65G)\n"
"  156301298          1                      - free -  (512B)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35791 book.translate.xml:36013
msgid ""
"Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the <acronym>MBR</"
"acronym> and bsdlabel and setting the active slice:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35795 book.translate.xml:36017
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart set -a active -i 1 mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/boot mirror/gm0s1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35799
msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35807
msgid ""
"File systems from the original <filename>ada0</filename> disk can now be "
"copied onto the mirror with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35811
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - / | (cd /mnt &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/tmp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /tmp | (cd /mnt/tmp &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35820
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/mnt/etc/fstab</filename> to point to the new mirror file "
"systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35823
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/tmp\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35830
msgid ""
"If the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module has not been built "
"into the kernel, <filename>/mnt/boot/loader.conf</filename> is edited to "
"load the module at boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:35835 book.translate.xml:36044 book.translate.xml:36164
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35837
msgid ""
"Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been "
"copied. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> will see the mirror as two individual "
"drives rather than a mirror. Because the drives are identical, it does not "
"matter which is selected to boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35843
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"/> if there are problems "
"booting. Powering down and disconnecting the original <filename>ada0</"
"filename> disk will allow it to be kept as an offline backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35848
msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:35853
msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive"
msgstr "使用既有磁碟建立鏡像"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35855
msgid ""
"In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, "
"<filename>ada0</filename>. A new disk, <filename>ada1</filename>, has been "
"connected to the system. A one-disk mirror will be created on the new disk, "
"the existing system copied onto it, and then the old disk will be inserted "
"into the mirror. This slightly complex procedure is required because "
"<command>gmirror</command> needs to put a 512-byte block of metadata at the "
"end of each disk, and the existing <filename>ada0</filename> has usually had "
"all of its space already allocated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35866
msgid "Load the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35871
msgid ""
"Check the media size of the original disk with <command>diskinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ada0\n"
"\t512             # sectorsize\n"
"\t1000204821504   # mediasize in bytes (931G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35879
msgid ""
"Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity is "
"not any larger than the original <filename>ada0</filename> drive, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gnop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to create a fake drive of the exact same size. This "
"drive does not store any data, but is used only to limit the size of the "
"mirror. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gmirror</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> creates the mirror, it "
"will restrict the capacity to the size of <filename>gzero.nop</filename>, "
"even if the new <filename>ada1</filename> drive has more space. Note that "
"the <replaceable>1000204821504</replaceable> in the second line is equal to "
"<filename>ada0</filename>'s media size as shown by <command>diskinfo</"
"command> above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35892
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>geom zero load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gnop create -s 1000204821504 gzero</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror label -v gm0 gzero.nop ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror forget gm0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35897
msgid ""
"Since <filename>gzero.nop</filename> does not store any data, the mirror "
"does not see it as connected. The mirror is told to <quote>forget</quote> "
"unconnected components, removing references to <filename>gzero.nop</"
"filename>. The result is a mirror device containing only a single disk, "
"<filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35904
msgid ""
"After creating <filename>gm0</filename>, view the partition table on "
"<filename>ada0</filename>. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is "
"some unallocated space at the end of the drive, the contents may be copied "
"directly from <filename>ada0</filename> to the new mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35910
msgid ""
"However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, "
"as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte "
"mirror metadata at the end of the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35915
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show ada0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        63  1953525105        ada0  MBR  (931G)\n"
"          63  1953525105           1  freebsd  [active]  (931G)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35919
msgid ""
"In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by "
"one sector on <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>. The procedure will be "
"explained later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35923
msgid ""
"In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied "
"using <command>gpart backup</command> and <command>gpart restore</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart backup ada0 &gt; table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart backup ada0s1 &gt; table.ada0s1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35930
msgid ""
"These commands create two files, <filename>table.ada0</filename> and "
"<filename>table.ada0s1</filename>. This example is from a 1 TB drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"MBR 4\n"
"1 freebsd         63 1953525105   [active]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35939
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0s1</userinput>\n"
"BSD 8\n"
"1  freebsd-ufs          0    4194304\n"
"2 freebsd-swap    4194304   33554432\n"
"4  freebsd-ufs   37748736   50331648\n"
"5  freebsd-ufs   88080384   41943040\n"
"6  freebsd-ufs  130023424  838860800\n"
"7  freebsd-ufs  968884224  984640881"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35948
msgid ""
"If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice "
"and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, "
"reducing the size of both the slice and last partition by one. These are the "
"last numbers in each listing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"MBR 4\n"
"1 freebsd         63 <emphasis>1953525104</emphasis>   [active]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35958
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat table.ada0s1</userinput>\n"
"BSD 8\n"
"1  freebsd-ufs          0    4194304\n"
"2 freebsd-swap    4194304   33554432\n"
"4  freebsd-ufs   37748736   50331648\n"
"5  freebsd-ufs   88080384   41943040\n"
"6  freebsd-ufs  130023424  838860800\n"
"7  freebsd-ufs  968884224  <emphasis>984640880</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35967
msgid ""
"If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two "
"files can be used without modification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35970
msgid "Now restore the partition table into <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35973
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart restore mirror/gm0 &lt; table.ada0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart restore mirror/gm0s1 &lt; table.ada0s1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:35976
msgid ""
"Check the partition table with <command>gpart show</command>. This example "
"has <filename>gm0s1a</filename> for <filename>/</filename>, "
"<filename>gm0s1d</filename> for <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>gm0s1e</"
"filename> for <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>gm0s1f</filename> for "
"<filename>/data1</filename>, and <filename>gm0s1g</filename> for <filename>/"
"data2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:35985
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;        63  1953525104  mirror/gm0  MBR  (931G)\n"
"          63  1953525042           1  freebsd  [active]  (931G)\n"
"  1953525105          62              - free -  (31k)\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart show mirror/gm0s1</userinput>\n"
"=&gt;         0  1953525042  mirror/gm0s1  BSD  (931G)\n"
"           0     2097152             1  freebsd-ufs  (1.0G)\n"
"     2097152    16777216             2  freebsd-swap  (8.0G)\n"
"    18874368    41943040             4  freebsd-ufs  (20G)\n"
"    60817408    20971520             5  freebsd-ufs  (10G)\n"
"    81788928   629145600             6  freebsd-ufs  (300G)\n"
"   710934528  1242590514             7  freebsd-ufs  (592G)\n"
"  1953525042          63                - free -  (31k)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36000
msgid ""
"Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at "
"the end of the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36003
msgid ""
"Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will "
"vary to match the original disk, <filename>ada0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36007
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1d</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1e</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1g</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36021
msgid ""
"Adjust <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to use the new partitions on the "
"mirror. Back up this file first by copying it to <filename>/etc/fstab.orig</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36025
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36027
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, replacing <filename>/dev/ada0</"
"filename> with <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36031
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\t/\t\tufs\trw\t1\t1\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1b\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1d\t/var\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1e\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/data1\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n"
"/dev/mirror/gm0s1g\t/data2\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36039
msgid ""
"If the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> kernel module has not been built "
"into the kernel, edit <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to load it at "
"boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36046
msgid ""
"File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Each file system "
"dumped with <command>dump -L</command> will create a snapshot first, which "
"can take some time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36051
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /    | (cd /mnt &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1d /mnt/var</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1e /mnt/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1f /mnt/data1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1g /mnt/data2</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /var | (cd /mnt/var &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data1 | (cd /mnt/data1 &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data2 | (cd /mnt/data2 &amp;&amp; restore -rf -)</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36062
msgid ""
"Restart the system, booting from <filename>ada1</filename>. If everything is "
"working, the system will boot from <filename>mirror/gm0</filename>, which "
"now contains the same data as <filename>ada0</filename> had previously. See "
"<xref linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"/> if there are problems booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36069
msgid ""
"At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single <filename>ada1</"
"filename> disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36072
msgid ""
"After booting from <filename>mirror/gm0</filename> successfully, the final "
"step is inserting <filename>ada0</filename> into the mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:36077
msgid ""
"When <filename>ada0</filename> is inserted into the mirror, its former "
"contents will be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that "
"<filename>mirror/gm0</filename> has the same contents as <filename>ada0</"
"filename> before adding <filename>ada0</filename> to the mirror. If the "
"contents previously copied by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>restore</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> are not identical to what was on <filename>ada0</"
"filename>, revert <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount the file systems "
"on <filename>ada0</filename>, reboot, and start the whole procedure again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36090
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 ada0</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36093
msgid ""
"Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use "
"<command>gmirror status</command> to view the progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36097
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror status</userinput>\n"
"      Name    Status  Components\n"
"mirror/gm0  DEGRADED  ada1 (ACTIVE)\n"
"                      ada0 (SYNCHRONIZING, 64%)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36102
msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36104
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror status</userinput>\n"
"      Name    Status  Components\n"
"mirror/gm0  COMPLETE  ada1 (ACTIVE)\n"
"                      ada0 (ACTIVE)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36110
msgid ""
"<filename>mirror/gm0</filename> now consists of the two disks "
"<filename>ada0</filename> and <filename>ada1</filename>, and the contents "
"are automatically synchronized with each other. In use, <filename>mirror/"
"gm0</filename> will behave just like the original single drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36121
msgid ""
"If the system no longer boots, <acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings may have to "
"be changed to boot from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive "
"can be used for booting, as they contain identical data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36126
msgid ""
"If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror "
"device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36129
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n"
"\n"
"Loader variables:\n"
"  vfs.root.mountfrom=ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n"
"  vfs.root.mountfrom.options=rw\n"
"\n"
"Manual root filesystem specification:\n"
"  &lt;fstype&gt;:&lt;device&gt; [options]\n"
"      Mount &lt;device&gt; using filesystem &lt;fstype&gt;\n"
"      and with the specified (optional) option list.\n"
"\n"
"    eg. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n"
"        zfs:tank\n"
"        cd9660:/dev/acd0 ro\n"
"          (which is equivalent to: mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/acd0 /)\n"
"\n"
"  ?               List valid disk boot devices\n"
"  .               Yield 1 second (for background tasks)\n"
"  &lt;empty line&gt;    Abort manual input\n"
"\n"
"mountroot&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36151
msgid ""
"Forgetting to load the <filename>geom_mirror.ko</filename> module in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can cause this problem. To fix it, "
"boot from a FreeBSD installation media and choose <literal>Shell</literal> "
"at the first prompt. Then load the mirror module and mount the mirror device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36158
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36161
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/mnt/boot/loader.conf</filename>, adding a line to load the "
"mirror module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36166
msgid "Save the file and reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36168
msgid ""
"Other problems that cause <errorname>error 19</errorname> require more "
"effort to fix. Although the system should boot from <filename>ada0</"
"filename>, another prompt to select a shell will appear if <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename> is incorrect. Enter <literal>ufs:/dev/ada0s1a</literal> at "
"the boot loader prompt and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Undo the edits in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> then mount the file systems from the "
"original disk (<filename>ada0</filename>) instead of the mirror. Reboot the "
"system and try the procedure again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/fstab.orig /etc/fstab</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>reboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36185
msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure"
msgstr "自磁碟故障復原"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36187
msgid ""
"The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without "
"causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if "
"<filename>ada0</filename> fails, the mirror will continue to work, providing "
"data from the remaining working drive, <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36193
msgid ""
"To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the "
"failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers "
"use somewhat arbitrary values when rating drives in gigabytes, and the only "
"way to really be sure is to compare the total count of sectors shown by "
"<command>diskinfo -v</command>. A drive with larger capacity than the mirror "
"will work, although the extra space on the new drive will not be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36202
msgid ""
"After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a "
"<quote>degraded</quote> mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to "
"forget drives that are not currently connected:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36207
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror forget gm0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36209
msgid ""
"Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"geom-mirror-metadata\"/>. Then the "
"replacement disk, <filename>ada4</filename> for this example, is inserted "
"into the mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36215
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36217
msgid ""
"Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. "
"This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. "
"Performance of the mirror will be greatly reduced during the copy, so "
"inserting new drives is best done when there is low demand on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36223
msgid ""
"Progress can be monitored with <command>gmirror status</command>, which "
"shows drives that are being synchronized and the percentage of completion. "
"During resynchronization, the status will be <computeroutput>DEGRADED</"
"computeroutput>, changing to <computeroutput>COMPLETE</computeroutput> when "
"the process is finished."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:36236
msgid "<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity"
msgstr "<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 - 位元級串連與獨立奇偶校驗"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36240
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Mark</firstname> <surname>Gladman</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36248
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Gerzo</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36257
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on documentation by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36277
msgid "<primary>RAID3</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36281
msgid ""
"<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 is a method used to combine several disk drives "
"into a single volume with a dedicated parity disk. In a <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym>3 system, data is split up into a number of bytes that are written "
"across all the drives in the array except for one disk which acts as a "
"dedicated parity disk. This means that disk reads from a <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym>3 implementation access all disks in the array. Performance can be "
"enhanced by using multiple disk controllers. The <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 "
"array provides a fault tolerance of 1 drive, while providing a capacity of 1 "
"- 1/n times the total capacity of all drives in the array, where n is the "
"number of hard drives in the array. Such a configuration is mostly suitable "
"for storing data of larger sizes such as multimedia files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36296
msgid ""
"At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym>3 array. Each disk must be of the same size, since <acronym>I/O</"
"acronym> requests are interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in "
"parallel. Also, due to the nature of <acronym>RAID</acronym>3, the number of "
"drives must be equal to 3, 5, 9, 17, and so on, or 2^n + 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36303
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create a software <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 "
"on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36307
msgid ""
"While it is theoretically possible to boot from a <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 "
"array on FreeBSD, that configuration is uncommon and is not advised."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36313
msgid "Creating a Dedicated <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 Array"
msgstr "建立 Dedicated <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 陣列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36316
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, support for <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 is implemented by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> <acronym>GEOM</acronym> class. Creating a dedicated "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array on FreeBSD requires the following steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36323
msgid ""
"First, load the <filename>geom_raid3.ko</filename> kernel module by issuing "
"one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36327
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid3 load</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36329
msgid "or:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36331
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload geom_raid3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36335
msgid ""
"Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new "
"directory to use as the mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36339
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir <replaceable>/multimedia</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36343
msgid ""
"Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, "
"and create the new <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 device. The final device listed "
"will act as the dedicated parity disk. This example uses three unpartitioned "
"<acronym>ATA</acronym> drives: <filename><replaceable>ada1</replaceable></"
"filename> and <filename><replaceable>ada2</replaceable></filename> for data, "
"and <filename><replaceable>ada3</replaceable></filename> for parity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3</userinput>\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada1.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada2.\n"
"Metadata value stored on /dev/ada3.\n"
"Done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36362
msgid ""
"Partition the newly created <filename>gr0</filename> device and put a "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system on it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36366
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart add -t freebsd-ufs /dev/raid3/gr0</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -j /dev/raid3/gr0p1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36370
msgid ""
"Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the "
"process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be "
"mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36374
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36376
msgid "The <acronym>RAID</acronym>3 array is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36381
msgid ""
"Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system "
"reboots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36386
msgid ""
"The <filename>geom_raid3.ko</filename> module must be loaded before the "
"array can be mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system "
"initialization, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36392
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36396
msgid ""
"The following volume information must be added to <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> in order to automatically mount the array's file system during the "
"system boot process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36401
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:36409
msgid "Software <acronym>RAID</acronym> Devices"
msgstr "軟體 <acronym>RAID</acronym> 裝置"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:36412
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36425
msgid ""
"<primary>Software RAID Devices</primary> <secondary>Hardware-assisted RAID</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36430
msgid ""
"Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just "
"a <acronym>ROM</acronym>, that allows the computer to boot from a "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym> array. After booting, access to the <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> array is handled by software running on the computer's main "
"processor. This <quote>hardware-assisted software <acronym>RAID</acronym></"
"quote> gives <acronym>RAID</acronym> arrays that are not dependent on any "
"particular operating system, and which are functional even before an "
"operating system is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36441
msgid ""
"Several levels of <acronym>RAID</acronym> are supported, depending on the "
"hardware in use. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36445
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> requires the <filename>geom_raid.ko</filename> kernel module, "
"which is included in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel starting with "
"FreeBSD 9.1. If needed, it can be loaded manually with <command>graid load</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36452
msgid "Creating an Array"
msgstr "建立陣列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36454
msgid ""
"Software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices often have a menu that can be "
"entered by pressing special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can "
"be used to create and delete <acronym>RAID</acronym> arrays. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> can also create arrays directly from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36460
msgid ""
"<command>graid label</command> is used to create a new array. The "
"motherboard used for this example has an Intel software <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> chipset, so the Intel metadata format is specified. The new array "
"is given a label of <filename>gm0</filename>, it is a mirror "
"(<acronym>RAID1</acronym>), and uses drives <filename>ada0</filename> and "
"<filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:36470
msgid ""
"Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new "
"array. Back up existing data first!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36475
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array Intel-a29ea104 created.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:0-ada0 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Array started.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from STARTING to OPTIMAL.\n"
"Intel-a29ea104 created\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Provider raid/r0 for volume gm0 created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36486
msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36489 book.translate.xml:36695
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status</userinput>\n"
"   Name   Status  Components\n"
"raid/r0  OPTIMAL  ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n"
"                  ada1 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36494
msgid ""
"The array device appears in <filename>/dev/raid/</filename>. The first array "
"is called <filename>r0</filename>. Additional arrays, if present, will be "
"<filename>r1</filename>, <filename>r2</filename>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36500
msgid ""
"The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu on some of these devices can create arrays "
"with special characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special "
"characters, arrays are given simple numbered names like <filename>r0</"
"filename>. To show the actual labels, like <filename>gm0</filename> in the "
"example above, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36507
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36511
msgid "Multiple Volumes"
msgstr "多磁碟區"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36513
msgid ""
"Some software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices support more than one "
"<emphasis>volume</emphasis> on an array. Volumes work like partitions, "
"allowing space on the physical drives to be split and used in different "
"ways. For example, Intel software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices support "
"two volumes. This example creates a 40 G mirror for safely storing the "
"operating system, followed by a 20 G <acronym>RAID0</acronym> (stripe) "
"volume for fast temporary storage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid add -S 20G gm0 RAID0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36526
msgid ""
"Volumes appear as additional <filename>r<replaceable>X</replaceable></"
"filename> entries in <filename>/dev/raid/</filename>. An array with two "
"volumes will show <filename>r0</filename> and <filename>r1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36532
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the number of volumes supported by different "
"software <acronym>RAID</acronym> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36537
msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror"
msgstr "轉換單一磁碟為鏡像"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36539
msgid ""
"Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing "
"single drive to a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> array without "
"reformatting. To avoid data loss during the conversion, the existing drive "
"must meet these minimum requirements:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:36547
msgid ""
"The drive must be partitioned with the <acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning "
"scheme. <acronym>GPT</acronym> or other partitioning schemes with metadata "
"at the end of the drive will be overwritten and corrupted by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:36555
msgid ""
"There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive "
"to hold the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the "
"largest occupies 64 M, so at least that much free space is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36563
msgid ""
"If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then "
"create a single-drive mirror with that drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36567
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36569
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused "
"space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36573
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid insert raid/r0 ada1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36575
msgid ""
"Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the "
"second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36581
msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array"
msgstr "插入新磁碟到陣列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36583
msgid ""
"Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have "
"failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new "
"drive becomes a spare. For example, inserting a new drive into a working two-"
"drive mirror results in a two-drive mirror with one spare drive, not a three-"
"drive mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36590
msgid ""
"In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the "
"newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be "
"overwritten."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36594
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid insert raid/r0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from NONE to ACTIVE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NONE to NEW.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 state changed from NEW to REBUILD.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 rebuild start at 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36602
msgid "Removing Drives from the Array"
msgstr "從陣列移除磁碟"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36604
msgid ""
"Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their "
"metadata erased:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid remove raid/r0 ada1</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Disk ada1 state changed from ACTIVE to OFFLINE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-[unknown] state changed from ACTIVE to NONE.\n"
"GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from OPTIMAL to DEGRADED."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36614
msgid "Stopping the Array"
msgstr "停止陣列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36616
msgid ""
"An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The array "
"will be restarted when the system is booted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36620
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid stop raid/r0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36624
msgid "Checking Array Status"
msgstr "檢查陣列狀態"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36626
msgid ""
"Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the "
"mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to "
"the new drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36630
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status</userinput>\n"
"   Name    Status  Components\n"
"raid/r0  DEGRADED  ada0 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n"
"                   ada1 (ACTIVE (REBUILD 28%))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36635
msgid ""
"Some types of arrays, like <literal>RAID0</literal> or <literal>CONCAT</"
"literal>, may not be shown in the status report if disks have failed. To see "
"these partially-failed arrays, add <option>-ga</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36640
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid status -ga</userinput>\n"
"          Name  Status  Components\n"
"Intel-e2d07d9a  BROKEN  ada6 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36646
msgid "Deleting Arrays"
msgstr "刪除陣列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36648
msgid ""
"Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the last "
"volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed from "
"the drives:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36652 book.translate.xml:36702
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>graid delete raid/r0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36656
msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays"
msgstr "刪除預期之外的陣列"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36658
msgid ""
"Drives may unexpectedly contain <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata, either from "
"previous use or manufacturer testing. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will detect these "
"drives and create an array, interfering with access to the individual drive. "
"To remove the unwanted metadata:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36666
msgid ""
"Boot the system. At the boot menu, select <literal>2</literal> for the "
"loader prompt. Enter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"OK <userinput>set kern.geom.raid.enable=0</userinput>\n"
"OK <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36672
msgid ""
"The system will boot with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36677
msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36681
msgid ""
"As a workaround, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> array detection can be "
"disabled by adding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36684
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36686
msgid "to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36688
msgid ""
"To permanently remove the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>graid</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> metadata from the "
"affected drive, boot a FreeBSD installation <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or "
"memory stick, and select <literal>Shell</literal>. Use <command>status</"
"command> to find the name of the array, typically <literal>raid/r0</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36700
msgid "Delete the volume by name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36704
msgid ""
"If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. "
"After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:36708
msgid ""
"Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the "
"metadata has been removed, the <literal>kern.geom.raid.enable=0</literal> "
"entry in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> can also be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:36719
msgid "<acronym>GEOM</acronym> Gate Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36721
msgid ""
"<acronym>GEOM</acronym> provides a simple mechanism for providing remote "
"access to devices such as disks, <acronym>CD</acronym>s, and file systems "
"through the use of the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> Gate network daemon, "
"<application>ggated</application>. The system with the device runs the "
"server daemon which handles requests made by clients using "
"<application>ggatec</application>. The devices should not contain any "
"sensitive data as the connection between the client and the server is not "
"encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36731
msgid ""
"Similar to <acronym>NFS</acronym>, which is discussed in <xref linkend="
"\"network-nfs\"/>, <application>ggated</application> is configured using an "
"exports file. This file specifies which systems are permitted to access the "
"exported resources and what level of access they are offered. For example, "
"to give the client <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.5</systemitem> "
"read and write access to the fourth slice on the first <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> disk, create <filename>/etc/gg.exports</filename> with this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36741
#, no-wrap
msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36743
msgid ""
"Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, start "
"<application>ggated</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36746
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ggated</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36748
msgid ""
"Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or "
"changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ggated</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36752
msgid ""
"To access the exported device on the client machine, first use "
"<command>ggatec</command> to specify the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"the server and the device name of the exported device. If successful, this "
"command will display a <literal>ggate</literal> device name to mount. Mount "
"that specified device name on a free mount point. This example connects to "
"the <filename>/dev/da0s4d</filename> partition on <literal>192.168.1.1</"
"literal>, then mounts <filename>/dev/ggate0</filename> on <filename>/mnt</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36763
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d</userinput>\n"
"ggate0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36767
msgid ""
"The device on the server may now be accessed through <filename>/mnt</"
"filename> on the client. For more details about <command>ggatec</command> "
"and a few usage examples, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ggatec</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36773
msgid ""
"The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server "
"or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to "
"network resources, use <acronym>NFS</acronym> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36779
msgid ""
"When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with <command>umount</"
"command> so that the resource is available to other clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:36785
msgid "Labeling Disk Devices"
msgstr "磁碟裝置標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36790
msgid "<primary>Disk Labels</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36794
msgid ""
"During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as "
"devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. "
"For instance, what if a new disk device is added via <acronym>USB</acronym>? "
"It is likely that a flash device may be handed the device name of "
"<filename>da0</filename> and the original <filename>da0</filename> shifted "
"to <filename>da1</filename>. This will cause issues mounting file systems if "
"they are listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> which may also prevent "
"the system from booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36806
msgid ""
"One solution is to chain <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices in order so a new "
"device added to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> card will be issued unused "
"device numbers. But what about <acronym>USB</acronym> devices which may "
"replace the primary <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk? This happens because "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> devices are usually probed before the <acronym>SCSI</"
"acronym> card. One solution is to only insert these devices after the system "
"has been booted. Another method is to use only a single <acronym>ATA</"
"acronym> drive and never list the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36818
msgid ""
"A better solution is to use <command>glabel</command> to label the disk "
"devices and use the labels in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. Because "
"<command>glabel</command> stores the label in the last sector of a given "
"provider, the label will remain persistent across reboots. By using this "
"label as a device, the file system may always be mounted regardless of what "
"device node it is accessed through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36828
msgid ""
"<command>glabel</command> can create both transient and permanent labels. "
"Only permanent labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>glabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information on the differences between labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:36835
msgid "Label Types and Examples"
msgstr "標籤類型與範例"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36837
msgid ""
"Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file "
"system labels can be created with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. These types of labels are created in a sub-directory of "
"<filename>/dev</filename>, and will be named according to the file system "
"type. For example, <acronym>UFS</acronym>2 file system labels will be "
"created in <filename>/dev/ufs</filename>. Generic permanent labels can be "
"created with <command>glabel label</command>. These are not file system "
"specific and will be created in <filename>/dev/label</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36848
msgid ""
"Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created "
"in <filename>/dev/label</filename> and are suited to experimentation. A "
"temporary label can be created using <command>glabel create</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36856
msgid ""
"To create a permanent label for a <acronym>UFS</acronym>2 file system "
"without destroying any data, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36860
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -L <replaceable>home</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/da3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36862
msgid ""
"A label should now exist in <filename>/dev/ufs</filename> which may be added "
"to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36865
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home            ufs     rw              2      2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:36868
msgid ""
"The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run <command>tunefs</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36872
msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36874
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36876
msgid ""
"From this point on, so long as the <filename>geom_label.ko</filename> kernel "
"module is loaded at boot with <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or the "
"<literal>GEOM_LABEL</literal> kernel option is present, the device node may "
"change without any ill effect on the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36883
msgid ""
"File systems may also be created with a default label by using the <option>-"
"L</option> flag with <command>newfs</command>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36888
msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36891
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel destroy home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36893
msgid "The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:36897
msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk"
msgstr "在開機磁碟標記分割區標籤"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36899
msgid ""
"By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should "
"be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another "
"controller or transferred to a different system. For this example, it is "
"assumed that a single <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk is used, which is "
"currently recognized by the system as <filename>ad0</filename>. It is also "
"assumed that the standard FreeBSD partition scheme is used, with <filename>/"
"</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename> and "
"<filename>/tmp</filename>, as well as a swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36913
msgid ""
"Reboot the system, and at the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> prompt, press "
"<keycap>4</keycap> to boot into single user mode. Then enter the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36917
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1a is label/rootfs\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label var /dev/ad0s1d</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1d is label/var\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label usr /dev/ad0s1f</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1f is label/usr\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label tmp /dev/ad0s1e</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1e is label/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>glabel label swap /dev/ad0s1b</userinput>\n"
"GEOM_LABEL: Label for provider /dev/ad0s1b is label/swap\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36929
msgid ""
"The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, "
"edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and replace the conventional device "
"names, with their respective labels. The final <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> will look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device                Mountpoint      FStype  Options         Dump    Pass#\n"
"/dev/label/swap         none            swap    sw              0       0\n"
"/dev/label/rootfs       /               ufs     rw              1       1\n"
"/dev/label/tmp          /tmp            ufs     rw              2       2\n"
"/dev/label/usr          /usr            ufs     rw              2       2\n"
"/dev/label/var          /var            ufs     rw              2       2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:36942
msgid ""
"The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up "
"normally and <command>mount</command> will show:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36946
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/label/rootfs on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/label/tmp on /tmp (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"/dev/label/usr on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"/dev/label/var on /var (ufs, local, soft-updates)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36954
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>glabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> class supports a label type for <acronym>UFS</"
"acronym> file systems, based on the unique file system id, <literal>ufsid</"
"literal>. These labels may be found in <filename>/dev/ufsid</filename> and "
"are created automatically during system startup. It is possible to use "
"<literal>ufsid</literal> labels to mount partitions using <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename>. Use <command>glabel status</command> to receive a list of "
"file systems and their corresponding <literal>ufsid</literal> labels:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:36965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>glabel status</userinput>\n"
"                  Name  Status  Components\n"
"ufsid/486b6fc38d330916     N/A  ad4s1d\n"
"ufsid/486b6fc16926168e     N/A  ad4s1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36970
msgid ""
"In the above example, <filename>ad4s1d</filename> represents <filename>/var</"
"filename>, while <filename>ad4s1f</filename> represents <filename>/usr</"
"filename>. Using the <literal>ufsid</literal> values shown, these partitions "
"may now be mounted with the following entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:36978
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916        /var        ufs        rw        2      2\n"
"/dev/ufsid/486b6fc16926168e        /usr        ufs        rw        2      2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:36981
msgid ""
"Any partitions with <literal>ufsid</literal> labels can be mounted in this "
"way, eliminating the need to manually create permanent labels, while still "
"enjoying the benefits of device name independent mounting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:36989
msgid "UFS Journaling Through <acronym>GEOM</acronym>"
msgstr "UFS Journaling 透過 <acronym>GEOM</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:36994
msgid "<primary>Journaling</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:36998
msgid ""
"Support for journals on <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems is available on "
"FreeBSD. The implementation is provided through the <acronym>GEOM</acronym> "
"subsystem and is configured using <command>gjournal</command>. Unlike other "
"file system journaling implementations, the <command>gjournal</command> "
"method is block based and not implemented as part of the file system. It is "
"a <acronym>GEOM</acronym> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37007
msgid ""
"Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that "
"make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes "
"are committed to the disk. This transaction log can later be replayed to "
"redo file system transactions, preventing file system inconsistencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37013
msgid ""
"This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and "
"inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and "
"enforces meta-data updates, and snapshots, which create an image of the file "
"system, a log is stored in disk space specifically for this task. For better "
"performance, the journal may be stored on another disk. In this "
"configuration, the journal provider or storage device should be listed after "
"the device to enable journaling on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37022
msgid ""
"The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel provides support for "
"<command>gjournal</command>. To automatically load the "
"<filename>geom_journal.ko</filename> kernel module at boot time, add the "
"following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37028
#, no-wrap
msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37030
msgid ""
"If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37033
#, no-wrap
msgid "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37035
msgid ""
"Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system "
"using the following steps. In this example, <filename>da4</filename> is a "
"new <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37040
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gjournal load</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gjournal label /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37043
msgid ""
"This will load the module and create a <filename>/dev/da4.journal</filename> "
"device node on <filename>/dev/da4</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37047
msgid ""
"A <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system may now be created on the journaled "
"device, then mounted on an existing mount point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37051
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs -O 2 -J /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable>.journal</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>da4</replaceable>.journal <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37055
msgid ""
"In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual "
"slice. For instance, if <filename>ad4s1</filename> and <filename>ad4s2</"
"filename> are both slices, then <command>gjournal</command> will create "
"<filename>ad4s1.journal</filename> and <filename>ad4s2.journal</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37063
msgid ""
"Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using "
"<command>tunefs</command>. However, <emphasis>always</emphasis> make a "
"backup before attempting to alter an existing file system. In most cases, "
"<command>gjournal</command> will fail if it is unable to create the journal, "
"but this does not protect against data loss incurred as a result of misusing "
"<command>tunefs</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gjournal</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information about these commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37073
msgid ""
"It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the "
"article <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"gjournal-desktop\">Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop PC</link> for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:37089
msgid "The Z File System (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>)"
msgstr "Z 檔案系統 (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37099
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37106
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Benedict</firstname> <surname>Reuschling</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:37113
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37123
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Z File System</emphasis>, or <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, is an "
"advanced file system designed to overcome many of the major problems found "
"in previous designs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37128
msgid ""
"Originally developed at <trademark>Sun</trademark>, ongoing open source "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> development has moved to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://open-zfs.org\">OpenZFS Project</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37131
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> has three major design goals:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37135
msgid ""
"Data integrity: All data includes a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-checksum"
"\">checksum</link> of the data. When data is written, the checksum is "
"calculated and written along with it. When that data is later read back, the "
"checksum is calculated again. If the checksums do not match, a data error "
"has been detected. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will attempt to automatically "
"correct errors when data redundancy is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37146
msgid ""
"Pooled storage: physical storage devices are added to a pool, and storage "
"space is allocated from that shared pool. Space is available to all file "
"systems, and can be increased by adding new storage devices to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:37153
msgid ""
"Performance: multiple caching mechanisms provide increased performance. "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\">ARC</link> is an advanced memory-based read "
"cache. A second level of disk-based read cache can be added with <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\">L2ARC</link>, and disk-based synchronous write "
"cache is available with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-zil\">ZIL</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:37163
msgid ""
"A complete list of features and terminology is shown in <xref linkend=\"zfs-"
"term\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37167
msgid "What Makes <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Different"
msgstr "什麼使 <acronym>ZFS</acronym> 與眾不同"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37169
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> is significantly different from any previous file "
"system because it is more than just a file system. Combining the "
"traditionally separate roles of volume manager and file system provides "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> with unique advantages. The file system is now aware "
"of the underlying structure of the disks. Traditional file systems could "
"only be created on a single disk at a time. If there were two disks then two "
"separate file systems would have to be created. In a traditional hardware "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym> configuration, this problem was avoided by "
"presenting the operating system with a single logical disk made up of the "
"space provided by a number of physical disks, on top of which the operating "
"system placed a file system. Even in the case of software <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> solutions like those provided by <acronym>GEOM</acronym>, the "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> file system living on top of the <acronym>RAID</"
"acronym> transform believed that it was dealing with a single device. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>'s combination of the volume manager and the file "
"system solves this and allows the creation of many file systems all sharing "
"a pool of available storage. One of the biggest advantages to <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym>'s awareness of the physical layout of the disks is that existing "
"file systems can be grown automatically when additional disks are added to "
"the pool. This new space is then made available to all of the file systems. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> also has a number of different properties that can be "
"applied to each file system, giving many advantages to creating a number of "
"different file systems and datasets rather than a single monolithic file "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37200
msgid "Quick Start Guide"
msgstr "快速入門指南"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37202
msgid ""
"There is a startup mechanism that allows FreeBSD to mount <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> pools during system initialization. To enable it, add this line to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37207
#, no-wrap
msgid "zfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37209
msgid "Then start the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37211
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service zfs start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37213
msgid ""
"The examples in this section assume three <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks with "
"the device names <filename><replaceable>da0</replaceable></filename>, "
"<filename><replaceable>da1</replaceable></filename>, and "
"<filename><replaceable>da2</replaceable></filename>. Users of <acronym>SATA</"
"acronym> hardware should instead use <filename><replaceable>ada</"
"replaceable></filename> device names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37223
msgid "Single Disk Pool"
msgstr "單磁碟儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37225
msgid "To create a simple, non-redundant pool using a single disk device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37228
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>example</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/da0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37230
msgid "To view the new pool, review the output of <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem  1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a   2026030  235230  1628718    13%    /\n"
"devfs               1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d  54098308 1032846 48737598     2%    /usr\n"
"example      17547136       0 17547136     0%    /example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37240
msgid ""
"This output shows that the <literal>example</literal> pool has been created "
"and mounted. It is now accessible as a file system. Files can be created on "
"it and users can browse it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /example</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch testfile</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al</userinput>\n"
"total 4\n"
"drwxr-xr-x   2 root  wheel    3 Aug 29 23:15 .\n"
"drwxr-xr-x  21 root  wheel  512 Aug 29 23:12 ..\n"
"-rw-r--r--   1 root  wheel    0 Aug 29 23:15 testfile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37254
msgid ""
"However, this pool is not taking advantage of any <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"features. To create a dataset on this pool with compression enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=gzip example/compressed</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37261
msgid ""
"The <literal>example/compressed</literal> dataset is now a <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> compressed file system. Try copying some large files to <filename>/"
"example/compressed</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37266
msgid "Compression can be disabled with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37268
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=off example/compressed</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37270
msgid ""
"To unmount a file system, use <command>zfs umount</command> and then verify "
"with <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs umount example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem  1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a   2026030  235232  1628716    13%    /\n"
"devfs               1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d  54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example      17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37282
msgid ""
"To re-mount the file system to make it accessible again, use <command>zfs "
"mount</command> and verify with <command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs mount example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem         1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a          2026030  235234  1628714    13%    /\n"
"devfs                      1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d         54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example             17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example\n"
"example/compressed  17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/compressed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37295
msgid ""
"The pool and file system may also be observed by viewing the output from "
"<command>mount</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37298
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"example on /example (zfs, local)\n"
"example/compressed on /example/compressed (zfs, local)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37305
msgid ""
"After creation, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets can be used like any file "
"systems. However, many other features are available which can be set on a "
"per-dataset basis. In the example below, a new file system called "
"<literal>data</literal> is created. Important files will be stored here, so "
"it is configured to keep two copies of each data block:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37313
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create example/data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set copies=2 example/data</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37316
msgid ""
"It is now possible to see the data and space utilization by issuing "
"<command>df</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem         1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a          2026030  235234  1628714    13%    /\n"
"devfs                      1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d         54098308 1032864 48737580     2%    /usr\n"
"example             17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example\n"
"example/compressed  17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/compressed\n"
"example/data        17547008       0 17547008     0%    /example/data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37328
msgid ""
"Notice that each file system on the pool has the same amount of available "
"space. This is the reason for using <command>df</command> in these examples, "
"to show that the file systems use only the amount of space they need and all "
"draw from the same pool. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> eliminates concepts such as "
"volumes and partitions, and allows multiple file systems to occupy the same "
"pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37336
msgid ""
"To destroy the file systems and then destroy the pool as it is no longer "
"needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy example/compressed</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy example/data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool destroy example</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37345
msgid "RAID-Z"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37347
msgid ""
"Disks fail. One method of avoiding data loss from disk failure is to "
"implement <acronym>RAID</acronym>. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports this "
"feature in its pool design. <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> pools require three or "
"more disks but provide more usable space than mirrored pools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37354
msgid ""
"This example creates a <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> pool, specifying the disks "
"to add to the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37357
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:37360
msgid ""
"<trademark>Sun</trademark> recommends that the number of devices used in a "
"<acronym>RAID</acronym>-Z configuration be between three and nine. For "
"environments requiring a single pool consisting of 10 disks or more, "
"consider breaking it up into smaller <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> groups. If "
"only two disks are available and redundancy is a requirement, consider using "
"a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> mirror. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37370
msgid ""
"The previous example created the <literal>storage</literal> zpool. This "
"example makes a new file system called <literal>home</literal> in that pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37375
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37377
msgid ""
"Compression and keeping extra copies of directories and files can be enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set copies=2 storage/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set compression=gzip storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37383
msgid ""
"To make this the new home directory for users, copy the user data to this "
"directory and create the appropriate symbolic links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37387
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp -rp /home/* /storage/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /home /usr/home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /storage/home /home</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /storage/home /usr/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37392
msgid ""
"Users data is now stored on the freshly-created <filename>/storage/home</"
"filename>. Test by adding a new user and logging in as that user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37396
msgid "Try creating a file system snapshot which can be rolled back later:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37399
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37401
msgid ""
"Snapshots can only be made of a full file system, not a single directory or "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37404
msgid ""
"The <literal>@</literal> character is a delimiter between the file system "
"name or the volume name. If an important directory has been accidentally "
"deleted, the file system can be backed up, then rolled back to an earlier "
"snapshot when the directory still existed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37410
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37412
msgid ""
"To list all available snapshots, run <command>ls</command> in the file "
"system's <filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> directory. For example, to see "
"the previously taken snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37417
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37419
msgid ""
"It is possible to write a script to perform regular snapshots on user data. "
"However, over time, snapshots can consume a great deal of disk space. The "
"previous snapshot can be removed using the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37424
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37426
msgid ""
"After testing, <filename>/storage/home</filename> can be made the real "
"<filename>/home</filename> using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37430
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37432
msgid ""
"Run <command>df</command> and <command>mount</command> to confirm that the "
"system now treats the file system as the real <filename>/home</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37436
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount</userinput>\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a on / (ufs, local)\n"
"devfs on /dev (devfs, local)\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d on /usr (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n"
"storage on /storage (zfs, local)\n"
"storage/home on /home (zfs, local)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem   1K-blocks    Used    Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"/dev/ad0s1a    2026030  235240  1628708    13%    /\n"
"devfs                1       1        0   100%    /dev\n"
"/dev/ad0s1d   54098308 1032826 48737618     2%    /usr\n"
"storage       26320512       0 26320512     0%    /storage\n"
"storage/home  26320512       0 26320512     0%    /home"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37450
msgid ""
"This completes the <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> configuration. Daily status "
"updates about the file systems created can be generated as part of the "
"nightly <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> runs. Add this line to <filename>/etc/periodic."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:37456
#, no-wrap
msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37460
msgid "Recovering <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>"
msgstr "復原 <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37462
msgid ""
"Every software <acronym>RAID</acronym> has a method of monitoring its "
"<literal>state</literal>. The status of <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> devices "
"may be viewed with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37467
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status -x</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37469
msgid ""
"If all pools are <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> and "
"everything is normal, the message shows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37473
#, no-wrap
msgid "all pools are healthy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37475
msgid ""
"If there is an issue, perhaps a disk is in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"offline\">Offline</link> state, the pool state will look similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  pool: storage\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices has been taken offline by the administrator.\n"
"\tSufficient replicas exist for the pool to continue functioning in a\n"
"\tdegraded state.\n"
"action: Online the device using 'zpool online' or replace the device with\n"
"\t'zpool replace'.\n"
" scrub: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"\tNAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"\tstorage     DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"\t  raidz1    DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"\t    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da1     OFFLINE      0     0     0\n"
"\t    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37498
msgid ""
"This indicates that the device was previously taken offline by the "
"administrator with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37501
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool offline storage da1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37503
msgid ""
"Now the system can be powered down to replace <filename>da1</filename>. When "
"the system is back online, the failed disk can replaced in the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37507
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace storage da1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37509
msgid ""
"From here, the status may be checked again, this time without <option>-x</"
"option> so that all pools are shown:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37513
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status storage</userinput>\n"
" pool: storage\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
" scrub: resilver completed with 0 errors on Sat Aug 30 19:44:11 2008\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"\tNAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"\tstorage     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t  raidz1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37528
msgid "In this example, everything is normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37532
msgid "Data Verification"
msgstr "資料檢驗"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37534
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses checksums to verify the integrity of stored "
"data. These are enabled automatically upon creation of file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:37539
msgid ""
"Checksums can be disabled, but it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended! "
"Checksums take very little storage space and provide data integrity. Many "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> features will not work properly with checksums "
"disabled. There is no noticeable performance gain from disabling these "
"checksums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37547
msgid ""
"Checksum verification is known as <emphasis>scrubbing</emphasis>. Verify the "
"data integrity of the <literal>storage</literal> pool with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37551
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub storage</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37553
msgid ""
"The duration of a scrub depends on the amount of data stored. Larger amounts "
"of data will take proportionally longer to verify. Scrubs are very "
"<acronym>I/O</acronym> intensive, and only one scrub is allowed to run at a "
"time. After the scrub completes, the status can be viewed with "
"<command>status</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37560
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status storage</userinput>\n"
" pool: storage\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
" scrub: scrub completed with 0 errors on Sat Jan 26 19:57:37 2013\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"\tNAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"\tstorage     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t  raidz1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    da2     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37575
msgid ""
"The completion date of the last scrub operation is displayed to help track "
"when another scrub is required. Routine scrubs help protect data from silent "
"corruption and ensure the integrity of the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37580
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for other "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:37586
msgid "<command>zpool</command> Administration"
msgstr "<command>zpool</command> 管理"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:37588
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> administration is divided between two main utilities. "
"The <command>zpool</command> utility controls the operation of the pool and "
"deals with adding, removing, replacing, and managing disks. The <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-zfs\"><command>zfs</command></link> utility deals with "
"creating, destroying, and managing datasets, both <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"filesystem\">file systems</link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-volume"
"\">volumes</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37598
msgid "Creating and Destroying Storage Pools"
msgstr "建立與摧毀儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37600
msgid ""
"Creating a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> storage pool (<emphasis>zpool</emphasis>) "
"involves making a number of decisions that are relatively permanent because "
"the structure of the pool cannot be changed after the pool has been created. "
"The most important decision is what types of vdevs into which to group the "
"physical disks. See the list of <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev\">vdev types</"
"link> for details about the possible options. After the pool has been "
"created, most vdev types do not allow additional disks to be added to the "
"vdev. The exceptions are mirrors, which allow additional disks to be added "
"to the vdev, and stripes, which can be upgraded to mirrors by attaching an "
"additional disk to the vdev. Although additional vdevs can be added to "
"expand a pool, the layout of the pool cannot be changed after pool creation. "
"Instead, the data must be backed up and the pool destroyed and recreated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37617
msgid "Create a simple mirror pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37619
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37634
msgid ""
"Multiple vdevs can be created at once. Specify multiple groups of disks "
"separated by the vdev type keyword, <literal>mirror</literal> in this "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37638
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada4</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37655
msgid ""
"Pools can also be constructed using partitions rather than whole disks. "
"Putting <acronym>ZFS</acronym> in a separate partition allows the same disk "
"to have other partitions for other purposes. In particular, partitions with "
"bootcode and file systems needed for booting can be added. This allows "
"booting from disks that are also members of a pool. There is no performance "
"penalty on FreeBSD when using a partition rather than a whole disk. Using "
"partitions also allows the administrator to <emphasis>under-provision</"
"emphasis> the disks, using less than the full capacity. If a future "
"replacement disk of the same nominal size as the original actually has a "
"slightly smaller capacity, the smaller partition will still fit, and the "
"replacement disk can still be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37670
msgid ""
"Create a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-raidz\">RAID-Z2</link> pool using "
"partitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37674
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> raidz2 <replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada1p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada2p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada3p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada4p3</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada5p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37693
msgid ""
"A pool that is no longer needed can be destroyed so that the disks can be "
"reused. Destroying a pool involves first unmounting all of the datasets in "
"that pool. If the datasets are in use, the unmount operation will fail and "
"the pool will not be destroyed. The destruction of the pool can be forced "
"with <option>-f</option>, but this can cause undefined behavior in "
"applications which had open files on those datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37704
msgid "Adding and Removing Devices"
msgstr "加入與移除裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37706
msgid ""
"There are two cases for adding disks to a zpool: attaching a disk to an "
"existing vdev with <command>zpool attach</command>, or adding vdevs to the "
"pool with <command>zpool add</command>. Only some <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"vdev\">vdev types</link> allow disks to be added to the vdev after creation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37713
msgid ""
"A pool created with a single disk lacks redundancy. Corruption can be "
"detected but not repaired, because there is no other copy of the data. The "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-copies\">copies</link> property may be able to "
"recover from a small failure such as a bad sector, but does not provide the "
"same level of protection as mirroring or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>. Starting "
"with a pool consisting of a single disk vdev, <command>zpool attach</"
"command> can be used to add an additional disk to the vdev, creating a "
"mirror. <command>zpool attach</command> can also be used to add additional "
"disks to a mirror group, increasing redundancy and read performance. If the "
"disks being used for the pool are partitioned, replicate the layout of the "
"first disk on to the second, <command>gpart backup</command> and "
"<command>gpart restore</command> can be used to make this process easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37731
msgid ""
"Upgrade the single disk (stripe) vdev <replaceable>ada0p3</replaceable> to a "
"mirror by attaching <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          ada0p3    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool attach <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>ada0p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n"
"\n"
"If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update\n"
"boot code on newly attached disk 'ada1p3'.\n"
"\n"
"Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n"
"you may use the following command:\n"
"\n"
"        gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Fri May 30 08:19:19 2014\n"
"        527M scanned out of 781M at 47.9M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        527M resilvered, 67.53% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:15:58 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37790
msgid ""
"When adding disks to the existing vdev is not an option, as for "
"<acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>, an alternative method is to add another vdev to "
"the pool. Additional vdevs provide higher performance, distributing writes "
"across the vdevs. Each vdev is responsible for providing its own redundancy. "
"It is possible, but discouraged, to mix vdev types, like <literal>mirror</"
"literal> and <literal>RAID-Z</literal>. Adding a non-redundant vdev to a "
"pool containing mirror or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> vdevs risks the data on "
"the entire pool. Writes are distributed, so the failure of the non-redundant "
"disk will result in the loss of a fraction of every block that has been "
"written to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37803
msgid ""
"Data is striped across each of the vdevs. For example, with two mirror "
"vdevs, this is effectively a <acronym>RAID</acronym> 10 that stripes writes "
"across two sets of mirrors. Space is allocated so that each vdev reaches "
"100% full at the same time. There is a performance penalty if the vdevs have "
"different amounts of free space, as a disproportionate amount of the data is "
"written to the less full vdev."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37812
msgid ""
"When attaching additional devices to a boot pool, remember to update the "
"bootcode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37815
msgid ""
"Attach a second mirror group (<filename>ada2p3</filename> and "
"<filename>ada3p3</filename>) to the existing mirror:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:19:35 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool add <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada3p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada2\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bootcode written to ada3\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37854
msgid ""
"Currently, vdevs cannot be removed from a pool, and disks can only be "
"removed from a mirror if there is enough remaining redundancy. If only one "
"disk in a mirror group remains, it ceases to be a mirror and reverts to "
"being a stripe, risking the entire pool if that remaining disk fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37860
msgid "Remove a disk from a three-way mirror group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37862
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool detach <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 0h0m with 0 errors on Fri May 30 08:29:51 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37893
msgid "Checking the Status of a Pool"
msgstr "檢查儲存池狀態"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37895
msgid ""
"Pool status is important. If a drive goes offline or a read, write, or "
"checksum error is detected, the corresponding error count increases. The "
"<command>status</command> output shows the configuration and status of each "
"device in the pool and the status of the entire pool. Actions that need to "
"be taken and details about the last <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-scrub"
"\"><command>scrub</command></link> are also shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 0 in 2h25m with 0 errors on Sat Sep 14 04:25:50 2013\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37923
msgid "Clearing Errors"
msgstr "清除錯誤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37925
msgid ""
"When an error is detected, the read, write, or checksum counts are "
"incremented. The error message can be cleared and the counts reset with "
"<command>zpool clear <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>. Clearing "
"the error state can be important for automated scripts that alert the "
"administrator when the pool encounters an error. Further errors may not be "
"reported if the old errors are not cleared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:37936
msgid "Replacing a Functioning Device"
msgstr "替換運作中的裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37938
msgid ""
"There are a number of situations where it may be desirable to replace one "
"disk with a different disk. When replacing a working disk, the process keeps "
"the old disk online during the replacement. The pool never enters a <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-degraded\">degraded</link> state, reducing the risk of "
"data loss. <command>zpool replace</command> copies all of the data from the "
"old disk to the new one. After the operation completes, the old disk is "
"disconnected from the vdev. If the new disk is larger than the old disk, it "
"may be possible to grow the zpool, using the new space. See <link linkend="
"\"zfs-zpool-online\">Growing a Pool</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:37950
msgid "Replace a functioning device in the pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:37952
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>ada1p3</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Make sure to wait until resilver is done before rebooting.\n"
"\n"
"If you boot from pool 'zroot', you may need to update\n"
"boot code on newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n"
"\n"
"Assuming you use GPT partitioning and 'da0' is your new boot disk\n"
"you may use the following command:\n"
"\n"
"        gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 <replaceable>ada2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun  2 14:21:35 2014\n"
"        604M scanned out of 781M at 46.5M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        604M resilvered, 77.39% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME             STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool           ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0       ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3       ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            replacing-1  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"              ada1p3     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"              ada2p3     ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun  2 14:21:52 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38012
msgid "Dealing with Failed Devices"
msgstr "處理故障裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38014
msgid ""
"When a disk in a pool fails, the vdev to which the disk belongs enters the "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-degraded\">degraded</link> state. All of the data "
"is still available, but performance may be reduced because missing data must "
"be calculated from the available redundancy. To restore the vdev to a fully "
"functional state, the failed physical device must be replaced. <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is then instructed to begin the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver"
"\">resilver</link> operation. Data that was on the failed device is "
"recalculated from available redundancy and written to the replacement "
"device. After completion, the vdev returns to <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online"
"\">online</link> status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38028
msgid ""
"If the vdev does not have any redundancy, or if multiple devices have failed "
"and there is not enough redundancy to compensate, the pool enters the <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">faulted</link> state. If a sufficient number of "
"devices cannot be reconnected to the pool, the pool becomes inoperative and "
"data must be restored from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38036
msgid ""
"When replacing a failed disk, the name of the failed disk is replaced with "
"the <acronym>GUID</acronym> of the device. A new device name parameter for "
"<command>zpool replace</command> is not required if the replacement device "
"has the same device name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38042
msgid "Replace a failed disk using <command>zpool replace</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38045
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices could not be opened.  Sufficient replicas exist for\n"
"        the pool to continue functioning in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Attach the missing device and online it using 'zpool online'.\n"
"   see: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-2Q\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME                    STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool                  DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0              DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3              ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            316502962686821739  UNAVAIL      0     0     0  was /dev/ada1p3\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool replace <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> <replaceable>316502962686821739</replaceable> <replaceable>ada2p3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: DEGRADED\n"
"status: One or more devices is currently being resilvered.  The pool will\n"
"        continue to function, possibly in a degraded state.\n"
"action: Wait for the resilver to complete.\n"
"  scan: resilver in progress since Mon Jun  2 14:52:21 2014\n"
"        641M scanned out of 781M at 49.3M/s, 0h0m to go\n"
"        640M resilvered, 82.04% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME                        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool                      DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0                  DEGRADED     0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3                  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            replacing-1             UNAVAIL      0     0     0\n"
"              15732067398082357289  UNAVAIL      0     0     0  was /dev/ada1p3/old\n"
"              ada2p3                ONLINE       0     0     0  (resilvering)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: resilvered 781M in 0h0m with 0 errors on Mon Jun  2 14:52:38 2014\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38099
msgid "Scrubbing a Pool"
msgstr "清潔儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38101
msgid ""
"It is recommended that pools be <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub\">scrubbed</"
"link> regularly, ideally at least once every month. The <command>scrub</"
"command> operation is very disk-intensive and will reduce performance while "
"running. Avoid high-demand periods when scheduling <command>scrub</command> "
"or use <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay\"><varname>vfs.zfs."
"scrub_delay</varname></link> to adjust the relative priority of the "
"<command>scrub</command> to prevent it interfering with other workloads."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub in progress since Wed Feb 19 20:52:54 2014\n"
"        116G scanned out of 8.60T at 649M/s, 3h48m to go\n"
"        0 repaired, 1.32% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          raidz2-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada0p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada1p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada2p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada3p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada4p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"            ada5p3  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38132
msgid ""
"In the event that a scrub operation needs to be cancelled, issue "
"<command>zpool scrub -s <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38138
msgid "Self-Healing"
msgstr "自我修復"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38140
msgid ""
"The checksums stored with data blocks enable the file system to "
"<emphasis>self-heal</emphasis>. This feature will automatically repair data "
"whose checksum does not match the one recorded on another device that is "
"part of the storage pool. For example, a mirror with two disks where one "
"drive is starting to malfunction and cannot properly store the data any "
"more. This is even worse when the data has not been accessed for a long "
"time, as with long term archive storage. Traditional file systems need to "
"run algorithms that check and repair the data like "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. These commands take time, and in severe cases, an "
"administrator has to manually decide which repair operation must be "
"performed. When <acronym>ZFS</acronym> detects a data block with a checksum "
"that does not match, it tries to read the data from the mirror disk. If that "
"disk can provide the correct data, it will not only give that data to the "
"application requesting it, but also correct the wrong data on the disk that "
"had the bad checksum. This happens without any interaction from a system "
"administrator during normal pool operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38160
msgid ""
"The next example demonstrates this self-healing behavior. A mirrored pool of "
"disks <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> and <filename>/dev/ada1</filename> is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool create <replaceable>healer</replaceable> mirror <replaceable>/dev/ada0</replaceable> <replaceable>/dev/ada1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME     SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"healer   960M  92.5K   960M     0%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38182
msgid ""
"Some important data that to be protected from data errors using the self-"
"healing feature is copied to the pool. A checksum of the pool is created for "
"later comparison."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /some/important/data /healer</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME     SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"healer   960M  67.7M   892M     7%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sha1 /healer &gt; checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38194
msgid ""
"Data corruption is simulated by writing random data to the beginning of one "
"of the disks in the mirror. To prevent <acronym>ZFS</acronym> from healing "
"the data as soon as it is detected, the pool is exported before the "
"corruption and imported again afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38201
msgid ""
"This is a dangerous operation that can destroy vital data. It is shown here "
"for demonstrational purposes only and should not be attempted during normal "
"operation of a storage pool. Nor should this intentional corruption example "
"be run on any disk with a different file system on it. Do not use any other "
"disk device names other than the ones that are part of the pool. Make "
"certain that proper backups of the pool are created before running the "
"command!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool export <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada1 bs=1m count=200</userinput>\n"
"200+0 records in\n"
"200+0 records out\n"
"209715200 bytes transferred in 62.992162 secs (3329227 bytes/sec)\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import healer</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38219
msgid ""
"The pool status shows that one device has experienced an error. Note that "
"applications reading data from the pool did not receive any incorrect data. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provided data from the <filename>ada0</filename> "
"device with the correct checksums. The device with the wrong checksum can be "
"found easily as the <literal>CKSUM</literal> column contains a nonzero value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38227
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"    pool: healer\n"
"   state: ONLINE\n"
"  status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"          attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"  action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"          using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"     see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n"
"    scan: none requested\n"
"  config:\n"
"\n"
"      NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"      healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"        mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"         ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"         ada1     ONLINE       0     0     1\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38246
msgid ""
"The error was detected and handled by using the redundancy present in the "
"unaffected <filename>ada0</filename> mirror disk. A checksum comparison with "
"the original one will reveal whether the pool is consistent again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38251
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sha1 /healer &gt;&gt; checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat checksum.txt</userinput>\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f\n"
"SHA1 (/healer) = 2753eff56d77d9a536ece6694bf0a82740344d1f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38256
msgid ""
"The two checksums that were generated before and after the intentional "
"tampering with the pool data still match. This shows how <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is capable of detecting and correcting any errors automatically "
"when the checksums differ. Note that this is only possible when there is "
"enough redundancy present in the pool. A pool consisting of a single device "
"has no self-healing capabilities. That is also the reason why checksums are "
"so important in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> and should not be disabled for any "
"reason. No <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or similar file system consistency check program "
"is required to detect and correct this and the pool was still available "
"during the time there was a problem. A scrub operation is now required to "
"overwrite the corrupted data on <filename>ada1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38271
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool scrub <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"            attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"            using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"   see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n"
"  scan: scrub in progress since Mon Dec 10 12:23:30 2012\n"
"        10.4M scanned out of 67.0M at 267K/s, 0h3m to go\n"
"        9.63M repaired, 15.56% done\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0   627  (repairing)\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38293
msgid ""
"The scrub operation reads data from <filename>ada0</filename> and rewrites "
"any data with an incorrect checksum on <filename>ada1</filename>. This is "
"indicated by the <literal>(repairing)</literal> output from <command>zpool "
"status</command>. After the operation is complete, the pool status changes "
"to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38300
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: One or more devices has experienced an unrecoverable error.  An\n"
"        attempt was made to correct the error.  Applications are unaffected.\n"
"action: Determine if the device needs to be replaced, and clear the errors\n"
"             using 'zpool clear' or replace the device with 'zpool replace'.\n"
"   see: http://www.sun.com/msg/ZFS-8000-9P\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0 2.72K\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38319
msgid ""
"After the scrub operation completes and all the data has been synchronized "
"from <filename>ada0</filename> to <filename>ada1</filename>, the error "
"messages can be <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-clear\">cleared</link> from the "
"pool status by running <command>zpool clear</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38325
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool clear <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status <replaceable>healer</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  pool: healer\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"  scan: scrub repaired 66.5M in 0h2m with 0 errors on Mon Dec 10 12:26:25 2012\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"    NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"    healer      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"      mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada0     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"       ada1     ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38340
msgid ""
"The pool is now back to a fully working state and all the errors have been "
"cleared."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38345
msgid "Growing a Pool"
msgstr "擴增儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38347
msgid ""
"The usable size of a redundant pool is limited by the capacity of the "
"smallest device in each vdev. The smallest device can be replaced with a "
"larger device. After completing a <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-replace"
"\">replace</link> or <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver\">resilver</link> "
"operation, the pool can grow to use the capacity of the new device. For "
"example, consider a mirror of a 1 TB drive and a 2 TB drive. The usable "
"space is 1 TB. When the 1 TB drive is replaced with another 2 TB drive, the "
"resilvering process copies the existing data onto the new drive. Because "
"both of the devices now have 2 TB capacity, the mirror's available space can "
"be grown to 2 TB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38361
msgid ""
"Expansion is triggered by using <command>zpool online -e</command> on each "
"device. After expansion of all devices, the additional space becomes "
"available to the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38368
msgid "Importing and Exporting Pools"
msgstr "匯入與匯出儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38370
msgid ""
"Pools are <emphasis>exported</emphasis> before moving them to another "
"system. All datasets are unmounted, and each device is marked as exported "
"but still locked so it cannot be used by other disk subsystems. This allows "
"pools to be <emphasis>imported</emphasis> on other machines, other operating "
"systems that support <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, and even different hardware "
"architectures (with some caveats, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>). When a dataset has "
"open files, <command> zpool export -f</command> can be used to force the "
"export of a pool. Use this with caution. The datasets are forcibly "
"unmounted, potentially resulting in unexpected behavior by the applications "
"which had open files on those datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38384
msgid "Export a pool that is not in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38386
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool export mypool</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38388
msgid ""
"Importing a pool automatically mounts the datasets. This may not be the "
"desired behavior, and can be prevented with <command>zpool import -N</"
"command>. <command>zpool import -o</command> sets temporary properties for "
"this import only. <command>zpool import altroot=</command> allows importing "
"a pool with a base mount point instead of the root of the file system. If "
"the pool was last used on a different system and was not properly exported, "
"an import might have to be forced with <command>zpool import -f</command>. "
"<command>zpool import -a</command> imports all pools that do not appear to "
"be in use by another system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38401
msgid "List all available pools for import:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38403
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import</userinput>\n"
"   pool: mypool\n"
"     id: 9930174748043525076\n"
"  state: ONLINE\n"
" action: The pool can be imported using its name or numeric identifier.\n"
" config:\n"
"\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE\n"
"          ada2p3    ONLINE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38413
msgid "Import the pool with an alternative root directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool import -o altroot=<replaceable>/mnt</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"zfs list\n"
"NAME                 USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool               110K  47.0G    31K  /mnt/mypool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38423
msgid "Upgrading a Storage Pool"
msgstr "升級儲存儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38425
msgid ""
"After upgrading FreeBSD, or if a pool has been imported from a system using "
"an older version of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, the pool can be manually "
"upgraded to the latest version of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to support newer "
"features. Consider whether the pool may ever need to be imported on an older "
"system before upgrading. Upgrading is a one-way process. Older pools can be "
"upgraded, but pools with newer features cannot be downgraded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38434
msgid "Upgrade a v28 pool to support <literal>Feature Flags</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: The pool is formatted using a legacy on-disk format.  The pool can\n"
"        still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n"
"action: Upgrade the pool using 'zpool upgrade'.  Once this is done, the\n"
"        pool will no longer be accessible on software that does not support feat\n"
"        flags.\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada0    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and can\n"
"be upgraded to use feature flags.  After being upgraded, these pools\n"
"will no longer be accessible by software that does not support feature\n"
"flags.\n"
"\n"
"VER  POOL\n"
"---  ------------\n"
"28   mypool\n"
"\n"
"Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n"
"Every feature flags pool has all supported features enabled.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade mypool</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n"
"Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n"
"  async_destroy\n"
"  empty_bpobj\n"
"  lz4_compress\n"
"  multi_vdev_crash_dump"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38479
msgid ""
"The newer features of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will not be available until "
"<command>zpool upgrade</command> has completed. <command>zpool upgrade -v</"
"command> can be used to see what new features will be provided by upgrading, "
"as well as which features are already supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38485
msgid "Upgrade a pool to support additional feature flags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool status</userinput>\n"
"  pool: mypool\n"
" state: ONLINE\n"
"status: Some supported features are not enabled on the pool. The pool can\n"
"        still be used, but some features are unavailable.\n"
"action: Enable all features using 'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done,\n"
"        the pool may no longer be accessible by software that does not support\n"
"        the features. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n"
"  scan: none requested\n"
"config:\n"
"\n"
"        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM\n"
"        mypool      ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"          mirror-0  ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada0    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\t    ada1    ONLINE       0     0     0\n"
"\n"
"errors: No known data errors\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n"
"feature is enabled the pool may become incompatible with software\n"
"that does not support the feature. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n"
"\n"
"POOL  FEATURE\n"
"---------------\n"
"zstore\n"
"      multi_vdev_crash_dump\n"
"      spacemap_histogram\n"
"      enabled_txg\n"
"      hole_birth\n"
"      extensible_dataset\n"
"      bookmarks\n"
"      filesystem_limits\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool upgrade mypool</userinput>\n"
"This system supports ZFS pool feature flags.\n"
"\n"
"Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n"
"  spacemap_histogram\n"
"  enabled_txg\n"
"  hole_birth\n"
"  extensible_dataset\n"
"  bookmarks\n"
"  filesystem_limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:38537
msgid ""
"The boot code on systems that boot from a pool must be updated to support "
"the new pool version. Use <command>gpart bootcode</command> on the partition "
"that contains the boot code. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38546
msgid "Displaying Recorded Pool History"
msgstr "顯示已記錄的儲存池歷史日誌"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38548
msgid ""
"Commands that modify the pool are recorded. Recorded actions include the "
"creation of datasets, changing properties, or replacement of a disk. This "
"history is useful for reviewing how a pool was created and which user "
"performed a specific action and when. History is not kept in a log file, but "
"is part of the pool itself. The command to review this history is aptly "
"named <command>zpool history</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38557
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38564
msgid ""
"The output shows <command>zpool</command> and <command>zfs</command> "
"commands that were executed on the pool along with a timestamp. Only "
"commands that alter the pool in some way are recorded. Commands like "
"<command>zfs list</command> are not included. When no pool name is "
"specified, the history of all pools is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38572
msgid ""
"<command>zpool history</command> can show even more information when the "
"options <option>-i</option> or <option>-l</option> are provided. <option>-i</"
"option> displays user-initiated events as well as internally logged "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38578
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history -i</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 [internal pool create txg:5] pool spa 28; zfs spa 28; zpl 5;uts  9.1-RELEASE 901000 amd64\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:53 [internal property set txg:50] atime=0 dataset = 21\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:04 [internal property set txg:53] checksum=7 dataset = 21\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:13 [internal create txg:55] dataset = 39\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38588
msgid ""
"More details can be shown by adding <option>-l</option>. History records are "
"shown in a long format, including information like the name of the user who "
"issued the command and the hostname on which the change was made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38593
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool history -l</userinput>\n"
"History for 'tank':\n"
"2013-02-26.23:02:35 zpool create tank mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1 [user 0 (root) on :global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:50:58 zfs set atime=off tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:09 zfs set checksum=fletcher4 tank [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]\n"
"2013-02-27.18:51:18 zfs create tank/backup [user 0 (root) on myzfsbox:global]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38600
msgid ""
"The output shows that the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user created the mirrored pool with disks <filename>/dev/ada0</filename> and "
"<filename>/dev/ada1</filename>. The hostname <systemitem class=\"systemname"
"\">myzfsbox</systemitem> is also shown in the commands after the pool's "
"creation. The hostname display becomes important when the pool is exported "
"from one system and imported on another. The commands that are issued on the "
"other system can clearly be distinguished by the hostname that is recorded "
"for each command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38612
msgid ""
"Both options to <command>zpool history</command> can be combined to give the "
"most detailed information possible for any given pool. Pool history provides "
"valuable information when tracking down the actions that were performed or "
"when more detailed output is needed for debugging."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38620
msgid "Performance Monitoring"
msgstr "監視效能"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38622
msgid ""
"A built-in monitoring system can display pool <acronym>I/O</acronym> "
"statistics in real time. It shows the amount of free and used space on the "
"pool, how many read and write operations are being performed per second, and "
"how much <acronym>I/O</acronym> bandwidth is currently being utilized. By "
"default, all pools in the system are monitored and displayed. A pool name "
"can be provided to limit monitoring to just that pool. A basic example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool iostat</userinput>\n"
"               capacity     operations    bandwidth\n"
"pool        alloc   free   read  write   read  write\n"
"----------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----\n"
"data         288G  1.53T      2     11  11.3K  57.1K"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38637
msgid ""
"To continuously monitor <acronym>I/O</acronym> activity, a number can be "
"specified as the last parameter, indicating a interval in seconds to wait "
"between updates. The next statistic line is printed after each interval. "
"Press <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>C</keycap> </"
"keycombo> to stop this continuous monitoring. Alternatively, give a second "
"number on the command line after the interval to specify the total number of "
"statistics to display."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38649
msgid ""
"Even more detailed <acronym>I/O</acronym> statistics can be displayed with "
"<option>-v</option>. Each device in the pool is shown with a statistics "
"line. This is useful in seeing how many read and write operations are being "
"performed on each device, and can help determine if any individual device is "
"slowing down the pool. This example shows a mirrored pool with two devices:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38657
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool iostat -v </userinput>\n"
"                            capacity     operations    bandwidth\n"
"pool                     alloc   free   read  write   read  write\n"
"-----------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----\n"
"data                      288G  1.53T      2     12  9.23K  61.5K\n"
"  mirror                  288G  1.53T      2     12  9.23K  61.5K\n"
"    ada1                     -      -      0      4  5.61K  61.7K\n"
"    ada2                     -      -      1      4  5.04K  61.7K\n"
"-----------------------  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----  -----"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38669
msgid "Splitting a Storage Pool"
msgstr "分割儲存儲存池"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38671
msgid ""
"A pool consisting of one or more mirror vdevs can be split into two pools. "
"Unless otherwise specified, the last member of each mirror is detached and "
"used to create a new pool containing the same data. The operation should "
"first be attempted with <option>-n</option>. The details of the proposed "
"operation are displayed without it actually being performed. This helps "
"confirm that the operation will do what the user intends."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:38683
msgid "<command>zfs</command> Administration"
msgstr "<command>zfs</command> 管理"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:38685
msgid ""
"The <command>zfs</command> utility is responsible for creating, destroying, "
"and managing all <acronym>ZFS</acronym> datasets that exist within a pool. "
"The pool is managed using <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool\"><command>zpool</"
"command></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38691
msgid "Creating and Destroying Datasets"
msgstr "建立與摧毀資料集"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38693
msgid ""
"Unlike traditional disks and volume managers, space in <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> is <emphasis>not</emphasis> preallocated. With traditional file "
"systems, after all of the space is partitioned and assigned, there is no way "
"to add an additional file system without adding a new disk. With "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>, new file systems can be created at any time. Each "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-dataset\"><emphasis>dataset</emphasis></link> has "
"properties including features like compression, deduplication, caching, and "
"quotas, as well as other useful properties like readonly, case sensitivity, "
"network file sharing, and a mount point. Datasets can be nested inside each "
"other, and child datasets will inherit properties from their parents. Each "
"dataset can be administered, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">delegated</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-send\">replicated</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"zfs-snapshot\">snapshotted</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-jail\">jailed</"
"link>, and destroyed as a unit. There are many advantages to creating a "
"separate dataset for each different type or set of files. The only drawbacks "
"to having an extremely large number of datasets is that some commands like "
"<command>zfs list</command> will be slower, and the mounting of hundreds or "
"even thousands of datasets can slow the FreeBSD boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38717
msgid ""
"Create a new dataset and enable <link linkend=\"zfs-term-compression-"
"lz4\">LZ4 compression</link> on it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.20M  93.2G   608K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -o compress=lz4 <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             704K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset  87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.20M  93.2G   610K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38753
msgid ""
"Destroying a dataset is much quicker than deleting all of the files that "
"reside on the dataset, as it does not involve scanning all of the files and "
"updating all of the corresponding metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38758
msgid "Destroy the previously-created dataset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 880M  93.1G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.1G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.1G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.1G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             101M  93.1G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.1G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset   100M  93.1G   100M  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.1G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.1G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.20M  93.1G   610K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.1G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.1G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.1G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.1G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                781M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.21M  93.2G   612K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38793
msgid ""
"In modern versions of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, <command>zfs destroy</command> "
"is asynchronous, and the free space might take several minutes to appear in "
"the pool. Use <command>zpool get freeing <replaceable>poolname</"
"replaceable></command> to see the <literal>freeing</literal> property, "
"indicating how many datasets are having their blocks freed in the "
"background. If there are child datasets, like <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"snapshot\">snapshots</link> or other datasets, then the parent cannot be "
"destroyed. To destroy a dataset and all of its children, use <option>-r</"
"option> to recursively destroy the dataset and all of its children. Use "
"<option>-n</option> <option>-v</option> to list datasets and snapshots that "
"would be destroyed by this operation, but do not actually destroy anything. "
"Space that would be reclaimed by destruction of snapshots is also shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38812
msgid "Creating and Destroying Volumes"
msgstr "建立與摧毀磁碟區"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38814
msgid ""
"A volume is a special type of dataset. Rather than being mounted as a file "
"system, it is exposed as a block device under <filename>/dev/zvol/"
"<replaceable>poolname</replaceable>/<replaceable>dataset</replaceable></"
"filename>. This allows the volume to be used for other file systems, to back "
"the disks of a virtual machine, or to be exported using protocols like "
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or <acronym>HAST</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38823
msgid ""
"A volume can be formatted with any file system, or used without a file "
"system to store raw data. To the user, a volume appears to be a regular "
"disk. Putting ordinary file systems on these <emphasis>zvols</emphasis> "
"provides features that ordinary disks or file systems do not normally have. "
"For example, using the compression property on a 250 MB volume allows "
"creation of a compressed <acronym>FAT</acronym> file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38832
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/fat32</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list tank</userinput>\n"
"NAME USED AVAIL REFER MOUNTPOINT\n"
"tank 258M  670M   31K /tank\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>newfs_msdos -F32 /dev/zvol/tank/fat32</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t msdosfs /dev/zvol/tank/fat32 /mnt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h /mnt | grep fat32</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem           Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on\n"
"/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 249M  24k  249M     0%   /mnt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount | grep fat32</userinput>\n"
"/dev/zvol/tank/fat32 on /mnt (msdosfs, local)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38844
msgid ""
"Destroying a volume is much the same as destroying a regular file system "
"dataset. The operation is nearly instantaneous, but it may take several "
"minutes for the free space to be reclaimed in the background."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38851
msgid "Renaming a Dataset"
msgstr "重新命名資料集"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38853
msgid ""
"The name of a dataset can be changed with <command>zfs rename</command>. The "
"parent of a dataset can also be changed with this command. Renaming a "
"dataset to be under a different parent dataset will change the value of "
"those properties that are inherited from the parent dataset. When a dataset "
"is renamed, it is unmounted and then remounted in the new location (which is "
"inherited from the new parent dataset). This behavior can be prevented with "
"<option>-u</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38863
msgid "Rename a dataset and move it to be under a different parent dataset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38866
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                 780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr             704K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/mydataset  87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /usr/mydataset\n"
"mypool/usr/ports       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var            1.21M  93.2G   614K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/tmp         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>mypool/usr/mydataset</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/newname</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                  USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT           777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default   777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp            176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr            616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home       184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports      144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src        144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var           1.29M  93.2G   614K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash      148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log        178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail       144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/newname   87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /var/newname\n"
"mypool/var/tmp        152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38900
msgid ""
"Snapshots can also be renamed like this. Due to the nature of snapshots, "
"they cannot be renamed into a different parent dataset. To rename a "
"recursive snapshot, specify <option>-r</option>, and all snapshots with the "
"same name in child datasets with also be renamed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot      0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>mypool/var/newname@first_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>new_snapshot_name</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name      0      -  87.5K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38916
msgid "Setting Dataset Properties"
msgstr "設定資料集屬性"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38918
msgid ""
"Each <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset has a number of properties that control "
"its behavior. Most properties are automatically inherited from the parent "
"dataset, but can be overridden locally. Set a property on a dataset with "
"<command>zfs set <replaceable>property</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</"
"replaceable> <replaceable>dataset</replaceable></command>. Most properties "
"have a limited set of valid values, <command>zfs get</command> will display "
"each possible property and valid values. Most properties can be reverted to "
"their inherited values using <command>zfs inherit</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38930
msgid ""
"User-defined properties can also be set. They become part of the dataset "
"configuration and can be used to provide additional information about the "
"dataset or its contents. To distinguish these custom properties from the "
"ones supplied as part of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, a colon (<literal>:</"
"literal>) is used to create a custom namespace for the property."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable>=<replaceable>1234</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME PROPERTY           VALUE SOURCE\n"
"tank custom:costcenter  1234  local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38942
msgid ""
"To remove a custom property, use <command>zfs inherit</command> with "
"<option>-r</option>. If the custom property is not defined in any of the "
"parent datasets, it will be removed completely (although the changes are "
"still recorded in the pool's history)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:38948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs inherit -r <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable> <replaceable>tank</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME    PROPERTY           VALUE              SOURCE\n"
"tank    custom:costcenter  -                  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get all <replaceable>tank</replaceable> | grep <replaceable>custom</replaceable>:<replaceable>costcenter</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:38957
msgid "Managing Snapshots"
msgstr "管理快照 (Snapshot)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38959
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-snapshot\">Snapshots</link> are one of the most "
"powerful features of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. A snapshot provides a read-"
"only, point-in-time copy of the dataset. With Copy-On-Write (<acronym>COW</"
"acronym>), snapshots can be created quickly by preserving the older version "
"of the data on disk. If no snapshots exist, space is reclaimed for future "
"use when data is rewritten or deleted. Snapshots preserve disk space by "
"recording only the differences between the current dataset and a previous "
"version. Snapshots are allowed only on whole datasets, not on individual "
"files or directories. When a snapshot is created from a dataset, everything "
"contained in it is duplicated. This includes the file system properties, "
"files, directories, permissions, and so on. Snapshots use no additional "
"space when they are first created, only consuming space as the blocks they "
"reference are changed. Recursive snapshots taken with <option>-r</option> "
"create a snapshot with the same name on the dataset and all of its children, "
"providing a consistent moment-in-time snapshot of all of the file systems. "
"This can be important when an application has files on multiple datasets "
"that are related or dependent upon each other. Without snapshots, a backup "
"would have copies of the files from different points in time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:38983
msgid ""
"Snapshots in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provide a variety of features that even "
"other file systems with snapshot functionality lack. A typical example of "
"snapshot use is to have a quick way of backing up the current state of the "
"file system when a risky action like a software installation or a system "
"upgrade is performed. If the action fails, the snapshot can be rolled back "
"and the system has the same state as when the snapshot was created. If the "
"upgrade was successful, the snapshot can be deleted to free up space. "
"Without snapshots, a failed upgrade often requires a restore from backup, "
"which is tedious, time consuming, and may require downtime during which the "
"system cannot be used. Snapshots can be rolled back quickly, even while the "
"system is running in normal operation, with little or no downtime. The time "
"savings are enormous with multi-terabyte storage systems and the time "
"required to copy the data from backup. Snapshots are not a replacement for a "
"complete backup of a pool, but can be used as a quick and easy way to store "
"a copy of the dataset at a specific point in time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39004
msgid "Creating Snapshots"
msgstr "建立快照"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39006
msgid ""
"Snapshots are created with <command>zfs snapshot <replaceable>dataset</"
"replaceable>@<replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></command>. Adding "
"<option>-r</option> creates a snapshot recursively, with the same name on "
"all child datasets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39011
msgid "Create a recursive snapshot of the entire pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39013
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t all</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool                                 780M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT                            777M  93.2G   144K  none\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default                    777M  93.2G   777M  /\n"
"mypool/tmp                             176K  93.2G   176K  /tmp\n"
"mypool/usr                             616K  93.2G   144K  /usr\n"
"mypool/usr/home                        184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/ports                       144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/ports\n"
"mypool/usr/src                         144K  93.2G   144K  /usr/src\n"
"mypool/var                            1.29M  93.2G   616K  /var\n"
"mypool/var/crash                       148K  93.2G   148K  /var/crash\n"
"mypool/var/log                         178K  93.2G   178K  /var/log\n"
"mypool/var/mail                        144K  93.2G   144K  /var/mail\n"
"mypool/var/newname                    87.5K  93.2G  87.5K  /var/newname\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name      0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         152K  93.2G   152K  /var/tmp\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot -r <replaceable>mypool@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                        USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@my_recursive_snapshot                   0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/ROOT@my_recursive_snapshot              0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/ROOT/default@my_recursive_snapshot      0      -   777M  -\n"
"mypool/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   176K  -\n"
"mypool/usr@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot          0      -   184K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/ports@my_recursive_snapshot         0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/usr/src@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/var@my_recursive_snapshot               0      -   616K  -\n"
"mypool/var/crash@my_recursive_snapshot         0      -   148K  -\n"
"mypool/var/log@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   178K  -\n"
"mypool/var/mail@my_recursive_snapshot          0      -   144K  -\n"
"mypool/var/newname@new_snapshot_name           0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/newname@my_recursive_snapshot       0      -  87.5K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot           0      -   152K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39049
msgid ""
"Snapshots are not shown by a normal <command>zfs list</command> operation. "
"To list snapshots, <option>-t snapshot</option> is appended to <command>zfs "
"list</command>. <option>-t all</option> displays both file systems and "
"snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39055
msgid ""
"Snapshots are not mounted directly, so path is shown in the "
"<literal>MOUNTPOINT</literal> column. There is no mention of available disk "
"space in the <literal>AVAIL</literal> column, as snapshots cannot be written "
"to after they are created. Compare the snapshot to the original dataset from "
"which it was created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39062
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/usr/home</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/usr/home                         184K  93.2G   184K  /usr/home\n"
"mypool/usr/home@my_recursive_snapshot      0      -   184K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39067
msgid ""
"Displaying both the dataset and the snapshot together reveals how snapshots "
"work in <link linkend=\"zfs-term-cow\">COW</link> fashion. They save only "
"the changes (<emphasis>delta</emphasis>) that were made and not the complete "
"file system contents all over again. This means that snapshots take little "
"space when few changes are made. Space usage can be made even more apparent "
"by copying a file to the dataset, then making a second snapshot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39077
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/etc/passwd</replaceable> <replaceable>/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable>@<replaceable>after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         206K  93.2G   118K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp                   0      -   118K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39085
msgid ""
"The second snapshot contains only the changes to the dataset after the copy "
"operation. This yields enormous space savings. Notice that the size of the "
"snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> "
"also changed in the <literal>USED</literal> column to indicate the changes "
"between itself and the snapshot taken afterwards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39095
msgid "Comparing Snapshots"
msgstr "比對快照"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39097
msgid ""
"ZFS provides a built-in command to compare the differences in content "
"between two snapshots. This is helpful when many snapshots were taken over "
"time and the user wants to see how the file system has changed over time. "
"For example, <command>zfs diff</command> lets a user find the latest "
"snapshot that still contains a file that was accidentally deleted. Doing "
"this for the two snapshots that were created in the previous section yields "
"this output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         206K  93.2G   118K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp                   0      -   118K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39116
msgid ""
"The command lists the changes between the specified snapshot (in this case "
"<literal><replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></"
"literal>) and the live file system. The first column shows the type of "
"change:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39127
msgid "The path or file was added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39132
msgid "The path or file was deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:39136 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39137
msgid "The path or file was modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:39141 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:39142
msgid "The path or file was renamed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39148
msgid ""
"Comparing the output with the table, it becomes clear that "
"<filename><replaceable>passwd</replaceable></filename> was added after the "
"snapshot <literal><replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</"
"replaceable></literal> was created. This also resulted in a modification to "
"the parent directory mounted at <literal><replaceable>/var/tmp</"
"replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39156
msgid ""
"Comparing two snapshots is helpful when using the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"replication feature to transfer a dataset to a different host for backup "
"purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39160
msgid ""
"Compare two snapshots by providing the full dataset name and snapshot name "
"of both datasets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39163
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs diff <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"M       /var/tmp/\n"
"+       /var/tmp/passwd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39173
msgid ""
"A backup administrator can compare two snapshots received from the sending "
"host and determine the actual changes in the dataset. See the <link linkend="
"\"zfs-zfs-send\">Replication</link> section for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39181
msgid "Snapshot Rollback"
msgstr "使用快照還原"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39183
msgid ""
"When at least one snapshot is available, it can be rolled back to at any "
"time. Most of the time this is the case when the current state of the "
"dataset is no longer required and an older version is preferred. Scenarios "
"such as local development tests have gone wrong, botched system updates "
"hampering the system's overall functionality, or the requirement to restore "
"accidentally deleted files or directories are all too common occurrences. "
"Luckily, rolling back a snapshot is just as easy as typing <command>zfs "
"rollback <replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></command>. Depending on how "
"many changes are involved, the operation will finish in a certain amount of "
"time. During that time, the dataset always remains in a consistent state, "
"much like a database that conforms to ACID principles is performing a "
"rollback. This is happening while the dataset is live and accessible without "
"requiring a downtime. Once the snapshot has been rolled back, the dataset "
"has the same state as it had when the snapshot was originally taken. All "
"other data in that dataset that was not part of the snapshot is discarded. "
"Taking a snapshot of the current state of the dataset before rolling back to "
"a previous one is a good idea when some data is required later. This way, "
"the user can roll back and forth between snapshots without losing data that "
"is still valuable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39209
msgid ""
"In the first example, a snapshot is rolled back because of a careless "
"<command>rm</command> operation that removes too much data than was intended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp                         262K  93.2G   120K  /var/tmp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp               53.5K      -   118K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot              0      -   120K  -\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"passwd          passwd.copy\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>rm /var/tmp/passwd*</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39226
msgid ""
"At this point, the user realized that too many files were deleted and wants "
"them back. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides an easy way to get them back "
"using rollbacks, but only when snapshots of important data are performed on "
"a regular basis. To get the files back and start over from the last "
"snapshot, issue the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"passwd          passwd.copy     vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39237
msgid ""
"The rollback operation restored the dataset to the state of the last "
"snapshot. It is also possible to roll back to a snapshot that was taken much "
"earlier and has other snapshots that were created after it. When trying to "
"do this, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will issue this warning:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39243
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"AME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot    88K      -   152K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp               53.5K      -   118K  -\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot              0      -   120K  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"cannot rollback to 'mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot': more recent snapshots exist\n"
"use '-r' to force deletion of the following snapshots:\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@after_cp\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@diff_snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39254
msgid ""
"This warning means that snapshots exist between the current state of the "
"dataset and the snapshot to which the user wants to roll back. To complete "
"the rollback, these snapshots must be deleted. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> cannot "
"track all the changes between different states of the dataset, because "
"snapshots are read-only. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will not delete the affected "
"snapshots unless the user specifies <option>-r</option> to indicate that "
"this is the desired action. If that is the intention, and the consequences "
"of losing all intermediate snapshots is understood, the command can be "
"issued:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rollback -r <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt snapshot <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                                   USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot     8K      -   152K  -\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
"vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39273
msgid ""
"The output from <command>zfs list -t snapshot</command> confirms that the "
"intermediate snapshots were removed as a result of <command>zfs rollback -r</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39280
msgid "Restoring Individual Files from Snapshots"
msgstr "自快照還原單一檔案"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39282
msgid ""
"Snapshots are mounted in a hidden directory under the parent dataset: "
"<filename>.zfs/snapshots/<replaceable>snapshotname</replaceable></filename>. "
"By default, these directories will not be displayed even when a standard "
"<command>ls -a</command> is issued. Although the directory is not displayed, "
"it is there nevertheless and can be accessed like any normal directory. The "
"property named <literal>snapdir</literal> controls whether these hidden "
"directories show up in a directory listing. Setting the property to "
"<literal>visible</literal> allows them to appear in the output of "
"<command>ls</command> and other commands that deal with directory contents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get snapdir <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME            PROPERTY  VALUE    SOURCE\n"
"mypool/var/tmp  snapdir   hidden   default\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              passwd          vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set snapdir=visible <replaceable>mypool/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              .zfs            passwd          vi.recover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39304
msgid ""
"Individual files can easily be restored to a previous state by copying them "
"from the snapshot back to the parent dataset. The directory structure below "
"<filename>.zfs/snapshot</filename> has a directory named exactly like the "
"snapshots taken earlier to make it easier to identify them. In the next "
"example, it is assumed that a file is to be restored from the hidden "
"<filename>.zfs</filename> directory by copying it from the snapshot that "
"contained the latest version of the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39315
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm /var/tmp/passwd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -a /var/tmp</userinput>\n"
".               ..              .zfs            vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot</userinput>\n"
"after_cp                my_recursive_snapshot\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"passwd          vi.recover\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp/passwd</replaceable> <replaceable>/var/tmp</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39324
msgid ""
"When <command>ls .zfs/snapshot</command> was issued, the <literal>snapdir</"
"literal> property might have been set to hidden, but it would still be "
"possible to list the contents of that directory. It is up to the "
"administrator to decide whether these directories will be displayed. It is "
"possible to display these for certain datasets and prevent it for others. "
"Copying files or directories from this hidden <filename>.zfs/snapshot</"
"filename> is simple enough. Trying it the other way around results in this "
"error:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/etc/rc.conf</replaceable> /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/<replaceable>after_cp/</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"cp: /var/tmp/.zfs/snapshot/after_cp/rc.conf: Read-only file system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39337
msgid ""
"The error reminds the user that snapshots are read-only and cannot be "
"changed after creation. Files cannot be copied into or removed from snapshot "
"directories because that would change the state of the dataset they "
"represent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39343
msgid ""
"Snapshots consume space based on how much the parent file system has changed "
"since the time of the snapshot. The <literal>written</literal> property of a "
"snapshot tracks how much space is being used by the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39348
msgid ""
"Snapshots are destroyed and the space reclaimed with <command>zfs destroy "
"<replaceable>dataset</replaceable>@<replaceable>snapshot</replaceable></"
"command>. Adding <option>-r</option> recursively removes all snapshots with "
"the same name under the parent dataset. Adding <option>-n -v</option> to the "
"command displays a list of the snapshots that would be deleted and an "
"estimate of how much space would be reclaimed without performing the actual "
"destroy operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39361
msgid "Managing Clones"
msgstr "管理複本 (Clone)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39363
msgid ""
"A clone is a copy of a snapshot that is treated more like a regular dataset. "
"Unlike a snapshot, a clone is not read only, is mounted, and can have its "
"own properties. Once a clone has been created using <command>zfs clone</"
"command>, the snapshot it was created from cannot be destroyed. The child/"
"parent relationship between the clone and the snapshot can be reversed using "
"<command>zfs promote</command>. After a clone has been promoted, the "
"snapshot becomes a child of the clone, rather than of the original parent "
"dataset. This will change how the space is accounted, but not actually "
"change the amount of space consumed. The clone can be mounted at any point "
"within the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system hierarchy, not just below the "
"original location of the snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39377
msgid "To demonstrate the clone feature, this example dataset is used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -rt all <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"camino/home/joe         108K   1.3G    87K  /usr/home/joe\n"
"camino/home/joe@plans    21K      -  85.5K  -\n"
"camino/home/joe@backup    0K      -    87K  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39386
msgid ""
"A typical use for clones is to experiment with a specific dataset while "
"keeping the snapshot around to fall back to in case something goes wrong. "
"Since snapshots cannot be changed, a read/write clone of a snapshot is "
"created. After the desired result is achieved in the clone, the clone can be "
"promoted to a dataset and the old file system removed. This is not strictly "
"necessary, as the clone and dataset can coexist without problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39395
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs clone <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup</replaceable> <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/home/joe*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/home/joe:\n"
"backup.txz     plans.txt\n"
"\n"
"/usr/home/joenew:\n"
"backup.txz     plans.txt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h /usr/home</userinput>\n"
"Filesystem          Size    Used   Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"usr/home/joe        1.3G     31k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joe\n"
"usr/home/joenew     1.3G     31k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joenew"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39407
msgid ""
"After a clone is created it is an exact copy of the state the dataset was in "
"when the snapshot was taken. The clone can now be changed independently from "
"its originating dataset. The only connection between the two is the "
"snapshot. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> records this connection in the property "
"<literal>origin</literal>. Once the dependency between the snapshot and the "
"clone has been removed by promoting the clone using <command>zfs promote</"
"command>, the <literal>origin</literal> of the clone is removed as it is now "
"an independent dataset. This example demonstrates it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39418
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get origin <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                  PROPERTY  VALUE                     SOURCE\n"
"camino/home/joenew    origin    camino/home/joe@backup    -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs promote <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get origin <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME                  PROPERTY  VALUE   SOURCE\n"
"camino/home/joenew    origin    -       -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39426
msgid ""
"After making some changes like copying <filename>loader.conf</filename> to "
"the promoted clone, for example, the old directory becomes obsolete in this "
"case. Instead, the promoted clone can replace it. This can be achieved by "
"two consecutive commands: <command>zfs destroy</command> on the old dataset "
"and <command>zfs rename</command> on the clone to name it like the old "
"dataset (it could also get an entirely different name)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39435
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp <replaceable>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/joenew</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs destroy -f <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs rename <replaceable>camino/home/joenew</replaceable> <replaceable>camino/home/joe</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls /usr/home/joe</userinput>\n"
"backup.txz     loader.conf     plans.txt\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>df -h <replaceable>/usr/home</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Filesystem          Size    Used   Avail Capacity  Mounted on\n"
"usr/home/joe        1.3G    128k    1.3G     0%    /usr/home/joe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39444
msgid ""
"The cloned snapshot is now handled like an ordinary dataset. It contains all "
"the data from the original snapshot plus the files that were added to it "
"like <filename>loader.conf</filename>. Clones can be used in different "
"scenarios to provide useful features to ZFS users. For example, jails could "
"be provided as snapshots containing different sets of installed "
"applications. Users can clone these snapshots and add their own applications "
"as they see fit. Once they are satisfied with the changes, the clones can be "
"promoted to full datasets and provided to end users to work with like they "
"would with a real dataset. This saves time and administrative overhead when "
"providing these jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39459
msgid "Replication"
msgstr "備援"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39461
msgid ""
"Keeping data on a single pool in one location exposes it to risks like theft "
"and natural or human disasters. Making regular backups of the entire pool is "
"vital. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides a built-in serialization feature that "
"can send a stream representation of the data to standard output. Using this "
"technique, it is possible to not only store the data on another pool "
"connected to the local system, but also to send it over a network to another "
"system. Snapshots are the basis for this replication (see the section on "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> snapshots</link>). "
"The commands used for replicating data are <command>zfs send</command> and "
"<command>zfs receive</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39475
msgid ""
"These examples demonstrate <acronym>ZFS</acronym> replication with these two "
"pools:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39478
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M    77K   896M     0%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39483
msgid ""
"The pool named <replaceable>mypool</replaceable> is the primary pool where "
"data is written to and read from on a regular basis. A second pool, "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable> is used as a standby in case the primary "
"pool becomes unavailable. Note that this fail-over is not done automatically "
"by <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, but must be manually done by a system "
"administrator when needed. A snapshot is used to provide a consistent "
"version of the file system to be replicated. Once a snapshot of "
"<replaceable>mypool</replaceable> has been created, it can be copied to the "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable> pool. Only snapshots can be replicated. "
"Changes made since the most recent snapshot will not be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39497
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@backup1             0      -  43.6M  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39502
msgid ""
"Now that a snapshot exists, <command>zfs send</command> can be used to "
"create a stream representing the contents of the snapshot. This stream can "
"be stored as a file or received by another pool. The stream is written to "
"standard output, but must be redirected to a file or pipe or an error is "
"produced:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39509
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Error: Stream can not be written to a terminal.\n"
"You must redirect standard output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39513
msgid ""
"To back up a dataset with <command>zfs send</command>, redirect to a file "
"located on the mounted backup pool. Ensure that the pool has enough free "
"space to accommodate the size of the snapshot being sent, which means all of "
"the data contained in the snapshot, not just the changes from the previous "
"snapshot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39520
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>backup1</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>/backup/backup1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  63.7M   896M     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39526
msgid ""
"The <command>zfs send</command> transferred all the data in the snapshot "
"called <replaceable>backup1</replaceable> to the pool named "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable>. Creating and sending these snapshots can "
"be done automatically with a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39532
msgid ""
"Instead of storing the backups as archive files, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can "
"receive them as a live file system, allowing the backed up data to be "
"accessed directly. To get to the actual data contained in those streams, "
"<command>zfs receive</command> is used to transform the streams back into "
"files and directories. The example below combines <command>zfs send</"
"command> and <command>zfs receive</command> using a pipe to copy the data "
"from one pool to another. The data can be used directly on the receiving "
"pool after the transfer is complete. A dataset can only be replicated to an "
"empty dataset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39544
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -v <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable> | zfs receive <replaceable>backup/mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"send from @ to mypool@replica1 estimated size is 50.1M\n"
"total estimated size is 50.1M\n"
"TIME        SENT   SNAPSHOT\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  63.7M   896M     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  984M  43.7M   940M     4%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39556
msgid "Incremental Backups"
msgstr "漸進式備份"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39558
msgid ""
"<command>zfs send</command> can also determine the difference between two "
"snapshots and send only the differences between the two. This saves disk "
"space and transfer time. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica2</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                    USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"mypool@replica1         5.72M      -  43.6M  -\n"
"mypool@replica2             0      -  44.1M  -\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  61.7M   898M     6%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  960M  50.2M   910M     5%  1.00x  ONLINE  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39573
msgid ""
"A second snapshot called <replaceable>replica2</replaceable> was created. "
"This second snapshot contains only the changes that were made to the file "
"system between now and the previous snapshot, <replaceable>replica1</"
"replaceable>. Using <command>zfs send -i</command> and indicating the pair "
"of snapshots generates an incremental replica stream containing only the "
"data that has changed. This can only succeed if the initial snapshot already "
"exists on the receiving side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39584
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -v -i <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica1</replaceable> <replaceable>mypool</replaceable>@<replaceable>replica2</replaceable> | zfs receive <replaceable>/backup/mypool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"send from @replica1 to mypool@replica2 estimated size is 5.02M\n"
"total estimated size is 5.02M\n"
"TIME        SENT   SNAPSHOT\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME    SIZE  ALLOC   FREE    CAP  DEDUP  HEALTH  ALTROOT\n"
"backup  960M  80.8M   879M     8%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"mypool  960M  50.2M   910M     5%  1.00x  ONLINE  -\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list</userinput>\n"
"NAME                         USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"backup                      55.4M   240G   152K  /backup\n"
"backup/mypool               55.3M   240G  55.2M  /backup/mypool\n"
"mypool                      55.6M  11.6G  55.0M  /mypool\n"
"\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs list -t snapshot</userinput>\n"
"NAME                                         USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT\n"
"backup/mypool@replica1                       104K      -  50.2M  -\n"
"backup/mypool@replica2                          0      -  55.2M  -\n"
"mypool@replica1                             29.9K      -  50.0M  -\n"
"mypool@replica2                                 0      -  55.0M  -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39607
msgid ""
"The incremental stream was successfully transferred. Only the data that had "
"changed was replicated, rather than the entirety of <replaceable>replica1</"
"replaceable>. Only the differences were sent, which took much less time to "
"transfer and saved disk space by not copying the complete pool each time. "
"This is useful when having to rely on slow networks or when costs per "
"transferred byte must be considered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39616
msgid ""
"A new file system, <replaceable>backup/mypool</replaceable>, is available "
"with all of the files and data from the pool <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable>. If <option>-P</option> is specified, the properties of the "
"dataset will be copied, including compression settings, quotas, and mount "
"points. When <option>-R</option> is specified, all child datasets of the "
"indicated dataset will be copied, along with all of their properties. "
"Sending and receiving can be automated so that regular backups are created "
"on the second pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:39629
msgid "Sending Encrypted Backups over <application>SSH</application>"
msgstr "透過 <application>SSH</application> 傳送已加密的備份"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39632
msgid ""
"Sending streams over the network is a good way to keep a remote backup, but "
"it does come with a drawback. Data sent over the network link is not "
"encrypted, allowing anyone to intercept and transform the streams back into "
"data without the knowledge of the sending user. This is undesirable, "
"especially when sending the streams over the internet to a remote host. "
"<application>SSH</application> can be used to securely encrypt data send "
"over a network connection. Since <acronym>ZFS</acronym> only requires the "
"stream to be redirected from standard output, it is relatively easy to pipe "
"it through <application>SSH</application>. To keep the contents of the file "
"system encrypted in transit and on the remote system, consider using <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/PEFS\">PEFS</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39646
msgid ""
"A few settings and security precautions must be completed first. Only the "
"necessary steps required for the <command>zfs send</command> operation are "
"shown here. For more information on <application>SSH</application>, see "
"<xref linkend=\"openssh\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39652
msgid "This configuration is required:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39656
msgid ""
"Passwordless <application>SSH</application> access between sending and "
"receiving host using <application>SSH</application> keys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39662
msgid ""
"Normally, the privileges of the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> user are needed to send and receive streams. This requires "
"logging in to the receiving system as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>. However, logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> is disabled by default for security reasons. The <link linkend="
"\"zfs-zfs-allow\">ZFS Delegation</link> system can be used to allow a non-"
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user on each system to "
"perform the respective send and receive operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39678
msgid "On the sending system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39680
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <command>zfs allow -u someuser send,snapshot <replaceable>mypool</replaceable></command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39684
msgid ""
"To mount the pool, the unprivileged user must own the directory, and regular "
"users must be allowed to mount file systems. On the receiving system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39688
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n"
"vfs.usermount: 0 -&gt; 1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> echo vfs.usermount=1 &gt;&gt; /etc/sysctl.conf\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create <replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs allow -u <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> create,mount,receive <replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> chown <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> <replaceable>/recvpool/backup</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39697
msgid ""
"The unprivileged user now has the ability to receive and mount datasets, and "
"the <replaceable>home</replaceable> dataset can be replicated to the remote "
"system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39701
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>zfs snapshot -r <replaceable>mypool/home</replaceable>@<replaceable>monday</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>zfs send -R <replaceable>mypool/home</replaceable>@<replaceable>monday</replaceable> | ssh <replaceable>someuser@backuphost</replaceable> zfs recv -dvu <replaceable>recvpool/backup</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:39704
msgid ""
"A recursive snapshot called <replaceable>monday</replaceable> is made of the "
"file system dataset <replaceable>home</replaceable> that resides on the pool "
"<replaceable>mypool</replaceable>. Then it is sent with <command>zfs send -"
"R</command> to include the dataset, all child datasets, snaphots, clones, "
"and settings in the stream. The output is piped to the waiting <command>zfs "
"receive</command> on the remote host <replaceable>backuphost</replaceable> "
"through <application>SSH</application>. Using a fully qualified domain name "
"or IP address is recommended. The receiving machine writes the data to the "
"<replaceable>backup</replaceable> dataset on the <replaceable>recvpool</"
"replaceable> pool. Adding <option>-d</option> to <command>zfs recv</command> "
"overwrites the name of the pool on the receiving side with the name of the "
"snapshot. <option>-u</option> causes the file systems to not be mounted on "
"the receiving side. When <option>-v</option> is included, more detail about "
"the transfer is shown, including elapsed time and the amount of data "
"transferred."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39729
msgid "Dataset, User, and Group Quotas"
msgstr "資料集、使用者以及群組配額"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39731
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-quota\">Dataset quotas</link> are used to restrict "
"the amount of space that can be consumed by a particular dataset. <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-refquota\">Reference Quotas</link> work in very much the "
"same way, but only count the space used by the dataset itself, excluding "
"snapshots and child datasets. Similarly, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota"
"\">user</link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-groupquota\">group</link> quotas "
"can be used to prevent users or groups from using all of the space in the "
"pool or dataset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39743
msgid ""
"To enforce a dataset quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39746
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set quota=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39748
msgid ""
"To enforce a reference quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39751
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set refquota=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39753
msgid "To remove a quota of 10 GB for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set quota=none storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39758
msgid ""
"The general format is <literal>userquota@<replaceable>user</"
"replaceable>=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>, and the user's name "
"must be in one of these formats:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39764
msgid ""
"<acronym>POSIX</acronym> compatible name such as <replaceable>joe</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39769
msgid ""
"<acronym>POSIX</acronym> numeric ID such as <replaceable>789</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39774
msgid ""
"<acronym>SID</acronym> name such as <replaceable>joe.bloggs@example.com</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:39780
msgid ""
"<acronym>SID</acronym> numeric ID such as <replaceable>S-1-123-456-789</"
"replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39786
msgid ""
"For example, to enforce a user quota of 50 GB for the user named "
"<replaceable>joe</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39789
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set userquota@joe=50G</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39791
msgid "To remove any quota:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39793
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set userquota@joe=none</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:39796
msgid ""
"User quota properties are not displayed by <command>zfs get all</command>. "
"Non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users can only see "
"their own quotas unless they have been granted the <literal>userquota</"
"literal> privilege. Users with this privilege are able to view and set "
"everyone's quota."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39804
msgid ""
"The general format for setting a group quota is: "
"<literal>groupquota@<replaceable>group</replaceable>=<replaceable>size</"
"replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39807
msgid ""
"To set the quota for the group <replaceable>firstgroup</replaceable> to "
"50 GB, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39811
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=50G</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39813
msgid ""
"To remove the quota for the group <replaceable>firstgroup</replaceable>, or "
"to make sure that one is not set, instead use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39817
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set groupquota@firstgroup=none</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39819
msgid ""
"As with the user quota property, non-<systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> users can only see the quotas associated with the groups to "
"which they belong. However, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"or a user with the <literal>groupquota</literal> privilege can view and set "
"all quotas for all groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39827
msgid ""
"To display the amount of space used by each user on a file system or "
"snapshot along with any quotas, use <command>zfs userspace</command>. For "
"group information, use <command>zfs groupspace</command>. For more "
"information about supported options or how to display only specific options, "
"refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39834
msgid ""
"Users with sufficient privileges, and <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>, can list the quota for <filename>storage/home/bob</filename> "
"using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39838
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get quota storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:39842
msgid "Reservations"
msgstr "保留空間"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39844
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-reservation\">Reservations</link> guarantee a "
"minimum amount of space will always be available on a dataset. The reserved "
"space will not be available to any other dataset. This feature can be "
"especially useful to ensure that free space is available for an important "
"dataset or log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39851
msgid ""
"The general format of the <literal>reservation</literal> property is "
"<literal>reservation=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>, so to set a "
"reservation of 10 GB on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39857
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set reservation=10G storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39859
msgid "To clear any reservation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39861
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set reservation=none storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39863
msgid ""
"The same principle can be applied to the <literal>refreservation</literal> "
"property for setting a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refreservation\">Reference "
"Reservation</link>, with the general format "
"<literal>refreservation=<replaceable>size</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39869
msgid ""
"This command shows any reservations or refreservations that exist on "
"<filename>storage/home/bob</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get reservation storage/home/bob</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get refreservation storage/home/bob</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-compression
#: book.translate.xml:39877 book.translate.xml:40996
msgid "Compression"
msgstr "壓縮 (Compression)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39879
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides transparent compression. Compressing data at "
"the block level as it is written not only saves space, but can also increase "
"disk throughput. If data is compressed by 25%, but the compressed data is "
"written to the disk at the same rate as the uncompressed version, resulting "
"in an effective write speed of 125%. Compression can also be a great "
"alternative to <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-deduplication\">Deduplication</link> "
"because it does not require additional memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39889
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> offers several different compression algorithms, each "
"with different trade-offs. With the introduction of <acronym>LZ4</acronym> "
"compression in <acronym>ZFS</acronym> v5000, it is possible to enable "
"compression for the entire pool without the large performance trade-off of "
"other algorithms. The biggest advantage to <acronym>LZ4</acronym> is the "
"<emphasis>early abort</emphasis> feature. If <acronym>LZ4</acronym> does not "
"achieve at least 12.5% compression in the first part of the data, the block "
"is written uncompressed to avoid wasting CPU cycles trying to compress data "
"that is either already compressed or uncompressible. For details about the "
"different compression algorithms available in <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, see "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-compression\">Compression</link> entry in the "
"terminology section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39905
msgid ""
"The administrator can monitor the effectiveness of compression using a "
"number of dataset properties."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39908
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs get used,compressratio,compression,logicalused <replaceable>mypool/compressed_dataset</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"NAME        PROPERTY          VALUE     SOURCE\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  used              449G      -\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  compressratio     1.11x     -\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  compression       lz4       local\n"
"mypool/compressed_dataset  logicalused       496G      -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39915
msgid ""
"The dataset is currently using 449 GB of space (the used property). Without "
"compression, it would have taken 496 GB of space (the "
"<literal>logicallyused</literal> property). This results in the 1.11:1 "
"compression ratio."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39921
msgid ""
"Compression can have an unexpected side effect when combined with <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota\">User Quotas</link>. User quotas restrict how "
"much space a user can consume on a dataset, but the measurements are based "
"on how much space is used <emphasis>after compression</emphasis>. So if a "
"user has a quota of 10 GB, and writes 10 GB of compressible data, they will "
"still be able to store additional data. If they later update a file, say a "
"database, with more or less compressible data, the amount of space available "
"to them will change. This can result in the odd situation where a user did "
"not increase the actual amount of data (the <literal>logicalused</literal> "
"property), but the change in compression caused them to reach their quota "
"limit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39936
msgid ""
"Compression can have a similar unexpected interaction with backups. Quotas "
"are often used to limit how much data can be stored to ensure there is "
"sufficient backup space available. However since quotas do not consider "
"compression, more data may be written than would fit with uncompressed "
"backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-deduplication
#: book.translate.xml:39945 book.translate.xml:41089
msgid "Deduplication"
msgstr "去重複 (Deduplication)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39947
msgid ""
"When enabled, <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\">deduplication</link> "
"uses the checksum of each block to detect duplicate blocks. When a new block "
"is a duplicate of an existing block, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> writes an "
"additional reference to the existing data instead of the whole duplicate "
"block. Tremendous space savings are possible if the data contains many "
"duplicated files or repeated information. Be warned: deduplication requires "
"an extremely large amount of memory, and most of the space savings can be "
"had without the extra cost by enabling compression instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39959
msgid ""
"To activate deduplication, set the <literal>dedup</literal> property on the "
"target pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set dedup=on <replaceable>pool</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39964
msgid ""
"Only new data being written to the pool will be deduplicated. Data that has "
"already been written to the pool will not be deduplicated merely by "
"activating this option. A pool with a freshly activated deduplication "
"property will look like this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39970
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME  SIZE ALLOC  FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n"
"pool 2.84G 2.19M 2.83G  0% 1.00x ONLINE -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39974
msgid ""
"The <literal>DEDUP</literal> column shows the actual rate of deduplication "
"for the pool. A value of <literal>1.00x</literal> shows that data has not "
"been deduplicated yet. In the next example, the ports tree is copied three "
"times into different directories on the deduplicated pool created above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39981
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"for d in dir1 dir2 dir3; do\n"
"for&gt; mkdir $d &amp;&amp; cp -R /usr/ports $d &amp;\n"
"for&gt; done"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39986
msgid "Redundant data is detected and deduplicated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:39988
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zpool list</userinput>\n"
"NAME SIZE  ALLOC FREE CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT\n"
"pool 2.84G 20.9M 2.82G 0% 3.00x ONLINE -"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39992
msgid ""
"The <literal>DEDUP</literal> column shows a factor of <literal>3.00x</"
"literal>. Multiple copies of the ports tree data was detected and "
"deduplicated, using only a third of the space. The potential for space "
"savings can be enormous, but comes at the cost of having enough memory to "
"keep track of the deduplicated blocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:39999
msgid ""
"Deduplication is not always beneficial, especially when the data on a pool "
"is not redundant. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can show potential space savings by "
"simulating deduplication on an existing pool:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:40004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zdb -S <replaceable>pool</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Simulated DDT histogram:\n"
"\n"
"bucket              allocated                       referenced\n"
"______   ______________________________   ______________________________\n"
"refcnt   blocks   LSIZE   PSIZE   DSIZE   blocks   LSIZE   PSIZE   DSIZE\n"
"------   ------   -----   -----   -----   ------   -----   -----   -----\n"
"     1    2.58M    289G    264G    264G    2.58M    289G    264G    264G\n"
"     2     206K   12.6G   10.4G   10.4G     430K   26.4G   21.6G   21.6G\n"
"     4    37.6K    692M    276M    276M     170K   3.04G   1.26G   1.26G\n"
"     8    2.18K   45.2M   19.4M   19.4M    20.0K    425M    176M    176M\n"
"    16      174   2.83M   1.20M   1.20M    3.33K   48.4M   20.4M   20.4M\n"
"    32       40   2.17M    222K    222K    1.70K   97.2M   9.91M   9.91M\n"
"    64        9     56K   10.5K   10.5K      865   4.96M    948K    948K\n"
"   128        2   9.50K      2K      2K      419   2.11M    438K    438K\n"
"   256        5   61.5K     12K     12K    1.90K   23.0M   4.47M   4.47M\n"
"    1K        2      1K      1K      1K    2.98K   1.49M   1.49M   1.49M\n"
" Total    2.82M    303G    275G    275G    3.20M    319G    287G    287G\n"
"\n"
"dedup = 1.05, compress = 1.11, copies = 1.00, dedup * compress / copies = 1.16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40025
msgid ""
"After <command>zdb -S</command> finishes analyzing the pool, it shows the "
"space reduction ratio that would be achieved by activating deduplication. In "
"this case, <literal>1.16</literal> is a very poor space saving ratio that is "
"mostly provided by compression. Activating deduplication on this pool would "
"not save any significant amount of space, and is not worth the amount of "
"memory required to enable deduplication. Using the formula <emphasis>ratio = "
"dedup * compress / copies</emphasis>, system administrators can plan the "
"storage allocation, deciding whether the workload will contain enough "
"duplicate blocks to justify the memory requirements. If the data is "
"reasonably compressible, the space savings may be very good. Enabling "
"compression first is recommended, and compression can also provide greatly "
"increased performance. Only enable deduplication in cases where the "
"additional savings will be considerable and there is sufficient memory for "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\"><acronym>DDT</acronym></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40045
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> and Jails"
msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 與 Jail"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40047
msgid ""
"<command>zfs jail</command> and the corresponding <literal>jailed</literal> "
"property are used to delegate a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset to a <link "
"linkend=\"jails\">Jail</link>. <command>zfs jail <replaceable>jailid</"
"replaceable></command> attaches a dataset to the specified jail, and "
"<command>zfs unjail</command> detaches it. For the dataset to be controlled "
"from within a jail, the <literal>jailed</literal> property must be set. Once "
"a dataset is jailed, it can no longer be mounted on the host because it may "
"have mount points that would compromise the security of the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40063
msgid "Delegated Administration"
msgstr "委託管理"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:40065
msgid ""
"A comprehensive permission delegation system allows unprivileged users to "
"perform <acronym>ZFS</acronym> administration functions. For example, if "
"each user's home directory is a dataset, users can be given permission to "
"create and destroy snapshots of their home directories. A backup user can be "
"given permission to use replication features. A usage statistics script can "
"be allowed to run with access only to the space utilization data for all "
"users. It is even possible to delegate the ability to delegate permissions. "
"Permission delegation is possible for each subcommand and most properties."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40078
msgid "Delegating Dataset Creation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40080
msgid ""
"<command>zfs allow <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> create "
"<replaceable>mydataset</replaceable></command> gives the specified user "
"permission to create child datasets under the selected parent dataset. There "
"is a caveat: creating a new dataset involves mounting it. That requires "
"setting the FreeBSD <literal>vfs.usermount</literal> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to <literal>1</literal> to allow non-root users to mount a "
"file system. There is another restriction aimed at preventing abuse: non-"
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> users must own the "
"mountpoint where the file system is to be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40095
msgid "Delegating Permission Delegation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40097
msgid ""
"<command>zfs allow <replaceable>someuser</replaceable> allow "
"<replaceable>mydataset</replaceable></command> gives the specified user the "
"ability to assign any permission they have on the target dataset, or its "
"children, to other users. If a user has the <literal>snapshot</literal> "
"permission and the <literal>allow</literal> permission, that user can then "
"grant the <literal>snapshot</literal> permission to other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40113
msgid "Tuning"
msgstr "調校"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40115
msgid ""
"There are a number of tunables that can be adjusted to make <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> perform best for different workloads."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_max
#: book.translate.xml:40121
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_max</varname></emphasis> - Maximum size of "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. The "
"default is all <acronym>RAM</acronym> less 1 GB, or one half of "
"<acronym>RAM</acronym>, whichever is more. However, a lower value should be "
"used if the system will be running any other daemons or processes that may "
"require memory. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_meta_limit
#: book.translate.xml:40132
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit</varname></emphasis> - Limit the "
"portion of the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link> "
"that can be used to store metadata. The default is one fourth of "
"<varname>vfs.zfs.arc_max</varname>. Increasing this value will improve "
"performance if the workload involves operations on a large number of files "
"and directories, or frequent metadata operations, at the cost of less file "
"data fitting in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></"
"link>. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-arc_min
#: book.translate.xml:40146
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.arc_min</varname></emphasis> - Minimum size of "
"the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. The "
"default is one half of <varname>vfs.zfs.arc_meta_limit</varname>. Adjust "
"this value to prevent other applications from pressuring out the entire "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link>. This value can "
"only be adjusted at boot time, and is set in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-cache-size
#: book.translate.xml:40157
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size</varname></emphasis> - A "
"preallocated amount of memory reserved as a cache for each device in the "
"pool. The total amount of memory used will be this value multiplied by the "
"number of devices. This value can only be adjusted at boot time, and is set "
"in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-min-auto-ashift
#: book.translate.xml:40166
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift</varname></emphasis> - Minimum "
"<varname>ashift</varname> (sector size) that will be used automatically at "
"pool creation time. The value is a power of two. The default value of "
"<literal>9</literal> represents <literal>2^9 = 512</literal>, a sector size "
"of 512 bytes. To avoid <emphasis>write amplification</emphasis> and get the "
"best performance, set this value to the largest sector size used by a device "
"in the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40176
msgid ""
"Many drives have 4 KB sectors. Using the default <varname>ashift</varname> "
"of <literal>9</literal> with these drives results in write amplification on "
"these devices. Data that could be contained in a single 4 KB write must "
"instead be written in eight 512-byte writes. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> tries to "
"read the native sector size from all devices when creating a pool, but many "
"drives with 4 KB sectors report that their sectors are 512 bytes for "
"compatibility. Setting <varname>vfs.zfs.min_auto_ashift</varname> to "
"<literal>12</literal> (<literal>2^12 = 4096</literal>) before creating a "
"pool forces <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to use 4 KB blocks for best performance "
"on these drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40191
msgid ""
"Forcing 4 KB blocks is also useful on pools where disk upgrades are planned. "
"Future disks are likely to use 4 KB sectors, and <varname>ashift</varname> "
"values cannot be changed after a pool is created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40196
msgid ""
"In some specific cases, the smaller 512-byte block size might be preferable. "
"When used with 512-byte disks for databases, or as storage for virtual "
"machines, less data is transferred during small random reads. This can "
"provide better performance, especially when using a smaller <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> record size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-prefetch_disable
#: book.translate.xml:40205
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable</varname></emphasis> - Disable "
"prefetch. A value of <literal>0</literal> is enabled and <literal>1</"
"literal> is disabled. The default is <literal>0</literal>, unless the system "
"has less than 4 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>. Prefetch works by reading "
"larger blocks than were requested into the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-arc"
"\"><acronym>ARC</acronym></link> in hopes that the data will be needed soon. "
"If the workload has a large number of random reads, disabling prefetch may "
"actually improve performance by reducing unnecessary reads. This value can "
"be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-trim_on_init
#: book.translate.xml:40220
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.trim_on_init</varname></emphasis> - Control "
"whether new devices added to the pool have the <literal>TRIM</literal> "
"command run on them. This ensures the best performance and longevity for "
"<acronym>SSD</acronym>s, but takes extra time. If the device has already "
"been secure erased, disabling this setting will make the addition of the new "
"device faster. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-vdev-max_pending
#: book.translate.xml:40232
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.vdev.max_pending</varname></emphasis> - Limit the "
"number of pending I/O requests per device. A higher value will keep the "
"device command queue full and may give higher throughput. A lower value will "
"reduce latency. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-top_maxinflight
#: book.translate.xml:40241
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.top_maxinflight</varname></emphasis> - Maxmimum "
"number of outstanding I/Os per top-level <link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev"
"\">vdev</link>. Limits the depth of the command queue to prevent high "
"latency. The limit is per top-level vdev, meaning the limit applies to each "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-term-vdev-mirror\">mirror</link>, <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-vdev-raidz\">RAID-Z</link>, or other vdev independently. This value can "
"be adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_max
#: book.translate.xml:40253
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></emphasis> - Limit the "
"amount of data written to the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc"
"\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link> per second. This tunable is designed to "
"extend the longevity of <acronym>SSD</acronym>s by limiting the amount of "
"data written to the device. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost
#: book.translate.xml:40262
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_boost</varname></emphasis> - The "
"value of this tunable is added to <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-"
"l2arc_write_max\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></link> and "
"increases the write speed to the <acronym>SSD</acronym> until the first "
"block is evicted from the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym></link>. This <quote>Turbo Warmup Phase</quote> is designed to "
"reduce the performance loss from an empty <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc"
"\"><acronym>L2ARC</acronym></link> after a reboot. This value can be "
"adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay
#: book.translate.xml:40274
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</varname></emphasis> - Number of "
"ticks to delay between each I/O during a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub"
"\"><command>scrub</command></link>. To ensure that a <command>scrub</"
"command> does not interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any "
"other <acronym>I/O</acronym> is happening the <command>scrub</command> will "
"delay between each command. This value controls the limit on the total "
"<acronym>IOPS</acronym> (I/Os Per Second) generated by the <command>scrub</"
"command>. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of "
"<varname>kern.hz</varname> which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This "
"setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective <acronym>IOPS</"
"acronym> limit. The default value is <literal>4</literal>, resulting in a "
"limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 4 = 250 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. Using a value of "
"<replaceable>20</replaceable> would give a limit of: 1000 ticks/sec / 20 = "
"50 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. The speed of <command>scrub</command> is only "
"limited when there has been recent activity on the pool, as determined by "
"<link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</"
"varname></link>. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-resilver_delay
#: book.translate.xml:40301
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.resilver_delay</varname></emphasis> - Number of "
"milliseconds of delay inserted between each I/O during a <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-resilver\">resilver</link>. To ensure that a resilver does not "
"interfere with the normal operation of the pool, if any other I/O is "
"happening the resilver will delay between each command. This value controls "
"the limit of total <acronym>IOPS</acronym> (I/Os Per Second) generated by "
"the resilver. The granularity of the setting is determined by the value of "
"<varname>kern.hz</varname> which defaults to 1000 ticks per second. This "
"setting may be changed, resulting in a different effective <acronym>IOPS</"
"acronym> limit. The default value is 2, resulting in a limit of: 1000 ticks/"
"sec / 2 = 500 <acronym>IOPS</acronym>. Returning the pool to an <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state may be more important if "
"another device failing could <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">Fault</link> "
"the pool, causing data loss. A value of 0 will give the resilver operation "
"the same priority as other operations, speeding the healing process. The "
"speed of resilver is only limited when there has been other recent activity "
"on the pool, as determined by <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle"
"\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></link>. This value can be adjusted "
"at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-scan_idle
#: book.translate.xml:40330
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.scan_idle</varname></emphasis> - Number of "
"milliseconds since the last operation before the pool is considered idle. "
"When the pool is idle the rate limiting for <link linkend=\"zfs-term-scrub"
"\"><command>scrub</command></link> and <link linkend=\"zfs-term-resilver"
"\">resilver</link> are disabled. This value can be adjusted at any time with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout
#: book.translate.xml:40341
msgid ""
"<emphasis><varname>vfs.zfs.txg.timeout</varname></emphasis> - Maximum number "
"of seconds between <link linkend=\"zfs-term-txg\">transaction group</link>s. "
"The current transaction group will be written to the pool and a fresh "
"transaction group started if this amount of time has elapsed since the "
"previous transaction group. A transaction group my be triggered earlier if "
"enough data is written. The default value is 5 seconds. A larger value may "
"improve read performance by delaying asynchronous writes, but this may cause "
"uneven performance when the transaction group is written. This value can be "
"adjusted at any time with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:40378
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> on i386"
msgstr "i386 上的 <acronym>ZFS</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:40380
msgid ""
"Some of the features provided by <acronym>ZFS</acronym> are memory "
"intensive, and may require tuning for maximum efficiency on systems with "
"limited <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40386
msgid "Memory"
msgstr "記憶體"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40388
msgid ""
"As a bare minimum, the total system memory should be at least one gigabyte. "
"The amount of recommended <acronym>RAM</acronym> depends upon the size of "
"the pool and which <acronym>ZFS</acronym> features are used. A general rule "
"of thumb is 1 GB of RAM for every 1 TB of storage. If the deduplication "
"feature is used, a general rule of thumb is 5 GB of RAM per TB of storage to "
"be deduplicated. While some users successfully use <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"with less <acronym>RAM</acronym>, systems under heavy load may panic due to "
"memory exhaustion. Further tuning may be required for systems with less than "
"the recommended RAM requirements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40403 book.translate.xml:62396
msgid "Kernel Configuration"
msgstr "核心設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40405
msgid ""
"Due to the address space limitations of the <trademark>i386</trademark> "
"platform, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> users on the <trademark>i386</trademark> "
"architecture must add this option to a custom kernel configuration file, "
"rebuild the kernel, and reboot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:40411
#, no-wrap
msgid "options        KVA_PAGES=512"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40413
msgid ""
"This expands the kernel address space, allowing the <varname>vm.kvm_size</"
"varname> tunable to be pushed beyond the currently imposed limit of 1 GB, or "
"the limit of 2 GB for <acronym>PAE</acronym>. To find the most suitable "
"value for this option, divide the desired address space in megabytes by "
"four. In this example, it is <literal>512</literal> for 2 GB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:40423
msgid "Loader Tunables"
msgstr "載入程式可調參數"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40425
msgid ""
"The <filename>kmem</filename> address space can be increased on all FreeBSD "
"architectures. On a test system with 1 GB of physical memory, success was "
"achieved with these options added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, "
"and the system restarted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:40432
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vm.kmem_size=\"330M\"\n"
"vm.kmem_size_max=\"330M\"\n"
"vfs.zfs.arc_max=\"40M\"\n"
"vfs.zfs.vdev.cache.size=\"5M\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:40437
msgid ""
"For a more detailed list of recommendations for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>-"
"related tuning, see <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide"
"\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40444
msgid "Additional Resources"
msgstr "其他資源"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40448
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFS\">FreeBSD Wiki - "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40453
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.freebsd.org/ZFSTuningGuide\">FreeBSD Wiki - "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Tuning</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40458
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.illumos.org/display/illumos/ZFS\">Illumos "
"Wiki - <acronym>ZFS</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40463
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19253-01/819-5461/index.html"
"\">Oracle Solaris <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Administration Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40469
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.solarisinternals.com/wiki/index.php/"
"ZFS_Evil_Tuning_Guide\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> Evil Tuning Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40474
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.solarisinternals.com/wiki/index.php/"
"ZFS_Best_Practices_Guide\"><acronym>ZFS</acronym> Best Practices Guide</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40479
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://calomel.org/zfs_raid_speed_capacity.html"
"\">Calomel Blog - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Raidz Performance, Capacity and "
"Integrity</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:40487
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Features and Terminology"
msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> 特色與術語"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:40489
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> is a fundamentally different file system because it "
"is more than just a file system. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> combines the roles "
"of file system and volume manager, enabling additional storage devices to be "
"added to a live system and having the new space available on all of the "
"existing file systems in that pool immediately. By combining the "
"traditionally separate roles, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is able to overcome "
"previous limitations that prevented <acronym>RAID</acronym> groups being "
"able to grow. Each top level device in a pool is called a <emphasis>vdev</"
"emphasis>, which can be a simple disk or a <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"transformation such as a mirror or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> array. "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> file systems (called <emphasis>datasets</emphasis>) "
"each have access to the combined free space of the entire pool. As blocks "
"are allocated from the pool, the space available to each file system "
"decreases. This approach avoids the common pitfall with extensive "
"partitioning where free space becomes fragmented across the partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-pool
#: book.translate.xml:40513
msgid "pool"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:40527
msgid ""
"FreeBSD 9.0 and 9.1 include support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version 28. "
"Later versions use <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version 5000 with feature flags. "
"The new feature flags system allows greater cross-compatibility with other "
"implementations of <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40515
msgid ""
"A storage <emphasis>pool</emphasis> is the most basic building block of "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>. A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, the "
"underlying devices that store the data. A pool is then used to create one or "
"more file systems (datasets) or block devices (volumes). These datasets and "
"volumes share the pool of remaining free space. Each pool is uniquely "
"identified by a name and a <acronym>GUID</acronym>. The features available "
"are determined by the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> version number on the pool. <_:"
"note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev
#: book.translate.xml:40538
msgid "vdev Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-disk
#: book.translate.xml:40549
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Disk</emphasis> - The most basic type of vdev is a standard block "
"device. This can be an entire disk (such as <filename><replaceable>/dev/"
"ada0</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/dev/da0</"
"replaceable></filename>) or a partition (<filename><replaceable>/dev/ada0p3</"
"replaceable></filename>). On FreeBSD, there is no performance penalty for "
"using a partition rather than the entire disk. This differs from "
"recommendations made by the Solaris documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-file
#: book.translate.xml:40564
msgid ""
"<emphasis>File</emphasis> - In addition to disks, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"pools can be backed by regular files, this is especially useful for testing "
"and experimentation. Use the full path to the file as the device path in "
"<command>zpool create</command>. All vdevs must be at least 128 MB in size."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-mirror
#: book.translate.xml:40574
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mirror</emphasis> - When creating a mirror, specify the "
"<literal>mirror</literal> keyword followed by the list of member devices for "
"the mirror. A mirror consists of two or more devices, all data will be "
"written to all member devices. A mirror vdev will only hold as much data as "
"its smallest member. A mirror vdev can withstand the failure of all but one "
"of its members without losing any data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:40585
msgid ""
"A regular single disk vdev can be upgraded to a mirror vdev at any time with "
"<command>zpool <link linkend=\"zfs-zpool-attach\">attach</link></command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-raidz
#: book.translate.xml:40593
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>RAID-Z</acronym></emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"implements <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>, a variation on standard "
"<acronym>RAID-5</acronym> that offers better distribution of parity and "
"eliminates the <quote><acronym>RAID-5</acronym> write hole</quote> in which "
"the data and parity information become inconsistent after an unexpected "
"restart. <acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports three levels of <acronym>RAID-Z</"
"acronym> which provide varying levels of redundancy in exchange for "
"decreasing levels of usable storage. The types are named <acronym>RAID-Z1</"
"acronym> through <acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> based on the number of parity "
"devices in the array and the number of disks which can fail while the pool "
"remains operational."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40611
msgid ""
"In a <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> configuration with four disks, each 1 TB, "
"usable storage is 3 TB and the pool will still be able to operate in "
"degraded mode with one faulted disk. If an additional disk goes offline "
"before the faulted disk is replaced and resilvered, all data in the pool can "
"be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40619
msgid ""
"In a <acronym>RAID-Z3</acronym> configuration with eight disks of 1 TB, the "
"volume will provide 5 TB of usable space and still be able to operate with "
"three faulted disks. <trademark>Sun</trademark> recommends no more than nine "
"disks in a single vdev. If the configuration has more disks, it is "
"recommended to divide them into separate vdevs and the pool data will be "
"striped across them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40628
msgid ""
"A configuration of two <acronym>RAID-Z2</acronym> vdevs consisting of 8 "
"disks each would create something similar to a <acronym>RAID-60</acronym> "
"array. A <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> group's storage capacity is approximately "
"the size of the smallest disk multiplied by the number of non-parity disks. "
"Four 1 TB disks in <acronym>RAID-Z1</acronym> has an effective size of "
"approximately 3 TB, and an array of eight 1 TB disks in <acronym>RAID-Z3</"
"acronym> will yield 5 TB of usable space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-spare
#: book.translate.xml:40643
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Spare</emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> has a special pseudo-"
"vdev type for keeping track of available hot spares. Note that installed hot "
"spares are not deployed automatically; they must manually be configured to "
"replace the failed device using <command>zfs replace</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-log
#: book.translate.xml:40653
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Log</emphasis> - <acronym>ZFS</acronym> Log Devices, also known as "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Intent Log (<link linkend=\"zfs-term-zil"
"\"><acronym>ZIL</acronym></link>) move the intent log from the regular pool "
"devices to a dedicated device, typically an <acronym>SSD</acronym>. Having a "
"dedicated log device can significantly improve the performance of "
"applications with a high volume of synchronous writes, especially databases. "
"Log devices can be mirrored, but <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym> is not supported. "
"If multiple log devices are used, writes will be load balanced across them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-vdev-cache
#: book.translate.xml:40668
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cache</emphasis> - Adding a cache vdev to a pool will add the "
"storage of the cache to the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-l2arc\"><acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym></link>. Cache devices cannot be mirrored. Since a cache device only "
"stores additional copies of existing data, there is no risk of data loss."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40540
msgid ""
"A pool is made up of one or more vdevs, which themselves can be a single "
"disk or a group of disks, in the case of a <acronym>RAID</acronym> "
"transform. When multiple vdevs are used, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> spreads data "
"across the vdevs to increase performance and maximize usable space. <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-txg
#: book.translate.xml:40679
msgid "Transaction Group (<acronym>TXG</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40693
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Open</emphasis> - When a new transaction group is created, it is "
"in the open state, and accepts new writes. There is always a transaction "
"group in the open state, however the transaction group may refuse new writes "
"if it has reached a limit. Once the open transaction group has reached a "
"limit, or the <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-txg-timeout\"><varname>vfs."
"zfs.txg.timeout</varname></link> has been reached, the transaction group "
"advances to the next state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40705
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Quiescing</emphasis> - A short state that allows any pending "
"operations to finish while not blocking the creation of a new open "
"transaction group. Once all of the transactions in the group have completed, "
"the transaction group advances to the final state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40714
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Syncing</emphasis> - All of the data in the transaction group is "
"written to stable storage. This process will in turn modify other data, such "
"as metadata and space maps, that will also need to be written to stable "
"storage. The process of syncing involves multiple passes. The first, all of "
"the changed data blocks, is the biggest, followed by the metadata, which may "
"take multiple passes to complete. Since allocating space for the data blocks "
"generates new metadata, the syncing state cannot finish until a pass "
"completes that does not allocate any additional space. The syncing state is "
"also where <emphasis>synctasks</emphasis> are completed. Synctasks are "
"administrative operations, such as creating or destroying snapshots and "
"datasets, that modify the uberblock are completed. Once the sync state is "
"complete, the transaction group in the quiescing state is advanced to the "
"syncing state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40682
msgid ""
"Transaction Groups are the way changed blocks are grouped together and "
"eventually written to the pool. Transaction groups are the atomic unit that "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses to assert consistency. Each transaction group is "
"assigned a unique 64-bit consecutive identifier. There can be up to three "
"active transaction groups at a time, one in each of these three states: <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/> All administrative functions, such as <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-snapshot\"><command>snapshot</command></link> are written as part of "
"the transaction group. When a synctask is created, it is added to the "
"currently open transaction group, and that group is advanced as quickly as "
"possible to the syncing state to reduce the latency of administrative "
"commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-arc
#: book.translate.xml:40746
msgid "Adaptive Replacement Cache (<acronym>ARC</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40749
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> uses an Adaptive Replacement Cache (<acronym>ARC</"
"acronym>), rather than a more traditional Least Recently Used (<acronym>LRU</"
"acronym>) cache. An <acronym>LRU</acronym> cache is a simple list of items "
"in the cache, sorted by when each object was most recently used. New items "
"are added to the top of the list. When the cache is full, items from the "
"bottom of the list are evicted to make room for more active objects. An "
"<acronym>ARC</acronym> consists of four lists; the Most Recently Used "
"(<acronym>MRU</acronym>) and Most Frequently Used (<acronym>MFU</acronym>) "
"objects, plus a ghost list for each. These ghost lists track recently "
"evicted objects to prevent them from being added back to the cache. This "
"increases the cache hit ratio by avoiding objects that have a history of "
"only being used occasionally. Another advantage of using both an "
"<acronym>MRU</acronym> and <acronym>MFU</acronym> is that scanning an entire "
"file system would normally evict all data from an <acronym>MRU</acronym> or "
"<acronym>LRU</acronym> cache in favor of this freshly accessed content. With "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>, there is also an <acronym>MFU</acronym> that only "
"tracks the most frequently used objects, and the cache of the most commonly "
"accessed blocks remains."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-l2arc
#: book.translate.xml:40777
msgid "<acronym>L2ARC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40779
msgid ""
"<acronym>L2ARC</acronym> is the second level of the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"caching system. The primary <acronym>ARC</acronym> is stored in "
"<acronym>RAM</acronym>. Since the amount of available <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"is often limited, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can also use <link linkend=\"zfs-"
"term-vdev-cache\">cache vdevs</link>. Solid State Disks (<acronym>SSD</"
"acronym>s) are often used as these cache devices due to their higher speed "
"and lower latency compared to traditional spinning disks. <acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym> is entirely optional, but having one will significantly increase "
"read speeds for files that are cached on the <acronym>SSD</acronym> instead "
"of having to be read from the regular disks. <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> can "
"also speed up <link linkend=\"zfs-term-deduplication\">deduplication</link> "
"because a <acronym>DDT</acronym> that does not fit in <acronym>RAM</acronym> "
"but does fit in the <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> will be much faster than a "
"<acronym>DDT</acronym> that must be read from disk. The rate at which data "
"is added to the cache devices is limited to prevent prematurely wearing out "
"<acronym>SSD</acronym>s with too many writes. Until the cache is full (the "
"first block has been evicted to make room), writing to the <acronym>L2ARC</"
"acronym> is limited to the sum of the write limit and the boost limit, and "
"afterwards limited to the write limit. A pair of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> values control these rate limits. <link linkend=\"zfs-advanced-"
"tuning-l2arc_write_max\"><varname>vfs.zfs.l2arc_write_max</varname></link> "
"controls how many bytes are written to the cache per second, while <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-l2arc_write_boost\"><varname>vfs.zfs."
"l2arc_write_boost</varname></link> adds to this limit during the "
"<quote>Turbo Warmup Phase</quote> (Write Boost)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-zil
#: book.translate.xml:40814
msgid "<acronym>ZIL</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40816
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZIL</acronym> accelerates synchronous transactions by using storage "
"devices like <acronym>SSD</acronym>s that are faster than those used in the "
"main storage pool. When an application requests a synchronous write (a "
"guarantee that the data has been safely stored to disk rather than merely "
"cached to be written later), the data is written to the faster <acronym>ZIL</"
"acronym> storage, then later flushed out to the regular disks. This greatly "
"reduces latency and improves performance. Only synchronous workloads like "
"databases will benefit from a <acronym>ZIL</acronym>. Regular asynchronous "
"writes such as copying files will not use the <acronym>ZIL</acronym> at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-cow
#: book.translate.xml:40832
msgid "Copy-On-Write"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40834
msgid ""
"Unlike a traditional file system, when data is overwritten on <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym>, the new data is written to a different block rather than "
"overwriting the old data in place. Only when this write is complete is the "
"metadata then updated to point to the new location. In the event of a shorn "
"write (a system crash or power loss in the middle of writing a file), the "
"entire original contents of the file are still available and the incomplete "
"write is discarded. This also means that <acronym>ZFS</acronym> does not "
"require a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> after an unexpected shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-dataset
#: book.translate.xml:40848
msgid "Dataset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40850
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Dataset</emphasis> is the generic term for a <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> file system, volume, snapshot or clone. Each dataset has a unique "
"name in the format <replaceable>poolname/path@snapshot</replaceable>. The "
"root of the pool is technically a dataset as well. Child datasets are named "
"hierarchically like directories. For example, <replaceable>mypool/home</"
"replaceable>, the home dataset, is a child of <replaceable>mypool</"
"replaceable> and inherits properties from it. This can be expanded further "
"by creating <replaceable>mypool/home/user</replaceable>. This grandchild "
"dataset will inherit properties from the parent and grandparent. Properties "
"on a child can be set to override the defaults inherited from the parents "
"and grandparents. Administration of datasets and their children can be <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-zfs-allow\">delegated</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-filesystem
#: book.translate.xml:40872
msgid "File system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40874
msgid ""
"A <acronym>ZFS</acronym> dataset is most often used as a file system. Like "
"most other file systems, a <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system is mounted "
"somewhere in the systems directory hierarchy and contains files and "
"directories of its own with permissions, flags, and other metadata."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-volume
#: book.translate.xml:40883
msgid "Volume"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40885
msgid ""
"In additional to regular file system datasets, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> can "
"also create volumes, which are block devices. Volumes have many of the same "
"features, including copy-on-write, snapshots, clones, and checksumming. "
"Volumes can be useful for running other file system formats on top of "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>, such as <acronym>UFS</acronym> virtualization, or "
"exporting <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> extents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-snapshot
#: book.translate.xml:40897
msgid "Snapshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40899
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-cow\">copy-on-write</link> (<acronym>COW</"
"acronym>) design of <acronym>ZFS</acronym> allows for nearly instantaneous, "
"consistent snapshots with arbitrary names. After taking a snapshot of a "
"dataset, or a recursive snapshot of a parent dataset that will include all "
"child datasets, new data is written to new blocks, but the old blocks are "
"not reclaimed as free space. The snapshot contains the original version of "
"the file system, and the live file system contains any changes made since "
"the snapshot was taken. No additional space is used. As new data is written "
"to the live file system, new blocks are allocated to store this data. The "
"apparent size of the snapshot will grow as the blocks are no longer used in "
"the live file system, but only in the snapshot. These snapshots can be "
"mounted read only to allow for the recovery of previous versions of files. "
"It is also possible to <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot\">rollback</link> a "
"live file system to a specific snapshot, undoing any changes that took place "
"after the snapshot was taken. Each block in the pool has a reference counter "
"which keeps track of how many snapshots, clones, datasets, or volumes make "
"use of that block. As files and snapshots are deleted, the reference count "
"is decremented. When a block is no longer referenced, it is reclaimed as "
"free space. Snapshots can also be marked with a <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-"
"snapshot\">hold</link>. When a snapshot is held, any attempt to destroy it "
"will return an <literal>EBUSY</literal> error. Each snapshot can have "
"multiple holds, each with a unique name. The <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-snapshot"
"\">release</link> command removes the hold so the snapshot can deleted. "
"Snapshots can be taken on volumes, but they can only be cloned or rolled "
"back, not mounted independently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-clone
#: book.translate.xml:40938
msgid "Clone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40940
msgid ""
"Snapshots can also be cloned. A clone is a writable version of a snapshot, "
"allowing the file system to be forked as a new dataset. As with a snapshot, "
"a clone initially consumes no additional space. As new data is written to a "
"clone and new blocks are allocated, the apparent size of the clone grows. "
"When blocks are overwritten in the cloned file system or volume, the "
"reference count on the previous block is decremented. The snapshot upon "
"which a clone is based cannot be deleted because the clone depends on it. "
"The snapshot is the parent, and the clone is the child. Clones can be "
"<emphasis>promoted</emphasis>, reversing this dependency and making the "
"clone the parent and the previous parent the child. This operation requires "
"no additional space. Because the amount of space used by the parent and "
"child is reversed, existing quotas and reservations might be affected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-checksum
#: book.translate.xml:40960
msgid "Checksum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40976
msgid "<literal>fletcher2</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40980
msgid "<literal>fletcher4</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:40984
msgid "<literal>sha256</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40962
msgid ""
"Every block that is allocated is also checksummed. The checksum algorithm "
"used is a per-dataset property, see <link linkend=\"zfs-zfs-set"
"\"><command>set</command></link>. The checksum of each block is "
"transparently validated as it is read, allowing <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to "
"detect silent corruption. If the data that is read does not match the "
"expected checksum, <acronym>ZFS</acronym> will attempt to recover the data "
"from any available redundancy, like mirrors or <acronym>RAID-Z</acronym>). "
"Validation of all checksums can be triggered with <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"scrub\"><command>scrub</command></link>. Checksum algorithms include: <_:"
"itemizedlist-1/> The <literal>fletcher</literal> algorithms are faster, but "
"<literal>sha256</literal> is a strong cryptographic hash and has a much "
"lower chance of collisions at the cost of some performance. Checksums can be "
"disabled, but it is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41008
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>LZ4</acronym></emphasis> - Added in <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> pool version 5000 (feature flags), <acronym>LZ4</acronym> is now "
"the recommended compression algorithm. <acronym>LZ4</acronym> compresses "
"approximately 50% faster than <acronym>LZJB</acronym> when operating on "
"compressible data, and is over three times faster when operating on "
"uncompressible data. <acronym>LZ4</acronym> also decompresses approximately "
"80% faster than <acronym>LZJB</acronym>. On modern <acronym>CPU</acronym>s, "
"<acronym>LZ4</acronym> can often compress at over 500 MB/s, and decompress "
"at over 1.5 GB/s (per single CPU core)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41025
msgid "<acronym>LZ4</acronym> compression is only available after FreeBSD 9.2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41031
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>LZJB</acronym></emphasis> - The default compression "
"algorithm. Created by Jeff Bonwick (one of the original creators of "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym>). <acronym>LZJB</acronym> offers good compression "
"with less <acronym>CPU</acronym> overhead compared to <acronym>GZIP</"
"acronym>. In the future, the default compression algorithm will likely "
"change to <acronym>LZ4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41043
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>GZIP</acronym></emphasis> - A popular stream compression "
"algorithm available in <acronym>ZFS</acronym>. One of the main advantages of "
"using <acronym>GZIP</acronym> is its configurable level of compression. When "
"setting the <literal>compress</literal> property, the administrator can "
"choose the level of compression, ranging from <literal>gzip1</literal>, the "
"lowest level of compression, to <literal>gzip9</literal>, the highest level "
"of compression. This gives the administrator control over how much "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym> time to trade for saved disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41059
msgid ""
"<emphasis><acronym>ZLE</acronym></emphasis> - Zero Length Encoding is a "
"special compression algorithm that only compresses continuous runs of zeros. "
"This compression algorithm is only useful when the dataset contains large "
"blocks of zeros."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:40998
msgid ""
"Each dataset has a compression property, which defaults to off. This "
"property can be set to one of a number of compression algorithms. This will "
"cause all new data that is written to the dataset to be compressed. Beyond a "
"reduction in space used, read and write throughput often increases because "
"fewer blocks are read or written. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-copies
#: book.translate.xml:41070
msgid "Copies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41072
msgid ""
"When set to a value greater than 1, the <literal>copies</literal> property "
"instructs <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to maintain multiple copies of each block "
"in the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-filesystem\">File System</link> or <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-term-volume\">Volume</link>. Setting this property on "
"important datasets provides additional redundancy from which to recover a "
"block that does not match its checksum. In pools without redundancy, the "
"copies feature is the only form of redundancy. The copies feature can "
"recover from a single bad sector or other forms of minor corruption, but it "
"does not protect the pool from the loss of an entire disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41091
msgid ""
"Checksums make it possible to detect duplicate blocks of data as they are "
"written. With deduplication, the reference count of an existing, identical "
"block is increased, saving storage space. To detect duplicate blocks, a "
"deduplication table (<acronym>DDT</acronym>) is kept in memory. The table "
"contains a list of unique checksums, the location of those blocks, and a "
"reference count. When new data is written, the checksum is calculated and "
"compared to the list. If a match is found, the existing block is used. The "
"<acronym>SHA256</acronym> checksum algorithm is used with deduplication to "
"provide a secure cryptographic hash. Deduplication is tunable. If "
"<literal>dedup</literal> is <literal>on</literal>, then a matching checksum "
"is assumed to mean that the data is identical. If <literal>dedup</literal> "
"is set to <literal>verify</literal>, then the data in the two blocks will be "
"checked byte-for-byte to ensure it is actually identical. If the data is not "
"identical, the hash collision will be noted and the two blocks will be "
"stored separately. Because <acronym>DDT</acronym> must store the hash of "
"each unique block, it consumes a very large amount of memory. A general rule "
"of thumb is 5-6 GB of ram per 1 TB of deduplicated data). In situations "
"where it is not practical to have enough <acronym>RAM</acronym> to keep the "
"entire <acronym>DDT</acronym> in memory, performance will suffer greatly as "
"the <acronym>DDT</acronym> must be read from disk before each new block is "
"written. Deduplication can use <acronym>L2ARC</acronym> to store the "
"<acronym>DDT</acronym>, providing a middle ground between fast system memory "
"and slower disks. Consider using compression instead, which often provides "
"nearly as much space savings without the additional memory requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-scrub
#: book.translate.xml:41129
msgid "Scrub"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41131
msgid ""
"Instead of a consistency check like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <acronym>ZFS</"
"acronym> has <command>scrub</command>. <command>scrub</command> reads all "
"data blocks stored on the pool and verifies their checksums against the "
"known good checksums stored in the metadata. A periodic check of all the "
"data stored on the pool ensures the recovery of any corrupted blocks before "
"they are needed. A scrub is not required after an unclean shutdown, but is "
"recommended at least once every three months. The checksum of each block is "
"verified as blocks are read during normal use, but a scrub makes certain "
"that even infrequently used blocks are checked for silent corruption. Data "
"security is improved, especially in archival storage situations. The "
"relative priority of <command>scrub</command> can be adjusted with <link "
"linkend=\"zfs-advanced-tuning-scrub_delay\"><varname>vfs.zfs.scrub_delay</"
"varname></link> to prevent the scrub from degrading the performance of other "
"workloads on the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-quota
#: book.translate.xml:41151
msgid "Dataset Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41160
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> supports different types of quotas: the dataset "
"quota, the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refquota\">reference quota "
"(<acronym>refquota</acronym>)</link>, the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-userquota"
"\">user quota</link>, and the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-groupquota\">group "
"quota</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41168
msgid ""
"Quotas limit the amount of space that a dataset and all of its descendants, "
"including snapshots of the dataset, child datasets, and the snapshots of "
"those datasets, can consume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41174
msgid ""
"Quotas cannot be set on volumes, as the <literal>volsize</literal> property "
"acts as an implicit quota."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41153
msgid ""
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> provides very fast and accurate dataset, user, and "
"group space accounting in addition to quotas and space reservations. This "
"gives the administrator fine grained control over how space is allocated and "
"allows space to be reserved for critical file systems. <_:para-1/> <_:para-2/"
"> <_:note-3/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refquota
#: book.translate.xml:41181
msgid "Reference Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41184
msgid ""
"A reference quota limits the amount of space a dataset can consume by "
"enforcing a hard limit. However, this hard limit includes only space that "
"the dataset references and does not include space used by descendants, such "
"as file systems or snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-userquota
#: book.translate.xml:41192
msgid "User Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41195
msgid ""
"User quotas are useful to limit the amount of space that can be used by the "
"specified user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-groupquota
#: book.translate.xml:41200
msgid "Group Quota"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41203
msgid ""
"The group quota limits the amount of space that a specified group can "
"consume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-reservation
#: book.translate.xml:41208
msgid "Dataset Reservation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:41226
msgid ""
"Reservations of any sort are useful in many situations, such as planning and "
"testing the suitability of disk space allocation in a new system, or "
"ensuring that enough space is available on file systems for audio logs or "
"system recovery procedures and files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41211
msgid ""
"The <literal>reservation</literal> property makes it possible to guarantee a "
"minimum amount of space for a specific dataset and its descendants. If a "
"10 GB reservation is set on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, and "
"another dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space "
"is reserved for this dataset. If a snapshot is taken of <filename>storage/"
"home/bob</filename>, the space used by that snapshot is counted against the "
"reservation. The <link linkend=\"zfs-term-refreservation"
"\"><literal>refreservation</literal></link> property works in a similar way, "
"but it <emphasis>excludes</emphasis> descendants like snapshots. <_:para-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-refreservation
#: book.translate.xml:41236
msgid "Reference Reservation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41239
msgid ""
"The <literal>refreservation</literal> property makes it possible to "
"guarantee a minimum amount of space for the use of a specific dataset "
"<emphasis>excluding</emphasis> its descendants. This means that if a 10 GB "
"reservation is set on <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, and another "
"dataset tries to use all of the free space, at least 10 GB of space is "
"reserved for this dataset. In contrast to a regular <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"reservation\">reservation</link>, space used by snapshots and descendant "
"datasets is not counted against the reservation. For example, if a snapshot "
"is taken of <filename>storage/home/bob</filename>, enough disk space must "
"exist outside of the <literal>refreservation</literal> amount for the "
"operation to succeed. Descendants of the main data set are not counted in "
"the <literal>refreservation</literal> amount and so do not encroach on the "
"space set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-resilver
#: book.translate.xml:41261
msgid "Resilver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41263
msgid ""
"When a disk fails and is replaced, the new disk must be filled with the data "
"that was lost. The process of using the parity information distributed "
"across the remaining drives to calculate and write the missing data to the "
"new drive is called <emphasis>resilvering</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-online
#: book.translate.xml:41272
msgid "Online"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41274
msgid ""
"A pool or vdev in the <literal>Online</literal> state has all of its member "
"devices connected and fully operational. Individual devices in the "
"<literal>Online</literal> state are functioning normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-offline
#: book.translate.xml:41282
msgid "Offline"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41284
msgid ""
"Individual devices can be put in an <literal>Offline</literal> state by the "
"administrator if there is sufficient redundancy to avoid putting the pool or "
"vdev into a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-faulted\">Faulted</link> state. An "
"administrator may choose to offline a disk in preparation for replacing it, "
"or to make it easier to identify."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-degraded
#: book.translate.xml:41295
msgid "Degraded"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41297
msgid ""
"A pool or vdev in the <literal>Degraded</literal> state has one or more "
"disks that have been disconnected or have failed. The pool is still usable, "
"but if additional devices fail, the pool could become unrecoverable. "
"Reconnecting the missing devices or replacing the failed disks will return "
"the pool to an <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online\">Online</link> state after "
"the reconnected or new device has completed the <link linkend=\"zfs-term-"
"resilver\">Resilver</link> process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#zfs-term-faulted
#: book.translate.xml:41310
msgid "Faulted"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:41312
msgid ""
"A pool or vdev in the <literal>Faulted</literal> state is no longer "
"operational. The data on it can no longer be accessed. A pool or vdev enters "
"the <literal>Faulted</literal> state when the number of missing or failed "
"devices exceeds the level of redundancy in the vdev. If missing devices can "
"be reconnected, the pool will return to a <link linkend=\"zfs-term-online"
"\">Online</link> state. If there is insufficient redundancy to compensate "
"for the number of failed disks, then the contents of the pool are lost and "
"must be restored from backups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:41337
msgid "Other File Systems"
msgstr "其他檔案系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:41348
msgid "<primary>File Systems</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:41349
msgid "<primary>File Systems Support</primary> <see>File Systems</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41354
msgid ""
"File systems are an integral part of any operating system. They allow users "
"to upload and store files, provide access to data, and make hard drives "
"useful. Different operating systems differ in their native file system. "
"Traditionally, the native FreeBSD file system has been the Unix File System "
"<acronym>UFS</acronym> which has been modernized as <acronym>UFS2</acronym>. "
"Since FreeBSD 7.0, the Z File System (<acronym>ZFS</acronym>) is also "
"available as a native file system. See <xref linkend=\"zfs\"/> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41364
msgid ""
"In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a multitude of "
"other file systems so that data from other operating systems can be accessed "
"locally, such as data stored on locally attached <acronym>USB</acronym> "
"storage devices, flash drives, and hard disks. This includes support for the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Extended File System "
"(<acronym>EXT</acronym>) and the Reiser file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41372
msgid ""
"There are different levels of FreeBSD support for the various file systems. "
"Some require a kernel module to be loaded and others may require a toolset "
"to be installed. Some non-native file system support is full read-write "
"while others are read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41382
msgid "The difference between native and supported file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41387
msgid "Which file systems are supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41391
msgid ""
"How to enable, configure, access, and make use of non-native file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41400
msgid ""
"Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and <link "
"linkend=\"basics\">FreeBSD basics</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41405
msgid ""
"Be familiar with the basics of <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">kernel "
"configuration and compilation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41410
msgid ""
"Feel comfortable <link linkend=\"ports\">installing software</link> in "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41415
msgid ""
"Have some familiarity with <link linkend=\"disks\">disks</link>, storage, "
"and device names in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41422
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> File Systems"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 檔案系統"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41424
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides built-in support for several <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> file systems. This section demonstrates how to load "
"support for and how to mount the supported <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41429
msgid "<acronym>ext2</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41431
msgid ""
"Kernel support for ext2 file systems has been available since FreeBSD 2.2. "
"In FreeBSD 8.x and earlier, the code is licensed under the <acronym>GPL</"
"acronym>. Since FreeBSD 9.0, the code has been rewritten and is now "
"<acronym>BSD</acronym> licensed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41438
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ext2fs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver allows the FreeBSD kernel to both read and "
"write to ext2 file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:41442
msgid ""
"This driver can also be used to access ext3 and ext4 file systems. However, "
"ext3 journaling and extended attributes are not supported. Support for ext4 "
"is read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41448
msgid "To access an ext file system, first load the kernel loadable module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41451
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ext2fs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41453
msgid ""
"Then, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an "
"existing mount point. This example mounts <filename>/dev/ad1s1</filename> on "
"<filename>/mnt</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41458
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t ext2fs <replaceable>/dev/ad1s1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41462
msgid "ReiserFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41464
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides read-only support for The Reiser file system, ReiserFS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41467
msgid ""
"To load the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reiserfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41469
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload reiserfs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41471
msgid ""
"Then, to mount a ReiserFS volume located on <filename>/dev/ad1s1</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:41474
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t reiserfs <replaceable>/dev/ad1s1</replaceable> <replaceable>/mnt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:41529
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr "虛擬化"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41532 book.translate.xml:56591
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Murray</firstname> <surname>Stokely</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:41542
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>bhyve section by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41555
msgid ""
"Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run "
"simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for <acronym>PC</"
"acronym>s often involve a host operating system which runs the "
"virtualization software and supports any number of guest operating systems."
msgstr ""
"虛擬化軟體可以讓同一台機器得以同時執行多種作業系統。在 <acronym>PC</acronym> "
"上的這類軟體系統通常涉及的角色有執行虛擬化軟體的主端 (Host) 作業系統以及數個"
"安裝在其中的客端 (Guest) 作業系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41565
msgid ""
"The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system."
msgstr "主端作業系統及客端作業系統的差別。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41570
msgid ""
"How to install FreeBSD on an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark>-based <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> computer."
msgstr ""
"如何在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>-based <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark> 電腦安裝 FreeBSD 。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41575
msgid ""
"How to install FreeBSD on <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> with "
"<application>Virtual PC</application>."
msgstr ""
"如何在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 使用 <application>Virtual PC</"
"application> 安裝 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41580
msgid "How to install FreeBSD as a guest in <application>bhyve</application>."
msgstr "如何以 FreeBSD 作為客端安裝在 <application>bhyve</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41585
msgid "How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization."
msgstr "如何調校 FreeBSD 系統來取得虛擬化的最佳效能。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41595
msgid ""
"Understand the <link linkend=\"basics\">basics of <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr ""
"了解<link linkend=\"basics\"><trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark> 與 FreeBSD 的基礎</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41600
msgid "Know how to <link linkend=\"bsdinstall\">install FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr "知道如何<link linkend=\"bsdinstall\">安裝 FreeBSD</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41605
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"advanced-networking\">set up a network "
"connection</link>."
msgstr "知道如何<link linkend=\"advanced-networking\">設定網路連線</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:41610
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"ports\">install additional third-party software</"
"link>."
msgstr "知道如何<link linkend=\"ports\">安裝其他第三方軟體</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41617
msgid ""
"FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>Parallels</application> for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X"
msgstr ""
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X 的 "
"<application>Parallels</application> 安裝 FreeBSD 為客端"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41620
msgid ""
"<application>Parallels Desktop</application> for <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> is a commercial software product available "
"for <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> based <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark> computers running <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> 10.4.6 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating "
"system. Once <application>Parallels</application> has been installed on "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X, the user must "
"configure a virtual machine and then install the desired guest operating "
"system."
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 的 <application>Parallels "
"Desktop</application> 是一套商業軟體可在 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Intel</trademark> 為基礎的 <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 的 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 10.4.6 或更新版本上執行。 該軟體完全"
"支援使用 FreeBSD 作為客端作業系統。 在 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Mac OS</trademark> X 裝好 <application>Parallels</application> 後，使用者"
"必先完成虛擬機器的設定後才可安裝想使用的客端作業系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41629
msgid ""
"Installing FreeBSD on Parallels/<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</"
"trademark> X"
msgstr ""
"在 Parallels/<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X 安裝 "
"FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41631
msgid ""
"The first step in installing FreeBSD on <application>Parallels</application> "
"is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. Select "
"<guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> as the <guimenu>Guest OS Type</guimenu> "
"when prompted:"
msgstr ""
"在 <application>Parallels</application> 上安裝 FreeBSD 的第一步是建立供安裝 "
"FreeBSD 使用的新虛擬機器。提示出現後請選擇 <guimenu>Guest OS Type</guimenu> "
"為 <guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem>："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41639
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41643
msgid ""
"Choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for "
"this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well "
"for most uses of FreeBSD under <application>Parallels</application>:"
msgstr ""
"根據您對此虛擬 FreeBSD 作業系統的規畫選擇合理的磁碟及記憶體空間，對大多數在 "
"<application>Parallels</application> 下的 FreeBSD 使用來講 4GB 的磁碟空間與 "
"512MB 的 RAM 便足夠："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41650
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41656
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41662
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41668
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41672
msgid "Select the type of networking and a network interface:"
msgstr "選擇網路類型以及網路介面："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41677
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41683
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41687 book.translate.xml:41871
msgid "Save and finish the configuration:"
msgstr "儲存並完成設定："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41691
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41697
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41701
msgid ""
"After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed "
"on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> or with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image downloaded "
"from an official <acronym>FTP</acronym> site. Copy the appropriate "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image to the local <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Mac</trademark> filesystem or insert a <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> in the <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark>'s <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive. Click on the disc icon in the "
"bottom right corner of the FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> "
"window. This will bring up a window that can be used to associate the "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive in the virtual machine with the "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> file on disk or with the real <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym> drive."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 虛擬機器新增後，就可以繼續以其安裝 FreeBSD。 安裝方面，比較好的作"
"法是使用官方的 FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> 或者是自"
"官方 <acronym>FTP</acronym> 站下載的 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 映像檔。 複製適合"
"的 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 映像檔到 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark> 檔案系統本地端或放入 <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> "
"到 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 的 <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym> 磁碟機。在 FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> 視窗的右下角"
"點選磁碟圖示後會出現一個視窗，可用來建立虛擬機器內的 <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym> 磁碟機與磁碟上 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 檔案或實際 <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym> 磁碟機的關聯。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41718
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41722
msgid ""
"Once this association with the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> source has been "
"made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking the reboot icon. "
"<application>Parallels</application> will reboot with a special "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> that first checks if there is a <acronym>CD-ROM</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""
"建立與 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 來源的關聯後，點選重新開機圖示重新開啟 "
"FreeBSD 虛擬機器。<application>Parallels</application> 會重新開機進入一個特殊"
"的 <acronym>BIOS</acronym> 畫面並檢查是否有 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41731
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41735
msgid ""
"In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal "
"FreeBSD installation. Perform the installation, but do not attempt to "
"configure <application>Xorg</application> at this time."
msgstr ""
"在此處會找到 FreeBSD 安裝媒體並開始正常的 FreeBSD 安裝程序。完成安裝，但不要"
"在此時嘗試設定 <application>Xorg</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41742
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41746
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD "
"virtual machine."
msgstr "當安裝完成後，重新開機將會進入新安裝的 FreeBSD 虛擬機器。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41751
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/parallels-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41757
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>Parallels</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>Parallels</application> 設定 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41760
msgid ""
"After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X with <application>Parallels</"
"application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to "
"optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""
"在成功將 FreeBSD 安裝到 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X "
"的 <application>Parallels</application> 後，有數個設定步驟要完成來最佳化系統"
"在虛擬機器上的運作。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:41767 book.translate.xml:41972 book.translate.xml:42176
msgid "Set Boot Loader Variables"
msgstr "設定 Boot Loader 變數"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41769
msgid ""
"The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to "
"reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>Parallels</"
"application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line "
"to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"最重要的一個步驟是減少 <option>kern.hz</option> 參數來減少 FreeBSD 在 "
"<application>Parallels</application> 環境下對 CPU 的使用率。加入以下行到 "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 來完成這個動作："

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:41776 book.translate.xml:41981 book.translate.xml:42185
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.hz=100"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41778
msgid ""
"Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> "
"guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor <trademark class="
"\"registered\">iMac</trademark>. After this change the usage will be closer "
"to 5%."
msgstr ""
"若沒有完成此設定，閒置的 FreeBSD <application>Parallels</application> 客端將"
"會消耗掉單一處理器的 <trademark class=\"registered\">iMac</trademark> 將近 "
"15% 的 CPU。完成此更改後使用率會減至接近 5%。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:41785 book.translate.xml:41991 book.translate.xml:42194
msgid "Create a New Kernel Configuration File"
msgstr "建立新核心設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41787
msgid ""
"All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a "
"custom kernel configuration file. <application>Parallels</application> "
"provides a virtual network adapter used by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from "
"the kernel."
msgstr ""
"所有的 SCSI, FireWire 及 USB 裝置可以從自訂的核心設定檔中移除。"
"<application>Parallels</application> 提供的虛擬網路卡使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 驅動程式，所以除了 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 以及 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 外的所有網路裝置可以自核心中移除。"

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:41796 book.translate.xml:42002 book.translate.xml:42205
msgid "Configure Networking"
msgstr "設定網路"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41798
msgid ""
"The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to "
"the same local area network as the host <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark>. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_ed0=\"DHCP"
"\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced networking "
"setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""
"最基本的網路設定是使用 DHCP 來讓虛擬機器連線到與主端 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 相同的區域網路，這可以透過加入 "
"<literal>ifconfig_ed0=\"DHCP\"</literal> 到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> 來完成。更進階的網路設定在 <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> "
"中描述。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:41811
msgid ""
"FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>Virtual PC</application> for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 的 "
"<application>Virtual PC</application> 安裝 FreeBSD 為客端"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:41814
msgid ""
"<application>Virtual PC</application> for <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> software product available for free download. See this website "
"for the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.microsoft.com/windows/downloads/"
"virtualpc/sysreq.mspx\">system requirements</link>. Once "
"<application>Virtual PC</application> has been installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark>, the user can configure a virtual machine and then "
"install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""
"給 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 使用的 "
"<application>Virtual PC</application> 是一套可免費下載的 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> 軟體產品，請參考此網站取得<link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.microsoft.com/windows/downloads/virtualpc/sysreq.mspx\">系"
"統需求</link>。<application>Virtual PC</application> 在 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> 上安裝完成之後，使用者可以設定一台虛擬機器然後安裝想要"
"的客端作業系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41823
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>Virtual PC</application> 安裝 FreeBSD "

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41826
msgid ""
"The first step in installing FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</"
"application> is to create a new virtual machine for installing FreeBSD. "
"Select <guimenuitem>Create a virtual machine</guimenuitem> when prompted:"
msgstr ""
"安裝 FreeBSD 到 <application>Virtual PC</application> 的第一個步驟是建立新的"
"虛擬機器來安裝 FreeBSD。當提示畫面出現時，請選擇 <guimenuitem>Create a "
"virtual machine</guimenuitem>："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41834
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41840
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41844
msgid ""
"Select <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> as the <guimenuitem>Operating "
"system</guimenuitem> when prompted:"
msgstr ""
"當提示畫面出現時，選擇 <guimenuitem>Operating system</guimenuitem> 為 "
"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem>："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41850
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41854
msgid ""
"Then, choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans "
"for this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work "
"well for most uses of FreeBSD under <application>Virtual PC</application>:"
msgstr ""
"然後，根據您對此虛擬 FreeBSD 作業系統的規畫選擇合理的磁碟及記憶體空間，對大多"
"數在 <application>Virtual PC</application> 下的 FreeBSD 使用來講 4GB 的磁碟空"
"間與 512MB 的 RAM 便足夠："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41861
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41867
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41875
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41879
msgid ""
"Select the FreeBSD virtual machine and click <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>, "
"then set the type of networking and a network interface:"
msgstr ""
"選擇 FreeBSD 虛擬機器然後點選 <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>，接著設定網路類型及"
"網路介面卡："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41885
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd7' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41891
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd8' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41895
msgid ""
"After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed "
"on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> or with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> image downloaded "
"from an official <acronym>FTP</acronym> site. Copy the appropriate "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image to the local <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> filesystem or insert a <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym> in the <acronym>CD</acronym> drive, then double click "
"on the FreeBSD virtual machine to boot. Then, click <guimenu>CD</guimenu> "
"and choose <guimenu>Capture ISO Image...</guimenu> on the "
"<application>Virtual PC</application> window. This will bring up a window "
"where the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive in the virtual machine can be "
"associated with an <acronym>ISO</acronym> file on disk or with the real "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drive."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 虛擬機器建立完成之後，便可安裝 FreeBSD 到該虛擬機器。安裝最好使用官"
"方 FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> 或使用自官方 "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> 站下載的 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 映像檔。複製適當的 "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 映像檔到本地 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark> 檔案系統或插入 <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> 到 "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> 磁碟機，然後雙擊點選 FreeBSD 虛擬機器來開機。接著，點"
"選 <guimenu>CD</guimenu> 並在 <application>Virtual PC</application> 視窗選擇 "
"<guimenu>Capture ISO Image...</guimenu>，這將會顯示一個視窗可以建立虛擬機器中"
"的 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 與 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 檔或磁碟或實體 "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 磁碟機之間的關聯。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41913
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd9' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41919
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41923
msgid ""
"Once this association with the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> source has been "
"made, reboot the FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking <guimenu>Action</"
"guimenu> and <guimenu>Reset</guimenu>. <application>Virtual PC</application> "
"will reboot with a special <acronym>BIOS</acronym> that first checks for a "
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""
"建立與 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 來源的關聯後，點選 <guimenu>Action</"
"guimenu> 及 <guimenu>Reset</guimenu> 重新開機 FreeBSD 虛擬機器。"
"<application>Virtual PC</application> 會重新開始並進入特殊的 <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym> 來做 <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 的第一次檢查。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41933
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41937
msgid ""
"In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal "
"FreeBSD installation. Continue with the installation, but do not attempt to "
"configure <application>Xorg</application> at this time."
msgstr ""
"在這個情況下會找到 FreeBSD 安裝媒體然後開始正常的 FreeBSD 安裝。接著繼續安"
"裝，但此時請不要嘗試設定 <application>Xorg</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41944
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41948
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, remember to eject the <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or release the <acronym>ISO</acronym> image. "
"Finally, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD virtual machine."
msgstr ""
"當安裝完成之後，記得退出 <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> 或釋放 "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 映像檔。最後，重新開機進入新安裝的 FreeBSD 虛擬機器。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:41955
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/virtualpc-freebsd13' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:41961
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>Virtual PC</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>Virtual PC</application> 設定 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:41964
msgid ""
"After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> with <application>Virtual PC</application>, there are "
"a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the system for "
"virtualized operation."
msgstr ""
"在成功將 FreeBSD 安裝到 <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 的 "
"<application>Virtual PC</application> 後，有數個設定步驟要完成來最佳化系統在"
"虛擬機器上的運作。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41974
msgid ""
"The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to "
"reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>Virtual PC</"
"application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line "
"to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"最重要的一個步驟是減少 <option>kern.hz</option>，來減少 FreeBSD 在 "
"<application>Virtual PC</application> 環境下 CPU 的使用量。這可以透過加入下列"
"幾行到 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 來完成："

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41983
msgid ""
"Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>Virtual PC</application> "
"guest OS will use roughly 40% of the CPU of a single processor computer. "
"After this change, the usage will be closer to 3%."
msgstr ""
"若沒有完成此設定，閒置的 FreeBSD <application>Virtual PC</application> 客端 "
"OS 會消耗掉單一處理器的電腦 40% 的 CPU。完成此更改後使用率會減至接近 3%。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:41993
msgid ""
"All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a "
"custom kernel configuration file. <application>Virtual PC</application> "
"provides a virtual network adapter used by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver, so all network devices except for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from "
"the kernel."
msgstr ""
"所有的 SCSI, FireWire 及 USB 裝置可以從自訂的核心設定檔中移除。"
"<application>Virtual PC</application> 提供的虛擬網路卡使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 驅動程式，所以除了 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>de</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 以及 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>miibus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 外的所有網路裝置可以自核心中移除。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42004
msgid ""
"The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to "
"the same local area network as the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"host. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_de0=\"DHCP\"</"
"literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced networking "
"setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""
"最基本的網路設定是使用 DHCP 來讓虛擬機器連線到與主端 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> 相同的區域網路，這可以透過加入 <literal>ifconfig_de0="
"\"DHCP\"</literal> 到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 來完成。更進階的網路"
"設定在 <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> 中描述。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42017
msgid ""
"FreeBSD as a Guest on <application>VMware Fusion</application> for "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark>"
msgstr ""
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 的 <application>VMware "
"Fusion</application> 安裝 FreeBSD 為客端"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42020
msgid ""
"<application>VMware Fusion</application> for <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Mac</trademark> is a commercial software product available for <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> based <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> "
"computers running <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 10.4.9 "
"or higher. FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once "
"<application>VMware Fusion</application> has been installed on <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X, the user can configure a virtual "
"machine and then install the desired guest operating system."
msgstr ""
"<application>VMware Fusion</application> 是一套商業軟體可在 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 為基礎的 <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 的 "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> 10.4.9 或更新版本上執行。 "
"該軟體完全支援使用 FreeBSD 作為客端作業系統。 在 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X 裝好 <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application> 後，使用者必先完成虛擬機器的設定後才可安裝想使用的客端作業系統。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42029
msgid "Installing FreeBSD on <application>VMware Fusion</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>VMware Fusion</application> 安裝 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42032
msgid ""
"The first step is to start <application>VMware Fusion</application> which "
"will load the Virtual Machine Library. Click <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> "
"to create the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""
"第一個步驟是啟動 <application>VMware Fusion</application> 載入 Virtual "
"Machine Library，點選 <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> 建立虛擬機器："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42039
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd01' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42043
msgid ""
"This will load the New Virtual Machine Assistant. Click "
"<guimenuitem>Continue</guimenuitem> to proceed:"
msgstr ""
"這個動做會載入 New Virtual Machine Assistant，點選 <guimenuitem>Continue</"
"guimenuitem> 繼續："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42048
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd02' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42052
msgid ""
"Select <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> as the <guimenuitem>Operating "
"System</guimenuitem> and either <guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> or "
"<guimenuitem>FreeBSD 64-bit</guimenuitem>, as the <guimenu>Version</guimenu> "
"when prompted:"
msgstr ""
"選擇 <guimenuitem>Operating System</guimenuitem> 為 <guimenuitem>Other</"
"guimenuitem> 以及在 <guimenu>Version</guimenu> 提示出現時選擇 "
"<guimenuitem>FreeBSD</guimenuitem> 或 <guimenuitem>FreeBSD 64-bit</"
"guimenuitem>："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42060
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd03' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42064
msgid ""
"Choose the name of the virtual machine and the directory where it should be "
"saved:"
msgstr "選擇虛擬機器要使用的名稱以及要儲存目錄位置："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42069
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd04' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42073
msgid "Choose the size of the Virtual Hard Disk for the virtual machine:"
msgstr "選擇虛擬機器的 Virtual Hard Disk 大小："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42078
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd05' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42082
msgid ""
"Choose the method to install the virtual machine, either from an "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> image or from a <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</"
"acronym>:"
msgstr ""
"選擇安裝虛擬機器的方式，可從 <acronym>ISO</acronym> 映像檔或從 <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym>："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42088
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd06' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42092
msgid ""
"Click <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> and the virtual machine will boot:"
msgstr "點選 <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> 接著虛擬機器會開機："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42097
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd07' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42101
msgid "Install FreeBSD as usual:"
msgstr "照往常方式安裝 FreeBSD："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42105
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd08' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42109
msgid ""
"Once the install is complete, the settings of the virtual machine can be "
"modified, such as memory usage:"
msgstr "安裝完成後，可以修改虛擬機器的設定，例如記憶體使用量："

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42113
msgid ""
"The System Hardware settings of the virtual machine cannot be modified while "
"the virtual machine is running."
msgstr "虛擬機器的 System Hardware 設定無法在虛擬機器執行時修改。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42120
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd09' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42124
msgid "The number of CPUs the virtual machine will have access to:"
msgstr "虛擬機器要使用的 CPU 數量："

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42129
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42133
msgid ""
"The status of the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> device. Normally the "
"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>ISO</acronym> is "
"disconnected from the virtual machine when it is no longer needed."
msgstr ""
"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> 裝置的狀態，正常情況 <acronym>CD</acronym>/"
"<acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>ISO</acronym> 在不需要時會中斷與虛擬機器的連"
"線。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42141
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd11' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42145
msgid ""
"The last thing to change is how the virtual machine will connect to the "
"network. To allow connections to the virtual machine from other machines "
"besides the host, choose <guimenuitem>Connect directly to the physical "
"network (Bridged)</guimenuitem>. Otherwise, <guimenuitem>Share the host's "
"internet connection (NAT)</guimenuitem> is preferred so that the virtual "
"machine can have access to the Internet, but the network cannot access the "
"virtual machine."
msgstr ""
"最後一件事是更改虛擬機器連線到網路的方式，要允許除了主端以外的機器連線到虛擬"
"機器，請選擇 <guimenuitem>Connect directly to the physical network "
"(Bridged)</guimenuitem>。否則會偏好使用 <guimenuitem>Share the host's "
"internet connection (NAT)</guimenuitem> 來讓虛擬機器可以存取網際網路，但外部"
"網路無法連線到虛擬機器。"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:42157
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtualization/vmware-freebsd12' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42161
msgid ""
"After modifying the settings, boot the newly installed FreeBSD virtual "
"machine."
msgstr "在修改設定之後，開機進入新安裝的 FreeBSD 虛擬機器。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42166
msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on <application>VMware Fusion</application>"
msgstr "在 <application>VMware Fusion</application> 設定 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42169
msgid ""
"After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X with <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application>, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to "
"optimize the system for virtualized operation."
msgstr ""
"在成功將 FreeBSD 安裝到 <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X "
"的 <application>VMware Fusion</application> 後，有數個設定步驟要完成來最佳化"
"系統在虛擬機器上的運作。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42178
msgid ""
"The most important step is to reduce the <option>kern.hz</option> tunable to "
"reduce the CPU utilization of FreeBSD under the <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application> environment. This is accomplished by adding the following line "
"to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"最重要的一個步驟是減少 <option>kern.hz</option>，來減少 FreeBSD 在 "
"<application>VMware Fusion</application> 環境下 CPU 的使用量。這可以透過加入"
"下列幾行到 <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 來完成："

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42187
msgid ""
"Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD <application>VMware Fusion</"
"application> guest will use roughly 15% of the CPU of a single processor "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">iMac</trademark>. After this change, the "
"usage will be closer to 5%."
msgstr ""
"若沒有完成此設定，閒置的 FreeBSD <application>VMware Fusion</application> 客"
"端將會消耗掉單一處理器的 <trademark class=\"registered\">iMac</trademark> 將"
"近 15% 的 CPU。完成此更改後使用率會減至接近 5%。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42196
msgid ""
"All of the FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom "
"kernel configuration file. <application>VMware Fusion</application> provides "
"a virtual network adapter used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver, so all network "
"devices except for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be removed from "
"the kernel."
msgstr ""
"所有的 SCSI, FireWire 及 USB 裝置可以從自訂的核心設定檔中移除。"
"<application>VMware Fusion</application> 提供的虛擬網路卡使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 驅動程式，所以除了 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>em</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 外的所有網路裝置可以自"
"核心中移除。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:42207
msgid ""
"The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to "
"the same local area network as the host <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</"
"trademark>. This can be accomplished by adding <literal>ifconfig_em0=\"DHCP"
"\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. More advanced networking "
"setups are described in <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""
"最基本的網路設定是使用 DHCP 來讓虛擬機器連線到與主端 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Mac</trademark> 相同的區域網路，這可以透過加入 "
"<literal>ifconfig_em0=\"DHCP\"</literal> 到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> 來完成。更進階的網路設定在 <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> "
"中描述。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42220
msgid "<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> Guest Additions on a FreeBSD Guest"
msgstr "安裝 <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> Guest Additions 於 FreeBSD 客端"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42222
msgid ""
"FreeBSD works well as a guest in <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application>. The virtualization software is available for most "
"common operating systems, including FreeBSD itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42227
msgid ""
"The <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> guest "
"additions provide support for:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42232
msgid "Clipboard sharing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42236
msgid "Mouse pointer integration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42240
msgid "Host time synchronization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42244
msgid "Window scaling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42248
msgid "Seamless mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42253
msgid "These commands are run in the FreeBSD guest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42256
msgid ""
"First, install the <package>emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions</package> "
"package or port in the FreeBSD guest. This will install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42260
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions &amp;&amp; make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42262
msgid "Add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"vboxservice_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42267
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpdate</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used, disable host "
"time synchronization:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42270
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42272
msgid ""
"<application>Xorg</application> will automatically recognize the "
"<literal>vboxvideo</literal> driver. It can also be manually entered in "
"<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42277
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver \"vboxvideo\"\n"
"\tVendorName \"InnoTek Systemberatung GmbH\"\n"
"\tBoardName \"VirtualBox Graphics Adapter\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42284
msgid ""
"To use the <literal>vboxmouse</literal> driver, adjust the mouse section in "
"<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42287
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n"
"\tDriver \"vboxmouse\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42292
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAL</acronym> users should create the following <filename>/usr/"
"local/etc/hal/fdi/policy/90-vboxguest.fdi</filename> or copy it from "
"<filename>/usr/local/share/hal/fdi/policy/10osvendor/90-vboxguest.fdi</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42297
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;!--\n"
"# Sun VirtualBox\n"
"# Hal driver description for the vboxmouse driver\n"
"# $Id: chapter.xml,v 1.33 2012-03-17 04:53:52 eadler Exp $\n"
"\n"
"\tCopyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n"
"\n"
"\tThis file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n"
"\tavailable from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;\n"
"\tyou can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU\n"
"\tGeneral Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software\n"
"\tFoundation, in version 2 as it comes in the \"COPYING\" file of the\n"
"\tVirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the\n"
"\thope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.\n"
"\n"
"\tPlease contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n"
"\tClara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need\n"
"\tadditional information or have any questions.\n"
"--&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.subsystem\" string=\"pci\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;match key=\"info.product\" string=\"VirtualBox guest Service\"&gt;\n"
"        &lt;append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\"&gt;input&lt;/append&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;append key=\"info.capabilities\" type=\"strlist\"&gt;input.mouse&lt;/append&gt;\n"
"        &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_driver\" type=\"string\"&gt;vboxmouse&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;merge key=\"input.device\" type=\"string\"&gt;/dev/vboxguest&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42332
msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with <application>VirtualBox</application>"
msgstr "以 FreeBSD 作為主端安裝 <application>VirtualBox</application> "

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42335
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is an actively "
"developed, complete virtualization package, that is available for most "
"operating systems including <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> and FreeBSD. It is equally capable of "
"running <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> or <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like guests. It is released as open "
"source software, but with closed-source components available in a separate "
"extension pack. These components include support for USB 2.0 devices. More "
"information may be found on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.virtualbox.org/"
"wiki/Downloads\"><quote>Downloads</quote> page of the "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> wiki</link>. "
"Currently, these extensions are not available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42348
msgid "Installing <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>"
msgstr "安裝 <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42350
msgid ""
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is available as "
"a FreeBSD package or port in <package>emulators/virtualbox-ose</package>. "
"The port can be installed using these commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42358
msgid ""
"One useful option in the port's configuration menu is the "
"<literal>GuestAdditions</literal> suite of programs. These provide a number "
"of useful features in guest operating systems, like mouse pointer "
"integration (allowing the mouse to be shared between host and guest without "
"the need to press a special keyboard shortcut to switch) and faster video "
"rendering, especially in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"guests. The guest additions are available in the <guimenu>Devices</guimenu> "
"menu, after the installation of the guest is finished."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42368
msgid ""
"A few configuration changes are needed before "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> is started for "
"the first time. The port installs a kernel module in <filename>/boot/"
"modules</filename> which must be loaded into the running kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42374
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vboxdrv</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42376
msgid ""
"To ensure the module is always loaded after a reboot, add this line to "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42380
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42382
msgid ""
"To use the kernel modules that allow bridged or host-only networking, add "
"this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and reboot the computer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42387
#, no-wrap
msgid "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42389
msgid ""
"The <systemitem class=\"groupname\">vboxusers</systemitem> group is created "
"during installation of <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></"
"application>. All users that need access to "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application> will have to be "
"added as members of this group. <command>pw</command> can be used to add new "
"members:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42396
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod vboxusers -m <replaceable>yourusername</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42398
msgid ""
"The default permissions for <filename>/dev/vboxnetctl</filename> are "
"restrictive and need to be changed for bridged networking:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42402
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0660 /dev/vboxnetctl</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42405
msgid ""
"To make this permissions change permanent, add these lines to <filename>/etc/"
"devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42408
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"own     vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n"
"perm    vboxnetctl 0660"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42411
msgid ""
"To launch <application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>, type "
"from a <application>Xorg</application> session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42414
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>VirtualBox</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42416
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring and using "
"<application><trademark>VirtualBox</trademark></application>, refer to the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.virtualbox.org\">official website</link>. For "
"FreeBSD-specific information and troubleshooting instructions, refer to the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/VirtualBox\">relevant page in the "
"FreeBSD wiki</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42425
msgid "<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> USB Support"
msgstr "<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> USB 支援"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42427
msgid ""
"In order to be able to read and write to USB devices, users need to be "
"members of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42431
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod operator -m <replaceable>jerry</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42433
msgid ""
"Then, add the following to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>, or create "
"this file if it does not exist yet:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[system=10]\n"
"add path 'usb/*' mode 0660 group operator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42440
msgid ""
"To load these new rules, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42443
#, no-wrap
msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"system\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42445
msgid "Then, restart devfs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42447 book.translate.xml:42497
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service devfs restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42449
msgid ""
"USB can now be enabled in the guest operating system. USB devices should be "
"visible in the <trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42455
msgid ""
"<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> Host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</"
"acronym> Access"
msgstr ""
"<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark> Host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</"
"acronym> 存取"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42458
msgid ""
"Access to the host <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> drives from "
"guests is achieved through the sharing of the physical drives. Within "
"<trademark>VirtualBox</trademark>, this is set up from the Storage window in "
"the Settings of the virtual machine. If needed, create an empty "
"<acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> device "
"first. Then choose the Host Drive from the popup menu for the virtual "
"<acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> drive selection. A checkbox "
"labeled <literal>Passthrough</literal> will appear. This allows the virtual "
"machine to use the hardware directly. For example, audio <acronym>CD</"
"acronym>s or the burner will only function if this option is selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42472
msgid ""
"<acronym>HAL</acronym> needs to run for <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application> <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> "
"functions to work, so enable it in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and "
"start it if it is not already running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42478
#, no-wrap
msgid "hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42480
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hald start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42482
msgid ""
"In order for users to be able to use <application><trademark>VirtualBox</"
"trademark></application> <acronym>DVD</acronym>/<acronym>CD</acronym> "
"functions, they need access to <filename>/dev/xpt0</filename>, <filename>/"
"dev/cd<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename>, and <filename>/dev/"
"pass<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename>. This is usually achieved by "
"making the user a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</"
"systemitem>. Permissions to these devices have to be corrected by adding "
"these lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42493
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"perm cd* 0660\n"
"perm xpt0 0660\n"
"perm pass* 0660"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42502
msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with <application>bhyve</application>"
msgstr "以 FreeBSD 作為主端安裝 <application>bhyve</application>  "

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42505
msgid ""
"The <application>bhyve</application> <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed "
"hypervisor became part of the base system with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This "
"hypervisor supports a number of guests, including FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and many "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> distributions. Currently, "
"<application>bhyve</application> only supports a serial console and does not "
"emulate a graphical console. Virtualization offload features of newer "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym>s are used to avoid the legacy methods of translating "
"instructions and manually managing memory mappings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42516
msgid ""
"The <application>bhyve</application> design requires a processor that "
"supports <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Extended Page "
"Tables (<acronym>EPT</acronym>) or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</"
"trademark> Rapid Virtualization Indexing (<acronym>RVI</acronym>) or Nested "
"Page Tables (<acronym>NPT</acronym>). Hosting <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Linux</trademark> guests or FreeBSD guests with more than one "
"<acronym>vCPU</acronym> requires <acronym>VMX</acronym> unrestricted mode "
"support (<acronym>UG</acronym>). Most newer processors, specifically the "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</"
"trademark> i3/i5/i7 and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark> E3/E5/E7, support these features. "
"<acronym>UG</acronym> support was introduced with Intel's Westmere micro-"
"architecture. For a complete list of <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark> processors that support <acronym>EPT</acronym>, refer to <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://ark.intel.com/search/advanced?s=t&amp;"
"ExtendedPageTables=true\"/>. <acronym>RVI</acronym> is found on the third "
"generation and later of the <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark> (Barcelona) "
"processors. The easiest way to tell if a processor supports "
"<application>bhyve</application> is to run <command>dmesg</command> or look "
"in <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename> for the <literal>POPCNT</"
"literal> processor feature flag on the <literal>Features2</literal> line for "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> processors or <literal>EPT</"
"literal> and <literal>UG</literal> on the <literal>VT-x</literal> line for "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42541
msgid "Preparing the Host"
msgstr "準備主端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42543
msgid ""
"The first step to creating a virtual machine in <application>bhyve</"
"application> is configuring the host system. First, load the "
"<application>bhyve</application> kernel module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42548
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vmm</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42550
msgid ""
"Then, create a <filename>tap</filename> interface for the network device in "
"the virtual machine to attach to. In order for the network device to "
"participate in the network, also create a bridge interface containing the "
"<filename>tap</filename> interface and the physical interface as members. In "
"this example, the physical interface is <replaceable>igb0</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42558
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.link.tap.up_on_open=1</userinput>\n"
"net.link.tap.up_on_open: 0 -&gt; 1\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>tap0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42567
msgid "Creating a FreeBSD Guest"
msgstr "建立 FreeBSD 客端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42569
msgid ""
"Create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine. Specify the "
"size and name of the virtual disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42573
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>truncate -s <replaceable>16G</replaceable> <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42575
msgid "Download an installation image of FreeBSD to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42577
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fetch <replaceable>ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/10.2/FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso       100% of  230 MB  570 kBps 06m17s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42580
msgid ""
"FreeBSD comes with an example script for running a virtual machine in "
"<application>bhyve</application>. The script will start the virtual machine "
"and run it in a loop, so it will automatically restart if it crashes. The "
"script takes a number of options to control the configuration of the "
"machine: <option>-c</option> controls the number of virtual CPUs, <option>-"
"m</option> limits the amount of memory available to the guest, <option>-t</"
"option> defines which <filename>tap</filename> device to use, <option>-d</"
"option> indicates which disk image to use, <option>-i</option> tells "
"<application>bhyve</application> to boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym> "
"image instead of the disk, and <option>-I</option> defines which "
"<acronym>CD</acronym> image to use. The last parameter is the name of the "
"virtual machine, used to track the running machines. This example starts the "
"virtual machine in installation mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42597
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> -t <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -d <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable> -i -I <replaceable>FreeBSD-10.0-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso</replaceable> <replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42599
msgid ""
"The virtual machine will boot and start the installer. After installing a "
"system in the virtual machine, when the system asks about dropping in to a "
"shell at the end of the installation, choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. A "
"small change needs to be made to make the system start with a serial "
"console. Edit <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and replace the existing "
"<literal>ttyu0</literal> line with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42607
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\"   xterm  on secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:42609
msgid ""
"Beginning with FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE and 10.1-RELEASE the console is "
"configured automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42613
msgid ""
"Reboot the virtual machine. While rebooting the virtual machine causes "
"<application>bhyve</application> to exit, the <filename>vmrun.sh</filename> "
"script runs <command>bhyve</command> in a loop and will automatically "
"restart it. When this happens, choose the reboot option from the boot loader "
"menu in order to escape the loop. Now the guest can be started from the "
"virtual disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42621
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> -t <replaceable>tap0</replaceable> -d <replaceable>guest.img</replaceable> <replaceable>guestname</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42625
msgid "Creating a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Guest"
msgstr "建立 <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> 客端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42627
msgid ""
"In order to boot operating systems other than FreeBSD, the <package>sysutils/"
"grub2-bhyve</package> port must be first installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42631
msgid "Next, create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42634
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>truncate -s <replaceable>16G</replaceable> <replaceable>linux.img</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42636
msgid ""
"Starting a virtual machine with <application>bhyve</application> is a two "
"step process. First a kernel must be loaded, then the guest can be started. "
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel is loaded with "
"<package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package>. Create a <filename>device.map</"
"filename> that <application>grub</application> will use to map the virtual "
"devices to the files on the host system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42645
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(hd0) ./linux.img\n"
"(cd0) ./somelinux.iso"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42648
msgid ""
"Use <package>sysutils/grub2-bhyve</package> to load the <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel from the <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
"image:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42651
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42653
msgid ""
"This will start grub. If the installation <acronym>CD</acronym> contains a "
"<filename>grub.cfg</filename>, a menu will be displayed. If not, the "
"<literal>vmlinuz</literal> and <literal>initrd</literal> files must be "
"located and loaded manually:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"(hd0) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls (cd0)/isolinux</userinput>\n"
"boot.cat boot.msg grub.conf initrd.img isolinux.bin isolinux.cfg memtest\n"
"splash.jpg TRANS.TBL vesamenu.c32 vmlinuz\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>linux (cd0)/isolinux/vmlinuz</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>initrd (cd0)/isolinux/initrd.img</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42669
msgid ""
"Now that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel is "
"loaded, the guest can be started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -s 4:0,ahci-cd,<replaceable>./somelinux.iso</replaceable> -l com1,stdio -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42675
msgid ""
"The system will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in "
"the virtual machine, reboot the virtual machine. This will cause "
"<application>bhyve</application> to exit. The instance of the virtual "
"machine needs to be destroyed before it can be started again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42681 book.translate.xml:42709
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyvectl --destroy --vm=<replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42683
msgid ""
"Now the guest can be started directly from the virtual disk. Load the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"(hd0) (hd0,msdos2) (hd0,msdos1) (cd0) (cd0,msdos1) (host)\n"
"(lvm/VolGroup-lv_swap) (lvm/VolGroup-lv_root)\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>ls (hd0,msdos1)/</userinput>\n"
"lost+found/ grub/ efi/ System.map-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 config-2.6.32-431.el6.x\n"
"86_64 symvers-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.gz vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64\n"
"initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>linux (hd0,msdos1)/vmlinuz-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64 root=/dev/mapper/VolGroup-lv_root</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>initrd (hd0,msdos1)/initramfs-2.6.32-431.el6.x86_64.img</userinput>\n"
"grub&gt; <userinput>boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42698
msgid "Boot the virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42700
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> -l com1,stdio -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42703
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> will now boot in the "
"virtual machine and eventually present you with the login prompt. Login and "
"use the virtual machine. When you are finished, reboot the virtual machine "
"to exit <application>bhyve</application>. Destroy the virtual machine "
"instance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42713
msgid ""
"Using <acronym>ZFS</acronym> with <application>bhyve</application> Guests"
msgstr "在 <application>bhyve</application> Guests 使用 <acronym>ZFS</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42716
msgid ""
"If <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is available on the host machine, using "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> volumes instead of disk image files can provide "
"significant performance benefits for the guest <acronym>VMs</acronym>. A "
"<acronym>ZFS</acronym> volume can be created by:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42722
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs create -V<replaceable>16G</replaceable> -o volmode=dev <replaceable>zroot/linuxdisk0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42724
msgid ""
"When starting the <acronym>VM</acronym>, specify the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> "
"volume as the disk drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> -s3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -l com1,<replaceable>stdio</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42732
msgid "Virtual Machine Consoles"
msgstr "虛擬機器 Console"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42734
msgid ""
"It is advantageous to wrap the <application>bhyve</application> console in a "
"session management tool such as <package>sysutils/tmux</package> or "
"<package>sysutils/screen</package> in order to detach and reattach to the "
"console. It is also possible to have the console of <application>bhyve</"
"application> be a null modem device that can be accessed with <command>cu</"
"command>. To do this, load the <filename>nmdm</filename> kernel module and "
"replace <option>-l com1,stdio</option> with <option>-l com1,/dev/nmdm0A</"
"option>. The <filename>/dev/nmdm</filename> devices are created "
"automatically as needed, where each is a pair, corresponding to the two ends "
"of the null modem cable (<filename>/dev/nmdm0A</filename> and <filename>/dev/"
"nmdm0B</filename>). See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmdm</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload nmdm</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,<replaceable>tap1</replaceable> -s 3:0,virtio-blk,<replaceable>./linux.img</replaceable> \\\n"
"    -l com1,<replaceable>/dev/nmdm0A</replaceable> -c <replaceable>4</replaceable> -m <replaceable>1024M</replaceable> <replaceable>linuxguest</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l <replaceable>/dev/nmdm0B</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Connected\n"
"\n"
"Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n"
"\n"
"handbook login:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42763
msgid "Managing Virtual Machines"
msgstr "管理虛擬機器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42765
msgid ""
"A device node is created in <filename role=\"directory\">/dev/vmm</filename> "
"for each virtual machine. This allows the administrator to easily see a list "
"of the running virtual machines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42769
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al /dev/vmm</userinput>\n"
"total 1\n"
"dr-xr-xr-x   2 root  wheel    512 Mar 17 12:19 ./\n"
"dr-xr-xr-x  14 root  wheel    512 Mar 17 06:38 ../\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x1a2 Mar 17 12:20 guestname\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x19f Mar 17 12:19 linuxguest\n"
"crw-------   1 root  wheel  0x1a1 Mar 17 12:19 otherguest"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42777
msgid ""
"A specified virtual machine can be destroyed using <command>bhyvectl</"
"command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42780
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> bhyvectl --destroy --vm=<replaceable>guestname</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:42784
msgid "Persistent Configuration"
msgstr "Persistent 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:42786
msgid ""
"In order to configure the system to start <application>bhyve</application> "
"guests at boot time, the following configurations must be made in the "
"specified files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42793
msgid "<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42795
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42799
msgid "<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vmm_load=\"YES\"\n"
"nmdm_load=\"YES\"\n"
"if_bridge_load=\"YES\"\n"
"if_tap_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:42808
msgid "<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42810
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cloned_interfaces=\"<replaceable>bridge0</replaceable> <replaceable>tap0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm <replaceable>igb0</replaceable> addm <replaceable>tap0</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:42838
msgid ""
"Localization - <acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> Usage and "
"Setup"
msgstr "在地化 - <acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> 使用與安裝"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:42843
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Andrey</firstname><surname>Chernov</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:42847
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Michael C.</firstname><surname>Wu</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42857
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all "
"over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, "
"allowing users to view, input, or process data in non-English languages. One "
"can choose from most of the major languages, including, but not limited to: "
"Chinese, German, Japanese, Korean, French, Russian, and Vietnamese."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 計劃的使用者及貢獻者分佈在世界各地，也因此 FreeBSD 支援多語系，讓使用"
"者可以使用非英文語言來檢視、輸入或處理資料。使用者可以選擇大多數主要語言，包"
"含但不限於以下語言：中文、德文、日文、韓文、法文、俄文及越南文。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42865
msgid "<primary>internationalization</primary> <see>localization</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42869
msgid "<primary>localization</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>在地化</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42871
msgid ""
"The term internationalization has been shortened to <acronym>i18n</acronym>, "
"which represents the number of letters between the first and the last "
"letters of <literal>internationalization</literal>. <acronym>L10n</acronym> "
"uses the same naming scheme, but from <literal>localization</literal>. The "
"<acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> methods, protocols, and "
"applications allow users to use languages of their choice."
msgstr ""
"<literal>國際化</literal> (Internationalization) 一詞可以縮寫為 "
"<acronym>i18n</acronym>，即  第一個字母到最後一個字母間的字母數量。"
"<acronym>L10n</acronym> 也使用同樣的命名規則，但源自 <literal>在地化</"
"literal> (Localization)。 <acronym>i18n</acronym>/<acronym>L10n</acronym> 的"
"方法、協定及應用程式讓使用者可以自己選擇使用的語言。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42881
msgid ""
"This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of "
"FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr "本章會討論 FreeBSD 的國際化及在地化功能。在閱讀本章之後，您會了解："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42887
msgid "How locale names are constructed."
msgstr "語系名稱如何組成。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42891
msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell."
msgstr "如何設定登入 Shell 的語系。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42895
msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages."
msgstr "如何設定 Console 給非英文語言的使用者。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42900
msgid ""
"How to configure <application>Xorg</application> for different languages."
msgstr "如果設定 <application>Xorg</application> 使用不同語言。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42905
msgid "How to find <acronym>i18n</acronym>-compliant applications."
msgstr "如何找到支援 <acronym>i18n</acronym> 的應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42910
msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages."
msgstr "那裡可以找到更多設定特定語言的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:42918
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"ports\">install additional third-party "
"applications</link>."
msgstr "了解如何 <link linkend=\"ports\">安裝其他第三方應用程式</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:42925
msgid "Using Localization"
msgstr "使用語系"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42927 book.translate.xml:43044
msgid "<primary>locale</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42929
msgid ""
"Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, "
"country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"語系設定值由三個元件所組成：語言代號、城市代號及編碼。語系名稱組成的方式如"
"下："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:42933
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</replaceable>.<replaceable>Encoding</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42935
msgid "<primary>language codes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42936
msgid "<primary>country codes</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42938
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable> and <replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable> are used to determine the country and the specific language "
"variation. <xref linkend=\"locale-lang-country\"/> provides some examples of "
"<replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable>:"
msgstr ""
"<replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable> 與 <replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable> 用來表示城市及特定語言。<xref linkend=\"locale-lang-country\"/> "
"提供了幾個 <replaceable>LanguageCode</replaceable>_<replaceable>CountryCode</"
"replaceable> 的範例："

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:42944
msgid "Common Language and Country Codes"
msgstr "常用語言及城市代碼"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42949
msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code"
msgstr "語言代號_城市代號"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42956
msgid "en_US"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42957
msgid "English, United States"
msgstr "英文，美國"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42961
msgid "ru_RU"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42962
msgid "Russian, Russia"
msgstr "俄文，俄國"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42966
msgid "zh_TW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:42967
msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan"
msgstr "繁體中文，台灣"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42973
msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:"
msgstr "完整可用的語系清單可用以下指令查詢："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42976
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>locale -a | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42978
msgid "To determine the current locale setting:"
msgstr "查詢目前使用的語系設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:42980
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>locale</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42982
msgid "<primary>encodings</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:42983
msgid "<primary>ASCII</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42985
msgid ""
"Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and "
"CP437, are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>multibyte</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The active list of "
"character sets can be found at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.iana.org/"
"assignments/character-sets\">IANA Registry</link>."
msgstr ""
"語言特定的字元集如 ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R 及 CP437 在 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>multibyte</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 有詳細說明。可用的字元集可在 <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets\">IANA Registry</link> 查"
"詢。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:42991
msgid ""
"Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using "
"<acronym>ASCII</acronym> characters and require an extended language "
"encoding using either wide or multibyte characters. Examples of wide or "
"multibyte encodings include EUC and Big5. Older applications may mistake "
"these encodings for control characters while newer applications usually "
"recognize these characters. Depending on the implementation, users may be "
"required to compile an application with wide or multibyte character support, "
"or to configure it correctly."
msgstr ""
"某些語言，如中文或日文，無法使用 <acronym>ASCII</acronym> 字元表示，會需要使"
"用寬 (Wide) 字元或多位元組 (Multibyte) 字元來擴充的語言編碼。EUC 與 Big5 即是"
"使用寬子元或多位元組字元的例子。舊的應用程式會誤判這些字元為控制字元，新的應"
"用程式則通常可以辨識這些字元，依實作的需要，使用者可能需要開啟寬字元或多位元"
"組字元支援或者使用正確的字元設定來編譯應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:43003
msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings."
msgstr "FreeBSD 使用 Xorg 相容的語系編碼。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43006
msgid ""
"The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the "
"locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the considerations "
"for finding and compiling applications with <acronym>i18n</acronym> support."
msgstr ""
"本節剩餘的部份將說明各種在 FreeBSD 系統上設定語系的方法。下一節將會探討如何尋"
"找以及編譯使用 <acronym>i18n</acronym> 支援的應用程式。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43012
msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell"
msgstr "設定登入 Shell 的語系"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43014
msgid ""
"Locale settings are configured either in a user's <filename>~/.login_conf</"
"filename> or in the startup file of the user's shell: <filename>~/.profile</"
"filename>, <filename>~/.bashrc</filename>, or <filename>~/.cshrc</filename>."
msgstr ""
"語系設定可在使用者的 <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> 或使用者的 Shell 的啟"
"動檔設定：<filename>~/.profile</filename>, <filename>~/.bashrc</filename> 或 "
"<filename>~/.cshrc</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43021
msgid "Two environment variables should be set:"
msgstr "有兩個環境變數需要設定："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43026
msgid "<envar>LANG</envar>, which sets the locale<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr "<envar>LANG</envar> 用來設定語系<_:indexterm-1/>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43031
msgid "<primary>MIME</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43033
msgid ""
"<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>, which sets the <acronym>MIME</acronym> character "
"set used by applications"
msgstr ""
"<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar> 用來設定應用程式所使用的 <acronym>MIME</acronym> 字"
"元集"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43039
msgid ""
"In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also "
"be set for specific application configuration and <application>Xorg</"
"application> configuration."
msgstr ""
"除了使用者的 Shell 設定外，這些變數也應針對特定應用程式設定以及 "
"<application>Xorg</application> 設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43045 book.translate.xml:43138
msgid "<primary>login class</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43047
msgid ""
"Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the "
"<link linkend=\"login-class\">login class</link> method, which is the "
"recommended method, and the <link linkend=\"startup-file\">startup file</"
"link> method. The next two sections demonstrate how to use both methods."
msgstr ""
"兩種可以完成所需變數設定的方法有：<link linkend=\"login-class\">登入類別 "
"(Login class)</link> 法 (較建議) 及 <link linkend=\"startup-file\">啟動檔 "
"(Startup file) </link> 法。以下兩節將示範如何使用這兩個方法。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:43055
msgid "Login Classes Method"
msgstr "登入類別 (Login Class) 法"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43057
msgid ""
"This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required "
"environment variables for locale name and <acronym>MIME</acronym> character "
"sets for every possible shell. This setup can either be performed by each "
"user or it can be configured for all users by the superuser."
msgstr ""
"第一種方式，同時也是建議使用的方法，它可以對任何可能的 Shell 設定需要的語系"
"及 MIME 字元集變數。此設定也可由每位使用者自行設定或者由超級管理者為所有使用"
"者設定。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43064
msgid ""
"This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the "
"<filename>.login_conf</filename> of an individual user's home directory:"
msgstr ""
"以下精簡範例示範在一個使用者的家目錄中的 <filename>.login_conf</filename> 設"
"定 Latin-1 編碼使用的兩個環境變數："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43068
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"me:\\\n"
"\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n"
"\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43072
msgid ""
"<primary>Traditional Chinese</primary> <secondary>BIG-5 encoding</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43075
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> that sets "
"the variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are "
"needed because some applications do not correctly respect locale variables "
"for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean:"
msgstr ""
"以下使用者的 <filename>~/.login_conf</filename> 範例設定了繁體中文於 BIG-5 編"
"碼使用到的環境變數。有一部份應用程式無法正確處理中文、日文及韓文的語系變數，"
"因此需要額外多做一些設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43082
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n"
"#of Taiwan can manually change each variable\n"
"me:\\\n"
"\t:lang=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n"
"\t:setenv=LC_ALL=zh_TW.Big5,LC_COLLATE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_CTYPE=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MESSAGES=zh_TW.Big5,LC_MONETARY=zh_TW.Big5,LC_NUMERIC=zh_TW.Big5,LC_TIME=zh_TW.Big5:\\\n"
"\t:charset=big5:\\\n"
"\t:xmodifiers=\"@im=gcin\": #Set gcin as the XIM Input Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43090
msgid ""
"Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for "
"localization. The following variables in <filename>/etc/login.conf</"
"filename> are used to set the locale and <acronym>MIME</acronym> character "
"set:"
msgstr ""
"或者，超級使用者可以設定所有系統使用者的語系。以下在 <filename>/etc/login."
"conf</filename> 中的變數可用來設定語系及 <acronym>MIME</acronym> 字元集："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<replaceable>language_name</replaceable>|<replaceable>Account Type Description</replaceable>:\\\n"
"\t:charset=<replaceable>MIME_charset</replaceable>:\\\n"
"\t:lang=<replaceable>locale_name</replaceable>:\\\n"
"\t:tc=default:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43100
msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:"
msgstr "若套用之前的 Latin-1 編碼範例如下："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"german|German Users Accounts:\\\n"
"\t:charset=ISO-8859-1:\\\n"
"\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\\\n"
"\t:tc=default:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43108
msgid ""
"See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about these variables."
msgstr ""
"請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 以取得更多有關這些變數的詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43111
msgid ""
"Whenever <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> is edited, remember to execute "
"the following command to update the capability database:"
msgstr ""
"每次編輯 <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> 之後，請記得要執行以下指令來更"
"新登入類別的能力資料庫(Capability database)："

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:43118
msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes"
msgstr "變更登入類別的工具"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43120
msgid "<primary><command>vipw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43124
msgid ""
"In addition to manually editing <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>, "
"several utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created "
"users."
msgstr ""
"除了手動編輯 <filename>/etc/login.conf</filename> 之外，尚有需多工具可用來為"
"新建立的使用者設定語系。"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43129
msgid ""
"When using <command>vipw</command> to add new users, specify the "
"<replaceable>language</replaceable> to set the locale:"
msgstr ""
"當使用 <command>vipw</command> 來新增使用者時，可指定 <replaceable>language</"
"replaceable> 來設定語系："

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43133
#, no-wrap
msgid "user:password:1111:11:<replaceable>language</replaceable>:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43140
msgid ""
"When using <command>adduser</command> to add new users, the default language "
"can be pre-configured for all new users or specified for an individual user."
msgstr ""
"當使用 <command>adduser</command> 來新增使用者時，可對所有使用者或指定的使用"
"者事先設定預設的語言。"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43144
msgid ""
"If all new users use the same language, set "
"<literal>defaultclass=<replaceable>language</replaceable></literal> in "
"<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"若所有新的使用者都使用同樣的語言，可在 <filename>/etc/adduser.conf</"
"filename> 設定 <literal>defaultclass=<replaceable>language</replaceable></"
"literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43148
msgid ""
"To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required "
"locale at this prompt:"
msgstr "要在建立使用者時覆蓋預設的設定，可在出現此提示時輸入需要的語系："

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43151
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>Enter login class: default []:</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43153
msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking <command>adduser</command>:"
msgstr "或執行 <command>adduser</command> 時指定語系："

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43156
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser -class <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:43162
msgid ""
"If <command>pw</command> is used to add new users, specify the locale as "
"follows:"
msgstr "若使用 <command>pw</command> 來新增使用者，則可指定語系如下："

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:43165
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw useradd <replaceable>user_name</replaceable> -L <replaceable>language</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:43170
msgid "Shell Startup File Method"
msgstr "Shell 啟動檔 (Startup File) 法"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43172
msgid ""
"This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires "
"manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file "
"and differing syntax. As an example, to set the German language for the "
"<command>sh</command> shell, these lines could be added to <filename>~/."
"profile</filename> to set the shell for that user only. These lines could "
"also be added to <filename>/etc/profile</filename> or <filename>/usr/share/"
"skel/dot.profile</filename> to set that shell for all users:"
msgstr ""
"第二種方法，較不建議使用，因每一種使用到的 Shell 都需要手動設定，而每一種 "
"Shell 都有不同的設定檔以及語法。例如將一位使用者的 <command>sh</command> "
"shell 設定為德語，需要將下列行加到 <filename>~/.profile</filename>，若要設定"
"給使用該 Shell 的所有使用者則必須將下列行加到 <filename>/etc/profile</"
"filename> 或 <filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.profile</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<envar>LANG</envar>=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export <envar>LANG</envar>\n"
"<envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>=ISO-8859-1; export <envar>MM_CHARSET</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43186
msgid ""
"However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for "
"the <command>csh</command> shell. These are the equivalent settings for "
"<filename>~/.csh.login</filename>, <filename>/etc/csh.login</filename>, or "
"<filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.login</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"然而，在 <command>csh</command> shell 所使用的設定檔名稱及語法不同。同樣的設"
"定需加入下列行至 <filename>~/.csh.login</filename>, <filename>/etc/csh."
"login</filename> 或 <filename>/usr/share/skel/dot.login</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"setenv <envar>LANG</envar> de_DE.ISO8859-1\n"
"setenv <envar>MM_CHARSET</envar> ISO-8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:43196
msgid ""
"To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure <application>Xorg</"
"application> in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> also depends upon the shell. "
"The first example is for the <command>sh</command> shell and the second is "
"for the <command>csh</command> shell:"
msgstr ""
"更複雜一點的情況，<application>Xorg</application> 的 <filename>~/.xinitrc</"
"filename> 語系設定會依使用的 Shell 而有所不同。第一個例子是針對 <command>sh</"
"command> shell 而第二個則是針對 <command>csh</command> shell："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43203
#, no-wrap
msgid "<envar>LANG</envar>=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export <envar>LANG</envar>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43205
#, no-wrap
msgid "setenv <envar>LANG</envar> de_DE.ISO8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43210
msgid "Console Setup"
msgstr "Console 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43212
msgid ""
"Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of "
"available fonts, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts</command>. To "
"configure the console font, specify the <replaceable>font_name</"
"replaceable>, without the <filename>.fnt</filename> suffix, in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"已有許多語系的字型可在 Console 使用，要查看可用的字型清單，可輸入 "
"<command>ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts</command>。要設定 Console 的字型，可在 "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 指定去掉 <filename>.fnt</filename> 字尾的字"
"型名稱 <replaceable>font_name</replaceable>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"font8x16=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>\n"
"font8x14=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>\n"
"font8x8=<replaceable>font_name</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43224
msgid "<primary>keymap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43225
msgid "<primary>screenmap</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43226
msgid ""
"The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"鍵盤對應表 (Keymap) 及螢幕對應表 (Screenmap) 用可加入下行到 <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename> 來設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43229
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"scrnmap=<replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>\n"
"keymap=<replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable>\n"
"keychange=\"<replaceable>fkey_number sequence</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43233
msgid ""
"To see the list of available screenmaps, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/"
"scrnmaps</command>. Do not include the <filename>.scm</filename> suffix when "
"specifying <replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable>. A screenmap with a "
"corresponding mapped font is usually needed as a workaround for expanding "
"bit 8 to bit 9 on a VGA adapter's font character matrix so that letters are "
"moved out of the pseudographics area if the screen font uses a bit 8 column."
msgstr ""
"要查看可用的螢幕對應表，可輸入 <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/scrnmaps</"
"command>。在設定螢幕對應表 <replaceable>screenmap_name</replaceable> 時請去"
"掉 <filename>.scm</filename> 字尾。在 VGA Adapter 的字型字元矩陣擴充位元 8 到"
"位元 9 時會需要使用螢幕對應表與相關的字型對應來解決，因此若螢幕字型使用位元 "
"8 的欄位，字母會移出虛擬繪圖區 (Pseudographics area)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43242
msgid ""
"To see the list of available keymaps, type <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/"
"keymaps</command>. When specifying the <replaceable>keymap_name</"
"replaceable>, do not include the <filename>.kbd</filename> suffix. To test "
"keymaps without rebooting, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要查看可用的鍵盤對應表，可輸入 <command>ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps</"
"command>。在設定鍵盤對應表 <replaceable>keymap_name</replaceable> 時請去掉 "
"<filename>.kbd</filename> 字尾。若要不重開機測試鍵盤對應用可使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43249
msgid ""
"The <literal>keychange</literal> entry is usually needed to program function "
"keys to match the selected terminal type because function key sequences "
"cannot be defined in the keymap."
msgstr ""
"<literal>keychange</literal> 項目用在當功能鍵序列無法定義在鍵盤對應表時，可設"
"定對應選擇終對機類型的功能鍵。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43254
msgid ""
"Next, set the correct console terminal type in <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename> for all virtual terminal entries. <xref linkend=\"locale-charset\"/"
"> summarizes the available terminal types.:"
msgstr ""
"接下來，在 <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> 為所有虛擬終端機項目設定正確的 "
"Console 終端機類型。<xref linkend=\"locale-charset\"/> 摘要了可用的終端機類"
"型："

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43260
msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets"
msgstr "已定義供特定字元集使用的終端機類型"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43265
msgid "Character Set"
msgstr "字元集"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43266
msgid "Terminal Type"
msgstr "終端機類型"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43272
msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43273
msgid "<literal>cons25l1</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43277
msgid "ISO8859-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43278
msgid "<literal>cons25l2</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43282
msgid "ISO8859-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43283
msgid "<literal>cons25l7</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43287
msgid "KOI8-R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43288
msgid "<literal>cons25r</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43292
msgid "KOI8-U"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43293
msgid "<literal>cons25u</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43297
msgid "CP437 (VGA default)"
msgstr "CP437 (VGA 預設值)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43298
msgid "<literal>cons25</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43302
msgid "US-ASCII"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43303
msgid "<literal>cons25w</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43309
msgid "<primary><application>moused</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43313
msgid ""
"For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that "
"language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are "
"summarized in <xref linkend=\"locale-console\"/>. Once installed, refer to "
"the port's <filename>pkg-message</filename> or man pages for configuration "
"and usage instructions."
msgstr ""
"對於使用寬字元或多位元組字元的語言，需從 Port 套件集安裝支援該語言的 "
"Console。 可用的 Port 摘要在 <xref linkend=\"locale-console\"/>。安裝完成之"
"後，請參考 Port 的 <filename>pkg-message</filename> 或操作手冊來取得設定及使"
"用說明。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43320
msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection"
msgstr "Port 套件集中可用的 Console"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43325 book.translate.xml:43404
msgid "Language"
msgstr "語言"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43326
msgid "Port Location"
msgstr "Port 位置"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43332
msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)"
msgstr "繁體中文 (BIG-5)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43333
msgid "<package>chinese/big5con</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43337 book.translate.xml:43342
msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean"
msgstr "中文/日文/韓文"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43338
msgid "<package>chinese/cce</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43343
msgid "<package>chinese/zhcon</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43347 book.translate.xml:43352 book.translate.xml:43357
#: book.translate.xml:43447 book.translate.xml:43452 book.translate.xml:43457
#: book.translate.xml:43462 book.translate.xml:43467 book.translate.xml:43472
#: book.translate.xml:43477 book.translate.xml:43482 book.translate.xml:43487
#: book.translate.xml:43492 book.translate.xml:43497 book.translate.xml:43502
#: book.translate.xml:43507 book.translate.xml:43512 book.translate.xml:43517
#: book.translate.xml:43522 book.translate.xml:43527 book.translate.xml:43532
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "日文"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43348
msgid "<package>chinese/kon2</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43353
msgid "<package>japanese/kon2-14dot</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43358
msgid "<package>japanese/kon2-16dot</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43364
msgid ""
"If <application>moused</application> is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>, additional configuration may be required. By default, the mouse "
"cursor of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver occupies the "
"<literal>0xd0</literal>-<literal>0xd3</literal> range in the character set. "
"If the language uses this range, move the cursor's range by adding the "
"following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"若在 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 有開啟 <application>moused</"
"application>，可能會需要額外的設定。預設 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 驅動程式的滑鼠游標會佔用字元集 <literal>0xd0</"
"literal>-<literal>0xd3</literal> 的範圍，若語言有使用到此範圍，可加入以下行"
"到 <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> 來移動游標的範圍："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43373
#, no-wrap
msgid "mousechar_start=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43377
msgid "Xorg Setup"
msgstr "Xorg 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43379
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> describes how to install and configure "
"<application>Xorg</application>. When configuring <application>Xorg</"
"application> for localization, additional fonts and input methods are "
"available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Application specific "
"<acronym>i18n</acronym> settings such as fonts and menus can be tuned in "
"<filename>~/.Xresources</filename> and should allow users to view their "
"selected language in graphical application menus."
msgstr ""
"<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> 會說明如何安裝並設定 <application>Xorg</"
"application>。當要設定 <application>Xorg</application> 在地化時，可從 "
"FreeBSD Port 套件集中取得其他可用的字型及輸入法。應用程式特定的 "
"<acronym>i18n</acronym> 設定像是字型與選單，可以在 <filename>~/.Xresources</"
"filename> 中調校且可允許使用者在圖型化應用程式選單檢視其所選擇的語言。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43389
msgid "<primary>X Input Method (XIM)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43391
msgid ""
"The X Input Method (<acronym>XIM</acronym>) protocol is an "
"<application>Xorg</application> standard for inputting non-English "
"characters. <xref linkend=\"locale-xim\"/> summarizes the input method "
"applications which are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. Additional "
"Fcitx and Uim applications are also available."
msgstr ""
"X 輸入法 (X Input Method, <acronym>XIM</acronym>) 協定是 <application>Xorg</"
"application> 針對輸入非英語字元的標準。<xref linkend=\"locale-xim\"/> 摘要了"
"在 FreeBSD 套件集中可用的輸入法應用程式。也可使用其他如 Fcitx 及 Uim 應用程"
"式。"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:43399
msgid "Available Input Methods"
msgstr "可用的輸入法"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43405
msgid "Input Method"
msgstr "輸入法"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43412 book.translate.xml:43417 book.translate.xml:43422
#: book.translate.xml:43427 book.translate.xml:43432 book.translate.xml:43437
#: book.translate.xml:43442
msgid "Chinese"
msgstr "中文"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43413
msgid "<package>chinese/gcin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43418
msgid "<package>chinese/ibus-chewing</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43423
msgid "<package>chinese/ibus-pinyin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43428
msgid "<package>chinese/oxim</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43433
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-fcitx</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43438
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-pinyin</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43443
msgid "<package>chinese/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43448
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43453
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-mozc</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43458
msgid "<package>japanese/ibus-skk</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43463
msgid "<package>japanese/im-ja</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43468
msgid "<package>japanese/kinput2</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43473
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43478
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-canna</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43483
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43488
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43493
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43498
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-prime</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43503
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-skk</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43508
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43513
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-tomoe</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43518
msgid "<package>japanese/scim-uim</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43523
msgid "<package>japanese/skkinput</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43528
msgid "<package>japanese/skkinput3</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43533
msgid "<package>japanese/uim-anthy</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43537 book.translate.xml:43542 book.translate.xml:43547
#: book.translate.xml:43552 book.translate.xml:43557
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "韓文"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43538
msgid "<package>korean/ibus-hangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43543
msgid "<package>korean/imhangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43548
msgid "<package>korean/nabi</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43553
msgid "<package>korean/scim-hangul</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43558
msgid "<package>korean/scim-tables</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43562 book.translate.xml:43567
msgid "Vietnamese"
msgstr "越南文"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43563
msgid "<package>vietnamese/xvnkb</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:43568
msgid "<package>vietnamese/x-unikey</package>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:43612
msgid "Finding <acronym>i18n</acronym> Applications"
msgstr "尋找 <acronym>i18n</acronym> 應用程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43614
msgid ""
"<acronym>i18n</acronym> applications are programmed using <acronym>i18n</"
"acronym> kits under libraries. These allow developers to write a simple file "
"and translate displayed menus and texts to each language."
msgstr ""
"<acronym>i18n</acronym> 應用程式會使用 <acronym>i18n</acronym> 工具包做為程式"
"庫開發。這讓開發人員可以寫一個簡單的檔案並翻譯顯示的選單及文字至各種語言。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43619
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection</link> contains many applications with built-in support for wide "
"or multibyte characters for several languages. Such applications include "
"<literal>i18n</literal> in their names for easy identification. However, "
"they do not always support the language needed."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD Port 套件集</"
"link>中含有許多內建支援寬字元或多位元組字元的應用程式可支援各種語言。該類型的"
"應用程式在名稱上會註明 <literal>i18n</literal> 以易於辨識。雖然如此，但不一定"
"支援您所需要的語言。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43626
msgid ""
"Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is usually "
"done in the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> or by passing a value to "
"<application>configure</application>. Refer to the <acronym>i18n</acronym> "
"documentation in the respective FreeBSD port's source for more information "
"on how to determine the needed <application>configure</application> value or "
"the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> to determine which compile options "
"to use when building the port."
msgstr ""
"有一部份應用程式可以使用指定的字元集來編譯。通常會在 Port 的 "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> 中設定，或者傳送參數給 <application>configure</"
"application>。請參考各 FreeBSD Port 原始碼中的 <acronym>i18n</acronym> 說明文"
"件以取得更多有關需要的設定值資訊或 Port 的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 來了"
"解在編譯時有那些可以使用的編譯選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:43638
msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages"
msgstr "特定語言的語系設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43640
msgid ""
"This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system "
"for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for "
"localizing other languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:43646
msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)"
msgstr "俄語 (KOI8-R 編碼)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43649
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Andrey</firstname><surname>Chernov</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43654
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Russian</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43659
msgid ""
"This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system "
"for the Russian language. Refer to <link linkend=\"using-localization"
"\">Using Localization</link> for a more complete description of each type of "
"setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43665
msgid ""
"To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each "
"user's <filename>~/.login_conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"me:My Account:\\\n"
"\t:charset=KOI8-R:\\\n"
"\t:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43673
msgid ""
"To configure the console, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43676
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"keymap=\"ru.koi8-r\"\n"
"scrnmap=\"koi8-r2cp866\"\n"
"font8x16=\"cp866b-8x16\"\n"
"font8x14=\"cp866-8x14\"\n"
"font8x8=\"cp866-8x8\"\n"
"mousechar_start=3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43683
msgid ""
"For each <literal>ttyv</literal> entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, "
"use <literal>cons25r</literal> as the terminal type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43687
msgid "<primary>printers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43688
msgid ""
"To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from "
"KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with "
"hardware code page CP866. FreeBSD includes a default filter for this "
"purpose, <filename>/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt</filename>. To use this "
"filter, add this entry to <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43696
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n"
"\t:sh:of=/usr/libexec/lpr/ru/koi2alt:\\\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43700
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more detailed explanation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43703
msgid ""
"To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted <trademark class="
"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> file systems, include <option>-L</option> "
"and the locale name when adding an entry to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43708
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/ad0s2      /dos/c  msdos   rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43710
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_msdosfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43712
msgid ""
"To configure Russian fonts for <application>Xorg</application>, install the "
"<package>x11-fonts/xorg-fonts-cyrillic</package> package. Then, check the "
"<literal>\"Files\"</literal> section in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</"
"filename>. The following line must be added <emphasis>before</emphasis> any "
"other <literal>FontPath</literal> entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43720
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath   \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43722
msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43725
msgid ""
"To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the <literal>\"Keyboard"
"\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43729
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Option \"XkbLayout\"   \"us,ru\"\n"
"Option \"XkbOptions\"  \"grp:toggle\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43732
msgid ""
"Make sure that <literal>XkbDisable</literal> is commented out in that file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43735
msgid ""
"For <literal>grp:toggle</literal> use <keycap>Right Alt</keycap>, for "
"<literal>grp:ctrl_shift_toggle</literal> use <keycombo action=\"simul"
"\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. For <literal>grp:"
"caps_toggle</literal> use <keycap>CapsLock</keycap>. The old "
"<keycap>CapsLock</keycap> function is still available in LAT mode only using "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>CapsLock</keycap></"
"keycombo>. <literal>grp:caps_toggle</literal> does not work in "
"<application>Xorg</application> for some unknown reason."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43746
msgid ""
"If the keyboard has <quote><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark></quote> keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are mapped "
"incorrectly, add the following line to <filename>/etc/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:43750
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:43753
msgid ""
"The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. "
"Minimally localized applications should call a <function>XtSetLanguageProc "
"(NULL, NULL, NULL);</function> function early in the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43760
msgid ""
"See <uri xlink:href=\"http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html\">http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin."
"html</uri> for more instructions on localizing <application>Xorg</"
"application> applications. For more general information about KOI8-R "
"encoding, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://koi8.pp.ru/\">http://koi8.pp.ru/"
"</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:43767
msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources"
msgstr "其他特定語言資源"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:43769
msgid ""
"This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43772
msgid ""
"<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Traditional Chinese</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43776
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>German</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43780
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Greek</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43784
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Japanese</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43788
msgid "<primary>localization</primary> <secondary>Korean</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:43795
msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43798
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at <uri xlink:"
"href=\"http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/\">http://netlab."
"cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:43804
msgid "Greek Language Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43807
msgid ""
"A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/el_GR.ISO8859-7/articles/greek-language-support/"
"index.html\">here</link>, in Greek only, as part of the official FreeBSD "
"Greek documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:43815
msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43818
msgid ""
"For Japanese, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">http://"
"www.jp.FreeBSD.org/</uri>, and for Korean, refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.kr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:43824
msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43827
msgid ""
"Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation "
"to other languages. They are available through links on the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD web site</link> or in <filename>/"
"usr/share/doc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:43848
msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD"
msgstr "更新與升級 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43851
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts updated by </"
"contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43863
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Original work by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43871
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Poul-Henning</firstname> <surname>Kamp</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43878
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Polstra</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43885
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Nik</firstname> <surname>Clayton</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43897
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer "
"to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync "
"with the latest developments. However, even official releases are often "
"updated with security and other critical fixes. Regardless of the version "
"used, FreeBSD provides all the necessary tools to keep the system updated, "
"and allows for easy upgrades between versions. This chapter describes how to "
"track the development system and the basic tools for keeping a FreeBSD "
"system up-to-date."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 在每次的發佈之間持續在開發。有些人喜歡官方發佈的版本，有些人則喜歡持"
"續同步使用最新的開發版本。雖然如此，即使是官方發佈的版本仍時常會有安全性與其"
"他緊急修復的更新。無論使用哪種版本，FreeBSD 都提供所有必要的工具來讓系統保持"
"最新版，而且可以輕易升級不同版本。本章將說明如何追蹤開發版本的系統及保持 "
"FreeBSD 系統維持新版的基本工具。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43911
msgid ""
"How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with <application>freebsd-update</"
"application> or <application>Subversion</application>."
msgstr ""
"如何使用 <application>freebsd-update</application>, <application>Subversion</"
"application> 來讓 FreeBSD 系統保持新版。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43917
msgid ""
"How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine "
"copy."
msgstr "如何比對已安裝系統與已知原始複本間的狀態。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43922
msgid ""
"How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with "
"<application>Subversion</application> or documentation ports."
msgstr ""
"如何使用 <application>Subversion</application> 或說明文件 Port 來維持已安裝的"
"文件為新版。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43928
msgid ""
"The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and "
"FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr "兩種開發分支間的差異：FreeBSD-STABLE 與 FreeBSD-CURRENT。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43933
msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system."
msgstr "如何重新編譯及重新安裝整個基礎系統 (Base system)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43942
msgid ""
"Properly set up the network connection (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking"
"\"/>)."
msgstr "正確的設定網路連線 (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:43947 book.translate.xml:50388 book.translate.xml:61691
msgid ""
"Know how to install additional third-party software (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/"
">)."
msgstr "了解如何安裝其他第三方軟體 (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:43953
msgid ""
"Throughout this chapter, <command>svn</command> is used to obtain and update "
"FreeBSD sources. To use it, first install the <package>devel/subversion</"
"package> port or package."
msgstr ""
"本章會經常使用 <command>svn</command> 來取得與更新 FreeBSD 原始碼。要使用該指"
"令請先安裝 <package>devel/subversion</package> Port 或套件。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:43962
msgid "FreeBSD Update"
msgstr "FreeBSD 更新"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:43975
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Colin</firstname> <surname>Percival</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on notes provided by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43985 book.translate.xml:44492 book.translate.xml:44628
msgid "<primary>Updating and Upgrading</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:43988
msgid "<primary>freebsd-update</primary> <see>updating-upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43993
msgid ""
"Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer "
"release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system "
"administration. FreeBSD includes a utility called <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> which can be used to perform both these tasks."
msgstr ""
"即時套用安全性更新並升級到新發佈的作業系統對管理一個持續運作的系統是重要的。"
"FreeBSD 內含可以執行這兩項任務的工具程式，叫做 <command>freebsd-update</"
"command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:43999
msgid ""
"This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without "
"the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary "
"updates are available for all architectures and releases currently supported "
"by the security team. The list of supported releases and their estimated end-"
"of-life dates are listed at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/"
"security/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/security/</uri>."
msgstr ""
"這個工具程式支援使用 Binary 對 FreeBSD 做安全性與和錯誤更新，不需要手動編譯和"
"安裝修補 (Patch) 或新核心。目前由安全性團隊提供支援的 Binary 更新可用於所有的"
"架構和發行版。支援的發行版清單及各自的支援期限列於 <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.FreeBSD.org/security/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/security/</uri>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44006
msgid ""
"This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases "
"as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new "
"release, review its release announcement as it contains important "
"information pertinent to the release. Release announcements are available "
"from <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/\">http://www.FreeBSD."
"org/releases/</uri>."
msgstr ""
"這個工具程式也支援升級作業系統到次要的發佈版以及升級到另一個發佈版分支。在升"
"級到新的發佈版本前，需先查看該版本的發佈公告，因為發行公告中包含了該發行版本"
"的相關重要資訊。發行公告可自 <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/"
"releases/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/</uri> 取得。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44013
msgid ""
"If a <command>crontab</command> utilizing the features of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> exists, it must be disabled before upgrading the "
"operating system."
msgstr ""
"如果有使用 <command>crontab</command> 來執行 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>freebsd-update</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>，則必須在升級作業系統前先關閉。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44018
msgid ""
"This section describes the configuration file used by <command>freebsd-"
"update</command>, demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to "
"upgrade to a minor or major operating system release, and discusses some of "
"the considerations when upgrading the operating system."
msgstr ""
"本節將說明 <command>freebsd-update</command> 使用的設定檔， 示範如何套用安全"
"性修補及如何升級到主要或次要的作業系統發行版，並討論升級作業系統的需要考量的"
"事項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44027
msgid ""
"The default configuration file for <command>freebsd-update</command> works "
"as-is. Some users may wish to tweak the default configuration in <filename>/"
"etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename>, allowing better control of the process. "
"The comments in this file explain the available options, but the following "
"may require a bit more explanation:"
msgstr ""
"<command>freebsd-update</command> 預設的設定檔不需變更即可運作。 部份使用者可"
"能會想要調校位於 <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename> 的預設設定檔來"
"對程序有更好的控制。該設定檔中的註解均有說明可用的選項，但以下幾個項目可能需"
"要進一步的說明："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n"
"Components world kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44038
msgid ""
"This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The "
"default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual "
"components can instead be specified, such as <literal>src/base</literal> or "
"<literal>src/sys</literal>. However, the best option is to leave this at the "
"default as changing it to include specific items requires every needed item "
"to be listed. Over time, this could have disastrous consequences as source "
"code and binaries may become out of sync."
msgstr ""
"這個參數控制 FreeBSD 要保持最新版本的部份。 預設是更新整個基礎系統 (Base "
"system) 和核心。 可指定個別元件，例如：<literal>src/base</literal> 或 "
"<literal>src/sys</literal>。 雖然如此，最好的選項是維持預設值，因為更改指定特"
"定項目時需列出每一個需要的項目。時間一久可能會因為原始碼和 Binary 檔案沒有更"
"新而造成慘重的後果。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44048
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n"
"# statement will be ignored.\n"
"IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44052
msgid ""
"To leave specified directories, such as <filename>/bin</filename> or "
"<filename>/sbin</filename>, untouched during the update process, add their "
"paths to this statement. This option may be used to prevent <command>freebsd-"
"update</command> from overwriting local modifications."
msgstr ""
"要保持特定的目錄在更新過程不被更動，例如 <filename>/bin</filename> 或 "
"<filename>/sbin</filename>，可以將他們的路徑加到此敘述中。 這個選項可以防止 "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> 覆蓋本地的修改。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44059
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n"
"# statement will only be updated if the contents of the file have not been\n"
"# modified by the user (unless changes are merged; see below).\n"
"UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44064
msgid ""
"This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified "
"directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic "
"updating of these files. There is another option, "
"<literal>KeepModifiedMetadata</literal>, which will instruct "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> to save the changes during the merge."
msgstr ""
"這個選項只會更新特定目錄中未修改的設定檔。任何使用者修改的檔案都不會自動更"
"新。 有另一個選項 <literal>KeepModifiedMetadata</literal> 可讓 "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> 在合併時儲存使用者做的變更。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44072
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n"
"# will have any local changes merged into the version from the new release.\n"
"MergeChanges /etc/ /var/named/etc/ /boot/device.hints"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44076
msgid ""
"List of directories with configuration files that <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> should attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> patches similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with fewer "
"options. Merges are either accepted, open an editor, or cause "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> to abort. When in doubt, backup <filename>/"
"etc</filename> and just accept the merges. See <xref linkend=\"mergemaster\"/"
"> for more information about <command>mergemaster</command>."
msgstr ""
"列出 <command>freebsd-update</command> 應嘗試合併的設定檔目錄。 檔案合併程序"
"是指一系列類似 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 做的 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 修補動作， 但是選項比較少。 合併的動作包含接受、開啟編輯器，或"
"讓 <command>freebsd-update</command> 中止。 如果有疑慮，請先備份 <filename>/"
"etc</filename>，然後再接受合併。 更多關於 <command>mergemaster</command> 的資"
"訊， 參見 <xref linkend=\"mergemaster\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n"
"# files used by FreeBSD Update.\n"
"# WorkDir /var/db/freebsd-update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44090
msgid ""
"This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In cases "
"where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have at "
"least a gigabyte of disk space available."
msgstr ""
"這個目錄是所有修補檔和暫存檔的存放處。當使用者進行版本升級時，這個位置應該要"
"有至少 1GB 的可用磁碟空間。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n"
"# read strictly (StrictComponents yes) or merely as a list of components\n"
"# which *might* be installed of which FreeBSD Update should figure out\n"
"# which actually are installed and upgrade those (StrictComponents no)?\n"
"# StrictComponents no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44101
msgid ""
"When this option is set to <literal>yes</literal>, <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> will assume that the <literal>Components</literal> list is complete "
"and will not attempt to make changes outside of the list. Effectively, "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> will attempt to update every file which "
"belongs to the <literal>Components</literal> list."
msgstr ""
"當這個選項設定為 <literal>yes</literal> 時，<command>freebsd-update</"
"command> 將會假設 <literal>Components</literal> 清單已完成，將不會對清單之外"
"的項目做變更。 實際上 <command>freebsd-update</command> 會將嘗試更新每一個屬"
"於 <literal>Components</literal> 清單中的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44111
msgid "Applying Security Patches"
msgstr "套用安全性修補"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44113
msgid ""
"The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, "
"allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using "
"<command>freebsd-update</command>. More information about FreeBSD security "
"advisories can be found in <xref linkend=\"security-advisories\"/>."
msgstr ""
"套用 FreeBSD 安全性修補的過程已經被簡化，讓系統管理員可使用 <command>freebsd-"
"update</command> 來保持系統更新。更多有關 FreeBSD 安全性報告的資訊可以參考 "
"<xref linkend=\"security-advisories\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44119
msgid ""
"FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following "
"commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are "
"available, and if so, will list the files that will be modifed if the "
"patches are applied. The second command will apply the patches."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 安全性修補可以使用以下指令下載並安裝。 第一個指令會偵測是否有可用的修"
"補，如果有，將列出若執行修補後會變更的檔案清單。第二個指令將會套用修補。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44128
msgid ""
"If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in "
"order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any "
"running binaries, the affected applications should be restarted so that the "
"patched version of the binary is used."
msgstr ""
"如果更新套用了任何核心修補，系統將會需要重新開機以使用修補過的核心。如果修補"
"套用在任何執行中的 Binary，受影響的應用程式應重新啟動來使用修補過的 Binary 版"
"本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44134
msgid ""
"The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every "
"day by adding this entry to <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"加入以下項目至 <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> 可設定系統每天自動檢查更新一"
"次："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:44138
#, no-wrap
msgid "@daily                                  root    freebsd-update cron"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44140
msgid ""
"If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be "
"applied. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user will be "
"sent an email so that the patches may be reviewed and manually installed "
"with <command>freebsd-update install</command>."
msgstr ""
"如果有新的修補，該程式會會自動下載，但不會執行。<systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> 使用者會收到電子郵件通知複查該修補並手動執行 "
"<command>freebsd-update install</command> 安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44146
msgid ""
"If anything goes wrong, <command>freebsd-update</command> has the ability to "
"roll back the last set of changes with the following command:"
msgstr ""
"如果有發生任何錯誤，<command>freebsd-update</command> 可以使用以下指令還原最"
"後所做的變更："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update rollback</userinput>\n"
"Uninstalling updates... done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44153
msgid ""
"Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules "
"were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted."
msgstr ""
"再次強調，若核心或任何核心模組有做過修改應重新啟動系統，以及任何受影響的 "
"Binary 應重新執行。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44157
msgid ""
"Only the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel can be automatically updated by "
"<command>freebsd-update</command>. If a custom kernel is installed, it will "
"have to be rebuilt and reinstalled after <command>freebsd-update</command> "
"finishes installing the updates. However, <command>freebsd-update</command> "
"will detect and update the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel if <filename>/"
"boot/GENERIC</filename> exists, even if it is not the current running kernel "
"of the system."
msgstr ""
"只有 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心可使用 <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> 自動更新。 如果有安裝自訂的核心，在 <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> 完成安裝更新後，需要重新編譯和重新安裝。 雖然如此，如果 <filename>/"
"boot/GENERIC</filename> 存在，<command>freebsd-update</command> 仍會偵測並更"
"新 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心，即使該核心並非目前系統正在執行的核心。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44168
msgid ""
"Always keep a copy of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel in <filename>/"
"boot/GENERIC</filename>. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of "
"problems and in performing version upgrades. Refer to <xref linkend="
"\"freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> for instructions on how to get a copy "
"of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""
"隨時在 <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename> 保留一份 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心的複本將有助於診斷各種問題及執行版本升級。請參考 <xref linkend="
"\"freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> 來了解有關如何取得 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心的複本說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44176
msgid ""
"Unless the default configuration in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</"
"filename> has been changed, <command>freebsd-update</command> will install "
"the updated kernel sources along with the rest of the updates. Rebuilding "
"and reinstalling a new custom kernel can then be performed in the usual way."
msgstr ""
"除非在 <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename> 的預設設定檔被修改，否"
"則 <command>freebsd-update</command> 將會安裝更新後的核心原始碼和其餘的更新，"
"可依平常的方式執行重新編譯與重新安裝核心。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44183
msgid ""
"The updates distributed by <command>freebsd-update</command> do not always "
"involve the kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the "
"kernel sources have not been modified by <command>freebsd-update install</"
"command>. However, <command>freebsd-update</command> will always update "
"<filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/newvers.sh</filename>. The current patch level, "
"as indicated by the <literal>-p</literal> number reported by <command>uname -"
"r</command>, is obtained from this file. Rebuilding a custom kernel, even if "
"nothing else changed, allows <command>uname</command> to accurately report "
"the current patch level of the system. This is particularly helpful when "
"maintaining multiple systems, as it allows for a quick assessment of the "
"updates installed in each one."
msgstr ""
"以 <command>freebsd-update</command> 發行的更新並非總是會更新核心。若核心的原"
"始碼沒有被 <command>freebsd-update install</command> 修改則不需要重新編譯自訂"
"的核心。雖然如此 <command>freebsd-update</command> 總是會更新 <filename>/usr/"
"src/sys/conf/newvers.sh</filename>，目前修補的版本如 <command>uname -r</"
"command> 執行結果中的 <literal>-p</literal> 數字，便是由該檔取得。即使沒有做"
"任何其他變更，重新編譯自訂核心可讓 <command>uname</command> 準確的回報系統目"
"前的修補版本。當維護多個系統時這會特別有用，因其可讓你快速評估每個系統安裝的"
"更新。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44201
msgid "Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades"
msgstr "執行主要及次要版號升級"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44203
msgid ""
"Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another, like from FreeBSD 9.0 "
"to FreeBSD 9.1, are called <firstterm>minor version</firstterm> upgrades. "
"<firstterm>Major version</firstterm> upgrades occur when FreeBSD is upgraded "
"from one major version to another, like from FreeBSD 9.X to FreeBSD 10.X. "
"Both types of upgrades can be performed by providing <command>freebsd-"
"update</command> with a release version target."
msgstr ""
"從 FreeBSD 的次要版本升級到另一個版本，例如從 FreeBSD 9.0 到 FreeBSD 9.1, 叫"
"作 <firstterm>次要版本 (Minor version)</firstterm> 更新。 <firstterm>主要版"
"本 (Major version)</firstterm> 更新發生在當 FreeBSD 從一個主要版本升級到主要"
"版本升級到另一個主要版本時，例如從 FreeBSD 9.X 到 FreeBSD 10.X。 兩種更新都可"
"以透過提供 <command>freebsd-update</command> 目標的發佈版本來執行。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44213
msgid ""
"If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel exists in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename> before starting the upgrade. Refer to <xref linkend=\"freebsd-"
"update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> for instructions on how to get a copy of the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""
"如果系統正在執行自訂的核心，請在開始升級前，確定有保留一份 "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心的複本在 <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename>。 請參考 <xref linkend=\"freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x\"/> 關於如"
"何取得 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心複本的說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44221
msgid ""
"The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 9.0 system, will upgrade it to "
"FreeBSD 9.1:"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD 9.0 系統執行以下指令，將會把系統升級至 FreeBSD 9.1："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44224
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44226
msgid ""
"After the command has been received, <command>freebsd-update</command> will "
"evaluate the configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather "
"the information necessary to perform the upgrade. A screen listing will "
"display which components have and have not been detected. For example:"
msgstr ""
"收到這個指令後，<command>freebsd-update</command> 會開始評估設定檔和目前的系"
"統來收集升級所需的資訊。 螢幕會顯示偵測到或沒偵測到的元件清單。例如："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching metadata signature for 9.0-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done.\n"
"Fetching metadata index... done.\n"
"Inspecting system... done.\n"
"\n"
"The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n"
"kernel/smp src/base src/bin src/contrib src/crypto src/etc src/games\n"
"src/gnu src/include src/krb5 src/lib src/libexec src/release src/rescue\n"
"src/sbin src/secure src/share src/sys src/tools src/ubin src/usbin\n"
"world/base world/info world/lib32 world/manpages\n"
"\n"
"The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n"
"kernel/generic world/catpages world/dict world/doc world/games\n"
"world/proflibs\n"
"\n"
"Does this look reasonable (y/n)? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44250
msgid ""
"At this point, <command>freebsd-update</command> will attempt to download "
"all files required for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted "
"with questions regarding what to install or how to proceed."
msgstr ""
"此時，<command>freebsd-update</command> 將會嘗試下載所有升級需要的檔案。 在某"
"些情況，會詢問使用者一些關於要安裝什麼或要如何繼續。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44255
msgid ""
"When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to "
"the following:"
msgstr "當使用自訂核心，上述的步驟將會產生如下的警告："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44258
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"WARNING: This system is running a \"<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable>\" kernel, which is not a\n"
"kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE.\n"
"This kernel will not be updated: you MUST update the kernel manually\n"
"before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44263
msgid ""
"This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel will be used as an intermediate step in "
"the upgrade process."
msgstr ""
"這時的警告可以安全地忽略，升級過程將會使用更新過的 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心來進行。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44267
msgid ""
"Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be "
"applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload "
"of the machine. Configuration files will then be merged. The merging process "
"requires some user intervention as a file may be merged or an editor may "
"appear on screen for a manual merge. The results of every successful merge "
"will be shown to the user as the process continues. A failed or ignored "
"merge will cause the process to abort. Users may wish to make a backup of "
"<filename>/etc</filename> and manually merge important files, such as "
"<filename>master.passwd</filename> or <filename>group</filename> at a later "
"time."
msgstr ""
"所有的修補都下載到本地系統之後， 將會開始套用更新。這個過程可能會花點時間，取"
"決於機器的速度和工作量。設定檔將會被合併。 合併的過程中當檔案被合併或是手動合"
"併畫面上出現編輯器時需要使用者操作。 每一個成功合併的結果將會顯示給使用者並繼"
"續程序，失敗或忽略合併將會使程序中斷。使用者可能想要備份 <filename>/etc</"
"filename> 並稍後手動合併重要的檔案，例如：<filename>master.passwd</filename> "
"或 <filename>group</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44281
msgid ""
"The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening "
"in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all "
"configuration files have been merged and it seems the process will go "
"smoothly, the changes can be committed to disk by the user using the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"所有的修補與合併動作會在另一個目錄進行，並不會直接修改。當成功套用所有修補，"
"所有設定檔已合併且過程順利，使用者可使用以下指令將變更安裝到磁碟："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44288 book.translate.xml:44325 book.translate.xml:44419
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44291
msgid ""
"The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is "
"running with a custom kernel, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nextboot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to set the kernel for "
"the next boot to the updated <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"核心與核心模組會先修補，若系統正在執行自訂的核心，使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nextboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 來設定下次開機使用更新過的 <filename>/boot/"
"GENERIC</filename>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44296
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nextboot -k GENERIC</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44299
msgid ""
"Before rebooting with the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, make sure it "
"contains all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and "
"connect to the network, if the machine being updated is accessed remotely. "
"In particular, if the running custom kernel contains built-in functionality "
"usually provided by kernel modules, make sure to temporarily load these "
"modules into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel using the <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename> facility. It is recommended to disable non-"
"essential services as well as any disk and network mounts until the upgrade "
"process is complete."
msgstr ""
"若機器在遠端進行更新，請在使用 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心重新開機前，"
"請確定該核心含有所有系統所需的驅動程式以正常開機並連線至網路。特別是在執行的"
"自訂核心有使用到由核心模組提供內建功能，請確定將這些模組已暫時使用 "
"<filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> 設定檔載入到 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心。建議關閉非必須的服務和磁碟與網路掛載直到升級程序完成。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44313
msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:"
msgstr "機器現在應使用更新過的核心重新開機："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44316
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44318
msgid ""
"Once the system has come back online, restart <command>freebsd-update</"
"command> using the following command. Since the state of the process has "
"been saved, <command>freebsd-update</command> will not start from the "
"beginning, but will instead move on to the next phase and remove all old "
"shared libraries and object files."
msgstr ""
"一旦系統重新上線，使用以下指令繼續 <command>freebsd-update</command>。 由於程"
"序的狀態已被儲存，<command>freebsd-update</command> 不會重頭開始，但會進行下"
"一個階段並移除所有舊的共用程式庫和目標檔。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44328
msgid ""
"Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may "
"only be two install phases instead of three."
msgstr "取決於是否有任何程式庫版本編號衝突，也可能只有兩個而不是三個安裝階段。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44333
msgid ""
"The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall "
"all ports and packages as described in <xref linkend=\"freebsdupdate-"
"portsrebuild\"/>."
msgstr ""
"升級程序現在完成了。如果所做的是主要的版本升級，則需依 <xref linkend="
"\"freebsdupdate-portsrebuild\"/> 的說明重新安裝所有的 Port 和套件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:44338
msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later"
msgstr "在 FreeBSD 9.X 及之後版本自訂核心"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44340
msgid ""
"Before using <command>freebsd-update</command>, ensure that a copy of the "
"<filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel exists in <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename>. If a custom kernel has only been built once, the kernel in "
"<filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename> is the <literal>GENERIC</literal> "
"kernel. Simply rename this directory to <filename>/boot/kernel</filename>."
msgstr ""
"在使用 <command>freebsd-update</command> 前，請確定已有 <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> 核心的複本於 <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename>。若只編譯過一次自訂"
"核心，那麼 <filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename> 就是 <literal>GENERIC</"
"literal> 核心，只需要將該目錄重新命名為 <filename>/boot/kernel</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44348
msgid ""
"If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how "
"many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the "
"<literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel that matches the current version of the "
"operating system. If physical access to the system is available, a copy of "
"the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel can be installed from the installation "
"media:"
msgstr ""
"若有編譯自訂核心過超過一次，或已經不曉得編譯自訂核心的次數，則需取得與目前作"
"業系統版本相符的 <literal>GENERIC</literal> 核心複本。若可直接操作實體系統，"
"則可以從安裝媒體取得 <literal>GENERIC</literal> 核心複本："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount /cdrom</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44360
msgid ""
"Alternately, the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel may be rebuilt and "
"installed from source:"
msgstr "或者，可以從原始碼重新編譯 <literal>GENERIC</literal> 核心："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44363
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make kernel __MAKE_CONF=/dev/null SRCCONF=/dev/null</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44366
msgid ""
"For this kernel to be identified as the <literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel by "
"<command>freebsd-update</command>, the <filename>GENERIC</filename> "
"configuration file must not have been modified in any way. It is also "
"suggested that the kernel is built without any other special options."
msgstr ""
"這個核心要被 <command>freebsd-update</command> 認做 <literal>GENERIC</"
"literal> 核心，<filename>GENERIC</filename> 設定檔必須不能做任何修改，也建議"
"在編譯核心時不要使用其他特殊選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44374
msgid ""
"Rebooting into the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel is not required as "
"<command>freebsd-update</command> only needs <filename>/boot/GENERIC</"
"filename> to exist."
msgstr ""
"<command>freebsd-update</command> 僅需要 <filename>/boot/GENERIC</filename> "
"存在便可，因此不須重新開機進入 <filename>GENERIC</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:44380
msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade"
msgstr "主要版號升級後的套件升級"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44383
msgid ""
"Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems "
"after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application "
"Binary Interfaces (<acronym>ABI</acronym>s), which will break most third-"
"party applications. After a major version upgrade, all installed packages "
"and ports need to be upgraded. Packages can be upgraded using <command>pkg "
"upgrade</command>. To upgrade installed ports, use a utility such as "
"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package>."
msgstr ""
"一般來說，已安裝的應用程式在次要版本升級仍可沒問題的正常執行。但主要版本升級"
"會採用不同的應用程式 Binary 介面 (Application Binary Interfaces, "
"<acronym>ABI</acronym>s)，會導致大部份第三方應用程式無法正常執行。 因此在主要"
"版本升級後，需要升及所有已安裝的套件和 Port，套件可以使用 <command>pkg "
"upgrade</command> 來升級，而 Port 則需使用 <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</"
"package> 工具。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44394
msgid ""
"A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with "
"fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not "
"increased. This is required because of the ABI version change when upgrading "
"between major versions of FreeBSD. The forced upgrade can be accomplished by "
"performing:"
msgstr ""
"強制升級所有已安裝的套件會使用檔案庫中新版本的套件來取得目前套件，即使該版號"
"沒有增加。由於在升級 FreeBSD 主要版本時會變更 ABI 版本，因此這是必要動作。強"
"制升級可以執行以下指令來完成："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44401
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg-static upgrade -f</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44403
msgid ""
"A rebuild of all installed applications can be accomplished with this "
"command:"
msgstr "重新編譯所有已安裝的應用程式可以執行以下指令來完成："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44408
msgid ""
"This command will display the configuration screens for each application "
"that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those "
"screens. To prevent this behavior, and use only the default options, include "
"<option>-G</option> in the above command."
msgstr ""
"這個指令會在安裝每個應用程式有可設定選項時顯示設定畫面，並會等待使用者操作該"
"畫面，要避免這種情況並使用預設的設定選項，可在上述指令加上 <option>-G</"
"option> 參數。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44414
msgid ""
"Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a "
"final call to <command>freebsd-update</command> in order to tie up all the "
"loose ends in the upgrade process:"
msgstr ""
"完成軟體升級後，最後需執行 <command>freebsd-update</command> 來完成最後的升級"
"動作："

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44421
msgid ""
"If the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel was temporarily used, this is the "
"time to build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""
"若有使用臨時 <filename>GENERIC</filename> 核心，便應在此時依據 <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/> 的說明編譯並安裝新的自訂核心。"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:44425
msgid ""
"Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now "
"complete."
msgstr "重新開機使用新的 FreeBSD 版本後，升級程序便正式完成。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44431
msgid "System State Comparison"
msgstr "比對系統狀態"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44433
msgid ""
"The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be "
"tested using <command>freebsd-update IDS</command>. This command evaluates "
"the current version of system utilities, libraries, and configuration files "
"and can be used as a built-in Intrusion Detection System (<acronym>IDS</"
"acronym>)."
msgstr ""
"已安裝的 FreeBSD 版本狀態可以使用 <command>freebsd-update IDS</command> 與另"
"一個已知良好的複本來做比對測試。 這個指令會評估目前版本的系統工具，程式庫和設"
"定檔，可做為內建的入侵偵測系統來使用 (Intrusion Detection System, "
"<acronym>IDS</acronym>)。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44441
msgid ""
"This command is not a replacement for a real <acronym>IDS</acronym> such as "
"<package>security/snort</package>. As <command>freebsd-update</command> "
"stores data on disk, the possibility of tampering is evident. While this "
"possibility may be reduced using <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> and by "
"storing the <command>freebsd-update</command> data on a read-only file "
"system when not in use, a better solution would be to compare the system "
"against a secure disk, such as a <acronym>DVD</acronym> or securely stored "
"external <acronym>USB</acronym> disk device. An alternative method for "
"providing <acronym>IDS</acronym> functionality using a built-in utility is "
"described in <xref linkend=\"security-ids\"/>"
msgstr ""
"這個指令並非用來取代真正的 <acronym>IDS</acronym>，如 <package>security/"
"snort</package>。由於 <command>freebsd-update</command> 儲存在磁碟上，被竄改"
"的可能性是顯而易見的，雖然這個可能性會因使用 <varname>kern.securelevel</"
"varname> 以及將 <command>freebsd-update</command> 在不使用時以唯讀儲存而降"
"低，最好的解決方案是能夠與安全的磁碟，如 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 或儲存在外部"
"的 <acronym>USB</acronym> 磁碟裝置比對系統。替代的方式是使用內建工具的 "
"<acronym>IDS</acronym> 功能，在 <xref linkend=\"security-ids\"/> 有詳細說明。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44456
msgid ""
"To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:"
msgstr "要開始比對，需指定輸出的檔案來儲存結果："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44459
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>freebsd-update IDS &gt;&gt; outfile.ids</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44461
msgid ""
"The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with "
"the <acronym>SHA256</acronym> hash values for both the known value in the "
"release and the current installation, will be sent to the specified output "
"file."
msgstr ""
"系統將會開始檢查並且會產生相當長的檔案清單，內容包含發佈版本已知的與目前安裝"
"版本的 <acronym>SHA256</acronym> 雜湊值會儲存到指定的輸出檔。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44467
msgid ""
"The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be "
"easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ from "
"those in the release, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""
"清單中的項目會相當的多，但輸出的格式可以很簡單的用來分析。例如，要取得與發佈"
"版本不同的檔案清單，可使用以下指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44472
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more</userinput>\n"
"/etc/master.passwd\n"
"/etc/motd\n"
"/etc/passwd\n"
"/etc/pf.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44478
msgid ""
"This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files "
"have natural modifications. For example, <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> "
"will be modified if users have been added to the system. Kernel modules may "
"differ as <command>freebsd-update</command> may have updated them. To "
"exclude specific files or directories, add them to the "
"<literal>IDSIgnorePaths</literal> option in <filename>/etc/freebsd-update."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"實際的檔案會更多，此範例的輸出已精簡。部份檔案可能本來就會被修改。例如 "
"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> 在新增使用者到系統時會被修改，核心模組也有可"
"能因使用 <command>freebsd-update</command> 更新而有所不同。要排除特定的檔案或"
"目錄可將這些檔案或目錄加入到 <filename>/etc/freebsd-update.conf</filename> 中"
"的 <literal>IDSIgnorePaths</literal> 選項。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44490
msgid "Updating the Documentation Set"
msgstr "更新文件集"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44494
msgid "<primary>Documentation</primary> <see>Updating and Upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44499
msgid ""
"Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an "
"up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the "
"FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/\">http://www."
"freebsd.org/doc/</link>), it can be handy to have an up-to-date, local copy "
"of the FreeBSD website, handbooks, <acronym>FAQ</acronym>, and articles."
msgstr ""
"文件是 FreeBSD 作業系統不可或缺的一部份。在最新版本的 FreeBSD 文件可在 "
"FreeBSD 網站 (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/\">http://www.freebsd."
"org/doc/</link>) 取得的同時，也可很簡單的取得 FreeBSD 網站、使用手冊、"
"<acronym>FAQ</acronym> 及文章的本地複本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44505
msgid ""
"This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports "
"Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date."
msgstr ""
"本節將說明如何使用原始碼與 FreeBSD Port 套件集來取得最新版本 FreeBSD 文件本地"
"複本。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44509
msgid ""
"For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, "
"refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors "
"(<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer"
"\">http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/</link>)."
msgstr ""
"要取得編輯與提出修正文件相關的資訊請參考 FreeBSD 文件計畫入門書 (<link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer\">http://www."
"freebsd.org/doc/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/</link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44514
msgid "Updating Documentation from Source"
msgstr "自原始碼更新說明文件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44516
msgid ""
"Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of "
"tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools, "
"including <application>svn</application>, can be installed from the "
"<package>textproc/docproj</package> package or port developed by the FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project."
msgstr ""
"從原始碼重新編譯 FreeBSD 文件需要一些不屬於 FreeBSD 基礎系統的工具。需要的工"
"具包括 <application>svn</application> 可透過由 FreeBSD 文件計劃所開發的 "
"<package>textproc/docproj</package> 套件或 Port 安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44523
msgid ""
"Once installed, use <application>svn</application> to fetch a clean copy of "
"the documentation source:"
msgstr ""
"安裝完成之後，可使用 <application>svn</application> 來取得乾淨的文件原始碼複"
"本："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44526
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head /usr/doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44528
msgid ""
"The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it "
"run until it completes."
msgstr "第一次下載文件原始碼需要一些時間，請耐心等候執行完畢。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44531
msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:"
msgstr "往後更新文件原始碼可執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44534
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44536
msgid ""
"Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to "
"<filename>/usr/doc</filename>, everything is ready for an update of the "
"installed documentation."
msgstr ""
"下載最新的文件原始碼到 <filename>/usr/doc</filename> 之後，便完成要更新已安裝"
"文件的準備動作。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44540
msgid "A full update of all available languages may be performed by typing:"
msgstr "完整更新所有可用的語言可以執行："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44546
msgid ""
"If an update of only a specific language is desired, <command>make</command> "
"can be invoked in a language-specific subdirectory of <filename>/usr/doc</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""
"若只想要更新特定語言，可對 <filename>/usr/doc</filename> 中特定語言的子目錄執"
"行 <command>make</command>："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44551
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44554
msgid ""
"An alternative way of updating the documentation is to run this command from "
"<filename>/usr/doc</filename> or the desired language-specific subdirectory:"
msgstr ""
"另一個更新文件的方式是在 <filename>/usr/doc</filename> 或特定的語言子目錄下執"
"行此指令："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44558
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44560
msgid ""
"The output formats that will be installed may be specified by setting "
"<varname>FORMATS</varname>:"
msgstr "要指定安裝的輸出格式可使用 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 來設定："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS='html html-split' install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44566
msgid ""
"Several options are available to ease the process of updating only parts of "
"the documentation, or the build of specific translations. These options can "
"be set either as system-wide options in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, "
"or as command-line options passed to <command>make</command>."
msgstr ""
"有數個選項可更新部份文件或只編譯特定翻譯來簡化更新程序。這些選項可在 "
"<filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> 設為系統全域的預設選項，或是透過指令傳送"
"給 <command>make</command>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44573
msgid "The options include:"
msgstr "選項有："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44577
msgid "<varname>DOC_LANG</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44580
msgid ""
"The list of languages and encodings to build and install, such as "
"<literal>en_US.ISO8859-1</literal> for English documentation."
msgstr ""
"要編譯與安裝的語言及編碼清單，例如 <literal>en_US.ISO8859-1</literal> 代表英"
"語文件。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44587
msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44590
msgid ""
"A single format or a list of output formats to be built. Currently, "
"<literal>html</literal>, <literal>html-split</literal>, <literal>txt</"
"literal>, <literal>ps</literal>, and <literal>pdf</literal> are supported."
msgstr ""
"要編譯的輸出格式清單，目前支援 <literal>html</literal>, <literal>html-split</"
"literal>, <literal>txt</literal>, <literal>ps</literal> 以及 <literal>pdf</"
"literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44599
msgid "<varname>DOCDIR</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44602
msgid ""
"Where to install the documentation. It defaults to <filename>/usr/share/doc</"
"filename>."
msgstr "要安裝文件的位置，預設為 <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44608
msgid ""
"For more <command>make</command> variables supported as system-wide options "
"in FreeBSD, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"要取得更多可做為 FreeBSD 系統全域選項的 <command>make</command> 變數，請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>。"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:44615
msgid "Updating Documentation from Ports"
msgstr "自 Port 更新說明文件"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:44618
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on the work of </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44632
msgid ""
"<primary>documentation package</primary> <see>Updating and Upgrading</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44637
msgid ""
"The previous section presented a method for updating the FreeBSD "
"documentation from sources. This section describes an alternative method "
"which uses the Ports Collection and makes it possible to:"
msgstr ""
"前一節介紹了由原始碼更新 FreeBSD 文件的方法，本節將說明使用 Port 套件集的替代"
"方法，可由以下方式達成："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44644
msgid ""
"Install pre-built packages of the documentation, without having to locally "
"build anything or install the documentation toolchain."
msgstr "安裝事先編譯好的文件套件，無須在本地編譯任何東西或安裝文件工具集。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44650
msgid ""
"Build the documentation sources through the ports framework, making the "
"checkout and build steps a bit easier."
msgstr "使用 Port 框架來編譯文件原始碼，可讓取得與編譯文件的步驟更簡單。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44656
msgid ""
"This method of updating the FreeBSD documentation is supported by a set of "
"documentation ports and packages which are updated by the Documentation "
"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> on a monthly basis. These "
"are listed in the FreeBSD Ports Collection, under the docs category (<link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.freshports.org/docs/\">http://www.freshports.org/"
"docs/</link>)."
msgstr ""
"這個更新 FreeBSD 文件的方法，會使用到一系列由文件工程團隊 "
"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 每月更新的文件 Port 與套件。這些套件列於 "
"FreeBSD Port 套件集的 docs 分類下 (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freshports."
"org/docs/\">http://www.freshports.org/docs/</link>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44662
msgid "Organization of the documentation ports is as follows:"
msgstr "文件 Port 的組織方式如下："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44667
msgid ""
"The <package>misc/freebsd-doc-en</package> package or port installs all of "
"the English documentation."
msgstr ""
"<package>misc/freebsd-doc-en</package> 套件或 Port 會安裝所有英語的文件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44672
msgid ""
"The <package>misc/freebsd-doc-all</package> meta-package or port installs "
"all documentation in all available languages."
msgstr ""
"<package>misc/freebsd-doc-all</package> 套件或 Port 會安裝所有可用語言的文"
"件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44678
msgid ""
"There is a package and port for each translation, such as <package>misc/"
"freebsd-doc-hu</package> for the Hungarian documentation."
msgstr ""
"每個翻譯語言都有套件與 Port，如 <package>misc/freebsd-doc-hu</package> 為匈牙"
"利語文件。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44684
msgid ""
"When binary packages are used, the FreeBSD documentation will be installed "
"in all available formats for the given language. For example, the following "
"command will install the latest package of the Hungarian documentation:"
msgstr ""
"當使用 Binary 套件時，會安裝指定語言 FreeBSD 文件的所有可用格式。例如以下指令"
"會安裝最新的匈牙利語文件套件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44689
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install hu-freebsd-doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:44692
msgid ""
"Packages use a format that differs from the corresponding port's name: "
"<literal><replaceable>lang</replaceable>-freebsd-doc</literal>, where "
"<replaceable>lang</replaceable> is the short format of the language code, "
"such as <literal>hu</literal> for Hungarian, or <literal>zh_cn</literal> for "
"Simplified Chinese."
msgstr ""
"套件使用的名稱格式與 Port 的名稱不同：<literal><replaceable>lang</"
"replaceable>-freebsd-doc</literal>，其中 <replaceable>lang</replaceable> 是語"
"言代碼的縮寫，例如 <literal>hu</literal> 代表匈牙利語，<literal>zh_cn</"
"literal> 代表簡體中文。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44701
msgid ""
"To specify the format of the documentation, build the port instead of "
"installing the package. For example, to build and install the English "
"documentation:"
msgstr ""
"要指定文件的格式，需以編譯 Port 來代替安裝套件。例如要編譯並安裝英語文件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-en</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44708
msgid ""
"The port provides a configuration menu where the format to build and install "
"can be specified. By default, split <acronym>HTML</acronym>, similar to the "
"format used on <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org\">http://www.FreeBSD."
"org</uri>, and <acronym>PDF</acronym> are selected."
msgstr ""
"Port 提供設定選單來指定要編譯與安裝的格式，預設為分頁的 <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym>　(類似 <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org\">http://www."
"FreeBSD.org</uri> 使用的格式) 以及 <acronym>PDF</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44713
msgid ""
"Alternately, several <command>make</command> options can be specified when "
"building a documentation port, including:"
msgstr ""
"此外，編譯文件 Port 時也可指定數個 <command>make</command> 選項，包括："

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44719
msgid "<varname>WITH_HTML</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44722
msgid ""
"Builds the HTML format with a single HTML file per document. The formatted "
"documentation is saved to a file called <filename>article.html</filename>, "
"or <filename>book.html</filename>."
msgstr ""
"編譯一份文件使用一個 HTML 檔的 HTML 格式。格式化後的文件會儲存至名稱為 "
"<filename>article.html</filename> 或 <filename>book.html</filename> 的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44730
msgid "<varname>WITH_PDF</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44733
msgid ""
"The formatted documentation is saved to a file called <filename>article.pdf</"
"filename> or <filename>book.pdf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"格式化的文件會儲存至名稱為 <filename>article.pdf</filename> 或 "
"<filename>book.pdf</filename> 的檔案。"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:44740
msgid "<varname>DOCBASE</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44743
msgid ""
"Specifies where to install the documentation. It defaults to <filename>/usr/"
"local/share/doc/freebsd</filename>."
msgstr ""
"指定要安裝文件的位置，預設為 <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</"
"filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44750
msgid ""
"This example uses variables to install the Hungarian documentation as a "
"<acronym>PDF</acronym> in the specified directory:"
msgstr ""
"以下範例使用變數來安裝 <acronym>PDF</acronym> 的匈牙利語文件到特定目錄："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> cd /usr/ports/misc/freebsd-doc-hu\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> make -DWITH_PDF DOCBASE=share/doc/freebsd/hu install clean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44757
msgid ""
"Documentation packages or ports can be updated using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>. For example, the following command updates the "
"installed Hungarian documentation using <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</"
"package> by using packages only:"
msgstr ""
"文件套件或 Port 可以依 <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> 的說明更新。例如以下指令會使"
"用 <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> 更新已安裝的匈牙利語文件："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:44763
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -PP hu-freebsd-doc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44768
msgid "Tracking a Development Branch"
msgstr "追蹤開發分支"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44770
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44771
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44773
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE."
msgstr "FreeBSD 有兩個開發分支：FreeBSD-CURRENT 及 FreeBSD-STABLE。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44776
msgid ""
"This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended "
"audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective "
"branch."
msgstr ""
"本節將說明每個分支及其的特定使用者，也會說明如何在各別分支維持系統為最新版。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44781
msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT"
msgstr "使用 FreeBSD-CURRENT"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44783
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT is the <quote>bleeding edge</quote> of FreeBSD development "
"and FreeBSD-CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical "
"skill. Less technical users who wish to track a development branch should "
"track FreeBSD-STABLE instead."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT 是 FreeBSD 開發的 <quote>最前線</quote>，FreeBSD-CURRENT 的使"
"用者需具備較強的技術能力。技術能力較弱的使用者應改追蹤 FreeBSD-STABLE 開發分"
"支。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44789
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes "
"works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that "
"might or might not be present in the next official release. While many "
"FreeBSD developers compile the FreeBSD-CURRENT source code daily, there are "
"short periods of time when the source may not be buildable. These problems "
"are resolved as quickly as possible, but whether or not FreeBSD-CURRENT "
"brings disaster or new functionality can be a matter of when the source code "
"was synced."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT 是 FreeBSD 最新的原始碼，其中包括正在進行的開發工作、實驗性的"
"變更以及不一定會在下一個官方發行版出現的過渡機制。 雖然 FreeBSD 開發者每天編"
"譯 FreeBSD-CURRENT 原始碼，但仍可能有短暫時間原始碼是無法編譯的。雖然這些問題"
"會儘快被解決，但是無論 FreeBSD-CURRENT 帶來災難或是新功能，同步原始碼時都要考"
"量這個問題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44799
msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:"
msgstr "FreeBSD-CURRENT 主要給下以三種族群："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44804
msgid ""
"Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of "
"the source tree."
msgstr "致力於開發某一部份原始碼樹的 FreeBSD 社群成員。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44809
msgid ""
"Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to "
"spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the "
"general direction of FreeBSD, and submitting patches."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 社群成員中活耀的測試人員。 他們願意花時間解決問題，對 FreeBSD 的變更"
"及大方向提出專業建議並送交修補。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44816
msgid ""
"Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for "
"reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution."
msgstr ""
"隨時關注的使用者，使用目前原始碼做為參考用途，或是偶爾提供意見或貢獻原始碼。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44822
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-CURRENT should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be considered a fast-track "
"to getting new features before the next release as pre-release features are "
"not yet fully tested and most likely contain bugs. It is not a quick way of "
"getting bug fixes as any given commit is just as likely to introduce new "
"bugs as to fix existing ones. FreeBSD-CURRENT is not in any way "
"<quote>officially supported</quote>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>不應</emphasis>將 FreeBSD-CURRENT 當做下一個發行版前取得新功能的快"
"速途徑，因為尚未發行的功能並未被完整測試，很可能有問題。這也不是一個快速取得"
"問題修正的方式，因為任何已知的問題修正有可能產生新的問題。 使用 FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT 不在 <quote>官方支援</quote> 的範圍內。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44830
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>using</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>使用</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44835
msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:"
msgstr "若要追蹤 FreeBSD-CURRENT："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44839
msgid ""
"Join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link> lists. "
"This is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> in order to see the comments that "
"people are making about the current state of the system and to receive "
"important bulletins about the current state of FreeBSD-CURRENT."
msgstr ""
"加入 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"current\">freebsd-current</link> 和 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head\">svn-src-head</link> 郵遞論壇。這是 "
"<emphasis>重要</emphasis> 的，是為了要了解目前人們對於系統目前狀態的評論並接"
"收有關 FreeBSD-CURRENT 目前狀態的重要公告。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44846
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head"
"\">svn-src-head</link> list records the commit log entry for each change as "
"it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head"
"\">svn-src-head</link> 郵遞論壇會記錄每一次修改的提交項目，以及可能產生的副作"
"用的相關資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44850
msgid ""
"To join these lists, go to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>, click "
"on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track "
"changes to the whole source tree, not just the changes to FreeBSD-CURRENT, "
"subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link> list."
msgstr ""
"要加入這兩個郵遞論壇，請前往 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link> 點選要訂"
"閱的郵遞論壇，並依照網頁指示的步驟操作。要追蹤整個原始碼樹，不單只有 FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT 的變更，可訂閱 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link> 郵遞論壇。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44858
msgid ""
"Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, <link linkend=\"svn"
"\">svn</link> is used to check out the -CURRENT code from the <literal>head</"
"literal> branch of one of the Subversion mirror sites listed in <xref "
"linkend=\"svn-mirrors\"/>."
msgstr ""
"同步 FreeBSD-CURRENT 原始碼。 通常會使用 <link linkend=\"svn\">svn</link> 自"
"列於 <xref linkend=\"svn-mirrors\"/> 中的其中一個 Subversion 鏡像站的 "
"<literal>head</literal> 分支中取出 -CURRENT 的程式碼。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44866
msgid ""
"Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the "
"sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches "
"to. However, users that plan to compile the operating system from source "
"must download <emphasis>all</emphasis> of FreeBSD-CURRENT, not just selected "
"portions."
msgstr ""
"考量到檔案庫的大小，部份使用者選擇只同步他們有興趣或貢獻修補的部份原始碼。然"
"而， 計劃要從原始碼編譯整個作業系統的使用者須下載 <emphasis>全部</emphasis> "
"的 FreeBSD-CURRENT，不可只有選擇的部份。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44874
msgid "<primary>-CURRENT</primary> <secondary>compiling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44873
msgid ""
"Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT <_:indexterm-1/>, read <filename>/usr/src/"
"Makefile</filename> very carefully and follow the instructions in <xref "
"linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Read the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">FreeBSD-CURRENT mailing list</link> "
"and <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> to stay up-to-date on other "
"bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the "
"next release."
msgstr ""
"編譯 FreeBSD-CURRENT <_:indexterm-1/> 前，請仔細地閱讀 <filename>/usr/src/"
"Makefile</filename> 並依照 <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/> 的指示操作。 閱讀 "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current"
"\">FreeBSD-CURRENT 郵遞論壇</link> 以及 <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</"
"filename> 來了解升級的相關資訊，有時會含有升級下一個發行版的必要資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44888
msgid ""
"Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions "
"for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always "
"welcome."
msgstr ""
"積極！很鼓勵 FreeBSD-CURRENT 使用者發表他們對加強哪些功能或是修復哪些錯誤的建"
"議。 如果您在建議時能附上相關程式碼的話， 那真是太棒了！"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:44897
msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE"
msgstr "使用 FreeBSD-STABLE"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44899
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are made. "
"Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general assumption "
"that they have first been tested in FreeBSD-CURRENT. This is "
"<emphasis>still</emphasis> a development branch and, at any given time, the "
"sources for FreeBSD-STABLE may or may not be suitable for general use. It is "
"simply another engineering development track, not a resource for end-users. "
"Users who do not have the resources to perform testing should instead run "
"the most recent release of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"主要發行版便是使用 FreeBSD-STABLE 這個開發分支所產生。變更進入這個分支的速度"
"比較慢，並假設這些變更已經先在 FreeBSD-CURRENT 測試過。但這 <emphasis>仍然</"
"emphasis> 是一個開發分支，而且 FreeBSD-STABLE 的原始碼在任何時候都有可能不適"
"合一般的使用。它只是另一個開發分支，並非專門提供給終端使用者使用。若沒有替代"
"資源可供測試的使用者應該改使用最新的 FreeBSD 發行版。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44910
msgid ""
"Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development "
"process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should "
"consider following FreeBSD-STABLE."
msgstr ""
"有興趣追蹤或對 FreeBSD 開發流程貢獻的人，尤其是對 FreeBSD 接下來的發行版相關"
"內容有興趣的人，應該考慮追蹤 FreeBSD-STABLE。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44914
msgid ""
"While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this "
"cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT, it is inevitable that bugs and corner cases will sometimes be found "
"in FreeBSD-STABLE that were not apparent in FreeBSD-CURRENT. For this "
"reason, one should not blindly track FreeBSD-STABLE. It is particularly "
"important <emphasis>not</emphasis> to update any production servers to "
"FreeBSD-STABLE without thoroughly testing the code in a development or "
"testing environment."
msgstr ""
"儘管 FreeBSD-STABLE 分支應該在任何時候均能正確編譯、執行，但是並不保証不會有"
"問題。因為使用 FreeBSD-STABLE 的人比 FreeBSD-CURRENT 多，有時無可避免地會在 "
"FreeBSD-STABLE 發現在 FreeBSD-CURRENT 並非顯而易見的錯誤和極端的狀況。也因"
"此，我們並不建議盲目追蹤 FreeBSD-STABLE。 特別重要的是 <emphasis>不要</"
"emphasis> 在尚未使用開發或測試環境對程式碼做完整的測試之前，升級任何上線的伺"
"服器為 FreeBSD-STABLE。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:44924
msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:"
msgstr "若要追蹤 FreeBSD-STABLE："

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44926
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary> <secondary>using</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44932
msgid ""
"Join the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link> list in order to stay informed of "
"build dependencies that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues "
"requiring special attention. Developers will also make announcements in this "
"mailing list when they are contemplating some controversial fix or update, "
"giving the users a chance to respond if they have any issues to raise "
"concerning the proposed change."
msgstr ""
"加入 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"stable\">freebsd-stable</link> 郵遞論壇來隨時瞭解 FreeBSD-STABLE 編譯的相依關"
"係或是任何其他需特別注意的議題。開發者在評估一些有爭議的修正或更新時，也會先"
"在這裡發信公告，讓使用者有機會可以對提案的更改提出問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44941
msgid ""
"Join the relevant <application>svn</application> list for the branch being "
"tracked. For example, users tracking the 9-STABLE branch should join the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable-9\">svn-src-stable-9</link> list. This list records the commit log "
"entry for each change as it is made, along with any pertinent information on "
"possible side effects."
msgstr ""
"加入 <application>svn</application> 相關郵遞論壇來追蹤該分支的修訂。 例如，要"
"追蹤 9-STABLE 分支的使用者應該加入 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-9\">svn-src-stable-9</link> 郵遞論壇。這"
"個郵遞論壇會記錄每一次修改的提交項目，以及可能產生的副作用的相關資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44949
msgid ""
"To join these lists, go to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link>, click "
"on the list to subscribe to, and follow the instructions. In order to track "
"changes for the whole source tree, subscribe to <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link>."
msgstr ""
"要加入這兩個郵遞論壇，請前往 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo</link> 點選要訂"
"閱的郵遞論壇，並依照網頁指示的步驟操作。要追蹤整個原始碼樹，不單只有 FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT 的變更，可訂閱 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/svn-src-all\">svn-src-all</link> 郵遞論壇。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44956
msgid ""
"To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-"
"STABLE release from the <link linkend=\"mirrors\">FreeBSD mirror sites</"
"link> or use a monthly snapshot built from FreeBSD-STABLE. Refer to <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/snapshots/\">www.freebsd.org/snapshots</link> "
"for more information about snapshots."
msgstr ""
"要安裝新的 FreeBSD-STABLE 系統， 可從 <link linkend=\"mirrors\">FreeBSD 鏡像"
"站</link> 或從 FreeBSD-STABLE 每個月的快照 (Snapshot) 來安裝最新的 FreeBSD-"
"STABLE 發行版。請參考 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/snapshots/\">www."
"freebsd.org/snapshots</link> 來取得更多有關快照的資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44961
msgid ""
"To compile or upgrade to an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use "
"<link linkend=\"svn\">svn</link> <_:indexterm-1/> to check out the source "
"for the desired branch. Branch names, such as <literal>stable/9</literal>, "
"are listed at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releng/\">www.freebsd.org/"
"releng</link>."
msgstr ""
"要編譯或升級已經安裝的 FreeBSD 系統至 FreeBSD-STABLE，可使用 <link linkend="
"\"svn\">svn</link> <_:indexterm-1/> 來取得欲安裝分支的原始碼。分支的名稱列在 "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releng/\">www.freebsd.org/releng</"
"link>，例如 <literal>stable/9</literal>。"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:44972
msgid "<primary>-STABLE</primary> <secondary>compiling</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:44971
msgid ""
"Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE <_:indexterm-1/>, read "
"<filename>/usr/src/Makefile</filename> carefully and follow the instructions "
"in <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/>. Read <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable\">FreeBSD-STABLE mailing list</"
"link> and <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> to keep up-to-date on other "
"bootstrapping procedures that sometimes become necessary on the road to the "
"next release."
msgstr ""
"在編譯或升級到 FreeBSD-STABLE <_:indexterm-1/> 之前 ， 請仔細閱讀 <filename>/"
"usr/src/Makefile</filename> 並依照 <xref linkend=\"makeworld\"/> 的指示操作。"
"閱讀 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"stable\">FreeBSD-STABLE 郵遞論壇</link> 以及 <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</"
"filename> 來了解升級的相關資訊，有時會含有升級下一個發行版的必要資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:44986
msgid "Synchronizing Source"
msgstr "同步原始碼"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:44988
msgid ""
"There are various methods for staying up-to-date with the FreeBSD sources. "
"This section describes the primary service, <application>Subversion</"
"application>."
msgstr ""
"有多許方法可以更新 FreeBSD 的原始碼，本節將說明主要的方法 "
"<application>Subversion</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:44993
msgid ""
"While it is possible to update only parts of the source tree, the only "
"supported update procedure is to update the entire tree and recompile all "
"the programs that run in user space, such as those in <filename>/bin</"
"filename> and <filename>/sbin</filename>, and kernel sources. Updating only "
"part of the source tree, only the kernel, or only the userland programs will "
"often result in problems ranging from compile errors to kernel panics or "
"data corruption."
msgstr ""
"雖然有可能只更新部份原始碼樹，但是正式支援的更新步驟是更新整個樹並重新編譯所"
"有在使用者空間 (User space) 中的程式，例如在 <filename>/bin</filename> 和 "
"<filename>/sbin</filename> 中的程式及核心原始碼。只更新部份的原始碼樹，例如："
"只更新核心或使用者空間的程式的做法經常會導致編譯錯誤、核心錯誤或資料損毀的問"
"題。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45007
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> uses the <emphasis>pull</emphasis> "
"model of updating sources. The user, or a <command>cron</command> script, "
"invokes the <command>svn</command> program which updates the local version "
"of the source. <application>Subversion</application> is the preferred method "
"for updating local source trees as updates are up-to-the-minute and the user "
"controls when updates are downloaded. It is easy to restrict updates to "
"specific files or directories and the requested updates are generated on the "
"fly by the server. How to synchronize source using <application>Subversion</"
"application> is described in <xref linkend=\"svn\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45019
msgid ""
"If a user inadvertently wipes out portions of the local archive, "
"<application>Subversion</application> will detect and rebuild the damaged "
"portions during an update."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:45025
msgid "Rebuilding World"
msgstr "重新編譯 World"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45027
msgid "<primary>Rebuilding <quote>world</quote></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45030
msgid ""
"Once the local source tree is synchronized against a particular version of "
"FreeBSD such as FreeBSD-STABLE or FreeBSD-CURRENT, the source tree can be "
"used to rebuild the system. This process is known as rebuilding world."
msgstr ""
"當本地的原始碼樹已與特定版本的 FreeBSD 如 FreeBSD-STABLE 或 FreeBSD-CURRENT "
"同步以後，便可使用原始碼樹來重新編譯系統。這個程序即為重新編譯 World。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45035
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Before</emphasis> rebuilding world, be sure to perform the "
"following tasks:"
msgstr "在重新編譯 World <emphasis>之前</emphasis>，請確定已完成以下工作："

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:45039
msgid "Perform These Tasks <emphasis>Before</emphasis> Building World"
msgstr "編譯 World <emphasis>之前</emphasis> 要完成的工作"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45043
msgid ""
"Backup all important data to another system or removable media, verify the "
"integrity of the backup, and have a bootable installation media at hand. It "
"cannot be stressed enough how important it is to make a backup of the system "
"<emphasis>before</emphasis> rebuilding the system. While rebuilding world is "
"an easy task, there will inevitably be times when mistakes in the source "
"tree render the system unbootable. You will probably never have to use the "
"backup, but it is better to be safe than sorry!"
msgstr ""
"備份所有重要的資料到另一個系統或可卸除的媒體，檢查備份的完整性並在手中保留一"
"份可開機的安裝媒體。如何強調都不足夠說明在重新編譯系統 <emphasis>之前</"
"emphasis> 備份系統的重要性。即便重新編譯 World 已變成簡單的一件事，也難免會有"
"原始碼樹失誤導致系統無法開機的時候。您可能永遠都用不上備份，但最好確保安全而"
"非後悔。"

#. (itstool) path: step/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45055
msgid "<primary>mailing list</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45056
msgid ""
"Review the recent <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> "
"entries, depending upon the branch being tracked. Be aware of any known "
"problems and which systems are affected. If a known issue affects the "
"version of synchronized code, wait for an <quote>all clear</quote> "
"announcement to be posted stating that the problem has been solved. "
"Resynchronize the sources to ensure that the local version of source has the "
"needed fix."
msgstr ""
"回顧最近 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-stable\">freebsd-stable</link> 或 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current\">freebsd-current</link> 中的項"
"目，依您所追蹤的分支決定。注意任何已知的問題以及會被影響的系統。若已知的問題"
"影響您已同步的原始碼版本，請等候表明問題已被解決的 <quote>全部解決 (all "
"clear)</quote> 公告發佈，然後重新同步原始碼並確認本地的原始碼版本已含有所需的"
"修正。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45067
msgid ""
"Read <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> for any extra steps necessary "
"for that version of the source. This file contains important information "
"about potential problems and may specify the order to run certain commands. "
"Many upgrades require specific additional steps such as renaming or deleting "
"specific files prior to installing the new world. These will be listed at "
"the end of this file where the currently recommended upgrade sequence is "
"explicitly spelled out. If <filename>UPDATING</filename> contradicts any "
"steps in this chapter, the instructions in <filename>UPDATING</filename> "
"take precedence and should be followed."
msgstr ""
"閱讀 <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> 了解該版本的原始碼是否有必要的額"
"外步驟要完成。 這個檔案中會包含有關潛藏問題的重要資訊，並且可能會要求執行某些"
"指令。大多升級需要完成指定的額外步驟，例如：在安裝新 World 前重新命名或刪除指"
"定檔案，這些步驟會列在檔案最後，明確說明目前建議的升級順序。若 "
"<filename>UPDATING</filename> 中有與本章相矛盾的步驟，請以 "
"<filename>UPDATING</filename> 為準並應遵循其內容。"

#. (itstool) path: warning/title
#: book.translate.xml:45083
msgid "Do Not Use <command>make world</command>"
msgstr "不要使用 <command>make world</command>"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45085
msgid ""
"Some older documentation recommends using <command>make world</command>. "
"However, that command skips some important steps and should only be used by "
"experts. For almost all circumstances <command>make world</command> is the "
"wrong thing to do, and the procedure described here should be used instead."
msgstr ""
"部份舊版的文件建議使用 <command>make world</command>。然而該指令跳過了部份重"
"要的步驟，應僅供專家使用。大多數的情況使用 <command>make world</command> 都是"
"錯的，並應使用此處說明的程序。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45094
msgid "Overview of Process"
msgstr "流程概述"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45096
msgid ""
"The build world process assumes an upgrade from an older FreeBSD version "
"using the source of a newer version that was obtained using the instructions "
"in <xref linkend=\"synching\"/>."
msgstr ""
"編譯 World 流程會假設您是依照 <xref linkend=\"synching\"/> 指示取得最近版本的"
"原始碼來升級舊版的 FreeBSD。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45100
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the term <quote>world</quote> includes the kernel, core system "
"binaries, libraries, programming files, and built-in compiler. The order in "
"which these components are built and installed is important."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD，<quote>world</quote> 一詞包含了核心，核心系統 Binary，程式庫，原"
"始碼以及內建的編譯器。這些元件編譯與安裝的順序非常重要。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45105
msgid ""
"For example, the old compiler might have a bug and not be able to compile "
"the new kernel. Since the new kernel should be built with the new compiler, "
"the new compiler must be built, but not necessarily installed, before the "
"new kernel is built."
msgstr ""
"舉例來說，舊的編譯器可能有問題而無法編譯新的核心。新的核心需使用新的編譯器來"
"編譯，因此新的編譯器必需先編譯，但在新核心編譯前並不一定要安裝。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45111
msgid ""
"The new world might rely on new kernel features, so the new kernel must be "
"installed before the new world is installed. The old world might not run "
"correctly on the new kernel, so the new world must be installed immediately "
"upon installing the new kernel."
msgstr ""
"新的 World 可能需要使用新的核心功能，所以必須在新的 World 安裝之前先安裝新的"
"核心。舊的 World 也可能在新的核心上無法正常執行，所以必須在新的核心安裝完之"
"後\n"
"馬上安裝新的 World。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45117
msgid ""
"Some configuration changes must be made before the new world is installed, "
"but others might break the old world. Hence, two different configuration "
"upgrade steps are used. For the most part, the update process only replaces "
"or adds files and existing old files are not deleted. Since this can cause "
"problems, <filename>/usr/src/UPDATING</filename> will indicate if any files "
"need to be manually deleted and at which step to do so."
msgstr ""
"有一部份設定必須在新的 World 安裝前變更，但其他的部份在之前變更則可能會破壞舊"
"的 World。因此會使用到兩種不同的設定升級步驟。大部份情況，更新程序只會取代或"
"新增檔案，不會刪除已存在的舊檔案。當這可能會造成問題時 <filename>/usr/src/"
"UPDATING</filename> 便會說明需要手動刪除的檔案以及操作的步驟。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45126
msgid ""
"These concerns have led to the recommended upgrade sequence described in the "
"following procedure."
msgstr "這些問題會影響接下來的建議升級順序。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45130
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to save the output from running <command>make</command> to "
"a file. If something goes wrong, a copy of the error message can be posted "
"to one of the FreeBSD mailing lists."
msgstr ""
"將執行 <command>make</command> 的輸出儲存到檔案是不錯的辦法，若發生錯誤時，便"
"可複製錯誤訊息張貼到 FreeBSD 郵遞論壇。"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45135
msgid ""
"The easiest way to do this is to use <command>script</command> with a "
"parameter that specifies the name of the file to save all output to. Do not "
"save the output to <filename>/tmp</filename> as this directory may be "
"cleared at next reboot. A better place to save the file is <filename>/var/"
"tmp</filename>. Run this command immediately before rebuilding the world, "
"and then type <userinput>exit</userinput> when the process has finished:"
msgstr ""
"最簡單的方式是使用 <command>script</command> 並透過參數指定要儲存所有輸出的檔"
"案名稱。請不要儲存輸出到 <filename>/tmp</filename>，因這個目錄可能在下次重新"
"開機後被清除。儲存檔案最好的地方是 <filename>/var/tmp</filename>。在重新編譯 "
"World 之前執行這個指令，並在流程完成後輸入 <userinput>exit</userinput>："

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>script <replaceable>/var/tmp/mw.out</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Script started, output file is /var/tmp/mw.out"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:45150
msgid "Overview of Build World Process"
msgstr "編譯 World 流程概述"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:45152
msgid ""
"The commands used in the build world process should be run in the order "
"specified here. This section summarizes the function of each command."
msgstr ""
"編譯 World 流程中使用的指令應依此處指定的順序執行。本節將摘要各指令的功能。"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45157
msgid ""
"If the build world process has previously been run on this system, a copy of "
"the previous build may still exist in <filename>/usr/obj</filename>. To "
"speed up the new build world process, and possibly save some dependency "
"headaches, remove this directory if it already exists:"
msgstr ""
"若編譯 World 流程先前已在系統執行過，先前編譯的結果可能遺留在 <filename>/usr/"
"obj</filename>。要加速新的編譯 World 流程及節省處理相依問題的時間，若此目錄存"
"在，請移除此目錄："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/*</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /usr/obj</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45169
msgid ""
"Compile the new compiler and a few related tools, then use the new compiler "
"to compile the rest of the new world. The result is saved to <filename>/usr/"
"obj</filename>."
msgstr ""
"編譯新的編譯器及一些相關工具，然後使用新的編譯器編譯新的 World。編譯的結果會"
"儲存到 <filename>/usr/obj</filename>。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45178
msgid ""
"Use the new compiler residing in <filename>/usr/obj</filename> to build the "
"new kernel, in order to protect against compiler-kernel mismatches. This is "
"necessary, as certain memory structures may have changed, and programs like "
"<command>ps</command> and <command>top</command> will fail to work if the "
"kernel and source code versions are not the same."
msgstr ""
"使用在 <filename>/usr/obj</filename> 中的新編譯器來編譯新的核心，來確保不會發"
"生編譯器與核心不相容的問題。因某些記憶體結構可能有修改，這個步驟是必要的，若"
"核心與原始碼的版本不同，<command>ps</command> 及 <command>top</command> 這類"
"的程式會無法運作。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45186
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45190
msgid ""
"Install the new kernel and kernel modules, making it possible to boot with "
"the newly updated kernel. If <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> has been "
"raised above <literal>1</literal> <emphasis>and</emphasis> <literal>noschg</"
"literal> or similar flags have been set on the kernel binary, drop the "
"system into single-user mode first. Otherwise, this command can be run from "
"multi-user mode without problems. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about "
"<varname>kern.securelevel</varname> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about the various file flags."
msgstr ""
"安裝新的核心與新的核心模組，讓開機時可以使用新的核心。這個指令可在多使用者模"
"式執行，除非 <varname>kern.securelevel</varname> 設定在 <literal>1</literal> "
"以上 <emphasis>且</emphasis> 在核心 Binary 有設定 <literal>noschg</literal> "
"或類似的旗標 (Flag)，請先讓系統進入單使用者模式。請參考 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 取得有關 <varname>kern.securelevel</varname>  的詳細資訊以及 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 取得有關各種檔案旗標的詳細資訊。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45202
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45206
msgid ""
"Drop the system into single-user mode in order to minimize problems from "
"updating any binaries that are already running. It also minimizes any "
"problems from running the old world on a new kernel."
msgstr ""
"讓系統進入單使用者模組來減少升級任何已在執行中的 Binary 所產生的問題，同樣也"
"可減少在新核心上執行舊 World 的問題。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45211
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>shutdown now</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45213
msgid ""
"Once in single-user mode, run these commands if the system is formatted with "
"UFS:"
msgstr "進入單使用者模式後，若系統磁碟格式為 UFS 請執行以下指令："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45216
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -u /</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -a -t ufs</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45220
msgid ""
"If the system is instead formatted with ZFS, run these two commands. This "
"example assumes a zpool name of <literal>zroot</literal>:"
msgstr ""
"若系統磁碟格式為 ZFS，則需執行以下兩個指令。此範例假設 zpool 名稱為 "
"<literal>zroot</literal>："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs set readonly=off zroot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>zfs mount -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45229
msgid ""
"Optional: If a keyboard mapping other than the default US English is "
"desired, it can be changed with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""
"選用：若想要使用 US 英文以外的鍵盤對應表，可以使用 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 來變更："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45233
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kbdmap</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45237
msgid ""
"Then, for either file system, if the <acronym>CMOS</acronym> clock is set to "
"local time (this is true if the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>date</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not show the "
"correct time and zone), run:"
msgstr ""
"接著，不論那一種檔案系統，若 <acronym>CMOS</acronym> 時鐘設定為本地時間 (若 "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>date</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> 顯示不正確的時間與時區)，請執行："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45242
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adjkerntz -i</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45246
msgid ""
"Remaking the world will not update certain directories, such as <filename>/"
"etc</filename>, <filename>/var</filename> and <filename>/usr</filename>, "
"with new or changed configuration files. The next step is to perform some "
"initial configuration file updates to <filename>/etc</filename> in "
"preparation for the new world. The following command compares only those "
"files that are essential for the success of <_:buildtarget-1/>. For "
"instance, this step may add new groups, system accounts, or startup scripts "
"which have been added to FreeBSD since the last update. This is necessary so "
"that the <_:buildtarget-2/> step will be able to use any new system "
"accounts, groups, and scripts. Refer to <xref linkend=\"mergemaster\"/> for "
"more detailed instructions about this command:"
msgstr ""
"重新編譯 World 不會直接更新某些目錄中的設定檔，如 <filename>/etc</filename>, "
"<filename>/var</filename> 以及 <filename>/usr</filename>。接下來的步驟是更新"
"一部份的設定檔到 <filename>/etc</filename> 來準備安裝新的 World。以下指令只會"
"比對影響 <_:buildtarget-1/> 是否成功執行的必要檔案。例如，這個步驟會可能會加"
"入新版 FreeBSD 的新群組、系統帳號或啟動 Script。為了讓 <_:buildtarget-2/> 步"
"驟可以使用任何新的系統帳號、群組與 Script，這是個必要的步驟。請參考 <xref "
"linkend=\"mergemaster\"/> 來取得更多有關此指令的詳細操作說明："

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45263
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -p</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45267
msgid ""
"Install the new world and system binaries from <filename>/usr/obj</filename>."
msgstr "從 <filename>/usr/obj</filename> 安裝新 World 與系統 Binary。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45275
msgid "Update any remaining configuration files."
msgstr "更新任何剩下的設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45277
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mergemaster -iF</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45281
msgid ""
"Delete any obsolete files. This is important as they may cause problems if "
"left on the disk."
msgstr "刪除任何過時的檔案。這很重要，因為若檔案遺留在磁碟上可能會造成問題。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45284 book.translate.xml:45671
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45288
msgid ""
"A full reboot is now needed to load the new kernel and new world with the "
"new configuration files."
msgstr "現在需要完整重新啟動來載入新的核心、新的 World 與新的設定檔。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45291
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>reboot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:45295
msgid ""
"Make sure that all installed ports have first been rebuilt before old "
"libraries are removed using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"ports-"
"upgrading\"/>. When finished, remove any obsolete libraries to avoid "
"conflicts with newer ones. For a more detailed description of this step, "
"refer to <xref linkend=\"make-delete-old\"/>."
msgstr ""
"確認所有已安裝的 Port 在舊的程式庫移除前已依照 <xref linkend=\"ports-"
"upgrading\"/> 的說明重新編譯。當重新編譯完成後，移除過時的程式庫來避免與新的"
"程式庫發生衝突。有關此步驟更詳細的說明請參考 <xref linkend=\"make-delete-old"
"\"/>。"

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45302 book.translate.xml:45720
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make delete-old-libs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45308
msgid ""
"If the system can have a window of down-time, consider compiling the system "
"in single-user mode instead of compiling the system in multi-user mode, and "
"then dropping into single-user mode for the installation. Reinstalling the "
"system touches a lot of important system files, all the standard system "
"binaries, libraries, and include files. Changing these on a running system, "
"particularly one with active users, is asking for trouble."
msgstr ""
"若系統允許停機一小段時間，請考慮以單使用者模式編譯系統來替代在多使用者模組編"
"譯系統，然後進入單使用者模式來完成安裝。重新安裝系統會觸及到很多重要的系統檔"
"案，所有的標準系統 Binary、程式庫以及引用檔。在執行中的系統更換這些檔案，特別"
"是有使用者在使用時，是自找麻煩。"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45321
msgid "<primary><filename>make.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45325
msgid "This build world process uses several configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45328
msgid ""
"The <filename>Makefile</filename> located in <filename>/usr/src</filename> "
"describes how the programs that comprise FreeBSD should be built and the "
"order in which they should be built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45333
msgid ""
"The options available to <command>make</command> are described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and some common examples are included in "
"<filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/make.conf</filename>. Any options which "
"are added to <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> will control the how "
"<command>make</command> runs and builds programs. These options take effect "
"every time <command>make</command> is used, including compiling applications "
"from the Ports Collection, compiling custom C programs, or building the "
"FreeBSD operating system. Changes to some settings can have far-reaching and "
"potentially surprising effects. Read the comments in both locations and keep "
"in mind that the defaults have been chosen for a combination of performance "
"and safety."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45348
msgid "<primary><filename>src.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45352
msgid ""
"How the operating system is built from source code is controlled by "
"<filename>/etc/src.conf</filename>. Unlike <filename>/etc/make.conf</"
"filename>, the contents of <filename>/etc/src.conf</filename> only take "
"effect when the FreeBSD operating system itself is being built. Descriptions "
"of the many options available for this file are shown in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>src.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Be cautious about disabling seemingly unneeded "
"kernel modules and build options. Sometimes there are unexpected or subtle "
"interactions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45364
msgid "Variables and Targets"
msgstr "變數與目標"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45366
msgid "The general format for using <command>make</command> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45369
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -<replaceable>x</replaceable> -D<replaceable>VARIABLE</replaceable> <replaceable>target</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45371
msgid ""
"In this example, <option>-<replaceable>x</replaceable></option> is an option "
"passed to <command>make</command>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for examples of the available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45376
msgid ""
"To pass a variable, specify the variable name with <option>-"
"D<replaceable>VARIABLE</replaceable></option>. The behavior of the "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> is controlled by variables. These can either "
"be set in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> or they can be specified when "
"using <command>make</command>. For example, this variable specifies that "
"profiled libraries should not be built:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45385
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_PROFILE <replaceable>target</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45387
msgid ""
"It corresponds with this setting in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:45390
#, no-wrap
msgid "NO_PROFILE=    true     #    Avoid compiling profiled libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45392
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>target</replaceable> tells <command>make</command> what to "
"do and the <filename>Makefile</filename> defines the available targets. Some "
"targets are used by the build process to break out the steps necessary to "
"rebuild the system into a number of sub-steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45399
msgid ""
"Having separate options is useful for two reasons. First, it allows for a "
"build that does not affect any components of a running system. Because of "
"this, <_:buildtarget-1/> can be safely run on a machine running in multi-"
"user mode. It is still recommended that <_:buildtarget-2/> be run in part in "
"single-user mode, though."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45407
msgid ""
"Secondly, it allows <acronym>NFS</acronym> mounts to be used to upgrade "
"multiple machines on a network, as described in <xref linkend=\"small-lan\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45411
msgid ""
"It is possible to specify <option>-j</option> which will cause "
"<command>make</command> to spawn several simultaneous processes. Since much "
"of the compiling process is <acronym>I/O</acronym>-bound rather than "
"<acronym>CPU</acronym>-bound, this is useful on both single <acronym>CPU</"
"acronym> and multi-<acronym>CPU</acronym> machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45419
msgid ""
"On a single-<acronym>CPU</acronym> machine, run the following command to "
"have up to 4 processes running at any one time. Empirical evidence posted to "
"the mailing lists shows this generally gives the best performance benefit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45424
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -j4 buildworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45426
msgid ""
"On a multi-<acronym>CPU</acronym> machine, try values between <literal>6</"
"literal> and <literal>10</literal> to see how they speed things up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45430
msgid ""
"<primary>rebuilding <quote>world</quote></primary> <secondary>timings</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45436
msgid ""
"If any variables were specified to <command>make buildworld</command>, "
"specify the same variables to <command>make installworld</command>. However, "
"<option>-j</option> must <emphasis>never</emphasis> be used with <_:"
"buildtarget-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45442
msgid "For example, if this command was used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45444
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_PROFILE buildworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45446
msgid "Install the results with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45448
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_PROFILE installworld</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:45450
msgid ""
"Otherwise, the second command will try to install profiled libraries that "
"were not built during the <command>make buildworld</command> phase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45458
msgid "Merging Configuration Files"
msgstr "合併設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45471
msgid "<primary> <command>mergemaster</command> </primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45477
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergemaster</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> Bourne script to aid "
"in determining the differences between the configuration files in <filename>/"
"etc</filename>, and the configuration files in <filename>/usr/src/etc</"
"filename>. This is the recommended solution for keeping the system "
"configuration files up to date with those located in the source tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45484
msgid ""
"Before using <command>mergemaster</command>, it is recommended to first copy "
"the existing <filename>/etc</filename> somewhere safe. Include <option>-R</"
"option> which does a recursive copy and <option>-p</option> which preserves "
"times and the ownerships on files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45491
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp -Rp /etc /etc.old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45493
msgid ""
"When run, <command>mergemaster</command> builds a temporary root "
"environment, from <filename>/</filename> down, and populates it with various "
"system configuration files. Those files are then compared to the ones "
"currently installed in the system. Files that differ will be shown in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> format, with the <option>+</option> sign representing added or "
"modified lines, and <option>-</option> representing lines that will be "
"either removed completely or replaced with a new file. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information about how file differences are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45504
msgid ""
"Next, <command>mergemaster</command> will display each file that differs, "
"and present options to: delete the new file, referred to as the temporary "
"file, install the temporary file in its unmodified state, merge the "
"temporary file with the currently installed file, or view the results again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45511
msgid ""
"Choosing to delete the temporary file will tell <command>mergemaster</"
"command> to keep the current file unchanged and to delete the new version. "
"This option is not recommended. To get help at any time, type <keycap>?</"
"keycap> at the <command>mergemaster</command> prompt. If the user chooses to "
"skip a file, it will be presented again after all other files have been "
"dealt with."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45520
msgid ""
"Choosing to install the unmodified temporary file will replace the current "
"file with the new one. For most unmodified files, this is the best option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45524
msgid ""
"Choosing to merge the file will present a text editor, and the contents of "
"both files. The files can be merged by reviewing both files side by side on "
"the screen, and choosing parts from both to create a finished product. When "
"the files are compared side by side, <keycap>l</keycap> selects the left "
"contents and <keycap>r</keycap> selects contents from the right. The final "
"output will be a file consisting of both parts, which can then be installed. "
"This option is customarily used for files where settings have been modified "
"by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45535
msgid "Choosing to view the results again will redisplay the file differences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45538
msgid ""
"After <command>mergemaster</command> is done with the system files, it will "
"prompt for other options. It may prompt to rebuild the password file and "
"will finish up with an option to remove left-over temporary files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45627
msgid "Deleting Obsolete Files and Libraries"
msgstr "刪除過時的檔案及程式庫"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:45630
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Anton</firstname> <surname>Shterenlikht</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on notes provided by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45640
msgid "<primary>Deleting obsolete files and directories</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45644
msgid ""
"As a part of the FreeBSD development lifecycle, files and their contents "
"occasionally become obsolete. This may be because functionality is "
"implemented elsewhere, the version number of the library has changed, or it "
"was removed from the system entirely. These obsoleted files, libraries, and "
"directories should be removed when updating the system. This ensures that "
"the system is not cluttered with old files which take up unnecessary space "
"on the storage and backup media. Additionally, if the old library has a "
"security or stability issue, the system should be updated to the newer "
"library to keep it safe and to prevent crashes caused by the old library. "
"Files, directories, and libraries which are considered obsolete are listed "
"in <filename>/usr/src/ObsoleteFiles.inc</filename>. The following "
"instructions should be used to remove obsolete files during the system "
"upgrade process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45661
msgid ""
"After the <command>make installworld</command> and the subsequent "
"<command>mergemaster</command> have finished successfully, check for "
"obsolete files and libraries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make check-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45668
msgid ""
"If any obsolete files are found, they can be deleted using the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45673
msgid ""
"A prompt is displayed before deleting each obsolete file. To skip the prompt "
"and let the system remove these files automatically, use "
"<varname>BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES</varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45678
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DBATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45680
msgid ""
"The same goal can be achieved by piping these commands through <command>yes</"
"command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45683
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>yes|make delete-old</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/title
#: book.translate.xml:45686
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45688
msgid ""
"Deleting obsolete files will break applications that still depend on those "
"obsolete files. This is especially true for old libraries. In most cases, "
"the programs, ports, or libraries that used the old library need to be "
"recompiled before <command>make delete-old-libs</command> is executed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45696
msgid ""
"Utilities for checking shared library dependencies include <package>sysutils/"
"libchk</package> and <package>sysutils/bsdadminscripts</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45700
msgid ""
"Obsolete shared libraries can conflict with newer libraries, causing "
"messages like these:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/ld: warning: libz.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so, may conflict with libz.so.5\n"
"/usr/bin/ld: warning: librpcsvc.so.4, needed by /usr/local/lib/libXext.so, may conflict with librpcsvc.so.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45706
msgid "To solve these problems, determine which port installed the library:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45709
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg which /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so</userinput>\n"
"  /usr/local/lib/libtiff.so was installed by package tiff-3.9.4\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg which /usr/local/lib/libXext.so</userinput>\n"
"  /usr/local/lib/libXext.so was installed by package libXext-1.1.1,1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45714
msgid ""
"Then deinstall, rebuild, and reinstall the port. To automate this process, "
"<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> can be used. After all ports are "
"rebuilt and no longer use the old libraries, delete the old libraries using "
"the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:45722
msgid ""
"If something goes wrong, it is easy to rebuild a particular piece of the "
"system. For example, if <filename>/etc/magic</filename> was accidentally "
"deleted as part of the upgrade or merge of <filename>/etc</filename>, "
"<command>file</command> will stop working. To fix this, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45729
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/usr.bin/file</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make all install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:45734
msgid "Common Questions"
msgstr "常見問題"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45738
msgid "Do I need to re-make the world for every change?"
msgstr "每個變更是否都需要重新編譯 World?"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45742
msgid ""
"It depends upon the nature of the change. For example, if <application>svn</"
"application> only shows the following files as being updated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45746
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<filename>src/games/cribbage/instr.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/games/sail/pl_main.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/release/sysinstall/config.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/release/sysinstall/media.c</filename>\n"
"<filename>src/share/mk/bsd.port.mk</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45752
msgid ""
"it probably is not worth rebuilding the entire world. Instead, go into the "
"appropriate sub-directories and run <command>make all install</command>. But "
"if something major changes, such as <filename>src/lib/libc/stdlib</"
"filename>, consider rebuilding world."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45759
msgid ""
"Some users rebuild world every fortnight and let changes accumulate over "
"that fortnight. Others only re-make those things that have changed and are "
"careful to spot all the dependencies. It all depends on how often a user "
"wants to upgrade and whether they are tracking FreeBSD-STABLE or FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: term/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45770
msgid "<primary>signal 11</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45769
msgid ""
"What would cause a compile to fail with lots of signal 11<_:indexterm-1/> "
"(or other signal number) errors?"
msgstr "什麼會造成有很多信號 11<_:indexterm-1/> (或其他信號) 錯誤的編譯失敗?"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45776
msgid ""
"This normally indicates a hardware problem. Building world is an effective "
"way to stress test hardware, especially memory. A sure indicator of a "
"hardware issue is when <application>make</application> is restarted and it "
"dies at a different point in the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45783
msgid ""
"To resolve this error, swap out the components in the machine, starting with "
"RAM, to determine which component is failing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45790
msgid "Can <filename>/usr/obj</filename> be removed when finished?"
msgstr "完成編譯後是可否移除 <filename>/usr/obj</filename>?"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45794
msgid ""
"This directory contains all the object files that were produced during the "
"compilation phase. Normally, one of the first steps in the <command>make "
"buildworld</command> process is to remove this directory and start afresh. "
"Keeping <filename>/usr/obj</filename> around when finished makes little "
"sense, and its removal frees up a approximately 2GB of disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45806
msgid "Can interrupted builds be resumed?"
msgstr "是否能繼續中斷的編譯?"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45809
msgid ""
"This depends on how far into the process the problem occurs. In general, "
"<command>make buildworld</command> builds new copies of essential tools and "
"the system libraries. These tools and libraries are then installed, used to "
"rebuild themselves, and are installed again. The rest of the system is then "
"rebuilt with the new system tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45818
msgid ""
"During the last stage, it is fairly safe to run these commands as they will "
"not undo the work of the previous <command>make buildworld</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45822
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make -DNO_CLEAN all</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45825
msgid "If this message appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45827
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"--------------------------------------------------------------\n"
"Building everything..\n"
"--------------------------------------------------------------"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45831
msgid ""
"in the <command>make buildworld</command> output, it is probably fairly safe "
"to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45834
msgid ""
"If that message is not displayed, it is always better to be safe than sorry "
"and to restart the build from scratch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45841
msgid "Is it possible to speed up making the world?"
msgstr "有可能加速編譯 World 的速度嗎?"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45844
msgid ""
"Several actions can speed up the build world process. For example, the "
"entire process can be run from single-user mode. However, this will prevent "
"users from having access to the system until the process is complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45850
msgid ""
"Careful file system design or the use of ZFS datasets can make a difference. "
"Consider putting <filename>/usr/src</filename> and <filename>/usr/obj</"
"filename> on separate file systems. If possible, place the file systems on "
"separate disks on separate disk controllers. When mounting <filename>/usr/"
"src</filename>, use <option>noatime</option> which prevents the file system "
"from recording the file access time. If <filename>/usr/src</filename> is not "
"on its own file system, consider remounting <filename>/usr</filename> with "
"<option>noatime</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45862
msgid ""
"The file system holding <filename>/usr/obj</filename> can be mounted or "
"remounted with <option>async</option> so that disk writes happen "
"asynchronously. The write completes immediately, and the data is written to "
"the disk a few seconds later. This allows writes to be clustered together, "
"and can provide a dramatic performance boost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45871
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that this option makes the file system more fragile. With this "
"option, there is an increased chance that, should power fail, the file "
"system will be in an unrecoverable state when the machine restarts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:45877
msgid ""
"If <filename>/usr/obj</filename> is the only directory on this file system, "
"this is not a problem. If you have other, valuable data on the same file "
"system, ensure that there are verified backups before enabling this option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45884
msgid ""
"Turn off profiling by setting <quote>NO_PROFILE=true</quote> in <filename>/"
"etc/make.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45888
msgid ""
"Pass <option>-j<replaceable>n</replaceable></option> to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to run multiple processes in parallel. This usually helps on "
"both single- and multi-processor machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:45896
msgid "What if something goes wrong?"
msgstr "若發生錯誤時該怎麼辦?"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45899
msgid ""
"First, make absolutely sure that the environment has no extraneous cruft "
"from earlier builds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:45902
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags -R noschg /usr/obj/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rm -rf /usr/obj/usr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45908
msgid "Yes, <command>make cleandir</command> really should be run twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45911
msgid ""
"Then, restart the whole process, starting with <command>make buildworld</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:45914
msgid ""
"If problems persist, send the error and the output of <command>uname -a</"
"command> to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link>. Be "
"prepared to answer other questions about the setup!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:45926
msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines"
msgstr "多部機器追蹤"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:45939
msgid ""
"<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>installing multiple machines</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45944
msgid ""
"When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of "
"disk space, network bandwidth, and <acronym>CPU</acronym> cycles to have "
"each system download the sources and rebuild everything. The solution is to "
"have one machine do most of the work, while the rest of the machines mount "
"that work via <acronym>NFS</acronym>. This section outlines a method of "
"doing so. For more information about using <acronym>NFS</acronym>, refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45953
msgid ""
"First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, "
"known as a <firstterm>build set</firstterm>. Each machine can have a custom "
"kernel, but will run the same userland binaries. From that set, choose a "
"machine to be the <firstterm>build machine</firstterm> that the world and "
"kernel are built on. Ideally, this is a fast machine that has sufficient "
"spare <acronym>CPU</acronym> to run <command>make buildworld</command> and "
"<command>make buildkernel</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45963
msgid ""
"Select a machine to be the <firstterm>test machine</firstterm>, which will "
"test software updates before they are put into production. This "
"<emphasis>must</emphasis> be a machine that can afford to be down for an "
"extended period of time. It can be the build machine, but need not be."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45969
msgid ""
"All the machines in this build set need to mount <filename>/usr/obj</"
"filename> and <filename>/usr/src</filename> from the build machine via "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>. For multiple build sets, <filename>/usr/src</"
"filename> should be on one build machine, and <acronym>NFS</acronym> mounted "
"on the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45975
msgid ""
"Ensure that <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/src.conf</"
"filename> on all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. "
"That means that the build machine must build all the parts of the base "
"system that any machine in the build set is going to install. Also, each "
"build machine should have its kernel name set with <varname>KERNCONF</"
"varname> in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, and the build machine "
"should list them all in its <varname>KERNCONF</varname>, listing its own "
"kernel first. The build machine must have the kernel configuration files for "
"each machine in its <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/"
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45987
msgid ""
"On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"makeworld\"/>, but do not install anything on the build machine. "
"Instead, install the built kernel on the test machine. On the test machine, "
"mount <filename>/usr/src</filename> and <filename>/usr/obj</filename> via "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>. Then, run <command>shutdown now</command> to go to "
"single-user mode in order to install the new kernel and world and run "
"<command>mergemaster</command> as usual. When done, reboot to return to "
"normal multi-user operations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:45998
msgid ""
"After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use "
"the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines "
"in the build set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46002
msgid ""
"The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to "
"share <filename>/usr/ports</filename> via <acronym>NFS</acronym> to all the "
"machines in the build set. To configure <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> "
"to share distfiles, set <varname>DISTDIR</varname> to a common shared "
"directory that is writable by whichever user <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> is mapped to by the <acronym>NFS</acronym> mount. Each "
"machine should set <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> to a local build "
"directory, if ports are to be built locally. Alternately, if the build "
"system is to build and distribute packages to the machines in the build set, "
"set <varname>PACKAGES</varname> on the build system to a directory similar "
"to <varname>DISTDIR</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46035
msgid "DTrace"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46046
msgid "<primary>DTrace</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46047
msgid "<primary>DTrace support</primary> <see>DTrace</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46052
msgid ""
"DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by <trademark>Sun</"
"trademark> as a tool for locating performance bottlenecks in production and "
"pre-production systems. In addition to diagnosing performance problems, "
"DTrace can be used to help investigate and debug unexpected behavior in both "
"the FreeBSD kernel and in userland programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46059
msgid ""
"DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features "
"for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written scripts "
"to take advantage of its capabilities. Users can author their own utilities "
"using the DTrace D Language, allowing them to customize their profiling "
"based on specific needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46066
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and "
"experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to "
"perform function boundary tracing for userland programs using the "
"<literal>pid</literal> provider, and to insert static probes into userland "
"programs for later tracing. Some ports, such as <package>databases/postgres-"
"server</package> and <package>lang/php56</package> have a DTrace option to "
"enable static probes. FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE has reasonably good userland "
"DTrace support, but it is not considered production ready. In particular, it "
"is possible to crash traced programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46078
msgid ""
"The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://dtrace.org/guide\">DTrace Guide</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46086
msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46090
msgid ""
"Differences between the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> DTrace implementation "
"and the one provided by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46095
msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46115
msgid "Implementation Differences"
msgstr "實作差異"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46117
msgid ""
"While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in <trademark>Solaris</"
"trademark>, differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, "
"DTrace is implemented as a set of kernel modules and DTrace can not be used "
"until the modules are loaded. To load all of the necessary modules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46123
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload dtraceall</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46125
msgid ""
"Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded "
"when <command>dtrace</command> is run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46129
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the <literal>DDB_CTF</literal> kernel option to enable support "
"for loading <acronym>CTF</acronym> data from kernel modules and the kernel "
"itself. <acronym>CTF</acronym> is the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> Compact "
"C Type Format which encapsulates a reduced form of debugging information "
"similar to <acronym>DWARF</acronym> and the venerable stabs. <acronym>CTF</"
"acronym> data is added to binaries by the <command>ctfconvert</command> and "
"<command>ctfmerge</command> build tools. The <command>ctfconvert</command> "
"utility parses <acronym>DWARF</acronym> <acronym>ELF</acronym> debug "
"sections created by the compiler and <command>ctfmerge</command> merges "
"<acronym>CTF</acronym> <acronym>ELF</acronym> sections from objects into "
"either executables or shared libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46143
msgid ""
"Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for <trademark>Solaris</"
"trademark>. Most notable is the <literal>dtmalloc</literal> provider, which "
"allows tracing <function>malloc()</function> by type in the FreeBSD kernel. "
"Some of the providers found in <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, such as "
"<literal>cpc</literal> and <literal>mib</literal>, are not present in "
"FreeBSD. These may appear in future versions of FreeBSD. Moreover, some of "
"the providers available in both operating systems are not compatible, in the "
"sense that their probes have different argument types. Thus, <acronym>D</"
"acronym> scripts written on <trademark>Solaris</trademark> may or may not "
"work unmodified on FreeBSD, and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46155
msgid ""
"Due to security differences, only <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> may use DTrace on FreeBSD. <trademark>Solaris</trademark> has a "
"few low level security checks which do not yet exist in FreeBSD. As such, "
"the <filename>/dev/dtrace/dtrace</filename> is strictly limited to "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46161
msgid ""
"DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License "
"(<acronym>CDDL</acronym>) license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see "
"<filename>/usr/src/cddl/contrib/opensolaris/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE</filename> "
"or view it online at <uri xlink:href=\"http://opensource.org/licenses/"
"CDDL-1.0\">http://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0</uri>. While a FreeBSD "
"kernel with DTrace support is <acronym>BSD</acronym> licensed, the "
"<acronym>CDDL</acronym> is used when the modules are distributed in binary "
"form or the binaries are loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46173
msgid "Enabling DTrace Support"
msgstr "開啟 DTrace 支援"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46175
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the <filename>GENERIC</"
"filename> kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who prefer to "
"statically compile in DTrace support should add the following lines to a "
"custom kernel configuration file and recompile the kernel using the "
"instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46181
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         KDTRACE_HOOKS\n"
"options         DDB_CTF\n"
"makeoptions\tDEBUG=-g\n"
"makeoptions\tWITH_CTF=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46186
msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:46189
#, no-wrap
msgid "options         KDTRACE_FRAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46191
msgid ""
"This option provides support for <acronym>FBT</acronym>. While DTrace will "
"work without this option, there will be limited support for function "
"boundary tracing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46195
msgid ""
"Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace "
"kernel modules have been loaded using <command>kldload dtraceall</command>, "
"the system will need support for the Korn shell as the DTrace Toolkit has "
"several utilities written in <command>ksh</command>. Make sure that the "
"<package>shells/ksh93</package> package or port is installed. It is also "
"possible to run these tools under <package>shells/pdksh</package> or "
"<package>shells/mksh</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46205
msgid ""
"Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made "
"scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open "
"files, memory, <acronym>CPU</acronym> usage, and a lot more. FreeBSD 10 "
"installs a few of these scripts into <filename>/usr/share/dtrace</filename>. "
"On other FreeBSD versions, or to install the full DTrace Toolkit, use the "
"<package>sysutils/DTraceToolkit</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:46218
msgid ""
"The scripts found in <filename>/usr/share/dtrace</filename> have been "
"specifically ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace "
"Toolkit will work as-is on FreeBSD and some scripts may require some effort "
"in order for them to work on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46225
msgid ""
"The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. "
"This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in "
"depth discussion of the language is beyond the scope of this document. It is "
"extensively discussed at <uri xlink:href=\"http://wikis.oracle.com/display/"
"DTrace/Documentation\">http://wikis.oracle.com/display/DTrace/Documentation</"
"uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46233
msgid "Using DTrace"
msgstr "使用 DTrace"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46235
msgid ""
"DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more <firstterm>probes</"
"firstterm>, or instrumentation points, where each probe is associated with "
"an action. Whenever the condition for a probe is met, the associated action "
"is executed. For example, an action may occur when a file is opened, a "
"process is started, or a line of code is executed. The action might be to "
"log some information or to modify context variables. The reading and writing "
"of context variables allows probes to share information and to cooperatively "
"analyze the correlation of different events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46246
msgid ""
"To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46249
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dtrace -l | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46251
msgid ""
"Each probe has an <literal>ID</literal>, a <literal>PROVIDER</literal> "
"(dtrace or fbt), a <literal>MODULE</literal>, and a <literal>FUNCTION NAME</"
"literal>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dtrace</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about this command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46257
msgid ""
"The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the "
"fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the <filename>hotkernel</"
"filename> and <filename>procsystime</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46263
msgid ""
"The <filename>hotkernel</filename> script is designed to identify which "
"function is using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to "
"the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46267
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/share/dtrace/toolkit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./hotkernel</userinput>\n"
"Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46271
msgid ""
"As instructed, use the <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</"
"keycap><keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo> key combination to stop the process. "
"Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and "
"timing information, sorting the output in increasing order of time:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46278
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kernel`_thread_lock_flags                                   2   0.0%\n"
"0xc1097063                                                  2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sched_userret                                        2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`kern_select                                          2   0.0%\n"
"kernel`generic_copyin                                       3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_assert                                          3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`vm_fault                                             3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sopoll_generic                                       3   0.0%\n"
"kernel`fixup_filename                                       4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_isitmyx                                             4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`find_instance                                        4   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_unlock_flags                                    5   0.0%\n"
"kernel`syscall                                              5   0.0%\n"
"kernel`DELAY                                                5   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a253                                                  6   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_lock                                         7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`read_aux_data_no_wait                                7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`Xint0x80_syscall                                     7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_checkorder                                   7   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sse2_pagezero                                        8   0.0%\n"
"kernel`strncmp                                              9   0.0%\n"
"kernel`spinlock_exit                                       10   0.0%\n"
"kernel`_mtx_lock_flags                                     11   0.0%\n"
"kernel`witness_unlock                                      15   0.0%\n"
"kernel`sched_idletd                                       137   0.3%\n"
"0xc10981a5                                              42139  99.3%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46309
msgid ""
"This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run the "
"script with <option>-m</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./hotkernel -m</userinput>\n"
"Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end.\n"
"^C\n"
"MODULE                                                  COUNT   PCNT\n"
"0xc107882e                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc10e6aa4                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1076983                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc109708a                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1075a5d                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1077325                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a245                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc107730d                                                  1   0.0%\n"
"0xc1097063                                                  2   0.0%\n"
"0xc108a253                                                 73   0.0%\n"
"kernel                                                    874   0.4%\n"
"0xc10981a5                                             213781  99.6%"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46333
msgid ""
"The <filename>procsystime</filename> script captures and prints the system "
"call time usage for a given process <acronym>ID</acronym> (<acronym>PID</"
"acronym>) or process name. In the following example, a new instance of "
"<filename>/bin/csh</filename> was spawned. Then, <filename>procsystime</"
"filename> was executed and remained waiting while a few commands were typed "
"on the other incarnation of <command>csh</command>. These are the results of "
"this test:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46343
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>./procsystime -n csh</userinput>\n"
"Tracing... Hit Ctrl-C to end...\n"
"^C\n"
"\n"
"Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n"
"\n"
"         SYSCALL          TIME (ns)\n"
"          getpid               6131\n"
"       sigreturn               8121\n"
"           close              19127\n"
"           fcntl              19959\n"
"             dup              26955\n"
"         setpgid              28070\n"
"            stat              31899\n"
"       setitimer              40938\n"
"           wait4              62717\n"
"       sigaction              67372\n"
"     sigprocmask             119091\n"
"    gettimeofday             183710\n"
"           write             263242\n"
"          execve             492547\n"
"           ioctl             770073\n"
"           vfork            3258923\n"
"      sigsuspend            6985124\n"
"            read         3988049784"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46369
msgid ""
"As shown, the <function>read()</function> system call used the most time in "
"nanoseconds while the <function>getpid()</function> system call used the "
"least amount of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:46379
msgid "Network Communication"
msgstr "網路通訊"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:46382
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is one of the most widely deployed operating systems for high "
"performance network servers. The chapters in this part cover:"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 是一種廣泛的被使用在高效能的網路伺服器中的作業系統，這些章節包含了："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46388
msgid "Serial communication"
msgstr "序列通訊"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46392
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> and <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet"
msgstr "<acronym>PPP</acronym> 和在乙太網路使用 <acronym>PPP</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46397 book.translate.xml:50287
msgid "Electronic Mail"
msgstr "電子郵件"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46401
msgid "Running Network Servers"
msgstr "執行網路伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:46405 book.translate.xml:57907
msgid "Firewalls"
msgstr "防火牆"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46409
msgid "Other Advanced Networking Topics"
msgstr "其他的進階網路主題"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:46413
msgid ""
"These chapters are designed to be read when the information is needed. They "
"do not need to be read in any particular order, nor is it necessary to read "
"all of them before using FreeBSD in a network environment."
msgstr ""
"這些章節是讓您在需要查資料的時候翻閱用的。 您不需要依照特定的順序來讀，也不需"
"要將這些章節全部讀過之後才將 FreeBSD 用在網路環境下。"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:46426
msgid "Serial Communications"
msgstr "序列通訊"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46431
msgid "<primary>serial communications</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46433
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> has always had support for "
"serial communications as the very first <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark> machines relied on serial lines for user input and "
"output. Things have changed a lot from the days when the average terminal "
"consisted of a 10-character-per-second serial printer and a keyboard. This "
"chapter covers some of the ways serial communications can be used on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 從最早的第一台 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 仰賴序列線路來讓使用者輸入與輸出以來一"
"直都支援序列通訊，雖與每秒 10 個字元的序列印表機及鍵盤組成的終端機時代比起已"
"改變很多。本章將說明幾種可在 FreeBSD 使用的序列通訊方式。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46444
msgid "How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr "如何連線終端機到 FreeBSD 系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46447
msgid "How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts."
msgstr "如何使用數據機撥號給遠端主機。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46450
msgid "How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem."
msgstr "如何允許遠端使用者透過數據機來登入 FreeBSD 系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46454
msgid "How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console."
msgstr "如何從序列 Console 啟動 FreeBSD 系統。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46462
msgid ""
"Know how to <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\"> configure and install a custom "
"kernel</link>."
msgstr "了解如何 <link linkend=\"kernelconfig\">設定並安裝自訂核心</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46466
msgid ""
"Understand <link linkend=\"basics\"> FreeBSD permissions and processes</"
"link>."
msgstr "了解 <link linkend=\"basics\"> FreeBSD 的權限與程序</link>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46470
msgid ""
"Have access to the technical manual for the serial hardware to be used with "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr "能夠取得要在 FreeBSD 使用的序列硬體的技術手冊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:46477
msgid "Serial Terminology and Hardware"
msgstr "序列術語與硬體"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46479
msgid "The following terms are often used in serial communications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46483
msgid "<acronym>bps</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46486
msgid "<primary>bits-per-second</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46485
msgid ""
"Bits per Second<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>bps</acronym>) is the rate at "
"which data is transmitted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46493
msgid "<acronym>DTE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46496
msgid "<primary>DTE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46495
msgid ""
"Data Terminal Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>DTE</acronym>) is one of "
"two endpoints in a serial communication. An example would be a computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46504
msgid "<acronym>DCE</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46507
msgid "<primary>DCE</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46506
msgid ""
"Data Communications Equipment<_:indexterm-1/> (<acronym>DTE</acronym>) is "
"the other endpoint in a serial communication. Typically, it is a modem or "
"serial terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:46515
msgid "<acronym>RS-232</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46517
msgid ""
"The original standard which defined hardware serial communications. It has "
"since been renamed to <acronym>TIA-232</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46524
msgid ""
"When referring to communication data rates, this section does not use the "
"term <firstterm>baud</firstterm>. Baud refers to the number of electrical "
"state transitions made in a period of time, while <acronym>bps</acronym> is "
"the correct term to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:46530
msgid ""
"To connect a serial terminal to a FreeBSD system, a serial port on the "
"computer and the proper cable to connect to the serial device are needed. "
"Users who are already familiar with serial hardware and cabling can safely "
"skip this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46536
msgid "Serial Cables and Ports"
msgstr "序列線與埠"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46538
msgid ""
"There are several different kinds of serial cables. The two most common "
"types are null-modem cables and standard <acronym>RS-232</acronym> cables. "
"The documentation for the hardware should describe the type of cable "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46543
msgid ""
"These two types of cables differ in how the wires are connected to the "
"connector. Each wire represents a signal, with the defined signals "
"summarized in <xref linkend=\"serialcomms-signal-names\"/>. A standard "
"serial cable passes all of the <acronym>RS-232C</acronym> signals straight "
"through. For example, the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin on one end of "
"the cable goes to the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin on the other end. "
"This is the type of cable used to connect a modem to the FreeBSD system, and "
"is also appropriate for some terminals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46553
msgid ""
"A null-modem cable switches the <quote>Transmitted Data</quote> pin of the "
"connector on one end with the <quote>Received Data</quote> pin on the other "
"end. The connector can be either a <acronym>DB-25</acronym> or a "
"<acronym>DB-9</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46559
msgid ""
"A null-modem cable can be constructed using the pin connections summarized "
"in <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db25\"/>, <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db9\"/>, "
"and <xref linkend=\"nullmodem-db9-25\"/>. While the standard calls for a "
"straight-through pin 1 to pin 1 <quote>Protective Ground</quote> line, it is "
"often omitted. Some terminals work using only pins 2, 3, and 7, while others "
"require different configurations. When in doubt, refer to the documentation "
"for the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: step/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:46568 book.translate.xml:48245
msgid "<primary>null-modem cable</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46573
msgid "<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> Signal Names"
msgstr "<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> 信號名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46578
msgid "Acronyms"
msgstr "縮寫"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46579
msgid "Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46585
msgid "<acronym>RD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46586 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Received Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46590
msgid "<acronym>TD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46591 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmitted Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46595
msgid "<acronym>DTR</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46596 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Terminal Ready"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46600
msgid "<acronym>DSR</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46601 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Set Ready"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46605
msgid "<acronym>DCD</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46606
msgid "Data Carrier Detect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46610
msgid "<acronym>SG</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:46611 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Signal Ground"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46615
msgid "<acronym>RTS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46616
msgid "Request to Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46620
msgid "<acronym>CTS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46621
msgid "Clear to Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46628
msgid "DB-25 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr "DB-25 對 DB-25 Null-Modem 線"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46633 book.translate.xml:46637 book.translate.xml:46723
#: book.translate.xml:46727 book.translate.xml:46813 book.translate.xml:46817
msgid "Signal"
msgstr "信號"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46634 book.translate.xml:46636 book.translate.xml:46724
#: book.translate.xml:46726 book.translate.xml:46814 book.translate.xml:46816
msgid "Pin #"
msgstr "針腳 #"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46643 book.translate.xml:46647 book.translate.xml:46765
#: book.translate.xml:46769 book.translate.xml:46855 book.translate.xml:46859
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46645 book.translate.xml:46653 book.translate.xml:46661
#: book.translate.xml:46669 book.translate.xml:46677 book.translate.xml:46685
#: book.translate.xml:46693 book.translate.xml:46701 book.translate.xml:46709
#: book.translate.xml:46735 book.translate.xml:46743 book.translate.xml:46751
#: book.translate.xml:46759 book.translate.xml:46767 book.translate.xml:46775
#: book.translate.xml:46783 book.translate.xml:46791 book.translate.xml:46799
#: book.translate.xml:46825 book.translate.xml:46833 book.translate.xml:46841
#: book.translate.xml:46849 book.translate.xml:46857 book.translate.xml:46865
#: book.translate.xml:46873 book.translate.xml:46881 book.translate.xml:46889
msgid "connects to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46651 book.translate.xml:46663 book.translate.xml:46737
#: book.translate.xml:46741 book.translate.xml:46827 book.translate.xml:46831
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46655 book.translate.xml:46659 book.translate.xml:46733
#: book.translate.xml:46745 book.translate.xml:46823 book.translate.xml:46835
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46667 book.translate.xml:46679 book.translate.xml:46789
#: book.translate.xml:46801 book.translate.xml:46879 book.translate.xml:46891
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46671 book.translate.xml:46675 book.translate.xml:46793
#: book.translate.xml:46797 book.translate.xml:46883 book.translate.xml:46887
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46683 book.translate.xml:46691 book.translate.xml:46703
#: book.translate.xml:46711 book.translate.xml:46749 book.translate.xml:46757
#: book.translate.xml:46777 book.translate.xml:46785 book.translate.xml:46839
#: book.translate.xml:46847 book.translate.xml:46867 book.translate.xml:46875
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DTR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46684 book.translate.xml:46692 book.translate.xml:46702
#: book.translate.xml:46710 book.translate.xml:46866 book.translate.xml:46874
msgid "20"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:46687 book.translate.xml:46699 book.translate.xml:46753
#: book.translate.xml:46773 book.translate.xml:46843 book.translate.xml:46863
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DSR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46694 book.translate.xml:46708 book.translate.xml:46792
#: book.translate.xml:46798 book.translate.xml:46850 book.translate.xml:46888
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:46695 book.translate.xml:46707 book.translate.xml:46761
#: book.translate.xml:46781 book.translate.xml:46851 book.translate.xml:46871
msgid "DCD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46718
msgid "DB-9 to DB-9 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr "DB-9 對 DB-9 Null-Modem 線"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:46808
msgid "DB-9 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable"
msgstr "DB-9 對 DB-25 Null-Modem 線"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:46898
msgid ""
"When one pin at one end connects to a pair of pins at the other end, it is "
"usually implemented with one short wire between the pair of pins in their "
"connector and a long wire to the other single pin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46904
msgid ""
"Serial ports are the devices through which data is transferred between the "
"FreeBSD host computer and the terminal. Several kinds of serial ports exist. "
"Before purchasing or constructing a cable, make sure it will fit the ports "
"on the terminal and on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46910
msgid ""
"Most terminals have <acronym>DB-25</acronym> ports. Personal computers may "
"have <acronym>DB-25</acronym> or <acronym>DB-9</acronym> ports. A multiport "
"serial card may have <acronym>RJ-12</acronym> or <acronym>RJ-45/</acronym> "
"ports. See the documentation that accompanied the hardware for "
"specifications on the kind of port or visually verify the type of port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46918
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, each serial port is accessed through an entry in <filename>/dev</"
"filename>. There are two different kinds of entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46924
msgid ""
"Call-in ports are named <filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"filename> where <replaceable>N</replaceable> is the port number, starting "
"from zero. If a terminal is connected to the first serial port "
"(<filename>COM1</filename>), use <filename>/dev/ttyu0</filename> to refer to "
"the terminal. If the terminal is on the second serial port (<filename>COM2</"
"filename>), use <filename>/dev/ttyu1</filename>, and so forth. Generally, "
"the call-in port is used for terminals. Call-in ports require that the "
"serial line assert the <quote>Data Carrier Detect</quote> signal to work "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:46939
msgid ""
"Call-out ports are named <filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"filename> on FreeBSD versions 10.x and higher and <filename>/dev/"
"cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 9.x and "
"lower. Call-out ports are usually not used for terminals, but are used for "
"modems. The call-out port can be used if the serial cable or the terminal "
"does not support the <quote>Data Carrier Detect</quote> signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46951
msgid ""
"FreeBSD also provides initialization devices (<filename>/dev/"
"ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename> and <filename>/dev/"
"cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename> or <filename>/dev/"
"cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable>.init</filename>) and locking devices "
"(<filename>/dev/ttyu<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename> and "
"<filename>/dev/cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename> or "
"<filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable>.lock</filename>). The "
"initialization devices are used to initialize communications port parameters "
"each time a port is opened, such as <literal>crtscts</literal> for modems "
"which use <literal>RTS/CTS</literal> signaling for flow control. The locking "
"devices are used to lock flags on ports to prevent users or programs "
"changing certain parameters. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>termios</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>stty</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for information on "
"terminal settings, locking and initializing devices, and setting terminal "
"options, respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:46975
msgid "Serial Port Configuration"
msgstr "序列埠設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46977
msgid ""
"By default, FreeBSD supports four serial ports which are commonly known as "
"<filename>COM1</filename>, <filename>COM2</filename>, <filename>COM3</"
"filename>, and <filename>COM4</filename>. FreeBSD also supports dumb multi-"
"port serial interface cards, such as the BocaBoard 1008 and 2016, as well as "
"more intelligent multi-port cards such as those made by Digiboard. However, "
"the default kernel only looks for the standard <filename>COM</filename> "
"ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46986
msgid ""
"To see if the system recognizes the serial ports, look for system boot "
"messages that start with <literal>uart</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:46990
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:46992
msgid ""
"If the system does not recognize all of the needed serial ports, additional "
"entries can be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. This file "
"already contains <literal>hint.uart.0.*</literal> entries for "
"<filename>COM1</filename> and <literal>hint.uart.1.*</literal> entries for "
"<filename>COM2</filename>. When adding a port entry for <filename>COM3</"
"filename> use <literal>0x3E8</literal>, and for <filename>COM4</filename> "
"use <literal>0x2E8</literal>. Common <acronym>IRQ</acronym> addresses are "
"<literal>5</literal> for <filename>COM3</filename> and <literal>9</literal> "
"for <filename>COM4</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47005
msgid "<primary><filename>ttyu</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47006
msgid "<primary><filename>cuau</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47008
msgid ""
"To determine the default set of terminal <acronym>I/O</acronym> settings "
"used by the port, specify its device name. This example determines the "
"settings for the call-in port on <filename>COM2</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47013
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -a -f /dev/<replaceable>ttyu1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47015
msgid ""
"System-wide initialization of serial devices is controlled by <filename>/etc/"
"rc.d/serial</filename>. This file affects the default settings of serial "
"devices. To change the settings for a device, use <command>stty</command>. "
"By default, the changed settings are in effect until the device is closed "
"and when the device is reopened, it goes back to the default set. To "
"permanently change the default set, open and adjust the settings of the "
"initialization device. For example, to turn on <option>CLOCAL</option> mode, "
"8 bit communication, and <option>XON/XOFF</option> flow control for "
"<filename>ttyu5</filename>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47027
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47029 book.translate.xml:47614
msgid ""
"<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.serial</filename></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47034
msgid ""
"To prevent certain settings from being changed by an application, make "
"adjustments to the locking device. For example, to lock the speed of "
"<filename>ttyu5</filename> to 57600 bps, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47039
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47041
msgid ""
"Now, any application that opens <filename>ttyu5</filename> and tries to "
"change the speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:47049
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr "終端機"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47052
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Sean</firstname> <surname>Kelly</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47064
msgid ""
"Terminals provide a convenient and low-cost way to access a FreeBSD system "
"when not at the computer's console or on a connected network. This section "
"describes how to use terminals with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47069
msgid ""
"The original <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems did "
"not have consoles. Instead, users logged in and ran programs through "
"terminals that were connected to the computer's serial ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47073
msgid ""
"The ability to establish a login session on a serial port still exists in "
"nearly every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating "
"system today, including FreeBSD. By using a terminal attached to an unused "
"serial port, a user can log in and run any text program that can normally be "
"run on the console or in an <command>xterm</command> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47080
msgid ""
"Many terminals can be attached to a FreeBSD system. An older spare computer "
"can be used as a terminal wired into a more powerful computer running "
"FreeBSD. This can turn what might otherwise be a single-user computer into a "
"powerful multiple-user system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47086
msgid "FreeBSD supports three types of terminals:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47090
msgid "Dumb terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47092
msgid ""
"Dumb terminals are specialized hardware that connect to computers over "
"serial lines. They are called <quote>dumb</quote> because they have only "
"enough computational power to display, send, and receive text. No programs "
"can be run on these devices. Instead, dumb terminals connect to a computer "
"that runs the needed programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47100
msgid ""
"There are hundreds of kinds of dumb terminals made by many manufacturers, "
"and just about any kind will work with FreeBSD. Some high-end terminals can "
"even display graphics, but only certain software packages can take advantage "
"of these advanced features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47106
msgid ""
"Dumb terminals are popular in work environments where workers do not need "
"access to graphical applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47113
msgid "Computers Acting as Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47115
msgid ""
"Since a dumb terminal has just enough ability to display, send, and receive "
"text, any spare computer can be a dumb terminal. All that is needed is the "
"proper cable and some <firstterm>terminal emulation</firstterm> software to "
"run on the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47121
msgid ""
"This configuration can be useful. For example, if one user is busy working "
"at the FreeBSD system's console, another user can do some text-only work at "
"the same time from a less powerful personal computer hooked up as a terminal "
"to the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47127
msgid ""
"There are at least two utilities in the base-system of FreeBSD that can be "
"used to work through a serial connection: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cu</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47131
msgid ""
"For example, to connect from a client system that runs FreeBSD to the serial "
"connection of another system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47134
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l <replaceable>serial-port-device</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47136
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>serial-port-device</replaceable> with the device name "
"of the connected serial port. These device files are called <filename>/dev/"
"cuau<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on FreeBSD versions 10.x and "
"higher and <filename>/dev/cuad<replaceable>N</replaceable></filename> on "
"FreeBSD versions 9.x and lower. In either case, <replaceable>N</replaceable> "
"is the serial port number, starting from zero. This means that "
"<filename>COM1</filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> or <filename>/"
"dev/cuad0</filename> in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47149
msgid ""
"Additional programs are available through the Ports Collection, such as "
"<package>comms/minicom</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:47156
msgid "X Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47158
msgid ""
"X terminals are the most sophisticated kind of terminal available. Instead "
"of connecting to a serial port, they usually connect to a network like "
"Ethernet. Instead of being relegated to text-only applications, they can "
"display any <application>Xorg</application> application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47165
msgid ""
"This chapter does not cover the setup, configuration, or use of X terminals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47172
msgid "Terminal Configuration"
msgstr "終端機設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47174
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system to enable a login "
"session on a serial terminal. It assumes that the system recognizes the "
"serial port to which the terminal is connected and that the terminal is "
"connected with the correct cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47180
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <command>init</command> reads <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and "
"starts a <command>getty</command> process on the available terminals. The "
"<command>getty</command> process is responsible for reading a login name and "
"starting the <command>login</command> program. The ports on the FreeBSD "
"system which allow logins are listed in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. For "
"example, the first virtual console, <filename>ttyv0</filename>, has an entry "
"in this file, allowing logins on the console. This file also contains "
"entries for the other virtual consoles, serial ports, and pseudo-ttys. For a "
"hardwired terminal, the serial port's <filename>/dev</filename> entry is "
"listed without the <literal>/dev</literal> part. For example, <filename>/dev/"
"ttyv0</filename> is listed as <literal>ttyv0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47196
msgid ""
"The default <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> configures support for the first "
"four serial ports, <filename>ttyu0</filename> through <filename>ttyu3</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu1   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu2   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure\n"
"ttyu3   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\"   dialup  off secure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47206
msgid ""
"When attaching a terminal to one of those ports, modify the default entry to "
"set the required speed and terminal type, to turn the device <literal>on</"
"literal> and, if needed, to change the port's <literal>secure</literal> "
"setting. If the terminal is connected to another port, add an entry for the "
"port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47213
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"ex-etc-ttys\"/> configures two terminals in <filename>/etc/"
"ttys</filename>. The first entry configures a Wyse-50 connected to "
"<filename>COM2</filename>. The second entry configures an old computer "
"running <application>Procomm</application> terminal software emulating a "
"VT-100 terminal. The computer is connected to the sixth serial port on a "
"multi-port serial card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:47222
msgid "Configuring Terminal Entries"
msgstr "設定終端機項目"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ttyu1<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col1\"/>  \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\"<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col2\"/>  wy50<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col3\"/>  on<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col4\"/>  insecure<co xml:id=\"co-ttys-line1col5\"/>\n"
"ttyu5   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\"  vt100  on insecure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47229
msgid "The first field specifies the device name of the serial terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47234
msgid ""
"The second field tells <command>getty</command> to initialize and open the "
"line, set the line speed, prompt for a user name, and then execute the "
"<command>login</command> program. The optional <firstterm>getty type</"
"firstterm> configures characteristics on the terminal line, like "
"<acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity. The available getty types are listed "
"in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. In almost all cases, the getty types "
"that start with <literal>std</literal> will work for hardwired terminals as "
"these entries ignore parity. There is a <literal>std</literal> entry for "
"each <acronym>bps</acronym> rate from 110 to 115200. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gettytab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47250
msgid ""
"When setting the getty type, make sure to match the communications settings "
"used by the terminal. For this example, the Wyse-50 uses no parity and "
"connects at 38400 bps. The computer uses no parity and connects at 19200 bps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47258
msgid ""
"The third field is the type of terminal. For dial-up ports, "
"<literal>unknown</literal> or <literal>dialup</literal> is typically used "
"since users may dial up with practically any type of terminal or software. "
"Since the terminal type does not change for hardwired terminals, a real "
"terminal type from <filename>/etc/termcap</filename> can be specified. For "
"this example, the Wyse-50 uses the real terminal type while the computer "
"running <application>Procomm</application> is set to emulate a VT-100."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47272
msgid ""
"The fourth field specifies if the port should be enabled. To enable logins "
"on this port, this field must be set to <literal>on</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:47278
msgid ""
"The final field is used to specify whether the port is secure. Marking a "
"port as <literal>secure</literal> means that it is trusted enough to allow "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to login from that port. "
"Insecure ports do not allow <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"logins. On an insecure port, users must login from unprivileged accounts and "
"then use <command>su</command> or a similar mechanism to gain superuser "
"privileges, as described in <xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/>. For "
"security reasons, it is recommended to change this setting to "
"<literal>insecure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47292
msgid ""
"After making any changes to <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, send a SIGHUP "
"(hangup) signal to the <command>init</command> process to force it to re-"
"read its configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47297 book.translate.xml:47612
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kill -HUP 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47299
msgid ""
"Since <command>init</command> is always the first process run on a system, "
"it always has a process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47303
msgid ""
"If everything is set up correctly, all cables are in place, and the "
"terminals are powered up, a <command>getty</command> process should now be "
"running on each terminal and login prompts should be available on each "
"terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47311
msgid "Troubleshooting the Connection"
msgstr "連線疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47313
msgid ""
"Even with the most meticulous attention to detail, something could still go "
"wrong while setting up a terminal. Here is a list of common symptoms and "
"some suggested fixes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47318
msgid ""
"If no login prompt appears, make sure the terminal is plugged in and powered "
"up. If it is a personal computer acting as a terminal, make sure it is "
"running terminal emulation software on the correct serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47323
msgid ""
"Make sure the cable is connected firmly to both the terminal and the FreeBSD "
"computer. Make sure it is the right kind of cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47327
msgid ""
"Make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the <acronym>bps</acronym> rate "
"and parity settings. For a video display terminal, make sure the contrast "
"and brightness controls are turned up. If it is a printing terminal, make "
"sure paper and ink are in good supply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47333
msgid ""
"Use <command>ps</command> to make sure that a <command>getty</command> "
"process is running and serving the terminal. For example, the following "
"listing shows that a <command>getty</command> is running on the second "
"serial port, <filename>ttyu1</filename>, and is using the "
"<literal>std.38400</literal> entry in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps -axww|grep ttyu</userinput>\n"
"22189  d1  Is+    0:00.03 /usr/libexec/getty std.38400 ttyu1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47344
msgid ""
"If no <command>getty</command> process is running, make sure the port is "
"enabled in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>. Remember to run <command>kill -"
"HUP 1</command> after modifying <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47349
msgid ""
"If the <command>getty</command> process is running but the terminal still "
"does not display a login prompt, or if it displays a prompt but will not "
"accept typed input, the terminal or cable may not support hardware "
"handshaking. Try changing the entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> from "
"<literal>std.38400</literal> to <literal>3wire.38400</literal>, then run "
"<command>kill -HUP 1</command> after modifying <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename>. The <literal>3wire</literal> entry is similar to <literal>std</"
"literal>, but ignores hardware handshaking. The baud rate may need to be "
"reduced or software flow control enabled when using <literal>3wire</literal> "
"to prevent buffer overflows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47363
msgid ""
"If garbage appears instead of a login prompt, make sure the terminal and "
"FreeBSD agree on the <acronym>bps</acronym> rate and parity settings. Check "
"the <command>getty</command> processes to make sure the correct "
"<replaceable>getty</replaceable> type is in use. If not, edit <filename>/etc/"
"ttys</filename> and run <command>kill -HUP 1</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47371
msgid ""
"If characters appear doubled and the password appears when typed, switch the "
"terminal, or the terminal emulation software, from <quote>half duplex</"
"quote> or <quote>local echo</quote> to <quote>full duplex.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:47380
msgid "Dial-in Service"
msgstr "撥入服務"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47383
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Guy</firstname> <surname>Helmer</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:47393
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Sean</firstname> <surname>Kelly</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Additions by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47403
msgid "<primary>dial-in service</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47405
msgid ""
"Configuring a FreeBSD system for dial-in service is similar to configuring "
"terminals, except that modems are used instead of terminal devices. FreeBSD "
"supports both external and internal modems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47410
msgid ""
"External modems are more convenient because they often can be configured via "
"parameters stored in non-volatile <acronym>RAM</acronym> and they usually "
"provide lighted indicators that display the state of important "
"<acronym>RS-232</acronym> signals, indicating whether the modem is operating "
"properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47417
msgid ""
"Internal modems usually lack non-volatile <acronym>RAM</acronym>, so their "
"configuration may be limited to setting <acronym>DIP</acronym> switches. If "
"the internal modem has any signal indicator lights, they are difficult to "
"view when the system's cover is in place."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47423
msgid "<primary>modem</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47425
msgid ""
"When using an external modem, a proper cable is needed. A standard "
"<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> serial cable should suffice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47429
msgid ""
"FreeBSD needs the <acronym>RTS</acronym> and <acronym>CTS</acronym> signals "
"for flow control at speeds above 2400 bps, the <acronym>CD</acronym> signal "
"to detect when a call has been answered or the line has been hung up, and "
"the <acronym>DTR</acronym> signal to reset the modem after a session is "
"complete. Some cables are wired without all of the needed signals, so if a "
"login session does not go away when the line hangs up, there may be a "
"problem with the cable. Refer to <xref linkend=\"term-cables-null\"/> for "
"more information about these signals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47439
msgid ""
"Like other <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating "
"systems, FreeBSD uses the hardware signals to find out when a call has been "
"answered or a line has been hung up and to hangup and reset the modem after "
"a call. FreeBSD avoids sending commands to the modem or watching for status "
"reports from the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47445
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports the <acronym>NS8250</acronym>, <acronym>NS16450</acronym>, "
"<acronym>NS16550</acronym>, and <acronym>NS16550A</acronym>-based "
"<acronym>RS-232C</acronym> (<acronym>CCITT</acronym> V.24) communications "
"interfaces. The 8250 and 16450 devices have single-character buffers. The "
"16550 device provides a 16-character buffer, which allows for better system "
"performance. Bugs in plain 16550 devices prevent the use of the 16-character "
"buffer, so use 16550A devices if possible. Because single-character-buffer "
"devices require more work by the operating system than the 16-character-"
"buffer devices, 16550A-based serial interface cards are preferred. If the "
"system has many active serial ports or will have a heavy load, 16550A-based "
"cards are better for low-error-rate communications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47460
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure a modem to receive "
"incoming connections, how to communicate with the modem, and offers some "
"troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47465
msgid "Modem Configuration"
msgstr "數據機設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47467
msgid "<primary>getty</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47468
msgid ""
"As with terminals, <command>init</command> spawns a <command>getty</command> "
"process for each configured serial port used for dial-in connections. When a "
"user dials the modem's line and the modems connect, the <quote>Carrier "
"Detect</quote> signal is reported by the modem. The kernel notices that the "
"carrier has been detected and instructs <command>getty</command> to open the "
"port and display a <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt at the specified initial "
"line speed. In a typical configuration, if garbage characters are received, "
"usually due to the modem's connection speed being different than the "
"configured speed, <command>getty</command> tries adjusting the line speeds "
"until it receives reasonable characters. After the user enters their login "
"name, <command>getty</command> executes <command>login</command>, which "
"completes the login process by asking for the user's password and then "
"starting the user's shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47485
msgid "<primary><command>/usr/bin/login</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47489
msgid ""
"There are two schools of thought regarding dial-up modems. One configuration "
"method is to set the modems and systems so that no matter at what speed a "
"remote user dials in, the dial-in <acronym>RS-232</acronym> interface runs "
"at a locked speed. The benefit of this configuration is that the remote user "
"always sees a system login prompt immediately. The downside is that the "
"system does not know what a user's true data rate is, so full-screen "
"programs like <application>Emacs</application> will not adjust their screen-"
"painting methods to make their response better for slower connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47501
msgid ""
"The second method is to configure the <acronym>RS-232</acronym> interface to "
"vary its speed based on the remote user's connection speed. Because "
"<command>getty</command> does not understand any particular modem's "
"connection speed reporting, it gives a <prompt>login:</prompt> message at an "
"initial speed and watches the characters that come back in response. If the "
"user sees junk, they should press <keycap>Enter</keycap> until they see a "
"recognizable prompt. If the data rates do not match, <command>getty</"
"command> sees anything the user types as junk, tries the next speed, and "
"gives the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt again. This procedure normally only "
"takes a keystroke or two before the user sees a good prompt. This login "
"sequence does not look as clean as the locked-speed method, but a user on a "
"low-speed connection should receive better interactive response from full-"
"screen programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47519
msgid ""
"When locking a modem's data communications rate at a particular speed, no "
"changes to <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename> should be needed. However, for "
"a matching-speed configuration, additional entries may be required in order "
"to define the speeds to use for the modem. This example configures a "
"14.4 Kbps modem with a top interface speed of 19.2 Kbps using 8-bit, no "
"parity connections. It configures <command>getty</command> to start the "
"communications rate for a V.32bis connection at 19.2 Kbps, then cycles "
"through 9600 bps, 2400 bps, 1200 bps, 300 bps, and back to 19.2 Kbps. "
"Communications rate cycling is implemented with the <literal>nx=</literal> "
"(next table) capability. Each line uses a <literal>tc=</literal> (table "
"continuation) entry to pick up the rest of the settings for a particular "
"data rate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47536
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Additions for a V.32bis Modem\n"
"#\n"
"um|V300|High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V19200:tc=std.300:\n"
"un|V1200|High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V300:tc=std.1200:\n"
"uo|V2400|High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V1200:tc=std.2400:\n"
"up|V9600|High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V2400:tc=std.9600:\n"
"uq|V19200|High Speed Modem at 19200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=V9600:tc=std.19200:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47550
msgid ""
"For a 28.8 Kbps modem, or to take advantage of compression on a 14.4 Kbps "
"modem, use a higher communications rate, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Additions for a V.32bis or V.34 Modem\n"
"# Starting at 57.6 Kbps\n"
"#\n"
"vm|VH300|Very High Speed Modem at 300,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH57600:tc=std.300:\n"
"vn|VH1200|Very High Speed Modem at 1200,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH300:tc=std.1200:\n"
"vo|VH2400|Very High Speed Modem at 2400,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH1200:tc=std.2400:\n"
"vp|VH9600|Very High Speed Modem at 9600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH2400:tc=std.9600:\n"
"vq|VH57600|Very High Speed Modem at 57600,8-bit:\\\n"
"        :nx=VH9600:tc=std.57600:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47569
msgid ""
"For a slow <acronym>CPU</acronym> or a heavily loaded system without 16550A-"
"based serial ports, this configuration may produce <errorname>sio</"
"errorname> <quote>silo</quote> errors at 57.6 Kbps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47574
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/ttys</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47578
msgid ""
"The configuration of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> is similar to <xref "
"linkend=\"ex-etc-ttys\"/>, but a different argument is passed to "
"<command>getty</command> and <literal>dialup</literal> is used for the "
"terminal type. Replace <replaceable>xxx</replaceable> with the process "
"<command>init</command> will run on the device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47585
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty <replaceable>xxx</replaceable>\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47587
msgid ""
"The <literal>dialup</literal> terminal type can be changed. For example, "
"setting <literal>vt102</literal> as the default terminal type allows users "
"to use <acronym>VT102</acronym> emulation on their remote systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47593
msgid ""
"For a locked-speed configuration, specify the speed with a valid type listed "
"in <filename>/etc/gettytab</filename>. This example is for a modem whose "
"port speed is locked at 19.2 Kbps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47598
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty std.<replaceable>19200</replaceable>\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47600
msgid ""
"In a matching-speed configuration, the entry needs to reference the "
"appropriate beginning <quote>auto-baud</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/"
"gettytab</filename>. To continue the example for a matching-speed modem that "
"starts at 19.2 Kbps, use this entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47606
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyu0   \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\"   dialup on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47608
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, wait until the modem is "
"properly configured and connected before signaling <command>init</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47619
msgid ""
"High-speed modems, like <acronym>V.32</acronym>, <acronym>V.32bis</acronym>, "
"and <acronym>V.34</acronym> modems, use hardware (<literal>RTS/CTS</"
"literal>) flow control. Use <command>stty</command> to set the hardware flow "
"control flag for the modem port. This example sets the <varname>crtscts</"
"varname> flag on <filename>COM2</filename>'s dial-in and dial-out "
"initialization devices:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47627
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>stty -f /dev/cuau1.init crtscts</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47782
msgid ""
"This section provides a few tips for troubleshooting a dial-up modem that "
"will not connect to a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47785
msgid ""
"Hook up the modem to the FreeBSD system and boot the system. If the modem "
"has status indication lights, watch to see whether the modem's <acronym>DTR</"
"acronym> indicator lights when the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt appears on "
"the system's console. If it lights up, that should mean that FreeBSD has "
"started a <command>getty</command> process on the appropriate communications "
"port and is waiting for the modem to accept a call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47794
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>DTR</acronym> indicator does not light, login to the FreeBSD "
"system through the console and type <command>ps ax</command> to see if "
"FreeBSD is running a <command>getty</command> process on the correct port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47799
#, no-wrap
msgid "  114 ??  I      0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 <replaceable>ttyu0</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47801
msgid ""
"If the second column contains a <literal>d0</literal> instead of a "
"<literal>??</literal> and the modem has not accepted a call yet, this means "
"that <command>getty</command> has completed its open on the communications "
"port. This could indicate a problem with the cabling or a misconfigured "
"modem because <command>getty</command> should not be able to open the "
"communications port until the carrier detect signal has been asserted by the "
"modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47810
msgid ""
"If no <command>getty</command> processes are waiting to open the port, "
"double-check that the entry for the port is correct in <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename>. Also, check <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> to see if "
"there are any log messages from <command>init</command> or <command>getty</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47817
msgid ""
"Next, try dialing into the system. Be sure to use 8 bits, no parity, and 1 "
"stop bit on the remote system. If a prompt does not appear right away, or "
"the prompt shows garbage, try pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap> about once per "
"second. If there is still no <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, try sending a "
"<command>BREAK</command>. When using a high-speed modem, try dialing again "
"after locking the dialing modem's interface speed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47826
msgid ""
"If there is still no <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, check <filename>/etc/"
"gettytab</filename> again and double-check that:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47832
msgid ""
"The initial capability name specified in the entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</"
"filename> matches the name of a capability in <filename>/etc/gettytab</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47838
msgid ""
"Each <literal>nx=</literal> entry matches another <filename>gettytab</"
"filename> capability name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:47843
msgid ""
"Each <literal>tc=</literal> entry matches another <filename>gettytab</"
"filename> capability name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47848
msgid ""
"If the modem on the FreeBSD system will not answer, make sure that the modem "
"is configured to answer the phone when <acronym>DTR</acronym> is asserted. "
"If the modem seems to be configured correctly, verify that the <acronym>DTR</"
"acronym> line is asserted by checking the modem's indicator lights."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47855
msgid ""
"If it still does not work, try sending an email to the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD "
"general questions mailing list</link> describing the modem and the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:47862
msgid "Dial-out Service"
msgstr "撥出服務"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47864
msgid "<primary>dial-out service</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47866
msgid ""
"The following are tips for getting the host to connect over the modem to "
"another computer. This is appropriate for establishing a terminal session "
"with a remote host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:47870
msgid ""
"This kind of connection can be helpful to get a file on the Internet if "
"there are problems using PPP. If PPP is not working, use the terminal "
"session to FTP the needed file. Then use zmodem to transfer it to the "
"machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47876
msgid "Using a Stock Hayes Modem"
msgstr "使用 Stock Hayes 數據機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47878
msgid ""
"A generic Hayes dialer is built into <command>tip</command>. Use "
"<literal>at=hayes</literal> in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47882
msgid ""
"The Hayes driver is not smart enough to recognize some of the advanced "
"features of newer modems messages like <literal>BUSY</literal>, <literal>NO "
"DIALTONE</literal>, or <literal>CONNECT 115200</literal>. Turn those "
"messages off when using <command>tip</command> with <command>ATX0&amp;W</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47889
msgid ""
"The dial timeout for <command>tip</command> is 60 seconds. The modem should "
"use something less, or else <command>tip</command> will think there is a "
"communication problem. Try <command>ATS7=45&amp;W</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47896
msgid "Using <literal>AT</literal> Commands"
msgstr "使用 <literal>AT</literal> 指令"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:47898
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/remote</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47901
msgid ""
"Create a <quote>direct</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>. "
"For example, if the modem is hooked up to the first serial port, <filename>/"
"dev/cuau0</filename>, use the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47907
#, no-wrap
msgid "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47909
msgid ""
"Use the highest <acronym>bps</acronym> rate the modem supports in the "
"<literal>br</literal> capability. Then, type <command>tip cuau0</command> to "
"connect to the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47913
msgid ""
"Or, use <command>cu</command> as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47916
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l<replaceable>line</replaceable> -s<replaceable>speed</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47918
msgid ""
"<replaceable>line</replaceable> is the serial port, such as <filename>/dev/"
"cuau0</filename>, and <replaceable>speed</replaceable> is the speed, such as "
"<literal>57600</literal>. When finished entering the AT commands, type "
"<command>~.</command> to exit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47926
msgid "The <literal>@</literal> Sign Does Not Work"
msgstr "<literal>@</literal> 符號無法運作"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47928
msgid ""
"The <literal>@</literal> sign in the phone number capability tells "
"<command>tip</command> to look in <filename>/etc/phones</filename> for a "
"phone number. But, the <literal>@</literal> sign is also a special character "
"in capability files like <filename>/etc/remote</filename>, so it needs to be "
"escaped with a backslash:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47935
#, no-wrap
msgid "pn=\\@"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47939
msgid "Dialing from the Command Line"
msgstr "從指令列撥號"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47941
msgid ""
"Put a <quote>generic</quote> entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename>. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#115200:at=hayes:pa=none:du:\n"
"tip57600|Dial any phone number at 57600 bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau0:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47949
msgid "This should now work:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47951
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tip -115200 5551234</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47953
msgid ""
"Users who prefer <command>cu</command> over <command>tip</command>, can use "
"a generic <literal>cu</literal> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47957
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau1:br#57600:at=hayes:pa=none:du:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47960
msgid "and type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:47962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu 5551234 -s 115200</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47966
msgid "Setting the <acronym>bps</acronym> Rate"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>bps</acronym> 率"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47968
msgid ""
"Put in an entry for <literal>tip1200</literal> or <literal>cu1200</literal>, "
"but go ahead and use whatever <acronym>bps</acronym> rate is appropriate "
"with the <literal>br</literal> capability. <command>tip</command> thinks a "
"good default is 1200 bps which is why it looks for a <literal>tip1200</"
"literal> entry. 1200 bps does not have to be used, though."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:47978
msgid "Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server"
msgstr "透過終端伺服器存取多個主機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:47981
msgid ""
"Rather than waiting until connected and typing <command>CONNECT "
"<replaceable>host</replaceable></command> each time, use <command>tip</"
"command>'s <literal>cm</literal> capability. For example, these entries in "
"<filename>/etc/remote</filename> will let you type <command>tip pain</"
"command> or <command>tip muffin</command> to connect to the hosts "
"<systemitem>pain</systemitem> or <systemitem>muffin</systemitem>, and "
"<command>tip deep13</command> to connect to the terminal server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:47991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n"
"        :cm=CONNECT pain\\n:tc=deep13:\n"
"muffin|muffin.deep13.com|Frank's machine:\\\n"
"        :cm=CONNECT muffin\\n:tc=deep13:\n"
"deep13:Gizmonics Institute terminal server:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau2:br#38400:at=hayes:du:pa=none:pn=5551234:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48001
msgid "Using More Than One Line with <command>tip</command>"
msgstr "在 <command>tip</command> 使用超過一行"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48004
msgid ""
"This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines and "
"several thousand students trying to use them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48008
msgid ""
"Make an entry in <filename>/etc/remote</filename> and use <literal>@</"
"literal> for the <literal>pn</literal> capability:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48012
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"big-university:\\\n"
"        :pn=\\@:tc=dialout\n"
"dialout:\\\n"
"        :dv=/dev/cuau3:br#9600:at=courier:du:pa=none:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48017
msgid "Then, list the phone numbers in <filename>/etc/phones</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48020
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"big-university 5551111\n"
"big-university 5551112\n"
"big-university 5551113\n"
"big-university 5551114"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48025
msgid ""
"<command>tip</command> will try each number in the listed order, then give "
"up. To keep retrying, run <command>tip</command> in a <literal>while</"
"literal> loop."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48032
msgid "Using the Force Character"
msgstr "使用強制字元"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48034
msgid ""
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>P</keycap> </"
"keycombo> is the default <quote>force</quote> character, used to tell "
"<command>tip</command> that the next character is literal data. The force "
"character can be set to any other character with the <command>~s</command> "
"escape, which means <quote>set a variable.</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48043
msgid ""
"Type <command>~sforce=<replaceable>single-char</replaceable></command> "
"followed by a newline. <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is any single "
"character. If <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is left out, then the "
"force character is the null character, which is accessed by typing <keycombo "
"action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>2</keycap> </keycombo> or "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap> </"
"keycombo>. A pretty good value for <replaceable>single-char</replaceable> is "
"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
"<keycap>6</keycap> </keycombo>, which is only used on some terminal servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48064
msgid ""
"To change the force character, specify the following in <filename>~/.tiprc</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48067
#, no-wrap
msgid "force=<replaceable>single-char</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48071
msgid "Upper Case Characters"
msgstr "大寫字元"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48073
msgid ""
"This happens when <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
"<keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo> is pressed, which is <command>tip</command>'s "
"<quote>raise character</quote>, specially designed for people with broken "
"caps-lock keys. Use <command>~s</command> to set <literal>raisechar</"
"literal> to something reasonable. It can be set to be the same as the force "
"character, if neither feature is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48084
msgid ""
"Here is a sample <filename>~/.tiprc</filename> for <application>Emacs</"
"application> users who need to type <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>2</keycap> </keycombo> and <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>A</keycap> </keycombo>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48094
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"force=^^\n"
"raisechar=^^"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48097
msgid ""
"The <literal>^^</literal> is <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Shift</"
"keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>6</keycap> </keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48105
msgid "File Transfers with <command>tip</command>"
msgstr "使用 <command>tip</command> 傳輸檔案"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48107
msgid ""
"When talking to another <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-"
"like operating system, files can be sent and received using <command>~p</"
"command> (put) and <command>~t</command> (take). These commands run "
"<command>cat</command> and <command>echo</command> on the remote system to "
"accept and send files. The syntax is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis
#: book.translate.xml:48113
msgid ""
"<command>~p</command> <arg choice=\"plain\">local-file</arg> <arg choice="
"\"opt\">remote-file</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/cmdsynopsis
#: book.translate.xml:48119
msgid ""
"<command>~t</command> <arg choice=\"plain\">remote-file</arg> <arg choice="
"\"opt\">local-file</arg>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48125
msgid ""
"There is no error checking, so another protocol, like zmodem, should "
"probably be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48130
msgid "Using <application>zmodem</application> with <command>tip</command>?"
msgstr "在 <application>zmodem</application> 使用 <command>tip</command>?"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48133
msgid ""
"To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end. Then, type "
"<command>~C rz</command> to begin receiving them locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48137
msgid ""
"To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end. Then, type "
"<command>~C sz <replaceable>files</replaceable></command> to send them to "
"the remote system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:48146
msgid "Setting Up the Serial Console"
msgstr "設定序列 Console"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:48149
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Kazutaka</firstname> <surname>YOKOTA</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:48159
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Paul</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Based on a document by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48169
msgid "<primary>serial console</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48171
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has the ability to boot a system with a dumb terminal on a serial "
"port as a console. This configuration is useful for system administrators "
"who wish to install FreeBSD on machines that have no keyboard or monitor "
"attached, and developers who want to debug the kernel or device drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48178
msgid ""
"As described in <xref linkend=\"boot\"/>, FreeBSD employs a three stage "
"bootstrap. The first two stages are in the boot block code which is stored "
"at the beginning of the FreeBSD slice on the boot disk. The boot block then "
"loads and runs the boot loader as the third stage code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48184
msgid ""
"In order to set up booting from a serial console, the boot block code, the "
"boot loader code, and the kernel need to be configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48189
msgid "Quick Serial Console Configuration"
msgstr "快速序列 Console 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48191
msgid ""
"This section provides a fast overview of setting up the serial console. This "
"procedure can be used when the dumb terminal is connected to <filename>COM1</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:48196
msgid "Configuring a Serial Console on <filename>COM1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48200
msgid ""
"Connect the serial cable to <filename>COM1</filename> and the controlling "
"terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48206
msgid ""
"To configure boot messages to display on the serial console, issue the "
"following command as the superuser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48210
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> echo 'console=\"comconsole\"' &gt;&gt; /boot/loader.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48214
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> and change <literal>off</literal> to "
"<literal>on</literal> and <literal>dialup</literal> to <literal>vt100</"
"literal> for the <filename>ttyu0</filename> entry. Otherwise, a password "
"will not be required to connect via the serial console, resulting in a "
"potential security hole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48223
msgid "Reboot the system to see if the changes took effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48229
msgid ""
"If a different configuration is required, see the next section for a more in-"
"depth configuration explanation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48234
msgid "In-Depth Serial Console Configuration"
msgstr "深入序列 Console 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48236
msgid ""
"This section provides a more detailed explanation of the steps needed to "
"setup a serial console in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:48240
msgid "Configuring a Serial Console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48243
msgid "Prepare a serial cable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48247
msgid ""
"Use either a null-modem cable or a standard serial cable and a null-modem "
"adapter. See <xref linkend=\"term-cables-null\"/> for a discussion on serial "
"cables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48253
msgid "Unplug the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48255
msgid ""
"Many systems probe for the keyboard during the Power-On Self-Test "
"(<acronym>POST</acronym>) and will generate an error if the keyboard is not "
"detected. Some machines will refuse to boot until the keyboard is plugged in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48261
msgid ""
"If the computer complains about the error, but boots anyway, no further "
"configuration is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48264
msgid ""
"If the computer refuses to boot without a keyboard attached, configure the "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym> so that it ignores this error. Consult the "
"motherboard's manual for details on how to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:48270
msgid ""
"Try setting the keyboard to <quote>Not installed</quote> in the "
"<acronym>BIOS</acronym>. This setting tells the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> not "
"to probe for a keyboard at power-on so it should not complain if the "
"keyboard is absent. If that option is not present in the <acronym>BIOS</"
"acronym>, look for an <quote>Halt on Error</quote> option instead. Setting "
"this to <quote>All but Keyboard</quote> or to <quote>No Errors</quote> will "
"have the same effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48281
msgid ""
"If the system has a <trademark class=\"registered\">PS/2</trademark> mouse, "
"unplug it as well. <trademark class=\"registered\">PS/2</trademark> mice "
"share some hardware with the keyboard and leaving the mouse plugged in can "
"fool the keyboard probe into thinking the keyboard is still there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48287
msgid ""
"While most systems will boot without a keyboard, quite a few will not boot "
"without a graphics adapter. Some systems can be configured to boot with no "
"graphics adapter by changing the <quote>graphics adapter</quote> setting in "
"the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configuration to <quote>Not installed</quote>. "
"Other systems do not support this option and will refuse to boot if there is "
"no display hardware in the system. With these machines, leave some kind of "
"graphics card plugged in, even if it is just a junky mono board. A monitor "
"does not need to be attached."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48302
msgid ""
"Plug a dumb terminal, an old computer with a modem program, or the serial "
"port on another <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> box into "
"the serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48308
msgid ""
"Add the appropriate <literal>hint.sio.*</literal> entries to <filename>/boot/"
"device.hints</filename> for the serial port. Some multi-port cards also "
"require kernel configuration options. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the required options and device hints for each supported "
"serial port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48317
msgid ""
"Create <filename>boot.config</filename> in the root directory of the "
"<literal>a</literal> partition on the boot drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48321
msgid ""
"This file instructs the boot block code how to boot the system. In order to "
"activate the serial console, one or more of the following options are "
"needed. When using multiple options, include them all on the same line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48329 book.translate.xml:48438
msgid "<option>-h</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48332
msgid ""
"Toggles between the internal and serial consoles. Use this to switch console "
"devices. For instance, to boot from the internal (video) console, use "
"<option>-h</option> to direct the boot loader and the kernel to use the "
"serial port as its console device. Alternatively, to boot from the serial "
"port, use <option>-h</option> to tell the boot loader and the kernel to use "
"the video display as the console instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48345 book.translate.xml:48443
msgid "<option>-D</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48348
msgid ""
"Toggles between the single and dual console configurations. In the single "
"configuration, the console will be either the internal console (video "
"display) or the serial port, depending on the state of <option>-h</option>. "
"In the dual console configuration, both the video display and the serial "
"port will become the console at the same time, regardless of the state of "
"<option>-h</option>. However, the dual console configuration takes effect "
"only while the boot block is running. Once the boot loader gets control, the "
"console specified by <option>-h</option> becomes the only console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48366
msgid "<option>-P</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48369
msgid ""
"Makes the boot block probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the "
"<option>-D</option> and <option>-h</option> options are automatically set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48375
msgid ""
"Due to space constraints in the current version of the boot blocks, <option>-"
"P</option> is capable of detecting extended keyboards only. Keyboards with "
"less than 101 keys and without F11 and F12 keys may not be detected. "
"Keyboards on some laptops may not be properly found because of this "
"limitation. If this is the case, do not use <option>-P</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48388
msgid ""
"Use either <option>-P</option> to select the console automatically or "
"<option>-h</option> to activate the serial console. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot.config</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48393
msgid ""
"The options, except for <option>-P</option>, are passed to the boot loader. "
"The boot loader will determine whether the internal video or the serial port "
"should become the console by examining the state of <option>-h</option>. "
"This means that if <option>-D</option> is specified but <option>-h</option> "
"is not specified in <filename>/boot.config</filename>, the serial port can "
"be used as the console only during the boot block as the boot loader will "
"use the internal video display as the console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48406
msgid "Boot the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48408
msgid ""
"When FreeBSD starts, the boot blocks echo the contents of <filename>/boot."
"config</filename> to the console. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48412
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/boot.config: -P\n"
"Keyboard: no"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48415
msgid ""
"The second line appears only if <option>-P</option> is in <filename>/boot."
"config</filename> and indicates the presence or absence of the keyboard. "
"These messages go to either the serial or internal console, or both, "
"depending on the option in <filename>/boot.config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48426
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48427
msgid "Message goes to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48433
msgid "none"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48434 book.translate.xml:48454
msgid "internal console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48439 book.translate.xml:48459
msgid "serial console"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48444 book.translate.xml:48449
msgid "serial and internal consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48448
msgid "<option>-Dh</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48453
msgid "<option>-P</option>, keyboard present"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:48458
msgid "<option>-P</option>, keyboard absent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48465
msgid ""
"After the message, there will be a small pause before the boot blocks "
"continue loading the boot loader and before any further messages are printed "
"to the console. Under normal circumstances, there is no need to interrupt "
"the boot blocks, but one can do so in order to make sure things are set up "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48472
msgid ""
"Press any key, other than <keycap>Enter</keycap>, at the console to "
"interrupt the boot process. The boot blocks will then prompt for further "
"action:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48480
msgid ""
"Verify that the above message appears on either the serial or internal "
"console, or both, according to the options in <filename>/boot.config</"
"filename>. If the message appears in the correct console, press "
"<keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the boot process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:48487
msgid ""
"If there is no prompt on the serial terminal, something is wrong with the "
"settings. Enter <option>-h</option> then <keycap>Enter</keycap> or "
"<keycap>Return</keycap> to tell the boot block (and then the boot loader and "
"the kernel) to choose the serial port for the console. Once the system is "
"up, go back and check what went wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48497
msgid ""
"During the third stage of the boot process, one can still switch between the "
"internal console and the serial console by setting appropriate environment "
"variables in the boot loader. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48504
msgid ""
"This line in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> or <filename>/boot/"
"loader.conf.local</filename> configures the boot loader and the kernel to "
"send their boot messages to the serial console, regardless of the options in "
"<filename>/boot.config</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48510
#, no-wrap
msgid "console=\"comconsole\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48512
msgid ""
"That line should be the first line of <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> "
"so that boot messages are displayed on the serial console as early as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48517
msgid ""
"If that line does not exist, or if it is set to <literal>console=\"vidconsole"
"\"</literal>, the boot loader and the kernel will use whichever console is "
"indicated by <option>-h</option> in the boot block. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48523
msgid ""
"At the moment, the boot loader has no option equivalent to <option>-P</"
"option> in the boot block, and there is no provision to automatically select "
"the internal console and the serial console based on the presence of the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:48531
msgid ""
"While it is not required, it is possible to provide a <command>login</"
"command> prompt over the serial line. To configure this, edit the entry for "
"the serial port in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename> using the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"term-config\"/>. If the speed of the serial port has been "
"changed, change <literal>std.9600</literal> to match the new setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48542
msgid "Setting a Faster Serial Port Speed"
msgstr "設定使用更快的序列埠速度"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48544
msgid ""
"By default, the serial port settings are 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, and 1 "
"stop bit. To change the default console speed, use one of the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48550
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and set "
"<varname>BOOT_COMCONSOLE_SPEED</varname> to the new console speed. Then, "
"recompile and install the boot blocks and the boot loader:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:48555
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /sys/boot</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48560
msgid ""
"If the serial console is configured in some other way than by booting with "
"<option>-h</option>, or if the serial console used by the kernel is "
"different from the one used by the boot blocks, add the following option, "
"with the desired speed, to a custom kernel configuration file and compile a "
"new kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48567
#, no-wrap
msgid "options CONSPEED=<replaceable>19200</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48571
msgid ""
"Add the <option>-S<replaceable>19200</replaceable></option> boot option to "
"<filename>/boot.config</filename>, replacing <replaceable>19200</"
"replaceable> with the speed to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48579
msgid ""
"Add the following options to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Replace "
"<replaceable>115200</replaceable> with the speed to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48584
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n"
"boot_serial=\"YES\"\n"
"comconsole_speed=\"<replaceable>115200</replaceable>\"\n"
"console=\"comconsole,vidconsole\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48593
msgid "Entering the DDB Debugger from the Serial Line"
msgstr "從序列線路 (Serial Line) 進入 DDB 除錯程式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48595
msgid ""
"To configure the ability to drop into the kernel debugger from the serial "
"console, add the following options to a custom kernel configuration file and "
"compile the kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/"
">. Note that while this is useful for remote diagnostics, it is also "
"dangerous if a spurious BREAK is generated on the serial port. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddb</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"about the kernel debugger."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48604
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n"
"options DDB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:48629
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-ppp
#: book.translate.xml:48634 book.translate.xml:48661
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48638
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (<acronym>PPP</acronym>) protocol which "
"can be used to establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up "
"modem. This chapter describes how to configure modem-based communication "
"services in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 支援點對點 (Point-to-Point, <acronym>PPP</acronym>) 通訊協定，可透過"
"撥號數據機用來建立網路或網際網路連線。本章將說明如何設定在 FreeBSD 中以數據機"
"為基礎的通訊服務。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48647
msgid ""
"How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection."
msgstr "如何設定、使用 <acronym>PPP</acronym> 連線及排除問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48651
msgid ""
"How to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</"
"acronym>)."
msgstr ""
"如何設定在乙太網路 (Ethernet) 上的 <acronym>PPP</acronym> (<acronym>PPPoE</"
"acronym>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48655
msgid ""
"How to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym> "
"(<acronym>PPPoA</acronym>)."
msgstr ""
"如何設定在 <acronym>ATM</acronym> 上的 <acronym>PPP</acronym> "
"(<acronym>PPPoA</acronym>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48664 book.translate.xml:49925
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>over Ethernet</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48673 book.translate.xml:61682
msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology."
msgstr "熟悉基本網路術語。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48676
msgid ""
"Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr "了解撥號連線及 <acronym>PPP</acronym> 的基礎及目的。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:48717
msgid "Configuring <acronym>PPP</acronym>"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>PPP</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48719
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> connections using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD "
"kernel provides support for <filename>tun</filename> which is used to "
"interact with a modem hardware. Configuration is performed by editing at "
"least one configuration file, and configuration files containing examples "
"are provided. Finally, <command>ppp</command> is used to start and manage "
"connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48728
msgid ""
"In order to use a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection, the following items are "
"needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48733
msgid ""
"A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48738
msgid "A dial-up modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48742
msgid "The dial-up number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48747
msgid "The login name and password assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48752
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of one or more <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"servers. Normally, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> provides these addresses. If "
"it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"negotiation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48760
msgid ""
"If any of the required information is missing, contact the <acronym>ISP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48763
msgid ""
"The following information may be supplied by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>, but "
"is not necessary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48768
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway. If this "
"information is unknown, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will automatically "
"provide the correct value during connection setup. When configuring "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> on FreeBSD, this address is referred to as "
"<literal>HISADDR</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48777
msgid ""
"The subnet mask. If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has not provided one, "
"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> will be used in "
"the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#ppp-static-ip
#: book.translate.xml:48783
msgid "<primary>static <acronym>IP</acronym> address</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48787
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has assigned a static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and hostname, it should be input into the configuration file. "
"Otherwise, this information will be automatically provided during connection "
"setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:48795
msgid ""
"The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> connection scenarios. The required configuration file "
"is <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> and additional files and examples "
"are available in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48803
msgid ""
"Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. "
"These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the "
"discussion and are not meant to be placed in the actual file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:48808
msgid ""
"When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines "
"that end in a <literal>:</literal> start in the first column (beginning of "
"the line) while all other lines should be indented as shown using spaces or "
"tabs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:48815 book.translate.xml:51176
msgid "Basic Configuration"
msgstr "基礎設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:48817
msgid ""
"<primary>PPP</primary> <secondary>with static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:48823
msgid ""
"In order to configure a <acronym>PPP</acronym> connection, first edit "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> with the dial-in information for the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>. This file is described as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48828
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1     default:\n"
"2       set log Phase Chat LCP IPCP CCP tun command\n"
"3       ident user-ppp VERSION\n"
"4       set device /dev/cuau0\n"
"5       set speed 115200\n"
"6       set dial \"ABORT BUSY ABORT NO\\\\sCARRIER TIMEOUT 5 \\\n"
"7                 \\\"\\\" AT OK-AT-OK ATE1Q0 OK \\\\dATDT\\\\T TIMEOUT 40 CONNECT\"\n"
"8       set timeout 180\n"
"9       enable dns\n"
"10\n"
"11    provider:\n"
"12      set phone \"(123) 456 7890\"\n"
"13      set authname foo\n"
"14      set authkey bar\n"
"15      set timeout 300\n"
"16      set ifaddr <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable>/0 <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable>/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n"
"17      add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48848
msgid "Line 1:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48851
msgid ""
"Identifies the <literal>default</literal> entry. Commands in this entry "
"(lines 2 through 9) are executed automatically when <command>ppp</command> "
"is run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48859
msgid "Line 2:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48862
msgid ""
"Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the "
"configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:48867
#, no-wrap
msgid "set log phase tun"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48873
msgid "Line 3:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48876
msgid ""
"Displays the version of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to the <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> software running on the other side of the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48883
msgid "Line 4:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48886
msgid ""
"Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where <filename>COM1</"
"filename> is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> and <filename>COM2</filename> "
"is <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48895
msgid "Line 5:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48898
msgid ""
"Sets the connection speed. If <literal>115200</literal> does not work on an "
"older modem, try <literal>38400</literal> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48905
msgid "Lines 6 &amp; 7:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48908
msgid ""
"The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48912
msgid ""
"Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any "
"command in <filename>ppp.conf</filename> may do this if the last character "
"on the line is <literal>\\</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48921
msgid "Line 8:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48924
msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48930
msgid "Line 9:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48933
msgid ""
"Instructs the peer to confirm the <acronym>DNS</acronym> settings. If the "
"local network is running its own <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, this line "
"should be commented out, by adding a <literal>#</literal> at the beginning "
"of the line, or removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48943
msgid "Line 10:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48946
msgid ""
"A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48952
msgid "Line 11:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48955
msgid ""
"Identifies an entry called <literal>provider</literal>. This could be "
"changed to the name of the <acronym>ISP</acronym> so that <option>load "
"<replaceable>ISP</replaceable></option> can be used to start the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48965
msgid "Line 12:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48968
msgid ""
"Use the phone number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>. Multiple phone numbers "
"may be specified using the colon (<literal>:</literal>) or pipe character "
"(<literal>|</literal>) as a separator. To rotate through the numbers, use a "
"colon. To always attempt to dial the first number first and only use the "
"other numbers if the first number fails, use the pipe character. Always "
"enclose the entire set of phone numbers between quotation marks (<literal>"
"\"</literal>) to prevent dialing failures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48983
msgid "Lines 13 &amp; 14:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48986
msgid "Use the user name and password for the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:48992 book.translate.xml:49397
msgid "Line 15:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:48995
msgid ""
"Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this "
"example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of "
"inactivity. To prevent a timeout, set this value to zero."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49004
msgid "Line 16:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49006
msgid ""
"Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address has been obtained from the <acronym>ISP</"
"acronym> or if it instead negotiates a dynamic <acronym>IP</acronym> address "
"during connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49013
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has allocated a static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and default gateway, replace <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable> with "
"the static <acronym>IP</acronym> address and replace <replaceable>y.y.y.y</"
"replaceable> with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the default gateway. "
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has only provided a static <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address without a gateway address, replace <replaceable>y.y.y.y</"
"replaceable> with <systemitem class=\"netmask\">10.0.0.2/0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49024
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>IP</acronym> address changes whenever a connection is made, "
"change this line to the following value. This tells "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to use the <acronym>IP</acronym> Configuration Protocol "
"(<acronym>IPCP</acronym>) to negotiate a dynamic <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49031
#, no-wrap
msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49037
msgid "Line 17:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49040
msgid ""
"Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The "
"<literal>HISADDR</literal> will automatically be replaced with the gateway "
"address specified on line 16. It is important that this line appears after "
"line 16."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49049
msgid ""
"Depending upon whether <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started manually or "
"automatically, a <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename> may also need to "
"be created which contains the following lines. This file is required when "
"running <command>ppp</command> in <option>-auto</option> mode. This file is "
"used after the connection has been established. At this point, the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address will have been assigned and it is now be "
"possible to add the routing table entries. When creating this file, make "
"sure that <replaceable>provider</replaceable> matches the value demonstrated "
"in line 11 of <filename>ppp.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49063
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"provider:\n"
"      add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49066
msgid ""
"This file is also needed when the default gateway address is <quote>guessed</"
"quote> in a static <acronym>IP</acronym> address configuration. In this "
"case, remove line 17 from <filename>ppp.conf</filename> and create "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename> with the above two lines. More "
"examples for this file can be found in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49074
msgid ""
"By default, <command>ppp</command> must be run as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. To change this default, add the account of "
"the user who should run <command>ppp</command> to the <systemitem class="
"\"groupname\">network</systemitem> group in <filename>/etc/group</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49080
msgid ""
"Then, give the user access to one or more entries in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp."
"conf</filename> with <command>allow</command>. For example, to give "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">fred</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
"\"username\">mary</systemitem> permission to only the <literal>provider:</"
"literal> entry, add this line to the <literal>provider:</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49089
#, no-wrap
msgid "allow users <replaceable>fred mary</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49091
msgid ""
"To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the "
"<literal>default</literal> section instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49301
msgid "<primary>NetBIOS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49305
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>Microsoft extensions</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49310
msgid ""
"It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver "
"addresses on demand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49313
msgid ""
"To enable these extensions with <acronym>PPP</acronym> version 1.x, the "
"following lines might be added to the relevant section of <filename>/etc/ppp/"
"ppp.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49318
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"enable msext\n"
"set ns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n"
"set nbns 203.14.100.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49322
msgid "And for <acronym>PPP</acronym> version 2 and above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49325
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"accept dns\n"
"set dns 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.2\n"
"set nbns 203.14.100.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49329
msgid ""
"This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, "
"and a NetBIOS nameserver host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49333
msgid ""
"In version 2 and above, if the <literal>set dns</literal> line is omitted, "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> will use the values found in <filename>/etc/resolv."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:49339
msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication"
msgstr "PAP 與 CHAP 認證"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49341
msgid "<primary>PAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49342
msgid "<primary>CHAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49343
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s set their system up so that the authentication "
"part of the connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP "
"authentication mechanisms. If this is the case, the <acronym>ISP</acronym> "
"will not give a <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt at connection, but will start "
"talking <acronym>PPP</acronym> immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49351
msgid ""
"PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as "
"passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted "
"down a serial line only. There is not much room for crackers to "
"<quote>eavesdrop</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49357
msgid "The following alterations must be made:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49360
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"13      set authname <replaceable>MyUserName</replaceable>\n"
"14      set authkey <replaceable>MyPassword</replaceable>\n"
"15      set login"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49366
msgid "Line 13:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49369
msgid ""
"This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name. Insert the correct value for "
"<replaceable>MyUserName</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:49376
msgid "Line 14:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49379
msgid "<primary>password</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49378
msgid ""
"This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password<_:indexterm-1/>. Insert the "
"correct value for <replaceable>MyPassword</replaceable>. You may want to add "
"an additional line, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49384
#, no-wrap
msgid "16      accept PAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49388
#, no-wrap
msgid "16      accept CHAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49390
msgid ""
"to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both "
"accepted by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:49400
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ISP</acronym> will not normally require a login to the server "
"when using PAP or CHAP. Therefore, disable the <quote>set login</quote> "
"string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:49410
msgid "Using <acronym>PPP</acronym> Network Address Translation Capability"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>PPP</acronym> 網路位址轉譯功能"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49413
msgid "<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary><secondary>NAT</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49417
msgid ""
"PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. "
"This functionality may be enabled by the following line in <filename>/etc/"
"ppp/ppp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49422
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat enable yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49424
msgid ""
"Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option <literal>-nat</"
"literal>. There is also <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> knob named "
"<literal>ppp_nat</literal>, which is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49430
msgid ""
"When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename> options to enable incoming "
"connections forwarding:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49434
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n"
"nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:http http"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:49437
msgid "or do not trust the outside at all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49439
#, no-wrap
msgid "nat deny_incoming yes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49444
msgid "Final System Configuration"
msgstr "最終系統設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49446
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary><secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49450
msgid ""
"While <command>ppp</command> is now configured, some edits still need to be "
"made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49454
msgid ""
"Working from the top down in this file, make sure the <literal>hostname=</"
"literal> line is set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49457
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49459
msgid ""
"If the <acronym>ISP</acronym> has supplied a static <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and name, use this name as the host name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49463
msgid ""
"Look for the <literal>network_interfaces</literal> variable. To configure "
"the system to dial the <acronym>ISP</acronym> on demand, make sure the "
"<filename>tun0</filename> device is added to the list, otherwise remove it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49469
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n"
"ifconfig_tun0="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49473
msgid ""
"The <literal>ifconfig_tun0</literal> variable should be empty, and a file "
"called <filename>/etc/start_if.tun0</filename> should be created. This file "
"should contain the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49478
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp -auto mysystem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:49480
msgid ""
"This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp "
"daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider "
"including <option>-alias</option>. Refer to the manual page for further "
"details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49487
msgid ""
"Make sure that the router program is set to <literal>NO</literal> with the "
"following line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49491
#, no-wrap
msgid "router_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49493
msgid "<primary><application>routed</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49497
msgid ""
"It is important that the <command>routed</command> daemon is not started, as "
"<command>routed</command> tends to delete the default routing table entries "
"created by <command>ppp</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49502
msgid ""
"It is probably a good idea to ensure that the <literal>sendmail_flags</"
"literal> line does not include the <option>-q</option> option, otherwise "
"<command>sendmail</command> will attempt to do a network lookup every now "
"and then, possibly causing your machine to dial out. You may try:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49509
#, no-wrap
msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49511
msgid "<primary><application>sendmail</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49514
msgid ""
"The downside is that <command>sendmail</command> is forced to re-examine the "
"mail queue whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include <command>!bg</"
"command> in <filename>ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"1     provider:\n"
"2       delete ALL\n"
"3       add 0 0 HISADDR\n"
"4       !bg sendmail -bd -q30m"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49524 book.translate.xml:51201
msgid "<primary>SMTP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49528
msgid ""
"An alternative is to set up a <quote>dfilter</quote> to block SMTP traffic. "
"Refer to the sample files for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49534
msgid "Using <command>ppp</command>"
msgstr "使用 <command>ppp</command>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49536
msgid ""
"All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49539 book.translate.xml:49732
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49541
msgid ""
"and then <command>dial provider</command> to start the <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> session, or, to configure <command>ppp</command> to establish "
"sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and <filename>start_if."
"tun0</filename> does not exist, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49548
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp -auto provider</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49550
msgid ""
"It is possible to talk to the <command>ppp</command> program while it is "
"running in the background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been "
"set up. To do this, add the following line to the configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49555
#, no-wrap
msgid "set server /var/run/ppp-tun<replaceable>%d</replaceable> DiagnosticPassword 0177"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49557
msgid ""
"This will tell PPP to listen to the specified <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark> domain socket, asking clients for the specified password "
"before allowing access. The <literal>%d</literal> in the name is replaced "
"with the <filename>tun</filename> device number that is in use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49564
msgid ""
"Once a socket has been set up, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pppctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> program may be used in "
"scripts that wish to manipulate the running program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49570
msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services"
msgstr "設定撥入服務"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49572
msgid "<primary><command>mgetty</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49576
msgid "<primary>AutoPPP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49580
msgid "<primary>LCP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49583
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"dialup\"/> provides a good description on enabling dial-up "
"services using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49586
msgid ""
"An alternative to <command>getty</command> is <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</"
"package> port), a smarter version of <command>getty</command> designed with "
"dial-up lines in mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49591
msgid ""
"The advantages of using <command>mgetty</command> is that it actively "
"<emphasis>talks</emphasis> to modems, meaning if port is turned off in "
"<filename>/etc/ttys</filename> then the modem will not answer the phone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49597
msgid ""
"Later versions of <command>mgetty</command> (from 0.99beta onwards) also "
"support the automatic detection of <acronym>PPP</acronym> streams, allowing "
"clients scriptless access to the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49602
msgid ""
"Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html"
"\">http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html</link> for more information "
"on <command>mgetty</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49605
msgid ""
"By default the <package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port comes with the "
"<literal>AUTO_PPP</literal> option enabled allowing <command>mgetty</"
"command> to detect the LCP phase of <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections and "
"automatically spawn off a ppp shell. However, since the default login/"
"password sequence does not occur it is necessary to authenticate users using "
"either PAP or CHAP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49614
msgid ""
"This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the "
"<package>comms/mgetty+sendfax</package> port on his system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49619
msgid ""
"Ensure that <filename>/usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config</filename> "
"has the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49623
#, no-wrap
msgid "/AutoPPP/ -     - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49625
msgid ""
"This tells <command>mgetty</command> to run <filename>ppp-pap-dialup</"
"filename> for detected <acronym>PPP</acronym> connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49629
msgid ""
"Create an executable file called <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup</"
"filename> containing the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49633
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49636
msgid ""
"For each dial-up line enabled in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>, create a "
"corresponding entry in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. This will "
"happily co-exist with the definitions we created above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49642
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pap:\n"
"  enable pap\n"
"  set ifaddr 203.14.100.1 203.14.100.20-203.14.100.40\n"
"  enable proxy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49647
msgid ""
"Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password "
"in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.secret</filename>, or alternatively add the "
"following option to authenticate users via PAP from <filename>/etc/passwd</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49654
#, no-wrap
msgid "enable passwdauth"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49656
msgid ""
"To assign some users a static <acronym>IP</acronym> number, specify the "
"number as the third argument in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.secret</filename>. "
"See <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.secret.sample</filename> for "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:49676
msgid "Troubleshooting <acronym>PPP</acronym> Connections"
msgstr "<acronym>PPP</acronym> 連線疑難排解"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:49678
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49683
msgid ""
"This section covers a few issues which may arise when using <acronym>PPP</"
"acronym> over a modem connection. Some <acronym>ISP</acronym>s present the "
"<literal>ssword</literal> prompt while others present <literal>password</"
"literal>. If the <command>ppp</command> script is not written accordingly, "
"the login attempt will fail. The most common way to debug <command>ppp</"
"command> connections is by connecting manually as described in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49694
msgid "Check the Device Nodes"
msgstr "檢查裝置節點"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49696
msgid ""
"When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the "
"kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49699
#, no-wrap
msgid "device   uart"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49701
msgid ""
"The <filename>uart</filename> device is already included in the "
"<literal>GENERIC</literal> kernel, so no additional steps are necessary in "
"this case. Just check the <command>dmesg</command> output for the modem "
"device with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49707
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dmesg | grep uart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49709
msgid ""
"This should display some pertinent output about the <filename>uart</"
"filename> devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a "
"standard serial port, it should be listed on <filename>uart1</filename>, or "
"<filename>COM2</filename>. If so, a kernel rebuild is not required. When "
"matching up, if the modem is on <filename>uart1</filename>, the modem device "
"would be <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49720
msgid "Connecting Manually"
msgstr "手動連線"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49722
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling <command>ppp</command> is "
"quick, easy, and a great way to debug a connection or just get information "
"on how the <acronym>ISP</acronym> treats <command>ppp</command> client "
"connections. Lets start <application>PPP</application> from the command "
"line. Note that in all of our examples we will use <emphasis>example</"
"emphasis> as the hostname of the machine running <application>PPP</"
"application>. To start <command>ppp</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49734
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set device /dev/cuau1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49736
msgid ""
"This second command sets the modem device to <filename>cuau1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49739
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set speed 115200</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49741
msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 <acronym>kbps</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49744
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>enable dns</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49746
msgid ""
"This tells <command>ppp</command> to configure the resolver and add the "
"nameserver lines to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. If <command>ppp</"
"command> cannot determine the hostname, it can manually be set later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49752
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>term</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49754
msgid ""
"This switches to <quote>terminal</quote> mode in order to manually control "
"the modem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deflink: Entering terminal mode on <filename class=\"devicefile\">/dev/cuau1</filename>\n"
"type '~h' for help"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>at</userinput>\n"
"OK\n"
"<userinput>atdt<replaceable>123456789</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49764
msgid ""
"Use <command>at</command> to initialize the modem, then use <command>atdt</"
"command> and the number for the <acronym>ISP</acronym> to begin the dial in "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49768
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONNECT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49770
msgid ""
"Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection "
"problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve "
"them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49774
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISP Login:<userinput>myusername</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49776
msgid ""
"At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49779
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISP Pass:<userinput>mypassword</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49781
msgid ""
"At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>. Just like logging into FreeBSD, the password will "
"not echo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49785
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shell or PPP:<userinput>ppp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49787
msgid ""
"Depending on the <acronym>ISP</acronym>, this prompt might not appear. If it "
"does, it is asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start "
"<command>ppp</command>. In this example, <command>ppp</command> was selected "
"in order to establish an Internet connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49794
#, no-wrap
msgid "Ppp ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49796
msgid ""
"Notice that in this example the first <option>p</option> has been "
"capitalized. This shows that we have successfully connected to the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49800
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPp ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49802
msgid ""
"We have successfully authenticated with our <acronym>ISP</acronym> and are "
"waiting for the assigned <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49806
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPP ON example&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49808
msgid ""
"We have made an agreement on an <acronym>IP</acronym> address and "
"successfully completed our connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49811
#, no-wrap
msgid "PPP ON example&gt;<userinput>add default HISADDR</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49813
msgid ""
"Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the "
"outside world as currently the only established connection is with the peer. "
"If this fails due to existing routes, put a bang character <literal>!</"
"literal> in front of the <option>add</option>. Alternatively, set this "
"before making the actual connection and it will negotiate a new route "
"accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49822
msgid ""
"If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the "
"Internet, which could be thrown into the background using <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"><keycap>CTRL</keycap> <keycap>z</keycap></keycombo> If "
"<command>PPP</command> returns to <command>ppp</command> then the connection "
"has bee lost. This is good to know because it shows the connection status. "
"Capital P's represent a connection to the <acronym>ISP</acronym> and "
"lowercase p's show that the connection has been lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49834
msgid "Debugging"
msgstr "除錯"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49836
msgid ""
"If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow <acronym>CTS/RTS</"
"acronym> to off using <option>set ctsrts off</option>. This is mainly the "
"case when connected to some <application>PPP</application>-capable terminal "
"servers, where <application>PPP</application> hangs when it tries to write "
"data to the communication link, and waits for a Clear To Send (<acronym>CTS</"
"acronym>) signal which may never come. When using this option, include "
"<option>set accmap</option> as it may be required to defeat hardware "
"dependent on passing certain characters from end to end, most of the time "
"XON/XOFF. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information "
"on this option and how it is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49849
msgid ""
"An older modem may need <option>set parity even</option>. Parity is set at "
"none be default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in "
"traffic, on older modems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49854
msgid ""
"<application>PPP</application> may not return to the command mode, which is "
"usually a negotiation error where the <acronym>ISP</acronym> is waiting for "
"negotiating to begin. At this point, using <command>~p</command> will force "
"ppp to start sending the configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49860
msgid ""
"If a login prompt never appears, <acronym>PAP</acronym> or <acronym>CHAP</"
"acronym> authentication is most likely required. To use <acronym>PAP</"
"acronym> or <acronym>CHAP</acronym>, add the following options to "
"<application>PPP</application> before going into terminal mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49867
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set authname <replaceable>myusername</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49869
msgid ""
"Where <replaceable>myusername</replaceable> should be replaced with the "
"username that was assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49873
#, no-wrap
msgid "ppp ON example&gt; <userinput>set authkey <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49875
msgid ""
"Where <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable> should be replaced with the "
"password that was assigned by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49879
msgid ""
"If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> an <acronym>IP</acronym> address. If there is 100 "
"percent (100%) packet loss, it is likely that a default route was not "
"assigned. Double check that <option>add default HISADDR</option> was set "
"during the connection. If a connection can be made to a remote <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address, it is possible that a resolver address has not been added "
"to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. This file should look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49890
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"domain <replaceable>example.com</replaceable>\n"
"nameserver <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable>\n"
"nameserver <replaceable>y.y.y.y</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49894
msgid ""
"Where <replaceable>x.x.x.x</replaceable> and <replaceable>y.y.y.y</"
"replaceable> should be replaced with the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s DNS servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49899
msgid ""
"To configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> to provide logging for "
"the <application>PPP</application> connection, make sure this line exists in "
"<filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"!ppp\n"
"*.*     /var/log/ppp.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:49923
msgid "Using <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
msgstr "在乙太網路使用 <acronym>PPP</acronym> (PPPoE)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49930
msgid ""
"This section describes how to set up <acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet "
"(<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49933
msgid "Here is an example of a working <filename>ppp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\n"
"  set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish\n"
"  set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n"
"\n"
"name_of_service_provider:\n"
"  set device PPPoE:<replaceable>xl1</replaceable> # replace xl1 with your Ethernet device\n"
"  set authname YOURLOGINNAME\n"
"  set authkey YOURPASSWORD\n"
"  set dial\n"
"  set login\n"
"  add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:49948
msgid "As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:49951
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:49953 book.translate.xml:63272
msgid "Add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n"
"ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# if you want to enable nat for your local network, otherwise NO\n"
"ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:49962
msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag"
msgstr "使用 PPPoE 服務標籤"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49964
msgid ""
"Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the "
"connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE "
"servers attached to a given network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49969
msgid ""
"Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided "
"by the <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49972
msgid ""
"As a last resort, one could try installing the <package>net/rr-pppoe</"
"package> package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your "
"modem and render it useless, so think twice before doing it. Simply install "
"the program shipped with the modem. Then, access the <guimenu>System</"
"guimenu> menu from the program. The name of the profile should be listed "
"there. It is usually <emphasis>ISP</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49981
msgid ""
"The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry "
"in <filename>ppp.conf</filename> as the provider part for <command>set "
"device</command>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for full details. It "
"should look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:49987
#, no-wrap
msgid "set device PPPoE:<replaceable>xl1</replaceable>:<replaceable>ISP</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49989
msgid ""
"Do not forget to change <replaceable>xl1</replaceable> to the proper device "
"for the Ethernet card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49992
msgid "Do not forget to change <replaceable>ISP</replaceable> to the profile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:49995
msgid ""
"For additional information, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://renaud."
"waldura.com/doc/freebsd/pppoe/\">Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL</"
"link> by Renaud Waldura."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50001
msgid ""
"PPPoE with a <trademark class=\"registered\">3Com</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">HomeConnect</trademark> ADSL Modem Dual Link"
msgstr ""
"在 <trademark class=\"registered\">3Com</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">HomeConnect</trademark> ADSL Modem Dual Link 使用 PPPoE"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50005
msgid ""
"This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html\">RFC 2516</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50009
msgid ""
"In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl "
"must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating "
"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50014
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50016
msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50018
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50020
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to "
"talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">3Com</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">HomeConnect</trademark> "
"ADSL Modem at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50028
msgid ""
"Using <application>PPP</application> over <acronym>ATM</acronym> (PPPoA)"
msgstr "在 ATM 使用 <application>PPP</application> (PPPoA)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50031
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>PPP</acronym></primary> <secondary>over <acronym>ATM</"
"acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50036
msgid "<primary>PPPoA</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50040
msgid ""
"The following describes how to set up PPP over <acronym>ATM</acronym> "
"(PPPoA). PPPoA is a popular choice among European DSL providers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50097
msgid "Using mpd"
msgstr "使用 mpd"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50099
msgid ""
"The <application>mpd</application> application can be used to connect to a "
"variety of services, in particular PPTP services. It can be installed using "
"the <package>net/mpd5</package> package or port. Many ADSL modems require "
"that a PPTP tunnel is created between the modem and computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50106
msgid ""
"Once installed, configure <application>mpd</application> to suit the "
"provider's settings. The port places a set of sample configuration files "
"which are well documented in <filename>/usr/local/etc/mpd/</filename>. A "
"complete guide to configure <application>mpd</application> is available in "
"HTML format in <filename>/usr/ports/share/doc/mpd/</filename>. Here is a "
"sample configuration for connecting to an ADSL service with "
"<application>mpd</application>. The configuration is spread over two files, "
"first the <filename>mpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:50118
msgid ""
"This example <filename>mpd.conf</filename> only works with <application>mpd</"
"application> 4.x."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\n"
"    load adsl\n"
"\n"
"adsl:\n"
"    new -i ng0 adsl adsl\n"
"    set bundle authname <replaceable>username</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-user\"/>\n"
"    set bundle password <replaceable>password</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-pass\"/>\n"
"    set bundle disable multilink\n"
"\n"
"    set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n"
"    set link disable chap\n"
"    set link accept chap\n"
"    set link keep-alive 30 10\n"
"\n"
"    set ipcp no vjcomp\n"
"    set ipcp ranges 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"\n"
"    set iface route default\n"
"    set iface disable on-demand\n"
"    set iface enable proxy-arp\n"
"    set iface idle 0\n"
"\n"
"    open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50148
msgid "The username used to authenticate with your <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50152
msgid "The password used to authenticate with your <acronym>ISP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50157
msgid ""
"Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in <filename>mpd."
"links</filename>. An example <filename>mpd.links</filename> to accompany the "
"above example is given beneath:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50162
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adsl:\n"
"    set link type pptp\n"
"    set pptp mode active\n"
"    set pptp enable originate outcall\n"
"    set pptp self <replaceable>10.0.0.1</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-self\"/>\n"
"    set pptp peer <replaceable>10.0.0.138</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-mpd-ex-peer\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50171
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of FreeBSD computer running "
"<application>mpd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50175
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel "
"<trademark>SpeedTouch</trademark> Home defaults to <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.138</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50180
msgid ""
"It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following "
"command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50184
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpd -b <replaceable>adsl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50186
msgid "To view the status of the connection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>ng0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"ng0: flags=88d1&lt;UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"     inet 216.136.204.117 --&gt; 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffffff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50192
msgid ""
"Using <application>mpd</application> is the recommended way to connect to an "
"ADSL service with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50197
msgid "Using pptpclient"
msgstr "使用 pptpclient"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50199
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using "
"<package>net/pptpclient</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50202
msgid ""
"To use <package>net/pptpclient</package> to connect to a DSL service, "
"install the port or package, then edit <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</"
"filename>. An example section of <filename>ppp.conf</filename> is given "
"below. For further information on <filename>ppp.conf</filename> options "
"consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50209
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"adsl:\n"
" set log phase chat lcp ipcp ccp tun command\n"
" set timeout 0\n"
" enable dns\n"
" set authname <replaceable>username</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-pptp-ex-user\"/>\n"
" set authkey <replaceable>password</replaceable> <co xml:id=\"co-pptp-ex-pass\"/>\n"
" set ifaddr 0 0\n"
" add default HISADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50220
msgid "The username for the DSL provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:50224
msgid "The password for your account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50229
msgid ""
"Since the account's password is added to <filename>ppp.conf</filename>in "
"plain text form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 /etc/ppp/ppp.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50238
msgid ""
"This will open a tunnel for a <acronym>PPP</acronym> session to the DSL "
"router. Ethernet DSL modems have a preconfigured LAN <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address to connect to. In the case of the Alcatel <trademark>SpeedTouch</"
"trademark> Home, this address is <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.138</"
"systemitem>. The router's documentation should list the address the device "
"uses. To open the tunnel and start a <acronym>PPP</acronym> session:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50247
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pptp <replaceable>address</replaceable> <replaceable>adsl</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:50250
msgid ""
"If an ampersand (<quote>&amp;</quote>) is added to the end of this command, "
"<application>pptp</application> will return the prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50256
msgid ""
"A <filename>tun</filename> virtual tunnel device will be created for "
"interaction between the <application>pptp</application> and "
"<application>ppp</application> processes. Once the prompt is returned, or "
"the <application>pptp</application> process has confirmed a connection, "
"examine the tunnel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>tun0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"tun0: flags=8051&lt;UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"        inet 216.136.204.21 --&gt; 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffff00\n"
"\tOpened by PID 918"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50269
msgid ""
"If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is "
"usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of "
"<command>pptp</command> and the contents of the log file, <filename>/var/log/"
"ppp.log</filename> for clues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50290
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Bill</firstname><surname>Lloyd</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Original work by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50294
msgid ""
"<personname><firstname>Jim</firstname><surname>Mock</surname></"
"personname><contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50304
msgid ""
"<quote>Electronic Mail</quote>, better known as email, is one of the most "
"widely used forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic "
"introduction to running a mail server on FreeBSD, as well as an introduction "
"to sending and receiving email using FreeBSD. For more complete coverage of "
"this subject, refer to the books listed in <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<quote>電子郵件</quote> 或稱 email，是現今使用最廣泛的溝通方式之一。本章主要"
"介紹如何在 FreeBSD 上執行郵件伺服器，以及如何使用 FreeBSD 收發信件，若欲瞭解"
"細節請參閱 <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/> 內的參考書籍。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50315
msgid ""
"Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic "
"mail."
msgstr "哪些軟體元件與收發電子郵件有關。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50320
msgid ""
"Where basic <application>Sendmail</application> configuration files are "
"located in FreeBSD."
msgstr "FreeBSD 內的 <application>Sendmail</application> 設定檔在哪。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50325
msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes."
msgstr "遠端信箱 (Mailbox) 與本機信箱的差異。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50330
msgid "How to block spammers from illegally using a mail server as a relay."
msgstr "如何阻擋垃圾郵件寄件者 (Spammer) 非法使用郵件伺服器作為中繼站。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50335
msgid ""
"How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing "
"<application>Sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""
"如何安裝與設定其他的郵件傳輸代理程式 (Mail Transfer Agent) 來取代 "
"<application>Sendmail</application>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50341
msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems."
msgstr "如何排除常見的郵件伺服器問題。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50345
msgid "How to set up the system to send mail only."
msgstr "如何設定系統只能寄送郵件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50349
msgid "How to use mail with a dialup connection."
msgstr "如何在撥號連線上使用郵件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50353
msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security."
msgstr "如何設定 SMTP 認証來增加安全性。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50358
msgid ""
"How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as <application>mutt</"
"application>, to send and receive email."
msgstr ""
"如何安裝並使用郵件使用者代理程式 (Mail User Agent) 如 <application>mutt</"
"application> 來寄發與接收電子郵件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50364
msgid ""
"How to download mail from a remote <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> server."
msgstr ""
"如何從遠端的 <acronym>POP</acronym> 或 <acronym>IMAP</acronym> 伺服器下載郵"
"件。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50370
msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email."
msgstr "如何自動套用過濾器及規則在收到的電子郵件上。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50379
msgid ""
"Properly set up a network connection (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/"
">)."
msgstr "正確的設定網路連線 (<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50383
msgid ""
"Properly set up the <acronym>DNS</acronym> information for a mail host "
"(<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/>)."
msgstr ""
"正確的設定郵件主機的 <acronym>DNS</acronym> 資訊 (<xref linkend=\"network-"
"servers\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50395
msgid "Mail Components"
msgstr "郵件組成"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50397
msgid "<primary>POP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50398
msgid "<primary>IMAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50400
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Sendmail</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50404
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Postfix</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50408
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>qmail</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50412
msgid ""
"<primary>mail server daemons</primary> <secondary><application>Exim</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50416
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>receiving</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50420 book.translate.xml:51092 book.translate.xml:51211
#: book.translate.xml:56044
msgid "<primary>MX record</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50421
msgid "<primary>mail host</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50423
msgid ""
"There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User "
"Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>), the Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</"
"acronym>), a mail host, a remote or local mailbox, and <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym>. This section provides an overview of these components."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50431
msgid "Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50433
msgid ""
"The Mail User Agent (<acronym>MUA</acronym>) is an application which is used "
"to compose, send, and receive emails. This application can be a command line "
"program, such as the built-in <command>mail</command> utility or a third-"
"party application from the Ports Collection, such as <application>mutt</"
"application>, <application>alpine</application>, or <application>elm</"
"application>. Dozens of graphical programs are also available in the Ports "
"Collection, including <application>Claws Mail</application>, "
"<application>Evolution</application>, and <application>Thunderbird</"
"application>. Some organizations provide a web mail program which can be "
"accessed through a web browser. More information about installing and using "
"a <acronym>MUA</acronym> on FreeBSD can be found in <xref linkend=\"mail-"
"agents\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50453
msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50455
msgid ""
"The Mail Transfer Agent (<acronym>MTA</acronym>) is responsible for "
"receiving incoming mail and delivering outgoing mail. FreeBSD ships with "
"<application>Sendmail</application> as the default <acronym>MTA</acronym>, "
"but it also supports numerous other mail server daemons, including "
"<application>Exim</application>, <application>Postfix</application>, and "
"<application>qmail</application>. <application>Sendmail</application> "
"configuration is described in <xref linkend=\"sendmail\"/>. If another "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed using the Ports Collection, refer to its "
"post-installation message for FreeBSD-specific configuration details and the "
"application's website for more general configuration instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50475
msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50477
msgid ""
"The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving "
"mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the "
"domain and stores it either in the default <filename>mbox</filename> or the "
"alternative Maildir format, depending on the configuration. Once mail has "
"been stored, it may either be read locally using a <acronym>MUA</acronym> or "
"remotely accessed and collected using protocols such as <acronym>POP</"
"acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym>. If mail is read locally, a "
"<acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> server does not need to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50490
msgid ""
"To access mailboxes remotely, a <acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> server is required as these protocols allow users to connect to "
"their mailboxes from remote locations. <acronym>IMAP</acronym> offers "
"several advantages over <acronym>POP</acronym>. These include the ability to "
"store a copy of messages on a remote server after they are downloaded and "
"concurrent updates. <acronym>IMAP</acronym> can be useful over low-speed "
"links as it allows users to fetch the structure of messages without "
"downloading them. It can also perform tasks such as searching on the server "
"in order to minimize data transfer between clients and servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50503
msgid ""
"Several <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers are "
"available in the Ports Collection. These include <package>mail/qpopper</"
"package>, <package>mail/imap-uw</package>, <package>mail/courier-imap</"
"package>, and <package>mail/dovecot2</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50512
msgid ""
"It should be noted that both <acronym>POP</acronym> and <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> transmit information, including username and password credentials, "
"in clear-text. To secure the transmission of information across these "
"protocols, consider tunneling sessions over "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> (<xref linkend=\"security-ssh-tunneling\"/>) or using "
"<acronym>SSL</acronym> (<xref linkend=\"openssl\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:50524 book.translate.xml:55128
msgid "Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)"
msgstr "網域名稱系統 (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50526
msgid ""
"The Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) and its daemon "
"<command>named</command> play a large role in the delivery of email. In "
"order to deliver mail from one site to another, the <acronym>MTA</acronym> "
"will look up the remote site in <acronym>DNS</acronym> to determine which "
"host will receive mail for the destination. This process also occurs when "
"mail is sent from a remote host to the <acronym>MTA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50535
msgid ""
"In addition to mapping hostnames to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is responsible for storing information specific to "
"mail delivery, known as Mail eXchanger <acronym>MX</acronym> records. The "
"<acronym>MX</acronym> record specifies which hosts will receive mail for a "
"particular domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50543
msgid ""
"To view the <acronym>MX</acronym> records for a domain, specify the type of "
"record. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>host</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, for more details "
"about this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50547
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>host -t mx FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD.org mail is handled by 10 mx1.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50550
msgid ""
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"network-dns\"/> for more information about "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> and its configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:50560
msgid "<application>Sendmail</application> Configuration Files"
msgstr "<application>Sendmail</application> 設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50564
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Christopher</firstname> <surname>Shumway</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50574
msgid "<primary><application>Sendmail</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50578
msgid ""
"<application>Sendmail</application> is the default <acronym>MTA</acronym> "
"installed with FreeBSD. It accepts mail from <acronym>MUA</acronym>s and "
"delivers it to the appropriate mail host, as defined by its configuration. "
"<application>Sendmail</application> can also accept network connections and "
"deliver mail to local mailboxes or to another program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50586
msgid ""
"The configuration files for <application>Sendmail</application> are located "
"in <filename>/etc/mail</filename>. This section describes these files in "
"more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50591
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/access</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50594
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50597
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/local-host-names</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50600
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50603
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/mailertable</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50606
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50609
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50615
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/access</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50617
msgid ""
"This access database file defines which hosts or <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"addresses have access to the local mail server and what kind of access they "
"have. Hosts listed as <option>OK</option>, which is the default option, are "
"allowed to send mail to this host as long as the mail's final destination is "
"the local machine. Hosts listed as <option>REJECT</option> are rejected for "
"all mail connections. Hosts listed as <option>RELAY</option> are allowed to "
"send mail for any destination using this mail server. Hosts listed as "
"<option>ERROR</option> will have their mail returned with the specified mail "
"error. If a host is listed as <option>SKIP</option>, <application>Sendmail</"
"application> will abort the current search for this entry without accepting "
"or rejecting the mail. Hosts listed as <option>QUARANTINE</option> will have "
"their messages held and will receive the specified text as the reason for "
"the hold."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50635
msgid ""
"Examples of using these options for both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses can be found in the FreeBSD sample "
"configuration, <filename>/etc/mail/access.sample</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50640
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Mail relay access control list.  Default is to reject mail unless the\n"
"# destination is local, or listed in /etc/mail/local-host-names\n"
"#\n"
"## Examples (commented out for safety)\n"
"#From:cyberspammer.com          ERROR:\"550 We don't accept mail from spammers\"\n"
"#From:okay.cyberspammer.com     OK\n"
"#Connect:sendmail.org           RELAY\n"
"#To:sendmail.org                RELAY\n"
"#Connect:128.32                 RELAY\n"
"#Connect:128.32.2               SKIP\n"
"#Connect:IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7     RELAY\n"
"#Connect:suspicious.example.com QUARANTINE:Mail from suspicious host\n"
"#Connect:[127.0.0.3]            OK\n"
"#Connect:[IPv6:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8] OK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50657
msgid ""
"To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make "
"entries in <filename>/etc/mail/access</filename>, but do not put a comment "
"symbol (<literal>#</literal>) in front of the entries. Create an entry for "
"each host or network whose access should be configured. Mail senders that "
"match the left side of the table are affected by the action on the right "
"side of the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50666
msgid ""
"Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart "
"<application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>makemap hash /etc/mail/access &lt; /etc/mail/access</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50675
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50677
msgid ""
"This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to "
"users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to "
"illustrate the file format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50682
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root: localuser\n"
"ftp-bugs: joe,eric,paul\n"
"bit.bucket:  /dev/null\n"
"procmail: \"|/usr/local/bin/procmail\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50687
msgid ""
"The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) "
"on the right. The first entry expands the <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">root</systemitem> mailbox to the <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">localuser</systemitem> mailbox, which is then looked up in the <filename>/"
"etc/mail/aliases</filename> database. If no match is found, the message is "
"delivered to <systemitem class=\"username\">localuser</systemitem>. The "
"second entry shows a mail list. Mail to <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp-"
"bugs</systemitem> is expanded to the three local mailboxes <systemitem class="
"\"username\">joe</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">eric</"
"systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">paul</systemitem>. A remote "
"mailbox could be specified as <replaceable>user@example.com</replaceable>. "
"The third entry shows how to write mail to a file, in this case <filename>/"
"dev/null</filename>. The last entry demonstrates how to send mail to a "
"program, <filename>/usr/local/bin/procmail</filename>, through a <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>aliases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about the format of this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50705
msgid ""
"Whenever this file is updated, run <command>newaliases</command> to update "
"and initialize the aliases database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50739
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50741
msgid ""
"This is the master configuration file for <application>Sendmail</"
"application>. It controls the overall behavior of <application>Sendmail</"
"application>, including everything from rewriting email addresses to "
"printing rejection messages to remote mail servers. Accordingly, this "
"configuration file is quite complex. Fortunately, this file rarely needs to "
"be changed for standard mail servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50750
msgid ""
"The master <application>Sendmail</application> configuration file can be "
"built from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>m4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> macros that define the features and behavior of "
"<application>Sendmail</application>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/contrib/"
"sendmail/cf/README</filename> for some of the details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50757
msgid ""
"Whenever changes to this file are made, <application>Sendmail</application> "
"needs to be restarted for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50764
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50766
msgid ""
"This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real "
"mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in "
"<filename>/etc/mail/aliases</filename>, or files. This allows multiple "
"virtual domains to be hosted on one machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50773
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in <filename>/etc/mail/"
"virtusertable.sample</filename> to further demonstrate its format. The "
"following example demonstrates how to create custom entries using that "
"format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50779
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root@example.com                root\n"
"postmaster@example.com          postmaster@noc.example.net\n"
"@example.com                    joe"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50783
msgid ""
"This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address matches "
"the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on the "
"right. The format of the first entry in this example maps a specific email "
"address to a local mailbox, whereas the format of the second entry maps a "
"specific email address to a remote mailbox. Finally, any email address from "
"<literal>example.com</literal> which has not matched any of the previous "
"entries will match the last mapping and be sent to the local mailbox "
"<literal>joe</literal>. When creating custom entries, use this format and "
"add them to <filename>/etc/mail/virtusertable</filename>. Whenever this file "
"is edited, update its database and restart <application>Sendmail</"
"application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50798
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable &lt; /etc/mail/virtusertable</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:50804
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/relay-domains</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50806
msgid ""
"In a default FreeBSD installation, <application>Sendmail</application> is "
"configured to only send mail from the host it is running on. For example, if "
"a <acronym>POP</acronym> server is available, users will be able to check "
"mail from remote locations but they will not be able to send outgoing emails "
"from outside locations. Typically, a few moments after the attempt, an email "
"will be sent from <literal>MAILER-DAEMON</literal> with a <errorname>5.7 "
"Relaying Denied</errorname> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50817
msgid ""
"The most straightforward solution is to add the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s "
"<acronym>FQDN</acronym> to <filename>/etc/mail/relay-domains</filename>. If "
"multiple addresses are needed, add them one per line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50823
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"your.isp.example.com\n"
"other.isp.example.net\n"
"users-isp.example.org\n"
"www.example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50828
msgid ""
"After creating or editing this file, restart <application>Sendmail</"
"application> with <command>service sendmail restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:50832
msgid ""
"Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the "
"user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send "
"mail from the system remotely without opening the system up to relaying "
"<acronym>SPAM</acronym> from the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:50844
msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent"
msgstr "更改郵件傳輸代理程式"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50847
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Andrew</firstname> <surname>Boothman</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:50857
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Gregory</firstname> <surname>Neil Shapiro</surname> "
"</personname> <contrib>Information taken from emails written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:50867
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>change mta</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50872
msgid ""
"FreeBSD comes with <application>Sendmail</application> already installed as "
"the <acronym>MTA</acronym> which is in charge of outgoing and incoming mail. "
"However, the system administrator can change the system's <acronym>MTA</"
"acronym>. A wide choice of alternative <acronym>MTA</acronym>s is available "
"from the <literal>mail</literal> category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50880
msgid ""
"Once a new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed, configure and test the new "
"software before replacing <application>Sendmail</application>. Refer to the "
"documentation of the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> for information on how to "
"configure the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:50886
msgid ""
"Once the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is working, use the instructions in this "
"section to disable <application>Sendmail</application> and configure FreeBSD "
"to use the replacement <acronym>MTA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50892
msgid "Disable <application>Sendmail</application>"
msgstr "關閉 <application>Sendmail</application>"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:50895
msgid ""
"If <application>Sendmail</application>'s outgoing mail service is disabled, "
"it is important that it is replaced with an alternative mail delivery "
"system. Otherwise, system functions such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will be unable to deliver their results by email. "
"Many parts of the system expect a functional <acronym>MTA</acronym>. If "
"applications continue to use <application>Sendmail</application>'s binaries "
"to try to send email after they are disabled, mail could go into an inactive "
"<application>Sendmail</application> queue and never be delivered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50907
msgid ""
"In order to completely disable <application>Sendmail</application>, add or "
"edit the following lines in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50911
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_submit_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_outbound_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"sendmail_msp_queue_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50916
msgid ""
"To only disable <application>Sendmail</application>'s incoming mail service, "
"use only this entry in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50920
#, no-wrap
msgid "sendmail_enable=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50922
msgid ""
"More information on <application>Sendmail</application>'s startup options is "
"available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.sendmail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:50927
msgid "Replace the Default <acronym>MTA</acronym>"
msgstr "替換預設的 <acronym>MTA</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50929
msgid ""
"When a new <acronym>MTA</acronym> is installed using the Ports Collection, "
"its startup script is also installed and startup instructions are mentioned "
"in its package message. Before starting the new <acronym>MTA</acronym>, stop "
"the running <application>Sendmail</application> processes. This example "
"stops all of these services, then starts the <application>Postfix</"
"application> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:50937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sendmail stop</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service postfix start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50940
msgid ""
"To start the replacement <acronym>MTA</acronym> at system boot, add its "
"configuration line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This entry enables "
"the Postfix <acronym>MTA</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50945
#, no-wrap
msgid "postfix_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50947
msgid ""
"Some extra configuration is needed as <application>Sendmail</application> is "
"so ubiquitous that some software assumes it is already installed and "
"configured. Check <filename>/etc/periodic.conf</filename> and make sure that "
"these values are set to <literal>NO</literal>. If this file does not exist, "
"create it with these entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50954
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_status_mail_rejects_enable=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_status_include_submit_mailq=\"NO\"\n"
"daily_submit_queuerun=\"NO\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50959
msgid ""
"Some alternative <acronym>MTA</acronym>s provide their own compatible "
"implementations of the <application>Sendmail</application> command-line "
"interface in order to facilitate using them as drop-in replacements for "
"<application>Sendmail</application>. However, some <acronym>MUA</acronym>s "
"may try to execute standard <application>Sendmail</application> binaries "
"instead of the new <acronym>MTA</acronym>'s binaries. FreeBSD uses "
"<filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename> to map the expected "
"<application>Sendmail</application> binaries to the location of the new "
"binaries. More information about this mapping can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailwrapper</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50972
msgid "The default <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50975
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"#\n"
"sendmail        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"send-mail       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"mailq           /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"hoststat        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"purgestat       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50986
msgid ""
"When any of the commands listed on the left are run, the system actually "
"executes the associated command shown on the right. This system makes it "
"easy to change what binaries are executed when these default binaries are "
"invoked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:50991
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, when installed using the Ports Collection, "
"will prompt to update this file for the new binaries. For example, "
"<application>Postfix</application> will update the file like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:50996
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# Execute the Postfix sendmail program, named /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"#\n"
"sendmail        /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"send-mail       /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"mailq           /usr/local/sbin/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/local/sbin/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51004
msgid ""
"If the installation of the <acronym>MTA</acronym> does not automatically "
"update <filename>/etc/mail/mailer.conf</filename>, edit this file in a text "
"editor so that it points to the new binaries. This example points to the "
"binaries installed by <package>mail/ssmtp</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51011
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sendmail        /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"send-mail       /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n"
"mailq           /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"newaliases      /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"hoststat        /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n"
"purgestat       /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51018
msgid ""
"Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. "
"Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly "
"configured to start the new <acronym>MTA</acronym> automatically on boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51028
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:51036
msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51041
msgid ""
"The host may actually be in a different domain. For example, in order for a "
"host in <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foo.bar.edu</systemitem> to reach "
"a host called <systemitem>mumble</systemitem> in the <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">bar.edu</systemitem> domain, refer to it by the Fully-"
"Qualified Domain Name <acronym>FQDN</acronym>, <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">mumble.bar.edu</systemitem>, instead of just "
"<systemitem>mumble</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51050 book.translate.xml:55142
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51049
msgid ""
"This is because the version of <application>BIND</application><_:indexterm-1/"
"> which ships with FreeBSD no longer provides default abbreviations for non-"
"FQDNs other than the local domain. An unqualified host such as "
"<systemitem>mumble</systemitem> must either be found as <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">mumble.foo.bar.edu</systemitem>, or it will be searched for "
"in the root domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51058
msgid ""
"In older versions of <application>BIND</application>, the search continued "
"across <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.bar.edu</systemitem>, and "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mumble.edu</systemitem>. RFC 1535 details "
"why this is considered bad practice or even a security hole."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51064
msgid "As a good workaround, place the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51066
#, no-wrap
msgid "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51068
msgid "instead of the previous:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51070
#, no-wrap
msgid "domain foo.bar.edu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51072
msgid ""
"into <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. However, make sure that the "
"search order does not go beyond the <quote>boundary between local and public "
"administration</quote>, as RFC 1535 calls it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:51081
msgid "How can I run a mail server on a dial-up PPP host?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51086
msgid ""
"Connect to a FreeBSD mail gateway on the LAN. The PPP connection is non-"
"dedicated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51089
msgid ""
"One way to do this is to get a full-time Internet server to provide "
"secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> <_:indexterm-1/> services for the domain. In "
"this example, the domain is <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</"
"systemitem> and the ISP has configured <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">example.net</systemitem> to provide secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> "
"services to the domain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.com.          MX        10      example.com.\n"
"                      MX        20      example.net."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51103
msgid ""
"Only one host should be specified as the final recipient. For "
"<application>Sendmail</application>, add <literal>Cw example.com</literal> "
"in <filename>/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</filename> on <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51108
msgid ""
"When the sending <acronym>MTA</acronym> attempts to deliver mail, it will "
"try to connect to the system, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"com</systemitem>, over the PPP link. This will time out if the destination "
"is offline. The <acronym>MTA</acronym> will automatically deliver it to the "
"secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> site at the Internet Service Provider "
"(<acronym>ISP</acronym>), <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</"
"systemitem>. The secondary <acronym>MX</acronym> site will periodically try "
"to connect to the primary <acronym>MX</acronym> host, <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51120
msgid "Use something like this as a login script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"# Put me in /usr/local/bin/pppmyisp\n"
"( sleep 60 ; /usr/sbin/sendmail -q ) &amp;\n"
"/usr/sbin/ppp -direct pppmyisp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51127
msgid ""
"When creating a separate login script for users, instead use "
"<command>sendmail -qRexample.com</command> in the script above. This will "
"force all mail in the queue for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"com</systemitem> to be processed immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:51134
msgid ""
"A further refinement of the situation can be seen from this example from the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isp"
"\">FreeBSD Internet service provider's mailing list</link>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51137
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&gt; we provide the secondary MX for a customer. The customer connects to\n"
"&gt; our services several times a day automatically to get the mails to\n"
"&gt; his primary MX (We do not call his site when a mail for his domains\n"
"&gt; arrived). Our sendmail sends the mailqueue every 30 minutes. At the\n"
"&gt; moment he has to stay 30 minutes online to be sure that all mail is\n"
"&gt; gone to the primary MX.\n"
"&gt;\n"
"&gt; Is there a command that would initiate sendmail to send all the mails\n"
"&gt; now? The user has not root-privileges on our machine of course.\n"
"\n"
"In the <quote>privacy flags</quote> section of sendmail.cf, there is a\n"
"definition Opgoaway,restrictqrun\n"
"\n"
"Remove restrictqrun to allow non-root users to start the queue processing.\n"
"You might also like to rearrange the MXs. We are the 1st MX for our\n"
"customers like this, and we have defined:\n"
"\n"
"# If we are the best MX for a host, try directly instead of generating\n"
"# local config error.\n"
"OwTrue\n"
"\n"
"That way a remote site will deliver straight to you, without trying\n"
"the customer connection.  You then send to your customer.  Only works for\n"
"<quote>hosts</quote>, so you need to get your customer to name their mail\n"
"machine <quote>customer.com</quote> as well as\n"
"<quote>hostname.customer.com</quote> in the DNS.  Just put an A record in\n"
"the DNS for <quote>customer.com</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51172
msgid ""
"This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and "
"setting up mail for an entire domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51178
msgid "<primary>email</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51183
msgid ""
"Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as <filename>/"
"etc/resolv.conf</filename> is configured or the network has access to a "
"configured <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. To have email delivered to the "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym> on the FreeBSD host, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51191
msgid "Run a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server for the domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51196
msgid ""
"Get mail delivered directly to the <acronym>FQDN</acronym> for the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51202
msgid ""
"In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent "
"static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a "
"firewall, it must be configured to allow SMTP traffic. To receive mail "
"directly at a host, one of these two must be configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51210
msgid ""
"Make sure that the lowest-numbered <acronym>MX</acronym><_:indexterm-1/> "
"record in <acronym>DNS</acronym> points to the host's static IP address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51218
msgid ""
"Make sure there is no <acronym>MX</acronym> entry in the <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> for the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51223
msgid ""
"Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51226
msgid "Try this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hostname</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>host example.FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51233
msgid ""
"In this example, mail sent directly to <email role=\"nolink"
"\">yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org</email> should work without problems, "
"assuming <application>Sendmail</application> is running correctly on "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51239
msgid "For this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>host example.FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n"
"example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51245
msgid ""
"All mail sent to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.FreeBSD.org</"
"systemitem> will be collected on <systemitem>hub</systemitem> under the same "
"username instead of being sent directly to your host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51249
msgid ""
"The above information is handled by the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. The "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> record that carries mail routing information is the "
"<acronym>MX</acronym> entry. If no <acronym>MX</acronym> record exists, mail "
"will be delivered directly to the host by way of its IP address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51256
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MX</acronym> entry for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> at one time looked like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51259
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n"
"freefall\t\tMX\t40\tagora.rdrop.com\n"
"freefall\t\tMX\t10\tfreefall.FreeBSD.org\n"
"freefall\t\tMX\t20\twho.cdrom.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51264
msgid ""
"<systemitem>freefall</systemitem> had many <acronym>MX</acronym> entries. "
"The lowest <acronym>MX</acronym> number is the host that receives mail "
"directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some reason, the next "
"lower-numbered host will accept messages temporarily, and pass it along when "
"a lower-numbered host becomes available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51272
msgid ""
"Alternate <acronym>MX</acronym> sites should have separate Internet "
"connections in order to be most useful. Your <acronym>ISP</acronym> can "
"provide this service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51278
msgid "Mail for a Domain"
msgstr "網域中的郵件"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51280
msgid ""
"When configuring a <acronym>MTA</acronym> for a network, any mail sent to "
"hosts in its domain should be diverted to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> so that "
"users can receive their mail on the master mail server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51286
msgid ""
"To make life easiest, a user account with the same <emphasis>username</"
"emphasis> should exist on both the <acronym>MTA</acronym> and the system "
"with the <acronym>MUA</acronym>. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the user "
"accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51292
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MTA</acronym> must be the designated mail exchanger for each "
"workstation on the network. This is done in the<acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"configuration with an <acronym>MX</acronym> record:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51297
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n"
"\t\t\tMX\t10 nevdull.FreeBSD.org\t; Mailhost"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51300
msgid ""
"This will redirect mail for the workstation to the <acronym>MTA</acronym> no "
"matter where the A record points. The mail is sent to the <acronym>MX</"
"acronym> host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51304
msgid ""
"This must be configured on a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. If the network "
"does not run its own <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, talk to the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym> or <acronym>DNS</acronym> provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51310
msgid ""
"The following is an example of virtual email hosting. Consider a customer "
"with the domain <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</"
"systemitem>, where all the mail for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">customer1.org</systemitem> should be sent to <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">mail.myhost.com</systemitem>. The <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"entry should look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51316
#, no-wrap
msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51318
msgid ""
"An <literal>A</literal>&gt; record is <emphasis>not</emphasis> needed for "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> in order to "
"only handle email for that domain. However, running <command>ping</command> "
"against <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">customer1.org</systemitem> will "
"not work unless an <literal>A</literal> record exists for it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51325
msgid ""
"Tell the <acronym>MTA</acronym> which domains and/or hostnames it should "
"accept mail for. Either of the following will work for "
"<application>Sendmail</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51331
msgid ""
"Add the hosts to <filename>/etc/mail/local-host-names</filename> when using "
"the <literal>FEATURE(use_cw_file)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51337
msgid ""
"Add a <literal>Cwyour.host.com</literal> line to <filename>/etc/sendmail.cf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51346
msgid "Setting Up to Send Only"
msgstr "寄件設定"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51349
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Moran</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51359
msgid ""
"There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a "
"relay. Some examples are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51364
msgid ""
"The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>send-pr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, using the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mail relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51370
msgid ""
"The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to "
"pass off all mail to a relay for processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51376
msgid ""
"While any <acronym>MTA</acronym> is capable of filling this particular "
"niche, it can be difficult to properly configure a full-featured "
"<acronym>MTA</acronym> just to handle offloading mail. Programs such as "
"<application>Sendmail</application> and <application>Postfix</application> "
"are overkill for this use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51383
msgid ""
"Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one "
"from running a <quote>mail server</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51386
msgid ""
"The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to install the <package>mail/"
"ssmtp</package> port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51389
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install replace clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51392
msgid ""
"Once installed, <package>mail/ssmtp</package> can be configured with "
"<filename>/usr/local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51396
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"root=yourrealemail@example.com\n"
"mailhub=mail.example.com\n"
"rewriteDomain=example.com\n"
"hostname=_HOSTNAME_"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51401
msgid ""
"Use the real email address for <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem>. Enter the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s outgoing mail relay in place "
"of <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.example.com</systemitem>. Some "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym>s call this the <quote>outgoing mail server</quote> or "
"<quote>SMTP server</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51407
msgid ""
"Make sure to disable <application>Sendmail</application>, including the "
"outgoing mail service. See <xref linkend=\"mail-disable-sendmail\"/> for "
"details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51410
msgid ""
"<package>mail/ssmtp</package> has some other options available. Refer to the "
"examples in <filename>/usr/local/etc/ssmtp</filename> or the manual page of "
"<application>ssmtp</application> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51415
msgid ""
"Setting up <application>ssmtp</application> in this manner allows any "
"software on the computer that needs to send mail to function properly, while "
"not violating the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s usage policy or allowing the "
"computer to be hijacked for spamming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:51423
msgid "Using Mail with a Dialup Connection"
msgstr "在撥號連線使用郵件"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51425
msgid ""
"When using a static IP address, one should not need to adjust the default "
"configuration. Set the hostname to the assigned Internet name and "
"<application>Sendmail</application> will do the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51430
msgid ""
"When using a dynamically assigned IP address and a dialup PPP connection to "
"the Internet, one usually has a mailbox on the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mail "
"server. In this example, the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s domain is <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">example.net</systemitem>, the user name is "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">user</systemitem>, the hostname is "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</systemitem>, and the "
"<acronym>ISP</acronym> has allowed <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">relay."
"example.net</systemitem> as a mail relay."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51439
msgid ""
"In order to retrieve mail from the <acronym>ISP</acronym>'s mailbox, install "
"a retrieval agent from the Ports Collection. <package>mail/fetchmail</"
"package> is a good choice as it supports many different protocols. Usually, "
"the <acronym>ISP</acronym> will provide <acronym>POP</acronym>. When using "
"user <acronym>PPP</acronym>, email can be automatically fetched when an "
"Internet connection is established with the following entry in <filename>/"
"etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"MYADDR:\n"
"!bg su user -c fetchmail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51452
msgid ""
"When using <application>Sendmail</application> to deliver mail to non-local "
"accounts, configure <application>Sendmail</application> to process the mail "
"queue as soon as the Internet connection is established. To do this, add "
"this line after the above <command>fetchmail</command> entry in <filename>/"
"etc/ppp/ppp.linkup</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51459
#, no-wrap
msgid "  !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51461
msgid ""
"In this example, there is an account for <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">user</systemitem> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</"
"systemitem>. In the home directory of <systemitem class=\"username\">user</"
"systemitem> on <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">bsd.home</systemitem>, "
"create a <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> which contains this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51468
#, no-wrap
msgid "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51470
msgid ""
"This file should not be readable by anyone except <systemitem class="
"\"username\">user</systemitem> as it contains the password "
"<literal>MySecret</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51474
msgid ""
"In order to send mail with the correct <literal>from:</literal> header, "
"configure <application>Sendmail</application> to use <email>user@example."
"net</email> rather than <email role=\"nolink\">user@bsd.home</email> and to "
"send all mail via <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">relay.example.net</"
"systemitem>, allowing quicker mail transmission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51481
msgid "The following <filename>.mc</filename> should suffice:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51484
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n"
"OSTYPE(bsd4.4)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nouucp)dnl\n"
"MAILER(local)dnl\n"
"MAILER(smtp)dnl\n"
"Cwlocalhost\n"
"Cwbsd.home\n"
"MASQUERADE_AS(`example.net')dnl\n"
"FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nocanonify)dnl\n"
"FEATURE(nodns)dnl\n"
"define(`SMART_HOST', `relay.example.net')\n"
"Dmbsd.home\n"
"define(`confDOMAIN_NAME',`bsd.home')dnl\n"
"define(`confDELIVERY_MODE',`deferred')dnl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51501
msgid ""
"Refer to the previous section for details of how to convert this file into "
"the <filename>sendmail.cf</filename> format. Do not forget to restart "
"<application>Sendmail</application> after updating <filename>sendmail.cf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51509
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
msgstr "SMTP 認證"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51512
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>James</firstname> <surname>Gorham</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51522
msgid ""
"Configuring <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication on the <acronym>MTA</"
"acronym> provides a number of benefits. <acronym>SMTP</acronym> "
"authentication adds a layer of security to <application>Sendmail</"
"application>, and provides mobile users who switch hosts the ability to use "
"the same <acronym>MTA</acronym> without the need to reconfigure their mail "
"client's settings each time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51532
msgid ""
"Install <package>security/cyrus-sasl2</package> from the Ports Collection. "
"This port supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP "
"authentication method demonstrated in this example, make sure that "
"<option>LOGIN</option> is not disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51541
msgid ""
"After installing <package>security/cyrus-sasl2</package>, edit <filename>/"
"usr/local/lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf</filename>, or create it if it does not "
"exist, and add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51547
#, no-wrap
msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51551
msgid ""
"Next, install <package>security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd</package> and add the "
"following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51556
#, no-wrap
msgid "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51558
msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51560
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service saslauthd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51562
msgid ""
"This daemon serves as a broker for <application>Sendmail</application> to "
"authenticate against the FreeBSD <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> database. This saves "
"the trouble of creating a new set of usernames and passwords for each user "
"that needs to use <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication, and keeps the "
"login and mail password the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51571
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> and add the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n"
"SENDMAIL_LDFLAGS=-L/usr/local/lib\n"
"SENDMAIL_LDADD=-lsasl2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51578
msgid ""
"These lines provide <application>Sendmail</application> the proper "
"configuration options for linking to <package>cyrus-sasl2</package> at "
"compile time. Make sure that <package>cyrus-sasl2</package> has been "
"installed before recompiling <application>Sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51587
msgid ""
"Recompile <application>Sendmail</application> by executing the following "
"commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51590
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/lib/libsm</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/usr.sbin/sendmail</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make cleandir &amp;&amp; make obj &amp;&amp; make &amp;&amp; make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51597
msgid ""
"This compile should not have any problems if <filename>/usr/src</filename> "
"has not changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51603
msgid ""
"After <application>Sendmail</application> has been compiled and reinstalled, "
"edit <filename>/etc/mail/freebsd.mc</filename> or the local <filename>.mc</"
"filename>. Many administrators choose to use the output from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> as the name of <filename>.mc</filename> for "
"uniqueness. Add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:51611
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dnl set SASL options\n"
"TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl\n"
"define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51615
msgid ""
"These options configure the different methods available to "
"<application>Sendmail</application> for authenticating users. To use a "
"method other than <application>pwcheck</application>, refer to the "
"<application>Sendmail</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:51623
msgid ""
"Finally, run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> while in <filename>/etc/mail</filename>. That will "
"run the new <filename>.mc</filename> and create a <filename>.cf</filename> "
"named either <filename>freebsd.cf</filename> or the name used for the local "
"<filename>.mc</filename>. Then, run <command>make install restart</command>, "
"which will copy the file to <filename>sendmail.cf</filename>, and properly "
"restart <application>Sendmail</application>. For more information about this "
"process, refer to <filename>/etc/mail/Makefile</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51637
msgid ""
"To test the configuration, use a <acronym>MUA</acronym> to send a test "
"message. For further investigation, set the <option>LogLevel</option> of "
"<application>Sendmail</application> to <literal>13</literal> and watch "
"<filename>/var/log/maillog</filename> for any errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51643
msgid ""
"For more information, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sendmail.org/"
"~ca/email/auth.html\"> <acronym>SMTP</acronym> authentication</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:51649
msgid "Mail User Agents"
msgstr "郵件使用者代理程式"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:51652 book.translate.xml:52009 book.translate.xml:52109
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Silver</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:51662
msgid "<primary>Mail User Agents</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:51666
msgid ""
"A <acronym>MUA</acronym> is an application that is used to send and receive "
"email. As email <quote>evolves</quote> and becomes more complex, "
"<acronym>MUA</acronym>s are becoming increasingly powerful and provide users "
"increased functionality and flexibility. The <literal>mail</literal> "
"category of the FreeBSD Ports Collection contains numerous <acronym>MUA</"
"acronym>s. These include graphical email clients such as "
"<application>Evolution</application> or <application>Balsa</application> and "
"console based clients such as <application>mutt</application> or "
"<application>alpine</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51679
msgid "<command>mail</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51681
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is the default <acronym>MUA</acronym> installed with FreeBSD. "
"It is a console based <acronym>MUA</acronym> that offers the basic "
"functionality required to send and receive text-based email. It provides "
"limited attachment support and can only access local mailboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51688
msgid ""
"Although <command>mail</command> does not natively support interaction with "
"<acronym>POP</acronym> or <acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers, these mailboxes "
"may be downloaded to a local <filename>mbox</filename> using an application "
"such as <application>fetchmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51695
msgid "In order to send and receive email, run <command>mail</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51698
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mail</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51700
msgid ""
"The contents of the user's mailbox in <filename>/var/mail</filename> are "
"automatically read by <command>mail</command>. Should the mailbox be empty, "
"the utility exits with a message indicating that no mail could be found. If "
"mail exists, the application interface starts, and a list of messages will "
"be displayed. Messages are automatically numbered, as can be seen in the "
"following example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51709
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mail version 8.1 6/6/93.  Type ? for help.\n"
"\"/var/mail/marcs\": 3 messages 3 new\n"
"&gt;N  1 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/510   \"test\"\n"
" N  2 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/509   \"user account\"\n"
" N  3 root@localhost        Mon Mar  8 14:05  14/509   \"sample\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51715
msgid ""
"Messages can now be read by typing <keycap>t</keycap> followed by the "
"message number. This example reads the first email:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51719
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>t 1</userinput>\n"
"Message 1:\n"
"From root@localhost  Mon Mar  8 14:05:52 2004\n"
"X-Original-To: marcs@localhost\n"
"Delivered-To: marcs@localhost\n"
"To: marcs@localhost\n"
"Subject: test\n"
"Date: Mon,  8 Mar 2004 14:05:52 +0200 (SAST)\n"
"From: root@localhost (Charlie Root)\n"
"\n"
"This is a test message, please reply if you receive it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51731
msgid ""
"As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers. To "
"display the list of messages again, press <keycap>h</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51735
msgid ""
"If the email requires a reply, press either <keycap>R</keycap> or <keycap>r</"
"keycap> <command>mail</command> keys. <keycap>R</keycap> instructs "
"<command>mail</command> to reply only to the sender of the email, while "
"<keycap>r</keycap> replies to all other recipients of the message. These "
"commands can be suffixed with the mail number of the message to reply to. "
"After typing the response, the end of the message should be marked by a "
"single <keycap>.</keycap> on its own line. An example can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51746
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>R 1</userinput>\n"
"To: root@localhost\n"
"Subject: Re: test\n"
"\n"
"<userinput>Thank you, I did get your email.\n"
".</userinput>\n"
"EOT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51754
msgid ""
"In order to send a new email, press <keycap>m</keycap>, followed by the "
"recipient email address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating "
"each address with the <keycap>,</keycap> delimiter. The subject of the "
"message may then be entered, followed by the message contents. The end of "
"the message should be specified by putting a single <keycap>.</keycap> on "
"its own line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51762
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&amp; <userinput>mail root@localhost</userinput>\n"
"Subject: <userinput>I mastered mail\n"
"\n"
"Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n"
".</userinput>\n"
"EOT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51769
msgid ""
"While using <command>mail</command>, press <keycap>?</keycap> to display "
"help at any time. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more help on how "
"to use <command>mail</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:51775
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with "
"them poorly. Newer <acronym>MUA</acronym>s handle attachments in a more "
"intelligent way. Users who prefer to use <command>mail</command> may find "
"the <package>converters/mpack</package> port to be of considerable use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51785
msgid "<application>mutt</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51787
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> is a powerful <acronym>MUA</acronym>, with "
"many features, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51792
msgid "The ability to thread messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51796
msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51801
msgid "MIME support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51805
msgid "Maildir support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:51809
msgid "Highly customizable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51813
msgid ""
"Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mutt.org\">http://www.mutt.org</uri> "
"for more information on <application>mutt</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51817
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> may be installed using the <package>mail/"
"mutt</package> port. After the port has been installed, <application>mutt</"
"application> can be started by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51822
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mutt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51824
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> will automatically read and display the "
"contents of the user mailbox in <filename>/var/mail</filename>. If no mails "
"are found, <application>mutt</application> will wait for commands from the "
"user. The example below shows <application>mutt</application> displaying a "
"list of messages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51834
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51838
msgid ""
"To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press <keycap>Enter</"
"keycap>. An example of <application>mutt</application> displaying email can "
"be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51845
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51849
msgid ""
"Similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <application>mutt</application> can be used to "
"reply only to the sender of the message as well as to all recipients. To "
"reply only to the sender of the email, press <keycap>r</keycap>. To send a "
"group reply to the original sender as well as all the message recipients, "
"press <keycap>g</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:51857
msgid ""
"By default, <application>mutt</application> uses the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> editor for creating and replying to emails. Each user can "
"customize this by creating or editing the <filename>.muttrc</filename> in "
"their home directory and setting the <literal>editor</literal> variable or "
"by setting the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable. Refer to <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.mutt.org/\">http://www.mutt.org/</uri> for more "
"information about configuring <application>mutt</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51868
msgid ""
"To compose a new mail message, press <keycap>m</keycap>. After a valid "
"subject has been given, <application>mutt</application> will start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> so the email can be written. Once the contents of the email "
"are complete, save and quit from <command>vi</command>. <application>mutt</"
"application> will resume, displaying a summary screen of the mail that is to "
"be delivered. In order to send the mail, press <keycap>y</keycap>. An "
"example of the summary screen can be seen below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51880
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/mutt3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51884
msgid ""
"<application>mutt</application> contains extensive help which can be "
"accessed from most of the menus by pressing <keycap>?</keycap>. The top line "
"also displays the keyboard shortcuts where appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:51892
msgid "<application>alpine</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51894
msgid ""
"<application>alpine</application> is aimed at a beginner user, but also "
"includes some advanced features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:51898
msgid ""
"<application>alpine</application> has had several remote vulnerabilities "
"discovered in the past, which allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary "
"code as users on the local system, by the action of sending a specially-"
"prepared email. While <emphasis>known</emphasis> problems have been fixed, "
"<application>alpine</application> code is written in an insecure style and "
"the FreeBSD Security Officer believes there are likely to be other "
"undiscovered vulnerabilities. Users install <application>alpine</"
"application> at their own risk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51910
msgid ""
"The current version of <application>alpine</application> may be installed "
"using the <package>mail/alpine</package> port. Once the port has installed, "
"<application>alpine</application> can be started by issuing the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:51916
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>alpine</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51918
msgid ""
"The first time <application>alpine</application> runs, it displays a "
"greeting page with a brief introduction, as well as a request from the "
"<application>alpine</application> development team to send an anonymous "
"email message allowing them to judge how many users are using their client. "
"To send this anonymous message, press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Alternatively, "
"press <keycap>E</keycap> to exit the greeting without sending an anonymous "
"message. An example of the greeting page is shown below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51931
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51935
msgid ""
"The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor "
"keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, "
"browsing mail directories, and administering address book entries. Below the "
"main menu, relevant keyboard shortcuts to perform functions specific to the "
"task at hand are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51942
msgid ""
"The default directory opened by <application>alpine</application> is "
"<filename>inbox</filename>. To view the message index, press <keycap>I</"
"keycap>, or select the <guimenuitem>MESSAGE INDEX</guimenuitem> option shown "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51951
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51955
msgid ""
"The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be "
"navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by "
"pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51962
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51966
msgid ""
"In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by "
"<application>alpine</application>. Contextual keyboard shortcuts are "
"displayed at the bottom of the screen. An example of one of a shortcut is "
"<keycap>r</keycap>, which tells the <acronym>MUA</acronym> to reply to the "
"current message being displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51975
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51979
msgid ""
"Replying to an email in <application>alpine</application> is done using the "
"<application>pico</application> editor, which is installed by default with "
"<application>alpine</application>. <application>pico</application> makes it "
"easy to navigate the message and is easier for novice users to use than "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Once the reply is "
"complete, the message can be sent by pressing <keycombo action=\"simul"
"\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo>. <application>alpine</"
"application> will ask for confirmation before sending the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:51992
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='mail/pine5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:51996
msgid ""
"<application>alpine</application> can be customized using the "
"<guimenuitem>SETUP</guimenuitem> option from the main menu. Consult <uri "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.washington.edu/alpine/\">http://www.washington.edu/"
"alpine/</uri> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52006
msgid "Using <application>fetchmail</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>fetchmail</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52019
msgid "<primary>fetchmail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52023
msgid ""
"<application>fetchmail</application> is a full-featured <acronym>IMAP</"
"acronym> and <acronym>POP</acronym> client. It allows users to automatically "
"download mail from remote <acronym>IMAP</acronym> and <acronym>POP</acronym> "
"servers and save it into local mailboxes where it can be accessed more "
"easily. <application>fetchmail</application> can be installed using the "
"<package>mail/fetchmail</package> port, and offers various features, "
"including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52034
msgid ""
"Support for the <acronym>POP3</acronym>, <acronym>APOP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>KPOP</acronym>, <acronym>IMAP</acronym>, <acronym>ETRN</acronym> "
"and <acronym>ODMR</acronym> protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52041
msgid ""
"Ability to forward mail using <acronym>SMTP</acronym>, which allows "
"filtering, forwarding, and aliasing to function normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52047
msgid "May be run in daemon mode to check periodically for new messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52052
msgid ""
"Can retrieve multiple mailboxes and forward them, based on configuration, to "
"different local users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52057
msgid ""
"This section explains some of the basic features of <application>fetchmail</"
"application>. This utility requires a <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> "
"configuration in the user's home directory in order to run correctly. This "
"file includes server information as well as login credentials. Due to the "
"sensitive nature of the contents of this file, it is advisable to make it "
"readable only by the user, with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52066
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod 600 .fetchmailrc</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52068
msgid ""
"The following <filename>.fetchmailrc</filename> serves as an example for "
"downloading a single user mailbox using <acronym>POP</acronym>. It tells "
"<application>fetchmail</application> to connect to <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> using a username of <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">joesoap</systemitem> and a password of <literal>XXX</"
"literal>. This example assumes that the user <systemitem class=\"username"
"\">joesoap</systemitem> exists on the local system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52078
#, no-wrap
msgid "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52080
msgid ""
"The next example connects to multiple <acronym>POP</acronym> and "
"<acronym>IMAP</acronym> servers and redirects to different local usernames "
"where applicable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52084
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"poll example.com proto pop3:\n"
"user \"joesoap\", with password \"XXX\", is \"jsoap\" here;\n"
"user \"andrea\", with password \"XXXX\";\n"
"poll example2.net proto imap:\n"
"user \"john\", with password \"XXXXX\", is \"myth\" here;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52090
msgid ""
"<application>fetchmail</application> can be run in daemon mode by running it "
"with <option>-d</option>, followed by the interval (in seconds) that "
"<application>fetchmail</application> should poll servers listed in "
"<filename>.fetchmailrc</filename>. The following example configures "
"<application>fetchmail</application> to poll every 600 seconds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52098
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>fetchmail -d 600</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52100
msgid ""
"More information on <application>fetchmail</application> can be found at "
"<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.fetchmail.info/\">http://www.fetchmail.info/</"
"uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52106
msgid "Using <application>procmail</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>procmail</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52119
msgid "<primary>procmail</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52123
msgid ""
"<application>procmail</application> is a powerful application used to filter "
"incoming mail. It allows users to define <quote>rules</quote> which can be "
"matched to incoming mails to perform specific functions or to reroute mail "
"to alternative mailboxes or email addresses. <application>procmail</"
"application> can be installed using the <package>mail/procmail</package> "
"port. Once installed, it can be directly integrated into most <acronym>MTA</"
"acronym>s. Consult the <acronym>MTA</acronym> documentation for more "
"information. Alternatively, <application>procmail</application> can be "
"integrated by adding the following line to a <filename>.forward</filename> "
"in the home directory of the user:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52137
#, no-wrap
msgid "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52139
msgid ""
"The following section displays some basic <application>procmail</"
"application> rules, as well as brief descriptions of what they do. Rules "
"must be inserted into a <filename>.procmailrc</filename>, which must reside "
"in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52145
msgid ""
"The majority of these rules can be found in <citerefentry vendor=\"ports"
"\"><refentrytitle>procmailex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52148
msgid ""
"To forward all mail from <email>user@example.com</email> to an external "
"address of <email role=\"nolink\">goodmail@example2.com</email>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^From.*user@example.com\n"
"! goodmail@example2.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52155
msgid ""
"To forward all mails shorter than 1000 bytes to an external address of "
"<email role=\"nolink\">goodmail@example2.com</email>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52158
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* &lt; 1000\n"
"! goodmail@example2.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52162
msgid ""
"To send all mail sent to <email>alternate@example.com</email> to a mailbox "
"called <filename>alternate</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52166
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^TOalternate@example.com\n"
"alternate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52170
msgid ""
"To send all mail with a subject of <quote>Spam</quote> to <filename>/dev/"
"null</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52173
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"^Subject:.*Spam\n"
"/dev/null"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52177
msgid ""
"A useful recipe that parses incoming <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> mailing lists and places each list in its own "
"mailbox:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52180
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
":0\n"
"* ^Sender:.owner-freebsd-\\/[^@]+@FreeBSD.ORG\n"
"{\n"
"\tLISTNAME=${MATCH}\n"
"\t:0\n"
"\t* LISTNAME??^\\/[^@]+\n"
"\tFreeBSD-${MATCH}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:52210
msgid "Network Servers"
msgstr "網路伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52215
msgid ""
"This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems. This includes "
"installing, configuring, testing, and maintaining many different types of "
"network services. Example configuration files are included throughout this "
"chapter for reference."
msgstr ""
"本章節涵蓋一些在 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統常用的"
"網路服務，包含安裝、設定、測試及維護各種不同類型的網路服務。本章會提供範例設"
"定檔以供參考。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52221
msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:"
msgstr "讀完本章，您將了解："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52225
msgid "How to manage the <application>inetd</application> daemon."
msgstr "如何管理 <application>inetd</application> Daemon。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52230
msgid "How to set up the Network File System (<acronym>NFS</acronym>)."
msgstr "如何設定網路檔案系統 (Network File System, <acronym>NFS</acronym>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52235
msgid ""
"How to set up the Network Information Server (<acronym>NIS</acronym>) for "
"centralizing and sharing user accounts."
msgstr ""
"如何設定網路資訊伺服器 (Network Information Server, <acronym>NIS</acronym>) "
"來集中管理及共用使用者帳號。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52241
msgid ""
"How to set FreeBSD up to act as an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server or client"
msgstr "如何設定 FreeBSD 成為 <acronym>LDAP</acronym> 伺服器或客戶端。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52246
msgid "How to set up automatic network settings using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>."
msgstr "如何設定使用 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 自動網路設定。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52251
msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (<acronym>DNS</acronym>)."
msgstr "如何設定網域名稱伺服器 (Domain Name Server, <acronym>DNS</acronym>)。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52256
msgid ""
"How to set up the <application>Apache</application> <acronym>HTTP</acronym> "
"Server."
msgstr ""
"如何設定 <application>Apache</application> <acronym>HTTP</acronym> 伺服器。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52261
msgid "How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) server."
msgstr ""
"如何設定檔案傳輸協定 (File Transfer Protocol, <acronym>FTP</acronym>) 伺服"
"器。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52266
msgid ""
"How to set up a file and print server for <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> clients using <application>Samba</application>."
msgstr ""
"如何設定 <application>Samba</application> 檔案與列印伺服器供 <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 客戶端使用。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52271
msgid ""
"How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the "
"Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""
"如何同步時間與日期，並使用網路時間協定 (Network Time Protocol, <acronym>NTP</"
"acronym>) 設定時間伺服器。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52277
msgid "How to set up <acronym>iSCSI</acronym>."
msgstr "如何設定 <acronym>iSCSI</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52281
msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:"
msgstr "本章假設您有以下基礎知識："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52285
msgid "<filename>/etc/rc</filename> scripts."
msgstr "<filename>/etc/rc</filename> Script。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52289
msgid "Network terminology."
msgstr "網路術語。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52293
msgid ""
"Installation of additional third-party software (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>)."
msgstr "安裝其他第三方軟體 (<xref linkend=\"ports\"/>)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:52300
msgid "The <application>inetd</application> Super-Server"
msgstr "<application>inetd</application> 超級伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52321
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server "
"because it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting "
"multiple applications, only the <application>inetd</application> service "
"needs to be started. When a connection is received for a service that is "
"managed by <application>inetd</application>, it determines which program the "
"connection is destined for, spawns a process for that program, and delegates "
"the program a socket. Using <application>inetd</application> for services "
"that are not heavily used can reduce system load, when compared to running "
"each daemon individually in stand-alone mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52333
msgid ""
"Primarily, <application>inetd</application> is used to spawn other daemons, "
"but several trivial protocols are handled internally, such as "
"<application>chargen</application>, <application>auth</application>, "
"<application>time</application>, <application>echo</application>, "
"<application>discard</application>, and <application>daytime</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52342
msgid ""
"This section covers the basics of configuring <application>inetd</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52346
msgid "Configuration File"
msgstr "設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52348
msgid ""
"Configuration of <application>inetd</application> is done by editing "
"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. Each line of this configuration file "
"represents an application which can be started by <application>inetd</"
"application>. By default, every line starts with a comment (<literal>#</"
"literal>), meaning that <application>inetd</application> is not listening "
"for any applications. To configure <application>inetd</application> to "
"listen for an application's connections, remove the <literal>#</literal> at "
"the beginning of the line for that application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52360
msgid ""
"After saving your edits, configure <application>inetd</application> to start "
"at system boot by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52364 book.translate.xml:65494
#, no-wrap
msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52366
msgid ""
"To start <application>inetd</application> now, so that it listens for the "
"service you configured, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52369 book.translate.xml:65516
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52371
msgid ""
"Once <application>inetd</application> is started, it needs to be notified "
"whenever a modification is made to <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:52376
msgid "Reloading the <application>inetd</application> Configuration File"
msgstr "重新庫入 <application>inetd</application> 設定檔"

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52379
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service inetd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52382
msgid ""
"Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited "
"beyond removing the <literal>#</literal>. In some situations, it may be "
"appropriate to edit the default entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52387
msgid ""
"As an example, this is the default entry for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> over IPv4:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52390
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftp     stream  tcp     nowait  root    /usr/libexec/ftpd       ftpd -l"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52392
msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52394
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"service-name\n"
"socket-type\n"
"protocol\n"
"{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-ip]]]\n"
"user[:group][/login-class]\n"
"server-program\n"
"server-program-arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52402 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52406
msgid "service-name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52409
msgid ""
"The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service "
"listed in <filename>/etc/services</filename>. This determines which port "
"<application>inetd</application> listens on for incoming connections to that "
"service. When using a custom service, it must first be added to <filename>/"
"etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52420
msgid "socket-type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52423
msgid ""
"Either <literal>stream</literal>, <literal>dgram</literal>, <literal>raw</"
"literal>, or <literal>seqpacket</literal>. Use <literal>stream</literal> for "
"TCP connections and <literal>dgram</literal> for <acronym>UDP</acronym> "
"services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52433
msgid "protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52436
msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52442
msgid "Protocol Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52443
msgid "Explanation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52449
msgid "tcp or tcp4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52450
msgid "TCP IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52454
msgid "udp or udp4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52455
msgid "<acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52459
msgid "tcp6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52460
msgid "TCP IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52464
msgid "udp6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52465
msgid "<acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52469
msgid "tcp46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52470
msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52474
msgid "udp46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52475
msgid "Both <acronym>UDP</acronym> IPv4 and IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52485
msgid ""
"{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-"
"ip]]]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52488
msgid ""
"In this field, <option>wait</option> or <option>nowait</option> must be "
"specified. <option>max-child</option>, <option>max-connections-per-ip-per-"
"minute</option> and <option>max-child-per-ip</option> are optional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52494
msgid ""
"<option>wait|nowait</option> indicates whether or not the service is able to "
"handle its own socket. <option>dgram</option> socket types must use "
"<option>wait</option> while <option>stream</option> daemons, which are "
"usually multi-threaded, should use <option>nowait</option>. <option>wait</"
"option> usually hands off multiple sockets to a single daemon, while "
"<option>nowait</option> spawns a child daemon for each new socket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52504
msgid ""
"The maximum number of child daemons <application>inetd</application> may "
"spawn is set by <option>max-child</option>. For example, to limit ten "
"instances of the daemon, place a <literal>/10</literal> after "
"<option>nowait</option>. Specifying <literal>/0</literal> allows an "
"unlimited number of children."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52512
msgid ""
"<option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> limits the number of "
"connections from any particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address per minute. "
"Once the limit is reached, further connections from this IP address will be "
"dropped until the end of the minute. For example, a value of <literal>/10</"
"literal> would limit any particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address to ten "
"connection attempts per minute. <option>max-child-per-ip</option> limits the "
"number of child processes that can be started on behalf on any single "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address at any moment. These options can limit "
"excessive resource consumption and help to prevent Denial of Service attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52526
msgid ""
"An example can be seen in the default settings for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fingerd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52529
#, no-wrap
msgid "finger stream  tcp     nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52534
msgid "user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52537
msgid ""
"The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</"
"systemitem>, or <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52546
msgid "server-program"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52549
msgid ""
"The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by "
"<application>inetd</application> internally, use <option>internal</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52556
msgid "server-program-arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52559
msgid ""
"Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on "
"invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use <option>internal</"
"option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52569
msgid "Command-Line Options"
msgstr "指令列選項"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52571
msgid ""
"Like most server daemons, <application>inetd</application> has a number of "
"options that can be used to modify its behavior. By default, "
"<application>inetd</application> is started with <literal>-wW -C 60</"
"literal>. These options enable TCP wrappers for all services, including "
"internal services, and prevent any <acronym>IP</acronym> address from "
"requesting any service more than 60 times per minute."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52579
msgid ""
"To change the default options which are passed to <application>inetd</"
"application>, add an entry for <literal>inetd_flags</literal> in <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>. If <application>inetd</application> is already "
"running, restart it with <command>service inetd restart</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52586
msgid "The available rate limiting options are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52590
msgid "-c maximum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52593
msgid ""
"Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each "
"service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service "
"basis by using <option>max-child</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52602
msgid "-C rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52605
msgid ""
"Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a "
"single <acronym>IP</acronym> address per minute. May be overridden on a per-"
"service basis by using <option>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</option> in "
"<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52615
msgid "-R rate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52618
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, "
"where the default is <literal>256</literal>. A rate of <literal>0</literal> "
"allows an unlimited number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:52626
msgid "-s maximum"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52629
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address at any one time, where the default is "
"unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service basis by using <option>max-"
"child-per-ip</option> in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52639
msgid ""
"Additional options are available. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the full list of options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52646
msgid ""
"Many of the daemons which can be managed by <application>inetd</application> "
"are not security-conscious. Some daemons, such as <application>fingerd</"
"application>, can provide information that may be useful to an attacker. "
"Only enable the services which are needed and monitor the system for "
"excessive connection attempts. <literal>max-connections-per-ip-per-minute</"
"literal>, <literal>max-child</literal> and <literal>max-child-per-ip</"
"literal> can be used to limit such attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52657
msgid ""
"By default, TCP wrappers is enabled. Consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts_access</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on placing TCP restrictions "
"on various <application>inetd</application> invoked daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52666
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr "網路檔案系統 (NFS)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52669
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52679
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Bill</firstname> <surname>Swingle</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52690
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports the Network File System (<acronym>NFS</acronym>), which "
"allows a server to share directories and files with clients over a network. "
"With <acronym>NFS</acronym>, users and programs can access files on remote "
"systems as if they were stored locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52696
msgid ""
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses "
"include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52701
msgid ""
"Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a "
"single location and accessed by clients on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52707
msgid ""
"Several clients may need access to the <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</"
"filename> directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the "
"source files without having to download them to each client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52715
msgid ""
"On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server on which all user home directories are stored. "
"Users can log into a client anywhere on the network and have access to their "
"home directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52723
msgid ""
"Administration of <acronym>NFS</acronym> exports is simplified. For example, "
"there is only one file system where security or backup policies must be set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:52729
msgid ""
"Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the "
"network. This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and "
"provides a centralized location to manage their security. It is often more "
"convenient to install software on multiple machines from a centralized "
"installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52738
msgid ""
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> consists of a server and one or more clients. The "
"client remotely accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In "
"order for this to function properly, a few processes have to be configured "
"and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52743
msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52744
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52748
msgid "<primary>file server</primary> <secondary>UNIX clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52753 book.translate.xml:53261
msgid "<primary><application>rpcbind</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52756
msgid "<primary><application>mountd</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52759
msgid "<primary><application>nfsd</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52770
msgid "Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52777
msgid "<application>nfsd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52778
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NFS</acronym> daemon which services requests from <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52783
msgid "<application>mountd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52784
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NFS</acronym> mount daemon which carries out requests received "
"from <application>nfsd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52790
msgid "<application>rpcbind</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:52791
msgid ""
"This daemon allows <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients to discover which port the "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server is using."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:52799
msgid ""
"Running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nfsiod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the client can improve performance, but is not "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52803
msgid "Configuring the Server"
msgstr "設定伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52805
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52810
msgid ""
"The file systems which the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server will share are "
"specified in <filename>/etc/exports</filename>. Each line in this file "
"specifies a file system to be exported, which clients have access to that "
"file system, and any access options. When adding entries to this file, each "
"exported file system, its properties, and allowed hosts must occur on a "
"single line. If no clients are listed in the entry, then any client on the "
"network can mount that file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52819
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>export examples</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52824
msgid ""
"The following <filename>/etc/exports</filename> entries demonstrate how to "
"export file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems "
"and client names on the reader's network. There are many options that can be "
"used in this file, but only a few will be mentioned here. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>exports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for the full list of options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52831
msgid ""
"This example shows how to export <filename>/cdrom</filename> to three hosts "
"named <replaceable>alpha</replaceable>, <replaceable>bravo</replaceable>, "
"and <replaceable>charlie</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52837
#, no-wrap
msgid "/cdrom -ro <replaceable>alpha</replaceable> <replaceable>bravo</replaceable> <replaceable>charlie</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52839
msgid ""
"The <literal>-ro</literal> flag makes the file system read-only, preventing "
"clients from making any changes to the exported file system. This example "
"assumes that the host names are either in <acronym>DNS</acronym> or in "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> if the network does not have a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52847
msgid ""
"The next example exports <filename>/home</filename> to three clients by "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address. This can be useful for networks without "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> or <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> entries. The "
"<literal>-alldirs</literal> flag allows subdirectories to be mount points. "
"In other words, it will not automatically mount the subdirectories, but will "
"permit the client to mount the directories that are required as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52856
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/home  -alldirs  10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52858
msgid ""
"This next example exports <filename>/a</filename> so that two clients from "
"different domains may access that file system. The <option>-maproot=root</"
"option> allows <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> on the "
"remote system to write data on the exported file system as <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem>. If <literal>-maproot=root</literal> is not "
"specified, the client's <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> "
"user will be mapped to the server's <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</"
"systemitem> account and will be subject to the access limitations defined "
"for <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52867
#, no-wrap
msgid "/a  -maproot=root  host.example.com box.example.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52869
msgid ""
"A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if "
"<filename>/usr</filename> is a single file system, these entries would be "
"invalid as both entries specify the same host:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n"
"/usr/src   client\n"
"/usr/ports client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52878
msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52881
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports  client"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52883
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a valid export list, where <filename>/usr</"
"filename> and <filename>/exports</filename> are local file systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n"
"# client01 has root privileges on it\n"
"/usr/src /usr/ports -maproot=root    client01\n"
"/usr/src /usr/ports               client02\n"
"# The client machines have root and can mount anywhere\n"
"# on /exports. Anyone in the world can mount /exports/obj read-only\n"
"/exports -alldirs -maproot=root      client01 client02\n"
"/exports/obj -ro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52896
msgid ""
"To enable the processes required by the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server at "
"boot time, add these options to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52900
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"mountd_flags=\"-r\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52904
msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52907 book.translate.xml:65487
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service nfsd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52909
msgid ""
"Whenever the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server is started, <application>mountd</"
"application> also starts automatically. However, <application>mountd</"
"application> only reads <filename>/etc/exports</filename> when it is "
"started. To make subsequent <filename>/etc/exports</filename> edits take "
"effect immediately, force <application>mountd</application> to reread it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52917
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mountd reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52921
msgid "Configuring the Client"
msgstr "設定客戶端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52923
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>NFS</acronym> clients, set this option in each client's "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52926
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52928
msgid "Then, run this command on each <acronym>NFS</acronym> client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52931
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service nfsclient start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52933
msgid ""
"The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In "
"these examples, the server's name is <systemitem>server</systemitem> and the "
"client's name is <systemitem>client</systemitem>. To mount <filename>/home</"
"filename> on <systemitem>server</systemitem> to the <filename>/mnt</"
"filename> mount point on <systemitem>client</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:52942
msgid "<primary>NFS</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52946
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount server:/home /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52948
msgid ""
"The files and directories in <filename>/home</filename> will now be "
"available on <systemitem>client</systemitem>, in the <filename>/mnt</"
"filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52953
msgid ""
"To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52956
#, no-wrap
msgid "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52958
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of all available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:52963
msgid "Locking"
msgstr "鎖定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52965
msgid ""
"Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable "
"locking, add these lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on both the "
"client and server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:52970
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"rpc_statd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52973
msgid "Then start the applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:52975
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lockd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service statd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:52978
msgid ""
"If locking is not required on the server, the <acronym>NFS</acronym> client "
"can be configured to lock locally by including <option>-L</option> when "
"running <application>mount</application>. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_nfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:52987
msgid ""
"Automating Mounts with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 自動掛載"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:52990
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Wylie</firstname> <surname>Stilwell</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:53000
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53010
msgid "<primary>amd</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53011
msgid "<primary>automatic mounter daemon</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53015
msgid ""
"The automatic mounter daemon, <application>amd</application>, automatically "
"mounts a remote file system whenever a file or directory within that file "
"system is accessed. File systems that are inactive for a period of time will "
"be automatically unmounted by <application>amd</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53022
msgid ""
"This daemon provides an alternative to modifying <filename>/etc/fstab</"
"filename> to list every client. It operates by attaching itself as an "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server to the <filename>/host</filename> and "
"<filename>/net</filename> directories. When a file is accessed within one of "
"these directories, <application>amd</application> looks up the corresponding "
"remote mount and automatically mounts it. <filename>/net</filename> is used "
"to mount an exported file system from an <acronym>IP</acronym> address while "
"<filename>/host</filename> is used to mount an export from a remote "
"hostname. For instance, an attempt to access a file within <filename>/host/"
"foobar/usr</filename> would tell <application>amd</application> to mount the "
"<filename>/usr</filename> export on the host <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:53040
msgid "Mounting an Export with <application>amd</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>amd</application> 掛載 Export"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:53043
msgid ""
"In this example, <command>showmount -e</command> shows the exported file "
"systems that can be mounted from the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, "
"<systemitem>foobar</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53048
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>showmount -e foobar</userinput>\n"
"Exports list on foobar:\n"
"/usr                               10.10.10.0\n"
"/a                                 10.10.10.0\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /host/foobar/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53055
msgid ""
"The output from <command>showmount</command> shows <filename>/usr</filename> "
"as an export. When changing directories to <filename>/host/foobar/usr</"
"filename>, <application>amd</application> intercepts the request and "
"attempts to resolve the hostname <systemitem>foobar</systemitem>. If "
"successful, <application>amd</application> automatically mounts the desired "
"export."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53064
msgid ""
"To enable <application>amd</application> at boot time, add this line to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53067
#, no-wrap
msgid "amd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53069
msgid "To start <application>amd</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53071
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service amd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53073
msgid ""
"Custom flags can be passed to <application>amd</application> from the "
"<varname>amd_flags</varname> environment variable. By default, "
"<varname>amd_flags</varname> is set to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53078
#, no-wrap
msgid "amd_flags=\"-a /.amd_mnt -l syslog /host /etc/amd.map /net /etc/amd.map\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53080
msgid ""
"The default options with which exports are mounted are defined in <filename>/"
"etc/amd.map</filename>. Some of the more advanced features of "
"<application>amd</application> are defined in <filename>/etc/amd.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53085
msgid ""
"Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53090
msgid ""
"Automating Mounts with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 自動掛載"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:53093
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> automount facility is supported starting with "
"FreeBSD 10.1-RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions "
"of FreeBSD, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> instead. This chapter "
"only describes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> automounter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53101
msgid "<primary>autofs</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53102
msgid "<primary>automounter subsystem</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53106
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> facility is a common name for several components "
"that, together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems "
"whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. It "
"consists of the kernel component, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and several userspace "
"applications: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It serves as an "
"alternative for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>amd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> from previous FreeBSD "
"releases. Amd is still provided for backward compatibility purposes, as the "
"two use different map format; the one used by autofs is the same as with "
"other SVR4 automounters, such as the ones in Solaris, MacOS X, and Linux."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53119
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> virtual filesystem is mounted on specified "
"mountpoints by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, usually invoked "
"during boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53123
msgid ""
"Whenever a process attempts to access file within the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> mountpoint, the kernel will notify "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon and pause the triggering process. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon will handle kernel requests by finding the "
"proper map and mounting the filesystem according to it, then signal the "
"kernel to release blocked process. The "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon automatically unmounts automounted "
"filesystems after some time, unless they are still being used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53133
msgid ""
"The primary autofs configuration file is <filename>/etc/auto_master</"
"filename>. It assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an "
"explanation of <filename>auto_master</filename> and the map syntax, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auto_master</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53139
msgid ""
"There is a special automounter map mounted on <filename>/net</filename>. "
"When a file is accessed within this directory, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> looks up the corresponding remote mount and automatically "
"mounts it. For instance, an attempt to access a file within <filename>/net/"
"foobar/usr</filename> would tell <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to mount the "
"<filename>/usr</filename> export from the host <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:53149
msgid ""
"Mounting an Export with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""
"使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> 掛載 Export"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:53151
msgid ""
"In this example, <command>showmount -e</command> shows the exported file "
"systems that can be mounted from the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">foobar</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>showmount -e foobar</userinput>\n"
"Exports list on foobar:\n"
"/usr                               10.10.10.0\n"
"/a                                 10.10.10.0\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /net/foobar/usr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53163
msgid ""
"The output from <command>showmount</command> shows <filename>/usr</filename> "
"as an export. When changing directories to <filename>/host/foobar/usr</"
"filename>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> intercepts the request "
"and attempts to resolve the hostname <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">foobar</systemitem>. If successful, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically mounts the source export."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53171
msgid ""
"To enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53176
msgid ""
"Then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can be started by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53178
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automount start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service automountd start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service autounmountd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53182
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autofs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> map format is the same as in other operating "
"systems, it might be desirable to consult information from other operating "
"systems, such as the <link xlink:href=\"http://images.apple.com/business/"
"docs/Autofs.pdf\">Mac OS X document</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53187
msgid ""
"Consult the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>automount</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>automountd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>autounmountd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>auto_master</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:53216
msgid "Network Information System (<acronym>NIS</acronym>)"
msgstr "網路資訊系統 (<acronym>NIS</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53219
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53221
msgid "<primary>HP-UX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53222
msgid "<primary>AIX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53223
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53224
msgid "<primary>NetBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53225
msgid "<primary>OpenBSD</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53226
msgid "<primary>yellow pages</primary> <see>NIS</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53231
msgid ""
"Network Information System (<acronym>NIS</acronym>) is designed to "
"centralize administration of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</"
"trademark>-like systems such as <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, HP-UX, "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">AIX</trademark>, Linux, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and "
"FreeBSD. <acronym>NIS</acronym> was originally known as Yellow Pages but the "
"name was changed due to trademark issues. This is the reason why "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> commands begin with <literal>yp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53239
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>domains</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53244
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> is a Remote Procedure Call (<acronym>RPC</acronym>)-"
"based client/server system that allows a group of machines within an "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain to share a common set of configuration files. "
"This permits a system administrator to set up <acronym>NIS</acronym> client "
"systems with only minimal configuration data and to add, remove, or modify "
"configuration data from a single location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:53252
msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53256
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Terms and Processes"
msgstr "<acronym>NIS</acronym> 術語與程序"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53258
msgid ""
"Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53264
msgid "<primary><application>portmap</application></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:53269
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Terminology"
msgstr "<acronym>NIS</acronym> 術語"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53277 book.translate.xml:55172
msgid "Term"
msgstr "術語"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53284
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53286
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> servers and clients share an <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53293
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53295
msgid ""
"This service enables <acronym>RPC</acronym> and must be running in order to "
"run an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server or act as an <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53302
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53303
msgid ""
"This service binds an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client to its <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> server. It will take the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name and use "
"<acronym>RPC</acronym> to connect to the server. It is the core of client/"
"server communication in an <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment. If this "
"service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53315
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53316
msgid ""
"This is the process for the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. If this service "
"stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some "
"non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the "
"<application>ypbind</application> process may need to be restarted on these "
"clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53328
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.yppasswdd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53329
msgid ""
"This process only runs on <acronym>NIS</acronym> master servers. This daemon "
"allows <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients to change their <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> master server and change their passwords there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53345
msgid "Machine Types"
msgstr "主機類型"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53347
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>master server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53350 book.translate.xml:53707
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>slave server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53353
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>client</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53357
msgid ""
"There are three types of hosts in an <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53362
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53364
msgid ""
"This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information "
"and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients. The <filename>passwd</filename>, "
"<filename>group</filename>, and other various files used by <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> clients are stored on the master server. While it is possible for "
"one machine to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server for more than one "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain, this type of configuration will not be "
"covered in this chapter as it assumes a relatively small-scale <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53379
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53381
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers maintain copies of the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> master's data files in order to provide redundancy. Slave servers "
"also help to balance the load of the master server as <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"clients always attach to the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server which responds "
"first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53391
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:53393
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients authenticate against the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> server during log on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53399
msgid ""
"Information in many files can be shared using <acronym>NIS</acronym>. The "
"<filename>master.passwd</filename>, <filename>group</filename>, and "
"<filename>hosts</filename> files are commonly shared via <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym>. Whenever a process on a client needs information that would "
"normally be found in these files locally, it makes a query to the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> server that it is bound to instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53411
msgid "Planning Considerations"
msgstr "規劃注意事項"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53413
msgid ""
"This section describes a sample <acronym>NIS</acronym> environment which "
"consists of 15 FreeBSD machines with no centralized point of administration. "
"Each machine has its own <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
"master.passwd</filename>. These files are kept in sync with each other only "
"through manual intervention. Currently, when a user is added to the lab, the "
"process must be repeated on all 15 machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53422
msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53428
msgid "Machine name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53430
msgid "Machine role"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53436
msgid "<systemitem>ellington</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53437
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.2</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53438
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> master"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53442
msgid "<systemitem>coltrane</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53443
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.3</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53444
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> slave"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53448
msgid "<systemitem>basie</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53449
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.4</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53450
msgid "Faculty workstation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53454
msgid "<systemitem>bird</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53455
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.5</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53456
msgid "Client machine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53460
msgid "<systemitem>cli[1-11]</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53461
msgid "<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.[6-17]</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:53463
msgid "Other client machines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53469
msgid ""
"If this is the first time an <acronym>NIS</acronym> scheme is being "
"developed, it should be thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of "
"network size, several decisions need to be made as part of the planning "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53475
msgid "Choosing a <acronym>NIS</acronym> Domain Name"
msgstr "選擇 <acronym>NIS</acronym> 網域名稱"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53477
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>domain name</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53481
msgid ""
"When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain that it is part of. This is how multiple "
"servers on one network can tell which server should answer which request. "
"Think of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name as the name for a group of "
"hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53488
msgid ""
"Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause "
"confusion when trying to debug network problems. The <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain name should be unique within the network and it is helpful if it "
"describes the group of machines it represents. For example, the Art "
"department at Acme Inc. might be in the <quote>acme-art</quote> "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. This example will use the domain name "
"<literal>test-domain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53499
msgid ""
"However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> domain name to be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or "
"more machines on the network have this restriction, the Internet domain name "
"<emphasis>must</emphasis> be used as the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53508
msgid "Physical Server Requirements"
msgstr "實體伺服器需求"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53510
msgid ""
"There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> server. Since <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients depend "
"upon the availability of the server, choose a machine that is not rebooted "
"frequently. The <acronym>NIS</acronym> server should ideally be a stand "
"alone machine whose sole purpose is to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. "
"If the network is not heavily used, it is acceptable to put the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> server on a machine running other services. However, "
"if the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server becomes unavailable, it will adversely "
"affect all <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53526
msgid "Configuring the <acronym>NIS</acronym> Master Server"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>NIS</acronym> Master 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53529
msgid ""
"The canonical copies of all <acronym>NIS</acronym> files are stored on the "
"master server. The databases used to store the information are called "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. In FreeBSD, these maps are stored in <filename>/"
"var/yp/[domainname]</filename> where <filename>[domainname]</filename> is "
"the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. Since multiple domains are "
"supported, it is possible to have several directories, one for each domain. "
"Each domain will have its own independent set of maps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53540
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> master and slave servers handle all <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> requests through <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This daemon is "
"responsible for receiving incoming requests from <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"clients, translating the requested domain and map name to a path to the "
"corresponding database file, and transmitting data from the database back to "
"the client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53548
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>server configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53551
msgid ""
"Setting up a master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server can be relatively straight "
"forward, depending on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> support, it only needs to be enabled by adding the "
"following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53557
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-domainname\"/>\n"
"nis_server_enable=\"YES\"\t\t<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-server\"/>\n"
"nis_yppasswdd_enable=\"YES\"\t<co xml:id=\"network-nis-co-yppasswdd\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53563
msgid ""
"This line sets the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name to <literal>test-"
"domain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53568
msgid ""
"This automates the start up of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server processes "
"when the system boots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:53574
msgid ""
"This enables the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpc.yppasswdd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon so that users "
"can change their <acronym>NIS</acronym> password from a client machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53580
msgid ""
"Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are "
"also <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients. It is generally a good idea to force "
"the servers to bind to themselves rather than allowing them to broadcast "
"bind requests and possibly become bound to each other. Strange failure modes "
"can result if one server goes down and others are dependent upon it. "
"Eventually, all the clients will time out and attempt to bind to other "
"servers, but the delay involved can be considerable and the failure mode is "
"still present since the servers might bind to each other all over again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53592
msgid ""
"A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server "
"by adding these additional lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53596
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nis_client_enable=\"YES\" # run client stuff as well\n"
"nis_client_flags=\"-S <replaceable>NIS domain</replaceable>,<replaceable>server</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53599
msgid ""
"After saving the edits, type <command>/etc/netstart</command> to restart the "
"network and apply the values defined in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. "
"Before initializing the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps, start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53605
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ypserv start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53608
msgid "Initializing the <acronym>NIS</acronym> Maps"
msgstr "初始化 <acronym>NIS</acronym> 對應表"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53610
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>maps</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53614
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are generated from the configuration files in "
"<filename>/etc</filename> on the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master, with one "
"exception: <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. This is to prevent the "
"propagation of passwords to all the servers in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain. Therefore, before the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are initialized, "
"configure the primary password files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53623
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vi master.passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53627
msgid ""
"It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any "
"user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> clients, such as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
"systemitem> and any other administrative accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:53634
msgid ""
"Ensure that the <filename>/var/yp/master.passwd</filename> is neither group "
"or world readable by setting its permissions to <literal>600</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53640
msgid ""
"After completing this task, initialize the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. "
"FreeBSD includes the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypinit</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> script to do this. "
"When generating maps for the master server, include <option>-m</option> and "
"specify the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ypinit -m test-domain</userinput>\n"
"Server Type: MASTER Domain: test-domain\n"
"Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n"
"Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n"
"Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] <userinput>n</userinput>\n"
"Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n"
"If not, something might not work.\n"
"At this point, we have to construct a list of this domains YP servers.\n"
"rod.darktech.org is already known as master server.\n"
"Please continue to add any slave servers, one per line. When you are\n"
"done with the list, type a &lt;control D&gt;.\n"
"master server   :  ellington\n"
"next host to add:  <userinput>coltrane</userinput>\n"
"next host to add:  <userinput>^D</userinput>\n"
"The current list of NIS servers looks like this:\n"
"ellington\n"
"coltrane\n"
"Is this correct?  [y/n: y] <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"[..output from map generation..]\n"
"\n"
"NIS Map update completed.\n"
"ellington has been setup as an YP master server without any errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53670
msgid ""
"This will create <filename>/var/yp/Makefile</filename> from <filename>/var/"
"yp/Makefile.dist</filename>. By default, this file assumes that the "
"environment has a single <acronym>NIS</acronym> server with only FreeBSD "
"clients. Since <literal>test-domain</literal> has a slave server, edit this "
"line in <filename>/var/yp/Makefile</filename> so that it begins with a "
"comment (<literal>#</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53679
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53683
msgid "Adding New Users"
msgstr "新增使用者"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53685
msgid ""
"Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the "
"master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server and the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps "
"rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user will not be able to login anywhere "
"except on the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master. For example, to add the new "
"user <systemitem class=\"username\">jsmith</systemitem> to the <literal>test-"
"domain</literal> domain, run these commands on the master server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53694
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw useradd jsmith</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make test-domain</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53698
msgid ""
"The user could also be added using <command>adduser jsmith</command> instead "
"of <command>pw useradd smith</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53705
msgid "Setting up a <acronym>NIS</acronym> Slave Server"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>NIS</acronym> Slave 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53711
msgid ""
"To set up an <acronym>NIS</acronym> slave server, log on to the slave server "
"and edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> as for the master server. Do not "
"generate any <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps, as these already exist on the "
"master server. When running <command>ypinit</command> on the slave server, "
"use <option>-s</option> (for slave) instead of <option>-m</option> (for "
"master). This option requires the name of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master "
"in addition to the domain name, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53721
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"coltrane<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ypinit -s ellington test-domain</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n"
"\n"
"Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n"
"Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n"
"\n"
"Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n]  <userinput>n</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n"
"If not, something might not work.\n"
"There will be no further questions. The remainder of the procedure\n"
"should take a few minutes, to copy the databases from ellington.\n"
"Transferring netgroup...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netgroup.byuser...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netgroup.byhost...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring master.passwd.byuid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring passwd.byuid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring passwd.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring group.bygid...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring group.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring services.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring rpc.bynumber...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring rpc.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring protocols.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring master.passwd.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring networks.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring networks.byaddr...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring netid.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring hosts.byaddr...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring protocols.bynumber...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring ypservers...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"Transferring hosts.byname...\n"
"ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n"
"\n"
"coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n"
"Remember to update map ypservers on ellington."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53778
msgid ""
"This will generate a directory on the slave server called <filename>/var/yp/"
"test-domain</filename> which contains copies of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"master server's maps. Adding these <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> entries "
"on each slave server will force the slaves to sync their maps with the maps "
"on the master server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"20      *       *       *       *       root   /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n"
"21      *       *       *       *       root   /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byuid"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53788
msgid ""
"These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically "
"attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may "
"depend upon the slave server to provide correct password information, it is "
"recommended to force frequent password map updates. This is especially "
"important on busy networks where map updates might not always complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53796
msgid ""
"To finish the configuration, run <command>/etc/netstart</command> on the "
"slave server in order to start the <acronym>NIS</acronym> services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53802
msgid "Setting Up an <acronym>NIS</acronym> Client"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>NIS</acronym> 客戶端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53804
msgid ""
"An <acronym>NIS</acronym> client binds to an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This daemon broadcasts RPC requests on the local "
"network. These requests specify the domain name configured on the client. If "
"an <acronym>NIS</acronym> server in the same domain receives one of the "
"broadcasts, it will respond to <application>ypbind</application>, which will "
"record the server's address. If there are several servers available, the "
"client will use the address of the first server to respond and will direct "
"all of its <acronym>NIS</acronym> requests to that server. The client will "
"automatically <application>ping</application> the server on a regular basis "
"to make sure it is still available. If it fails to receive a reply within a "
"reasonable amount of time, <application>ypbind</application> will mark the "
"domain as unbound and begin broadcasting again in the hopes of locating "
"another server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:53822
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>client configuration</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53826
msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:53831
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and add the following lines in order "
"to set the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain name and start "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> during network startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n"
"nis_client_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:53841
msgid ""
"To import all possible password entries from the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"server, use <command>vipw</command> to remove all user accounts except one "
"from <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename>. When removing the accounts, "
"keep in mind that at least one local account should remain and this account "
"should be a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>. If "
"there is a problem with <acronym>NIS</acronym>, this local account can be "
"used to log in remotely, become the superuser, and fix the problem. Before "
"saving the edits, add the following line to the end of the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53853 book.translate.xml:54226
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:::::::::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:53855
msgid ""
"This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server's password maps an account on the client. "
"There are many ways to configure the <acronym>NIS</acronym> client by "
"modifying this line. One method is described in <xref linkend=\"network-"
"netgroups\"/>. For more detailed reading, refer to the book "
"<literal>Managing NFS and NIS</literal>, published by O'Reilly Media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:53866
msgid ""
"To import all possible group entries from the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server, "
"add this line to <filename>/etc/group</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53870
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:*::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53874
msgid ""
"To start the <acronym>NIS</acronym> client immediately, execute the "
"following commands as the superuser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/etc/netstart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ypbind start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53880
msgid ""
"After completing these steps, running <command>ypcat passwd</command> on the "
"client should show the server's <filename>passwd</filename> map."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:53886
msgid "<acronym>NIS</acronym> Security"
msgstr "<acronym>NIS</acronym> 安全性"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53888
msgid ""
"Since <acronym>RPC</acronym> is a broadcast-based service, any system "
"running <application>ypbind</application> within the same domain can "
"retrieve the contents of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps. To prevent "
"unauthorized transactions, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> supports a feature "
"called <quote>securenets</quote> which can be used to restrict access to a "
"given set of hosts. By default, this information is stored in <filename>/var/"
"yp/securenets</filename>, unless <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started with "
"<option>-p</option> and an alternate path. This file contains entries that "
"consist of a network specification and a network mask separated by white "
"space. Lines starting with <literal>#</literal> are considered to be "
"comments. A sample <filename>securenets</filename> might look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:53903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n"
"127.0.0.1     255.255.255.255\n"
"# allow connections from any host\n"
"# on the 192.168.128.0 network\n"
"192.168.128.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"# allow connections from any host\n"
"# between 10.0.0.0 to 10.0.15.255\n"
"# this includes the machines in the testlab\n"
"10.0.0.0      255.255.240.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53913
msgid ""
"If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypserv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> receives a request from an address that matches "
"one of these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address "
"fails to match a rule, the request will be ignored and a warning message "
"will be logged. If the <filename>securenets</filename> does not exist, "
"<command>ypserv</command> will allow connections from any host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53921
msgid ""
"<xref linkend=\"tcpwrappers\"/> is an alternate mechanism for providing "
"access control instead of <filename>securenets</filename>. While either "
"access control mechanism adds some security, they are both vulnerable to "
"<quote><acronym>IP</acronym> spoofing</quote> attacks. All <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym>-related traffic should be blocked at the firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53929
msgid ""
"Servers using <filename>securenets</filename> may fail to serve legitimate "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of "
"these implementations set all host bits to zero when doing broadcasts or "
"fail to observe the subnet mask when calculating the broadcast address. "
"While some of these problems can be fixed by changing the client "
"configuration, other problems may force the retirement of these client "
"systems or the abandonment of <filename>securenets</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:53941
msgid ""
"The use of <application>TCP Wrapper</application> increases the latency of "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> server. The additional delay may be long enough "
"to cause timeouts in client programs, especially in busy networks with slow "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> servers. If one or more clients suffer from latency, "
"convert those clients into <acronym>NIS</acronym> slave servers and force "
"them to bind to themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:53951
msgid "Barring Some Users"
msgstr "阻擋部份使用者"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53953
msgid ""
"In this example, the <systemitem>basie</systemitem> system is a faculty "
"workstation within the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. The <filename>passwd</"
"filename> map on the master <acronym>NIS</acronym> server contains accounts "
"for both faculty and students. This section demonstrates how to allow "
"faculty logins on this system while refusing student logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:53962
msgid ""
"To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are "
"present in the <acronym>NIS</acronym> database, use <command>vipw</command> "
"to add <literal>-<replaceable>username</replaceable></literal> with the "
"correct number of colons towards the end of <filename>/etc/master.passwd</"
"filename> on the client, where <replaceable>username</replaceable> is the "
"username of a user to bar from logging in. The line with the blocked user "
"must be before the <literal>+</literal> line that allows <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> users. In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">bill</"
"systemitem> is barred from logging on to <systemitem>basie</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:53975
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"basie<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /etc/master.passwd</userinput>\n"
"root:[password]:0:0::0:0:The super-user:/root:/bin/csh\n"
"toor:[password]:0:0::0:0:The other super-user:/root:/bin/sh\n"
"daemon:*:1:1::0:0:Owner of many system processes:/root:/sbin/nologin\n"
"operator:*:2:5::0:0:System &amp;:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"bin:*:3:7::0:0:Binaries Commands and Source,,,:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"tty:*:4:65533::0:0:Tty Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"kmem:*:5:65533::0:0:KMem Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"games:*:7:13::0:0:Games pseudo-user:/usr/games:/sbin/nologin\n"
"news:*:8:8::0:0:News Subsystem:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"man:*:9:9::0:0:Mister Man Pages:/usr/share/man:/sbin/nologin\n"
"bind:*:53:53::0:0:Bind Sandbox:/:/sbin/nologin\n"
"uucp:*:66:66::0:0:UUCP pseudo-user:/var/spool/uucppublic:/usr/libexec/uucp/uucico\n"
"xten:*:67:67::0:0:X-10 daemon:/usr/local/xten:/sbin/nologin\n"
"pop:*:68:6::0:0:Post Office Owner:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n"
"nobody:*:65534:65534::0:0:Unprivileged user:/nonexistent:/sbin/nologin\n"
"-bill:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::\n"
"\n"
"basie<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54011
msgid "Using Netgroups"
msgstr "使用 Netgroups"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54013 book.translate.xml:54179
msgid "<primary>netgroups</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54015
msgid ""
"Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes "
"unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym>: <emphasis>centralized</emphasis> administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54020
msgid ""
"Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of "
"users and machines. Their use is comparable to <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">UNIX</trademark> groups, where the main difference is the lack of a "
"numeric ID and the ability to define a netgroup by including both user "
"accounts and other netgroups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54026
msgid ""
"To expand on the example used in this chapter, the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"domain will be extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 "
"and 28.3:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:54031
msgid "Additional Users"
msgstr "其他使用者"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54036
msgid "User Name(s)"
msgstr "使用者名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54043
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">alpha</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">beta</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54045
msgid "IT department employees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54049
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">charlie</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">delta</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54050
msgid "IT department apprentices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54054
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">echo</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">foxtrott</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">golf</"
"systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54058
msgid "employees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54062
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"username\">able</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"username\">baker</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54065
msgid "interns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:54072
msgid "Additional Systems"
msgstr "其他系統"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54077
msgid "Machine Name(s)"
msgstr "機器名稱"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54086
msgid ""
"<systemitem>war</systemitem>, <systemitem>death</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>famine</systemitem>, <systemitem>pollution</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54090
msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54096
msgid ""
"<systemitem>pride</systemitem>, <systemitem>greed</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>envy</systemitem>, <systemitem>wrath</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>lust</systemitem>, <systemitem>sloth</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54102
msgid ""
"All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54107
msgid ""
"<systemitem>one</systemitem>, <systemitem>two</systemitem>, "
"<systemitem>three</systemitem>, <systemitem>four</systemitem>, ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54112
msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54117
msgid "<systemitem>trashcan</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:54118
msgid ""
"A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to "
"use this system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54125
msgid ""
"When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to "
"one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all "
"members of the netgroup. When adding a new machine, login restrictions must "
"be defined for all netgroups. When a new user is added, the account must be "
"added to one or more netgroups. If the <acronym>NIS</acronym> setup is "
"planned carefully, only one central configuration file needs modification to "
"grant or deny access to machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54135
msgid ""
"The first step is the initialization of the <acronym>NIS</acronym> "
"<literal>netgroup</literal> map. In FreeBSD, this map is not created by "
"default. On the <acronym>NIS</acronym> master server, use an editor to "
"create a map named <filename>/var/yp/netgroup</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54141
msgid ""
"This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT "
"apprentices, employees, and interns:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54144
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"IT_EMP  (,alpha,test-domain)    (,beta,test-domain)\n"
"IT_APP  (,charlie,test-domain)  (,delta,test-domain)\n"
"USERS   (,echo,test-domain)     (,foxtrott,test-domain) \\\n"
"        (,golf,test-domain)\n"
"INTERNS (,able,test-domain)     (,baker,test-domain)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54150
msgid ""
"Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name "
"of the netgroup. Each set of brackets represents either a group of one or "
"more users or the name of another netgroup. When specifying a user, the "
"three comma-delimited fields inside each group represent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54158
msgid ""
"The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are "
"valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54164
msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54169
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain for the account. Accounts may be imported "
"from other <acronym>NIS</acronym> domains into a netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54175
msgid ""
"If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. "
"Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netgroup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54180
msgid ""
"Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are "
"case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way "
"to distinguish between user, machine and netgroup names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54185
msgid ""
"Some non-FreeBSD <acronym>NIS</acronym> clients cannot handle netgroups "
"containing more than 15 entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating "
"several sub-netgroups with 15 users or fewer and a real netgroup consisting "
"of the sub-netgroups, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BIGGRP1  (,joe1,domain)  (,joe2,domain)  (,joe3,domain) [...]\n"
"BIGGRP2  (,joe16,domain)  (,joe17,domain) [...]\n"
"BIGGRP3  (,joe31,domain)  (,joe32,domain)\n"
"BIGGROUP  BIGGRP1 BIGGRP2 BIGGRP3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54196
msgid ""
"Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a "
"single netgroup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54199
msgid "To activate and distribute the new <acronym>NIS</acronym> map:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54202
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /var/yp</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54205
msgid ""
"This will generate the three <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps <filename>netgroup</"
"filename>, <filename>netgroup.byhost</filename> and <filename>netgroup."
"byuser</filename>. Use the map key option of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypcat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to check if the new <acronym>NIS</acronym> maps are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup.byhost</userinput>\n"
"ellington<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ypcat -k netgroup.byuser</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54216
msgid ""
"The output of the first command should resemble the contents of <filename>/"
"var/yp/netgroup</filename>. The second command only produces output if host-"
"specific netgroups were created. The third command is used to get the list "
"of netgroups for a user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54222
msgid ""
"To configure a client, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vipw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to specify the name of "
"the netgroup. For example, on the server named <systemitem>war</systemitem>, "
"replace this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54228
msgid "with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54230
#, no-wrap
msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54232
msgid ""
"This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup <literal>IT_EMP</"
"literal> will be imported into this system's password database and only "
"those users are allowed to login to this system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54237
msgid ""
"This configuration also applies to the <literal>~</literal> function of the "
"shell and all routines which convert between user names and numerical user "
"IDs. In other words, <command>cd ~<replaceable>user</replaceable></command> "
"will not work, <command>ls -l</command> will show the numerical ID instead "
"of the username, and <command>find . -user joe -print</command> will fail "
"with the message <errorname>No such user</errorname>. To fix this, import "
"all user entries without allowing them to login into the servers. This can "
"be achieved by adding an extra line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54249
#, no-wrap
msgid "+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54251
msgid ""
"This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the "
"shell in those entries with <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54256
msgid ""
"Make sure that extra line is placed <emphasis>after</emphasis> <literal>"
"+@IT_EMP:::::::::</literal>. Otherwise, all user accounts imported from "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> will have <filename>/sbin/nologin</filename> as their "
"login shell and no one will be able to login to the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54263
msgid ""
"To configure the less important servers, replace the old <literal>+:::::::::"
"</literal> on the servers with these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54267
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n"
"+@IT_APP:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54271
msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n"
"+@USERS:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54278
msgid ""
"NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be "
"useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the "
"creation of role-based netgroups. For example, one might create a netgroup "
"called <literal>BIGSRV</literal> to define the login restrictions for the "
"important servers, another netgroup called <literal>SMALLSRV</literal> for "
"the less important servers, and a third netgroup called <literal>USERBOX</"
"literal> for the workstations. Each of these netgroups contains the "
"netgroups that are allowed to login onto these machines. The new entries for "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> <literal>netgroup</literal> map would look like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54291
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BIGSRV    IT_EMP  IT_APP\n"
"SMALLSRV  IT_EMP  IT_APP  ITINTERN\n"
"USERBOX   IT_EMP  ITINTERN USERS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54295
msgid ""
"This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is "
"possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. "
"Unfortunately, this is the exception and not the rule. Most of the time, the "
"ability to define login restrictions on a per-machine basis is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54302
msgid ""
"Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with "
"the policy changes. In this scenario, the <filename>/etc/master.passwd</"
"filename> of each system contains two lines starting with <quote>+</quote>. "
"The first line adds a netgroup with the accounts allowed to login onto this "
"machine and the second line adds all other accounts with <filename>/sbin/"
"nologin</filename> as shell. It is recommended to use the <quote>ALL-CAPS</"
"quote> version of the hostname as the name of the netgroup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+@<replaceable>BOXNAME</replaceable>:::::::::\n"
"+:::::::::/sbin/nologin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54315
msgid ""
"Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need "
"to modify the local versions of <filename>/etc/master.passwd</filename> ever "
"again. All further changes can be handled by modifying the <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> map. Here is an example of a possible <literal>netgroup</literal> "
"map for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Define groups of users first\n"
"IT_EMP    (,alpha,test-domain)    (,beta,test-domain)\n"
"IT_APP    (,charlie,test-domain)  (,delta,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT1     (,echo,test-domain)     (,foxtrott,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT2     (,golf,test-domain)     (,hotel,test-domain)\n"
"DEPT3     (,india,test-domain)    (,juliet,test-domain)\n"
"ITINTERN  (,kilo,test-domain)     (,lima,test-domain)\n"
"D_INTERNS (,able,test-domain)     (,baker,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# Now, define some groups based on roles\n"
"USERS     DEPT1   DEPT2     DEPT3\n"
"BIGSRV    IT_EMP  IT_APP\n"
"SMALLSRV  IT_EMP  IT_APP    ITINTERN\n"
"USERBOX   IT_EMP  ITINTERN  USERS\n"
"#\n"
"# And a groups for a special tasks\n"
"# Allow echo and golf to access our anti-virus-machine\n"
"SECURITY  IT_EMP  (,echo,test-domain)  (,golf,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# machine-based netgroups\n"
"# Our main servers\n"
"WAR       BIGSRV\n"
"FAMINE    BIGSRV\n"
"# User india needs access to this server\n"
"POLLUTION  BIGSRV  (,india,test-domain)\n"
"#\n"
"# This one is really important and needs more access restrictions\n"
"DEATH     IT_EMP\n"
"#\n"
"# The anti-virus-machine mentioned above\n"
"ONE       SECURITY\n"
"#\n"
"# Restrict a machine to a single user\n"
"TWO       (,hotel,test-domain)\n"
"# [...more groups to follow]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54358
msgid ""
"It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When "
"deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups "
"instead of machine-based netgroups may be used to keep the size of the "
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> map within reasonable limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54367
msgid "Password Formats"
msgstr "密碼格式"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54369
msgid "<primary>NIS</primary> <secondary>password formats</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54373
msgid ""
"<acronym>NIS</acronym> requires that all hosts within an <acronym>NIS</"
"acronym> domain use the same format for encrypting passwords. If users have "
"trouble authenticating on an <acronym>NIS</acronym> client, it may be due to "
"a differing password format. In a heterogeneous network, the format must be "
"supported by all operating systems, where <acronym>DES</acronym> is the "
"lowest common standard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54381
msgid ""
"To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of "
"<filename>/etc/login.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default:\\\n"
"\t:passwd_format=des:\\\n"
"\t:copyright=/etc/COPYRIGHT:\\\n"
"\t[Further entries elided]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54390
msgid ""
"In this example, the system is using the <acronym>DES</acronym> format. "
"Other possible values are <literal>blf</literal> for Blowfish and "
"<literal>md5</literal> for MD5 encrypted passwords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54395
msgid ""
"If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in "
"the <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain, the login capability database must be "
"rebuilt after saving the change:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54403
msgid ""
"The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until "
"each user changes their password <emphasis>after</emphasis> the login "
"capability database is rebuilt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:54413
msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>)"
msgstr "輕量級目錄存取協定 (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54427 book.translate.xml:57311
msgid "<primary>LDAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54429
msgid ""
"The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (<acronym>LDAP</acronym>) is an "
"application layer protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects "
"using a distributed directory information service. Think of it as a phone or "
"record book which stores several levels of hierarchical, homogeneous "
"information. It is used in Active Directory and <application>OpenLDAP</"
"application> networks and allows users to access to several levels of "
"internal information utilizing a single account. For example, email "
"authentication, pulling employee contact information, and internal website "
"authentication might all make use of a single user account in the "
"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> server's record base."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54442
msgid ""
"This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an <acronym>LDAP</"
"acronym> server on a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator "
"already has a design plan which includes the type of information to store, "
"what that information will be used for, which users should have access to "
"that information, and how to secure this information from unauthorized "
"access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54451
msgid "<acronym>LDAP</acronym> Terminology and Structure"
msgstr "<acronym>LDAP</acronym> 術語與結構"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54453
msgid ""
"<acronym>LDAP</acronym> uses several terms which should be understood before "
"starting the configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of "
"<firstterm>attributes</firstterm>. Each of these attribute sets contains a "
"unique identifier known as a <firstterm>Distinguished Name</firstterm> "
"(<acronym>DN</acronym>) which is normally built from several other "
"attributes such as the common or <firstterm>Relative Distinguished Name</"
"firstterm> (<acronym>RDN</acronym>). Similar to how directories have "
"absolute and relative paths, consider a <acronym>DN</acronym> as an absolute "
"path and the <acronym>RDN</acronym> as the relative path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54467
msgid ""
"An example <acronym>LDAP</acronym> entry looks like the following. This "
"example searches for the entry for the specified user account (<literal>uid</"
"literal>), organizational unit (<literal>ou</literal>), and organization "
"(<literal>o</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54473
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -xb \"uid=<replaceable>trhodes</replaceable>,ou=<replaceable>users</replaceable>,o=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable>\"</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com&gt; with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# trhodes, users, example.com\n"
"dn: uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\n"
"mail: trhodes@example.com\n"
"cn: Tom Rhodes\n"
"uid: trhodes\n"
"telephoneNumber: (123) 456-7890\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 2\n"
"result: 0 Success\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 2\n"
"# numEntries: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54496
msgid ""
"This example entry shows the values for the <literal>dn</literal>, "
"<literal>mail</literal>, <literal>cn</literal>, <literal>uid</literal>, and "
"<literal>telephoneNumber</literal> attributes. The <acronym>cn</acronym> "
"attribute is the <acronym>RDN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54503
msgid ""
"More information about <acronym>LDAP</acronym> and its terminology can be "
"found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html"
"\">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54508
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> Server"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>LDAP</acronym> 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54510
msgid "<primary>LDAP Server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54512
msgid ""
"FreeBSD does not provide a built-in <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server. Begin "
"the configuration by installing the <package role=\"port\">net/openldap24-"
"server</package> package or port. Since the port has many configurable "
"options, it is recommended that the default options are reviewed to see if "
"the package is sufficient, and to instead compile the port if any options "
"should be changed. In most cases, the defaults are fine. However, if SQL "
"support is needed, this option must be enabled and the port compiled using "
"the instructions in <xref linkend=\"ports-using\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54522
msgid ""
"Next, create the directories to hold the data and to store the certificates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54525
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /var/db/openldap-data</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54528
msgid "Copy over the database configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54530
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/etc/openldap/DB_CONFIG.example /var/db/openldap-data/DB_CONFIG</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54532
msgid ""
"The next phase is to configure the certificate authority. The following "
"commands must be executed from <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/private</"
"filename>. This is important as the file permissions need to be restrictive "
"and users should not have access to these files. To create the certificate "
"authority, start with this command and follow the prompts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54540
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54542
msgid ""
"The entries for the prompts may be generic <emphasis>except</emphasis> for "
"the <literal>Common Name</literal>. This entry must be <emphasis>different</"
"emphasis> than the system hostname. If this will be a self signed "
"certificate, prefix the hostname with <literal>CA</literal> for certificate "
"authority."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54549
msgid ""
"The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. "
"Input this command and follow the prompts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54553
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54555
msgid ""
"During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the "
"<literal>Common Name</literal> attribute. Once complete, sign the key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54559
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl x509 -req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54561
msgid ""
"The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign "
"the client certificates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl req -days <replaceable>365</replaceable> -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in client.csr -out ../client.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54567
msgid ""
"Remember to use the same <literal>Common Name</literal> attribute when "
"prompted. When finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have "
"been generated through the proceeding commands. If so, the next step is to "
"edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</filename> and add the "
"following options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n"
"TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n"
"TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n"
"TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54579
msgid ""
"Then, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</filename> and add "
"the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54586
msgid ""
"While editing this file, uncomment the following entries and set them to the "
"desired values: <option>BASE</option>, <option>URI</option>, "
"<option>SIZELIMIT</option> and <option>TIMELIMIT</option>. Set the "
"<option>URI</option> to contain <option>ldap://</option> and <option>ldaps://"
"</option>. Then, add two entries pointing to the certificate authority. When "
"finished, the entries should look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54595
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"BASE    dc=example,dc=com\n"
"URI     ldap:// ldaps://\n"
"\n"
"SIZELIMIT       12\n"
"TIMELIMIT       15\n"
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"TLS_CIPHER_SUITE HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54604
msgid "The default password for the server should then be changed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54607
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>slappasswd -h \"{SHA}\" &gt;&gt; /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54609
msgid ""
"This command will prompt for the password and, if the process does not fail, "
"a password hash will be added to the end of <filename>slapd.conf</filename>. "
"Several hashing formats are supported. Refer to the manual page for "
"<command>slappasswd</command> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54615
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</filename> and add "
"the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54619
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"password-hash {sha}\n"
"allow bind_v2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54622
msgid ""
"The <option>suffix</option> in this file must be updated to match the "
"<option>BASE</option> used in <filename>/usr/local/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</"
"filename> and <option>rootdn</option> should also be set. A recommended "
"value for <option>rootdn</option> is something like <option>cn=Manager</"
"option>. Before saving this file, place the <option>rootpw</option> in front "
"of the password output from <command>slappasswd</command> and delete the old "
"<option>rootpw</option>. The end result should look similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54633
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+SSLv3\n"
"TLSCertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/server.crt\n"
"TLSCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/private/server.key\n"
"TLSCACertificateFile /usr/local/etc/openldap/ca.crt\n"
"rootpw  {SHA}W6ph5Mm5Pz8GgiULbPgzG37mj9g="
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54639
msgid ""
"Finally, enable the <application>OpenLDAP</application> service in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and set the <acronym>URI</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"slapd_flags=\"-4 -h ldaps:///\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54646
msgid "At this point the server can be started and tested:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54648
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service slapd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54650
msgid ""
"If everything is configured correctly, a search of the directory should show "
"a successful connection with a single response as in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54654
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -Z</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;dc=example,dc=com&gt; (default) with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 3\n"
"result: 32 No such object\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54670
msgid ""
"If the command fails and the configuration looks correct, stop the "
"<command>slapd</command> service and restart it with debugging options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54674
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service slapd stop</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/local/libexec/slapd -d -1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54678
msgid ""
"Once the service is responding, the directory can be populated using "
"<command>ldapadd</command>. In this example, a file containing this list of "
"users is first created. Each user should use the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54683
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\n"
"objectclass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: <replaceable>Example</replaceable>\n"
"dc: <replaceable>Example</replaceable>\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=<replaceable>Manager</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\n"
"objectclass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: <replaceable>Manager</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54693
msgid ""
"To import this file, specify the file name. The following command will "
"prompt for the password specified earlier and the output should look "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54697
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ldapadd -Z -D \"cn=<replaceable>Manager</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>example</replaceable>,dc=<replaceable>com</replaceable>\" -W -f <replaceable>import.ldif</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"adding new entry \"dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"adding new entry \"cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54703
msgid ""
"Verify the data was added by issuing a search on the server using "
"<command>ldapsearch</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:54706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldapsearch -Z</userinput>\n"
"# extended LDIF\n"
"#\n"
"# LDAPv3\n"
"# base &lt;dc=example,dc=com&gt; (default) with scope subtree\n"
"# filter: (objectclass=*)\n"
"# requesting: ALL\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# example.com\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectClass: organization\n"
"o: Example\n"
"dc: Example\n"
"\n"
"# Manager, example.com\n"
"dn: cn=Manager,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: Manager\n"
"\n"
"# search result\n"
"search: 3\n"
"result: 0 Success\n"
"\n"
"# numResponses: 3\n"
"# numEntries: 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54734
msgid ""
"At this point, the server should be configured and functioning properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:54751
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>)"
msgstr "動態主機設定協定 (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54754
msgid ""
"<primary>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol</primary> <see><acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym></see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54758
msgid "<primary>Internet Systems Consortium (ISC)</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54762
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) allows a "
"system to connect to a network in order to be assigned the necessary "
"addressing information for communication on that network. FreeBSD includes "
"the OpenBSD version of <command>dhclient</command> which is used by the "
"client to obtain the addressing information. FreeBSD does not install a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, but several servers are available in the "
"FreeBSD Ports Collection. The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> protocol is fully "
"described in <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freesoft.org/CIE/RFC/2131/\">RFC "
"2131</link>. Informational resources are also available at <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.isc.org/downloads/dhcp/\">isc.org/downloads/dhcp/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:54774
msgid ""
"This section describes how to use the built-in <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"client. It then describes how to install and configure a <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54779
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device is needed by "
"both the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client. "
"This device is included in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel that is "
"installed with FreeBSD. Users who prefer to create a custom kernel need to "
"keep this device if <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:54786
msgid ""
"It should be noted that <filename>bpf</filename> also allows privileged "
"users to run network packet sniffers on that system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54792
msgid "Configuring a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Client"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 客戶端"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54794
msgid ""
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, "
"making it easy to configure a newly installed system to automatically "
"receive its networking addressing information from an existing "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. Refer to <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-post\"/> "
"for examples of network configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54801
msgid "<primary><acronym>UDP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54802
msgid ""
"When <command>dhclient</command> is executed on the client machine, it "
"begins broadcasting requests for configuration information. By default, "
"these requests use <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 68. The server replies on "
"<acronym>UDP</acronym> port 67, giving the client an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address and other relevant network information such as a subnet mask, "
"default gateway, and <acronym>DNS</acronym> server addresses. This "
"information is in the form of a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> <quote>lease</quote> "
"and is valid for a configurable time. This allows stale <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> addresses for clients no longer connected to the network to "
"automatically be reused. <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients can obtain a great "
"deal of information from the server. An exhaustive list may be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhcp-options</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54818
msgid ""
"By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client "
"runs in the background, or <firstterm>asynchronously</firstterm>. Other "
"startup scripts continue to run while the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> process "
"completes, which speeds up system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54824
msgid ""
"Background <acronym>DHCP</acronym> works well when the <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server responds quickly to the client's requests. However, "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> may take a long time to complete on some systems. If "
"network services attempt to run before <acronym>DHCP</acronym> has assigned "
"the network addressing information, they will fail. Using <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> in <firstterm>synchronous</firstterm> mode prevents this problem as "
"it pauses startup until the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> configuration has "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54834
msgid ""
"This line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> is used to configure "
"background or asynchronous mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54837
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54839
msgid ""
"This line may already exist if the system was configured to use "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> during installation. Replace the <replaceable>fxp0</"
"replaceable> shown in these examples with the name of the interface to be "
"dynamically configured, as described in <xref linkend=\"config-network-setup"
"\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54845
msgid ""
"To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during "
"startup while <acronym>DHCP</acronym> completes, use "
"<quote><literal>SYNCDHCP</literal></quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54850
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"SYNCDHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54852
msgid ""
"Additional client options are available. Search for <literal>dhclient</"
"literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54856 book.translate.xml:55060
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>configuration files</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54861
msgid "The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client uses the following files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54866
msgid "<filename>/etc/dhclient.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54868
msgid ""
"The configuration file used by <command>dhclient</command>. Typically, this "
"file contains only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. "
"This configuration file is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54876
msgid "<filename>/sbin/dhclient</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54878
msgid ""
"More information about the command itself can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54883
msgid "<filename>/sbin/dhclient-script</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54885
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD-specific <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client configuration script. It "
"is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient-script</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but should not need "
"any user modification to function properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54893
msgid ""
"<filename>/var/db/dhclient.leases.<replaceable>interface</replaceable></"
"filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:54895
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client keeps a database of valid leases in this "
"file, which is written as a log and is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient.leases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:54903
msgid "Installing and Configuring a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server"
msgstr "安裝並設定 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54906
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server using the Internet Systems Consortium "
"(<acronym>ISC</acronym>) implementation of the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"server. This implementation and its documentation can be installed using the "
"<package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54914
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54919
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>installation</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54924
msgid ""
"The installation of <package>net/isc-dhcp43-server</package> installs a "
"sample configuration file. Copy <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example</"
"filename> to <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename> and make any "
"edits to this new file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:54931
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DHCP</acronym></primary> <secondary>dhcpd.conf</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:54935
msgid ""
"The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts "
"which define the information that is provided to <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"clients. For example, these lines configure the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:54940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"option domain-name \"example.org\";<co xml:id=\"domain-name\"/>\n"
"option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org;<co xml:id=\"domain-name-servers\"/>\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;<co xml:id=\"subnet-mask\"/>\n"
"\n"
"default-lease-time 600;<co xml:id=\"default-lease-time\"/>\n"
"max-lease-time 72400;<co xml:id=\"max-lease-time\"/>\n"
"ddns-update-style none;<co xml:id=\"ddns-update-style\"/>\n"
"\n"
"subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n"
"  range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;<co xml:id=\"range\"/>\n"
"  option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;<co xml:id=\"routers\"/>\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"host fantasia {\n"
"  hardware ethernet 08:00:07:26:c0:a5;<co xml:id=\"hardware\"/>\n"
"  fixed-address fantasia.fugue.com;<co xml:id=\"fixed-address\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:54960
msgid ""
"This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to "
"clients. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:54966
msgid ""
"This option specifies a comma separated list of <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"servers that the client should use. They can be listed by their Fully "
"Qualified Domain Names (<acronym>FQDN</acronym>), as seen in the example, or "
"by their <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:54974
msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:54979
msgid ""
"The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to "
"override this value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:54984
msgid ""
"The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client "
"request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be "
"valid for <literal>max-lease-time</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:54991
msgid ""
"The default of <option>none</option> disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing "
"this to <option>interim</option> configures the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
"server to update a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server whenever it hands out a "
"lease so that the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server knows which <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> addresses are associated with which computers in the network. Do "
"not change the default setting unless the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server has "
"been configured to support dynamic <acronym>DNS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55004
msgid ""
"This line creates a pool of available <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which "
"are reserved for allocation to <acronym>DHCP</acronym> clients. The range of "
"addresses must be valid for the network or subnet specified in the previous "
"line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55012
msgid ""
"Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet "
"specified before the opening <literal>{</literal> bracket."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55018
msgid ""
"Specifies the hardware <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of a client so that "
"the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server can recognize the client when it makes a "
"request."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:55024
msgid ""
"Specifies that this host should always be given the same <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address. Using the hostname is correct, since the <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server will resolve the hostname before returning the lease "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55032
msgid ""
"This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), "
"installed with the server, for details and examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55036
msgid ""
"Once the configuration of <filename>dhcpd.conf</filename> is complete, "
"enable the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55040
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"dhcpd_ifaces=\"dc0\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55043
msgid ""
"Replace the <literal>dc0</literal> with the interface (or interfaces, "
"separated by whitespace) that the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server should "
"listen on for <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client requests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55048
msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55050 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service isc-dhcpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55052
msgid ""
"Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the "
"<application>dhcpd</application> service to be stopped and then started "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55056
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server uses the following files. Note that the "
"manual pages are installed with the server software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55066
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55068
msgid ""
"More information about the <application>dhcpd</application> server can be "
"found in dhcpd(8)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55074
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55076
msgid ""
"The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that "
"should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the "
"operation of the server. This configuration file is described in dhcpd."
"conf(5)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55083
msgid "<filename>/var/db/dhcpd.leases</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55085
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server keeps a database of leases it has issued "
"in this file, which is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which "
"gives a slightly longer description."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55092
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55094
msgid ""
"This daemon is used in advanced environments where one <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server forwards a request from a client to another <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server on a separate network. If this functionality is required, "
"install the <package>net/isc-dhcp43-relay</package> package or port. The "
"installation includes dhcrelay(8) which provides more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55132
msgid ""
"Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) is the protocol through which "
"domain names are mapped to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, and vice versa. "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is coordinated across the Internet through a somewhat "
"complex system of authoritative root, Top Level Domain (<acronym>TLD</"
"acronym>), and other smaller-scale name servers, which host and cache "
"individual domain information. It is not necessary to run a name server to "
"perform <acronym>DNS</acronym> lookups on a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55144
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 10, the Berkeley Internet Name Domain (<acronym>BIND</acronym>) "
"has been removed from the base system and replaced with Unbound. Unbound as "
"configured in the FreeBSD Base is a local caching resolver. <acronym>BIND</"
"acronym> is still available from The Ports Collection as <package role=\"port"
"\">dns/bind99</package> or <package role=\"port\">dns/bind98</package>. In "
"FreeBSD 9 and lower, <acronym>BIND</acronym> is included in FreeBSD Base. "
"The FreeBSD version provides enhanced security features, a new file system "
"layout, and automated <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration. "
"<acronym>BIND</acronym> is maintained by the <link xlink:href=\"https://www."
"isc.org/\">Internet Systems Consortium</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55155
msgid "<primary>resolver</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55156
msgid "<primary>reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55158
msgid "<primary>root zone</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55160
msgid ""
"The following table describes some of the terms associated with "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:55164
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Terminology"
msgstr "<acronym>DNS</acronym> 術語"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55173
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "定義"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55179
msgid "Forward <acronym>DNS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55180
msgid "Mapping of hostnames to <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55185
msgid "Origin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55186
msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55191
msgid "<application>named</application>, BIND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55192
msgid "Common names for the BIND name server package within FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55197
msgid "Resolver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55198
msgid ""
"A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55203
msgid "Reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55204
msgid "Mapping of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to hostnames."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55209
msgid "Root zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55211
msgid ""
"The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root "
"zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55217
msgid "Zone"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55218
msgid ""
"An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"administered by the same authority."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55226
msgid "<primary>zones</primary> <secondary>examples</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55231
msgid "Examples of zones:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55235
msgid ""
"<systemitem>.</systemitem> is how the root zone is usually referred to in "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55240
msgid ""
"<systemitem>org.</systemitem> is a Top Level Domain (<acronym>TLD</acronym>) "
"under the root zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55245
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem> is a zone under "
"the <systemitem>org.</systemitem> <acronym>TLD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55251
msgid ""
"<systemitem>1.168.192.in-addr.arpa</systemitem> is a zone referencing all "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which fall under the <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.*</systemitem> <acronym>IP</acronym> address space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:55258
msgid ""
"As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. "
"For example, <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem> is "
"more specific than <systemitem>org.</systemitem>, as <systemitem>org.</"
"systemitem> is more specific than the root zone. The layout of each part of "
"a hostname is much like a file system: the <filename>/dev</filename> "
"directory falls within the root, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55267
msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server"
msgstr "要執行名稱伺服器的原因"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55269
msgid ""
"Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and "
"caching (also known as resolving) name servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55273
msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55277
msgid ""
"One wants to serve <acronym>DNS</acronym> information to the world, replying "
"authoritatively to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55282
msgid ""
"A domain, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</"
"systemitem>, is registered and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses need to be "
"assigned to hostnames under it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55288
msgid ""
"An <acronym>IP</acronym> address block requires reverse <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> entries (<acronym>IP</acronym> to hostname)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55294
msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55299
msgid "A caching name server is needed when:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55303
msgid ""
"A local <acronym>DNS</acronym> server may cache and respond more quickly "
"than querying an outside name server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55309
msgid ""
"When one queries for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www.FreeBSD.org</"
"systemitem>, the resolver usually queries the uplink <acronym>ISP</"
"acronym>'s name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> server, the query only has to be made once to the "
"outside world by the caching <acronym>DNS</acronym> server. Additional "
"queries will not have to go outside the local network, since the information "
"is cached locally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55320
msgid "<acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration in FreeBSD 10.0 and Later"
msgstr "<acronym>DNS</acronym> 伺服器設定於 FreeBSD 10.0 及之後版本"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55323
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD 10.0, <application>BIND</application> has been replaced with "
"<application>Unbound</application>. <application>Unbound</application> is a "
"validating caching resolver only. If an authoritative server is needed, many "
"are available from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55329
msgid ""
"<application>Unbound</application> is provided in the FreeBSD base system. "
"By default, it will provide <acronym>DNS</acronym> resolution to the local "
"machine only. While the base system package can be configured to provide "
"resolution services beyond the local machine, it is recommended that such "
"requirements be addressed by installing <application>Unbound</application> "
"from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55338
msgid ""
"To enable <application>Unbound</application>, add the following to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55341
#, no-wrap
msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55343
msgid ""
"Any existing nameservers in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> will be "
"configured as forwarders in the new <application>Unbound</application> "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:55349
msgid ""
"If any of the listed nameservers do not support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, "
"local <acronym>DNS</acronym> resolution will fail. Be sure to test each "
"nameserver and remove any that fail the test. The following command will "
"show the trust tree or a failure for a nameserver running on <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55357
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>drill -S FreeBSD.org @<replaceable>192.168.1.1</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55359
msgid ""
"Once each nameserver is confirmed to support <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym>, "
"start <application>Unbound</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55363
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service local_unbound onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55365
msgid ""
"This will take care of updating <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> so "
"that queries for <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> secured domains will now work. "
"For example, run the following to validate the FreeBSD.org <acronym>DNSSEC</"
"acronym> trust tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55371
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>drill -S FreeBSD.org</userinput>\n"
";; Number of trusted keys: 1\n"
";; Chasing: freebsd.org. A\n"
"\n"
"DNSSEC Trust tree:\n"
"freebsd.org. (A)\n"
"|---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 36786 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"    |---freebsd.org. (DNSKEY keytag: 32659 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
"    |---freebsd.org. (DS keytag: 32659 digest type: 2)\n"
"        |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 49587 alg: 7 flags: 256)\n"
"            |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 9795 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DNSKEY keytag: 21366 alg: 7 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 1)\n"
"            |   |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"            |       |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
"            |---org. (DS keytag: 21366 digest type: 2)\n"
"                |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 40926 alg: 8 flags: 256)\n"
"                    |---. (DNSKEY keytag: 19036 alg: 8 flags: 257)\n"
";; Chase successful"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:55393
msgid "DNS Server Configuration in FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable>"
msgstr "DNS 伺服器設定於 FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55396
msgid "In FreeBSD, the BIND daemon is called <application>named</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55410
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55411
msgid "The BIND daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55415
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rndc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55416
msgid "Name server control utility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55421
msgid "Directory where BIND zone information resides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:55426 book.translate.xml:55494
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb/named.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:55427
msgid "Configuration file of the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:55433
msgid ""
"Depending on how a given zone is configured on the server, the files related "
"to that zone can be found in the <filename>master</filename>, "
"<filename>slave</filename>, or <filename>dynamic</filename> subdirectories "
"of the <filename>/etc/namedb</filename> directory. These files contain the "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> information that will be given out by the name server "
"in response to queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:55444
msgid "Starting BIND"
msgstr "啟動 BIND"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55446
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>starting</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55451
msgid ""
"Since BIND is installed by default, configuring it is relatively simple."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55454
msgid ""
"The default <application>named</application> configuration is that of a "
"basic resolving name server, running in a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> environment, and restricted to listening on the local IPv4 "
"loopback address (127.0.0.1). To start the server one time with this "
"configuration, use the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:55461
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service named onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55463
msgid ""
"To ensure the <application>named</application> daemon is started at boot "
"each time, put the following line into the <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55469
msgid ""
"There are many configuration options for <filename>/etc/namedb/named.conf</"
"filename> that are beyond the scope of this document. Other startup options "
"for <application>named</application> on FreeBSD can be found in the "
"<literal>named_<replaceable>*</replaceable></literal> flags in <filename>/"
"etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> and in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <xref linkend="
"\"configtuning-rcd\"/> section is also a good read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55482
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>configuration files</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:55487
msgid ""
"Configuration files for <application>named</application> currently reside in "
"<filename>/etc/namedb</filename> directory and will need modification before "
"use unless all that is needed is a simple resolver. This is where most of "
"the configuration will be performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"// $FreeBSD$\n"
"//\n"
"// Refer to the named.conf(5) and named(8) man pages, and the documentation\n"
"// in /usr/share/doc/bind9 for more details.\n"
"//\n"
"// If you are going to set up an authoritative server, make sure you\n"
"// understand the hairy details of how DNS works.  Even with\n"
"// simple mistakes, you can break connectivity for affected parties,\n"
"// or cause huge amounts of useless Internet traffic.\n"
"\n"
"options {\n"
"\t// All file and path names are relative to the chroot directory,\n"
"\t// if any, and should be fully qualified.\n"
"\tdirectory\t\"/etc/namedb/working\";\n"
"\tpid-file\t\"/var/run/named/pid\";\n"
"\tdump-file\t\"/var/dump/named_dump.db\";\n"
"\tstatistics-file\t\"/var/stats/named.stats\";\n"
"\n"
"// If named is being used only as a local resolver, this is a safe default.\n"
"// For named to be accessible to the network, comment this option, specify\n"
"// the proper IP address, or delete this option.\n"
"\tlisten-on\t{ 127.0.0.1; };\n"
"\n"
"// If you have IPv6 enabled on this system, uncomment this option for\n"
"// use as a local resolver.  To give access to the network, specify\n"
"// an IPv6 address, or the keyword \"any\".\n"
"//\tlisten-on-v6\t{ ::1; };\n"
"\n"
"// These zones are already covered by the empty zones listed below.\n"
"// If you remove the related empty zones below, comment these lines out.\n"
"\tdisable-empty-zone \"255.255.255.255.IN-ADDR.ARPA\";\n"
"\tdisable-empty-zone \"0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n"
"\tdisable-empty-zone \"1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.IP6.ARPA\";\n"
"\n"
"// If you've got a DNS server around at your upstream provider, enter\n"
"// its IP address here, and enable the line below.  This will make you\n"
"// benefit from its cache, thus reduce overall DNS traffic in the Internet.\n"
"/*\n"
"\tforwarders {\n"
"\t\t127.0.0.1;\n"
"\t};\n"
"*/\n"
"\n"
"// If the 'forwarders' clause is not empty the default is to 'forward first'\n"
"// which will fall back to sending a query from your local server if the name\n"
"// servers in 'forwarders' do not have the answer.  Alternatively you can\n"
"// force your name server to never initiate queries of its own by enabling the\n"
"// following line:\n"
"//\tforward only;\n"
"\n"
"// If you wish to have forwarding configured automatically based on\n"
"// the entries in /etc/resolv.conf, uncomment the following line and\n"
"// set named_auto_forward=yes in /etc/rc.conf.  You can also enable\n"
"// named_auto_forward_only (the effect of which is described above).\n"
"//\tinclude \"/etc/namedb/auto_forward.conf\";"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55552
msgid ""
"Just as the comment says, to benefit from an uplink's cache, "
"<literal>forwarders</literal> can be enabled here. Under normal "
"circumstances, a name server will recursively query the Internet looking at "
"certain name servers until it finds the answer it is looking for. Having "
"this enabled will have it query the uplink's name server (or name server "
"provided) first, taking advantage of its cache. If the uplink name server in "
"question is a heavily trafficked, fast name server, enabling this may be "
"worthwhile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:55564
msgid ""
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> will <emphasis>not</"
"emphasis> work here. Change this <acronym>IP</acronym> address to a name "
"server at the uplink."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55570
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t/*\n"
"\t   Modern versions of BIND use a random <acronym>UDP</acronym> port for each outgoing\n"
"\t   query by default in order to dramatically reduce the possibility\n"
"\t   of cache poisoning.  All users are strongly encouraged to utilize\n"
"\t   this feature, and to configure their firewalls to accommodate it.\n"
"\n"
"\t   AS A LAST RESORT in order to get around a restrictive firewall\n"
"\t   policy you can try enabling the option below.  Use of this option\n"
"\t   will significantly reduce your ability to withstand cache poisoning\n"
"\t   attacks, and should be avoided if at all possible.\n"
"\n"
"\t   Replace NNNNN in the example with a number between 49160 and 65530.\n"
"\t*/\n"
"\t// query-source address * port NNNNN;\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"// If you enable a local name server, don't forget to enter 127.0.0.1\n"
"// first in your /etc/resolv.conf so this server will be queried.\n"
"// Also, make sure to enable it in /etc/rc.conf.\n"
"\n"
"// The traditional root hints mechanism. Use this, OR the slave zones below.\n"
"zone \".\" { type hint; file \"/etc/namedb/named.root\"; };\n"
"\n"
"/*\tSlaving the following zones from the root name servers has some\n"
"\tsignificant advantages:\n"
"\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n"
"\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n"
"\t3. Greater resilience to any potential root server failure/DDoS\n"
"\n"
"\tOn the other hand, this method requires more monitoring than the\n"
"\thints file to be sure that an unexpected failure mode has not\n"
"\tincapacitated your server.  Name servers that are serving a lot\n"
"\tof clients will benefit more from this approach than individual\n"
"\thosts.  Use with caution.\n"
"\n"
"\tTo use this mechanism, uncomment the entries below, and comment\n"
"\tthe hint zone above.\n"
"\n"
"\tAs documented at http://dns.icann.org/services/axfr/ these zones:\n"
"\t\".\" (the root), ARPA, IN-ADDR.ARPA, IP6.ARPA, and ROOT-SERVERS.NET\n"
"\tare available for AXFR from these servers on IPv4 and IPv6:\n"
"\txfr.lax.dns.icann.org, xfr.cjr.dns.icann.org\n"
"*/\n"
"/*\n"
"zone \".\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/root.slave\";\n"
"\tmasters {\n"
"\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n"
"\t};\n"
"\tnotify no;\n"
"};\n"
"zone \"arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/arpa.slave\";\n"
"\tmasters {\n"
"\t\t192.5.5.241;\t// F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.\n"
"\t};\n"
"\tnotify no;\n"
"};\n"
"*/\n"
"\n"
"/*\tServing the following zones locally will prevent any queries\n"
"\tfor these zones leaving your network and going to the root\n"
"\tname servers.  This has two significant advantages:\n"
"\t1. Faster local resolution for your users\n"
"\t2. No spurious traffic will be sent from your network to the roots\n"
"*/\n"
"// RFCs 1912 and 5735 (and BCP 32 for localhost)\n"
"zone \"localhost\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-forward.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"127.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"255.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// RFC 1912-style zone for IPv6 localhost address\n"
"zone \"0.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/localhost-reverse.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// \"This\" Network (RFCs 1912 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"0.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Private Use Networks (RFCs 1918 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"10.in-addr.arpa\"\t   { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"16.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"17.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"18.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"19.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"20.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"21.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"22.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"23.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"24.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"25.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"26.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"27.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"28.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"29.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"30.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"31.172.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"168.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Link-local/APIPA (RFCs 3927 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"254.169.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IETF protocol assignments (RFCs 5735 and 5736)\n"
"zone \"0.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// TEST-NET-[1-3] for Documentation (RFCs 5735 and 5737)\n"
"zone \"2.0.192.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"100.51.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"113.0.203.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Range for Documentation (RFC 3849)\n"
"zone \"8.b.d.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Domain Names for Documentation and Testing (BCP 32)\n"
"zone \"test\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"invalid\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example.com\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example.net\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"example.org\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// Router Benchmark Testing (RFCs 2544 and 5735)\n"
"zone \"18.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"19.198.in-addr.arpa\" { type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IANA Reserved - Old Class E Space (RFC 5735)\n"
"zone \"240.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"241.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"242.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"243.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"244.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"245.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"246.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"247.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"248.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"249.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"250.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"251.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"252.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"253.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"254.in-addr.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Unassigned Addresses (RFC 4291)\n"
"zone \"1.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"3.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"4.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"5.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"6.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"7.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"8.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"9.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"a.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"b.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"c.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"d.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"e.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"0.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"1.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"2.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"3.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"4.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"5.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"6.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"7.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"8.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"9.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"a.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"b.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"0.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"1.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"2.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"3.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"4.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"5.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"6.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"7.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 ULA (RFC 4193)\n"
"zone \"c.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"d.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Link Local (RFC 4291)\n"
"zone \"8.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"9.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"a.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"b.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IPv6 Deprecated Site-Local Addresses (RFC 3879)\n"
"zone \"c.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"d.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"e.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"zone \"f.e.f.ip6.arpa\"\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// IP6.INT is Deprecated (RFC 4159)\n"
"zone \"ip6.int\"\t\t{ type master; file \"/etc/namedb/master/empty.db\"; };\n"
"\n"
"// NB: Do not use the IP addresses below, they are faked, and only\n"
"// serve demonstration/documentation purposes!\n"
"//\n"
"// Example slave zone config entries.  It can be convenient to become\n"
"// a slave at least for the zone your own domain is in.  Ask\n"
"// your network administrator for the IP address of the responsible\n"
"// master name server.\n"
"//\n"
"// Do not forget to include the reverse lookup zone!\n"
"// This is named after the first bytes of the IP address, in reverse\n"
"// order, with \".IN-ADDR.ARPA\" appended, or \".IP6.ARPA\" for IPv6.\n"
"//\n"
"// Before starting to set up a master zone, make sure you fully\n"
"// understand how DNS and BIND work.  There are sometimes\n"
"// non-obvious pitfalls.  Setting up a slave zone is usually simpler.\n"
"//\n"
"// NB: Don't blindly enable the examples below. :-)  Use actual names\n"
"// and addresses instead.\n"
"\n"
"/* An example dynamic zone\n"
"key \"exampleorgkey\" {\n"
"\talgorithm hmac-md5;\n"
"\tsecret \"sf87HJqjkqh8ac87a02lla==\";\n"
"};\n"
"zone \"example.org\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tallow-update {\n"
"\t\tkey \"exampleorgkey\";\n"
"\t};\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/dynamic/example.org\";\n"
"};\n"
"*/\n"
"\n"
"/* Example of a slave reverse zone\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/namedb/slave/1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\";\n"
"\tmasters {\n"
"\t\t192.168.1.1;\n"
"\t};\n"
"};\n"
"*/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55809
msgid ""
"In <filename>named.conf</filename>, these are examples of slave entries for "
"a forward and reverse zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55812
msgid ""
"For each new zone served, a new zone entry must be added to <filename>named."
"conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55815
msgid ""
"For example, the simplest zone entry for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">example.org</systemitem> can look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55819
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"zone \"example.org\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tfile \"master/example.org\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55824
msgid ""
"The zone is a master, as indicated by the <option>type</option> statement, "
"holding its zone information in <filename>/etc/namedb/master/example.org</"
"filename> indicated by the <option>file</option> statement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55830
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"zone \"example.org\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"\tfile \"slave/example.org\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55835
msgid ""
"In the slave case, the zone information is transferred from the master name "
"server for the particular zone, and saved in the file specified. If and when "
"the master server dies or is unreachable, the slave name server will have "
"the transferred zone information and will be able to serve it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:55844
msgid "Zone Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55846
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>zone files</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55851
msgid ""
"An example master zone file for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"org</systemitem> (existing within <filename>/etc/namedb/master/example.org</"
"filename>) is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$TTL 3600        ; 1 hour default TTL\n"
"example.org.    IN      SOA      ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n"
"                                2006051501      ; Serial\n"
"                                10800           ; Refresh\n"
"                                3600            ; Retry\n"
"                                604800          ; Expire\n"
"                                300             ; Negative Response TTL\n"
"                        )\n"
"\n"
"; DNS Servers\n"
"                IN      NS      ns1.example.org.\n"
"                IN      NS      ns2.example.org.\n"
"\n"
"; MX Records\n"
"                IN      MX 10   mx.example.org.\n"
"                IN      MX 20   mail.example.org.\n"
"\n"
"                IN      A       192.168.1.1\n"
"\n"
"; Machine Names\n"
"localhost       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"ns1             IN      A       192.168.1.2\n"
"ns2             IN      A       192.168.1.3\n"
"mx              IN      A       192.168.1.4\n"
"mail            IN      A       192.168.1.5\n"
"\n"
"; Aliases\n"
"www             IN      CNAME   example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55886
msgid ""
"Note that every hostname ending in a <quote>.</quote> is an exact hostname, "
"whereas everything without a trailing <quote>.</quote> is relative to the "
"origin. For example, <literal>ns1</literal> is translated into <literal>ns1."
"<replaceable>example.org.</replaceable></literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55892
msgid "The format of a zone file follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55894
#, no-wrap
msgid "recordname      IN recordtype   value"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:55896
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>DNS</acronym></primary> <secondary>records</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:55901
msgid "The most commonly used <acronym>DNS</acronym> records:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55906
msgid "SOA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55909
msgid "start of zone authority"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55914
msgid "NS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55917
msgid "an authoritative name server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:55922 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55925
msgid "a host address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55930
msgid "CNAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55933
msgid "the canonical name for an alias"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55938
msgid "MX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55941
msgid "mail exchanger"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55946
msgid "PTR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55949
msgid "a domain name pointer (used in reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:55955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"example.org. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n"
"                        2006051501      ; Serial\n"
"                        10800           ; Refresh after 3 hours\n"
"                        3600            ; Retry after 1 hour\n"
"                        604800          ; Expire after 1 week\n"
"                        300 )           ; Negative Response TTL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55964
msgid "<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org.</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55967
msgid "the domain name, also the origin for this zone file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55973
msgid "<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">ns1.example.org.</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55976
msgid "the primary/authoritative name server for this zone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55982
msgid "<literal>admin.example.org.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55985
msgid ""
"the responsible person for this zone, email address with <quote>@</quote> "
"replaced. (<email>admin@example.org</email> becomes <literal>admin.example."
"org</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:55993
msgid "<literal>2006051501</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:55996
msgid ""
"the serial number of the file. This must be incremented each time the zone "
"file is modified. Nowadays, many admins prefer a <literal>yyyymmddrr</"
"literal> format for the serial number. <literal>2006051501</literal> would "
"mean last modified 05/15/2006, the latter <literal>01</literal> being the "
"first time the zone file has been modified this day. The serial number is "
"important as it alerts slave name servers for a zone when it is updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56010
#, no-wrap
msgid "       IN NS           ns1.example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56012
msgid ""
"This is an NS entry. Every name server that is going to reply "
"authoritatively for the zone must have one of these entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"localhost       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"ns1             IN      A       192.168.1.2\n"
"ns2             IN      A       192.168.1.3\n"
"mx              IN      A       192.168.1.4\n"
"mail            IN      A       192.168.1.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56022
msgid ""
"The A record indicates machine names. As seen above, <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">ns1.example.org</systemitem> would resolve to <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.2</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56026
#, no-wrap
msgid "                IN      A       192.168.1.1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56028
msgid ""
"This line assigns <acronym>IP</acronym> address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">192.168.1.1</systemitem> to the current origin, in this case <systemitem "
"class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56032
#, no-wrap
msgid "www             IN CNAME        @"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56034
msgid ""
"The canonical name record is usually used for giving aliases to a machine. "
"In the example, <systemitem>www</systemitem> is aliased to the "
"<quote>master</quote> machine whose name happens to be the same as the "
"domain name <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.org</systemitem> "
"(<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</systemitem>). CNAMEs can never "
"be used together with another kind of record for the same hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56048
#, no-wrap
msgid "               IN MX   10      mail.example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56050
msgid ""
"The MX record indicates which mail servers are responsible for handling "
"incoming mail for the zone. <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">mail.example."
"org</systemitem> is the hostname of a mail server, and 10 is the priority of "
"that mail server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56056
msgid ""
"One can have several mail servers, with priorities of 10, 20 and so on. A "
"mail server attempting to deliver to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">example.org</systemitem> would first try the highest priority MX (the "
"record with the lowest priority number), then the second highest, etc, until "
"the mail can be properly delivered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56063
msgid ""
"For in-addr.arpa zone files (reverse <acronym>DNS</acronym>), the same "
"format is used, except with PTR entries instead of A or CNAME."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56067
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$TTL 3600\n"
"\n"
"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa. IN SOA ns1.example.org. admin.example.org. (\n"
"                        2006051501      ; Serial\n"
"                        10800           ; Refresh\n"
"                        3600            ; Retry\n"
"                        604800          ; Expire\n"
"                        300 )           ; Negative Response TTL\n"
"\n"
"        IN      NS      ns1.example.org.\n"
"        IN      NS      ns2.example.org.\n"
"\n"
"1       IN      PTR     example.org.\n"
"2       IN      PTR     ns1.example.org.\n"
"3       IN      PTR     ns2.example.org.\n"
"4       IN      PTR     mx.example.org.\n"
"5       IN      PTR     mail.example.org."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56085
msgid ""
"This file gives the proper <acronym>IP</acronym> address to hostname "
"mappings for the above fictitious domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56089
msgid ""
"It is worth noting that all names on the right side of a PTR record need to "
"be fully qualified (i.e., end in a <quote>.</quote>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56096
msgid "Caching Name Server"
msgstr "快取名稱伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56098
msgid "<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary>caching name server</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56103
msgid ""
"A caching name server is a name server whose primary role is to resolve "
"recursive queries. It simply asks queries of its own, and remembers the "
"answers for later use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56110
msgid "<acronym role=\"Domain Name Security Extensions\">DNSSEC</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56112
msgid ""
"<primary>BIND</primary> <secondary><acronym>DNS</acronym> security "
"extensions</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56118
msgid ""
"Domain Name System Security Extensions, or <acronym role=\"Domain Name "
"Security Extensions\">DNSSEC</acronym> for short, is a suite of "
"specifications to protect resolving name servers from forged <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> data, such as spoofed <acronym>DNS</acronym> records. By using "
"digital signatures, a resolver can verify the integrity of the record. Note "
"that <acronym role=\"Domain Name Security Extensions\">DNSSEC</acronym> only "
"provides integrity via digitally signing the Resource Records (<acronym role="
"\"Resource Record\">RR</acronym>s). It provides neither confidentiality nor "
"protection against false end-user assumptions. This means that it cannot "
"protect against people going to <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"net</systemitem> instead of <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</"
"systemitem>. The only thing <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> does is authenticate "
"that the data has not been compromised in transit. The security of "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> is an important step in securing the Internet in "
"general. For more in-depth details of how <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> works, "
"the relevant <acronym>RFC</acronym>s are a good place to start. See the list "
"in <xref linkend=\"dns-read\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56140
msgid ""
"The following sections will demonstrate how to enable <acronym>DNSSEC</"
"acronym> for an authoritative <acronym>DNS</acronym> server and a recursive "
"(or caching) <acronym>DNS</acronym> server running <acronym>BIND</acronym> "
"9. While all versions of <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9 support <acronym>DNSSEC</"
"acronym>, it is necessary to have at least version 9.6.2 in order to be able "
"to use the signed root zone when validating <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries. "
"This is because earlier versions lack the required algorithms to enable "
"validation using the root zone key. It is strongly recommended to use the "
"latest version of <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9.7 or later to take advantage of "
"automatic key updating for the root key, as well as other features to "
"automatically keep zones signed and signatures up to date. Where "
"configurations differ between 9.6.2 and 9.7 and later, differences will be "
"pointed out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56159
msgid "Recursive <acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56162
msgid ""
"Enabling <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> validation of queries performed by a "
"recursive <acronym>DNS</acronym> server requires a few changes to "
"<filename>named.conf</filename>. Before making these changes the root zone "
"key, or trust anchor, must be acquired. Currently the root zone key is not "
"available in a file format <acronym>BIND</acronym> understands, so it has to "
"be manually converted into the proper format. The key itself can be obtained "
"by querying the root zone for it using <application>dig</application>. By "
"running"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56174
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dig +multi +noall +answer DNSKEY . &gt; root.dnskey</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56176
msgid ""
"the key will end up in <filename>root.dnskey</filename>. The contents should "
"look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56180
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
". 93910 IN DNSKEY 257 3 8 (\n"
"\tAwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQ\n"
"\tbSEW0O8gcCjFFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh\n"
"\t/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoXbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWA\n"
"\tJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaDX6RS6CXp\n"
"\toY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3\n"
"\tLQpzW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGO\n"
"\tYl7OyQdXfZ57relSQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGc\n"
"\tLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulqQxA+Uk1ihz0=\n"
"\t) ; key id = 19036\n"
". 93910 IN DNSKEY 256 3 8 (\n"
"\tAwEAAcaGQEA+OJmOzfzVfoYN249JId7gx+OZMbxy69Hf\n"
"\tUyuGBbRN0+HuTOpBxxBCkNOL+EJB9qJxt+0FEY6ZUVjE\n"
"\tg58sRr4ZQ6Iu6b1xTBKgc193zUARk4mmQ/PPGxn7Cn5V\n"
"\tEGJ/1h6dNaiXuRHwR+7oWh7DnzkIJChcTqlFrXDW3tjt\n"
") ; key id = 34525"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56197
msgid ""
"Do not be alarmed if the obtained keys differ from this example. They might "
"have changed since these instructions were last updated. This output "
"actually contains two keys. The first key in the listing, with the value 257 "
"after the DNSKEY record type, is the one needed. This value indicates that "
"this is a Secure Entry Point (<acronym role=\"Secure Entry Point\">SEP</"
"acronym>), commonly known as a Key Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Key Signing "
"Key\">KSK</acronym>). The second key, with value 256, is a subordinate key, "
"commonly called a Zone Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Zone Signing Key\">ZSK</"
"acronym>). More on the different key types later in <xref linkend=\"dns-"
"dnssec-auth\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56212
msgid ""
"Now the key must be verified and formatted so that <acronym>BIND</acronym> "
"can use it. To verify the key, generate a <acronym role=\"Delegation Signer"
"\">DS</acronym> <acronym role=\"Resource Record\">RR</acronym> set. Create a "
"file containing these <acronym role=\"Resource Record\">RR</acronym>s with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56219
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-dsfromkey -f root.dnskey . &gt; root.ds</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56221
msgid ""
"These records use SHA-1 and SHA-256 respectively, and should look similar to "
"the following example, where the longer is using SHA-256."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".  IN DS 19036 8 1\n"
"\tB256BD09DC8DD59F0E0F0D8541B8328DD986DF6E\n"
". IN DS 19036 8 2 49AAC11D7B6F6446702E54A1607371607A1A41855200FD2CE1CDDE32F24E8FB5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56229
msgid ""
"The SHA-256 <acronym>RR</acronym> can now be compared to the digest in <link "
"xlink:href=\"https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.xml\">https://"
"data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.xml</link>. To be absolutely sure "
"that the key has not been tampered with the data in the <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> file can be verified using the <acronym>PGP</acronym> signature in "
"<link xlink:href=\"https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.asc"
"\">https://data.iana.org/root-anchors/root-anchors.asc</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56236
msgid ""
"Next, the key must be formatted properly. This differs a little between "
"<acronym>BIND</acronym> versions 9.6.2 and 9.7 and later. In version 9.7 "
"support was added to automatically track changes to the key and update it as "
"necessary. This is done using <literal>managed-keys</literal> as seen in the "
"example below. When using the older version, the key is added using a "
"<literal>trusted-keys</literal> statement and updates must be done manually. "
"For <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9.6.2 the format should look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56248
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"trusted-keys {\n"
"\t\".\" 257 3 8\n"
"\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n"
"\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n"
"\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n"
"\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n"
"\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n"
"\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n"
"\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56259
msgid "For 9.7 the format will instead be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56261
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"managed-keys {\n"
"\t\".\" initial-key 257 3 8\n"
"\t\"AwEAAagAIKlVZrpC6Ia7gEzahOR+9W29euxhJhVVLOyQbSEW0O8gcCjF\n"
"\tFVQUTf6v58fLjwBd0YI0EzrAcQqBGCzh/RStIoO8g0NfnfL2MTJRkxoX\n"
"\tbfDaUeVPQuYEhg37NZWAJQ9VnMVDxP/VHL496M/QZxkjf5/Efucp2gaD\n"
"\tX6RS6CXpoY68LsvPVjR0ZSwzz1apAzvN9dlzEheX7ICJBBtuA6G3LQpz\n"
"\tW5hOA2hzCTMjJPJ8LbqF6dsV6DoBQzgul0sGIcGOYl7OyQdXfZ57relS\n"
"\tQageu+ipAdTTJ25AsRTAoub8ONGcLmqrAmRLKBP1dfwhYB4N7knNnulq\n"
"\tQxA+Uk1ihz0=\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56272
msgid ""
"The root key can now be added to <filename>named.conf</filename> either "
"directly or by including a file containing the key. After these steps, "
"configure <acronym>BIND</acronym> to do <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> validation "
"on queries by editing <filename>named.conf</filename> and adding the "
"following to the <literal>options</literal> directive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dnssec-enable yes;\n"
"dnssec-validation yes;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56283
msgid ""
"To verify that it is actually working use <application>dig</application> to "
"make a query for a signed zone using the resolver just configured. A "
"successful reply will contain the <literal>AD</literal> flag to indicate the "
"data was authenticated. Running a query such as"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56290
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dig @<replaceable>resolver</replaceable> +dnssec se ds </userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56292
msgid ""
"should return the <acronym>DS</acronym> <acronym>RR</acronym> for the "
"<literal>.se</literal> zone. In the <literal>flags:</literal> section the "
"<literal>AD</literal> flag should be set, as seen in:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56298
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
";; flags: qr rd ra ad; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 3, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 1\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56302
msgid ""
"The resolver is now capable of authenticating <acronym>DNS</acronym> queries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56307
msgid "Authoritative <acronym>DNS</acronym> Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56310
msgid ""
"In order to get an authoritative name server to serve a <acronym>DNSSEC</"
"acronym> signed zone a little more work is required. A zone is signed using "
"cryptographic keys which must be generated. It is possible to use only one "
"key for this. The preferred method however is to have a strong well-"
"protected Key Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Key Signing Key\">KSK</acronym>) "
"that is not rotated very often and a Zone Signing Key (<acronym role=\"Zone "
"Signing Key\">ZSK</acronym>) that is rotated more frequently. Information on "
"recommended operational practices can be found in <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4641.txt\"><acronym>RFC</acronym> 4641: "
"<acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Operational Practices</link>. Practices regarding "
"the root zone can be found in <link xlink:href=\"http://www.root-dnssec.org/"
"wp-content/uploads/2010/06/icann-dps-00.txt\"><acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> "
"Practice Statement for the Root Zone <acronym>KSK</acronym> operator</link> "
"and <link xlink:href=\"http://www.root-dnssec.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/"
"vrsn-dps-00.txt\"><acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Practice Statement for the Root "
"Zone <acronym>ZSK</acronym> operator</link>. The <acronym role=\"Key Signing "
"Key\">KSK</acronym> is used to build a chain of authority to the data in "
"need of validation and as such is also called a Secure Entry Point (<acronym "
"role=\"Secure Entry Point\">SEP</acronym>) key. A message digest of this "
"key, called a Delegation Signer (<acronym role=\"Delegation Signer\">DS</"
"acronym>) record, must be published in the parent zone to establish the "
"trust chain. How this is accomplished depends on the parent zone owner. The "
"<acronym role=\"Zone Signing Key\">ZSK</acronym> is used to sign the zone, "
"and only needs to be published there."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56341
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> for the <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">example.com</systemitem> zone depicted in previous examples, the first "
"step is to use <application>dnssec-keygen</application> to generate the "
"<acronym>KSK</acronym> and <acronym>ZSK</acronym> key pair. This key pair "
"can utilize different cryptographic algorithms. It is recommended to use RSA/"
"SHA256 for the keys and 2048 bits key length should be enough. To generate "
"the <acronym>KSK</acronym> for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example."
"com</systemitem>, run"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56353
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-keygen -f KSK -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56355
msgid "and to generate the <acronym>ZSK</acronym>, run"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56357
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-keygen -a RSASHA256 -b 2048 -n ZONE example.com</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56359
msgid ""
"<application>dnssec-keygen</application> outputs two files, the public and "
"the private keys in files named similar to <filename>Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn."
"key</filename> (public) and <filename>Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private</"
"filename> (private). The <literal>nnnnn</literal> part of the file name is a "
"five digit key ID. Keep track of which key ID belongs to which key. This is "
"especially important when having more than one key in a zone. It is also "
"possible to rename the keys. For each <acronym>KSK</acronym> file do:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56371
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.key Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mv Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.private Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.private</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56374
msgid ""
"For the <acronym>ZSK</acronym> files, substitute <literal>KSK</literal> for "
"<literal>ZSK</literal> as necessary. The files can now be included in the "
"zone file, using the <literal>$include</literal> statement. It should look "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK.key ; KSK\n"
"$include Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key    ; ZSK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56383
msgid ""
"Finally, sign the zone and tell <acronym>BIND</acronym> to use the signed "
"zone file. To sign a zone <application>dnssec-signzone</application> is "
"used. The command to sign the zone <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">example.com</systemitem>, located in <filename>example.com.db</filename> "
"would look similar to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56391
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>dnssec-signzone -o\n"
"\texample.com -k Kexample.com.+005+nnnnn.KSK example.com.db\n"
"\tKexample.com.+005+nnnnn.ZSK.key</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56395
msgid ""
"The key supplied to the <option>-k</option> argument is the <acronym>KSK</"
"acronym> and the other key file is the <acronym>ZSK</acronym> that should be "
"used in the signing. It is possible to supply more than one <acronym>KSK</"
"acronym> and <acronym>ZSK</acronym>, which will result in the zone being "
"signed with all supplied keys. This can be needed to supply zone data signed "
"using more than one algorithm. The output of <application>dnssec-signzone</"
"application> is a zone file with all <acronym>RR</acronym>s signed. This "
"output will end up in a file with the extension <literal>.signed</literal>, "
"such as <filename>example.com.db.signed</filename>. The <acronym role="
"\"Delegation Signer\">DS</acronym> records will also be written to a "
"separate file <filename>dsset-example.com</filename>. To use this signed "
"zone just modify the zone directive in <filename>named.conf</filename> to "
"use <filename>example.com.db.signed</filename>. By default, the signatures "
"are only valid 30 days, meaning that the zone needs to be resigned in about "
"15 days to be sure that resolvers are not caching records with stale "
"signatures. It is possible to make a script and a cron job to do this. See "
"relevant manuals for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56420
msgid ""
"Be sure to keep private keys confidential, as with all cryptographic keys. "
"When changing a key it is best to include the new key into the zone, while "
"still signing with the old one, and then move over to using the new key to "
"sign. After these steps are done the old key can be removed from the zone. "
"Failure to do this might render the <acronym>DNS</acronym> data unavailable "
"for a time, until the new key has propagated through the <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> hierarchy. For more information on key rollovers and other "
"<acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> operational issues, see <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4641.txt\"><acronym>RFC</acronym> 4641: <acronym>DNSSEC</"
"acronym> Operational practices</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:56436
msgid "Automation Using <acronym>BIND</acronym> 9.7 or Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56439
msgid ""
"Beginning with <acronym>BIND</acronym> version 9.7 a new feature called "
"<emphasis>Smart Signing</emphasis> was introduced. This feature aims to make "
"the key management and signing process simpler by automating parts of the "
"task. By putting the keys into a directory called a <emphasis>key "
"repository</emphasis>, and using the new option <literal>auto-dnssec</"
"literal>, it is possible to create a dynamic zone which will be resigned as "
"needed. To update this zone use <application>nsupdate</application> with the "
"new option <option>-l</option>. <application>rndc</application> has also "
"grown the ability to sign zones with keys in the key repository, using the "
"option <option>sign</option>. To tell <acronym>BIND</acronym> to use this "
"automatic signing and zone updating for <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">example.com</systemitem>, add the following to <filename>named.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56456
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"zone example.com {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"\tkey-directory \"/etc/named/keys\";\n"
"\tupdate-policy local;\n"
"\tauto-dnssec maintain;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/named/dynamic/example.com.zone\";\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:56464
msgid ""
"After making these changes, generate keys for the zone as explained in <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-dnssec-auth\"/>, put those keys in the key repository given as "
"the argument to the <literal>key-directory</literal> in the zone "
"configuration and the zone will be signed automatically. Updates to a zone "
"configured this way must be done using <application>nsupdate</application>, "
"which will take care of re-signing the zone with the new data added. For "
"further details, see <xref linkend=\"dns-read\"/> and the <acronym>BIND</"
"acronym> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56480
msgid ""
"Although BIND is the most common implementation of <acronym>DNS</acronym>, "
"there is always the issue of security. Possible and exploitable security "
"holes are sometimes found."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56485
msgid ""
"While FreeBSD automatically drops <application>named</application> into a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> environment; there are several other security mechanisms in "
"place which could help to lure off possible <acronym>DNS</acronym> service "
"attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56491
msgid ""
"It is always good idea to read <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cert.org/"
"\">CERT</link>'s security advisories and to subscribe to the <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security-"
"notifications\">FreeBSD security notifications mailing list</link> to stay "
"up to date with the current Internet and FreeBSD security issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:56498
msgid ""
"If a problem arises, keeping sources up to date and having a fresh build of "
"<application>named</application> may help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56505
msgid "Further Reading"
msgstr "延伸閱讀"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56507
msgid ""
"BIND/<application>named</application> manual pages: "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rndc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nsupdate</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dnssec-signzone</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dnssec-keygen</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56514
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.isc.org/software/bind\">Official ISC BIND "
"Page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56519
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.isc.org/software/guild\">Official ISC BIND "
"Forum</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56524
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/\">O'Reilly "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> and BIND 5th Edition</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56530
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.root-dnssec.org/documentation/\">Root "
"<acronym>DNSSEC</acronym></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://data.iana.org/root-anchors/draft-icann-dnssec-"
"trust-anchor.html\"><acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Trust Anchor Publication for "
"the Root Zone</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56541
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034\">RFC1034 - Domain "
"Names - Concepts and Facilities</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56546
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035\">RFC1035 - Domain "
"Names - Implementation and Specification</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56552
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4033\">RFC4033 - "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> Security Introduction and Requirements</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56558
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4034\">RFC4034 - Resource "
"Records for the <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security Extensions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56564
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4035\">RFC4035 - Protocol "
"Modifications for the <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security Extensions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56571
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4641\">RFC4641 - DNSSEC "
"Operational Practices</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56576
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5011\">RFC 5011 - Automated "
"Updates of <acronym>DNS</acronym> Security (<acronym>DNSSEC</acronym> Trust "
"Anchors</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:56588
msgid "Apache HTTP Server"
msgstr "Apache HTTP 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56601
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>setting up</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56605
msgid ""
"The open source <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> is the most "
"widely used web server. FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, "
"but it can be installed from the <package>www/apache24</package> package or "
"port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:56611
msgid ""
"This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2.<replaceable>x</"
"replaceable> of the <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> on "
"FreeBSD. For more detailed information about <application>Apache</"
"application> 2.X and its configuration directives, refer to <link xlink:href="
"\"http://httpd.apache.org/\">httpd.apache.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56618
msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache"
msgstr "設定並啟動 Apache"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56620
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56623
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, the main <application>Apache HTTP Server</application> "
"configuration file is installed as <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable>/httpd.conf</filename>, where "
"<replaceable>x</replaceable> represents the version number. This "
"<acronym>ASCII</acronym> text file begins comment lines with a <literal>#</"
"literal>. The most frequently modified directives are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56633
msgid "<literal>ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56636
msgid ""
"Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the <application>Apache</"
"application> installation. Binaries are stored in the <filename>bin</"
"filename> and <filename>sbin</filename> subdirectories of the server root "
"and configuration files are stored in the <filename>etc/"
"apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable></filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56646
msgid "<literal>ServerAdmin you@example.com</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56649
msgid ""
"Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This "
"address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56656
msgid "<literal>ServerName www.example.com:80</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56660
msgid ""
"Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for "
"the server. For example, <systemitem>www</systemitem> can be used instead of "
"the actual hostname. If the system does not have a registered <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> name, enter its <acronym>IP</acronym> address instead. If the "
"server will listen on an alternate report, change <literal>80</literal> to "
"the alternate port number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:56673
msgid ""
"<literal>DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2<replaceable>x</replaceable>/"
"data\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:56677
msgid ""
"The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests "
"are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to "
"point to other locations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56685
msgid ""
"It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default "
"<application>Apache</application> configuration file before making changes. "
"When the configuration of <application>Apache</application> is complete, "
"save the file and verify the configuration using <command>apachectl</"
"command>. Running <command>apachectl configtest</command> should return "
"<literal>Syntax OK</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56694
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>starting or stopping</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56697
msgid ""
"To launch <application>Apache</application> at system startup, add the "
"following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56701
#, no-wrap
msgid "apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56703
msgid ""
"If <application>Apache</application> should be started with non-default "
"options, the following line may be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> to specify the needed flags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56708
#, no-wrap
msgid "apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>_flags=\"\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56710
msgid ""
"If <application>apachectl</application> does not report configuration "
"errors, start <command>httpd</command> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56714
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache<replaceable>24</replaceable> start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56716
msgid ""
"The <command>httpd</command> service can be tested by entering "
"<literal>http://<replaceable>localhost</replaceable></literal> in a web "
"browser, replacing <replaceable>localhost</replaceable> with the fully-"
"qualified domain name of the machine running <command>httpd</command>. The "
"default web page that is displayed is <filename>/usr/local/www/"
"apache<replaceable>24</replaceable>/data/index.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56725
msgid ""
"The <application>Apache</application> configuration can be tested for errors "
"after making subsequent configuration changes while <command>httpd</command> "
"is running using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56730
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache<replaceable>24</replaceable> configtest</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:56733
msgid ""
"It is important to note that <literal>configtest</literal> is not an "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> standard, and should not be expected to work for all startup "
"scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56741
msgid "Virtual Hosting"
msgstr "虛擬主機"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56743
msgid ""
"Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one <application>Apache</"
"application> server. The virtual hosts can be <firstterm>IP-based</"
"firstterm> or <firstterm>name-based</firstterm>. <acronym>IP</acronym>-based "
"virtual hosting uses a different <acronym>IP</acronym> address for each "
"website. Name-based virtual hosting uses the clients HTTP/1.1 headers to "
"figure out the hostname, which allows the websites to share the same "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56753
msgid ""
"To setup <application>Apache</application> to use name-based virtual "
"hosting, add a <literal>VirtualHost</literal> block for each website. For "
"example, for the webserver named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">www."
"domain.tld</systemitem> with a virtual domain of <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">www.someotherdomain.tld</systemitem>, add the following "
"entries to <filename>httpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;\n"
"    ServerName <replaceable>www.domain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"    DocumentRoot <replaceable>/www/domain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost *&gt;\n"
"    ServerName <replaceable>www.someotherdomain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"    DocumentRoot <replaceable>/www/someotherdomain.tld</replaceable>\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56771
msgid ""
"For each virtual host, replace the values for <literal>ServerName</literal> "
"and <literal>DocumentRoot</literal> with the values to be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56776
msgid ""
"For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official "
"<application>Apache</application> documentation at: <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56782
msgid "Apache Modules"
msgstr "Apache 模組"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56784
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary> <secondary>modules</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56787
msgid ""
"<application>Apache</application> uses modules to augment the functionality "
"provided by the basic server. Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache."
"org/docs/current/mod/\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/</uri> for "
"a complete listing of and the configuration details for the available "
"modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56792
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the <package>www/apache24</"
"package> port. Type <command>make config</command> within <filename>/usr/"
"ports/www/apache24</filename> to see which modules are available and which "
"are enabled by default. If the module is not compiled with the port, the "
"FreeBSD Ports Collection provides an easy way to install many modules. This "
"section describes three of the most commonly used modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56803
msgid "<filename>mod_ssl</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56805
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>secure</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56809
msgid "<primary>SSL</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56810
msgid "<primary>cryptography</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56812
msgid ""
"The <filename>mod_ssl</filename> module uses the <application>OpenSSL</"
"application> library to provide strong cryptography via the Secure Sockets "
"Layer (<acronym>SSLv3</acronym>) and Transport Layer Security "
"(<acronym>TLSv1</acronym>) protocols. This module provides everything "
"necessary to request a signed certificate from a trusted certificate signing "
"authority to run a secure web server on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56821
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <filename>mod_ssl</filename> module is enabled by default in "
"both the package and the port. The available configuration directives are "
"explained at <uri xlink:href=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/"
"mod_ssl.html\">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/mod_ssl.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56827
msgid "<filename>mod_perl</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56829
msgid "<primary>mod_perl</primary> <secondary>Perl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56834
msgid ""
"The <filename>mod_perl</filename> module makes it possible to write "
"<application>Apache</application> modules in <application>Perl</"
"application>. In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server "
"avoids the overhead of starting an external interpreter and the penalty of "
"<application>Perl</application> start-up time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56842
msgid ""
"The <filename>mod_perl</filename> can be installed using the <package>www/"
"mod_perl2</package> package or port. Documentation for using this module can "
"be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index.html"
"\">http://perl.apache.org/docs/2.0/index.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:56849
msgid "<filename>mod_php</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56862
msgid "<primary>mod_php</primary> <secondary>PHP</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56867
msgid ""
"<firstterm>PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor</firstterm> (<acronym>PHP</acronym>) "
"is a general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web "
"development. Capable of being embedded into <acronym>HTML</acronym>, its "
"syntax draws upon <application>C</application>, <trademark>Java</trademark>, "
"and <application>Perl</application> with the intention of allowing web "
"developers to write dynamically generated webpages quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56876
msgid ""
"To gain support for <acronym>PHP</acronym>5 for the <application>Apache</"
"application> web server, install the <package>www/mod_php56</package> "
"package or port. This will install and configure the modules required to "
"support dynamic <acronym>PHP</acronym> applications. The installation will "
"automatically add this line to <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"apache2<replaceable>4</replaceable>/httpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56884
#, no-wrap
msgid "LoadModule php5_module        libexec/apache24/libphp5.so"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56899
msgid ""
"Then, perform a graceful restart to load the <acronym>PHP</acronym> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:56902 book.translate.xml:56921
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>apachectl graceful</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56904
msgid ""
"The <acronym>PHP</acronym> support provided by <package>www/mod_php56</"
"package> is limited. Additional support can be installed using the "
"<package>lang/php56-extensions</package> port which provides a menu driven "
"interface to the available <acronym>PHP</acronym> extensions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56911
msgid ""
"Alternatively, individual extensions can be installed using the appropriate "
"port. For instance, to add <acronym>PHP</acronym> support for the "
"<application>MySQL</application> database server, install <package>databases/"
"php56-mysql</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56917
msgid ""
"After installing an extension, the <application>Apache</application> server "
"must be reloaded to pick up the new configuration changes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:56926
msgid "Dynamic Websites"
msgstr "動態網站"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56928
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary> <secondary>dynamic</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:56933
msgid ""
"In addition to <application>mod_perl</application> and <application>mod_php</"
"application>, other languages are available for creating dynamic web "
"content. These include <application>Django</application> and "
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56940
msgid "Django"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56942
msgid "<primary>Python</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:56943
msgid "<primary>Django</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56945
msgid ""
"<application>Django</application> is a BSD-licensed framework designed to "
"allow developers to write high performance, elegant web applications "
"quickly. It provides an object-relational mapper so that data types are "
"developed as <application>Python</application> objects. A rich dynamic "
"database-access <acronym>API</acronym> is provided for those objects without "
"the developer ever having to write <acronym>SQL</acronym>. It also provides "
"an extensible template system so that the logic of the application is "
"separated from the <acronym>HTML</acronym> presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56957
msgid ""
"Django depends on <filename>mod_python</filename>, and an <acronym>SQL</"
"acronym> database engine. In FreeBSD, the <package>www/py-django</package> "
"port automatically installs <filename>mod_python</filename> and supports the "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application>, <application>MySQL</application>, or "
"<application>SQLite</application> databases, with the default being "
"<application>SQLite</application>. To change the database engine, type "
"<command>make config</command> within <filename>/usr/ports/www/py-django</"
"filename>, then install the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56969
msgid ""
"Once <application>Django</application> is installed, the application will "
"need a project directory along with the <application>Apache</application> "
"configuration in order to use the embedded <application>Python</application> "
"interpreter. This interpreter is used to call the application for specific "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>s on the site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56977
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Apache</application> to pass requests for certain "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>s to the web application, add the following to "
"<filename>httpd.conf</filename>, specifying the full path to the project "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:56983
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;Location \"/\"&gt;\n"
"    SetHandler python-program\n"
"    PythonPath \"['<replaceable>/dir/to/the/django/packages/</replaceable>'] + sys.path\"\n"
"    PythonHandler django.core.handlers.modpython\n"
"    SetEnv DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE mysite.settings\n"
"    PythonAutoReload On\n"
"    PythonDebug On\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:56992
msgid ""
"Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"https://docs.djangoproject.com\">https://docs."
"djangoproject.com</uri> for more information on how to use "
"<application>Django</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:56998
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57000
msgid "<primary>Ruby on Rails</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57002
msgid ""
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application> is another open source web "
"framework that provides a full development stack. It is optimized to make "
"web developers more productive and capable of writing powerful applications "
"quickly. On FreeBSD, it can be installed using the <package>www/rubygem-"
"rails</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57009
msgid ""
"Refer to <uri xlink:href=\"http://guides.rubyonrails.org\">http://guides."
"rubyonrails.org</uri> for more information on how to use <application>Ruby "
"on Rails</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57028
msgid "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>)"
msgstr "檔案傳輸協定 (<acronym>FTP</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57030
msgid "<primary><acronym>FTP</acronym> servers</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57033
msgid ""
"The File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) provides users with a "
"simple way to transfer files to and from an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. "
"FreeBSD includes <acronym>FTP</acronym> server software, <application>ftpd</"
"application>, in the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57039
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more details about the built-in <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57047
msgid ""
"The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be "
"allowed access to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. A FreeBSD system has a "
"number of system accounts which should not be allowed <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"access. The list of users disallowed any <acronym>FTP</acronym> access can "
"be found in <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename>. By default, it includes "
"system accounts. Additional users that should not be allowed access to "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> can be added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57056
msgid ""
"In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users "
"without preventing them completely from using <acronym>FTP</acronym>. This "
"can be accomplished be creating <filename>/etc/ftpchroot</filename> as "
"described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftpchroot</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This file lists users "
"and groups subject to <acronym>FTP</acronym> access restrictions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57063 book.translate.xml:57121
msgid ""
"<primary><acronym>FTP</acronym></primary> <secondary>anonymous</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57068
msgid ""
"To enable anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> access to the server, create a "
"user named <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> on the FreeBSD "
"system. Users will then be able to log on to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"server with a username of <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> or "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">anonymous</systemitem>. When prompted for the "
"password, any input will be accepted, but by convention, an email address "
"should be used as the password. The <acronym>FTP</acronym> server will call "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chroot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> when an anonymous user logs in, to restrict access to only the "
"home directory of the <systemitem class=\"username\">ftp</systemitem> user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57079
msgid ""
"There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to "
"be displayed to <acronym>FTP</acronym> clients. The contents of <filename>/"
"etc/ftpwelcome</filename> will be displayed to users before they reach the "
"login prompt. After a successful login, the contents of <filename>/etc/"
"ftpmotd</filename> will be displayed. Note that the path to this file is "
"relative to the login environment, so the contents of <filename>~ftp/etc/"
"ftpmotd</filename> would be displayed for anonymous users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57091
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server has been configured, set the "
"appropriate variable in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to start the "
"service during boot:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57096
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57098
msgid "To start the service now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57100
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ftpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57102
msgid "Test the connection to the <acronym>FTP</acronym> server by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57105
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ftp localhost</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57108
msgid ""
"<primary>log files</primary> <secondary><acronym>FTP</acronym></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57111
msgid ""
"The <application>ftpd</application> daemon uses "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to log messages. By default, the system log daemon will write "
"messages related to <acronym>FTP</acronym> in <filename>/var/log/xferlog</"
"filename>. The location of the <acronym>FTP</acronym> log can be modified by "
"changing the following line in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57119
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftp.info      /var/log/xferlog"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57127
msgid ""
"Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. In particular, think twice about allowing "
"anonymous users to upload files. It may turn out that the <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> site becomes a forum for the trade of unlicensed commercial "
"software or worse. If anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> uploads are required, "
"then verify the permissions so that these files can not be read by other "
"anonymous users until they have been reviewed by an administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57152
msgid ""
"File and Print Services for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> Clients "
"(Samba)"
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 用戶端檔案與列印服務 (Samba)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57155
msgid "<primary>Samba server</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57156
msgid "<primary>Microsoft Windows</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57157
msgid "<primary>file server</primary> <secondary>Windows clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57161
msgid "<primary>print server</primary> <secondary>Windows clients</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57166
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> is a popular open source software package "
"that provides file and print services using the <acronym>SMB/CIFS</acronym> "
"protocol. This protocol is built into <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"systems. It can be added to non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems by "
"installing the <application>Samba</application> client libraries. The "
"protocol allows clients to access shared data and printers. These shares can "
"be mapped as a local disk drive and shared printers can be used as if they "
"were local printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57176
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, the <application>Samba</application> client libraries can be "
"installed using the <package>net/samba-smbclient</package> port or package. "
"The client provides the ability for a FreeBSD system to access <acronym>SMB/"
"CIFS</acronym> shares in a <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57183
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a <application>Samba</"
"application> server by installing the <package>net/samba43</package> port or "
"package. This allows the administrator to create <acronym>SMB</acronym>/"
"<acronym>CIFS</acronym>shares on the FreeBSD system which can be accessed by "
"clients running <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</"
"trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> or the "
"<application>Samba</application> client libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57192
msgid "Server Configuration"
msgstr "伺服器設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57194
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> is configured in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"smb4.conf</filename>. This file must be created before <application>Samba</"
"application> can be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57199
msgid ""
"A simple <filename>smb4.conf</filename> to share directories and printers "
"with <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients in a "
"workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups involving LDAP or Active "
"Directory, it is easier to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>samba-tool</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to create the initial "
"<filename>smb4.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57206
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[global]\n"
"workgroup = WORKGROUP\n"
"server string = Samba Server Version %v\n"
"netbios name = ExampleMachine\n"
"wins support = Yes\n"
"security = user\n"
"passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n"
"[src]\n"
"path = /usr/src\n"
"valid users = developer\n"
"writable  = yes\n"
"browsable = yes\n"
"read only = no\n"
"guest ok = no\n"
"public = no\n"
"create mask = 0666\n"
"directory mask = 0755"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57227
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "全域設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57229
msgid ""
"Settings that describe the network are added in <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"smb4.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57234
msgid "<literal>workgroup</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57237
msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57242
msgid "<literal>netbios name</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57245
msgid ""
"The NetBIOS name by which a <application>Samba</application> server is "
"known. By default, it is the same as the first component of the host's "
"<acronym>DNS</acronym> name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57253
msgid "<literal>server string</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57256
msgid ""
"The string that will be displayed in the output of <command>net view</"
"command> and some other networking tools that seek to display descriptive "
"text about the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57264
msgid "<literal>wins support</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57267
msgid ""
"Whether <application>Samba</application> will act as a <acronym>WINS</"
"acronym> server. Do not enable support for <acronym>WINS</acronym> on more "
"than one server on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57277
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "安全性設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57279
msgid ""
"The most important settings in <filename>/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf</filename> "
"are the security model and the backend password format. These directives "
"control the options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57286
msgid "<literal>security</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57289
msgid ""
"The most common settings are <literal>security = share</literal> and "
"<literal>security = user</literal>. If the clients use usernames that are "
"the same as their usernames on the FreeBSD machine, user level security "
"should be used. This is the default security policy and it requires clients "
"to first log on before they can access shared resources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57298
msgid ""
"In share level security, clients do not need to log onto the server with a "
"valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared "
"resource. This was the default security model for older versions of "
"<application>Samba</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:57307
msgid "<literal>passdb backend</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57310
msgid "<primary>NIS+</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57312
msgid "<primary>SQL database</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57314
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> has several different backend "
"authentication models. Clients may be authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL "
"database, or a modified password file. The recommended authentication "
"method, <literal>tdbsam</literal>, is ideal for simple networks and is "
"covered here. For larger or more complex networks, <literal>ldapsam</"
"literal> is recommended. <literal>smbpasswd</literal> was the former default "
"and is now obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57331
msgid "<application>Samba</application> Users"
msgstr "<application>Samba</application> 使用者"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57333
msgid ""
"FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the <literal>SambaSAMAccount</"
"literal> database for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
"clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pdbedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57339
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pdbedit -a <replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57341
msgid ""
"This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to "
"the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/\">Official Samba HOWTO</link> for additional information about "
"the available configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57349
msgid "Starting <application>Samba</application>"
msgstr "啟動 <application>Samba</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57351
msgid ""
"To enable <application>Samba</application> at boot time, add the following "
"line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57355
#, no-wrap
msgid "samba_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57357
msgid "To start <application>Samba</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service samba start</userinput>\n"
"Starting SAMBA: removing stale tdbs :\n"
"Starting nmbd.\n"
"Starting smbd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57364
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> consists of three separate daemons. Both "
"the <application>nmbd</application> and <application>smbd</application> "
"daemons are started by <varname>samba_enable</varname>. If winbind name "
"resolution is also required, set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57370
#, no-wrap
msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57372
msgid "<application>Samba</application> can be stopped at any time by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57375
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service samba stop</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57377
msgid ""
"<application>Samba</application> is a complex software suite with "
"functionality that allows broad integration with <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> networks. For more information about functionality "
"beyond the basic configuration described here, refer to <uri xlink:href="
"\"http://www.samba.org\">http://www.samba.org</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57397
msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP"
msgstr "NTP 時間校對"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57399
msgid "<primary>NTP</primary> <secondary>ntpd</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57403
msgid ""
"Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as many "
"network services require the computers on a network to share the same "
"accurate time. Accurate time is also needed to ensure that file timestamps "
"stay consistent. The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) is one "
"way to provide clock accuracy in a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57410
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be "
"configured to query other <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers in order to "
"synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services to other "
"computers in the network. The servers which are queried can be local to the "
"network or provided by an <acronym>ISP</acronym>. In addition, an <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Servers/WebHome\">online list "
"of publicly accessible <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers</link> is available. "
"When choosing a public <acronym>NTP</acronym> server, select one that is "
"geographically close and review its usage policy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57421
msgid ""
"Choosing several <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers is recommended in case one "
"of the servers becomes unreachable or its clock proves unreliable. As "
"<application>ntpd</application> receives responses, it favors reliable "
"servers over the less reliable ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57427
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure <application>ntpd</application> on "
"FreeBSD. Further documentation can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ntp/"
"</filename> in HTML format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57433
msgid "<acronym>NTP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr "<acronym>NTP</acronym> 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57435
msgid "<primary>NTP</primary> <secondary>ntp.conf</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57439
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, the built-in <application>ntpd</application> can be used to "
"synchronize a system's clock. To enable <application>ntpd</application> at "
"boot time, add <literal>ntpd_enable=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>. Additional variables can be specified in <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57448
msgid ""
"This application reads <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename> to determine which "
"<acronym>NTP</acronym> servers to query. Here is a simple example of an "
"<filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:57454
msgid "Sample <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename> 範例"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57456
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"server ntplocal.example.com prefer\n"
"server timeserver.example.org\n"
"server ntp2a.example.net\n"
"\n"
"driftfile /var/db/ntp.drift"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57463
msgid ""
"The format of this file is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp."
"conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The "
"<literal>server</literal> option specifies which servers to query, with one "
"server listed on each line. If a server entry includes <literal>prefer</"
"literal>, that server is preferred over other servers. A response from a "
"preferred server will be discarded if it differs significantly from other "
"servers' responses; otherwise it will be used. The <literal>prefer</literal> "
"argument should only be used for <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers that are "
"known to be highly accurate, such as those with special time monitoring "
"hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57475
msgid ""
"The <literal>driftfile</literal> entry specifies which file is used to store "
"the system clock's frequency offset. <application>ntpd</application> uses "
"this to automatically compensate for the clock's natural drift, allowing it "
"to maintain a reasonably correct setting even if it is cut off from all "
"external time sources for a period of time. This file also stores "
"information about previous responses from <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers. "
"Since this file contains internal information for <acronym>NTP</acronym>, it "
"should not be modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57486
msgid ""
"By default, an <acronym>NTP</acronym> server is accessible to any network "
"host. The <literal>restrict</literal> option in <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</"
"filename> can be used to control which systems can access the server. For "
"example, to deny all machines from accessing the <acronym>NTP</acronym> "
"server, add the following line to <filename>/etc/ntp.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57494
#, no-wrap
msgid "restrict default ignore"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57497
msgid ""
"This will also prevent access from other <acronym>NTP</acronym> servers. If "
"there is a need to synchronize with an external <acronym>NTP</acronym> "
"server, allow only that specific server. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57504
msgid ""
"To allow machines within the network to synchronize their clocks with the "
"server, but ensure they are not allowed to configure the server or be used "
"as peers to synchronize against, instead use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57509
#, no-wrap
msgid "restrict 192.168.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 nomodify notrap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57511
msgid ""
"where <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0</systemitem> is the local "
"network address and <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem> "
"is the network's subnet mask."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57515
msgid ""
"Multiple <literal>restrict</literal> entries are supported. For more "
"details, refer to the <literal>Access Control Support</literal> subsection "
"of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ntp.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57520
msgid ""
"Once <literal>ntpd_enable=\"YES\"</literal> has been added to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>, <application>ntpd</application> can be started now "
"without rebooting the system by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57525
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ntpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57529
msgid "Using <acronym>NTP</acronym> with a <acronym>PPP</acronym> Connection"
msgstr "在 <acronym>PPP</acronym> 連線使用 <acronym>NTP</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57532
msgid ""
"<application>ntpd</application> does not need a permanent connection to the "
"Internet to function properly. However, if a <acronym>PPP</acronym> "
"connection is configured to dial out on demand, <acronym>NTP</acronym> "
"traffic should be prevented from triggering a dial out or keeping the "
"connection alive. This can be configured with <literal>filter</literal> "
"directives in <filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57541
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n"
" # Prevent NTP traffic from initiating dial out\n"
" set filter dial 1 permit 0 0\n"
" set filter alive 0 deny udp src eq 123\n"
" # Prevent incoming NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n"
" set filter alive 1 deny udp dst eq 123\n"
" # Prevent outgoing NTP traffic from keeping the connection open\n"
" set filter alive 2 permit 0/0 0/0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57550
msgid ""
"For more details, refer to the <literal>PACKET FILTERING</literal> section "
"in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and the examples in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ppp/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57556
msgid ""
"Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from "
"functioning since replies never reach the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:57575
msgid "<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator and Target Configuration"
msgstr "<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator 與 Target 設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57578
msgid ""
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym>, which works at the file system level, "
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> works at the block device level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57583
msgid ""
"In <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> terminology, the system that shares the storage "
"is known as the <emphasis>target</emphasis>. The storage can be a physical "
"disk, or an area representing multiple disks or a portion of a physical "
"disk. For example, if the disk(s) are formatted with <acronym>ZFS</acronym>, "
"a zvol can be created to use as the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> storage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57591
msgid ""
"The clients which access the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> storage are called "
"<emphasis>initiators</emphasis>. To initiators, the storage available "
"through <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> appears as a raw, unformatted disk known as "
"a <acronym>LUN</acronym>. Device nodes for the disk appear in <filename>/dev/"
"</filename> and the device must be separately formatted and mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57599
msgid ""
"Beginning with 10.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based "
"<acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target and initiator. This section describes how to "
"configure a FreeBSD system as a target or an initiator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57605
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Target"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Target"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57608
msgid ""
"The native <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target is supported starting with "
"FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> in older versions of "
"FreeBSD, install a userspace target from the Ports Collection, such as "
"<package>net/istgt</package>. This chapter only describes the native target."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57616
msgid ""
"To configure an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> target, create the <filename>/etc/"
"ctl.conf</filename> configuration file, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> to make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is "
"automatically started at boot, and then start the daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57622
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a simple <filename>/etc/ctl.conf</filename> "
"configuration file. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctl.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more complete "
"description of this file's available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57627
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"portal-group pg0 {\n"
"\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n"
"\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n"
"\tlisten [::]\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"\tauth-group no-authentication\n"
"\tportal-group pg0\n"
"\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57643
msgid ""
"The first entry defines the <literal>pg0</literal> portal group. Portal "
"groups define which network addresses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon will listen on. "
"The <literal>discovery-auth-group no-authentication</literal> entry "
"indicates that any initiator is allowed to perform <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> "
"target discovery without authentication. Lines three and four configure "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to listen on all <acronym>IPv4</acronym> (<literal>listen "
"0.0.0.0</literal>) and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> (<literal>listen [::]</"
"literal>) addresses on the default port of 3260."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57655
msgid ""
"It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal "
"group called <literal>default</literal>. In this case, the difference "
"between <literal>default</literal> and <literal>pg0</literal> is that with "
"<literal>default</literal>, target discovery is always denied, while with "
"<literal>pg0</literal>, it is always allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57663
msgid ""
"The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: "
"a machine serving <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> or a named group of "
"<acronym>LUNs</acronym>. This example uses the latter meaning, where "
"<literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</literal> is the target name. This "
"target name is suitable for testing purposes. For actual use, change "
"<literal>com.example</literal> to the real domain name, reversed. The "
"<literal>2012-06</literal> represents the year and month of acquiring "
"control of that domain name, and <literal>target0</literal> can be any "
"value. Any number of targets can be defined in this configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57676
msgid ""
"The <literal>auth-group no-authentication</literal> line allows all "
"initiators to connect to the specified target and <literal>portal-group pg0</"
"literal> makes the target reachable through the <literal>pg0</literal> "
"portal group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57681
msgid ""
"The next section defines the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. To the initiator, each "
"<acronym>LUN</acronym> will be visible as a separate disk device. Multiple "
"<acronym>LUNs</acronym> can be defined for each target. Each <acronym>LUN</"
"acronym> is identified by a number, where <acronym>LUN</acronym> 0 is "
"mandatory. The <literal>path /data/target0-0</literal> line defines the full "
"path to a file or zvol backing the <acronym>LUN</acronym>. That path must "
"exist before starting <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The second line is "
"optional and specifies the size of the <acronym>LUN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57692
msgid ""
"Next, to make sure the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started at "
"boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57696
#, no-wrap
msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57698
msgid ""
"To start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> now, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57700
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ctld start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57702
msgid ""
"As the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ctld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is started, it reads <filename>/etc/ctl."
"conf</filename>. If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this "
"command so that the changes take effect immediately:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57707
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ctld reload</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:57710 book.translate.xml:62672
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "認證"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57712
msgid ""
"The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, "
"granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and "
"password to access targets, modify the configuration as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57717
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"auth-group ag0 {\n"
"\tchap username1 secretsecret\n"
"\tchap username2 anothersecret\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"portal-group pg0 {\n"
"\tdiscovery-auth-group no-authentication\n"
"\tlisten 0.0.0.0\n"
"\tlisten [::]\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"\tauth-group ag0\n"
"\tportal-group pg0\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57737
msgid ""
"The <literal>auth-group</literal> section defines username and password "
"pairs. An initiator trying to connect to <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:"
"target0</literal> must first specify a defined username and secret. However, "
"target discovery is still permitted without authentication. To require "
"target discovery authentication, set <literal>discovery-auth-group</literal> "
"to a defined <literal>auth-group</literal> name instead of <literal>no-"
"authentication</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57747
msgid ""
"It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a "
"shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified "
"directly in the target entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57752
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n"
"\tportal-group pg0\n"
"\tchap username1 secretsecret\n"
"\n"
"\tlun 0 {\n"
"\t\tpath /data/target0-0\n"
"\t\tsize 4G\n"
"\t}\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:57765
msgid "Configuring an <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> Initiator"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:57768
msgid ""
"The <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator described in this section is "
"supported starting with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the <acronym>iSCSI</"
"acronym> initiator available in older versions, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57774
msgid ""
"The <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> initiator requires that the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> daemon is running. This daemon does not use a configuration "
"file. To start it automatically at boot, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57779
#, no-wrap
msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57781
msgid ""
"To start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> now, run this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57783
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service iscsid start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:57785
msgid ""
"Connecting to a target can be done with or without an <filename>/etc/iscsi."
"conf</filename> configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of "
"connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57790
msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File"
msgstr "不使用設定檔連線到 Target "

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57793
msgid ""
"To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address of the portal and the name of the target:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57797
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -A -p <replaceable>10.10.10.10</replaceable> -t <replaceable>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57799
msgid ""
"To verify if the connection succeeded, run <command>iscsictl</command> "
"without any arguments. The output should look similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57803
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Connected: da0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57806
msgid ""
"In this example, the <acronym>iSCSI</acronym> session was successfully "
"established, with <filename>/dev/da0</filename> representing the attached "
"<acronym>LUN</acronym>. If the <literal>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</"
"literal> target exports more than one <acronym>LUN</acronym>, multiple "
"device nodes will be shown in that section of the output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57815
#, no-wrap
msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57817
msgid ""
"Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For "
"example, this message usually means that the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> daemon is not running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57821
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Waiting for iscsid(8)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57824
msgid ""
"The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address or port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57828
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.11     Connection refused"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57831
msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57834
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Not found"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57837
msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57840
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Target name                                     Target portal   State\n"
"iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0                 10.10.10.10     Authentication failed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57843
msgid ""
"To specify a <acronym>CHAP</acronym> username and secret, use this syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57846
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -A -p <replaceable>10.10.10.10</replaceable> -t <replaceable>iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0</replaceable> -u <replaceable>user</replaceable> -s <replaceable>secretsecret</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:57850
msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File"
msgstr "使用設定檔連線到 Target "

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57853
msgid ""
"To connect using a configuration file, create <filename>/etc/iscsi.conf</"
"filename> with contents like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57857
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"t0 {\n"
"\tTargetAddress   = 10.10.10.10\n"
"\tTargetName      = iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n"
"\tAuthMethod      = CHAP\n"
"\tchapIName       = user\n"
"\tchapSecret      = secretsecret\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57865
msgid ""
"The <literal>t0</literal> specifies a nickname for the configuration file "
"section. It will be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to "
"use. The other lines specify the parameters to use during connection. The "
"<literal>TargetAddress</literal> and <literal>TargetName</literal> are "
"mandatory, whereas the other options are optional. In this example, the "
"<acronym>CHAP</acronym> username and secret are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57875
msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57878
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -An <replaceable>t0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57880
msgid ""
"Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, "
"use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:57883
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>iscsictl -Aa</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:57885
msgid ""
"To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in <filename>/etc/"
"iscsi.conf</filename>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:57889
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"iscsictl_flags=\"-Aa\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:57920
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Brad</firstname> <surname>Davis</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Converted to SGML and updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:57932
msgid "<primary>security</primary> <secondary>firewalls</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57941
msgid ""
"Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that "
"flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of <quote>rules</"
"quote> to inspect network packets as they come in or go out of network "
"connections and either allows the traffic through or blocks it. The rules of "
"a firewall can inspect one or more characteristics of the packets such as "
"the protocol type, source or destination host address, and source or "
"destination port."
msgstr ""
"防火牆能夠過濾透過系統進出的流量，防火牆可使用一組或多組 <quote>規則 "
"(Rules)</quote> 來檢查網路連線中進出的網路封包(Network packets)，並且能允許或"
"阻擋其通過。 而防火牆規則可以檢查封包中一個或數個特徵，例如通訊協定類型、來源"
"或目的主機位址，以及來源及目地的連接埠 (Port)。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57950
msgid ""
"Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used "
"to do one or more of the following:"
msgstr "防火牆可以加強主機或網路的安全性，它可以用來完成下列事情："

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57955
msgid ""
"Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal "
"network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57961
msgid ""
"Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of "
"the public Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57966
msgid ""
"Support network address translation (<acronym>NAT</acronym>), which allows "
"an internal network to use private <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and share "
"a single connection to the public Internet using either a single "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address or a shared pool of automatically assigned "
"public addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57975
msgid ""
"FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: <application>PF</"
"application>, <application>IPFW</application>, and <application>IPFILTER</"
"application>, also known as <application>IPF</application>. FreeBSD also "
"provides two traffic shapers for controlling bandwidth usage: "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <application>ALTQ</"
"application> has traditionally been closely tied with <application>PF</"
"application> and <application>dummynet</application> with <application>IPFW</"
"application>. Each firewall uses rules to control the access of packets to "
"and from a FreeBSD system, although they go about it in different ways and "
"each has a different rule syntax."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:57989
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different "
"requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should "
"evaluate which firewall best meets their needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:57998
msgid "How to define packet filtering rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58002
msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58007
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>PF</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58012
msgid "How to use and configure the <application>IPFW</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58017
msgid ""
"How to use and configure the <application>IPFILTER</application> firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58031
msgid ""
"Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet "
"control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an "
"understanding of how <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> works, what the different "
"values in the packet control fields are, and how these values are used in a "
"normal session conversation. For a good introduction, refer to <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.ipprimer.com/overview.cfm\">Daryl's TCP/IP Primer</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:58043
msgid "Firewall Concepts"
msgstr "防火牆概念"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58045
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>rulesets</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58051
msgid ""
"A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the "
"values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets "
"between hosts comprises a session conversation. The firewall ruleset "
"processes both the packets arriving from the public Internet, as well as the "
"packets produced by the system as a response to them. Each <acronym>TCP/IP</"
"acronym> service is predefined by its protocol and listening port. Packets "
"destined for a specific service originate from the source address using an "
"unprivileged port and target the specific service port on the destination "
"address. All the above parameters can be used as selection criteria to "
"create rules which will pass or block services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58064
msgid ""
"To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to <filename>/etc/services</filename>. "
"Alternatively, visit <uri xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
"List_of_TCP_and_UDP_port_numbers</uri> and do a port number lookup to find "
"the purpose of a particular port number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58069
msgid ""
"Check out this link for port numbers used by Trojans <uri xlink:href="
"\"http://www.sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php\">http://www."
"sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58071
msgid ""
"FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how "
"the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data "
"channel is acquired by the ordinal ftp session requester. For a good "
"explanation of FTP and the different modes, see <uri xlink:href=\"http://www."
"slacksite.com/other/ftp.html\">http://www.slacksite.com/other/ftp.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58077
msgid ""
"A firewall ruleset can be either <quote>exclusive</quote> or "
"<quote>inclusive</quote>. An exclusive firewall allows all traffic through "
"except for the traffic matching the ruleset. An inclusive firewall does the "
"reverse as it only allows traffic matching the rules through and blocks "
"everything else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58084
msgid ""
"An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making "
"it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. "
"It also controls the type of traffic originating from the public Internet "
"that can gain access to a private network. All traffic that does not match "
"the rules is blocked and logged. Inclusive firewalls are generally safer "
"than exclusive firewalls because they significantly reduce the risk of "
"allowing unwanted traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58095
msgid ""
"Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this "
"chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58100
msgid ""
"Security can be tightened further using a <quote>stateful firewall</quote>. "
"This type of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows "
"traffic which either matches an existing connection or opens a new, allowed "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58105
msgid ""
"Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets "
"comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the "
"firewall dynamically generates internal rules for each anticipated packet "
"being exchanged during the session. It has sufficient matching capabilities "
"to determine if a packet is valid for a session. Any packets that do not "
"properly fit the session template are automatically rejected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58114
msgid "When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58117
msgid ""
"Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If "
"the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed "
"automatically and any impostor packets are automatically rejected. If a new "
"session is blocked, none of its subsequent packets are allowed. Stateful "
"filtering provides advanced matching abilities capable of defending against "
"the flood of different attack methods employed by attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58125
msgid ""
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> stands for <emphasis>Network Address Translation</"
"emphasis>. <acronym>NAT</acronym> function enables the private LAN behind "
"the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, even if that address "
"is dynamically assigned. NAT allows each computer in the LAN to have "
"Internet access, without having to pay the ISP for multiple Internet "
"accounts or IP addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58133
msgid ""
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> will automatically translate the private LAN IP "
"address for each system on the LAN to the single public IP address as "
"packets exit the firewall bound for the public Internet. It also performs "
"the reverse translation for returning packets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58139
msgid ""
"According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for "
"private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, "
"and therefore are available for use with NAT:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58146
msgid "<literal>10.0.0.0/8</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58150
msgid "<literal>172.16.0.0/12</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58154
msgid "<literal>192.168.0.0/16</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:58159
msgid ""
"When working with the firewall rules, be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis>. "
"Some configurations <emphasis>can lock the administrator out</emphasis> of "
"the server. To be on the safe side, consider performing the initial firewall "
"configuration from the local console rather than doing it remotely over "
"<application>ssh</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:58170
msgid "PF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:58173
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Ferrell</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Revised and updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:58183
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>PF</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58189
msgid ""
"Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's <application>PF</"
"application> firewall has been included as an integrated part of the base "
"system. <application>PF</application> is a complete, full-featured firewall "
"that has optional support for <application>ALTQ</application> (Alternate "
"Queuing), which provides Quality of Service (<acronym>QoS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58197
msgid ""
"The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for <application>PF</"
"application> in the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF "
"FAQ</link>. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough <application>PF</"
"application> tutorial at <link xlink:href=\"http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/"
"\">http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:58203
msgid ""
"When reading the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</"
"link>, keep in mind that FreeBSD uses the same version of <application>PF</"
"application> as OpenBSD 4.5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58208
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pf"
"\">FreeBSD packet filter mailing list</link> is a good place to ask "
"questions about configuring and running the <application>PF</application> "
"firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a question as it may "
"have already been answered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58213
msgid ""
"More information about porting <application>PF</application> to FreeBSD can "
"be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://pf4freebsd.love2party.net/\">http://"
"pf4freebsd.love2party.net/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:58216
msgid ""
"This section of the Handbook focuses on <application>PF</application> as it "
"pertains to FreeBSD. It demonstrates how to enable <application>PF</"
"application> and <application>ALTQ</application>. It then provides several "
"examples for creating rulesets on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58223
msgid "Enabling <application>PF</application>"
msgstr "開啟 <application>PF</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58225
msgid ""
"In order to use <application>PF</application>, its kernel module must be "
"first loaded. This section describes the entries that can be added to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in order to enable <application>PF</"
"application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58230
msgid ""
"Start by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58233
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58235
msgid ""
"Additional options, described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, can be passed to "
"<application>PF</application> when it is started. Add this entry to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and specify any required flags between the "
"two quotes (<literal>\"\"</literal>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58241
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_flags=\"\"                     # additional flags for pfctl startup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58243
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> will not start if it cannot find its ruleset "
"configuration file. The default ruleset is already created and is named "
"<filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>. If a custom ruleset has been saved "
"somewhere else, add a line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> which "
"specifies the full path to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58251
#, no-wrap
msgid "pf_rules=\"<replaceable>/path/to/pf.conf</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58253
msgid ""
"Logging support for <application>PF</application> is provided by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pflog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. To enable logging support, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58257
#, no-wrap
msgid "pflog_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58259
msgid ""
"The following lines can also be added in order to change the default "
"location of the log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pflog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> when it is started:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58264
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\"  # where pflogd should store the logfile\n"
"pflog_flags=\"\"                  # additional flags for pflogd startup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58267
msgid ""
"Finally, if there is a <acronym>LAN</acronym> behind the firewall and "
"packets need to be forwarded for the computers on the <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym>, or <acronym>NAT</acronym> is required, add the following option:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58272
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"            # Enable as LAN gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58274
msgid ""
"After saving the needed edits, <application>PF</application> can be started "
"with logging support by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58278
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service pf start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service pflog start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58332
msgid ""
"By default, <application>PF</application> reads its configuration rules from "
"<filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> and modifies, drops, or passes packets "
"according to the rules or definitions specified in this file. The FreeBSD "
"installation includes several sample files located in <filename>/usr/share/"
"examples/pf/</filename>. Refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd."
"org/faq/pf/\">PF FAQ</link> for complete coverage of <application>PF</"
"application> rulesets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58342
msgid ""
"To control <application>PF</application>, use <command>pfctl</command>. "
"<xref linkend=\"pfctl\"/> summarizes some useful options to this command. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of all available options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:58348
msgid "Useful <command>pfctl</command> Options"
msgstr "有用的 <command>pfctl</command> 選項"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58354 book.translate.xml:61886 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "用途"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58360
msgid "<command>pfctl -e</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58362
msgid "Enable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58366
msgid "<command>pfctl -d</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58368
msgid "Disable <application>PF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58372
msgid "<command>pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58374
msgid ""
"Flush all <acronym>NAT</acronym>, filter, state, and table rules and reload "
"<filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58380
msgid "<command>pfctl -s [ rules | nat | states ]</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58382
msgid ""
"Report on the filter rules, <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules, or state table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58388
msgid "<command>pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:58390
msgid ""
"Check <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> for errors, but do not load ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:58398
msgid ""
"<package>security/sudo</package> is useful for running commands like "
"<command>pfctl</command> that require elevated privileges. It can be "
"installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58404
msgid ""
"To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the <application>PF</"
"application> firewall, consider installing the <package>sysutils/pftop</"
"package> package or port. Once installed, <application>pftop</application> "
"can be run to view a running snapshot of traffic in a format which is "
"similar to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:58413
msgid "Enabling <application>ALTQ</application>"
msgstr "開啟 <application>ALTQ</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58415
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, <application>ALTQ</application> can be used with "
"<application>PF</application> to provide Quality of Service (<acronym>QOS</"
"acronym>). Once <application>ALTQ</application> is enabled, queues can be "
"defined in the ruleset which determine the processing priority of outbound "
"packets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58422
msgid ""
"Before enabling <application>ALTQ</application>, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to determine if the drivers for the network cards installed on "
"the system support it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58426
msgid ""
"<application>ALTQ</application> is not available as a loadable kernel "
"module. If the system's interfaces support <application>ALTQ</application>, "
"create a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig"
"\"/>. The following kernel options are available. The first is needed to "
"enable <application>ALTQ</application>. At least one of the other options is "
"necessary to specify the queueing scheduler algorithm:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58435
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options         ALTQ\n"
"options         ALTQ_CBQ        # Class Based Queuing (CBQ)\n"
"options         ALTQ_RED        # Random Early Detection (RED)\n"
"options         ALTQ_RIO        # RED In/Out\n"
"options         ALTQ_HFSC       # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC)\n"
"options         ALTQ_PRIQ       # Priority Queuing (PRIQ)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58442
msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58446
msgid "CBQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58448
msgid ""
"Class Based Queuing (<acronym>CBQ</acronym>) is used to divide a "
"connection's bandwidth into different classes or queues to prioritize "
"traffic based on filter rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58456
msgid "RED"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58458
msgid ""
"Random Early Detection (<acronym>RED</acronym>) is used to avoid network "
"congestion by measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the "
"minimum and maximum thresholds for the queue. When the queue is over the "
"maximum, all new packets are randomly dropped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58467
msgid "RIO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58469
msgid ""
"In Random Early Detection In and Out (<acronym>RIO</acronym>) mode, "
"<acronym>RED</acronym> maintains multiple average queue lengths and multiple "
"threshold values, one for each <acronym>QOS</acronym> level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58478
msgid "HFSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58480
msgid ""
"Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (<acronym>HFSC</acronym>) "
"is described in <uri xlink:href=\"http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main."
"html\">http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:58486
msgid "PRIQ"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58488
msgid ""
"Priority Queuing (<acronym>PRIQ</acronym>) always passes traffic that is in "
"a higher queue first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58494
msgid ""
"More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are "
"available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing.html"
"\">http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/queueing.html</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:58500
msgid "<application>PF</application> Rulesets"
msgstr "<application>PF</application> 規則集"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:58503
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Peter</firstname> <surname>Hansteen</surname> "
"<othername>N. M.</othername> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58514
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts with "
"the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several examples "
"to demonstrate real-world usage of <application>PF</application>'s many "
"features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58520
msgid ""
"The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any "
"services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. "
"To create this minimal ruleset, edit <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename> so it "
"looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58526
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"block in all\n"
"pass out all keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58529
msgid ""
"The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule "
"allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state "
"information on those connections. This state information allows return "
"traffic for those connections to pass back and should only be used on "
"machines that can be trusted. The ruleset can be loaded with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58537
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58539
msgid ""
"In addition to keeping state, <application>PF</application> provides "
"<firstterm>lists</firstterm> and <firstterm>macros</firstterm> which can be "
"defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to be "
"defined before use. As an example, insert these lines at the very top of the "
"ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58547
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n"
"udp_services = \"{ domain }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58550
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> understands port names as well as port "
"numbers, as long as the names are listed in <filename>/etc/services</"
"filename>. This example creates two macros. The first is a list of seven "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> port names and the second is one <acronym>UDP</"
"acronym> port name. Once defined, macros can be used in rules. In this "
"example, all traffic is blocked except for the connections initiated by this "
"system for the seven specified <acronym>TCP</acronym> services and the one "
"specified <acronym>UDP</acronym> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n"
"udp_services = \"{ domain }\"\n"
"block all\n"
"pass out proto tcp to any port $tcp_services keep state\n"
"pass proto udp to any port $udp_services keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58567
msgid ""
"Even though <acronym>UDP</acronym> is considered to be a stateless protocol, "
"<application>PF</application> is able to track some state information. For "
"example, when a <acronym>UDP</acronym> request is passed which asks a name "
"server about a domain name, <application>PF</application> will watch for the "
"response in order to pass it back."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58574
msgid ""
"Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they "
"can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58577 book.translate.xml:58824
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58579
msgid ""
"If there are no syntax errors, <command>pfctl</command> will not output any "
"messages during the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to "
"load them:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58583
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:58585
msgid ""
"Including <option>-n</option> causes the rules to be interpreted only, but "
"not loaded. This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all "
"times, the last valid ruleset loaded will be enforced until either "
"<application>PF</application> is disabled or a new ruleset is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:58593
msgid ""
"Adding <option>-v</option> to a <command>pfctl</command> ruleset verify or "
"load will display the fully parsed rules exactly the way they will be "
"loaded. This is extremely useful when debugging rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58600
msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT"
msgstr "使用 NAT 的簡單閘道器"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58602
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running "
"<application>PF</application> to act as a gateway for at least one other "
"machine. The gateway needs at least two network interfaces, each connected "
"to a separate network. In this example, <filename>xl1</filename> is "
"connected to the Internet and <filename>xl0</filename> is connected to the "
"internal network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58610
msgid ""
"First, enable the gateway in order to let the machine forward the network "
"traffic it receives on one interface to another interface. This "
"<application>sysctl</application> setting will forward <acronym>IPv4</"
"acronym> packets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58615
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58617
msgid "To forward <acronym>IPv6</acronym> traffic, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58619
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58621
msgid ""
"To enable these settings at system boot, add the following to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58624
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t#for ipv4\n"
"ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t#for ipv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58627
msgid ""
"Verify with <command>ifconfig</command> that both of the interfaces are up "
"and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58630
msgid ""
"Next, create the <application>PF</application> rules to allow the gateway to "
"pass traffic. While the following rule allows stateful traffic to pass from "
"the Internet to hosts on the network, the <literal>to</literal> keyword does "
"not guarantee passage all the way from source to destination:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58637
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58639
msgid ""
"That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal "
"interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58643
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58645
msgid ""
"While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For "
"a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder "
"of this section demonstrates how to keep the rules as simple as possible for "
"readability. For example, those two rules could be replaced with one rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58652
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58654
msgid ""
"The <literal>interface:network</literal> notation can be replaced with a "
"macro to make the ruleset even more readable. For example, a <literal>"
"$localnet</literal> macro could be defined as the network directly attached "
"to the internal interface (<literal>$xl1:network</literal>). Alternatively, "
"the definition of <literal>$localnet</literal> could be changed to an "
"<emphasis>IP address/netmask</emphasis> notation to denote a network, such "
"as <literal>192.168.100.1/24</literal> for a subnet of private addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58665
msgid ""
"If required, <literal>$localnet</literal> could even be defined as a list of "
"networks. Whatever the specific needs, a sensible <literal>$localnet</"
"literal> definition could be used in a typical pass rule as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58670
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58672
msgid ""
"The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the "
"internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and "
"internal 3COM interfaces of the gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:58678
msgid ""
"For dialup users, the external interface will use <filename>tun0</filename>. "
"For an <acronym>ADSL</acronym> connection, specifically those using "
"<acronym>PPP</acronym> over Ethernet (<acronym>PPPoE</acronym>), the correct "
"external interface is <filename>tun0</filename>, not the physical Ethernet "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58687
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n"
"int_if = \"xl1\"\t# macro for internal interface\n"
"localnet = $int_if:network\n"
"# ext_if IP address could be dynamic, hence ($ext_if)\n"
"nat on $ext_if from $localnet to any -&gt; ($ext_if)\n"
"block all\n"
"pass from { lo0, $localnet } to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58695
msgid ""
"This ruleset introduces the <literal>nat</literal> rule which is used to "
"handle the network address translation from the non-routable addresses "
"inside the internal network to the <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to "
"the external interface. The parentheses surrounding the last part of the nat "
"rule <literal>($ext_if)</literal> is included when the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address of the external interface is dynamically assigned. It ensures that "
"network traffic runs without serious interruptions even if the external "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58706
msgid ""
"Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the "
"network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n"
"    https, cvspserver, 2628, 5999, 8000, 8080 }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58713
msgid "to use in the main pass rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58718
msgid ""
"A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables <acronym>SSH</"
"acronym> on the external interface::"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58721
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58723
msgid ""
"This macro definition and rule allows <acronym>DNS</acronym> and "
"<acronym>NTP</acronym> for internal clients:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58727
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n"
"pass quick inet proto { tcp, udp } to any port $udp_services keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58730
msgid ""
"Note the <literal>quick</literal> keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset "
"consists of several rules, it is important to understand the relationships "
"between the rules in a ruleset. Rules are evaluated from top to bottom, in "
"the sequence they are written. For each packet or connection evaluated by "
"<application>PF</application>, <emphasis>the last matching rule</emphasis> "
"in the ruleset is the one which is applied. However, when a packet matches a "
"rule which contains the <literal>quick</literal> keyword, the rule "
"processing stops and the packet is treated according to that rule. This is "
"very useful when an exception to the general rules is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58745
msgid "Creating an <acronym>FTP</acronym> Proxy"
msgstr "建立 <acronym>FTP</acronym> Proxy"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58747
msgid ""
"Configuring working <acronym>FTP</acronym> rules can be problematic due to "
"the nature of the <acronym>FTP</acronym> protocol. <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in its design. The "
"most common points against using <acronym>FTP</acronym> include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58756
msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58760
msgid ""
"The protocol demands the use of at least two <acronym>TCP</acronym> "
"connections (control and data) on separate ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:58766
msgid ""
"When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected "
"ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58771
msgid ""
"All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any "
"potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure "
"alternatives for file transfer exist, such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which both feature "
"authentication and data transfer over encrypted connections.."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58778
msgid ""
"For those situations when <acronym>FTP</acronym> is required, "
"<application>PF</application> provides redirection of <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"traffic to a small proxy program called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-"
"proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which is "
"included in the base system of FreeBSD. The role of the proxy is to "
"dynamically insert and delete rules in the ruleset, using a set of anchors, "
"in order to correctly handle <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58787
msgid ""
"To enable the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy, add this line to <filename>/etc/"
"rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58790
#, no-wrap
msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58792
msgid ""
"Then start the proxy by running <command>service ftp-proxy start</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58795
msgid ""
"For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to <filename>/etc/"
"pf.conf</filename>. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert "
"the rules it generates for the <acronym>FTP</acronym> sessions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58800
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n"
"rdr-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58803
msgid ""
"Second, a pass rule is needed to allow <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic in to "
"the proxy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58806
msgid ""
"Third, redirection and <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules need to be defined "
"before the filtering rules. Insert this <literal>rdr</literal> rule "
"immediately after the <literal>nat</literal> rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58811
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8021"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58813
msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58815
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58817
msgid ""
"where <literal>$proxy</literal> expands to the address the proxy daemon is "
"bound to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58820
msgid ""
"Save <filename>/etc/pf.conf</filename>, load the new rules, and verify from "
"a client that <acronym>FTP</acronym> connections are working:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58826
msgid ""
"This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network "
"need to contact <acronym>FTP</acronym> servers elsewhere. This basic "
"configuration should work well with most combinations of <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> clients and servers. As shown in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-"
"proxy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, the proxy's "
"behavior can be changed in various ways by adding options to the "
"<literal>ftpproxy_flags=</literal> line. Some clients or servers may have "
"specific quirks that must be compensated for in the configuration, or there "
"may be a need to integrate the proxy in specific ways such as assigning "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic to a specific queue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58839
msgid ""
"For ways to run an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server protected by "
"<application>PF</application> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ftp-proxy</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, configure a separate "
"<command>ftp-proxy</command> in reverse mode, using <option>-R</option>, on "
"a separate port with its own redirecting pass rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58848
msgid "Managing <acronym>ICMP</acronym>"
msgstr "管理 <acronym>ICMP</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58850
msgid ""
"Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a <acronym>TCP/IP</"
"acronym> network rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol "
"(<acronym>ICMP</acronym>), which was designed specifically with debugging in "
"mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58855
msgid ""
"The <acronym>ICMP</acronym> protocol sends and receives <emphasis>control "
"messages</emphasis> between hosts and gateways, mainly to provide feedback "
"to a sender about any unusual or difficult conditions enroute to the target "
"host. Routers use <acronym>ICMP</acronym> to negotiate packet sizes and "
"other transmission parameters in a process often referred to as "
"<emphasis>path <acronym>MTU</acronym> discovery</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58864
msgid ""
"From a firewall perspective, some <acronym>ICMP</acronym> control messages "
"are vulnerable to known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic "
"pass unconditionally makes debugging easier, but it also makes it easier for "
"others to extract information about the network. For these reasons, the "
"following rule may not be optimal:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58872
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58874
msgid ""
"One solution is to let all <acronym>ICMP</acronym> traffic from the local "
"network through while stopping all probes from outside the network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n"
"pass inet proto icmp from any to $ext_if keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58881
msgid ""
"Additional options are available which demonstrate some of <application>PF</"
"application>'s flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> messages, one can specify the messages used by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Start by defining a "
"macro for that type of message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58888
#, no-wrap
msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58890
msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58892 book.translate.xml:58952
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58894
msgid ""
"If other types of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packets are needed, expand "
"<literal>icmp_types</literal> to a list of those packet types. Type "
"<command>more /usr/src/contrib/pf/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c</command> to see the "
"list of <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message types supported by <application>PF</"
"application>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/"
"icmp-parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml\">http://www.iana.org/assignments/icmp-"
"parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml</link> for an explanation of each message "
"type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58902
msgid ""
"Since Unix <command>traceroute</command> uses <acronym>UDP</acronym> by "
"default, another rule is needed to allow Unix <command>traceroute</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n"
"pass out on $ext_if inet proto udp from any to any port 33433 &gt;&lt; 33626 keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58909
msgid ""
"Since <command>TRACERT.EXE</command> on Microsoft Windows systems uses "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request messages, only the first rule is needed "
"to allow network traces from those systems. Unix <command>traceroute</"
"command> can be instructed to use other protocols as well, and will use "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> echo request messages if <option>-I</option> is "
"used. Check the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:58919
msgid "Path <acronym>MTU</acronym> Discovery"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:58921
msgid ""
"Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one "
"consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a "
"given connection cannot always be predicted reliably. The main constraint on "
"packet size is the <firstterm>Maximum Transmission Unit</firstterm> "
"(<acronym>MTU</acronym>) which sets the upper limit on the packet size for "
"an interface. Type <command>ifconfig</command> to view the <acronym>MTU</"
"acronym>s for a system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:58932
msgid ""
"<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> uses a process known as path <acronym>MTU</"
"acronym> discovery to determine the right packet size for a connection. This "
"process sends packets of varying sizes with the <quote>Do not fragment</"
"quote> flag set, expecting an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> return packet of "
"<quote>type 3, code 4</quote> when the upper limit has been reached. Type 3 "
"means <quote>destination unreachable</quote>, and code 4 is short for "
"<quote>fragmentation needed, but the do-not-fragment flag is set</quote>. To "
"allow path MTU discovery in order to support connections to other "
"<acronym>MTU</acronym>s, add the <literal>destination unreachable</literal> "
"type to the <literal>icmp_types</literal> macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58946
#, no-wrap
msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:58948
msgid ""
"Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified "
"in order to support the new <acronym>ICMP</acronym> type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:58954
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> allows filtering on all variations of "
"<acronym>ICMP</acronym> types and codes. The list of possible types and "
"codes are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>icmp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>icmp6</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:58962
msgid "Using Tables"
msgstr "使用 Tables"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58964
msgid ""
"Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given "
"time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. "
"<application>PF</application> supports the use of tables, which are defined "
"lists that can be manipulated without needing to reload the entire ruleset, "
"and which can provide fast lookups. Table names are always enclosed within "
"<literal>&lt; &gt;</literal>, like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58973
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;clients&gt; { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58975
msgid ""
"In this example, the <literal>192.168.2.0/24</literal> network is part of "
"the table, except for the address <literal>192.168.2.5</literal>, which is "
"excluded using the <literal>!</literal> operator. It is also possible to "
"load tables from files where each item is on a separate line, as seen in "
"this example <filename>/etc/clients</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58983
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"192.168.2.0/24\n"
"!192.168.2.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58986
msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58988
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;clients&gt; persist file \"/etc/clients\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58990
msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:58993
#, no-wrap
msgid "pass inet proto tcp from &lt;clients&gt; to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:58995
msgid ""
"A table's contents can be manipulated live, using <command>pfctl</command>. "
"This example adds another network to the table:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:58999
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59001
msgid ""
"Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal "
"for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the "
"changes permanent, modify the definition of the table in the ruleset or edit "
"the file that the table refers to. One can maintain the on-disk copy of the "
"table using a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> job which dumps the table's contents to disk at "
"regular intervals, using a command such as <command>pfctl -t clients -T show "
"&gt;/etc/clients</command>. Alternatively, <filename>/etc/clients</filename> "
"can be updated with the in-memory table contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59013
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59017
msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect <acronym>SSH</acronym>"
msgstr "使用 Overload Tables 保護 <acronym>SSH</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59020
msgid ""
"Those who run <acronym>SSH</acronym> on an external interface have probably "
"seen something like this in the authentication logs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[5279]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:35 skapet sshd[5279]: Received disconnect from 200.72.41.31: 11: Bye Bye\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[29635]: Invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: input_userauth_request: invalid user admin\n"
"Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: Failed password for invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31 port 41484 ssh2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59031
msgid ""
"This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is "
"trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59035
msgid ""
"If external <acronym>SSH</acronym> access is needed for legitimate users, "
"changing the default port used by <acronym>SSH</acronym> can offer some "
"protection. However, <application>PF</application> provides a more elegant "
"solution. Pass rules can contain limits on what connecting hosts can do and "
"violators can be banished to a table of addresses which are denied some or "
"all access. It is even possible to drop all existing connections from "
"machines which overreach the limits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59045
msgid ""
"To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59048
#, no-wrap
msgid "table &lt;bruteforce&gt; persist"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59050
msgid ""
"Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while "
"allowing legitimate access:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59053
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"block quick from &lt;bruteforce&gt;\n"
"pass inet proto tcp from any to $localnet port $tcp_services \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state \\\n"
"    (max-src-conn <replaceable>100</replaceable>, max-src-conn-rate <replaceable>15/5</replaceable>, \\\n"
"    overload &lt;bruteforce&gt; flush global)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59059
msgid ""
"The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed "
"to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59063
msgid ""
"<literal>max-src-conn</literal> is the number of simultaneous connections "
"allowed from one host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59066
msgid ""
"<literal>max-src-conn-rate</literal> is the rate of new connections allowed "
"from any single host (<replaceable>15</replaceable>) per number of seconds "
"(<replaceable>5</replaceable>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59071
msgid ""
"<literal>overload &lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> means that any host which "
"exceeds these limits gets its address added to the <literal>bruteforce</"
"literal> table. The ruleset blocks all traffic from addresses in the "
"<literal>bruteforce</literal> table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59077
msgid ""
"Finally, <literal>flush global</literal> says that when a host reaches the "
"limit, that all (<literal>global</literal>) of that host's connections will "
"be terminated (<literal>flush</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59083
msgid ""
"These rules will <emphasis>not</emphasis> block slow bruteforcers, as "
"described in <link xlink:href=\"http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/"
"\">http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59087
msgid ""
"This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if "
"a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to "
"be more restrictive when it comes to <application>ssh</application>, "
"supplement the rule above with something like the one below, early on in the "
"rule set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59095
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n"
"    flags S/SA keep state \\\n"
"    (max-src-conn 15, max-src-conn-rate 5/3, \\\n"
"    overload &lt;bruteforce&gt; flush global)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:59101
msgid "It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59104
msgid ""
"It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which "
"does not apply exclusively to <acronym>SSH</acronym>, and it is not always "
"optimal to entirely block all traffic from offenders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59109
msgid ""
"For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a "
"web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign "
"offenders to a queue with a minimal bandwidth allocation or to redirect to a "
"specific web page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59116
msgid ""
"Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow "
"incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address that is blocked is a dynamically assigned one, which has since been "
"assigned to a host who has a legitimate reason to communicate with hosts in "
"the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59123
msgid ""
"For situations like these, <application>pfctl</application> provides the "
"ability to expire table entries. For example, this command will remove "
"<literal>&lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> table entries which have not been "
"referenced for <literal>86400</literal> seconds:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59130
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59132
msgid ""
"Similar functionality is provided by <package>security/expiretable</"
"package>, which removes table entries which have not been accessed for a "
"specified period of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59137
msgid ""
"Once installed, <application>expiretable</application> can be run to remove "
"<literal>&lt;bruteforce&gt;</literal> table entries older than a specified "
"age. This example removes all entries older than 24 hours:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59142
#, no-wrap
msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59146
msgid "Protecting Against <acronym>SPAM</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>SPAM</acronym> 防護"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59148
msgid ""
"Not to be confused with the <application>spamd</application> daemon which "
"comes bundled with <application>spamassassin</application>, <package>mail/"
"spamd</package> can be configured with <application>PF</application> to "
"provide an outer defense against <acronym>SPAM</acronym>. This "
"<application>spamd</application> hooks into the <application>PF</"
"application> configuration using a set of redirections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59158
msgid ""
"Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and <acronym>SPAM</"
"acronym> is mainly sent from a few spammer friendly networks and a large "
"number of hijacked machines, both of which are reported to "
"<firstterm>blacklists</firstterm> fairly quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59164
msgid ""
"When an <acronym>SMTP</acronym> connection from an address in a blacklist is "
"received, <application>spamd</application> presents its banner and "
"immediately switches to a mode where it answers <acronym>SMTP</acronym> "
"traffic one byte at a time. This technique, which is intended to waste as "
"much time as possible on the spammer's end, is called <firstterm>tarpitting</"
"firstterm>. The specific implementation which uses one byte <acronym>SMTP</"
"acronym> replies is often referred to as <firstterm>stuttering</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59176
msgid ""
"This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up "
"<application>spamd</application> with automatically updated blacklists. "
"Refer to the man pages which are installed with <package>mail/spamd</"
"package> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:59183
msgid "Configuring <application>spamd</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59186
msgid ""
"Install the <package>mail/spamd</package> package or port. In order to use "
"<application>spamd</application>'s greylisting features, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdescfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> must be mounted at <filename>/dev/fd</filename>. "
"Add the following line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59193
#, no-wrap
msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59195
msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59197
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount fdescfs</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59201
msgid "Next, edit the <application>PF</application> ruleset to include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"table &lt;spamd&gt; persist\n"
"table &lt;spamd-white&gt; persist\n"
"rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from &lt;spamd&gt; to \\\n"
"    { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8025\n"
"rdr pass on $ext_if inet proto tcp from !&lt;spamd-white&gt; to \\\n"
"    { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -&gt; 127.0.0.1 port 8025"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59211
msgid ""
"The two tables <literal>&lt;spamd&gt;</literal> and <literal>&lt;spamd-"
"white&gt;</literal> are essential. <acronym>SMTP</acronym> traffic from an "
"address listed in<literal> &lt;spamd&gt;</literal> but not in <literal>&lt;"
"spamd-white&gt;</literal> is redirected to the <application>spamd</"
"application> daemon listening at port 8025."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59221
msgid ""
"The next step is to configure <application>spamd</application> in <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/spamd.conf</filename> and to add some <filename>rc.conf</"
"filename> parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59226
msgid ""
"The installation of <package>mail/spamd</package> includes a sample "
"configuration file (<filename>/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample</filename>) "
"and a man page for <filename>spamd.conf</filename>. Refer to these for "
"additional configuration options beyond those shown in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59233
msgid ""
"One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a "
"<literal>#</literal> comment sign contains the block which defines the "
"<literal>all</literal> list, which specifies the lists to use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"all:\\\n"
"    :traplist:whitelist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59242
msgid ""
"This entry adds the desired blacklists, separated by colons (<literal>:</"
"literal>). To use a whitelist to subtract addresses from a blacklist, add "
"the name of the whitelist <emphasis>immediately</emphasis> after the name of "
"that blacklist. For example: <literal>:blacklist:whitelist:</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59249
msgid "This is followed by the specified blacklist's definition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59252
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"traplist:\\\n"
"    :black:\\\n"
"    :msg=\"SPAM. Your address %A has sent spam within the last 24 hours\":\\\n"
"    :method=http:\\\n"
"    :file=www.openbsd.org/spamd/traplist.gz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59258
msgid ""
"where the first line is the name of the blacklist and the second line "
"specifies the list type. The <literal>msg</literal> field contains the "
"message to display to blacklisted senders during the <acronym>SMTP</acronym> "
"dialogue. The <literal>method</literal> field specifies how "
"<application>spamd-setup</application> fetches the list data; supported "
"methods are <literal>http</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, from a "
"<literal>file</literal> in a mounted file system, and via <literal>exec</"
"literal> of an external program. Finally, the <literal>file</literal> field "
"specifies the name of the file <application>spamd</application> expects to "
"receive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59273
msgid ""
"The definition of the specified whitelist is similar, but omits the "
"<literal>msg</literal> field since a message is not needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59277
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"whitelist:\\\n"
"    :white:\\\n"
"    :method=file:\\\n"
"    :file=/var/mail/whitelist.txt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/title
#: book.translate.xml:59283
msgid "Choose Data Sources with Care"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:59285
msgid ""
"Using all the blacklists in the sample <filename>spamd.conf</filename> will "
"blacklist large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file "
"to create an optimal configuration which uses applicable data sources and, "
"when necessary, uses custom lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59293
msgid ""
"Next, add this entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Additional flags "
"are described in the man page specified by the comment:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59298
#, no-wrap
msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59300
msgid ""
"When finished, reload the ruleset, start <application>spamd</application> by "
"typing <command>service start obspamd</command>, and complete the "
"configuration using <command>spamd-setup</command>. Finally, create a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> job which calls <command>spamd-setup</command> to update the "
"tables at reasonable intervals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59310
msgid ""
"On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start "
"getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59314
msgid ""
"<application>PF</application> also supports <firstterm>greylisting</"
"firstterm>, which temporarily rejects messages from unknown hosts with "
"<replaceable>45n</replaceable> codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which "
"try again within a reasonable time are let through. Traffic from senders "
"which are set up to behave within the limits set by RFC 1123 and RFC 2821 "
"are immediately let through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59323
msgid ""
"More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.greylisting.org/\">greylisting.org</link> web site. "
"The most amazing thing about greylisting, apart from its simplicity, is that "
"it still works. Spammers and malware writers have been very slow to adapt in "
"order to bypass this technique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59330
msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:59334
msgid "Configuring Greylisting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59337
msgid ""
"Make sure that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdescfs</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> is mounted as "
"described in Step 1 of the previous Procedure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59342
msgid ""
"To run <application>spamd</application> in greylisting mode, add this line "
"to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59346
#, no-wrap
msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\"  # use spamd greylisting if YES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59348
msgid ""
"Refer to the <application>spamd</application> man page for descriptions of "
"additional related parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:59354
msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service restart obspamd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service start spamlogd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59361
msgid ""
"Behind the scenes, the <application>spamdb</application> database tool and "
"the <application>spamlogd</application> whitelist updater perform essential "
"functions for the greylisting feature. <application>spamdb</application> is "
"the administrator's main interface to managing the black, grey, and white "
"lists via the contents of the <filename>/var/db/spamdb</filename> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59371
msgid "Network Hygiene"
msgstr "網路保健"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59373
msgid ""
"This section describes how <literal>block-policy</literal>, <literal>scrub</"
"literal>, and <literal>antispoof</literal> can be used to make the ruleset "
"behave sanely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59378
msgid ""
"The <literal>block-policy</literal> is an option which can be set in the "
"<literal>options</literal> part of the ruleset, which precedes the "
"redirection and filtering rules. This option determines which feedback, if "
"any, <application>PF</application> sends to hosts that are blocked by a "
"rule. The option has two possible values: <literal>drop</literal> drops "
"blocked packets with no feedback, and <literal>return</literal> returns a "
"status code such as <computeroutput>Connection refused</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59389
msgid ""
"If not set, the default policy is <literal>drop</literal>. To change the "
"<literal>block-policy</literal>, specify the desired value:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59394
#, no-wrap
msgid "set block-policy return"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59396
msgid ""
"In <application>PF</application>, <literal>scrub</literal> is a keyword "
"which enables network packet normalization. This process reassembles "
"fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have invalid flag "
"combinations. Enabling <literal>scrub</literal> provides a measure of "
"protection against certain kinds of attacks based on incorrect handling of "
"packet fragments. A number of options are available, but the simplest form "
"is suitable for most configurations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59406
#, no-wrap
msgid "scrub in all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59408
msgid ""
"Some services, such as <acronym>NFS</acronym>, require specific fragment "
"handling options. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openbsd.gr/faq/pf/"
"scrub.html\">http://www.openbsd.gr/faq/pf/scrub.html</link> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59412
msgid ""
"This example reassembles fragments, clears the <quote>do not fragment</"
"quote> bit, and sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59416
#, no-wrap
msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59418
msgid ""
"The <literal>antispoof</literal> mechanism protects against activity from "
"spoofed or forged <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, mainly by blocking "
"packets appearing on interfaces and in directions which are logically not "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59424
msgid ""
"These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as "
"well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"antispoof for $ext_if\n"
"antispoof for $int_if"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:59433
msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses"
msgstr "處理不可路由 (Non-Routable) 的位址"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59435
msgid ""
"Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address "
"translation, one may have to compensate for other people's "
"misconfigurations. A common misconfiguration is to let traffic with non-"
"routable addresses out to the Internet. Since traffic from non-routeable "
"addresses can play a part in several <acronym>DoS</acronym> attack "
"techniques, consider explicitly blocking traffic from non-routeable "
"addresses from entering the network through the external interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:59445
msgid ""
"In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then "
"used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly "
"dropped on the gateway's external interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59451
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n"
"\t      10.0.0.0/8, 169.254.0.0/16, 192.0.2.0/24, \\\n"
"\t      0.0.0.0/8, 240.0.0.0/4 }\"\n"
"\n"
"block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n"
"block drop out quick on $ext_if from any to $martians"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:59462
msgid "<application>IPFW</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59464
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary>IPFW</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59470
msgid ""
"<application>IPFW</application> is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD "
"which supports both <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. It "
"is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter rule "
"processor and its integrated packet accounting facility, the logging "
"facility, <acronym>NAT</acronym>, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> traffic shaper, a "
"forward facility, a bridge facility, and an ipstealth facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59479
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in <filename>/etc/rc.firewall</filename> "
"which defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice "
"users in generating an appropriate ruleset. <application>IPFW</application> "
"provides a powerful syntax which advanced users can use to craft customized "
"rulesets that meet the security requirements of a given environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:59487
msgid ""
"This section describes how to enable <application>IPFW</application>, "
"provides an overview of its rule syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets "
"for common configuration scenarios."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59493
msgid "Enabling <application>IPFW</application>"
msgstr "開啟 <application>IPFW</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59495
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>enabling</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59501
msgid ""
"<application>IPFW</application> is included in the basic FreeBSD install as "
"a kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in "
"order to enable <application>IPFW</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59506
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59512
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59518
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59524
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>kernel "
"options</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59530
msgid ""
"For those users who wish to statically compile <application>IPFW</"
"application> support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following options are available for "
"the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59536
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options    IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE\t\t# enables logging for rules with log keyword\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5\t# limits number of logged packets per-entry\n"
"options    IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT # sets default policy to pass what is not explicitly denied\n"
"options    IPDIVERT\t\t\t# enables NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59542
msgid ""
"To configure the system to enable <application>IPFW</application> at boot "
"time, add the following entry to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59546
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59548
msgid ""
"To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another "
"line which specifies the type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59551
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_type=\"open\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59553
msgid "The available types are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59557
msgid "<literal>open</literal>: passes all traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59560
msgid "<literal>client</literal>: protects only this machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59564
msgid "<literal>simple</literal>: protects the whole network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59568
msgid ""
"<literal>closed</literal>: entirely disables IP traffic except for the "
"loopback interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59572
msgid ""
"<literal>workstation</literal>: protects only this machine using stateful "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59576
msgid "<literal>UNKNOWN</literal>: disables the loading of firewall rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59580
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename>: full path of the "
"file containing the firewall ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59586
msgid ""
"If <literal>firewall_type</literal> is set to either <literal>client</"
"literal> or <literal>simple</literal>, modify the default rules found in "
"<filename>/etc/rc.firewall</filename> to fit the configuration of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59592
msgid ""
"Note that the <literal>filename</literal> type is used to load a custom "
"ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59595
msgid ""
"An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the "
"<literal>firewall_script</literal> variable to the absolute path of an "
"<emphasis>executable script</emphasis> that includes <application>IPFW</"
"application> commands. The examples used in this section assume that the "
"<literal>firewall_script</literal> is set to <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59603
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59605
msgid "To enable logging, include this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59607
#, no-wrap
msgid "firewall_logging=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59609
msgid ""
"There is no <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable to set logging "
"limits. To limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection "
"attempt, specify the number using this line in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59614
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=<replaceable>5</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59616
msgid ""
"After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits "
"now, also set the <command>sysctl</command> value specified above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:59620
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ipfw start</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=<replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59625
msgid "<application>IPFW</application> Rule Syntax"
msgstr "<application>IPFW</application> 規則語法"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59627
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>rule "
"processing order</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59633
msgid ""
"When a packet enters the <application>IPFW</application> firewall, it is "
"compared against the first rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a "
"time, moving from top to bottom in sequence. When the packet matches the "
"selection parameters of a rule, the rule's action is executed and the search "
"of the ruleset terminates for that packet. This is referred to as "
"<quote>first match wins</quote>. If the packet does not match any of the "
"rules, it gets caught by the mandatory <application>IPFW</application> "
"default rule number 65535, which denies all packets and silently discards "
"them. However, if the packet matches a rule that contains the "
"<literal>count</literal>, <literal>skipto</literal>, or <literal>tee</"
"literal> keywords, the search continues. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details on how these keywords affect rule processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:59649
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>rule syntax</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59655
msgid ""
"When creating an <application>IPFW</application> rule, keywords must be "
"written in the following order. Some keywords are mandatory while other "
"keywords are optional. The words shown in uppercase represent a variable and "
"the words shown in lowercase must precede the variable that follows it. The "
"<literal>#</literal> symbol is used to mark the start of a comment and may "
"appear at the end of a rule or on its own line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59665
msgid ""
"<replaceable>CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from "
"SRC SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59669
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It is "
"not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used "
"when creating <application>IPFW</application> rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59677
msgid "CMD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59679
msgid "Every rule must start with <parameter>ipfw add</parameter>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59685
msgid "RULE_NUMBER"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59687
msgid ""
"Each rule is associated with a number from <literal>1</literal> to "
"<literal>65534</literal>. The number is used to indicate the order of rule "
"processing. Multiple rules can have the same number, in which case they are "
"applied according to the order in which they have been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59698
msgid "SET_NUMBER"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59700
msgid ""
"Each rule is associated with a set number from <literal>0</literal> to "
"<literal>31</literal>. Sets can be individually disabled or enabled, making "
"it possible to quickly add or delete a set of rules. If a SET_NUMBER is not "
"specified, the rule will be added to set <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59710 book.translate.xml:60688
msgid "ACTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59712
msgid ""
"A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified "
"action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of "
"the rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59717
msgid ""
"<parameter>allow | accept | pass | permit</parameter>: these keywords are "
"equivalent and allow packets that match the rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59721
msgid ""
"<parameter>check-state</parameter>: checks the packet against the dynamic "
"state table. If a match is found, execute the action associated with the "
"rule which generated this dynamic rule, otherwise move to the next rule. A "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule does not have selection criterion. If no "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule is present in the ruleset, the dynamic "
"rules table is checked at the first <literal>keep-state</literal> or "
"<literal>limit</literal> rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59732
msgid ""
"<parameter>count</parameter>: updates counters for all packets that match "
"the rule. The search continues with the next rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59736
msgid ""
"<parameter>deny | drop</parameter>: either word silently discards packets "
"that match this rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59739
msgid ""
"Additional actions are available. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59745
msgid "LOG_AMOUNT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59747
msgid ""
"When a packet matches a rule with the <literal>log</literal> keyword, a "
"message will be logged to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> with a facility name "
"of <literal>SECURITY</literal>. Logging only occurs if the number of packets "
"logged for that particular rule does not exceed a specified LOG_AMOUNT. If "
"no LOG_AMOUNT is specified, the limit is taken from the value of "
"<varname>net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit</varname>. A value of zero removes the "
"logging limit. Once the limit is reached, logging can be re-enabled by "
"clearing the logging counter or the packet counter for that rule, using "
"<command>ipfw resetlog</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59762
msgid ""
"Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, "
"and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator "
"decides which rules to enable logging on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59771
msgid "PROTO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59773
msgid ""
"This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found "
"in <filename>/etc/protocols</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59780
msgid "SRC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59782
msgid ""
"The <literal>from</literal> keyword must be followed by the source address "
"or a keyword that represents the source address. An address can be "
"represented by <literal>any</literal>, <literal>me</literal> (any address "
"configured on an interface on this system), <literal>me6</literal>, (any "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> address configured on an interface on this system), "
"or <literal>table</literal> followed by the number of a lookup table which "
"contains a list of addresses. When specifying an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, it can be optionally followed by its <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask "
"or subnet mask. For example, <literal>1.2.3.4/25</literal> or "
"<literal>1.2.3.4:255.255.255.128</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59800 book.translate.xml:60824
msgid "SRC_PORT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59802
msgid ""
"An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from "
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59809
msgid "DST"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59811
msgid ""
"The <literal>to</literal> keyword must be followed by the destination "
"address or a keyword that represents the destination address. The same "
"keywords and addresses described in the SRC section can be used to describe "
"the destination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59820 book.translate.xml:60861
msgid "DST_PORT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59822
msgid ""
"An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name "
"from <filename>/etc/services</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:59829 book.translate.xml:60740
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59831
msgid ""
"Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name "
"suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include <literal>in</"
"literal> or <literal>out</literal>, which specify the direction of packet "
"flow, <literal>icmptypes</literal> followed by the type of <acronym>ICMP</"
"acronym> message, and <literal>keep-state</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59840
msgid ""
"When a <parameter>keep-state</parameter> rule is matched, the firewall will "
"create a dynamic rule which matches bidirectional traffic between the source "
"and destination addresses and ports using the same protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59846
msgid ""
"The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-"
"flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter "
"this type of attack with <application>IPFW</application>, use "
"<literal>limit</literal>. This option limits the number of simultaneous "
"sessions by checking the open dynamic rules, counting the number of times "
"this rule and <acronym>IP</acronym> address combination occurred. If this "
"count is greater than the value specified by <literal>limit</literal>, the "
"packet is discarded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:59858
msgid ""
"Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of "
"each available option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:59867 book.translate.xml:60940
msgid "Example Ruleset"
msgstr "範例規則集"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59869
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset "
"script named <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>. In this example, all "
"connection rules use <literal>in</literal> or <literal>out</literal> to "
"clarify the direction. They also use <literal>via</literal> "
"<replaceable>interface-name</replaceable> to specify the interface the "
"packet is traveling over."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59879
msgid ""
"When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily "
"setting this tunable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59882
#, no-wrap
msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:59884
msgid ""
"This sets the default policy of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to be more permissive "
"than the default <literal>deny ip from any to any</literal>, making it "
"slightly more difficult to get locked out of the system right after a reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59890
msgid ""
"The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a Bourne shell script "
"and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the <literal>cmd</literal> "
"variable so that <literal>ipfw add</literal> does not have to be typed at "
"the beginning of every rule. It also defines the <literal>pif</literal> "
"variable which represents the name of the interface that is attached to the "
"Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"# Flush out the list before we begin.\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush\n"
"\n"
"# Set rules command prefix\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n"
"pif=\"dc0\"     # interface name of NIC attached to Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59906
msgid ""
"The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and "
"on the loopback interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59909
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n"
"$cmd 00005 allow all from any to any via xl0\n"
"\n"
"# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n"
"$cmd 00010 allow all from any to any via lo0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59915
msgid ""
"The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in "
"the dynamic rules table:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59918
#, no-wrap
msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59920
msgid ""
"The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems "
"can create to hosts on the Internet:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow access to public DNS\n"
"# Replace x.x.x.x with the IP address of a public DNS server\n"
"# and repeat for each DNS server in /etc/resolv.conf\n"
"$cmd 00110 allow tcp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00111 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n"
"# Use the first rule and check log for IP address.\n"
"# Then, uncomment the second rule, input the IP address, and delete the first rule\n"
"$cmd 00120 allow log udp from any to any 67 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"#$cmd 00120 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n"
"$cmd 00200 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00220 allow tcp from any to any 443 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound email connections\n"
"$cmd 00230 allow tcp from any to any 25 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"$cmd 00231 allow tcp from any to any 110 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound ping\n"
"$cmd 00250 allow icmp from any to any out via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound NTP\n"
"$cmd 00260 allow tcp from any to any 37 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound SSH\n"
"$cmd 00280 allow tcp from any to any 22 out via $pif setup keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# deny and log all other outbound connections\n"
"$cmd 00299 deny log all from any to any out via $pif"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:59955
msgid ""
"The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the "
"internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with "
"attacks and then explicitly allows specific types of connections. All the "
"authorized services that originate from the Internet use <literal>limit</"
"literal> to prevent flooding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:59962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n"
"$cmd 00300 deny all from 192.168.0.0/16 to any in via $pif     #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"$cmd 00301 deny all from 172.16.0.0/12 to any in via $pif      #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"$cmd 00302 deny all from 10.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif         #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"$cmd 00303 deny all from 127.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif        #loopback\n"
"$cmd 00304 deny all from 0.0.0.0/8 to any in via $pif          #loopback\n"
"$cmd 00305 deny all from 169.254.0.0/16 to any in via $pif     #DHCP auto-config\n"
"$cmd 00306 deny all from 192.0.2.0/24 to any in via $pif       #reserved for docs\n"
"$cmd 00307 deny all from 204.152.64.0/23 to any in via $pif    #Sun cluster interconnect\n"
"$cmd 00308 deny all from 224.0.0.0/3 to any in via $pif        #Class D &amp; E multicast\n"
"\n"
"# Deny public pings\n"
"$cmd 00310 deny icmp from any to any in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny ident\n"
"$cmd 00315 deny tcp from any to any 113 in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny all Netbios services.\n"
"$cmd 00320 deny tcp from any to any 137 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00321 deny tcp from any to any 138 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00322 deny tcp from any to any 139 in via $pif\n"
"$cmd 00323 deny tcp from any to any 81 in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny fragments\n"
"$cmd 00330 deny all from any to any frag in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n"
"$cmd 00332 deny tcp from any to any established in via $pif\n"
"\n"
"# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n"
"# Replace x.x.x.x with the same IP address used in rule 00120.\n"
"#$cmd 00360 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 in via $pif keep-state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n"
"$cmd 00400 allow tcp from any to me 80 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n"
"\n"
"# Allow inbound SSH connections\n"
"$cmd 00410 allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n"
"\n"
"# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n"
"$cmd 00499 deny log all from any to any in via $pif"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60004
msgid ""
"The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the "
"ruleset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60007
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Everything else is denied and logged\n"
"$cmd 00999 deny log all from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60013 book.translate.xml:61094
msgid "Configuring <acronym>NAT</acronym>"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>NAT</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60025
msgid ""
"<primary>NAT</primary> <secondary>and <application>IPFW</application></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60031
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's built-in <acronym>NAT</acronym> daemon, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, works in conjunction with <application>IPFW</application> to "
"provide network address translation. This can be used to provide an Internet "
"Connection Sharing solution so that several internal computers can connect "
"to the Internet using a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60039
msgid ""
"To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a "
"gateway. This system must have two <acronym>NIC</acronym>s, where one is "
"connected to the Internet and the other is connected to the internal "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym>. Each machine connected to the <acronym>LAN</acronym> "
"should be assigned an <acronym>IP</acronym> address in the private network "
"space, as defined by <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1918."
"txt\">RFC 1918</link>, and have the default gateway set to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system's internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60051
msgid ""
"Some additional configuration is needed in order to activate the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> function of <application>IPFW</application>. If the "
"system has a custom kernel, the kernel configuration file needs to include "
"<literal>option IPDIVERT</literal> along with the other <literal>IPFIREWALL</"
"literal> options described in <xref linkend=\"firewalls-ipfw-enable\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60058
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>NAT</acronym> support at boot time, the following must be "
"in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables the gateway\n"
"natd_enable=\"YES\"\t\t# enables <acronym>NAT</acronym>\n"
"natd_interface=\"rl0\"\t\t# specify interface name of NIC attached to Internet\n"
"natd_flags=\"-dynamic -m\"\t# -m = preserve port numbers; additional options are listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60067
msgid ""
"It is also possible to specify a configuration file which contains the "
"options to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60070
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60072
msgid ""
"The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per "
"line. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60075
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n"
"redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:60078
msgid ""
"For more information about this configuration file, consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60082
msgid ""
"Next, add the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules to the firewall ruleset. When the "
"rulest contains stateful rules, the positioning of the <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> rules is critical and the <literal>skipto</literal> action is used. "
"The <literal>skipto</literal> action requires a rule number so that it knows "
"which rule to jump to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60089
msgid ""
"The following example builds upon the firewall ruleset shown in the previous "
"section. It adds some additional entries and modifies some existing rules in "
"order to configure the firewall for <acronym>NAT</acronym>. It starts by "
"adding some additional variables which represent the rule number to skip to, "
"the <literal>keep-state</literal> option, and a list of <acronym>TCP</"
"acronym> ports which will be used to reduce the number of rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60098
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add\"\n"
"skip=\"skipto 500\"\n"
"pif=dc0\n"
"ks=\"keep-state\"\n"
"good_tcpo=\"22,25,37,53,80,443,110\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60106
msgid ""
"The inbound <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule is inserted <emphasis>after</"
"emphasis> the two rules which allow all traffic on the trusted internal "
"interface and on the loopback interface and <emphasis>before</emphasis> the "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule. It is important that the rule number "
"selected for this <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule, in this example <literal>100</"
"literal>, is higher than the first two rules and lower than the "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0  # exclude LAN traffic\n"
"$cmd 010 allow all from any to any via lo0  # exclude loopback traffic\n"
"$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif # NAT any inbound packets\n"
"# Allow the packet through if it has an existing entry in the dynamic rules table\n"
"$cmd 101 check-state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60122
msgid ""
"The outbound rules are modified to replace the <literal>allow</literal> "
"action with the <literal>$skip</literal> variable, indicating that rule "
"processing will continue at rule <literal>500</literal>. The seven "
"<literal>tcp</literal> rules have been replaced by rule <literal>125</"
"literal> as the <literal>$good_tcpo</literal> variable contains the seven "
"allowed outbound ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60131
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Authorized outbound packets\n"
"$cmd 120 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif $ks\n"
"$cmd 121 $skip udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif $ks\n"
"$cmd 125 $skip tcp from any to any $good_tcpo out via $pif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 130 $skip icmp from any to any out via $pif $ks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60137
msgid ""
"The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which "
"removes the <literal> via $pif</literal> in order to catch both inbound and "
"outbound rules. The <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule must follow this last "
"outbound rule, must have a higher number than that last rule, and the rule "
"number must be referenced by the <literal>skipto</literal> action. In this "
"ruleset, rule number <literal>500</literal> diverts all packets which match "
"the outbound rules to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> processing. The next rule allows any packet which has undergone "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> processing to pass."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$cmd 499 deny log all from any to any\n"
"$cmd 500 divert natd ip from any to any out via $pif # skipto location for outbound stateful rules\n"
"$cmd 510 allow ip from any to any"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60154
msgid ""
"In this example, rules <literal>100</literal>, <literal>101</literal>, "
"<literal>125</literal>, <literal>500</literal>, and <literal>510</literal> "
"control the address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that "
"the entries in the dynamic state table always register the private "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60162
msgid ""
"Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound "
"<acronym>HTTP</acronym> session over port 80. When the first outbound packet "
"enters the firewall, it does not match rule <literal>100</literal> because "
"it is headed out rather than in. It passes rule <literal>101</literal> "
"because this is the first packet and it has not been posted to the dynamic "
"state table yet. The packet finally matches rule <literal>125</literal> as "
"it is outbound on an allowed port and has a source <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. On matching this rule, two "
"actions take place. First, the <literal>keep-state</literal> action adds an "
"entry to the dynamic state table and the specified action, <literal>skipto "
"rule 500</literal>, is executed. Next, the packet undergoes <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> and is sent out to the Internet. This packet makes its way to the "
"destination web server, where a response packet is generated and sent back. "
"This new packet enters the top of the ruleset. It matches rule <literal>100</"
"literal> and has its destination <acronym>IP</acronym> address mapped back "
"to the original internal address. It then is processed by the <literal>check-"
"state</literal> rule, is found in the table as an existing session, and is "
"released to the <acronym>LAN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60186
msgid ""
"On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only "
"authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to the "
"dynamic state table and the packet is released to the <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym>. The packet generated as a response is recognized by the "
"<literal>check-state</literal> rule as belonging to an existing session. It "
"is then sent to rule <literal>500</literal> to undergo <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> before being released to the outbound interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60198
msgid "Port Redirection"
msgstr "Port 重新導向"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60200
msgid ""
"The drawback with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is that the "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> clients are not accessible from the Internet. Clients "
"on the <acronym>LAN</acronym> can make outgoing connections to the world but "
"cannot receive incoming ones. This presents a problem if trying to run "
"Internet services on one of the <acronym>LAN</acronym> client machines. A "
"simple way around this is to redirect selected Internet ports on the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> machine to a <acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60210
msgid ""
"For example, an <acronym>IRC</acronym> server runs on client <systemitem>A</"
"systemitem> and a web server runs on client <systemitem>B</systemitem>. For "
"this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 (<acronym>IRC</"
"acronym>) and 80 (<acronym>HTTP</acronym>) must be redirected to the "
"respective machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60217
msgid "The syntax for <option>-redirect_port</option> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     -redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n"
"                 [aliasIP:]aliasPORT[-aliasPORT]\n"
"                 [remoteIP[:remotePORT[-remotePORT]]]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60224
msgid "In the above example, the argument should be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"    -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n"
"    -redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60229
msgid ""
"This redirects the proper <acronym>TCP</acronym> ports to the <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym> client machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60232
msgid ""
"Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with <option>-"
"redirect_port</option>. For example, <replaceable>tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 "
"2000-3000</replaceable> would redirect all connections received on ports "
"2000 to 3000 to ports 2000 to 3000 on client <systemitem>A</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60239
msgid ""
"These options can be used when directly running "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, placed within the <literal>natd_flags=\"\"</literal> option "
"in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, or passed via a configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60245
msgid ""
"For further configuration options, consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60250
msgid "Address Redirection"
msgstr "位址重新導向"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60252
msgid "<primary>address redirection</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60256
msgid ""
"Address redirection is useful if more than one <acronym>IP</acronym> address "
"is available. Each <acronym>LAN</acronym> client can be assigned its own "
"external <acronym>IP</acronym> address by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which will then "
"rewrite outgoing packets from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients with the "
"proper external <acronym>IP</acronym> address and redirects all traffic "
"incoming on that particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the "
"specific <acronym>LAN</acronym> client. This is also known as static "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym>. For example, if <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.1</systemitem>, <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.2</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">128.1.1.3</systemitem> are available, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">128.1.1.1</systemitem> can be used as the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> machine's external <acronym>IP</acronym> address, while "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.2</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">128.1.1.3</systemitem> are forwarded back to <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym> clients <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60274
msgid "The <option>-redirect_address</option> syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60277
#, no-wrap
msgid "-redirect_address localIP publicIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60284
msgid "localIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60285
msgid ""
"The internal <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>LAN</acronym> "
"client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60290
msgid "publicIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:60291
msgid ""
"The external <acronym>IP</acronym> address corresponding to the "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60299
msgid "In the example, this argument would read:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60301
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"-redirect_address 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n"
"-redirect_address 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60304
msgid ""
"Like <option>-redirect_port</option>, these arguments are placed within the "
"<literal>natd_flags=\"\"</literal> option of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>, or passed via a configuration file. With address redirection, "
"there is no need for port redirection since all data received on a "
"particular <acronym>IP</acronym> address is redirected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60312
msgid ""
"The external <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses on the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> machine must be active and aliased to the external interface. "
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60320
msgid "The <application>IPFW</application> Command"
msgstr "<application>IPFW</application> 指令"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60322
msgid "<primary><command>ipfw</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60324
msgid ""
"<command>ipfw</command> can be used to make manual, single rule additions or "
"deletions to the active firewall while it is running. The problem with using "
"this method is that all the changes are lost when the system reboots. It is "
"recommended to instead write all the rules in a file and to use that file to "
"load the rules at boot time and to replace the currently running firewall "
"rules whenever that file changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60333
msgid ""
"<command>ipfw</command> is a useful way to display the running firewall "
"rules to the console screen. The <application>IPFW</application> accounting "
"facility dynamically creates a counter for each rule that counts each packet "
"that matches the rule. During the process of testing a rule, listing the "
"rule with its counter is one way to determine if the rule is functioning as "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60341
msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60343
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60345
msgid ""
"To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the "
"rule was matched:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60348
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -t list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60350
msgid ""
"The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for "
"matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule "
"number, followed by the number of matched packets and bytes, followed by the "
"rule itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60356
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -a list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60358
msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60360
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -d list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60362
msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60364
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -d -e list</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60366
msgid "To zero the counters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60368
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw zero</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60370
msgid ""
"To zero the counters for just the rule with number <replaceable>NUM</"
"replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60373
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw zero <replaceable>NUM</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60376
msgid "Logging Firewall Messages"
msgstr "記錄防火牆訊息"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60378
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFW</application></primary> <secondary>logging</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60384
msgid ""
"Even with the logging facility enabled, <application>IPFW</application> will "
"not generate any rule logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides "
"which rules in the ruleset will be logged, and adds the <literal>log</"
"literal> keyword to those rules. Normally only deny rules are logged. It is "
"customary to duplicate the <quote>ipfw default deny everything</quote> rule "
"with the <literal>log</literal> keyword included as the last rule in the "
"ruleset. This way, it is possible to see all the packets that did not match "
"any of the rules in the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60396
msgid ""
"Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of "
"log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are "
"not only written to <application>syslogd</application>, but also are "
"displayed on the root console screen and soon become annoying."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60402
msgid ""
"The <literal>IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5</literal> kernel option limits the "
"number of consecutive messages sent to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, concerning the packet "
"matching of a given rule. When this option is enabled in the kernel, the "
"number of consecutive messages concerning a particular rule is capped at the "
"number specified. There is nothing to be gained from 200 identical log "
"messages. With this option set to five, five consecutive messages concerning "
"a particular rule would be logged to <application>syslogd</application> and "
"the remainder identical consecutive messages would be counted and posted to "
"<application>syslogd</application> with a phrase like the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60416
#, no-wrap
msgid "last message repeated 45 times"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60418
msgid ""
"All logged packets messages are written by default to <filename>/var/log/"
"security</filename>, which is defined in <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:60424
msgid "Building a Rule Script"
msgstr "建立規則 Script"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60426
msgid ""
"Most experienced <application>IPFW</application> users create a file "
"containing the rules and code them in a manner compatible with running them "
"as a script. The major benefit of doing this is the firewall rules can be "
"refreshed in mass without the need of rebooting the system to activate them. "
"This method is convenient in testing new rules as the procedure can be "
"executed as many times as needed. Being a script, symbolic substitution can "
"be used for frequently used values to be substituted into multiple rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60436
msgid ""
"This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shells. Symbolic "
"substitution fields are prefixed with a dollar sign ($). Symbolic fields do "
"not have the $ prefix. The value to populate the symbolic field must be "
"enclosed in double quotes (\"\")."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60443
msgid "Start the rules file like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n"
"#\n"
"ipfw -q -f flush       # Delete all rules\n"
"# Set defaults\n"
"oif=\"tun0\"             # out interface\n"
"odns=\"192.0.2.11\"      # ISP's DNS server IP address\n"
"cmd=\"ipfw -q add \"     # build rule prefix\n"
"ks=\"keep-state\"        # just too lazy to key this each time\n"
"$cmd 00500 check-state\n"
"$cmd 00502 deny all from any to any frag\n"
"$cmd 00501 deny tcp from any to any established\n"
"$cmd 00600 allow tcp from any to any 80 out via $oif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 00610 allow tcp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif setup $ks\n"
"$cmd 00611 allow udp from any to $odns 53 out via $oif $ks\n"
"################### End of example ipfw rules script ############"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60461
msgid ""
"The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic "
"substitution fields are populated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60465
msgid ""
"If the above example was in <filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename>, the rules "
"could be reloaded by the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60469
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sh /etc/ipfw.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60471
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/ipfw.rules</filename> can be located anywhere and the file "
"can have any name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:60474
msgid "The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q -f flush</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add check-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add deny all from any to any frag</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add deny tcp from any to any established</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to any 80 out via tun0 setup keep-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add allow tcp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 setup keep-state</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipfw -q add 00611 allow udp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 keep-state</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:60489
msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60491
msgid ""
"<primary>firewall</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</application></"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60497
msgid ""
"<application>IPFILTER</application>, also known as <application>IPF</"
"application>, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which has been "
"ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and "
"<trademark>Solaris</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60502
msgid ""
"<application>IPFILTER</application> is a kernel-side firewall and "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> mechanism that can be controlled and monitored by "
"userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted using "
"<application>ipf</application>, <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules can be set or "
"deleted using <application>ipnat</application>, run-time statistics for the "
"kernel parts of <application>IPFILTER</application> can be printed using "
"<application>ipfstat</application>, and <application>ipmon</application> can "
"be used to log <application>IPFILTER</application> actions to the system log "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60514
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> was originally written using a rule "
"processing logic of <quote>the last matching rule wins</quote> and only used "
"stateless rules. Since then, <application>IPF</application> has been "
"enhanced to include the <literal>quick</literal> and <literal>keep state</"
"literal> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60521
msgid ""
"The <application>IPF</application> FAQ is at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www."
"phildev.net/ipf/index.html\">http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html</uri>. A "
"searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is available at <uri xlink:"
"href=\"http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter\">http://marc.info/?l=ipfilter</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:60525
msgid ""
"This section of the Handbook focuses on <application>IPF</application> as it "
"pertains to FreeBSD. It provides examples of rules that contain the "
"<literal>quick</literal> and <literal>keep state</literal> options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60532
msgid "Enabling <application>IPF</application>"
msgstr "開啟 <application>IPF</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60534
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>enabling</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60540
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a "
"kernel loadable module, meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order "
"to enable <application>IPF</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60545
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</"
"application></secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary><application>IPFILTER</application></"
"secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60551
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_LOG</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_LOG</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60557
msgid ""
"<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""
"<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60563
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>kernel "
"options</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60569
msgid ""
"For users who prefer to statically compile <application>IPF</application> "
"support into a custom kernel, refer to the instructions in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>. The following kernel options are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"options IPFILTER\n"
"options IPFILTER_LOG\n"
"options IPFILTER_LOOKUP\n"
"options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60579
msgid ""
"where <literal>options IPFILTER</literal> enables support for "
"<application>IPFILTER</application>, <literal>options IPFILTER_LOG</literal> "
"enables <application>IPF</application> logging using the <filename>ipl</"
"filename> packet logging pseudo-device for every rule that has the "
"<literal>log</literal> keyword, <literal>IPFILTER_LOOKUP</literal> enables "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> pools in order to speed up <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"lookups, and <literal>options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK</literal> changes the "
"default behavior so that any packet not matching a firewall <literal>pass</"
"literal> rule gets blocked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60592
msgid ""
"To configure the system to enable <application>IPF</application> at boot "
"time, add the following entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. These "
"entries will also enable logging and <literal>default pass all</literal>. To "
"change the default policy to <literal>block all</literal> without compiling "
"a custom kernel, remember to add a <literal>block all</literal> rule at the "
"end of the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipfilter_enable=\"YES\"             # Start ipf firewall\n"
"ipfilter_rules=\"/etc/ipf.rules\"   # loads rules definition text file\n"
"ipmon_enable=\"YES\"                # Start IP monitor log\n"
"ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\"                 # D = start as daemon\n"
"                                  # s = log to syslog\n"
"                                  # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n"
"                                  # n = map IP &amp; port to names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60609
msgid ""
"If <acronym>NAT</acronym> functionality is needed, also add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60612
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"              # Enable as LAN gateway\n"
"ipnat_enable=\"YES\"                # Start ipnat function\n"
"ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\"    # rules definition file for ipnat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60616
msgid "Then, to start <application>IPF</application> now:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60618
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service ipfilter start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60620
msgid ""
"To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using "
"<command>ipf</command>. The following command can be used to replace the "
"currently running firewall rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:60625
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60627
msgid ""
"where <option>-Fa</option> flushes all the internal rules tables and "
"<option>-f</option> specifies the file containing the rules to load."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60631
msgid ""
"This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the "
"running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the "
"system. This method is convenient for testing new rules as the procedure can "
"be executed as many times as needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60637
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on the other flags available with this "
"command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:60642
msgid "<application>IPF</application> Rule Syntax"
msgstr "<application>IPF</application> 規則語法"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:60644
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>rule "
"syntax</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60650
msgid ""
"This section describes the <application>IPF</application> rule syntax used "
"to create stateful rules. When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the "
"<literal>quick</literal> keyword appears in a rule, every rule is read in "
"order, with the <emphasis>last matching rule</emphasis> being the one that "
"is applied. This means that even if the first rule to match a packet is a "
"<literal>pass</literal>, if there is a later matching rule that is a "
"<literal>block</literal>, the packet will be dropped. Sample rulesets can be "
"found in <filename>/usr/share/examples/ipfilter</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60661
msgid ""
"When creating rules, a <literal>#</literal> character is used to mark the "
"start of a comment and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that "
"rule's function, or on its own line. Any blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60666
msgid ""
"The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, "
"from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. "
"Some keywords have sub-options which may be keywords themselves and also "
"include more sub-options. The keyword order is as follows, where the words "
"shown in uppercase represent a variable and the words shown in lowercase "
"must precede the variable that follows it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60675
msgid ""
"<replaceable>ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR "
"SRC_PORT to DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE</"
"replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60679
msgid ""
"This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not "
"an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for a complete description of the rule syntax that can be used "
"when creating <application>IPF</application> rules and examples for using "
"each keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60690
msgid ""
"The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that "
"rule. Every rule <emphasis>must</emphasis> have an action. The following "
"actions are recognized:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60695
msgid "<literal>block</literal>: drops the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60697
msgid "<literal>pass</literal>: allows the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60699
msgid "<literal>log</literal>: generates a log record."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60702
msgid ""
"<literal>count</literal>: counts the number of packets and bytes which can "
"provide an indication of how often a rule is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60706
msgid ""
"<literal>auth</literal>: queues the packet for further processing by another "
"program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60709
msgid ""
"<literal>call</literal>: provides access to functions built into "
"<application>IPF</application> that allow more complex actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60713
msgid ""
"<literal>decapsulate</literal>: removes any headers in order to process the "
"contents of the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60719
msgid "DIRECTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60721
msgid ""
"Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of "
"these keywords:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60724
msgid "<literal>in</literal>: the rule is applied against an inbound packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60727
msgid "<literal>out</literal>: the rule is applied against an outbound packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60730
msgid "<literal>all</literal>: the rule applies to either direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60733
msgid ""
"If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along "
"with the direction. An example would be <literal>in on fxp0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60742
msgid ""
"Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must "
"be used in the order shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60746
msgid ""
"<literal>log</literal>: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents "
"of the packet's headers will be written to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> packet log pseudo-device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60751
msgid ""
"<literal>quick</literal>: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION "
"specified by the rule occurs and no further processing of any following "
"rules will occur for this packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60756
msgid ""
"<literal>on</literal>: must be followed by the interface name as displayed "
"by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The rule will only match if the packet is going "
"through the specified interface in the specified direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60761
msgid ""
"When using the <literal>log</literal> keyword, the following qualifiers may "
"be used in this order:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60765
msgid ""
"<literal>body</literal>: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet "
"contents will be logged after the headers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60769
msgid ""
"<literal>first</literal>: if the <literal>log</literal> keyword is being "
"used in conjunction with a <literal>keep state</literal> option, this option "
"is recommended so that only the triggering packet is logged and not every "
"packet which matches the stateful connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60776
msgid ""
"Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60784
msgid "PROTO_TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60786
msgid ""
"The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs to "
"specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. When "
"specifying the type of protocol, use the <literal>proto</literal> keyword "
"followed by either a protocol number or name from <filename>/etc/protocols</"
"filename>. Example protocol names include <literal>tcp</literal>, "
"<literal>udp</literal>, or <literal>icmp</literal>. If PROTO_TYPE is "
"specified but no SRC_PORT or DST_PORT is specified, all port numbers for "
"that protocol will match that rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60802
msgid "SRC_ADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60804
msgid ""
"The <literal>from</literal> keyword is mandatory and is followed by a "
"keyword which represents the source of the packet. The source can be a "
"hostname, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address followed by the <acronym>CIDR</"
"acronym> mask, an address pool, or the keyword <literal>all</literal>. Refer "
"to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60812
msgid ""
"There is no way to match ranges of <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses which do "
"not express themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length "
"notation. The <package>net-mgmt/ipcalc</package> package or port may be used "
"to ease the calculation of the <acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask. Additional "
"information is available at the utility's web page: <uri xlink:href=\"http://"
"jodies.de/ipcalc\">http://jodies.de/ipcalc</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60826
msgid ""
"The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it "
"requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must "
"also be preceded by the <literal>proto</literal> keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60831
msgid ""
"A number of different comparison operators are supported: <literal>=</"
"literal> (equal to), <literal>!=</literal> (not equal to), <literal>&lt;</"
"literal> (less than), <literal>&gt;</literal> (greater than), <literal>&lt;"
"=</literal> (less than or equal to), and <literal>&gt;=</literal> (greater "
"than or equal to)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60840
msgid ""
"To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between <literal>&lt;&gt;"
"</literal> (less than and greater than ), <literal>&gt;&lt;</literal> "
"(greater than and less than ), or <literal>:</literal> (greater than or "
"equal to and less than or equal to)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60849
msgid "DST_ADDR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60851
msgid ""
"The <literal>to</literal> keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword "
"which represents the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can "
"be a hostname, an <acronym>IP</acronym> address followed by the "
"<acronym>CIDR</acronym> mask, an address pool, or the keyword <literal>all</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60863
msgid ""
"Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. "
"However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the "
"rule. The port number must also be preceded by the <literal>proto</literal> "
"keyword."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60872
msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60874
msgid ""
"If <literal>tcp</literal> is specifed as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be "
"specified as letters, where each letter represents one of the possible "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> flags used to determine the state of a connection. "
"Possible values are: <literal>S</literal> (SYN), <literal>A</literal> (ACK), "
"<literal>P</literal> (PSH), <literal>F</literal> (FIN), <literal>U</literal> "
"(URG), <literal>R</literal> (RST), <literal>C</literal> (CWN), and "
"<literal>E</literal> (ECN)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60888
msgid ""
"If <literal>icmp</literal> is specifed as the PROTO_TYPE, the <acronym>ICMP</"
"acronym> type to match can be specified. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the allowable types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:60896
msgid "STATE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60898
msgid ""
"If a <literal>pass</literal> rule contains <literal>keep state</literal>, "
"<application>IPF</application> will add an entry to its dynamic state table "
"and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. <application>IPF</"
"application> can track state for <acronym>TCP</acronym>, <acronym>UDP</"
"acronym>, and <acronym>ICMP</acronym> sessions. Any packet that "
"<application>IPF</application> can be certain is part of an active session, "
"even if it is a different protocol, will be allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60910
msgid ""
"In <application>IPF</application>, packets destined to go out through the "
"interface connected to the public Internet are first checked against the "
"dynamic state table. If the packet matches the next expected packet "
"comprising an active session conversation, it exits the firewall and the "
"state of the session conversation flow is updated in the dynamic state "
"table. Packets that do not belong to an already active session are checked "
"against the outbound ruleset. Packets coming in from the interface connected "
"to the public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If "
"the packet matches the next expected packet comprising an active session, it "
"exits the firewall and the state of the session conversation flow is updated "
"in the dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active "
"session are checked against the inbound ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:60928
msgid ""
"Several keywords can be added after <literal>keep state</literal>. If used, "
"these keywords set various options that control stateful filtering, such as "
"setting connection limits or connection age. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for the list of available options and their descriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60942
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows "
"services matching <literal>pass</literal> rules and blocks all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60946
msgid ""
"FreeBSD uses the loopback interface (<filename>lo0</filename>) and the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</"
"systemitem> for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain "
"rules to allow free movement of these internally used packets:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# no restrictions on loopback interface\n"
"pass in quick on lo0 all\n"
"pass out quick on lo0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60957
msgid ""
"The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and "
"control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more "
"interfaces are cabled to private networks, those internal interfaces may "
"require rules to allow packets originating from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> "
"to flow between the internal networks or to the interface attached to the "
"Internet. The ruleset should be organized into three major sections: any "
"trusted internal interfaces, outbound connections through the public "
"interface, and inbound connections through the public interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60968
msgid ""
"These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted <acronym>LAN</"
"acronym> interface named <filename>xl0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60972
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n"
"pass out quick on xl0 all\n"
"pass in quick on xl0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60976
msgid ""
"The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should "
"have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched "
"rules, with the last rule in the section blocking and logging all packets "
"for that interface and direction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:60982
msgid ""
"This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named "
"<filename>dc0</filename>. These rules keep state and identify the specific "
"services that internal systems are authorized for public Internet access. "
"All the rules use <literal>quick</literal> and specify the appropriate port "
"numbers and, where applicable, destination addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:60990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n"
"# Matches session start requests originating from or behind the\n"
"# firewall, destined for the Internet.\n"
"\n"
"# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n"
"# Replace x.x.x. with address listed in /etc/resolv.conf.\n"
"# Repeat for each DNS server.\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x. port = 53 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to xxx port = 53 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n"
"# Use the first rule, then check log for the IP address of DHCP server.\n"
"# Then, uncomment the second rule, replace z.z.z.z with the IP address,\n"
"# and comment out the first rule\n"
"pass out log quick on dc0 proto udp from any to any port = 67 keep state\n"
"#pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to z.z.z.z port = 67 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 80 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 443 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow email\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 110 flags S keep state\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 25 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow NTP\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 37 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow FTP\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow SSH\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 22 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow ping\n"
"pass out quick on dc0 proto icmp from any to any icmp-type 8 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Block and log everything else\n"
"block out log first quick on dc0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61030
msgid ""
"This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface "
"blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets "
"that are logged by the last rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n"
"# Block all inbound traffic from non-routable or reserved address spaces\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 192.168.0.0/16 to any    #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 172.16.0.0/12 to any     #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 10.0.0.0/8 to any        #RFC 1918 private IP\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 127.0.0.0/8 to any       #loopback\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 0.0.0.0/8 to any         #loopback\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 169.254.0.0/16 to any    #DHCP auto-config\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 192.0.2.0/24 to any      #reserved for docs\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 204.152.64.0/23 to any   #Sun cluster interconnect\n"
"block in quick on dc0 from 224.0.0.0/3 to any       #Class D &amp; E multicast\n"
"\n"
"# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with frags\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto tcp all with short\n"
"\n"
"# block source routed packets\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with opt lsrr\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with opt ssrr\n"
"\n"
"# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any flags FUP\n"
"\n"
"# Block anything with special options\n"
"block in quick on dc0 all with ipopts\n"
"\n"
"# Block public pings and ident\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto icmp all icmp-type 8\n"
"block in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 113\n"
"\n"
"# Block incoming Netbios services\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 137\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 138\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 139\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 81"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61071
msgid ""
"Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the <literal>log first</"
"literal> option, run <command>ipfstat -hio</command> to evaluate how many "
"times the rule has been matched. A large number of matches may indicate that "
"the system is under attack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61077
msgid ""
"The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are "
"allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all "
"connections which were not explicitly allowed by previous rules in this "
"section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61082
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n"
"# the same IP address used in the outbound section.\n"
"pass in quick on dc0 proto udp from z.z.z.z to any port = 68 keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n"
"pass in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x.x port = 80 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n"
"block in log first quick on dc0 all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61098
msgid "<primary>IP masquerading</primary> <see>NAT</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61104
msgid "<primary>network address translation</primary> <see>NAT</see>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61110
msgid "<primary><command>ipnat</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61112
msgid ""
"To enable <acronym>NAT</acronym>, add these statements to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> and specify the name of the file containing the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipnat_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61120
msgid ""
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules are flexible and can accomplish many different "
"things to fit the needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax "
"presented here has been simplified to demonstrate common usage. For a "
"complete rule syntax description, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipnat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61126
msgid ""
"The basic syntax for a <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule is as follows, where "
"<literal>map</literal> starts the rule and <replaceable>IF</replaceable> "
"should be replaced with the name of the external interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61131
#, no-wrap
msgid "map <replaceable>IF</replaceable> <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable> -&gt; <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61133
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable> is the range of <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> addresses used by internal clients. Usually, it is a private "
"address range such as <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0/24</"
"systemitem>. The <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable> can either be the "
"static external <acronym>IP</acronym> address or the keyword <literal>0/32</"
"literal> which represents the <acronym>IP</acronym> address assigned to "
"<replaceable>IF</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61142
msgid ""
"In <application>IPF</application>, when a packet arrives at the firewall "
"from the <acronym>LAN</acronym> with a public destination, it first passes "
"through the outbound rules of the firewall ruleset. Then, the packet is "
"passed to the <acronym>NAT</acronym> ruleset which is read from the top "
"down, where the first matching rule wins. <application>IPF</application> "
"tests each <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule against the packet's interface name "
"and source <acronym>IP</acronym> address. When a packet's interface name "
"matches a <acronym>NAT</acronym> rule, the packet's source <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address in the private <acronym>LAN</acronym> is checked to see if "
"it falls within the <acronym>IP</acronym> address range specified in "
"<replaceable>LAN_IP_RANGE</replaceable>. On a match, the packet has its "
"source <acronym>IP</acronym> address rewritten with the public <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address specified by <replaceable>PUBLIC_ADDRESS</replaceable>. "
"<application>IPF</application> posts an entry in its internal <acronym>NAT</"
"acronym> table so that when the packet returns from the Internet, it can be "
"mapped back to its original private <acronym>IP</acronym> address before "
"being passed to the firewall rules for further processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61165
msgid ""
"For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple "
"subnets, the process of funneling every private <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address into a single public <acronym>IP</acronym> address becomes a "
"resource problem. Two methods are available to relieve this issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61171
msgid ""
"The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By "
"adding the <literal>portmap</literal> keyword, <acronym>NAT</acronym> can be "
"directed to only use source ports in the specified range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61176
#, no-wrap
msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61178
msgid ""
"Alternately, use the <literal>auto</literal> keyword which tells "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> to determine the ports that are available for use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61182
#, no-wrap
msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61184
msgid ""
"The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when "
"there are too many <acronym>LAN</acronym> addresses to fit into a single "
"public address and a block of public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses is "
"available. These public addresses can be used as a pool from which "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> selects an <acronym>IP</acronym> address as a "
"packet's address is mapped on its way out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61193
msgid ""
"The range of public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses can be specified using a "
"netmask or <acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation. These two rules are equivalent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n"
"map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -&gt; 204.134.75.0/24"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61200
msgid ""
"A common practice is to have a publically accessible web server or mail "
"server segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these "
"servers still has to undergo <acronym>NAT</acronym>, but port redirection is "
"needed to direct inbound traffic to the correct server. For example, to map "
"a web server using the internal address <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">10.0.10.25</systemitem> to its public <acronym>IP</acronym> address of "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">20.20.20.5</systemitem>, use this rule:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61209
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -&gt; 10.0.10.25 port 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61211
msgid ""
"If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all "
"external <acronym>HTTP</acronym> requests to <literal>10.0.10.25</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61215
#, no-wrap
msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -&gt; 10.0.10.25 port 80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61217
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> has a built in <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy "
"which can be used with <acronym>NAT</acronym>. It monitors all outbound "
"traffic for active or passive <acronym>FTP</acronym> connection requests and "
"dynamically creates temporary filter rules containing the port number used "
"by the <acronym>FTP</acronym> data channel. This eliminates the need to open "
"large ranges of high order ports for <acronym>FTP</acronym> connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61226
msgid ""
"In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> traffic from the internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>. The second rule "
"passes the <acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the firewall to the Internet, "
"and the third rule handles all non-<acronym>FTP</acronym> traffic from the "
"internal <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61234
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -&gt; 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n"
"map dc0 0.0.0.0/0 -&gt; 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n"
"map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -&gt; 0/32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61238
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FTP</acronym> <literal>map</literal> rules go before the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rule so that when a packet matches an <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> rule, the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy creates temporary filter "
"rules to let the <acronym>FTP</acronym> session packets pass and undergo "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym>. All LAN packets that are not <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
"will not match the <acronym>FTP</acronym> rules but will undergo "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> if they match the third rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61248
msgid ""
"Without the <acronym>FTP</acronym> proxy, the following firewall rules would "
"instead be needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above "
"<literal>1024</literal> need to be allowed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61253
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n"
"# Active and passive modes\n"
"pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n"
"pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port &gt; 1024 flags S keep state\n"
"\n"
"# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n"
"pass in quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 20 flags S keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61263
msgid ""
"Whenever the file containing the <acronym>NAT</acronym> rules is edited, run "
"<command>ipnat</command> with <option>-CF</option> to delete the current "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> rules and flush the contents of the dynamic "
"translation table. Include <option>-f</option> and specify the name of the "
"<acronym>NAT</acronym> ruleset to load:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61271
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61273
msgid "To display the <acronym>NAT</acronym> statistics:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61275
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -s</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61277
msgid "To list the <acronym>NAT</acronym> table's current mappings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61280
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -l</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61282
msgid ""
"To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing "
"and active rules and table entries:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61285
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ipnat -v</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61401
msgid "Viewing <application>IPF</application> Statistics"
msgstr "檢視 <application>IPF</application> 統計資訊"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61403
msgid "<primary><command>ipfstat</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61405
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> "
"<secondary>statistics</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61411
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> includes "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to retrieve and display "
"statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the "
"firewall. Statistics are accumulated since the firewall was last started or "
"since the last time they were reset to zero using <command>ipf -Z</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61420
msgid "The default <command>ipfstat</command> output looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61423
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n"
" output packets: blocked 4200 passed 1284345 nomatch 14687 counted 0\n"
" input packets logged: blocked 99286 passed 0\n"
" output packets logged: blocked 0 passed 0\n"
" packets logged: input 0 output 0\n"
" log failures: input 3898 output 0\n"
" fragment state(in): kept 0 lost 0\n"
" fragment state(out): kept 0 lost 0\n"
" packet state(in): kept 169364 lost 0\n"
" packet state(out): kept 431395 lost 0\n"
" ICMP replies: 0 TCP RSTs sent: 0\n"
" Result cache hits(in): 1215208 (out): 1098963\n"
" IN Pullups succeeded: 2 failed: 0\n"
" OUT Pullups succeeded: 0 failed: 0\n"
" Fastroute successes: 0 failures: 0\n"
" TCP cksum fails(in): 0 (out): 0\n"
" Packet log flags set: (0)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61441
msgid ""
"Several options are available. When supplied with either <option>-i</option> "
"for inbound or <option>-o</option> for outbound, the command will retrieve "
"and display the appropriate list of filter rules currently installed and in "
"use by the kernel. To also see the rule numbers, include <option>-n</"
"option>. For example, <command>ipfstat -on</command> displays the outbound "
"rules table with rule numbers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61450
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n"
"@2 block out on dc0 from any to any\n"
"@3 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61454
msgid ""
"Include <option>-h</option> to prefix each rule with a count of how many "
"times the rule was matched. For example, <command>ipfstat -oh</command> "
"displays the outbound internal rules table, prefixing each rule with its "
"usage count:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61459
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n"
"354727 block out on dc0 from any to any\n"
"430918 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61463
msgid ""
"To display the state table in a format similar to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, use <command>ipfstat -t</command>. When the firewall is under "
"attack, this option provides the ability to identify and see the attacking "
"packets. The optional sub-flags give the ability to select the destination "
"or source <acronym>IP</acronym>, port, or protocol to be monitored in real "
"time. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61473
msgid "<application>IPF</application> Logging"
msgstr "<application>IPF</application> 日誌"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61475
msgid "<primary><command>ipmon</command></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61477
msgid ""
"<primary><application>IPFILTER</application></primary> <secondary>logging</"
"secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61483
msgid ""
"<application>IPF</application> provides <command>ipmon</command>, which can "
"be used to write the firewall's logging information in a human readable "
"format. It requires that <literal>options IPFILTER_LOG</literal> be first "
"added to a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61489
msgid ""
"This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a "
"continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. "
"Since FreeBSD has a built in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility to "
"automatically rotate system logs, the default <filename>rc.conf</filename> "
"<literal>ipmon_flags</literal> statement uses <option>-Ds</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61497
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n"
"                  # s = log to syslog\n"
"                  # v = log tcp window, ack, seq\n"
"                  # n = map IP &amp; port to names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61502
msgid ""
"Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as "
"which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they "
"were going. This information is useful in tracking down attackers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61507
msgid ""
"Once the logging facility is enabled in <filename>rc.conf</filename> and "
"started with <command>service ipmon start</command>, <application>IPF</"
"application> will only log the rules which contain the <literal>log</"
"literal> keyword. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the "
"ruleset should be logged and normally only deny rules are logged. It is "
"customary to include the <literal>log</literal> keyword in the last rule in "
"the ruleset. This makes it possible to see all the packets that did not "
"match any of the rules in the ruleset."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61518
msgid ""
"By default, <command>ipmon -Ds</command> mode uses <literal>local0</literal> "
"as the logging facility. The following logging levels can be used to further "
"segregate the logged data:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather than pass or block.\n"
"LOG_NOTICE - packets logged which are also passed\n"
"LOG_WARNING - packets logged which are also blocked\n"
"LOG_ERR - packets which have been logged and which can be considered short due to an incomplete header"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61528
msgid ""
"In order to setup <application>IPF</application> to log all data to "
"<filename>/var/log/ipfilter.log</filename>, first create the empty file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61532
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/ipfilter.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61534
msgid ""
"Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following "
"statement to <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61538
#, no-wrap
msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61540
msgid ""
"To activate the changes and instruct <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to read the modified "
"<filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, run <command>service syslogd reload</"
"command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61544
msgid ""
"Do not forget to edit <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename> to rotate the "
"new log file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61548
msgid ""
"Messages generated by <command>ipmon</command> consist of data fields "
"separated by white space. Fields common to all messages are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61554
msgid "The date of packet receipt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61558
msgid ""
"The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, "
"minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61564
msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61569
msgid ""
"The group and rule number of the rule in the format <literal>@0:17</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61574
msgid ""
"The action: <literal>p</literal> for passed, <literal>b</literal> for "
"blocked, <literal>S</literal> for a short packet, <literal>n</literal> did "
"not match any rules, and <literal>L</literal> for a log rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61581
msgid ""
"The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated "
"by a comma, the -&gt; symbol, and the destination address and port. For "
"example: <literal>209.53.17.22,80 -&gt; 198.73.220.17,1722</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61589
msgid ""
"<literal>PR</literal> followed by the protocol name or number: for example, "
"<literal>PR tcp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61594
msgid ""
"<literal>len</literal> followed by the header length and total length of the "
"packet: for example, <literal>len 20 40</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61600
msgid ""
"If the packet is a <acronym>TCP</acronym> packet, there will be an "
"additional field starting with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to "
"any flags that were set. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of letters "
"and their flags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61605
msgid ""
"If the packet is an <acronym>ICMP</acronym> packet, there will be two fields "
"at the end: the first always being <quote>icmp</quote> and the next being "
"the <acronym>ICMP</acronym> message and sub-message type, separated by a "
"slash. For example: <literal>icmp 3/3</literal> for a port unreachable "
"message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:61623
msgid "Advanced Networking"
msgstr "進階網路設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:61628
msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61635
msgid "The basics of gateways and routes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61639
msgid "How to set up USB tethering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61643
msgid ""
"How to set up <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 and "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61648
msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61652
msgid "How to set up network <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61657
msgid "How to set up <acronym>IPv6</acronym> on a FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61662
msgid ""
"How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy "
"Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61668
msgid "How to configure multiple <acronym>VLANs</acronym> on FreeBSD."
msgstr "如何在 FreeBSD 上設定多個 <acronym>VLAN</acronym>。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61677
msgid "Understand the basics of the <filename>/etc/rc</filename> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61686
msgid ""
"Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel (<xref linkend="
"\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:61700
msgid "Gateways and Routes"
msgstr "通訊閘與路由"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:61703
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Coranth</firstname> <surname>Gryphon</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61713
msgid "<primary>routing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61716
msgid "<primary>gateway</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61719
msgid "<primary>subnet</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:61723
msgid ""
"<firstterm>Routing</firstterm> is the mechanism that allows a system to find "
"the network path to another system. A <firstterm>route</firstterm> is a "
"defined pair of addresses which represent the <quote>destination</quote> and "
"a <quote>gateway</quote>. The route indicates that when trying to get to the "
"specified destination, send the packets through the specified gateway. There "
"are three types of destinations: individual hosts, subnets, and "
"<quote>default</quote>. The <quote>default route</quote> is used if no other "
"routes apply. There are also three types of gateways: individual hosts, "
"interfaces, also called links, and Ethernet hardware (<acronym>MAC</"
"acronym>) addresses. Known routes are stored in a routing table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:61737
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates "
"how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some "
"troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:61742
msgid "Routing Basics"
msgstr "路由基礎概念"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61744
msgid ""
"To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>netstat -r</userinput>\n"
"Routing tables\n"
"\n"
"Internet:\n"
"Destination      Gateway            Flags     Refs     Use     Netif Expire\n"
"default          outside-gw         UGS        37      418       em0\n"
"localhost        localhost          UH          0      181       lo0\n"
"test0            0:e0:b5:36:cf:4f   UHLW        5    63288       re0     77\n"
"10.20.30.255     link#1             UHLW        1     2421\n"
"example.com      link#1             UC          0        0\n"
"host1            0:e0:a8:37:8:1e    UHLW        3     4601       lo0\n"
"host2            0:e0:a8:37:8:1e    UHLW        0        5       lo0 =&gt;\n"
"host2.example.com link#1            UC          0        0\n"
"224              link#1             UC          0        0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61762
msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61766
msgid "default"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61768
msgid ""
"The first route in this table specifies the <literal>default</literal> "
"route. When the local system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it "
"checks the routing table to determine if a known path exists. If the remote "
"host matches an entry in the table, the system checks to see if it can "
"connect using the interface specified in that entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61776
msgid ""
"If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the "
"system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area "
"network, the <literal>Gateway</literal> field in the default route is set to "
"the system which has a direct connection to the Internet. When reading this "
"entry, verify that the <literal>Flags</literal> column indicates that the "
"gateway is usable (<literal>UG</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61785
msgid ""
"The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway "
"to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service "
"Provider (<acronym>ISP</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61793
msgid "localhost"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61795
msgid ""
"The second route is the <literal>localhost</literal> route. The interface "
"specified in the <literal>Netif</literal> column for <literal>localhost</"
"literal> is <filename>lo0</filename>, also known as the loopback device. "
"This indicates that all traffic for this destination should be internal, "
"rather than sending it out over the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61807
msgid "MAC address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61809
msgid ""
"The addresses beginning with <systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">0:e0:</"
"systemitem> are <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses. FreeBSD will automatically "
"identify any hosts, <systemitem>test0</systemitem> in the example, on the "
"local Ethernet and add a route for that host over the Ethernet interface, "
"<filename>re0</filename>. This type of route has a timeout, seen in the "
"<literal>Expire</literal> column, which is used if the host does not respond "
"in a specific amount of time. When this happens, the route to this host will "
"be automatically deleted. These hosts are identified using the Routing "
"Information Protocol (<acronym>RIP</acronym>), which calculates routes to "
"local hosts based upon a shortest path determination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61828
msgid "subnet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61830
msgid ""
"FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this "
"example, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.20.30.255</systemitem> is the "
"broadcast address for the subnet <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.20.30</"
"systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">example.com</systemitem> "
"is the domain name associated with that subnet. The designation "
"<literal>link#1</literal> refers to the first Ethernet card in the machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61838
msgid ""
"Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically "
"configured by a daemon called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>routed</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If it is not running, "
"only routes which are statically defined by the administrator will exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61847
msgid "host"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61849
msgid ""
"The <literal>host1</literal> line refers to the host by its Ethernet "
"address. Since it is the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback "
"interface (<filename>lo0</filename>) rather than the Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61855
msgid ""
"The two <literal>host2</literal> lines represent aliases which were created "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>=&gt;</literal> symbol after the "
"<filename>lo0</filename> interface says that an alias has been set in "
"addition to the loopback address. Such routes only show up on the host that "
"supports the alias and all other hosts on the local network will have a "
"<literal>link#1</literal> line for such routes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:61867
msgid "224"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:61869
msgid ""
"The final line (destination subnet <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">224</"
"systemitem>) deals with multicasting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61875
msgid ""
"Various attributes of each route can be seen in the <literal>Flags</literal> "
"column. <xref linkend=\"routeflags\"/> summarizes some of these flags and "
"their meanings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:61880
msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags"
msgstr "常見路由表標記"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:61892 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "U"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61893
msgid "The route is active (up)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:61897 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "H"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61898
msgid "The route destination is a single host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:61902 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61903
msgid ""
"Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out "
"from there where to send it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:61909 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "S"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61910
msgid "This route was statically configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:61914 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61915
msgid ""
"Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This "
"type of route is normally used for local networks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61921
msgid "W"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61922
msgid ""
"The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:61927 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "L"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:61928
msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61935
msgid ""
"On a FreeBSD system, the default route can defined in <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> by specifying the <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the "
"default gateway:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61939
#, no-wrap
msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61941
msgid ""
"It is also possible to manually add the route using <command>route</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:61944
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add default 10.20.30.1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61946
msgid ""
"Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more "
"information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>route</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:61953
msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes"
msgstr "設定路由器使用靜態路由"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:61956
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Al</firstname> <surname>Hoang</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61967
msgid "<primary>dual homed hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61971
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a "
"network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which "
"resides on at least two different networks. Typically, each network is "
"connected to a separate network interface, though <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"aliasing can be used to bind multiple addresses, each on a different subnet, "
"to one physical interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61983
msgid ""
"In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must "
"be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice "
"prevent the FreeBSD Project from enabling this feature by default, but it "
"can be configured to start at boot by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:61990
#, no-wrap
msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\"          # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:61992
msgid ""
"To enable routing now, set the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>net."
"inet.ip.forwarding</varname> to <literal>1</literal>. To stop routing, reset "
"this variable to <literal>0</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:61997
msgid "<primary>BGP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62000
msgid "<primary>RIP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62003
msgid "<primary>OSPF</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62007
msgid ""
"The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to "
"reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static "
"routes or routes can be automatically learned using a routing protocol. "
"Static routes are appropriate for small networks and this section describes "
"how to add a static routing entry for a small network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62015
msgid ""
"For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes "
"with the standard <acronym>BSD</acronym> routing daemon "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>routed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, which provides the routing protocols <acronym>RIP</acronym>, "
"versions 1 and 2, and <acronym>IRDP</acronym>. Support for the <acronym>BGP</"
"acronym> and <acronym>OSPF</acronym> routing protocols can be installed "
"using the <package>net/zebra</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62025
msgid "Consider the following network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:62029
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/static-routes' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:62033
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    INTERNET\n"
"      | (10.0.0.1/24) Default Router to Internet\n"
"      |\n"
"      |Interface xl0\n"
"      |10.0.0.10/24\n"
"   +------+\n"
"   |      | RouterA\n"
"   |      | (FreeBSD gateway)\n"
"   +------+\n"
"      | Interface xl1\n"
"      | 192.168.1.1/24\n"
"      |\n"
"  +--------------------------------+\n"
"   Internal Net 1      | 192.168.1.2/24\n"
"                       |\n"
"                   +------+\n"
"                   |      | RouterB\n"
"                   |      |\n"
"                   +------+\n"
"                       | 192.168.2.1/24\n"
"                       |\n"
"                     Internal Net 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62059
msgid ""
"In this scenario, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> is a FreeBSD machine that "
"is acting as a router to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route "
"set to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.0.0.1</systemitem> which allows it "
"to connect with the outside world. <systemitem>RouterB</systemitem> is "
"already configured to use <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.1</"
"systemitem> as its default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62067
msgid ""
"Before adding any static routes, the routing table on <systemitem>RouterA</"
"systemitem> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62070
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>netstat -nr</userinput>\n"
"Routing tables\n"
"\n"
"Internet:\n"
"Destination        Gateway            Flags    Refs      Use  Netif  Expire\n"
"default            10.0.0.1           UGS         0    49378    xl0\n"
"127.0.0.1          127.0.0.1          UH          0        6    lo0\n"
"10.0.0.0/24        link#1             UC          0        0    xl0\n"
"192.168.1.0/24     link#2             UC          0        0    xl1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62080
msgid ""
"With the current routing table, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> does not "
"have a route to the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.2.0/24</"
"systemitem> network. The following command adds the <literal>Internal Net 2</"
"literal> network to <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem>'s routing table using "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.2</systemitem> as the next hop:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62088
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62090
msgid ""
"Now, <systemitem>RouterA</systemitem> can reach any host on the <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.2.0/24</systemitem> network. However, the "
"routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If a "
"static route needs to be persistent, add it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62096
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n"
"static_routes=\"internalnet2\"\n"
"route_internalnet2=\"-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62100
msgid ""
"The <literal>static_routes</literal> configuration variable is a list of "
"strings separated by a space, where each string references a route name. The "
"variable <literal>route_<replaceable>internalnet2</replaceable></literal> "
"contains the static route for that route name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62106
msgid ""
"Using more than one string in <literal>static_routes</literal> creates "
"multiple static routes. The following shows an example of adding static "
"routes for the <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.0/24</systemitem> "
"and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.0/24</systemitem> networks:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n"
"route_net1=\"-net 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.0.1\"\n"
"route_net2=\"-net 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.1.1\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62121
msgid ""
"When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider "
"configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be "
"sent to the link for the site. But how do external sites know to send their "
"packets to the network's <acronym>ISP</acronym>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62127
msgid ""
"There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and "
"defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main "
"trunk lines that carry Internet traffic across the country and around the "
"world. Each backbone machine has a copy of a master set of tables, which "
"direct traffic for a particular network to a specific backbone carrier, and "
"from there down the chain of service providers until it reaches a particular "
"network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62136
msgid ""
"It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites "
"that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a site. "
"This is known as route propagation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62141
msgid ""
"<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62145
msgid ""
"Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are "
"unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out "
"where routing is breaking down is <command>traceroute</command>. It is "
"useful when <command>ping</command> fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62151
msgid ""
"When using <command>traceroute</command>, include the address of the remote "
"host to connect to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of "
"the attempt, eventually either reaching the target host, or terminating "
"because of a lack of connection. For more information, refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>traceroute</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62160
msgid "Multicast Considerations"
msgstr "群播 (Multicast) 注意事項"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62162
msgid "<primary>multicast routing</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62165
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>MROUTING</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>核心選項</primary> <secondary>MROUTING</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62170
msgid ""
"FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast routing. "
"Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in order to "
"run on FreeBSD. Support for multicast routing requires that the following "
"option be compiled into a custom kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62176
#, no-wrap
msgid "options MROUTING"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62178
msgid ""
"The multicast routing daemon, <application>mrouted</application> can be "
"installed using the <package>net/mrouted</package> package or port. This "
"daemon implements the <acronym>DVMRP</acronym> multicast routing protocol "
"and is configured by editing <filename>/usr/local/etc/mrouted.conf</"
"filename> in order to set up the tunnels and <acronym>DVMRP</acronym>. The "
"installation of <application>mrouted</application> also installs "
"<application>map-mbone</application> and <application>mrinfo</application>, "
"as well as their associated man pages. Refer to these for configuration "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62191
msgid ""
"<acronym>DVMRP</acronym> has largely been replaced by the <acronym>PIM</"
"acronym> protocol in many multicast installations. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pim</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:62201
msgid "Wireless Networking"
msgstr "無線網路"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62204
msgid "<personname> <othername>Loader</othername> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:62209
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </"
"personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62224
msgid "<primary>wireless networking</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>無線網路</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:62227
msgid "<primary>802.11</primary> <see>wireless networking</see>"
msgstr "<primary>802.11</primary> <see>無線網路</see>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62233
msgid "Wireless Networking Basics"
msgstr "無線網路基礎"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62235
msgid ""
"Most wireless networks are based on the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 standards. A basic wireless network consists of "
"multiple stations communicating with radios that broadcast in either the "
"2.4GHz or 5GHz band, though this varies according to the locale and is also "
"changing to enable communication in the 2.3GHz and 4.9GHz ranges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62242
msgid ""
"802.11 networks are organized in two ways. In <emphasis>infrastructure mode</"
"emphasis>, one station acts as a master with all the other stations "
"associating to it, the network is known as a <acronym>BSS</acronym>, and the "
"master station is termed an access point (<acronym>AP</acronym>). In a "
"<acronym>BSS</acronym>, all communication passes through the <acronym>AP</"
"acronym>; even when one station wants to communicate with another wireless "
"station, messages must go through the <acronym>AP</acronym>. In the second "
"form of network, there is no master and stations communicate directly. This "
"form of network is termed an <acronym>IBSS</acronym> and is commonly known "
"as an <emphasis>ad-hoc network</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62257
msgid ""
"802.11 networks were first deployed in the 2.4GHz band using protocols "
"defined by the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11 and "
"802.11b standard. These specifications include the operating frequencies and "
"the <acronym>MAC</acronym> layer characteristics, including framing and "
"transmission rates, as communication can occur at various rates. Later, the "
"802.11a standard defined operation in the 5GHz band, including different "
"signaling mechanisms and higher transmission rates. Still later, the 802.11g "
"standard defined the use of 802.11a signaling and transmission mechanisms in "
"the 2.4GHz band in such a way as to be backwards compatible with 802.11b "
"networks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62270
msgid ""
"Separate from the underlying transmission techniques, 802.11 networks have a "
"variety of security mechanisms. The original 802.11 specifications defined a "
"simple security protocol called <acronym>WEP</acronym>. This protocol uses a "
"fixed pre-shared key and the RC4 cryptographic cipher to encode data "
"transmitted on a network. Stations must all agree on the fixed key in order "
"to communicate. This scheme was shown to be easily broken and is now rarely "
"used except to discourage transient users from joining networks. Current "
"security practice is given by the <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</"
"trademark> 802.11i specification that defines new cryptographic ciphers and "
"an additional protocol to authenticate stations to an access point and "
"exchange keys for data communication. Cryptographic keys are periodically "
"refreshed and there are mechanisms for detecting and countering intrusion "
"attempts. Another security protocol specification commonly used in wireless "
"networks is termed <acronym>WPA</acronym>, which was a precursor to 802.11i. "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> specifies a subset of the requirements found in "
"802.11i and is designed for implementation on legacy hardware. Specifically, "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> requires only the <acronym>TKIP</acronym> cipher that "
"is derived from the original <acronym>WEP</acronym> cipher. 802.11i permits "
"use of <acronym>TKIP</acronym> but also requires support for a stronger "
"cipher, AES-CCM, for encrypting data. The <acronym>AES</acronym> cipher was "
"not required in <acronym>WPA</acronym> because it was deemed too "
"computationally costly to be implemented on legacy hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62300
msgid ""
"The other standard to be aware of is 802.11e. It defines protocols for "
"deploying multimedia applications, such as streaming video and voice over IP "
"(<acronym>VoIP</acronym>), in an 802.11 network. Like 802.11i, 802.11e also "
"has a precursor specification termed <acronym>WME</acronym> (later renamed "
"<acronym>WMM</acronym>) that has been defined by an industry group as a "
"subset of 802.11e that can be deployed now to enable multimedia applications "
"while waiting for the final ratification of 802.11e. The most important "
"thing to know about 802.11e and <acronym>WME</acronym>/<acronym>WMM</"
"acronym> is that it enables prioritized traffic over a wireless network "
"through Quality of Service (<acronym>QoS</acronym>) protocols and enhanced "
"media access protocols. Proper implementation of these protocols enables "
"high speed bursting of data and prioritized traffic flow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62317
msgid ""
"FreeBSD supports networks that operate using 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. "
"The <acronym>WPA</acronym> and 802.11i security protocols are likewise "
"supported (in conjunction with any of 11a, 11b, and 11g) and <acronym>QoS</"
"acronym> and traffic prioritization required by the <acronym>WME</acronym>/"
"<acronym>WMM</acronym> protocols are supported for a limited set of wireless "
"devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62329
msgid ""
"Connecting a computer to an existing wireless network is a very common "
"situation. This procedure shows the steps required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62335
msgid ""
"Obtain the <acronym>SSID</acronym> (Service Set Identifier) and "
"<acronym>PSK</acronym> (Pre-Shared Key) for the wireless network from the "
"network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62342
msgid ""
"Identify the wireless adapter. The FreeBSD <filename>GENERIC</filename> "
"kernel includes drivers for many common wireless adapters. If the wireless "
"adapter is one of those models, it will be shown in the output from "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62348
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig | grep -B3 -i wireless</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62350
msgid ""
"If a wireless adapter is not listed, an additional kernel module might be "
"required, or it might be a model not supported by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62356
msgid ""
"This example shows the Atheros <literal>ath0</literal> wireless adapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62361
msgid ""
"Add an entry for this network to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"filename>. If the file does not exist, create it. Replace "
"<replaceable>myssid</replaceable> and <replaceable>mypsk</replaceable> with "
"the <acronym>SSID</acronym> and <acronym>PSK</acronym> provided by the "
"network administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62369
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"\tssid=\"<replaceable>myssid</replaceable>\"\n"
"\tpsk=\"<replaceable>mypsk</replaceable>\"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62376
msgid ""
"Add entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to configure the network on "
"startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62379
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_<replaceable>ath0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA SYNCDHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:62384
msgid ""
"Restart the computer, or restart the network service to connect to the "
"network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62393
msgid "Basic Setup"
msgstr "基礎設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62398
msgid ""
"To use wireless networking, a wireless networking card is needed and the "
"kernel needs to be configured with the appropriate wireless networking "
"support. The kernel is separated into multiple modules so that only the "
"required support needs to be configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62404
msgid ""
"The most commonly used wireless devices are those that use parts made by "
"Atheros. These devices are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and require the "
"following line to be added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62410
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62412
msgid ""
"The Atheros driver is split up into three separate pieces: the driver "
"(<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>), the hardware support layer that handles chip-specific "
"functions (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath_hal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>), and an algorithm for selecting the rate for "
"transmitting frames. When this support is loaded as kernel modules, any "
"dependencies are automatically handled. To load support for a different type "
"of wireless device, specify the module for that device. This example is for "
"devices based on the Intersil Prism parts (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wi</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>) driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62423
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_wi_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62426
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device and the device "
"name in the examples must be changed according to the configuration. A list "
"of available wireless drivers and supported adapters can be found in the "
"FreeBSD Hardware Notes, available on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"FreeBSD.org/releases/index.html\">Release Information</link> page of the "
"FreeBSD website. If a native FreeBSD driver for the wireless device does not "
"exist, it may be possible to use the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> driver with the help of the <link linkend=\"config-"
"network-ndis\">NDIS</link> driver wrapper."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62439
msgid ""
"In addition, the modules that implement cryptographic support for the "
"security protocols to use must be loaded. These are intended to be "
"dynamically loaded on demand by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module, but for now "
"they must be manually configured. The following modules are available: "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_wep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_ccmp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_tkip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_ccmp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_tkip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> drivers are only needed when using the "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> or 802.11i security protocols. If the network does "
"not use encryption, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlan_wep</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> support is not needed. "
"To load these modules at boot time, add the following lines to <filename>/"
"boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n"
"wlan_ccmp_load=\"YES\"\n"
"wlan_tkip_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62456
msgid ""
"Once this information has been added to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</"
"filename>, reboot the FreeBSD box. Alternately, load the modules by hand "
"using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62462
msgid ""
"For users who do not want to use modules, it is possible to compile these "
"drivers into the kernel by adding the following lines to a custom kernel "
"configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device wlan              # 802.11 support\n"
"device wlan_wep          # 802.11 WEP support\n"
"device wlan_ccmp         # 802.11 CCMP support\n"
"device wlan_tkip         # 802.11 TKIP support\n"
"device wlan_amrr         # AMRR transmit rate control algorithm\n"
"device ath               # Atheros pci/cardbus NIC's\n"
"device ath_hal           # pci/cardbus chip support\n"
"options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416 # enable AR5416 tx/rx descriptors\n"
"device ath_rate_sample   # SampleRate tx rate control for ath"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62477
msgid ""
"With this information in the kernel configuration file, recompile the kernel "
"and reboot the FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:62482
msgid ""
"Information about the wireless device should appear in the boot messages, "
"like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62485
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ath0: &lt;Atheros 5212&gt; mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on cardbus1\n"
"ath0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"ath0: AR2413 mac 7.9 RF2413 phy 4.5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:62492
msgid "Infrastructure Mode"
msgstr "主從式 (Infrastructure)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:62494
msgid ""
"Infrastructure (<acronym>BSS</acronym>) mode is the mode that is typically "
"used. In this mode, a number of wireless access points are connected to a "
"wired network. Each wireless network has its own name, called the "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym>. Wireless clients connect to the wireless access "
"points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62502
msgid "FreeBSD Clients"
msgstr "FreeBSD 客戶端"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:62505
msgid "How to Find Access Points"
msgstr "如何尋找存取點"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62507
msgid ""
"To scan for available networks, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This request may take "
"a few moments to complete as it requires the system to switch to each "
"available wireless frequency and probe for available access points. Only the "
"superuser can initiate a scan:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62513
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"dlinkap         00:13:46:49:41:76   11   54M -90:96   100 EPS  WPA WME\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M -83:96   100 EPS  WPA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62520
msgid ""
"The interface must be <option>up</option> before it can scan. Subsequent "
"scan requests do not require the interface to be marked as up again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62525
msgid ""
"The output of a scan request lists each <acronym>BSS</acronym>/"
"<acronym>IBSS</acronym> network found. Besides listing the name of the "
"network, the <literal>SSID</literal>, the output also shows the "
"<literal>BSSID</literal>, which is the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the "
"access point. The <literal>CAPS</literal> field identifies the type of each "
"network and the capabilities of the stations operating there:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:62536
msgid "Station Capability Codes"
msgstr "站台功能代號"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62541
msgid "Capability Code"
msgstr "功能代號"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62548
msgid "<literal>E</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62549
msgid ""
"Extended Service Set (<acronym>ESS</acronym>). Indicates that the station is "
"part of an infrastructure network rather than an <acronym>IBSS</acronym>/ad-"
"hoc network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62557
msgid "<literal>I</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62558
msgid ""
"<acronym>IBSS</acronym>/ad-hoc network. Indicates that the station is part "
"of an ad-hoc network rather than an <acronym>ESS</acronym> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62565
msgid "<literal>P</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62566
msgid ""
"Privacy. Encryption is required for all data frames exchanged within the "
"<acronym>BSS</acronym> using cryptographic means such as <acronym>WEP</"
"acronym>, <acronym>TKIP</acronym> or <acronym>AES</acronym>-<acronym>CCMP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62575
msgid "<literal>S</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62576
msgid ""
"Short Preamble. Indicates that the network is using short preambles, defined "
"in 802.11b High Rate/DSSS PHY, and utilizes a 56 bit sync field rather than "
"the 128 bit field used in long preamble mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62584
msgid "<literal>s</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:62585
msgid ""
"Short slot time. Indicates that the 802.11g network is using a short slot "
"time because there are no legacy (802.11b) stations present."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62593
msgid "One can also display the current list of known networks with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62596
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list scan</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62598
msgid ""
"This information may be updated automatically by the adapter or manually "
"with a <option>scan</option> request. Old data is automatically removed from "
"the cache, so over time this list may shrink unless more scans are done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:62606 book.translate.xml:63434
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr "基礎設定"

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62608
msgid ""
"This section provides a simple example of how to make the wireless network "
"adapter work in FreeBSD without encryption. Once familiar with these "
"concepts, it is strongly recommend to use <link linkend=\"network-wireless-"
"wpa\">WPA</link> to set up the wireless network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62614
msgid ""
"There are three basic steps to configure a wireless network: select an "
"access point, authenticate the station, and configure an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address. The following sections discuss each step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62620
msgid "Selecting an Access Point"
msgstr "選擇存取點"

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62622
msgid ""
"Most of the time, it is sufficient to let the system choose an access point "
"using the builtin heuristics. This is the default behavior when an interface "
"is marked as up or it is listed in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62628 book.translate.xml:62728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62631
msgid ""
"If there are multiple access points, a specific one can be selected by its "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62635
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62638
msgid ""
"In an environment where there are multiple access points with the same "
"<acronym>SSID</acronym>, which is often done to simplify roaming, it may be "
"necessary to associate to one specific device. In this case, the "
"<acronym>BSSID</acronym> of the access point can be specified, with or "
"without the <acronym>SSID</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> bssid <replaceable>xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62649
msgid ""
"There are other ways to constrain the choice of an access point, such as "
"limiting the set of frequencies the system will scan on. This may be useful "
"for a multi-band wireless card as scanning all the possible channels can be "
"time-consuming. To limit operation to a specific band, use the <option>mode</"
"option> parameter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62657
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"mode <replaceable>11g</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62660
msgid ""
"This example will force the card to operate in 802.11g, which is defined "
"only for 2.4GHz frequencies so any 5GHz channels will not be considered. "
"This can also be achieved with the <option>channel</option> parameter, which "
"locks operation to one specific frequency, and the <option>chanlist</option> "
"parameter, to specify a list of channels for scanning. More information "
"about these parameters can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62674
msgid ""
"Once an access point is selected, the station needs to authenticate before "
"it can pass data. Authentication can happen in several ways. The most common "
"scheme, open authentication, allows any station to join the network and "
"communicate. This is the authentication to use for test purposes the first "
"time a wireless network is setup. Other schemes require cryptographic "
"handshakes to be completed before data traffic can flow, either using pre-"
"shared keys or secrets, or more complex schemes that involve backend "
"services such as <acronym>RADIUS</acronym>. Open authentication is the "
"default setting. The next most common setup is <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>, "
"also known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal, which is described in <xref "
"linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa-wpa-psk\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62691
msgid ""
"If using an <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">AirPort</trademark> Extreme base station for an access "
"point, shared-key authentication together with a <acronym>WEP</acronym> key "
"needs to be configured. This can be configured in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> or by using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For a single "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">AirPort</trademark> base station, access can "
"be configured with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62699
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"authmode shared wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>1</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>01234567</replaceable> DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62702
msgid ""
"In general, shared key authentication should be avoided because it uses the "
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> key material in a highly-constrained manner, making "
"it even easier to crack the key. If <acronym>WEP</acronym> must be used for "
"compatibility with legacy devices, it is better to use <acronym>WEP</"
"acronym> with <literal>open</literal> authentication. More information "
"regarding <acronym>WEP</acronym> can be found in <xref linkend=\"network-"
"wireless-wep\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62715
msgid "Getting an <acronym>IP</acronym> Address with <acronym>DHCP</acronym>"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 取得 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62718
msgid ""
"Once an access point is selected and the authentication parameters are set, "
"an <acronym>IP</acronym> address must be obtained in order to communicate. "
"Most of the time, the <acronym>IP</acronym> address is obtained via "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym>. To achieve that, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> and add <literal>DHCP</literal> to the configuration for the "
"device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62731
msgid "The wireless interface is now ready to bring up:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62734
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62736
msgid ""
"Once the interface is running, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to see the status of "
"the interface <filename>ath0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n"
"        status: associated\n"
"        ssid dlinkap channel 11 (2462 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76\n"
"        country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n"
"        scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n"
"        roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62751
msgid ""
"The <literal>status: associated</literal> line means that it is connected to "
"the wireless network. The <literal>bssid 00:13:46:49:41:76</literal> is the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the access point and <literal>authmode "
"OPEN</literal> indicates that the communication is not encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62760
msgid "Static <acronym>IP</acronym> Address"
msgstr "靜態 <acronym>IP</acronym> 位址"

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62762
msgid ""
"If an <acronym>IP</acronym> address cannot be obtained from a <acronym>DHCP</"
"acronym> server, set a fixed <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Replace the "
"<literal>DHCP</literal> keyword shown above with the address information. Be "
"sure to retain any other parameters for selecting the access point:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62769
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>your_ssid_here</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:62775
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62777
msgid ""
"Wi-Fi Protected Access (<acronym>WPA</acronym>) is a security protocol used "
"together with 802.11 networks to address the lack of proper authentication "
"and the weakness of <acronym>WEP</acronym>. WPA leverages the 802.1X "
"authentication protocol and uses one of several ciphers instead of "
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> for data integrity. The only cipher required by "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> is the Temporary Key Integrity Protocol "
"(<acronym>TKIP</acronym>). <acronym>TKIP</acronym> is a cipher that extends "
"the basic RC4 cipher used by <acronym>WEP</acronym> by adding integrity "
"checking, tamper detection, and measures for responding to detected "
"intrusions. <acronym>TKIP</acronym> is designed to work on legacy hardware "
"with only software modification. It represents a compromise that improves "
"security but is still not entirely immune to attack. <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"also specifies the <acronym>AES-CCMP</acronym> cipher as an alternative to "
"<acronym>TKIP</acronym>, and that is preferred when possible. For this "
"specification, the term <acronym>WPA2</acronym> or <acronym>RSN</acronym> is "
"commonly used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62800
msgid ""
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> defines authentication and encryption protocols. "
"Authentication is most commonly done using one of two techniques: by 802.1X "
"and a backend authentication service such as <acronym>RADIUS</acronym>, or "
"by a minimal handshake between the station and the access point using a pre-"
"shared secret. The former is commonly termed <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"Enterprise and the latter is known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal. Since "
"most people will not set up a <acronym>RADIUS</acronym> backend server for "
"their wireless network, <acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym> is by far the most "
"commonly encountered configuration for <acronym>WPA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:62814
msgid ""
"The control of the wireless connection and the key negotiation or "
"authentication with a server is done using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program requires a configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>, to run. More information "
"regarding this file can be found in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62823
msgid "<acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62825
msgid ""
"<acronym>WPA-PSK</acronym>, also known as <acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal, "
"is based on a pre-shared key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>) which is generated "
"from a given password and used as the master key in the wireless network. "
"This means every wireless user will share the same key. <acronym>WPA-PSK</"
"acronym> is intended for small networks where the use of an authentication "
"server is not possible or desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:62836
msgid ""
"Always use strong passwords that are sufficiently long and made from a rich "
"alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62841
msgid ""
"The first step is the configuration of <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"filename> with the <acronym>SSID</acronym> and the pre-shared key of the "
"network:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62846
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  psk=\"freebsdmall\"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62851
msgid ""
"Then, in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, indicate that the wireless "
"device configuration will be done with <acronym>WPA</acronym> and the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address will be obtained with <acronym>DHCP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62857 book.translate.xml:63057 book.translate.xml:63151
#: book.translate.xml:63275
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62860 book.translate.xml:63278
msgid "Then, bring up the interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62862
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 5\n"
"DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 6\n"
"DHCPOFFER from 192.168.0.1\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62881
msgid ""
"Or, try to configure the interface manually using the information in "
"<filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62885
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wpa_supplicant -i <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</userinput>\n"
"Trying to associate with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac (SSID='freebsdap' freq=2412 MHz)\n"
"Associated with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"WPA: Key negotiation completed with 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac [PTK=CCMP GTK=CCMP]\n"
"CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED - Connection to 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac completed (auth) [id=0 id_str=]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62891
msgid ""
"The next operation is to launch <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to get the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address from the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62895
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.1\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:62912
msgid ""
"If <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> has an <literal>ifconfig_wlan0=\"DHCP"
"\"</literal> entry, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be launched "
"automatically after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> associates with the "
"access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62919
msgid ""
"If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not possible or desired, set a static "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address after "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> has authenticated the station:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62924
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.100 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/36Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62937
msgid ""
"When <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not used, the default gateway and the "
"nameserver also have to be manually set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:62941
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>route add default <replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo \"nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>\" &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:62946
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>WPA</acronym> 加上 <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62949
msgid ""
"The second way to use <acronym>WPA</acronym> is with an 802.1X backend "
"authentication server. In this case, <acronym>WPA</acronym> is called "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> Enterprise to differentiate it from the less secure "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> Personal. Authentication in <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"Enterprise is based on the Extensible Authentication Protocol (<acronym>EAP</"
"acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62958
msgid ""
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> does not come with an encryption method. Instead, "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> is embedded inside an encrypted tunnel. There are "
"many <acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication methods, but <acronym>EAP-TLS</"
"acronym>, <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>, and <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym> are "
"the most common."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62966
msgid ""
"EAP with Transport Layer Security (<acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>) is a well-"
"supported wireless authentication protocol since it was the first "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> method to be certified by the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.wi-fi.org/\">Wi-Fi Alliance</link>. <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym> "
"requires three certificates to run: the certificate of the Certificate "
"Authority (<acronym>CA</acronym>) installed on all machines, the server "
"certificate for the authentication server, and one client certificate for "
"each wireless client. In this <acronym>EAP</acronym> method, both the "
"authentication server and wireless client authenticate each other by "
"presenting their respective certificates, and then verify that these "
"certificates were signed by the organization's <acronym>CA</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:62983
msgid ""
"As previously, the configuration is done via <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:62986
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-ssid\"/>\n"
"  proto=RSN  <co xml:id=\"co-tls-proto\"/>\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP <co xml:id=\"co-tls-kmgmt\"/>\n"
"  eap=TLS <co xml:id=\"co-tls-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"loader\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-id\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-cacert\"/>\n"
"  client_cert=\"/etc/certs/clientcert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-clientcert\"/>\n"
"  private_key=\"/etc/certs/clientkey.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-pkey\"/>\n"
"  private_key_passwd=\"freebsdmallclient\" <co xml:id=\"co-tls-pwd\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63000
msgid "This field indicates the network name (<acronym>SSID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63005
msgid ""
"This example uses the <acronym>RSN</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">IEEE</trademark> 802.11i protocol, also known as <acronym>WPA2</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63011
msgid ""
"The <literal>key_mgmt</literal> line refers to the key management protocol "
"to use. In this example, it is <acronym>WPA</acronym> using <acronym>EAP</"
"acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63018
msgid ""
"This field indicates the <acronym>EAP</acronym> method for the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63023
msgid ""
"The <literal>identity</literal> field contains the identity string for "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63029 book.translate.xml:63132 book.translate.xml:63245
msgid ""
"The <literal>ca_cert</literal> field indicates the pathname of the "
"<acronym>CA</acronym> certificate file. This file is needed to verify the "
"server certificate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63036
msgid ""
"The <literal>client_cert</literal> line gives the pathname to the client "
"certificate file. This certificate is unique to each wireless client of the "
"network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63043
msgid ""
"The <literal>private_key</literal> field is the pathname to the client "
"certificate private key file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63049
msgid ""
"The <literal>private_key_passwd</literal> field contains the passphrase for "
"the private key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63054
msgid "Then, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63060 book.translate.xml:63154
msgid "The next step is to bring up the interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63062
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63079
msgid ""
"It is also possible to bring up the interface manually using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63085
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>WPA</acronym> 加上 <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63088
msgid ""
"With <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>, both the authentication server and the "
"client need a certificate. With <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym>, a client "
"certificate is optional. This method is similar to a web server which "
"creates a secure <acronym>SSL</acronym> tunnel even if visitors do not have "
"client-side certificates. <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> uses an encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel for safe transport of the authentication data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63098
msgid ""
"The required configuration can be added to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63101
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  proto=RSN\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n"
"  eap=TTLS <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-id\"/>\n"
"  password=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-passwd\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-cacert\"/>\n"
"  phase2=\"auth=MD5\" <co xml:id=\"co-ttls-pha2\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63114 book.translate.xml:63227
msgid ""
"This field specifies the <acronym>EAP</acronym> method for the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63119 book.translate.xml:63232
msgid ""
"The <literal>identity</literal> field contains the identity string for "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication inside the encrypted <acronym>TLS</"
"acronym> tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63126 book.translate.xml:63239
msgid ""
"The <literal>password</literal> field contains the passphrase for the "
"<acronym>EAP</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63139
msgid ""
"This field specifies the authentication method used in the encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. In this example, <acronym>EAP</acronym> with "
"MD5-Challenge is used. The <quote>inner authentication</quote> phase is "
"often called <quote>phase2</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63148
msgid "Next, add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63156 book.translate.xml:63280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif start</userinput>\n"
"Starting wpa_supplicant.\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 7\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 15\n"
"DHCPREQUEST on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 21\n"
"DHCPACK from 192.168.0.20\n"
"bound to 192.168.0.254 -- renewal in 300 seconds.\n"
"wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"      ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"      inet 192.168.0.254 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"      media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet DS/11Mbps mode 11g\n"
"      status: associated\n"
"      ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"      country US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy ON deftxkey UNDEF\n"
"      AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 21.5 bmiss 7 scanvalid 450 bgscan\n"
"      bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7 roam:rate 5 protmode CTS\n"
"      wme burst roaming MANUAL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/title
#: book.translate.xml:63176
msgid "<acronym>WPA</acronym> with <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>WPA</acronym> 加上 <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63180
msgid ""
"<acronym>PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2</acronym> is the most common <acronym>PEAP</"
"acronym> method. In this chapter, the term <acronym>PEAP</acronym> is used "
"to refer to that method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63186
msgid ""
"Protected EAP (<acronym>PEAP</acronym>) is designed as an alternative to "
"<acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> and is the most used <acronym>EAP</acronym> "
"standard after <acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>. In a network with mixed operating "
"systems, <acronym>PEAP</acronym> should be the most supported standard after "
"<acronym>EAP-TLS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63194
msgid ""
"<acronym>PEAP</acronym> is similar to <acronym>EAP-TTLS</acronym> as it uses "
"a server-side certificate to authenticate clients by creating an encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel between the client and the authentication "
"server, which protects the ensuing exchange of authentication information. "
"<acronym>PEAP</acronym> authentication differs from <acronym>EAP-TTLS</"
"acronym> as it broadcasts the username in the clear and only the password is "
"sent in the encrypted <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. <acronym>EAP-TTLS</"
"acronym> will use the <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel for both the username "
"and password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/para
#: book.translate.xml:63208
msgid ""
"Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename> to "
"configure the <acronym>EAP-PEAP</acronym> related settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect5/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"freebsdap\"\n"
"  proto=RSN\n"
"  key_mgmt=WPA-EAP\n"
"  eap=PEAP <co xml:id=\"co-peap-eap\"/>\n"
"  identity=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-id\"/>\n"
"  password=\"test\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-passwd\"/>\n"
"  ca_cert=\"/etc/certs/cacert.pem\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-cacert\"/>\n"
"  phase1=\"peaplabel=0\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-pha1\"/>\n"
"  phase2=\"auth=MSCHAPV2\" <co xml:id=\"co-peap-pha2\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63252
msgid ""
"This field contains the parameters for the first phase of authentication, "
"the <acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. According to the authentication server "
"used, specify a specific label for authentication. Most of the time, the "
"label will be <quote>client <acronym>EAP</acronym> encryption</quote> which "
"is set by using <literal>peaplabel=0</literal>. More information can be "
"found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant.conf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63264
msgid ""
"This field specifies the authentication protocol used in the encrypted "
"<acronym>TLS</acronym> tunnel. In the case of <acronym>PEAP</acronym>, it is "
"<literal>auth=MSCHAPV2</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:63301
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63303
msgid ""
"Wired Equivalent Privacy (<acronym>WEP</acronym>) is part of the original "
"802.11 standard. There is no authentication mechanism, only a weak form of "
"access control which is easily cracked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63308
msgid ""
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> can be set up using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.1.100</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> \\\n"
"\t    ssid <replaceable>my_net</replaceable> wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>3</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>3:0x3456789012</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63318
msgid ""
"The <literal>weptxkey</literal> specifies which <acronym>WEP</acronym> key "
"will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key. This must "
"match the setting on the access point. When unsure which key is used by the "
"access point, try <literal>1</literal> (the first key) for this value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63328
msgid ""
"The <literal>wepkey</literal> selects one of the <acronym>WEP</acronym> "
"keys. It should be in the format <replaceable>index:key</replaceable>. Key "
"<literal>1</literal> is used by default; the index only needs to be set when "
"using a key other than the first key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63336
msgid ""
"Replace the <literal>0x3456789012</literal> with the key configured for use "
"on the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63343
msgid ""
"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63346
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> facility can be used to configure a wireless "
"interface with <acronym>WEP</acronym>. The example above can be set up by "
"adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63352
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"network={\n"
"  ssid=\"my_net\"\n"
"  key_mgmt=NONE\n"
"  wep_key3=3456789012\n"
"  wep_tx_keyidx=3\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63359
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wpa_supplicant -i <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> -c /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf</userinput>\n"
"Trying to associate with 00:13:46:49:41:76 (SSID='dlinkap' freq=2437 MHz)\n"
"Associated with 00:13:46:49:41:76"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63369
msgid "Ad-hoc Mode"
msgstr "對等式 (Ad-hoc)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63371
msgid ""
"<acronym>IBSS</acronym> mode, also called ad-hoc mode, is designed for point "
"to point connections. For example, to establish an ad-hoc network between "
"the machines <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem>, "
"choose two <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and a <acronym>SSID</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63378
msgid "On <systemitem>A</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63380
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode adhoc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;adhoc&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"\t  protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63392
msgid ""
"The <literal>adhoc</literal> parameter indicates that the interface is "
"running in <acronym>IBSS</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63395
msgid ""
"<systemitem>B</systemitem> should now be able to detect <systemitem>A</"
"systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63398
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode adhoc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"  SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"  freebsdap       02:11:95:c3:0d:ac    2   54M -64:-96  100 IS   WME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63403
msgid ""
"The <literal>I</literal> in the output confirms that <systemitem>A</"
"systemitem> is in ad-hoc mode. Now, configure <systemitem>B</systemitem> "
"with a different <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63408
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;adhoc&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 2 (2417 Mhz 11g) bssid 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"\t  protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63419
msgid ""
"Both <systemitem>A</systemitem> and <systemitem>B</systemitem> are now ready "
"to exchange information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63425
msgid "FreeBSD Host Access Points"
msgstr "FreeBSD 主機存取點"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63427
msgid ""
"FreeBSD can act as an Access Point (<acronym>AP</acronym>) which eliminates "
"the need to buy a hardware <acronym>AP</acronym> or run an ad-hoc network. "
"This can be particularly useful when a FreeBSD machine is acting as a "
"gateway to another network such as the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63436
msgid ""
"Before configuring a FreeBSD machine as an <acronym>AP</acronym>, the kernel "
"must be configured with the appropriate networking support for the wireless "
"card as well as the security protocols being used. For more details, see "
"<xref linkend=\"network-wireless-basic\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:63443
msgid ""
"The <acronym>NDIS</acronym> driver wrapper for <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> drivers does not currently support <acronym>AP</"
"acronym> operation. Only native FreeBSD wireless drivers support "
"<acronym>AP</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63450
msgid ""
"Once wireless networking support is loaded, check if the wireless device "
"supports the host-based access point mode, also known as hostap mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list caps</userinput>\n"
"drivercaps=6f85edc1&lt;STA,FF,TURBOP,IBSS,HOSTAP,AHDEMO,TXPMGT,SHSLOT,SHPREAMBLE,MONITOR,MBSS,WPA1,WPA2,BURST,WME,WDS,BGSCAN,TXFRAG&gt;\n"
"cryptocaps=1f&lt;WEP,TKIP,AES,AES_CCM,TKIPMIC&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63459
msgid ""
"This output displays the card's capabilities. The <literal>HOSTAP</literal> "
"word confirms that this wireless card can act as an <acronym>AP</acronym>. "
"Various supported ciphers are also listed: <acronym>WEP</acronym>, "
"<acronym>TKIP</acronym>, and <acronym>AES</acronym>. This information "
"indicates which security protocols can be used on the <acronym>AP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63467
msgid ""
"The wireless device can only be put into hostap mode during the creation of "
"the network pseudo-device, so a previously created device must be destroyed "
"first:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63471
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> destroy</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63473
msgid ""
"then regenerated with the correct option before setting the other parameters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63476
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode hostap</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> mode 11g channel 1</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63479
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> again to see the status of the <filename>wlan0</"
"filename> interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60\n"
"\t  protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63492
msgid ""
"The <literal>hostap</literal> parameter indicates the interface is running "
"in the host-based access point mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63496
msgid ""
"The interface configuration can be done automatically at boot time by adding "
"the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63500
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n"
"create_args_wlan0=\"wlanmode hostap\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> mode 11g channel <replaceable>1</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63506
msgid "Host-based Access Point Without Authentication or Encryption"
msgstr "無認證或加密的 Host-based 存取點"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63509
msgid ""
"Although it is not recommended to run an <acronym>AP</acronym> without any "
"authentication or encryption, this is a simple way to check if the "
"<acronym>AP</acronym> is working. This configuration is also important for "
"debugging client issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63515
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is configured, initiate a scan from another "
"wireless machine to find the <acronym>AP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID/MESH ID    BSSID              CHAN RATE   S:N     INT CAPS\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M -66:-96  100 ES   WME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63524
msgid ""
"The client machine found the <acronym>AP</acronym> and can be associated "
"with it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63527
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:d5:43:62\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet OFDM/54Mbps mode 11g\n"
"\t  status: associated\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 1 (2412 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy OFF txpower 21.5 bmiss 7\n"
"\t  scanvalid 60 bgscan bgscanintvl 300 bgscanidle 250 roam:rssi 7\n"
"\t  roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63541
msgid "<acronym>WPA2</acronym> Host-based Access Point"
msgstr "<acronym>WPA2</acronym> Host-based 存取點"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63543
msgid ""
"This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the "
"<acronym>WPA2</acronym> security protocol. More details regarding "
"<acronym>WPA</acronym> and the configuration of <acronym>WPA</acronym>-based "
"wireless clients can be found in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63550
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is used to deal with client authentication "
"and key management on the <acronym>WPA2</acronym>-enabled <acronym>AP</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63555
msgid ""
"The following configuration operations are performed on the FreeBSD machine "
"acting as the <acronym>AP</acronym>. Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is "
"correctly working, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be automatically "
"started at boot with this line in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63562
#, no-wrap
msgid "hostapd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63564
msgid ""
"Before trying to configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, first configure the "
"basic settings introduced in <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-ap-basic\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:63568
msgid "<acronym>WPA2-PSK</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63570
msgid ""
"<acronym>WPA2-PSK</acronym> is intended for small networks where the use of "
"a backend authentication server is not possible or desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63574
msgid "The configuration is done in <filename>/etc/hostapd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63577
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"interface=wlan0                  <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-iface\"/>\n"
"debug=1                          <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-dbug\"/>\n"
"ctrl_interface=/var/run/hostapd  <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-ciface\"/>\n"
"ctrl_interface_group=wheel       <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-cifacegrp\"/>\n"
"ssid=freebsdap                   <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-ssid\"/>\n"
"wpa=2                            <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-wpa\"/>\n"
"wpa_passphrase=freebsdmall       <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-pass\"/>\n"
"wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK             <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-kmgmt\"/>\n"
"wpa_pairwise=CCMP                <co xml:id=\"co-ap-wpapsk-pwise\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63589
msgid "Wireless interface used for the access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63594
msgid ""
"Level of verbosity used during the execution of "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. A value of <literal>1</literal> represents the "
"minimal level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63601
msgid ""
"Pathname of the directory used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to store domain socket "
"files for communication with external programs such as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd_cli</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default value is used in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63608
msgid "The group allowed to access the control interface files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63613
msgid ""
"The wireless network name, or <acronym>SSID</acronym>, that will appear in "
"wireless scans."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63619
msgid ""
"Enable <acronym>WPA</acronym> and specify which <acronym>WPA</acronym> "
"authentication protocol will be required. A value of <literal>2</literal> "
"configures the <acronym>AP</acronym> for <acronym>WPA2</acronym> and is "
"recommended. Set to <literal>1</literal> only if the obsolete <acronym>WPA</"
"acronym> is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63630
msgid "ASCII passphrase for <acronym>WPA</acronym> authentication."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:63634
msgid ""
"Always use strong passwords that are at least 8 characters long and made "
"from a rich alphabet so that they will not be easily guessed or attacked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63642
msgid ""
"The key management protocol to use. This example sets <acronym>WPA-PSK</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:63648
msgid ""
"Encryption algorithms accepted by the access point. In this example, only "
"the <acronym>CCMP</acronym> (<acronym>AES</acronym>) cipher is accepted. "
"<acronym>CCMP</acronym> is an alternative to <acronym>TKIP</acronym> and is "
"strongly preferred when possible. <acronym>TKIP</acronym> should be allowed "
"only when there are stations incapable of using <acronym>CCMP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63661
msgid ""
"The next step is to start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostapd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63663
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service hostapd forcestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"wlan0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\tether 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n"
"\tinet6 fe80::6f0:21ff:fe16:8e10%wlan0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x9\n"
"\tnd6 options=21&lt;PERFORMNUD,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"\tmedia: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11na &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"\tstatus: running\n"
"\tssid No5ignal channel 36 (5180 MHz 11a ht/40+) bssid 04:f0:21:16:8e:10\n"
"\tcountry US ecm authmode WPA2/802.11i privacy MIXED deftxkey 2\n"
"\tAES-CCM 2:128-bit AES-CCM 3:128-bit txpower 17 mcastrate 6 mgmtrate 6\n"
"\tscanvalid 60 ampdulimit 64k ampdudensity 8 shortgi wme burst\n"
"\tdtimperiod 1 -dfs\n"
"\tgroups: wlan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:63679
msgid ""
"Once the <acronym>AP</acronym> is running, the clients can associate with "
"it. See <xref linkend=\"network-wireless-wpa\"/> for more details. It is "
"possible to see the stations associated with the <acronym>AP</acronym> using "
"<command>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> list sta</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:63689
msgid "<acronym>WEP</acronym> Host-based Access Point"
msgstr "<acronym>WEP</acronym> Host-based 存取點"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63691
msgid ""
"It is not recommended to use <acronym>WEP</acronym> for setting up an "
"<acronym>AP</acronym> since there is no authentication mechanism and the "
"encryption is easily cracked. Some legacy wireless cards only support "
"<acronym>WEP</acronym> and these cards will only support an <acronym>AP</"
"acronym> without authentication or encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63699
msgid ""
"The wireless device can now be put into hostap mode and configured with the "
"correct <acronym>SSID</acronym> and <acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> wlanmode hostap</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> inet <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable> \\\n"
"\tssid <replaceable>freebsdap</replaceable> wepmode on weptxkey <replaceable>3</replaceable> wepkey <replaceable>3:0x3456789012</replaceable> mode 11g</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63709
msgid ""
"The <literal>weptxkey</literal> indicates which <acronym>WEP</acronym> key "
"will be used in the transmission. This example uses the third key as key "
"numbering starts with <literal>1</literal>. This parameter must be specified "
"in order to encrypt the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63718
msgid ""
"The <literal>wepkey</literal> sets the selected <acronym>WEP</acronym> key. "
"It should be in the format <replaceable>index:key</replaceable>. If the "
"index is not given, key <literal>1</literal> is set. The index needs to be "
"set when using keys other than the first key."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63727
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to see the status of the <filename>wlan0</"
"filename> interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"  wlan0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\t  ether 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"\t  media: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ethernet autoselect mode 11g &lt;hostap&gt;\n"
"\t  status: running\n"
"\t  ssid freebsdap channel 4 (2427 Mhz 11g) bssid 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac\n"
"\t  country US ecm authmode OPEN privacy ON deftxkey 3 wepkey 3:40-bit\n"
"\t  txpower 21.5 scanvalid 60 protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63740
msgid ""
"From another wireless machine, it is now possible to initiate a scan to find "
"the <acronym>AP</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63743
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>ath0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> up scan</userinput>\n"
"SSID            BSSID              CHAN RATE  S:N   INT CAPS\n"
"freebsdap       00:11:95:c3:0d:ac    1   54M 22:1   100 EPS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:63748
msgid ""
"In this example, the client machine found the <acronym>AP</acronym> and can "
"associate with it using the correct parameters. See <xref linkend=\"network-"
"wireless-wep\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63755
msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections"
msgstr "同時使用有線及無線連線"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63757
msgid ""
"A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a "
"wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users "
"typically want to roam seamlessly between the two types of connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63762
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces "
"together in a <quote>failover</quote> fashion. This type of configuration "
"uses the most preferred and available connection from a group of network "
"interfaces, and the operating system switches automatically when the link "
"state changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63769
msgid ""
"Link aggregation and failover is covered in <xref linkend=\"network-"
"aggregation\"/> and an example for using both wired and wireless connections "
"is provided at <xref linkend=\"networking-lagg-wired-and-wireless\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63776
msgid ""
"This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common "
"wireless networking problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63782
msgid ""
"If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the "
"configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of "
"channels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63788
msgid ""
"If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the "
"configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the "
"authentication scheme and any security protocols. Simplify the configuration "
"as much as possible. If using a security protocol such as <acronym>WPA</"
"acronym> or <acronym>WEP</acronym>, configure the access point for open "
"authentication and no security to see if traffic will pass."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63797
msgid ""
"Debugging support is provided by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wpa_supplicant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Try running this utility manually with <option>-"
"dd</option> and look at the system logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63804
msgid ""
"Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network "
"configuration using tools like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63810
msgid ""
"There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be "
"enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>wlandebug</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable console messages related "
"to scanning for access points and the 802.11 protocol handshakes required to "
"arrange communication:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63817
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>wlandebug -i <replaceable>ath0</replaceable> +scan+auth+debug+assoc</userinput>\n"
"  net.wlan.0.debug: 0 =&gt; 0xc80000&lt;assoc,auth,scan&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63820
msgid ""
"Many useful statistics are maintained by the 802.11 layer and "
"<command>wlanstats</command>, found in <filename>/usr/src/tools/tools/"
"net80211</filename>, will dump this information. These statistics should "
"display all errors identified by the 802.11 layer. However, some errors are "
"identified in the device drivers that lie below the 802.11 layer so they may "
"not show up. To diagnose device-specific problems, refer to the drivers' "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63831
msgid ""
"If the above information does not help to clarify the problem, submit a "
"problem report and include output from the above tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:63839
msgid "USB Tethering"
msgstr "USB 網路共享"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63842
msgid "<primary>tether</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63846
msgid ""
"Many cellphones provide the option to share their data connection over USB "
"(often called \"tethering\"). This feature uses either the <acronym>RNDIS</"
"acronym>, <acronym>CDC</acronym> or a custom <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">iPhone</trademark>/"
"<trademark class=\"registered\">iPad</trademark> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63854
msgid ""
"<trademark>Android</trademark> devices generally use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63859
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> devices use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipheth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:63863
msgid ""
"Older devices will often use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdce</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63868
msgid "Before attaching a device, load the appropriate driver into the kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_urndis\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> kldload if_cdce\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> kldload if_ipheth</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63875
msgid ""
"Once the device is attached <literal>ue</literal><replaceable>0</"
"replaceable> will be available for use like a normal network device. Be sure "
"that the <quote>USB tethering</quote> option is enabled on the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:63884
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "藍牙"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:63887
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Pav</firstname> <surname>Lucistnik</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib> <email>pav@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63898
msgid "<primary>Bluetooth</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>藍牙</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63902
msgid ""
"Bluetooth is a wireless technology for creating personal networks operating "
"in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed band, with a range of 10 meters. Networks are "
"usually formed ad-hoc from portable devices such as cellular phones, "
"handhelds, and laptops. Unlike Wi-Fi wireless technology, Bluetooth offers "
"higher level service profiles, such as <acronym>FTP</acronym>-like file "
"servers, file pushing, voice transport, serial line emulation, and more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:63911
msgid ""
"This section describes the use of a <acronym>USB</acronym> Bluetooth dongle "
"on a FreeBSD system. It then describes the various Bluetooth protocols and "
"utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63916
msgid "Loading Bluetooth Support"
msgstr "載入藍牙支援"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63918
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netgraph</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> framework. A broad variety of Bluetooth "
"<acronym>USB</acronym> dongles is supported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Broadcom BCM2033 based Bluetooth devices are supported by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ubtbcmfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> drivers. The 3Com "
"Bluetooth PC Card 3CRWB60-A is supported by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_bt3c</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. Serial and UART based Bluetooth devices "
"are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sio</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_h4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcseriald</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63928
msgid ""
"Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, "
"then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_ubt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63932
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ng_ubt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63934
msgid ""
"If the Bluetooth device will be attached to the system during system "
"startup, the system can be configured to load the module at boot time by "
"adding the driver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:63939
#, no-wrap
msgid "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63941
msgid ""
"Once the driver is loaded, plug in the <acronym>USB</acronym> dongle. If the "
"driver load was successful, output similar to the following should appear on "
"the console and in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n"
"ubt0: Interface 0 endpoints: interrupt=0x81, bulk-in=0x82, bulk-out=0x2\n"
"ubt0: Interface 1 (alt.config 5) endpoints: isoc-in=0x83, isoc-out=0x3,\n"
"      wMaxPacketSize=49, nframes=6, buffer size=294"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63952
msgid ""
"To start and stop the Bluetooth stack, use its startup script. It is a good "
"idea to stop the stack before unplugging the device. When starting the "
"stack, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63957
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bluetooth start ubt0</userinput>\n"
"BD_ADDR: 00:02:72:00:d4:1a\n"
"Features: 0xff 0xff 0xf 00 00 00 00 00\n"
"&lt;3-Slot&gt; &lt;5-Slot&gt; &lt;Encryption&gt; &lt;Slot offset&gt;\n"
"&lt;Timing accuracy&gt; &lt;Switch&gt; &lt;Hold mode&gt; &lt;Sniff mode&gt;\n"
"&lt;Park mode&gt; &lt;RSSI&gt; &lt;Channel quality&gt; &lt;SCO link&gt;\n"
"&lt;HV2 packets&gt; &lt;HV3 packets&gt; &lt;u-law log&gt; &lt;A-law log&gt; &lt;CVSD&gt;\n"
"&lt;Paging scheme&gt; &lt;Power control&gt; &lt;Transparent SCO data&gt;\n"
"Max. ACL packet size: 192 bytes\n"
"Number of ACL packets: 8\n"
"Max. SCO packet size: 64 bytes\n"
"Number of SCO packets: 8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:63972
msgid "Finding Other Bluetooth Devices"
msgstr "尋找其他藍牙裝置"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:63974
msgid "<primary>HCI</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63978
msgid ""
"The Host Controller Interface (<acronym>HCI</acronym>) provides a uniform "
"method for accessing Bluetooth baseband capabilities. In FreeBSD, a netgraph "
"<acronym>HCI</acronym> node is created for each Bluetooth device. For more "
"details, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_hci</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:63984
msgid ""
"One of the most common tasks is discovery of Bluetooth devices within "
"<acronym>RF</acronym> proximity. This operation is called <emphasis>inquiry</"
"emphasis>. Inquiry and other <acronym>HCI</acronym> related operations are "
"done using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hccontrol</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The example below "
"shows how to find out which Bluetooth devices are in range. The list of "
"devices should be displayed in a few seconds. Note that a remote device will "
"only answer the inquiry if it is set to <emphasis>discoverable</emphasis> "
"mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:63994
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry</userinput>\n"
"Inquiry result, num_responses=1\n"
"Inquiry result #0\n"
"       BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"       Page Scan Rep. Mode: 0x1\n"
"       Page Scan Period Mode: 00\n"
"       Page Scan Mode: 00\n"
"       Class: 52:02:04\n"
"       Clock offset: 0x78ef\n"
"Inquiry complete. Status: No error [00]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64005
msgid ""
"The <literal>BD_ADDR</literal> is the unique address of a Bluetooth device, "
"similar to the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of a network card. This "
"address is needed for further communication with a device and it is possible "
"to assign a human readable name to a BD_ADDR. Information regarding the "
"known Bluetooth hosts is contained in <filename>/etc/bluetooth/hosts</"
"filename>. The following example shows how to obtain the human readable name "
"that was assigned to the remote device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64015
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:37:29:19:a4</userinput>\n"
"BD_ADDR: 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"Name: Pav's T39"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64019
msgid ""
"If an inquiry is performed on a remote Bluetooth device, it will find the "
"computer as <quote>your.host.name (ubt0)</quote>. The name assigned to the "
"local device can be changed at any time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64024
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth system provides a point-to-point connection between two "
"Bluetooth units, or a point-to-multipoint connection which is shared among "
"several Bluetooth devices. The following example shows how to obtain the "
"list of active baseband connections for the local device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64030
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list</userinput>\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR    Handle Type Mode Role Encrypt Pending Queue State\n"
"00:80:37:29:19:a4     41  ACL    0 MAST    NONE       0     0 OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64034
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>connection handle</emphasis> is useful when termination of the "
"baseband connection is required, though it is normally not required to do "
"this by hand. The stack will automatically terminate inactive baseband "
"connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64040
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41</userinput>\n"
"Connection handle: 41\n"
"Reason: Connection terminated by local host [0x16]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64044
msgid ""
"Type <command>hccontrol help</command> for a complete listing of available "
"<acronym>HCI</acronym> commands. Most of the <acronym>HCI</acronym> commands "
"do not require superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64051
msgid "Device Pairing"
msgstr "裝置配對"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64053
msgid ""
"By default, Bluetooth communication is not authenticated, and any device can "
"talk to any other device. A Bluetooth device, such as a cellular phone, may "
"choose to require authentication to provide a particular service. Bluetooth "
"authentication is normally done with a <emphasis><acronym>PIN</acronym> "
"code</emphasis>, an ASCII string up to 16 characters in length. The user is "
"required to enter the same <acronym>PIN</acronym> code on both devices. Once "
"the user has entered the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code, both devices will "
"generate a <emphasis>link key</emphasis>. After that, the link key can be "
"stored either in the devices or in a persistent storage. Next time, both "
"devices will use the previously generated link key. This procedure is called "
"<emphasis>pairing</emphasis>. Note that if the link key is lost by either "
"device, the pairing must be repeated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64070
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is responsible for handling Bluetooth "
"authentication requests. The default configuration file is <filename>/etc/"
"bluetooth/hcsecd.conf</filename>. An example section for a cellular phone "
"with the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code set to <literal>1234</literal> is shown "
"below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64077
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device {\n"
"        bdaddr  00:80:37:29:19:a4;\n"
"        name    \"Pav's T39\";\n"
"        key     nokey;\n"
"        pin     \"1234\";\n"
"      }"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64084
msgid ""
"The only limitation on <acronym>PIN</acronym> codes is length. Some devices, "
"such as Bluetooth headsets, may have a fixed <acronym>PIN</acronym> code "
"built in. The <option>-d</option> switch forces "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to stay in the foreground, so it is easy to see what is "
"happening. Set the remote device to receive pairing and initiate the "
"Bluetooth connection to the remote device. The remote device should indicate "
"that pairing was accepted and request the <acronym>PIN</acronym> code. Enter "
"the same <acronym>PIN</acronym> code listed in <filename>hcsecd.conf</"
"filename>. Now the computer and the remote device are paired. Alternatively, "
"pairing can be initiated on the remote device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64098
msgid ""
"The following line can be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to "
"configure <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to start automatically on system start:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64102
#, no-wrap
msgid "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64104
msgid ""
"The following is a sample of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hcsecd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64107
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hcsecd[16484]: Got Link_Key_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name 'Pav's T39', link key doesn't exist\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Sending Link_Key_Negative_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Got PIN_Code_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Found matching entry, remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4, name 'Pav's T39', PIN code exists\n"
"hcsecd[16484]: Sending PIN_Code_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64116
msgid "Network Access with <acronym>PPP</acronym> Profiles"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>PPP</acronym> Profile 存取網路 "

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64119
msgid ""
"A Dial-Up Networking (<acronym>DUN</acronym>) profile can be used to "
"configure a cellular phone as a wireless modem for connecting to a dial-up "
"Internet access server. It can also be used to configure a computer to "
"receive data calls from a cellular phone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64125
msgid ""
"Network access with a <acronym>PPP</acronym> profile can be used to provide "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> access for a single Bluetooth device or multiple "
"Bluetooth devices. It can also provide <acronym>PC</acronym> to <acronym>PC</"
"acronym> connection using <acronym>PPP</acronym> networking over serial "
"cable emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64132
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, these profiles are implemented with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> wrapper which converts "
"a Bluetooth connection into something <acronym>PPP</acronym> can use. Before "
"a profile can be used, a new <acronym>PPP</acronym> label must be created in "
"<filename>/etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. Consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64140
msgid ""
"In this example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to open a "
"connection to a remote device with a <literal>BD_ADDR</literal> of "
"<literal>00:80:37:29:19:a4</literal> on a <acronym>DUN</acronym> "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64147
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64149
msgid ""
"The actual channel number will be obtained from the remote device using the "
"<acronym>SDP</acronym> protocol. It is possible to specify the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel by hand, and in this case "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> will not perform the <acronym>SDP</acronym> query. "
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to find out the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel "
"on the remote device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64157
msgid ""
"In order to provide network access with the <acronym>PPP</acronym> "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym> service, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> must be running and a "
"new entry for <acronym>LAN</acronym> clients must be created in <filename>/"
"etc/ppp/ppp.conf</filename>. Consult "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for examples. Finally, start the <acronym>RFCOMM</"
"acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server on a valid <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> "
"channel number. The <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server "
"will automatically register the Bluetooth <acronym>LAN</acronym> service "
"with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon. The example below shows how to "
"start the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> <acronym>PPP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64171
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64175
msgid "Bluetooth Protocols"
msgstr "藍牙通訊協定"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64177
msgid ""
"This section provides an overview of the various Bluetooth protocols, their "
"function, and associated utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64181
msgid "Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (<acronym>L2CAP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64184
msgid "<primary>L2CAP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64188
msgid ""
"The Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (<acronym>L2CAP</acronym>) "
"provides connection-oriented and connectionless data services to upper layer "
"protocols. <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> permits higher level protocols and "
"applications to transmit and receive <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> data packets "
"up to 64 kilobytes in length."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64196
msgid ""
"<acronym>L2CAP</acronym> is based around the concept of <emphasis>channels</"
"emphasis>. A channel is a logical connection on top of a baseband "
"connection, where each channel is bound to a single protocol in a many-to-"
"one fashion. Multiple channels can be bound to the same protocol, but a "
"channel cannot be bound to multiple protocols. Each <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> "
"packet received on a channel is directed to the appropriate higher level "
"protocol. Multiple channels can share the same baseband connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64207
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, a netgraph <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> node is created for each "
"Bluetooth device. This node is normally connected to the downstream "
"Bluetooth <acronym>HCI</acronym> node and upstream Bluetooth socket nodes. "
"The default name for the <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> node is "
"<quote>devicel2cap</quote>. For more details refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_l2cap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64215
msgid ""
"A useful command is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2ping</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which can be used to "
"ping other devices. Some Bluetooth implementations might not return all of "
"the data sent to them, so <literal>0 bytes</literal> in the following "
"example is normal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4</userinput>\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=0 time=48.633 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=1 time=37.551 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=2 time=28.324 ms result=0\n"
"0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=3 time=46.150 ms result=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64226
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is used to perform various operations on "
"<acronym>L2CAP</acronym> nodes. This example shows how to obtain the list of "
"logical connections (channels) and the list of baseband connections for the "
"local device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_channel_list</userinput>\n"
"L2CAP channels:\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR     SCID/ DCID   PSM  IMTU/ OMTU State\n"
"00:07:e0:00:0b:ca    66/   64     3   132/  672 OPEN\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_connection_list</userinput>\n"
"L2CAP connections:\n"
"Remote BD_ADDR    Handle Flags Pending State\n"
"00:07:e0:00:0b:ca     41 O           0 OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64241
msgid ""
"Another diagnostic tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>btsockstat</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is similar to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, but for Bluetooth network-related data "
"structures. The example below shows the same logical connection as "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>l2control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64247
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>btsockstat</userinput>\n"
"Active L2CAP sockets\n"
"PCB      Recv-Q Send-Q Local address/PSM       Foreign address   CID   State\n"
"c2afe900      0      0 00:02:72:00:d4:1a/3     00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 66    OPEN\n"
"Active RFCOMM sessions\n"
"L2PCB    PCB      Flag MTU   Out-Q DLCs State\n"
"c2afe900 c2b53380 1    127   0     Yes  OPEN\n"
"Active RFCOMM sockets\n"
"PCB      Recv-Q Send-Q Local address     Foreign address   Chan DLCI State\n"
"c2e8bc80      0    250 00:02:72:00:d4:1a 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 3    6    OPEN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64260
msgid "Radio Frequency Communication (<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64263
msgid ""
"The <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> protocol provides emulation of serial ports "
"over the <acronym>L2CAP</acronym> protocol. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is a "
"simple transport protocol, with additional provisions for emulating the 9 "
"circuits of RS-232 (EIATIA-232-E) serial ports. It supports up to 60 "
"simultaneous connections (<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channels) between two "
"Bluetooth devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64272
msgid ""
"For the purposes of <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym>, a complete communication path "
"involves two applications running on the communication endpoints with a "
"communication segment between them. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is intended to "
"cover applications that make use of the serial ports of the devices in which "
"they reside. The communication segment is a direct connect Bluetooth link "
"from one device to another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64281
msgid ""
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is only concerned with the connection between the "
"devices in the direct connect case, or between the device and a modem in the "
"network case. <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> can support other configurations, "
"such as modules that communicate via Bluetooth wireless technology on one "
"side and provide a wired interface on the other side."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64289
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> is implemented at the Bluetooth "
"sockets layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64294
msgid "Service Discovery Protocol (<acronym>SDP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64297
msgid "<primary>SDP</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64301
msgid ""
"The Service Discovery Protocol (<acronym>SDP</acronym>) provides the means "
"for client applications to discover the existence of services provided by "
"server applications as well as the attributes of those services. The "
"attributes of a service include the type or class of service offered and the "
"mechanism or protocol information needed to utilize the service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64309
msgid ""
"<acronym>SDP</acronym> involves communication between a <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> server and a <acronym>SDP</acronym> client. The server maintains a "
"list of service records that describe the characteristics of services "
"associated with the server. Each service record contains information about a "
"single service. A client may retrieve information from a service record "
"maintained by the <acronym>SDP</acronym> server by issuing a <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> request. If the client, or an application associated with the "
"client, decides to use a service, it must open a separate connection to the "
"service provider in order to utilize the service. <acronym>SDP</acronym> "
"provides a mechanism for discovering services and their attributes, but it "
"does not provide a mechanism for utilizing those services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64324
msgid ""
"Normally, a <acronym>SDP</acronym> client searches for services based on "
"some desired characteristics of the services. However, there are times when "
"it is desirable to discover which types of services are described by an "
"<acronym>SDP</acronym> server's service records without any prior "
"information about the services. This process of looking for any offered "
"services is called <emphasis>browsing</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64333
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth <acronym>SDP</acronym> server, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, and command line client, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, are included in the standard FreeBSD "
"installation. The following example shows how to perform a <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> browse query."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64339
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse</userinput>\n"
"Record Handle: 00000000\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        Service Discovery Server (0x1000)\n"
"Protocol Descriptor List:\n"
"        L2CAP (0x0100)\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int/uuid16 1\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #2: u/int/uuid16 1\n"
"\n"
"Record Handle: 0x00000001\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        Browse Group Descriptor (0x1001)\n"
"\n"
"Record Handle: 0x00000002\n"
"Service Class ID List:\n"
"        LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102)\n"
"Protocol Descriptor List:\n"
"        L2CAP (0x0100)\n"
"        RFCOMM (0x0003)\n"
"                Protocol specific parameter #1: u/int8/bool 1\n"
"Bluetooth Profile Descriptor List:\n"
"        LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102) ver. 1.0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64362
msgid ""
"Note that each service has a list of attributes, such as the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel. Depending on the service, the user might "
"need to make note of some of the attributes. Some Bluetooth implementations "
"do not support service browsing and may return an empty list. In this case, "
"it is possible to search for the specific service. The example below shows "
"how to search for the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> Object Push (<acronym>OPUSH</"
"acronym>) service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64372
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64374
msgid ""
"Offering services on FreeBSD to Bluetooth clients is done with the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> server. The following line can be added to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64378
#, no-wrap
msgid "sdpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64380
msgid ""
"Then the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon can be started with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64382
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sdpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64384
msgid ""
"The local server application that wants to provide a Bluetooth service to "
"remote clients will register the service with the local <acronym>SDP</"
"acronym> daemon. An example of such an application is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_pppd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Once started, it will register the Bluetooth LAN "
"service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> daemon."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64391
msgid ""
"The list of services registered with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> server "
"can be obtained by issuing a <acronym>SDP</acronym> browse query via the "
"local control channel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64396
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sdpcontrol -l browse</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64400
msgid "<acronym>OBEX</acronym> Object Push (<acronym>OPUSH</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64403
msgid "<primary>OBEX</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64407
msgid ""
"Object Exchange (<acronym>OBEX</acronym>) is a widely used protocol for "
"simple file transfers between mobile devices. Its main use is in infrared "
"communication, where it is used for generic file transfers between notebooks "
"or <acronym>PDA</acronym>s, and for sending business cards or calendar "
"entries between cellular phones and other devices with Personal Information "
"Manager (<acronym>PIM</acronym>) applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64416
msgid ""
"The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server and client are implemented by "
"<application>obexapp</application>, which can be installed using the "
"<package>comms/obexapp</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64421
msgid ""
"The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> client is used to push and/or pull objects from "
"the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> server. An example object is a business card or "
"an appointment. The <acronym>OBEX</acronym> client can obtain the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number from the remote device via "
"<acronym>SDP</acronym>. This can be done by specifying the service name "
"instead of the <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. Supported service "
"names are: <literal>IrMC</literal>, <literal>FTRN</literal>, and "
"<literal>OPUSH</literal>. It is also possible to specify the "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel as a number. Below is an example of an "
"<acronym>OBEX</acronym> session where the device information object is "
"pulled from the cellular phone, and a new object, the business card, is "
"pushed into the phone's directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC</userinput>\n"
"obex&gt; get telecom/devinfo.txt devinfo-t39.txt\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n"
"obex&gt; put new.vcf\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n"
"obex&gt; di\n"
"Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64445
msgid ""
"In order to provide the <acronym>OPUSH</acronym> service, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> must be running and a root folder, where all incoming objects "
"will be stored, must be created. The default path to the root folder is "
"<filename>/var/spool/obex</filename>. Finally, start the <acronym>OBEX</"
"acronym> server on a valid <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel number. The "
"<acronym>OBEX</acronym> server will automatically register the "
"<acronym>OPUSH</acronym> service with the local <acronym>SDP</acronym> "
"daemon. The example below shows how to start the <acronym>OBEX</acronym> "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64457
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>obexapp -s -C 10</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:64461
msgid "Serial Port Profile (<acronym>SPP</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64463
msgid ""
"The Serial Port Profile (<acronym>SPP</acronym>) allows Bluetooth devices to "
"perform serial cable emulation. This profile allows legacy applications to "
"use Bluetooth as a cable replacement, through a virtual serial port "
"abstraction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64469
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_sppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> implements "
"<acronym>SPP</acronym> and a pseudo tty is used as a virtual serial port "
"abstraction. The example below shows how to connect to a remote device's "
"serial port service. A <acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel does not have to be "
"specified as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rfcomm_sppd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can obtain it from the "
"remote device via <acronym>SDP</acronym>. To override this, specify a "
"<acronym>RFCOMM</acronym> channel on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t</userinput>\n"
"rfcomm_sppd[94692]: Starting on /dev/pts/6...\n"
"/dev/pts/6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64483
msgid "Once connected, the pseudo tty can be used as serial port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64486
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cu -l /dev/pts/6</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:64488
msgid "The pseudo tty is printed on stdout and can be read by wrapper scripts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64491
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"PTS=`rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t`\n"
"cu -l $PTS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64499
msgid ""
"By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform "
"a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not "
"support role switching will not be able to connect. Since role switching is "
"performed when a new connection is being established, it is not possible to "
"ask the remote device if it supports role switching. However, there is a "
"<acronym>HCI</acronym> option to disable role switching on the local side:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64508
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64510
msgid ""
"To display Bluetooth packets, use the third-party package "
"<application>hcidump</application>, which can be installed using the "
"<package>comms/hcidump</package> package or port. This utility is similar to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and can be used to display the contents of "
"Bluetooth packets on the terminal and to dump the Bluetooth packets to a "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64521
msgid "Bridging"
msgstr "橋接"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:64524 book.translate.xml:64985
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Andrew</firstname> <surname>Thompson</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64534
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> subnet</primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> 子網段</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64537
msgid "<primary>bridge</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>橋接</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64541
msgid ""
"It is sometimes useful to divide a network, such as an Ethernet segment, "
"into network segments without having to create <acronym>IP</acronym> subnets "
"and use a router to connect the segments together. A device that connects "
"two networks together in this fashion is called a <quote>bridge</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64548
msgid ""
"A bridge works by learning the <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses of the "
"devices on each of its network interfaces. It forwards traffic between "
"networks only when the source and destination <acronym>MAC</acronym> "
"addresses are on different networks. In many respects, a bridge is like an "
"Ethernet switch with very few ports. A FreeBSD system with multiple network "
"interfaces can be configured to act as a bridge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64556
msgid "Bridging can be useful in the following situations:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64560
msgid "Connecting Networks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64562
msgid ""
"The basic operation of a bridge is to join two or more network segments. "
"There are many reasons to use a host-based bridge instead of networking "
"equipment, such as cabling constraints or firewalling. A bridge can also "
"connect a wireless interface running in hostap mode to a wired network and "
"act as an access point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64572
msgid "Filtering/Traffic Shaping Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64574
msgid ""
"A bridge can be used when firewall functionality is needed without routing "
"or Network Address Translation (<acronym>NAT</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64578
msgid ""
"An example is a small company that is connected via <acronym>DSL</acronym> "
"or <acronym>ISDN</acronym> to an <acronym>ISP</acronym>. There are thirteen "
"public <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses from the <acronym>ISP</acronym> and "
"ten computers on the network. In this situation, using a router-based "
"firewall is difficult because of subnetting issues. A bridge-based firewall "
"can be configured without any <acronym>IP</acronym> addressing issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64591
msgid "Network Tap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64593
msgid ""
"A bridge can join two network segments in order to inspect all Ethernet "
"frames that pass between them using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcpdump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> on the bridge interface or by sending a copy of "
"all frames out an additional interface known as a span port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64602
msgid "Layer 2 <acronym>VPN</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64604
msgid ""
"Two Ethernet networks can be joined across an <acronym>IP</acronym> link by "
"bridging the networks to an EtherIP tunnel or a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> based solution such as <application>OpenVPN</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64612
msgid "Layer 2 Redundancy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64614
msgid ""
"A network can be connected together with multiple links and use the Spanning "
"Tree Protocol (<acronym>STP</acronym>) to block redundant paths."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:64621
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a bridge using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. A netgraph bridging driver is also available, and "
"is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ng_bridge</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:64626
msgid ""
"Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks into the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pfil</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> framework. The bridge can be used as a traffic shaper with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>altq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dummynet</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64633
msgid "Enabling the Bridge"
msgstr "開啟橋接"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64635
msgid ""
"In FreeBSD, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a kernel module "
"which is automatically loaded by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> when creating a bridge "
"interface. It is also possible to compile bridge support into a custom "
"kernel by adding <literal>device if_bridge</literal> to the custom kernel "
"configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64642
msgid ""
"The bridge is created using interface cloning. To create the bridge "
"interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64645
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge create</userinput>\n"
"bridge0\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0</userinput>\n"
"bridge0: flags=8802&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n"
"        id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 0 ifcost 0 port 0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64654
msgid ""
"When a bridge interface is created, it is automatically assigned a randomly "
"generated Ethernet address. The <literal>maxaddr</literal> and "
"<literal>timeout</literal> parameters control how many <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> addresses the bridge will keep in its forwarding table and how many "
"seconds before each entry is removed after it is last seen. The other "
"parameters control how <acronym>STP</acronym> operates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64663
msgid ""
"Next, specify which network interfaces to add as members of the bridge. For "
"the bridge to forward packets, all member interfaces and the bridge need to "
"be up:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64667
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig fxp0 up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig fxp1 up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64671
msgid ""
"The bridge can now forward Ethernet frames between <filename>fxp0</filename> "
"and <filename>fxp1</filename>. Add the following lines to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename> so the bridge is created at startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64676
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n"
"ifconfig_bridge0=\"addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64681
msgid ""
"If the bridge host needs an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, set it on the "
"bridge interface, not on the member interfaces. The address can be set "
"statically or via <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. This example sets a static "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64687
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64689
msgid ""
"It is also possible to assign an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address to a bridge "
"interface. To make the changes permanent, add the addressing information to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:64695
msgid ""
"When packet filtering is enabled, bridged packets will pass through the "
"filter inbound on the originating interface on the bridge interface, and "
"outbound on the appropriate interfaces. Either stage can be disabled. When "
"direction of the packet flow is important, it is best to firewall on the "
"member interfaces rather than the bridge itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:64702
msgid ""
"The bridge has several configurable settings for passing non-<acronym>IP</"
"acronym> and <acronym>IP</acronym> packets, and layer2 firewalling with "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipfw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>if_bridge</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64710
msgid "Enabling Spanning Tree"
msgstr "開啟 Spanning Tree"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64712
msgid ""
"For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist "
"between two devices. The <acronym>STP</acronym> protocol detects loops and "
"puts redundant links into a blocked state. Should one of the active links "
"fail, <acronym>STP</acronym> calculates a different tree and enables one of "
"the blocked paths to restore connectivity to all points in the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64720
msgid ""
"The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (<acronym>RSTP</acronym> or 802.1w) "
"provides backwards compatibility with legacy <acronym>STP</acronym>. "
"<acronym>RSTP</acronym> provides faster convergence and exchanges "
"information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding "
"mode without creating loops. FreeBSD supports <acronym>RSTP</acronym> and "
"<acronym>STP</acronym> as operating modes, with <acronym>RSTP</acronym> "
"being the default mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64729
msgid ""
"<acronym>STP</acronym> can be enabled on member interfaces using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>. For a bridge with <filename>fxp0</filename> and "
"<filename>fxp1</filename> as the current interfaces, enable <acronym>STP</"
"acronym> with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1</userinput>\n"
"bridge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether d6:cf:d5:a0:94:6d\n"
"        id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 0 port 0\n"
"        member: fxp0 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 3 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding\n"
"        member: fxp1 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64747
msgid ""
"This bridge has a spanning tree ID of <literal>00:01:02:4b:d4:50</literal> "
"and a priority of <literal>32768</literal>. As the <literal>root id</"
"literal> is the same, it indicates that this is the root bridge for the tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64753
msgid "Another bridge on the network also has <acronym>STP</acronym> enabled:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64756
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bridge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        ether 96:3d:4b:f1:79:7a\n"
"        id 00:13:d4:9a:06:7a priority 32768 hellotime 2 fwddelay 15\n"
"        maxage 20 holdcnt 6 proto rstp maxaddr 100 timeout 1200\n"
"        root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4\n"
"        member: fxp0 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 4 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role root state forwarding\n"
"        member: fxp1 flags=1c7&lt;LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP,AUTOEDGE,PTP,AUTOPTP&gt;\n"
"                port 5 priority 128 path cost 200000 proto rstp\n"
"                role designated state forwarding"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64768
msgid ""
"The line <literal>root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 "
"port 4</literal> shows that the root bridge is <literal>00:01:02:4b:d4:50</"
"literal> and has a path cost of <literal>400000</literal> from this bridge. "
"The path to the root bridge is via <literal>port 4</literal> which is "
"<filename>fxp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64777
msgid "Bridge Interface Parameters"
msgstr "橋接介面參數"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64779
msgid ""
"Several <command>ifconfig</command> parameters are unique to bridge "
"interfaces. This section summarizes some common uses for these parameters. "
"The complete list of available parameters is described in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64786
msgid "private"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64788
msgid ""
"A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is "
"also designated as a private interface. The traffic is blocked "
"unconditionally so no Ethernet frames will be forwarded, including "
"<acronym>ARP</acronym> packets. If traffic needs to be selectively blocked, "
"a firewall should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64799
msgid "span"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64801
msgid ""
"A span port transmits a copy of every Ethernet frame received by the bridge. "
"The number of span ports configured on a bridge is unlimited, but if an "
"interface is designated as a span port, it cannot also be used as a regular "
"bridge port. This is most useful for snooping a bridged network passively on "
"another host connected to one of the span ports of the bridge. For example, "
"to send a copy of all frames out the interface named <filename>fxp4</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64811
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:64816
msgid "sticky"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64818
msgid ""
"If a bridge member interface is marked as sticky, dynamically learned "
"address entries are treated as static entries in the forwarding cache. "
"Sticky entries are never aged out of the cache or replaced, even if the "
"address is seen on a different interface. This gives the benefit of static "
"address entries without the need to pre-populate the forwarding table. "
"Clients learned on a particular segment of the bridge can not roam to "
"another segment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64828
msgid ""
"An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with "
"<acronym>VLAN</acronym>s in order to isolate customer networks without "
"wasting <acronym>IP</acronym> address space. Consider that <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">CustomerA</systemitem> is on <literal>vlan100</literal>, "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerB</systemitem> is on "
"<literal>vlan101</literal>, and the bridge has the address <systemitem class="
"\"ipaddress\">192.168.0.1</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64837
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm vlan100 sticky vlan100 addm vlan101 sticky vlan101</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64840
msgid ""
"In this example, both clients see <systemitem class=\"ipaddress"
"\">192.168.0.1</systemitem> as their default gateway. Since the bridge cache "
"is sticky, one host can not spoof the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the "
"other customer in order to intercept their traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64846
msgid ""
"Any communication between the <acronym>VLAN</acronym>s can be blocked using "
"a firewall or, as seen in this example, private interfaces:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64850
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64852
msgid ""
"The customers are completely isolated from each other and the full "
"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">/24</systemitem> address range can be "
"allocated without subnetting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64856
msgid ""
"The number of unique source <acronym>MAC</acronym> addresses behind an "
"interface can be limited. Once the limit is reached, packets with unknown "
"source addresses are dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or "
"is removed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:64862
msgid ""
"The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for "
"<systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">CustomerA</systemitem> on "
"<literal>vlan100</literal> to 10:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64866
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64871
msgid ""
"Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded "
"after <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> processing and are not processed or forwarded "
"further. This can be used to multiplex the input of two or more interfaces "
"into a single <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bpf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> stream. This is useful for reconstructing the "
"traffic for network taps that transmit the RX/TX signals out through two "
"separate interfaces. For example, to read the input from four network "
"interfaces as one stream:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64880
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tcpdump -i bridge0</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:64885
msgid "<acronym>SNMP</acronym> Monitoring"
msgstr "<acronym>SNMP</acronym> 監視"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64887
msgid ""
"The bridge interface and <acronym>STP</acronym> parameters can be monitored "
"via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> which is included in the FreeBSD base system. The "
"exported bridge <acronym>MIB</acronym>s conform to <acronym>IETF</acronym> "
"standards so any <acronym>SNMP</acronym> client or monitoring package can be "
"used to retrieve the data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64894
msgid ""
"To enable monitoring on the bridge, uncomment this line in <filename>/etc/"
"snmp.config</filename> by removing the beginning <literal>#</literal> symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64898
#, no-wrap
msgid "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64900
msgid ""
"Other configuration settings, such as community names and access lists, may "
"need to be modified in this file. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>snmp_bridge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. Once these edits are saved, "
"add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64906
#, no-wrap
msgid "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64908
msgid ""
"Then, start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsnmpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64910
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service bsnmpd start</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64912
msgid ""
"The following examples use the <application>Net-SNMP</application> software "
"(<package>net-mgmt/net-snmp</package>) to query a bridge from a client "
"system. The <package>net-mgmt/bsnmptools</package> port can also be used. "
"From the <acronym>SNMP</acronym> client which is running <application>Net-"
"SNMP</application>, add the following lines to <filename>$HOME/.snmp/snmp."
"conf</filename> in order to import the bridge <acronym>MIB</acronym> "
"definitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:64922
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n"
"mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64925
msgid "To monitor a single bridge using the IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64928
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge</userinput>\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseBridgeAddress.0 = STRING: 66:fb:9b:6e:5c:44\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dBaseNumPorts.0 = INTEGER: 1 ports\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0 = Timeticks: (189959) 0:31:39.59 centi-seconds\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpTopChanges.0 = Counter32: 2\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpDesignatedRoot.0 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"...\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortState.3 = INTEGER: forwarding(5)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortEnable.3 = INTEGER: enabled(1)\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortPathCost.3 = INTEGER: 200000\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost.3 = INTEGER: 0\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge.3 = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 01 02 4B D4 50\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort.3 = Hex-STRING: 03 80\n"
"BRIDGE-MIB::dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions.3 = Counter32: 1\n"
"RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64945
msgid ""
"The <literal>dot1dStpTopChanges.0</literal> value is two, indicating that "
"the <acronym>STP</acronym> bridge topology has changed twice. A topology "
"change means that one or more links in the network have changed or failed "
"and a new tree has been calculated. The "
"<literal>dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.0</literal> value will show when "
"this happened."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64953
msgid ""
"To monitor multiple bridge interfaces, the private BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB can be "
"used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64956
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com</userinput>\n"
"enterprises.fokus.begemot.begemotBridge\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge0\" = STRING: bridge0\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseName.\"bridge2\" = STRING: bridge2\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge0\" = STRING: e:ce:3b:5a:9e:13\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseAddress.\"bridge2\" = STRING: 12:5e:4d:74:d:fc\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge0\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeBaseNumPorts.\"bridge2\" = INTEGER: 1\n"
"...\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge0\" = Timeticks: (116927) 0:19:29.27 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTimeSinceTopologyChange.\"bridge2\" = Timeticks: (82773) 0:13:47.73 centi-seconds\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge0\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpTopChanges.\"bridge2\" = Counter32: 1\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge0\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 40 95 30 5E 31\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:64972
msgid ""
"To change the bridge interface being monitored via the <literal>mib-2."
"dot1dBridge</literal> subtree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:64975
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com</userinput>\n"
"BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:64982
msgid "Link Aggregation and Failover"
msgstr "Link Aggregation 與容錯移轉"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64995
msgid "<primary>lagg</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:64998
msgid "<primary>failover</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>容錯移轉</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65001
msgid "<primary><acronym>FEC</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65004
msgid "<primary><acronym>LACP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65007
msgid "<primary>loadbalance</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65010
msgid "<primary>roundrobin</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65014
msgid ""
"FreeBSD provides the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface which can be "
"used to aggregate multiple network interfaces into one virtual interface in "
"order to provide failover and link aggregation. Failover allows traffic to "
"continue to flow as long as at least one aggregated network interface has an "
"established link. Link aggregation works best on switches which support "
"<acronym>LACP</acronym>, as this protocol distributes traffic bi-"
"directionally while responding to the failure of individual links."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65024
msgid ""
"The aggregation protocols supported by the lagg interface determine which "
"ports are used for outgoing traffic and whether or not a specific port "
"accepts incoming traffic. The following protocols are supported by "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65031
msgid "failover"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65033
msgid ""
"This mode sends and receives traffic only through the master port. If the "
"master port becomes unavailable, the next active port is used. The first "
"interface added to the virtual interface is the master port and all "
"subsequently added interfaces are used as failover devices. If failover to a "
"non-master port occurs, the original port becomes master once it becomes "
"available again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65045
msgid "fec / loadbalance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65047
msgid ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> Fast <trademark class="
"\"registered\">EtherChannel</trademark> (<acronym>FEC</acronym>) is found on "
"older <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switches. It "
"provides a static setup and does not negotiate aggregation with the peer or "
"exchange frames to monitor the link. If the switch supports <acronym>LACP</"
"acronym>, that should be used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65057
msgid "<acronym>lacp</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65059
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">IEEE</trademark> 802.3ad Link "
"Aggregation Control Protocol (<acronym>LACP</acronym>) negotiates a set of "
"aggregable links with the peer into one or more Link Aggregated Groups "
"(<acronym>LAG</acronym>s). Each <acronym>LAG</acronym> is composed of ports "
"of the same speed, set to full-duplex operation, and traffic is balanced "
"across the ports in the <acronym>LAG</acronym> with the greatest total "
"speed. Typically, there is only one <acronym>LAG</acronym> which contains "
"all the ports. In the event of changes in physical connectivity, "
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> will quickly converge to a new configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65073
msgid ""
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> balances outgoing traffic across the active ports "
"based on hashed protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic "
"from any active port. The hash includes the Ethernet source and destination "
"address and, if available, the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag, and the "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> source and destination "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65085
msgid "roundrobin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65087
msgid ""
"This mode distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through "
"all active ports and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. Since "
"this mode violates Ethernet frame ordering, it should be used with caution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65097
msgid "Configuration Examples"
msgstr "設定範例"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65099
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to configure a <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Cisco</trademark> switch and a FreeBSD system for <acronym>LACP</acronym> "
"load balancing. It then shows how to configure two Ethernet interfaces in "
"failover mode as well as how to configure failover mode between an Ethernet "
"and a wireless interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:65107
msgid ""
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> Aggregation with a <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Cisco</trademark> Switch"
msgstr ""
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> 交換器上設定 "
"<acronym>LACP</acronym> Aggregation"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65110
msgid ""
"This example connects two <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fxp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> Ethernet interfaces on "
"a FreeBSD machine to the first two Ethernet ports on a <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch as a single load balanced and fault "
"tolerant link. More interfaces can be added to increase throughput and fault "
"tolerance. Replace the names of the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</"
"trademark> ports, Ethernet devices, channel group number, and <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address shown in the example to match the local configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65119
msgid ""
"Frame ordering is mandatory on Ethernet links and any traffic between two "
"stations always flows over the same physical link, limiting the maximum "
"speed to that of one interface. The transmit algorithm attempts to use as "
"much information as it can to distinguish different traffic flows and "
"balance the flows across the available interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65127
msgid ""
"On the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</trademark> switch, add the "
"<replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable> and <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</"
"replaceable> interfaces to channel group <replaceable>1</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65132
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/1</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>\n"
"!\n"
"<userinput>interface <replaceable>FastEthernet0/2</replaceable>\n"
" channel-group <replaceable>1</replaceable> mode active\n"
" channel-protocol lacp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65140
msgid ""
"On the FreeBSD system, create the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface using the "
"physical interfaces <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> and <replaceable>fxp1</"
"replaceable> and bring the interfaces up with an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address of <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65147
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create </userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65152
msgid "Next, verify the status of the virtual interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto lacp\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=1c&lt;ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65164
msgid ""
"Ports marked as <literal>ACTIVE</literal> are part of the <acronym>LAG</"
"acronym> that has been negotiated with the remote switch. Traffic will be "
"transmitted and received through these active ports. Add <option>-v</option> "
"to the above command to view the <acronym>LAG</acronym> identifiers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65172
msgid ""
"To see the port status on the <trademark class=\"registered\">Cisco</"
"trademark> switch:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"switch# <userinput>show lacp neighbor</userinput>\n"
"Flags:  S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs\n"
"        F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs\n"
"        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode\n"
"\n"
"Channel group 1 neighbors\n"
"\n"
"Partner's information:\n"
"\n"
"                  LACP port                        Oper    Port     Port\n"
"Port      Flags   Priority  Dev ID         Age     Key     Number   State\n"
"Fa0/1     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x3      0x3D\n"
"Fa0/2     SA      32768     0005.5d71.8db8  29s    0x146   0x4      0x3D"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65188
msgid "For more detail, type <userinput>show lacp neighbor detail</userinput>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65191
msgid ""
"To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65195
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto lacp laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.3/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:65202
msgid "Failover Mode"
msgstr "容錯移轉模式"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65204
msgid ""
"Failover mode can be used to switch over to a secondary interface if the "
"link is lost on the master interface. To configure failover, make sure that "
"the underlying physical interfaces are up, then create the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> interface. In this example, <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> is "
"the master interface, <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> is the secondary "
"interface, and the virtual interface is assigned an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address of <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65219 book.translate.xml:65308
msgid "The virtual interface should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:05:5d:71:8d:b8\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.15 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: fxp1 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: fxp0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65233
msgid ""
"Traffic will be transmitted and received on <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>. "
"If the link is lost on <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>, <replaceable>fxp1</"
"replaceable> will become the active link. If the link is restored on the "
"master interface, it will once again become the active link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65240 book.translate.xml:65326
msgid ""
"To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to "
"<filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp1</replaceable>=\"up\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>fxp0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>fxp1</replaceable> <replaceable>10.0.0.15/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:65251
msgid "Failover Mode Between Ethernet and Wireless Interfaces"
msgstr "乙太網路與無線介面間的容錯移轉模式"

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65254
msgid ""
"For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device "
"as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not "
"available. With <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it is possible to "
"configure a failover which prefers the Ethernet connection for both "
"performance and security reasons, while maintaining the ability to transfer "
"data over the wireless connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65262
msgid ""
"This is achieved by overriding the physical wireless interface's "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address with that of the Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65266
msgid ""
"In this example, the Ethernet interface, <replaceable>bge0</replaceable>, is "
"the master and the wireless interface, <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable>, is "
"the failover. The <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> device was created from "
"<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> wireless interface, which will be configured "
"with the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the Ethernet interface. First, "
"determine the <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the Ethernet interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65276
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"bge0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=19b&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM,VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING,VLAN_HWCSUM,TSO4&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"\tinet6 fe80::221:70ff:feda:ae37%bge0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x2\n"
"\tnd6 options=29&lt;PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL&gt;\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (1000baseT &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65285
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> to match the system's Ethernet "
"interface name. The <literal>ether</literal> line will contain the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the specified interface. Now, change the "
"<acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the underlying wireless interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65292
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ether <replaceable>00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65294
msgid ""
"Bring the wireless interface up, but do not set an <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65297
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable> create wlandev <replaceable>iwn0</replaceable> ssid <replaceable>my_router</replaceable> up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65299
msgid ""
"Make sure the <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> interface is up, then create "
"the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lagg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> interface with <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> as "
"master with failover to <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> up</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> create</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> up laggproto failover laggport <replaceable>bge0</replaceable> laggport <replaceable>wlan0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65311
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>\n"
"lagg0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=8&lt;VLAN_MTU&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect\n"
"        status: active\n"
"        laggproto failover\n"
"        laggport: wlan0 flags=0&lt;&gt;\n"
"        laggport: bge0 flags=5&lt;MASTER,ACTIVE&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:65321
msgid ""
"Then, start the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> client to obtain an <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65324
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dhclient <literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_bge0=\"up\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>ether 00:21:70:da:ae:37</replaceable>\"\n"
"wlans_<replaceable>iwn0</replaceable>=\"wlan0\"\n"
"ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<literal>lagg<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal>=\"laggproto failover laggport bge0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65342
msgid "Diskless Operation with <acronym>PXE</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PXE</acronym> 無磁碟作業"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65345
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Jean-François</firstname> <surname>Dockès</surname> "
"</personname> <contrib>Updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65354
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Alex</firstname> <surname>Dupre</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Reorganized and enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65364
msgid "<primary>diskless workstation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>無磁碟工作站</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65367
msgid "<primary>diskless operation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>無磁碟作業</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65371
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Preboot eXecution "
"Environment (<acronym>PXE</acronym>) allows an operating system to boot over "
"the network. For example, a FreeBSD system can boot over the network and "
"operate without a local disk, using file systems mounted from an "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> server. <acronym>PXE</acronym> support is usually "
"available in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. To use <acronym>PXE</acronym> when "
"the machine starts, select the <literal>Boot from network</literal> option "
"in the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> setup or type a function key during system "
"initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65382
msgid ""
"In order to provide the files needed for an operating system to boot over "
"the network, a <acronym>PXE</acronym> setup also requires properly "
"configured <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <acronym>TFTP</acronym>, and "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> servers, where:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65390
msgid ""
"Initial parameters, such as an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, executable "
"boot filename and location, server name, and root path are obtained from the "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65397
msgid ""
"The operating system loader file is booted using <acronym>TFTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65402
msgid "The file systems are loaded using <acronym>NFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65407
msgid ""
"When a computer <acronym>PXE</acronym> boots, it receives information over "
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> about where to obtain the initial boot loader file. "
"After the host computer receives this information, it downloads the boot "
"loader via <acronym>TFTP</acronym> and then executes the boot loader. In "
"FreeBSD, the boot loader file is <filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename>. After "
"<filename>/boot/pxeboot</filename> executes, the FreeBSD kernel is loaded "
"and the rest of the FreeBSD bootup sequence proceeds, as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"boot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65418
msgid ""
"This section describes how to configure these services on a FreeBSD system "
"so that other systems can <acronym>PXE</acronym> boot into FreeBSD. Refer to "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>diskless</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: caution/para
#: book.translate.xml:65424
msgid ""
"As described, the system providing these services is insecure. It should "
"live in a protected area of a network and be untrusted by other hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65431
msgid "Setting Up the <acronym>PXE</acronym> Environment"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>PXE</acronym> 環境"

#. (itstool) path: affiliation/address
#: book.translate.xml:65441
#, no-wrap
msgid "rodrigc@FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65435
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Craig</firstname> <surname>Rodrigues</surname> </"
"personname> <affiliation> <_:address-1/> </affiliation> <contrib>Written by "
"</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65448
msgid ""
"The steps shown in this section configure the built-in <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym> and <acronym>TFTP</acronym> servers. The next section demonstrates "
"how to install and configure the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. In this "
"example, the directory which will contain the files used by <acronym>PXE</"
"acronym> users is <filename>/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</filename>. It is "
"important that this directory exists and that the same directory name is set "
"in both <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> and <filename>/usr/local/etc/"
"dhcpd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65462
msgid ""
"Create the root directory which will contain a FreeBSD installation to be "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> mounted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65465
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65470
msgid ""
"Enable the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server by adding this line to <filename>/"
"etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65473
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65477
msgid ""
"Export the diskless root directory via <acronym>NFS</acronym> by adding the "
"following to <filename>/etc/exports</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65481
#, no-wrap
msgid "/b -ro -alldirs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65485
msgid "Start the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65491
msgid ""
"Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65498
msgid ""
"Uncomment the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> by "
"making sure it does not start with a <literal>#</literal> symbol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65502
#, no-wrap
msgid "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd -l -s /b/tftpboot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65505
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>PXE</acronym> versions require the <acronym>TCP</acronym> "
"version of <acronym>TFTP</acronym>. In this case, uncomment the second "
"<literal>tftp</literal> line which contains <literal>stream tcp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65514
msgid ""
"Start <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65520
msgid ""
"Rebuild the FreeBSD kernel and userland (refer to <xref linkend=\"makeworld"
"\"/> for more detailed instructions):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65523
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildworld</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65529
msgid "Install FreeBSD into the directory mounted over <acronym>NFS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installworld DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make distribution DESTDIR=${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Test that the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server works and can download the boot "
"loader which will be obtained via <acronym>PXE</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp localhost</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/fstab</filename> and create an entry to "
"mount the root file system over <acronym>NFS</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Device                                         Mountpoint    FSType   Options  Dump Pass\n"
"<replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable>:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install       /         nfs      ro        0    0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>myhost.example.com</replaceable> with the hostname or "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>NFS</acronym> server. In this "
"example, the root file system is mounted read-only in order to prevent "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> clients from potentially deleting the contents of the "
"root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Set the root password in the <acronym>PXE</acronym> environment for client "
"machines which are <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If needed, enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssh</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> root logins for client "
"machines which are <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting by editing <filename>"
"${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> and enabling "
"<literal>PermitRootLogin</literal>. This option is documented in "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd_config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Perform any other needed customizations of the <acronym>PXE</acronym> "
"environment in <filename>${NFSROOTDIR}</filename>. These customizations "
"could include things like installing packages or editing the password file "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vipw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When booting from an <acronym>NFS</acronym> root volume, <filename>/etc/rc</"
"filename> detects the <acronym>NFS</acronym> boot and runs <filename>/etc/rc."
"initdiskless</filename>. In this case, <filename>/etc</filename> and "
"<filename>/var</filename> need to be memory backed file systems so that "
"these directories are writable but the <acronym>NFS</acronym> root directory "
"is read-only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p conf/base</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/etc.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip var</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When the system boots, memory file systems for <filename>/etc</filename> and "
"<filename>/var</filename> will be created and mounted and the contents of "
"the <filename>cpio.gz</filename> files will be copied into them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Configuring the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Server"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>DHCP</acronym> 伺服器"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>DHCP</primary> <secondary>diskless operation</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server does not need to be the same machine as "
"the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> and <acronym>NFS</acronym> server, but it needs "
"to be accessible in the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not part of the FreeBSD base system but can be "
"installed using the <package>net/isc-dhcp42-server</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Once installed, edit the configuration file, <filename>/usr/local/etc/dhcpd."
"conf</filename>. Configure the <literal>next-server</literal>, "
"<literal>filename</literal>, and <literal>root-path</literal> settings as "
"seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"   range 192.168.0.2 192.168.0.3 ;\n"
"   option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0 ;\n"
"   option routers 192.168.0.1 ;\n"
"   option broadcast-address 192.168.0.255 ;\n"
"   option domain-name-servers 192.168.35.35, 192.168.35.36 ;\n"
"   option domain-name \"example.com\";\n"
"\n"
"   # IP address of TFTP server\n"
"   next-server <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> ;\n"
"\n"
"   # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n"
"     filename \"<replaceable>FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"   # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n"
"   option root-path \"<replaceable>192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/</replaceable>\" ;\n"
"\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <literal>next-server</literal> directive is used to specify the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address of the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <literal>filename</literal> directive defines the path to <filename>/"
"boot/pxeboot</filename>. A relative filename is used, meaning that "
"<filename>/b/tftpboot</filename> is not included in the path."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <literal>root-path</literal> option defines the path to the "
"<acronym>NFS</acronym> root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Once the edits are saved, enable <acronym>DHCP</acronym> at boot time by "
"adding the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Then start the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Debugging <acronym>PXE</acronym> Problems"
msgstr "<acronym>PXE</acronym> 問題除錯"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Once all of the services are configured and started, <acronym>PXE</acronym> "
"clients should be able to automatically load FreeBSD over the network. If a "
"particular client is unable to connect, when that client machine boots up, "
"enter the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> configuration menu and confirm that it is "
"set to boot from the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This section describes some troubleshooting tips for isolating the source of "
"the configuration problem should no clients be able to <acronym>PXE</"
"acronym> boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Use the <package>net/wireshark</package> package or port to debug the "
"network traffic involved during the <acronym>PXE</acronym> booting process, "
"which is illustrated in the diagram below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>PXE</acronym> Booting Process with <acronym>NFS</acronym> Root Mount"
msgstr ""
"使用 <acronym>NFS</acronym> Root Mount 進行 <acronym>PXE</acronym> 開機程序"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='advanced-networking/pxe-nfs' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Client broadcasts a <literal>DHCPDISCOVER</literal> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server responds with the <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address, <literal>next-server</literal>, <literal>filename</literal>, and "
"<literal>root-path</literal> values."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The client sends a <acronym>TFTP</acronym> request to <literal>next-server</"
"literal>, asking to retrieve <literal>filename</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server responds and sends <literal>filename</"
"literal> to client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The client executes <literal>filename</literal>, which is "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pxeboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, which then loads the kernel. When the kernel "
"executes, the root file system specified by <literal>root-path</literal> is "
"mounted over <acronym>NFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"On the <acronym>TFTP</acronym> server, read <filename>/var/log/xferlog</"
"filename> to ensure that <filename>pxeboot</filename> is being retrieved "
"from the correct location. To test this example configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tftp 192.168.0.1</userinput>\n"
"tftp&gt; <userinput>get FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot</userinput>\n"
"Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <literal>BUGS</literal> sections in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tftpd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tftp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> document some limitations with <acronym>TFTP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Make sure that the root file system can be mounted via <acronym>NFS</"
"acronym>. To test this example configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Aaron</firstname> <surname>Kaplan</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Originally Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Restructured and Added by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Brad</firstname> <surname>Davis</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Extended by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> is the new version of the well known <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> protocol, also known as <acronym>IPv4</acronym>. <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> provides several advantages over <acronym>IPv4</acronym> as well as "
"many new features:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Its 128-bit address space allows for "
"340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. This "
"addresses the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address shortage and eventual "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> address exhaustion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Routers only store network aggregation addresses in their routing tables, "
"thus reducing the average space of a routing table to 8192 entries. This "
"addresses the scalability issues associated with <acronym>IPv4</acronym>, "
"which required every allocated block of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses to "
"be exchanged between Internet routers, causing their routing tables to "
"become too large to allow efficient routing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Address autoconfiguration (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/"
"rfc2462.txt\">RFC2462</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mandatory multicast addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Built-in <acronym>IPsec</acronym> (<acronym>IP</acronym> security)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Simplified header structure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support for mobile <acronym>IP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym>-to-<acronym>IPv4</acronym> transition mechanisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD includes the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">http://www."
"kame.net/</link> <acronym>IPv6</acronym> reference implementation and comes "
"with everything needed to use <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. This section focuses "
"on getting <acronym>IPv6</acronym> configured and running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Background on <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Addresses"
msgstr "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址的背景知識"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "There are three different types of <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A packet sent to a unicast address arrives at the interface belonging to the "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Anycast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"These addresses are syntactically indistinguishable from unicast addresses "
"but they address a group of interfaces. The packet destined for an anycast "
"address will arrive at the nearest router interface. Anycast addresses are "
"only used by routers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"These addresses identify a group of interfaces. A packet destined for a "
"multicast address will arrive at all interfaces belonging to the multicast "
"group. The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> broadcast address, usually <systemitem "
"class=\"ipaddress\">xxx.xxx.xxx.255</systemitem>, is expressed by multicast "
"addresses in <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When reading an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address, the canonical form is "
"represented as <systemitem>x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x</systemitem>, where each "
"<literal>x</literal> represents a 16 bit hex value. An example is "
"<systemitem>FEBC:A574:382B:23C1:AA49:4592:4EFE:9982</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Often, an address will have long substrings of all zeros. A <literal>::</"
"literal> (double colon) can be used to replace one substring per address. "
"Also, up to three leading <literal>0</literal>s per hex value can be "
"omitted. For example, <systemitem>fe80::1</systemitem> corresponds to the "
"canonical form <systemitem>fe80:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A third form is to write the last 32 bits using the well known "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> notation. For example, <systemitem>2002::10.0.0.1</"
"systemitem> corresponds to the hexadecimal canonical representation "
"<systemitem>2002:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0a00:0001</systemitem>, which in "
"turn is equivalent to <systemitem>2002::a00:1</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To view a FreeBSD system's <acronym>IPv6 </acronym> address, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rl0: flags=8943&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; mtu 1500\n"
"         inet 10.0.0.10 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"         inet6 fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1\n"
"         ether 00:00:21:03:08:e1\n"
"         media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX )\n"
"         status: active"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In this example, the <filename>rl0</filename> interface is using "
"<systemitem>fe80::200:21ff:fe03:8e1%rl0</systemitem>, an auto-configured "
"link-local address which was automatically generated from the <acronym>MAC</"
"acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Some <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses are reserved. A summary of these "
"reserved addresses is seen in <xref linkend=\"reservedip6\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Reserved <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Addresses"
msgstr "已保留的 <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Prefixlength (Bits)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "128 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "unspecified"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Equivalent to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">0.0.0.0</systemitem> in "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::1</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "loopback address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Equivalent to <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem> in "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::00:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "96 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "embedded <acronym>IPv4</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The lower 32 bits are the compatible <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>::ff:xx:xx:xx:xx</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> mapped <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The lower 32 bits are the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address for hosts which do "
"not support <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>fe80::/10</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "10 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "link-local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Equivalent to 169.254.0.0/16 in <acronym>IPv4</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>fc00::/7</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "7 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "unique-local"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Unique local addresses are intended for local communication and are only "
"routable within a set of cooperating sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>ff00::</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "8 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<systemitem>2000::-3fff:: </systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "3 bits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "global unicast"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All global unicast addresses are assigned from this pool. The first 3 bits "
"are <literal>001</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For further information on the structure of <acronym>IPv6</acronym> "
"addresses, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3513.txt"
"\">RFC3513</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Configuring <acronym>IPv6</acronym>"
msgstr "設定 <acronym>IPv6</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To configure a FreeBSD system as an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> client, add "
"these two lines to <filename>rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n"
"rtsold_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The first line enables the specified interface to receive router "
"solicitation messages. The second line enables the router solicitation "
"daemon, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtsol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If the interface needs a statically assigned <acronym>IPv6</acronym> "
"address, add an entry to specify the static address and associated prefix "
"length:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_<replaceable>rl0</replaceable>_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344</replaceable> prefixlen <replaceable>64</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To assign a default router, specify its address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>2001:db8:4672:6565::1</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Connecting to a Provider"
msgstr "連線到 Provider"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In order to connect to other <acronym>IPv6</acronym> networks, one must have "
"a provider or a tunnel that supports <acronym>IPv6</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Contact an Internet Service Provider to see if they offer <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sixxs.net\">SixXS</link> offers tunnels with "
"end-points all around the globe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tunnelbroker.net\">Hurricane Electric</link> "
"offers tunnels with end-points all around the globe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Install the <package>net/freenet6</package> package or port for a dial-up "
"connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to take the directions from a tunnel provider "
"and convert them into <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> settings that will "
"persist through reboots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The first <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entry creates the generic "
"tunneling interface <filename><replaceable>gif0</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "gif_interfaces=\"gif<replaceable>0</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Next, configure that interface with the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses of "
"the local and remote endpoints. Replace <replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR</"
"replaceable> and <replaceable>REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable> with the actual "
"<acronym>IPv4</acronym> addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "gifconfig_gif0=\"<replaceable>MY_IPv4_ADDR REMOTE_IPv4_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To apply the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address that has been assigned for use "
"as the <acronym>IPv6</acronym> tunnel endpoint, add this line, replacing "
"<replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable> with the "
"assigned address:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_gif0_ipv6=\"inet6 <replaceable>MY_ASSIGNED_IPv6_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Then, set the default route for the other side of the <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> tunnel. Replace <replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</"
"replaceable> with the default gateway address assigned by the provider:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>MY_IPv6_REMOTE_TUNNEL_ENDPOINT_ADDR</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If the FreeBSD system will route <acronym>IPv6</acronym> packets between the "
"rest of the network and the world, enable the gateway using this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_gateway_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Router Advertisement and Host Auto Configuration"
msgstr "Router Advertisement 與 Host Auto Configuration"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to setup <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to advertise the "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> default route."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtadvd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"It is important to specify the interface on which to do <acronym>IPv6</"
"acronym> router solicitation. For example, to tell "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtadvd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to use <filename>rl0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "rtadvd_interfaces=\"rl0\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Next, create the configuration file, <filename>/etc/rtadvd.conf</filename> "
"as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rl0:\\\n"
"\t:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>rl0</filename> with the interface to be used and "
"<systemitem>2001:db8:1f11:246::</systemitem> with the prefix of the "
"allocation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For a dedicated <systemitem class=\"netmask\">/64</systemitem> subnet, "
"nothing else needs to be changed. Otherwise, change the <literal>prefixlen#</"
"literal> to the correct value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> and <acronym>IPv6</acronym> Address Mapping"
msgstr "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> 與 <acronym>IPv6</acronym> 位址對應表"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is enabled on a server, there may be a need to "
"enable <acronym>IPv4</acronym> mapped <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address "
"communication. This compatibility option allows for <acronym>IPv4</acronym> "
"addresses to be represented as <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses. Permitting "
"<acronym>IPv6</acronym> applications to communicate with <acronym>IPv4</"
"acronym> and vice versa may be a security issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This option may not be required in most cases and is available only for "
"compatibility. This option will allow <acronym>IPv6</acronym>-only "
"applications to work with <acronym>IPv4</acronym> in a dual stack "
"environment. This is most useful for third party applications which may not "
"support an <acronym>IPv6</acronym>-only environment. To enable this feature, "
"add the following to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Reviewing the information in <acronym>RFC</acronym> 3493, section 3.6 and "
"3.7 as well as <acronym>RFC</acronym> 4038 section 4.2 may be useful to some "
"administrators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>)"
msgstr "共用位址備援協定 (<acronym>CARP</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </"
"personname> <contrib>Updated by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary><acronym>CARP</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Common Address Redundancy Protocol</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The Common Address Redundancy Protocol (<acronym>CARP</acronym>) allows "
"multiple hosts to share the same <acronym>IP</acronym> address and Virtual "
"Host ID (<acronym>VHID</acronym>) in order to provide <firstterm>high "
"availability</firstterm> for one or more services. This means that one or "
"more hosts can fail, and the other hosts will transparently take over so "
"that users do not see a service failure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In addition to the shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, each host has its "
"own <acronym>IP</acronym> address for management and configuration. All of "
"the machines that share an <acronym>IP</acronym> address have the same "
"<acronym>VHID</acronym>. The <acronym>VHID</acronym> for each virtual "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address must be unique across the broadcast domain of "
"the network interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"High availability using <acronym>CARP</acronym> is built into FreeBSD, "
"though the steps to configure it vary slightly depending upon the FreeBSD "
"version. This section provides the same example configuration for versions "
"before and equal to or after FreeBSD 10."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This example configures failover support with three hosts, all with unique "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses, but providing the same web content. It has "
"two different masters named <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem> and "
"<systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>, with a shared backup named "
"<systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"These machines are load balanced with a Round Robin <acronym>DNS</acronym> "
"configuration. The master and backup machines are configured identically "
"except for their hostnames and management <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. "
"These servers must have the same configuration and run the same services. "
"When the failover occurs, requests to the service on the shared <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address can only be answered correctly if the backup server has "
"access to the same content. The backup machine has two additional "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> interfaces, one for each of the master content "
"server's <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses. When a failure occurs, the backup "
"server will pick up the failed master machine's <acronym>IP</acronym> "
"address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <acronym>CARP</acronym> on FreeBSD 10 and Later"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>CARP</acronym> 於 FreeBSD 10 及之後版本"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Enable boot-time support for <acronym>CARP</acronym> by adding an entry for "
"the <filename>carp.ko</filename> kernel module in <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "carp_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "To load the module now without rebooting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload carp</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For users who prefer to use a custom kernel, include the following line in "
"the custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel as described in "
"<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "device\tcarp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The hostname, management <acronym>IP</acronym> address and subnet mask, "
"shared <acronym>IP</acronym> address, and <acronym>VHID</acronym> are all "
"set by adding entries to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This example is "
"for <systemitem>hosta.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The next set of entries are for <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>. "
"Since it represents a second master, it uses a different shared <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address and <acronym>VHID</acronym>. However, the passwords "
"specified with <option>pass</option> must be identical as <acronym>CARP</"
"acronym> will only listen to and accept advertisements from machines with "
"the correct password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The third machine, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>, is configured "
"to handle failover from either master. This machine is configured with two "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> <acronym>VHID</acronym>s, one to handle the virtual "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address for each of the master hosts. The "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> advertising skew, <option>advskew</option>, is set "
"to ensure that the backup host advertises later than the master, since "
"<option>advskew</option> controls the order of precedence when there are "
"multiple backup servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias0=\"inet vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.50</replaceable>/32\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_alias1=\"inet vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> alias <replaceable>192.168.1.51</replaceable>/32\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Having two <acronym>CARP</acronym> <acronym>VHID</acronym>s configured means "
"that <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> will notice if either of the "
"master servers becomes unavailable. If a master fails to advertise before "
"the backup server, the backup server will pick up the shared <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address until the master becomes available again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Preemption is disabled by default. If preemption has been enabled, "
"<systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> might not release the virtual "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the original master server. The "
"administrator can force the backup server to return the <acronym>IP</"
"acronym> address to the master with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, either restart networking or reboot each "
"system. High availability is now enabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> functionality can be controlled via several "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> variables documented in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>carp</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual pages. Other "
"actions can be triggered from <acronym>CARP</acronym> events by using "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>devd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <acronym>CARP</acronym> on FreeBSD 9 and Earlier"
msgstr "使用 <acronym>CARP</acronym> 於 FreeBSD 9 及先前版本"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The configuration for these versions of FreeBSD is similar to the one "
"described in the previous section, except that a <acronym>CARP</acronym> "
"device must first be created and referred to in the configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Enable boot-time support for <acronym>CARP</acronym> by loading the "
"<filename>if_carp.ko</filename> kernel module in <filename>/boot/loader."
"conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "if_carp_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Next, on each host, create a <acronym>CARP</acronym> device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 create</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Set the hostname, management <acronym>IP</acronym> address, the shared "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address, and <acronym>VHID</acronym> by adding the "
"required lines to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Since a virtual "
"<acronym>CARP</acronym> device is used instead of an alias, the actual "
"subnet mask of <literal>/24</literal> is used instead of <literal>/32</"
"literal>. Here are the entries for <systemitem>hosta.example.org</"
"systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hosta.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.3</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On <systemitem>hostb.example.org</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostb.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.4</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The third machine, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem>, is configured "
"to handle failover from either of the master hosts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"<replaceable>hostc.example.org</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>fxp0</replaceable>=\"inet <replaceable>192.168.1.5</replaceable> netmask <replaceable>255.255.255.0</replaceable>\"\n"
"cloned_interfaces=\"carp0 carp1\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp0=\"vhid <replaceable>1</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.50/24</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_carp1=\"vhid <replaceable>2</replaceable> advskew <replaceable>100</replaceable> pass <replaceable>testpass</replaceable> <replaceable>192.168.1.51/24</replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Preemption is disabled in the GENERIC FreeBSD kernel. If preemption has been "
"enabled with a custom kernel, <systemitem>hostc.example.org</systemitem> may "
"not release the <acronym>IP</acronym> address back to the original content "
"server. The administrator can force the backup server to return the "
"<acronym>IP</acronym> address to the master with the command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig carp0 down &amp;&amp; ifconfig carp0 up</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This should be done on the <filename>carp</filename> interface which "
"corresponds to the correct host."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "VLANs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary><acronym>VLANs</acronym></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Virtual LANs</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>虛擬 LAN</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>VLANs</acronym> are a way of virtually dividing up a network into "
"many different subnetworks. Each will have its own broadcast domain and be "
"isolated from the rest of the <acronym>VLANs</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"On FreeBSD, <acronym>VLANs</acronym> must be supported by the network card "
"driver. To see which drivers support vlans, refer to the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vlan</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""
"在 FreeBSD 上，要使用 <acronym>VLANs</acronym> 必須有網路卡驅動程式的支援，要"
"查看那些驅動程式支援 vlan，請參考 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vlan</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> 操作手冊。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When configuring a <acronym>VLAN</acronym>, a couple pieces of information "
"must be known. First, which network interface? Second, what is the "
"<acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To configure <acronym>VLANs</acronym> at run time, with a <acronym>NIC</"
"acronym> of <literal>em0</literal> and a <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag of "
"<systemitem>5</systemitem>. The command would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig <replaceable>em0.5</replaceable> create vlan <replaceable>5</replaceable> vlandev <replaceable>em0</replaceable> inet 192.168.20.20/24</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"See how the interface name includes the <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver name "
"and the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> tag, separated by a period? This is a best "
"practice to make maintaining the <acronym>VLAN</acronym> configuration easy "
"when many <acronym>VLANs</acronym> are present on a machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To configure <acronym>VLANs</acronym> at boot time, <filename>/etc/rc.conf</"
"filename> must be updated. To duplicate the configuration above, the "
"following will need to be added:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>5</replaceable>\"\n"
"ifconfig_<replaceable>em0</replaceable>_<replaceable>5</replaceable>=\"inet 192.168.20.20/24\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Additional <acronym>VLANs</acronym> may be added, by simply adding the tag "
"to the <literal>vlans_<replaceable>em0</replaceable></literal> field and "
"adding an additional line configuring the network on that <acronym>VLAN</"
"acronym> tag's interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Appendices"
msgstr "附錄"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD"
msgstr "取得 FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> Sets"
msgstr "<acronym>CD</acronym> 與 <acronym>DVD</acronym> 合集"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> sets are available "
"from several online retailers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n"
"\t  <street>2420 Sand Creek Rd C-1 #347</street>\n"
"\t  <city>Brentwood</city>, <state>CA</state>\n"
"\t  <postcode>94513</postcode>\n"
"\t  <country>USA</country>\n"
"\t  Phone: <phone>+1 925 240-6652</phone>\n"
"\t  Fax: <fax>+1 925 674-0821</fax>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>info@freebsdmall.com</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/\">http://www.freebsdmall.com/</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Getlinux\n"
"\t  <street>78 Rue de la Croix Rochopt</street>\n"
"\t  <city>Épinay-sous-Sénart</city>\n"
"\t  <postcode>91860</postcode>\n"
"\t  <country>France</country>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>contact@getlinux.fr</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.getlinux.fr\">http://www.getlinux.fr/</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Dr. Hinner EDV\n"
"\t  <street>Kochelseestr. 11</street>\n"
"\t  <postcode>D-81371</postcode> <city>München</city>\n"
"\t  <country>Germany</country>\n"
"\t  Phone: <phone>(0177) 428 419 0</phone>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>infow@hinner.de</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html\">http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/address
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Linux Center\n"
"\t  <street>Galernaya Street, 55</street>\n"
"\t  <city>Saint-Petersburg</city>\n"
"\t  <postcode>190000</postcode>\n"
"\t  <country>Russia</country>\n"
"\t  Phone: <phone>+7-812-309-06-86</phone>\n"
"\t  Email: <email>info@linuxcenter.ru</email>\n"
"\t  WWW: <otheraddr xlink:href=\"http://linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd\">http://linuxcenter.ru/shop/freebsd</otheraddr>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>FTP</acronym> Sites"
msgstr "<acronym>FTP</acronym> 站"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The official sources for FreeBSD are available via anonymous <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> from a worldwide set of mirror sites. The site <uri xlink:href="
"\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"uri> is available via <acronym>HTTP</acronym> and <acronym>FTP</acronym>. It "
"is made up of many machines operated by the project cluster administrators "
"and behind GeoDNS to direct users to the closest available mirror."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Additionally, FreeBSD is available via anonymous <acronym>FTP</acronym> from "
"the following mirror sites. When obtaining FreeBSD via anonymous "
"<acronym>FTP</acronym>, please try to use a nearby site. The mirror sites "
"listed as <quote>Primary Mirror Sites</quote> typically have the entire "
"FreeBSD archive (all the currently available versions for each of the "
"architectures) but faster download speeds are probably available from a site "
"that is in your country or region. The regional sites carry the most recent "
"versions for the most popular architecture(s) but might not carry the entire "
"FreeBSD archive. All sites provide access via anonymous <acronym>FTP</"
"acronym> but some sites also provide access via other methods. The access "
"methods available for each site are provided in parentheses after the "
"hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"central-ftp\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-primary-ftp\">Primary Mirror Sites</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-"
"am-ftp\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-ftp\">Australia</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-at-ftp\">Austria</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-br-"
"ftp\">Brazil</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ca-ftp\">Canada</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\">China</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-ftp"
"\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\">Denmark</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\">Estonia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-"
"ftp\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\">France</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-de-ftp\">Germany</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-gr-ftp"
"\">Greece</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\">Hong Kong</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-ftp"
"\">Japan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\">Korea</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\">Latvia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-ftp"
"\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\">Netherlands</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\">New Zealand</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-"
"no-ftp\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\">Poland</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\">Russia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-sa-"
"ftp\">Saudi Arabia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-si-ftp\">Slovenia</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-za-ftp\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-es-ftp\">Spain</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-se-ftp\">Sweden</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-tw-ftp\">Taiwan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\">Ukraine</"
"link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\">United Kingdom</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-us-ftp\">USA</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "(as of UTC)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"central-ftp\"/>Central Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/"
"FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-primary-ftp\"/>Primary Mirror Sites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>mirror-"
"admin@FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://"
"ftp10.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-am-ftp\"/>Armenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@am."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.am."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.am."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.am.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-au-ftp\"/>Australia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@au."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.au."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.au."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.au."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-at-ftp\"/>Austria"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@at."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.at."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp."
"at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://"
"ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-br-ftp\"/>Brazil"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@br."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.br."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD."
"org/\">http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.br."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.br."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ca-ftp\"/>Canada"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ca."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ca.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ca."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.ca.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.ca."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cn-ftp\"/>China"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@cn."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cn.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cn."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-cz-ftp\"/>Czech Republic"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@cz."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / "
"rsyncv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.cz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-dk-ftp\"/>Denmark"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@dk."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.dk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp."
"dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://"
"ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ee-ftp\"/>Estonia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ee."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ee.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ee."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fi-ftp\"/>Finland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@fi."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fi."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-fr-ftp\"/>France"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@fr."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp1.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp1.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.fr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-de-ftp\"/>Germany"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>de-bsd-hubs@de."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">ftp://ftp1.de."
"FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://www1.de.FreeBSD."
"org/freebsd/\">http://www1.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/</link> / <link xlink:href="
"\"rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/\">rsync://rsync3.de.FreeBSD.org/"
"freebsd/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.de."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp7.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.de."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-gr-ftp\"/>Greece"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@gr."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.gr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.gr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-hk-ftp\"/>Hong Kong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.hk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.hk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ie-ftp\"/>Ireland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ie."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.ie.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.ie."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-jp-ftp\"/>Japan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@jp."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp9.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp9.jp."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-kr-ftp\"/>Korea"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@kr."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.kr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.kr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.kr."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lv-ftp\"/>Latvia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@lv."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lv."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lv."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-lt-ftp\"/>Lithuania"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@lt."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.lt."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.lt."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.lt.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nl-ftp\"/>Netherlands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@nl."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nl."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nl."
"FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/os/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.nl."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-nz-ftp\"/>New Zealand"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.nz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.nz."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-no-ftp\"/>Norway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@no."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.no."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-pl-ftp\"/>Poland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@pl."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.pl."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp2.pl.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ru-ftp\"/>Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ru."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp5.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp5.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ru."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-sa-ftp\"/>Saudi Arabia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>ftpadmin@isu.net."
"sa</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.isu.net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/\">ftp://ftp.isu."
"net.sa/pub/ftp.freebsd.org/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-si-ftp\"/>Slovenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@si."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.si."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-za-ftp\"/>South Africa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@za."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.za."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.za."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.za."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-es-ftp\"/>Spain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@es."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.es."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.es."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.es.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.es."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-se-ftp\"/>Sweden"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@se."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.se."
"FreeBSD.org/\">rsync://ftp2.se.FreeBSD.org/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link "
"xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp4.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.se."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp6.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ch-ftp\"/>Switzerland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@ch."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ch."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ch."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ch.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-tw-ftp\"/>Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@tw."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync / rsyncv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD."
"org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / rsync / "
"rsyncv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/\">http://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/</link> / rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp11.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp11.tw.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp12.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp12.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.tw."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-ua-ftp\"/>Ukraine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp6.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD\">http://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD</link> / "
"<link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp6.ua.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp6.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp7.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp7.ua."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-uk-ftp\"/>United Kingdom"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@uk."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"rsync://ftp2.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">rsync://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/ftp."
"freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.uk."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<anchor xml:id=\"mirrors-us-ftp\"/>USA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In case of problems, please contact the hostmaster <email>hostmaster@us."
"FreeBSD.org</email> for this domain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp1.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp1.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp2.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp2.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp3.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp3.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp4.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / ftpv6 / <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</"
"link> / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://"
"ftp4.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp5.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp5.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp6.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp6.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp8.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp8.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp10.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp10.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp11.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp11.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp13.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp13.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp13.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> / "
"rsync)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp14.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp / <link xlink:href=\"http://ftp14.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">http://ftp14.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp15.us.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/\">ftp://ftp15.us."
"FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/</link> (ftp)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <application>Subversion</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>Subversion</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"As of July 2012, FreeBSD uses <application>Subversion</application> as the "
"only version control system for storing all of FreeBSD's source code, "
"documentation, and the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> is generally a developer tool. Users "
"may prefer to use <command>freebsd-update</command> (<xref linkend="
"\"updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate\"/>) to update the FreeBSD base system, "
"and <command>portsnap</command> (<xref linkend=\"ports-using\"/>) to update "
"the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This section demonstrates how to install <application>Subversion</"
"application> on a FreeBSD system and use it to create a local copy of a "
"FreeBSD repository. Additional information on the use of "
"<application>Subversion</application> is included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Root <acronym>SSL</acronym> Certificates"
msgstr "根 <acronym>SSL</acronym> 憑證"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Installing <package role=\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> allows "
"<application>Subversion</application> to verify the identity of "
"<acronym>HTTPS</acronym> repository servers. The root <acronym>SSL</acronym> "
"certificates can be installed from a port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/security/ca_root_nss</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "or as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install ca_root_nss</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Svnlite</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A lightweight version of <application>Subversion</application> is already "
"installed on FreeBSD as <command>svnlite</command>. The port or package "
"version of <application>Subversion</application> is only needed if the "
"Python or Perl <acronym>API</acronym> is needed, or if a later version of "
"Subversion is desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The only difference from normal <application>Subversion</application> use is "
"that the command name is <literal>svnlite</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "安裝"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If <command>svnlite</command> is unavailable or the full version of "
"<application>Subversion</application> is needed, then it must be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> can be installed from the Ports "
"Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> can also be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Running <application>Subversion</application>"
msgstr "執行 <application>Subversion</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use "
"<command>svn</command>. The files in this directory are called a "
"<emphasis>local working copy</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Move or delete an existing destination directory before using "
"<command>checkout</command> for the first time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Checkout over an existing non-<command>svn</command> directory can cause "
"conflicts between the existing files and those brought in from the "
"repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<application>Subversion</application> uses <acronym>URL</acronym>s to "
"designate a repository, taking the form of <replaceable>protocol://hostname/"
"path</replaceable>. The first component of the path is the FreeBSD "
"repository to access. There are three different repositories, <literal>base</"
"literal> for the FreeBSD base system source code, <literal>ports</literal> "
"for the Ports Collection, and <literal>doc</literal> for documentation. For "
"example, the URL <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head/</literal> "
"specifies the main branch of the ports repository, using the <literal>https</"
"literal> protocol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A checkout from a given repository is performed with a command like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/<replaceable>repository</replaceable>/<replaceable>branch</replaceable> <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<replaceable>repository</replaceable> is one of the Project repositories: "
"<literal>base</literal>, <literal>ports</literal>, or <literal>doc</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<replaceable>branch</replaceable> depends on the repository used. "
"<literal>ports</literal> and <literal>doc</literal> are mostly updated in "
"the <literal>head</literal> branch, while <literal>base</literal> maintains "
"the latest version of -CURRENT under <literal>head</literal> and the "
"respective latest versions of the -STABLE branches under <literal>stable/9</"
"literal> (9.<replaceable>x</replaceable>) and <literal>stable/10</literal> "
"(10.<replaceable>x</replaceable>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable> is the target directory where the contents "
"of the specified branch should be placed. This is usually <filename>/usr/"
"ports</filename> for <literal>ports</literal>, <filename>/usr/src</filename> "
"for <literal>base</literal>, and <filename>/usr/doc</filename> for "
"<literal>doc</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This example checks out the Ports Collection from the FreeBSD repository "
"using the <acronym>HTTPS</acronym> protocol, placing the local working copy "
"in <filename>/usr/ports</filename>. If <filename>/usr/ports</filename> is "
"already present but was not created by <command>svn</command>, remember to "
"rename or delete it before the checkout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Because the initial checkout must download the full branch of the remote "
"repository, it can take a while. Please be patient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"After the initial checkout, the local working copy can be updated by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>lwcdir</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> created in the example above, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that "
"have changed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "update"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An alternate way of updating the local working copy after checkout is "
"provided by the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the <filename>/usr/ports</"
"filename>, <filename>/usr/src</filename>, and <filename>/usr/doc</filename> "
"directories. Set <varname>SVN_UPDATE</varname> and use the <_:buildtarget-1/"
"> target. For example, to update <filename>/usr/src</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make update SVN_UPDATE=yes</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> Mirror Sites"
msgstr "<application>Subversion</application> 鏡像站"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<primary>Subversion Repository</primary> <secondary>Mirror Sites</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The FreeBSD <application>Subversion</application> repository is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "svn.FreeBSD.org"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a publicly accessible mirror network that uses GeoDNS to select an "
"appropriate back end server. To view the FreeBSD <application>Subversion</"
"application> repositories through a browser, use <link xlink:href=\"https://"
"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/\">https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <application>Subversion</application> mirrors previously used "
"self-signed SSL certificates documented in this chapter. As of July 14, "
"2015, all mirrors now use an official SSL certificate that will be "
"recognized by <application>Subversion</application> if the <package role="
"\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> port is installed. The legacy self-"
"signed certificates and server names are still available but are deprecated "
"and no longer supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For those without the <package role=\"port\">security/ca_root_nss</package> "
"port installed, the SHA1 and SHA256 fingerprints are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SHA1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<literal>E9:37:73:80:B5:32:1B:93:92:94:98:17:59:F0:FA:A2:5F:1E:DE:B9</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SHA256"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<literal>D5:27:1C:B6:55:E6:A8:7D:48:D5:0C:F0:DA:9D:51:60:D7:42:6A:F2:05:"
"F1:8A:47:BE:78:A1:3A:72:06:92:60</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<acronym>HTTPS</acronym> is the preferred protocol, providing protection "
"against another computer pretending to be the FreeBSD mirror (commonly known "
"as a <quote>man in the middle</quote> attack) or otherwise trying to send "
"bad content to the end user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If <literal>https</literal> cannot be used due to firewall or other "
"problems, <literal>svn</literal> is the next choice, with slightly faster "
"transfers. When neither can be used, use <literal>http</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For those still using deprecated server names, the SHA1 and SHA256 "
"fingerprints will be one of:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Legacy-SHA1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<literal>1C:BD:85:95:11:9F:EB:75:A5:4B:C8:A3:FE:08:E4:02:73:06:1E:61</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<literal>F6:44:AA:B9:03:89:0E:3E:8C:4D:4D:14:F0:27:E6:C7:C1:8B:17:C5</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Legacy-SHA256"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<literal>47:35:A9:09:A3:AB:FA:20:33:36:43:C5:1A:D6:E6:FB:EB:C0:C0:83:37:"
"D4:46:9C:A0:AB:89:7F:C2:9C:4C:A3</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<literal>48:3C:84:DB:7C:27:1B:FA:D5:0B:A0:D7:E0:4C:79:AA:A3:8E:A3:FA:84:"
"E6:32:34:7D:EB:30:E6:11:01:CF:BE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Seeing one of these legacy certificate fingerprints means it is likely that "
"a deprecated server name is being used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"For other information about using <application>Subversion</application>, "
"please see the <quote>Subversion Book</quote>, titled <link xlink:href="
"\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Version Control with Subversion</link>, or "
"the <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion "
"Documentation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using <application>rsync</application>"
msgstr "使用 <application>rsync</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"These sites make FreeBSD available through the rsync protocol. The "
"<application>rsync</application> utility works in much the same way as the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command, but has more options and uses the rsync remote-update "
"protocol which transfers only the differences between two sets of files, "
"thus greatly speeding up the synchronization over the network. This is most "
"useful for mirror sites of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. The "
"<application>rsync</application> suite is available for many operating "
"systems, on FreeBSD, see the <package>net/rsync</package> port or use the "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Czech Republic"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Available collections:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ftp: A partial mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD: A full mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.mtu.ru/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-Archive: The mirror of FreeBSD Archive <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Sweden"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp4.se.freebsd.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp2.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp6.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "United Kingdom"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://rsync.mirrorservice.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"ftp.freebsd.org: A full mirror of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp-master.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This server may only be used by FreeBSD primary mirror sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: The master archive of the FreeBSD <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "acl: The FreeBSD master ACL list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "rsync://ftp13.FreeBSD.org/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bibliography"
msgstr "參考書目"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of "
"the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces "
"together to make the whole operating system run smoothly. For this, there is "
"no substitute for a good book or users' manual on <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system administration."
msgstr ""
"雖然操作手冊提供 FreeBSD 作業系統各個部分完整的說明，卻難免有「小學而大遺」之"
"憾，像是如何讓整個作業系統運作順暢。因此，身邊有 <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 系統管理的好書以及好的使用手冊是不可或缺的。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Books Specific to FreeBSD"
msgstr "FreeBSD 相關書籍"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "International books:"
msgstr "國際書籍:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://jdli.tw.FreeBSD.org/publication/book/freebsd2/"
"index.htm\">Using FreeBSD</link> (in Traditional Chinese), published by "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.drmaster.com.tw/\">Drmaster</link>, 1997. ISBN "
"9-578-39435-7."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://jdli.tw.FreeBSD.org/publication/book/freebsd2/"
"index.htm\">FreeBSD 入門與應用 (光碟豪華版)</link> (繁體中文), <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.drmaster.com.tw/\">博碩文化</link>出版, 1997. ISBN "
"9-578-39435-7。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Unleashed (Simplified Chinese translation), published by <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.hzbook.com/\">China Machine Press</link>. ISBN "
"7-111-10201-0."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 技術內幕 (FreeBSD Unleashed 簡體中譯版), <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.hzbook.com/\">機械工業出版社</link>出版. ISBN 7-111-10201-0。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD From Scratch Second Edition (in Simplified Chinese), published by "
"China Machine Press. ISBN 7-111-10286-X."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 使用大全第二版 (簡體中文), 機械工業出版社出版. ISBN 7-111-10286-X。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Handbook Second Edition (Simplified Chinese translation), published "
"by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ptpress.com.cn/\">Posts &amp; Telecom "
"Press</link>. ISBN 7-115-10541-3."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD Handbook 第二版 (簡體中譯版), <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ptpress."
"com.cn/\">人民郵電出版社</link>出版. ISBN 7-115-10541-3。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD &amp; Windows (in Simplified Chinese), published by <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.tdpress.com/\">China Railway Publishing House</link>. ISBN "
"7-113-03845-X"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD &amp; Windows 集成組網實務 (簡體中文), <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"tdpress.com/\">中國鐵道出版社</link>出版. ISBN 7-113-03845-X。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Internet Services HOWTO (in Simplified Chinese), published by China "
"Railway Publishing House. ISBN 7-113-03423-3"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 網站架設實務 (簡體中文), 中國鐵道出版社出版. ISBN 7-113-03423-3。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD (in Japanese), published by CUTT. ISBN 4-906391-22-2 C3055 P2400E."
msgstr "FreeBSD (日文), CUTT 出版. ISBN 4-906391-22-2 C3055 P2400E。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.com/book/Detail.asp?"
"bid=650\">Complete Introduction to FreeBSD</link> (in Japanese), published "
"by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.co.jp/\">Shoeisha Co., Ltd</link>. "
"ISBN 4-88135-473-6 P3600E."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.shoeisha.com/book/Detail.asp?"
"bid=650\">Complete Introduction to FreeBSD</link> (日文), <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.shoeisha.co.jp/\">Shoeisha Co., Ltd</link> 出版. ISBN "
"4-88135-473-6 P3600E。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/pb/book1/shinkan/detail/1322785."
"html\">Personal UNIX Starter Kit FreeBSD</link> (in Japanese), published by "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link>. ISBN "
"4-7561-1733-3 P3000E."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/pb/book1/shinkan/detail/1322785."
"html\">Personal UNIX Starter Kit FreeBSD</link> (日文), <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link> 出版. ISBN 4-7561-1733-3 P3000E。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD Handbook (Japanese translation), published by <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/\">ASCII</link>. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2 P3800E."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD Handbook (日譯版), <link xlink:href=\"http://www.ascii.co.jp/"
"\">ASCII</link> 出版. ISBN 4-7561-1580-2 P3800E。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD mit Methode (in German), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"cul.de\">Computer und Literatur Verlag</link>/Vertrieb Hanser, 1998. ISBN "
"3-932311-31-0."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD mit Methode (德文), <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cul.de\">Computer "
"und Literatur Verlag</link>/Vertrieb Hanser 出版, 1998. ISBN 3-932311-31-0。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp.de/vmi/mitp/detail/pWert/1343/\"> FreeBSD "
"de Luxe</link> (in German), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp."
"de\">Verlag Modere Industrie</link>, 2003. ISBN 3-8266-1343-0."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp.de/vmi/mitp/detail/pWert/1343/\"> FreeBSD "
"de Luxe</link> (德文), <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mitp.de\">Verlag Modere "
"Industrie</link> 出版, 2003. ISBN 3-8266-1343-0。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/install-manual.html"
"\">FreeBSD Install and Utilization Manual</link> (in Japanese), published by "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc."
"</link>, 1998. ISBN 4-8399-0112-0."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/install-manual.html"
"\">FreeBSD Install and Utilization Manual</link> (日文), <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc.</link> 出版, "
"1998. ISBN 4-8399-0112-0。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo <emphasis><link "
"xlink:href=\"http://maxwell.itb.ac.id/\">Building Internet Server with "
"FreeBSD</link></emphasis> (in Indonesia Language), published by <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.elexmedia.co.id/\">Elex Media Komputindo</link>."
msgstr ""
"Onno W Purbo, Dodi Maryanto, Syahrial Hubbany, Widjil Widodo <emphasis><link "
"xlink:href=\"http://maxwell.itb.ac.id/\">Building Internet Server with "
"FreeBSD</link></emphasis> (印尼文), <link xlink:href=\"http://www.elexmedia."
"co.id/\">Elex Media Komputindo</link> 出版。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Absolute BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD (Traditional Chinese "
"translation), published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.grandtech.com.tw/"
"\">GrandTech Press</link>, 2003. ISBN 986-7944-92-5."
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD 完全探索 (Absolute BSD: The Ultimate Guide to FreeBSD 繁體中譯版), "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.grandtech.com.tw/\">GrandTech Press</link> 出"
"版, 2003. ISBN 986-7944-92-5。"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.twbsd.org/cht/book/\">The FreeBSD 6.0 Book</"
"link> (in Traditional Chinese), published by Drmaster, 2006. ISBN "
"9-575-27878-X."
msgstr ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.twbsd.org/cht/book/\">FreeBSD 6.0 架設管理與應"
"用</link> (繁體中文), 博碩出版, 2006. ISBN 9-575-27878-X。"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "English language books:"
msgstr "英文書籍:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.absoluteFreeBSD.com/\">Absolute FreeBSD, 2nd "
"Edition: The Complete Guide to FreeBSD</link>, published by <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.nostarch.com/\">No Starch Press</link>, 2007. ISBN: "
"978-1-59327-151-0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/cgi-bin/fm/bsdcomp\"> The "
"Complete FreeBSD</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oreilly."
"com/\">O'Reilly</link>, 2003. ISBN: 0596005164"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd-corp-net-guide.com/\">The FreeBSD "
"Corporate Networker's Guide</link>, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.awl.com/aw/\">Addison-Wesley</link>, 2000. ISBN: 0201704811"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://andrsn.stanford.edu/FreeBSD/introbook/\"> FreeBSD: "
"An Open-Source Operating System for Your Personal Computer</link>, published "
"by The Bit Tree Press, 2001. ISBN: 0971204500"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"www.samspublishing.com/\">Sams</link>, 2002. ISBN: 0672324245"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD 6 Unleashed, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"samspublishing.com/\">Sams</link>, 2006. ISBN: 0672328755"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: The Complete Reference, published by <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"books.mcgraw-hill.com\">McGrawHill</link>, 2003. ISBN: 0072224096"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Users' Guides"
msgstr "使用指南"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Ohio State University has written a <link xlink:href=\"http://www.cs.duke."
"edu/csl/docs/unix_course/\">UNIX Introductory Course</link> which is "
"available online in HTML and PostScript format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An Italian <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/it_IT.ISO8859-15/books/"
"unix-introduction/index.html\">translation</link> of this document is "
"available as part of the FreeBSD Italian Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD "
"Users Group</link>. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/urm."
"html\">FreeBSD User's Reference Manual</link> (Japanese translation). <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc.</"
"link>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0088-4 P3800E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ed.ac.uk/\">Edinburgh University</link> has "
"written an <link xlink:href=\"http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/\">Online Guide</"
"link> for newcomers to the UNIX environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Administrators' Guides"
msgstr "管理指南"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/\">Jpman Project, Japan FreeBSD "
"Users Group</link>. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/FreeBSD/sam."
"html\">FreeBSD System Administrator's Manual</link> (Japanese translation). "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pc.mycom.co.jp/\">Mainichi Communications Inc."
"</link>, 1998. ISBN4-8399-0109-0 P3300E."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Dreyfus, Emmanuel. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.eyrolles.com/Informatique/"
"Livre/9782212114638/\">Cahiers de l'Admin: BSD</link> 2nd Ed. (in French), "
"Eyrolles, 2004. ISBN 2-212-11463-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Programmers' Guides"
msgstr "開發指南"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD Programmer's "
"Reference Manual</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1994. ISBN "
"1-56592-078-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Computer Systems Research Group, UC Berkeley. <emphasis>4.4BSD Programmer's "
"Supplementary Documents</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; Associates, Inc., 1994. "
"ISBN 1-56592-079-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Harbison, Samuel P. and Steele, Guy L. Jr. <emphasis>C: A Reference Manual</"
"emphasis>. 4th Ed. Prentice Hall, 1995. ISBN 0-13-326224-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Kernighan, Brian and Dennis M. Ritchie. <emphasis>The C Programming "
"Language</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. PTR Prentice Hall, 1988. ISBN 0-13-110362-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Lehey, Greg. <emphasis>Porting UNIX Software</emphasis>. O'Reilly &amp; "
"Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-126-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Plauger, P. J. <emphasis>The Standard C Library</emphasis>. Prentice Hall, "
"1992. ISBN 0-13-131509-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Spinellis, Diomidis. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.spinellis.gr/codereading/"
"\"><emphasis>Code Reading: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></link>. "
"Addison-Wesley, 2003. ISBN 0-201-79940-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Spinellis, Diomidis. <link xlink:href=\"http://www.spinellis.gr/codequality/"
"\"><emphasis>Code Quality: The Open Source Perspective</emphasis></link>. "
"Addison-Wesley, 2006. ISBN 0-321-16607-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard and Stephen A. Rago. <emphasis>Advanced Programming in "
"the UNIX Environment</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, "
"2005. ISBN 0-201-43307-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>UNIX Network Programming</emphasis>. 2nd Ed, "
"PTR Prentice Hall, 1998. ISBN 0-13-490012-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Operating System Internals"
msgstr "深入作業系統"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Andleigh, Prabhat K. <emphasis>UNIX System Architecture</emphasis>. Prentice-"
"Hall, Inc., 1990. ISBN 0-13-949843-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Jolitz, William. <quote>Porting UNIX to the 386</quote>. <emphasis>Dr. "
"Dobb's Journal</emphasis>. January 1991-July 1992."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J Karels and John "
"Quarterman <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX "
"Operating System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1989. ISBN "
"0-201-06196-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Leffler, Samuel J., Marshall Kirk McKusick, <emphasis>The Design and "
"Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System: Answer Book</emphasis>. "
"Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1991. ISBN 0-201-54629-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, Michael J Karels, and John "
"Quarterman. <emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating "
"System</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-54979-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"(Chapter 2 of this book is available <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/design-44bsd/book.html\">online</link> as part of "
"the FreeBSD Documentation Project.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil <emphasis>The Design and "
"Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System</emphasis>. Boston, Mass. : "
"Addison-Wesley, 2004. ISBN 0-201-70245-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Marshall Kirk McKusick, George V. Neville-Neil, Robert N. M. Watson "
"<emphasis>The Design and Implementation of the FreeBSD Operating System, 2nd "
"Ed.</emphasis>. Westford, Mass. : Pearson Education, Inc., 2014. ISBN "
"0-321-96897-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols</"
"emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63346-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Schimmel, Curt. <emphasis>Unix Systems for Modern Architectures</emphasis>. "
"Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1994. ISBN 0-201-63338-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Stevens, W. Richard. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for "
"Transactions, HTTP, NNTP and the UNIX Domain Protocols</emphasis>. Reading, "
"Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1996. ISBN 0-201-63495-3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Vahalia, Uresh. <emphasis>UNIX Internals -- The New Frontiers</emphasis>. "
"Prentice Hall, 1996. ISBN 0-13-101908-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Wright, Gary R. and W. Richard Stevens. <emphasis>TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume "
"2: The Implementation</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. "
"ISBN 0-201-63354-X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Reference"
msgstr "安全性參考文獻"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Cheswick, William R. and Steven M. Bellovin. <emphasis>Firewalls and "
"Internet Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker</emphasis>. Reading, Mass. : "
"Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-63357-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Garfinkel, Simson. <emphasis>PGP Pretty Good Privacy</emphasis> O'Reilly "
"&amp; Associates, Inc., 1995. ISBN 1-56592-098-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hardware Reference"
msgstr "硬體參考文獻"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Anderson, Don and Tom Shanley. <emphasis>Pentium Processor System "
"Architecture</emphasis>. 2nd Ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN "
"0-201-40992-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Ferraro, Richard F. <emphasis>Programmer's Guide to the EGA, VGA, and Super "
"VGA Cards</emphasis>. 3rd ed. Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN "
"0-201-62490-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Intel Corporation publishes documentation on their CPUs, chipsets and "
"standards on their <link xlink:href=\"http://developer.intel.com/"
"\">developer web site</link>, usually as PDF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>80486 System Architecture</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. "
"Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40994-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>ISA System Architecture</emphasis>. 3rd Ed. Reading, "
"Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1995. ISBN 0-201-40996-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Shanley, Tom. <emphasis>PCI System Architecture</emphasis>. 4th Ed. Reading, "
"Mass. : Addison-Wesley, 1999. ISBN 0-201-30974-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Van Gilluwe, Frank. <emphasis>The Undocumented PC</emphasis>, 2nd Ed. "
"Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1996. ISBN 0-201-47950-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Messmer, Hans-Peter. <emphasis>The Indispensable PC Hardware Book</"
"emphasis>, 4th Ed. Reading, Mass : Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2002. ISBN "
"0-201-59616-4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> History"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 歷史"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Lion, John <emphasis>Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code</"
"emphasis>. ITP Media Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Raymond, Eric S. <emphasis>The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition</"
"emphasis>. MIT Press, 1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/html/index.html\">Jargon File</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Salus, Peter H. <emphasis>A quarter century of UNIX</emphasis>. Addison-"
"Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. <emphasis>The UNIX-HATERS "
"Handbook</emphasis>. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. "
"Out of print, but available <link xlink:href=\"http://www.simson.net/ref/ugh."
"pdf\">online</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Don Libes, Sandy Ressler <emphasis>Life with UNIX</emphasis> — special "
"edition. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>The BSD family tree</emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"https://svnweb."
"freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co\">https://svnweb."
"freebsd.org/base/head/share/misc/bsd-family-tree?view=co</uri> or <link "
"xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree\"><filename>/"
"usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree</filename></link> on a FreeBSD machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library</emphasis>. "
"<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.ncstrl.org/\">http://www.ncstrl.org/</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG)</"
"emphasis>. <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/\">http://www."
"mckusick.com/csrg/</uri>: The 4CD set covers all BSD versions from 1BSD to "
"4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite2 (but not 2.11BSD, unfortunately). The last disk also "
"holds the final sources plus the SCCS files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines"
msgstr "期刊與雜誌"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.admin-magazin.de/\">Admin Magazin</link> (in "
"German), published by Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.bsdmag.org/\">BSD Magazine</link>, published "
"by Software Press Sp. z o.o. SK. ISSN: 1898-9144"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.bsdnow.tv/\">BSD Now — Video Podcast</link>, "
"published by Jupiter Broadcasting LLC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdtalk.blogspot.com/\">BSD Talk Podcast</link>, "
"by Will Backman"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://freebsdjournal.com/\">FreeBSD Journal</link>, "
"published by S&amp;W Publishing, sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: "
"978-0-615-88479-0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Resources on the Internet"
msgstr "網路資源"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The rapid pace of FreeBSD progress makes print media impractical as a means "
"of following the latest developments. Electronic resources are the best, if "
"not often the only, way to stay informed of the latest advances. Since "
"FreeBSD is a volunteer effort, the user community itself also generally "
"serves as a <quote>technical support department</quote> of sorts, with "
"electronic mail, web forums, and USENET news being the most effective way of "
"reaching that community."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The most important points of contact with the FreeBSD user community are "
"outlined below. Please send other resources not mentioned here to the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD "
"documentation project mailing list</link> so that they may also be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Websites"
msgstr "網站"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://forums.FreeBSD.org/\">The FreeBSD Forums</link> "
"provide a web based discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical "
"discussion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://planet.freebsd.org/\">Planet FreeBSD</link> offers "
"an aggregation feed of dozens of blogs written by FreeBSD developers. Many "
"developers use this to post quick notes about what they are working on, new "
"patches, and other works in progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.youtube.com/bsdconferences"
"\">BSDConferences YouTube Channel</link> provides a collection of high "
"quality videos from BSD conferences around the world. This is a great way to "
"watch key developers give presentations about new work in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mailing Lists"
msgstr "郵遞論壇 (Mailing List)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening "
"a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide "
"variety of lists on a number of different FreeBSD topics. Sending questions "
"to the most appropriate mailing list will invariably assure a faster and "
"more accurate response."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The charters for the various lists are given at the bottom of this document. "
"<emphasis>Please read the charter before joining or sending mail to any "
"list</emphasis>. Most list subscribers receive many hundreds of FreeBSD "
"related messages every day, and the charters and rules for use are meant to "
"keep the signal-to-noise ratio of the lists high. To do less would see the "
"mailing lists ultimately fail as an effective communications medium for the "
"Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test "
"message to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-test\">freebsd-test</link>.</emphasis> Please do not send test "
"messages to any other list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/freebsd-questions\">How to "
"get best results from the FreeBSD-questions mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Before posting to any list, please learn about how to best use the mailing "
"lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading "
"the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"mailing-list-faq\">Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions</link> (FAQ) "
"document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Archives are kept for all of the mailing lists and can be searched using the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">FreeBSD World Wide "
"Web server</link>. The keyword searchable archive offers an excellent way of "
"finding answers to frequently asked questions and should be consulted before "
"posting a question. Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD "
"mailing lists are archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a "
"concern, consider using a disposable secondary email address and posting "
"only public information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List Summary"
msgstr "論壇摘要"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>General lists:</emphasis> The following are general lists which "
"anyone is free (and encouraged) to join:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-advocacy"
"\">freebsd-advocacy</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Evangelism"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce"
"\">freebsd-announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important events and Project milestones (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-arch"
"\">freebsd-arch</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Architecture and design discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"bugbusters\">freebsd-bugbusters</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions pertaining to the maintenance of the FreeBSD problem report "
"database and related tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-bugs"
"\">freebsd-bugs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bug reports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat"
"\">freebsd-chat</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Non-technical items related to the FreeBSD community"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chromium"
"\">freebsd-chromium</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current"
"\">freebsd-current</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isp"
"\">freebsd-isp</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers using FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-jobs"
"\">freebsd-jobs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD employment and consulting opportunities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"questions\">freebsd-questions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User questions and technical support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"security-notifications\">freebsd-security-notifications</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security notifications (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-stable"
"\">freebsd-stable</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-STABLE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-test"
"\">freebsd-test</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Where to send test messages instead of to one of the actual lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Technical lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for technical "
"discussion. Read the charter for each list carefully before joining or "
"sending mail to one as there are firm guidelines for their use and content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-acpi"
"\">freebsd-acpi</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACPI and power management development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-afs"
"\">freebsd-afs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting AFS to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/aic7xxx"
"\">freebsd-aic7xxx</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Developing drivers for the <trademark class=\"registered\">Adaptec</"
"trademark> AIC 7xxx"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"amd64\">freebsd-amd64</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to AMD64 systems (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-apache"
"\">freebsd-apache</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion about <application>Apache</application> related ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-arm"
"\">freebsd-arm</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> processors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-atm"
"\">freebsd-atm</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using ATM networking with FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"bluetooth\">freebsd-bluetooth</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> technology in "
"FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-cloud"
"\">freebsd-cloud</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD on cloud platforms (EC2, GCE, Azure, etc.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-cluster"
"\">freebsd-cluster</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in a clustered environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-database"
"\">freebsd-database</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussing database use and development under FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-desktop"
"\">freebsd-desktop</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc"
"\">freebsd-doc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Creating FreeBSD related documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-drivers"
"\">freebsd-drivers</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-dtrace"
"\">freebsd-dtrace</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-eclipse"
"\">freebsd-eclipse</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded"
"\">freebsd-embedded</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-eol"
"\">freebsd-eol</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer supported by the "
"FreeBSD Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"emulation\">freebsd-emulation</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Emulation of other systems such as Linux/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-"
"DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"enlightenment\">freebsd-enlightenment</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting <application>Enlightenment</application> and "
"<application>Enlightenment</application> applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-firewire"
"\">freebsd-firewire</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD <trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE "
"1394) technical discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-fortran"
"\">freebsd-fortran</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-fs"
"\">freebsd-fs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-games"
"\">freebsd-games</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support for Games on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-gecko"
"\">freebsd-gecko</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Gecko Rendering Engine</application> issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-geom"
"\">freebsd-geom</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "GEOM-specific discussions and implementations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-git"
"\">freebsd-git</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of git use in the FreeBSD project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-gnome"
"\">freebsd-gnome</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting <application>GNOME</application> and <application>GNOME</"
"application> applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers"
"\">freebsd-hackers</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General technical discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hardware"
"\">freebsd-hardware</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "General discussion of hardware for running FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-i18n"
"\">freebsd-i18n</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Internationalization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ia32\">freebsd-ia32</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD on the IA-32 (<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> x86) "
"platform"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"ia64\">freebsd-ia64</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>'s "
"upcoming IA64 systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"infiniband\">freebsd-infiniband</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ipfw"
"\">freebsd-ipfw</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussion concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-isdn"
"\">freebsd-isdn</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ISDN developers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-jail"
"\">freebsd-jail</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion about the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>jail</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> facility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-java"
"\">freebsd-java</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<trademark>Java</trademark> developers and people porting <trademark>JDK</"
"trademark>s to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-lfs"
"\">freebsd-lfs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting LFS to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mips"
"\">freebsd-mips</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mobile"
"\">freebsd-mobile</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions about mobile computing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-mono"
"\">freebsd-mono</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multimedia applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-new-bus"
"\">freebsd-new-bus</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussions about bus architecture"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net"
"\">freebsd-net</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Networking discussion and TCP/IP source code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-numerics"
"\">freebsd-numerics</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of high quality implementation of libm functions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-office"
"\">freebsd-office</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"performance\">freebsd-performance</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Performance tuning questions for high performance/load installations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-perl"
"\">freebsd-perl</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance of a number of Perl-related ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pf"
"\">freebsd-pf</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg"
"\">freebsd-pkg</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkg-"
"fallout\">freebsd-pkg-fallout</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fallout logs from package building"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-pkgbase"
"\">freebsd-pkgbase</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"platforms\">freebsd-platforms</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Concerning ports to non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"architecture platforms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports"
"\">freebsd-ports</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-"
"announce\">freebsd-ports-announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Important news and instructions about the Ports Collection (moderated)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-"
"bugs\">freebsd-ports-bugs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of the ports bugs/PRs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ppc"
"\">freebsd-ppc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to the <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-proliant"
"\">freebsd-proliant</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-python"
"\">freebsd-python</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Python issues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-rc"
"\">freebsd-rc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion related to the <filename>rc.d</filename> system and its "
"development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-realtime"
"\">freebsd-realtime</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Development of realtime extensions to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ruby"
"\">freebsd-ruby</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-scsi"
"\">freebsd-scsi</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The SCSI subsystem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-security"
"\">freebsd-security</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security issues affecting FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-small"
"\">freebsd-small</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Using FreeBSD in embedded applications (obsolete; use <link xlink:href="
"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-"
"embedded</link> instead)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"snapshots\">freebsd-snapshots</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"sparc64\">freebsd-sparc64</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Porting FreeBSD to <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC</trademark> based "
"systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"standards\">freebsd-standards</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD's conformance to the C99 and the <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">POSIX</trademark> standards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"sysinstall\">freebsd-sysinstall</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tcltk"
"\">freebsd-tcltk</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD-specific Tcl/Tk discussions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-testing"
"\">freebsd-testing</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Testing on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tex"
"\">freebsd-tex</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting <application>TeX</application> and its applications to FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-threads"
"\">freebsd-threads</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Threading in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-tilera"
"\">freebsd-tilera</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the Tilera family of CPUs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"tokenring\">freebsd-tokenring</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Support Token Ring in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"toolchain\">freebsd-toolchain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"translators\">freebsd-translators</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"transport\">freebsd-transport</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-usb"
"\">freebsd-usb</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"virtualization\">freebsd-virtualization</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-vuxml"
"\">freebsd-vuxml</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussion on VuXML infrastructure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"x11\">freebsd-x11</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Maintenance and support of X11 on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-xen"
"\">freebsd-xen</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion of the FreeBSD port to <trademark>Xen</trademark> — "
"implementation and usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-xfce"
"\">freebsd-xfce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>XFCE</application> for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-zope"
"\">freebsd-zope</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<application>Zope</application> for FreeBSD — porting and maintaining"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Limited lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for more "
"specialized (and demanding) audiences and are probably not of interest to "
"the general public. It is also a good idea to establish a presence in the "
"technical lists before joining one of these limited lists in order to "
"understand the communications etiquette involved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hubs"
"\">freebsd-hubs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "People running mirror sites (infrastructural support)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-user-"
"groups\">freebsd-user-groups</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User group coordination"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wip-"
"status\">freebsd-wip-status</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-wireless"
"\">freebsd-wireless</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools, device driver development"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Digest lists:</emphasis> All of the above lists are available in a "
"digest format. Once subscribed to a list, the digest options can be changed "
"in the account options section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>SVN lists:</emphasis> The following lists are for people "
"interested in seeing the log messages for changes to various areas of the "
"source tree. They are <emphasis>Read-Only</emphasis> lists and should not "
"have mail sent to them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Source area"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Area Description (source for)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all"
"\">svn-doc-all</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/doc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the doc Subversion repository (except for <filename>user</"
"filename>, <filename>projects</filename> and <filename>translations</"
"filename>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-head"
"\">svn-doc-head</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the doc Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-projects"
"\">svn-doc-projects</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/doc/projects</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>projects</filename> area of the doc Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-svnadmin"
"\">svn-doc-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration "
"data of the doc Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-all"
"\">svn-ports-all</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-head"
"\">svn-ports-head</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the ports Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-ports-"
"svnadmin\">svn-ports-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration "
"data of the ports Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-all"
"\">svn-src-all</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/src</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the src Subversion repository (except for <filename>user</"
"filename> and <filename>projects</filename>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-head"
"\">svn-src-head</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <quote>head</quote> branch of the src Subversion "
"repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-projects"
"\">svn-src-projects</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<filename>/usr/projects</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>projects</filename> area of the src Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-release"
"\">svn-src-release</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>releases</filename> area of the src Subversion "
"repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-releng"
"\">svn-src-releng</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>releng</filename> branches of the src "
"Subversion repository (the security / release engineering branches)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable"
"\">svn-src-stable</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the all stable branches of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable-6\">svn-src-stable-6</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/6</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable-7\">svn-src-stable-7</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/7</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable-8\">svn-src-stable-8</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/8</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable-9\">svn-src-stable-9</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/9</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-"
"stable-10\">svn-src-stable-10</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the <filename>stable/10</filename> branch of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-stable-"
"other\">svn-src-stable-other</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the older <filename>stable</filename> branches of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-svnadmin"
"\">svn-src-svnadmin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration "
"data of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-user"
"\">svn-src-user</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"All changes to the experimental <filename>user</filename> area of the src "
"Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-src-vendor"
"\">svn-src-vendor</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All changes to the vendor work area of the src Subversion repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to Subscribe"
msgstr "如何訂閱"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To subscribe to a list, click the list name at <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo</link>. The page that is displayed should contain all of the "
"necessary subscription instructions for that list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To actually post to a given list, send mail to <email><replaceable>listname</"
"replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. It will then be redistributed to mailing "
"list members world-wide."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every "
"email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to "
"<email><replaceable>listname</replaceable>-unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org</email> "
"to unsubscribe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a "
"technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce"
"\">FreeBSD announcements mailing list</link>, which is intended for "
"infrequent traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "List Charters"
msgstr "論壇章程"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>All</emphasis> FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules "
"which must be adhered to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these "
"guidelines will result in two (2) written warnings from the FreeBSD "
"Postmaster <email>postmaster@FreeBSD.org</email>, after which, on a third "
"offense, the poster will removed from all FreeBSD mailing lists and filtered "
"from further posting to them. We regret that such rules and measures are "
"necessary at all, but today's Internet is a pretty harsh environment, it "
"would seem, and many fail to appreciate just how fragile some of its "
"mechanisms are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Rules of the road:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic charter of the list it "
"is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should "
"contain technical discussion. Ongoing irrelevant chatter or flaming only "
"detracts from the value of the mailing list for everyone on it and will not "
"be tolerated. For free-form discussion on no particular topic, the <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat"
"\">FreeBSD chat mailing list</link> is freely available and should be used "
"instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a "
"clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there "
"is already a great deal of subscriber overlap and except for the most "
"esoteric mixes (say <quote>-stable &amp; -scsi</quote>), there really is no "
"reason to post to more than one list at a time. If a message is received "
"with multiple mailing lists on the <literal>Cc</literal> line, trim the "
"<literal>Cc</literal> line before replying. <emphasis>The person who replies "
"is still responsible for cross-posting, no matter who the originator might "
"have been.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not "
"allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of "
"netiquette, like excerpting or reposting private mail when permission to do "
"so was not and would not be forthcoming, are frowned upon but not "
"specifically enforced. <emphasis>However</emphasis>, there are also very few "
"cases where such content would fit within the charter of a list and it would "
"therefore probably rate a warning (or ban) on that basis alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly "
"prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the "
"offender is advertising by spam."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Individual list charters:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>ACPI and power management development</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Andrew File System</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "This list is for discussion on porting and using AFS from CMU/Transarc"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Important events / milestones</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people interested only in occasional "
"announcements of significant FreeBSD events. This includes announcements "
"about snapshots and other releases. It contains announcements of new FreeBSD "
"capabilities. It may contain calls for volunteers etc. This is a low volume, "
"strictly moderated mailing list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Architecture and design discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list is for discussion of the FreeBSD architecture. Messages will "
"mostly be kept strictly technical in nature. Examples of suitable topics are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"How to re-vamp the build system to have several customized builds running at "
"the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "What needs to be fixed with VFS to make Heidemann layers work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"How do we change the device driver interface to be able to use the same "
"drivers cleanly on many buses and architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "How to write a network driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> in FreeBSD</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the forum where FreeBSD's <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</"
"trademark> users congregate. Design issues, implementation details, patches, "
"bug reports, status reports, feature requests, and all matters related to "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> are fair game."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Coordination of the Problem Report handling effort</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The purpose of this list is to serve as a coordination and discussion forum "
"for the Bugmeister, his Bugbusters, and any other parties who have a genuine "
"interest in the PR database. This list is not for discussions about specific "
"bugs, patches or PRs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Bug reports</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for reporting bugs in FreeBSD. Whenever possible, "
"bugs should be submitted using the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.freebsd."
"org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">web interface</link> to it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Non technical items related to the FreeBSD community</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list contains the overflow from the other lists about non-technical, "
"social information. It includes discussion about whether Jordan looks like a "
"toon ferret or not, whether or not to type in capitals, who is drinking too "
"much coffee, where the best beer is brewed, who is brewing beer in their "
"basement, and so on. Occasional announcements of important events (such as "
"upcoming parties, weddings, births, new jobs, etc) can be made to the "
"technical lists, but the follow ups should be directed to this -chat list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for the discussion of Chromium support for FreeBSD. This is a "
"technical list to discuss development and installation of Chromium."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Running FreeBSD on various cloud platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list discusses running FreeBSD on Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, "
"Microsoft Azure, and other cloud computing platforms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "freebsd-core"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD core team</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is an internal mailing list for use by the core members. Messages can "
"be sent to it when a serious FreeBSD-related matter requires arbitration or "
"high-level scrutiny."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-CURRENT. It includes warnings "
"about new features coming out in -CURRENT that will affect the users, and "
"instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -CURRENT. Anyone running "
"<quote>CURRENT</quote> must subscribe to this list. This is a technical "
"mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for discussion of FreeBSD on the desktop. It is primarily a "
"place for desktop porters and users to discuss issues and improve FreeBSD's "
"desktop support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Documentation Project</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list is for the discussion of issues and projects related to "
"the creation of documentation for FreeBSD. The members of this mailing list "
"are collectively referred to as <quote>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</"
"quote>. It is an open list; feel free to join and contribute!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Writing device drivers for FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to device drivers on "
"FreeBSD. It is primarily a place for device driver writers to ask questions "
"about how to write device drivers using the APIs in the FreeBSD kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"DTrace is an integrated component of FreeBSD that provides a framework for "
"understanding the kernel as well as user space programs at run time. The "
"mailing list is an archived discussion for developers of the code as well as "
"those using it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and "
"ports.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The intention of this list is to provide mutual support for everything to do "
"with choosing, installing, using, developing and maintaining the Eclipse "
"IDE, tools, rich client applications on the FreeBSD platform and assisting "
"with the porting of Eclipse IDE and plugins to the FreeBSD environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The intention is also to facilitate exchange of information between the "
"Eclipse community and the FreeBSD community to the mutual benefit of both."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Although this list is focused primarily on the needs of Eclipse users it "
"will also provide a forum for those who would like to develop FreeBSD "
"specific applications using the Eclipse framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Using FreeBSD in embedded applications</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list discusses topics related to using FreeBSD in embedded systems. "
"This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is "
"expected. For the purpose of this list, embedded systems are those computing "
"devices which are not desktops and which usually serve a single purpose as "
"opposed to being general computing environments. Examples include, but are "
"not limited to, all kinds of phone handsets, network equipment such as "
"routers, switches and PBXs, remote measuring equipment, PDAs, Point Of Sale "
"systems, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Emulation of other systems such as Linux/<trademark class="
"\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
"trademark></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to running programs "
"written for other operating systems on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Enlightenment</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning the <application>Enlightenment</application> Desktop "
"Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Peer support of FreeBSD-related software that is no longer "
"supported by the FreeBSD Project.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list is for those interested in providing or making use of peer support "
"of FreeBSD-related software for which the FreeBSD Project no longer provides "
"official support in the form of security advisories and patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis><trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (iLink, IEEE "
"1394)</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a mailing list for discussion of the design and implementation of a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">FireWire</trademark> (aka IEEE 1394 aka "
"iLink) subsystem for FreeBSD. Relevant topics specifically include the "
"standards, bus devices and their protocols, adapter boards/cards/chips sets, "
"and the architecture and implementation of code for their proper support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Fortran on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for discussion of Fortran related ports on FreeBSD: "
"compilers, libraries, scientific and engineering applications from laptops "
"to HPC clusters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>File systems</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning FreeBSD filesystems. This is a technical mailing list "
"for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Games on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a technical list for discussions related to bringing games to "
"FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting games to FreeBSD, "
"to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals "
"interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Gecko Rendering Engine</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum about <application>Gecko</application> applications using "
"FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion centers around Gecko Ports applications, their installation, "
"their development and their support within FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>GEOM</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions specific to GEOM and related implementations. This is a "
"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Use of git in the FreeBSD project</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions of how to use git in FreeBSD infrastructure including the github "
"mirror and other uses of git for project collaboration. Discussion area for "
"people using git against the FreeBSD github mirror. People wanting to get "
"started with the mirror or git in general on FreeBSD can ask here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>GNOME</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning The <application>GNOME</application> Desktop "
"Environment for FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Infiniband on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Technical mailing list discussing Infiniband, OFED, and OpenSM on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>IP Firewall</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the forum for technical discussions concerning the redesign of the "
"IP firewall code in FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Porting FreeBSD to IA64</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a technical mailing list for individuals actively working on porting "
"FreeBSD to the IA-64 platform from <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</"
"trademark>, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>ISDN Communications</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of ISDN "
"support for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis><trademark>Java</trademark> Development</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of "
"significant <trademark>Java</trademark> applications for FreeBSD and the "
"porting and maintenance of <trademark>JDK</trademark>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Jobs offered and sought</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for posting employment notices specifically related to "
"FreeBSD and resumes from those seeking FreeBSD-related employment. This is "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> a mailing list for general employment issues since "
"adequate forums for that already exist elsewhere."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Note that this list, like other <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD."
"org</systemitem> mailing lists, is distributed worldwide. Be clear about the "
"geographic location and the extent to which telecommuting or assistance with "
"relocation is available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Email should use open formats only — preferably plain text, but basic "
"Portable Document Format (<acronym>PDF</acronym>), HTML, and a few others "
"are acceptable to many readers. Closed formats such as <trademark class="
"\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word (<filename>.doc</filename>) will "
"be rejected by the mailing list server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://mail.kde.org/mailman/listinfo/kde-freebsd"
"\">freebsd-kde</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>KDE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning <application>KDE</application> on FreeBSD systems. "
"This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Technical discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD. This is the "
"primary technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on "
"FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals "
"interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome. This is a "
"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>General discussion of FreeBSD hardware</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"General discussion about the types of hardware that FreeBSD runs on, various "
"problems and suggestions concerning what to buy or avoid."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Mirror sites</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Announcements and discussion for people who run FreeBSD mirror sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Issues for Internet Service Providers</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list is for discussing topics relevant to Internet Service "
"Providers (ISPs) using FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which "
"strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for discussions related to the Mono development framework on "
"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively "
"working on porting Mono or C# applications to FreeBSD, to bring up problems "
"or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the "
"technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Office applications on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion centers around office applications, their installation, their "
"development and their support within FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ops-"
"announce\">freebsd-ops-announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Project Infrastructure Announcements</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people interested in changes and issues related "
"to the FreeBSD.org Project infrastructure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This moderated list is strictly for announcements: no replies, requests, "
"discussions, or opinions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about tuning or speeding up FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list exists to provide a place for hackers, administrators, and/"
"or concerned parties to discuss performance related topics pertaining to "
"FreeBSD. Acceptable topics includes talking about FreeBSD installations that "
"are either under high load, are experiencing performance problems, or are "
"pushing the limits of FreeBSD. Concerned parties that are willing to work "
"toward improving the performance of FreeBSD are highly encouraged to "
"subscribe to this list. This is a highly technical list ideally suited for "
"experienced FreeBSD users, hackers, or administrators interested in keeping "
"FreeBSD fast, robust, and scalable. This list is not a question-and-answer "
"list that replaces reading through documentation, but it is a place to make "
"contributions or inquire about unanswered performance related topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion concerning the packet filter (pf) firewall system in terms of "
"FreeBSD. Technical discussion and user questions are both welcome. This list "
"is also a place to discuss the ALTQ QoS framework."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Binary package management and package tools discussion</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussion of all aspects of managing FreeBSD systems by using binary "
"packages to install software, including binary package toolkits and formats, "
"their development and support within FreeBSD, package repository management, "
"and third party packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Note that discussion of ports which fail to generate packages correctly "
"should generally be considered as ports problems, and so inappropriate for "
"this list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Fallout logs from package building</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "All packages building failures logs from the package building clusters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Packaging the FreeBSD base system.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions surrounding implementation and issues regarding packaging the "
"FreeBSD base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Porting to Non <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> "
"platforms</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Cross-platform FreeBSD issues, general discussion and proposals for non "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> FreeBSD ports. This is a "
"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of <quote>ports</quote></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning FreeBSD's <quote>ports collection</quote> (<filename>/"
"usr/ports</filename>), ports infrastructure, and general ports coordination "
"efforts. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Important news and instructions about the FreeBSD <quote>Ports "
"Collection</quote></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Important news for developers, porters, and users of the <quote>Ports "
"Collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), including architecture/"
"infrastructure changes, new capabilities, critical upgrade instructions, and "
"release engineering information. This is a low-volume mailing list, intended "
"for announcements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussion of <quote>ports</quote> bugs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Discussions concerning problem reports for FreeBSD's <quote>ports "
"collection</quote> (<filename>/usr/ports</filename>), proposed ports, or "
"modifications to ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly "
"technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list is to be used for the technical discussion of the usage of "
"FreeBSD on HP ProLiant servers, including the discussion of ProLiant-"
"specific drivers, management software, configuration tools, and BIOS "
"updates. As such, this is the primary place to discuss the hpasmd, hpasmcli, "
"and hpacucli modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Python on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for discussions related to improving Python-support on "
"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on "
"porting Python, its third party modules and <application>Zope</application> "
"stuff to FreeBSD. Individuals interested in following the technical "
"discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>User questions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for questions about FreeBSD. Do not send <quote>how "
"to</quote> questions to the technical lists unless the question is quite "
"technical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a list for discussions related to the Ruby support on FreeBSD. This "
"is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on Ruby ports, "
"third party libraries and frameworks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Individuals interested in the technical discussion are also welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>SCSI subsystem</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for people working on the SCSI subsystem for "
"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Security issues</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"FreeBSD computer security issues (DES, Kerberos, known security holes and "
"fixes, etc). This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"discussion is expected. Note that this is not a question-and-answer list, "
"but that contributions (BOTH question AND answer) to the FAQ are welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Security Notifications</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Notifications of FreeBSD security problems and fixes. This is not a "
"discussion list. The discussion list is FreeBSD-security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list discusses topics related to unusually small and embedded FreeBSD "
"installations. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical "
"content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list has been obsoleted by <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-embedded\">freebsd-embedded</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This list provides notifications about the availability of new FreeBSD "
"development snapshots for the head/ and stable/ branches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-STABLE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-STABLE. <quote>STABLE</quote> "
"is the branch where development continues after a RELEASE, including bug "
"fixes and new features. The ABI is kept stable for binary compatibility. It "
"includes warnings about new features coming out in -STABLE that will affect "
"the users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -STABLE. "
"Anyone running <quote>STABLE</quote> should subscribe to this list. This is "
"a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>C99 &amp; POSIX Conformance</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD Conformance to "
"the C99 and the POSIX standards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Testing on FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Technical mailing list discussing testing on FreeBSD, including ATF/Kyua, "
"test build infrastructure, port tests to FreeBSD from other operating "
"systems (NetBSD, ...), etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Porting <application>TeX</application> and its applications to "
"FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a technical mailing list for discussions related to TeX and its "
"applications on FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting "
"TeX to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for discussions related to the maintenance of the "
"toolchain shipped with FreeBSD. This could include the state of Clang and "
"GCC, but also pieces of software such as assemblers, linkers and debuggers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The transport mailing list exists for the discussion of issues and designs "
"around the transport level protocols in the FreeBSD network stack, including "
"TCP, SCTP and UDP. Other networking topics, including driver specific and "
"network protocol issues should be discussed on the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-net\">FreeBSD networking mailing "
"list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Translating FreeBSD documents and programs</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A discussion list where translators of FreeBSD documents from English into "
"other languages can talk about translation methods and tools. New members "
"are asked to introduce themselves and mention the languages they are "
"interested in translating."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Discussing FreeBSD support for USB</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a mailing list for technical discussions related to FreeBSD support "
"for USB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>User Group Coordination List</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the mailing list for the coordinators from each of the local area "
"Users Groups to discuss matters with each other and a designated individual "
"from the Core Team. This mail list should be limited to meeting synopsis and "
"coordination of projects that span User Groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by "
"FreeBSD</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A list to discuss the various virtualization techniques supported by "
"FreeBSD. On one hand the focus will be on the implementation of the basic "
"functionality as well as adding new features. On the other hand users will "
"have a forum to ask for help in case of problems or to discuss their use "
"cases."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This mailing list can be used by developers to announce the creation and "
"progress of FreeBSD related work. Messages will be moderated. It is "
"suggested to send the message \"To:\" a more topical FreeBSD list and only "
"\"BCC:\" this list. This way the WIP can also be discussed on the topical "
"list, as no discussion is allowed on this list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Look inside the archives for examples of suitable messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<uri xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd.org/news/status/\">http://www.freebsd."
"org/news/status/</uri>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An editorial digest of the messages to this list might be posted to the "
"FreeBSD website every few months as part of the Status Reports <_:footnote-1/"
">. Past reports are archived."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools device driver development</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD-wireless list focuses on 802.11 stack (sys/net80211), device "
"driver and tools development. This includes bugs, new features and "
"maintenance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Discussion of the FreeBSD port to <trademark>Xen</trademark> — "
"implementation and usage</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A list that focuses on the FreeBSD <trademark>Xen</trademark> port. The "
"anticipated traffic level is small enough that it is intended as a forum for "
"both technical discussions of the implementation and design details as well "
"as administrative deployment issues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>XFCE</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for discussions related to bring the <application>XFCE</"
"application> environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is "
"for individuals actively working on porting <application>XFCE</application> "
"to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<emphasis>Zope</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is a forum for discussions related to bring the <application>Zope</"
"application> environment to FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is "
"for individuals actively working on porting <application>Zope</application> "
"to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. "
"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also "
"welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists"
msgstr "郵遞論壇過濾項目"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the "
"distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering "
"actions described in this section do not include all those used to protect "
"the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All "
"attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be "
"stripped before an email is distributed on the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/octet-stream"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/pdf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/pgp-signature"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "message/rfc822"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/alternative"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/related"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "multipart/signed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/html"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/plain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/x-diff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "text/x-patch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content "
"types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"If an email contains both an HTML and a plain text version, the HTML version "
"will be removed. If an email contains only an HTML version, it will be "
"converted to plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Usenet Newsgroups"
msgstr "Usenet 新聞群組"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in "
"which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups"
msgstr "BSD 專屬新聞群組"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce\">comp.unix.bsd."
"freebsd.announce</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc\">comp.unix.bsd.freebsd."
"misc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd\">de.comp.os.unix.bsd</link> "
"(German)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:fr.comp.os.bsd\">fr.comp.os.bsd</link> (French)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:it.comp.os.freebsd\">it.comp.os.freebsd</link> "
"(Italian)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Other <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Newsgroups of Interest"
msgstr "其他相關的 <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> 新聞群組"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix\">comp.unix</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.questions\">comp.unix.questions</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.admin\">comp.unix.admin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.programmer\">comp.unix.programmer</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.shell\">comp.unix.shell</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.misc\">comp.unix.misc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.unix.bsd\">comp.unix.bsd</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "X Window System"
msgstr "X 視窗系統"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x\">comp.windows.x</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x.apps\">comp.windows.x.apps</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.windows.x.announce\">comp.windows.x.announce</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"news:comp.emulators.ms-windows.wine\">comp.emulators.ms-"
"windows.wine</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Official Mirrors"
msgstr "官方鏡像站"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"central-www\">Central Servers</link>, <link linkend="
"\"mirrors-am-www\">Armenia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-au-www"
"\">Australia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-at-www\">Austria</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-ca-www\">Canada</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-cz-www"
"\">Czech Republic</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-dk-www\">Denmark</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-fi-www\">Finland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-fr-"
"www\">France</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-de-www\">Germany</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-hk-www\">Hong Kong</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ie-www"
"\">Ireland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-jp-www\">Japan</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-lv-www\">Latvia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-lt-www"
"\">Lithuania</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-nl-www\">Netherlands</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-no-www\">Norway</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-ru-"
"www\">Russia</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-si-www\">Slovenia</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-za-www\">South Africa</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-es-"
"www\">Spain</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-se-www\">Sweden</link>, <link "
"linkend=\"mirrors-ch-www\">Switzerland</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-tw-www"
"\">Taiwan</link>, <link linkend=\"mirrors-uk-www\">United Kingdom</link>, "
"<link linkend=\"mirrors-us-www\">USA</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Central Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Armenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.am.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Australia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.au.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.au.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Austria"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.at.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Canada"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ca.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ca.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.ca.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.ca.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.cz.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.dk.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Finland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.fi.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "France"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.fr.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Germany"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.de.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Hong Kong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.hk.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ireland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ie.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Japan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www."
"jp.FreeBSD.org/www.FreeBSD.org/</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Latvia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lv.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lithuania"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.lt.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.nl.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Norway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.no.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ru.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Slovenia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.si.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "South Africa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.za.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Spain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.es.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.es.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.se.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Switzerland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.ch.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.ch.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.tw.FreeBSD.org/</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www2.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www4.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.tw.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www1.uk.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www3.uk.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "USA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www5.us.FreeBSD.org/"
"</link> (IPv6)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys"
msgstr "Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰"

#. (itstool) path: appendix/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>pgp keys</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> keys of the <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
"\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> officers are shown here. These keys can be used "
"to verify a signature or send encrypted email to one of the officers. A full "
"list of FreeBSD Open<acronym>PGP</acronym> keys is available in the <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys"
"\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys</link> article. The complete keyring can be "
"downloaded at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt"
"\">https://www.FreeBSD.org/doc/pgpkeyring.txt</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Officers"
msgstr "人員"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Officer Team <email>security-officer@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa4096/ED67ECD65DCF6AE7 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = 1CF7 FF6F ADF5 CA9F BE1B  8CB2 ED67 ECD6 5DCF 6AE7\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Security Officer &lt;security-officer@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa4096/B64357A343D9CBAE 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFJBjOYBEADuKnefrbTVFTZf9mITVx1lFAqwDHPRHZeWBr2Vq1B/Y1eKKsen\n"
"BKbK/O/CXaLuGFRn/6Ptvi9eLuWnho88qzaPU1Aa7BFRRiZlN+WrTmaDwdONJnJQ\n"
"p1LTPjqHmLVAkD7mFZe/H8Glxot62zEqY7LrEs+ZuxQ8oI51YKjhGaACvkrFMinO\n"
"09+TDey1fupVH1+yskVKQZo1zp//Hl/IrPbZKfGCxIGePQowZF7YLvl8DKPo4jI5\n"
"KO4tZ1kOPcPL2CqwhuCDy0fpUhrQZBswp6tsGx5mRJxDxfgePRBYDK4tMK+BSVsR\n"
"putIKOZ4zoBf12hYFiJ8Yd7e9cqxTiPa7AhxPbAjppiH7qJ3NJKCXOOp9DcSvrfb\n"
"ymu9cbDIPNwh/LQ1wt3T+U8QkD6a1a2kJL5+mdg03Ny+8Ej8hUyuJOEx+sxLs+JX\n"
"4TS1KRreLzxN7Ak21dNMr8361lB+Uprgi9lOBNLO31TWPABtJhIzwBOhohSqstB9\n"
"w6I2ZsPpLqUp/p9BrWlw6+UfOqNDFILZ0CqL1CyFIyrkjutXrUshqniSc/u1VbTU\n"
"RlIcufZhN3FtW1P6ktUq5ss4dqEh/QZfR1WxBYRMbKXXAN61XO8M2t44I+44DHi7\n"
"jOs1q6jrbfAli1ZGYam/5wjOJkvQ3xemP6SaDKnCKOnPHC45EAt2SEVGywARAQAB\n"
"tDdGcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IE9mZmljZXIgPHNlY3VyaXR5LW9mZmljZXJARnJl\n"
"ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQI9BBMBCgAnBQJSQYzmAhsDBQkIB+1BBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYC\n"
"AwEAAh4BAheAAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnKEkQAJWJ2ctNY7vg2pqrabavfRZ4UOWrLi4A\n"
"gOMnKrsm4ozZ1mc7NVMRj0Ve8jLLHrySW5QaSmp8TcaI6twxKD8FfTOFYjBU35DU\n"
"liyRlcbZmsBk7aG561TPwaK0XnF47RyPZWKbHrO7WgiDveGx52AmBdm2VRyMBwnu\n"
"e3b5RlKnNVMMSm4RLmrolkL0SAZNAWZGG4FqFtaxPRZo7LR9fEv/NydQN91b2cR8\n"
"SnLc2F2yiVc5mq/1f/t8dMBEbNx2+NoFaqP1O+1JeGYgmA/vE9fk1oDnn1pHej8O\n"
"hoJJ9SsQEuaITvzKP9bU+5/o/UqYzAX+y8QbTthjhzpkRwjqwjuMVmp6/f/o8ivl\n"
"nzD5K1lQOP/OJAki63h5LDUC/JHYkT/XN/bbgoSNveFSGV7cdocdSpCoBaZUJ9pf\n"
"zZpqRxypRB57f7bKBCI36E42KJKJ3wo873MJeElAeo31tXi2pBvTN/Idmrl6sDCN\n"
"PWwgsIOmu4Xd2FG5lanbTsXHKebCDPh/KK51mWra5judWWFVxChsNSwRHJACBXVa\n"
"2fPsahfz4GAEVp0/VbC114m8CHrgm3nh/ZAyNjgJQN5jJ37gQjx2LFsAhW5WKK8U\n"
"0Es5YXffjLEiNOnmJ+q8IZj6Mj5lWXkbCvrqjfNTOKnzzZGws+6y4gRQkgkSY3BP\n"
"p+mpCQPjORc/iEYEEBEKAAYFAlJBjuoACgkQFdaIBMps37Jv6QCeJjxijseWZzn/\n"
"z7Cv3zSwSFMAWPwAnig7ZgzoqKqwpvnwAXsQpGSnE8K5iQIcBBABCgAGBQJSQZHe\n"
"AAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZu8r8P/jHm+xi5yMz3DVj6emMazJdXLtnnGrKTNw5xL1X10a1R\n"
"vmo+sj4J1gmL+Cy2hM6fl6r054E/BYt9GVGaIC4eYiF6DUzlcPWkwniDKfi1lNJz\n"
"NIja4qhanuGrK7EJtZXACRhUuNr2EzEm4dd3nXNaBQZv9FlIn79tk4vVho7wK7ui\n"
"IT7nseUMWDh7T0h4IVSs2LWdvP71WDx8acoyfspI35C2pKXB5GRWxnzN+wOl+V0k\n"
"Dn2fGd+nL7ZEb/c/01h6AfyYJGetCXY1omkXSzgD9KKu/RqZuxL8TMMjNN6z4SAy\n"
"MTthOHW0lTK/5h55dJYSquBQwuEAX0Z8RT8S4Nva5LKGr25IpIJuP/TxaHIgdncr\n"
"in4D0FtuG0JMOxjuzNdo2lOiMZ/lqZ75l61C68GuKAhU2Rn1toqc/NReL1yLhHoM\n"
"1o3EvovAfZmzX3sOugU2N8L+oiTnFFXezpY5Huup5KUkrX+C5EErBIVfvKjNyhhK\n"
"Fru6Jwy9z3qiGhxNUFAAzftVYhNT1lDkMNqa4jPjOrcWS6+gwVfQAo9k0p5uwPNb\n"
"Iw59RA2q/wwhZuRoai4nqN9WkgnwmWn0sS9XO87jwN3uvK0IF97MGPSXNcmAGXlx\n"
"zF3GBFHYf/bpagrvT4v+DE+gLpgfplo86oZbjDPsXGhVNu1iffC64R+vecw7r3Di\n"
"iQEcBBABCAAGBQJSRqY/AAoJEFF75hSlwe7HvwsIAJUnlLFMOBLvlBrRuxVeAO6X\n"
"8DhytdD5YlRzt866cXq6A/dw57O9qwyyDy3upJIGRy6hYlL18ngGZXv5djcw7Rch\n"
"QmvBJ9ROkmkCHLe3+fYn668nkxtgQJHWADd90MGFHkLDWa4Pbu5yJKqkTy3tqx2N\n"
"mBDEz317F6mMtyTP56QI8PVnh1p6w0McQIVctS3LOC3u4Wjbw7l3Hwof9Pl3u4BZ\n"
"L/gJz5KAozUa5TqNV4SLwtUqXBg7kipwfshXVuQekG9XfMC84GaFMqEKTExscHoF\n"
"VdSzrBKHn6VlEl1sdhcdS9aKSOsqMXB25xhBe0hOl4Ddw63j7b47XCqcyqAE5eiJ\n"
"AhwEEAEIAAYFAlJHAsIACgkQ8cUWs8g1l1OXkhAAvXUR237vXF/sZCZgG0748Dp0\n"
"eOhish/c4ODgW3JRehVWAyAlTAit/+xK6oI5xkQA+z3KO6+/bAtnDQgikAkykgpt\n"
"VeVW/6v4GGBarUTc/CTcofEpC3rsrEm1ZwPLyva3YuFFnYHATq/2Qi1a5PnSfj5C\n"
"O3fZrOgJTXsm6eNt21bH7RYF4DYi4kDNQHxtBOaEcUhcIkS1MsMz5F+/YeqOd12/\n"
"FrcIPDq8c0G3Ol+QsHFx+Y6b5Fp/HgkQem9Pzu7XkNcf7nj5UFJw+qx+BivaVYhJ\n"
"8Ugq3pXYkNkhYSy/AP/YYp7moOgpo2tY5e+fqho4pVlrHoPqWTNKJJrfYg2Mg/vP\n"
"e0nPxiCU3anmFXhfeZy87QLrA2BrO0I45StbU3uBhzT1dfNW2BIgxg+LqUZyTrZ2\n"
"qHq8TOPsnplu5Xn/UjEDQ5soTq1zDpslEjCX36R8wL3eai74HUTjstF4xq+kiXmK\n"
"bX7HhGKD9TILRjU+toOPXY0ffbS7FOUijLqOJqWEW1nBpoYoHbGfMHn2g2rNFGzz\n"
"wiLZgbL2HZsC+kDoog33s60b//A9E3yFIIiPtk668kQmiobs9Iel3RC+eOdHP8lD\n"
"gcMN/Rc/5B1S9a+wYC8VTf6KInUTq5YwC0veKbg1s+Ow7tB9ejqgxtHT7iFjR5NB\n"
"oOpVkI4UtHDpewRAW9SJAhwEEAEIAAYFAlJIEEoACgkQi+h5sChzHhzyGQ//e6o3\n"
"y+pnFTS4UWjUxFTKCtqJeqtS84jvcbXhXFGKfnXX15atLYkVoD2LcO5yvrFRNvY6\n"
"PjRkxJmLo2Lb/MpoDupRMfR1PxotFYuNYodmoHxVUun+1eIFQ5XUSiQSsIsjcUYd\n"
"EcOoZFzMfWIHZUOA1cGAtb8WL/Ql6cLcZT3fhPjEO253O8XcxKmU7sJ1sCCh3tyL\n"
"CY0dvLffA0jgxEXUYmf3DpC6p+MNkPU3EDk60OUzy4/C2HT26Lt4NR6TNcEZg6O/\n"
"lPvmD1/ATO9fAHCb4uEIkqR3VLdeg31EHND32gO/2HXc4Xp2dbV8qs+ts13w5L26\n"
"D+94PSsTwYF+85mfgu8nBhPOOn7lqWxIO/1MnOrEIVNu+K/fwh4lu8v/6PJYEYIn\n"
"LtYkDH3/LcKTsK6N/2KLbtROlHXeNKXyt0UliINteDlV9xYkn6TtzUcTrZ4Xa3HM\n"
"yN5mi+a0vptJFBPxyonMMHDAXRkLR8BexxUJqdk2aupIs0Y0Cet6Vk+8Q9bn04gl\n"
"pKjTjnnarJJsTlhrdmVobkDhbEGYB3KyrjZp2JmdYYzAbHXbdp3T7yJ4R3/7aQRg\n"
"XJIQgEHjmgFf0Wwzxs1JIN2URDZS8k2pyuI6M8ndPtJiYbwqy1Wcflz57aWYAOVf\n"
"b/G4IEsicSd1mHjYjsaMV/kp1kGrWihB/Dt79nWJAhwEEwECAAYFAlJJfnUACgkQ\n"
"cTWO1j93QHkxbA//SKb0a0wo5dTJpMp7pUL4pkCx1gR3YCZMyiJHAGnC0vHoTmxI\n"
"+6+YAU9DBFWjQk2uqqn+GW+3AxLEN08s2xYvNoxJHUB1bF43HI9lXscGmzfjDR62\n"
"cIptcWtggeMw6W66UStdFWUudwDM6WV8BTxg2LYD3upeY69GnN92HinMj90D6PMc\n"
"iQjfUdZxZAYLKEhic12dKHpWRC0PH9NIAS0EchARkZQmjyPc4trWevAyhmpqdw+H\n"
"gxh9EBH2I194SvIXVuU5Gyl/l3a/6ntEUZnitBijU3uUjRnkS5XkJfqy1MjdrJ0o\n"
"ymo8mlxOVFKV879ez10KBnE1BLe9ioylOeGQRNcyYehFE7GmzkZHbOk+Pqd1Meaf\n"
"AjNIgQxrqgh8pJ2F8Zd8pGDrYspjICGbbdR0WRNcoN4kckJruTWFQ1xr//Kfwp1b\n"
"kCQWRwYcRL/RNVVZuHGgvTiTa2wZNbWfZk3tF9cXaYHIqhYU8l7Lc1zK0Fhv2E1t\n"
"Phw4pu495RbGRAFOE14S+QmknIy+DgIkTzQ1s36vnI4SVw9zs0D4Np6d1mF1p4gi\n"
"VVrgTQnlF3poZNppCUK9Rih8s5kMnyuRruGm/Lod4jL3wcbBz4sxBkCgrc2pyU1M\n"
"SNAjM2V8c7cGLgPOqX0eVqgXJoTnlNItF07aIZyFEA6e7YeiTeXxPfU10Q2ISgQQ\n"
"EQoACgUCUk3NEAMFAXgACgkQOfuToMruuMAgxQCfScnmgUcnT0J07KNsLKLMGW/6\n"
"ffAAn2J50o8KV/wu8auCY1o6EkjpiJt/iEYEEBECAAYFAlJKlYkACgkQ20zMSyow\n"
"1ymmfwCeLqsUDHBH8JnuaJjEUYqACGWZo88An0wcNy95yGdSJtgBFXNPZQJL2gSu\n"
"iF4EEBEIAAYFAlJNSA0ACgkQUYUJaGx+XoKvBAD/bUBqzL0oZtaF7WUDXchb4yki\n"
"f0ko+zh832R2Ad0KfygBAKNEUUKOnZFLJ8GZqAXmIWktgMiWFOMSxAXDLsyionoh\n"
"iQIcBBABCAAGBQJSTYUGAAoJECC3DeE/HR5PCH4P/ic8LWEp8aJLLlOR+DSB9H3I\n"
"cES36ulQLHKmmWMc/ysR/bLhGhBqF8TM3hzvdTqj6p7zMZKThhKKVLLBxjlV2MLc\n"
"OVwhCzQow/D8EpUqQw3ufpWDYzCI7SF4nohremXjjv9FZVV80QhxLSqDfeopIBGs\n"
"ZD6v5mZn0CtT0hBXD1rowcZVo2Zdgx7/HgL4BRH19ZMiKMVdp365ZQzGlRVNTbww\n"
"fs13UTINcchA4ggbJXX5h5oUo8pbp3yXso6cMnuuawFRDu15JjQctkpaDyB0QohS\n"
"z3i5LqA912kRR1rEQjgXH8GcudfQ671FKZ+SJ7lwd+s7vdUMIfAXflCUCKMLAaFP\n"
"QB/J/ZT7FEwlO3ZeFKrWcYmkx0Af9/ieKO/ptdiOf2OX7VvE6AkReRBiqAeK9M4a\n"
"dgS1hnvs+QdPB40dTXEFRuk7+hcEqqan+ZuMhWohJlAhTHxTF8Vxl0oyNyXiXiJi\n"
"mJMTsGmvF2x+uQ/S4+7Mg8+A0oGYjwvnFC+0jWO92Ix9M3y+upxkc8KOM1/U9nq5\n"
"p7wje5MNdcCHyVTpSxvg/bDaQYopKTD6aVu94u4OlbhUXki4JnTQlwqFVkGHnpW+\n"
"BPbpQyqhY+t1QoaUWgRL+n8+WBVCqlFQF8vIoqbYGP4WxeVfylZTfSVWDoJUPKKv\n"
"bEsyhpVFj5XT70vJ866EiQIcBBABAgAGBQJSRaaeAAoJECZJ5ijF000F4jIP+weC\n"
"FBeCkY7sprDa61kp10GNF4YujiZ1QKQDgrQA9ipgv3pN+5ovC/ClzZm5baVGi+j5\n"
"zWD/blG9YZAApM/kkpAIvCPYIuQ9b+/crOUjuxyywuE2HSbaFuh66lW7Eox3NT8N\n"
"NMEl6Zry6m8RDHqTZIpwJPBiCgEcNqr/dcbtE0XgzJj94NOWSuq1URpP4wIT9aAV\n"
"Bqdj+0KQDkDk6Sqvmf59Cjt8hihvXAhOqcguKo8y262ABEO8kxwfqvRYECCE+eDE\n"
"APUEyOi/6uI0dQjQMytTWKogPIYg4wQjpG+Pa7wl7AnxOTBp4WvoS0BuCgjSYaxn\n"
"wVKHBMvxSCuDHBurLN0wqOaKSg9ib6m/Vy2vfi9ak8crXJFZ6eLrIxt73gyiozfK\n"
"Efvd6LBOJ9AeXstnubEs7ltNq9qKyW4+vR9eABmn/wABxCsHNjW+mmi8xAVhhc1K\n"
"qZC/D4vm6r8ZwrVAsmTADqcTr6A48J15FmIwcaQRQWQ4oytxTGA7rHRFVjrt3YIj\n"
"/WP62byp8s59HOKJE+mA9q7ksAvnToLfrMiNA8/18Zm4CADKUny6GLzpuKgcYwTu\n"
"cqE/zBWUszI2NrJNtaKWafdXyEAwgBxNIl1FiYF9+ntoMWlqDQROPZLYChRThJvR\n"
"nNNsT+WwcuSHSFexLl14yrPJ3MBEe7e+2Vpj9HR2iQIcBBABAgAGBQJSSFmrAAoJ\n"
"EDpFFvNRg85IHx8P/3exX3fATzNwqfININlvYjxMzuGIHdV03w2pHrOllmPX28/U\n"
"UHSQL9yRRNhzimm/9v3dvu5XHzjUzCEozoAa74DnICe8wUfju8sGmN5FKolbvSz7\n"
"VvcW4mAC5RY85zk+7luTg2wHZIIdgirTDrgPSirtYkm+qpuX/k5LAkwmYtH6gghq\n"
"v7rnYNKUChh+Ga+4yNbsdD7blWYr52UwnfT3evbgI5GqBMZEbghmqNiR2fcII6tr\n"
"NnuawH646UcucwogxPtLxLuZnslEpWiHQlAVvHlrCMoEkYqS+NRXOwZF04zTwRpL\n"
"CUlj0PxlRInvTrEpBd1KVejbkNWKK7wfyL/bF3rR9pMGWuDC32/9BfjtGgNDXJhQ\n"
"MDGntyAeQfiI3Ml5b5SA8bT5DsR/FIQDg0UDe5jjeVIEGZKunmRT/IqOLFMpZoMH\n"
"qNqWW8YrHlpN2o2c0/VqWSLzPKmocgqLwlkx5oqvn/F12xUzazGhFTFp6IXpqQVT\n"
"lkSPdDsVJuidj9ZJLMRoKfFD9tISqTocGw3suLqp8u5KZf43THWspBi4tD4IoN5r\n"
"lrLWtPnkteffyO62NZOOyg7rPUGJYlpgAMIDkXmsp58CyXqrL1/art0Ymcy5z8ea\n"
"1eUCnq/ZJJxrj+HrXuwko4fXTewf+nzSbJ2GEL/fMBkzAOKl9j5bOPAKwiD9iQIc\n"
"BBABAgAGBQJSTTdGAAoJEE2hFOXEouV/uSQP/i/yJbvVkxXlWZhk2JFhDpZaewdL\n"
"TUCkgsDeS9M7fde1Y/NbnVwSm/TtzysI6XPa5lIeXUTTlbwGiI/ZqFPDaDptUmL5\n"
"1b3cgMReW2o5zfLtnDZZHYPn8wosMFMhj2wkOXpQv7DOJBQf5MNnPHublBwY05o4\n"
"dfDBKi0GKVWl8ZkHInGvREJw7wF6ukYtnWQOIaW//qmVwokv36I2EJoooFdl7oFh\n"
"a+Pq1n3DhQAgiln6/Mz/96fn7NvYvdbQlMGluPRANVuKjfP9zQroF8BmhWQbEHZG\n"
"aLT+FsD06A/CjWlKkb3Ys/N0wDi9kQ2ez/DZhjXgBMXhJrdPmeTEHrnX701Am+2D\n"
"CSpz7bbkOayILC5gx8DWq4hjGu5JtGcpJE4AsN69dXn4r/w8IUecoGZG/CjVQyAc\n"
"RxsIc9nOJmzbJkQGrP8A26Io0/xrwOjU2gGkYR+EaR3o9Qa8tY/uZpYb3t3yh+b0\n"
"Pqn8pLOMnpo16uJni3/tIY/kiqBnGF53yVLjlekwfORXBRFZ3GNroe21OXrfbHQ7\n"
"9BytMjTBsQahfaMdFZF1QINvENdJ+PQhhx7R2g80yxj67oa0F/W0zdqYDbYnM2bt\n"
"Mw89mv/q1f0xmdtaTJXz6ZpLPY3MtDWCJ/LcKDKUQqnyS7XilD95HdFnck9GPKQe\n"
"F/mgs5YlQeQZg8cSiQEcBBABAgAGBQJTMetBAAoJEEE5xLeoRUEkcGgIAL9ZRsk/\n"
"BMWQf4tK9RTY82bihv5T5XL5ybqnXuuPMC+E2IHDR1hGE9WcFr237nyfVxdnlBKn\n"
"IUbPrghdeGAWg6ki2IWOjgy1Q46M+P69yroc6KCa3V6LdM5L/CCk5Sr7L1LbvZ9g\n"
"Mj4AkN0xGhy3NNZGsomiXZWmBOiOQ4EJwlIwtFgMCKc4KmRD/h+f+/opMW9782bN\n"
"L6txp3tk5MOUXa+Xk1gy8MzGtowL2Q+P4zxa94NSVYQ6picYFvjWGtzUJ5izdyb/\n"
"se9wLIT8p0iyPrADP+P93EjkUrH4Im4OuY9ieKc3hFsnLhnI5VLpPSy29xXCi3C5\n"
"t72Nl5dU+/JJrtyJAZwEEwECAAYFAlQUczoACgkQjw7rxHtHFslqFAwAka5jXdrV\n"
"IGHT/n2YWzGTfgy5+bJfMZXUa6fuo+zzvB4hS3MH3YMpHRjwUrpkAjTh3dFkziVU\n"
"Ns7j4+7x5uEOE9Y1Baj6DTzEAxZNwtSeCYzCA0FZ/ufuUxGfZElcrU7AN6/ep/lm\n"
"gsE3+5tak8VYJxDjgu56uEIz449Lscj4G3FO6eXhCiiWIb7+y0a9m6cZ3yE7k8fo\n"
"TVObr8xdhGzw4+YEx3/4usD89GIKwLN3LZFjndqdPnYidneJ9NCrGH9g4+DRlOkw\n"
"8LGlSFxcNLqeVBDBS2bw1G1ZSsd0NH+8deeAf9rEsmOT4CQKOWdgTnkK8O9erwvi\n"
"dUvsANlOypecGbHMo+NoS6kjR/CwPF8vDnwhEpy3N+VRZGhSD77D4LUWKBLQDisv\n"
"6HuyALmE02Lq9v5cK8fWy5cehS8hvAdn/FU0GOvPg6JowBZkyvqbOQDHIO3buAr6\n"
"NtnPdhhOd/eCOOkCPgcTAdwqWrX+l7D4SImMYjFAe9GWONAkkcRVMo6jiQIcBBAB\n"
"AgAGBQJUdXNxAAoJECZwmtY/E3EPJ80P/1AuTYo48UmvVkLd443cvaUpItzLUfrW\n"
"4q24KjiCTT63ETf1+V8RZCRreqt3mFJnZI0n8X+hSLAIPdJrJ1xtIKDoEWbQ1U8j\n"
"ClFq4FtUaqSHkQIWvW2VzGgVz2MvPTWK0EbWHdD9vhtotnYrq4H+T5cBuSyrW9Zu\n"
"Gct6zsZbC/O/iyiKQg3Kz6PtCiSPP3AHNH3ok1Nh0QsSQl1ggGp1J4gr9A0/Kcf7\n"
"lQ+/X0G7kHVxQnKzzuYI7XsV25Mp3oBsioQB/9aHt/JVfjrKpH0FtdTUEUcMfJqe\n"
"TMxW6xXHvslOIj3iXj8frSMYuJaQXVjTwu2yhY2oZfnI+JG0Gc9TA20lijhfyOW7\n"
"2wE/qdFW3I7CY/3hBYa63IwNGUK/t052OmOZmhrzKADvWc6lCGG02M7fY/Q+IgOT\n"
"PS4+5A1fs708Ds7qHj/TkltVmJftaCkBZCTWqvQ2XxStzYnHVojNxsTCqhIOZLM8\n"
"+/SSUMzox4G2d+z4WTlok+HLwcf4h5iAOQg2HAzGO84bamwOE/r+hB19YV07dGND\n"
"h/7TI25Slhk46CbuLajnAiIfg4UnbMpUZt+ZC+tdCuKsFQcRl7cUXqkJ3gKAiFOl\n"
"8Dly72t5gYwYUEZDkuKisAztRMCvdI1bg8j8ALFjbtd5cYbrtyLYVbg5Nm+mawXh\n"
"/U5lqcrjWdbFiQIcBBABAgAGBQJUdg4iAAoJEGJ6sNnqQ9eZRyIP/1geWFuerAtS\n"
"jO9ew9bhqC6oCVBi7R/DNT9WLNXvV5h3DYzGXnlhoEHdBzF3G4RmC6RaxZcjTQaI\n"
"lYF0qGtvZXWsQG4W6UIT58E6vyNyOj1Ugl4Siqvo1L7IxCt0Bdti0sQ082P44B2K\n"
"bSWqN8zMww3lMjnnmrRIb+PcC8PQgLZU5twosEOl/MuuDXRTAgPa4jXuKY17V/6K\n"
"NPND4d/rnsENr3+YXlG7/pdAgT9CAdNfFBKSRAUHQ454QzGaJln54FAs5INXf6iv\n"
"phfbRQp5on7MyShFNQr5AIeF5SNg/ktBlvrHItCdwM/FnOk5fg8EM3eqZHNC8HE2\n"
"SxGKa95o8QcbI2E/0iPJqzLWlmLAxaaV53Ei4RzVkGzPfS0hWFuP/NVg2FYqUTZK\n"
"Ie5Btsqd9rPvCTqywjGMKcQUIVK/aiqcDV1J7SewjxuIG4+4eaTNiQgVZspqGCbH\n"
"FHdssU/oedCIURRV2vMCCWaFEKR94vIK4IbXF07AVAZPsO1itZj6PWaFZ1zwLbWt\n"
"+VmgkM8Pj5L7xy+vX/bGQRO75JYrLYP1a9h/iG/Am0ezZQrtjTPtV07hLBQDOmpt\n"
"s3BhEsl9VCH2GkqBhsHjxhYM9cnQqMCMSp5fERRqphxyCoNcBdLHurikt34XMuq1\n"
"otgC2RQoYGsIdQlYX2dxIQhDbij7OGrRiQIcBBMBAgAGBQJUFHNAAAoJEDk/yxUg\n"
"Q+mJ4NwP/1gH4LefqQu+pbXAD6zezvM7r4dLca2TeFMCWSIRpRdtMqiavsrBtubp\n"
"kInXup616EcEY1nKi+mNiHYZx7TiUxdlLljrkr0HVtp3MD/AgBoal+J1muESe5Yb\n"
"0frp+NwJOLikUBG1v2cY2mZgIAkFvbfwVFCtJmwGL8nLyZrG1QRy242I179lNFCA\n"
"1xZu+9vKbakwnn4rqwT8ihft8o2POY2cq/MHs0XNmalUhF9Emc6sNR0vXkDeBKAA\n"
"gk+3lcbabqSni6IOpruX1XwtfnlIEqZVU49unNYbvylh4NTl2vjawsXAec+tbVQp\n"
"aFWvwru+07kC8BwOKb83IiBHDLQC+oE6c1CdkbyfmQ+aH/OJs0cyGqJGeh4Q0Pfk\n"
"RSd44Ew3l/rzuHWjw++/JpfznK5mhVObpmWd3HH77gwm+FNeo5C60tkPtMfVfPqK\n"
"PbBTrzzdN1l26VloqFcRzXAnIKMqEP4J1Jd4l5awopqeBfRwVx4+XVV0y2qfvP/6\n"
"DyKWk6D97p7jrB6yuMoYbKvJKoxx75SxiGMv4gubj22iqIp8tJarrbBONdnhZCcx\n"
"LfDMcVJDSzI2LmDk5SXvNycNyxLCVvda6upMDB9O4wDE1EJJnsvkhudbwAdYEYCW\n"
"8CnF3toHcP1bGRiJGJ6Qrl11NPCdCjOmbq9KSxfkadBQ93uXo56QiQIiBBMBCgAM\n"
"BQJTd5xqBYMHhh+AAAoJEGwc0Sh9sBEAfBgP/ieZTSvyMwnOZOPNlQYnhkhaZRHP\n"
"i5fzOMzbwd+hC/3mi2U8mZOYXvTeN6+JiWJ7s+4UB0+JoOwwMkkNGYWygMF0OUl+\n"
"03FJB9cDIxFW5n3rjjbwX2RLcbx2ATQnNHRSsZdXWg1jTbzoRpOAL9ZhoyWJtRYz\n"
"fCd+r5JZrd59zGgc70aDAjF77PVA5L6lZXzTH4U4hlQzF8ugAmtNqTEfEhKRo5pt\n"
"ecu6Slf36OLc1L6Coc4amU3fMCPXP6IK5aMBPwzfXahAylITvxjbujIkh/y3KifL\n"
"cgsgc6a5y24+OBo02RzCnB1QB+alr6312b3FMrixsev2RfyPzWxfN8eE8JElobbz\n"
"4sPd5SgQ3P+iF+g9E4fTnXhk5f4u+wU5PtiWXxzWy6EYz0hGgE4Dz/uQ2fcRBASO\n"
"xMJQvPAeFM59SVTJGiFRzeNY6H/zWeC8DTE9jKbzhZ8kIzxyr9iTd7XJhp5pCVez\n"
"zkG7R9xDALq3ySMO0s7cWNB1V8Ne0YwNPZlStCpW6kW8nfC4qmNorukPcVk8tRYf\n"
"Gy+ebrWdXphdhLRZB5NpQ4ECG8kOIP/1bSRNvMs4WHU1C+hkOn8vcfOZDMO8zPro\n"
"SCNnHB0MUbXENfv4+ZXM6I39fAHohQlHw2LlqibeJHr5lbIukGQ6v8qdo5xdaoel\n"
"JnXUSVN4XvroE+uZiQJFBBABCgAvBQJTd6AZKBpodHRwczovL3BhZXBzLmN4L3Bn\n"
"cC9zaWduaW5nLXBvbGljeS5hc2MACgkQu14sRioPqLA7cQ/+NvSnh6fW7Gf89uy9\n"
"l4+/8hjGm0REFQf0LlYdiqf1pJ9N6Vf4MdhEFZs/2bvOgitSZzyScvxkAuv0LXE4\n"
"xPxOnwVYQ/VuxLSOBdTjU2srdnHrHaQxos16WLq85C2NsCSZNLOCXalMZk3XD0FH\n"
"HrcyWGfyiX4vr0tn+4G70FWbsfrK1Epmx3v+nCpCPmgBjdLRy9iU6uUjWB0w/ZVE\n"
"eD5MNAWyWumLJz32gpEQFSpELcviBoYxec8pIzlfV0db5ydJGZlsWM5W/KOy1ZFm\n"
"dpCfsl/hPGbBEtEeEf0mszchZDGtwaSpo0oiZj0LX6kSUTsp5GhjeTtntu2Hk9oq\n"
"b+u4TtAJbKHaYovJn2cySmWyE7Hqvvh2Lo+uxwm9RjKRNbtYBylZnV6QFaeMejen\n"
"RFwLdtdiil1UmXhV6MUHNIIZ0oJZ1zo+GkZKWQdoFpzayrWpfkAC+x2ovV106RYM\n"
"BAEcGg12ZZ1RcCytM/67efGG9KxjukARycsv1pU6Cf6l0yjqOikM3pnxWfdLvybU\n"
"9E4U7THfJ0sfXfs2U7d7LAX8WfWru1I90ZmFBLO5Fm3WMAOplJmdaSoNJ22IJrZb\n"
"StCDb7GynBD9x/qUGrRfIxKtzxGZghor5xHWxTtn6hLgxvoF5cDmN8g6dI0snbXK\n"
"DljubF4feV9MBwiGwpjeG/71PcKJARwEEAEIAAYFAlWTlaIACgkQogW5MOpw+irQ\n"
"+gf/TRWhT+XFhokH4E3v+J9lTqhQ+IBjVfYVZm1nzBxTkvrEt48i3VBuJjp2Q5H+\n"
"cnRr2VE76IVNsvt8liUe9GF+1tylVA7qDGDMOlqkGjPVfD1viGRgtrGBJFg3oVr6\n"
"uyjKUyhzELQPkGU+lfbhXLVE3oMyhLxf3xUd/TvGXEeaqMoPgNFGiwfjtSX6oxas\n"
"HEu3HFDO2EqM45dtjbHoj98gvDSb4ReA2ZknD/gYnNt8cMdHnv/VieeCpSDxiD6D\n"
"qljpYSPUXjz0kh/LwcVZaMm+nD5BzKcXu2lD8A0fy6hVKSm2tGyKzfWr0oZw47e2\n"
"eVMBPG/l4YB2H1Im8PPsuSAeQbkCDQRSQYzmARAAtqDVVjJvadVMDJipe7K1POK4\n"
"QtcFswiKYAwc0JOkOeM0tDirorP869gdHtkuKr3fEuW0rtId5OeAjSCI9NIihX0r\n"
"0A2iJ1PrdhhleoV7CF0u0DxTVAo/Z9HSmuQWoTz3zr01XXyb7pSzJb8oGMLGFuQ4\n"
"X1yNRZw/0daGN3jYmxRWLJj+/vlUazvzt8L24JdJJ4PEZ3TNTOOophZDjnzxGMR2\n"
"6d9Fb3MV9kCcBIpIv3e1I8IKJyigmlOUqGRCmuv6CMADM0NWEGRBkAUg+YjP7C25\n"
"QR7DtFLSyorpJ2QXUax2Bwg8F2b1+54pfXbQO28nYRszy0/ySirYjahrT+LiKOgK\n"
"N5HLTn6vIb/KZgmaPR4F1cVJYPjlxDibu26kRIlHBIZuYJ9diZSpm/ump4ZXy5R8\n"
"41NjoGZBpIFsfm4or02nLuxEof6khy2K1l9WO8U9AjG05azNQhDGijv4GB4KXfnL\n"
"xDW51q8PZWmPxwBEi7mQbh/d2DyqzVLnIQiUWMk4OOCB3VEHWzS0sMOf9NBHWOC8\n"
"jhlHak9zzB3qNsJ6x1DXIHC3f4D8owFAqy6z2BVkKQys7mxXzciTvyYIqrb5ynRt\n"
"sLL2GMdn1NeMFziB51yMak9BDMGGymXObY3Gmg22gFwnb+ZBx+rNAGt4R3ngk+/C\n"
"0jeXHyGQNns6wwoCyuMAEQEAAYkCJQQYAQoADwUCUkGM5gIbDAUJCAftQQAKCRDt\n"
"Z+zWXc9q5+HLD/94Jdl4HSb2bA6N1k+Snajvy7C2xCS6GpOMIkDaIo+Aowe85ixc\n"
"JeqiNM4lBr8OGMqAe2z0cMs4BvPHudNmN/4ceBsxwUnmcCr1hJiEaQr4eAR/lDC/\n"
"pz6gvkCndDKSeOvg5FiiXIqf6sTXpMu4euabQO4485obSBaF7/3zOUfO3Rtadw0h\n"
"zEcv/XaiCToA8fwGFNjGhAml/O7uaPmAI3rel4HMEHNxIgqARMiYNmFP8nVgJi7O\n"
"qz6rv65/E9shtNVQiHBgEXGZf/lsrxBsQJsgG2Vj+ggkDZPX5AfT7KCV4UrHtM+d\n"
"X3yKbwiWwosPwKmgzYxR5qX6JZyAr+72Zs5/eb56NGEGUJYKLmWJd85zCQHTZirF\n"
"sDIuZs87oYdrDYmFrwoWmoxZqSLeBCNbURu/BbO4nnJWzr3fwlqWO6LPO7rCafUK\n"
"6/mdYPJt4CpmDe3oGntdP/UVA10ZQ7qWYHTzNK2heBm4NHY0QMBXYoAE5bHMCDnN\n"
"YVN4QRVxUyjsXKfgjOyi0jZHX+9/CHihIXaCqOI4MdLwRx7dUwhoKOt519/Wlh71\n"
"w0qvg9kVt63A7Etyr7xj/IPpEGURDfD/EhXXn0offWL8+BKcLYp1Tbp9gJe3Ab/F\n"
"3VOWuafMlpON+Ii4YEem56Al/Ei8sDA+BN7cpw7o5Xf+HAG70CdcRDn7Vg==\n"
"=mLLk\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Security Team Secretary <email>secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   4096R/3CB2EAFCC3D6C666 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = FA97 AA04 4DF9 0969 D5EF  4ADA 3CB2 EAFC C3D6 C666\n"
"uid                          FreeBSD Security Team Secretary &lt;secteam-secretary@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   4096R/509B26612335EB65 2013-09-24 [expires: 2018-01-01]\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFJBjIIBEADadvvpXSkdnBOGV2xcsFwBBcSwAdryWuLk6v2VxjwsPcY6Lwqz\n"
"NAZr2Ox1BaSgX7106Psa6v9si8nxoOtMc5BCM/ps/fmedFU48YtqOTGF+utxvACg\n"
"Ou6SKintEMUa1eoPcww1jzDZ3mxx49bQaNAJLjVxeiAZoYHe9loTe1fxsprCONnx\n"
"Era1hrI+YA2KjMWDORcwa0sSXRCI3V+b4PUnbMUOQa3fFVUriM4QjjUBU6hW0Ub0\n"
"GDPcZq45nd7PoPPtb3/EauaYfk/zdx8Xt0OmuKTi9/vMkvB09AEUyShbyzoebaKH\n"
"dKtXlzyAPCZoH9dihFM67rhUg4umckFLc8vc5P2tNblwYrnhgL8ymUaOIjZB/fOi\n"
"Z2OZLVCiDeHNjjK3VZ6jLAiPyiYTG1Hrk9E8NaZDeUgIb9X/K06JXVBQIKNSGfX5\n"
"LLp/j2wr+Kbg3QtEBkcStlUGBOzfcbhKpE2nySnuIyspfDb/6JbhD/qYqMJerX0T\n"
"d5ekkJ1tXtM6aX2iTXgZ8cqv+5gyouEF5akrkLi1ySgZetQfjm+zhy/1x/NjGd0u\n"
"35QbUye7sTbfSimwzCXKIIpy06zIO4iNA0P/vgG4v7ydjMvXsW8FRULSecDT19Gq\n"
"xOZGfSPVrSRSAhgNxHzwUivxJbr05NNdwhJSbx9m57naXouLfvVPAMeJYwARAQAB\n"
"tD9GcmVlQlNEIFNlY3VyaXR5IFRlYW0gU2VjcmV0YXJ5IDxzZWN0ZWFtLXNlY3Jl\n"
"dGFyeUBGcmVlQlNELm9yZz6JAj0EEwEKACcFAlJBjIICGwMFCQgH7b8FCwkIBwMF\n"
"FQoJCAsFFgIDAQACHgECF4AACgkQPLLq/MPWxmYt8Q/+IfFhPIbqglh4rwFzgR58\n"
"8YonMZcq+5Op3qiUBh6tE6yRz6VEqBqTahyCQGIk4xGzrHSIOIj2e6gEk5a4zYtf\n"
"0jNJprk3pxu2Og05USJmd8lPSbyBF20FVm5W0dhWMKHagL5dGS8zInlwRYxr6mMi\n"
"UuJjj+2Hm3PoUNGAwL1SH2BVOeAeudtzu80vAlbRlujYVmjIDn/dWVjqnWgEBNHT\n"
"SD+WpA3yW4mBJyxWil0sAJQbTlt5EM/XPORVZ2tvETxJIrXea/Sda9mFwvJ02pJn\n"
"gHi6TGyOYydmbu0ob9Ma9AvUrRlxv8V9eN7eZUtvNa6n+IT8WEJj2+snJlO4SpHL\n"
"D3Z+l7zwfYeM8FOdzGZdVFgxeyBU7t3AnPjYfHmoneqgLcCO0nJDKq/98ohz5T9i\n"
"FbNR/vtLaEiYFBeX3C9Ee96pP6BU26BXhw+dRSnFeyIhD+4g+/AZ0XJ1CPF19D+5\n"
"z0ojanJkh7lZn4JL+V6+mF1eOExiGrydIiiSXDA/p5FhavMMu8Om4S0sn5iaQ2aX\n"
"wRUv2SUKhbHDqhIILLeQKlB3X26obx1Vg0nRhy47qNQn/xc9oSWLAQSVOgsShQeC\n"
"6DSzrKIBdKB3V8uWOmuM7lWAoCP53bDRW+XIOu9wfpSaXN2VTyqzU7zpTq5BHX1a\n"
"+XRw8KNHZGnCSAOCofZWnKyJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBjYgACgkQ7Wfs1l3PaudFcQ//\n"
"UiM7EXsIHLwHxez32TzA/0uNMPWFHQN4Ezzg4PKB6Cc4amva5qbgbhoeCPuP+XPI\n"
"2ELfRviAHbmyZ/zIgqplDC4nmyisMoKlpK0Yo1w4qbix9EVVZr2ztL8F43qN3Xe/\n"
"NUSMTBgt/Jio7l5lYyhuVS3JQCfDlYGbq6NPk0xfYoYOMOZASoPhEquCxM5D4D0Z\n"
"3J3CBeAjyVzdF37HUw9rVQe2IRlxGn1YAyMb5EpR2Ij612GFad8c/5ikzDh5q6JD\n"
"tB9ApdvLkr0czTBucDljChSpFJ7ENPjAgZuH9N5Dmx2rRUj2mdBmi7HKqxAN9Kdm\n"
"+pg/6vZ3vM18rBlXmw1poQdc3srAL+6MHmIfHHrq49oksLyHwyeL8T6BO4d4nTZU\n"
"xObP7PLAeWrdrd1Sb3EWlZJ9HB/m2UL9w9Om1c6cb6X2DoCzQAStVypAE6SQCMBK\n"
"pxkWRj90L41BS62snja+BlZTELuuLTHULRkWqS3fFkUxlDSMUn96QksWlwZLcxCv\n"
"hKxJXOX+pHAiUuMIImaPQ0TBDBWWf5d8zOQlNPsyhSGFR5Skwzlg+m9ErQ+jy7Uz\n"
"UmNCNztlYgRKeckXuvr73seoKoNXHrn7vWQ6qB1IRURj2bfphsqlmYuITmcBhfFS\n"
"Dw0fdYXSDXrmG9wad98g49g4HwCJhPAl0j55f93gHLGIRgQQEQoABgUCUkGO5gAK\n"
"CRAV1ogEymzfsol4AKCI7rOnptuoXgwYx2Z9HkUKuugSRwCgkyW9pxa5EovDijEF\n"
"j1jG/cdxTOaJAhwEEAEKAAYFAlJBkdUACgkQkshDRW2mpm6aLxAAzpWNHMZVFt7e\n"
"wQnCJnf/FMLTjduGTEhVFnVCkEtI+YKarveE6pclqKJfSRFDxruZ6PHGG2CDfMig\n"
"J6mdDdmXCkN//TbIlRGowVgsxpIRg4jQVh4S3D0Nz50h+Zb7CHbjp6WAPVoWZz7b\n"
"Myp+pN7qx/miJJwEiw22Eet4Hjj1QymKwjWyY146V928BV/wDBS/xiwfg3xIVPZr\n"
"RqtiOGN/AGpMGeGQKKplkeITY7AXiAd+mL4H/eNf8b+o0Ce2Z9oSxSsGPF3DzMTL\n"
"kIX7sWD3rjy3Xe2BM20stIDrJS2a1fbnIwFvqszS3Z3sF5bLc6W0iyPJdtbQ0pt6\n"
"nekRl9nboAdUs0R+n/6QNYBkj4AcSh3jpZKe82NwnD/6WyzHWtC0SDRTVkcQWXPW\n"
"EaWLmv8VqfzdBiw6aLcxlmXQSAr0cUA6zo6/bMQZosKwiCfGl3tR4Pbwgvbyjoii\n"
"pF+ZXfz7rWWUqZ2C79hy3YTytwIlVMOnp3MyOV+9ubOsFhLuRDxAksIMaRTsO7ii\n"
"5J4z1d+jzWMW4g1B50CoQ8W+FyAfVp/8qGwzvGN7wxN8P1iR+DZjtpCt7J+Xb9Pt\n"
"L+lRKSO/aOgOfDksyt2fEKY4yEWdzq9A3VkRo1HCdUQY6SJ/qt7IyQHumxvL90F6\n"
"vbB3edrR/fVGeJsz4vE10hzy7kI1QT65Ag0EUkGMggEQAMTsvyKEdUsgEehymKz9\n"
"MRn9wiwfHEX5CLmpJAvnX9MITgcsTX8MKiPyrTBnyY/QzA0rh+yyhzkY/y55yxMP\n"
"INdpL5xgJCS1SHyJK85HOdN77uKDCkwHfphlWYGlBPuaXyxkiWYXJTVUggSjuO4b\n"
"jeKwDqFl/4Xc0XeZNgWVjqHtKF91wwgdXXgAzUL1/nwN3IglxiIR31y10GQdOQEG\n"
"4T3ufx6gv73+qbFc0RzgZUQiJykQ3tZK1+Gw6aDirgjQYOc90o2Je0RJHjdObyZQ\n"
"aQc4PTZ2DC7CElFEt2EHJCXLyP/taeLq+IdpKe6sLPckwakqtbqwunWVoPTbgkxo\n"
"Q1eCMzgrkRu23B2TJaY9zbZAFP3cpL65vQAVJVQISqJvDL8K5hvAWJ3vi92qfBcz\n"
"jqydAcbhjkzJUI9t44v63cIXTI0+QyqTQhqkvEJhHZkbb8MYoimebDVxFVtQ3I1p\n"
"EynOYPfn4IMvaItLFbkgZpR/zjHYau5snErR9NC4AOIfNFpxM+fFFJQ7W88JP3cG\n"
"JLl9dcRGERq28PDU/CTDH9rlk1kZ0xzpRDkJijKDnFIxT2ajijVOZx7l2jPL1njx\n"
"s4xa1jK0/39kh6XnrCgK49WQsJM5IflVR2JAi8BLi2q/e0NQG2pgn0QL695Sqbbp\n"
"NbrrJGRcRJD9sUkQTpMsLlQTABEBAAGJAiUEGAEKAA8FAlJBjIICGwwFCQgH7b8A\n"
"CgkQPLLq/MPWxmZAew//et/LToMVR3q6/qP/pf9ob/QwQ3MgejkC0DY3Md7JBRl/\n"
"6GWfySYnO0Vm5IoJofcv1hbhc/y3OeZTvK4s+BOQsNokYe34mCxZG4dypNaepkQi\n"
"x0mLujeU/n4Y0p0LTLjhGLVdKina2dM9HmllgYr4KumT58g6eGjxs2oZD6z5ty0L\n"
"viU5tx3lz3o0c3I9soH2RN2zNHVjXNW0EvWJwFLxFeLJbk/Y3UY1/kXCtcyMzLua\n"
"S5L5012eUOEvaZr5iYDKjy+wOxY4SUCNYf0GPmSej8CBbwHOF2XCwXytSzm6hNb3\n"
"5TRgCGbOSFTIy9MxfV5lpddQcdzijmuFSl8LySkL2yuJxjlI7uKNDN+NlfODIPMg\n"
"rdH0hBSyKci6Uz7Nz/Up3qdE+aISq68k+Hk1fiKJG1UcBRJidheds29FCzj3hoyZ\n"
"VDmf6OL60hL0YI1/4GjIkJyetlPzjMp8J7K3GweOUkfHcFihYZlbiMe7z+oIWEc7\n"
"0fNScrAGF/+JN3L6mjXKB6Pv+ER5ztzpfuhBJ/j7AV5BaNMmDXAVO4aTphWl7Dje\n"
"iecENuGTpkK8Ugv5cMJc4QJaWDkj/9sACc0EFgigPo68KjegvKg5R8jUPwb8E7T6\n"
"lIjBtlclVhaUrE2uLx/yTz2Apbm+GAmD8M0dQ7IYsOFlZNBW9zjgLLCtWDW+p1A=\n"
"=5gJ7\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Core Team Secretary <email>core-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa4096/36A7C05FE1ECF9BB 2014-07-09 [SC] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = C07B F5E3 10AE 64BF 6120  B0F6 36A7 C05F E1EC F9BB\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Core Team Secretary &lt;core-secretary@freebsd.org&gt;\n"
"uid                            Core Secretary &lt;core-secretary@freebsd.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa4096/7B5150C8D7CE5D02 2014-07-09 [E] [expires: 2017-07-08]\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQINBFO9HvEBEADRfuWeoNUwib7ZjNmhg0Kt1kjiGEEosf3O2yMDfYuAXt4De6qK\n"
"S4KECe5+vZH2T8g+zmNLl/7JxdqHiWj9cnoZ6T3bqKh7w7pW7QzC/Q2k4mZsQkGl\n"
"xzhStHvaHSPKw5808TME0d3ewAfs0dQkDuA0eari0HipCbOVzqHUMTIROr/syPXs\n"
"jHxb2bj0KVzzq7wgy+vF4Cv25VzaAPBVgPv3HAoO/gLOr4SnXqBCw2vgprWx335t\n"
"QX1JslWlsUDmwwq40q4+eMnSFPZ0ing1DgfhMb+Dnrl6Rbxhb0pwPhbwubppUKfe\n"
"W6owOrTuUbATVoAhsfNySmUWQKc2p9w/8uFV/jJj9HOSgIMKrNONvqekPrjWOQn9\n"
"/lcQtGhldWmtPbMogOfaQisBEn1XjMZ3VEOagQxIe/6LDjU7GGoYvSdwf8Z0wXUY\n"
"/qDntPwudjJA4wQid1Tzf53gpUjr0tYq7aclpiBGs3F5EOs4HMXq5/xlwRGtBDHY\n"
"i9RNAlbRSfSD2s1nGsfsImPowlpjtLa+3PqYs/cRLGDu51DsgV/p/CqtAyebG+9O\n"
"WsF0Ydt4Q62jEuU8HY7SOj+AuKJVdUkyAZGk5vkPvsKzjdZUqRslurme7d3LqKai\n"
"FjBGj8UyId/IomDCjth3baGc/Y4e+JKyx1XDXgFY2HoQ2KzEoANrizjy5QARAQAB\n"
"tCtDb3JlIFNlY3JldGFyeSA8Y29yZS1zZWNyZXRhcnlAZnJlZWJzZC5vcmc+iQIc\n"
"BBABCgAGBQJTvR9BAAoJEANvbJ7n856/QGAQANf7Qn3AvTB1Co9oCtKobbtLxOx/\n"
"FFw6/jnfurJxQ2Y18N9zTNJ1KCzI8pYbanicWQFqUfC1wu6FrnSlNGQvW464NqcE\n"
"RElbFE41pvqX+Tb6/dOX07mMBZYK8wgLDcHEjl4i7NHurx1AKA2ro/5utRvfIqmh\n"
"PxcHwhNiP1He4MD1NgkyrxmRWtO4VM99mhXdm+pl/8XwuFJrdg4v36pEws6tYJgP\n"
"wDc86/XrmeJT6GOCRFREdwXn6osSvvVYnx4Pyto/xTG5Fm4sa7S4bxgvvSzp2/L+\n"
"eO4JpOGXuhiIGhfEwISta1yf14GKTa4a0Qd+gquml4yd1DBybNoa0zcz/sJOBULe\n"
"/CLKzSs5IuGkfdH0os1WEjdqQ7JPct3Yizb7Iw/j1YfvDmnM+tt3EMU1DJ1ttY9+\n"
"XB6pZvtjSHNApaDPfSeizstpoLle3kvECBJyEIr5u/hL72dYEZtFiYFlHcvWIq6K\n"
"qWJlIJrOa7vG7r586qstiG270tCeaVOfZT5grKNcDf4vYEoxL+2NKcHVA0rogRWP\n"
"MwSWZbWEAaIilK/6AVzc8xmefZJEHHxH7PprcPsH3MPpOwmWjfheHBKfIfEu1UqW\n"
"AD+cRQmE+jEz1vc6DzVUfA4c27j9/GXT9/NQsBTamC6rT3YUZKWlFulCC3ncRwf9\n"
"ZTGSsiT5qCuV1ECniQI9BBMBCgAnAhsDBQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYDAgEAAh4BAheA\n"
"BQJXfUvQBQkFpANfAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7ZycP/RSnQbk6u80gUkkkuRlUMQo1Oepf\n"
"KUrARGwwuw7B4rovu35kgqskFo9pbsgKuRUWObj7jsBM/sTCX0tyAD6qQii7ZhDL\n"
"7cc5eHssx4BObgrBAnK/R/NqCZZhkvpODkFqnWwdvYrwUFHgqmhja7ivZKr2Bwdr\n"
"SEq6dHD+xGjWMtU3/tkS0fhkWSRBvcq3J20gEytjEW9Togn2s0+z1uX4apffiKfq\n"
"zJR5kDS5cp4Hcfl8YFoKSCl7021oa/U1Dy/oDjl/eWm56S2WjSVlAGct/MsBsZVm\n"
"TlRaXufONiFuRy3rJKFJo7krEevlbpexHIRFXH7qssT/HzW2et7DrgFgYaVgzcOb\n"
"5H2Vr6e9u/fnTb4TPaxdkjuuTQwZamc6CPpFTBMKV9ndlkps0d4teVtYMEZa7451\n"
"/qJYedYqmeCcNNCK/oIjMbSrlIhhTUzMslKjvq/j4C49dad3Z6wtzZV6W7O7DyO2\n"
"fmG6FFDnsul+tUjHzipmdQsyuxdqE1haVa6TwKeWBmWo8x0RddDYB5Rczc5alsaX\n"
"1HVhT9cAjBJShGwWjbdoRB3Tvvof4I6xyyoYaen40wMIscjlQH8XvEdoQ85ixdyj\n"
"CZty1mcGfsvpMP/H9ZCzGWmlSe2kyC4xm3xdP6gVhR7dscvuHoeDkuZ22Yocmzo7\n"
"2NCHkLHKmBflGpNiiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdSAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnVCcP/3zh4y7M\n"
"rLnV536rB0tDOM+lsP3UYDmclWZmTENZ+r0ESM4YJzDjKO6ltXhh+MdYqDddY3vq\n"
"LnsKTNYuMjKiu6jd0ETy4ThzHxVhcyrgl1yWxyaSsdi5gMOnwNVClHfOD5gaOF0j\n"
"dRJnLTLMueAEM3fyNzSUjBOHJpk+RcIV3r/u8LvPFV2qwLWa937vYwfLRJ9jaQur\n"
"5MnEVOWBz7CB0g1F06JAcLv16FyWiLCOBxXZJd974lKXHd2yEMkSlF3Of1qX5FI6\n"
"FK3HQU+c6eJcrWc54++zvgWHZTM3SwY9g5rl57Wz9Vpi13Ev6ArIIIEQ9P1ViwK4\n"
"zyW78rFoM09juqHkN4uUCWuk0f57XCFkrDA/n6YCSfAxSYXc1I+MKpAm/6yBYiBN\n"
"pyS3Jz5HGO2S0QGsPsBcUHGEmO6k/Z6boJLwaCAGx2dSQ84R4DQeFAd3NjBPab2x\n"
"TNlitcOi+xnidCJZoDWQqx5dSLwLeORsw25ikOWroUS1hqfta2HDnnou4zuyppov\n"
"0Q+50JGFJIril8svoUmLfuSk3XUrlxPHgL57Wp5K8NOIU4u/DStX4UaRuHQ+Uu9G\n"
"V+c6rr3F46+MooqXISAw5cm/kDMwuOfQ4GOo8J/ADUfLQa6a/JnWFg3hb/rgt/lH\n"
"JxjZliOZy8G08HyBddNfKCTBauqEyPYWTHzgiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdkAAoJEJLI\n"
"Q0VtpqZu/g0QAMXEq8sNraENb3zO8wisdE0UZXOGuQduXDSrwpe26L9mCR/usjeW\n"
"eGqbG9b6mP+fAwXxm/BovdkF3bWguo1GCzztEHy+aTB4voxI6lEnyDKB8GG3mlkV\n"
"jNAbDjVi/jCZfe6TbJ6xDhX7633ees1An8tvizMHRr+z8zQ3xF4MNjlxLzawPE7/\n"
"As5uHaT6Q3NhGTGyG1oGsVlO8pYp97p2E/d44m6IlY5XEzO2A2fIq+0N4dcy8omT\n"
"X8P4eUZFlUezRbbZtNP8Av77hESXO79gpmQir9fC5/qMBgJN+3iB9O+VcB0SeLm0\n"
"TvUWtSFULqEdDkKArLOgZf0HNnsu7/rb1tR9zqSYN8gsF3MvF0RNHUdbyEh189LZ\n"
"TmapwSxcaoUYPcoOBfwo0MqMuEuyCkMWSD53BvsaSbcs2OWKYAp+oluM0TrnLup3\n"
"7O2G/EbxmMRHZVVyuX60pIQDXO4DjLo9tqbM6OUNCG+1tKEX7Bs9GIzUL2mxZ072\n"
"qE8x1A+eidSzy5Tx2nE7DOurziiuv8G3JPFDtLkUVtPx9gqyyG3wmfThkMCl1jnu\n"
"tYDjetpeC8LcI5S9mFE8BXBka7qEEY19GI/1LJcfMI8lMn16OITYv4/cwqWPMbjS\n"
"Mg6JpWBCFdsxRmIWiggKodt6LfnuEciChejk8ewTf6/47z7aVhdBkYaOiQIcBBIB\n"
"CAAGBQJUGDc+AAoJEOqwPFi/3EePCM0QAKFrkt0wW+am/O8ZzIejSCY+htWilGAI\n"
"a6REk5gv00k2dKPCWf5rNPAXeQRAX4qItmd35hz7czElm2EVbrylDD+F9uN8wbkC\n"
"MLdIe88caWfoj12lJACAd0NiBSwJPgrajvER92fr173I31cKT6hwXP6bgjU3J4HI\n"
"Cc1h7h5j7g+/YSeHUacPSiY4MuXAQao6e2BtFI77LOwFvIFFdCEMdZDwoH+7lIF9\n"
"I+Krm7ojMF5fauaSK4e3kL029QugIFYlgb7HeDGLlonBSn40YXPenafAin0lNGWM\n"
"WVv3SKN7tweNkKEhMVoVReropjYpRg+khKaMumwJ9bdGkYP8jq7DwCKXy/J2rfCU\n"
"zsyVX5Ga7keT8Ztny4RO6YqFtTryraiSPrxDZQ0Gt6kc1m3u+4vh93qJk+foUDRS\n"
"LWfWjmX9aRf+7+4zdsYBOrpt3tab6FqXrW7IcI+p8PCyBW4c/WHkU3YWreEba21B\n"
"XGiMDoxfhQ9OyvSHt6G8kgO9+k8sRY/78oGYxR4Aait8/Y54DmHkyZKSewu96So0\n"
"+TDmcbkeatatDhrasbjfQLWx8363tnQvmhWpw/bpWGmDQDLVTHn9OcXlckGU1fiU\n"
"M7721g4s2UdijTMpyYWfsLTaxOujHyxkwkBBtGV3DCas5Ep2KPMfSOgf3YVtPQH9\n"
"IaotJSw/A6FdiQI9BBMBCgAnBQJTvR7xAhsDBQkB4TOABQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYD\n"
"AgEAAh4BAheAAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7QvMQAKE3pM3e7LrDH6+xsdafxb/RxnVwUI6F\n"
"aoN3dIZRjIIh7Dyd6WypD43+f4c4AeIX+b78RuCuu+oZMMkHk4/Y4PIRv6jw1wuG\n"
"a67iHopFXy9KPYjEQOtLptZUAorqC62CzoVJxwbpIPw1AkKBag7FFKtiymQKbxSA\n"
"kEkCOTa64RF+FFDJzUqbRQPJMMhKR35lJ/W3TfNQQViF/nydDdNmSY+gYAPU8kqh\n"
"x4K7K9al9DUwVa/PdL0l549BLOHzmFcEtw4FQOGMYt4Gkma5+6OIMJOuoM/ADAUz\n"
"7qdcWYYdsFl42HzC73u7MGLcfGkElcZKkH8sn2zuKsTTtTKD5rhLfIiu132vK7vq\n"
"oONdJLd7U1X2Bwif/ub1we7x4eGonZjhKajENpD3o/1Y072gLy8rlZ1r6/J+GQ9T\n"
"EwUBNV8NNOfDPv0pxTP6OCFPHEFA4toG0rRBm7OIxmQXFWmfxMT3NnwBqPCufWlO\n"
"m20JhaU/pefPCqHJVc8Ap+k6/bct3iNuAg1buggFVDWg89uBqF9vfdELiCDF3nRY\n"
"m4bQ6S1cWxvnu5aq9MZdt4Dc1WnTSNfY9/zjKJWmG3miv1D1eo3fSyVJNYVfVzQ2\n"
"3KMOPwR/jdr47Gle8/5OM38zPhZ+vC+XD//Lq0/c8iMO39B4pwQ0Bb8FAhk/6Ug0\n"
"cYbap+lPWkY+tDhGcmVlQlNEIENvcmUgVGVhbSBTZWNyZXRhcnkgPGNvcmUtc2Vj\n"
"cmV0YXJ5QGZyZWVic2Qub3JnPokCPQQTAQoAJwIbAwULCQgHAwUVCgkICwUWAwIB\n"
"AAIeAQIXgAUCV31L5QUJBaQDXwAKCRA2p8Bf4ez5u+H7EACNn3vNhH8AHcdd5SvL\n"
"+BEv7wLnev+3SgC8infvEHWv6TqOZZ+m4WCeBgUe9pYgoQOvVaSvI3spKY6Of9ry\n"
"0By1do/ysqoWnG0yByDuMn42De7WD0dFPKfQCdwnVp2bNKrAF5qluKO/CLlqlcds\n"
"u0r+O1sG39rokKnAmflTR5CdG/J5LlIiIc1fkokpwW73XOReuDzhJmQais0s6ytI\n"
"gkBlXcN5TpQ1+of7wGQbTWcx+DlpybZSoPsGw7LH1ydJznIowNd9orer/foOYafs\n"
"CjPa14H/kCf02H8mCMuy3awyj5zCQ/E7oZTLbBG4M8F/AUZ6yN6PZLbQoqdn+3KO\n"
"ll2AC2JfYR9JKEKkS9ViRNCd5Me4xSqX11yKwAZVFKgXHDX9SB/QINimbp5Qe/EH\n"
"CxbkwmwPWluXxsDyisx5Hee5g9bmVxZgPWCYUxW0iPW6yu3XptbnGHOvDnrG49kx\n"
"FCMbEZrz9gBda25qaQ8xdkhu2taq3eOYVLndO9cv1n9LLGDxM8+kxkGWiXyDMXBg\n"
"uEr+0ldDROw8nP1Z1en6vxXrd4emGSOWrBFNveB6ZhO2uJ2z2fhtsvrBfwPKECRm\n"
"m4gitI1j84c956tV6Y7HsIUNssES0mwXWbDWXz3f5drrvIRqsgr8mcH2yDj6ZG1W\n"
"o/em1DWUU7I1ucjcuVCJPVnAu4kBHAQQAQIABgUCU701xQAKCRBNWP3NLKSXdmOG\n"
"CADEySzz4Q6wKsx/gLiAyhYNbEJbiv1MirxhjIYGP9MqNpxxI1+Q3kuj01K6ELIM\n"
"uAhehoQOgU4AssJQxu7q78+hz2O7s+V0Syl+pvEOl2zUCgAmOYfle+BQ75ZEEiIN\n"
"Buh6SOXBVLhfNp90FZ55KUSW4EeyoT+A4nRGHRgCTEfZ5WHi3lGlaLQdZ9viLfNK\n"
"A/DxrLWww+joTPIEhc3eU1mgDrcmfxo/L95EmTyUa5BtE0WuLwQEaY8HJ3eBgA9Y\n"
"130ubuzzY4jGl4SCNedMzeIroHw2Bogd3V+E5aFtGd8gZUjXXr8rM6yXPpttP2Hc\n"
"8Bie2YXI2NffqwVqpL0dxo3uiQIcBBABAgAGBQJTvTYRAAoJEMATMJ1tfkRccM4P\n"
"/Rbg0W6l4KPFUvyKcUE6odRwoXExRGHdG9qW8Vf6xtW5eXUX/AZoCnXDf3yWWttx\n"
"gzN1e8iNRh0aYfuNSFTuHcHut/xw6GZ1yqASbuDmGWQ6uTb0yHYQcwQ5ioaRaZZo\n"
"5cpnSs0qZUpnrSzdUzyVmlKsD+1ut0/Z8yM8WGRyhplWX0dfXKnUUxJGyh4GQc2d\n"
"Qon1vrsiuDTD2hr3EVues7le4WU+csegZTGPgPjhTSH6ZNFdDs4Y5KPiunjXx+X6\n"
"avPKPSJCnC9YlPMkI0RcokVLJW+K3+4QnbqU8m2MpZWVaaOo5s9PCx1I208EHQ77\n"
"A7EAFYNFrPZmtSV5X3BhU2rYNoRu0fpsNqJC34Oi7JdZdplPoO7FHRACAyQJyv8K\n"
"UG8VVzK7m6Kt/Okq7LBc8RuvLQpUHSv1Z19fQvFgTegM5Pcpp3/ful/HQIIc7XRE\n"
"lM57e+t8kbsoRpOlaKa3Okl3KisXdksWB4Fu6XdVArY/jIIQGs6dCpYajhRZcjkj\n"
"HUAPvY/OqD2mBSwj0YwP0RoMVvFHMP1cgB3gjaB37A+DJeiKEXTWzGe1fKC1TxCc\n"
"OUZsrcqXnUyy23lKV9CXC7za3eB23dPIfWzJnD9BsVgYsemRVJx8r3SvQIL5zjKV\n"
"DRAuV3M/HbCtSOgO68MExC0TFEl/8LPIMW8oVCY4+iqliQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvS0C\n"
"AAoJEANvbJ7n856/GTQP/jAQlquDec78HySz6zsNp2+mY1ms1IZ55HipIR5mUfXJ\n"
"7fTEPUcMT56QlcL3tN3iYpYpOttFURcXXLVoEJ7y0vkFuxEObDMrCm/c6pDWuGjC\n"
"UApkPyF0ETISfXlyJqhGKwUqlYC/6aaZl5Ocbmxg6j0EXW/fpatf70A6/LvJ25Vx\n"
"kTeQs2iK9L7xtd7lQuPq4yjKj94Lm6Srfl/WnWoHOumUxz6+zvPw2lztgU/Y5GFH\n"
"+ZWDStgUuQ9V09Xe4WSuRv9nZJW7TYEgVYR4miMQERsU1/OIdRpDxntl22Rn04hL\n"
"VnRa7LrjGOA5FZVxOVF7gDBkpULwMmwWz0aT2Cew+Z8uAzjqlwpppzjjnD25RDMo\n"
"vF0IEos/ExX8kcFGsyCHJqF6/Cemy4E6T6V2wI2qMVp4CdUCa/di1NtnUl2iu6l4\n"
"VrrknKNCifuXUnBYPrs/s3TGufWDEn724ZR4fAYC8MXchGvkQIhIoBb3Y18ti42n\n"
"K/qt79u3oD4XFpID4Tw/tn4jgaXmXftzPP71yJiKmK6zB4O7F5y06USeHXf9Ype5\n"
"Rvry/pnNvAaORbzC6dq+EA319bGqqAVbS0q2akA4cXOY07DlYY98Z0o7Nz6DlmpG\n"
"3cJERUeP+6LM0mwfN9p2ROpi6b6RBNrLi1KAYfRLcQCIcawTLhhngz+fF0jJqSaw\n"
"iQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdSAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnXxsP/R8WHku1nxjELqdM9M72JLD8\n"
"UBlaAIwLStDyhnTvLa0GO6eN0r2eJ1+tG8mKB+PZKOvNt8eZcSO/kjUvTIBILt7f\n"
"AtN1BhsWpjQzn+tuVWs4GVoPQssM4N09AYUzx8ni4byADY6n9l4zof2HsPsjXvuw\n"
"/bzYXctKTQxggD3nswtLGY3q6unYewIChyaG8DStihFLcXIhXbwc6EOqdPN3VWwN\n"
"InG/602UTO2LeXoEM+tTaXkE51P5otACVH37AW0Vqqh1GxklYlMYLrKKn/YIBRvL\n"
"VS5G+95iKs3gMJhnaeFND2s9dmOTXyKyfTUffr/XTL/PVJSCbdqwiuXZQp8J77Mt\n"
"YyJn1262H8ko59OlPtqvpBNuywco0/F8BOFvSTw5sS8CmU0EHvyunKaofS3mxCFd\n"
"2B0DzX89+AoYZY7CKU8OYt/VqhsfsL0C+DL4+XschBOUoTg6HrqG4F69+gerkK4P\n"
"s2984vOeTXe3IqlYN/Bn92m9rGy9PKkpqG5C6w5X58BgvfeWTAkM4X32rZHKOmyY\n"
"SCdRJQw7MGSR24OaWKPmgKvMaH8MQaJx9oSaAgF1y1892+ykVI9ntCVwywkmxNg1\n"
"lfMuVFM4Vh9j+C7OngnbQbhYtbFG90z9zfoMln39z8KT2yDP4A7Hklw0xmmT6t8K\n"
"duGD2tfmaW4+oz9attTyiQIcBBABCgAGBQJTvUdkAAoJEJLIQ0VtpqZuLNQP/Raz\n"
"XTtk1mixmLfunrScgh/1Gtb6XPVDTP5SGb/8HVdY1a+dDBClUIAFbEAUBIcBO4/N\n"
"VlW9un4IHyrixdD/ijE/Cr/BMLnSFU5EmHKn8yOc3Bv6eTTRbJ8EYru0Cj5MdSIA\n"
"oq8JKF8LbxbahBFw9ZSIpREPGlxnKI3TEuHJQreSZR07/GPk50suTK2CXxzEsk4V\n"
"ZesSTnwt/1m+hrdtyNke3+wy8R0Use+KKgmTzpQ9phc8wq3uhHFzLJ5HbE21VRHg\n"
"Fd5+osZuSDuHjw5o/zU5o0Bq9DDY3TWXPD9lgqKQ2PgH5DG6od9gjpjJdvXpXpck\n"
"08HJDu2V+u7MzW5lsnthDsW39YVLRD4ZwZJQaw+0wBuGDDxV+8x4fYhYJnXD8ZtU\n"
"HCQ56FlcMyzLm00WRLNxBSJjRvH12geg5xK3JWZ8V6Ce+XhvIAduDkajuUKQoWvT\n"
"MzYaviqQhfV1zXNNt5rxDNT+jMiwnAtDeCTZPMfGvzOPw9sYBz5RUa4liVPrGiEW\n"
"/snAhcMB9JDKjMAsKHvJwIvB9QrRC9sz6JIgEqv+jlsdkslEVU2AALlcJ3QuXlW0\n"
"j9Z26q0sNGt85FVqhc4DOyXtZhKR5Ru8Lyc3swYRi2ofu9Roycq3L0swcMoGnOik\n"
"Rbj2PuuRdQiUozJ7mT6JmNF8ynlx/1+uzniVneEliQIcBBIBCAAGBQJUGDc+AAoJ\n"
"EOqwPFi/3EePEpUP/i2p7BLtyrujFmwr6wxru8G2HBWySFeRZ7YC5iH1ZIiGPPi7\n"
"nuinWEv6FaW6dW8fzrwmJy0iUpstKM8CUdR10PZ66Un6A9yfj9MuYSWBDQwzkd3w\n"
"SJ2+HPLeaTschb545CYnIJBaUAWyfufyoeB2+u3DNQd4oHv5ceI781D6J0h9MUz1\n"
"bNgV2w3prubD9o8ycaUvXqHrADqDZiUA1zblm19AmbJIJbgeUaXD8iwkyk2hRHSc\n"
"Ve9aLzd2J4TXPIQt9Dj/VnW3TLvTtMPEls1SM+pQ9xYF3IBz5BWbrMuk3o3mpsIi\n"
"js+vfjJdv77QUeyT0Ur0fJ5xa7zWxCs5AMpCFDdLGRW1jzFYipJBBhDVkylIjpr3\n"
"eoIIU/RxVC6f5dTaW8GeaspllyJT8BKe54R9u/uf7QPgIkuXdIdaZ4qbbftLxvyB\n"
"Jk6A2gSM/sLYqeoo+zRxKi+lMZ/Zw8MUZ/ON+yE1ccQJAk1GDqAhUs5f7zCPU6xB\n"
"LFeXhz9d6bFPBGWZ3dy7mZaHgALDGqSd240hIoknwzqHaWZK5lWTmzIVUUQPV1Vn\n"
"68stcaVsuaFdtnGHv/JMvAj1F9ZlDDRwaPx0ATTXQbBI6JlvDQ8u2tTKIYEswtez\n"
"/enkjX1dALFltV5FNartIWGiHWYxkGVRlh/QtAb0NsBU4/5uZkWpWzG0GtOniQI9\n"
"BBMBCgAnBQJTvSzHAhsDBQkB4TOABQsJCAcDBRUKCQgLBRYDAgEAAh4BAheAAAoJ\n"
"EDanwF/h7Pm7ZHgP/ijtBv+EXPdcVGIEu1yyv6/kJLV9iCRU3ZenjR05O235ejbn\n"
"v7WhAOxLoxw1dPtdIAU5OsVb5cgPwYGdjr5mlFjOie0wIl3bmoYfMYGzZoUD9E5+\n"
"F2+k6SGeDGxgbz34g5SNLpJE2obzkiujp4jtkuLyzOcSFl2UfWMRYeImES5s69x5\n"
"1ZLXNIek5nA0inJBXl3Y7f8SEA4lFaDLxWZ6B5AsaDTOp0uv0wp+Dz87A1CXKyOu\n"
"wDkxGdkxkCbqQQ7fzXNiDz5HB74e2ynMv/Vy7gzuTloHDSZrydKGBdOp+Bf6nBbb\n"
"MEEvxzjankPcmHg57spDUoS/KxkkZY7lmNH2ngou7j1fZiX1y4PciLr43P39xSUQ\n"
"Zoybgjw3eOlI0f4YKPuTVZr0pYyHZnGZU7kAwvyHiD4DtpOo1qwqkbhctelxnfyw\n"
"7Db+HobaTCesJ6XVWIJ7RninF5b3lvFESqzqmSTKbtbPizIXkyRtrS7AWFaDnMEA\n"
"0G15d85L9ZTd8sRZ4de9m723ji/K8/ziqpl83MGHP2m4NWKQ8Bji6JkrgFMORhlm\n"
"vdg0ogjARD+uNwlIMpkoYnp2wcoFKLSgbEVmkIT5gwf9mqqFNAeBdswpYuAnvHFF\n"
"glL9qm+CdN3UNzvNzknshPtcJ0wvT5CPx4PjwPDIy764ACr/TjyLKG79HxE/uQIN\n"
"BFO9HvEBEACynbl7EgcRIGWP7O6h1O6mrYXNZ2JpJBgYosqizdDHyru2nQSrNfgi\n"
"wAM1feB2NLJC0coQzRO1sDK2JP770+eK3ZhbWSP5BWN2toSFVEGlVpGWLBGoefae\n"
"ZnZA22IDzpOIjIi7iC92JBsTXESsBoV8iG1rylQ15pcE03IQEuuDu9r7H8RJ3vTf\n"
"X1c+a+B8MUHn56kn3QkdG2blV0/3gjFqqavZeOxZpAmyn9n9Vc3yCCPkagtNQwle\n"
"NyZOSOLjjVpBjncE6dATdLOj85phfOU6eO/0bMXAgTr7mY41EIqYqdPQYrY93ySG\n"
"gBvBkyNaH5AlDNZZwJ4ddtDMFoP8nUhBoRrf5ApYyHcEmSXahLfW3a2qrPm/w5VL\n"
"EGLt53/6GZvEetpP+TtBLAxX6XaC2SXAOrzfSZENdYt/Ew6F/dTCZ622m0eW65iV\n"
"wSi1sNZD2hNFPs/12a2tem7DAWqD2bi8BltKRbO+8T7BARwIl5hXGq5+YnO+DgTI\n"
"f4SYkSt8aiPYwDAF3YSkzpiUmZoBSRt6Sb9sZ3zIxpfnrtLFmSeujzinyCVNzFdn\n"
"+HKxZvI9Mc3Tv/LqPruVuWHt1Aj+eygH5bRZw4PTsMNX1FxM/K8hRY91A6Fyp3GC\n"
"kb5RzqdEGuSONBseaZirC0d+EYZ4smy1jydpzwT1O8VjY4wi5BdgwQARAQABiQIl\n"
"BBgBCgAPAhsMBQJXfUwZBQkFpAOoAAoJEDanwF/h7Pm7BkAP/0WGa2wtgiRontjT\n"
"ekeg8wntDfo+8KNI7niFk7Opv2aT1wCXo0uVbHAhK0dJIUtADGep2gtNcStJsn+J\n"
"FRR4uQpYJzB9vMzTI6p4h4FOuiFHQIiJ5Y0fb9iOWkuE3kZviTUs6VTVU2SgqymY\n"
"WktL7RcfwMw185T6aK0j/oeksoRyZP1wjmMOtD2SqSsIBMveOcZ+AjUzMW0bCa/7\n"
"6dr+Um7YCSnwGyOQmFUViSU2mLfUD9PSUdtKo4UllEcBDgGyn9zL6Fc1P2Bh07cE\n"
"0lWGwCSbk8FYIbxl1AqwX2AzCzA2x/lnybthEUrVUWavrkKyKQ/9I5E8Vevuq4Rp\n"
"tlGOxILKHtaSBq8+tTGZNBQMJT9eAMGtuVGZLsYt4aGfeUDRrzVtB5cBFZXv+zCz\n"
"TT999xSUMaz9OwaEnjXIbcNsJ1EUCWqhNpNqRyMJfgvruDx63VDxmfDb0+F/KX4p\n"
"bN8tZe/addztjtljUriKtFTKaVZfwxP9ejg28glyz3kpPdgKlU/q3AIcIxtPf3C9\n"
"Yi4A3p4fV/YCPnc0K+mPfO1XJtCz5768YsQPDgx9t9M2LLNr1bwDo0ZRP3CVJDbt\n"
"9AeJZ6wV/buO+KLjULTvJCWLGuTwDIe7VAaLxjpmGFhmEKEHNOfUOwEaBDwJRlp0\n"
"7Z/bTdSjOhRZ4gMvywjeXhqLVTZq\n"
"=CJCx\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Ports Management Team Secretary <email>portmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org</email>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"pub   rsa2048/D8294EC3BBC4D7D5 2012-07-24 [SC]\n"
"      Key fingerprint = FB37 45C8 6F15 E8ED AC81  32FC D829 4EC3 BBC4 D7D5\n"
"uid                            FreeBSD Ports Management Team Secretary &lt;portmgr-secretary@FreeBSD.org&gt;\n"
"sub   rsa2048/5CC117965F65CFE7 2012-07-24 [E]\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
"\n"
"mQENBFAOzqYBCACYd+KGv0/DduIRpSEKWZG2yfDILStzWfdaQMD+8zdWihB0x7dd\n"
"JDBUpV0o0Ixzt9mvu5CHybx+9lOHeFRhZshFXc+bIJOPyi+JrSs100o7Lo6jg6+c\n"
"Si2vME0ixG4x9YjCi8DisXIGJ1kZiDXhmVWwCvL+vLInpeXrtJnK8yFkmszCOr4Y\n"
"Q3GXuvdU0BF2tL/Wo/eCbSf+3U9syopVS2L2wKcP76bbYU0ioO35Y503rJEK6R5G\n"
"TchwYvYjSXuhv4ec7N1/j3thrMC9GNpoqjVninTynOk2kn+YZuMpO3c6b/pfoNcq\n"
"MxoizGlTu8VT4OO/SF1y52OkKjpAsENbFaNTABEBAAG0R0ZyZWVCU0QgUG9ydHMg\n"
"TWFuYWdlbWVudCBUZWFtIFNlY3JldGFyeSA8cG9ydG1nci1zZWNyZXRhcnlARnJl\n"
"ZUJTRC5vcmc+iQE4BBMBAgAiBQJQDs6mAhsDBgsJCAcDAgYVCAIJCgsEFgIDAQIe\n"
"AQIXgAAKCRDYKU7Du8TX1QW2B/0coHe8utbTfGKpeM4BY9IyC+PFgkE58Hq50o8d\n"
"shoB9gfommcUaK9PNwJPxTEJNlwiKPZy+VoKs/+dO8gahovchbRdSyP1ejn3CFy+\n"
"H8pol0hDDU4n7Ldc50q54GLuZijdcJZqlgOloZqWOYtXFklKPZjdUvYN8KHAntgf\n"
"u361rwM4DZ40HngYY9fdGc4SbXurGA5m+vLAURLzPv+QRQqHfaI1DZF6gzMgY49x\n"
"qS1JBF4kPoicpgvs3o6CuX8MD9ewGFSAMM3EdzV6ZdC8pnpXC8+8Q+p6FjNqmtjk\n"
"GpW39Zq/p8SJVg1RortCH6qWLe7dW7TaFYov7gF1V/DYwDN5iEYEEBECAAYFAlN2\n"
"WksACgkQtzkaJjSHbFtuMwCg0MXdQTcGMMOma7LC3L5b4MEoZ+wAn0WyUHpHwHnn\n"
"pn2oYDlfAbwTloWIiQEcBBABAgAGBQJQDuVrAAoJENk3EJekc8mQ3KwIAImNDMXA\n"
"F8ajPwCZFpM6KDi3F/jpwyBPISGY1oWuYPEi1zN94k5jS90aZb3W8Y8x4JTh35Ew\n"
"b6XODi3uGLSLCmnlqu2a80yPfXf5IuWmIQdFNQxvosj9UHrg+icZGFmm+f0hPJxM\n"
"TsZREv3AvivQfnb/N3xIICxW4SjKSYXQcq4hr4ObhUx7GKnjayq+ofU2cRlujr87\n"
"uOH0fO3xhOJG4+cX5mI1HGK38k0Csc1zqYa/66Qe5dnIZz+sNXpEPMLAHIt1a45U\n"
"B967igJdZSDFN33bPl1QWmf3aUXU3d1VttiSyHkpm4kb9KgsDkUk1IJ5nUe9OXyd\n"
"WtoqNW5afDa5N0aIRgQQEQIABgUCUA7lwwAKCRB59uBxdBRinNh2AJ41+zfsaQSR\n"
"HWvSkqOXGcP/fgOduwCfUJDT+M1eXe2udmKof/9yzGYMirKJASIEEAECAAwFAlAa\n"
"IT8FAwASdQAACgkQlxC4m8pXrXwCHAf+J7l+L7AvRpqlQcezjnjFS/zG1098qkDf\n"
"lThHZlpVnrBMJZaXdvL6LzVgiIYVWZC5CSSazW9EWFjp9VjM7FBHdWFZNMV7GAuU\n"
"t0jzx6gGXOWwi+/v/hs1P11RyDZN5hICHdPNmyZVupciDxe+sIEP9aEbVxcaiccq\n"
"zM/pFzIVIMMP5tCiA42q6Mz3h0hy6hntUKptS8Uon6sje5cDVcVlKAUj1wO2cphC\n"
"qkYlwMQfZV5J9f/hcW5ODriD3cBwK8SocA2Cq5JYF8kYDL1+pXnUutGnvAHUYt87\n"
"RWvQdKmfXjzBcMFJ2LlPUB1+IFvwQ13V9R8j9B/EdLmSWQYT9qRA2okCHAQTAQoA\n"
"BgUCV1XMpwAKCRCtu/hhCjeJt2CyD/9JLe+Ck23CJkeRSF8oC+4SFOUdSAmejSzn\n"
"klPwmEClffABYd/kckO1T6um+2FUcXuJZQE1nKKUNvZ8pBWwsm1RDHsyroKi/XB1\n"
"0a1Tdx/rvlU88ytbeLfUCLzoCrf6pkMQWoU6/3qS6elV0WwOlDufk+XjD1sja2wu\n"
"sshG8y+1WCA5JjP3rZdD9NVdzo5DgkotTRUfuYN1LJIN4zlDgHj7FVP7wW7+R0cZ\n"
"FoOiNsLJCA0FN8SiyU98UysjawLiIY9dTJz6XVA0DgB0TZWO3mWiDjITeKrdGcqf\n"
"PNiJhmvUKBkn07YpTPNfkoTT/p/q5ChYmu0ubGeyS1ELKjmklJ+DzynfZLzvnXYX\n"
"Ngo5ckeuqEqUNxM0J63v8lmfhDRROFveqHWdp0XMxXVmR5bMunSldg5EZsoLyQbN\n"
"+ScIPnDTAEPGrCtf0t84RQxNQeET6/WBbZfzeSeAFmpBFCdicsZ6Mjwtwjr4+o15\n"
"n1QMTZco1NaTqf8vXwzl9wM4aYtg1OkF4z8HdHuy50CHCet4mT5eJgwZUfFvXdbM\n"
"pHXprEI0Y9OOL4aMinC1egF3dXt/0n57i6CE+E2k3UJPNvMrtp0HaDEnKZ8cfkBU\n"
"EBzkUYi5wwqntHV2JRisqoRnHdvJT7ImlHMe7WaJsifBK874PnToaKg8P6K1Tph+\n"
"FyLxULaYjYkCHAQSAQgABgUCVBg2zwAKCRDqsDxYv9xHj1klEADXYJdHC3zsdx7w\n"
"DsJsttWdykcZoOd/VUKUdN0BAU72nLV0tLn4uFjETA6MhHZVxzwIDTeLB8kqyEpc\n"
"fZnoVbqJIUJz1sJXMdOty7CwZzlZlAwmUaIfFiazJY1p398JbyYfSrVKNOpw9wCm\n"
"Db7WP9dBritwvjaLzu8HQsiztO0S/5ha/EDfTU3qocBUTjbCtGR9LqAmPE4X8+li\n"
"F2EfZMEoJd3rJWsYv2y/k6pSgC/MpQewnyr6f+JQ/781UoZB6PpxCxfu4D6xlOyd\n"
"ERBUg+FfDAWYR+KX+DGOalRlUyaSz8Nvxl8/b0Im/AQhx9afqyEZxIDpg52zt8jJ\n"
"t3wx23YP8EQGUgwF8pIrj3wFSBSG3a/cskiBNUIhChIR9hQrVPUahN/jx7DGAGxk\n"
"/Ka9qsRGYTHfSr9jjTUQ+htfeFBRDR0nkZKMo5+Wk/cAcBKVbPlBpwvnzT3fh+wL\n"
"cF3ErBbx5jp+BoFee8D6ATeUvQxMcgVbDPUkgMsy3EtKMVO10jhIoXoVV+Sg9GZ8\n"
"zMEy1tORKn0zsd2ZgXC2sRJOm5ttCSdYQ4ddbM1A9jg6tiRx4hES16GDywvkL8P2\n"
"M9+qyIfjQxjGU33f/r8zp9DyNT1VlrtwhFxtOoMdmrsbYOCTja4Xg14hK1hRac0k\n"
"GB7bj6w97p8uMrQT3PlSMtoyrRyo7bkBDQRQDs6mAQgAzNxJYpf5PrqV8pdRXkn3\n"
"6Fe45q671YtbZ2WrT7D0CVZ8Z+AZsxnP/tiY1SrM2MepCeA2xBAhKGsWBWo1aRk5\n"
"mfZOksKsiXsi2XeBVhdZlCkrOMKBTVian7I1lH59ZnNIMX0Nl0tlj3L1IjeWWNvf\n"
"ej43URV81S9EmSwpjaWboatr2A+1oJku5m7nPD9JIOckE1TzBsyhx7zIUN9w6MKr\n"
"7gFw8DCzypwUKyYgKYToVm8QlkT/L3B0fuQHWhT6ROGk4o8SC71ia5tc1TzUzGEZ\n"
"1AQO8bbnbmJLBDKveWHCoaeAkRzINzoD9wAn9z4pnilze59QtKC1cOqUksTvBSDh\n"
"6wARAQABiQEfBBgBAgAJBQJQDs6mAhsMAAoJENgpTsO7xNfVOHoH/i5VyggVdwpq\n"
"PX8YBmN5mXQziYZNQoiON8IhOsxpX4W2nXCj5m6MACV6nJDVV6wyUH8/VvDQC9nH\n"
"arCe1oaNsHXJz0HamYt5gHJ0G1bYuBcuJp/FEjLa48XFI7nXQjJHn8rlwZMjK/PW\n"
"j1lw2WZiekviuzTEDH8c3YStGJSa+gYe8Eyq3XJVAe2VQOhImoWgGDR3tWfgrya/\n"
"IdEFb/jmjHSG5XUfbI0vNwqlf832BqSQKPG/Zix4MmBJgvAz4R71PH8WBmbmNFjD\n"
"elxVyfz80+iMgEb9aL91MfeBNC2KB1pFmg91mQTsiq7ajwVLVJK8NplHAkdLmkBC\n"
"O8MgMjzGhlE=\n"
"=iw7d\n"
"-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----\n"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FreeBSD Glossary"
msgstr "FreeBSD 詞彙表"

#. (itstool) path: glossary/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This glossary contains terms and acronyms used within the FreeBSD community "
"and documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ACPI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "AMD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "AML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "API"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APIC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APOP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ASL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ATA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Machine Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Pseudocode, interpreted by a virtual machine within an <acronym>ACPI</"
"acronym>-compliant operating system, providing a layer between the "
"underlying hardware and the documented interface presented to the "
"<acronym>OS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>ACPI</acronym> Source Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The programming language <acronym>AML</acronym> is written in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Access Control List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A list of permissions attached to an object, usually either a file or a "
"network device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Configuration and Power Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A specification which provides an abstraction of the interface the hardware "
"presents to the operating system, so that the operating system should need "
"to know nothing about the underlying hardware to make the most of it. "
"<acronym>ACPI</acronym> evolves and supersedes the functionality provided "
"previously by <acronym>APM</acronym>, <acronym>PNPBIOS</acronym> and other "
"technologies, and provides facilities for controlling power consumption, "
"machine suspension, device enabling and disabling, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Application Programming Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A set of procedures, protocols and tools that specify the canonical "
"interaction of one or more program parts; how, when and why they do work "
"together, and what data they share or operate on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Power Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>API</acronym> enabling the operating system to work in "
"conjunction with the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> in order to achieve power "
"management. <acronym>APM</acronym> has been superseded by the much more "
"generic and powerful <acronym>ACPI</acronym> specification for most "
"applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Advanced Technology Attachment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Authenticated Post Office Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Automatic Mount Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A daemon that automatically mounts a filesystem when a file or directory "
"within that filesystem is accessed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "B"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BAR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BIND"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BIOS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Base Address Register"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The registers that determine which address range a <acronym>PCI</acronym> "
"device will respond to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Basic Input/Output System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The definition of <acronym>BIOS</acronym> depends a bit on the context. Some "
"people refer to it as the <acronym>ROM</acronym> chip with a basic set of "
"routines to provide an interface between software and hardware. Others refer "
"to it as the set of routines contained in the chip that help in "
"bootstrapping the system. Some might also refer to it as the screen used to "
"configure the bootstrapping process. The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> is PC-"
"specific but other systems have something similar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Berkeley Internet Name Domain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An implementation of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> protocols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Berkeley Software Distribution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This is the name that the Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG) at <link "
"xlink:href=\"http://www.berkeley.edu\">The University of California at "
"Berkeley</link> gave to their improvements and modifications to AT&amp;T's "
"32V <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>. FreeBSD is a "
"descendant of the CSRG work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Bikeshed Building"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A phenomenon whereby many people will give an opinion on an uncomplicated "
"topic, whilst a complex topic receives little or no discussion. See the "
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/misc."
"html#BIKESHED-PAINTING\">FAQ</link> for the origin of the term."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CLIP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "COFF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "CPU"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Carrier Detect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal indicating that a carrier has been "
"detected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Central Processing Unit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Also known as the processor. This is the brain of the computer where all "
"calculations take place. There are a number of different architectures with "
"different instruction sets. Among the more well-known are the Intel-x86 and "
"derivatives, Sun SPARC, PowerPC, and Alpha."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of authenticating a user, based on a secret shared between client "
"and server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Classical <acronym>IP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Clear To Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal giving the remote system permission to "
"send data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Common Object File Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "D"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DAC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DDB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DHCP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DNS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DSDT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "DVMRP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Discretionary Access Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Data Encryption Standard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of encrypting information, traditionally used as the method of "
"encryption for <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> passwords "
"and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal sent from the modem to the computer or "
"terminal indicating a readiness to send and receive data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal sent from the computer or terminal to "
"the modem indicating a readiness to send and receive data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An interactive in-kernel facility for examining the status of a system, "
"often used after a system has crashed to establish the events surrounding "
"the failure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Differentiated System Description Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>ACPI</acronym> table, supplying basic configuration information "
"about the base system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Domain Name System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The system that converts humanly readable hostnames (i.e., mail.example.net) "
"to Internet addresses and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses to a computer (host) when "
"it requests one from the server. The address assignment is called a "
"<quote>lease</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "E"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ECOFF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ELF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ESP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Encapsulated Security Payload"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Executable and Linking Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Extended <acronym>COFF</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "F"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FADT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FAT16"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "FTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Allocation Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Allocation Table (16-bit)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "File Transfer Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A member of the family of high-level protocols implemented on top of "
"<acronym>TCP</acronym> which can be used to transfer files over a "
"<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Fixed <acronym>ACPI</acronym> Description Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "GUI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Giant"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The name of a mutual exclusion mechanism (a <literal>sleep mutex</literal>) "
"that protects a large set of kernel resources. Although a simple locking "
"mechanism was adequate in the days where a machine might have only a few "
"dozen processes, one networking card, and certainly only one processor, in "
"current times it is an unacceptable performance bottleneck. FreeBSD "
"developers are actively working to replace it with locks that protect "
"individual resources, which will allow a much greater degree of parallelism "
"for both single-processor and multi-processor machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Graphical User Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A system where the user and computer interact with graphics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HUP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HangUp"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "HyperText Markup Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "The markup language used to create web pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "I"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "I/O"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IASL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IMAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPFW"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPv4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "IPv6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ISP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol version 4, which uses 32 bits for "
"addressing. This version is still the most widely used, but it is slowly "
"being replaced with <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> Version 6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The new <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Invented because the address space "
"in <acronym>IPv4</acronym> is running out. Uses 128 bits for addressing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Input/Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Intel’s <acronym>ASL</acronym> compiler"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Intel’s compiler for converting <acronym>ASL</acronym> into <acronym>AML</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Message Access Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by "
"the messages usually being kept on the server as opposed to being downloaded "
"to the mail reader client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The packet transmitting protocol that is the basic protocol on the Internet. "
"Originally developed at the U.S. Department of Defense and an extremely "
"important part of the <acronym>TCP/IP </acronym> stack. Without the Internet "
"Protocol, the Internet would not have become what it is today. For more "
"information, see <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc791."
"txt\"> RFC 791</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Internet Service Provider"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A company that provides access to the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "K"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Japanese for <quote>turtle</quote>, the term KAME is used in computing "
"circles to refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kame.net/\">KAME "
"Project</link>, who work on an implementation of <acronym>IPv6</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KDC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KLD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KSE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "KVA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kbps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Kernel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of dynamically loading functionality into a FreeBSD kernel without "
"rebooting the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel Scheduler Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A kernel-supported threading system. See the <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"FreeBSD.org/kse\">project home page</link> for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kernel Virtual Address"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Key Distribution Center"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Kilo Bits Per Second"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Used to measure bandwidth (how much data can pass a given point at a "
"specified amount of time). Alternates to the Kilo prefix include Mega, Giga, "
"Tera, and so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LAN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LOR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "LPD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Line Printer Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Local Area Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A network used on a local area, e.g. office, home, or so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Lock Order Reversal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD kernel uses a number of resource locks to arbitrate contention "
"for those resources. A run-time lock diagnostic system found in FreeBSD-"
"CURRENT kernels (but removed for releases), called "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, detects the potential for deadlocks due to "
"locking errors. (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>witness</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is actually slightly "
"conservative, so it is possible to get false positives.) A true positive "
"report indicates that <quote>if you were unlucky, a deadlock would have "
"happened here</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"True positive LORs tend to get fixed quickly, so check http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-current and the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"sources.zabbadoz.net/freebsd/lor.html\"> LORs Seen</link> page before "
"posting to the mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MAC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MADT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFP4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MIT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MLS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MOTD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MTA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "MUA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mail Transfer Agent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An application used to transfer email. An <acronym>MTA</acronym> has "
"traditionally been part of the BSD base system. Today Sendmail is included "
"in the base system, but there are many other <acronym>MTA</acronym>s, such "
"as postfix, qmail and Exim."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Mail User Agent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An application used by users to display and write email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Massachusetts Institute of Technology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Current"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To merge functionality or a patch from the -CURRENT branch to another, most "
"often -STABLE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Head"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To merge functionality or a patch from a repository HEAD to an earlier "
"branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Perforce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"To merge functionality or a patch from the Perforce repository to the -"
"CURRENT branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Merge From Stable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"In the normal course of FreeBSD development, a change will be committed to "
"the -CURRENT branch for testing before being merged to -STABLE. On rare "
"occasions, a change will go into -STABLE first and then be merged to -"
"CURRENT."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This term is also used when a patch is merged from -STABLE to a security "
"branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Message Of The Day"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A message, usually shown on login, often used to distribute information to "
"users of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multi-Level Security"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Multiple <acronym>APIC</acronym> Description Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "N"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NAT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NDISulator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NTFS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "NTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network Address Translation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A technique where <acronym>IP</acronym> packets are rewritten on the way "
"through a gateway, enabling many machines behind the gateway to effectively "
"share a single <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "New Technology File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A filesystem developed by Microsoft and available in its <quote>New "
"Technology</quote> operating systems, such as <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows NT</"
"trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Network Time Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A means of synchronizing clocks over a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "O"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "OBE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "ODMR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "OS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "On-Demand Mail Relay"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A set of programs, libraries and tools that provide access to the hardware "
"resources of a computer. Operating systems range today from simplistic "
"designs that support only one program running at a time, accessing only one "
"device to fully multi-user, multi-tasking and multi-process systems that can "
"serve thousands of users simultaneously, each of them running dozens of "
"different applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Overtaken By Events"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Indicates a suggested change (such as a Problem Report or a feature request) "
"which is no longer relevant or applicable due to such things as later "
"changes to FreeBSD, changes in networking standards, the affected hardware "
"having since become obsolete, and so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "P"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "p4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PCNSFD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PDF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POLA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "POP3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPPoA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PPPoE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>ATM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>PPP</acronym> over <acronym>Ethernet</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PXE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Password Authentication Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Perforce"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A source code control product made by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.perforce."
"com/\">Perforce Software</link>. Although not open source, its use is free "
"of charge to open-source projects such as FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Some FreeBSD developers use a Perforce repository as a staging area for code "
"that is considered too experimental for the -CURRENT branch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal Computer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Personal Computer Network File System Daemon"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PCNFSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Physical Address Extensions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of enabling access to up to 64 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> on "
"systems which only physically have a 32-bit wide address space (and would "
"therefore be limited to 4 GB without PAE)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pluggable Authentication Modules"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Point-to-Point Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Pointy Hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A mythical piece of headgear, much like a <literal>dunce cap</literal>, "
"awarded to any FreeBSD committer who breaks the build, makes revision "
"numbers go backwards, or creates any other kind of havoc in the source base. "
"Any committer worth his or her salt will soon accumulate a large collection. "
"The usage is (almost always?) humorous."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Portable Document Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Post Office Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Post Office Protocol Version 3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by "
"the messages usually being downloaded from the server to the client, as "
"opposed to remaining on the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "PostScript Printer Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Preboot eXecution Environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Principle Of Least Astonishment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"As FreeBSD evolves, changes visible to the user should be kept as "
"unsurprising as possible. For example, arbitrarily rearranging system "
"startup variables in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename> violates "
"<acronym>POLA</acronym>. Developers consider <acronym>POLA</acronym> when "
"contemplating user-visible system changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Problem Report"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A description of some kind of problem that has been found in either the "
"FreeBSD source or documentation. See <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/index.html\"> Writing FreeBSD "
"Problem Reports</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Process ID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A number, unique to a particular process on a system, which identifies it "
"and allows actions to be taken against it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Project Evil"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The working title for the <acronym>NDISulator</acronym>, written by Bill "
"Paul, who named it referring to how awful it is (from a philosophical "
"standpoint) to need to have something like this in the first place. The "
"<acronym>NDISulator</acronym> is a special compatibility module to allow "
"Microsoft Windows™ NDIS miniport network drivers to be used with FreeBSD/"
"i386. This is usually the only way to use cards where the driver is closed-"
"source. See <filename>src/sys/compat/ndis/subr_ndis.c</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RA"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RAID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RAM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RFC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RISC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RS232C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Random Access Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Revision Control System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "RCS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Revision Control System</emphasis> (<acronym>RCS</acronym>) is "
"one of the oldest software suites that implement <quote>revision control</"
"quote> for plain files. It allows the storage, retrieval, archival, logging, "
"identification and merging of multiple revisions for each file. RCS consists "
"of many small tools that work together. It lacks some of the features found "
"in more modern revision control systems, like Git, but it is very simple to "
"install, configure, and start using for a small set of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin or wire that data is received on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Recommended Standard 232C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "A standard for communications between serial devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Reduced Instruction Set Computer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An approach to processor design where the operations the hardware can "
"perform are simplified but made as general purpose as possible. This can "
"lead to lower power consumption, fewer transistors and in some cases, better "
"performance and increased code density. Examples of RISC processors include "
"the Alpha, <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC</trademark>, <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">PowerPC</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Remote Procedure Call"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Request For Comments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A set of documents defining Internet standards, protocols, and so forth. See "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.rfc-editor.org/\">www.rfc-editor.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Also used as a general term when someone has a suggested change and wants "
"feedback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Request To Send"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> signal requesting that the remote system "
"commences transmission of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Router Advertisement"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SCI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SCSI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SMTP AUTH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SSH"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "STR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "SVN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<acronym>SMTP</acronym> Authentication"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Server Message Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An <acronym>RS232</acronym> pin or wire that is the ground reference for the "
"signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Secure Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Small Computer System Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"Subversion is a version control system currently used by the FreeBSD project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Suspend To <acronym>RAM</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Symmetric MultiProcessor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "System Control Interrupt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "T"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TCP/IP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TFTP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TGT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "TSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Ticket-Granting Ticket"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Time Stamp Counter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A profiling counter internal to modern <trademark class=\"registered"
"\">Pentium</trademark> processors that counts core frequency clock ticks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmission Control Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A protocol that sits on top of (e.g.) the <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol and "
"guarantees that packets are delivered in a reliable, ordered, fashion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The term for the combination of the <acronym>TCP</acronym> protocol running "
"over the <acronym>IP</acronym> protocol. Much of the Internet runs over "
"<acronym>TCP/IP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "An <acronym>RS232C</acronym> pin or wire that data is transmitted on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Trivial <acronym>FTP</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UFS1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UFS2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "UID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Uniform Resource Locator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of locating a resource, such as a document on the Internet and a "
"means to identify that resource."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unix File System Version 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"The original <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file system, "
"sometimes called the Berkeley Fast File System."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Unix File System Version 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"An extension to <acronym>UFS1</acronym>, introduced in FreeBSD 5-CURRENT. "
"<acronym>UFS2</acronym> adds 64 bit block pointers (breaking the 1T "
"barrier), support for extended file storage and other features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Universal Serial Bus"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A hardware standard used to connect a wide variety of computer peripherals "
"to a universal interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User ID"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A unique number assigned to each user of a computer, by which the resources "
"and permissions assigned to that user can be identified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "User Datagram Protocol"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used for exchanging data on "
"a TCP/IP network. <acronym>UDP</acronym> does not provide error checking and "
"correction like <acronym>TCP</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdiv/title
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "V"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "VPN"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Virtual Private Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"A method of using a public telecommunication such as the Internet, to "
"provide remote access to a localized network, such as a corporate "
"<acronym>LAN</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: colophon/para
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid ""
"This book is the combined work of hundreds of contributors to <quote>The "
"FreeBSD Documentation Project</quote>. The text is authored in XML according "
"to the DocBook DTD and is formatted from XML into many different "
"presentation formats using XSLT. The printed version of this document would "
"not be possible without Donald Knuth's <application>TeX</application> "
"typesetting language, Leslie Lamport's <application>LaTeX</application>, or "
"Sebastian Rahtz's <application>JadeTeX</application> macro package."
msgstr ""
"本手冊是由數以百計 <quote>FreeBSD 文件計劃</quote> 的志願工作者所合作而成。 "
"這些文字是由依據 DocBook DTD 規範的 XML 所寫， 並由 XSLT 將 XML 轉換成其他不"
"同格式。 要是沒有 Donald Knuth 的 <application>TeX</application> 排版語言， "
"Leslie Lamport 的 <application>LaTeX</application> 或 Sebastian Rahtz 的 "
"<application>JadeTeX</application> 巨集套件的重要貢獻，本文件的印刷版本將無以"
"完成。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A FreeBSD installation will require a minimum 64 MB of <acronym>RAM</"
#~ "acronym> and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space for the most minimal "
#~ "installation. However, that is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> install, "
#~ "leaving almost no free space. RAM requirements depend on usage. "
#~ "Specialized FreeBSD systems can run in as little as 128MB RAM while "
#~ "desktop systems should have at least 4 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "FreeBSD 最小安裝需要至少 64 MB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym> 和 1.5 GB 的可用"
#~ "硬碟空間，但是這真的是 <emphasis>最小</emphasis>，幾乎沒有剩下多餘的空"
#~ "間。 RAM 的需求視實際使用而訂，經特殊處理過後的 FreeBSD 系統可只使用 "
#~ "128MB RAM，圖形化環境最少需要 4 GB 的 <acronym>RAM</acronym>。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is the most common type of processor desktop and laptop computers "
#~ "will have. Other vendors may call this architecture <acronym>x86-64</"
#~ "acronym>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "這桌上型電腦與筆記型電腦是最常見的處理器類型，有些廠商可能會稱之為 "
#~ "<acronym>x86-64</acronym>。"

#~ msgid "UNIX Basics"
#~ msgstr "UNIX 基礎概念"

#~ msgid "Using the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT)"
#~ msgstr "使用 Samba 網頁管理工具 (SWAT)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Users with very slow or limited Internet connectivity can instead use CTM "
#~ "as described in <xref linkend=\"ctm\"/>, but it is not as reliable as "
#~ "<application>svn</application> and <application>svn</application> is the "
#~ "recommended method for synchronizing source."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "網路很慢或是受到限制的使用者可依 <xref linkend=\"ctm\"/> 的說明使用 CTM 來"
#~ "替代，但是 CTM 並不像 <application>svn</application> 可靠，建議使用 "
#~ "<application>svn</application> 來同步原始碼。"

#~ msgid "Using CTM"
#~ msgstr "使用 CTM"

#~ msgid "Getting Deltas"
#~ msgstr "取得 Deltas"

#~ msgid "Keeping Local Changes"
#~ msgstr "保留本地變更"

#~ msgid "Other <application>CTM</application> Options"
#~ msgstr "其他 <application>CTM</application> 選項"